¡¶The days of hanging out with Hokage¡· Works related Resume two updates a day Work related: Taking a day off Text Chapter 1 Life When Chen Ye woke up, he found that he had traveled through time and was in the world of Naruto. Yes, that's Naruto. Chen Ye touched his face and smiled looking at his five-year-old body. Chen Yexin¡¯s body is that of a child named Zakmu. He has an older brother named Senmu at home. When my brother was very young, his parents were accidentally killed in a ninja fight. Therefore, Moriki became a ninja. In his words, if he became a ninja, he would not die. As a citizen of the Fire Nation, you have no way of knowing how difficult it is to become a ninja. It seems that with God's blessing, Morimu graduated from the ninja school and became a ninja! Chen Ye likes to watch Naruto, but he just likes it. He doesn't know the history of Naruto, let alone what year he is in. He just knew that there was a genius ninja in his brother's class, his name was Hatake Kakashi. Every time my brother comes home from school, he always mentions how awesome Kakashi is. "Ozaki, I heard that your brother became a ninja, that's amazing!" An old man in the distance carrying a hoe and wearing a hat said to Zakaki with a smile. "Yes, my brother is amazing. Thank you, Grandpa Yichun, for the compliment!" "What a polite boy." Chen Ye watched the uncle next door touching his hat and waving his hands, waving goodbye to him in the dusk. Chen Ye breathed the fresh air, looked at the rows of trees, and said to himself, "Actually, it's not bad here. From today on, there are no Chen Ye, only oak trees.' The oak tree walks into the sunset and returns home. When Zakaki returned home, his brother had already returned. My brother threw a kunai at the tree in the yard. When he saw Zakaki coming back, he said with a smile, "Zakaki, the food is ready and on the table." Then he started practicing by himself! Zakaki pushed open the open door of the hall, came to the table and started eating. Don't expect a thirteen-year-old child to make any good food. Although the children here are very precocious, they are still children after all. Zakaki remembered that in the old days, as a student at a third-rate university, a Japanese meal was very expensive. He had never eaten it before, but here, eating subpar food, he couldn't help but feel very painful! After finishing the meal, Zakaki sat on the steps of the yard and watched his brother practice. As a person in the 21st century, I have seen all kinds of gorgeous ultimate moves in Naruto, and I feel a little drowsy when I look at my brother's mediocre moves. But Zakaki thought that his brother was watching his performance, so he became more and more serious. . Although there is a TV here, there is no denying that it is really boring here. I remember playing online games, playing basketball, and having fun! How nice. After practicing, Morimu sat next to Zakaki, looked at Zakaki who was in a daze and said, "Brother, what are you thinking about?" Zakaki came back to his senses and looked at his brother. ¡°Brother, do you think I can stand alone among so many people? Isn¡¯t that great?¡¯ Oakwood thought to himself, "This guy can't even be considered cannon fodder even if he is a forbearer. How powerful is he? Look at Namikaze Minato, how many masters he beat in seconds with a Flying God Raid. But in modern times, he is indeed very powerful!" Morimu looked at his silent brother and continued, "Brother, I can make a lot of money by becoming a ninja, and then you can live a good life!" "But ninjas can easily die." "Zakaki, do you know how your parents died?" "Yes, but you are a ninja and you have to go to the battlefield." Zakaki thought to himself, now that he is a ninja and has to go to the battlefield, with the strength of the genin, he will die at any time on the battlefield. But if you don't learn ninjutsu, you don't want to be a ninja, you just become a commoner and you accidentally offend someone, and then you throw a kunai and kill yourself, it's scary to think about it. so. . . "Brother, teach me ninjutsu" Moriki looked at Zakaki and said, "Brother, you want to learn ninjutsu, that's great!" Then he raised his head and said awkwardly: "I'm just a genin who just graduated from school, and I only know the simple three-shinjutsu. And stand-in technique.¡± Zakaki looked at his brother and said, "Then you must know the method of refining chakra?" Moriki said excitedly, "Of course, my brother's chakra is much more than that of an average genin." "Well, I'll learn it!" "This is Chakra!" A four or five-year-old child sat cross-legged on the ground under a big tree. This child is Zakaki. He started practicing after learning about the method of refining chakra from his elder brother. Zakaki had read a lot of novels about Naruto on the Internet before. Others had either perverted blood successors or time-traveling masters who gave them some awesome skills. When we got here, there was nothing! wipe! I am just an ordinary citizen who cannot be more ordinary. Zakaki cursed angrily. It took him three days to discover the so-called chakra. Feeling the hot energy flowing with the blood in his body, Zakaki was quite excited. He guided the generated chakra to his dantian and stored the slightest bit of chakra. ?After refining the chakra for a day, Zakaki stood up. Ninjas are a profession that uses chakra to create powerful combat power and end their opponents. So the importance of chakra goes without saying. When Zakaki felt chakra, he remembered a powerful existence in Naruto, that is Tsunade Hime, one of the legendary three ninjas, the master of perfect use of chakra. Whether it is strange power punches or creative regeneration, they are all inseparable from the precise use of chakra. As a poor ninja, Zakaki has no blood inheritance, no powerful body, and no family secrets. There is only the general power of Hokage and the future trend, and the most suitable thing for him is undoubtedly the precise use of chakra. Even though it is difficult, Zakaki is very confident, because Zakaki can use a small amount of chakra when refining chakra. Gathered on the palm of the hand, you must know that this is the first time Zakaki has come into contact with chakra! This may be a breakthrough. Oakwood attached the newly refined chakra to his feet. He remembered someone saying that ninjas use this principle to travel quickly, and of course have a strong body. Zakaki tried to take a step, and sure enough, he found that his body felt much lighter. When he walked to the door of his house, he realized that he didn't have much chakra left. Zakaki smiled bitterly, it seemed that he was nothing special. Chakra is so pitiful! Zakaki pushed open the courtyard door and walked towards the hall. When he came to the hall, his brother Morimu was already sitting in the hall. Mori looked at the frustrated Zakaki and said, "You haven't felt the chakra yet? It doesn't matter, take your time. It took a long time for my brother to feel it." Zakaki looked at his brother whose face was full of feelings, and couldn't help but feel moved in his heart. He smiled and said, "No, I feel the chakra." "Really? That's amazing! I didn't expect my brother to be so powerful," Morimu said as he jumped up. "Haha, no! It's just that the chakra I feel seems to be very little, and it will be gone after just one use." "What? You can use chakra, how do you use it?" Zakaki attached the remaining chakra to his hand and said, "Look, that's it." Senmu said excitedly: "I didn't expect that my brother is actually a genius!" Then he looked sad again. Zakaki looked at Senmu in confusion. "It's all my fault that my brother is incompetent and can't give you a good environment. If I were like Kakashi, you would definitely have a good chance!" Zakaki smiled, "Isn't this bad? I think such a brother is tens of thousands of times better than Kakashi!" Times! " ; Text Chapter 2 What a big turtle After Zakaki finished cooking, he went to practice. Although Zakaki has never thought about fighting with the protagonist, he can never go wrong with being strong. Of course, he won't rely on knowing the plot of a few episodes to gain anything for himself. Not to mention the one from Konoha who can enter other people's brains, and the pervert Orochimaru. Look at those bottles and jars, if you could put yourself in them! Depend on! Zakaki shook off the messy thoughts in his mind and walked to the pool. Speaking of this pool, we have to start talking about it a few days ago. At that time, I saw a ninjutsu performed by my brother's companion Kokinichiro when practicing water escape, so I wrote down the seal method on a whim. So I ran to the stream and started practicing. When he released his ninjutsu, several villagers came and looked at him like a monkey. Zakaki then ran to a place where there were not many people, which could be said to be a place where birds did not poop, which was this pool. "Water Release - Water Dragon Bullet Technique" After Zakaki released this ninjutsu, he only had less than half of his chakra left. "Fuck, it's a B-level ninjutsu. It took away half of my chakra in one go." Zakaki cursed angrily. Zakaki sat on the edge of the pool, breathing heavily, watching the water dragon rush towards the pool. With a "coaxing" sound, the water dragon bullet hit the water and immediately created a wave of several meters. Zakaki was lying on the ground, recovering his chakra, and remembered his poor earth wall technique. I remember that the combined ninjutsu in Naruto seems to be very powerful, so why don't we try it too. Zakaki cast an earth wall technique, and an earth wall appeared in front of him. Then he added a water screen on top of the earth wall. With a "swish" sound, the earth wall turned into mud. This guy tried it again, "earth wall technique" and "water screen", but it failed again. 1 I tried it several times and failed. Zakaki had no strength anymore and lay on the ground. "Damn, I'm so unlucky as a time-travelling person. Others are doing this ninjutsu and that forbidden jutsu. I can't even do a combination of ninjutsu. It's so unreasonable." Zakaki looked at the mud next to him and cursed again. Zakmu looked at the sun and it seemed to be getting late, and he had to go home to cook for Senmu. He rested for a while and dragged himself back home. After the meal was ready, Zakaki sat on his seat and refined chakra. I don¡¯t know how long it took, but I felt the door to the courtyard ring and opened my eyes. Morimu walked from the yard to the hall, looked at his younger brother sitting in his seat, looked at him and asked: "Ozaki, how are you doing with your ninjutsu training?" "How about brother practice with me?" Senmu looked at Zakaki and said, "Come to practice with you? Okay, let's go to the yard." Zakaki got up and came to the yard with Senmu. "Brother, you take action first." After saying this, Senmu made a defensive movement. Without saying a word, Zakaki rushed towards Morimu and attacked his face. Morimu said while blocking Zakaki's attack, "Uzaki, it's better for a ninja to test the enemy with a kunai before attacking the enemy." "Brother, I only have a kunai. What should I use to defend myself after testing it?" Morimu thought, "Yes. Ah, my brother is not in school yet, so he is not allowed to wear a lot of ninja tools." When Mori Mu was distracted, Zakaki directly kicked Mori Mu in the chest. "Did you hit it?" Zakaki murmured. The forest tree that fell to the ground turned into a wooden pile. "Substitute technique, when?" The moment Zakaki spoke, Zakaki felt a chill and put a kunai on his neck. "I lost," Zakaki said frustratedly. I can't even defeat a small genin, but what if I encounter those bosses? "Actually, Tsubasagi is pretty good. He has reached this level in less than a month. You know, my brother has just become a chuunin." Seeing his frustrated brother, Moriki said, "Osagi, if you had ninja tools, you wouldn't be like this. Passive¡± Yes, I am actually quite good. If there are a few more aggressive ninjutsu that suit me, there might be hope! "Brother, you have become a chuunin? You are really awesome!" "Well, it was almost the same when I was in school. After a few missions, I unexpectedly reached the level of a chuunin. But compared to Kakashi, I'm far behind." "Actually, my brother is very good. You must know that Kakashi's father is the famous White Fang." Zakaki thought that Kakashi's family seemed to be very good! "No, Kakashi is indeed very powerful. He is a genius! Yes, my brother is also a genius." By the pool. Form the seal, "Water Dragon Bullet" and the water dragon attacks towards the surface of the pool. This time the water dragon bomb only used half of Oakwood's chakra. Zakaki refused to change his mind and thought of that combined ninjutsu again. "Earth Wall Technique" and "Water Screen" failed. Again, failed. Zakaki sat on the ground and thought about the reason for the failure. There must be an inevitable connection between water and earth, but how to integrate the water screen into the earth wall technique? "By the way, blend in" Zakaki stood up excitedly and shouted loudly. Oak wood seems to have found a breakthrough. First, he cast an earth wall technique, then put his hand against the earth wall, slowly input chakra into the earth wall, and quickly formed the seal "Water Release - Water Screen" before the chakra in the earth wall disappeared. . At this time the earth wall turned into mud. The oak wood looked like it was turning into mudThe earthen wall, "Is it going to fail again?" Mu Zha said frustratedly. "No, the earth wall didn't fall down." I saw the earth wall shaking constantly, as if it was about to fall down, but it didn't. Zakaki kicked the mud wall, and a miracle happened! Not only did the mud wall not fall down, but Zakaki's feet got stuck in the mud wall! "Genius, I am really a genius!" Zakaki jumped up and shouted. In the blink of an eye, Zakaki became silent again, "No, I can't run to the wall to lose chakra during a fight." Seal! Yes, it¡¯s the seal! Perform two seals at the same time. Zakaki thought of Zhou Botong's "hands-on-hand game". When he was watching "The Legend of the Condor Heroes", he tried it curiously and found that he could really do it, which made him happy at the time. Just give it a try. Zakaki's left hand is tied with the Earth Wall Technique, and his right hand is tied with a screen! Suddenly I felt a pain in my arm, damn! The earthen wall is crooked! fail. Zakaki touched his numb right hand, which had just hurt, and said, "I can't do it anymore. Come again." Zakaki started again. "It's done, it's finally done!" Zakaki shouted excitedly as he looked at the mud wall that appeared. Just when Zakmu was excited, the water in the pool began to flow toward the bright light. A ** emerged from the water, yes it was a **! "Ah!" Zakaki was so frightened that he fell to the ground. "What a big turtle!" ; Text Chapter 3 Psychic Beast "Kid, why are you disturbing my rest?" A giant turtle emerged from the water. Zakaki looked at the huge turtle, opened his mouth and asked: "What are you? What a big turtle!" "Little devil, I am the great psychic beast, the great warrior Bobby of the great turtle clan! Hahaha, little devil, don't you admire me so much!" Zakaki looked at the old turtle whose shell looked like a house, and didn't know what to say. Have you ever seen a five or six meter long turtle? Well, you may have seen it. But have you ever seen such a big old turtle that can still talk? At this time, Zakaki could only open his mouth and stare at the old turtle. The red turtle looked at Zakaki¡¯s expression and seemed to be enjoying it. He squinted his eyes and enjoyed this wonderful moment. In fact, Bobby is a warrior of the turtle clan. After his former master summoned him many years ago, he could not return to the spirit world. There is no doubt that his former master must have died, but logically he should return to the spirit world. Why doesn't he go? This question has also been bothering Bobby. I have been in this trap for how many years, but I have long forgotten how many years. Originally, I was sleeping in this remote waterhole, but a stupid child came and woke me up with a waterspout. This kid comes every day. I didn't plan to show up at first, but when I saw the combination of ninjutsu that the kid performed, I couldn't help it anymore. It's such an amazing kid. I don't know how many years I have been here. It seems that Can not go back. Maybe signing a contract with him might turn things around. Bobby looked at this brat. He might be a bit weak in strength, but he had amazing talent. He had already figured out an amazing combination of ninjutsu at the age of four or five. He might become a great person in the future. At this time, Zakaki was thinking that this spiritual beast seemed to be very similar to Kai's in Naruto, except that this head seemed to be much bigger! Does that mean it's much more powerful than that turtle? If it becomes my psychic beast, it seems that my strength can be increased a lot. Look at Tsunade, Jiraiya and Orochimaru, which one has not gained a lot of combat power because of the psychic beast! "Kid, the great turtle warrior Bobby wants to sign a contract with you, are you willing?" Bobby looked at Zakaki with a arrogant look on his face and said. It¡¯s so cool. Could it be that my character has exploded, or that I have the potential to be a strong person, so that this turtle fell in love with me? wrong! Zakaki suddenly thought of Orochimaru, that guy, and all the snakes. Every time Orochimaru summons a sacrifice, if the old turtle wants a sacrifice, where can he get it for him? You know, there is no free lunch in this world. "Kid, what are you still hesitating about? Isn't the great turtle warrior Bobby worthy of you?" Zakaki quickly waved his hand and said, "No, no, it's just that I seem to be weak. Why do you like me?" "Kid, you are self-aware. You are very weak now, but that doesn't mean you will be weak in the future. I believe that with the help of the great turtle warrior Bobby, you will become stronger!" Bobby looked at you with a proud look on his face. With oak wood. Zakaki asked carefully: "Are there any conditions?" "Conditions? What conditions? The great Bobby will not ask for any conditions from his comrades!" Oakwood said to Bobby again: "Great Bobby, can I make another small condition?" Bobby looked at Zakaki and said angrily: "It's your honor for the great Bobby to take a liking to you, the weakling. What conditions do you want!" "No, no, I just hope that the great Bobby can show me his hand." "Are you doubting my strength?" Bobby stretched out his huge palm and slapped the stone by the pool. With a "coaxing" sound, the stone several meters away suddenly turned into powder. As if Bobby was still not relieved, he opened his mouth and "water cannon" a stream of water rushed towards the stone wall beside the pool, forming a pit with a diameter of seven or eight meters. Bobby looked at his masterpiece and raised his noble head again. Seeing this scene, Zakaki's mouth opened even wider, "It's so amazing!" Bobby¡¯s head was raised higher. Zakaki looked at Bobby and said, "Great Bobby, I have one more small request!" "What? Still have a request? Do you look down on the great Bobby?" "No, I just hope that we can establish an equal treaty, can that be okay?" Zakaki thought to himself, if he and I have an unequal treaty, it will be over! I must not think of offering sacrifices like my ancestors. He can come out if he wants to, and he can't come out if he doesn't want to. ; Text Chapter 4 Make a fortune "Well, this condition is acceptable. After all, the great Bobby is an upright warrior and has the honor of a warrior." Bobby lowered his head and looked, then nodded and said slowly. "Then when will we sign the contract?" Zakaki rubbed his hands and asked with a smile. Bobby didn¡¯t answer Oakwood¡¯s words. I saw Bobby stretching out his claws and quickly forming seals. At this time, circles of strange characters appeared on the ground. Bobby shouted loudly to Zakaki, "Kid, put some blood first, drip it in the middle, then put your hand on it to release your chakra." Zakaki quickly did as Bobby said and put his hands on the place where the blood had just dripped. He raised his head and asked Bobby: "Bobby, is this okay?" "Well, that's it!" Bobby closed his eyes and seemed very tired. "Then what, don't you want a psychic scroll?" Bobby opened his eyes and asked puzzledly: "What scroll do you want?" "Isn't it right? Aren't all psychic beasts signed by writing their names on the scroll?" Zakaki thought of the contract signed between Naruto and the toad clan. "This - actually - what, what kind of scroll do you want?" Bobby looked at Zakmu and shouted loudly. In fact, the signing of the psychic beast actually requires a scroll, but Bobby's situation is different from that of ordinary psychic beasts. Bobby cannot return to the spirit world for some unknown reason, so he goes to get some scroll. For so many years, Bobby has never been able to return to the spiritual world, so he once studied reverse channeling. I just tried to channel myself back, but to no avail. However, he discovered several strange techniques. The signing method at this time was his failure in reverse channeling. However, Shu has unique abilities. That is¡ª¡ª Zakaki muttered in a low voice, "Only trash ninja beasts don't have scrolls!" "Kid, what do you know!" Bobby said angrily again. Bobby was afraid that Zakaki would look down on him, so he briefly explained his situation. Zakaki nodded and said, but at this moment, Zakaki cursed in his heart, "Damn it, other people's time travels are either this or that, but I have nothing. I finally became a psychic beast, but I am still an old turtle. Is it an old man? They're just turtles, old turtles walking alone. Look at Wentai and Wan She, which one doesn't have an awesome family, with all kinds of arms, some for investigation, some for sealing, and some for fighting! Are you your own?" Zakaki cursed in his heart, but when he knew Bobby's usefulness and combat effectiveness to him, he might curse himself for being ignorant. As a monster who has lived for countless years, how could Bobby not know what Zakaki was thinking? At this time, it also evoked his own sadness. However, this time he did not get angry. He just said softly with a bit of loneliness: "Kid, I am indeed a psychic beast. If you don't want to, I will take over this contract, but -" Zakaki quickly shook his head and said: "No, you are so strong, but I am weak. If you don't dislike me, how can I dislike you? I'm just curious about why this happens." Babiluo¡¯s expression became more obvious, and he replied softly: ¡°I don¡¯t know either!¡± Zakaki smiled and said: 'It doesn't matter, maybe, after we sign the contract, you can go back. ¡® "I hope so! Kid, what kind of spell did you cast just now? And the way you formed the seal is so strange! A few people can form the seal with one hand. But they form the seal with both hands at the same time, and they also activate two seals at the same time. I've never seen this ninjutsu before. Aren't you afraid that chakra will be disordered? That can be fatal." Bobby asked Zakaki curiously. "Zakaki couldn't help but sweat dripping down his back. Yes, he was too messy. No wonder he had a pain in his right hand just now. No wonder there are so many geniuses in Hokage, but I haven't heard of anyone using two ninjutsu at the same time. It cost me my own life to write this combined ninjutsu! Seeing that Zakaki didn¡¯t answer his question, Bobby said: ¡°Kid, as a partner, you have to tell me what you are good at, what you are not good at, and your various tricks, so that we can cooperate well.¡± "I know this, but I don't have any tricks now. I only know a few inferior ninjutsu. Just the water dragon bullet, oh, and the new combination of ninjutsu. But I haven't named it yet." "Well, I think this technique is quite good." After saying this, Bobby stretched out his paw and slapped the mud wall just now. At this time, an incredible scene occurred. The claws that could break the stone wall were not used to smash the mud wall, but the claws were stuck to the mud wall. Bobby wanted to take back his paw, but he didn't do what he wanted. After the paw moved away from the mud for a certain distance, it stopped moving. Bobby looked at the mud wall in surprise. Bobby pushed hard and there was a "pop" sound. , the mud just broke. Bobby said in surprise: "What an amazing ninjutsu!" Zakaki also looked confused, "This -" Bobby said excitedly: "Kid, I didn't expect Mu to be a genius!' Zakaki thought to himself, is he really a genius? Haha, just say it?I am a time traveler after all, so how could I be a part-timer? Bobby interrupted Zakaki¡¯s yy and said: ¡°Little devil, get on my back.¡± Zakaki looked at Bobby and asked, "What are you doing?" ¡°Where is there so much nonsense? Hurry!¡¯ Oakwood jumped onto Bobby's turtle shell, and suddenly felt a huge energy flowing into his body from the soles of his feet, and the pores on his body felt indescribably comfortable. The chakra that had just been depleted was quickly replenished. Zakaki asked in surprise: "This is it?" Bobby looked at Zakaki¡¯s face full of surprise and said with an exaggerated smile: "Hahaha, kid, this is the benefit of your cooperation with the great Bobby.' "Wow! Doesn't that mean I have endless chakra? Hahaha, that's amazing!" "What's this? There's something even more powerful, look at it - Earth Escape, Earth Current Wall." A wall several meters high rose up in front of him. Bobby didn't seem to give up. "Black Turtle Body Protection" Bobby's body suddenly erupted with chakra, forming a turtle shell-like body protection around his body. Bobby smiled and said, "How's it going, kid?" "That's awesome. Aren't you more powerful than the tailed beast?" "This -, you can't say that, like the Nine-Tails, it is basically a polymer of chakra. It would be very difficult to fight with such a person! Of course, it doesn't mean that you can't beat him, it's just, what -" Zakaki was even more surprised, what is the Nine-Tails? It's a plug-in in Naruto. I didn't expect this turtle to be so powerful. In fact, Zakaki completely misunderstood the words of this good-looking Bobby. If it were a one-on-one fight, he wouldn't even be able to defeat the Eight-Tails, let alone the Nine-Tails! Even so, it has to be said that Zakmu got a big deal. Maybe in the future, Bobby will be more useful than Kyuubi! But at this time, Zakaki was laughing so hard that his mouth was watering, and he shouted in his heart, "Damn, I'm making a lot of money!" ; Text Chapter 5 Going to school Zakaki was sleeping on the bed, his mind filled with Bobby's perverted abilities, and he muttered with a smile, "Who said I don't have the capital to come here? Who said we don't have the capital to come here? Look, now that we have Bobby, we still have to worry about big things. Isn¡¯t it possible?¡± In this way, he fell into dreamland. Yesterday, Moriki mentioned his younger brother to his teacher, Akimichi Tanano. As a member of the Akimichi clan, he is undoubtedly much better at educating his children than he, a newly minted chuunin. Teacher Tiano asked his brother if he had entered the ninja school. Only then did he find out that his brother was about to enter the school. Morimu got up early and went to his brother's room. Looking at his drooling brother, he found that he was really cute. Morimu looked at his younger brother and vowed in his heart to take good care of him. I was dreaming that I was wearing a black cloak, with the majestic Bobby on my feet, looking down at all living beings, and I felt so happy! Suddenly I found someone calling me. When I looked back, I found a familiar face, that was my brother. Senmu looked at his younger brother who was still smiling and asked: "Brother, what sweet dream did you have? You laughed so much that your saliva flowed out." Zakaki wiped away the drool and said awkwardly: "No, it's nothing. By the way, is it okay for my brother to call me so early?" Morimu patted Zakaki's head and said: "I almost forgot if you didn't mention it. Zakaki, you are not young anymore. I plan to let you enter the Konoha Ninja School. After all, the teachers in the school are more comprehensive than me. You see How about it?" Zakaki found that he had been in Naruto World for some time. He is also five years old, and it's time to go to school. Although he can't learn much in school, the details of being a ninja are still very important. Zakaki looked at the smiling Morimu and said, "Okay, I also want to see what the school is like!" In this way, Morimu brought Takaki to the school. Takaki looked at the school building curiously. It has to be said that Konoha is ahead of the other four major villages in terms of education. Zakaki followed his brother to register, then received his student certificate and came to the classroom. Senmu sat next to Zakaki and said, "Brother, I have another task to do. You should listen carefully here alone and listen to the teacher!" "Well, brother, walk slowly, don't worry, I will be obedient." In fact, Zakaki felt very painful every time Senmu treated him like a child, but he didn't dare to act too evil. After all, keeping a low profile is the way to go. Zakaki is happy to pretend to be a pig and eat the tiger. Zakaki looked at Morimu¡¯s background, slowly collected his gaze, and looked at his classmates. He didn¡¯t seem to recognize anything, so he lay down on the table and fell asleep. I don't know how long it took, but Zakaki was woken up by a burst of noise. It turned out that his class teacher was here. A thin middle-aged man with a long face, he is the typical kind of thing that cannot be found in the crowd. What follows is a long series of introductions. Zakaki looked at the classmates around him who were listening attentively. He was really bored, so he refined his chakra. Just like that, Zakaki's virginity lesson was over. Zakaki walked home with his schoolbag on his back, humming a tune, turned a few streets, and soon arrived at the outskirts of Konoha Village, which is his home. You know, a house next to the street cannot be afforded by ordinary people of one generation. Back home, Mori Mu hasn't come back yet. Zakaki walked towards the pool. Zakaki attached chakra to his hands and feet, imitating Tarzan along the way, showing off his abilities, as if he wanted to say that he was also a superman. Come to the pond. Zakaki wanted to summon Bobby, but he suddenly found that he didn't know how to summon! Zakmu shouted towards the pool: "Bobby, come out quickly!" Zakmu looked at the water, but there was no change at all. "Grass, Water Release - Water Dragon Bullet" "Wow" a water jet several meters high rushed up from the water surface. "Bobby, come out quickly!" Zakaki shouted at the top of his lungs. A turtle head emerged from the water, staring with big eyes, and shouted: "What's your name? You don't know how to be a psychic? Are you calling a ghost?" Zakaki scratched his head and said, "I really don't know how to do it. You didn't teach me yesterday!" A few drops of sweat flowed from Bobby's head: "That's it! Yesterday, when I showed my power to the kid, I forgot to tell him the sealing method of psychic skills. What a mistake. It seems that the kid is only five years old." "Then you teach now!" "Well, keep an eye on it. Remember the method of forming the seal." After saying that, Bobby taught Zakmu the method of forming the seal. "By the way, kid, what do you want to see me for?" "Don't call me kid, my name is Zakaki." ¡°You¡¯re only five years old, aren¡¯t you a kid?¡± "Okay, I'll give you a question. If you can answer it, I'll hang out with you and call you boss. If you can't answer it, humph! You can call me boss from now on! How about that?" Bobby looked at Oakwood, with his short body and small head, wondering what questions he could ask. Without even thinking about it, he said, "Okay, let me see what questions you, a brat, can ask." "In the morning, I go to the boss's place alone.?When I bought tea eggs, I had enough money to buy 2 of them, but the boss didn't sell them to her. What's going on? "Zakaki said as he remembered the brainteasers he had seen before. "Because the boss wants to eat it himself." "Did the boss eat that much? Besides, is he still in business?" "Because the eggs are broken, and he doesn't want others to buy them for fear of damaging his reputation. Right? Great Bobby How smart. Haha¡ª¡ª" "Wrong!" "Why?" "Because the tea eggs are not ready yet." "Yes, it's so simple, a mistake, an absolute mistake. Come again." "Please listen to the question. A child was having fun playing with a kitten. Suddenly she saw that the kitten was getting smaller and smaller. Why?" "Because kittens are ninja beasts that can transform." "Wrong" "Because of the child's eyes It's broken, it's too cruel, it's so small, and its eyes are broken." "Wrong" Zakaki looked at Bobby with contempt. "Then, why is that?" Bobby asked, touching his head. "Because the kitten is getting farther and farther away from the children." "That's right! Why didn't I think of it? It's so simple. Kid, I did it on purpose to save you some face. I'm going to be serious next time.' "Please listen to the question, why do Aries eat more than black sheep?" "Because Aries can eat more." "Wrong!" "Because Aries are tolerant sheep, so they eat more." "Wrong, because in the world There are more white sheep than black sheep, haha!¡± "Please listen to the question¡ª¡ª" "because¡ª¡ª" ¡°Wrong, wrong, wrong¡ª¡ª¡± In this way, Zakaki completely defeated Bobby with the brain teasers from his previous life. And Bobby also sincerely called Zakmu the boss, which made Zakmu feel happy! ; Text Chapter 6 Apprenticeship from Lu Miao Shinnosuke Zakaki goes to class every day to refine chakra, and after class, he goes to Bobby to practice ninjutsu with him. The life was quite comfortable. It was a school holiday that day, and Zakaki didn¡¯t practice as usual. Although personal strength is important, one cannot practice blindly, otherwise he will become a fool. As the saying goes, the right combination of work and rest is the right way. Zakaki got up in the morning, did five hundred push-ups, then left the house and wandered around the village. Zakaki walked on the field ridge and looked at the working villagers with a happy smile on their faces. In fact, for ordinary people, as long as they can have food to eat and no one bullies them, that is happiness. "Hey, isn't this Zakaki? I heard that you went to a ninja school, which is really amazing. You will definitely be an outstanding ninja in the future." A neighbor said looking at Zakaki who was wandering around. In the Land of Fire, not just anyone can attend a ninja school. Like ordinary civilians, without a background or strong financial strength, it is difficult for children to come into contact with the world of ninjas. That's why civilians call ninjas Ninja-sama. Zakaki smiled and replied: "It's just entering school, it's still a long way from becoming a real ninja." "Don't be so modest, I believe you will become a ninja, just like your brother!" ¡°Then I¡¯m grateful for your kind words.¡± ¡°What a polite boy.¡± Looking at this beautiful scenery, Zakaki seemed to think that instead of being a ninja, it would be nice to be an ordinary person. The oak tree was running aimlessly and saw a stream in front of it, which was flowing slowly. Walking down the creek is a large pond, and you can see a few fish swimming carefree under the clear water. Oakwood remembered the episode where Naruto was taught by Jiraiya to stand on the water, so he attached chakra to his feet and stepped on the water. With a "wow" sound, Zakaki's entire thigh was not in the water. Looking at his wet pants, Zakaki said with a smile: "It seems that I am not a genius after all!" | "Where did you come from? You scared all my fish away." A particularly fierce-looking uncle, who was smoking, wearing a forehead protector and a ninja vest, and a long scar on his face, glared fiercely. With oak wood. "I'm sorry, uncle, I didn't mean it!" Zakaki quickly apologized to the uncle. "Forget it. Kid, I think you look like a ninja, right?" "No, not yet, I'm still studying in the ninja school." "What is your name?" "My name is Zakaki, hello uncle." "Well, I see you are practicing chakra control, right? It seems you failed?" "Yes, I'm practicing, but it's not going so well." "You come and see me again." "Okay." After saying that, Zakaki walked to the water, but still failed. "Pay attention to the amount of chakra, don't be distracted, and don't be impatient." "Yes" Zakaki slowly transferred chakra into the soles of his feet, trying little by little. After about ten minutes, Zakaki finally stood on the water gracefully. Looking at the shoes that had already been filled with water, Nian Nian smiled bitterly. It seemed that he needed to prepare a few more pairs of shoes to learn this thing. The uncle watching from the side was completely stunned. This so-called uncle, the eldest son of the Third Hokage, is also one of the Eight Colors of Konoha, Sarutobi Shinnosuke of Green Miao, who is known to be invincible on the earth. At this time, Shinnosuke was completely shocked by this child's talent. You must know that when he practiced this, he practiced for two days, and this child learned it in just ten minutes, and he looked dissatisfied. . "Uncle" Zakaki shouted looking at Shinnosuke who was in a daze. Shinnosuke didn't seem to wake up yet, "Uncle, uncle!" Zakaki waved his hand in front of Shinnosuke. "Huh? Well, hum¡ª¡ª" Shinnosuke came back to his senses. Being a ninja and running away is a fatal thing. "Kid, do you know ninjutsu?" "I know a few." "Show it to me!" "Okay, Water Release - Water Dragon Bullet" A water dragon rose into the air and hit the surface of the pool directly. "This should be a ninjutsu used by jounin, right? I didn't expect you to be able to perform such ninjutsu at such a young age. It's not bad. What else?" At this time, Shinnosuke completely believed that he had met a genius. ¡°Earth Escape¡ªEarth Wall Technique¡± "You can still perform earth escape? It seems to be very easy. Are you a ninja with both water and earth genders?" "This, I don't know." Zakaki rubbed his head and said with a smile. Zakaki didn't use the mud wall technique. If he used that magical ninjutsu, he would definitely be called a genius, but that's not what he wanted. . Besides, this uncle doesn't look like a bad guy, but who knows what kind of person he is. As the saying goes, it's better to be cautious. If someone noticed, he wouldn't know how he would die. Think about itThat guy, Zakaki couldn't help but shudder. Of course Shinnosuke doesn¡¯t know what Takashi is thinking. "Boy, which family are you from?" "My parents died long ago, and I only have one older brother who is a chuunin. My older brother's name is Moriki. Do you know him, uncle?" At this time, Shinnosuke was even more surprised. It was amazing that a civilian child could reach this point with the help of his brother who was only a chuunin. Shinnosuke had a strong idea in his heart, to accept this kid as his apprentice. You must know that this kid is of both water and earth natures, and he is his perfect heir! I am also of both water and earth genders, so I am truly the perfect disciple given to me by God. Absolutely no running away. Maybe when he knows that Zakaki will still think so in ten years. Shinnosuke composed himself and said, "Boy, I am Sarutobi Shinnosuke, one of the Eight Colors of Konoha. Are you willing to be my apprentice?" Oakwood looked at Shinnosuke in surprise. It turned out that this uncle was actually the eldest son of the third generation, and he was the crown prince of Konoha! I never thought that I would have such an adventure when I went out for a stroll. This guy is awesome! Although he did not appear in Naruto, everyone who has watched Naruto knows that this guy's earth escape is said to have surpassed Hiruzen Sarutobi, who is known as the best person in the ninja world! That is his father. If he becomes his disciple, who in Konoha will dare to cause trouble for him in the future? He has taken a liking to him and wants to accept him as his apprentice. Where can he find such a good thing? Don¡¯t agree? Are you stupid? "So you are the green seedling who is more powerful than Naruto? Yes, of course I do!" "Humph¡ª¡ª, no! Who said I'm better than Naruto?" Shinnosuke explained awkwardly, but his face could not help but be excited. After all, anyone who can compete with Naruto would be very proud. Even if the Hokage is my father, "That's just a rumor from the outside world!" ; Text Chapter 7 Fighting with Asma In the world of Naruto, apprenticeship does not seem to be important. Shinnosuke just gave Oakwood a special kunai. From then on, Oakwood was regarded as Shinnosuke's apprentice. Shinnosuke asked Takaki to visit his house tomorrow, saying that he was introducing his wife and younger brother. He also said that his brother was only two years older than Takaki, and maybe he could still be friends with him. Speaking of Shinnosuke¡¯s younger brother, Asuma is a thorn in his side. It is said that he was very rebellious when he was young. When he was not in Konoha, he was a ninja. He ran out and got the title of Twelve Guardian Ninjas with a dozen second-rate guys, and finally died in the hands of the immortal duo of the Akatsuki organization. What's even more disgusting is that Hong, who is not married to him, has a big belly. He is simply a bastard. After Oakwood and Shinnosuke separated, they were no longer in the mood to hang out and returned home. Zakaki was lying on the big tree in the yard, biting an apple in his mouth, listening to the chirping of birds, breathing in the fresh air of the Naruto world, looking at the pale sky, feeling comfortable in his heart. Suddenly feeling something blocking his sunlight, Zakaki looked up and found a kite flying above his head. The kite hung on the treetop not far from the oak tree with a "pop" sound. Zakaki lowered his head and saw two little girls with pigtails walking towards him not far away. A girl wearing an orange-red top with two blushes on her face said to another girl: "Xiao Mei, what should I do if the kite falls on the tree?" ¡°Qin is okay, let¡¯s call for help!¡± The girl named Qin looked at the oak tree lying on the tree and said, "Brother, can you help us take down the kite?" Zakaki looked at Qin, then at the kite not far away, and took the kite down with a single jump. "That's awesome! Brother, are you a ninja?" the girl named Xiaomei asked Zakaki scratched the back of his head and said, "No, ninjas can't be that easy." After saying that, Zakaki jumped out of the tree and over the courtyard wall and handed the kite to the two girls. "Thank you, brother!" the two girls said and left excitedly. "Zakaki felt indescribable happiness in his heart as he watched the girl's retreating figure. Only then did he realize that he truly belonged to the Hokage. In the evening, Zakaki watched the tired Senmu come back from outside, and Zakaki couldn't help but feel a pain in his heart. In fact, Mori Mu is only thirteen years old. In the original world, people like him should still act like a spoiled child to their parents at home! Here, he had to run around to make a living for himself and his younger brother, doing exhausting tasks every day. Zakaki suddenly thought that the Third Ninja War will happen in the near future. By then¡ª¡ª Seeing that his sensible brother had already prepared dinner, Senmu felt a lot less tired. With a smile, he said: "Brother, you didn't go out to train today? That's right. Proper rest is good for your own practice." "Well, brother, I have something to tell you." Senmu ate the meal made from oak wood without raising his head and said, "What's the matter?" "Sarutobi Shinnosuke-sama wants to accept me as his disciple." "Pfft -, who? Who wants to accept you as a disciple?" Senmu suddenly raised his head, and the rice in his mouth sprayed all over Zakaki. Zakaki looked at his brother with a dark look on his face, and patted the rice grains on his body in frustration. "Speak quickly! Did I hear you right? Sarutobi Shinnosuke-sama? Are you kidding me?" Mori asked Sakuragi excitedly. "Yes! The son of the Third Lord, one of the Eight Colors of Konoha, Sarutobi Shinnosuke is the green seedling." "Okay, great, our parents must be protecting us in heaven. Great! Tell me, what's going on? How do you know Mr. Shinnosuke?" Sooki told Morimu what happened by the stream today, and at the end he said, "Brother, I am apprenticed to Shinnosuke-sama without your consent, will you be angry?" "What's the point? What you did was so right. A big shot like him probably accepted you on a whim. If you passed that point, he might not accept you anymore! What you did was so right." "By the way, he asked me to be a guest at his home tomorrow, and he also said that he should have time for you to go with him." "Yes, of course there is. For such a big event, of course I will go!" Senmu got up very early in the morning. You must know that today is the time to honor your ancestors. His younger brother is attracted by that adult! That is our own glory! Senmu had just walked to the door of Zakmu's room and was about to go in and call Zakmu when he suddenly saw that it was still dark outside the window. Senmu touched his head and thought to himself, he was really too excited to let his brother sleep for a while so early. "Brother, get up quickly! Today I have to go to your teacher's house. Go and wash up. Although our family is not a family, we can't lose our etiquette." Zakaki squinted his hazy sleepy eyes and looked at the bright sky, "Brother, it's still very early!""It's getting late, get up quickly." Zakaki reluctantly got up and put on his clothes while listening to his nagging brother. Soon Zakubian finished eating the breakfast made by his brother, and then walked out of the house with his brother. "Hello! My brother has been accepted as a disciple by Sarutobi Shinnosuke-sama! Haha." Morimu held Oakwood with his left hand and twisted the gift with his right hand. He said this regardless of whether he was familiar with it or not. "It's amazing. I've long said that Zakaki is not an ordinary person, and it's true!" "Well! It's really amazing to be noticed by such a big shot at such a young age!" The neighbors looked at the brothers and kept praising them. Zakaki looked at the excited Senmu, and couldn't help feeling warm in his heart. ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????: Zakaki and Moriki arrived at the residence of the Third Hokage. Looking at the big mansion, Zakaki couldn't help but sigh, being a Hokage is great, but how much is the house worth? No wonder those people want to be Hokage even though they are fighting over each other. Sighing, they entered the three-generation family. Shinnosuke waited at home early for Oakwood's arrival. Shinnosuke takes Oakwood very seriously. You must know that the reason why my father's position is so stable and his reputation is so majestic and far-reaching is certainly due to his superhuman strength, but it is also inseparable from his favorite disciple, the legendary Sannin. This shows the importance of a proud disciple! Shinnosuke looked outside the door. Finally, they came. That handsome boy must be Zakaki¡¯s brother, he¡¯s also a very talented person! "Sir Shinnosuke, thank you for your appreciation. It is really an honor for my brother to be favored by you!" "Haha, you are Moriki, right? Yes, yes. You are welcome to come to my home!" Shinnosuke said with a smile. Zakaki and Morimu came to the hall. Seeing their brother and Shinnosuke complimenting each other, they couldn't help but feel a pain in their balls, so they sneaked out on an excuse to go to the toilet. Zakaki looked at this big house and thought that the third generation must not be at home! It must be in the Hokage's office. Zakaki was wandering around when he suddenly heard an angry shout. "Are you that Zakaki?" A kid of about seven or eight years old with tied hair looked at Zakaki and asked. The person coming was none other than Asuma. Asma's mother died young, and her father never took care of herself due to work reasons. Fortunately, he still has an elder brother. The already famous elder brother has never weakened his father's reputation and has always been said to be the father of a tiger and the son of a tiger. My brother who is strict with me rarely praises me, but when I came back yesterday, he kept talking to me about how great it was to have an apprentice. It made me very angry! I happened to see a boy wandering around today, I must teach him a lesson! Let me see who is the genius! "You are Ashima, right? The teacher has told you!" "What's the point of talking so much? I'm going to teach you a lesson." One minute later "Let me go, let me go quickly. I'll chop you -" You must be surprised to see a four or five-year-old child holding a seven or eight-year-old child in his hand. This is Oakwood and Asuma. A few shallow footprints on Asma's body showed that he had been raped just now! ; Text Chapter 8 Becoming the Turtle Immortal Zakaki looked at the angry Morimu, and while listening to Morimu's scolding, he pretended to be taught, and seemed to really regret what he had done. Morimu looked at his younger brother as if he couldn't bear it. After all, his younger brother was only five years old. Morimu stopped scolding and said: "Ozaki, you are young and ignorant, and my brother understands. But you have to know that our family is a commoner family after all, unlike other big families. If Mr. Shinnosuke is really angry and doesn't teach you seriously, , wouldn¡¯t that be a huge loss?¡± Zakaki looked at Senmu with a heartbroken look and said seriously: "Brother, don't worry, there won't be a next time." "What? Is there a next time? You will be in contact with Asma a lot in the future, so let him be careful in the future." "I know, brother, I'm not a child." Morimu looked at Zakaki, "Why aren't you a child?" Zakaki looked at his short body and laughed at himself, he seemed to be really a child! Just like this, I spent the whole day in Senmu's nagging Three generations of family. "Asuma, tell me about the specific situation of your fight with Zakaki." Asma looked at his calm brother and said hesitantly: "That, this¡ª¡ª" Shinnosuke looked at the ashamed and angry Ashima and thought to himself, this kid has always had his eyes set higher than his head, so it would be good to be hit. I just feel lazy every day and don't practice well. "Asuma, I can understand that you lost to Tozaki, but I really can't understand how you lost so completely. You are almost as powerful as a chuunin, but you lost to a child three years younger than you. Moreover, this child is from an ordinary civilian family. It seems that you have to work hard!" Asuma didn¡¯t speak, just lowered his head. "Tell me the plot of the fight." "It's like this. I was afraid of hurting Zakaki, so I didn't use Feiyan or kunai to test. I just wanted to beat him up with taijutsu. As soon as I walked beside him, I noticed his speed. It was so fast and so powerful. He grabbed my hand and then lifted it up." Asuma seemed unconvinced by the defeat, so he explained to Shinnosuke. "As a ninja, if you lose, you lose, there are no excuses." Asuma¡¯s head lowered even further. Shinnosuke touched Assam's head and said with a smile: "Asuma, it's okay if you lose. It'll be fine if you win back in the future. But as a ninja, you must learn to learn lessons and not just make excuses for yourself. Do you understand?" " "Well, brother, I understand!" In the evening, Zakmu, who was bored, found Bobby again. When he came to the edge of the pool, he fired a water hose and called out Bobby with an angry look on his face. "Little devil, didn't I teach you the summoning technique?" "You want to call me boss? Is the great Bobby a villain who doesn't keep his words? Besides, summoning requires biting your fingers and bleeding! Doesn't it hurt?" Zakaki looked at Bobby with contempt. "Of course the great Bobby means what he says, but as a big guy like me, it's not okay for you to be the boss of a little kid, right?" "What's wrong? How about I give you a few more questions to do?" "There's no need for this. Shouting, why don't I just shout?" Bobby said reluctantly. "It's over now, call me, boss!" "It's the boss. What does the boss want from me today?" ¡°Boss, I want to ask, do you have any good moves for me?¡± "That's not true. You must know that many of my moves can only be used by our turtle family." Bobby said with an embarrassed look. "Damn! I want a psychic beast like you to be useful? You can't do anything!" Zakaki scolded shamelessly! "By the way, there is one!" Zakaki looked at Bobby with excitement and asked, "What? Teach me quickly." "It's a combined ninjutsu. To put it simply, you and I become one, so you can use my ninjutsu, and it will have unexpected effects!" "Damn it! Isn't it possible? Am I no longer an old turtle?" Zakaki jumped up and shouted. "What do you know? Do you know the power of this move? Let me tell you, after merging, you are invincible. Any ninjutsu and physical attacks have no effect. It is simply the best defense!" "Is it as magical as you said?" Zakaki thought of Jiraiya's magic, it seemed very awesome! "Of course! As a member of the spirit turtle clan, we have unparalleled advantages in defense. Coupled with my transformation over the years, I tell you, there are very few in the whole world who can hurt you.people! "Bobby looked at Zakaki with an arrogant expression. "Doesn't that mean there are still people who can hurt me? Your words sound like farts! Just now you said you were invincible." "Well, there are no absolutes. Like the old Onmyoji, you can directly attack with your soul. Any defense is ineffective!" Zakaki secretly thought that it was a good thing that the Onmyoji were extinct these days, otherwise any Onmyoji would have wiped him out. In fact, Zakaki didn't know that, not to mention there weren't many Onmyoji in the world, even if there were, there weren't many who could attack souls. Even if you know how to do it, your vitality will be severely damaged by using this move. Therefore, he did not know that this move was against the heavens. And this move also saved him countless times in his wandering career! It also earned him the title of "The Turtle Sage of the Ninja World", and later he and Jiraiya were called "The Erotic Sage" by Naruto! Zakaki looked at Bobby's triumphant look and said, "It's so good, but who knows if it's that bad? I'll teach you later. If you're really good, I'll make something delicious for you tomorrow." "Hmph, as a turtle, Bobby no longer needs ordinary food. You should keep your food for yourself!" "Why are you talking so much nonsense? Quickly teach me!" Zakaki clasped his hands and shouted while drooling. "Well, then, let's get started! Pay attention to what I said, if you make a mistake, you will suffer a lot and it will be very painful! -" "Why are you talking so much? Hurry up." "Come on me first and attach all the warehouse to your feet. Concentrate and don't let yourself fall." "good." Zakaki jumped on Bobby's back and guided his chakra to his feet. Zakaki felt a large stream of chakra running towards his feet. After reaching his feet, it did not flow to his body, but stopped. on the feet. Zakmu's feet suddenly emitted a ball of blue light. Using the light as the dividing point, the bodies of Bobby and Zakmu began to emit blue light in all directions, like a funnel, and the two people became a whole. Bobby suddenly exerted force on his limbs and jumped into the sky. The funnel immediately turned around, and chakra began to flow toward the oak end in large amounts! With a "Peng" sound, a strange combination appeared! A two-meter-high oak tree appeared in front of us. Behind the oak tree was a turtle shell with a pair of eyes. The fiery red turtle shell wrapped the oak tree, leaving only its head and limbs outside. The scary thing is that there is a head growing in front of the turtle shell, which is obviously Bobby! "Holy crap! I'm so ugly, look like I've completely turned into a turtle." Zakaki touched his turtle shell and blinked. This blink was good, Zakaki found that he couldn't blink at all, his entire eyelids were covered in fucking scales. Zakaki ran to the edge of the pool and looked at the water. "Wow, is this still me? What a fucking monster!" Zakaki looked at himself, who was carrying more than two meters on his back, with exploding muscles, a big turtle shell on his back, and a turtle head on his chest. To put it simply, except for one face which is still oak wood, no part of it is the original oak wood! Of course, the oak wood at this time is still oak wood. "Bobby, Bobby! Where did you die? Come out here, damn, you made me look so ugly, I'm going to kill you!" "Scream! Scream!" Zakaki suddenly felt a familiar voice inside his body, it was Bobby! "Bobby, what happened? This is the awesome ninjutsu you said! Your sister! Are you cheating on me?" Zakaki angrily said all the curse words he often cursed in his previous life. "This ninjutsu is a bit of a failure. That's because our cooperation is not tacit enough! It will be fine in the future. Don't worry about beauty or ugliness for now, just feel your own energy!" Zakaki first held back his anger and closed his eyes. I found that I could look inside and see my vigorous chakra rushing through my body. If my blood vessels were a stream, then now they are like the Yellow River. Feeling that he seemed to have endless strength, Zakumu jumped into the air. Stopping in mid-air, "Water Release - Water Dragon Bullet" a water dragon several times thicker than usual hit the ground in the air, "bombing" a large crater with a radius of dozens of meters deformed! When Zuomu returned to the ground, a strange method of forming seals appeared in his mind, and Zuomu quickly formed the seals accordingly. "Spiritual Technique - Black Turtle Body Protection" I saw a chakra turtle shell several meters long and wide popping out of my body! The amazing defensive power of oak wood can be felt inside. "Haha - damn, I will be a fucking master from now on! What Orochimaru, what Nagato, what masked man? Go to hell!" Zakaki roared excitedly! I don¡¯t know how long it took, but Zakmu finally calmed down. "Bobby, are you still alive? If you are alive, please respond." "Damn! Of course I'm alive, you're really crazy! As expected of my boss, look around and see what you've done!" Zakaki looked around and touched his head with an embarrassed smile! But he sawThe turtle head on his chest could no longer smile. "Bobby, can you take this turtle head away? You're not in it anyway." "It's okay, but didn't I say it? There was a slight mistake, just this one, but it looks quite majestic!" "You're so awesome! Then there's nothing you can do about it?" He joked that there was another one underneath him. What did the one on his chest look like? "It will be fine if you use this trick more in the future!" Looking at this body of his own, Zakaki felt like he had become a god damn turtle! ; Text Related instructions for this book Friends who read it, please leave a comment whether it is good or bad. If you can, please recommend it and save it! Your support is the motivation for us to update. Every time I see one more book recommendation or more favorites, I feel very excited. I feel that although my writing is not good, people still read it, and then I feel like I have been beaten. Like chicken blood. Don¡¯t worry, everyone, I will finish the book even if no one reads it! So, if you find what you write interesting, please feel free to collect and recommend it! Also, I don¡¯t know how to create a book review section. If anyone is willing to help, please help me and chat with me privately. My QQ number is 1165665077, which is the QQ number I specially prepared for this book! I'm a newbie. If you think my writing is not good, you can talk to me. Because I am still in my freshman year, the school does not allow me to bring computers, so there is no fixed update time, but I will update at least 15 chapters every week in the future. I read the article and found that the sentences did not make sense and there were many typos. I will try to avoid them in the future! Let me say one thing "Please support me a lot!"; Text Chapter 9 Red Beans and Brain Teasers Zakaki lay on the bed, rubbing his joints. After doing the combined ninja with Bobby, Zakaki found that except for his head, the rest of his body could only be described in one word, that was pain! Thinking about it, my original height of just over one meter has grown to over two meters. Is it okay to not feel pain? But it's worth it, after all, there are so many benefits. This is what is called gains and losses. Having said that, if I use this technique in the future, I will suffer a lot. Actually, Zakaki should be proud. You know, Jilai's sage mode has a lot of revealing points. Not only is his weakness time before activation, but also his immortal mode time is limited. The combined ninjutsu of Oak and Bobby is not only comparable in power, but also has no time limit. In other words, as long as Zakaki is willing, he can turn on this mode 24 hours a day, but the side effects will become more powerful after that! Zakaki fell asleep in pain It¡¯s Monday again, and Zakaki has to carry his schoolbag to school. Shinnosuke said that he would not officially teach Takaki ninjutsu until Takaki graduates. Of course, Takaki could ask him for advice. Zakaki has been in school for a long time, and he found that he didn't even know a few of his classmates. There was no doubt that he had failed as a student. In the previous life, the group of classmates was a very powerful human resource! Therefore, Zakaki decided not to practice in class today to see what his classmates were like. Zakaki came to the classroom early and found that there was no one in the classroom. Zakaki looked at the dirty ground. As a student, it was necessary to contribute to the cleanliness of the class, so Zakaki picked up the broom and started sweeping. Zakaki cleaned the classroom and sat in his seat to enjoy the beautiful scenery of the school. Although the ninja school is not big, it is very quiet. It seems to be a deliberate arrangement by the Second Hokage. The school is far away from the bustling city, so you can't hear the noise on the street. It is also a rare and good place to rest in the bustling city of Konoha. Zakaki fixed his gaze outside the window and saw a teacher walking from the school gate to the school with a thick textbook under his arm. It turns out to be Zakaki¡¯s class teacher, the god of all evil! Zakaki didn't even know the name of the class teacher. He must find out today. Zakaki secretly swore to himself. Ito entered the classroom and found that the classroom that was messy with students on Friday had been cleaned up long ago. Ito looked around curiously and found that there was only one person sitting in the last row. It turned out to be Zakaki, who usually didn't like to talk much. Maybe it's because of his birth. This student is very introverted, and his usual grades are average. His brother's name seems to be Moriki, and he is a student of Akimichi Tanano. It seems that I am not qualified as a teacher and do not care enough about my students. I must pay more attention to those students who are not very outstanding in the future. What a diligent child, he even helped himself clean the classroom, hey! If you were born into a big family, you would definitely be outstanding! Ito approached Takaki and greeted him with a smile: "Good morning, Takaki, you are such a diligent child. You clean the classroom, right? Thank you." "Hello, teacher, no, I am not diligent, I just got up early today. The classroom is just a matter of effort, you don't have to do this." "What a polite boy, can I invite you to dinner tonight? How about going to Ichiraku Ramen?" Zakaki quickly waved his hand and said, "Teacher, no need, really no need. I have to cook dinner for my brother tonight, thank you for the invitation." Ito was even more moved. What a good kid. He was not only diligent, but also very sensible. He was such a failure. He was such a good student and never noticed him. The desire to pay attention to him became stronger. "That's it, forget it, I must go if you have the chance." After a while, the students entered the classroom one after another. The head teacher first talked about things that ninjas should pay attention to on the battlefield, and the next teacher talked about how to use the Three Body Technique. Zakaki was really bored, so he invited a large number of his classmates, and they all listened to the teacher's lectures stupidly. Zakaki suddenly found a little girl looking at him with a smile. Zakaki pointed at his nose and asked softly: "Is it me?" The little girl took advantage of the moment when the teacher was writing on the blackboard, ran to the empty seat next to her, and asked with a smile: "What is your name? Why haven't I seen you before?" Zakaki patted his head and said, "Oh my god, I've been on the road for so long, but there are still people who haven't seen me. My name is Zakaki, what's your name?" "Oh! Are you Tsubasa? You look stupid, why would Uncle Shinnosuke accept you as his apprentice? My name is Mitarashi Anko." "Oh, what? Are you Anko? Is your uncle Mitarashi Shixiao, the ANBU minister?" "Huh? Do you know my uncle?" "I know him, he doesn't know me." "You look silly, but you talk so much fun!" "I look??Silly? Okay, let me ask you a few questions. If you can answer them correctly, I will admit that you are stupid. If not, you will say that you are stupid. How about that? " "Okay! Who have I, Hongdou, been afraid of? Come on." Indeed, this group is also famous as a living treasure in Shippuden. He is simply someone who doesn't play by common sense. "Okay, please listen to the question: Why does a ferocious ordinary hungry cat run away when it sees an ordinary mouse?" "Because mice are more powerful than cats." "Your cat is more powerful than mice?" "Because the cat is about to die and a mouse can kill it?" "Miss, it is a ferocious cat!" "Okay, Why do you say? If you don¡¯t give me an answer that I¡¯m convinced of, I won¡¯t deal with you!¡± "Because the cat is running over to catch it!" "Yeah, why didn't I think of it? Here's another one." "Please listen to the question: Why does my neighbor's roof sometimes leak and sometimes not?" "Why? Let me think about it. Because, because the tiles on your neighbor's house are not patched firmly, when it rains they are blown away by the strong wind, causing leakage. Sometimes when the wind is light, the leakage is repaired." "My neighbor's house Are you sick? He can't fix it all at once and patch up the tiles?" "Why is that?" "It's stupid, because it only leaks when it rains, but of course it doesn't leak when it's sunny." "So that's it! Who do you think is stupid?" "Aren't you stupid? Please listen to the question, what is the first thing people do when they wake up in the morning?" "Wash your face!" "Wrong" "Don't you wash your face?" "Of course." "That's it." "Is this your answer?" "Yes" "Well, you are wrong.'" That is What? " "Open your eyes! Close your eyes and wash your face?" "Yes!" " "Please listen to the question. There is something that people who buy it know, people who sell it know it, but only people who use it don't know it. What is it?" "What is it?" Hongdou looked at Zakaki and asked pitifully. "Ding ding ding¡ª¡ª" A bell rang and get out of class was over. Zakaki thought that he would have to practice the combined ninjutsu with Bobby today, and there were still many things that he had not yet mastered. Then he packed his things in a hurry. Hongdou on the other side was unwilling, and kept guessing on the other side, but no one was right! He was yelling there. Zakaki turned his head and shouted at Anko: "So stupid! I don't know how to guess. Why are you asking? Pig brain? I want to go home. I didn't expect to ask your uncle!" Hongdou was frightened by Zakaki's roar. Who had ever yelled at him since he was a child? Looking at the fierce Zakaki, his eyes were red, and he muttered in a low voice: "What's so fierce? Isn't it just a question? I don't believe I can't pass!" Zakaki looked at Hongdou who was about to cry, and he blamed himself. After all, he was only a few years old, so he said softly: "Go back and think about it carefully, and I will tell you the answer tomorrow." Hongdou looked at Zakaki whose face had improved, and immediately said with a smile: "Okay, don't lie to others!" Then he swayed away. Zakaki looked at Anko and muttered, "It's a child after all." He seemed to have forgotten that he was also a child! ps: Dear readers, does anyone know what the last answer is? This answer is the clue to the story in the next few chapters! ; Text Chapter 10 The turmoil caused by brain teasers When Hongdou returned home, he saw a few busy servants and waved his hands and said, "Come here, you guys. I have a question to test you. If you answer it correctly, you will be rewarded!" A servant who seemed to be very clever said: "Miss, what's your question? Just ask, as long as we know what we know, we will answer it well. Besides, what kind of reward do you want for making us honored?" "Yes, yes, please ask, miss." The other servants followed. "Well" Hongdou seemed to be very satisfied with their performance, "Is this the case? People who buy something know it, and people who sell it also know it, but people who use it don't know it?" "What is it? How can there be such a thing?" The seemingly clever servant shook his head and said, and the other servants didn't seem to know. The clever servant kept the question in mind and thought about asking his wife after get off work. My wife is usually very smart, so she must know. I wonder what reward the lady has? The servant thought secretly. Hongdou looked at this group of people and thought, he didn't even know, would these people guess it? You might as well ask your uncle. But this damn Zakaki still yelled at herself. After a while, her uncle came up and asked him how he would yell at her tomorrow. Anko seemed to see Zakaki laughing so hard that she was yelling at him. Mitarai Zixiao, who had just returned home from ANBU, walked to the door and saw her niece laughing alone. I wonder if I am too busy and don't care enough about her, which is why it's like this! Think about your elder brother and sister-in-law who have passed away long ago, how kind they were to you in the past! They sacrificed themselves for Konoha and entrusted Anko to themselves, but he did not take good care of her. I am simply a failed brother and uncle! Zixiao came to Hongdou, patted her shoulder, and asked with a smile: "Hongdou, what are you so happy about?" "It's nothing. By the way, uncle, I'm going to test you. It's very simple. If you can't answer the question, you'll be a huge disappointment to me." Zixiao was very kind to Anko, and Anko¡¯s weird temper in the future was inseparable from Zixiao¡¯s pampering. Whether it was Anko¡¯s smooth career or Anko¡¯s worship of Orochimaru as his teacher, They are also all related to Zixiao. The ANBU minister of Konoha can be said to be inferior to one person and superior to ten thousand people. He is a big shot with military power. Anko worshiped Orochimaru as his teacher, which is not a treatment that ordinary people get. Orochimaru has a high position in Konoha! Look at Jiraiya's disciple, Namikaze Minato. Tsunade's disciple Shizune, legend has it that Shizune is Tsunade's niece! So we can see that the legendary Sannin will not recruit disciples randomly! This also includes Orochimaru, who is a bit lonely. Zixiao looked at Hongdou, touched her head and said, "Little Hongdou, if you have anything, just ask!" Hongdou smiled and imitated Zakaki and said, "Please listen to the question. People who buy something know it, and people who sell it also know it, but people who use it don't know it?" Zixiao thought Hongdou would ask some ninja-related questions. Who knew it was such a question, so she held her cheek and thought: What? People who buy know it, people who sell it know it, and people who use it don¡¯t know it. what? Zixiao didn't want to be okay, but the thought made her anxious. The more she thought about it, the more anxious she became, and the more anxious she became, the less she could figure it out. In the end, she was sweating profusely, but she still hadn't figured it out yet! Don't expect your thinking to be very quick in the dull-thinking world of Naruto. Maybe there are many people with extraordinary talents in tactics, but this kind of leaping thing is not something that a ninja who abides by the rules of the ninja world can think of. from! Even our powerful ANBU Minister. At this time, suddenly an ANBU ninja wearing a cat face came to Zi Xiao and reported some unimportant trivial matters to Zi Xiao. At this time, Zi Xiao looked at the usually annoying correspondent, but found that he was so cute today, and said seriously: "Huh? Master Hokage has something to do with me? Then why didn't you come earlier?" The ANBU ninja looked at the minister and thought: No! Lord Hokage didn't say he was looking for him! Just wanted to explain clearly. Zi Xiao interrupted him, "Why don't you leave quickly? Why are you standing there? You have nothing to do, right?" The ANBU ninja left Zixiao's house with a confused look on his face. Zixiao looked at Hongdou and said: "Little Hongdou, uncle has to go to the Hokage for something. He will be back in a while. Please be obedient at home!" "But uncle, what's the answer? Uncle, uncle¡ª¡ª" Before Hongdou could finish speaking, Zixiao disappeared. Zi Xiao came to the ANBU headquarters and saw the captain who had not left yet, so he waved and said: "There is a question to test you. It was asked by the students of the school. As the elites of the ninja world, if you can't even answer this question, you will It¡¯s useless! Listen, the people who buy it know it, the people who sell it know it, but the people who use it don¡¯t know it?¡± Zi Xiao waited for a while and looked at the sweaty captains. No one spoke, and he cursed angrily: "Trash! You must give me an answer tomorrow morning! Otherwise? Hum -" Each captain returns to his own team.Taking Zi Xiao's words as his own, he handed them over to his team leader without any change, and the team leader then told his subordinates, who then went home and told their relatives or friends. As a result, the entire Konoha Spread! "People who buy something know it, and people who sell it know it, but people who use it don't know it?" The Hokage's office. The third generation held a pen in his hand, and his mind was busy with Jiraiya's question just now. This guy didn't know where to find a question that stumped him. People who buy things know it, and people who sell them also know it. Don¡¯t the people who use it know? It seems like I haven¡¯t bought anything before! "Bang bang" the door rang. Sandai came to his senses and said, "Please come in." "Hello, Hokage-sama!" "Oh, it turns out to be the field team. Is your mission completed?" The person who came was none other than the team that Zakaki¡¯s brother Morimu was in. Akimichi Tano looked at Sandai who was busy and said with a smile: "It seems, sir, it's done." "That's it! I'm going to give you another D-level mission. It's like this. I have a question here. Guess what it is. People who buy it know it, and people who sell it know it, but people who use it don't know it." Ye Ye lowered his head and thought for a while. After a while, he looked at the team members who were meditating and asked, "Is there an answer?" All three of Morimu shook their heads, expressing their ignorance. ??Tano smiled bitterly and said: "As expected of Hokage-sama, the questions given are so difficult. I can't solve this task." "Oh, forget it, it was Jiraiya who asked me, and I don't know either." The third generation said awkwardly. Morimu returned home with doubts, and saw Zakaki who was practicing physical skills and asked with a smile: "Zakaki, my brother has a question for you. What you said is known by the people who buy it, and the people who sell it. People don¡¯t know?¡± Zakaki looked at Senmu with a surprised face and asked, "Brother, how do you know this topic?" "The Hokage-sama has sent a mission, and it's this question. It seems to be asked by Jiraiya-sama. Isn't Jiraiya-sama really unusual? The questions asked are so difficult." "Ozaki was even more surprised. How did Jiraiya know this? It seemed that he only asked Anko!" Senmu looked at Zakaki with a surprised face, thinking that he didn't know. Then he said: "It's nothing, even Hokage-sama doesn't know about it!" ; Text Chapter 11 Jiraiya burst out laughing In the morning, Zakaki walked to school with an apple in his hand and a schoolbag on his back. Zakaki looked at the apple in his hand and smiled bitterly. Zhamu had just finished breakfast and walked out of the house when he saw Uncle Yichun carrying a load and preparing to go out to sell apples. When Uncle Yichun saw Zakaki, he picked out the biggest and best apple and stuffed it into Zakaki's hand without saying a word. In the words of Uncle Yichun, growing children should eat more fruits, especially ninjas who consume incredible amounts of energy. Zakaki knew that as a civilian, he could not earn much money a day, so he refused to ask for anything. Uncle Yichun seemed to be in trouble with Zakmu. Zakmu had no choice but to accept the apples, and Uncle Yichun left with a smile on his face. Zakushi was eating apples, humming a little tune, and soon came to the street. "Have you heard about that topic?" "Of course I have. When my mother-in-law was working at the Nara family, she heard several ninja masters from the Nara family discussing that topic. The Nara clan chief asked Master Shikaku, but even Master Shikaku didn't know." "What's that? I heard that even Hokage-sama doesn't know about it anymore!" "Is it real?" Zakaki looked at the vendors discussing enthusiastically, sweating profusely on his face. Zakaki just rushed towards the school. Listening to the people on the road discussing, Zakaki felt a little guilty in his heart. Wasn't it just a brain teaser? As for what? Zakaki came to the classroom and saw that there were already people there. It turned out to be Anko. Anko seemed to be still minding about being yelled at yesterday and did not say hello to Zakaki. Zakaki put his schoolbag on his seat and walked towards Anko. Anko stared at Zakaki with dark circles on her originally round eyes. Zakaki felt a little guilty. "I originally wanted to tell others the answer to the question, but no one wanted to listen. Forget it, I kept the answer in my stomach." Hongdou quickly raised his hand and said, "I am willing to listen!" "Yes, but you must agree to one condition." "Conditions? What conditions?" "You swear not to tell others that this is the question I asked, and you are not allowed to tell others that this is the answer I gave?" "Why?" "Do you agree or not?" "Promise, promise. Say it quickly, I thought about it all night yesterday and didn't think of it." "You swear first." "I, Hongdou, swear that I will never tell anyone that this question and the answer are both from Zakaki. Okay, tell me now!" "The answer is a coffin!" "Coffin? Why?" "Think about it, the buyer knows it is a coffin, and the seller also knows it, but the person using it doesn't know it. The person using it is dead, what the hell does he know?" "That's right! Why didn't I think of that? Zakaki, you are such a genius!" So the news spread in Konoha again. "Have you heard? It is said that the answer is Mitarashi's Anko." "Well, what a genius. He can ask such a question at such a young age." "Who says it's not the case? It is said that even Hokage-sama can't answer it!" "It seems like another big shot is coming to the Mitarai family." The coffin shop became famous because of this incident. People passing by the coffin shop couldn't help but look outside and inside. The owner of the coffin shop smiled broadly. As the perpetrator, Zakaki was wandering on the street at this time. Seeing the shouts of the vendors and the bargaining of the buyers, Zakaki suddenly felt that this kind of life was quite interesting. When Zakmu was about to leave, someone put a guard on Zakmu's shoulder. "You are Zakaki, right?" Zakaki turned around and saw an uncle with exaggerated clothes, white hair, two stripes of paint on his face, and a big word "oil" on his head. The visitor was none other than Jiraiya. "Are you Jiraiya?" Jiraiya looked at Zakaki and said: "You know me, but it seems we have never met? Is it possible that I, Jiraiya, am so famous in Konoha that everyone on the street knows it? Hahaha, Tsunade, pretty boy. Mine. I¡¯m more famous than you two, hahahaha¡ª¡ª¡± "I wonder what business Jiraiya-sama has with a little guy like me?" Jiraiya grabbed his hair and said, "Yes, do I have anything to do with you? Why do I want to find you?" "I wonder how you know about a little person like me?" Zakaki asked with a smile, looking at Jiraiya's silly look. "Oh! I remembered, it was you who caused the trouble in Konoha, right?" Zakaki secretly thought that Hongdou had sold himself in less than a day. In fact, Zakaki misunderstood Anko. Jiraiya has a good relationship with Zixiao, so he naturally knows Anko.How could such a question come up without knowing Hongdou¡¯s character and typical brain short-circuit? So, under the temptation of a bunch of meatballs, Hongdou sold the oak wood without hesitation. You may be thinking, Jiraiya has nothing to do? Indeed, he was really idle. Originally, he went to pester Tsunade, but Tsunade had no time to accompany her. Tsunade remembered that the question she overheard was from Zakaki, so she said that if she could answer the question, she would treat him to dinner, and if not, she would If you can't answer, don't bother her. Jiraiya ran to ask the old man, but he didn't seem to know. Today he heard that Hongdou had answered the question, and it was Hongdou who gave it to him, so the scene above happened. Zakaki looked at Jiraiya and said, "Then you know everything, what else do you have to ask?" Looking at Zakaki's nonchalant expression, Jiraiya smiled and said, "Ah, you little brat is so unlovable." Zakaki looked at Jiraiya and said, "You don't just want to confirm, do you?" "No, of course not. In fact, it seems so!" Day, playing me, is it the master of the three nins? Zak wood thought with a chill. As for Jiraiya, Tsunade is busy falling in love, and Orochimaru seems to be already doing his perverted experiments. Jiraiya has nothing to do. Now is a short period of peace. Soon after the third war begins, this guy will not be so idle. It seems that the three ninjas all left at the end of the Third War, and White Fang also committed suicide during the Third War. ¡°Kid, are you interested in having a drink with me?¡± "You still call me a kid. You are not allowed to drink under age." "Yeah, why don't we go have barbecue?" "Why did you call me?" "You're more pleasing to the eye!" have to! This is also the reason. Zakaki looked at Jiraiya's face. In fact, he was quite attractive in person, but he was a little perverted. "Okay, but don't make me pay!" "Am I that kind of person?" "Ozaki gave Jiraiya a blank look, it seems that you are that kind of person." I remember when I was taking Naruto to practice, he actually used his money to find a young lady! Naruto has no father or mother. Is it easy to save some money? Let this thing be spent! So tasteless! Soon, Takaki and Jiraiya came to the barbecue restaurant, and everything was served. Jiraiya shamelessly asked Takaki to do another brain teaser. This guy asked more than a dozen questions along the way, but none of them were right. If it¡¯s not right, it¡¯s not right. You say you did it on purpose. How could you do more than a dozen things on purpose? Jiraiya was drinking some wine, eating barbecue, and bragging to Zakaki about how powerful he was. He was simply the best in the ninja world. He obviously drank too much. Zakaki looked at the wine and wanted to taste what Konoha tasted like, so he poured a little. "Well, not bad!" Zakaki shouted. Fortunately, there were not many people in the store, and the boss was not here, otherwise, Sakuragi would definitely be sent home, and then the ANBU people would give Morimu a good ideological education. ¡°Zakaki takes a sip and then takes a second sip. If he drinks too much, he lets it go. "Jiraiya, tell me a joke." "Speak, speak!" "The host asked: Can cats climb trees? The eagle answered: Yes! Host: Give an example! The eagle was in tears: That year, I fell asleep and the cat climbed the tree" "What's wrong? Come on, tell me, why bother!" "The eagle said that later there were owls" "Hahaha Zakaki, you are young and you know a lot." "What's this? I'll tell you another one.' "Okay, let's talk about it later! I like it, hahaha" "Listen up, after a bachelor's wedding, the bride came out with difficulty holding on to the wall, scolding: "Liar, he said he had thirty years of savings, I thought it was money! ! " "Haha, that's so funny, hahaha Ouch, I can't stand it anymore!" After saying that, Jiraiya fell down. Zakugi drunkenly walked up to Jiraiya and kicked him, "Jiraiya, Jiraiya, damn, you are so useless! Eh? Why didn't you respond?" Zakugi put his hand on Jiraiya. On Ye's nose, Zakaki suddenly felt half sober from the wine. Damn, this guy laughed so hard! ; Text Chapter 12 Shinnosuke begins to teach his skills That guy Jiraiya regained his breath after being kicked a few times by Zakaki, who left him alone and went home. Senmu had already been sitting at home waiting for Zakmu. Senmu knew that although Zakmu often came home very late, he would tell himself beforehand. But today, Zakaki seemed to have said that he would not practice at night, so Senmu suspected that something had happened to Zakmu, and he always felt uneasy. Zakaki returned home feeling dizzy. Although the alcohol content here was not high, he couldn't bear to drink too much. Zakaki took a sip and felt good, so he took a second sip, and a third, and then a third. Four mouths. Of the four bottles of wine that Jiraiya ordered, Zakaki drank three of them alone. Jiraiya? Jiraiya's product is a typical silver gun wax head, which is not useful. One bottle is not enough. It pretends to be very drinkable, so he ordered four bottles. In the spirit of not wasting, Zakaki gave them all. Drink. No wonder Tsunade doesn't like him, I wonder if it's that too? Zakaki thought in a bad way. Zakaki saw Senmu standing in the yard, looking at him angrily. Zakaki knew that he was going to play today. It is said that those who confess will be lenient and those who resist will be stern. So Zakaki jumped directly on Moriki and said, "Brother, I didn't mean to do it. It was Jiraiya who insisted on dragging me to drink. I had no choice but to drink." Moriki's originally angry expression softened and he asked curiously: "Jiraiya? Which Jiraiya?" "Eh? Is there a second Jiraiya in Konoha? It's the apprentice of the third generation old man and one of the three ninjas, Jiraiya!" Apparently, Zakaki drank too much, and the polite Zakaki before Become slutty. They say drinking and having sex are not false at all! Therefore, children under age must not drink alcohol! Moriki looked at his dazed brother and shouted: "Don't be disrespectful to Hokage-sama and Jiraiya. Although Jiraiya-sama is a bit like that, he is the hero of Konoha. By the way, why are you talking to Jiraiya?" Let's drink together, adults?" Zakaki ignored Senmu and leaned directly onto Senmu. Senmu looked at the drunken Zakaki lying on top of him and fell asleep. He shook his head with a rogue expression and helped him to the bed. "Learning to drink at a young age, this brother really doesn't make people worry!" Senmu felt angry again, but then he felt relieved. Geniuses are like this, and my brother is a genius! Haha, I even drank with Jiraiya-sama. Can I be an ordinary person who can drink with Jiraiya-sama? When Senmu woke up in the morning, he felt a sharp pain in his head. What a wicked person! I can't drink anymore in the future, my little body can't afford it! Zakaki looked at the already rising sun, "Oh no, I still have to go to school today." Zakaki packed up in a panic. Zakaki walked to the dining table and saw a note. Zakaki took it in his hand and said: "Brother, I'm going on a mission. This time I'm going to Iwa Ninja Village, so it may take more than ten days to come back. I put the money in the cabinet. I don't have to go to school today, I'll help You asked for leave. You are not allowed to drink anymore, no matter who you are with! Be obedient at home and take care of yourself. You don¡¯t have to help me save money and eat better. If my brother comes back and sees that you have lost weight, he will criticize you! .¡± Zakaki looked at his brother's note and felt a deep sense of care. "You are such a considerate brother!" Zakaki finished his breakfast and patted his head, as if he had nothing to do today. Uzaki thought of his cheap teacher Shinnosuke, why not go to him and learn some earth escape. Although he has Bobby, a nuclear weapon, he doesn't need to worry about his own safety, but he can't take Bobby with him 24 hours a day. Be around. Therefore, it is still necessary to practice some awesome ninjutsu, and it is also good to use it to show off! Having made up his mind, Tsubasa set off for Shinnosuke's house. Zakaki hummed a little tune, "I have a little donkey, and I don't ride it every day. Today I rode it to the market on a whim" Zakaki looked at the bright sunshine, feeling extremely happy in his heart. As for why he was so proud of himself I don¡¯t know about it, but it¡¯s fun! After a while, Zakaki came to the Third Hokage's house. Looking at his big house, Zakaki cursed angrily: "When will I buy a house like this!" Zakaki opened the door and saw the servant sweeping the floor beside him and said, "Hello, uncle, I am Zakaki. I want to find my teacher Shinnosuke-sama." "Oh, are you Mr. Oak? Haha, Mr. Shinnosuke happens to be at home! I'll take you there." "Thank you then!" "It doesn't matter" Zakaki followed the servant inside and saw a muscular old man practicing Taijutsu, it was Shinnosuke. Shinnosuke felt Takaki's arrival, stopped practicing, came to Takaki's side and said, "What's wrong with Takaki today?" "Teacher, I hope you can teach me some earth escape." "Oh?" Shinnosuke looked at Oakwood curiously, thinking that the Iwa Ninja Village and the Sand Ninja Village were about to move again. It is estimated that the war will start in a while, and then there will be no time to teach him. That's fine, teach him well while you still have time, ?He died on the battlefield when the time came. "Yes." Shinnosuke turned around and walked towards the inner room, "Follow me." Oakwood followed Shinnosuke and asked curiously: "Teacher, where are we going?" Shinnosuke looked at Oakwood and said, "Do you know the properties of your chakra?" "It should be water and soil!" "Well, let's test it first." Zakaki thought of the chakra test strips and couldn't help but get a little excited. Although he knew that he might be of water and earth nature, once he tested it out, his future moves were fixed. Shinnosuke took out the test strip from the inner room. This thing seemed to be very expensive. If ordinary people can't afford it, only a family like the third generation would take it out at will! "Input chakra into it." Shinnosuke said to Zakaki. Oakwood inputs chakra into the test paper according to Shinnosuke's request. ; Text Chapter 13 New Technique Magma Yellow Spring Marsh Looking at Zakaki who was practicing ninjutsu on the side, he couldn't help but admire his own vision. This little guy not only has the nature of water and earth, but also has the chakra of the fire attribute. It's not that there are no ninjas with three attributes of chakra, but there are only a few such people. This guy Zakaki has an amazing affinity for chakra, especially the two natures of water and earth. What surprised Shinnosuke was not only this, it seemed that this guy had mastered the common Ninjutsu of water and earth in just one or two attempts, like this one! "Escape from Earth, Yellow Spring Marsh" The ground around it immediately turned into mud. The surrounding trees sank into the mud. Zakaki immediately stood up, "Earth Release, Tulong Spear." Watching Zakaki quickly form seals, and another "Rock Pillar Spear", the excited Zakaki seemed to have forgotten Shinnosuke beside him. The left and right hands formed seals at the same time. The left hand made a "water dragon bullet", spitting out a trace of earth from the mouth, and the right hand made another earth flow wall. The water dragon bullet roared towards the earth flow wall. Zakaki stood on the earth flow wall, looking at his masterpiece. Hahahahahahahahahahahaha! At this time, Shinnosuke was so surprised that he was speechless. This guy was only as strong as a chuunin at most, and even this was looking down upon him. Now, just one hour later, this guy could compete with a jounin. Or the average jounin is not as powerful as this guy. In fact, Shinnosuke didn't know that Tsubasa could use chakra very efficiently and his tactic of dividing chakra into several strands, which meant that the utilization rate of Tsubasa's chakra at this time was already higher than that of jounin. Of course, the reason why Zakaki can perform so many ninjutsu without depleting his chakra is naturally due to Bobby. Anyone who changes from a small person of more than one meter to a big person of more than two meters every day will also have chakra in his body. It will be doubled several times. Zakaki suffered a lot because of this, and his body ached every day when he lay in bed! Shinnosuke shouted to Takaki: "Takaki, stop, that's it for today! Your chakra will be exhausted if you practice." Hearing Shinnosuke's words, Oakwood withdrew the technique. Shinnosuke smiled and said: "Ozaki, you are really a genius. You seem to be only five years old, right? You have the strength of a jounin at the age of five. You may become the number one in Konoha!" Zakaki suddenly lost his excited expression and said slightly seriously: "Teacher, I wonder if I can ask you for a favor?" Shinnosuke seemed to be very excited, and did not notice Zakaki's expression. He said without a moment's hesitation: "No problem, tell me, as long as the teacher can do it." "I hope the teacher will try his best not to tell anyone about me." "What? Why?" Shinnosuke asked in confusion. "Well, I just don't want to be too high-profile! I want to live an ordinary life." Shinnosuke looked at the five-year-old Oakwood and suddenly said seriously: "Oakaki, I don't know why you are like this, but the teacher promised to help you hide it as much as possible. However, as a ninja, you must have the spirit of daring to fight. Especially If you want to become a strong person, you must have a strong heart. That is to be extraordinary! As your teacher, I have the responsibility to give you something more important than ninjutsu! That is to have a will like fire. !¡± Seeing that Shinnosuke seemed to have misunderstood, Oakwood hurriedly said: "I'm not saying that I want to be an ordinary person, I just want to live an ordinary person's life, and I don't want others to regard me as a genius. I don't want my friends around me to gradually stay away from me. Like my brother¡¯s classmate, Hatake Kakashi.¡± Shinnosuke looked at Takaki and said seriously: "Takashi, you are the most talented child I have ever seen, even more talented than Kakashi. In fact, Kakashi has become so withdrawn, not only with his own It's related to talent, and it's also related to his family's situation. I feel relieved when you think like this. I'm very happy that you know not to be proud of your talent. If you have this understanding, I believe your future achievements will definitely be higher than mine. !¡± "Haha, it's good that the teacher understands what I mean." "By the way, Zakaki, have you ever thought about becoming Hokage?" "Huh? Naruto?" Oakwood was completely frightened by Shinnosuke's question, Naruto, is that something ordinary people can do? Just talking about the mountain of documents makes people want to commit suicide, let alone all the trivial matters, big and small, that give people a headache! "Haha, I'm just asking. With such understanding and consideration at such a young age, he will definitely be the best candidate for Hokage when he grows up." "Teacher, you've given me a prize. How can I be that good? I guess I'm just like Jiraiya!" "Jiraiya? How did you get involved with him? Do you know him?" Shinnosuke asked curiously Oakwood then told Shinnosuke about drinking yesterday. "It's nonsense, it's nonsense! Jiraiya too, you're not an adult yet!' When Takaki returned home, Shinnosuke originally wanted to keep Takaki at his house for dinner, but Takaki refused. Why? Because Sandai saw Zakaki when he came home. With his character, he didn't want to kill himself. So Zakaki found an excuse and went home. Shinnosuke thought it was because of Asuma, so AsumaWhat a disaster Seeing that his brother was not at home, Zakaki ran to Bobby to practice ninjutsu. "Oakaki remembered that when Shinnosuke used Huangquannuma, he felt that this move could be used as a hybrid ninjutsu. So the oak wood started to work. After Zakaki used Huangquanma, he added a water escape. Zakaki thought that this move could trap the enemy, but it could not kill him, so he input the fire attribute chakra he had just discovered into it. After failing countless times, Zakaki finally Done. Looking at the bubbling Huang Quannuma, he smiled happily. In fact, this move is completely comparable to an A-level ninjutsu. Not only can you suddenly appear at someone else's feet, catching them off guard. Once he is trapped, haha, then don't even want his legs. The oak wood yielded a stone, which turned into powder and disappeared into the Huangquan Marsh. Zakaki looked at his masterpiece and decided to give him a cool name. After thinking for a long time, Zakaki looked at the bubbling Huangquan Marsh. "If you have it, it's called Magma Yellow Spring Marsh!" ; Text Chapter 14: Few days of ease Zakaki never thought that he would be where he is today. In his previous life, as an ordinary person, even if he had casual contact with larger officials, it was all his capital to show off. Here, he became the prince's apprentice, and he was still a fucking genius. Zakaki looked at his hands with a smile, they were really fascinating hands! so cute. Zakaki returned home and looked at the silent house. Zakaki realized that without his nagging brother, this home would really not be considered a home. Zakaki turned on the light, went to the kitchen, opened the refrigerator, made a pack of instant noodles, and ate them reluctantly. "Bang bang" the door of Zakaki's house rang. Zakaki thought curiously, does he seem to have any friends in Konoha? My brother has gone on a mission, his friends should know! Zakaki walked towards the gate of the yard in confusion. "It turns out to be Mr. Yichun. I wonder if you have anything to do with your visit at this time?" "Haha, Zakaki, it's like this. This morning, I saw your brother going on a mission with two companions, and he said it would take more than ten days to go home. I just thought, how could you, a child, do this? Is it time to eat? I want you to come to my house for dinner." Zakmu was a little touched. In Zakmu¡¯s original world, even if he lived across the street, no one knew anyone. Even though we finally met, we still felt like strangers. He wouldn't even report the robbery to the police when he heard about it from across the street, but it would be his business whether he lived or died! Although the higher-ups are a bit dirty, this does not affect the kindness of the Konoha villagers. Zhamu didn't want to reject Uncle Yichun's kindness, so he nodded and said, "Then I'll trouble Grandpa Yichun!" Uncle Yichun seemed to have done something extraordinary. He waved his hands happily and said, "Where's the trouble? I was afraid you wouldn't go." Zhamu came to Uncle Yichun¡¯s house. Uncle Yichun¡¯s family had a son and a daughter. The son is a businessman and is away from home all year round. He lives with his wife and son in the capital of the Kingdom of Fire. Uncle Yichun is most excited about his daughter marrying a ninja. After all, there are so many people in the Fire Country, and not everyone can have a relationship with a ninja. Uncle Yichun wanted to be a ninja in his early years, but he didn't have the talent. He wanted his grandson to become a ninja, but his son said it was too dangerous and he would not let him live or die. Generally speaking, the only person in Yichun's house is his wife. During the meal, Uncle Yichun and his wife kept picking up vegetables for themselves so that they could eat more. The poor Yichun mother-in-law cried and said that her children and grandchildren were not around because it was her old man¡¯s fault! Let your grandson be a ninja, and your son will be too scared to go home! Watching Uncle Yichun and his wife bickering, Zhamu found it quite interesting. Zakaki finished his meal in a peaceful atmosphere. Zakaki returned home, practiced his physical skills and fell asleep! Zakaki got up in the morning and had to go to school. Zakaki came to the classroom, and there were already people there, including his homeroom teacher, Mr. Ito. After asking Anko, Zakaki finally knew the name of the class teacher. The first thing that greeted him was the concerned eyes of the head teacher. Zakaki looked at the teacher and said hello to the teacher with a smile. "Zakaki, were you sick yesterday? Are you okay now? The weather is getting colder during this period, so you should pay more attention!" "Thank you for your concern, teacher. It's okay now, I will pay attention." I didn't expect my brother to find such a bad reason for himself. When Zakaki returned to his seat, he saw that there was someone at the originally empty table, obviously Anko. Zakaki gets angry when he remembers that she sold him to Jiraiya for the price of a bunch of meatballs, damn! Are you worth a bunch of meatballs on your own? No matter what, you have to make ten or eight strings! unacceptable! Zakaki looked at Anko with wide eyes. Anko seemed to know that he had done something wrong. He buried his head and kept playing with his fingers, muttering: "Did I mean it? I'm sorry!" Zakaki thought of Anko¡¯s character in the original work, and when he looked at Anko at this moment, Zakaki suddenly felt goosebumps all over his body, and most of the anger in his body was gone. So Zakaki pretended to be generous and said: "Forget it, I forgive you!" "Really? That's great!" Hongdou immediately jumped up and shouted with a smile. On the day of, I said that this guy is not a peaceful master at all, Zakaki thought fiercely. "By the way, why didn't you come yesterday? I asked the teacher, and the teacher said you were sick, right? It's so useless, a ninja can't get sick!" Anko looked at Zakaki with contempt. Zakaki ignored Anko and sat there, calming down. Anko beside him didn't notice that Zakaki ignored him and was still chirping. Teacher Ito who was lecturing couldn't stand the troublesome Anko, so he looked at Anko angrily and said, "Anko, if you think what the teacher is saying is boring, you don't have to listen, but don't disturb your classmates, okay?" Ito, looking at Zakaki who didn't pay much attention to Anko, thought that Zakaki was afraid of the power of Anko's family and didn't dare to offend her, so he had to swallow his anger. As a teacher, how could I let my students be bullied? Even at the risk of offending Lord Zixiao, you still have to criticize Hongdou! As a teacher at a ninja school and a civilian teacher, the last thing I want to teach are children from big families. These children take advantage of their family's conditions to bully their classmates.Ignoring the teachers, the patriarchs of the big families are still happy to send their children to school. Don't they just regard this place as a kindergarten? Don¡¯t you know that children from ordinary families need a good environment? It was because of the Uchiha princes who made trouble in the classroom that I had to lay a good foundation. I made a stupid mistake on the battlefield and was punished by the village to be a teacher! When Ito saw Oakwood, he thought of himself when he was a child. , what a good boy? Under his own hands, he must never be in the same situation as he was back then. Just like that, Anko was kicked out of the classroom by Ito. Zakaki looked at the angry Ito curiously, followed by a smile from Ito. Zakaki was puzzled. Although Anko was a bit noisy, she wouldn't be kicked out of the classroom, right? So Zakaki stood up and said, "Teacher, there's no need for this, Miss Anko didn't disturb my study!" Anko was caught by Ito and kept shouting, saying that she wanted her uncle to evacuate him. Zakaki looked speechless from the side! This guy is simply a second-rate guy! Ito is even more angry. Look, what kind of situation has Zakaki been bullied into? I didn't dare to say anything after suffering a loss, so I became more determined to kick Hongdou out of the classroom. He became even more angry when he heard Hongdou threaten him. At this time, he only had one idea, which was to drive Hongdou out, and then go to the Ministry of Education to apply for expulsion of Hongdou! Just like that, Hongdou was kicked out. Without Hongdou's nagging, time seemed to pass quickly. get out of class was over and school was over. Zakumu did not go home after school and came to Bobby. Suddenly he remembered that turtles have to rest and sleep. This is the reason why turtles live for thousands of years. I guess Bobby can't bear it after tossing him every day these days. Okay, let's go somewhere else. Zakaki came to the street and looked at the stalls selling various goods. Looking around, touching on the left and glancing on the right, Zakmu was holding a skewer of barbecue in his hand and a bottle of drink in his right hand, eating barbecue and drinking a drink. What a beauty! What a life. Oakwood suddenly saw an injured ninja on the roof of the shop opposite, running towards the Hokage's office with the weapon in his hand that had not been put into the ninja bag. "Hey! It seems that the days of comfort are numbered." Zakaki sighed. ; Text Chapter 14 Political Victims An earth-shattering thing happened in Sand Ninja Village, that is, the third generation Kazekage, known as the strongest Kazekage, disappeared. Subsequently, the Suna Ninja Village announced that Chiyo's proud grandson and the most talented puppet master in the Suna Ninja Village, the Red Sand Scorpion, had defected. The Sand Ninja Village pointed its finger at Konoha, saying that it was Konoha's fault, and the war between the Wind and Fire Kingdoms was about to break out. ??Ozaki was not surprised by the coming of the third war. Perhaps it should be said that he was very calm. It was not that his mental quality was strong, but that there were more things that were going to stimulate Konoha's nerves. Will White Fang commit suicide in a few days? Orochimaru seems to have defected to Konoha after the Battle of Mount Kikyo. Tsunade got hemophobia due to the broken bones. Jiraiya also left Konoha because of Orochimaru. Konoha's strongest combat power left. Most of it. There are also good things, like Namikaze Minato becoming Hokage after the Battle of Mount Kikyo. All in all, there will be a lot going on in these few years. Zakaki looked at the people who were busy because of the war. He was a little confused. What does this have to do with civilians? Zakaki never thought that because of the beginning of the war, the prices of various commodities would skyrocket, and some unscrupulous businessmen would take advantage of the opportunity to make a fortune from the war. People will buy necessary daily necessities before the war, so that the items cannot be transported from other countries during the war. Maybe this is what Sheng Dou Xiaomin cares about? The coming of the war affects the entire Konoha, whether it is schools, restaurants or streets. In short, everywhere there are people talking about the War of Wind and Fire. As a student, Takashi couldn't avoid the topic of war. The teachers talked about the things that should be paid attention to in the school over and over again. Generally, wars will last for several years, and ninja resources will definitely be reduced by then. The teachers know that their students will Participate in the war, teach more useful things while you still have time now, and save yourself from losing your life on the battlefield later. The students have also become more enthusiastic about practicing, and they also understand the truth that the more they sweat in peacetime, the less dangerous they will be on the battlefield. Zakaki saw that the entire village was preparing for war, but he was the only one who was still wandering around the village with a muddled mentality. Zakaki had never thought about preparing anything for the war. On the battlefield, everything would be so powerless. Faced with the death of partners and relatives, no matter how much preparation he made, he still could not avoid the pace of war. Konoha Elders Conference Room "Everyone, what do you think of the war launched by the Kingdom of Wind?" The third generation, who is really in his prime, is not as cowardly as in the original work, which may be called forbearance. After all, Konoha was still very powerful at this time, both economically and militarily. Although I don't want to see war, I am not afraid of war. Looking at the elders who looked like wooden stakes, Sandai said nothing. As an excellent politician, Sandai still had basic patience. The elder of the Uchiha family looked at the elder of the Hyuga family and said provocatively: "Who do you think I am afraid of as the number one ninja village? As long as our Uchiha family is here, Konoha will always be the number one country!" The elder of the Hyuga family looked at Uchiha and thought to himself, is there no one left in the Uchiha family? After sending such a bastard here, Elder Hinata closed his eyes and said nothing, as if he was asleep, ignoring Elder Uchiha's provocation. Seeing the Hyuga family's disregard, the Uchiha elder was about to jump up, but was grabbed by an elder next to him, an elder from the Yuhi family. The Yuhi family has always been centered on the Uchiha family, so no one was surprised by Elder Yuhi's move. The third generation looked at the silent elders and said to Elder Nara: "I wonder what Elder Nara thinks?" Elder Nara immediately stood up: "I think we should focus on the Hokage-sama, actively prepare for war, and obey the Hokage-sama's arrangements." After he finished speaking, Akimichi and the elders of the Yamanaka family also quickly stood up and said together: "Me too." The other elders looked at these people singing the double act and looked at these three elders with contempt. Who doesn¡¯t know that the three generations of your family are wearing the same pair of pants? We can also see from the original work that Sarutobi Ashima is the teacher of Shikamaru, Choji and three others. The mystery of this is not enough for outsiders to understand. Elder Hinata opened his eyes and said, "In that case, let's start preparing for war!" When Elder Uchiha saw Elder Hyuga speaking, he stood up and said: "Hokage-sama, the Uchiha family hopes to be the host of this war!" Elder Hyuga did not stay calm this time, "I believe that the Hyuga family is more For fit!¡± "Hmph! Are you from the Hyuga family?" Elder Hyuga ignored Uchiha and said directly to the Hokage: "You don't doubt the strength of the Hyuga family, do you?" "Haha, where? We have to leave more opportunities to the young people. After all, we are all old. Who will Konoha rely on in the future? So leave it to the young people, right?" The Hyuga elder understands what the Hokage means. Of course he knows that the Hokage will not hand over the leadership of the war to Hinata and Uchiha! I just wanted to give you some leverage in subsequent negotiations. So he didn't express too much dissatisfaction on this matter.   Just like that, another dirty division among Konoha's top management came to an end. Some people were happy and some were worried. Families like Hinata and Uchiha will naturally not suffer, but families like Hatake are in serious trouble. Since White Fang lost power, the Hatake family has never been too strong. Although there is a genius Hatake Kakashi, he is too young to influence such a meeting. As a result, the Hatake family was deprived of one of its elder seats. Perhaps this was also the trigger for White Fang to commit suicide! The oak tree was on the tree in the yard, basking in the sun, eating apples, and enjoying the peaceful time with few leaves. Zakaki suddenly heard the conversation of three pedestrians passing by. "Have you heard? Konoha White Fang committed suicide!" "What? How could a person like that commit suicide?" "You don't know this, right? It's said that the Hatake family lost its eldership because of White Fang! White Fang committed suicide." "What do you know? The war is about to begin. As Konoha's top combat power, White Fang has not been notified to participate in the ninja swearing-in ceremony. Isn't this an insult to him? Lord White Fang has made great contributions to Konoha. His own His strength is also amazing. It is said that during World War II, he single-handedly killed the most powerful puppet master couple in Suna Ninja Village! You didn't know, right? In other villages, as long as a ninja meets White Fang, he will not be punished for failure in the mission!" "Who doesn't know? Hey! It's such a pity that such a powerful person died like this!" "Who says otherwise? Although it was wrong for White Fang to give up the mission for his companions, it at least proves that he is a loving and righteous man!" "Yes! I don't know what those ninja-sama think? Lord White Fang has passed away, then our Konoha generals will not be much more powerful in combat?" "It doesn't matter, we still have Hokage-sama and the legendary Sannin!" Zakaki listened to a few passers-by talking nonsense, White Fang is still dead! What a pity. White Fang's death can be said to be accidental, or it can be said to be inevitable! The Third Hokage's power is so amazing that he and the Elders can no longer restrict each other. White Fang is the right-hand man of the Hokage, as well as the third generation apprentice, the legendary Sannin, and himself! By using this method to force White Fang to death, the Konoha elders were weakening the power of the third generation. Of course the third generation knew it, but there was nothing they could do about it. So White Fang became a political victim. ; Text Chapter 15 Shinnosuke¡¯s request The White Fang incident caused a huge shock in Konoha. As his friend, I felt that his sacrifice was not worth it, and I was even more angry at the actions of Konoha's senior officials. Being his enemy is exciting, and he will be happy if anyone's dream is shattered. The battle between the two countries, Wind and Fire, has completely begun, and both sides have invested a lot of manpower and material resources. In fact, although the Fire Nation may not necessarily lose, it will also be difficult to win. Sand Ninja Village is in the desert, and they have an innate geographical advantage. It seems difficult for the ninjas of Konoha to break into the headquarters of Suna Ninja Village. So, this is likely to be a tug of war! The fight is about economy. It seems that the life of Tochigi in the wood leaf does not seem to be affected by the war, but some people are unwilling to live a life like Tochigi, that is, the new assistance of their teacher Green Miao. Shinnosuke mentioned to his father his proud disciple, the Third Hokage. The third generation only said one thing to Shinnosuke, "The flowers in the greenhouse cannot withstand the wind and rain." So Shinnosuke made a decision to let Zakaki go to the battlefield! Although it was a bit cruel to a child who was only five years old, he was not on the battlefield when he was five years old. At that time, Konoha was under simultaneous attack by the four major ninja villages, and Konoha's form was challenged as never before. Under the influence of his father, he went to the battlefield without hesitation, and he survived by luck. In the end, he became the green seedling of Konoha. Shinnosuke has high expectations for Takaki. He knows that Takaki may be the most talented genius in all of Konoha! He was also afraid that if he had an accident on the battlefield, Konoha would lose a good seedling. But¡ª¡ª, forget it, there¡¯s not that much, but, forget it, I believe in Zakaki¡¯s strength and ability! Besides, it doesn¡¯t look like he died young! Zakaki was in the classroom listening to the teacher who was going to teach the Three Body Technique, talking about his heroic deeds back then. He looked at the teacher with stars in his eyes, as if that happened just yesterday. Zakaki was speechless for a while! Zakaki was running around, but he heard someone calling him. Zakaki looked out the window, and it turned out to be his teacher, Shinnosuke. Zakaki thought in confusion, what could come to him at this time? Oakwood came to Shinnosuke, looked at him and asked: "Teacher, is there anything important you want to see me for at this time?" "Well, it's a big deal. I decided to let you graduate early and join the battlefield. I also sent people to Iwa Ninja Village to get your brother's consent. You originally wanted me to help you hide your strength. I don't care, but now The situation is not the same as before. First, I hope you can improve your strength on the battlefield; secondly, the Iwa Ninja Village is also on the border recently, and Konoha's manpower is somewhat urgent, and a group of chunin are needed as the main force. And your strength is perfect." Shinnosuke said slowly with his back to Zakaki. Zakaki smiled and said: "Teacher, I would like to ask, the person who ultimately influenced you to issue this order should be Lord Hokage, right?" Shinnosuke turned around and looked at Zakaki: "Why do you say that?" "Nothing? I'm just curious!" "Haha, Oakwood, I still underestimated your ability. Yes, part of the reason is that you have a father." Shinnosuke said generously without denying it. "Since my brother has agreed, I have nothing to say, I agree!" Ever since he became a disciple of Shinnosuke, Zakaki knew that he was sure that you would be plotted by the third generation. Sure enough, Zakaki didn't expect this moment to be so fast! ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? minds but shinnosuke decided to take the exam tomorrow. Zakaki knew that this was not only about his own combat power, but also sent a signal to the village. The genin of the big families who have not yet graduated in the village should pay attention. You must be prepared to be cannon fodder at any time. This is the shrewdness of the third generation. In just one sentence, the problem of insufficient genin resources was solved. Yes, your son¡¯s direct descendants are all going to the battlefield, not to mention your big family, let alone those civilians! Zakaki is not dissatisfied, or he is a little excited. As a time traveler, he is expected to face exciting battle scenes. Zakaki is not worried about his own safety. After all, he has a trump card, and that is Bobby. Zakaki knows that if he wants to improve his strength better, going to the battlefield is undoubtedly a good choice. Zakaki believes that going to the battlefield this time is definitely an opportunity, an opportunity for him to speak in the world of Naruto! Looking at the dark house, Zakaki felt very lonely. Yes, he looked like a four or five-year-old child, but he had the soul of an adult. Zakaki has no friends here, only a few people who care about him. It's very tiring to play a role that is not his own every day! Sometimes Zakaki thinks that he really wishes he could go back when he wakes up! However, that is impossible. So make good oak wood. . . . "It will be fine tomorrow," Zakaki said to himself ; Text Chapter 16 The Battle between Oakwood and Uchiha Zakaki looked at the sweaty Morimu, and suddenly felt that his originally stress-free mood had become very heavy. It was a feeling of caring about success. It was like not caring about test scores, but the teacher wanted to send the scores to Parents. So you become very concerned about test scores! Morimu grinned, showing his white teeth, and said with a smile: "Fortunately, I didn't miss my brother's graduation exam. I worked hard and hurried back, leaving Teacher Akimichi and the others far behind." Zakaki didn¡¯t speak, just looked at Senmu, feeling his nose sore and tears almost falling out. Zakaki tried not to cry, but swore in his heart that he would pass this exam beautifully, for no other reason than for Senmu's little bit of vanity, and to make Senmu a little more proud in front of outsiders. dignity! Zakaki and Senmu came to the examination venue together. Senmu looked at the people around him and was completely speechless. There was a group of elders led by the Third Hokage, there were ninjas from Konoha who had not gone out to fight, and there were many civilians. It turns out that in order to boost the morale of the village, Sandai made an advertisement for Oak. It is said that the five-year-old genius civilian ninja, Oakwood, is about to apply for early graduation. In order to support the victory of the Konoha war, he volunteered to go to the front line. The village was not far away from breaking the rules after World War II, so Uchiha Iwa, a chuunin of the Uchiha family, was chosen as the opponent for Sakuragi's graduation. "Zakaki undoubtedly despises this. Zakaki knew in his previous life that politicians in the world were as dirty as bitches. Oakwood naturally knew that this was not only a gimmick created by Konoha's top brass for the common people, but also the key to the top brass' suppression of each other. The third generation dared to do this because he had confidence in Oakwood, or in his eldest son. As the largest wealthy family in Konoha, Uchiha hoped to use this to suppress the third generation's prestige among the masses and improve his own reputation. Of course, they also have confidence in themselves. Perhaps they think that under the Sharingan, what can such a genin, perhaps a chuunin, or even a jounin do. However, they met Zakaki, and they met this person who would be hated by the Uchiha family forever, regardless of Itachi or Sasuke in the future. Of course Senmu didn¡¯t know the details. He only knew that his brother would be a great person from today on. Morimu looked at the indifferent Zakaki and couldn't help but raise his chest. This was his younger brother, a younger brother who might become Hokage. Morimu was startled by his sudden idea. How could he have such an idea? Morimu shook his head, forcing himself to calm down. Sandai looked at Zakaki, this seemed to be the first time he saw the little guy? I always hear my son brag in front of me about how great he is, but I don¡¯t know what kind of person he is? The recent disciple of Jiraiya is pretty good, he is a good young man and he needs to be nurtured well. The reason why Sandai dared to be so indifferent was because he believed that Shinnosuke, who rarely praised others, would not praise someone fiercely, even in front of his own face. So the third generation still looked at Zakaki's appearance leisurely, "Well, he is indeed a good child!" "Really? I hope so." Uchiha Kyou glanced at Zakaki, closed his eyes and said slowly. "Iwa is an outstanding ninja. He is also my youngest son. He has the strength of a Jonin at the age of sixteen. Moreover, he also opened the second level of Sharingan!" An Uchiha elder laughed. After saying that, he looked at the elders of the Hyuga family and raised his head. The third generation looked back at the elders of the Uchiha family and frowned slightly. "I think that kid is not simple! His chakra at such a young age is comparable to that of an average jounin. He is indeed a genius. Shinnosuke-kun has taken on a good brother!" An elder of the Hyuga family rolled his eyes and said with a smile. . Standing next to the third generation, ANBU Minister Mitarai Shixiao looked at Shinnosuke and said with a smile: "The third generation has great confidence in your little apprentice!" "Haha, of course, I believe Takaki will surprise everyone." Shinnosuke looked at Takaki and said confidently. "Humph, we'll see." Elder Uchiha said in a low voice. Zakaki came to the venue and looked at the third generation and a bunch of old immortals from the elders. After performing a standard ninja salute, he said seriously: "I have seen Master Hokage and the elders. I am a student of Konoha Ninja School. , applied for early graduation, and came here to report." "Well, okay, very good, come on." Sandai looked at the face that should have been childish and public, but it was calm and calm, and he became more confident. "Thank you, Hokage-sama." "Go!" Tsubasa looked at Shinnosuke, and Shinnosuke smiled at him and extended his thumb. Oakwood nodded to Shinnosuke and walked towards the venue. Zakaki came to the center of the venue, but Uchiha Iwa hadn't arrived yet. Uchiha thought to himself, how could a family be so arrogant that they would have so many people waiting for such an important moment? Although they were not late, this timeIt was definitely an insult to the Konoha ninjas, and of course, it was even more of an insult to Oakwood. After about five minutes, Uchiha Iwa arrived at the competition venue. As a genius from a small family, of course compared to his own family. Any elite in my family would be a genius anywhere else! I, a genius among geniuses, actually want to conduct some kind of test with a child. Do you want to take action on me? Therefore, the Uchiha Iwa boss came to the venue reluctantly. Uchiha Iwa looked at a child of four or five years old, with a long scarf blowing in the wind, standing there with his eyes closed and waiting for him with an expression that was inappropriate for his age. Uchiha Iwa was furious, what are you pretending to be? What can a four- or five-year-old brat do to pretend? It seems that Kakashi was a chuunin when he was five years old. Is he more genius than Kakashi? Since when did geniuses in Konoha become as worthless as cabbage? Huh, he's just a kid with some talent. I'm going to teach him a lesson today and let him know what genius is! Zakaki looked at Uchiha Iwa, a handsome young man with black hair and a lollipop-like sign on his back. He looked like I'm a ****, don't mess with me. Uchiha Iwa saw the third generation and the elders and came to Zakaki, "Kid, I'm in a hurry, hurry up, so I can go home! I really can't figure out why my father and Lord Kagami sent me to play with you?" If Tochigi did not return to Uchihayan, he closed his eyes and waited for the referee to start. Uchiha Iwa seemed to be greatly stimulated when he saw Zakaki ignoring him, and he said as if he wanted to eat people: "Boy, study hard, right? You will cry later. Sir referee, when will it start?" A ninja wearing a vest looked at his watch, then at Sandai and Sandai nodded. The ninja took back his watch and said, "Start!" ; Text Chapter 17 The abused Uchiha Iwa Uchiha Iwa didn't seem to have thought about what to do with Zakaki. He just wanted to clean up Zakaki early so that he could go home and complain to his father, find himself such a rubbish opponent, and then go back and accept everyone properly. of praise! "Fire Release, the Fireball Jutsu" Uchiha Iwa didn't open his Sharingan, he just used a ninjutsu that is often used by Uchiha family ninjas. It seems that this is enough! Zakaki saw the huge fire ball cast by Uchiha Iwa and did not dodge. "Earth Release, Earth Wall Technique" Zakaki quickly formed seals with his hands, and an earth wall appeared in front of him. "Humph, is it just a C-level technique? You will die miserably. Let me show you the power of the fireball! Rookie!" Uchiha Iwa yelled there. With a "bang", a surprising scene appeared. Uchiha Iwa was punched in the face by Tsubasa and flew to the side! Another bang, the earthen wall arrived gorgeously! Both Uchiha Iwa and the big shots in the stands opened their mouths! "When? It turns out that the wall is just a cover to lure the enemy, and his sudden physical skills are the key point! It's really surprising. As far as I know, this little guy is participating in a fight for the first time, and he can come up with such a The tactics are really amazing!" Mitarashi Shixiao said to Shinnosuke with a smile. "Yes, I just realized that this guy is quite talented in formulating tactics!" Shinnosuke said with a smile. "That's right. Taking advantage of the opponent's negligence, striking immediately, and planning everything in a short period of time is really good!" Sandai also praised him greatly. Uchiha Mirror didn¡¯t speak, just looked at the venue. The elder behind him seemed very angry. Of course, this was nothing. The Uchiha family's signboard hadn't been put up yet, and Uchiha Iwa's Sharingan hadn't opened yet! So, the battle has just begun! Uchiha Iwa slowly got up from the ground, "Damn it, boy, it's too damned! Now accept the punishment from your uncle Iwa!" After saying that, Uchiha Iwa suddenly opened his eyes, and a pair of blood-red eyes appeared on the oak tree. before. Zakaki looked at Uchiha Iwa, who was gaining momentum. He didn't make any move, he just observed quietly. Uchiha Iwa's speed increased greatly. He threw away a few kunai while running, and then took out shurikens from his ninja bag. Uchiha Iwa who originally only had one shuriken suddenly had four in his hand. Flying towards the four directions of the oak tree. Zakaki easily dodged several kunai, took out the kunai that Shinnosuke gave him from his backpack, jumped up, and blocked the three shurikens that flew first, but there was another one flying towards Zakaki. Some of the spectators in the stands cheered for Uchiha Iwa, while others were wary of Zakaki. But how can Zakaki resist at this time? The shuriken was inserted directly into Takaki's body, and Takaki disappeared with a "bang". There was another surprise at the opening stage! The next moment, Zakaki appeared at the feet of Uchiha Iwa, "The art of beheading in the heart" Zakaki shouted. Uchiha Iwa's feet, which were supposed to be held, turned into a ball of air! It turns out he was also a stand-in. It is worthy of the Sharingan, one of the three major pupil techniques. Oakwood stood up and said: "The Sharingan is indeed well-deserved!" Uchiha Iwa looked at Zakaki and said with a smile: "It seems that I underestimated you, let me use my real power next!" Zakaki suddenly said: "You have no chance! **! Earth escape, magma yellow spring marsh!" A hot swamp appeared below Uchiha Iwa. Uchiha Iwa felt pain in his feet and his shoes had burned out! Uchiha Iwa hurriedly jumped to a place where there was no mud, but how could Zakaki let him get his wish? Uchiha Iwa rushed directly to Uchiha Iwa's side and gave an uppercut. Uchiha Iwa's body flew towards the sky like a bowed shrimp. Uchiha Iwa came to the sky again and imitated Sasuke's lion combo in the original work. Will Uchiha rock violently. In fact, Uchiha Iwa can completely see Uchiha's movements, but Uchiha's damn magma yellow spring marsh is not like ordinary yellow spring marsh. This move is inherently guarded against, and Oakwood's yellow spring marsh seems to be different from other The difference was that the swamp had an astonishing temperature, and the soles of his feet were burned to the point where his body couldn't keep up with his Sharingan, so he had to be beaten passively. People in the stands no longer know what to say. This trick seems to be Huang Quannuma? Many earth escape masters know how to use it, but this is unheard of in Huangquan Marsh? Everyone on the stage looked at Shinnosuke, who shrugged helplessly and said, "I didn't teach you this! I can't even do it myself." Everyone in the stands took a breath of cold air. Could it be that this person is really a once-in-a-century genius who can modify his own ninjutsu at the age of five? The crowd all cheered. After all, as a civilian, it is a happy thing to see members of the usually aloof Uchiha family being abused! So the people are talking nonsenseYelled loudly. Uchiha Iwa heard the ridicule from others. As a self-proclaimed genius, how could he accept such an insult? Uchiha Iwa felt that his whole body was about to explode. Could it be that after more than ten years of hard training, he was no better than a five-year-old child? Not convinced, not convinced! Uchiha Iwa roared loudly in his heart. At this time, Uchiha Iwa's two sharingan eyes started to spin crazily, and his whole body began to gain amazing momentum, and a huge chakra surged through his body. Uchiha Iwa actually opened the three sharingan eyes! The battles are getting more and more interesting! Zakaki looked at the changing Uchiha Iwa, felt his surge in chakra, frowned, and whispered: "It's a bit troublesome!" ; Text Chapter 18 Bobby¡¯s first appearance Uchiha Iwa looked at Zakaki and smiled wildly: "Hahaha, Zakaki, I have to thank you. Without your stimulation, I don't know when I would have opened the three magatama. That's great. Now, let's You come as a sacrifice to open my eyes!" After saying that, Uchiha Iwa quickly formed a seal, "Fire Release, a powerful fireball technique!" A fireball twice as big as before flew towards Zuomu. Uchiha Iwa ran towards Zakaki, his speed at this time was already faster than before! Zakaki used a mud wall technique in his right hand and a water dragon bullet in his left hand. The two ninjutsu were launched almost at the same time! The Mud Wall Technique is different from the previous Earth Wall Technique. The Mud Wall is not comparable to the Earth Wall Technique in terms of ductility and defensive power. Zakaki completely believed in the power of the mud wall, so he confidently used the water dragon bomb. Uchiha Iwa looked at Oakwood and sneered, "Do you still want to use the move just now?" At this time, Uchiha Iwa's strength and speed are not comparable to those without opening his eyes! Uchiha Iwa immediately jumped aside when he saw the water dragon bullet. The water dragon bullet did not hit Uchiha Iwa, but it also interrupted his attack. Uchiha Iwa looked at Zakaki who was performing ninjutsu. It would be fine if he didn't look at it, but he would be stupid if he looked at it! The person who performed the ninjutsu just now was a clone! The body? Could it be that a clone made himself like this? Before Uchiha Iwa could recover, an oak tree appeared from the other side. "Escape, Iwa Stealing Spear" Shusuo flew the hard stick over Uchiha Iwa. The Uchiha rocks were flashing, and Zakaki knew that the other party had the Sharingan, but how could Zakaki let him get what he wanted, even if he had a broken eye? "Magma Yellow Spring Marsh" The scene that just appeared appeared again under the Uchiha Rock, and Oakwood continued: "Earth escape, rock stealing gun" This Uchiha Rock has no place to dodge anymore, and has already closed its feet once Injury, then injury upon injury! Even though he had just opened the three magatama, his body could no longer keep up with the rhythm. With a "squeak" sound, Uchiha Iwa had already been hit by a stick! Zakaki stopped attacking and said: "Admit defeat, you are no match for me!" "Humph, you want me to give up? Don't even think about it!" The people on the stage collectively felt that the brain was not enough. Let's not say that Uchihayan opened three hooks. It was the strangely marked way of toasts, which was unheard of in the entire ninja world. It's okay to form the seal with one hand, but to form the seal with the left and right hands at the same time, isn't this too unreasonable? Also, it seems that this kid has already performed several ninjutsu that can only be used by jounin, right? Even if that kid is a jounin, he can't help but do this? Seeing that Zakaki didn't seem tired at all, everyone had an idea in their hearts. Isn't this guy a Jinchuriki? ??Zakaki and Uchiha Iwa didn¡¯t pay attention to the surprised expressions of the people above. Uchiha Iwa looked at Zakaki, gritting his teeth and thinking, "I must not lose, I must win. The only way I can use it is to use it!" Uchiha Iwa didn't hesitate, bit his finger and shouted "Psychic!" There was a "bump", and after a cloud of thick smoke, a wolf more than two meters tall and five meters long appeared in front of the oak tree! A fiery red wolf! Uchiha Iwa didn't say much, he just said: "Sorry to trouble you! Kill this kid!" Red Wolf looked at Zakaki and said: "When did you become so useless? A little child wants to call me out? What a disgrace to the Uchiha family!" Uchiha Iwa surprisingly did not refute, just suppressed Blushing, gritting teeth. Shinnosuke looked back at the elders of the Uchiha family and said: "In one exam, all the psychic beasts of the Uchiha family were called out. Those who didn't know thought that Konoha was invaded by someone!" Elder Uchiha, the father of Iwa Uchiha, said: "There are not so many rules on the battlefield. Just win and survive!" "Well, this meets the requirements. After all, this is also Iwa's ninjutsu," Sandai said slowly. Shinnosuke looked at Takashi worriedly, but at this moment Takaki was embarrassed to avoid the fireball that the red wolf shot out of his mouth. Shinnosuke knew that this fire wolf was the strongest of the Uchiha family's psychic beasts. The Uchiha family's psychic beasts mainly include cats and wolves, and this wolf was definitely among the top three in strength among the psychic beasts. Zakaki looked at the giant wolf and cursed in his heart: "What the hell are you doing? It's shameless. Remember, psychic beasts are not allowed to appear in the exam. It's so unreasonable!" Zakaki's Huangquanma was completely Having lost its function, these guys are still flying at low altitude! Zakaki patted his head, how could he forget this thing? Taking advantage of an opportunity, Zakaki bit his finger and performed "Psychic Technique" A burst of smoke flashed by, and a huge old turtle appeared in front of everyone. "Boss, why did you call me out? Are you okay? Do you want to roast beef for me again? Why are you so polite? Hahaha!" After Bobby came out, he didn't see anyone around him, but looked at the oak wood on his back. asked. "Nonsense, why are you looking for me when I have nothing to do?" Zakumu got angry when he heard what Bobby said. Since Zakumu leaked a trick, he said it was to reward Bobby. This guy wants to eat roast beef when he sees Bobby. I Where can I get you so many cows? When?, it¡¯s not like there was no gain, this guy is now convinced to call himself boss! Zakaki looked at Bobby, who was squinting and looking around, and said, "Do you understand now?" "Well, we have dealt with a few ants, but a few of them are a bit difficult to deal with? The group of people over there are a bit troublesome, especially the one standing in front with a hat!" "Oh my God! Who told you to mess with them? I'm talking about the reptile in front of you!" Zakaki rolled his eyes and cursed. Looking for excitement? Doing Naruto? I haven¡¯t lived enough yet! It turns out that Bobby directly ignored Red Wolf and Uchiha Iwa. People in the stands could no longer keep their mouths shut. This little guy¡¯s surprises were more exaggerated than the others! With his unique sealing method and strong chakra, he is simply a genius, and the strange turtle in front of him seems to be very powerful. Senmu¡¯s jaw dropped as he sat in the ordinary seats. Is this his younger brother? Are you still dreaming? His younger brother defeated the geniuses of Uchiha step by step. As a ninja, he was completely unbelievable when he saw his younger brother's method of forming seals. Could it be that Shinnosuke-sama taught him? But it seems that Shinnosuke-sama doesn¡¯t know how to do it? Does he have other teachers? The more Morimu thought about it, the more likely it became. It must be like that. A reclusive master taught his younger brother unique ninjutsu and seal-forming methods! Haha, you know that your brother is not an ordinary person, and he is. Oakwood looked at Bobby with a look of disdain: "Bobby, don't underestimate your opponent. Your opponent is a ninja beast who became famous in World War II!" "Isn't it? When we were so weak, I beat that boy Peng Hou for three days and three nights! I broke three of his five tails! Is this little reptile just a feather?" Bobby looked arrogant. He said, before he finished speaking, although he broke three of Peng Hou's tails, he was chased everywhere by Peng Hou who was in a berserk state! Of course, if Bobby, who has been practicing for countless years, meets him, he will definitely not just interrupt three of them, at least he will interrupt them all! Then run away. You must know that Peng Hou has all attributes. If he self-destructs, the space will be distorted. "Boss, are you too inferior? You can't even handle such a thing?" Zakaki roared angrily: "What nonsense are you talking about? Quickly, kill him?" "I know, I know!" Bobby whispered when he saw Zakaki's angry face. ; Text Chapter 19 The Red Wolf is completely defeated Bobby looked at the red wolf, closed his eyes, and said softly: "Reptile, do you want to go back to the spirit world by yourself, or do I just kill you?" Seeing Bobby's disregard, the red wolf roared angrily: "Damn turtle, I'm going to crush your turtle eggs today! Let you know how powerful the fire wolf is!" "Bobby, hurry up! Be careful, this guy is a bit difficult to deal with, he is very fast and can set off fireballs!" Zakaki reminded kindly. "Got it." After saying that, Bobby opened his mouth and sprayed a water ball out of his mouth. "Hoo" the water ball rushed towards the red wolf, but the red wolf dodged and avoided the water ball. Just when Red Wolf was doubting Bobby's ability, the next scene made him remember it forever! Bobby, who was about the same size as himself, suddenly became three times larger. At first, Bobby looked like a house, and now he turned into a hill. Bobby stretched out his paw and swung directly at the red wolf. Red Wolf, who thought he was fast, The wolf was about to dodge, but something restrained its limbs. It turned out that Bobby took advantage of the moment when the red wolf was distracted and used an earthen coffin, and the limbs of the red wolf were caught. The red wolf struggled to break free, but what came his way was Bobby's giant palm! With a snap, the red wolf and Uchiha Iwa were slapped aside. Bobby jumped up and pressed directly towards Red Wolf and the others. Uchiha Iwa saw Bobby getting closer and closer to him, and felt that he was about to die. He even saw the god of death waving to him. The red wolf fell to the ground and struggled to get up, but the weight of Bobby's blow was only his own. And Bobby knows it! The whole body seemed to be broken. Red Wolf clearly heard the sound of his bones breaking. Red Wolf knew that this would probably cost him half of his combat effectiveness, right? Seeing the hill pressing towards him, the red wolf suddenly closed his eyes! Is the red wolf waiting to die? "Boom" Everyone in the audience seemed to have seen the scene of Red Wolf being crushed into a pulp. Even Zakaki thought so, but the reality was beyond everyone's expectations. At the moment when Bobby was about to press against him, Red Wolf used his family's ninjutsu and quickly increased his strength. At this time, Red Wolf was already standing in the distance looking at Bobby majestically. Bobby turned around and said, "Huh? Reptile's strength suddenly increased." Is it a lot more?" "Hmph, you actually forced me to go to this point and asked me to use the family's secret technique. It's simply unforgivable." After saying that, the red wolf pounced on Bobby. Bobby didn't make any move, just waiting for the arrival of the red wolf. The red wolf's front paws had almost caught Bobby's head, but Bobby's claws had already touched the red wolf's body without knowing when. Only then did Zakaki, who was sitting on Bobby, see how powerful Bobby was. Zakaki clearly saw that Bobby's claws were like a phantom, directly photographing the red wolf! It was not a ninjutsu, just an ordinary claw. With just one claw, the red wolf was released again. Like the invincible Xiaoqiang, the red wolf stood up again. However, Uchiha Iwa was hit hard by the red wolf. The continuous impact caused Uchiha Iwa to fall directly from the red wolf. The red wolf ignored Uchiha Iwa's condition, threw himself on the ground, arched his body, and roared in a low voice. Suddenly, the red wolf's body burned with red flames, just like Naruto releasing the Kyuubi's chakra. The red wolf did not attack, but roared in a low voice, as if it was accumulating something? Then hit hard. Zakaki felt the sudden increase in chakra from the red wolf, and murmured: "As expected of the psychic beast of the Uchiha family, it is indeed extraordinary." Bobby did not answer Zakaki's words, but looked at the red wolf and said something that made the whole audience "What's your relationship with that skinny wolf Qingya?" she said in confusion. The red wolf stopped roaring and looked at Bobby with wide eyes: "How do you know the greatest warrior of our demon wolf clan, Lord Qingya?" "The demon wolf clan? Aren't you from the fire wolf clan?" Zakaki asked in confusion. "You're stupid! There are many branches of the demon wolf clan, and this fire wolf clan should be one of them." Bobby explained. Bobby did not answer Red Wolf's question, but just chatted with Zakaki. Red Wolf found that his brain was not full. If he remembered correctly, Lord Qingya should be an ancient monster. At that time, his name was ranked high in the entire monster world. It was said that he was already stronger than ordinary tailed beasts. ! Could this turtle be a demon from the ancient demon clan? The ordinary claw he used just now had an astonishing trajectory. Neither he nor the Uchiha brats had caught it. And he had been in the ninja world for many years. With such a powerful character, he had no reason not to listen. Pass. Is it really a monster from ancient times? Bobby stopped chatting with Zakaki and said something that shocked Red Wolf and the Uchiha elders: "Your move is the secret technique of the Demon Wolf Clan, right? If I remember correctly, it is at the cost of life. If you force yourself to improve your cultivation, you will eventually die due to the passage of life, right? It seems that this is how Qingya died back then!" "You know the power of this move, but you still don't admit defeat and insist on fighting to the death? This is not a battlefield." "Hahaha, what a joke! I'm afraid of this move? Let alone you, a little demon wolf, it's your ancestor??Qingya didn't dare to say this to me when he came over. I just want to spare your life for the sake of my friendship with Qingya. I'm simply desperate! Since you are so confident, I will send you to meet your ancestors! "Bobby has never told Zakaki that he is an ancient demon clan, and the turtle clan is good at defense, and Bobby has fought against various monster beasts in the demon clan wars, and of course there are various tailed beasts. Tailed beasts The biggest characteristic of a monster is its immortality. You can seal him or injure him, but there is no way you can destroy him! This is the power of tailed beasts! Many big monsters from the ancient monster clan have perished long ago, but the nine tailed beasts have always been Surviving to this day, his killing reputation spreads far and wide! And Bobby is also a great demon, but Bobby is a turtle! Another characteristic of turtles is that they live long. Red Wolf knows that he basically has no chance of winning, but as a member of the demon wolf clan, there is no such thing as surrender. Even if he dies, he must fight to the death! Various small whirlpools began to roll up around the red wolf's body. The fire chakra in the body rushes out like a lifeless one, and with the air waves, a stream of fire chakra rushes towards Bobby like a tornado! "Boss, get out of the way, I'm about to attack. We're not in one body right now. If I attack you, you'll be in trouble!" Bobby said to the oak tree on his body. Zakaki knew that, aside from Bobby, although his strength was not bad, it was not good either, and he was simply not good enough in front of real masters. At this moment, Zakaki suddenly felt that he wanted to increase his strength! Even though he has Bobby, after all, Bobby is not himself and cannot be by his side all the time. Besides, I can't hold Bobby back. If he encounters the masked man and Nagato in the future, even Bobby seems to have difficulty protecting himself. Zakaki jumped aside, cast a mud wall spell on all sides, and hid. The so-called saving one's life is the best way! Bobby clasped his hands together, and the chakra around him suddenly rose into the sky, and Bobby's front paws were filled with chakra. Zakmu, who was hiding in the mud wall, could feel the two huge energies, and the battle of momentum started before they even touched each other! The surrounding air was whipped by the two energies, constantly raising dust on the ground. People in the stands also felt the power of this energy. They opened their eyes wide and did not even dare to blink, for fear of missing this once-in-a-century battle between psychic beasts! "Boom" The two energies were instantly handed over to each other, and the huge energy aftermath impacted the surroundings! Only then did the people in the stands realize the danger, and they all screamed when they saw the aftermath rushing toward them! ¡°Wow¡± and ¡°Help!¡± all kinds of noisy voices echoed throughout the venue. After a while, people opened their eyes and realized that Lord Hokage, who had known that there would be danger, had already ordered the ANBU to activate the barrier. Therefore, the aftermath did not hurt anyone, and those who screamed the loudest just now couldn't help but feel embarrassed. "Look, look!" People were woken up by a scream and looked towards the arena. The red wolf no longer knows where he is, and Bobby is the only one standing alone in the fighting arena. Obviously, the red wolf was completely defeated! ; Text Chapter 20 A verbal battle with the elders ps: Dear friends, if you think my writing is good, please recommend it. Please leave comments and thank you very much. Zakaki smiled helplessly as he looked at his body, except for his underwear, with only a few strips of cloth left. Although the mud wall withstood most of the aftermath, Zakaki was still "cut all over" by the air flow stirred up by the chakra. Zakaki came to Bobby and gave a thumbs up to Bobby, "Bobby, you did a good job." !¡± "Of course, who am I? Great Bobby!" "Go back, I have something else to do, let's talk about it tonight." After saying "Yes", Bobby went back. Looking at the strange and quiet scene, Takaki suddenly felt his head grow bigger. Looking at Uchiha Iwa who was already unconscious, Takaki suddenly felt that he was very small, as small as a grain of sand. Zakaki said with a self-deprecating smile: "Even a grain of sand has its value." The third generation was already stunned by Oakwood's performance. There was no shortage of geniuses in Konoha, but such geniuses had never been seen before. Maybe it would be even more remarkable if he had blood stains, right? Sandai looked at Zakaki who had already recovered. There was no excitement on Zakaki's face, but a hint of disappointment. The third generation is even more puzzled. Why is he still looking like this even after winning? Is he really still dissatisfied with himself? The third generation frowned. Such people are often extreme, just like Orochimaru. Orochimaru hasn't been right recently. Do you think I don't know about his experiment? Hope he can turn around. The third generation shook off the thoughts in his mind and cleared his throat when he saw everyone who had not yet recovered from the surprise, "Everyone, Uchiha Iwa is unconscious now, and Zakaki seems to still have fighting ability. I don't know whether this victory should be judged." To whom? Referee, can you make a decision now?" The third generation¡¯s voice was low and hoarse, but it reached everyone¡¯s ears clearly. The referee came to his senses, paused, and said, "I declare that this test, Zakaki passed with excellent results!" "Wow!" The spectators at the venue suddenly shouted wildly, and Morimu was one of them. Morimu kept saying to his colleagues on both sides: "That's my brother, that's my brother, haha" "Congratulations, your brother is really amazing!" "Yes, yes. You have such strength at such a young age. How can you repay it when you grow up?" "Hmm! Maybe your brother will become someone like Hokage-sama." Colleagues around him kept congratulating Senmu. Senmu could no longer close his mouth. Senmu looked at his somewhat embarrassed brother. At this moment, he seemed to see his brother wearing a god robe, standing in front of him. Zakaki looked at the people who were almost rioting, and found that he was being watched like a monkey. Zakaki walked up to Lord Hokage, "Lord Hokage, do you have any other instructions?" "Well, that's right, no more. Congratulations, Genin Zakaki, you will be one of the ninjas from now on. I hope you can contribute more to the village in the future. I believe you will become a hero of Konoha!" The third generation continued. He brainwashed Zakaki. If ordinary ninjas would really be fooled by the third generation, Zakaki, who knew the third generation, would certainly not be fooled by him. "It is my wish to serve Konoha. For Konoha, I am willing to give everything I have!" Zakaki lied back. The third generation looked at Zakaki and said with a smile: "I believe it!" The third generation took out a Konoha forehead protector from behind and handed it to Zakaki, "Congratulations." Zakaki felt very strange, is the third generation so sure that I will win? Although Zakaki had doubts, he still took the things. The Uchiha elder behind him looked at the third generation and said, "Hokage-sama had known that Tsubasa would win." After that, he crossed over to Uchiha Iwa. Looking at Yan who was beaten to death by Zakaki, his heart suddenly felt like it was being cut with a knife. He looked at Zakaki's back, his eyes filled with resentment. Zakaki ignored the trivial matter between the third generation and the elders. Zakaki explained it to the third generation and returned home. When Zakaki returned home, Morimu also came back. Morimu hugged Zakaki and laughed, "Zakaki, you are so awesome! You are the pride of your parents. You will definitely become an amazing ninja!" "Haha, brother is not that exaggerated, it's just good luck." "How lucky? Brother, I have never seen a ninja with such good luck! Don't be humble, I have told you before that you are a genius!" Zakaki broke away from Senmu's arms and said, "Brother, look at me like this. Can you let me take a bath first and then change my clothes?" "Oh! Brother forgot, please make me happy. Go quickly" In the bath, Zakaki thought of today's battle scene and found that he was still too weak. He must increase his strength. Zakaki knew that he had reached a bottleneck now. It seemed difficult to break through in benevolence. It would take some time. On the battlefield, physical skills are very important on the battlefield, so Zakaki made up his mind to improve physical skills in a short time.Reached a level. Unknowingly, Zakaki fell asleep in the bathtub. When Zakaki woke up, he found himself on the bed. It must have been done by Morimu. Zakaki came to the yard and looked at the bright sunshine. Zakaki stretched and felt extremely comfortable. The oak tree jumped to the tree, lying on the branches, squinting, this is life! I don¡¯t know how long it took, but Zakaki suddenly realized that someone was trying to get close to him. After a period of training, Zakaki now fully possesses the strength of a jounin, except for experience. Zakaki clearly felt that the visitor's breathing was steady and his steps were steady and not chaotic. The strength of the visitor was definitely not inferior to that of a chuunin. Zakaki sat up and looked at the ninja running towards him. The visitor¡¯s name is Toyoji Kenro. His parents died fighting for Konoha when he was young. He was raised by Konoha¡¯s chief. He has a more persistent love for Konoha than ordinary people. Because of his good talent, he entered ANBU. This time he was sent by Lord Hokage to find Zakaki. Takero still admires Uchiha very much for Uchiha. At the age of five, the genius Uchiha Iwa defeated the Uchiha family. It is said that he is humble and polite, gentle to others, and does not have the arrogance that a genius should have. Therefore, Jianlang went happily. When Jianlang came to Zakaki, Zakaki was already standing in front of the courtyard door waiting. Zakaki had already seen an ANBU ninja wearing a cat-face mask. Out of respect for people, Zakaki came to the door and waited. "Hello, I'm Zakmu. I wonder if you have any advice?" Zakmu said. Jianlang suddenly felt flattered. If ordinary children behaved like this, they would probably be regarded as artificial or suspected to be taught by family members, but with Zakaki, everything felt so reasonable. Who makes this person a genius? "I don't dare, Oak-kun, Lord Hokage sent me here to ask you to go to his office." Kenro answered quickly. "Haha, thank you for your work!" Zakaki said and bowed slightly. "Where, where?" Jianlang hurriedly returned the gift. You must know that the opponent's strength is not only many times your own, but also Shinnosuke-sama's disciple. But let's not talk about the strength behind it, but talk about personal talent. Such a person will definitely become a Kage-level ninja. How honored you would be to bow to yourself! "Well, let's go then!" Zakaki said softly. "Okay, please." Zakaki said nothing and just followed the ANBU ninja towards the Hokage's office. ; Text Chapter 21 The War of Words Continued by the Elders Zakaki came to the Hokage's office. Sandai was lying on the table correcting documents, the tip of his pen shaking constantly. "Sit over there and wait for me to review this document." Sandai said slowly. "Yes" Zakaki said and sat on the sofa, waiting quietly. This reminded Zakaki that in the past, when leaders had any requests, they would often call employees into the office and then pretend to be busy. In fact, it is a psychological tactic. The so-called defeating the enemy without fighting is the best strategy. Zakaki didn't speak, just sat quietly and simply closed his eyes. The third generation squinted at Zakaki with his peripheral vision, and couldn't help feeling a little troubled when he saw Zakaki who was resting his mind. The group of elders asked Zakaki to hand over the detailed information of his psychic beast to the village. In fact, as the Hokage, I certainly hope that Zakaki will hand over the information to the village. After all, the power of the psychic beast is very terrifying. If it suddenly goes berserk, it will cause immeasurable losses to the village. But as a ninja, no one is willing to reveal his trump card to others, and the village's request is simply unreasonable. How could Sandai not know what the elders meant? The elders just wanted to use this to offend Zakaki. Then he used some means to pull Oakwood over. As his son's apprentice, Zakaki can be said to have been marked by the Hokage lineage for a long time. How could the group of elders allow me to add another helping hand? Not to mention Zakaki's extremely powerful psychic beast, but also to mention his own amazing talent. That is, he is a rare good seedling who became a jounin at just five years old. His strength is incredible even when he thinks about it. It was only at this time that the third generation saw why Zakaki had such strength at the age of five. At such a young age, with this talent alone, his future achievements would be limitless. With a calm mind, excellent tactical arrangements, and a calm and calm temperament, you can hardly imagine that he is just a five-year-old child. Therefore, such people will either be Konoha's hope for the future, or they will cause a devastating blow to Konoha! Sandai thought further and further, and it took a while before he came back to his senses. Sandai smiled bitterly, what happened to him? It seems like you haven¡¯t aged yet? Zakaki¡¯s mind was full of confusion. What does Sandai mean? Calling him here but saying nothing, leaving him alone, did he cause public outrage? The more I thought about the oak tree, the more I realized it was possible. As the saying goes, if a tree is beautiful in the forest, the wind will destroy it! I am too high-profile. It seems that I will be more low-key in the future. Now it seems that I don¡¯t have the strength to be high-profile! "Ozaki, how do you feel about your teacher?" Sandai suddenly raised his head and asked. "Sensei is a great ninja, just like you!" Mr. Zakaki flattered him a little. "Haha, really?" Sandai was obviously a little excited. No matter who he was, it was a happy thing to be recognized as a great ninja by others, not to mention that he also had his most proud eldest son. In every aspect, it is an affirmation of oneself, whether it is a ninja, a Hokage or a father. Sandai cursed himself secretly, "Bah, you've just fallen into this kid's trap!" The third generation took back his smiling expression and said seriously: "I came to see you today because I have something to discuss with you." This old guy is worthy of being a seasoned veteran who has been in a high position for many years. His face changed as if he were flipping through a book, "I don't know what Hokage-sama wants to discuss?" "That's right, the village's elders hope you can come out with information about your psychic beast. After all, the strength of your psychic beast is a huge threat to the village!" "Lord Hokage, Bobby's situation is not something I can decide. As you know, the contracts between ninjas and psychic beasts are equal. I have no right to reveal his information. He is not my subordinate." Are you kidding me? , can this be given? This is how we save our lives. "I know it too, but the village has its own considerations. Let's do this. There will be a meeting of the elders in a while. You can explain it to them yourself!" The third generation plotted against Zakaki and the elders in just a few words. If it offends Zakaki, it's your elders' fault. I asked you to mention it, so don't worry about me. Besides, this little guy is still a child, so this tone and reason will not offend them to death! This little guy is a good seedling, so he needs to take good care of it. When the time comes, the little guy has nothing to do, why don¡¯t he demand it from himself? Sandai thought proudly. Although Zakaki has some motivation, compared with the third generation of Laoyoutiao, it is far behind. So, the third generation dug a hole, and Zakaki jumped directly into it. Sandai and Zakaki came to the elders meeting room. The third generation opened the door and Zakaki followed in. There were a bunch of people, big and small, sitting inside. Zakmu was a little puzzled. Are there any children or elders? Then I felt relieved. There were many such families in Konoha, and they were even almost extinct due to the decline of the family. However, the number of elders is still maintained because these families are protected by big families like Uchiha and Hinata. At the same time, as a price, it is the voting rights in the hands of the elders. "What qualifications does a small genin have to come here? What do you mean, Hokage-sama? Are you insulting our group of elders?" The first person to attack was Uchiha Iwa.My dear, the elder of the Uchiha family, he undoubtedly hated Oakwood to the core. His son was lying on the bed moaning at this time. "No, I just want to remind everyone that although your request for Zakaki is reasonable for the village, it breaks the rules of the ninja world. I hope everyone can think about it carefully or listen to Zakaki. Please explain." The third generation said without paying attention to the Uchiha elder's objection. ¡°Boy Zakaki, say hello to all the elders.¡± Zakaki bowed slightly and said with a slight smile. "Zakaki, you should know that the elders have an unshirkable responsibility for the stability of the village. Any potential threats to the village must be nipped in the bud. There is no doubt about the power of your psychic beast, but for the village There is no doubt about the threat. I hope you can understand our painstaking efforts!" The elder of the Xiyang family looked earnest, as if he had been wronged a lot. Zakaki snorted coldly in his heart, don¡¯t these old men just want information about Bobby so that they can discover Bobby¡¯s weaknesses and reduce the threat to me? Am I stupid? "That's it, Mr. Elder, I am in the spirit that if I don't go to hell, who will go to hell. At the request of the village, I immediately applied for the early graduation exam. I love the village and I am willing to give everything I have, including my life. . Don¡¯t say it¡¯s Bobby¡¯s information, even if you ask me to fight Feng Ying right away, I will kill him without hesitation.¡± At this time, Zakaki¡¯s face was serious, and he seemed to be really serious. Seeing Zakaki¡¯s expression, a group of people in the elder group smiled and nodded. They were quite satisfied with Zakaki¡¯s performance. No one would believe that under the shock of the elders, someone would dare to fire cannons indiscriminately. As the most solemn place in the village, the villagers would lower their waists every time they passed by to show respect. People in the elders believe that the same is true for the Zakaki family who have lived here for generations. The group of elders, who had already investigated all eight generations of Takaki, naturally knew that in the Takaki family, only the current Mori and Takaki were ninjas, and the rest were civilians. Therefore, the elders have every reason to believe that the five-year-old Zakaki is very afraid of the elders. Therefore, the elders are still very satisfied with Zakaki's performance. "Okay, in that case, Zakaki, please hand over the information about your psychic beast!" said an elder who didn't know the family. "The elders have their orders, and the boy will naturally obey them. But all the elders know that there is no need to elaborate on the role of psychic beasts on a ninja. The contract signed by Bobby and I is not equal, and I am naturally the weaker party. Baby. Bi told me that if I leak any information about him to others, the contract will be terminated. So there is really nothing I can do!" "Sophistry! Oakwood, you don't want to hand over Bobby's information, right?" Elder Uchiha suddenly shouted. "I wonder if the psychic beasts of the Uchiha family are also recorded in detail in the village? It seems that if something happens to the Uchiha family, the psychic beasts alone can raze the village to the ground, right?" Zakaki said exaggeratedly. The third generation, who was originally like an old monk in meditation, suddenly trembled. Although the arc was very small, Zakaki still noticed it. It seems that there is something strange happening in the Uchiha family at this time! "Bold! How much contribution the Uchiha clan has made to Konoha, how can a small genin like you be able to slander it? Do you want to be severely punished by the village?" Another sidekick elder said. "I don't dare. I'm just stating a question. The Uchiha family will naturally not betray Konoha, but will they betray it? Of course, no! This kid has lived in Konoha for generations. In terms of his contribution to Konoha, naturally Not one percent of the Uchiha family. But when it comes to time in Konoha, our family is the earliest resident of Konoha. Konoha not only supports me and my brother, but also supports generations of our family. For Konoha For the construction and development of Konoha, if the Uchiha family is willing, my family will definitely be willing. If the Uchiha family is not willing, our family will be willing even if we lose everything. So we love Konoha no less than they do." Zakaki was talking nonsense, I am very impressed by my eloquence. The elder of the Uchiha family slapped the table, stood up suddenly and said, "Are you unwilling?" "It's not that I'm unwilling. I said, I gave everything to Konoha. But Bobby does not belong to me. To be precise, I am Bobby's subordinate, and I don't know his detailed information." Zakaki said. It took a long time to get to the point. Shouldn't it be over soon? Why say so much? In fact, Zakaki had another idea. PS: Please recommend! Dear friends, if you read it, be sure to recommend it or save it. Newbie, need support! The website welcomes all book lovers to come and read, the latest, fastest and most popular serial works are all here! ; Text Chapter 22 Long Fist and the Mysteries of Physical Skills Oak came to the edge of the pool and called out Bobby. Zakaki looked at Bobby's silly look, and it was difficult to connect with the strong man who was so awesome yesterday. "Bobby, is there any way to improve your strength in the short term?" Zakaki asked. "Short term? How long is the short term?" "It will be like this for five or six days!" Zakaki thought that in a few days, the war between the two countries, Wind and Fire, would further intensify. It is said that the war between Iwa Ninja Village and Konoha is now fierce. Therefore, it is time for me to go to the battlefield in a few days. "This is impossible!" "Then what do you think I should do during this time? I'm probably going to go to the battlefield soon!" Zakaki murmured. "I saw you attach chakra to your hand that time. You know, you can use chakra like this at such a young age, which means you can try to use this as a breakthrough. Also, your physical skills are too bad Yes. You will suffer a loss on the battlefield!" "That's right. If Taijutsu was good, I would have killed the Uchiha family's brains with it and caused so many things." Zakaki said angrily, but it was Zakaki who used Taijutsu to attack Uchiha Iwa twice. , but did not give the opponent a fatal blow. If it had been Akai, Uchiha Iwa would have died long ago. Especially Mr. Uchiha Iwa, he and I are such a pair of idiots! Damn it, I will probably take revenge on myself in the future. Zakaki thought about what happened in the elders' room again. Damn it, I had to give them my life-saving move. You think I'm stupid! After fooling around for a long time to get such a small profit, it was really a big loss. Zakaki naturally knows his weight in Konoha, it can be said that he has no weight. Zakaki hopes that his family will have a good life in Konoha, just like his brother. That day, Zakaki was in the elders' conference room, chatting with the Uchiha family and the elders of their line for a long time. In fact, he just wanted his brother to stay in Konoha, at least during the war, without having to go out. Zakaki knew that Senmu was only capable of being cannon fodder. So Zakaki used some of Bobby's information in exchange for a position as captain of the Konoha peacekeeping brigade, which is equivalent to a police job. Of course, he asked for it for his brother. And all of Bobby¡¯s information was deleted by Zakmu! Not much use. As for whether the elders know about it, that¡¯s none of Zakaki¡¯s business! Zakaki took back his thoughts and carefully recalled the scene of his battle with Uchiha Iwa. The more I thought about it, the more I became afraid, and I realized that my close physical skills were terrible. Apart from the Sharingan, Uchiha Iwa has nothing to offer. Even if Uchiha Iwa opens the three magatama, his chakra is not as much as his own. If he changes to Kakashi in the future, he can kill him before he can activate the summons. Own. Therefore, I must improve my physical skills! "Bobby, can I learn the trick you used to knock down the red wolf with just one claw? It also had a phantom!" "Hahaha, that's quite powerful! Most people can't learn it. To be precise, you can't learn it if you don't merge with me!" "Why?" ¡°What is that¡ª¡ª, I don¡¯t know how to put it, anyway, it is a secret that I have figured out by myself. If you ask me to tell you, I can¡¯t explain it.¡± Zakaki¡¯s face was full of black lines and he roared at Bobby: ¡°Your sister!¡± "It doesn't matter. If we meet a master, we will merge and you can use it, boss!" Bobby said with a pitiful look. ¡°You do it first and I¡¯ll take a look.¡± "What are you doing?" "That's the move!" "Oh," Bobby said, stretched out his right paw, and waved it gently. Zakaki, who was not far away from Bobby, could see more clearly this time. Zakaki clearly felt that the air around him seemed to be torn apart. The dead leaves that fell on the edge of the pool were flying with the wind. Zakaki felt like someone was pushing him from behind. Zakaki knew that it was the pressure of the wind. The whole air seemed to become stagnant due to Bobby's claw. Zakaki suddenly felt admiration for Red Wolf. This claw of Bobby was originally standing on Bobby's back. Zakaki just thought it was very powerful. Today, Zakaki discovered the power of that claw. If he were to die on his own, ten lives would not be enough! The red wolf seemed to be fine. After all, he is a psychic beast from a wealthy family, he is so powerful. Of course, Bobby is more powerful. "How's it going? Boss, how do you feel about the power? Let me tell you, during the war between the demon clan, I don't know how many big demons died under this move. If I didn't have some friendship with Qingya's skinny wolf, , I slapped that reptile to death a long time ago, how can I let him use the last move?" "By the way, Bobby, did you beat the red wolf into powder?" Zakaki asked curiously, remembering that Bobby was the only one in the place, but the red wolf was nowhere to be found. Bobby looked at Zakaki with contempt and said slowly: "Boss, you are uneducated, how terrible! Of course the red wolf will go to the spirit world!" "Oh! Yes, by the way, I wonder if he is dead?" ? ??It is estimated that immortality is almost the same. That move is the secret technique of their demon wolf tribe. Generally, the power will be increased several times when used. The more power, the greater the damage. " Zakaki and Bobby chatted about each other, completely forgetting about improving their physical skills. "Boss, let's grill beef?" Bobby said suddenly. "Roast the hair! Where are there so many cows for you to roast? Do you think the cows don't cost money?" Zhamu sat on the edge of the pond, throwing stones into the pond, and replied, "But I seem to be a little hungry. I Go get some rabbits!" After saying that, Zakmu walked towards the forest. "Wait a minute! Boss, rabbit? What should I eat?" Bobby asked in confusion. "You? Can't you not eat it?" "Damn! Don't bring this!" Soon after, Zakaki was carrying two rabbits on his back and two sika deer that were bigger than him on his shoulders. I made a fire with the oak wood, set up the sticks, and started roasting. Oakwood turned the barbecue from time to time, and Bobby lay his head down, staring at the sika deer, drooling. Zakaki looked at Bobby's appearance and thought for the sake of the cold. In the world of Naruto, there are all kinds of goods, only what you can't think of, there is nothing he can't get out of! Zakmu held the roasted rabbit leg, waving it left and right to cool it down, and then took a bite. When Zakaki swung again, Zakaki remembered the long boxing taught by his physical education teacher when he was in college. It seemed that he was doing pretty well! I used to think that Chinese martial arts were just gymnastics, which were just showy and had little practicality. Zakaki thought to himself, in the world of Naruto, with chakra, maybe there will be gains! Oakwood stood up and threw away the fragrant rabbit legs. Zakaki calmed down first and stood upright. A punch, a palm, a kick, various moves are displayed by Zakaki. Zakaki hit faster and faster, and the boxing techniques that were a little unfamiliar at first began to become familiar. It's better not to knock him down, but the dozen shook Zakaki to the point where his blood was boiling. Zakaki spread chakra all over his body, but chakra was rushing around in his body, and Zakaki stopped quickly. Zakaki sat on the ground panting, what's wrong? What went wrong? Zakaki was a little puzzled! Bobby on the side looked at Oakwood, with half a sika deer leg in his mouth, looking frightened, as if something big had happened just now! Zakaki came to Bobby and waved in front of Bobby's eyes, "Hey, Bobby, are you stupid?" Bobby was completely lost in thought at this time. Zakaki¡¯s tricks were simply amazing! It looks like an ordinary punch, but it contains a killing move. A simple kick can use the least effort to inflict maximum damage on the enemy. Although I don¡¯t know why Zakaki can¡¯t integrate chakra into it properly, these moves can be called the secrets of Taijutsu! In the past, although Bobby really liked Zakaki, who had a personality that did not match his age, he still called him boss. As the most talented person in the turtle lineage, he was so arrogant! Although he calls him boss, he only regards Zakaki as a friend in his heart. He never regards Zakaki as a comrade. But now, Zakaki who can perform such moves is worthy of him! "Bobby! Bobby! Damn, are you stupid?" "Oh, it's okay, I remembered something." Bobby said with a smile. As a qualified comrade, you don't need to ask so many questions. You just need to trust your comrades. Although Bobby is very curious about Zakaki's moves, Bobby No questions were asked. "Well, what do you think of these moves of mine?" "Yes, the combination of these physical skills is really a good move, but I don't think the boss can use it well?" "Hey! I know, but when I practice, there seems to be something wrong with my chakra! I don't know what happened?" "That's it, try to control the chakra into the fist or palm of the move. Slowly, not too fast!" "Well, forget it, it won't happen in a while, let's eat first and let's talk about it later!" ; Text Chapter 23 Am I Akai¡¯s master? Zakaki returned home and thought about the conversation with Bobby. It seems like Bobby said this set of long fists is quite amazing? Zakaki suddenly felt very proud. As a Chinese, even if he is in a foreign country, he hopes that his country's culture can survive here. The power of Ninjutsu is amazing. I remember reading on the Internet that some people said that Japanese Ninjutsu is a branch of Chinese Taoist magic. It was slowly changed beyond recognition and became today's Ninjutsu! I don¡¯t know whether it is real Oakwood, but it at least shows that Chinese Kung Fu is applicable in the world of ninjas. Zakaki let out a long sigh, "Hey! If I had known earlier, I would have gone to Shaolin to learn a set of Great Vajra Palm, which would be much less awesome than Changquan?" Zakaki fell asleep in his random thoughts. When he woke up in the morning, Zakaki saw his brother sitting on the ground in a daze with a frustrated look. "Brother, what's wrong with you?" Zakaki went over and patted Morimu on the shoulder. "Hey! I don't know why, Hokage-sama transferred me to the peacekeeping brigade. Am I useless? I heard that only the children of big families cannot become outstanding ninjas. Are you afraid of being killed in the mission? , just hanging around in the peacekeeping brigade. Taking care of trivial things!" Senmu said with a blank look on his face. "Isn't that great? At least you don't have to lose your life?" Of course Zakaki knew this, and he got it back with Bobby's information. "Hmph! Oakwood, I know you are a genius, but you have to understand one thing. Ninjas are tools to die on the battlefield! If this is all I can do, I might as well die! Although my brother can't shout in ninjutsu, What are you talking about, but what my brother wants to tell you is the conduct a ninja should have!" Morimu said excitedly. "But, brother, I only have you as a relative in this world, and I don't want you to have an accident on the battlefield!" Zakaki raised his head and looked at Senmu. Senmu was a little surprised, but more moved. Morimu paused for a moment, then patted Zakaki's head and said: "Zakaki, brother also has his own ideals! When I saw you making a fortune that day, I knew that you no longer need my brother's care. Brother I hope you can become an upright person. My brother has longed for the life of a ninja since he was a child. He hopes that he can become a great ninja. This is my dream." Zakaki¡¯s body was shaken, ideal, what a great word! Zakaki suddenly remembered his previous world, struggling in real life, living day by day. Ideal, those are the words in the book! Zakaki never thought that his weak brother would have any ideals. Zakaki always thought that Moriki was the cannon fodder in Hokage. Where can cannon fodder need ideals? But seeing Senmu's look, Zakaki suddenly realized that he had never understood this simple brother. Zakaki looked at Senmu, whose eyes were shining when he spoke of his ideals. Zakaki suddenly realized that Senmu was actually very great. Zakaki's heart was shocked again, even Senmu had ideals. Who do you think you are? Hun Tiantian? Maybe my ideal is to hang out here! The days of hanging out with Hokage! Zakaki felt his eyes light up, why bother pursuing fruitless results? Now that he is here, he must hang out. Senmu saw Zakaki in a daze and thought that Zakmu didn't know the meaning, "Zakmu, you are still young, you won't understand, but one day you will understand that for your own ideals, I am willing to even die. " "Well, maybe!" Zakaki did not chatter with Morimu on this issue. Zakaki comforted Morimu and said: "Brother, as far as I know, Konoha is at war with Suna Ninja Village and Iwa Ninja Village. When the war reaches its peak, When the stage comes, you will have a chance.¡± Senmu lowered his head and murmured: "Maybe." Zakaki looked at the tree that was broken by a punch and laughed. It seems that he has mastered the combination of long fist and chakra, right? It has been three days. Zakaki has been practicing Changquan, and from time to time he controls a small amount of chakra to blend into his fists and feet. The effect is not obvious at first, but as the chakra increases, the strength of the fist becomes stronger and stronger. The stronger, Zakaki couldn't help but feel that the ancestors of the Chinese people were really smart. Zakaki didn't know that the Changquan he learned seemed simple, but after several generations of modifications by the Chinese, Changquan had already become sophisticated. Perhaps in the previous life, ordinary people could not use the power of Changquan, and of course, they could not use the power of all martial arts. Isn't that why the Chinese people have forgotten their roots and forgotten their most ancient culture? Martial arts is not something that happens overnight, it is an accumulation of decades. How many people in China can practice a kind of martial arts for decades? Zakaki played a set of long punches and felt amazing power. Maybe this can also be regarded as a family secret technique? Zakaki thought lustfully. At this time, Zakaki's taijutsu has completely surpassed that of ordinary J¨­nin. Of course, this is theoretical. What Zakaki lacks now is a lot of actual combat. Zakaki looked at the smelly sweat all over his body, shook his head, and muttered: "It seems that I will need to prepare more sets of clothes for the battlefield in the future."?! " Zakmu came to the creek and saw the clear water, so he plunged into the water. Feeling the cool stream flowing through his body, Zakaki suddenly thought of the woman. Zakaki muttered to himself: "Are you looking for a girlfriend?" Zakaki lowered his head and wiped his body. Seeing his little brother, Zakaki shook his head and smiled bitterly: "The conditions don't allow it! By the way, It seems that Sunset Red should be about the same age as me, right?" Zakaki thought of some of the top players in Naruto. Tsunade-hime is good, but she is a bit older, but she is a top sister! There are also Sunset Red, Anko, Terumi Mei, etc., they are all very good! Zakaki smiled lewdly, "Actually, we're not greedy, it's fine if we can get one. These women are all people of high status!" Forget it about Anko, I really can¡¯t stand that type of personality, right, Anko? It seems that since I was kicked out of the classroom by Mr. Ito, I haven't been here again. Could it be that he has been accepted as a disciple by Orochimaru now? I remember that Anko looked like Orochimaru's cursed mark! Unlucky child. But you can't interfere with Orochimaru's affairs. I guess he won't target you now, right? After all, we are also Lu Miao¡¯s disciples! Just when Zakaki was meditating. A kid came from the west, with a shaved watermelon head and a kappa-like appearance. He was about ** years old. The person who came was the indirect "murderer" of White Fang's death, the son of one of the eight colors, Mike Blue, and the future blue beast Mike Kay. Akai is regarded as a loser, not because he is too bad, but because his ninjutsu is too bad. He is exactly like his father, a genius in physical skills and an idiot in ninjutsu. Although Akai is said to be a loser, his diligence is better than a genius. At this time, Akai was doing push-ups and kept muttering "532,533,534" Zakaki, who was deep in thought, was awakened by a sound of chanting. When he opened his eyes, he saw Akai who looked like a kappa, "Xiao Li?" Zakaki shouted in surprise. "Who?" Akai jumped directly and stood on the opposite branch. Zakaki looked at Akai's exaggerated movements and whispered: "It turns out to be Akai!" No wonder he admitted his mistake. These guys were exactly the same as Xiao Li when they were young. Could it be that Xiao Li was the wild boy Akai left outside? kind? Zakuki thought coldly. As a ninja, there is no doubt about his hearing, so Akai clearly heard the two names "Xiao Li" and "Akai". As for "Xiao Li" Akai didn't care much, but he clearly knew If you don¡¯t know him, why would he call out his name? Are there still people called Akai¡¯s mother? Akai saw that the oak tree seemed to be harmless, so he jumped down from the tree. "Hello, my name is Mike Kay, what is yours?" Akai scratched his head and looked embarrassed, but it is very rude that others know you but you don't know others. "I know, my name is Zakaki!" Zakaki said looking at Akai who looked embarrassed. "Are you Takaki? Takaki who is known as the civilian genius in Konoha? I want to compete with you. Youth is a constant competition!" The nervous Akai quickly forgot the embarrassment and was about to compete with Takaki. "Uh!" Zakaki rubbed his head, and finally understood why Kakashi always ignored Akai when he saw him. This guy is so crazy, and they have just met and want to learn from each other! Before Zakaki could agree, Akai rushed over! "Haha, let the genius of Konoha fall at my feet!" After saying that, he showed off his white teeth. It turns out this guy was like this when he was a kid! A minute later, Zakaki smiled happily when he looked at Akai who had a bump on his head. Zakaki was a little passive at first, but after gradually entering the state, Akai was unlucky. Akai covered his head and shouted, "Youth should never give up!" Zakaki and Akai sat by the stream, chatting wordlessly. Only then did Zakaki realize that Akai's physical skills had reached a bottleneck, and his father also quit the ninja life because of White Fang, so his strength came entirely from his own efforts. Zakaki looked at Akai who had a serious look on his face and said, "Have you ever thought about putting something on your legs or hands? Don't take it off at ordinary times. Take it off when fighting. Maybe you will gain something." ?¡± "That's right! Why didn't I think of it? What a good idea! Okay, from now on you come here every day and we practice together. Your strength is enough to be my teacher. I will accept you as my teacher, right? Your physical skills are also very good. Awesome. By the way, I remember others said that you created your own magic seal technique, and you also have a particularly powerful ninja beast! You should be a ninjutsu type ninja, right? I didn¡¯t expect that your physical skills are also like this So awesome! I have decided to worship you as my teacher!" Zakaki opened his mouth with a look of surprise. "Am I Akai's master?" ; Text ¨C Chapter 24 Zakaki¡¯s first mission Zakaki ignored the nervous Akai. Looking at Akai's kappa-like dress, Zakaki always felt that something was wrong, but he couldn't explain why. Zakaki stood up, turned his back to Akai, and said with an inscrutable look: "Akai, practice depends on the individual. As long as you have a clear goal and opponent, I believe your strength will improve rapidly. You You should know Kakashi, right?" "Kakashi? Of course I know him, but he is a genius, and I am really behind him." Akai said frustratedly. "Then have you ever thought about beating Kakashi?" "Me? How could I beat him?" Akai became increasingly frustrated. "No, maybe you are not as good as him in ninjutsu, but in taijutsu? Or in other fields? Even rock, paper, scissors!" Zakaki guided Akai. "Yes! I used to regard Kakashi as my opponent! Later I heard that you are more talented than Kakashi, but I think you are too young and will never be Kakashi's opponent, but now It seems that you are more powerful than Kakashi? If I can't even beat Kakashi, how can I beat you? So, I decided that when I beat Kakashi, I will beat you again!" Akai Said excitedly. Zakaki chuckled. Okay, great, I successfully diverted Akai¡¯s attention. If he really got caught up in Akai¡ª¡ª, Zakaki¡¯s head felt big just thinking about it! Kakashi, I'm sorry. Isn't it? Could it be that I was the one who encouraged Kakashi to be pestered by Tenten Akai for a competition? That's not right. Akai just said that it seems that Kakashi has been targeted by Akai for a long time. Forget it, leave Kakashi alone! Zakaki, who was deep in thought, was frightened by Akai's next words! "However, Zakaki's physical skills are amazing, I still decided to become my teacher!" Akai said with excitement. With a "swish" sound, Zak wood ran away. So you will find this scene in Konoha. A child dressed as a kappa sees a child who is a few years younger than him and wearing a long scarf. He calls the teacher regardless of the occasion. Then, the child wearing the scarf sees A child like a kappa ran away. The one wearing the scarf is, of course, Tsubasa-kun, and the one dressed as a kappa is Akai! Zakaki was called to the Hokage's office by the ANBU, and Zakaki was not the only one who came to the office. Zakaki looked at the people in the room. The one wearing a hat with the word "fire" was naturally the third generation. There were two people, one with blue hair and a handsome face. Zakaki always felt a little familiar, but he didn't know who they were. There was also a fat man, about seventeen or eighteen years old, who looked very young, but his face was painted with red pictures and text, which made him look quite silly. Zakububa didn't say anything, just sat next to him and waited for Sandai to speak. "Hello everyone, according to the information provided by intelligence personnel, recently, a group of rock ninjas rushed towards the northeastern border of the Country of Fire. As we all know, the Country of Earth is in the northwest of the Country of Fire, and the two countries are not bordering each other. Because the number of enemies is unknown, it is difficult to directly send in a large number of ninjas for fear of causing unnecessary panic in the surrounding countries. Therefore, the village decided to send you to detect the number of enemy troops and attack or destroy them if necessary." After that, Sandai gave the three scrolls to three people respectively, and said: "This is the detailed information. Do you have any other comments?" After hearing this, Zakaki cursed in his heart, "Your sister, are you cheating on me?" This is the first time I go out on a mission and do something so dangerous! I am still a five-year-old child! Like Naruto, they started by helping others find cats and dogs. When it's my turn, I won't say anything about going to the battlefield. Your sister wants me to do such a thing? "Of course, Tsubasagi's situation is a bit special and a bit difficult. Normally, such a task would not be done by a newly graduated genin like you. But given your strength and tactical planning ability, I still believe in you, Tsukaki. Moreover, the village is now at war with two countries, and the ninja resources are also facing a great test. The number of jounin in the village has been severely lacking. Even your master has gone to the battlefield. Hey! Shinnosuke's body -" The third generation said fiercely He took a puff of cigarette and looked frustrated. ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? . Someone once said that Shinnosuke had severe lung stones and that if he gave up his career as a ninja, there would still be hope. But as the son of the Third Hokage and a quasi-kage himself, how could Shinnosuke, who had been brainwashed by Konoha since childhood, give up on being a ninja? Zakaki thought of his brother again. Like Shinnosuke, maybe this was their misfortune and their luck! Zakaki knows that it is not easy for three generations. As a father, he knows that his son will definitely have a narrow escape after going to the battlefield, but there is no remedy. This is the fate of ninjas! "Hokage-sama, I have no objection!" The answers from the fat man and the handsome blue-haired boy interrupted Zakaki's thinking. Zakaki looked at the two of them and said with a smile: "Hokage-sama, I don't have a problem either!"   "Okay, in that case, you go back and prepare for departure tomorrow!" Sandai said seriously. "Yes" the three of them said at the same time. The three of them left the Hokage's office. Zakaki raised his head and looked at the two people around him and said with a smile: "Hello, my name is Zakaki. Please give me your advice." The fat man smiled honestly and said, "Are you a civilian genius in Konoha? I can't believe that you have such strength at such a young age." The handsome blue-haired guy touched his head: "Hello, I can't even talk about giving you advice. My name is Duan." Break it off, let me wipe it! No wonder he looked so familiar. He had been Tsunade's lover for a long time. This guy seems to be dying, right? Zakaki was suddenly frightened. I wiped it, right? I won't be affected, right? Zakaki yelled depressedly in his heart. The two of them looked at Zakaki's changing expressions and asked curiously: "Zakaki, what's wrong with you?" "No, it's okay, I just feel a little uncomfortable thinking about going to the battlefield." Zakaki said. "So that's it, it's nothing. It's the same for the first time. I haven't introduced myself yet. My name is Akimichi Tao, and I'm from the Akimichi family!" the fat man said, patting Zakaki on the shoulder. Looking at Akimichi Tao's clothes, Takaki had long known that he was from the Akimichi clan. Takaki always thought that the only people in the Akimichi family were Akimichi Chouji and his father. Later, in the world of Naruto, Moriki's instructor seemed to be from the Akimichi family. "Haha. My brother knows that the teacher is Akimichi Tanoh, but does Tanfu-senpai know him?" Zakaki asked politely. "We know, Tian Tian is my brother. Don't be so polite, we will be teammates from now on, just call me Tian Fu." Tian Fu said with a smile. "Yes, although Zakmu is only five years old, Zakmu's strength seems to be higher than ours? So, call me Duan from now on." Duan Yangyang's smile is indeed very charming, no wonder he can capture Mu Leaf Princess Tsunade Hime's heart. "How about we go have a drink?" Tian Fu suggested. "That's not okay. Zakaki is not an adult yet, so he can't drink." He joked. "Ozaki thought of Jiraiya's bad wine. It seemed that he had gone to the Land of Wind and drank himself that time. However, the wine in Naruto is quite delicious. Zakaki suddenly remembered Morimu's angry expression and hurriedly gave up the thought. "I'm sorry, I've ruined your fun!" "It's okay, there will be opportunities in the future." Duan still had that handsome face. "If there is a chance, who knows when you will die," Zakmu thought with a dark heart. "That's it, let's go back and prepare!" Tian Fu said. "good" PS: Since I have been busy with the New Year¡¯s Day party and exams during this period, there are a little few updates, but I will try my best to update. Friends, please be understanding and supportive! Finally, please recommend and collect! ; Text Chapter 25 Preparation before the mission It was a little late when Zakaki got home, and the lights at home were still on. Zakaki knew that his brother must be at home. Yesterday, Morimu had received a notification from the village and officially became the leader of the peacekeeping brigade. Mori Mu will be at home at this time from now on. Zakaki opened the door and saw Senmu sitting at the table in a daze. "Brother, I'm back!" Senmu suddenly woke up, "Oh, you're back. Are you going to practice again today? "No. Brother, Master Hokage asked me to do a task." "Haha, our Zakaki has grown up and has already started to do tasks." Senmu said with a smile while touching Zakaki's head. "The mission may be a bit long. I don't know when I can come back." Zakaki couldn't help but feel dizzy when he thought about going to stop Iwa Ninja. "What mission? Do you want to leave the village?" "Well, we are going to the northeastern part of the Fire Country. But the mission is not allowed to be disclosed." Zakaki said. "Is that so? Then you have to be careful. There is war everywhere now, and you may be in danger if you are not careful. Do you understand that you should listen to your teammates? By the way, who are your teammates?" "One is called Dan, and the other is my brother's teacher's brother, Akimichi Tao." Zakaki said seriously. "What? Who are you talking about? Mr. Dan, and Senior Tianfu? Are they all jounin? Why do you get involved with them? If so, your mission will be very dangerous. The jounin in the village is not originally More, two at once! Although you are very talented, Zakaki, you are only five years old after all. If something happens to you, how can I explain it to my parents? Otherwise, I will go find Mr. Hokage and let¡¯s give up this This is a mission." Senmu said anxiously. "Forget it, Lord Hokage naturally has his own considerations when he asks me to go. Besides, I also really want to go out to the village and have a look." Zakaki said, shaking his head. "But-" Senmu wanted to say something else. ¡°It¡¯s okay, brother, you have to believe in my strength, and besides, there¡¯s Bobby!¡± "Bobby? Who is Bobby?" Senmu asked curiously. Zakaki remembered that it seemed that Senmu didn't know about Bobby's existence. He seemed to only know that he had a psychic beast. He had been depressed these days because he was appointed as the squad leader, and he never asked about it. "Bobby is the psychic beast I summoned when I fought with Uchiha Iwa that day. His name is Bobby, and he is awesome!" "Oh! That's right. By the way, Sakuragi, let me ask you something. Tell me honestly. Do you have any teachers other than Shinnosuke?" Moriki said with a serious face. "Brother, why do you ask like that? No!" Zakaki said in confusion. "Then who taught you all those weird sealing methods?" "That's what you're talking about! I figured it out on my own, and it almost killed me!" Zakaki thought of the method of forming seals with both hands at the same time, but it was a bit unbelievable, completely subverting the traditional sealing method in Naruto. Senmu opened his mouth and looked at Zakaki in surprise. He was speechless for a long time. At the end, the sentence popped out, "You are such a freak." Zakaki rolled his eyes and looked at Senmu, and then said in a low voice: "Brother, due to the emergency, I will leave tomorrow." "What? So urgent?" Senmu stood up from the ground and said. "There is no way, it's what Hokage-sama ordered!" Zakaki spread his hands and looked helpless. "Is that so? Then you should rest early and be energetic tomorrow." Senmu said with some disappointment. Seeing Morimu¡¯s appearance, Zakaki suddenly remembered a word in Naruto called ¡°bond¡± Walking in the village, touching the things in the bag, Zakaki felt a little warm in his heart, it was good to have a brother. Morimu got up before dawn to do some work for Zakaki. Zakaki remembered the scene when he was in school in his previous life. That was when he lived in school and went home once a month. Before leaving, his mother got up very early in the morning. , help yourself with this and prepare that. Zakaki knew that Senmu was worried about him, and even prepared money. He was going to the battlefield, not traveling. Zakaki thought about it and came to the entrance of the village. At this time, Zakaki felt that a strange look was always looking at him, which frightened Zakaki's little heart. ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? iaozi took a look, but it turned out to be tsunade. Today¡¯s tsunade is not as mature as the later generations, but she can still see that peach-like figure, a complete beauty! Zakaki looked at Tsunade, and Tsunade stared at him with an angry face. Zakaki was puzzled, I don't seem to have offended you? Zakaki saw Tsunade holding her broken arm, so that's it! If you do it for a long time, you are ruining other people's good things. But although there are not many people in this village, you two can't fight in the wild here? Zakaki thought angrily. Zakaki walked up to Dan and said, "Hello, Dan. Is this Tsunade-sama? Sure enoughAs beautiful as a flower, Yu Duan is such a rare golden boy! "Zakaki knows that a thousand people can wear it, but flattery cannot wear it. So it's all flattery. Tsunade looked at the five-year-old Zakaki saying such words, and couldn't help but feel a little strange. Tsunade had heard of Zakaki's name a long time ago, In the past, Jiraiya always mentioned him in front of him, saying that he was an interesting child. I remember that Jiraiya also told himself a dirty joke about an owl, which seemed to be made by this kid. Tsunade couldn't help but sigh, now You kid, you are so precocious! Tsunade felt some warm hands, it turned out that they were looking at her lovingly, and she really wanted to kiss her. Tsunade felt a look that made her feel uncomfortable, just like Jiraiya staring at her. Just like herself, Tsunade looked back and saw that it was Zaki looking at her breasts! Tsunade was so angry that the veins on her face were exposed. If it hadn't been broken beside her, it would have been like beating Jiraiya. Knock him away! Tsunade calmed down her anger, forget it, this is just a kid, what do you know? For the sake of breaking his teammates, let him be spared once! Our Mr. Zakaki didn¡¯t know that he had already wandered through the gates of hell once. Zakaki had long heard that Tsunade's breasts were a beautiful sight in the Naruto world, so when he first met Tsunade, the first thing he looked at was her breasts. It was indeed well-deserved! Really¡ª¡ª He looked at Zakaki and Tsunade with a smile, and then looked at Tsunade, his eyes seemed to say: "It doesn't matter, he's just a child!" Zakaki felt that he had lost his composure and said quickly: "What about that, Tian Fu hasn't come yet?" "Well, we are from a big family after all, so maybe there are a lot of things to do!" Duan answered. "Kid, your strength is really good, isn't it? That psychic beast is also very interesting!" Tsunade thought of the scene of the fight between Zakaki and Uchiha Iwa. She had just returned from a mission outside that day and heard that a civilian genius wanted to Competing with the genius of the Uchiha family would not have attracted Tsunade's attention at first, but when Tsunade heard that it was a boy named Zakaki. Tsunade thought of Jiraiya and took a look curiously. Unexpectedly, she met a genius. Yesterday I heard that Duan was going to go on a dangerous mission, and he also mentioned his teammate, the genius Zakaki! Duan was also very kind to his image and said a lot of good things. Today I was about to send off Suan. At first I was very happy when I heard Zakaki say that she and Suan were happy, but her subsequent behavior made Tsunade very angry. But when he remembered that Zakaki was just a child, and saw the comforting look in his eyes, he felt relieved. In fact, putting aside the nature of Zakaki's pervert, this kid is quite handsome and his strength is amazing. He has achieved such achievements at a young age. Needless to say, when he grows up, what's more important is this kid's size! "Really? Tsunade-sama has already said it," Tsunade said with a smile, interrupting Tsunade's contemplation. At this moment, I remembered a burst of hearty laughter, "I'm sorry to keep you waiting for so long! Huh? Isn't this Princess Tsunade?" The person who came was naturally Akimichi Tiano. ; Text Chapter 26 A chance encounter with Honglian Tian Fu looked at the three silent people staring at him, and felt a few drops of sweat running down his head. Tian Fu thought to himself that he would never be late again. Who knows what Zakaki thinks? It seems that these geniuses are a bit weird, although Zakaki seems to be quite easy to get along with, and Princess Tsunade is an absolute violent maniac. I heard that Lord Jiraiya was knocked away more than a hundred meters by her punch. Why do you keep looking at yourself? Zakaki stared at Tian Fu because he relieved himself due to his embarrassment. And Tsunade is staring at Tian Fu because when Tian Fu comes, she will really be separated from Duan. Who knows when they will meet again after this separation. The reason why Duan looked at Tian Fu was that it was hard for him to say leave when Tsunade was around. He didn't know Tsunade's temper. It was better if he didn't speak. But if he said it, it would be over. Who knows if Tsunade would come back? She said that she didn't want to be with her, so she left in a hurry. Will she still have a good life in the future? So Duan looked at Tian Fu, hoping that he would speak out and leave. Tian Fu seemed to understand what he meant, but couldn¡¯t he say this himself? If Princess Tsunade takes note of us, it won't be fun. So Tianfu winked at Zakaki. After all, Tianfu Zakaki is a child. Firstly, he may not know it. Secondly, Tsunade will probably not care about him as a child. How could Tian Fu know what happened just now? Zakaki didn't seem to think too much when he saw Tian Fu looking at him and understood, so he said: "Tsunade-sama, I think it's getting late. We should set off, will you?" The small amount of forgiveness Tsunade had towards Takaki just now disappeared in an instant. Tsunade gritted her teeth, looked at Zakaki and said, "Really? It's getting late, Zakaki, be careful on the battlefield!" Tian Fu raised his head and looked at the sky, with an expression as expected. Zakaki thought in confusion, Damn, what do you mean? You don¡¯t have to act like this even if you want to give blessings, right? Then he smiled and said: "I know, thank you for your concern." Tsunade couldn't help but feel angry, and turned to look at Duan, "Zan, you have to be careful on the battlefield. Do I give you enough? Otherwise, I will go back and bring you some more." "No need, we won't be here for long." He said to Tsunade with a smile. "But when you come back, maybe I'll be on the battlefield again!" Tsunade said pitifully. Zakaki looked at Tsunade from the side, thinking of the resolute and resolute character of the future Fifth Hokage. Looking at Tsunade at this time, he suddenly felt goosebumps all over his body. "Okay Tsunade, let's go back. It's getting late and we have to leave! I believe we will meet soon." Just like that, with Tsunade's reluctant eyes, the three of them ran towards the distance. Zakaki looked back at Tsunade and then at Suan. I thought to myself, hey, I guess you won¡¯t see each other very often. The three of them rushed towards the border of Earth Kingdom. After running for more than three hours, Zakaki suddenly shouted, "Ah! I've been fooled!" Suan and Tianfu looked at Zakaki curiously, and Zakaki stared at Tianfu and thought to himself, you are a fat guy, you look so naive, I didn't expect you to be so cunning, you made me offend Tsunade, who knows if she will give it to me in the future. Is it Xiaoyaozi? Our Zakaki-kun just now realizes that he has been plotted against! Tian Fu looked at Zakaki and smiled awkwardly, "What is that, Zakaki! There's nothing we can do about it. Although we don't treat you as a child, you are a child after all. I guess Tsunade-sama won't care about it? " Suanya smiled and said: "It's okay, Tsunade, Tsunade is not such a stingy person." "Is it true? If something happens in the future, you have to carry it!" "Don't worry!" Tian Fu and Duan replied with a smile. After such an episode, the relationship between Zakaki and Duan and Tianfu has obviously become much closer. They were rushing on the road quickly. Duan, who was originally worried that Zakaki could not keep up, saw that Zakaki could not slow down his own speed and endurance, so he stopped worrying and started to hurry up and speed up! night. The three of them sat beside a fire and rested. Duan first said: "We will encounter a large number of enemies in the future, so proper cooperation is necessary. It's okay for Tian Fu and I, after all, we have done several missions together and we understand each other fairly well. But Zakaki-" "I know, let me tell you what I am good at so that I can cooperate with you in the future. I am good at both earth and water ninjutsu, and the use of earth release is higher than that of ordinary jounin, and water release is about the same as jounin. I'm also good at physical skills!" Zakaki thought of his set of long fists. Although they were still a bit rusty, they should be almost ready after a few fights. "That's it. I have both Feng Shui and Feng Shui attributes. I have a certain sense of perception and my physical skills are pretty good." Duan said with a smile. At this time, Duan was already surprised by Zakaki's answer. He was only five years old. , you can practice three aspects to the level of Jonin. Is there really such a genius in this world??? Tian Fu on the side was not in such a good mood, he shouted directly: "Oh my God, Zakaki, I remember you are only five years old, right? That's amazing!" ?????????? Actually, this can¡¯t just be said about Zakaki¡¯s talent, but also about Bobby¡¯s contribution. Zakaki didn't know that Bobby was an ancient monster with an amazing affinity with the chakras of the water and earth systems. Multiple fusions had already greatly increased Zakaki's own chakra affinity. In addition, Zakaki himself did have some talents. So there is such a situation. "No, it's just a fluke!" Zakaki scratched his head and said embarrassedly. "We, the Akido clan, are good at physical attacks. After taking the family's related secret medicine, we can use related secret techniques, just like this. The hand of the doubling technique." After saying that, Tian Fu's hand became several times bigger. Tian Fu continued, "In the same way, the whole body can also become bigger." "It's so awesome!" Zakaki sighed. Zakaki was not only thinking about this, but if that man's lower body was too small and he learned the Akimichi family's secret technique, hahaha. . . If this were left to modern times, their family would be very prosperous! Zakaki thought lustfully. The three of them communicated for a while and decided to go off duty for a reason first, with Zakaki second and Tian Fu last. The night passed like this. The three of them were still running towards their destination. When they passed a village, they suddenly heard calls for help. Zakaki looked at Suan and Tianfu, asking for their opinions with his eyes. Duan looked around and said: "Zhao is still in the realm of the Kingdom of Fire. Originally, our mission required high levels of confidentiality. But after all, we are the people of the Kingdom of Fire. It is not good to not save them." Yes, it seems there are no strong people inside, I¡¯ll leave the oak wood to you. We¡¯ll continue on our way and catch up in a moment.¡± "Okay" Zakaki replied. "Be careful." Tian Fu said. "I know, I'll go there first!" Zakaki said and walked towards the village. And Suanwa Tianfu continued to move forward. I have to say here that the captain of the three-person team is Dan, and he is a perceptive ninja himself, so his words are very credible. When Zakaki came to a larger house, he happened to hear a burst of crying. Zakaki jumped to the roof and saw a few wandering ninjas and samurai. One of the wandering ninjas was about to attack a girl of about four or five years old. Zakaki used a kunai to pin the wandering ninja who wanted to kill the little girl to the wall. Then rushed to the house. The effect of the long fist came out, killing every move. In less than a minute, several wandering ninjas and samurai were lying on the ground. As the so-called cutting weeds requires eradicating the roots, a small magma marsh in Zakwood swallowed up several waste materials. Hearing the cries of a few losers, Zakmu felt a little dizzy. It seems that this trick needs to be improved! If it harms someone in the future, wouldn¡¯t such a loud noise wake everyone up! Zakaki turned around and saw the four or five-year-old girl with black hair, black pupils, and expensive-looking green clothes with a camellia on the clothes. Zakaki tried his best to smile cutely, and then said: "Little sister, are you okay?" The little girl is not as weak as she thought. But at this time, seeing Zakaki who was about the same age as himself, he didn't have much fear at all. Zakaki looked at the little girl who looked not afraid of him and said puzzledly: "I am also a ninja! More powerful ninjas than the ones just now, why are you not afraid of me?" "You saved me, of course you are not afraid?" The little girl looked at Zakaki's funny face and seemed to find it funny. "What's your name? Are you alone? Is this your home?" Zakaki asked. "No, my parents died long ago. I am not from the Land of Fire. I originally came here to seek refuge with my relatives, but I didn't expect that I encountered a group of ninjas on the way here, which affected my relatives," the little girl said. Depend on! It's just that Naruto's child is precocious, damn it! Five-year-olds are like this! unacceptable. Zakaki cursed secretly. "I'm leaving, take care of yourself." After saying that, Zakaki turned around and prepared to leave. "Wait a minute, what will I do if you leave?" The little girl seemed to be entangled in Zakaki. "I don't know about this!" Zakaki said, "Let's do this. I have some money. You can take it first. From now on, you can take good care of yourself!" After that, Zakaki took out the money Senmu left for him. Unexpectedly, it came in handy. Zakaki was afraid that the girl would catch him, so he ran away quickly. "My name is Honglian! What's your name?" the little girl shouted towards Zakaki. The oak tree I was stepping on the branch almost fell off. Guren, is he the Guren who followed Orochimaru? "My name is Zakimu," Zakimu responded in a strange way. Zakaki suddenly slapped himself in the face. Why did he slap him? It's so mean! Honglian standing on the steps looked at Oakwood.Looking back, holding money in his hand, muttering, "Zakmu, Zakmu, what an interesting guy." Zakaki doesn¡¯t know the real situation. If he knew, his jaw would definitely be shaken off. It turns out that the Guren here is the Guren who will follow Orochimaru in the future. It turns out that Guren met a few wandering ninjas on the road, so they started fighting. Although Guren at this time is not as powerful as he will be in the future, his blood stain limit has also awakened a little. Guren fought with several ninjas and defeated them, and those ninjas and samurai became his subordinates. They were robbers after all. When they saw that there was a wealthy family in the village, they instigated Honglian to lead them in robbery. What was surprising was that the son of this wealthy family turned out to be a Konoha ninja. Ren and the Konoha ninja had a big fight, and finally Guren killed the Konoha ninja who underestimated the enemy outside. Guren himself was also injured. At this time, the group of wandering ninjas saw the exhausted Guren and wanted to kill her, so Zakaki encountered the scene just now. ; Text Chapter 27: First Meeting with Iwa Ninja It had already been an hour when Zakaki caught up with Dan and Tianfu. Watching Zakaki come back safely, Duan felt relieved. Looking at Zakaki with a relaxed look on his face, Duan couldn't help but smile. I kept thinking of Shinnosuke's explanation. Before leaving, Shinnosuke came to Dan's house and bought a gift for the first time. Dan knew Shinnosuke's character. Although he was a bit easy-going on the surface, he was definitely a proud master. Just look at the friends around him and you will know. Not to mention his status as the son of the strongest Hokage in history, his own identity is among the best in Konoha. This time, I came to ask for help from a junior like myself because of Tsunade. Although I am Tsunade's boyfriend, I am also a civilian ninja. In addition to being a sentient ninja, which is useful, the rest is basically¡ª¡ª. This shows that Shinnosuke attaches great importance to oak wood. Zakaki saw Duan who was thinking, and whispered: "Dan, are you okay?" "Haha, it's okay, I'm just thinking about the strategy against the enemy." Duan still smiled as always. "Haha, it's okay, I believe the God of Luck will be on our side." Tian Fu laughed. Seeing the confident smiles of his two teammates, Zakaki's originally nervous heart relaxed. Zakaki looked at the rows of trees, and occasionally a wild beast flashed by, seeming to be looking forward to the arrival of the Iwa Ninja. In this way, the three of them traveled for a whole day and finally left the Country of Fire. Sue looked at Takaki and Tao and said: "We have left the country of fire, and we should be passing by Taki Ninja Village soon. The ninjas in this country have strange strength. They have never been attacked by other ninjas since the village was founded. Although they The village is quite far away, but this is already under their management, so everyone should be careful." ??Takaki thought of Kakuzu of the Akatsuki organization. It seems that this guy is from the Taki Ninja Village! It seems that this guy has lived for a long time and even assassinated the first generation back then. It seems like we have to be careful. If everyone has Kakuzu's ability, everyone can't be killed, which would be a bad thing. Tian Fu looked at Takaki's worried expression and said: "It's okay. Although it has not been broken by anyone, it is because the large waterfall blocks the entrance and Taki Ninja Village occupies an excellent location. It does not mean how powerful they are. .¡± "So that's it! No wonder I said it, since the Taki Ninja Village is so powerful, it seems that they don't exist among the five major countries!" Zakaki said, tilting his head. "Even so, we cannot underestimate the enemy. The mission situation is special. We cannot let anyone know the information about us in order to give the Iwa-nin the biggest blow. If there are spies of the Iwa-nin among the Taki-nin, it will cause us disadvantage. situation." Duan said seriously, rarely denying Tian Fu's statement. It was definitely not to remind Tian Fu, as a Jonin, Tian Fu naturally knew this kind of thing, but it was definitely to tell Zakaki. After all, Zakaki was a rookie who had just entered the battlefield, and he still had to explain the necessary things. Tian Fu knew what Duan meant, and so did Zakaki, so they both kept nodding. Although the three of them passed by Iwa Ninja Village, no one seemed to notice their whereabouts. Could it be that Taki Ninja was too arrogant? Or do they think that since there is a big waterfall, they don¡¯t need to worry too much? Zakaki is really curious about what Taki Ninja does. If this were in Konoha, he would have been overtaken by the ANBU, right? Is Takikage stupid? Takikage is naturally not stupid. The three major countries are currently at war. As a country caught between Konoha and Iwa Ninja Village, although Taki Ninja Village is not afraid of the two countries causing trouble for itself, who is willing to drag it into a war? The warring ninjas of the two kingdoms of Earth and Fire would inevitably pass by the border of Taki Ninja Village. In order not to cause unnecessary trouble, Taki Shadow withdrew all the peripheral security forces within the Great Falls. This seemed to have a very good effect. None of the passing Ninjas from the Two Kingdoms seemed to have trouble with Taki Ninja Village. The three of them drove for two more days and finally arrived at their destination. It seems that this is where Iwa Ninja must pass. There are several small ninja villages in the northeast of the Country of Fire. If Iwa Ninja wants to suddenly attack from the northeast to the interior of the Country of Fire, he can only do so without attracting the attention of other small ninja villages. I was afraid of them, just because I was afraid that there were Konoha spies in other Xiaonin villages. This attack was ordered by the Tsuchikage himself, and very few people knew about it, so it was used as a surprise attack to deal a fatal blow to Konoha. But how did Tsuchikage know that his plan had been known to Konoha, so he sent three people from Zakaki to stop it. The three of them saw the quiet forest. After careful analysis, they found that there were no traces of the Iwa Ninja. Therefore, they concluded that the Iwa Ninja had not arrived yet. This was the fact. According to the information of the Third Hokage, it would take another day for the Iwa Ninja to arrive. Arriving here means that Zakaki and the others still have one day to arrange traps. Uzaki and Tao are responsible for the traps. Dan's main purpose is to warn whether there are enemies around. Who knows whether the Iwa ninja will speed up because he is afraid that Konoha will know the information, so for Dan, who is good at reconnaissance, this task is a must! After Zakaki installed the last detonating talisman, he already felt that he had no strength. After all, he is still a five-year-old child, even if the chakra in his body has exceededHe was an ordinary jounin, but after traveling for several days and setting up energy-consuming traps, his body finally couldn't bear it. Duan came to Zakaki, looked at the traps that Zakaki had set, and said with a smile: "Are you tired? If I hadn't seen your short body and childish face, it would be hard to imagine that you are a five-year-old child." "Haha, it's just a simple trap. You're tired, right? You've been traveling for a few days, and you're investigating non-stop. By the way, investigation is not something ordinary people do, right? How much energy does it take?" Zakaki Laughing teasingly. "Haha, it's okay if you don't tell me, but I feel really tired when you tell me." Duan said, rubbing his sore shoulders. "I've got it done over there. Now, we just have to wait for the Iwa Ninja's little bastards to attack." Tian Fu said, looking energetic but still showing fatigue on his face. "Okay, what we have to do now is to keep our spirits up and have a big fight tomorrow." Duan said and stretched out his right hand, and then put the three hands together. ¡°Yeah, let¡¯s have a big fight!¡± the three of them said at the same time. "Attention, the Iwa Ninja are here. They are the two spies who came first. Judging from the chakra, they should be Chunin. Now hide your aura, let the two shrimps go, and wait for the big fish behind." He gave orders in a panic. In fact, speaking from a personal perspective, I definitely match Tsunade, not to mention her handsome appearance, just her extraordinary strength, her personal ability to arrange battle tactics, and her sunny personality. They are both Tsunade's good matches, but their backgrounds are a little different, but as the saying goes, heroes don't care about their origins. But the tragedy is that Tsunade seems to be a guy who specializes in carving men. Her younger brother was carving to death, her lover was carving to death, and finally she finally saw some hope with Jiraiya, but she carved Jiraiya to death again. "I know," Zakaki replied softly. The same is true for "receiving" Tian Fu. About five minutes later, two tall Iwa ninjas appeared in front of Zakaki and others. In fact, if a chuunin observes carefully, maybe they will find the jounin hiding around them. But the tragedy is that first of all, the Iwa ninjas have a mentality, that is, the enemy has not received the information. After all, the country of fire is now away. There is still some distance to go. Secondly, the two Iwa Ninjas who came here are not good at tracking and reconnaissance. You must know that there are not many people in the entire Iwa Ninja Village who are good at reconnaissance. The last three opponents they encountered were, needless to say, perceptual in nature. Tian Fu belongs to the Akimichi family, and there are still many hidden secrets in the family. Oak wood's own chakra control is very good, plus the turtle breath technique called by Bobby, which is a simple secret ninjutsu. You must know that Bobby has been sleeping in Konoha for countless years. Three generations have not discovered him, which shows that his turtle breath technique is abnormal. Besides, the old turtle will inevitably know some ways to save his life. So, the chuunin who came went back without any questions. ; Text Chapter 28 Good harvest ps: Friends who are reading, when I see my recommendation, I feel like I am ashamed of myself. It is not as good as a fraction of many fan novels. Am I really that bad? What a tragedy! Therefore, I must recommend and collect more. This is the motivation for my efforts. Please support me as a newcomer! Thank you. The three of Zakmu were hiding on the treetops. At this time, Zakmu said that he was not nervous, which was definitely a lie. It was the first time to engage in a life-and-death battle with an enemy. It seemed like it had only happened in games before, right? Zakaki looked at his outfit and shook his head involuntarily. Zakaki suddenly felt something magical! Yes, as a person in the 21st century, I came to the world of Naruto and saw many unscientific movements and powers. It was like standing on the treetops now. If I were left in the original world, I would be pulled to the laboratory for testing. Body planing experiment? "Zakaki, don't get distracted, now is the critical moment, be on guard at all times." He said to Zakaki in a low voice. Zakaki shook his head, getting rid of the inappropriate thoughts in his mind, and focused his attention on the battlefield. Zang saw Zakaki who was already in the state and nodded involuntarily. Zakaki was very talented. Not to mention his extraordinary strength, his ability to adjust his mood alone was not something that ordinary ninjas could do. After all, Zakaki was very talented. Mu is only five years old. Tian Fu looked at Zakaki and Dan not far away, thinking to himself, what a reassuring teammate! Being a ninja means learning to endure. I remember Orochimaru's definition of ninja, "A ninja is a person who must learn various ninjutsu." Therefore, Orochimaru embarked on the self-righteous path of seeking the truth. And Jiraiya defined it this way, "A ninja is someone who can endure", so he had Jiraiya's free and easy character. At this time, Zakaki was enduring, not talking, not blinking, not sneezing, not coughing, not even fucking farting! I don¡¯t know how long it took, an hour, or two hours, but after a long time, I finally spoke. "Come here, one elite jounin, five jounin, and thirteen ch¨±nin. The elite jounin is an earth element, the three jounin are earth element ninjas, the other two are a fire element, and there is a water element. All of them are earth elements!" Duan said in a low voice with surprise on his face. Zakaki had long heard on the way that the other party was going for several large granaries in the Fire Country, and also to destroy them. He didn't expect that the Tsuchikage would make such a big move. With so many earth ninjas, it is estimated that the earth ninjas on the other side of the battlefield Ninjas are attracted a lot, right? Earth ninjas have always been considered to be excellent weapons in large-scale battles. One elite jounin and three jounin are completely here to cause destruction! I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s the other party¡¯s carelessness or whether he believes in his own strength? This group of rock ninjas did not test the trap that some Zakaki thought was suspicious, and they did not find any trace of the three Zakakis, so they walked directly into the trap. Duan gestured to Zakaki and Tianfu, and Zakaki and Tianfu activated the trap at the same time. "No, there's an ambush!" the ninja among them shouted. "Boom" The big explosion caused by the detonating talisman sounded in the quiet forest. There is no doubt about the power of the detonating talisman. Although someone discovered it at the last moment, the detonating talisman that had already exploded still injured less than half of the team's combat effectiveness. At this moment, a flying meat ball flew towards the Iwa Ninja. It seemed that it had been expected. The meat bullet chariot did not fly towards the Jonin, but rushed towards the few Chunin. Half of the chuunin who had been killed by the explosion just now were crushed to death by four more under the strange meat balls. The two lucky chuunin looked at their dead companions and trembled a little. "Earth Release - Earth Rock House" A house with a round roof more than two meters high appears in front of you. As expected of an elite jounin, he completed an advanced ninjutsu in the blink of an eye. Seeing the rock house surrounding everyone, Zakaki knew that this battle would be difficult to win. After Tianfu launched the meat bomb tank, he immediately returned to Zakaki, and Danze, who appeared at the critical moment to collect intelligence, disappeared. Zakaki was on guard carefully, not in a hurry to activate the ninjutsu, but just waiting for the enemy's further actions. At this time, the rock house slowly sank into the ground. Zakaki glanced at the other party. Zakaki discovered that a jounin had been killed by the detonating talisman. In addition to the victory achieved by Tianfu's meat as a chariot just now, only two ninjas were left. Tolerate. Stone Leech is an elite Jonin of the Earth Kingdom. He became famous during World War II and fought against many Konoha masters. Although he is not victorious in every battle, he rarely loses to Konoha ninjas. Having not received a mission like Double S for a long time, he naturally knew the difficulty and danger of this mission, but he did not expect that Konoha seemed to already know about this plan, and originally asked two men to come to investigate with an attitude of being careful. He came here for reconnaissance, and he knew that he was just perfunctory according to the routine. He still had confidence in the intelligence of the Earth Kingdom. Besides, only the team he led, Lord Tsuchikage, and a few elders knew about this mission. His team explained the mission situation before setting off. It was even less likely that the Tsuchikage and the elders would leak the information to Konoha. Moreover, his team had just left the country of the Earth not long ago.Therefore, I didn't pay much attention to the investigation situation, and I didn't expect that this situation would happen. After Shilee finished using Earth Release, he couldn't help but feel a little embarrassed and angry when he saw the enemy. If people like Jiraiya and Orochimaru came, that would be fine. Seeing that the opponent turned out to be a five or six-year-old brat, even though he felt that in his heart He reminded himself not to underestimate his opponent, but he still couldn't control his anger. He was tricked by a five or six-year-old child and a fat man, causing his team to lose less than half of its combat effectiveness! asshole! "Fat man, little brat! I will make it impossible for you to wish for death!" Shilee said, unable to suppress the anger in his heart any longer. After seeing the enemy's situation clearly, Zakaki made a gesture to Tian Fu, "You retreat, I will take the rear!" Tian Fu was surprised and Zakaki didn't say much, just nodded. Zakaki knew that if these Iwa ninjas were together, it would be impossible for the three of them to win, so after the detonating talisman exploded, knowing that the detonating talisman had not achieved great results, he immediately formulated a tactic, which was to defeat them one by one. After the explosion, Zakaki He told Tian Fu what he thought. As a Jonin, Tianfu naturally knew what Zakaki was thinking, so he jumped away without thinking too much. "Want to run? Huh! No one can escape. Earth Escape - Earth Dragon Technique", Shi Leech said with a ferocious smile. "Your opponent is me! Water Release - Water Dragon Bullet" Zakaki quickly formed a seal, and a water dragon flew towards Shilee. The water dragon bullet did not hit the earth dragon, but blocked the pursuit of the stone leech. Shi Leech said to the two jounin behind him: "Hurry up and chase him, be sure to kill that fat man!" Zakaki looked at the elite Jonin opposite and thought to himself, Damn, isn¡¯t this guy really out of his mind? Regardless of whether there is an ambush or not, just let people chase you! In fact, Zakaki completely misunderstood the stone leeches. Jonin is not like cabbage, they are everywhere! It can be said that if chunin is the mainstream of the battlefield, then jounin is the key to victory. There are not many jounin in a village. The average jounin is already the number one person in the village, so no village has the luxury of treating jounin as a meal! And the six Jonin who came this time can be said to have one-tenth of the strength of Iwa Ninja Village! And Jonin is not that easy to kill. Not everyone can kill two Kage-level bosses with the monster-like IQ of Shikamaru and a few Chuunin with the strength of rubbish! This is just Zakaki being influenced by the Hokage in his previous life! Looking at Zakmu who looked at ease, Shilee could no longer suppress the little reason left in his heart! "You kid, die!" After saying that, the stone leech stepped on the earth dragon and drove the earth dragon towards the oak tree. "Mud wall technique!" Zakmu quickly formed a seal, and the mud wall appeared in front of him. Zakaki ducked and jumped to a place a few feet away from the mud wall, "Magma Yellow Spring Marsh". A large area of ??Yellow Springs Marsh appeared in front of the Iwa Ninja, and the two chunin were directly swallowed by the Yellow Springs Marsh! When the other two jounin were about to launch their ninjutsu to attack Zakaki together with their captain, they found that Huangquan Numa appeared under their feet. By accident, he did not notice the opponent's move at all, and the two chuunin were killed on the spot. Hang up. The two jonin jumped to a tree trunk not far away. Only then did they realize that the soles of their shoes had been burned and the tops of their feet were slightly injured. The two of them couldn't help but frown. Although it was a minor injury, it would affect their actions during the battle. Because the stone leech was in front of the oak tree, the earth dragon he controlled was not in the Huangquan Marsh. When the earth dragon hit the mud wall, the wall did not shatter as easily as he thought. The entire earth dragon's head They all hit the wall, and a dragon head protruded from the back of the earth wall. And the stone leech also fell into the mud wall with its body. As the saying goes, I'll kill you while you're sick, so Zakaki threw a kunai. The kunai rubbed the air and shot towards the leech. At this time, Shi Leech was feeling pain in his balls due to the weirdness of the mud wall. One foot and one hand were stuck to the mud wall. He tried very hard but couldn't break free. Just when he was struggling , years of ninja intuition told him that there was danger! Sure enough, a kunai mixed with air shot towards him. . . ??Zakaki ignored the elite jounin just now and rushed directly to the two jounin who were injured just now. When the two jounin were surprised by the power of this yellow marsh, Oakwood was already beside him. The effect of the long fist came out again. An uppercut was combined with a collapse punch, knocking one of them to the ground. His legs were already clamped around the neck of the other jounin, and then he used both feet to exert force at the same time. With a "bang", the trapped jounin disappeared. It turned out to be a substitute! Zakaki didn't think too much and ran away in the direction he came from. When I left, I didn't forget to give a kunai to the jounin who had hit him with his fist! "Wow" sound! On the way to escape, Zakaki heard the last voice of the jounin in the middle kunai. Zakaki thought to himself, good harvest! ; Text Chapter 29 When the battle is going on Zakaki arrived at the gathering place that the three of them had agreed upon in advance, and found that Dan and Tianfu hadn't arrived yet, so he sat on the ground and was on guard to recover his strength. Zakaki thought about the plot of today's battle and found that he really won by luck. Not to mention that the elite jounin was caught off guard by his mud wall technique, and if it weren't for the weirdness of the magma Yellow Spring Marsh, he himself There was no way he could easily kill that Jonin. Zakaki knew that if he really had a head-on fight with that elite jounin and didn't summon Bobby, he would definitely not be his opponent. Overall, I was so lucky to win today! Just when Zakaki was recovering his strength, Suanwa Tianfu had returned. When Duan felt Zakaki's chakra from afar, his hanging heart finally dropped. Even now, Duan is still frightened by his own tactical arrangements. Although he knew that Zakaki was very powerful, he was still a rookie who had never been on the battlefield. Asking him to face an elite jounin and two jounin alone was a bit too much for Zakaki. There is nothing he can do. Tian Fu may still have a chance to defeat a Jonin, but in that case, Tian Fu will have trouble escaping. He knew that Zakaki had a super ninja beast and self-protection was not a problem, so he made such an arrangement. I definitely knew what the third generation meant. It was true that Zakaki was small, but Zakaki had a super ninja beast, so it was destined to have such an arrangement for Zakaki. Maximizing the utilization of resources, this is probably the method used by the third generation to manage Konoha into such a field. At the same time, this is also the unchangeable fate of Oakwood! But will Oakwood be bound to Konoha for the rest of his life? of course not! Perhaps Dan's idea is that all the strong men in Konoha will always be in the hands of the third generation, which also includes Oakwood, but Oakwood's character is destined to not be restrained by others, which is why Oakwood is called " The root cause of being the "Kame Sennin", that free and easy character, the experience of wandering around, and the attitude and behavior that seems to be a lecher are also the reasons why Naruto calls him and Jiraiya the "lecherous two immortals". Tian Fu finally calmed down when he saw Duan Hei's face. Tian Fu knew that Zakaki was fine, and the guilt and uneasiness in his heart had been reduced by most. He was worthy of being called a "civilian genius" by the people in the village. He could escape from such a situation! amazing! When Tian Fu saw Zakaki sitting quietly on the ground, Tian Fu looked at himself in a state of embarrassment and couldn't help but feel a little ashamed. Others were able to escape calmly when facing enemies three times his own, but he himself was defeated by his opponent. Escaped! Zakuki stood up when he felt Tian Fu and Duan. Looking at Duan's faint smile, it seemed that he had gained something. So Zakaki spoke first: "Duan, Mr. Tian, ??how are you doing?" "Hey! It's useless, I let my opponent escape!" Tian Fu said dejectedly. "Haha, it's okay, after all, the opponent is also a master of Iwa Ninja Village!" Zakaki said with a smile. "That's right! The two guys just now are not good at each other. I've heard that before!" Duan Duan explained. "By the way, how about Duan?" Zakaki looked back at Duan. "It's okay, that Iwa Ninja seemed to have consumed a lot of chakra in Yu Tianfu's fight! So, I took advantage and killed him!" Duan said nonchalantly. "How can there be? You just lured one of them away from me just after they started fighting with me. If it weren't for you, maybe I wouldn't be the opponent of the other one!" Tian Fu became even more frustrated! "Man, don't say that, I know you haven't used your trick yet, that guy ran away too fast, even I couldn't catch him!" Duan said. Tian Fu looked up and saw the smiles of Zakaki and Dan. He seemed to feel much better. In addition, he did not take the secret medicine of his family, so this situation occurred. Tian Fu touched the secret medicine in his bag and lit it. Head, he said in his heart, next time he must blow that guy¡¯s head off! "By the way, Zakaki, how are you?" Duan looked at Zakaki and asked. "I, it's okay! Kill the two chuunin and one jounin, and then escape." Zakaki said with a smile while touching his head. "What? You also killed two chunin and a jounin? In that case?" Tian Fu said in surprise. Duan also looked at Zakaki with a surprised face and said nothing, waiting for Zakaki's explanation! Zakaki then told the story of the battle. When Duan heard that Zakaki had not summoned the ninja beast, his originally calm face could no longer conceal his inner surprise. He opened his mouth and said, "Zakaki, you are a pervert." ah!" When Zakaki heard Duan¡¯s special praise, he muttered in his heart, this guy can also joke! Tian Fu suddenly felt that he was old at this time. Having such an idea made him feel a little ridiculous. He was only nineteen years old! However, Zakaki behaved like an evildoer¡ª¡ªLooking at Zakaki who looked indifferent, Tian Fu turned his head sharply. How many such geniuses can there be in the world? "Okay, let's leave the words of praise back to Konoha. Although I understand nowWe have lost most of the opponent's combat power, but it does not mean that the enemy has no possibility of victory. The opponent also has an elite jounin and two jounin, so we cannot take it easy. "Duan suddenly said seriously. In some respects, the mission of Zakaki and others has been completed. But will the enemy abandon the mission, or find out that the plan is known to Konoha and go back to redeploy the battle plan? This is still unknown, so the three of them need to further observe the enemy's movements. The three of them took a break, and Zamu took out a military ration pill and put it in his mouth. At this time, Zakmu thought of a word, which was like chewing wax! Zakaki had long known that this food was unpalatable, so when he finally didn't have to fight with Iwa Ninja, he ate the dry food he brought with him. After Zakaki swallowed the military grain pill, he swallowed his saliva and cursed angrily: "Damn, this thing is not for human consumption!" Suan on the side looked at Zakaki's uncomfortable expression and chuckled, "You'll just get used to it from now on!" Zakaki nodded helplessly. About thirty miles away from Zakmu and the others, Shilee was angry at his subordinates. "Trash, a bunch of trash! Nearly one-tenth of the strength of Iwa Ninja Village was eaten up by three low-level bastards! And you, jounin! Jounin! Look at you! How do you look like a jounin? ?¡± The two jounin lowered their heads and looked at the corpses of their companions beside them, feeling waves of shame rushing towards their faces. The jounin whose neck was clamped by the oak tree touched the blood marks on his neck, and felt fear in his heart. Fortunately, he had been careful and used the substitute technique as early as possible, otherwise his neck would have been broken! I don¡¯t know where that kid got such strength. He seems to be only five or six years old, right? Looking at his companion whose chest was dented by Zakaki's punch, he still had a kunai stuck in his heart. This guy is so cruel! In fact, this guy doesn't know what Takashi is capable of. Takaki's ability to use chakra properly is not only comparable to Tsunade, but it is far superior to the average jounin. Coupled with the multiple combinations with Barbie, the strength of his own muscles is also very terrifying. , and the effect of the long fist. This is the reason why Zakaki said that his physical skills are not bad, and it is also the reason for the tragedy of the Iwa ninja! Shi Leech stopped scolding, looked at his subordinates who bowed their heads in silence, and then sighed and said: "It's not your fault, that brat's ninjutsu is really weird! I don't dare to say that my Earth Release is the best in the world, but it's okay Not much worse than Konoha Green Miao, even I almost fell under his soil escape! When I return to the village, I will confess to the Tsuchikage-sama! It seems that Konoha has another character!" Leech said again Thinking of the golden shining Namikaze Minato who has recently become famous in the Land of Wind, this is also amazing. Are there only so many geniuses in Konoha? No, this is definitely not a good sign for the Kingdom of Earth, so we must kill that brat no matter what! "My lord, this is not your fault, it is our incompetence!" said the ninja who escaped from Tian Fu. "No need to say it! It was my negligence this time that caused the team to suffer such damage! However, the ninjas of Konoha will not have another chance. We will cut those three bastards into pieces!" Shilee said angrily . The forest became dark, and occasionally a few gunshots were heard, and a few dark green eyes occasionally appeared, which seemed to indicate tomorrow's battle! ; Text Chapter 30 The situation is a bit uncertain The three people of Zakaki and Iwa Ninja have been entangled in this forest for a month, and they have fought several times during this period, but it seems that Iwa Ninja has no intention of fighting to the death with Zakaki and others. Among the three, only Dan was not injured. He could sense the opponent's chakra, so he was not injured. Oakwood was also scratched on his arm during an Iwa Ninja attack. As for Tian Fu, this guy is a direct target. Among the three, he is injured the most frequently! Oakwood and others had also guessed the intention of the Iwa-nin, but they really couldn't figure out why. Their mission could be said to have failed. They should have returned to the Iwa-nin village to report the situation to the Tsuchikage early, so it was better to prepare early. But they kept pestering themselves like this. Whenever Zakaki and the others wanted to fight decisively, these guys withdrew. When Zakaki and the others were about to retreat, they ambush them halfway. Zakaki remembered the classic tactics of Mao Zedong in his previous life, "When the enemy advances, we retreat; when the enemy retreats, we harass"! Do the little devils here also understand this? In fact, Takaki and others didn't know that Shilee had already told the Tsuchikage about the situation here through the Iwa Ninja's special communication method. The Tsuchikage just said, "Hold them, capture them alive if possible, and annihilate them if necessary." So this situation occurred. Shilee knew what Tsuchikage meant, because there was a special person in it, and that was Broken! Naturally, Tsuchikage knew that Suan was Tsunade's lover, and Tsuchikage hoped to reach a deal through Suan. Tsunade is the originator of medical ninja, which is recognized by the ninja world, and her superb medical skills are also the envy of every great ninja village. Of course, Iwa Ninja Village cannot instigate Tsunade to rebel against its own village, but his medical skills Ninjutsu can be obtained! If you can get Tsunade's superb medical ninjutsu, your village's strength will definitely rise to the next level! "Duan, do you think we should retreat?" Tian Fu said, throwing a military ration pill into his mouth. "I want to retreat, but the situation is stronger than the people! We still don't know the intentions of the Iwa ninja. If they continue to send reinforcements to sneak attack several granaries in the Country of Fire, the losses will be huge." Duan said with a frown. . At this time, Zakaki also had the idea of ??returning to Konoha, and it was not an issue to spend time with Iwa Ninja like this. It has been almost a month, and Zakaki knows that Iwa Ninja still has the strength to fight, and there is still hope of victory. But Zakaki was very puzzled by Iwa Ninja's attitude. We are all little shrimps, and the battle between Konoha and Futu seems to be beyond the control of these few people. Zakaki is even more puzzled by Iwa Ninja's move! The night is already deep, and according to a month-long analysis, this is the time when Iwa ninjas have the highest frequency of raids. Therefore, Zakaki and the three of them didn't rest at this time. About an hour later, Duan's brows furrowed. Duan touched his chin and said slowly: "They are here, let's leave them here today." !" After saying that, frost began to appear on Duan's face! "Well, we will definitely not let them leave this time!" Tian Fu also said with a frosty look on his face. Zakaki murmured in his heart, saying this every time, but he still didn¡¯t let them run away. After many battles in a month, Zakaki understood that the opponent's strength was definitely not something that the three of him could handle. In the beginning, it was entirely due to the opponent's carelessness. But after several battles, the opponent also has a general understanding of his own strength. After all, he is a jounin. Who doesn't have some special skills? Just like that water-attributed ninja, he must be as good as himself in terms of water escape. There is also that elite Jonin, even if Tian Fu and Duan Lian teamed up, they might not have beaten him. In other words, his own magma underworld has an unexpected effect. If the opponent is accidentally hit by it, he will lose a lot of money! In the battle between jounin, one person's head was accidentally dislocated. Coupled with the fact that Dan is a perceptive ninja, he will gain an advantage in the battles in these days. Both Zaki and Dan knew that the elite jounin seemed to still have a big move in store. They could tell by looking at the expression on his face as he walked away after each sneak attack. The three of them immediately arrived at the best position for a sneak attack, formed the best team formation, and waited for the arrival of Iwa Ninja. With a "Peng" sound, a detonating talisman exploded beside Tian Fu. The flames soaring into the sky made Zak Mu's face flush. Zak Mu anxiously observed Tian Fu's situation. Zakaki cast his eyes on Duan, Duan smiled and nodded to Zakaki, and Zakaki felt relieved. After all, we have been together for more than a month. As the saying goes, there are three people who "lived out of the same window together, carried guns together, and visited prostitutes together." He and Suanwa Tianfu were considered to have carried guns together. When they saw the detonating talisman When it exploded next to Tian Fu, Zakaki's heart tightened, knowing that he was okay, it was nothing. Oakwood is hiding behind the trunk, preparing to give them some big moves! Just when Zakaki was about to form a seal, a kunai flew towards him quickly. Zakaki frowned, what happened? Why did the enemy discover our location? Zakaki jumped to another tree, "Chi!", several shurikens flew toward him, and he took out the special kunai that Shinnosuke gave to him. With a few ping ping pong sounds, Zakaki The shuriken was easily dealt with. Zakaki saw the Iwa Ninja not far away who was preparing to release ninjutsu on him, "Damn, stillNo more fun! "Zakaki immediately dodged a few times and came to the side of the ninja who was about to use ninjutsu. He jumped into the air and flew. The ninja's reaction was not bad. He immediately protected his chest with both hands to resist Zakaki's blow. But Zakaki's terrifying force directly kicked the ninja several meters away. After Zakaki saw the ninja clearly, Zakaki felt that things were in trouble, because the person coming was not the three opponents he had been entangled with for a month, but another one. Iwa Ninja. The Iwa Ninja who fell to the ground immediately stood up and looked at him warily. Just when Zakaki was about to attack again, two ninjas came from the left and right sides of Zakaki. Zakaki held the kunai in his hand and looked at the two people who came warily. "You are Zakmu, right?" one of them said ferociously. Zakaki didn't answer his words. He was not surprised that the enemy knew his name. In the past month, he had played against Iwa Ninja more often, so he would naturally have some verbal wars with his opponent, and the other party would naturally know about him. name. "Haha, Takaki, I heard that you are a genius in Konoha, my name is Rina Egawa," the person who just asked Takaki's name shouted. "Noisy!" Uzaki said and jumped directly to Egawa Rina's side, turned around and kicked. It was obvious that Egawa Rina did not have the speed and reflexes of the ninja just now, and Egawa Rina was kicked directly to the ground. "Jiangchuan, be careful, this kid's physical skills are weird! Real and weak! Hurry up and form a formation!" said the ninja standing on the left side of Zakaki. When Jiang Chuan heard his teammates' words, he covered his chest and coughed: "Ahem - kid, this will make your life worse than death!" After saying that, he bit his finger and slapped it to the ground. The other two did the same, and the ground appeared. There were circles of ink-colored spells. Zakaki watched the movements of the three people. The three people formed a triangle and surrounded Zakaki in the middle. They held the wrist of their right hand with their left hand and kept releasing chakra with their right hand on the ground. "Wow!" A triangular wall suddenly appeared behind the three of them. The wall grew taller and taller, and did not stop until it was tens of meters tall. Zakaki carefully studied all of this, and then formed seals with his hands, preparing to use Magma Yellow Spring Marsh. At this moment, Zakaki sensed the danger, and Zakaki found that the Earth Escape he had performed had failed! The moment Zakaki flew out, Duan knew that something was seriously wrong. When Suan saw three other ninjas appearing next to Zakaki, Suan knew that he was being plotted! So Duan planned to support Zakaki. Just when Duan was about to go, an ominous feeling poured into his heart. "Duan, your opponent is me!" Stone Leech suddenly appeared behind Duan, and sweat began to flow from Duan's forehead. "When and why didn't you notice it?" Duan yelled in his heart. "Are you surprised? Chun, come out!" Shilee said, and a little girl walked out from behind Shilee. She had purple hair, red eyes, and a snow-like face. She was about eleven or twelve years old, a very beautiful girl. . Of course, Duan had no intention of enjoying it at this time! He knew that this seemingly beautiful girl was definitely his nemesis, because from the beginning to now, apart from roughly feeling the enemy's chakra at the beginning, he could not feel the distribution of the enemy. This meant that the three of him The reason for falling into passivity. "This girl can disrupt the perception of the sensing ninja, right?" Duan asked seriously. "As expected of Mr. Duan, no wonder Princess Tsunade likes you? It's really amazing, that's right!" Shi Lee clapped his hands and seemed to be in a good mood. ????????????????????????????????????????????????¡­ PS: Dear book friends, does anyone know how Zakwood solves the current difficulties in the next chapter? Leave a message if you know and you will be rewarded! ; Text Chapter 31: Bobby shows his power ps: Thank you book friend xiafeisky for your criticism. I am sorry for this situation. I will seriously consider the book friend¡¯s suggestions and make changes. Let me say it again, a cigarette is a newbie, and there will be problems in many places, but as time goes by, you will find that a cigarette will continue to improve! Thanks again to book friend xiafeisky for his criticism! Zakaki looked around, and then he realized that the ground had already turned into an iron plate, no, it should be said to be a concrete slab. Standing on the earthen floor, Zakaki found that his chakra was slowly passing away. Suo's brows furrowed even tighter, and Zakaki threw a kunai at one of them. In the following scene, Zakaki could no longer suppress his inner surprise. The kunai passed directly through the man's body and fixed on the earth wall behind him. "Boy, let me show you the power of the 'Three Talents Earth Shadow Formation' in Iwa Ninja Village. Haha, it's your honor to die under such a great formation!" The man named Jiang Chuan just now smiled proudly. Zakaki carefully observed the so-called ¡®Sancai Tsuchikage Needle¡¯ and found that the three of them were still motionless in their original postures. Zakaki could clearly see that Jiang Chuan¡¯s mouth did not move when he spoke. So where did Jiang Chuan speak? Tian Fu had already left when the detonating talisman approached him. Even so, he was still shaken by the aftermath of the detonating talisman. Touching his slightly aching arm, Tian Fu knew that he was in danger today. Tian Fu really couldn't understand why the Iwa Ninja found his traces at such a long distance. Does the other party also have sentient ninjas? Even if there are sentient ninjas, why haven't they been discovered? Just when Tian Fu was puzzled by this matter, there was a burst of laughter, "Haha, fat man, I'm going to skin you alive today!" Tian Fu saw that it was the Iwa Ninja who escaped from his hands that day, "Is it just you? Ridiculous!" Tian Fu said disdainfully. "Really? Then just wait and die!" After saying that, Iwa Ninja quickly formed the seal "Earth escape barrier, earth prison without hall." A yurt-like mound was immediately formed around Tian Fu, and Tian Fu was wrapped in it. "This is the Jounin of Konoha? Isn't it too rubbish?" At this time, another Iwa Nin came out of the rock next to him and said. "No, Kanazawa, I feel that this boy's chakra has not decreased much, it seems to be increasing!" The Iwa Ninja frowned and said. "If you can't do it, let me do it! I heard that you seemed to have escaped from his hands?" said the Iwa ninja named Kanazawa. "Asshole, there was one of the three Konoha ninjas, Tsunade's lover Dan, that's why I retreated!" "Huh! So what if it's Tsunade? Let alone his lover!" Kanazawa said disdainfully. Tian Fu, who was in trouble in the prison hall, heard the conversation between the two and could no longer suppress the anger in his heart. They were definitely his friends. Princess Tsunade had healed him twice from serious injuries. Both of them were very good friends of his. , they just insulted me, they insulted both of them! Simply unforgivable! Tian Fu touched the three balls in his pocket, and Tian Fu made a major decision. Guan Guan looked at the stone leech and the weird little girl. He was not in a hurry to take action, but just waited quietly. "To be honest, I hope to invite Mr. Duan to the Iwa Ninja Village as a guest. I wonder if Mr. Duan is willing to honor me?" Shi Lee said with a smile. Suan¡¯s body couldn¡¯t help but start to tremble. Suan suddenly understood what the leech meant. Their target was Tsunade! Duan Meng raised his head and said, "Are you plotting against Tsunade?" "Mr. Duan is really powerful! Yes, that's right. Mr. Duan should know that you alone are definitely no match for me, so¡ª¡ª" "Hmph, there are only ninjas who die in battle, not ninjas who surrender! Come on!" Broken's blue hair was fluttering in the air, seeming to show Broken's determination. "Earth escape, earth flow river" Shi Leech launched the ninjutsu. The soil under Duan's feet began to become looser, and with the momentum of the earth flow, Duan continued to retreat backwards. Stone Leech came behind Duan, put a kunai on Duan's neck, and said: "Mr. Duan, admit defeat, you are no match for me!" With a "Peng" sound, Duan disappeared. Stone Leech said with some surprise: "It turns out to be a substitute! Let me just say, how can Mr. Duan be so easy to deal with!" Before he could finish his words, Duan had already appeared next to the little girl. "So your target is Yumi? Mr. Dan really has his own tricks." The stone leech didn't seem to be too worried about the little girl named Yumi. When Suan's kunai was about to cut Yumi's neck, Yumi moved! Yumi suddenly raised her foot and kicked Duan's lower abdomen sideways. Duan arched his body and flew several meters away. In fact, it was not that easy for Dan to be hit by Yumi. When preparing to kill Yumi, Dan made a fatal mistake as a ninja, which was to have compassion. The definition of ninja in Konoha is a tool to perform tasks, and there is no need for emotions. The tragedy of White Fang seems to prove this. Looking at the other party, she is just a little girl of eleven or twelve years old, andHe is still a sensory ninja with weak resistance, so he hesitates whether to knock him out. No one can affect his perception. Wouldn't that be better? It was a hesitation in a short period of time that gave the opponent a chance to win. Duan stroked his sore lower abdomen and felt as if his intestines were broken. Yumi said slowly: "Ninja, you shouldn't have mercy. Besides, I don't need your mercy!" Zakumu felt dizzy when he saw the earth dragon bullets that fired high-speed earth beams at him. Zakumu smashed several earth dragons, but a few more appeared on the ground. From time to time, several rock stealing sticks appeared. You can't see the person performing the technique, and there's no response when attacking the surroundings. It's impossible to perform any large-scale earth escape in this small area, so only these small offensive ninjutsu are the way to go. It seems that this formation The flaw lies here. But how to crack it? At this time, Zakaki was confused. An accidental blow from the rock-stealing stick was taken by Takaki. Seeing the rock-stealing stick grazing his skin, Takaki remembered the scene when he attacked the Uchiha rock. Fuck, things have changed. Today, he has suffered retribution. ! Zakumu looked at his bleeding forearm. Although the rock-stealing stick did not directly pierce his forearm, the air-filled scratches from the rock-stealing stick made him feel extremely happy! Zakaki is a little anxious. Zakaki is best at earth escape, then the physical skills derived from Chang Fist, and then water escape. As for fire escape, Zakaki has seven or six orifices, and still has one! He can only refine fire chakra, and so far he has never used any fire escape! Zakaki tried to attack the surrounding earth walls with water dragon bombs, but there was no reaction at all! At this time, Zakmu feels a bit out of his depth! Zakaki naturally knows that one force can reduce ten attacks, but in addition to the earth escape, he has even used the most powerful water dragon bomb, but it is still useless. Zakaki heard Jiangchuan who was laughing non-stop on the side, "Bah, I'm so numb! Better than me, right?" There is no doubt that Zakaki was scolding in Chinese at this time. People say, people It is truest under extreme resentment! Okay, I believe it. The most real Zakmu is a Chinese, and the national curse has come out! Zakaki bit his finger and said, "Psychic - Bobby, come out here!" With a few "coaxing" sounds, Bobby's huge body appeared at Zakmu's feet! No, that's wrong. It should be said that Oakwood was locked in a large triangular prism-shaped box. At this time, Bobby was carrying the box on his back, a huge box, a box tens of meters high! Don't doubt Bobby's strength. Although the entire formation was on Bobby's back, Bobby still stood up! "What is that? What a big turtle!" Jiang Chuan screamed in the formation. "Ah? What on earth is it?"¡ª¡ª Amid everyone's doubts, Bobby spoke: "Boss, boss! Boss! Hey, he's gone? He's gone. Is there any mistake? He hasn't been seen for more than a month, and he's still hiding when he comes out, playing hide-and-seek? Damn! It looks like, Are you not good at that one?" When Zakaki heard Bobby¡¯s voice, a huge drop of sweat flowed from his forehead! "Oh! I'm on top of you. I'm trapped! Get me out!" Zakaki roared in the formation. "Oh! What can I say, there is something pressing on me, it feels uncomfortable, it took me a long time to do this!" Bobby twisted his neck and looked at the triangular prism-like box and said. "Why is there so much nonsense? Hurry! Break him into pieces. If you delay for a while, your boss will die!" Zakaki continued to roar. Looking at this pair of funny masters and ninja beasts, Jiangchuan and others actually forgot to attack. "Okay, I get it!" Bobby looked like a reluctant boss, "›ñ" Bobby shook his body directly, and the box fell off the turtle's back. Just like a ten-story building collapsing, the ground seemed to shake, dust rose into the sky, and the falling box hit countless trees! Looking at the box that had not yet collapsed, Bobby's eyes widened, "What? So high? Why did I say it was so heavy! Boss, what are you playing at?" The oak wood was smashed in front of you. Hearing that Bobby was still talking nonsense, he could no longer suppress the anger in his heart. "Bobby, I will give you ten seconds. If you can't break it, , it¡¯s up to you to figure it out!¡± "I know, I know! It'll be ready soon!" Bobby said nonchalantly. Bobby stretched out his huge palm and slapped it directly on the box. Bobby's blow did not break the box. Bobby said in surprise: "It's pretty hard, give it another try" and "Boom" again, but it's not broken yet. Bobby's two blows were painful for Jiangchuan and the others. They were able to withstand the first blow, but the second time Jiangchuan and the others spurted out blood. Zakaki saw the three Iwa ninjas spurting out blood from their originally void-like bodies, and knew it had an effect! So it was loud inside. "Bobby, push harder! There is a reaction, keep pushing! Push harder! Come on, it's coming out!" Okay, what do you think of when you see this? Isn¡¯t it???Ma dad? You are evil! Just when Bobby finished for the fourth time, the box broke! Zakaki looked at the three Iwa ninjas who were stunned by Bobby, smiled and said to Bobby: "You are so strong!" Bobby raised his head: "That's necessary!" Zakmu stood on Bobby¡¯s back and saw several trees falling down in the distance. Zakmu suddenly remembered to shout to Tian Fu, ¡°Quick, Bobby, go to the place where the fallen trees are!¡± ; Text Chapter 32 The first appearance of Kame Sennin Zakaki and Bobby came to the place where the trees kept falling and saw Tian Fu who turned into a butterfly. Tian Fu's figure has become slimmer, and even the fat on his face seems to have disappeared. Tian Fu, who originally looked a bit honest, now feels powerful! Oakwood remembered that Choji ate the butterfly wings that appeared behind the chili pills during the duel with Shirobo under Orochimaru's men. It seemed that this move had great side effects and would overload the body and lead to death. Tian Fu with chakra wings has obviously killed an Iwa Ninja. It seems to be the guy who escaped from Tian Fu last time. Of course, Zakaki can no longer see the Iwa Ninja's face at this time, because the Iwa Ninja's head It has been broken by Tian Fu! Tianfu's super push hand has arrived next to another Iwa ninja. Zakaki knew that their battle was almost over! Tian Fu patted the other Iwa Ninja's body into slime. He could no longer support his not-so-fat body. Seeing that he had a pretty good figure, Tian Fu laughed. Just when Tian Fu was about to fall, Zakaki came to Tian Fu and said, "Tian Fu, are you okay?" At this time, Tian Fu didn't care about Bobby's stalwart body or his almost unconscious body. He just said to Zakmu, "Zakmu, go and support him!" After saying that, he passed out. Zakaki slapped his head fiercely, "Why did I forget Duan? Quick! Bobby, let's go support Duan!" "What's going on with this guy?" Bobby asked "Put it behind the bushes first, and come back later! There's no danger!" Zakaki said while dragging Tian Fu's body into the bushes. Zakaki hurriedly dealt with Tian Fu and jumped on Bobby's body. "Bobby, can you feel where there's fighting here?" "It's not too far, but if it's close, you can try it." Bobby said. "Hurry!" Zakaki said anxiously. Duan felt that he did not have much chakra anymore. Duan dodged the leech's attack and tried to counterattack. Duan really met his natural enemy this time. The little girl who had never used ninjutsu from the beginning to the present died. He restrained his abilities to death, and every time he tried to hide his chakra, his opponents would discover it, so his greatest advantage turned into his own weakness. Once again, Duan dodged Leech's Tulong Spear, but the subsequent Earth Splitting Turn made him fall into a crack in the ground. Another Tulong Spear came, and Duan found that he was no longer able to take this move, "Tsk" With a sound, sharp rocks under the ground pierced his feet, and another one directly pierced his shoulder blade. Suan closed his eyes and said in his heart, "Tsunade, I can't let them threaten you! So, see you in the next life!" Just when Suan was about to commit suicide, he heard a rumbling sound, which sounded like some large beast. While running, Duan said in surprise: "Is it him?" Shi Leech frowned and looked at Yumi beside him. Yumi's eyes that were originally closed suddenly opened, "It's that oak tree, and there's something like a tailed beast with chakra!" There was a huge wave in Shilee's heart, what? Zakaki actually came out of the Sancai Picture Formation! Even if he entered it, he would have no chance of surviving. The formation came at the cost of losing the vitality of the three casters for more than ten years. In order to kill another genius in Konoha, the Iwa Ninja Village had to pay a lot. He paid a considerable price, but he actually escaped! No, Yumi also said that there is something with amazing chakra. Could this kid be the main force? No wonder he has such amazing chakra at such a young age! That's still wrong. Konoha doesn't seem to have any Jinch¨±riki except for the First Hokage's wife? At this time, Shilee was entangled because of the oak wood matter. Yumi looked at Shilee who was meditating, and reminded: "Master Shilee, it's best to retreat now, don't underestimate it!" Shilee felt that he didn't have much chakra, glanced at it, and nodded to Yumi . "Earth Release: Earth Substitute" Shi Leech first released a clone, and the clone ran in the opposite direction to the Iwa Ninja Village, and then quickly formed "Earth Release: Rock Slab Coffin" to the broken, and the rocks that appeared quickly squeezed Break. "Ah!" Duan felt that the bones in his hands and feet were broken! He definitely knew that the other party wanted to completely lose his mobility! The little girl named Yumi flew to the rock, cast an illusion on Duan, and then nodded to the leech. Shilee and Yumi rushed towards the direction of Iwa Ninja Village. Oakwood stood on Bobby's back and said to Bobby: "Bobby, hurry up!" Bobby turned his head and squinted at Zakaki and said, "Can you expect the turtle to walk fast?" "Damn, aren't you a spirit turtle? And you even escaped from Peng Hou!" Zakaki replied. "Spirit turtles are turtles too! Besides, it was in the water, and now it's on land!" Bobby's tone became slightly more serious when he heard Zakmu say Five-Tailed Penghou. "Okay, I won't talk to you anymore, I'll rush over first, and you'll catch up later!" Zakaki said and was about to leave! "Wait, why are you in such a hurry? I have an idea!"   "Speak quickly, or you will die if you are too late!" Zakaki said anxiously. ¡°Combined¡ªbody¡ª¡± said Bobby. Zakaki was stunned for a moment, and then nodded. Just now, Bobby did feel the place where Duan and Shilee were fighting, but for some unknown reason, the battle formation of Duan, Zakushi, and Tianfu should have been very advanced. Why? Would you ever leave that far away? At this time, Zakaki didn't think about it anymore, "Let's start!" Zakaki said to Bobby. "No, there is a ninja with amazing chakra approaching us!" Yumi suddenly said to Shilee. Shi Leech frowned, looked at Dan behind him, and secretly thought, is the Iwa Ninja Village worth it for the so-called more advanced medical ninjutsu? After losing several masters and a dozen chunin, he still had to face the pursuit of masters. Feeling that he had just recovered a little bit of chakra, his frown deepened. Yumi said again: "Master Shilee, you retreat first, and I will stop the enemy. The enemy will be here soon!" Stone Leech was a little surprised. It was so fast. Yumei just felt that it was almost here now! Who is he? Shilee recovered his mind, handed Duan to Yumi and said: "Yumi, take Duan and go first, I will stop you!" "But, your chakra¡ª¡ª" Yumi said hurriedly. "Let's go quickly. If you don't go, it will be too late!" "No, sir, please retreat first, I'll do it!" "This is an order, Maki Yumi. Do you want to disobey it? Or do you want to rebel against the village?" Shilee roared at Yumi. "Yes, yes, my lord, Yumi takes the order!" Yumi's body was shaken, and she left with Duan! About three minutes later, Shilee saw a burly figure appear in his sight! When Shilee could fully see the figure, his hands felt slightly trembling. As an elite jounin, he had never seen any big winds or waves, but the scene in front of him completely overturned his understanding of ninjas. What did the leech see? He saw the oak tree, yes, the oak tree was a head taller than him. That¡¯s all! The Takaki who had been fighting with him for almost a month was originally just an ordinary jounin. With a few weird techniques, he was somewhat capable. However, the level of Takaki's chakra in front of him was comparable to that of only one person. I have seen it on my body, that is the Jinchuriki of the Four Tails - old! This oak tree carries a fiery red turtle shell on its back, the scales on its eyelids are like the skin of a ninja beast, and its exploding muscles show amazing strength. If it weren't for that face, it would be hard to imagine that it was oak wood! "Leech, is it broken?" Zaki came to the stone leech and said. "Broken? Humph! Killed!" Hearing Zakumu's voice, Shilee was sure that it was Zakumu. "I can still feel his presence. I don't know why you want to arrest him, but! I can give you a chance, hand over the broken pieces, and I will let you go!" Zakaki said to Shilee. "Do you think you can definitely beat me?" Shilee said disdainfully. "Really? Then you want to die?" "Hahaha, arrogant! Even Konoha White Fang wouldn't say that!" "Don't waste time, kill you first! Then save you." Zakaki said and rushed directly towards Shilee. ; Text Chapter 33: Captured a female prisoner ps: Happy Christmas Eve to everyone! I hope book friends will support me a lot. Shi Leech saw Zakaki who was about to reach him in the blink of an eye. After saying "Earth Release: Rock Hidden Technique", Shi Leech disappeared from Zakaki's sight. Zakaki was on guard carefully. The Rock Hidden Technique uses rocky soil to hide and move, so the leeches must be around him. This trick is indeed a good way to delay time. Zha Mu thought of Duan and Tian Fu who didn't know life and death, so he must kill the leeches as soon as possible. Zakaki closed his eyes and felt the strange movements around him. Zakaki knew that the leech must be looking at him somewhere at this time. It was a look with murderous intent, so the location of the murderous intent was where the leech was hiding. The place! Suddenly, Zakaki felt happy, "Are you there? Die!" Zakaki roared and raised his fist to hit a place more than six meters away from him. With a "bang", the originally flat ground was immediately punched by Zakaki. A big hole! Then came out Stone Leech. Stone Leech panted heavily and put his hands on his knees to support himself, "What a strong force! How did you find out where I am!" Zakaki looked at the stone leech and said slowly: "Although your seclusion skills are indeed good, your murderous intention to kill me and then quickly betrayed yourself!" Stone Leech felt a little sad. He hunted geese all day long, and today he was pecked in the eye by a goose! Are you really old? The most basic hidden murderous intent of a ninja has been forgotten! In this case, "Earth Release¡¤Aggravating Rock Technique"! "No!" Zakaki exclaimed, he was careless. He originally thought that the stone leech was just the end of a strong crossbow, who knew it could be used to enlarge the attack. It has to be said that Zakaki's combat experience is still too young. If he immediately kills the enemy after a successful blow, with his amazing speed, the leech will be nothing more than a puddle of loess! Zakaki felt his body getting heavier and heavier, as if a huge mountain was pressing down on him. Zakaki gritted his teeth, and his veins were exposed. His muscles that were originally exploding were even more terrifying. Although Oakwood was hit by the weighted rock technique, the stone leeches were not easy to suffer. As a spellcaster, although he can use this kind of ninjutsu to kill the enemy, the greater the pressure he releases, the greater the load he bears. , this move was taught by Lord Tsuchikage, so its power should not be underestimated, but seeing Zakaki¡¯s expression¡ª¡ª "Ah! -" Zakaki roared loudly. Zakaki's legs had turned into stone. Zakaki knew that he was in some danger. Zakaki's hands were crossed in front of his chest, and the chakra in his body seemed to be affected by something. The guidance was rushing through Zakaki's body, and his legs that were originally petrified to the knees were actually forced to his calves by Zakaki. "Open¡ª¡ª" Zakaki exerted force again, and all the petrification of the entire calf was shaken away! ¡°Ah¡ª¡ª¡± Shilee felt as if his hands were broken. What kind of monster is this guy? Why haven't I heard of it before? I remember that there seemed to be no jinchuriki like this in Konoha, and it was possible to break open like this after being hit by the weighted rock jutsu! Just when Shilee was thinking, Oak rushed towards Shilee again, and Shilee quickly formed the seal "Earth Escape¡¤Petrification", followed by another "Earth Return", and a rock appeared in front of Shilee. The whole body is in petrified form! Zakaki's fist did not stop due to the obstruction of the boulder. Mixed with blue chakra, it seemed that the power of destroying the world directly shattered the rock in front of him. The fist continued to move forward, and the broken stones hit Zakaki. There were like bullets on his burly body! Zakmu grinned hoarsely in pain, followed the punch and hit Shilee's body directly! The petrified skin of the stone leech began to crack, and it seemed that all the internal organs were shattered! The leech vomited blood and collapsed! Seeing the fallen leech, Zakaki couldn't help but admire him. If he hadn't been entangled with Duan for a long time, I believe he wouldn't have been killed so easily. Zakaki remembered that the sword was still in the opponent's hand, swallowed a military ration pill, and continued to chase forward. You are curious, how come Oakwood and Bobby have fit together for so long without getting tired? In fact, the oak wood at this time is not only oak wood, but also Bobby! Although the body is controlled by Oakwood, the muscles on the body are both those of Oakwood and those of Bobby. Essentially, it's like Naruto turning into a tailed beast, and Chibabi merging with the eight tails! But it's different. After all, Bobby is an old turtle who has lived for countless years. When the tailed beasts were sealed or lingering, Bobby was still practicing! In other words, the amount of chakra is not as good as that of the tailed beasts. When it comes to life-saving means, hey, even the tailed beasts can't keep up! Of course, this is not to say that there are no side effects in merging. It has been said before that the longer the fusion takes, the greater the side effects will be. When Zakaki is released from the combined state, he will suffer the consequences! Every time after merging with Bobby, his muscles would suffer unspeakably for a few days. This is why Tokaki's five-year-old body can withstand the chakra of a jounin. The muscle pain effect of oak wood is of the same nature as the beating of Akai's physical skills! Oakwood rushed towards the Earth Kingdom desperately. Judging from the reinforcements sent from the Iwa Ninja Village, it was obvious that there were still people! Already?The stone leech blocking him at this place shows that the enemy has not gone far, so there is still a possibility of catching up. Zakaki remembered that Iwa Ninja attacked him and Tian Fu at the beginning. Why did Iwa Ninja find his and Tian Fu's location so far away? Are there ninjas like Dan? But Duan should be able to find the other party! Zakaki continued to chase forward with doubts! "Yumi, Lord Tsuchikage sent us to help you!" the three Iwa ninja said when they saw the tired Yumi carrying a Konoha ninja behind her. "Three of you, please, go and support Mr. Leech! Mr. Leech had a fight with Duan, and was entangled by a Kage-level ninja from Konoha! It may be dangerous! Hurry!" Yumi said nervously. "What? A shadow-level warrior? White Fang is dead. Is he the legendary Sannin?" said a Rock Ninja. The other two Iwa nin also looked at Yumi curiously. "No, it's a Konoha ninja named Zakaki. He's only five years old, but he has a very powerful psychic beast. I don't know what the situation is, but I hope the three of you will go to support immediately. Otherwise, stone leeches "Sir¡ª¡ª" Yumi said anxiously. After all, she was an eleven or twelve-year-old girl who had already lost the calmness that a ninja should have. "Let's go, you follow Yumi, we will go to support!" said an Iwa ninja who looked like a captain. Yumi suddenly opened her eyes wide and shouted, "Oops! He's coming soon. Could it be that Lord Leech¡ª¡ª" The captain of the ninja said: "Yumi, go quickly. We are here to stop you, we must send Duan back to the village!" "Well! I'll go first then! Be careful, everyone." Yumi is not delaying, Master Shilee has already lost his life for this task, he must bring Duan back to the village! "Let's go, where are we going?" Just when Yumi was about to leave, a childish but murderous voice sounded in everyone's ears. A burly man with indescribable weirdness appeared in front of everyone, but his childish face told you that he was definitely not old. The turtle shell on his back gave people a hilarious feeling, and there was a turtle head on his chest. There is an indescribable feeling, coupled with the scales on the eyelids, in short, it feels weird. But no one dared to speak out loud, even though seeing this weird appearance, the Iwa Ninjas all felt how powerful he was! At this time, Yumi is no longer as steady as she was when she kicked her off. She is trembling now, yes, she is trembling with fear! It is not only the rookie Tsukaki who has just entered the battlefield, but also Yumi. As one of the few sentient ninjas in Iwa Ninja Village, she is also a sentient ninja with special blood stains. Naturally, she is the key training target of Iwa Ninja Village, so she has always been There was no danger. Seeing Zakaki's murderous eyes at this time, it was reasonable for Yumi to tremble. Zakaki was very angry. He had been doing tasks with Duan for more than a month. Zakaki seemed to see Mori Mu in Zan's body. That kind of affection made Zakaki like Duan. In fact, Zakaki didn't have much in Konoha. Friend, but now he is just one of these few friends. Seeing Zan's state, Zakaki felt angry. If Zan had died at this time, Zakaki would have understood it, but seeing Zan being tortured into that state, Zakaki's anger mixed with the depression of this month turned into murderous intent. , At this time, Zakaki only had one idea, and that was to kill these sons of bitches! "Ninja Technique - Magma Yellow Spring Marsh!" Zakaki didn't waste any time talking to Iwa Ninja and directly launched his ultimate move. Obviously, this team is much inferior to the Iwa Ninja just now. There is only one Jonin, and the other two are Chuunin. The two chuunin died immediately. The jounin and Yumi retreated to a place outside Huangquan Marsh. When they saw their teammates being devoured, they immediately stopped burning. A sense of suffocation surged back and forth in their hearts. "Yumi, you go first, I'll stop you!" The captain was cautiously on guard and said directly to Yumi behind him without looking back. "Okay, I'll go first!" Yumi nodded and said. "Leave? What a joke! Have you left?" Zakaki suddenly appeared on the road where Yumi wanted to leave. Just when Zakaki finished speaking, a kunai flew towards him, followed by several shurikens! "Mud Wall Technique", a mud wall rose in front of Zakmu. After Iwa Ninja released the hidden weapon, he quickly formed the "Earth Release: Earth Release" and the "pot lid" fell from the sky and hit Zakaki. When Zakaki saw the "pot lid" falling from the sky, he just smiled coldly! The next moment, Zakaki appeared next to Iwa Ninja and kicked him sideways. Iwa Ninja felt the arrival of Iwa Ninja, "so fast", and quickly protected his chest with both hands, but the huge force kicked Iwa Ninja back more than ten meters. How could Iwa Ninja make it easier for him, and immediately jumped to Iwa Ninja Around him, fists and kicks were beeping, and in just a few tens of breaths, Iwa Ninja was hit by two punches and a kick! Feeling the pain in his chest and the soreness in his forearms, the jounin had the intention of retreating. Why hadn't he heard of such a character before? Could he be that Konoha White Fang's son Kakashi? That's not right, Kakashi.It's so high, Namikaze Minato has seen it himself, but it's not like this! I heard that the Konoha ninja who came to fight had a civilian genius named Zakaki. Could it be him? How can it be? Only five years old? By the way, his face looked like that just now, very small! It must be oak wood! In just a short moment, countless thoughts flashed through Iwa Ninja's mind. Iwa Ninja hurriedly retreated to a nearby tree and decided to attack from a distance. It was obvious that the opponent's physical skills were super strong! "Water Release: Great Waterfall Technique" The Jonin decided to use Ninjutsu to entangle and tremble Oakwood. It was like the huge volume of water from a waterfall violently impacting Oakwood. Oakwood looked at the waterfall rushing toward him without doing too much. The entanglement continued to rush towards the Iwa Ninja, and the "Earth Release¡¤Tulong Spear" created sharp rocks from the ground below the Iwa Ninja to attack the Iwa Ninja. The Iwa Ninja looked at the dense rocks, and his scalp felt numb! Even a Kage-level ninja can't help squandering chakra like this! After fighting with the stone leech, as well as other rock ninjas before, why is this guy still so rich in chakra? Could it be a Jinch¨±riki? Iwa Ninja dodged the sharp rocks, "Not good" Iwa Ninja said suddenly. Seeing the jumping Iwa Ninja, Zakaki jumped directly to the position where the Iwa Ninja landed. He hit the Iwa Ninja with a left hook in the abdomen. He gathered chakra in his right hand and looked directly at the Iwa Ninja's neck with his palm. With a sound, Iwa Ninja's blood was like an out-of-control faucet, and Iwa Ninja's head had separated from his body. Seeing this horrific scene, Yumi¡¯s legs couldn¡¯t stop shaking. Looking at Zakaki, whose face was full of blood and looked like a murderous god, she loosened her hands and fell off her back. Seeing Zakaki's bloody right hand waving towards him, his eyes darkened and he fainted! Zakaki looked at the head on the ground, feeling disgusted. There was nothing in his stomach to begin with, but now his stomach seemed to be breathing fresh air, almost coming out of his mouth. Zakaki looked at his blood-stained right hand and smiled bitterly. Thinking about his previous life, he would have been nauseated for a long time even if he killed a chicken, let alone killing a chicken, but he just wanted to vomit. It seems that he has evolved! Zakaki looked at the fallen girl and felt dizzy. Otherwise, he would just kill her here and save the trouble. But looking at such a beautiful little girl, he really fucked her! Forget it, just treat him as a prisoner! Zakaki carried Dan on his back and carried Yumi as he walked towards the place where Tian Fu was placed! ; Text Chapter 34: Teasing the Little Lolita Zakaki felt a headache looking at Suwadao's appearance. There was also a female prisoner that made people feel very confused. It was obviously unrealistic to go back to Konoha now. He didn't have four hands, so he took them back to Konoha. It's impossible. Now they had to find a place to settle them down before sending a distress signal to Konoha. Two hours later, Zakaki appeared in a small town with a few people. Zakaki found a hotel, settled the people, and tied up Yumi! It would be bad if this girl wakes up, and then go find the doctor and Konoha's contact point here. Konoha usually sets up contact points of different sizes in different towns to facilitate timely feedback of intelligence. Zakaki arrived first. The intelligence point told the contact person about his situation and asked for support. Fortunately, there was a medical ninja at the contact point, so Zakaki took the medical ninja back to the hotel. "How is it? How are Tian Fu and Duan's injuries?" Zakaki asked. "Hey! I can't do anything about Tianfu-senpai's injuries. Maybe only that adult can do something about it. Suan-senpai's injuries are also a big problem. It's okay to have his limbs broken. The problem is that his lungs have suffered a lot of trauma. I'm afraid of a career as a ninja. Yes-" the medical ninja wiped the sweat from his head and said. Zakaki looked at the unconscious Suan and Tianfu, thinking in his heart, could Suan's fate change because of me, a little butterfly? Dan, who should have died early, did not die due to my instigation, but just ended his career as a ninja? The medical ninja saw that Zakaki was silent and said, "Sir, the most important thing now is to transfer Senior Dan and Senior Tianfu to Konoha for further treatment. It will be dangerous if they are late. The time you originally sent them has already passed. It¡¯s too late, now I can only fix the injury and then have it treated by the most powerful medical ninjas in Konoha!¡± "Well, I understand. We must send Dan and Tianfu back to Konoha now." Zakaki gritted his teeth and said, "But the ninjas from Iwa Ninja Village may intercept him on the road. I suspect that their target is Dan, so we must wait for support. You can get up and go back to Konoha only after the arrival!" "yes!" One day later, the trio of Zhuludie who were performing a mission nearby came to support them. It was the first time Zakaki saw the three of them. They were less vicissitudes of life and more sunny than the trio of pigs, deer, and butterflies in the anime in their previous lives. At this time, the trio still had the largest scale in Konoha. When Ding Zuo saw Tian Fu who was unconscious, he hurriedly ran over and grabbed Tian Fu's arm, "Tian Fu, what's wrong with you?" Lu Jiu looked at Tian Fu and Dan and said, "Let me introduce myself, Lu Jiu, that's Ding Zuo, this is Haiyi. Please give me some advice." Haiyi Chaomu on the side nodded, Ding Zuo was immersed in the grief of his loved ones being injured. "My name is Zakaki, a genin of Konoha." Zakaki said with a smile at the two of them. "I have long heard that you are a genius that is rare to see in Konoha for a century, and it is indeed true. It's just that it's not convenient for me to tell you what happened?" Shikaku said. It is worthy of being said to be a highly intelligent family in Konoha, and it is indeed so! Zakaki briefly explained the situation to the three of them. When Lu Jiu heard that Zakaki was acting as a gunman to kill the leeches, his original calm look immediately changed into a different look. Hai Yi from behind was not so calm and shouted directly, "Are you so awesome? Are you really only five years old?" After saying this, he didn't forget to look at him all over. Ding Zuo suddenly stood up from behind, bowed and said, "Thank you for saving my brother's life." Zakaki quickly stepped away, shook his head and waved his hands, "I don't dare, Tian Fu is my teammate, and it is my duty to save him." , Besides, I don¡¯t have much credit, I just carried Tian Fu back, and Tian Fu fainted after killing two jounin.¡± It turns out that Tian Fu is Ding Zuo¡¯s elder brother. Although they were not born to the same parents, they grew up together and their relationship is better than that of biological brothers, so he acted like this. The three of them have a good impression of Zakaki, and they take credit without being arrogant. They are really rare children! Shikaku looked at Danwadao and said: "The most important thing now is to send Danwadao back to Konoha for treatment. How about this. The three of us will take Danwadao back to Konoha first, and Zakaki will take the female prisoner. How about this? ?" Haiyi and Ding Zuo have always regarded Lu Jiu as their military advisor, so there is no doubt about Lu Jiu's words. Zakaki also agreed with Shikaku's proposal. Even if Iwa Ninja catches up and encounters the Ino, Deer and Butterfly trio, it will be enough for them to drink! So he nodded in agreement. The three of them took Sowada and left first, leaving only Zakaki and the female prisoner from the Iwa Ninja Village. Zakaki looked at the little girl named Yumi. She seemed to be really beautiful. With purple hair, oval face, and long eyelashes on her closed eyes, she looked like the best little lolita. That figure is a bit shabby, after all, he is only eleven or twelve years old. Zakaki thought that this little girl seemed to be a sentient ninja, and everything fell into her hands. It seemed that she was also a character! I just haven't heard of it. Did he die in the third war? What a nice girl! The evil war! If only this little girl wasn't Iwa Ninja, thenIt would be great to raise her for a few years and become a mother-in-law! Zakaki thought excitedly. A night passed in Zakaki's lust. Zakaki got up early and rushed to Konoha with Yumi on his back. Zakaki tied Yumi's whole body with ropes, leaving only her head, snow-white neck, and two feet! As a matter of fact, what if she wakes up and fucks me? Caution is the boat! So Zakaki tied Yumi into a rice dumpling without any mercy. "Look, look at that boy, he is so lustful at a young age, robbing a little girl!" said A on the street. "Haha, the kid these days is so precocious! Look at that girl, she's really good, but can that kid get married?" Passerby Yi said. "That's a good question! This question is very profound. Most people can't answer it. Thanks to me!" Passerby C said. Pedestrians all looked at Passerby C, waiting for his further explanation. Passerby B looked at everyone and said proudly, "Hmph, hum! Didn't you see that kid? That's a ninja! Ninjas cannot be explained by common sense. Even though he is young, maybe the things below are even more powerful than you! "So that's it!" passers-by said one after another, and some of them thought of their own bottom, hey! It¡¯s too young, my wife says every day that I am useless, why don¡¯t we also experience the glory of ninjas and let them teach us! OK, I think it¡¯s OK! ¡ª¡ªZakaki carried Yumi on his shoulders and listened to the words of passers-by, what a sweat! Zakmu went into the water and caught some fish, lit a fire, and set up some wood to grill the fish. Damn, after taking military ration pills for a month, I was almost eating out of my mouth, so Zakaki decided to improve his food. Zakaki hummed a ditty from his past life, "Common people today, I'm so happy -" Zakaki smelled the fish fragrance and muttered: "This is what life is! Being a ninja is so damn hard!" Zakaki took a bite and shouted, "It smells so good! As expected of Zakaki-kun, it's so damn good!" When Zakaki was so carried away with eating, his excellent hearing as a ninja told him that he heard a growling sound, which seemed to be someone's stomach. Zakaki touched his belly and felt very full! Zakaki thought in confusion. Zakaki suddenly turned around and saw the tied little Loli, her beautiful eyebrows were furrowed and her long eyelashes were trembling up and down. Yumi had woken up long ago, and she felt a burst of hatred when she saw herself trapped like this. When she saw Zakaki making a fire again, she didn't let him know that she was awake, so she kept pretending to be asleep. But when she heard Zakaki bragging over there, she suddenly realized that this guy didn't want to be a ninja at all, and he couldn't listen to the singing. He knew Xiaoqu, with a carefree look, like a child. When he thought of his terrifying strength and murderous eyes that day, his body couldn't help shaking. Thinking of Mr. Shilee, his heart was filled with excitement. A sour. But when he smelled the fragrance of fish floating around, his stomach growled. It turned out that he hadn't eaten in a long time! Zakaki took the fish and came to Yumi's side, "Flower girl, do you want to eat?" Yumei said nothing and continued to pretend to be asleep. "Don't eat it, forget it if you don't want to eat it. Let me tell you, my grilled fish skills are unparalleled in the world!" Zakaki ignored Yumi's pretending to sleep, and just continued to eat his own grilled fish, shouting while eating. It smelled so good, it made our Yumi feel really uncomfortable, and her stomach growled unsatisfactorily. Zakaki looked at the beautiful Lolita and said, "Stop pretending. If you keep pretending, I will take off all your clothes and hang you on the street in the town ahead!" After saying this, Zakaki did not forget to pretend to be undressed. The action of the rope. "No!" Yumi said hurriedly, and a bell-like sound sounded. "It's over now, why bother!" Zakaki shrugged and said, "What's your name? Where are you from? Where do you live? How many people do you have? What do your parents do? Are you married? -" Listening to Zakaki¡¯s long list of questions, Yumi really wanted to kill him immediately. Will she get married at this age? Even asking for information is not like this, right? Is he really a ninja? Yumi turned her head to the side and ignored Uzaki. "Oh! You're still very stubborn, little girl?" Zakaki said with a bad smile, "Come on, let me smile first, and then sing a little song. Maybe if I am happy, I will let you go?" "Bah! Shameless! Kill me if you can! You brat!" Yumi spat at Zakaki. Touching the vomit all over your face, kid? It seems to be true! Zakaki smiled and said: "Yeah! It smells pretty good, not bad, not bad!" Yumi blushed when she heard Zakaki's teasing. After all, she was a little girl and didn't have much scheming. Zakaki held the fish and waved it in front of Yumi's face: "Do you want to eat it? Call me brother and I'll give it to you!" Yumi turned her head away again. "Forget it if you don't want to eat it, I won't give it to you! Forget it! Eat it yourself." Zakaki said and started eating there again. With a few gurgles, Yumi's stomach growled even louder. Zakaki saw Yumi's red eyes, coupled with the shy expression just now, and the originally fair face matched?Two blushes, Zakmu is crazy about it! Excellent! Damn, it would be great if it was from Konoha! Yumi's face turned even redr when she looked at Zakaki's piggy look! Zakaki ran to the fire, picked up the two remaining fish, came to Yumi's side and said, "Forget it, I'll give you some for the sake of being a beauty!" After that, he put the fish into Yumi's mouth. side. "Who cares? Don't eat it!" Yumi turned her head to the other side again. "Are you going to eat? If you don't eat, I will strip you naked and hang you on the street!" Zakaki said fiercely. Yumi heard Zakaki's threat and her stomach compromised, so she glared at Zakaki and took a small bite! "Eat quickly, keep eating!" Zakaki continued to threaten. So Yumi finished eating both fishes. Looking at the stains on Yumi¡¯s face, she wiped Yumi¡¯s face with her sleeves. Yumi struggled, Zakaki's eyes widened, and Yumi didn't dare to move! The end. Zakaki also pinched Yumi's face with his hand, and said with a wicked smile: "It's so slippery!" He smelled his fingers again and said, "It smells pretty good!" "Shameless!" Yumi said angrily. PS: Please support me, recommend and collect! ; Text Chapter 35 Continue teasing When Zakaki woke up, he found that it was still dark. Looking at the moon hanging in the sky, Zakaki thought of Li Bai's "Quiet Night Thoughts". He really raised his head to look at the bright moon and lowered his head to miss his hometown! Seeing the entire forest covered with a layer of silver gauze, the stream beside it flowing slowly, and occasionally a few small fish crossing the water, Zakmu suddenly felt very comfortable! It's that feeling of peace of mind, everything has nothing to do with you, as if you have returned to your previous life, living the feeling of running around for life every day. Now that I think about it, life at that time seems to have some flavor. Sometimes Zakaki felt like he was in a 3D movie, watching those living ninjas flying around in front of him and running around in the trees. It really felt ridiculous. But the absurd life is before you, and you have to follow the absurdity! Zakaki looked back at the little loli. She was very beautiful. Such a girl was probably the daughter of that big family in her previous life. In terms of temperament and appearance, someone like her could not get close to her, let alone tie her up. . But why did he arrest her? Is this the responsibility of a ninja? Or is it his destiny as a ninja? Do you really want to become such a ninja who kills and runs around all day long? Zakaki was at a loss! Sleeping Yumi suddenly felt that someone was watching her. As a ninja, necessary alertness is essential! When Yumi was about to take her weapon, she found that she couldn't move, and then she remembered that she was tied up by a little bastard. Yumi opened her eyes, and what caught her eye was Oakwood's childish face. But when Yumi looked at those eyes, she felt indescribable discomfort in her heart. Those eyes were full of confusion and sadness. Although she looked at herself, That kind of expression with a heart that is thousands of miles away makes people feel that this is not a child, but a reclusive expert who is indifferent to too many life and death and power! Those eyes, accompanied by that expression, gave people a sense of sadness and helplessness. ?? How can Oakwood be as magical as Yumi thought? At this time, Oakwood just misses his parents who are far away in another time and space. Fortunately, he has an older brother, otherwise¡ª¡ª. Zakaki saw Yumi waking up, "What's your name? You ate my food and you didn't tell me your name. Isn't that too much?" Yumi looked at Zakaki who looked melancholy just now and turned into a gangster in the blink of an eye, thinking, who are these people? Are all the ninjas in Konoha so strange? Seeing that Yumi was silent, Zakaki ran directly to her and threatened: "You won't tell me, right? Okay, you can't tell me, but if you don't tell me for one minute, I'll touch your face, and I'll keep touching you until you tell me!" After saying that, Zakaki touched Yumi's smooth face. "Shameless bastard! It's not even a minute yet!" Yumi said angrily. "The first minute doesn't count!" Zakaki said shamelessly. "Maki Yumi" Yumi said reluctantly. ¡°What a good name, it sounds nice!¡± Zakaki said, nodding. Yumi looked at Zakaki, her face was slightly red, and she said sheepishly, "Um, can I¡ª¡ª" Seeing Yumi's expression, Zakaki secretly thought, could this little girl like me? No way? Am I also destined to be the right one? Zakaki thought excitedly. "I want to go to the toilet!" Yumi said it in one breath as if she had made some important decision. "No, what if you run away?" Zakaki said angrily. It was too much. It turned out that he didn't like himself, but wanted to go to the toilet! "I won't run away, I swear as a ninja!" Yumi said solemnly. Thinking about it, Zakaki thought, yes, it¡¯s been a day or two, and even ninjas have to eat, drink and poop. It¡¯s understandable that Yumi needs to go to the toilet, but what if she runs away? Seeing Zakaki's hesitant expression, Yumi further added fuel to the fire and said, "I will never run away. Besides, you are so powerful, how could I run away?" When Zakaki heard this, he couldn't help but feel a little confused, "That's it, don't look at who I am? Okay! Go! Don't run too far. It's right there!" Zakaki pointed to a place not far away and said . "You, what if you peek?" Yumi lowered her head and said like a mosquito. "What's there to see? It doesn't matter what you want!" Zakaki said disdainfully. "What did you say? Why do I have nothing left?" Yumi shouted angrily! Women, no matter how big or small they are, will always care about other people's comments about their figure. Although Yumi's breasts are a bit on the small side, other parts are still very good! Oakwood stared at Yumi's breasts and said, "Do you know Tsunade?" Yumi was a little depressed after hearing about Tsunade. Good guy, Tsunade's breasts and figure are very famous in the entire ninja world! Looking at her breasts, they were a little different from Tsunade's! But in the future, I will definitely surpass her, Yumi vowed in her heart. lookWhen Yumei stopped talking, Zakaki said: "Go quickly!" "If you don't untie me, how can I get there?" Yumi was a little angry. Zakaki lifted Yumi upright, and then began to connect the rope. Due to the special binding method, Zakaki's hands inevitably touched Yumi's body when untying the rope. Just like now, when Zakaki tied it to his chest, he intentionally or unintentionally He grabbed her, Yumi was already in her teens after all, and the names in the Naruto world were generally precocious, so Yumi couldn't help but groan. This scream was not a good thing, so Zaki's strength became a little stronger, Yumi felt something and immediately shouted: "Shameless!" Zakaki spread his hands innocently and said, "You called me first, you were tempting me!" At that moment, Yumi felt a tingling sensation, and her face turned red. Zakaki didn't dare to mess with it. It would be bad if you did anything. Besides, there is still nothing I can do about this deep board. After Zakaki untied Yumi's rope, Yumi walked towards the grove over there. Yumi looked back from time to time to see if Zakaki was peeking. When she saw that Zakaki was indeed not peeking, she started After he had done everything, Yumi thought calmly, whether he should run away. If he was caught in Konoha, he would definitely not end well, so Yumei decided to run away. When Yumi was about to escape, she found that she had no chakra at all. Yumi cursed in her heart, damn bastard, you just drugged me! It's impossible to escape now! Yumi returned to Zakaki and said viciously: "You drugged me, why did you tie me up?" Zakaki touched his head and said, "I'm afraid that Shikaku-senpai's medicine won't work!" "Konoha's pig, deer, and butterfly combination, Nara Shikaku?" "Do you know them?" Zakaki asked in confusion. "Of course I know. The medicinal materials of the Nara family have always been in demand in various countries. Besides, I have long heard of the reputation of Konoha's pig deer butterfly." Yumi said slowly with an old-fashioned look. It was still dark, and Zakaki and Yumi were chatting by the fire. By the moonlight, Zakaki found that this girl was really good-looking, and the more she looked at her, the more beautiful she became! Zakaki wanted to tease her, and remembered a dirty joke, so he said it: "A ranch that specializes in raising dairy cows. In order to maintain the number of cows in the ranch, a male was released among the cows. Dairy cows. But over time, this bull became old and began to be a little weak, so the owner of the ranch bought a new bull to take on the job of maintaining the number of cattle. As for the old bull, due to the past few years, It had no merit but hard work, so the owner continued to let it roam freely among the cows. One day, the owner went to inspect the pasture and saw the old bull panting and lying on the grass. The pasture owner approached and said: You are old. Just restrain yourself and don't do so much. The old bull said innocently: Can't you tell the new one that I'm not a cow!!" Yumi asked Zakaki curiously: "Why did the old bull say that?" Zakaki looked at Yumi, isn¡¯t this girl just pretending? Don¡¯t even understand this? Zakaki saw that Yumi really didn't know, so he said: "The new bull thought that the old bull was a female, so he forced the birthing action on the old bull. Do you understand?" "So that's it!" Yumi suddenly realized it, and she was about to laugh, but then she thought of something, her face turned red and she cursed: "You are shameless, how can two bulls do that? Bastard!" Seeing Yumi¡¯s appearance, Tsuakigi is so happy! ps: Dear book friends, please collect it and recommend it! ; Text Chapter 36 Let Yumi go There was a scene in the forest. A man was leading a woman who was just a hair older than him, and then the woman did whatever the man wanted her to do. What did you think of when you saw this? "!Slave", well, you're evil again. Zakaki tied Yumi¡¯s hands with a rope, and then held her like a heifer. At first, Yumi refused, but under the pressure of Uzaki-kun, Yumi had to give up her resistance. As Mu said, it was because he was afraid that Yumi would get lost if he ran too fast. Zakaki took Yumi and continued to rush towards Konoha. There were still three days to go from Konoha. According to Zakaki's own speed, it would only take one day. However, he also brought an oil bottle with him, so Zakaki kept his feet on the ground. Walking and spending the past few days with Yumi, Zakaki found that he liked this seemingly powerful Iwa nin. Of course it wasn't because of his looks. Although Yumi was definitely good-looking, was Zakaki such a vulgar person? To use Zakaki's words again, "What we value is the beauty of the soul!". As for the authenticity, it will be verified in Zakaki¡¯s future life! In the past few days, Zakaki has been thinking about whether to send Yumi to Konoha. Zakaki thought of the group of birdmen who saw Konoha before. If Yumi was really sent there, she would not be able to live well until she died. And that Yibixi is simply a pervert. He always likes to run into other people's minds when he has nothing to do. It would be a bit cruel to let such a good girl suffer that kind of torture. Although being kind to her enemies is cruel to herself, Yumi seems not to be a threat to herself, even if she will still be there in the future. Even if you meet him on the battlefield, you may not necessarily encounter him. But how can I explain to Konoha if I let Yumi go? Shikaku gave him the medicine, so it was difficult for Yumi to escape from his hands. If Shikaku told the third generation or the elders, it would be enough for him to drink a pot. Besides, as a Konoha person, it is always a bit bad to let one's enemies go, so Zakaki has been hesitant! Yumi, who has been with Zakaki these days, is still very curious about Zakaki and always thinks he is very mysterious. In terms of strength, the state of the unknown monster this guy transformed into is definitely comparable to a shadow-level powerhouse. In terms of personality, a five- or six-year-old is still saying the same things as people who are dozens of years old, and he is also lewd. Is he really only five years old? But why do you know so much? Yumi couldn't help but blush when she remembered the place where Zakaki caught her that day. At this time, Yumi seemed to have forgotten that she was still a prisoner, and what awaited her would be a miserable torture! Zakaki was holding Yumi in the front, saying "Quick, fight, hoo¡ª¡ª" from time to time, directly treating Yumi as an ox and a horse. Yumi in the back was staring at Zakaki, pouting, as if she wanted to eat someone! At this time, Yumi was really filled with hatred. She really wanted to run up to Zakaki and kick him, but she thought of Zakaki's endless tricks, so she gave up. "Yumi, do you want to go back?" Zakaki suddenly turned his head back and asked with a smile. Yumi is a little depressed. I want to go home, but you don¡¯t want to! Yumi didn't answer Yasuki's words, she just looked angry. "Oh, that means I don't want to go back! Hey! Our Konoha is so good, even the enemies yearn to come to our Konoha to be prisoners." Yesumu said with a look of joy. "Who wants to go to Konoha? If I hadn't been caught by you, where would I have gone?" Yumi said and ran away, rushing towards Yamu. The chakra in Yumi's body was destroyed by the secret of the Nara family. The medicine was sealed, and coupled with the exhaustion of the past few days, Yumi's body was no longer as agile and agile as before. She accidentally got her ankle blocked by the rope in front of her, and when she was about to fall down in a big shape, our shackles Mu Jun is here, and this is a great opportunity for a hero to save Mei, so Zakaki directly grabs Mei by the waist, and an ambiguous scene appears: Yumi is in Tsubasa's arms. Tsukuru's body is not tall. In addition, Yumi is in Tsubasa's arms, so Yumi's nose seems to be touching the tip of Tsubasa's nose. Yumi originally looked frightened, but when she saw the oak tree close at hand, two blushes immediately appeared on her face. Her big red eyes quickly closed, and her long eyelashes blinked non-stop. As for our Zakaki-kun, looking at Yumi's delicate face, the long eyelashes scratching her face, and the apple-flavored aroma exhaled by Yumi hitting her face, she felt an itch in her heart. Ah, so our Mr. Zakaki didn't have any patience, and pressed it directly with his mouth. His soft lips made his whole body fly up, and he was ready to launch further offensive. Yumi didn't dare to move in Zakaki's arms. In addition, Zakaki's hands were pinched on Yumi's waist, so she couldn't move. Yumi felt what was going to happen, but did she have the ability to resist? Suddenly, Yumi Feeling something touched her lips, her head exploded with a bang. She forgot everything. Yumi understood everything. Damn Zakaki was taking advantage of her, but she didn't seem to be as resistant as she thought. , but something like that, just when Yumi felt something soft pressing against her teeth, Yumi suddenly putZakaki pushed away, then looked at Zakaki with an angry face, and finally squatted on the ground and cried "Wow"! ??Zakaki looked at Angyu Rika's Yumi who was crying on the ground, and couldn't help but feel a headache. Why is this guy crying? No, wasn't it just a kiss? As for no? Zakaki didn't know what to say at this time, so he just sat on the ground and waited quietly, watching Yumi cry. Yumi seemed to be crying endlessly. At this time, Yumi wanted to cry out all her grievances. She was loved by thousands of people in Iwa Ninja Village and loved by thousands of people. However, since Konoha started the war and caught her, her teacher¡¯s Her younger brother, Shi Leech, was killed by Zakaki, and she was captured by Zakaki again. This guy bullied her endlessly, and did that to her. The more Yumi thought about it, the sadder she became. The sadder she became, the harder she cried. She just cried like this. For more than an hour, Zakmu also waited for an hour. Of course, Oakwood also did other things, like the rabbit being roasted in front of him. Yumi, who was crying, suddenly smelled a fragrance, and felt that she was hungry from crying, so she stopped crying, looked up and looked around, and found that Zakaki was playing with a rabbit at this time, and the golden and delicate rabbit meat exuded an alluring smell. The fragrance made Yumei swallow her saliva involuntarily. Zakaki looked at Yumi and said, "Don't cry anymore? Are you ready to cry?" After that, he pulled a rabbit leg and handed it to Yumi and said, "You're hungry because you're crying. Eat something!" Yumi turned her head, "Who cares!" Seeing the duplicitous Yumi, Zakaki couldn't help but feel funny, so he said: "Eat quickly, or if you don't eat, I will strip you naked and hang you on the street!" Zakaki once again used the method of intimidating Yumi and said. When Yumi heard what Oakwood said, she took the rabbit leg and started eating it. It was okay if she didn't eat it, but it would kill her if she ate it. The more she ate, the more delicious it became, and the more she ate it, the more powerful it became. Zakaki looked at Yumi's eating appearance, as if she had just been released from prison! As for that? It seems like we didn¡¯t torture the prisoners? After a while, Yumei finished eating, and she didn¡¯t forget to burp after eating! It made Oakwood laugh. Yumi felt a little embarrassed when she saw how she recalled herself, so she put her head on her knees and said nothing. "Drink some of this!" Zakaki said and handed Yumi a small bottle of potion. Yumi looked at Zakaki with a puzzled face. "It's not poison!" Zakaki was a little angry, "I want to let you go!" Yumi¡¯s eyes widened, her red eyes looked at Zakaki, with a look of disbelief on her face, and then she stuttered: ¡°Why¡ªwhy?¡± Zakaki stood up, looked at the sun in the sky, and said slowly: "There is no reason, I just don't want to hand you over to those old immortals in Konoha's elders!" Yumi's heart was really in turmoil. Not to mention how much trouble Zakaki would be in if he let her go. Even if she went back to report the information about Zakaki to the village, it would put Zakaki in big trouble. This guy actually wanted to let him go. Own. Also, the ones he was talking about were the group of elders. The group of elders were respected models in that village, but this guy actually said they were immortal! None of this is important. What is important is that he should let himself go. Could it be that he has fallen in love with me? Thinking of this, Yumi's face turned red again. Zakaki looked at Yumi who was motionless. Could it be that this girl was so happy that she was so happy? it's not good? If you are stupid, your sin will be great! "Hey. Maki Yumi, are you stupid?" Yumi was awakened by Zakaki's shout, and looked at Zakaki without saying a word. Zakaki bent down, pulled another leg from the freshly roasted rabbit, took a bite, and said, "That's it, I'm leaving!" After that, Zakaki turned around and walked in the direction of Konoha. go. Yumi looked at the not-so-tall figure of the oak tree in the sun, and a different kind of emotion remained in her heart. It was an indescribable feeling, including reluctance, sadness, and happiness. In short, it was indescribable. a feeling of. Yumi looked at the oak tree that was gradually going away. She didn't know when two tears fell from the corner of her eyes due to all the events in the past few days. Yumi suddenly shouted: "Oakaki, thank you!!" Hearing Yumi's voice in the distance, Zakaki turned around and waved to Yumi. PS: Please recommend! The book is almost 100,000 words long. Looking at my recommendations and collections, I really feel that I am quite rubbish, so you must support me more! ; Text Chapter 37: Hokage or Danzo, who to choose? Without Yumi as a dragster, Zakaki would soon return to Konoha. When Tsubasa walked to the gate of Konoha Village, he was stopped by several Anbu. One of them, who looked like the captain, said: "Kaki-kun, the Hokage has an order. If you come back, come to the Hokage's office immediately." Zakaki asked curiously: "How did you know I was coming back at this time?" "Hokage-sama has long asked us to pay attention. We will know when you are not far from the village." "That's right!" Zakaki nodded, and then thought, what did the third generation have to do with him? Could it be that he knew that he was released by the United States and wanted to raise an army to hold him accountable? No, he just released it yesterday, so he shouldn't know about it. Could it be that Sandai was eager to get Yumi and get some information from her? At this time, Zakaki couldn't help but feel a little guilty. What if the third generation really made a fuss about this matter? It is no small crime to release a prisoner privately! Zakaki's mind was completely in a mess. Never mind him! Taking it one step at a time, I can say that I have also saved two of Konoha's good combat powers. We deserve the credit! Zakaki felt relieved when he thought of this. Tochigi came to Naruto's office and saw the three generations sitting on the sofa with smoke. Tochigi stepped forward and bowed to the third generation: "The wooden leaves are tolerate to report to report, I don't know what the instructions for Master Naruto?" "Haha, Zakaki is here. Thank you for your hard work. I just returned to the village and I asked you to come here before I even got home. I'm so sorry!" Sandai took a deep puff of his cigarette and blew out smoke rings. "It is my duty to fight for Konoha, so Hokage-sama is polite!" Zakaki still had a serious expression on his face. In fact, Tsubasagi is very conflicted about the third generation. He is his teacher's father. Logically speaking, he should belong to his lineage, but Tsubasagi does not dare to get closer to Naruto. This guy is definitely a master who eats people without spitting out their bones. , will sell you at any time for the "stability" of Konoha, maybe for Konoha, but no matter who it is, they don't want to be plotted by others, and then end up miserable. White Fang is a good example. , made great contributions to the third generation, but compromised the elders for the so-called stability of Konoha, forcing White Fang to a dead end. Besides, he couldn't offend the elders easily, so Zakaki always dealt with him as a Konoha ninja, not as a confidant. "Ozaki, I heard that you captured a ninja from the Iwa Ninja Village, but this is not the case?" The third generation suddenly changed the subject and asked Takaki. "Yes, but on the way back due to my negligence, she ran away! I'm sorry, Hokage-sama, but I am willing to accept the punishment from the village." Zakaki said with his head lowered. Regarding this matter, it depends on the attitude of Konoha's senior management towards Takaki. If they think Takaki is worth winning over, they will say that Takaki made a low-level ninja mistake, but after all, he is still young. If you want to get rid of Zakaki, you will say that Zakaki deliberately made enemies from all directions and is suspected of treason to the village! There is only one choice Zakaki faces, which is to defect! The chief executive didn't want to be locked up in the interrogation room and then pestered by the people from the intelligence department every day. Sandai raised his head sharply, and his originally somewhat cloudy eyes immediately flashed with two rays of light, looking directly at Zakaki. Zakaki felt a breathtaking gaze constantly sweeping over his body. Zakaki tried his best to calm himself down, and then took a deep breath to clear his mind. Sandai looked at Zakaki and said, "That's it! You are still young, so it is understandable that you are careless about many things, as if you don't know your own future. But in the future, you can't make such mistakes!" Zakaki felt that the stone that was originally pressing in his heart was even more pressing now! Obviously, the third generation hopes that Zakaki will defect to him as soon as possible and not fall on the wrong team! Beads of sweat began to appear on Zakaki's head. He was worthy of being the strongest Hokage. Not only was his strength amazing, but even playing politics was unmatched by previous Hokages. A few words made Zakaki breathless. Zakaki had no choice but to bite the bullet and said: "Hokage-sama, I know!" "Well, it's good to know, let's go!" After saying that, he waved his hand and asked Zakaki to leave. When Zakaki was about to walk out, Sandai suddenly said: "Uzaki! Shikaku said you are a good ninja!" Zakaki, who was walking to the door, suddenly heard these words and felt his body tremble. It seemed that the third generation knew that he was determined to let Yumi go. This old guy is really powerful. He didn't forget to get a vaccination when he left! Sakuragi was walking on the streets of Konoha, looking at the people coming and going. He felt a little upset in his heart. If it was just him, he would defect at worst, but Moriki would never do that. After being brainwashed by Konoha for more than ten years, he would dare to assassinate Kazekage even if the Third Generation asked him to do so, and then he would proudly say, "Everything is for Konoha!" Thinking of this, Zakaki couldn't help but feel angry again. Knot. Zakaki walked towards his home and saw his familiar house, familiar fields, and familiar neighbors. Zakaki suddenly felt that this place seemed pretty good! Just when Zakaki was about to walk towards the door of his house, something happenedThere was a ninja next to him. This ninja seemed different from the ordinary Konoha ninjas. Although he was seen wearing a Konoha forehead protector on his head, his cold eyes and seemingly emotionless face reminded Zakaki of An organizational "root" was established, which was Danzo's strength in Konoha. Zakaki didn't say anything, just looked at the person coming. The ninja saw Takaki and said without emotion: "Takaki-kun, the elders are here to invite you." "I wonder what's going on?" Zakaki asked the ninja. "I'm sorry, all the elders have invited you, Mr. Zakaki, please come over immediately!" the ninja said. "Can I enter the house first?" Zakaki asked. "Ozaki-kun! The elders have invited you, please hurry up and don't keep the elders waiting!" The ninja increased his tone and clearly refused. Depend on! As for that? The guy next door to Ma is really a cabbage, right? Who the hell can kick him whenever he wants? Zakaki's face turned red. Of course, Zakaki didn't say these words out loud, he just cursed angrily in his heart. Zakaki knew that at this time, he still had to rely on the care of Konoha's senior management. He seemed to have nothing to be proud of, nor the strength to challenge them. He was still very weak, so he had to endure it! After a while, Zakaki was taken to a darker place. Zakaki had seen it in anime before, and it seemed that this was Gen's territory. Zakaki looked at the brazier burning in the center, and thought to himself, if he were locked up here, he would Trouble, it's dark! Zakaki was waiting next to the brazier. About three minutes later, Zakaki saw another boss of Konoha - Danzo. This guy looked creepy, although the bandage at this time had not covered the entire right wall. , but except for the palm, everything else is almost the same! Could it be that this guy has already started plotting against the Uchiha family? But the Uchiha family is not dead yet. Where did he get the Sharingan? Danzo spoke while Takaki was full of doubts, "You are Takaki, right? Not bad, not bad!" Hearing Danzo¡¯s deep and hoarse voice, Zakaki didn¡¯t seem to have much hostility. Could it be that he wanted to recruit me? No matter what, now is not the time to pretend to be a grandfather, just pretend to be a grandson! So Zakaki hurriedly bowed and said: "The boy is Zakaki, I wonder who you are?" Danzo was very satisfied with Takashi's performance. Geniuses are always a bit arrogant. This Takashi seems really good. He nodded and smiled: "Well, my name is Danzo. I am the person in charge of Konoha's Roots and I am also the leader of Konoha." The elder." "It turns out to be Danzo-sama, what's the matter with you calling me here?" Zakaki said, still hunched over. ¡°Haha, Zakaki, have you heard of the organization ¡®Root¡¯? "Danzo didn't answer Takaki's words, but asked Takaki instead. Oakwood nodded, "I've heard a little bit. I admire organizations like Gen! They are the real heroes, the unsung heroes of Konoha! Only they can be called the real ninjas!" As the saying goes He has been worn for thousands of times, but he has never been able to wear flattery. Oakwood always praises him when he comes up. When Danzo heard what Zakaki said, his heart, which was originally as gray as ashes, suddenly relaxed, yes! Gen is the unsung hero of Konoha, so well said, what a nice boy! Danzo is even more satisfied with Oakwood! "Zakaki, do you have any wishes?" Zakaki thought to himself, does Danzo really want to win over him? That's right. My performance this time should explain some problems. At least it shows that I have great prospects and is a potential stock! Zakaki then said: "Sir, I don't have any wishes. It's just that my brother is so weak that he can only die if he goes to the battlefield, so I hope he can live well." Danzo nodded, and then asked: "Ozaki, have you ever thought about letting your brother join the elders?" Zakaki¡¯s heart immediately started beating wildly. Who is the most awesome person in Konoha? Of course it's Hokage, but there's only one Hokage! Then there are the elders. Regarding Konoha, their rights will not be less than those of the Hokage, so the major families will fight tooth and nail to grab those few spots. If he becomes an elder, at least his brother's safety will not be threatened. Zakaki said: "Our family has not made any achievements in Konoha, so what qualifications do we have to be an elder?" Danzo said: "Haha. Zakaki, you don't believe in my strength?" Oakwood looked at Danzo's wrinkled old face, shook his head and said, "No, it's just that this kind of thing is so surprising! I really can't believe it!" Danzo looked at Oakwood and said, "Oakaki, follow me!" Zakaki frowned, Hokage or Danzo, who should you choose? ; Text Chapter 38 Insult from Tsunade Zakaki returned home and his brother was not there. Zakaki opened the door of his room and saw that his room had been cleaned cleanly despite being unoccupied for a month. A warm current flowed through Zakaki's heart. Here, only Senmu cared for him without asking for anything in return. Only Morimu can make Zakaki feel that there really is a person like him in this world. Therefore, no matter what, we must let Senmu live a good life! "Oakaki was lying on the bed, looking up at the ceiling, and his mind was full of Danzo's words. This guy wanted to be a spy, and he would be very useful when arranged next to the Hokage, if necessary. Danzo, this old boy, also promised that he had no relatives or heirs, so in the future Konoha will be protected by oak trees! In short, becoming a Hokage is an absolutely indispensable benefit. Speaking of spies, Zakaki thought of Uchiha Itachi, the most famous one in Hokage. This kid seemed to be a spy sent by Konoha to the Akatsuki organization! Not even born yet! How to do it? It's not easy to deal with the third generation. Zakaki really feels like he has a big head. Unknowingly, Zakaki fell asleep. It was already dark when Zakaki woke up. Zakaki heard a noise in the front room. Hearing the sound of ping-pong-pong-pong, Zakaki knew it was Senmu, so Zakaki kicked off his slippers, stretched and came to the front room. Room. Zakaki saw Morimu busy serving dishes and wearing an apron! "Brother, how long have I been sleeping?" Zakaki came to the table, took a piece of meat and put it in his mouth, eating as he spoke. "Haha, I saw the door open when I came, and thought a thief was here! I thought I was also the captain of the peacekeeping brigade, and a thief came to my house? Later, I saw your door open, and I knew you were back. ! You will fall asleep when I come back, who knows how long." Morimu was obviously very happy. After all, he knew that his brother's mission was very dangerous. Although he didn't know what it was, together with Duan, the two Jonin is never simple! It is naturally a matter of joy that his brother can come back safely. Looking at Senmu¡¯s Angzi, Zakaki couldn¡¯t help but smile. Senmu seemed to be very satisfied with his position. It seemed that his action was indeed effective. "Brother, how is your job as peacekeeping captain?" Speaking of this, Mori Mu¡¯s originally happy face could not hide his loneliness. "Today is a day worth celebrating. Don't mention those unhappy things. How was your first mission?" "It's okay! It's done." Zakaki knew that Morimu must still be dissatisfied with his position, but seeing that Morimu seemed to be getting used to it, Zakaki didn't say anything, just get used to it slowly. . "Is it dangerous? You weren't hurt, were you?" Senmu asked nervously. Oakwood suddenly remembered the little girl with purple hair and red eyes. I wonder if she has returned to Iwa Ninja Village now. Seeing that Zakaki didn't say anything, Senmu hurriedly ran to Zakaki and said, "Where is it hurt? Let me see!" "No, what kind of injury are you getting?" Zakaki quickly shook his head and said. "By the way, I heard that Senior Duan and Senior Tian Fu were both injured. That worried me. I hurriedly ran to visit them. I was relieved when Senior Duan said you were fine," Morimu said. Zakmu heard Senmu mention Duan and asked quickly: "Brother, how about Duan drinking Tianfu?" "Senior Duan's problem is not big, it's just that his limbs are broken. Tsunade-sama heard that Duan was seriously injured. It happened that the mission was almost completed, so he rushed back overnight, so everything was fine. Senior Tianfu - ugh! Not even yet Wake up, my teacher Tian Ye once said that their family's secret medicine can be said to be a life of narrow escape! Now there is no specific news about the injury of senior Tian Fu." Morimu said with a sad face. Zakaki was a little worried about Tian Fu, this guy's secret medicine was not an ordinary thing, he was very domineering. But it should be fine. I remember when I watched Naruto before, didn't it seem that Choji also took the secret medicine and was revived by Tsunade? Zakaki then felt relieved, "Tsunade-sama is here, everything should be fine! Go tomorrow and have a visit!" "You should, you have to thank others properly. If it weren't for them, you would never come back, so prepare more gifts tomorrow." Senmu held the bowl, ate the rice, and picked up vegetables for Zakmu. Depend on! They should thank me properly. Without me, they would have died long ago, Zakaki screamed in his heart. Forget it, what if Senmu finds out and keeps worrying about himself in the future? Forget it, let it go, Zakaki thought about it in his heart again. "Okay, let's go tomorrow!" ¡°Well, eat this, eat more, I¡¯ll see how thin you have become in this month!¡± Zakaki, who got up early, carried two baskets of fruits and walked towards Konoha's hospital. Zakaki looked at the hospital with people coming and going, especially the beautiful nurses wearing nurse uniforms, and thought to himself that the hospital is such a good place, with so many beauties! But then again?There are so many beauties in the Naruto world! Zakaki stopped a beautiful nurse and said, "Ms. Nurse, do you know where Suan and Tianfu live?" The nurse saw Zakaki¡¯s handsome appearance, and the guy seemed a bit cute, so the nurse touched Zakaki¡¯s face and said, ¡°Little brother, call me sister and I¡¯ll tell you!¡± "Zakaki, that's a shame. Although I am a child, we have adult thoughts and adult skills. You just take advantage of me and ask me to call you sister. What's the law of heaven!" Seeing Zakaki's aggrieved look, the nurse thought he was going to cry, so she hurriedly said: "Little brother, don't cry! Let's go, I'll take you there. Oops! Why do you bring so many things? Can you carry them? ? Come on, sister, hold it for you!" I¡¯ll wipe it! Zakmu's heart is bleeding. I brought it all this far away. Is there something wrong with your eyes? The nurse didn't wait for Zakumu to speak, so she grabbed Zakumu's basket and held it in her hand. All right! This is a good and enthusiastic nurse, Zakaki said in the bottom of his heart, but the next sentence left Zakaki completely speechless, "Little brother, who are you looking for?" The nurse turned her head and asked. "Sister, I'm looking for Dan and Akimichi Tianfu!" Zakaki explained again. "Ah! Little brother, are you a ninja?" the nurse exclaimed. "Yes." "You are so young, are you really a ninja?" "Um" "I can't believe it, are you really a ninja?" "Really! Can you bring me to an end soon?" Zakaki couldn't bear it anymore and yelled at the nurse. The nurse saw that Zakaki was angry, so she said gently: "I'm sorry, I'll take you there now." After that, the nurse walked towards the hospital. After a while, Zakaki came to Duan's room. Zakaki stood in front of the door. The nurse stood next to Zakaki. Zakaki reached out and took the fruit, and then said to the nurse: "I'm sorry, I didn't mean it just now. I¡¯m anxious to see my partner, that¡¯s why I¡¯m like that!¡± The nurse's originally depressed expression had obviously improved a lot, and then she said, "It's okay, it's understandable that you're worried about your teammates! Well, that's it, I'll leave as soon as I have something else to do. Goodbye." The nurse said to her. Zakaki smiled, waved and left. "Actually, this nurse is really good. In my previous life, those nurses were all fucking aunts. If you were a rich and powerful master, she would be like an angel in white to you. If you were an ordinary commoner, damn it! That expression is like you owe her five million. Zakaki looked at the broken ward. It was a single room. In his previous life, such a ward was not for ordinary people to live in! Zakaki thought of Dan's identity. It seemed that he was not an ordinary person. The man of the Princess of Konoha was Konoha's consort! Zakaki opened the door directly and saw a scene that he shouldn't have seen: Duan was holding a white and tender little hand with his eyes closed. There was a woman opposite Duan. Zakaki could only see her back and slender body. , golden hair, and a huge chest can be seen from behind. It is obvious that the woman is Tsunade! The two seem to be kissing! Zakaki was a little depressed. Damn it, I was so angry with that girl just now that I forgot to knock on the door. I saw such an embarrassing scene! "Hmph," Zakaki snorted, and Suan and Tsunade hurriedly separated. Suan touched his hair, and without seeing who it was, he just said, "Coming?" Tsunade covered her face with her hands, and hurriedly left. Getting out of bed, then walking to the nightstand, pouring water into the already full glass. Zakaki looked at the couple curiously. Could it be that he knew he was back and that he was here? oh! He is definitely a sentient ninja, and he is really powerful! "Zakaki? It's you. When did you come back?" Duan stared at Zakaki. Huh? What's happening here? Zakaki was puzzled again, and without thinking about anything, he said, "I came back yesterday!" Zakaki looked at Tsunade who was still pouring water and said, "Tsunade-sama, the water bucket is spilled!" "Oh, oh!" Tsunade hurriedly cleaned up the spilled water. "Duan, are you okay?" Zakaki asked "It's okay, thanks to you. If it weren't for you, I probably wouldn't be able to come back this time, thank you!" Duan smiled and said to Zakaki. Zakaki put the fruit on the bedside table and said with a smile: "Haha, I was just lucky -" Before Tsunade could finish her words, Tsunade almost tore down the house with a roar! "Zhaomu, why don't you knock on the door? Didn't your parents teach you to knock on the door when entering other people's houses?" After hearing this, Zakaki turned his head, looked at Tsunade and said: "I'm sorry Princess Tsunade, my parents died long ago. I am a child of a commoner family and don't understand etiquette. Please apologize!" After listening to Tsunade¡¯s words, her faceHis expression changed, and Duan, who had never been angry with Tsunade, said with a black face: "Tsunade! What did you say?" Zakaki was his savior. Without Zakaki, he would have died in the Earth Kingdom long ago. You know, it took nearly a month for him and Tian Fu to get the real recognition of Zakaki. On the surface, Zakaki is an approachable guy who is polite to everyone, but he knows that this is a disguised form of isolation. It can be said that Zakaki is a arrogant person, and if he shows his arrogant disdain, on the surface, Tsunade's words can be said to be a taboo for Zakaki. Zakaki looked back at Duan and said, "Duan, I'm going to see Tian Fu and take good care of his health! Goodbye!" "Ozaki, I'm sorry, Tsunade didn't mean it." Suan hurriedly explained for Tsunade. "It doesn't matter, it was my fault in the first place. Goodbye!" Zakaki said and walked out the door. Duan looked at Tsunade with a dark face and said, "Tsunade, what's wrong with you? Zakaki didn't mean it. Besides, he's just a child. What you said is too much!" "Yes - I'm sorry, I didn't mean to do it. I just wanted to yell at him, but -" Tsunade lowered her head. In fact, as soon as Tsunade finished speaking, she knew that she had passed, and she hurriedly followed the wind. Guo rushed back to treat Duan, and he continued to treat the wounded in the past few days. Finally, he had a chance to be alone with Duan. As soon as he thought about that, he was interrupted by Zakaki, so when he recovered from the embarrassment, he didn't even think about it. I just thought about it. She knew that Tsunade didn¡¯t mean it, so she said, ¡°In a few days, the two of us will go to Zakaki¡¯s house to apologize!¡± "good" ; Text Chapter 39 Don¡¯t let yourself regret Zakaki came out of Tianfu's place, and his already bad mood became even worse now. Of course, Zakaki knew that Tsunade didn't mean to say that. In his previous life, he still had a good impression of Tsunade, not only for her majestic breasts, As well as her attitude towards others, overall, Tsunade is a good person. But anyone who talks about his or her pain points always feels a little unhappy! Zakaki put his hands in his pockets and walked around Konoha aimlessly. Although the war was hot outside, there was not much shadow of war inside Konoha. It was still prosperous, and he only occasionally heard a few villagers. While chatting there, how powerful the ninjas of Konoha were, and how many enemies they had killed, the one person whom Tsubasa heard the most was Namikaze Minato! This girl is starting to develop. It seems that it was during this period that Namikaze Minato became famous, right? It seems that many people were killed at the Battle of Platycodon Mountain. Later, the enemy said that he was a guy who ran away when he saw him and didn't take any punishment if the mission failed. In fact, this guy was the real genius, the Flying Thunder God. Even the masked man suffered at his hands! Zakaki sighed, as the saying goes, people are afraid of being famous, but pigs are afraid of being strong! So from now on, it's better to just keep a low profile, but neither the Third Generation nor that old guy Danzo will let him calm down. Why! Just take it one step at a time. Zakaki suddenly felt a little hungry while walking. Looking at the sun in the sky, it seemed that it was almost noon. Zakaki came to the largest barbecue shop in Konoha. Zakaki touched the bankbook in his bag and saw that he was rich. It¡¯s just that my mission this time was originally determined to be A-level, but later it was determined to be S-level by the third generation due to difficulty, so the salary was much higher. It seems that this is the first time I have received a salary! Zakaki walked into the store and saw that there were not many people there. He only heard a few noises occasionally, as if the boss was yelling at the waiter again. Zakaki came to the back of the room and said: "Boss, give me some food!" "Okay, please wait a moment, it will be ready soon!" A fat boss came to Zakaki's side, nodded and smiled. "thank you!" "No need." The boss said and left. Zakaki looked at the surrounding layout, a typical Japanese style. Of course, this is indeed Japan. Zakaki picked up the tea on the table, took a sip, nodded and said, "Not bad!" "Of course, my tea is not ordinary!" A fat man came from outside the door and said to Zakaki. Zakaki looked back and saw that it was Akimichi Choza, Shikaku and Haiichi. Uzaki stood up quickly and said, "It turns out they are three seniors!" Shikaku looked at Zakaki and said, "Senior, if you don't mind, just call me Shikaku." "Yes, there will always be opportunities for cooperation in the future, it doesn't have to be like that!" Haiyi patted Zakaki on the shoulder and said. "Yes, aren't you teammates with Tian Fu? He is my cousin!" Dingzuo said with a smile. ¡°Then that¡¯s what I¡¯ll call you!¡± Zakaki said with a smile. In the world of Naruto, strength is everything. Zakaki knows that his strength is stronger individually, so he does not put himself in a low position. Besides, I had a pretty good impression of the three of them in my previous life, and I had no doubts about their character. "This, Dingzuo said, is his tea?" "Haha, you didn't know, right? Several BBQ restaurants in Konoha are owned by Ding Zao's family!" Haiichi looked at Ding Zao again and said. Oakwood recalled watching Naruto in his previous life. No matter what Choji wanted to celebrate, the first thing he thought about was going to have a barbecue. All the money he spent on the barbecue for half a day went to his house. No wonder. They say fat people tend to be mean-spirited, and it¡¯s true! "Haha, not bad, really good!" Ding Zuo's appreciation for the oak wood was very useful, so he said: "You haven't eaten yet, right? It just so happens that we can come together and I'll treat you!" "Okay! I haven't had barbecue for a long time, and Ding Zuo is going to bleed heavily today!" Haiyi said jokingly. Shikaku didn't say anything, just smiled and nodded! Ding Zuo seemed to be very interested when he saw the two of them, so he patted his chest proudly and said: "Okay, you must eat well today!" Looking at the three of them, Zakaki's heart, which was not very happy at first, seemed to be better now. . Several people came to the booth and started having a wild meal. It was already afternoon when Zakmu finished eating. It took three hours to eat a barbecue, and just a few people were chatting and joking. Zakaki patted his swollen belly. The three of them said that they were underage and would not let them drink anything, so they drank juice by themselves. Zakaki recalled the way the three of them chattered when they were drunk, and found it a bit funny. The famous Konoha Ino Shikacho imitated Kakashi and Akai's guessing game after being drunk, and the loser had to sing a song. Also, Zakaki Mu almost vomited when he heard Shikaku's singing. Damn, people with high IQs can actually sing songs like that! After coming out of the store, Uzaki decided to visit his teacher. Of course, it was not Shinnosuke, but class teacher Ito. In fact, this guy is quite nice. At least he treats me well. He seems to risk offending the ANBU chief to get the red guy.Bean opened to prevent her from messing up her studies. By the way, red beans? I haven't seen him for a long time, and I don't know how he is? It should be okay to follow Orochimaru, right? Poor child! Zakaki walked towards Konoha's ninja school with small steps. It's not time for get out of class to end yet. It seems like there's still class, right? Zakaki came to school and heard the voice of the school's clothes and clothes, and suddenly realized that time passed so fast. It had been almost two months, right? I don¡¯t know if anyone has applied for early graduation from school? Oakwood came to Ito's office and saw that there seemed to be no one inside, so he ran outside and wandered around. When he heard the bell ringing, Zakaki came to Ito's office and found that he was already sitting inside. Zakaki knocked on the door and said: "Teacher Ito" Ito seemed to be correcting his homework again, without raising his head, and said: "Please come in!" Seeing that Ito didn¡¯t raise his head, Oakwood shouted again: ¡°Teacher Ito!¡± Ito raised his head and saw Zakaki jumping up from the table and said excitedly: "Zakaki? When did you come back?" Zakaki scratched the back of his head and said, "I came back yesterday." "Have you gone on a mission? Haha, you are so awesome. I heard from my former colleagues that you completed an S-level mission? Why didn't I see that you were a genius before? Haha¡ª¡ª" "The teacher has given me a prize, it's just good luck." "Don't be modest. You defeated Uchiha Iwa. But you gave me a bad breath. Those so-called geniuses of the Uchiha family bullied me a lot back then. Now my students have beaten up the geniuses of their family. Just thinking about it makes me feel happy! Let's go, teacher, treat you to a barbecue!" After Ito said that, he took Zakaki's hand and walked out. Zakaki let Ito pull him, and it was hard to displease him when he saw him looking so excited. So I followed him to a barbecue restaurant not far from the school. After going back and forth, Zakmu actually ate a whole day's worth of barbecue. "Teacher, where are the red beans now?" Zakaki said holding a skewer of barbecue. "Hey! I was so angry at that time that I was indeed a little harsh. After all, she is still a child. But it's okay. She is much more useful now with Orochimaru-sama than at school! A big family is good, and you can find excellent people. Teacher! Teacher, your teacher is also very powerful! Shinnosuke Midoriya is also a great hero of Konoha!" Ito said with some envy. Sure enough, Anko is still with Orochimaru. It seems that Anko¡¯s end is not good! I don¡¯t know if I can flap my butterfly wings, but they seemed to be broken and I was slapped! Zakaki thought. But how did Mr. Zakaki know that Duan didn't die at that time, but died later. Zakaki also made some crazy moves because of Duan's death. Let's not mention it for now. This is a story for another day. Zakaki thought of Shinnosuke, and he didn¡¯t know how he was doing now. I am very grateful to Shinnosuke Tozuki. Although he has never taken care of me, he has also given me a lot of help. Whether it is calling him ninjutsu or letting others take care of me, Moriki can successfully become the captain of the peacekeeping team. It is also inseparable from Shinnosuke's help. Zakaki asked: "Does the teacher know the news about Mr. Shinnosuke?" Ito shook his head and said: "I don't know about this, but I heard that he seems to have gone to the country of waves." "Why are you going to the Country of Waves?" Zakaki asked again. "This is not something that people like us can ask!" Ito joked to himself. Although he seemed to be joking on the surface, his slight frown still revealed a trace of sadness in his heart. Oakwood didn¡¯t ask any more questions, thinking that Shinnosuke also died during this time! I wonder if I can save him? A thought flashed through Takaki's heart, but Takaki's thought could no longer be separated from him. At this time, Takaki had decided to go rescue Shinnosuke! But did Shinnosuke die during this time? Zakaki was at a loss again! Should you go or not? Ito looked at the tangled look on Zakaki's face and asked, "Zakaki, what's on your mind?" Hearing Ito's voice, Oakwood said: "It's nothing big, I'm just a little worried about whether I should do something or not." Ito touched Zakaki's head and said seriously: "Zakaki, I know you are a genius. The teacher can't teach you any powerful ninjutsu, but the teacher wants to tell you, no matter what happens, don't let yourself regret it!" Zakaki¡¯s heart trembled, yes! Don¡¯t let yourself regret anything! Ito¡¯s eyes gradually became firmer as he looked at Zakaki. He patted Zakaki on the shoulder and said, "Team right, just don't let yourself regret it!" ; Text Chapter 40 Tsunade comes to apologize ps: There was a party at school yesterday and I was busy all day long. In the evening, our class had another dinner party. I was so drunk that I was drunk at night, so there was no update yesterday. I hope everyone can understand. It¡¯s a long story, please support me. Also, thank you book friend Snoozy Pig for your review vote! ??Zakmu came to the yard when he got up in the morning, smelled the fragrance of the flowers around him, looked at the sunlight shining on the earth, stretched out, and said happily to the blue sky: "This is life!" Morimu went to work. Does he have any mission now? Every ninja has a holiday after experiencing a dangerous mission, so now Morimu is free. Zakaki went to the refrigerator and grabbed some food. Morimu left early and didn't seem to make breakfast for himself. There seemed to be no place selling breakfast in Naruto World, so Zakaki had to grieve his stomach. After eating a good meal, Zakaki suddenly remembered the three generations and Danzo. Danzo wanted to be a spy. The third generation seemed to have known that Danzo was interested in him. In other words, whether he was a spy or not, he would be punished by the third generation. doubt. As an excellent politician, Sandai will not put his authority in danger. Having said that, he doesn't seem to have much influence! Even if you become Danzo's undercover agent, what else can you accomplish? Are you going to find out what kind of underwear the third generation wears? Oakwood had some knowledge of Naruto's spies in his previous life. A spy has many functions. For example, Sai can monitor Naruto, and Uchiha Itachi can deliver news of the upcoming rebellion of the Uchiha family to Konoha. And Oakwood has a greater role. First of all, Oakwood's strength and background are likely to become the right-hand man of the third generation. When the third generation makes some decisions, he can quickly respond to Danzo. Secondly, if he makes some achievements in the future, he is likely to become the Minister of ANBU, which will allow Danzo to gain more political capital. Danzo's promise to him is tempting. If Moriki becomes the elder of Konoha, then Moriki's life will be considered one of glory and wealth! The sparrow outside the window of "¡± ¡°¡° "kept screaming, disturating the contemplation of Tochigi. Zakaki shook his head, such a good time, why do you think of these spoilers? Making yourself uncomfortable? I'm really short of money, why do I think so much? It's just a day's work. Zakaki looked at the sparrows outside the window. Two or three were playing there, occasionally stretching their wings, lifting their hind legs, occasionally stretching out their necks, clinging to each other. They seemed comfortable and carefree. It seemed that being a bird was not bad at all. ? Just when Zakaki was envious of the birds' freedom, he laughed playfully, "Over there, look quickly and hit them with a slingshot." Zakaki looked around and saw several children holding slingshots and shooting at the sparrows. With a snap, one sparrow fell to the ground and the other two flapping their wings and fled. At this time, Zakaki remembered a saying, "Husband and wife are originally birds of the same forest, and they fly separately when disaster strikes." Zakaki turned around and smiled, "It seems that this Hokage is quite important to his teammates!" Zakaki ran outside the yard, came to a few children, and scolded: "Why do you want to beat them?" "Hmph! Never mind your business, these birds are bad birds, they eat the dealer!" One of the children looked at Zakaki who was even thinner than himself and said with disdain. "That's right. Kid, the bird that was hit just now fell at your house. Go pick it up and bring it to us, or we will beat you to death!" A child wearing black clothes next to him continued. "You still want it in my house? A bunch of brats!" Zakaki couldn't help but dumbfounded when he heard that such a bunch of brats wanted to beat him up. "Hit him!" When the child who spoke first heard Zakaki calling them a bunch of brats, he immediately became furious and rushed over. "Tu Eun - Return of Tu Lu" A huge rock immediately appeared in front of Zakmu. With a few "Ahhhhh" sounds, a group of children hit the rocks. Looking at a bunch of brats with stars on their heads, Zakaki suddenly laughed, smiling so proudly, and then said arrogantly: "Kids, how are you? Hahaha, do you still want to beat me up?" Zakaki looked provocatively. With a bunch of brats. The little devils hugged each other, shivering, and did not dare to speak. They just looked at Zakaki pitifully. "Haha, I never thought you would do such a thing, Zakaki. By the way, you are acting like a child. Don't be dull all the time!" A burst of hearty laughter sounded from behind Zakaki. Zakaki turned around and saw a handsome blue-haired man and a tall blonde beauty, who were naturally Duan and Tsunade. Zakaki smiled and said, "It's you, why are you here?" Duan came to Zakaki and said, "Don't you invite us in to sit down?" "I don't want it, so let's go. I'm just afraid that some people will think we have no tutor and neglect her." Zakaki glanced at Tsunade and said. When Tsunade heard what Tsunade said, the veins on her forehead suddenly stood up. Regardless of her background, she was also a Sannin. Isn¡¯t that person in Konoha respected by everyone? I came here specifically to apologize today. Don¡¯t you know where you get the honor? Still chirping! Tsunade rolled up her sleevesSon, we have to rush forward. When Suan saw Tsunade's look, he knew that Tsunade was on the verge of going berserk. He hurriedly grabbed Tsunade, winked at her, and then said: "Ozaki, Tsunade didn't mean it that day. Don't blame her. Today is I came here specifically to apologize to you." When Zakaki heard Suan say that Tsunade came specifically for him, he was surprised, wasn't he? Tsunade-hime wants to apologize to such a little person like herself? It¡¯s the kind that comes specifically to your door! But this attitude is more like an apology than debt collection. Zakaki turned back and stared at Tsunade and said: "Princess Tsunade, you don't have to do this. What you said is the truth. I really shouldn't have knocked on the door that day, so you don't have to do this." Seeing the sarcastic look on Tsunade's face, Tsunade's original anger dissipated a lot. After all, she did go too far, so she lowered her head and said nothing. Zakaki said: "Stop, Princess Tsunade, please come inside." Zakaki led the way, with Tsunade and Dan following behind. Duan looked at some simple cold food on the table and said, "Zakaki, this is what you want to eat?" "No, my brother has gone to work and I am too lazy to do it alone." Zakaki said with a smile. "You are growing now. You can't do this. Why don't you come to my house? I have a niece about the same size as you. Hehe, she's quite cute!" Duan said. Suan¡¯s niece should be Shizune, right? It seems like he will follow Tsunade around from now on. Zakaki shook his head and said, "No, my brother is at home. Maybe he got up late in the morning and forgot to make breakfast." "Is that so?" Broken nodded, then looked at Tsunade and winked. Tsunade has been lowering her head since she entered the house. Looking at such a simple home, Tsunade felt a little uncomfortable. Looking at the breakfast, she felt even more guilty. Tsunade learned from Dan that the oak tree had disappeared since she was a child. Parents are only supported by a thirteen-year-old brother, and his brother often goes out to do tasks. You can imagine the living situation of Zakaki. Zakaki has that kind of mind and strength at a young age. For Zakaki's environment, it's really hard for him! So to put it bluntly, oak wood is amazing! Tsunade was really blaming herself for her words at this time. For such a child, her words were so hurtful! Tsunade suddenly bowed and said, "I hope you don't mind what I said that day. I apologize for my frivolity!" After that, she turned and left. When Suan saw Tsunade leaving, the unhappiness in his heart completely disappeared. Suan was very angry about what Tsunade said that day. As a teammate, Tsunade insulted his partner. As a lover, Tsunade's words make people feel that she is seemingly mean. When Tsunade apologized sincerely, Suan realized that Tsunade was still the considerate, warm and kind-hearted Tsunade! "Ozaki, I'm going to see Tsunade and come back to visit another day!" "Haha, go ahead, Tsunade deserves to be the Princess of Konoha, Duan, you are so lucky!" Zakaki was still very surprised by the scene just now. Tsunade accepted Tsunade's sincere apology, but Zakaki was not A weakling! Seeing Zakaki's expression, Duan felt a little dumbfounded, and then said: "You! It's not bad, but for men, it's a bit stressful!" "Hahaha¡ª¡ª" Zakaki and Dan laughed at the same time. Zakaki looked at Dan going away and murmured: "They are really an enviable couple!" ; Text Chapter 41 There is such a person in the Hinata family Zakaki came to the Hokage's office and saw the third generation who was reviewing documents and said: "Hokage-sama, I ask Ying to support Sarutobi Shinnosuke, please approve it!" Sandai looked at Zakaki's short figure and said, "Zakaki, don't you believe in your master's ability?" "The teacher is a very powerful ninja. This is recognized by the ninja world. However, since the teacher has sent a distress signal to the village, it means that the teacher is in danger. Since the teacher thinks this is danger, the teacher's situation must not be underestimated. Therefore, Naruto Sir, please!" After saying that, Zakaki lowered his head and waited for Sandai's answer. Tsubasa, who had been idle in the village for three days, overheard Shinnosuke sending a distress signal to the village. The third generation did not send reinforcements immediately because the village's manpower was tight. So there was the scene above. In fact, Takaki knew the reason why the third generation did not send reinforcements. The third generation was waiting for Takaki to come. Takaki was not a jounin, so generally speaking, he did not have the authority to accept such a task. The reason why Zakaki was able to receive an S-level mission last time was because the original mission level was A-level, but later it was classified as S-level because the difficulty index of the mission was too high. This time, if Zakaki himself is willing, the situation will be different! The third generation said slowly: "Oakaki, since you insist on going, I decided to let Hinata Kanagawa, Inuzuka Chi, Aburame Shigen and you form a temporary team to go to the country of waves to support Sarutobi Shinnosuke! And appoint you For captain.¡± Zakaki was dumbfounded when he heard this. What happened? Damn, let me be the captain as a brat? Isn't it fatal to still be a member of three big families? Who doesn't know who the younger brothers of the big family are, typical prickly heads, let alone a child, even if he is an adult, he may not be able to handle them. The third generation knew what he was thinking when he looked at his uncertain face, so he said: "They are all the elites of the family, especially Aburame Shigen. Although they are all chunin, they have their own family's secret skills. , it is definitely not a small combat power! So don¡¯t worry. After listening to Sandai¡¯s words, Zakaki felt like his jaw dropped! Just these people? Coupled with the fact that I have just become a ninja, how can I save people? I think he's going to hold Shinnosuke back! Don't Sandai worry about his son's safety? The third generation looked at the oak tree, and there was a dark cloud in his heart. He had no choice but to do this. Thinking about the current situation of Konoha, he couldn't help but feel overwhelmed. In the battle with the Kingdom of Wind, Jiraiya fell into a passive position at this time, and also put the big Some of the troops have been restricted! Orochimaru is on his way to support. Tsunade and other troops are responsible for escorting the supplies from the Fire Country to Konoha, as well as Mitarai Zixiao, who is being held back by the enemies of Iwa Ninja Village. He is the Hokage and cannot go. . If someone or part of the army is forcibly transferred, it will definitely be criticized, so Sandai remembered that this Shinnosuke's apprentice could save a broken oak tree from the hands of a stone leech! Plus several so-called family elites sent by big families. As far as I know, these three people are all rising stars of the three major families. However, these three people all have problems with their origins. They are all disliked by the family elders. The elders of those families hope to get rid of some unscrupulous people in the family. The harmonious voice can also get rid of some rumors that the big family only cares about the family and does not put the interests of Konoha first. It really kills multiple birds with one stone! But it is said that the strength of these people is beyond doubt, although the average age is only thirteen years old, plus oak wood is enough! How did Zakaki know the tricks involved? He knew that these families were better at tracking and reconnaissance, but it didn¡¯t seem to have much to do with the mission! But the characteristic strength of the family is still very impressive. However, since Shinnosuke said there is danger, how can a few chuunin be able to handle it? Is the third generation's head squeezed by the door? Zakaki seems to have forgotten himself! Seeing that Zakaki still had no intention of accepting his life, Sandai said: "Since you are unwilling to make such an arrangement, Zakaki, this rescue operation has to be cancelled!" Zakaki really wanted to give Sandai a good beating. This old man was determined to feed and accommodate himself. He knew that he would definitely go, but he just found some baggage for himself. It would be better to go alone. "Hokage Sir, of course I am willing to go, but my teammates don¡¯t have to make arrangements!¡± The third generation heard Zakaki's answer, his face darkened and he said: "Zakaki, you have to know that in Konoha, your teammates will always be your support and not a burden, so ignoring the existence of your teammates is not allowed! Do you understand? ?¡± Looking at the somewhat angry face of the third generation, Zakaki knew that it was settled, so he didn¡¯t say anything more and nodded, "Hokage-sama, do you know when to set off?" "Tonight, the situation is urgent, so I have no choice but to wrong you!" Hokage patted Takaki on the shoulder and said, "Takashi, no matter what, you are from Konoha and you are Shinnosuke's disciple! This is an unchangeable fact! " Zakaki¡¯s heart trembled suddenly. Could it be that the Third Generation knew about his relationship with Danzo? Yes, since Danzo can set up such or other??Spies, as the third generation who is more sophisticated than Danzo, how can he not set up a few spies around Danzo? It seems that he still underestimated the strongest Hokage! Zakaki cleared his throat and said, "Yes, Hokage-sama, I understand!" "Just understand, go and prepare!" Sandai turned around, returned to his seat, and continued to review the documents. When Zakaki walked out of the Hokage's office, he happened to see three strange people. One of them had a black dog lying on his head and two tiger teeth. Zakaki thought of the teeth of one of the twelve little strong men later, but this guy didn't have them. Ya's arrogant face seems to give people a very intelligent feeling. There was also a guy from the Aburame family with black eyes and his entire face hidden in his collar. A guy from the Hyuga family with an arrogant face seems to be Hyuga Kanagawa. Zakaki was a little puzzled. Did Sandai already know that he was coming? Does this old guy have some clever tricks? By the way, he seems to have some kind of ball, right? It's a good thing that you can look at whoever you want in Konoha. It is said that this shameless old man always likes to look into the women's bathhouse! If you give me that thing, hehe¡ª¡ª "Are you our genin brat captain Zakaki? How could Hokage-sama allow such a person to be the captain!" A discordant voice interrupted Zakaki's obscenity. Uzaki looked up and saw that it was the guy from the Hinata family. , Hinata Kanagawa! Hinata Kanagawa crossed his arms, raised his head, and looked at Zakaki with disdain. Seeing that Zakaki didn't answer his words, he thought that Zakaki was shocked by him, and couldn't help but feel a little proud, and then continued: "Kid, go to Hokage-sama and hand over your captaincy. You, Mr. Kanagawa, will do well in the future. According to you!¡± Inuzuka turned his head away and said softly: "Idiot!" Aburame Zhiyan glanced at Zakaki, then at Jinchuan and said, "How could there be such a rival?" Hinata Kanagawa thought that Inuzuka Chi and Aburame Shiyan were talking about Uzaki, so he also echoed: "Yes, how can there be such garbage teammates!" Zakaki looked at Hinata Kanagawa, shook his head and said: "Why are there such teammates? This mission is even more difficult!" Hinata Kanagawa looked at the three of them looking at him like an idiot. Only then did he realize that it was him who was talking about him. Veins popped out from the corners of his eyes, and he roared, "Asshole, who did you say you were talking about?" and then waved his seal. Attack the oak tree. Oakwood looked at Hinata Kanagawa's movements and said: "What an idiot!" Then he grabbed Hinata Kanagawa's wrist and kicked Hinata Kanagawa's butt. Hinata Kanagawa fell to the ground as if he had eaten shit. Another sentence came, "I never thought there was such a person in the Hinata family!" ; Text Chapter 42 Come on together! After Zakaki separated from the three people, he came to the Konoha Peacekeeping Brigade. He found Morimu's office through the consultation office. Seeing Morimu crouching on the desktop sorting files, Zakaki went straight to the Internet access position in front of Morimu and took a picture. The table said: "Brother, I have something to do with you!" Senmu suddenly raised his head and saw Zakaki standing in front of him, and said in surprise: "Zakaki! What are you doing here?" Zakaki looked at the environment of Morimu's office and said, "I think your working environment seems good? It seems that your work is going very smoothly!" "It's okay, but as a ninja, I would rather die on the battlefield!" Moriki said seriously. Zakaki turned his head and thought to himself: Here we go again, you are really determined to die. In such an era, it will not be easy for you to survive! Zakaki didn't answer Morimu's words, but just said with a dark expression, "Brother, I have to go out on a mission again, and it may take a long time to come back this time." "Is that so? Go ahead! Be careful." Senmu said with some envy. Zakaki nodded. Looking at Senmu¡¯s face, he naturally knew what he was thinking. However, Zakaki¡¯s only relative must not be in danger, so he should be ruthless. "By the way, Tsukuru, the injuries of Senior Tianfu and Mr. Duan have not recovered yet. Who are your teammates?" Morimu said with some worry. "A few brats, they are from the Hinata family, the Aburame family, and the Inuzuka family." Zakaki thought of a few of his subordinates with unique personalities, and felt a little sick. They were just a bunch of hindrances. Senmu looked at Zakaki and said, "What nonsense are you talking about? They are all your seniors. You can't be so unreasonable. Besides, they are children of aristocratic families after all. It is good for you to have a good relationship." Zakaki looked at Morimu, who had an angry look on his face, and struggled slightly and said, "Brother, Hokage-sama wants me to be the captain, and they all have to listen to me! So, there is no senior." ??Senmu was a little confused at this time. Even though Zakaki's strength is indeed good, he is still a child after all. If he is asked to be the captain of several children from aristocratic families, will they agree? Hokage-sama, what does this mean? "Brother, let's not talk anymore. I have to go home and pack my things. The Hokage said we will leave tonight!" "In such a hurry? What are you doing?" "We are going to the Land of Waves. The mission doesn't seem to be difficult, otherwise we wouldn't let a few brats go!" Takaki concealed the difficulty of the task. The danger of Shinnosuke's request for help can be imagined, Takashi Mu didn't want Senmu to worry about him, so he panicked a little. "Okay, let's go, I'm going home too." After saying that, Senmu stood up, took off his coat from the armchair, and walked out the door. Senmu looked at the motionless Zakaki and said, "Come on, why are you standing here?" ¡°Brother, don¡¯t you have to go to work?¡± "What the hell! It's just some trivial things. It's a waste of time. Let's go!" Senmu dragged Zakmu out. "Brother, aren't you doing this?" Zakaki and Senmu were walking on the street, Zakaki looked at Senmu and said. "What's wrong? I still handle things seriously every day, while other people often don't come to work for several days in a row!" Senmu said with disdain. A large drop of sweat ran down the back of Zakaki's head. From the look of Senmu, it seemed that that place was really the best place to work. He might consider coming here to hang out in the future! Half an hour later, Zakaki and Senmu returned home. Zakaki sat on the sofa, looking at the busy Senmu, and remembered a sentence from his previous life: "A son travels a thousand miles, and the mother is worried!" For him, it seems that this sentence needs to be changed. Got it! It is "My brother has traveled thousands of miles, but my brother is worried!". Morimu was running around and chattering from time to time. Zakaki watched this scene quietly, and his whole heart felt warm The sunset in Konoha is another wonder of the Naruto world. Seeing the entire Konoha covered with a thin layer of gold, Oakwood's heart felt quiet at this time, as if it had just been washed by a clear spring. Zakaki came to the entrance of the village and saw people from the three major families already waiting for him. Zakaki felt good. At least they knew that he was their boss and they had to wait for him instead of letting Zakaki wait for them! But Zakaki felt a little depressed when he heard the following conversation. "Damn it, a little brat actually made the next generation head of the noble Hyuga family wait for him!" "You don't know, idiot, this guy is quite powerful. He beat Uchiha Rock until there were teeth all over the ground." "Zhiyan, aren't you afraid of him? I will definitely beat him until he can't find him next time!" "Who was beaten badly by others this morning? I'm not afraid of him, I believe bugs will make him scared!" ¡°I did it accidentally. Let me tell you, if I rolled my eyes, would he be my opponent?" "Hey, do you think so?" Aburame Zhiyan said. "Except for me, none of you are his opponent!" "Woof woof" "What did you say? A guy who relies on beasts to make a living?" Hinata Kanagawa said. ¡°You¡¯ll know after you try it!¡± He looked at Jinchuan disdainfully. He looked at the trees in the distance and said, "Since the captain is here, why don't you come out?" "Wow" "What? Roll your eyes!" Jinchuan rolled his eyes and looked at the oak wood behind the tree, "What is that? What an amazing chakra!" Aburame Zhiyan was on guard, she just said a lot of things that she shouldn't have said, hey! You are so talkative, why have you become such a bitch? It must be an infection from Jinchuan! You should stay away from him in the future! The oil girl's ambition is slanderous. Zakaki jumped up to the three of them and said, "Before we leave Konoha, I'll teach you a lesson so that you won't be able to lead the team in the future. Come on together!" "How dare you underestimate us? Last time I accidentally offended you. Today I can teach you a lesson by myself. Don't think that just because you have been teammates with Duan for a few days, you will regard yourself as a Jonin!" Jinchuan said arrogantly. said. "You talk a lot!" Zakaki looked at Jinchuan with disdain. "Captain, this is not good! If Hokage-sama finds out -" He said it was not good, but his excited expression betrayed his mood at this time. "Yes, let's do this. Let's come one by one and let's discuss each other, right?" Aburame Zhiyan made a suggestion. "I think it works!" Chi nodded, and the ninja dog on his shoulder also looked excited, baring his teeth and barking at the oak tree. "No, let's come together!" ps: Dear book friends, since I am working part-time recently, I have not updated much. After the New Year¡¯s Day holiday, I will try my best to update more! I hope everyone will understand and support me. If you can recommend and collect books, please help me, recommend me, and support me! Also, I wish you all a happy new year and all the best! ; Text Chapter 43 What¡¯s the connection? Zakaki made a defensive movement and was cautiously on guard. "Animated Beast Ninja Technique with Four Legs, Anthropomorphic Ninja Technique - Yatong Ya" was quickly formed, and the two rotating pillars rushed towards the oak tree. "Secret Technique¡¤Insect Jade" Zhiyan looked at Zakmu and made no move. As the saying goes, it is better to strike first, so he came up with a big move. With a "boom", the rotating pillar directly hit Zaki's body, and Zhiyan's insects also covered Zak's entire body. It seemed that Zak was in danger! Is that true? of course not. With a "bang" sound, the oak wood turned into a piece of wood. It turned out to be a substitute technique! Chi sniffed and opened his eyes suddenly, "Tongya!" The rotating pillar continued to rush towards a big tree not far away, and with another bang, the big tree fell to the ground. "Ahem, it's such a big dust! As expected of the elite of the Inuzuka family, with such a keen sense of smell!" Zakaki said with some embarrassment as he waved the dust in front of his eyes with his hand. "Insect jade!" Another large number of insects flew towards the oak tree. "Wow!" the oak tree howled, as if it had been attacked. Zhiyan held a kunai in each hand and said slowly: "The captain's strength is not very good!¡ª¡ª" Before Zhiyan finished speaking, he heard Jinchuan's roar, "Zhiyan, down below!" "Earth Release: Heart Beheading Technique" Zak Mu suddenly emerged from the ground, holding Zhiyan's ankle tightly with one hand. With a crashing sound, Zhiyan was buried in the soil, and then quickly made the seal "Earth" "Escape¡¤Stone Slab Coffin", several huge rocks appeared next to Zhiyan, and Zhiyan was squeezed motionless. With a crash, the sleeves on Zhiyan's shoulders were pinned to the boulder by kunai. "Don't use the insect clone, you are already dead now!" Zakaki's voice seemed to come from all directions. Zhiyan, who was about to use the insect clone, looked at the kunai on his shoulder and gave up. Yes, if he had died long ago in the war, no one would doubt the accuracy of a jonin's kunai! Even though the current Zakaki is not a jounin, his strength can be seen from the few ninjutsu he currently uses. After performing several ninjas, Oakwood immediately used the Iwagakure Jutsu to shuttle through the rocky soil and hide himself. Zakaki knew that he could never hide from Chi and Jinchuan who were still fighting at this time, but walking through the soil could indeed resist their attacks, and he could also take the initiative in the battle. Bai Yan can see himself but can't attack. Although Chi can smell his approximate location, he doesn't have such a large attack area, let alone Zhi Yan. "Is the captain just a coward? Even though we can't defeat you, you can't do anything to us!" Chi roared at Zakaki's position. Jinchuan looked at Zakaki's position vigilantly, and suddenly saw a drastic change in Zakaki's chakra, so he said, "Be careful, he has already taken action!". As soon as he finished speaking, Jinchuan saw a stream of chakra separate from Takashi's body, and a second Takashi appeared, so Jinchuan said again: "It's a clone technique, he's about to take action!" Chi smelled the scent of oak wood and rushed towards him, a smile appeared on the corner of his mouth, "Tooth to tooth!" The rotating pillars rushed directly towards the oak tree, and the pillars in front and behind were in a double-teaming posture towards the oak tree. It seemed that Zakaki is in danger this time! Jinchuan saw a stream of chakra going towards Ya, and another one slowly approaching him from the ground. Jinchuan smiled proudly, today I will let you see the true strength of the Hyuga family! Jinchuan took a step back, stretched out his palms, "Bagua, Chapter Sixty-Four!" The sound of "Pap-Pap-Pap" sounded from the woods, and Zakaki's clone plan seemed to have failed. Jinchuan had a proud smile on his face. It seemed that Zakaki had failed. Jinchuan spread his hands and looked at Zakaki who fell on the ground. "Haha, sixty-four palms. The palm hits. Zakaki, you have no hope!" As soon as Jinchuan finished speaking, he saw Zakaki's body turning into a puff of smoke, "It turned out to be a clone. It seems that the one who scolded him is the real person, right?" Chi and his ninja beast body stood on both sides, looking at Zakaki warily, "Well-" Zakaki's constant moans let him know that he had succeeded, Chi said with a cold smile: "Captain, don't underestimate it. The sense of smell of the Inuzuka family! Although your strength is good!" "Earth Escape¡¤Huang Quan Marsh!!" A loud roar sounded from not far away! "What?" Chihe Jinchuan just wanted to resist, but his body was already submerged in the Huangquan Marsh. ¡°When, it¡¯s wrong! I clearly saw¡ª¡ª¡± Jinchuan kept roaring. Zakaki appeared not far away, came to the side of the three of them, squatted down, touched Jinchuan's head and said: "Little brat, do you know what tactics are? After Zhiyan is dealt with, I will follow your vision. , I hid my earth clone underground, and from the beginning I thought I was using the Rock Hidden Technique to scold me, and you all preconceived that it was me, so you were fooled!" "What kind of ability do you have? If you have the ability, just talk to me openlyHave a fight and use all these dirty tricks! Jinchuan said with disdain. Chi turned his head and whispered: "Idiot, if you lose, you lose. How can there be so many excuses?" "Hey! Hinata brat, have you ever been on the battlefield?" Zakaki said, touching Jinchuan's head. "No! Have you ever been there?" Jinchuan said. "Oh my god! Hokage-sama, why did you send me so many teammates? God!" Zakaki stood up and pulled his hair, crying and saying. "What do you mean? Am I going to be the one behind the wheel? I'm from the clan, and I will be the clan leader in the future!" Jinchuan said proudly. "Clan leader?" Zakaki woke up suddenly. It seems that the next leader of the Hyuga family is Hizu, right? Could it be? Zakaki broke out in a cold sweat. Could it be that before Rizu became the clan leader, there was a little-known incident in the Hyuga family? "Hey, what's wrong? What's your expression? You're not scared by my identity, are you? Let me tell you, the elders of the family attach great importance to this mission, saying they want to test whether I am qualified to be the clan leader! So , The mission cannot fail!" Jinchuan said coaxingly. Chi looked at Jinchuan's expression and sneered: "Abandoned son!" Zakaki's heart was beating wildly. He looked at the scolding and understood something after hearing his words. It seems that the Hyuga family wants to use the mission to get rid of this clan leader! But what is the situation with Chihe Zhiyan? Are they also abandoned children? Zakaki looked at him in confusion, then turned to look at Zhiyan with a puzzled look on his face. He looked at Zakaki who cast a questioning look at him, shook his head and said, "Don't look at me, I don't know anything." "That's it! Okay, forget it, let's get on our way!" Zakaki said and turned around and left. "Hey, hey -, get rid of the technique! How can we leave like this?" Jinchuan yelled at Zakaki's back. Zhiyan looked at Zakmu and seemed to announce the end of the battle, so he used his insect clone to escape from the shackles of the rock and chased after Zakmu. Zakaki patted his head and said, "Oh! I almost forgot! Solution!" Chi and Jinchuan's body, which originally only had their heads exposed, began to leak out slowly. Jinchuan slapped the dirt on his body and kept cursing. He scolded and looked around, and then shouted: "White Wolf! Where are you? Where are you?" "Woof, woof," you heard a cry coming from under your feet. Looking down, you saw that it was your own ninja dog, White Wolf. At this time, the white wolf seemed to have turned into a black wolf. Zakaki walked in front, unable to resolve the confusion in his heart. What was the connection between the three of them and the collapse of the three major families? ; Text Chapter 44 Fake Shinnosuke Zakumu, Chi and Zhiyan sat beside the bright fire and rested on the spot. Although they have not yet left the Country of Fire, as a ninja, necessary precautions must be taken, so Captain Zakaki arranged for Hinata Kanagawa to go on sentry duty while the three of them grilled fish by the bright fire. Chi picked up a cooked fish, stuffed it into the white wolf's mouth and said: "White wolf, eat quickly." The white wolf smelled the fish smell and screamed happily, wagging its tail from time to time, and then proudly looked towards The oak tree barked. "Zakaki, that's a sweat, what's the rule?" No one ate it, so the beasts ate it first! Zakaki stared at the white wolf. He was small in size and had flawless white hair. He looked a bit cute. However, when he saw the white wolf spit out the whole fish bone, Zakaki couldn't bear his ignorance anymore! Let me rein it in. Don¡¯t dogs eat bones? This girl only eats meat but not bones. Isn¡¯t she a dog? Chi looked at Zakaki's expression and said with a smile: "Captain, you won't argue with a dog, will you? White Wolf's appetite is a bit big, so I'd like to trouble you to take a few more tests!" Zakaki was a little angry, looking at Zhiyan like a fool, staying there motionless, maybe he was cultivating a relationship with his bug again. And that second-rate future leader of the Hyuga family is a talkative, brainless woman. No wonder she was brought to death. Seeing the white wolf eating one piece and then another, constantly scratching the fur on the back of the white wolf, with a happy and contented expression, Zakaki went a little crazy. They were all a bunch of subordinates, and they were asking him to do odd jobs. ! Zakushi picked up a few fish, placed them on the wooden frame, and continued to grill them. The fish scent passed through the grove. Jinchuan, who was patrolling around, smelled the fish scent, sniffed and murmured: "What is it? It smells so good! Could it be that Zakaki and the others are stealing something good? No wonder they pushed me away. , it must be that bastard Zakaki, didn't I just teach him a lesson? Isn't that what it is? No, I have to go back, I can't let those guys finish the delicious food." After saying that, Jinchuan tiptoed over. Return to the stronghold. "Hmph, let me catch you, right? You guys are stealing food behind my back, and you have to patrol so hard thanks to me, especially Zakaki, isn't it just to teach you a lesson? Why are you so stingy! They are all from Konoha, We're still in the same team, don't call me if you have something delicious! Are you so unmanly?" Zakaki glanced back at Jinchuan, and a drop of sweat flowed from his forehead. Who taught whom a lesson? This guy is so shameless! Zakaki picked up a grilled fish and threw it to Jinchuan. The fish dropped in Jinchuan's hand, "Wow, wow - it's so hot! Huh -" Jinchuan blew on the fish in his hand, then tore off a small piece of fish meat, put it in his mouth, and sipped After a moment, he closed his eyes and said, "Yes, although you are much worse than our cooks, as an amateur, your cooking skills are still pretty good!" Zakaki rolled his eyes at Jinchuan and said, "You are here, who is patrolling?" Zakmu looked at Zhiyan, who was wearing sunglasses and looking at Huanghuo motionlessly, as if he didn't hear what Zakmu said. Zakaki turned to look at Chi, who was fighting with Jinchuan for a small piece of grilled fish, shouting, "Jinchuan, this belongs to the White Wolf, how could you snatch it from a dog?" "Dog? Is he a dog? Don't deceive me. I don't know about the trivial things in your family? The white wolf is the second you. If he eats it, it means you have eaten it. Look, there are so many fish bones. He ate it, and you have the nerve to say it!" Jinchuan shouted, not to be outdone. Zakaki touched his dizzy head and whispered: "Oh my god, how come I have such a group of teammates?" After several days of trekking, a few people finally arrived at the Country of Waves. As the saying goes, a cannibal has a short mouth, so Zhi Yanchi and Jinchuan and others recognized Zakaki, both in cooking and ninjutsu. Even Jinchuan was fond of Zakaki and called him captain. Regardless of Zakaki's age, Zakaki is actually really good. This is the unanimous thought of the three of them at this time. The Country of Waves is a subsidiary country of the Country of Water. Because its resources are very poor, it doesn't care that much that the Country of Waves is not the Country of Water. This resulted in the Country of Waves becoming a country without ninjas, which led to the subsequent card issue. Duo became the ruler of the Kingdom of Waves, which later led to the scene of Naruto and others' first mission. The four of them walked on the streets of Wave Country. Obviously, this place was not comparable to Konoha, so the four of them had no interest in hanging out. The mission of Takaki and others this time is to support Shinnosuke, but it is obviously not a rational thing to show up immediately without specific information, so Takaki decided to settle down first, and then go to contact Shinnosuke to get some specific information. Intelligence can help you deal the biggest blow to your enemy! At Zakaki¡¯s request, the four of them had already taken off their ninja costumes and forehead protectors and pretended to be a group of tourists visiting their relatives. Something happened here that made Zak Mu Dan painful. That little bastard from Jinchuan madeZaki called him brother, saying that it was for the convenience of hiding his identity, so Chi and Zhiyan also asked Zaki in the country of waves to call them brother, which made Zaki depressed! So Zakaki had no choice but to kill himself to beg for mercy. He called his brother several times and gave them success. There is nothing that can be done about this. At this time, Zakaki has no idea about Shinnosuke's situation. The earlier information was from a few days ago. The war is changing rapidly. Who knows what Shinnosuke's situation is now. Since Shinnosuke said it is dangerous, his opponent will never tolerate it. Be careful, hiding your identity at this time is very necessary! Zakaki and others came to a hotel and found the owner. Jinchuan paid the money. In the words of Zakaki and Chi and others, who makes your family the richest? You are still the future patriarch. If you don¡¯t pay, who will? After the four people settled down, Zakaki called the four people together, held a brief meeting, assigned tasks, and then they began to rest. After trekking for several days, even the ninja is a little overwhelmed. It is important to keep up the spirit for tomorrow's battle. Oakwood jumped out of the window. When he came to the country of Waves, Oakwood secretly sent Konoha's unique contact signal, told Shinnosuke the news that he had arrived, and agreed to meet Shinnosuke in the evening. Zakaki walked under the moonlight to the grove of the Country of Waves, and saw a man wearing a Konoha ninja vest standing there, looking into the distance from time to time. Zakaki jumped up to Shinnosuke's side and said: "Teacher, Are you okay?" Shinnosuke smiled and said: "Haha, it's okay-", before he finished speaking, a kunai suddenly appeared from Shinnosuke's hand, and with a "chi" sound, the kunai shot straight towards the oak tree. Where did Zakaki come from and dodge? Looking at the kunai flying towards him, his face was full of disbelief. Zakaki immediately understood that Shinnosuke was fake! Zakaki knew that he would definitely be injured by this blow, so be it! "Shinnosuke" said proudly: "Haha, I didn't expect Konoha to send such a vulnerable kid. It's so ridiculous!" "Yes, can a kid like this go to the battlefield?" Two people jumped out from the tree behind, both carrying swords. "No, this kid is not dead yet!" said one who came out. Zakaki touched his left shoulder that had been shot through. Thanks to his small body, the moment the kunai shot into his heart. Zakaki hurriedly squatted down to avoid being shot in the heart. Even so, his combat effectiveness would be greatly reduced. This is my first injury in the world of Naruto! ; Text Chapter 45 Seven Ninja Swordsmen Zakaki held his injured left shoulder and looked at the three people standing in front of him. Zakaki looked warily at the two people carrying swords on their backs, and of course "Shinnosuke" in front of him! "Kid, you can't use ninjutsu anymore, right? You Konoha ninjas are such useless people, just like Sarutobi Shinnosuke! Now that you died at the hands of your uncle Muuri Jinpachi, your life has not been in vain!" A cultivator He has a strange beard, the hair on his temples is bound by two yellow beads, a white cloth is wrapped around his head, and his left eye is covered with cloth. He looks very ferocious, and he carries a strange broadsword on his shoulder. "Jinpachi, where did you get all this nonsense? Get rid of it quickly!" said a ninja next to Muuri Jinpachi who was also carrying a sword. Zakaki squinted slightly, and the first thing that caught his eye was his broadsword. Yes, it was his broadsword! If Zakaki remembers correctly, that is a beheading sword! It's the sword of Zabuza Momochi, the ninja who defected from the Kiri ninja! Zakaki saw that this man didn't look like Zabuza at all. Could it be that he was the previous master of Zabuza's sword? Also, who is this "Shinnosuke" in front of me? "Kid, are you curious about who I am? You don't need to know. Your teacher will tell you when you get to hell! So, go to hell!" Fake Shinnosuke suddenly took out two weapons from behind, and the weapons flashed intermittently. Wearing electric flowers. "This is the thunder knife. Fang? Who are you? And that beheading sword!" Zakaki endured the pain and covered the wound, trying not to cause the wound to crack too much. "Kid, you are quite knowledgeable. Do you know about the beheading sword and the thunder sword? Yes, do you know what this is?" The ninja who called himself Wuri Jinpachi said, waving the square sword in his hand. Zakaki thought deeply in his heart. This group of people is obviously from the Mist Ninja Village, but Konoha doesn't seem to be at war with the Mist Ninja Village. Why did they attack Shinnosuke? This guy just said his name was Muuri Jinpachi, why does this name feel so familiar? Where have you heard it? Zakaki looked at the big swords that all three of them had. It seemed that they were the seven ninja swordsmen of the Mist Ninja Village. By the way, among the seven people, there seems to be a man named Muuri Jinpachi, who uses a blasting sword, Flying Spray. It is said to be a blade that perfectly combines with explosions. It seems that these people must be sent by the Mizukage. . Zakaki's mind flashed, and he seemed to think of something, but he couldn't think of anything! Zakaki calmed down and secretly warned himself that what was coming was not a trivial matter, so he must concentrate! "Haha, I'm telling you, I am Muuri Jinpachi, the most powerful of the Seven Ninja Swordsmen! This is the so-called most powerful Ninja Sword Blast Sword, Momo. Shinnosuke is your teacher, right? He has already died under this sword. , now you will also accompany him!" Wuli Jinpachi smiled arrogantly, as if he had already decided whether to live or die. The ninja carrying the decapitating sword looked at Muuri Jinpachi with disdain, and then said to the holder of the thunder sword: "Captain, who is going to deal with this brat?" "Okamura, your beheading sword seems to have not absorbed the iron in the enemy's blood for a long time. It looks a little rusty. Leave it to you!" said the captain holding the thunder sword. "Captain, are you kidding me? This kind of stuff will make it dissatisfied! Let's leave it to Jinpachi!" Okamura spread his hands and looked at Wuri Jinpachi jokingly. "Captain Aso, I'll leave this to you, your thunder sword is the fastest!" Muuri Jinpachi saw that Okamura seemed to disdain to fight with Tsubasagi, so he couldn't condescend to kneel down. "Okay, leave it to me. I know you two guys are not that easy to talk to. I'm still the captain, what the heck!" Aso cursed. Zakaki looked at these people and felt a little funny. Did he regard himself as a lamb to be slaughtered? fair enough¡ª¡ª "In that case, let's hurry up! Ninja Technique: Thunder Ball" Two thunder balls gathered on Aso's thunder knife, and the thunder balls flew towards Zakaki quickly. The oak tree kept jumping backwards, and the place where it originally landed was blown into a ball of black scorched earth. If the explosion hit the oak tree, it would be a big disaster! "Captain Aso, that guy from Tongcao Yeji always said that you are the weakest among the seven of us. It seems that it is true! You have to be careful. It is said that the village has a good candidate for the Thunder Knife. His name seems to be Ringo. Yuri Ame, it would be ugly if you were replaced by him!" Muuri Jinpachi, who was standing aside, saw Aso miss several hits and made sarcastic remarks. Okamura on the side also nodded. Aso looked at Zakaki, always feeling that something was wrong. Although the few moves just now were indeed tests, there was no reason for an injured boy to be so agile. "Drink!" Aso fired two more thunderballs. This time, with the sound of lightning, Aso rushed towards Zakaki. At this time, Zakaki was in a state of unspeakable suffering. Not to mention that there were two powerful seven people standing next to him. Even the one named Aso in front of him was enough for him. The so-called Lei Ketu, innate You won't have the advantage if you climb the oak tree, so for now, you just rely on your speed.Speed ????dodges, but as the fastest blade Thunder Knife, how can you let yourself take advantage! Coupled with the injury to his left shoulder, which greatly affected his combat ability, Zakaki really felt like he was at the end of his rope. Seeing that the thunderball still had no effect, Aso was a little angry. As a brat, since he had to go through all the trouble on his own, it was a bit embarrassing, especially in front of two people with the same identity as himself. Aso knew that although Shinnosuke was ambushed and made himself the captain this time, it was entirely because his chakra attributes gave him an advantage in fighting Shinnosuke. Otherwise, why would these two arrogant masters call him captain? So we need to solve it as soon as possible. In this case, use him! "Thunder Burial, Thunder Banquet!", overwhelming thunder and lightning swept towards the place where Zak Mu was, and Zak Mu's figure disappeared into the thunder banquet. "Haha, it seems we succeeded, Captain Aso, good job!" Okamura waved his beheading sword and congratulated Aso. "Well, don't tell me, Captain Aso is really good at dealing with such little minions!" Muuri Jinpachi nodded and said. Aso ignored the two people's complimentary and sarcastic words, he just frowned and tightly clasped the handle of the thunder knife with both hands. Didn't he feel the presence of that kid? Was he reduced to smithereens by lightning? its not right! There was no sign of life disappearing, and the thunderous banquet just now didn't seem to focus on the kid! ¡ª¡ª The two looked at Aso's appearance and asked in confusion: "Captain Aso, what's wrong with you? You don't seem happy?" "That kid disappeared!" Lei Ya said. "I was blown into powder by you and disappeared naturally! If my droplets came, haha, that would be even more exaggerated!" Muri Jinpachi said arrogantly. "No, I said that kid ran away!" Lei Ya said angrily. "No way, you have shot through his left shoulder. He can't use ninjutsu at all. He can't escape with taijutsu, right? Has his speed reached that point?" Okamura said in confusion. "Don't forget, Minato Namikaze is now shining brightly in the Land of Wind!" Aso said. "Impossible, I've heard about that guy's space ninjutsu. It seems to require some props, but it's actually a kind of space ninjutsu! Besides, this kid is so young, how can he do that?" Okamura shook his head and said. "Oh, don't argue, it's all Aso's fault. If it were me, I would have killed him with a blast, why would it be so troublesome?" Muuri Jinpachi said impatiently from the side. "If this kid returns to Konoha and tells the Hokage our identity, it will be over. Mizukage-sama will kill us! Also, Shinnosuke's incident will definitely arouse the hatred of Konoha, and the war between the village and Konoha will begin. Come here!" Aso said worriedly. "What are you afraid of? Konoha is currently fighting to the death with Iwa Ninja Village and Suna Ninja Village. How can they have time to trouble us?" Okamura said. "Hmph! Don't forget that in the last battle, Konoha was one to four! It's not a big win!" Aso reminded Okamura. "What's the matter? Aren't you just afraid of that old Mizukage? At worst, I won't be working in the Kiri Ninja Village anymore!" Muuri Jinpachi looked at Aso with disdain. "you you¡ª¡ª" PS: I would like to thank book friend De Se and book friend Mo Qingfeng for their votes and support! Anyway, please support me! Since my freshman year at our school has math and English exams these days, I have to review them. I will definitely do a good job of coding after the holidays. Please bear with me, book friends! ; Text Chapter 46 Recuperation Zakaki sat under a big tree and fixed the wound with a bandage. Zakaki grimaced in pain and fucked! When had you ever been injured like this? Let's not talk about the past life, let's just say that in the world of Naruto, Zakaki's earth escape has ensured that Zakaki will not be injured under normal circumstances. Now he is being treated so badly¡ª¡ª ???????In fact, Takaki was lucky to have escaped at this time. With his left hand injured, it was impossible for him to summon Bobby. In other words, if it weren¡¯t for the contempt and carelessness of the three Kiri Ninjas, Takaki would probably have died here. The three mist ninjas thought that Takaki's left shoulder was injured and that he would definitely not be able to use ninjutsu. However, Takaki knew how to form seals with one hand, and Iwagakure's art happened to be able to be performed with his right hand. If those three people caught up in time, Takaki would not be able to use ninjutsu. It's not necessarily possible to escape, but a group of people complained to each other, and naturally Zakaki escaped by luck! Maybe the three mist ninjas are confident in their own strength? They think they can definitely kill Oak in the Country of Waves¡ª¡ª What to do? I don¡¯t know Shinnosuke¡¯s situation at all now. I just heard from the seven people named Muuri Jinpachi that Shinnosuke had died under his sword. Is Shinnosuke really dead? Zakaki smiled bitterly and said: "If you are still thinking about others, you can't protect yourself!" Zakaki's blood dripped from the corners of the bandage. Zakaki already felt waves of dizziness. You know, people who lose too much blood will die! But the surrounding forest shows that there seems to be no one here, and even if there is, it may not be just you. With the war now in chaos, who knows if the person you save will backfire and harm you! Zakaki felt that his head was getting dizzy. Zakaki looked at the originally dark sky around him and it became even darker. After a while, the whole world disappeared in Zakaki's eyes. The oak tree could faintly smell the fishy smell of the sea, and listened to the waves constantly hitting the rocks, and occasionally there were a few laughs. Zakaki opened his eyes, and the first thing he saw was a few sea fish hanging on the wall, and a family photo. The family in the photo didn't seem to have many smiling faces, but the eyes of the child with a headband were full of sadness. , Zakaki was a little confused, why did the family behave like this when taking a family photo? Zakaki tried to support his body with his left hand. "Ah" Zakaki felt a heartbreaking pain. Zakaki frowned, and then he thought that he had just escaped from the mist ninja! Zakaki felt like he had a lot of things to do. Shinnosuke was his teacher. Although he didn't give him much, he was very kind to him. This time he came to support him. It was Zakaki trying to repay Shinnosuke for helping him. But now he is probably in a very bad situation! There were also three princes from the three big families. He came out without saying hello to them. If they met those three guys, they would probably be in bad luck! Just when Zakumu's mind was full of confusion, a small child walked in from the door, about ten years old, with a rope tied on his head, and his brown-black hair stood up like a hedgehog, with words written all over his face. The two words "confidence", Zakaki came to his senses when he saw the child in front of him, and looked around. It turned out that this was a wooden house, with a bed that seemed to take up less than half of the house. A fishing net. Obviously, the owner of the house is a fisherman. "Are you okay?" the spiky-headed child asked carefully. "It's okay, where am I? How did you find me? And, when is it now?" Zakaki seemed to want to express all his doubts. "Oh, it's like this. Last night, I helped my grandmother next door go to the woods to find some medicinal materials. I saw you passed out under the tree, so I brought you back. It's almost dark now!" The child saw Zha. Mu seemed to be very kind and did not want to hurt him, so he tried to ask: "Are you a ninja? You are a ninja at such a young age? It's amazing! Also, why are you injured?" "Well, I'm a ninja, from Konoha. I was injured fighting the enemy, so I fainted! You saved me, I really want to thank you!" Zakaki said to the child with a smile. "No, you are from Konoha? I just saw your forehead protector like that, so I guessed that you are from Konoha. I heard people in the village say that Konoha seems to be the largest ninja village, and also the most powerful. village! You are also very powerful, right?" "Haha, I'm just a child, it's so awesome there!" Zakaki still smiled. It's not that Zakaki was unwary. Zakaki knew that since this child saved him, there was no reason to harm him again. Besides, this child seemed to know that he was from Konoha. , if you want to harm yourself, you can throw yourself to the person who is looking for you, and maybe you can get a reward, but this child still saved himself, so Zakaki did not hide anything from this child. Moreover, Zakaki looked into the child's eyes and felt that something was projecting from his eyes, and that was kindness! "My name is Kesha, I came from outside. What's your name?" Kesha? It seemed that he had heard about it somewhere, and he was living in the Kingdom of Waves from outside. Zakaki's eyes lit up. By the way, he was the son-in-law of Tatsuna, a bridge-building expert in the Kingdom of Waves. He seemed to have a son named Inari, right? step son. Kesha is the best?It seems that he died at the hands of Kado. Seeing that Zakaki didn't speak, Kesha smiled and said, "Isn't it convenient to say it? It doesn't matter!" "No, I suddenly remembered something. My name is Zakaki, a genin of Konoha. I'm glad to meet you. Also, thank you again for saving me!" Zakaki endured the pain and sat up and said. "Don't move, you are injured, you need to take good care of yourself, and if you cause the wound to burst, it will be very troublesome!" Kesha said worriedly. "It's okay, I want to get up and move around. It should feel uncomfortable after lying down for so long!" Zakaki said with a smile, signaling Kesha not to worry. Kesha hurriedly ran to Zakmu, supported Zakmu, and helped him stand up. Zakaki waved his hand and said: "It's okay, my left shoulder is injured, and my foot is fine. Besides, I am a ninja, how can I be so fragile!" After that, Zakaki walked out the door. When Zakaki walked out of the door, he saw the endless sea. The evening sun was reflected in the water. Several seabirds kept circling and occasionally made a few cheerful calls. There were several fishing boats parked on the blue water. There were also a few sounds of women's laughter. Zakmu looked back at the wooden house and found that there were not many houses around, with a few families living here and there. Kesha's wooden house was at the front of all the houses, closest to the sea. There were still a few rolls of green on the chimney on the wooden house behind the wooden house. Smoke, maybe cooking dinner. Seeing this relaxing picture of the seaside, Zakaki felt that the pain in his left shoulder seemed to lessen. "Haha, isn't it beautiful? I also love looking at everything here, it looks so like my hometown!" A burst of laughter passed behind Zakaki, it was Kesha. Zakaki smiled and replied: "It is very beautiful. It can be said to be the most beautiful place I have seen in the country of waves!" Hearing Zakaki's praise, Kesha seemed very excited, so he said happily: "You can rest here and recover! I'll cook, my skills are good!" ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?. As for the people from the three major families, although they are teammates, they are like mud bodhisattvas crossing the river. They cannot protect themselves, so they can still take care of them? Wish yourself luck! Zakaki has never been a selfless person. He will fight tooth and nail to protect those he wants to protect. For those he doesn't care too much, he will do what he can! Therefore, the most important thing at the moment is to recuperate! ; Text Chapter 47 We are partners! Zuomu came to the forest not far away. Zuomu knew that he needed help at this time. After a night of recuperation, the blood vessels that were originally blocked in his left shoulder seemed to have been slightly unblocked, which meant that Zuomu could try to summon Bobby. . Therefore, Zakaki, who got up early in the morning, felt his situation and came to the woods. An ink-colored context appeared around the "Summoning Technique", and there was a bang and a flash of gas. Zakaki looked at the empty ground and was a bit confused. To be honest, Zakmu was definitely not an expert, apart from Bobby. And Babi was Zakmu's biggest amulet so far. If he couldn't summon Bobby, , which means that Zakaki completely lost the capital of the seven people to challenge. The activation of the summoning spell just now caused the wounds to begin to crack, and some of the healed wounds immediately began to bleed. Zakaki frowned slightly. The injured blood vessels seemed to be unable to withstand the fluctuations of chakra. Summoning Bobby required a large amount of chakra, but such a situation would only make the wound on the blood vessels larger, making it seem more difficult to summon Bobby. Zakaki reluctantly returned to Kesha¡¯s cabin. Kesha was playing with his fishing gear when Zakmu came to the wooden house. Kesha saw Zakmu's frustrated expression and asked, "Zakmu, what's wrong?" "It's okay, there's something wrong with the practice of ninjutsu." Zakaki said, scratching the back of his head. "Haha, that's it. I don't understand your ninja training, but I think many things are the same. You can't rush anything. Your hand is injured, and you are still in a hurry to practice ninjutsu. Of course it won't work. What a good effect, just like when I fish, if the fishing net is broken, there will naturally be fewer fish!" Kesha said with a smile on his hands. "You're right, there's no rush!" Zakaki said with a shrug and a smile. "That's right, let me take you fishing, right? The sea is the greatest place. No matter what, the sea can tolerate it, so the sea can also tolerate your sorrows!" Kesha ran to Zakaki, looking forward to it Look at the oak tree. Oakwood looked at Kesha with stars in his eyes. It seemed that Kesha was really an excellent sailor¡ª¡ª Seeing that Zakaki didn't answer, Kesha was a little disappointed and said, "I'm sorry, I forgot, you are still injured. It would be bad if the seawater infected the wound." "Where is it? I was just thinking about what you said. The sea is indeed the greatest place! Go, why not go?" Zakaki explained. "Really? That's great. Just wait a minute while I prepare the boat!" Before Zakaki could say anything, Kesha ran outside. Zakaki looked at Kesha's figure and said with a smile: "What a different child!" Zakaki and Kesha came to the fishing boat. Kesha got on the boat first, stepping on it left and right, as if to see if the boat was strong. Kesha smiled and said to Zakaki: "Haha, I checked it just now. This boat is very strong. But now because of you, I will check it again!" Zakaki stepped on the boat and asked in confusion: "Isn't it just catching a fish? Why do you care so much?" Kesha touched his head and said with some embarrassment: "That's it. If we here are willing to be good friends with you, we will agree to go fishing with you. That means that your friendship has been proved by the sea." "Is that so? Has no one ever fished with you before?" Zakaki asked. Kesha lowered his head and said in despair: "I came here from another place, so the people here don't treat me very well, so I never have any good friends¡ª¡ª" Zakaki put his hand on Kesha's shoulder and said: "From today on, it won't be like this!" Kesha looked at Zakaki's affirmative eyes and said in surprise: "Really? Don't you dislike me? You are a ninja!" "Ninjas also have friends. Haha, you don't dislike me, do you?" Zakaki asked jokingly. Kesha quickly waved his hands: "How is that possible? It's too late for me to be happy!" "Really? Let's go! Let's go fishing!" Zakaki picked up the paddle on the boat and turned to Kesha and said. "Yeah!" Kesha nodded solemnly and sat down. Zuo Mu took up the oar and pushed it back, but the boat seemed not to give him much respect. It kept spinning on the water surface and refused to take a step forward. When Kesha saw the appearance of the oak tree, he laughed loudly and said: "Oak wood, it's not like you can row a boat like you, the boat won't move!" Zakaki said somewhat depressedly: "It seems to be okay! It's very troublesome to control this boat!" "It's okay, I called you! Look, it's like this!" Kesha said while rowing the oar, not forgetting to show Zakmu the process and details of rowing. "That's it! Haha¡ª¡ª" "Ha ha¡ª¡ª" Zakaki was eating the fish that he and Kesha had caught together at the dining table, waiting for Kesha, Kesha?To celebrate the great fishing harvest with Zakmu, we went to the street to buy some delicious food! So the hungry Zakaki first weighed a cooked fish and waited for Kesha. Just when Zakmu was a little anxious, Kesha came back in a panic, then quickly closed the door, leaned against the door, and said breathlessly: "Zhao, Zakmu, there are people on the street asking about you. Are you San?" They are all strange people, they all look very fierce, and the most terrifying thing is that each of them is carrying a big knife, and they look more powerful than Cardo's bodyguards!" When Zakaki heard what he said, he frowned and said, "They didn't notice you, did they?" "No, I just saw them asking the vendors on the street about you and they responded in a panic. They must not have noticed!" Kesha said. "That's it! Kesha, they are all very powerful ninjas. Now that I am injured, I am no match for them. I have to leave now!" After that, Zakaki picked up his coat and walked out the door. "No, what if they discover you when you go out now? It won't be good even if you are seen by people around you. I vaguely heard them saying that there will be a reward if you tell them the news! You are still here Come on, no one saw you when we went out today, so it¡¯s safe here!¡± Kesha said anxiously when he saw Zakaki was about to leave, pulling on Zakaki¡¯s sleeves. "It's okay, I'm not safe here anymore. They can't find me if I go to the woods!" Zakaki said, patting Kesha on the shoulder. "Zakaki, I know you are afraid that I will hurt you. I am really useless. I can't help even a single favor from my friends!" Kesha said in despair. "No -", just when Zakaki was about to explain, Zakaki felt three people coming not far away. Zakaki guarded Kesha behind him, took out a kunai, guarded carefully, and then said : "Kesha, come on, they are coming. All you can help me now is to leave safely. Once the battle starts, I will have no way to protect you!" "Are you here?" Zakaki shook the kunai in his hand vigorously, and then said, "Kesha, don't say anything for a while, they won't kill civilians!" "But¡ª¡ª" "Bang, bang!" There was a knock on the door, and then a childish voice said, "Is there anyone there?" Zakaki¡¯s frown relaxed a little, it was a scolding! But to be careful, Zakaki still used a clone to open the door. The clone walked to the door and asked, "Who is it?" "Captain! I saw you, why are you pretending? You are using a clone! You are so careful!" Zakaki unlocked the clone technique, and then comforted Kesha: "It's okay, he's my teammate!" Zakaki walked to the door, opened the door, and saw Chi, Zhiyan, and that guy Jinchuan! "Captain, where have you gone? We are looking for you everywhere. If Zhiyan's bugs hadn't discovered that this kid smells like you, we might not have been able to find you!" Jinchuan said carelessly. "Well, we found someone looking for the captain. Three strange people. If we guessed correctly, they should be enemies!" Zhiyan's sunglasses flashed a bright light. "Well, something happened -" So Takaki told the three of them what he had experienced in the past few days. When the three of them heard that their opponents were the famous Seven Ninja Swordsmen, they couldn't help but tremble. Kesha on the side listened to Zakaki, as if listening to a story, the kind of story that he couldn't understand, but he seemed to hear that Zakaki was a very powerful ninja, and his opponent was also a very powerful opponent. He said with some worry: "Zakmu, what will you do now?" Jinchuan looked at Kesha and said with some disdain: "Captain, who is this kid? He looks like trash!" After listening to Jinchuan¡¯s words, Zakaki said with a dark face: ¡°Am I a trash kid too?¡± ¡°This, that¡ª, wow, the moon is beautiful today!¡± Jinchuan said. "Huh? There seems to be no moon today!" Zhiyan said in confusion. Chi Qiang on the side suppressed his laughter, his face turned red, and he kept touching the white wolf. Kesha saw that Zakaki seemed to care about him very much, his eyes were full of tears, and he said tremblingly: "Zakaki, thank you! -" Zakaki looked at Kesha and said with a smile: "No, without you, maybe I would have died a long time ago! -" "No, someone is coming!" Zhiyan suddenly exclaimed. Zakaki said to Kesha beside him: "Kesha, take advantage of now and leave quickly." "No, how can I leave my friends alone?" Kesha firmly refused Zakaki. "Okay then! Follow me later and don't talk nonsense!" "Um!" ¡°Captain, this will harm him!¡± Chi reminded Zakaki. "I know!"The tree scolded in reply, and then hit Kesha on the back, and Kesha fainted. "Captain, you are so evil! What if he is beaten stupid by you?" Jinchuan shouted. Oakwood did not answer Kanagawa's words, and then said to the three of them: "You go find Shinnosuke-sama now! I will stop them!" "Are you kidding me? Captain, this is the same as sending yourself to death!" Jinchuan said. "Not bad!" Chi responded to Jinchuan, while Zhiyan nodded at the side. "Go quickly! This is a mission!" Zakaki said seriously. "I know the captain wants us to leave, but how could we abandon our companions?" Zhiyan pushed the glasses on his nose with his hand and said firmly. "Do you want to disobey me? You are giving up on your mission! Ninjas who give up on their mission are useless!" Zakaki roared. "Really? But those who give up their companions are worse than trash!" He looked at the oak tree, then touched the white wolf and said, the white wolf seemed to feel what the owner was thinking, and kept barking! Zakaki was stunned. This seemed to be what Kakashi said to Naruto. Could it be that this kind of thought already exists at this time! Zakaki thought of White Fang. It seemed that White Fang's death was very valuable, at least it broke the ninja's belief that the mission is paramount. Zakaki looked at the three young faces and said, "Thank you!" "We are partners!" the three of them said at the same time. ; Text Chapter 48: Trampling on corpses to vent anger "Haha, what a touching scene! Are all Konoha's ninjas like this?" Muuri Jinpachi suddenly appeared in front of everyone in Oakwood, carrying his own Explosive Sword Feimo, followed by Aso and Okamura. "Is this your opponent? It's really powerful -" Jinchuan looked at the three people's swords, his voice trembling. Muri Jinpachi seemed to sense Kanagawa's timidity, and smiled wildly: "Boy, stick your head out, and your uncle Muri Jinpachi will give you a good time! If not, I will make your life worse than death!" "Jinpachi, you are the only one who talks nonsense, so hurry up and stop talking nonsense!" Okamura took the big knife from his shoulder, pointed at Zakaki and continued: "Boy, I let you escape last time, but I will kill you this time. It¡¯s very miserable!¡± "Hmph! Really? Relying on sneak attacks to deal with a weakling like me is really what you bullshit seven people do!" Zakaki took out a kunai from his ninja bag, "This is a trait given to me by Shinnosuke-sensei. Kunai, I will kill you today to avenge my master!" "Haha, Aso, did you hear that? This kid actually wants to avenge his master, just relying on a few little shrimps around him?" Muuri Jinpachi pointed at the Chi and others behind Zakaki, and laughed at Aso. "Come together, leave the kid who escaped to me, and you can take care of the rest!" Aso didn't wait for Wuri Jinpachi and Okamura to object, and already picked up the guy and walked towards Zakaki. "Captain Aso, don't let him escape again!" Muri Jinpachi said jokingly. "Huh, save you for talking too much!" "Zhiyan, deal with that one-eyed dragon! Be careful with his knife, it will explode on contact! Chihe Jinchuan deal with the guy carrying the knife, that is the guy named Okamura. Don't let his knife stab you. It is said that the knife can absorb The iron in the human body!" Zakaki simply assigned the task. "Kid, you seem to know our information? You know quite a lot!" Aso stopped himself and asked curiously. "Who doesn't know about the famous Seven Ninja Swordsmen?" "Haha, that's right! I'm just saying, Konoha is nothing, sooner or later I'll go and blow them all up!" Muuri Jinpachi was a little proud when he heard Zakaki's praise. ¡°Silly arm!¡± After listening to Muuri Jinpachi¡¯s words, Takaki couldn¡¯t help but cursed in Chinese! "Thunderball!" Aso didn't seem to have the temperament of a master, so he directly fired the thunderball at Zakaki. Zakaki saw the thunderball flying towards him, jumped away, then turned back and said: "Fight in groups, and support the other group after the battle is over!" "I won't let you escape this time!" Aso chased after Zakaki. Aso chased and found that the person was missing. Aso stopped and sneered at the air: "It is true that famous teachers make great disciples. Your teacher was beaten by us and had to use the Iwagakure Jutsu to escape. Now you are the same. Even if So what? Your teacher didn¡¯t die in our hands in the end!" Oakwood is using the Rock Hidden Technique. Although this technique is easy to hide, it has a limit. Everyone needs oxygen. Takaki was a little breathless after hearing Aso's words. Takaki didn't know whether Shinnosuke was dead or alive at first, but when he heard Aso's words, he could no longer suppress the anger in his heart! He jumped out of the ground and stared at Aso! "Haha, you're out? You're so impatient! You're just a child after all, but then again, you escaped from me that day. I'm really wondering, how did you escape?" Aso looked at Takashi teasingly. "You will know when you die!" Zakaki quickly formed a seal with his hands, "Earth Release¡¤Rock Stealing Stick" Zakaki knew that Aso's knife was charged, not only fast, but also able to release all kinds of thunder and lightning It was a difficult opponent to attack, so Zakaki decided to get a longer weapon and try not to let him get close to him. Although Zakaki's attention was good, he seemed to have forgotten that his opponent was the operator! "At such a young age, you can easily master the earth escape technique, that's good! However, you can only stop here!" After that, Aso quickly came to Takaki's side, raised the blade of his left hand, and the blade of his right hand had already appeared on Takaki's chest. forward. "So fast!" Zakaki hurriedly backed away and blocked the rock stealing stick in front of his chest. With a bang, the blade and the stick were connected, and the stick flashed with sparks, forming an arc. Zakaki clearly felt that the arc seemed to be on his face, like a poisonous snake with its core flashing, looking for an opportunity to deliver a fatal blow. Watching Aso clenching his teeth and resisting his own knife, Aso raised a smile on his lips. He saw a layer of electric arc condensed on the tip of the knife in his left hand, spinning in the air and stabbing towards Aso's abdomen. Zakaki hurriedly withdrew his left hand and immediately formed the seal "Earth Release¡¤Petrification!" Zakaki's lower body immediately took on the form of petrification. Aso's knife stabbed Zakaki's lower abdomen with electric light, but it didn't seem to have the effect he expected. The blade stabbed Zakaki's lower abdomen and stopped moving forward. The knife seemed to have encountered a rock and could no longer be used.Aso was slightly surprised when he advanced even a little bit. He saw that Zakaki had only one hand supporting the stick, and his left hand was still in the seal state, so he knew what was going on. good chance! Zakaki raised his petrified right leg and struck Aso directly in the chest. Aso felt something was wrong and quickly withdrew his left knife and held it in front of his chest. Aso suddenly shouted: "No, it's so strong!" At this time, Aso was kicked to a tree in an arc and slowly landed on the ground. ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????Out of nowhere, Oakwood's strength is already amazing, and with the addition of the petrification technique, it naturally forms a considerable force. Aso felt bursts of dullness in his chest, and he couldn't breathe. Venus flashed in front of his eyes. Aso shook his head, forcing himself to feel refreshed. Zakaki, who was squatting aside, also felt uncomfortable. Although he had only fought for one round, he was already injured. Coupled with the collision with Aso just now, the wounds that had been somewhat healed burst open again, and blood flowed from his sleeves. out. Not only that, although Zakaki petrified his lower body in time to avoid injury, the arc-carrying blade still knocked him down. Zakaki felt some numbness all over his body, especially where it came into contact with the blade. "Kid, that's good! I never thought you could form a seal with one hand! And you have such great strength! I really underestimated you. Now, I have to get serious! So, go to hell! Ninja Technique: Thunder Strike Armor!" After Aso said that, he ran straight towards Zakaki. Zaki looked at Aso, whose body was filled with thunder and lightning. He was a bit big-headed. Not to mention the lightning knife, which was already fast, was now even faster with the addition of the lightning strike armor. Zakmu quickly formed the seal "Earth Release, Mud Wall Technique!" Several mud walls immediately appeared in all directions of Zakumu. The moment the mud wall was completed, Aso had already rushed to the edge of the mud wall, and then there was a strange sound, "crackling" and "squeaking". In short, the strange sound made people's hair stand on end. . A mud wall directly in front of the oak tree produced a human-shaped bulge, moving forward. The tension of the mud wall seemed to have reached its limit, and the human-shaped bulge stopped moving, but the tip of the bulge produced an electric current. Flowers are like a little bird that breaks out of its shell. The bird's beak keeps pecking at the shell. What awaits it is the beautiful sun and the world. But how could Zakmu let him break out of his shell? "Earth Release, Magma Yosumi!" Yosumi, who was in a heat wave, seemed to want to swallow Aso along with the mud wall. Aso inside the mud wall immediately knew that something was wrong. Not to mention the astonishing heat he felt below, these weird walls in front of him were enough to make a person¡¯s head grow bigger. Aso felt his body sinking continuously, and suddenly panicked. What kind of ninjutsu was it and why was it like this? So, Asheng exerted great force, and the mud wall finally broke, and he finally saw the evil little devil! But the next scene still left him in a hurry. Although he had felt a very high temperature on the mud wall just now, the bottom of the mud wall had been completely swallowed up now, and his feet had come into contact with this damn ninjutsu! Aso looked around and immediately exclaimed: "This is Huangsennuma! No! What on earth is it?" "I told you, I will tell you when I get to hell! Earth Release: Rock Pillar Prison!" After Takaki said this, several earth pillars appeared around Aso, trying to imprison Aso. Aso roared: "How could I die in the hands of a brat like you? Let you try my new technique. Thunder Explosion!" Zakaki looked at Aso's sudden increase in chakra, and it seemed that his technique was still brewing. Zakaki immediately formed a seal, "Water Release-Water Dragon Bullet!" Without thinking, Zakaki directly used his current The ninjutsu with the highest single target attack! The water dragon bomb roared and rushed towards Aso. Aso's technique seemed to have ended. Lightning flashed around Aso, and it shot in all directions. The water dragon bomb hit the arc head-on, and with a bang, the water dragon bomb shattered. The electric arc was still coming towards the oak tree, no, it should be said that it was coming from all directions. The "cracking" sound lasted for a minute. Finally stopped, Zakaki came out of the soil, and saw that half of his body was still in the soil. There was no good part of his upper body. Aso's scalp was numb, "What a pervert! Thanks to me, I got into the soil when I saw the wrong time." Otherwise, I will definitely end up with the same fate as you!" Zakaki looked at his embarrassed appearance, and said with a wry smile: "It seems that the situation is not much better!" Zakaki's left shoulder was already more injured at this time, and it was still injured. My whole body was sore and I didn¡¯t know which muscle I had cramped, so I used a water hose to shoot it. Didn¡¯t my teacher in elementary school say it can conduct electricity? You are so stupid! Zakaki ran to Aso's side and kicked his blackened head several times. "You bastard, you made me so miserable! It's your uncle's fault! I'll kill you!" Zakaki cursed, while not forgetting to take advantage of Aso's hands. Taking the thunder knife, Zakaki played with it and kept tutting, "This is a damn good thing! Zakaki put the thunder knife on his waist, took care of the wound, and headed towards the place where he separated from Chi and them just now. Go, after taking two steps, he turned back, then lowered his body, pulled Aso out, and searched Aso's body, "Oh! Poor guy, nothing! Damn you! "Ozaki MataHe stepped on Aso a few times and said, "Seven people, I have recorded my grudge against you! Kill one, and there will be six more!" After that, Zakaki kicked a few more times! ; Text Chapter 49 You have no chance ps: Since I have been taking exams these days, and the junior and senior students have gone home, the computer room of the school is closed, so there was no update yesterday. I have to go home tomorrow, so I can¡¯t update it, but I will write less when I get home. Make up for everything! Also, I would like to thank book friends Desehe and Ye Yuetong for their support! Everyone is welcome to leave positive comments, I will reply anyway. Also, I am a newcomer, and everyone knows that it is difficult for newcomers to write books, especially fan fiction, so everyone must give me a lot of support and understanding! In the white mist, Jinchuan and Chi were both a little anxious. Although they could roughly feel Okamura's position, Okamura's speed and weird sword skills were a bit overwhelming. So at this time, Chi and Jinchuan's bodies were already covered with injuries. "Chi! Do you think we will die here?" Jinchuan turned his back to Chi and said tremblingly. "Are you kidding me? You don't want to be the head of the Hyuga family anymore?" he said jokingly. "How is that possible? Let me tell you, no one in the Hyuga family is qualified to be the clan leader except me. Damn, if you get over this hurdle, I will look after you in Konoha from now on!" Jinchuan seemed to be aroused by the words of the scold, and his inner pride was aroused. . ¡°It¡¯s a joke, I want you to take it?¡± Jinchuan also said quite proudly. "Wait a minute and see if I pull out Okamura's skin!" "The two boys seem to be very confident even when death is imminent. What trash brats, they really don't know how to write death! I really don't know why Konoha would send people like you to support Sarutobi Shinnosuke?" Okamura carried on his shoulders. The beheading sword suddenly appeared in front of the two people from the fog. "Now! Bagua, sixty-four palms!" Jinchuan immediately launched an offensive, bang bang bang! The palms of his hands all hit Okamura's body. Jinchuan gasped, supported his body with both hands, and said, "It should be a hit this time, right?" "Why are you still so impulsive? Okamura obviously wants to consume our energy, haven't you seen it yet?" He roared at Jinchuan, and the living Okamura turned into a puddle of rotten water! "It's the water avatar again, damn it, Okamura! You are a person after all, don't you even have the courage to fight? It's really embarrassing for the fog ninja!" Kanagawa roared at the fog. "Calm down! Jinchuan, don't be like this, you will only bring more attack opportunities to the enemy!" He poked Jinchuan behind him with his arm. With a "chi" sound, there was another scar on Jinchuan's arm. "Ah! Bastard! Okamura, villain!" Jinchuan roared again. Okamura looked at the two people in the heavy fog, and he was a little confused. He didn't dare to fight in close combat. Not to mention the physical skills of the white-eyed boy, even the human-animal combination with him was a headache. Yes, once they appear around them, they can always fight back quickly. It would be okay if there was no human-animal combination. Although Byakugan can indeed reveal his position, he alone cannot carry out strikes from a distance. But coupled with the physical technique called teeth, as long as he stops to perform the assassination technique, the two The whirlpool attacked immediately. This was why he could only quickly use his sword skills and evacuate immediately after taking advantage. This was also the reason why the fight continued until now. Zhiyan, who was not far from their battle, was also in a bit of a panic at this time. His high-collared gown had been blown up beyond recognition, and the gown with only one sleeve looked so ridiculous. Zhiyan moved his body carefully, holding on to his hands. The bugs were released at a stop, and the army of bugs set up a defense line around Zhiyan. Once Muuri Jinpachi entered the defense line, Zhiyan immediately launched an attack with bugs. The bugs had not done anything substantial to Muri Jinpachi from the beginning until now. Once the bugs get close to him, his big knife will explode from the blade. Although there are many bugs, they can't withstand the indiscriminate bombardment of Muri Jinpachi. Until now, Zhiyan doesn't know that he is dead. There are fewer bugs. Although the parasites are produced quickly, they are still based on Zhiyan's chakra. Now Zhiyan's chakra is obviously insufficient. Muuri Jinpachi, who was wielding his explosive sword crazily, was also extremely depressed. He had long heard that the Aburame clan in Konoha was extremely difficult to deal with. When he saw it today, he really felt that he was so powerful and had nowhere to show off! Although the power of the blasting knife is powerful, the boy from the Aburame family seems not to be prepared to fight with him, as if he is stalling for time. Is he waiting for rescue? Does Konoha still have reinforcements? Muuri Jinpachi knew that those few shrimps were definitely no match for Aso and Okamura, so the reinforcements there could be ignored directly. If from Konoha headquarters¡ª¡ª, there are a few perverted guys in Konoha, what about Sarutobi Shinnosuke? He is said to be the son of the Third Hokage. I heard that the old guy is a cunning fox. How could he send a few shrimps to rescue him? So there must be some powerful guys. Needless to say, the Sannin, even that golden flash is enough for him to drink a pot! That guy is definitely his nemesis. No matter how powerful the explosive sword is, if a kunai comes over, he will kill him before the explosive sword explodes! So¡ª¡ª, actuallyLet's retreat! At this time, Muuri Jinpachi has already made plans to retreat! You will definitely say that this seems too un-glorious as a ninja, right? Well, will such a thing keep those so-called ninja glory in his heart? Their safety is the first priority! Zakaki swallowed a soldier's grain pill and matched his heartbeat rate to determine his rescue speed. The injured Zakaki felt a little bit unable to save himself at this time. Feeling that his fatigue was slightly weakened, Zakaki increased his speed¡ª¡ª "Kids, go to hell!" Okamura brandished a big knife and struck at him. The white wolf had been beaten back to its original shape and was whining from the side. Jinchuan was half-kneeling on the ground, constantly sucking blood. Seeing that Okamura's sword was about to hit Chi's head, the white wolf kept barking on the ground. Chi had closed his eyes, as if waiting for death to come, but Chi found that he had not been hacked to death! Chi felt a hot, fishy-smelling liquid spray on his face. He opened his eyes, only to see a face that he hated, that was Jinchuan! Chi looked at Jinchuan in disbelief and roared loudly: "Why? Why are you doing this?" Jinchuan looked at Chi¡¯s face that was moved, incredulous, and a little sad, and said arrogantly: "Ahem - I said - I have to protect you - yours!" Half of Okamura's decapitating sword had already penetrated into Kanagawa's body. Okamura looked at this scene with a somewhat disdainful smile on his lips: "You little brats of Konoha! It's really touching! However, it's so stupid! Shrimps, go to hell¡ª¡ª" Chi held Jinchuan's shoulders with both hands, looked at Jinchuan's eyes that were about to close, and cried: "I don't need you to take care of me! What are you doing stupidly? - Jinchuan, don't let me sleep with you! You still want to be Hinata." The patriarch of the family!" Okamura's sword picked up Jinchuan's body and continued to rush forward. The tip of the sword was about to reach Chi's chest in the blink of an eye! At this moment, a strange scene appeared! But Okamura's knife can no longer penetrate even an inch! Oakwood is here! A rock appeared in front of Chi's eyes. The rock blocked the progress of the knife. At the same time, Chi's hands left and rested on Jinchuan's shoulders. Although there was only a rock between Chi and Jinchuan, Chi felt that he was so far away from him, almost far away. out of reach¡ª¡ª When Okamura saw this scene, he knew that Konoha's reinforcements were coming. Okamura withdrew his sword, and Jinchuan's body fell on the rock! The blood dyed the originally dark yellow rock red, and Jinchuan's white eyes also retracted, but the white eyes with no visible pupils were now even whiter. Okamura looked back and saw that it was the smaller kid! When Okamura saw the thunder knife on Zakaki's waist, his face was full of disbelief. Could it be that this kid killed Aso? Okamura waved his beheading sword and said in surprise: "Boy, Aso died in your hands?" Zakaki nodded, looked at Jinchuan kneeling on the rock, and said in a low voice: "You will also die in my hands!" "Haha¡ª¡ª, just you? Aso is trash to begin with, and he deserves his own fault for dying at your hands. However, he has tarnished the reputation of the Seven Ninja Swordsmen, and I will let him die without any peace of mind!" Oka! Murakami pointed his beheading sword at Oakwood and said: "Boy, next, you come and accept the baptism of the Mist Ninja assassination technique!" "No, you have no chance!" ; Text Chapter 50: Oakwood¡¯s future power ¡®Yes, you have no chance!¡¯ Not far from Oka Village, insects rushed like waves. Zhiyan stood on the insect gallery, pushing up the glasses on the bridge of his nose and said. ¡®When?¡¯ Okamura said nervously, holding the beheading sword in his hand tightly. 'Just before I came, Zhiyan had already hinted at me with bugs, that he was going to attack you from both sides so that you would have no place to hide! Now, you are ready to accept the baptism of our Konoha ninjas!' Samu said, his hands moving quickly Seal, 'Earth Shield, Earth Dragon Bullet!' As soon as Zuomu finished speaking, he saw seven or eight earth dragons rising from the ground and spraying mud bombs towards Gangcun. Seeing the monster-like performance of the oak trees, Okamura felt a little overwhelmed. It is not that earth dragon bullets are not used in this world. Earth dragon bullets are not uncommon, but the number of oak trees is what makes people feel overwhelmed. This earth dragon bomb consumes a lot of chakra, and its effect is not special, but if it is like oak wood, it is different. Seven or eight earth dragons release the bomb at the same time, and if one is hit Remember, some people have to endure it! Okamura dodged the attack of the earth dragon. The original sparkling blade on the beheading sword was no longer visible. The earth dragon's mud bullet turned the beheading sword into a clay knife! When Okamura was feeling angry about his own embarrassment, Zhiyan's insect had already arrived at Okamura's side, "Water Release, Great Waterfall Technique!" When Okamura saw that the insect was about to crawl onto him, he turned around suddenly , to avoid Oakwood's earth dragon bullets, and then quickly formed a seal, and the large waterfall that appeared out of thin air directly drove away the insect's offensive. The waterfall did not stop moving because of the decline of the insect's offensive. The waterfall with huge waves roared towards Zhiyan's direction. When Zakaki saw that Da Ou was not running towards Zhiyan, he knew that Zhiyan was in danger, so Zakaki quickly withdrew the earth dragon bullet technique just now. The earth dragon bullet technique just now would indeed pose a great threat to the enemy. , but this technique must use a large amount of chakra to maintain the offensive of earth dragon bombs. Zakaki knows that Zhiyan's situation is definitely much worse than his own, and he has some doubts about Zhiyan's defeat of Wuli Jinpachi. Zakaki is aware of Wuri Jinpachi's power. As a user of explosive sword spray, he is definitely Every ninja's nightmare. The Zhiyan family is an exterminator, and they may pose a threat to Muuri Jinpachi because of their unique ninjutsu, but when it comes to killing, Zhiyan is far from that powerful. As for why Zhiyan is here to support, to be honest, Zhiyan Mu was full of questions. As soon as the earth dragon bullets on the oak wood side were withdrawn, the pressure on Zhiyan's side suddenly increased. Okamura rushed towards Zhiyan with the waterfall, and the beheading knife was also close to the water, carrying waves, and slashed towards Zhiyan, The big knife directly cut off Zhiyan's insect swarm with the momentum of the waterfall. Okamura followed the knife's movement and swung upwards. The big knife directly chopped down Zhiyan. Zhiyan seemed to have expected such a link. Okamura It was Zhiyan's insect clone that Cun Yi chopped down with his sword. At this time, Zhiyan was half-kneeling on the ground, breathing heavily. Okamura saw that his attack didn't seem to have much effect, so he once again attacked Zhiyan with his sword. Okamura ran and said arrogantly: "Haha, what a joke! Is that the guy who just said that I have no chance? Is this all you can do?" The big sword arrived at Zhiyan's side in a blink of an eye. The Aburame clan's physical skills were not very good. At this time, Zhiyan was facing a swordsman, and his situation could naturally be imagined. , within a few strokes, there were several more stab wounds on his body, and it seemed that Zhiyan could not last more than a few rounds. Okamura looked at the exterminator of the Aburame family struggling in his hands, and a flash of pleasure flashed in his heart. The fight with the two brats from the Hinata and Inuzuka families just now made him very depressed, and he encountered another problem. The imp ninja that Aso killed had seven or eight earth dragon bombs, and he was stunned! There was this brat from the Aburame family behind him, and he almost lost his way. Thanks to the small amount of chakra he had, he used a water escape technique to restrain this brat from the Aburame family. Um? Another flaw. Speaking of which, the physical skills of this Aburame family are really bad! In this case, I'll kill you! "Boy, go to hell!" Okamura suddenly raised the knife, and in an instant the knife came less than a foot away from Zhiyan. At this time, Zhiyan could completely feel the cold murderous aura coming from the tip of the knife. It seemed that this time he The explanation is here! Zhiyan closed his eyes, and all he could see were his mother's voice and smile. He was originally not popular in the family, just because his views on insects were different from the world. Even the Aburame family, which always claimed to be united, treated him like this. All aliens are deeply abhorred! Just die, save your mother from being embarrassed in front of yourself and your family! "Ah! It hurts so much! - Aren't you dead?" Zhiyan opened his eyes and found himself lying on the ground with a big bump on his head and something hitting his foot. Zhiyan looked around and saw that he was lying on the ground. Okamura's sword was stuck on a boulder, and behind him stood Takaki. Takashi's hands were covered in blood. Okamura turned his head and looked at Takaki with a look of disbelief on his face, as well as Takaki's somewhat ferocious face. Zhiyan stuttered a bit and said, "This, this is -?" It turns out that the moment Okamura attacked Zhiyan, Takaki removed the earth dragon bomb and immediately used IwagakureThe technique drilled into the earth, and when Okamura thought that Zhiyan would be killed, Oakwood took advantage of Okamura's carelessness and directly blocked Okamura's attack with Doluku Return, and then used the special bitterness given to him by Shinnosuke. Nothing penetrated Okamura's heart, so that scene of you appeared! Of course, when he returned from releasing Tolu, he directly knocked Zhiyan away¡ª¡ª "Haha, I am worthy of being Shinnosuke's apprentice. The use of this earth escape alone has almost caught up with his accomplishments. If I die in your hands, it will not be an insult to my dignity!" Okamura was a little miserable at this time. , the tied up hair became like a beggar, disheveled, blood was flowing from the corner of the mouth, and the arrogant face was no longer the same! Oakwood took out the kunai and said coldly: "This is the fate of ninjas, killing and being killed! If you kill Jinchuan, I will avenge him!" Okamura slowly raised his head and murmured: "The fate of a ninja is to kill and be killed! That's right! Once you cut down Konoha, another great person will emerge! -" After saying that, he straightened up and fell down. Go down. Zakaki ignored Okamura, came to Zhiyan, helped Zhiyan up and said, "Are you okay?" "It would be troublesome if you hit me directly with that return from earth and land!" Zhiyan looked at Zakaki and said. "Alas! It's my fault. If I hadn't acted on my own will, I wouldn't have caused this situation!" Zakaki thought of Jinchuan, and his tone was a little low. "Didn't you say that the fate of ninjas is to kill and be killed! Maybe an ending like Jinchuan's is not bad!" Zhiyan patted Zakaki on the shoulder and said. Zakaki trembled fiercely, thinking of the ugly behaviors of the Hyuga family, he couldn't help but feel angry. From now on, Jinchuan will find justice for him! Zakaki and Zhiyan came to Chi's side and watched Chi looking at Kanagawa's body blankly. Zhiyan said: "He died to guard his companions, even if they were not so harmonious companions. Kanagawa is the hero of Konoha!~" "Jinchuan's is a hero, but Konoha's is a hero!¡ª¡ª, ridiculous!" Chi raised his head and looked at Zhiyan, clenching his fists, and there were sparks in his eyes, as if he wanted to burn everything to ashes. Zakaki turned around, turned his back and scolded, Na Na said: "You are too weak, I pretend I have never heard this, don't tell anyone again! We are too weak!" "Yes, we are too weak!" Zhiyan also said. "We?¡ª¡ª" Chi looked at Zhiyan and Zakmu, with a bit of excitement in his tone. Zakimu looked back at Zhiyan and Chi. Zhiyan also looked at Zakimu, then nodded together, and then said together: "Yes! Us!" ¡°What the three of them don¡¯t know is that they relied on these two people to create another force in Konoha! It is also Zakaki's power in the ninja world! ; Text Chapter 51 Farewell Zakaki sat on the beach, watching the seabirds that sometimes took off and sometimes landed, and thought of the messy things happening now, and couldn't help but feel a little anxious. Shinnosuke's life and death are still unknown. Although Aso and others have said several times that Shinnosuke died at their hands, they have not seen his body and there is no definite information about him, so they cannot determine that he is dead. It may be a psychological attack tactic by the enemy. . In addition to Jinchuan's death, Chi's body was covered with scars, and his left shoulder injury was getting worse. Only Zhiyan in the entire team was in slightly better condition. Therefore, it was impossible to continue traveling in the current situation. They can only temporarily recuperate in the Country of Waves, and wait until the injuries of several people are about the same before taking the next step, searching for people or returning to Konoha. Zakaki looked at the wet trousers, and he didn't know when the waves had started to form. Zakaki slightly twisted the trousers with his hands, trying to squeeze the water out of the trousers, "Tough luck!" Zakaki cursed there, and suddenly felt a sensation behind his back. Someone came, Zakaki turned his head, and it turned out to be White Wolf, the ninja dog who was scolding him. "Aren't you afraid of wound infection due to such high humidity?" Chi said first. "It's already like this, it doesn't matter if it's a little more violent!" Zakaki spread his hands and shrugged. "It's not okay if you don't love yourself. If you don't learn to love yourself, who will care about you?" Chi's tone was a little low, and the white wolf on his shoulder also licked Chi's cheek, as if to comfort him. "From what you said, it seems that your situation is not very good. Are you interested in chatting? Of course, I said it was about your previous life -" Zakaki said with a smile. "Life, previous life? Why should I tell you?" he said with a suddenly serious tone. "Why? Because we are teammates!" Zakaki walked up to Chi and patted Chi on the shoulder. "Teammate! Teammate?" Chi was a little confused. "Well, just like Jinchuan!" Hearing Zakmu mention Jinchuan, his initially dazed eyes became sharp, like a ferocious beast eager for food, perhaps thinking of something. Zakaki didn¡¯t say anything else, just patted him on the shoulder again and walked towards Kesha¡¯s cabin. When he walked more than ten meters, he turned his back to Zakaki and suddenly said: "Chi, I dare say I will protect you, but if anything happens, I will definitely help you! I believe Zhiyan is the same! We are teammates, It¡¯s the same people.¡± Looking at the wind and waves on the sea, there was a huge wave in Chi Chi's heart at this moment, "Teammates, the same people!" Chi Chi said silently, the more he thought about the thoughts stirred up by Zhiyan and Zakmu, the more he felt. Arrogantly, at the end, he clenched his fists and yelled at himself: "I don't want to be an outcast!" When I heard the roar of the oak tree in the distance, I knew that my little plan was done! Chi is a smart man, he knows what to do. Zakaki looked at the small wooden house that had appeared in front of him, and felt a little peaceful. After he and others killed Okamura, he returned to Kesha's cabin. Kesha was still annoyed by Zakaki's lack of loyalty. Don't consider him a friend. Thinking of Kesha's appearance, Zakaki felt a little funny. They all said that the civilians in the Naruto world were kind, and indeed they were! Zakaki stepped into the hut. Kesha was busy in the kitchen on the side. Zakaki looked at the beheading sword hanging on the side and felt a little proud. Let's see how the Kijin Zabuza will do in the future! Zakaki touched the thunder knife at his waist again, and the black hoe thunder fang! Zakaki knew that after he returned to the village, the two swords he captured were collected by the third generation. In the end, in order to restore peace between the two countries of water and fire, these two swords became Konoha's sincerity! As for the fire that Zakwood later got angry about, that is a story for another day. "Zakaki, you are back, don't be sad. I believe your companions don't want to see you like you are now, so cheer up, I believe you will avenge your companions." Kesha ran to Zakaki's side and walked up to him. Holding the oak tree shoulder, comforting. Zakaki looked at Kesha's serious expression, and some of the sadness in his heart faded a lot. Coupled with the comforting words just now, it seemed to have opened up his heart, so at this moment, Zakaki felt relieved. A little more fun. Zakaki smiled and said: "I'm fine, Kesha, you don't have to worry. By the way, Zhiyan?" "Oh, he just went out and said he was going to practice. He should probably be back now." Kesha said. "That's it! Kesha, thank you!" Zakaki said suddenly. "Thank you for what? It's all trivial, as long as you don't mind it!" Kesha said awkwardly, rubbing the back of his head Three days later, Tsubasa and others were at the ferry in the Land of Waves, and there was Kesa with tears in his eyes. Zakaki took out the special kunai given to him by Shinnosuke from his ninja tool bag and handed it to Kesa. Then he said: "Kesha, we are leaving, and I have nothing to give you, so I will give you this weapon. What happens next?"So let someone come to Konoha and find me with this kunai! " Kesha waved his hand hurriedly and said: "No, this is your weapon, how can I take it?" "Take it! You might need it later!" "no¡ª¡ª" "We ninjas have a rule that when we treat each other as friends, we will give each other our favorite weapons. If the other party accepts it, it means recognition of ourselves! Don't you recognize me, Kesha?" Mu said pretending to be serious. "No, why don't I recognize you? It's just that I know that this kunai seems to have been given to you by your teacher. How can I take it?" Kesha explained. "How do you know?" Zakaki asked curiously. "You said it!" Kesha said. "Really? Did I say that? No matter, do you recognize me or not?" Zakaki asked forcefully. "Okay, I want it! But -" Before Kesha finished speaking, Zakaki put the kunai into Kesha's hand, turned around, waved, and said with his back to Kesha: "Kesha, go back! We will see you again!" "See you again? Yes, we are friends! We will definitely see you again!" Kesha tightly held the kunai given to him by Zakaki. "Captain, do we ninjas really have that rule?" Zhiyan adjusted his glasses and said with some doubt. "What's the rule?" Zakaki asked. "It's the one who gives away weapons upon approval! Why haven't I heard about it?" Chi asked in confusion. "That! Of course not, I lied to Kesha, otherwise would he accept it?" Zakaki said proudly. "That's it!" Zhiyan nodded and continued: "It's not good to lie!" "Go! What's this mess? This is a white lie!" Zakaki said plausibly. Zakaki stood on the boat, thinking of what happened to Kesha. It seemed that he was delayed by Cardo in the end. The evil Cardo, should you go and do something with Cardo now? Zakaki was a little confused, what if he did the future plot? It seems like that is Naruto's maiden mission! What if the plot changes significantly in the future? Forget it, I hope he can use the things I gave to Kesha! Zakaki thought again that the money he put in Kesha's house seemed to be enough for a commoner to use for seventeen or eighteen years. "What should I say when I return to Konoha?" Chi interrupted Zakaki's thinking and asked. "Tell the truth!" Zakaki looked at the scolding and spat out word by word, his inner anger revealed in his tone¡ª¡ª "It's useless. What we have to do now is to protect ourselves from dying in the battle! Save our own lives." Zhiyan said to Zakaki in a reminding tone. "I know, don't worry!" Zakaki breathed a sigh of relief. Looking at the boundless sea, he seemed to feel a little better. What will be waiting for tomorrow? ; Text Chapter 52: Famous ps: The internet speed at home is so poor that sometimes I can¡¯t even open the web page, so Piao Tian Literature Bar will reply uniformly. Book reviews from book friends are also a form of support for my younger brother, so I welcome everyone to speak out, no matter how good or bad it is! I will also reply carefully! Also, the recommendations and collections are a bit weak, maybe because there have been no updates in the past few days, but I will make up for it. Furthermore, please support me more! After several days of trekking, Zakaki and others finally arrived in Konoha. He said that the first thing to do was to report the mission situation to the third generation. To Zakaki's surprise, the third generation actually counted the mission as a success. The reason was the two swords. As a condition, Zakaki and others must hand over the captured swords to the village. Mu originally wanted to keep it for himself, but when he realized that he couldn't use a knife, he gave it to the village. Zakaki and others sent Kanagawa's ashes to the Hinata family, but they were given cold water by the Hinata family. Except for Zakmu, those who view Chihe Zhiyan can simply be described as contemptuous. This world is originally a place where the weak prey on the strong. Zakaki's power is there and he killed two of the Seven Ninja Swordsmen. Coupled with the special identities of the seven people, as one of the top families in Konoha, they naturally have their own intelligence channels. For Zakaki The Hyuga family naturally cannot afford to neglect it. Zhiyan and Chi are not so lucky. Their own strength is average, and they are in an embarrassing position in the family, so What makes Zakaki and others angry is not this, but the Hyuga family's treatment of Kanagawa's ashes. His attitude can be described as bad. After all, Jinchuan is also the future clan leader. Even if he becomes an outcast, he still needs to have the most basic etiquette! But seeing the members of the Hyuga family being so dismissive, Chi almost ran away. The three of them separated when they reached the intersection of the street. Naturally, Zakaki wanted to go home. Zakaki calculated that he hadn't been home for almost a month. Zakaki ran towards home at the speed of a ninja. In less than half of the original thirty-minute journey, Zakaki arrived home. Zakumu came to the door and saw a lock hanging on the wall of the courtyard. It seemed that Senmu was still at work at this time. Zakumu jumped and appeared on the big tree in the yard. This is where Zakumu spends the most time at home. In this place, Oakwood likes to lie on the tree trunk, chewing an apple in his mouth, and looking at the sky. Although it is a bit so, this is indeed a kind of life. The oak tree stepped hard on the trunk, but it was still strong. With the help of its strength, it jumped to the door. Zakaki opened the door, and a familiar breath came to his face¡ª¡ª After get off work in the evening, Senmu walked anxiously on the street. Everyone who knew him greeted him warmly. "Moriki! Your brother is so powerful! I guess even Konoha White Fang's genius son Kakashi is not as powerful as your brother!" said passerby A. "You're flattering me! How could he be so powerful? Kakashi is much better than him!" Moriki said with a smile. "No! I think your brother is the most powerful! I heard that he killed two of the Seven Mist Ninjas. It is said that each of the Seven Mist Ninjas has the strength of the Eight Colors of our village!" Passerby B said. "Haha, you are joking, maybe he is lucky!" Although Morimu smiled modestly, the arc in the corners of his eyes could not hide his pride at this time. To be honest, for Zakaki to kill the seven fog ninjas, Mori Mu was still a little skeptical. When I went to work at noon, I heard from my colleagues that someone had killed two of the seven mist ninjas, and also seized the thunder knife and the decapitation sword. At first, Mori Mu had a high-minded mentality that it had nothing to do with him. When they When he said it was oak wood, he fell off the chair! What a joke, the Seven Mist Ninjas, who were so unreachable to themselves, were now killed by their own younger brothers. Although they knew from the competition with Uchiha Iwa that Tsubasagi's strength was good, but to Morimu naturally didn't believe it when he said that he had killed seven people. After repeated confirmation, it was the civilian genius of Konoha, his younger brother Zakaki. Morimu could no longer suppress his inner excitement. At this time, Morimu's eyes The room was filled with tears. She had known for a long time that her brother was not an ordinary person. Sure enough, such a rapid growth rate was unheard of in Konoha! It was finally time to get off work. Senmu had never felt that time would pass so slowly, because after he got off work, he could ask Zuomu what his condition was. So Senmu hurried on anxiously, and the scene just now occurred. ??Zhao Mu is wandering in the yard. You ask him why he doesn¡¯t practice? Wasn't the lesson learned by the Mist Ninja last time enough? As a wooden saying goes, it's called a balance between work and rest. People are not machines, so they always have to relax. Just like now, it may look like they're bored, but in fact, it's not. This is called cultivating one's sentiments! Okay, I admit, Hungry Oak is just lazy at this time. Zakaki, who was wandering around, suddenly felt that someone was trying to get closer to him. Zakaki jumped to the big tree trunk outside the yard, and looked into the distance. It turned out to be Senmu. For Senmu, Zakmu is very grateful. Zakmu¡¯s soul is a Chinese. Since ancient times, family affection has been regarded as an important part of life. In addition, in this world, Senmu is Zakmu¡¯s only relative, so if you ask this Who is Zakaki Chong in the world?If you are a good person, Oakwood will say it is Senmu without hesitation! Senmu came to the door and saw that the door was open, so he shouted at the top of his lungs: "Zakmu, Zakmu¡ª¡ª" Senmu came home and saw that Zakmu was not at home. He was a little confused as to where Zakmu had gone. ? Zakaki jumped to the yard, stood behind Senmu, and said with a smile: "Brother, I'm here!" "You brat, you're so old and you're still playing hide and seek with me?" After saying that, he came to Zakmu and looked at Zakmu up and down. Zakaki was a little depressed when he heard Senmu¡¯s words. Who is so boring and hide-and-seek with you? "Ah!" Zakumu's wound was touched by Senmu, and he screamed in pain. "What's wrong? Are you injured? Is it serious? Let me see! Let's go to the hospital. Don't you have a good relationship with Dan-senpai? Tsunade-sama happens to be in Konoha these days!" After saying that, he pulled Zakaki toward him. Go outside. Zakaki broke free from Senmu's hands and said, "It's okay, it's getting late now, let's talk about it tomorrow!" "Well, let me take a look first!" Zakaki took off his shirt, revealing the hideous wound. Although it has improved a lot in the past few days, it was shot through the shoulder after all. If it had been left in the previous life, the entire arm would have been useless! Fortunately, ninjas themselves have strong resilience and ability to withstand blows. In addition, Zakaki is still a child and has Konoha's special bandage, so Zakaki's arm was saved. Seeing Zakaki¡¯s wound, Senmu couldn¡¯t calm down anymore, so he pulled Zakaki directly and ran to the hospital. Seeing that Senmu seemed more anxious than himself, several warm currents flashed through Zakuki's heart. After a while, Zakaki and Morimu arrived at the hospital. Morimu asked a nurse to ask about Tsunade's news. Due to the needs of the war, Tsunade had to stay in the hospital to prevent the injured ninja who suddenly returned from the front line at night from being delayed. of healing. Morimu took Zakaki to Tsunade's office and knocked on the door. There came a voice that was very familiar to Zakaki. It seemed that Zakaki was not willing to see Tsunade. It was not because of the incident last time. Of course, that incident could also be a small reason. In short, Zakaki He just doesn't want to see Tsunade. As for the real reason, Zakaki can't tell. "Come in!" "Konoha Peacekeeping Brigade Captain Morimu brought Konoha genin Zaki to pay homage to Lord Tsunade!" Mori gave a ninja salute. "Well, what are you doing, Captain Moriki?" Tsunade said in return, hugging a pink piggy and looking at the documents around her without raising her head. "It's like this. Tsubasa was seriously injured during the duel with the seven mist ninjas, so please, Tsunade-sama!" Mori lowered his head and pleaded. Tsunade was a little angry when she heard Moriki's words. Are you kidding me? There are so many medical ninjas in the hospital. If you don't ask them to come to me, you're not going to die! There are so many people in Konoha, and everyone is like you. Do I still want to live? Just when Tsunade was about to run away, she thought she heard a name, "Oakaki!" It seemed that this guy was Dan's good friend and the proud disciple of Brother Shinnosuke. Brother Shinnosuke had mentioned this kid to him more than once. , seems to value him very much! Also, what I said last time was a bit over the top. So he suppressed his anger and said, "Come here, let me take a look!" Naturally, Oakwood heard Tsunade's impatience and immediately prepared to leave. However, seeing the expectant expression on Moraki's face, he couldn't bear to change his mind, so he walked straight to Tsunade and took off his shirt. Tsunade blushed when she saw Takaki's movement. Then she saw Takaki's small but stylish muscles. She stretched out her jade finger, touched Takaki's wound and said, "Does it hurt?" "Um!" "Is it itchy?" "Um!" "Now I start to use ninjutsu, don't panic, and don't use chakra to resist!" "Um!" Tsunade put her hands on Takaki's left shoulder, and the fluorescent green chakra slowly entered Takaki's wound. Ten minutes later, Zakwood's wounds were recovering at a speed visible to the naked eye. Tsunade wiped the sweat from her forehead and said, "It's okay!" Seeing Tsunade's pretty face and turbulent breasts, Tsunade couldn't help but think, whoever marries Tsunade would be really lucky. Zakaki thought of Duan again, this guy is really lucky! It seems that he was saved by himself! Just as Zakaki was watching in deep contemplation, a female nurse walked in outside the door. The female nurse held the document in her arms and looked at Zakaki intently. Then she put the file on the table where she had just collected it and said: "Tsunade-sama , the documents are on your desk, if you have any questions, you can call me!" He didn't forget to look at Zakmu as he spoke. Zakaki looked at her curiously. After that, the nurse turned around and walked out the door. She turned her head to look at Zakaki. She only heard an "Ouch!" and it turned out that the nurse hit the wall! Then he covered his head and ran out the door shouting loudly: "I have met the genius of Konoha, Zakaki, I have met Zakaki!"Zakaki looked back at Tsunade who was holding her stomach and laughing, with a depressed look on her face. Tsunade bent down and said, "Haha, I didn't expect Tsubasa-kun to have become Konoha's idol!" Zakaki and Morimu walked out of Tsunade's office. At this time, there were people outside the office, and various voices reached Zakaki's ears. "That's Takaki-kun! Why do you look so small and not very powerful at all?" "You know what the heck! Tsubasa-kun is the most talented ninja in the history of our Konoha. He has achieved such an achievement at such a young age. How can he do it when he grows up?" "That's right!" "Ozaki-kun is so cute!" ¡°Well, it¡¯s really cute!¡± Zakaki felt extremely pained when he saw this bunch of idle people commenting on him! "Zakaki, I didn't expect you to be famous at this time!" A familiar and hearty laughter came from behind Zakaki. The oak tree looked back and saw that it was broken. ; Text Chapter 53: Another three years ps: I have a class reunion today, so I was very drunk when I came back. This chapter doesn¡¯t seem to go smoothly, so I hope you will understand. Also, I only updated a chapter today. Due to network speed, I only updated it now. The wireless network card is really a pain in the ass! At least two chapters tomorrow, maybe three! Please support me! Furthermore, I would like to thank you book friends Riding a Snail to Brother. You and Brother Dese have given me a lot of encouragement. I will collect it more and recommend it more! Thank you both here, and also thank you to those book friends who support me! Hope you continue to support! Finally, I wish everyone a happy New Year¡ª¡ª "Duan, how is your injury?" Zakaki asked with a smile. "It's okay, it's you. I heard that I killed two of the seven Mist Ninjas! That's really impressive!" Duan patted Zakaki on the shoulder and said. "How do you know? It's not like that. It's the credit of our team, and Hinata Kanagawa even paid his life for it!" Zakaki said with a somewhat lonely expression. "It doesn't have to be like that, dying in battle might be a good thing for Hinata Kanagawa! I've heard about him!" Suan comforted Zakaki. "By the way, how is Tian Fu? Is he okay?" Zakaki suddenly thought of Tian Fu and remembered that he was still lying on the hospital bed when he went to the hospital to see him last time. He should be fine now. "He, he's fine a long time ago. At noon, I heard that you killed seven people of Mist Ninja. I also said that you can catch big fish every time you go out. Last time it was leeches, and this time it was two big fish. Dude! I said I was treating you to a treat tonight!" Duan joked. Senmu looked at Zakaki and Duan chatting happily, and said with a smile: "You guys chat, I'm going back first, Zakaki is not allowed to drink!" Duan looked at Senmu and said with a smile: "I just remember chatting with Zakaki, who is this?" Zakaki said: "My brother, Morimu! Now he is the captain of the peacekeeping team!" "I have heard of Senior Duan for a long time. He is indeed a talented person!" Senmu greeted Duan politely. "Senior, if you don't mind, just scream!" The broken blue hair was flying in the wind, which was really a bit of a show-off. No wonder Tsunade was coaxed around, Zakaki thought with jealousy. . "Haha, then I'll give it to you! Stop it!" Senmu said politely. "Duan, I can't do it today. I have to go home and have a good rest. After a few days of trekking and the injuries I suffered, I'm a little tired now. I'll treat you well in a few days!" Zakaki asked Duan. Said sheepishly. Duanmeng patted his head and said: "Look at my memory, you came back today, and just now Tsunade said you were injured! Let's go home and rest first. After the injury is healed in a few days, we will treat you!" " "Haha, okay!" Zakaki said with a smile Zakaki and Morimu returned home, chatting about what they had seen and heard along the way, or listening to Morimu talk about trivial things about Konoha, which was a bit leisurely. After dinner, he and Mori walked around the night market for a while and then went home to sleep. Lying in bed, Zakaki thought about what he had done during this period. Zakaki found that he had made a fatal mistake, which was to rely too much on Babi, he thinks that he can get some babies anywhere in the world! This time, the Mist Ninja almost killed himself with a sneak attack, so he was currently trying to improve his strength. Zakaki knows that he has no blood stains and no secret skills. He relies on his understanding and application of ninjutsu. Zakaki knows that he still has a lot of room for improvement in earth escape, just like forming seals. On the other hand, sealing is a procedure that guides the release of chakra. During the battle with Aso, Takaki thought of ways to eliminate the process of sealing. Even if it is to reduce some processes, it can greatly improve the release of ninjutsu. Efficiency and speed! There is also the combination of ninjutsu. There is no doubt about the power of magma yellow marsh. Many people will suffer from this ninjutsu because they think it is yellow spring marsh due to the inertia of their thinking. They will more or less ignore the heat released by magma yellow spring marsh. , which also resulted in the premise that the soles of his feet were injured, which would also have some impact on his speed; also, once swallowed, he would be buried in the magma, while Huangquan Marsh would only swallow it, and ordinary ninjas would not lose their lives. There is a chance to escape, this is another misunderstanding! In a state of confusion, Zakaki fell asleep¡ª¡ª The sunrise in Konoha is another great spectacle in Konoha. I don¡¯t know if anyone has appreciated it carefully, but the oak trees at this time are a feast for the eyes. The golden sunlight shoots out from the horizon, with a bit of softness and warmth. Oak wood got up early. Oak wood continued to destroy several hectares of soil in the Konoha forest, and earth escapes were released from Oak wood's hands one by one. After a long time, Zuomu lay flat on the ground and saw that the sun had shown its smiling face. Zuomu felt that he had gained something again. Zuomu clearly felt that the time of his earth escape was reduced by at least five percentage points. So oak wood is rewarding! Zakaki stood up, thinking about his hard training these days.The result was very satisfactory. As usual, Zakmu came to the stream and jumped directly into the pool. Getting up in the morning to exercise and then take a shower seems to be quite refreshing! ?¡­ Spring has passed and autumn has come, and three years have passed in the blink of an eye. Zakaki seems to have received no more challenging tasks. A few A-level tasks have been considered exciting, and the others are not challenging, so Zakaki is more Most of it is training. During this period, Zakaki's biggest gain was to learn Bobby's famous self-defense technique "Xuanwu Body Protection!". Originally, the ninjutsu could only be performed when combined with one another. Now Zakaki can operate it alone, just with him. Unlike Bobby, Oakwood's Xuanwu bodyguard quickly summons the earth attribute chakra around Oakwood to form a light yellow turtle shell to block the enemy's physical and ninjutsu and even weaken it to a certain extent. The enemy's illusion! This trick uses oak wood as a medium. The earth attribute chakra continuously forms a protective body around the wood, so that the turtle shell is filled with earth attribute chakra. At this time, the oak wood can absorb 10% of the surrounding chakra. Fifty chakras have all turned into earth attribute chakras. Of course, this cannot be said to be a change. To be precise, it has squeezed out chakras of other attributes! Then make this place a realm of earth attribute chakra! To a certain extent, Oakwood's Xuanwu body protection is more advanced than Bobby's, but its current power is still far behind! Of course, what will happen when Oakwood can completely turn all the chakra in the field into earth attribute? I don¡¯t know this either! Oakwood summarized his gains in the past three years. In addition to Xuanwu Bodyguard, there are also several new combined ninjutsu. Although the power may not be as powerful as Xuanwu Bodyguard, it is indeed very suitable for combat! For example, Dragon Traveling Technique! Based on Kisame's Shark Technique and the Earth Dragon Bullets, Oak first used the enlarged version of Iwagakure's Jutsu to lay out around Oak, and then the Earth Dragon shuttled continuously on the way, and then the eight Earth Dragons Dragons appear from eight directions at the same time, either fighting directly with their bodies or teeth, or attacking from a distance with mud bombs! In short, this move is definitely an A-level ninjutsu. Of course, this move has a huge drawback, that is, it can only be used once or twice in a battle because the demand for chakra is too high! Even a chakra expert like Zakaki cannot use it twice in a short period of time. Each time, 40% of Zakaki's chakra will be consumed! In the past three years, the oak tree has grown a lot. At this time, due to various reasons, the oak tree looks like it is thirteen or fourteen years old. There is another thing to be happy about. Morimu is engaged. She is a girl from an ordinary family in Konoha. Zakaki has seen her. She is very beautiful and looks gentle and virtuous. She also has a name like her own. , called Huizi. Zakaki is really happy for Senmu. Senmu is seventeen, and it¡¯s time to start a family and start a business, so that he won¡¯t be staring at him. When Zakmu thinks of Senmu¡¯s discipline to him, he always feels a little bit dissatisfied. After all, Zakmu is also the same. An adult's soul is always lectured by a child. Do you think it hurts? In short, a lot of things have happened in the past three years, and I won¡¯t go into details here, but the following thing has once again shocked Konoha¡¯s nerves! ; Text Chapter 54: Have an affair with Hongdou? Mitarai Zixiao is dead! This news spread quickly in Konoha like locusts scurrying, and at the same time there was panic, hesitation, and worry about the future situation of Konoha! Mitarai Zixiao is one of the Eight Colors, also known as the Almighty Ninja. When White Fang was shining in the ninja world, his light could not be blocked. His personal strength can be ranked among the top three among the Eight Colors. He is the ANBU Minister and He is the head of the Mitarai family! The death of Mitarai Zixiao also meant that Bashi began to withdraw from the stage of history, and the Mitarai family seemed to be depressed in Konoha because of the death of Zixiao. It was not until Mitarai Anko became famous in Konoha that they recovered. A bit like that. This has nothing to do with the villagers. The villagers only know that Konoha has lost another pillar that can support it. Three years ago, they lost the green seedling of the earth, Sarutobi Shinnosuke, and now they have lost Zixiao! A sense of crisis began to spread in Konoha. The villagers all know that Konoha is entangled with Suna Ninja Village and Mist Ninja Village, as well as Kumo Ninja Village, which has been having various disputes with Konoha. Three years ago, there was news that Konoha's civilian genius Zakaki killed the Ninja Sword. It is said that two of the seven people are seeking revenge for their master, which means that the relationship between Konoha and the Mist Ninja Village is also extremely tense. Does this mean that Konoha will once again face the situation of being besieged at the same time? Three years of mission accumulation makes Takaki qualified to become a Jonin, but the last step is missing, which is the personal award from the Hokage. If this last step is completed, Takaki will be the youngest in Konoha's history. The youngest Jonin, because the situation in Konoha is facing a severe test, this process has not been completed, so the current Oakwood is still a Chuunin. Zakaki came to Mitarai's house. Zakaki had attended the memorial ceremony a few days ago. According to the usual practice, Zi Xiao's body should be cremated, but the Mitarai family requested that his coffin be placed in the family and enjoy the worship of the family's children as a sign of gratitude. A commendation for Zi Xiao's important contributions to the family. Zakaki had not planned to come, but he remembered that three years ago, at the strong request of Mitarai Zixiao, Konoha negotiated with the Mist Ninja Village to get the body of Sarutobi Shinnosuke back, although he did not deny that the three generations of old ghosts were behind it. , but Zakaki has to say that he owes this kind of love. As Sarutobi Shinnosuke's only disciple, and also his proud disciple, in the eyes of others, it is inseparable from Shinnosuke's relationship with him to achieve what he has achieved today! Therefore, the identity represented by Zakaki this time is Shinnosuke's apprentice. Zakaki came to the door and saw that the children of the Mitarai family were all wearing black and white clothes. Zakaki thought of Anko who was pestering him and asking him to give her brain teasers. I wonder what happened to this girl? It seems that we haven't seen each other in three years. This girl's parents died when she was young. She was a good uncle. Now her uncle is dead and she has a perverted teacher. What a pitiful guy! It seems that it is not a coincidence that she will have such a character in the future! ??Zakaki stepped forward and said to the guard guarding the door: "Zakaki, a disciple of Konoye Green Miao, came to hang a chain on Senior Zixiao. I hope to pass it on. Thank you!" "It turns out to be Mr. Zakaki, please wait a moment, I'll go report!" The guard saw Zakaki standing in front of the door and greeted him politely. The guard was a little excited, who is Zakaki? You don¡¯t even need to ask. You may not know many ninjas in Konoha today, but you don¡¯t even know about this poor ninja who is said to be the most talented in Konoha¡¯s history. Well, you don¡¯t have to hang around in Konoha. , when he was five years old, he defeated the genius Uchiha Iwa of the Uchiha family, and when he was six years old, he defeated the stone leeches of Iwa Ninja Village. When his teammates were seriously injured, he single-handedly defeated Iwa Ninja Village's army that tried to sneak attack Konoha. In the next few months, two of the Seven Ninja Swordsmen of the Kiri Ninja were killed, and the Thunder Sword and the Beheading Sword were seized. Even his teacher Midori died in the hands of the Seven Ninja Swordsmen, but he killed him instead. Two, doesn't that mean that at the age of six, Zakaki's power surpassed that of his teacher? Is that true? Only Zakaki himself knows! At least the guard in front of him has already regarded Zakaki as a superior figure. The guard was flattered by Zakaki's politeness, so the guard at this time completely forgot to say no thank you! After a while, an old man about sixty years old walked out of it, followed by a few middle-aged people. Next to the old man stood a girl with tears on her face. Although she had grown a lot, she already had the appearance of a lolita. , but Zakaki saw that it was Anko. When the old man saw Tsubasa, he spoke with a somewhat magnetic voice: "On behalf of the Mitarai family, Mitarai Grand Elder Mitarai Tao would like to thank Tsubasa-kun for coming!" "I don't dare, Great Elder, you don't have to do this. This junior is here to pay homage to Lord Zixiao on behalf of my teacher Shinnosuke. If it hadn't been for Lord Zixiao's strong assistance, I'm afraid I wouldn't have gotten my teacher's body back. Lord Zixiao He is the backbone of Konoha, and this misfortune is simply Konoha's loss!" Seeing the elder of the Mitarai family, Zakaki was a little confused. Even if he has some strength, he doesn't need to spend so much time. The importance of a family Everyone comes out to greet us. ??Zakaki knows about this and his identity in Konoha. He is not only a ninja with extraordinary potential, but also a ninja with extraordinary potential.A disciple of Shinnosuke, he represents a large group of forces in Konoha. Oakwood is a flag among the civilian ninjas in Konoha. Many people are looking at Oakwood. For example, Oakwood is here again this time. Condolences, many people will think that Lord Hokage has no intention of giving up the Mitarai family, and asked Oakwood to come and give the Mitarai family a reassurance. Oakwood is a disciple of Shinnosuke, and that is the Hokage's confidant, which represents what Naruto means! This may not matter to those big families, but it is different for a family without iconic figures. The most typical one is the Hatake family. Since White Fang lost power, the Hatake family has been deprived of its elder seat in Konoha. The family is facing life and death, but luckily there is Kakashi Hatake. But the Mitarai family has nothing! Therefore, the arrival of Oakwood this time is crucial to the Mitarai family, so Mitarai Tao's actions make sense. "That's right, Tsubasa-kun, please come in!" After saying this, Mitarashi stretched out his left hand to make a gesture of invitation. Zakaki said: "Great Elder, please¡ª¡ª" After shouting for a long time, Zuomu finally went in first as a last resort and completed the procedures. Zuomu and the great elder came to the hall. Zuomu and the great elder were drinking tea. Zuomu looked at Hongdou from time to time. It seems that this guy has grown up a lot, why is he so calm? It seems that this blow is still very cruel to her, Zakaki is a little distracted. Anko was following behind the great elder. The elder's eyelids suddenly jumped as he watched Zakaki keep staring at Anko. Could it be that this Konoha genius fell in love with Anko? If that happens, the family will be threatened a lot. It seems to be a good choice. Although the family will not suffer any fatal blow in the short term, it will be difficult to say as time goes by. And Orochimaru, purple at the beginning Xiao asked Hongdou to become his disciple in the name of forming an alliance with him, but after Zi Xiao's death, who can guarantee that this guy won't stab him in the back? Do you still need to be afraid after Hong Dou and Zak Mu have decided on their marriage? This little guy is said to have surpassed Midoriya in strength when he was six years old. Now three years have passed. How can he be said to be as strong as Jiraiya? Mitaraita looked at Oakwood. The more he looked at it, the more satisfied he became. The more he thought about it, the more proud he became. What would the future be like for a nine-year-old Kage-level ninja? He is also the son-in-law of his own family! Not bad, not bad - is that not the case? Or only Zakaki knows. ??????????? Zakaki looked at the way Mitaraita looked at him, and was a little puzzled. Isn't this guy a gay? Zakaki tightened her anus, but be careful in the future! "Can I promise you something to marry, Tsubasa-kun?" Mitaraita asked. "Marriage? What do you mean?" Zakaki was a little confused. "What do you think of Hongdou?" Tochigi looked at the appearance of Royal Hand to wash Tao, and a madness flashed in her heart. This old guy was really amazing! Hongdou, such a guy? Although he looks good, has a good figure, and has good ninjutsu, his character is a typical brain short-circuit! It hurts to think about marrying such a person! Hongdou looked at the great elder and Zakaki from the side, feeling a little angry and a little shy. Although his personality was a bit different, he couldn't ask such a thing in front of him! Do you think of yourself as a five-year-old child who doesn¡¯t understand anything? And my uncle had just passed away, so I was thinking about this, how could I treat him right? The more she thought about it, the angrier she became. Hong Dou opened her mouth and cursed: "You damn old man, if it wasn't for my uncle's sake, I would have killed you!" Seeing that Anko was still angry, Zakaki stood up and said to Mitarashi Tao: "Elder, I have one more mission, so I'll take my leave now!" "Actually Anko is not like this, it's just¡ª¡ª" Mitaraita tried to explain something. "I know, Hongdou and I are classmates, I know!" Oakwood originally went in with a bit of sadness, but came out dumbfounded! He actually wanted to have sex with Hongdou and himself! Let me choke you! ; Text Chapter 55 Orochimaru¡¯s Test ps: Due to the network speed, the upload started at 6 o'clock, and it is only uploaded now. It uses a wireless network card, and the signal here is not good, and the connection is always disconnected! It really makes me confused. If I can upload it tonight, I will post another chapter! I hope everyone will support me and forgive me! Zakaki was walking on the street, looking at the people coming and going. Various thoughts flashed through his mind. The first thing that came to his mind was Hongdou. Zakaki was actually very confused about Hongdou. Hongdou looked really good. She is very beautiful, and her figure is amazing. Although she has a carefree personality, it is undeniable that she is quite attractive. Maybe -, that's not bad! Zakaki wandered around aimlessly, and unknowingly came to the grove of the village. Zakaki sat on a tree, took out an apple in his hand, wiped it with his sleeve, and took a bite. In fact, being a ninja is quite boring. Just like Zakaki now, Zixiao's death is just a small episode in the advancement of the Naruto world. In the past, Zakaki never thought about how to change history. He just wanted to After An Jing's birth, he quietly mingled in the world of Naruto. But nothing in the world can make people perfect. Zakaki has done many things helplessly. If it is said that Zakaki is a little butterfly in the world of Naruto, it would be better to say that the world of Naruto annexed Zakaki and turned him into Hokage. In this part of the world, many people will put themselves in a unique perspective and think that they are different. However, you are just an ordinary person. If you think about being in trouble with the world, it is better to think about how to adapt to the world. , just like Zakaki, if Zakaki doesn¡¯t know the plot of Naruto World, maybe he will think that he is a part of it! Sitting on the tree trunk, Zakaki didn't want to argue with the masked man, and he didn't have that big ambition. Naruto was in the world of Naruto, and that was enough. Why should he get involved again? Maybe Zakaki thinks so, but when his friends, relatives, and even lovers are threatened, will Zakaki still do this? As mentioned before, things in this world will make people perfect! Zakaki still has to do what he has to do, that is Zakaki's fate. In the world of Naruto, who will escape the fateful choice? Dunk the time traveler Zakaki! Zakmu fell asleep in the tree in a daze, and was suddenly woken up by a series of numbers. "1134, 1135, 1136¡ª¡ª" An original version of Xiao Li appeared in front of Zakaki. Zakaki looked at the big kappa and raised a smile at the corner of his mouth. In fact, Zakaki's favorite in the previous life was not the indomitable Naruto. , not the Shikamaru who knows a lot and is almost a demon, but the tireless Xiao Li who always shouts youth, and the Akai whose brain is short-circuited. Zakaki looked at Akai and said with a smile: "Akai, how is the effect of this?" "Who?" Akai immediately stood upright like a carp, put on a defensive posture, and said nervously. "Haha, shouldn't this be true?" Zakaki jumped down from the tree and said with a smile. "Oh, Zakaki! Why are you here? Do you want to have a youth showdown?" Akai showed off his white teeth, and his teeth flashed with a bright light, and he changed his attack movements. "Am I so bored? You didn't go out to do the task?" Zakaki ignored Akai's provocation, took out another apple from his pocket and took a bite. "The current war seems to have entered a easing stage. Both Konoha and Suna Ninja Village have temporarily retreated. It seems that the daimyo on both sides are somewhat dissatisfied with the resources consumed by the war! Since Lord Orochimaru is here in Iwa Ninja Village, Iwa Ninja There seems to be no further progress!" Akai explained. Zakaki rolled his eyes and said, "Can I not know? I'm asking you why you don't do the task?" "Zakaki, you let me down so much. Don't you understand such a simple truth? As the war situation has eased, there will be fewer tasks, so I won't go!" Akai looked like he hated iron. He looked at Zakaki with contempt. Damn it, I am despised by such a guy! Zakaki looked at Akai with a look of disdain, and got a little angry, shouting: "Who clamored to become my disciple back then? Let me tell you, this is an early sign that the war is about to enter its final stage. Didn't you see it? Orochimaru has been transferred back from the front line of Earth Kingdom, and a large number of Konoha's elites have begun to withdraw to Mount Kikyo. I wonder if elites like you will be here. It seems that Kakashi is also in Mount Kikyo! "Zakaki looked at Akai with the same contempt. "Ah! What did I say? It turns out to be like this! No wonder Minato-senpai and Team Kakashi rushed to Mount Kikyo from the front lines of Earth Kingdom anxiously! So that's it. Am I not an elite? Teacher! You say Say it!" Akai hugged Zakaki's thigh and burst into tears. He was crying sadly. Zakaki looked at Akai, with a few drops of sweat on his forehead. This guy is so shameless. Just now he looked like I was disdainful, and now he calls me the teacher again. In fact, Zakaki has long been used to it. In the past three years, every time Akai challenged him to fight, he would always call him "Zakaki". After being beaten up by Zakaki, he would salivate and call him "teacher".I learned a lot of good tricks from myself! Just like now, after being robbed by Zakaki, he pretends to be a grandson! Zakaki was a little speechless. He remembered that Akai would not be like this in the future. Could it be that this guy was deliberately pretending to show it to his juniors? Zakaki looked at Akai, whose eyes were wandering, and was a little impatient with his entanglement, so he said perfunctorily: "Perhaps Hokage-sama has further arrangements for you, and has a more important task for you!" "Really? Let me tell you, how can I not be an elite? Kakashi can do it, why can't I!" Akai patted Zakaki on the shoulder and said, "Zakaki, you have to work hard. Look, you You didn¡¯t even go to Platycodon Mountain!¡± After saying that, he showed a look of disdain. I¡¯ll wipe it! Zakaki felt his anger gushing out from his forehead, "Fuck you!" Zakaki kicked Akai on the head, and Akai flew directly in a parabola to nowhere! Zakaki breathed a sigh of relief, suppressed his inner strength, took out an apple from his pocket, took a bite, and walked towards the village. "Come out!" Zakaki suddenly stopped and said softly. Not far from the oak tree, a soil bag began to slowly rise from the ground. The soil clods on the soil bag began to fall one by one, and then a young man with a pale complexion, long hair, and earrings appeared in the oak tree. Behind Mu, needless to say, it must be Orochimaru. "Haha, you are worthy of being Brother Shinnosuke's favorite disciple. This vigilance alone will not make you lose your identity as Brother Shinnosuke!" A voice with a sharp tone, but also a bit of magnetism, passed into Zakaki's ears. "Master Orochimaru, thank you. I wonder if you have anything to do with me?" Zakaki said calmly. In fact, the Zakaki at this time three years ago would have been scared to death. After all, the name of a person, the shadow of a tree, Orochimaru, these three things This word can represent danger. Except for the two brothers Itachi Uchiha, few people can stay calm in front of him! Nowadays, Zakaki doesn't talk about killing Orochimaru. At the very least, there is nothing he can do to escape Orochimaru. "It's nothing, I just want to try your skills! Hidden Shadow Snake Hands!" Several long snakes appeared immediately from Orochimaru's sleeves, spitting out their cores and biting at the oak tree! "Lord Orochimaru, it seems we have nothing to celebrate! What do you mean by this move?" Zakaki jumped onto a tree nearby and asked with a smile. "Ozaki-kun, am I not worthy of your action?" Orochimaru was a little curious when he saw that Takaki had no intention of taking action. "No, it's because you are too powerful, so I took action the moment before you appeared!" Zakaki said with confidence as he stood on the big tree. "Huh? What do you mean?" Orochimaru became even more curious. "Oh! It turns out to be Doraemon." Orochimaru looked at the rising walls surrounding himself like a tomb, and murmured: "When did it seem like there were no seals?" ; Text Chapter 56 The deal with Orochimaru ps: Here¡¯s the last chapter today, at least two chapters tomorrow, maybe three! So please support, collect, and recommend! Orochimaru appeared outside the dungeon and said with a smile: "Ozaki-kun is worthy of being a 'civilian genius', you are really surprised! Just this weird way of forming seals makes it difficult for people to guard against it!" "Orochimaru-sama is not here to test me, is he?" Zakaki was half-joking, but he took out the kunai from his sleeve. Orochimaru looked at Takaki, frowned and said, "Takaki-kun, although it was indeed a little abrupt just now, I did not mean any harm! You seem to have a big prejudice against me?" Zakaki was also a little speechless. It seemed that Orochimaru had no plans to defect at this time. Although he had done a lot of disgusting experiments, he did not attack the ninjas in his village, so Orochimaru should have no ill intentions towards him. . Zakaki looked at Orochimaru, who was a bit stern. In fact, this guy was quite pitiful. Not to mention the death of his parents when he was young, even in the face of the intolerance of his peers and the abandonment of his teacher, he still had nothing to save. Rather than saying that Orochimaru defected, it would be better to say that he was abandoned by the village. Wouldn't the third generation know about Orochimaru's experiment from the beginning? Will the village know? It was only three generations of compromise that resulted in such a tragedy! I remember that in one episode, Orochimaru saw an elite member of the Uchiha family practicing dodge ninjutsu. When Orochimaru first saw it, he didn't have time to stop him. He said something like this, "What's going on? Why does this kid not care about his own safety?" After saying this, he was about to step forward to rescue him, but after seeing that the elite of the Uchiha family had perfectly avoided all hidden weapons, he stuck out his tongue to express his greed! From this, it can be seen that Orochimaru's nature was not bad at the beginning, or he was kind. It was only the various encounters and unfair treatment that later created Orochimaru's twisted character! Just like Zakaki's attitude towards Orochimaru now! Zakaki put away his kunai, but he did not dare to be too casual. He still asked cautiously: "Master Orochimaru is not here to chat with me, is he?" Orochimaru saw that the murderous aura in Zakaki's eyes gradually disappeared, and his frown began to relax, and he said: "I am Anko's teacher. It is said that Mitarashi wants you to get together with Anko. As her teacher, I naturally want to come forward." Come and try your skills, otherwise how will you be worthy of being my apprentice?" Zakaki was a little surprised and a little disbelieving. What kind of international joke are you kidding? Orochimaru would waste his time for such a trivial matter. At this time, he should be fooling Anko, what kind of truth is he doing? Where do you have time to do such boring things? Thinking of this, Zakaki felt that Orochimaru was actually kind to Anko. Anko, who knew many secrets when she defected, was bound to die, but Orochimaru didn't seem to kill her, he just sealed her memory and planted a curse seal, and The curse seal seems to have never happened! Thinking about it, I wandered around the world. Zakaki suddenly broke into a cold sweat. He was distracted in front of such a person. He could have killed me several times at this moment! Does the other party really have no ill intentions? Zakaki put away his hostility and asked with a smile: "What do you think, sir?" "Not bad! Could it be that you and Anko-" Orochimaru said in surprise. Zakaki is a little speechless, is this still Orochimaru? Is this still the evil Orochimaru who represents Naruto? Could it be that Uncle Snake also gossips? "Nothing, this is currently impossible, we are still young!" Zakaki explained. "Is this the case in the future? Haha, Anko is good! Treat her well!" Orochimaru said meaningfully. "This, actually, that -" stammered, Zakaki suddenly didn't know what to say, and just felt that his brain was in a blur. "No need to say anything. To be honest, Zakaki, you really surprised me. You have such achievements at such a young age, and your future will be limitless. I remember when Jiraiya and I were this old, it was like we were with you. The difference is not one or two!" Orochimaru showed a rare smile. "There is no chance of making up for the mistakes. Your Excellency and Jiraiya are the great heroes of Konoha!" Zakaki said with a smile. "Haha, that's natural. Am I an ordinary person?" A hearty laughter came from a distance. It was true that the anger was already there before the person arrived! Who else but Jiraiya? "Jiraiya, what are you doing if nothing happens? What are you doing riding a toad?" Jiraiya touched the toad's head and said: "I am practicing a strange ninjutsu now, and I must reach a state of mind-to-heart communication with the toad!" "You won't turn into a toad, will you?" Zakaki asked with a smile. "Haha, this is theoretically possible!" Jiraiya laughed. Orochimaru looked at Takaki and Jiraiya who looked very familiar, and said, "Jiraiya, are you familiar with Takaki-kun? And why are you here?" ? ? ? ? ? ? ??Smiled and said: "Well, this matter has to start with Anko -" Zakaki told Orochimaru the little thing about Jiraiya. When Orochimaru heard that the brain teaser was Zakaki came out with a surprised look on his face. Jiraiya looked at Orochimaru's appearance and said with a smile: "How are you, pretty boy? Isn't Zakaki very powerful?" Orochimaru rolled his eyes at Jiraiya and said, "How did you get here?" "I originally wanted to go find Tsunade, but I met Lan's son, the one named Akai. He came to me and said that he wanted me to arrange a mission for him. He also said that he wanted to go to Mount Kikyo. I would arrange it for him. ! I asked him who asked him to look for me, and he said it was Zakaki! Thinking about it, Zakaki and I haven¡¯t seen each other for a long time, and I was fine anyway, so I came to find you, and I happened to meet you, a pretty boy! "After Jiraiya said that, he put his arm around Zakaki's shoulders and said, "Let's go have a drink!" "Wait, when did I tell Akai to find you?" Zakaki raised his head and asked Jiraiya. "How do I know?" Jiraiya said. Orochimaru looked at Zakaki and Jiraiya, and suddenly said: "Jiraiya, you bastard! You almost forgot about the business!" Jiraiya turned around and asked curiously: "What can you do with him?" "It's like this. Last time I heard that Tsubasa-kun seemed to have created a new ninjutsu called 'Wandering Dragon Jutsu'. I want to exchange a ninjutsu with Tsubasa!" Orochimaru took out a scroll and handed it to him. Mu, "This is Rashomon!" "Orochimaru, you are really good at it! This is your signature secret technique. What kind of ninjutsu is it? Do you want to exchange it for Rashomon?" Jiraiya asked Zakaki curiously. ¡°Lord Orochimaru, this¡ª¡ª¡± "I know you're at a disadvantage, but you can't use any of my secret techniques at the moment. Although this ninjutsu is no match for the Wandering Dragon Technique, I'm still researching a new technique. What I'm curious about is using the autonomous characteristics of the Wandering Dragon Technique. And the summoning process, this will be of great help to my new technique! If the new technique is successful in the future, I will use the new technique as compensation!" Orochimaru said with some embarrassment. "Okay!" Zakaki took the scroll from Rashomon and handed the scroll of the Ry¨±jutsu to Orochimaru. "Haha, a good deal was successful under my witness. Now, how about we go have a drink?" Jiraiya laughed. "I don't have time, I'm leaving now. We'll talk when we have a chance later!" Orochimaru didn't wait for Tsubasa and Jiraiya to speak, then he got into the soil and disappeared. "What an unlovable guy! Let's go and call Tsunade!" Jiraiya said again, putting his arm around Takaki's shoulders. "this¡ª¡ª" "What the hell! Let's go!" ; Text Chapter 57 Chat "Jiraiya, why are you back? Aren't you supposed to be on the front line of the Kingdom of Wind? You are the commander-in-chief!" Zakaki asked, sitting on a chair in the hotel, holding a glass of juice. "Oh, that's it. It is estimated that the decisive battle with Suna Ninja Village will be during this time. Since various strategic deployments must be accurately reported to the old man, and various battle formation resource arrangements need to be estimated in detail, in the end Give me a day off! So I'm back." Jiraiya said after drinking a small glass of wine. "Is that so? I guess it's almost done." Zakaki shook the juice in his hand and murmured. "By the way, what happened to that ninjutsu you and the pretty boy exchanged? He actually exchanged it with you for Triple Rashomon. Triple Rashomon is not an ordinary ninjutsu. To be precise, it should be regarded as a psychic technique! Orochimaru is quite a treasure!" Jiraiya looked at Zakaki curiously. "What are you talking about? The little trick I made unintentionally is not bad, but the load is a bit heavy. It will take away less than half of my chakra in one go!" Zakaki was a little proud. "So powerful? According to me, your chakra capacity is quite abnormal. If you take away less than half of your chakra at once, the power cannot be underestimated!" Jiraiya looked at Zakaki with admiration and said. "Haha, what the hell -" Zakaki said with a smile. In fact, Zakaki was quite open-minded in front of Jiraiya. Perhaps due to his admiration for his free and easy character in his previous life, Zakaki always acted in front of Jiraiya. It feels very relaxed and comfortable. Just as Zaragi and Jiraiya were chatting, there was a sound from outside that made both Jiraiya and Zaragi feel very familiar. "What are you two perverts talking about together?" "Ozaki and Jiraiya turned to look, and saw a beautiful woman with big boobs wearing a ninja vest and a ponytail walking out of the door, followed by a handsome blue-haired guy, who looked like a golden boy. The visitors are naturally Tsunade and Dan! "Zakaki is a little speechless, why did Tsunade call her Tsunade?" That has to start from two years ago. One night two years ago, Zakaki came back from practice and was covered in dust, so he took a shower in a place far away from the practice. Zakaki had nothing to do, so he practiced Bobby's Turtle Breathing Technique, which is a simple technique. A way to hide your breath. Things developed in such a dramatic way. Tsunade didn't know what was wrong. She didn't take a bath at home in the middle of the night and ran into the river. As a strong person, Tsunade did a careful investigation and found no one, so she got out and went into the water. Zakaki, who was practicing the Turtle Breathing Technique underwater, naturally saw something he shouldn't have seen! Zakaki didn't dare to make a sound, he just kept holding it in, but Tsunade's figure was big and small, with bumps and convexities, plus she was moaning faintly! Although Takaki is still young, he is an adult soul after all. So he had a nosebleed, so he was discovered by Tsunade, and then there was a scream that broke the sky, and then our Takaki-kun disappeared with a few earth escapes. You must ask, Tsunade didn't notice Oakwood? Nonsense, who is Tsunade? Sannin! How could I not have such eyesight? This is one, and there is another! Zakaki couldn't remember exactly when it was. That time, Zakaki was walking in the village and saw a guy in a red robe sticking his butt out and peeping on the roof. Naturally, it was Jiraiya. Zakaki Jumping to the roof, he was about to say hello to Jiraiya, but this guy suddenly ran away. As he was wondering, there was a scream in the room, and his skin was numb, thinking of Jiraiya's best. That one was peeping into a women's bathhouse! It seems that he has been discovered. We can't take the blame for him. Zakaki also plans to escape. Coincidentally, Tsunade who was wandering on the street happened to see this scene, so¡ª¡ª Oakwood turned around and glared at Jiraiya, then stood up and greeted Tsunade with a smile, "Tsunade, are you here? There's still a break." Jiraiya knew this, so he was naturally a little embarrassed, but he didn't say anything. He waved his hand to Tsunade and Duan Yao as a greeting. He said with a smile: "Long time no see, Jiraiya!" "Wahaha, yes, Duan, you are getting more and more handsome, and you are almost catching up with me!" Jiraiya said with a smile. ¡°Zakaki¡¯s mouthful of juice that he hadn¡¯t yet drank squirted out. This guy is so shameless, and he said such things clearly. Zakaki said to Duan: "Dan, I don't know if you are getting more and more handsome, but this guy is getting thicker and thicker!" Tsunade found a seat and sat down, stared at Zakaki and said, "Are you no better?" "Jiraiya, the weather is nice today!" Zakaki said with a smile. "Haha, that's right, the moon is so round!" Jiraiya responded. "Turn your heads around, is there a moon today?" Tsunade saw the two guys messing around and couldn't help but get angry and roared at Zakaki and Jiraiya. Duan looked at Zakaki and Jiraiya, also laughed, and then said: "Zakaki, I heard that you and Anko are engaged,??Not true? " The juice that Zakaki had just put into his mouth squirted out again. It seemed that the Mitarai family only talked about this today. How could it happen so quickly that Lian Jun knew about it, "Zuan, who did you listen to?" "A lot of people in the village are spreading the word now! It spread at noon today!" Duan said with a smile. Jiraiya also felt that he had sobered up a lot. He looked at Zakaki with a lustful look and said: "Zakaki, I didn't expect you to be good at this at such a young age. Not bad! Anko will definitely be a heavy-flavored type when she grows up. Yes, you kid is blessed!" "What are you talking about? Be careful of Orochimaru causing trouble for you, Anko is his precious disciple! Besides, Senior Zixiao just died!" Tsunade said a little depressed. "Haha, I'm kidding, but Anko is really good, you have to cherish it!" Jiraiya saw Tsunade's expression and hurriedly changed the subject. "It's nothing, don't talk nonsense! Let me tell you, just follow what others say, it's nothing!" Zakaki explained. Tsunade said angrily: "There is no smoke without fire. How can others spread rumors about something that doesn't exist!" Tsunade's anger surprised others and herself. When Tsunade heard that Zakaki and Anko were getting engaged, she felt guilty in her heart. A trace of dissatisfaction burst out in her heart when she heard Zakaki's denial. Tsunade saw a few people staring at her, and then she said something else: "I hate irresponsible men like you the most. Isn't it good to damage the reputation of other people's daughters' families?" "What, the conscience of heaven and earth! I don't have one! I went to pay homage to Senior Zixiao in the morning, so the elder of the Mitarashi family talked about it to me, but Hongdou and I didn't agree! Besides, Zixiao Senior has just passed away, so we can't talk about this at this time!" Zakaki explained to several people When Zakaki got home, it was already a little late. Seeing that the lights at home were still on, a little warmth flowed through his heart. Thinking that Senmu was about to get married, Zakaki felt happy again. Zakaki walked into the house and saw Senmu dozing off on the table. Zakaki walked forward, shook Senmu's shoulders and said, "Brother, brother, go to the room to sleep! It's time to catch a cold here." "I fell asleep? Zakaki, when did you come back? The food is still warm, go and eat it." Morimu stood up and rubbed his numb legs. "No need, brother, I've eaten before, just now with Jiraiya, Tsunade and Dan." Zakaki said with a smile. "That's it! Didn't you drink?" Senmu approached Zakmu and smelled if he smelled of alcohol. "No!" "Well, that's fine if not!" Zakaki took out his bankbook, handed it to Morimu and said, "Brother, there is some money here. You can take it. Our family can't embarrass my sister-in-law's family. You do what needs to be done. The recent duel with Suna Ninja Village is about to begin. , so I don¡¯t think you will attend your wedding.¡± "What did you say? Why does my brother want your money? You earned all this money by working hard on tasks! Do you think my brother wants to ask you for money for his wedding?" Senmu was a little annoyed, but also a little touched. "That's not what I meant! I was afraid that I wouldn't be able to attend your wedding. As your only brother, I feel very sorry. Although this money can't replace my apology, it will make me feel as if I have only done a small thing for your wedding. The power! Otherwise I feel that I am too unworthy to be a younger brother! Besides, what are you telling me about your money and my money? If you say so, I will be angry!" Zakaki said as he pushed the bankbook to Morimu. Seeing Zakaki¡¯s resolute look, Senmu reluctantly accepted the bankbook and said, ¡°Okay, just think I¡¯m keeping it for you! Ask me when you can and I¡¯ll give it to you again!¡± "That's right!" The website welcomes all book lovers to come and read, the latest, fastest and most popular serial works are all here! ; Text Chapter 58 Orochimaru¡¯s deputy Follow Orochimaru and approach Mount Kikyo. In fact, Zakaki is still somewhat resistant to being Orochimaru's assistant. Although Orochimaru is pretty good to him, just like now, Zakaki always maintains a distance from Orochimaru. During the march, Oakwood remembered the instructions of the third generation. The third generation made himself Orochimaru's deputy, that is, the second in command of the team. At this time, Orochimaru was leading a group of Konoha's elites, including those from the Uchiha family and Inu. The Tsuka family, the Aburame family, and some outstanding Konoha civilian ninjas were a little confused about the Third Generation's arrangements for them. In terms of qualifications, they seemed to be very young. Can they control a group of guys? Zakaki already doubted himself in his heart. Orochimaru looked at Takaki and said in a gloomy voice: "Takaki-kun has been frowning since he received the teacher's order. Does he seem to have something on his mind?" "My lord, I have nothing to worry about. I'm just very confused about Hokage-sama's arrangements." Zakaki said with a smile towards Orochimaru. "Haha, are you doubtful about the teacher's order? Are you dissatisfied with the teacher asking you to be the vice-captain of this team?" Orochimaru said jokingly. "My lord, you are joking. As the vice-captain of this team, I am really not worthy of my name! There seem to be many people here who are more qualified than me!" Zakaki said in confusion. A member of the Uchiha family heard what Oakwood said and immediately said: "Even if you are still a little self-aware, I'm afraid there is something wrong with Lord Hokage's behavior!" Orochimaru said with a smile: "Ozaki-kun, there is no need to belittle yourself! Except for me, no one here can survive a few rounds in your hands, right? Don't pay attention to those clowns, let alone the prestige of Brother Shinnosuke! You But he is so proud of himself!" "That's right, sir! Some clowns are really annoying!" Zakaki cast a disdainful glance at the member of the Uchiha family. "That's right-" Orochimaru said. "That commoner brat, who do you think is a clown? Do you want to die?" The member of the Uchiha family said angrily. Orochimaru glanced at the member of the Uchiha family, then stopped and stared at him. The members of the Uchiha family saw that Orochimaru seemed to be angry. They felt the murderous intent in Orochimaru's eyes and trembled all over. They lowered their heads and said with a trembling tone: "Lord Orochimaru, Akira Uchiha is not talking about you!" "Hmph!" Orochimaru ignored Uchiha Akira, turned his head to the side, and said to Zakaki: "Zakaki-kun, someone is very dissatisfied with you! It seems that you must show your hands. You must rush before dark. We¡¯re at Platycodon Mountain, so Zakaki-kun wants to resolve the battle quickly, so we¡¯ll leave first and catch up later.¡± "Yes!" Zakaki said. Uchiha Akira saw that Orochimaru didn't seem to blame him, and felt his whole body soften. Who is Orochimaru? A natural killer, how many ninjas died at his hands? Not to mention his terrifying force value, even the secret skills of thousands of monsters will make you unable to survive or die. No one can survive if he is targeted! So Orochimaru's actions just now almost scared Uchiha Akira out of his wits. Although Uchiha Akira belongs to the Uchiha family, the Uchiha family will never offend this man who may become Hokage for himself, even if he is a Jonin. , there are many Uchiha like him. However, this Oak is different. Although Oak has become more and more famous in Konoha in recent years, as a member of the Uchiha family, he still looks down upon this civilian ninja, even if he has defeated Uchiha Iwa, the so-called genius of the Uchiha family. Although Uchiha Iwa three years ago was good, he was still a child. He was nothing like himself now. He had been using the three magatama for several years. How could he be used in the Sharingan? Oakwood forces open the three magatama rocks that can be compared! So Akira Uchiha is still very confident in himself! Oakwood looked at Uchiha Akira and said, "Your name is Uchiha Akira, right? Come on, don't waste time!" "You're so arrogant, I'm going to teach you a lesson today!" Akira Uchiha said angrily. "Ozaki-kun, don't hurt him. Keeping this guy is still useful! The rest follow me." Orochimaru said to the others. After that, dozens of shadows disappeared. Hearing what Orochimaru said, Uchiha Akira was very angry, but how could he dare to get angry in front of Orochimaru? If he made the guy unhappy, he would be in big trouble if he killed himself with a sword. So at this time, Uchiha Akira put everything on Zakaki, "Kid, I'm going to attack! Go to hell! Fire escape, a powerful fireball technique!" The huge fireball roared towards Zakaki. "Rashomon!" Zakaki quickly formed a seal, and a door with an evil aura appeared in front of him. The fireball hit the door directly, but it did nothing. Zakaki shook his head and said: "It seems that the speed of this summoning is still too slow. It's just one call."It's so slow, if Sandao himself doesn't have to hide and perform the spell! " Uchiha Akira was stunned on the spot when he saw Rashomon in front of him. Isn't this Orochimaru's move? How could Oakwood do that? It seems that this oak tree really has two hands, "Sharingan, open!" With a scarlet Sharingan appearing in Uchiha Akira's eyes, Uchiha Akira suddenly felt a hundred times more energetic, and his speed and strength were greatly improved. The increase in the amount of energy, Uchiha Akira looked around, and suddenly felt something strange moving below, "No, it's Doraemon!" Uchiha Akira shouted. Seeing the chakra flowing underground, Uchiha Akira was a little puzzled. Apart from the Rashomon seal, there are no seals? Could it be that the speed at which he formed the seals was so fast that it was invisible to the naked eye, but there was no reason why the Sharingan couldn't see it! A smile flashed across Zakaki's lips and he said, "You only see the bottom, but don't you see the top?" When Uchiha Akira heard what Tsubasa said, he subconsciously looked up and shouted again: "It's Tuluo Gai!" The Sharingan shrank, quickly dodged, and fled to a tree on the opposite side. "Water Release, Great Waterfall Technique!" Zakaki quickly formed a seal in the distance, and a large waterfall rolled towards Uchiha Akira. The large waterfall directly hit Uchiha Akira's body, and with a bang, Uchiha Akira Turned into a trace of air. Zakaki looked at this scene and said with a smile: "Is it a clone? Not bad, it seems that the Uchiha family is not all trash." "Really? You are in danger down there, you loser!" Uchiha Akira suddenly appeared next to Takaki, with Kunai already placed on Takaki's neck. At this moment, the oak tree turned into a piece of mud, "What, is it a clone of earth? Why didn't the Sharingan see it?" Uchiha Akira shouted again, "Ah!" Uchiha Akira suddenly felt a flash in front of his eyes. Faint means losing consciousness. "The Uchiha family deserves to be a big family! Although this guy is a little inferior, his strength is really good. If I hadn't been so fast, I would have almost found his way!" Zakaki twisted Uchiha Akira in the direction of Orochimaru. Go. About half an hour later, Zakaki defeated Orochimaru's troops. A group of people sat there, looking at the map, seeming to be studying something. Zakaki stepped forward, threw Uchiha Akira's body to the ground like a dead dog, looked at Orochimaru and said: 'Sir, I'm here. " "Well, it's very fast. I was just thinking about it. I guess it will take you half an hour. I didn't expect you to be here now!" Orochimaru looked at the well-dressed Zakaki, and then at the dead dog-like Uchiha. Ming, nodded slightly. "It's just my luck!" Zakaki said, rubbing the back of his head. The views of the various big families and civilian ninjas behind Takaki immediately changed when they looked at Takaki. Everyone here knows Uchiha Akira's abilities. Although he is not a powerful figure in the Uchiha family, he has opened three magatama after all. Although his bloodline is not that pure, there is no doubt about the power of the Sharingan. Oakwood can easily defeat him, which means that although he and others will not lose as badly as Uchiha Akira, they will definitely not be able to defeat him. Oak wood! Although he was kind to Zakaki in the past, it was all out of recognition of his potential and background. In addition, Zakaki was indeed polite and looked very good. Nowadays, there is more respect for Zakaki. In the world of ninjas, the strong are respected. After Zakaki proves his strength, he will naturally be recognized by others. In fact, Tsubasa can defeat Uchiha Akira so easily, but that also has to talk about his weird way of casting spells without seals. In fact, without seals, they are just a few simple ninjutsu, or C-level and some B-level ninjutsu with low power are basically useless to those masters. A sneak attack is fine. If used frequently, the opponent will be able to feel it. After all, the flow of chakra is very familiar to masters who have been fighting for many years. . Like this time, Akira Uchiha could sense the Tuluo Domu immediately, and he could avoid both the Tuluo Gai. It is of little use to a character of Orochimaru's level. It can only serve as a distraction. After all, its power is limited. "Ozaki, come here and take a look at the map. We are going to assign tasks below!" Orochimaru called to Zakaki and pointed his hand at the map, assigning tasks to the surrounding ninjas. Another half hour passed. Orochimaru had almost finished the task. When he was about to stand up, a carrier pigeon flew over. Orochimaru took out the information on the carrier pigeon, then frowned and said, "The situation is not good. Ah, there's something wrong with Tsunade and she's asking for our support." "Tsunade? Aren't they on the back of Mount Kikyo to prevent reinforcements from the Iwa Ninja Village? Did the Iwa Ninja Village really send troops over?" Asked Zakaki. "I don't know the specific situation. Since they asked for support, there is no reason for us to ignore it. Let's do this, Zakaki, you go to support Tsunade and the others. Our operations will continue as usual!" Orochimaru balled up the information in his hand, revealing a few Fen said murderously.  "Yes!" Zakaki nodded and said, "But who will carry out my task?" Orochimaru looked at Akira Uchiha, who was still unconscious on the ground, and said, "That's it for this waste!" "Yes!" Zakaki said no more and rushed to where Tsunade was. Zakaki's eyelids suddenly twitched, and Zakaki felt a little frightened. "It's broken in Tsunade's team!" Zakaki suddenly thought about it, then increased his speed and ran in that direction. PS: Chapter fifty-seven was reviewed, and I was very depressed. It seemed that I didn¡¯t write anything prohibited, except that Zakaki accidentally saw Tsunade taking a shower. Isn¡¯t that nothing? well! Bad luck. I hope you can support me a lot, and I would also like to thank Brother Dese for your strong support. The Internet speed here is too slow, so I have no reply. I will wait until I go to the Internet cafe to reply. Finally, I hope you can comment more. ; Text Chapter 59 Breaking Death Zakwood doesn't have many friends in this world, and he is definitely one of them. Zakaki usually looks a little selfish, a little fickle, and a little happy-go-lucky. In fact, he is a typical little guy. At least that's how he was in his previous life. Although he was among the Hokages, he never became a big hero. , being a savior, he still has the mentality of a small person, he just wants to live well. Today's Zakaki does have good skills, but he doesn't want to compete with others. If possible, Zakaki would rather be a rich man in Hokage, provided that no one will bully him. Of course, this is not the case. possible. For Duan, Zakaki is quite jealous. Not to mention having a beautiful girlfriend, he is impeccably handsome. Although Zakaki himself is not ugly, he cannot be said to be handsome. After all, there is an age limit. Zakaki is a person who values ??friendship very much. Zan and Zakaki have a good relationship. Zakaki hopes that Zan can live a good life, and Zakaki hopes that he can become Hokage. That is a very high goal and requires strong responsibility. Heart and confidence, for people with such confidence and sense of responsibility, Zakaki admires him from the bottom of his heart. Perhaps due to the influence of Naruto in his previous life, whenever he sees those who are quite Hokage, his first impression is that this person is good. Of course Except for Danzo. Zakaki looked at the trees that kept retreating behind him, and found that their retreat speed was still too slow. Zakaki lifted up the chakra in his body, rested it on the soles of his feet, and increased his forward momentum. Suan looked at the Iwa Ninja in front of him and felt a little tricky. Behind him were two Chuunin, which had no effect at all. His opponents were three Jonin and five Chunin. It seemed that the purpose was to settle Konoha. The wounded and some supplies in the northern part of Platycodon Mountain. Lord Hokage really did not miss anything. He had expected that the Earth Country would take advantage of the decisive battle with the Wind Country to sneak attack Konoha's supplies from the north, and asked Tsunade to place the wounded here, and let Tsunade personally take charge. But Tsunade was deceived by the enemy's plan to lure the tiger away from the mountain. How could this guy be so careless after being a commander before? In fact, how could Tsunade, a Sannin, be so unbearable? It was because Tsunade sensed through slugs that the supplies to the north were being invaded by the enemy. The ninjas guarding there were almost unable to resist, so they took advantage of the situation to pursue the seduced enemy. Reduce the pressure on Dan's side and give the enemy a visual disturbance, so as to achieve the purpose of quickly reinforcing Dan. According to the situation in front of you, you can quickly formulate an action strategy. You can see Tsunade's unique strategic planning ability. "You guys kill these guys first. Tsunade-hime No. 3 lures them away. Now I'm going to support the captain and the others. This mission seems to be easier than imagined!" the leader of the three ordered. "Yes." The acquaintance behind said after hearing the instructions. The man said that and left. Duan's heart was beating wildly, that's right! The little girl named Yumi seems to be able to block and disrupt her own perception. Could it be that she and Tsunade were led out? As soon as he felt the Iwa ninja, he rushed here, and Tsunade also followed. When he left the base, he didn't find any other enemy ninjas! That's it. It seems that the opponent has brought a ninja that can disrupt the perception of ninjas this time, so the base will be in danger! Tsunade seemed to have learned some news as she anxiously chased the ninja just now. In this case, these people must be held back now so that Tsunade can provide support. As expected of a person who wants to be Hokage, he is really thoughtful. After some calculations in his heart, Duan said to the people behind him: "Now you go to support the base immediately, I will be responsible for holding them back!" "Haha, it seems that Mr. Duan discovered our intention! But I'm afraid you have no chance. Now I will be your opponent!" The leader suddenly changed his mind and said to the people behind him: "Five Stay behind, and the rest will kill the two reptiles behind first, and then support the captain!" "yes" "Hurry up!" Duan said to the two ninjas behind him. "Let's go? Wherever you go, leave everything for me!" The leader pulled out the ninja sword from his back, pointed the blade to break, then held the back of the knife in his mouth, took out another short knife from the ninja tool bag, and held it with both hands. The hilt of the short sword, squinting his eyes. Dan took out his kunai and guarded it carefully. Suddenly, the wind picked up, and the fallen leaves on the ground seemed to feel the murderous approach, spinning in the air and scurrying around like frightened birds. At this time, a fallen leaf blocked the sight of Duan and the leader of the rock ninja looking at each other. Duan and the leader moved at the same time, two shadows flashed past, and with a "dang", Duan and the leader exchanged positions. Duan covered his bleeding right chest and said in surprise: "How come you know the Liuhe family's sword skills? That family should have been destroyed long ago!" "Mr. Suan is so knowledgeable! Yes, I am a descendant of the Yanaga family. During the Second World War in the Ninja world, our family had already ignored world affairs, but we were still slaughtered by the people of Konoha. If it were not for the luck of studying in the Land of Earth, Ninjutsu, I'm afraid I won't be able to escape! In ??Yanagi Hechiro! "The leader looked at Duan with a murderous look in his eyes. "Ah! Ah!" Two screams came from the woods. The two Chuunin who were with Dan died tragically in the hands of several other Iwa Ninjas in the blink of an eye. ??Zan watched helplessly as his subordinates died tragically but could do nothing. Opposite him, Yanaga Chihiro was staring at a ferocious beast. If Suan ignored all support, he would only be attacked by a surprise attack! Although today's samurai are lonely, the wealth of some samurai families should not be underestimated. Just like the Yanaga family mentioned above, the Yanaga family was originally the leader of samurai in the previous samurai era. However, due to the needs of the times, the Yanaga family also faced the test of survival. With the rise of ninjas, samurai warriors again Nor can they dominate the entire world, so most families choose to change from samurai to ninjas, just like the Hatake family of Konoha. However, the patriarch of the Yanaga family seems to be a little stubborn. He believes that samurai will dominate the world again, so he did not choose to turn them into ninjas. The family turned into ninjas and chose to live in seclusion instead! And this Yanaga Chihiro seems to be a rebel. He secretly escaped from the family and came to the Iwa Ninja Village. The Yanaga family offended some of the great gods of Konoha and were eventually exterminated, but this rebel was lucky enough to escape. "Today is the beginning of the destruction of Konoha! It is also the beginning of my revenge for my family! Hidden sword style!" Yanaga Chihiro's sword swirled, with a weird halo, towards the broken sword¡ª¡ª When Zakaki arrived at Konoha's base in the upper northern part of Kikyo, there were already huge fires everywhere, and the tents were swaying in the air with billowing smoke, which vividly enhanced the atmosphere of the entire battlefield. Zakaki saw a group of people fighting not far from the fire. One of them swung his fist and hit the opponent like a kite off the line. It was the heroine Tsunade, although Tsunade seemed helpless. People can stop them, but a good man can't stand against a large number of wolves. An occasional sneak attack makes Tsunade a little tired of dealing with it. Besides, Tsunade also has to ensure the enemy's further advance. Although there are a few helpers, each of them can't protect themselves. Zakaki's rough estimate is that it's definitely a one to five comparison. With a bang, Tsunade felt something falling from the sky behind her. Tsunade repelled a wave of enemy attacks. Looking back, she saw that it was a large boulder with several shurikens behind it. Tsunade felt a rise on her forehead. After a few drops of sweat, it seemed that someone had saved me! who is it? There was another bang, and smoke suddenly appeared on the boulder. A man with a long scarf, short black hair, and an expression that did not match his figure. Who else could it be besides Zakaki? Without greeting Tsunade, Zakaki jumped directly from the boulder, quickly formed seals with his hands, and then pressed them on the ground, "Earth Release, Earth Dragon Bullet!" With Zakaki as the center, six earth dragons, earth dragons, appeared on all sides. The front half of his body emerged from the road, spraying mud bombs from his mouth, and shot towards Iwa Ninja. Seeing this scene, the leader of the Iwa Ninja looked at the young but domineering guy, and remembered a warning from the village's top management. If he saw a guy with weird earth escape, and at the same time, he was young but had amazing chakra. , try not to conflict with them head-on. If the difficulty of this sneak attack changes, the action must be canceled immediately! The leader of the Iwa Ninja immediately gave the order, "Retreat!" Countless rock ninjas were puzzled when they heard this order, but ninjas must obey orders. This is the second rule of the ninja law! So they withdrew immediately without any hesitation. Seeing the retreating Iwa Ninja, Tsunade immediately wanted to chase him. Zakaki hurriedly grabbed Tsunade's hand and said, "Don't chase the poor bandit! Is it broken?" "Oops, go and support Zang!" Before Tsunade could break free from Zakaki's hand, she pulled Zakaki and rushed in the direction of Zang! When Tsunade and Tsunade arrived at Dan's location, the battle was nearing its end. Tsunade didn't think anything about it when she saw Dan's appearance. She just lay on Dan's body, tears flowing like an unstoppable faucet. With. The broken lung was punctured, and the left chest was bleeding outwards. At this time, Zakaki's mind was filled with scenes from anime he had seen before¡ª¡ª Zakaki felt that his anger was about to flow out from every corner of his body along the blood. Zakaki never thought that he would care so much about this teammate who did not look like a teammate. Thinking of the moments when he and he performed missions together, Zakaki only had one thought at this time, which was to kill all the Iwa ninjas! Just like in the comics, Tsunade kept using medical ninjutsu on Duan, and Duan smiled miserably like in the comics, and finally died! Tsunade was like crazy, pouring chakra into Dan's body desperately, shouting "Stop it, please stop it!" Tsunade's tears were mixed with Dan's blood, The fishy and salty smell seemed to flow into Zakaki's heart. Ignoring the injured Yanagi Chihiro, Takaki came to Tsunade's side, held Tsunade's shoulders and said, "Calm down! He's dead!" "No, no, he will never die! I will save him¡ª¡ª" Tsunade went crazyHis expression deeply hurt Zakaki's heart, and Zakaki felt as if a few tears were about to burst out of his eyes. Takaki came to Yanaga Chihiro, pointed at him and said, "You run away! Below, you and Iwa Ninja will accept my punishment from Takashi!" "Oakaki! Are you the one who hit Master Shilee?" Yanaga Chihira asked with some fear as he looked at Takaki. "Run away quickly!" "You want to let me go?" "Yes, let's go quickly." Zakaki said with his eyes closed. ?? Yanagi Hechiro looked at Takaki with some doubts, but seeing that Takaki had no intention of attacking, he covered his wounds and rushed towards the gathering place of Iwa Ninja! Oakwood said to the Konoha ninjas who came from the base: "You guys take good care of Tsunade-sama, I'll go do something!" "Master Zakaki, what's the matter with you?" a ninja asked. "Have you ever heard of cats catching mice? Cats like to play with mice before eating them. Down here! Iwa ninjas are mice!" Oak said ferociously. The two ninjas looked at each other, and both saw fear in each other's eyes. Big shots are all like this! ps: The keyboard is locked. It took me a long time to fix it, so I updated it because I was thinking about it. I¡¯m sorry! There will be another chapter in the evening, so if you have votes, please vote! Thank you! ; Text Chapter 60: Earth Escape, Wandering Dragon Technique Zakaki always kept a certain distance from Yanagi Hechihara, but did not follow him. At this time, Zakaki had only one thought in his mind, and that was to kill all the rock ninjas who came to attack this time to comfort the souls in the sky! Yanaga Chihiro felt very humiliated by Takaki's actions, but there was nothing he could do about it. Not to mention that he was injured in the fight with Dan, even if he was not injured, he believed that he would definitely not be Takaki's opponent. The entire Iwa Ninja Village had a deep impression on Oakwood. He defeated the long-famous Leech at the age of only six and went to sneak attack all the team members in Konoha, including several masters from the Iwa Ninja Village who came to reinforce. The whole army was wiped out in the hands of Zakaki. Although my swordsmanship is not bad, facing such a genius who could defeat Leech three years ago, how can I be his opponent now? He didn't know what was wrong, so he let himself go. It's okay to let him go, but he's still chasing after him. It¡¯s okay to chase after him, but when he catches up again, he stares at him from behind! What do you want to do? Yanagi Hechiharu couldn't bear it anymore. He stopped, looked at the oak tree in the distance and said, "If you want to kill me, just give it a try. Fighting with someone like you will not diminish my prestige, Yanagihe Chiharu. You What do you mean by this? Do you want to follow me to the Kingdom of Earth?" Zakaki looked at Yanaga Chihiro who suddenly stopped, stood on the treetop, and said coldly: "I have no interest in going to the Kingdom of Earth. I will find you Iwa Ninjas who attacked Konoha this time and kill them all." It¡¯s what I¡¯m interested in!¡± "Crazy! Look at the knife!" Yanagi Zhiyun couldn't bear the insult and neglect of Zakaki anymore, so he picked up the weapon and ran towards Zakaki. Yanaga Tomohiro's sword skills are indeed good, but he just had a battle with Tuan. Although he was not fatally injured, the wounds will always affect Yanaga Chihiro to a greater or lesser extent. Coupled with the loss of chakra, Yanaga Tomohiro's ability to fight against Tuan To put it simply, it's just a plate of food, you can eat it however you want. So, now, a rock pillar prison appeared in front of Yanaga Chiharu. Yanaga Chiharu dodged several pillars that tried to block him, but another earth fell from the sky. Yanaga Chiharu dodged again, just when Yanaga Chiharu thought he was approaching. When he got out of Zakaki, he realized that his feet were stuck in a puddle of mud. Zakaki stood not far away and looked at him and said: "If you were not injured or you were in your heyday, you might have caught me a few times." round, but seeing your injured right leg and not much chakra, I feel that killing you is simply an insult to me and an insult to the broken spirit in the sky! So, don¡¯t try to resist, and take me to see this person honestly. The person in charge of this sneak attack, maybe I will let you go!" "Sure enough, it's a magical ninjutsu! You don't seem to have any seals?" Chihiro Yanaga did not answer Takaki's words. Seeing that he fell into the opponent's ninjutsu in a few rounds, he knew that he had no chance at all, so he It feels calm. Zakaki looked at Yanaga Zhiyun and said with a bit of disdain: "You don't need to know too much. All you have to do now is take me to your base. Maybe I will let you go!" "Are you so confident? You have to know that there are many of us! I'm afraid that you will die but not come back!" Yanagi Zhiyun heard that he seemed to have a chance, and his heart was trembling with the thought of death. No one wanted to Death, saying that he is not afraid of death must be a lie. He is the only one in the Liuhe family. If he dies again, it is estimated that the Liuhe family will never appear in the world again! Therefore, he must live. Although Konoha's revenge must be avenged, life is more important. It seems that this oak tree has superior strength, but his experience as a ninja is still too young! Do you think that with your good strength, you can dare to cause trouble for an elite ninja army alone? It seems that geniuses are short-lived! "Okay, since you want to die, I promise you!" Uzaki removed his ninjutsu, and Yanaga Chihiro regained his mobility. If ordinary people were treated like this, they would definitely resist desperately. This Yanaga Chihiro seems to be a character! Zakaki secretly thought, but such a person will die in this barren mountain today! Zakaki's behavior may seem to be driven by hatred, but why is Zakaki such an idiot who doesn't care about his own safety? Although today's Zakaki dare not say that he will definitely kill everyone, but if Zakaki wants to escape, Zakaki dare not say that elsewhere, but the group of people in Iwa Ninja Village cannot stop him! Including the Tsuchikage! Zakaki was still following Yanaga Chiharu. About half an hour later, Takaki and Yanaga Chiharu saw several simple houses built with earth. Zakaki stopped and stood on the tree trunk. Only then did Zakaki realize that it was raining in the sky. Zakaki raised his head, faced the sky, and murmured: "Jan, today I want to use the heads of these Iwa ninjas to worship you." !" Takaki seemed to have forgotten Chihiro Yanaga next to him, and roared in the direction of Iwa Ninja: "Ninjas of Iwa Ninja Village, come out and accept my wrath - Takashi!" The voice mixed with rain immediately spread. The whole forest! When the Iwa Ninjas in Tsuchiya heard the provocative voice of Zakaki, they all looked at each other. If someone else came,If the person comes, everyone will think that the other person is a ninja with a burned-out brain, but if the person who comes reveals himself to be Zakaki, then the situation is a bit intriguing. There is a girl of fourteen or fifteen years old among the Iwa Ninjas. She has purple hair and big eyes. Although she is not very old, it can be seen that her figure is already quite impressive! When the girl heard this voice, her body trembled involuntarily. The girl seemed to have remembered something and stayed there, motionless! A middle-aged man next to her patted her shoulder and said, "Is it because of him that you don't want to perform this task this time?" "Father, no!" The girl heard the middle-aged man's words and shook her head hurriedly. "You don't have to deny that Oakwood's strength has now been recognized by Lord Tsuchikage. If it hadn't been for Oakwood's negligence, there would have been no chance of Leech surviving! Leech's strength is like this, let alone you. Yes! Even if you are a little afraid of him, it is not a big deal. But as the future patriarch of our Maki family, you must learn to face all kinds of shadows, so that you can grow quickly." The middle-aged man touched the girl's Tou said kindly. "Yes!" The girl's trembling body seemed to calm down due to her father's comfort. This girl is exactly the girl that Takugi let go when he and Danu blocked the Iwa nin's sneak attack, Maki Yumi! Where is the fear in Yumi's heart at this time? Thinking of the scenes with Zakaki, Yumi's body started to tremble again. For the past three years, there has always been a figure in Yumi's heart: a short man, a little casual, and a little decadent, especially the eyes that are out of proportion to his age, and there is always a hint of indescribable sadness, just like a person who doesn't know where his home is. child, of course, he was a child to begin with, but¡ª¡ª Just when Yumi¡¯s mind was full of thoughts, Zakaki was already standing in front of the Tsuchiya. Yumi looked at Zakaki. After three years of absence, Zakaki had grown a lot. Although he still looked like a child, his resolute face always made people feel a little awkward. Yumi found that she didn't know what to do. When she first came here, what Yumi wanted to see most was Oakwood, and what she didn't want to see the most was Oakwood. Yumi could never believe the fact that she fell in love with him. This guy, this guy who accidentally took away his first kiss. Yumi desperately denied it in her heart, but her reason told her that this was true, but it was also impossible! Maki Gongming took off his robe, braved the heavy rain, came to Takaki, and said with a sneer: "Takaki-kun is really a skilled and brave man, he single-handedly attacked our territory, do you really think that there is no one in Iwa Ninja Village? Already?" "Are all of you here?" Zakaki looked around with a disdainful tone. "Hmph, it seems that everyone in Konoha is like this, and Mr. Oakaki, who is now well-received in the ninja world, is also so arrogant!" Maki Gongming responded with the same disdainful tone. Maki Gongming pulled out the long knife from his back and placed it on his head. The rain hitting the knife made a clanking sound. Seeing the captain's actions, the other Iwa ninja formed a circle and wrapped the oak wood in it. Maki Gongming shouted loudly: "Ninpo technique, water sword blue wave slash!" The rainwater followed Maki Gongming's blade, forming spiral waves that hit the oak wood, and at the same time, they were mixed with the hidden weapons of the surrounding rock ninjas. "Earth Escape, Wandering Dragon Technique!" Zakmu quickly formed a seal, and dragon roars began to appear from the soles of Zakmu's feet. Suddenly, the ground cracked, and eight giant dragons rose from the ground into the sky, carrying various stones around them. Roaring in the direction of Iwa Ninja! PS: If you have a vote, please vote for me, thank you! During this period, I have been quite diligent in updating, so everyone, please give me your support! And be sure to comment more and give more opinions! Every time I see another comment, my blood boils! so¡ª¡ª ; Text Chapter 61 The death of Zhenji Gongming ps: I have something busy today, so there is no update in the morning, but there will be another chapter around 11 o'clock tonight. If you think what you write is eye-catching, please vote! Thank you very much, brother. "Wandering Dragon Technique" can be said to be a psychic technique to a certain extent, just like Orochimaru's triple Rashomon. Mainly based on the earth dragon technique, a large amount of soil is used to shape the body of the earth dragon, and then the blood of oak wood is used as a medium to summon various negative emotions from various places, such as death, anger, mania, etc., such emotions immediately Entering into the earth dragons, forming a conscious attack form, and then leaving them with nothing but killing, nothing but killing! This is another reason why Orochimaru wanted to exchange Rashomon with Oak. Zakaki had secretly guessed that Orochimaru must be perfecting the second generation's earth escape, so he was very interested in Zakaki's earth escape that looked like a psychic technique. Of course, this also shows that the power of this technique is amazing! Although this technique of Zakaki is defined as A level, it is definitely as powerful as S level! The dragons roared straight into the sky, twisting their bodies, spitting mud bombs from their mouths, and baring their teeth and claws. The earth dragons seemed to feel the anger of their masters. Whenever they saw someone, they would tear them into pieces or blast them into powder. The entire scene Like hell, all kinds of cries, howls, and curses show people the nature of war. The rock ninjas tried to smash the earth dragon's attack, but when kunai or knives hit the earth dragon's body, it was like hitting a hard stone, and they were ineffective! Maki Gongming saw the countless dead and injured Iwa ninja, and his heart palpitated. He must have a good reputation, and it seems that this oak tree is really powerful. With this dragon-walking technique alone, his personal attainments in earth escape have surpassed Konoha Green Miao. ! Looking at the fallen men, including the elites of his own family, it seems that this battle is much more difficult than he thought! Maki Gongming dodged the mud bullets spit out by the earth dragon and said to Maki Yumi not far away: "Yumi, be careful!" Yumi looked at Uzaki who had used his divine power. At first, she was still worried about him, fearing that he would be killed by his father. Now it seems that Uzaki is more powerful than before. Now she has to worry about the elites of her family and the Iwa Ninja Village. Ninja? What are you going to do now? Do you want to help your father? Seeing the results of the Dragon-Wandering Technique, Zakaki's inner anger seemed to be extinguished by the fall of the Iwa Ninja. Seeing the earth dragon directly in front of him directly smashing the Ninjutsu of the Iwa Ninja leader just now, he felt anxious in his heart. I am very proud. It seems that these rock ninjas are weaker than imagined! actually not! As we all know, what Iwa Ninja is good at is Earth Release. Earth Release is suitable for large-scale attacks and defenses. And Tsukuba's Earth Release is not only the best in the entire ninja world, but it is also enough to stand out from the rest. Just rely on these half-hearted Iwa Ninjas. The earth escape technique is definitely a sword show in front of Guan Gong in front of Zakaki. Besides, the water escape and sword skills of the leader of the Iwa Ninja, Maki Gongming, are just not suitable for fighting in this situation, so he is so passive. Maki Gongming quickly dodged the mud bombs from all directions, and his elegant movements seemed to indicate his prowess in swordsmanship. The long sword in Maki Gongming's right hand pulled a flower in the air, his left foot rotated slightly, and his right foot suddenly exerted force. The body had already floated several meters away. When he saw that he was only a dozen meters away from Zakaki, Maki Gongming once again used his strange movement skills and arrived in front of Zakaki in a few moments. A sneer flashed at the corner of his mouth, and the blade of the sword was light and fluttering. Stab at the oak tree. Zakaki looked at the tortured Iwa Ninja, and the hatred in his heart became less. Zakaki opened his eyes and saw the Iwa Ninja leader who was constantly dodging in the mud bombs and rain. A smile appeared on his face. As the saying goes, if you catch the thief first, catch the king first, so kill him first! Zakaki was about to step forward when he saw the leader rushing towards him and snorted coldly, "There is a way to heaven but you don't take it, but there is no way to hell but you come here! That's it -" When Maki Gongming's sword was stabbed on Mu's body, it felt wrong. Zakaki couldn't be that simple. Although his sword skills and body skills were a bit weird, Zakaki's strength was more than that. From this unprecedented You can see it with Earth Escape. really! When Maki Gongming saw the oak tree that had turned into soil, he quickly used his strange movement to appear on a branch not far away. The original location was now torn apart by the underground rock pillar spears. Zakaki looked at the leader of the Iwa Ninja who had escaped the ambush, and said coldly: "He is indeed a leader. His body skills alone make him worthy of being called a master!" "Hmph! Mr. Tsubasagi is not simple either. He is indeed the number one genius in Konoha who is said to be rare in a hundred years. Forgive me, I have never seen this earth escape technique before. You must have created it yourself, right?" Maki Gongming stood there. On the branch, he said slowly. "Yes, today I will make you sneak attackers all die in my hands to comfort the broken souls in the sky! So, now you can die! Earth escape, magma Huangquan marsh!" Zakaki quickly formed seals with his hands, covering a wide area Magma appeared on the battlefield, and less than half of those who had been attacked by the dragon spell survived. At this time, the emergence of magma Huangquan Marsh made those survivors once again face the test of death. Is the magma Huangquan marsh now in the oak tree?Is it comparable to what it was back then? After years of improvements, the originally high-temperature Huangquan Marsh has completely turned into earth-colored magma. The suction power of Huangquan Marsh was already amazing, but the sinking power of the current magma in Huangquan Marsh is only higher than before! So once you step into it, there is no chance of survival! Maybe it was just a burn after the surgery, but now¡ª¡ª "Ah! Ah -" the wailing sounded again. Coupled with the washing of rain, a torrential mist rolled up over Huangquan Marsh. Occasionally a hand or a foot stretched out from the mist, leaving the whole battlefield with a terrifying feeling! When Maki Gongming saw this scene, his hands couldn't stop trembling. Looking at his daughter standing far away and the three jonin who managed to escape, Maki Gongming felt that his heart, which had not been angry for many years, was no longer frozen. Not to mention the impatience suppressed by these years of spiritual cultivation, he came here to attack Konoha. He brought all the elites of the family with him in order to regain the glory of the Maki family in Iwa Ninja Village! But they were all destroyed in the hands of this oak tree! At this moment, Maki Gongming only knows how to avenge the elite of his family! Oak wood is connected to Ryo's ultimate move. Even though his chakra is amazing, he can't withstand such a waste. In fact, the reason why Ryo's ultimate move can achieve such results is completely "miraculous"! Don't expect much creativity from conservative-minded ninjas. In their eyes, ninjutsu is the masterpiece of the Six Paths Sage and cannot be created by ordinary people! How could they take precautions against Zakaki's astonishingly powerful and unheard-of ninjutsu? They are still waiting for the information sent back by the stone leech who was lucky enough to survive, about the strange mutation pattern of Oakwood! That's why Zakaki succeeded with such a simple two strikes. "Water escape violent water wave!" Maki Gongming was so angry that he directly used his most powerful single-target ninjutsu. Maki Gongming sprayed a strong pressure water column from his mouth to attack Takaki. Zuomu was a little surprised when he saw this technique. It seems that this guy is really good at it. According to Zuomu's knowledge, this water blast is only less than the second-generation water release, and its power is quite astonishing. "Earth" Escape the Earthflow Wall!" Zakmu spit out a few grains of soil from his mouth, and the soil quickly turned into a tall earth wall in front of Zakmu. The high-pressure water column generated by the storm surge hit the oak wall, and the wall was directly penetrated. Although the earth is carved into the water, it is always restrained under the same power, but how can there be absolute things in the world? Just like now, the earth wall collapsed directly in front of the powerful storm waves. Seeing the collapsed earth wall, Zakaki didn't panic at all. He just took two steps back and formed the seal again, "Ninja Technique, Triple Rashomon!" He saw a door with an evil aura emerging from the soil, violently The strong pressure of the water wave could not shake it in the slightest. The water wave flowed through both sides of the door, and the oak wood behind the door was intact! When Maki Gongming saw that his water wave was resisted by the oak wood, he gave up the attack of the water wave, withdrew his seal hand, closed his mouth, and said with a surprised look on his face: "This is the ninjutsu of Orochimaru among the three ninjas! Orochimaru! Maru is here?" Maki Gongming naturally knows Orochimaru and his virtues. There is no reason to give such ninjutsu to others, so there is only one possibility, Orochimaru is here! "Zakaki stood on the Rashomon gate and looked down at Maki Gongming and said: "Is there Orochimaru who can control Rashomon?" "I have heard about Orochimaru's temper. You are not his disciple. Someone like him who only focuses on profit will never hand over such ninjutsu to you!" Maki Gongming said, shaking his head. "Father, be careful!" "Ah!" Maki Gongming turned his head in surprise and saw Zakaki holding a kunai and stabbing it accurately on his left chest. Maki Gongming's mind went blank, except for Zakaki's proud smile and his daughter Ruo's smile. With Ruowu crying, Zhenji Gongming felt that his thinking was gradually blurring, and the vision in front of him gradually became dark. Could this be a sign of death? Hey, I am really the sinner of the Maki family! And my daughter, no, I can¡¯t be harmed by Youyou, even if it means death! In that case, use that trick! Maki Gongming felt that he seemed to have strength again. He pulled the chakra in his body and introduced it into his Dantian. He used his last strength and shouted loudly: "Four Image Seals!" Zakaki saw the black halo emerging from Maki Gongming's body, and seemed to want to pull everything into it. Zakaki thought of the duel between Danzo and Sasuke in the Naruto plot. It seemed that the last trick was the four-image seal. , but there is no doubt about its power, so Oakwood has been pulled into it and sealed! but¡ª¡ª At the beginning, Zakaki placed a soil clone in the soil liquid created by diving in the soil, waiting for Maki Gongming to strike when he was careless, just like now, and when Maki Gongming wanted to make a final counterattack, the seal The grace is actually the earth clone of Zak Mu! Seeing her father¡¯s disappearing body, Yumi knelt down and the tears in her eyes could no longer stop flowing down! The father who was in front of him just now disappeared like this! Yumi felt as if she was so empty, thinking of her father'sEverything, every bit of it, her father and herself, Yumi's heart suddenly felt like it was being squeezed tightly by something, and it was just a little bit of strength before it broke. When she saw the proudly smiling Zakaki on the Rashomon Gate, her heart Completely broken! ; Text Chapter 62 Mr. Oakwood The only three remaining jounin saw their captain Maki Gongming and dozens of teammates die tragically in the hands of Zakaki. How could they dare to make Zakaki unhappy again. The three of them have all studied the special skills of Konoha's masters, such as the one in front of them. According to the information, his best skill is earth escape, but the most powerful one is the weird turtle man mode, which turns into a turtle carrying a turtle on his back. A giant man with a boyish face! Obviously, Zakaki has not used his special move yet, which means that Zakaki can still kill them easily at this time. The three of them looked at each other and nodded at the same time. The next scene was surprising. The three of them escaped from three directions! How could Zakaki still have the strength to chase them? Several big moves in succession have already exhausted 80% of Zakaki's chakra. If the three jounin choose to duel with Zakaki, Zakaki will only be able to summon Bobby, and then it will be up to Bobby! Not to mention another Kame Sennin mode, even if you move your fingers again, Oakwood will be exhausted to death! Even with Bobby waiting for him, Oakwood is likely to die at the hands of three jounin! Zakaki put his hands on his knees, breathing heavily. "Huh? There is another one, why don't you run away? Aren't you afraid that I will kill you?" Zakaki saw a girl with purple hair and red eyes kneeling on the ground, her face full of tears, her hands shaking constantly, as if she didn't hear Zakaki Wood words. When Zakaki saw the girl's delicate face, he always felt familiar, but he couldn't remember where he had seen it before. Just when Zakaki was feeling puzzled, the girl's bell-like voice rang in Zakaki's ears. , "Kill, you kill! Kill me too! Zakmu, you are really powerful!" The girl suddenly stood up, pointed at Zakmu, and her crying voice made people sound heartbroken! Zakaki looked at the other person who seemed to recognize him, and gradually he had an impression, and a small figure merged into his mind: a girl who was molested by him, a girl who accidentally kissed him, a girl who he once captured - Maki Yumi! When Yumi saw that Zakaki's originally somewhat doubtful eyes became clearer, she knew that Zakaki understood everything. Yumi took out a kunai and rushed towards Zakaki. Now Yumi has an idea, that is, she will die in Zakaki. In Mu's hands, everything can disappear. Zakaki looked at Yumi holding a kunai, crying, and felt a pain in her heart. Zakaki saw Yumi's attacks with flaws everywhere, held her lotus-like arm with her left hand, and snatched the kunai with her right hand. clasped in his arms. Yumi cried even harder when she saw Takaki's actions. She turned around and stared at Takaki. Although her eyes were fierce, there was no murderous intent. Then she closed her eyes and said, "Kill me! Kill me." Father, I will kill you!" "I'm sorry! I didn't know he was your father! They killed Duan and that's why I'm like this. Duan is my best friend!" Zakaki tried to explain. "You don't have to apologize. If you kill me as a ninja, I will kill you! Just kill me. You have spared my life anyway." Yumi's desperate voice made Zaoki still a little angry. It had almost completely disappeared, leaving only a faint feeling of shame. Yumi felt that the hostility in Takaki had completely disappeared. Although she wanted to hate Takaki in her heart, she couldn't. That kind of contradictory mentality made Yumi hate herself. Why? He is the person who killed his father and his own enemy. Why didn't he have the consciousness to kill him? Are you really an unfilial daughter? "Yumi, I know I killed your father, but ninjas only see bright battles! Every ninja regards dying on the battlefield as an honor. Maybe Nu will hate me for this, but as a ninja, I don't I regret doing this, I want to avenge Duan!" Oakwood gently pushed Yumi out of her arms, then handed the kunai into her hands and said: "You go, I don't want to kill you!" "But my father didn't kill him!" Yumi suddenly roared at Zakaki. Zakaki did not answer Yumi's words, but looked at her with a soft face, and then whispered: "If you are willing, you can kill me to avenge your father, I will not resist!" When Yumi heard Zakaki's words, her already trembling hands started to tremble even more violently. She slowly raised the kunai in her hand, but put it down weakly. Yumi suddenly lowered her head and covered her face with her hands. Tears flowed from her fingers and flowed along the kunai to the ground. Zakaki looked at Yumi without saying a word, his face full of guilt. His recklessness hurt the girl he cared about. Zakaki suddenly felt that the world was so small. Why did he let himself meet her in this way? In fact, in the past few years, Zakaki has also thought about this sweet-looking girl who has had skin-to-skin contact with him. You know, his first kiss was given to her! Just when Zakaki¡¯s mind was filled with distracting thoughts, Yumi¡¯s crying suddenly turned and stabbed herself. Zakaki was completely frightened by Yumi's move. Zakaki only had one thought in his mind, and that was to stop it! Zakaki's right hand held the kunai like lightning, blocking Yumi's self-mutilation move.Blood dripped down the kunai onto Yumi's arm. When Yumi saw Takaki's move, a pair of red eyes seemed to want to burst out of her eyes. The tears hanging on her long eyelashes reflected the resoluteness on Takaki's face! Zakaki shook his head and said slowly: "If so, you can kill me!" The oak wood here is real. I have to mention here that the series of independent actions just now were all done by the earth clone of the oak wood. You will definitely feel very painful, but it was true at that time, because the oak wood did not dare to take it. As a human being, your own life measures the attitude of an "enemy" towards you! The reason why he used the earth clone was because Zakaki regretted his actions just now, hoping to use this to reduce his guilt. Although killing his enemy should not bring any guilt, but when Zakaki knew that it was Yumi The father of Zakaki felt guilty! But seeing Yumi's actions, Zakaki felt a little ashamed of his "villainous actions". As a man, these actions just now were indeed a bit villainous. Just before Yumi wanted to commit suicide, Oakwood immediately changed into his true form, and thus the current scene happened. Yumi looked at Zakaki's bleeding right hand, hurriedly threw away the kunai, shook her head, and cried, "Why, why do you do this? Are you still going to capture me in Konoha?" "You know, I never thought of taking you captive to Konoha, not three years ago, and certainly not now!" Zakaki's resolute voice rang in Yumi's heart, shaking her heart to pieces. Zakaki suddenly shouted towards the woods: "Yaghe Zhiyun, come out! I don't need to pursue the matter of killing you!" A sound flashed from behind the grove, and a middle-aged man walked out, it was Yanaga Chihiro! Although Tsubasa ignored Yanaga Chihiro when he attacked Iwa Ninja, during the battle, he locked him with his air machine. Once he dared to escape, he would be given a kunai. Of course, Yanaga Tomohiro was injured. Knowing that he couldn't escape, he originally planned to wait for the captain to deal with him, but when he saw the scene in front of him and saw the great power of Zakaki, he knew that there was no hope this time. Yanaga Chihiro was a smart man. When he saw Yumi When everything happened with Zakaki, I knew things were about to take a turn for the better! really! Yanaga Chihiro looked at Yumi and Tsubasa, came to Yumi, bowed slightly and said, "Hello, Miss Yumi!" Yumi seemed to understand something, and the eyes she looked at Yanaga Chihiro were full of hatred and murderous intent. Oakwood ignored Yumi and said to Yanaga Chihiro: "Take Yumi with you and take good care of her! If she loses a hair, I will not let you go to the end of the world!" At this time, Yanagi He Zhiyang only has one word for Oakwood, and that is fear! With such strength at just nine years old, how high will he grow to in the future? Naturally, Yanagi Hechiro would not dare to disobey Zakaki's orders, at least in front of him. Yanaga Chihiro nodded, then pulled Yumi to leave. When Yumi saw Yanaga Chihiro coming to pull her, she interrupted his movement with her hands and said with a cry: "Don't touch me! If it weren't for you, a traitor, how could we be like this?" "Miss, it's not what you think. I will tell you the situation. Although I, Liu He Zhiyang, am afraid of death, I am not a villain. Mr. Gong Ming once was kind to me. How could I harm him?" Liu He Zhiyang was a little worried. He explained anxiously. With a bang, Yumei felt like her head was dizzy, she lost consciousness, and fell softly into Zakaki's arms. Tsubasa hugged Yumi, and then said to Yanaga Chihiro: "In that case, I hope you can take good care of her. Your murder will be revealed today! But if I meet you again in the future, I will definitely cut you into pieces." , take Yumi away!" Yanagi Hechiro nodded towards Zuomu, hugged Yumi and left. Zakaki looked at the figures of Yanaga Chihiro and Yumi, and suddenly felt very anxious. Originally, Zakaki was very angry at Duan, but with the continuous killing, Zakaki's hatred disappeared little by little, until he knew that Yumi appeared in front of him. , Zakaki even regretted a little, Zakaki didn¡¯t know why! Oakwood collected all the Iwa ninja forehead protectors on the ground and rushed towards the Konoha base. Zakaki felt that the rain had stopped at Konoha's base. Zakaki saw the injured Konoha ninja, who looked miserable. Along the way, the ninjas greeted Zakaki, and their title changed from "Zakaki-kun" to "Zakaki-kun". Master Oakwood! Zakaki felt a little bit dumbfounded. He was only nine years old. It seemed that Kakashi in future generations was not called Kakashi-sama, right? It seems that no matter where you are, strength is always a symbol of identity! Of course, identity is also a sign of strength! In the center of the base are the corpses of the deceased, including the severed ones of course! Zakaki came to the side of the severed corpse and said to the ninja guarding the corpse: "Hello, can I worship here and cut it off?" When the ninja saw it was Zakaki, he nodded quickly and said: "It's okay, Sir Oakwood! If you hadn't arrived in time, I believe I would be lying here! So, thank you! " "No, this is what I should do." Zakaki said to the ninja. After that, Zakaki put all the collected forehead protectors of Iwa ninja next to Dan and said: "Zan, although I didn't kill that Yanaga Chihira , but so many Iwa ninjas have avenged you, so rest in peace!" When the ninja who was looking at the corpse just now saw the Iwa-nin forehead protector that Tsubasa took out, his face was full of horror, and he opened his mouth and said, "Sir, how many Iwa-nin have you killed?" Zakaki turned around and said somewhat dissatisfied with the ninja's interruption: "Except for the five who escaped, the rest are all dead!" Although the ninja heard the dissatisfaction of Zakaki, he still ran around excitedly and shouted loudly: "Mr. Zakaki, kill all the Iwa ninjas! Master Tsukaki, kill all the Iwa ninjas!" When the Konoha ninjas who had just been demoralized heard the news, they immediately gathered around Takaki. Seeing the Iwa ninja protecting his forehead in front of Takaki, they all shouted happily: "We won, we won! -" PS: I just looked at the book I wrote earlier, and I feel it¡¯s really not that good, so all book friends, please forgive me, so I won¡¯t be so shameless as to ask for votes! But I will try my best to write well in the future. After all, I am a newcomer, so my writing style is inevitably a bit immature, but I believe I will slowly improve in the future! hehe. ; Text Chapter 63: Being a leader The forest is quiet after the rain, and the occasional frog calls also indicate the breath of life. The leaves of the flowers and plants are covered with rain and dew, and the blood stains on the ground have been washed away by the heavy rain. With the trees burned by the detonating talismans and the hidden weapons everywhere on the ground, you would never know that a thrilling battle had just happened here! Zakaki came to Tsunade's tent and asked softly: "I am Zakaki, can I come in?" "Please come in!" Zakaki walked into the tent and saw a medical ninja kneeling on the ground. There was a person sleeping in front of the medical ninja. The person frowned and shook his head slightly. The sweat on his forehead stayed on the skin due to tension. He looked like he was seriously injured. Zakaki came to the medical ninja and asked in a low voice: "How is Tsunade?" The medical ninja looked worried, shook his head and said, "Sir, Tsunade-sama, it is initially determined that Tsunade-sama may have hemophobia!" Zakaki's pupils shrank sharply, his face was ashen, and he said to the medical ninja: "Are you sure?" The medical ninja felt the murderous intent of Zakaki and said in a stunned tone: "This, this, this should be true." Zakaki lowered his head and retracted his murderous intent. Zakaki naturally knew that Tsunade would suffer from hemophobia, just like Suan would die. Everything developed according to the plot, but Zakaki didn't want anyone to know that Tsunade had hemophobia, especially Orochimaru! So Zakaki just killed this medical ninja, but thinking about it, it seems that many people have seen Tsunade's performance. If someone is interested, they will definitely find out through some investigation. Zakaki then gave up his previous plan, and the medical ninja also came full circle. "What's your name?" Zakaki stared at the medical ninja with a serious look on his face. "Mr. Oakwood, my name is Haruno Ken!" the medical ninja whispered. "Well, from today on, you can't tell anyone about Tsunade, remember!" Zakaki glanced at Tsunade, and then walked outside the tent. "Sir, what if it's Hokage-sama?¡ª¡ª" Haruno Ken asked towards Zakaki's back. "I said anyone!" The chief turned around, then stared at Haruno Ken, and then said: "If possible, I will arrange for you to work in other departments after you return!" "But¡ª¡ª" "Aren't you willing?" Zakaki stepped closer to Haruno Ken, and the murderous aura released from his body gradually became stronger. It seemed that Haruno Ken would take action immediately if he didn't agree. Seeing Zakaki approaching him step by step, Haruno Ken took two steps back in panic, nodded quickly and said: "Sir, I am willing, I am willing!" Seeing Haruno Ken's expression, Zakaki felt a little satisfied, then nodded and said: "Very good, that's how it should be!" Haruno Ken wiped the sweat from his forehead. It seemed that he was frightened by this highly praised Master Oak! Haruno Ken secretly thought, it seems that each of these big shots is a fuel-efficient lamp! Even if you are only nine-year-old Tsubasa-sama! These big guys are really elusive. Seeing Haruye Ken's expression, Zakaki suddenly felt that he had gone too far. Haruye Ken seemed to be innocent, so it seemed unfair to treat him like this? Zakaki looked at the unconscious Tsunade, gritted his teeth, forget it! For the sake of Tsunade, this villain would do this to himself. "Haruno Ken, you should know what I mean. The matter is very important at this time, and I have no choice but to do it! I owe you a favor. If there is anything you need my help with in the future? I will help you!" Haruno Ken hurriedly shook his head and waved his hands and said: "I know what you mean, you don't have to be like this. You must be doing this for Tsunade-sama!" "Thank you!" Zakaki turned around and walked towards the door. Haruno Ken looked at Zuomu's back and smiled self-deprecatingly: "You people! Hey! I lost my job because of you. But maybe this Mr. Zuomu can find a better job for me, right? That's it." That's not bad, I don't want to do it anyway! Having said that, how can I ask you for anything?" Haruno Ken may not know that he may not ask for Zakaki, but his daughter, who later became the famous Qi Team member Haruno Sakura will beg for help from Tsunade, for example. Zakaki sat in the tent, looking at the casualty statistics and material loss, as well as the task arrangements of various personnel. It was a lot of things! Tsunade looked like she was cut off and dead. Captain Ryo of this team ignored the facts, so the intelligence officer in the team handed everything over to Zakaki and let him make the decision! Zakaki felt like his head was going to explode. Tsunade's base was a medical treatment center for a large number of injured people. Only those who were transferred could understand matters related to the injured, such as Tsunade. Those manpower arrangements and resource arrangements must have long-term experience accumulation, such as Jiraiya. The work arrangements of those combatantsTo execute and set up tactics, one must have outstanding personal talent and a unique overall view, such as Orochimaru. This is only what each of the Sannin is good at, but each of them can complete all the work excellently. Otherwise, do you think that the Sannin is in vain? Do you think that all the leading Sannin are freeloaders? At this time, Takaki finally knew how powerful the Sannin were. Not to mention their individual strengths, even their outstanding leadership talents were not something ordinary people had, at least not Takaki! He was not ready to lead the army in battle, and even sorting out such a mess made him exhausted. Three hours later, Zakaki stretched beautifully, then walked out of the tent and took a deep breath of air. Zakaki arranged all the work and compiled all the information into a document for the intelligence personnel to submit to the third generation. Then he assigned the tasks of various personnel according to their combat capabilities, such as patrolling, guarding, and caring for the wounded. , taking care of supplies. All in all, Zakaki did everything Dan and Tsunade were supposed to do! Zakaki wandered around, seeing all the personnel carrying out their work in an orderly manner, and the situation in the base turning around normally, and then seeing the vague smiles of those Konoha ninjas and wounded people, Zakaki suddenly Feeling a sense of accomplishment, Zakaki shouted proudly in his heart, "We are also qualified to be leaders!" Thinking of leaders, Zakaki felt it was necessary to visit the wounded and visit the grassroots. Leaders should put down their posture from time to time and understand the life and death conditions of ordinary people! So Zakaki put his hands behind his back and took small steps. He saw the wounded waving and nodding from time to time, looking like a leader. "Comrade, I'm late! Konoha is late, I'll let you suffer!" ¡°Thank you for coming and taking the time to visit us despite your busy schedule. Thank you for your hard work!¡± "Hey, we are all public servants of the villagers of Konoha. Your happiness is the happiness of Konoha. Konoha's responsibility is to make the villagers happy! Konoha has always regarded the harvest of the villagers as the foundation of Konoha's development and establishment. , Konoha, under the leadership of the Hokage-sama and the ninja organization, will definitely implement Konoha's several multi-year plans and several requirements put forward by the Elders Assembly, and I believe Konoha will create greater glory!" Applause¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª ps: The above-mentioned length is mainly for entertainment! I saw a few idle guys from our city speaking generously this morning. I really don¡¯t know where there is so much nonsense? Get something practical! The road in front of the door is in such a state of disrepair and no one is here to repair it! A bunch of guys are talking nonsense on TV every day, so I just want to be weird and don't mind. Also, some netizens say that I have a cheat code, but I can¡¯t explain anything. If there is nothing, how can I write anything? Finally, I would like to thank Brother Dese for his strong support. Many times I see Brother Dese and several Piaotian Literature Bars jointly working on it, so everyone commented enthusiastically. ; Text Chapter 64 Public outrage caused by Obito ps: There is another chapter in the evening, around 11 o'clock. Please support me. "Zakmu stood on a tree and looked at the military camps that looked like Mongolian newspapers. It was quite spectacular. Zakaki secretly felt happy, haha, I am the boss of this military camp and a leader! Zakaki took out an apple, put it in his mouth, took a bite, and looked at the picturesque scenery. He felt indescribably happy. Life should be like this! Zakaki squinted his eyes and looked into the distance, seeing a few birds spinning leisurely in the sky, and occasionally chirping. Suddenly, the birds in the sky seemed to be frightened by something, and kept flying in all directions. Zakaki stared at several figures arriving from afar, feeling a little baffled. When people came, why did the birds fly? Zakaki, who was lying on the trunk of a tree, suddenly noticed someone rushing toward him. A ninja came under the tree and said, "Sir, Namikaze Minato's team is here to report to you about the relevant personnel arrangements and some combat material arrangements before the decisive battle. Please go immediately!" "Well, you go ahead, I'll be there in a minute!" Zakaki threw the uneaten apple to the ground, jumped down from the tree, and thought to himself, Feng Shui Sect Team? The guys here are all characters, among them is Minato Namikaze, the only one who made the masked man suffer head-on! The fourth generation Hokage of Konoha, his personal strength is definitely the best among the Hokages! There is His Highness Kakashi who has fascinated countless Naruto fans in the future, there is Naruto's predecessor Uchiha Obito, and there is also a beautiful woman, Rin, who is said to have had an affair with Kakashi! Anyway, it¡¯s a very cool team! Namikaze Minato is the absolute main force on the battlefield. Which one is he singing in this place now? Zakaki came to the center of the military camp and walked into his tent. This was originally Tsunade's big tent. Tsunade has not woken up yet due to the break. Zakaki knew that Tsunade actually didn't want to wake up because she didn't want to face this fact that was hard for her to accept! Zakaki shook off the thoughts in his mind, walked into the tent, saw Namikaze Minato waiting for Zakaki, and said with a smile: "Minato-senpai, long time no see!" "Haha, Takaki-kun, long time no see!" Namikaze Minato looked at Takaki and said with a smile. "Minato-senpai, yes, remember the last time we met was a year ago, right?" Zakaki said with a smile. Although Zakaki is not very familiar with Minato, he is a ninja of Konoha after all, so he will always meet him a few times, but Since they haven't done any missions together, Zakaki is not very familiar with Minato, but he has some friendship with his disciple Kakashi. Why do you say this? In fact, we have to start with Akai. Akai regards Kakashi as his lifelong rival. Naturally, Oakwood has interacted with Kakashi several times through Akai. "Minato-senpai came here this time because of something. What¡¯s the big deal?¡± "Well, it's like this. In a few days, there will be a final counterattack against Suna Ninja Village, so the teacher sent me to inform and prepare the combat power of Tsunade-sama. They invaded the Sand Ninja Village over there! But Lady Tsunade was injured, and Senior Dan passed away unfortunately. But luckily you are here, otherwise it would be really troublesome!" Minato said to Tsunade and Danshi in a low tone, "Tsunade Sir, you used to take good care of me and Senior Duan, but now, hey!" Oakwood smiled and said: "Duan is the hero of Konoha. I hope his spirit in the sky will protect Tsunade! By the way, how do you know about Tsunade?" "When I first arrived here, the receptionist said that Tsunade-sama was injured, and said that you are now in charge here. Seeing that everything is in order, you are worthy of being a genius that has been difficult for Konoha for a hundred years! They have great talents in commanding the overall situation! But as far as I know, you should follow Orochimaru-sama?" "Thank you, Minato-sama. I originally followed Orochimaru-sama, but then I came here after receiving Tsunade-sama's request for help. Tsunade-sama handed this place to me when she fainted. Fortunately, no big trouble happened! By the way, Kakashi and the others are here?" Zakaki asked casually when he saw that Minato seemed to be the only one. "You're still outside. Kakashi has always regarded you as his role model. You seem to be only one year younger than him, right?" Minato suddenly remembered that Tokaki in front of him seemed to be only nine years old, while Kakashi was ten years old. Although Cassie has good strength, he is still not on the stage. This Zakaki is already the leader of the party. Is he afraid that he will be stronger than him? What a great guy. Minato handed the mission scroll to Zakaki, who read the contents on the scroll in detail, and then said to Minato: "I understand, don't worry, I will fully cooperate with Jiraiya!" When Minato saw Takashi's performance, he knew that his first mission was completed. Then he and Takashi walked side by side outside the tent. As soon as Takashi and Minato came outside, they heard an arrogant voice: "Kaka Xi, how are you? I shot those two birds just now, how useless do you think you are?" "Obito, Kakashi can't bear to hurt those little birds, how can you be like you? You can't bear to do anything to such a cute bird!" A cute girl faced a girl wearing exaggerated goggles and wearingThe guy in the shirt with the Uchiha family logo yelled. "Hey, hey, it's not like that!" The little boy from the Uchiha family explained with a depressed look. Just when the Uchiha boy was about to continue explaining, Zakaki and Minato appeared in front of them. Zakaki smiled at Kakashi and said: "Kakashi, long time no see! You are Minato-senpai's disciples, right? Hello, my name is Zakaki." Zakaki remembered that he was puzzled in the tree just now, How could a perfectly fine bird be frightened? It turns out to be this product! "So you are the civilian genius of Konoha, Zakaki? You are so powerful! Everyone here is saying that you defeated all the Iwa ninjas who came to attack you, and that you are even more powerful than Tsunade-sama? "Lin's eyes were filled with stars, she held her chin with her hands, looking like a nymphomaniac. Kakashi looked at Lin with disdain, then nodded slightly, and then whispered: "Okay." The most exaggerated among the three was Obito. This guy directly took out his shuriken and said: "Ozaki, I heard that you defeated Iwa. Now, I want to restore the glory of the Uchiha family for Iwa, so , accept my challenge!" Then he rushed towards Zakaki. Kakashi looked at Obito like an idiot, put his hands in his pockets, and looked handsome. Lin yelled directly at Obito: "Obito, you can't be rude to Tsubasa!" Their teacher Minato Namikaze looked embarrassed. Just when Obito was about to take further action, the ninja behind Takaki flew directly to Takaki, drew out his long sword, and jumped to Obito's side. First, he knocked off Obito's shuriken with a twist of the sword, and then His right foot went up and down, and in a blink of an eye it was about to kick Obito's chin. If this blow hits, Obito will definitely stay in bed for a month. When Obito saw the other party's lightning attack, he knew that the other party definitely had the strength of a Jonin. When the other party came to his side in the blink of an eye, Obito knew that he was finished this time! Obito closed his eyes, preparing to take the hard blow. Obito waited for a long time, but found that he did not feel any pain, so he opened his eyes and saw a familiar figure standing in front of him. Thin, lonely, and aloof, it was Kakashi. Kakashi's arm was blocking the man's right foot, and his silver hair was flowing in the air. Obito felt a warm current flow into his heart, but the next scene made Obito's teeth itch with hatred. Kakashi turned his head, still looking disdainful, "If you don't have that ability, why are you pretending to be a big-tailed wolf?" Seeing the sudden scene, Zakaki said, "Ichijing, get out!" The ninja holding the long sword glanced at Kakashi, came behind Zakaki, and said, "Yes!" Minato shook his head and scratched his head, and said with an embarrassed look on his face: "Ozaki, I'm sorry, they are all a bunch of passionate young people, a little impulsive, I hope you understand." "It's nothing, it's very good! Your disciple seems to be in a good relationship." Zakaki said with a smile. Uchiha Obito saw that everyone was always looking at him like a fool, especially Kakashi. He felt that his blood was like an endless river, all rushing to his mind. Without thinking, he directly cursed: "Zakaki, you bastard, you rely on the strength of the crowd, don't you? If you have the ability, stand up and fight me!" Obito's words completely angered all the ninjas in this base. At first, everyone didn't care about his disrespect to Master Oak because he was from the Uchiha family. However, this guy seemed to have gotten worse and now he even dared to insult. Lord Oakwood. It is no exaggeration to say that Master Takaki saved all the ninjas here. Everyone has witnessed the strength of Mr. Takashi. The fact that so many Iwa ninja protect their foreheads is the best evidence! Master Zakaki is our commander now. This brat dares to insult Master Zakaki. Isn¡¯t that an insult to everyone here? Kakashi looked at the Konoha ninjas surrounding him and the others, and couldn't help turning back and scolding Obito: "You idiot, is your brain filled with paste?" Although Kakashi cursed, But he pulled out the white teeth immediately, and the white teeth flashed with electric arcs in Kakashi's hand. Seeing the angry-looking ninjas around him, Obito knew that he had said the wrong thing again, and turned his attention to his teacher Minato for help. Minato glared at Obito, and then said to everyone: "I'm sorry, Obito didn't mean to insult Oakwood. I apologize to everyone on his behalf. He is a child after all, so please forgive me," Lin seemed to be about to have a conflict, so she quickly stood in front and said, "Yes, the teacher is right. I believe Obito didn't mean what he said, so seniors, please forgive me." Zakaki looked at this scene and felt extremely happy. It seems that this status and power are indeed good things. Now he is just a small acting commander, but there are so many people fighting for him. If he becomes a Hokage in the future, he will be a good person. Come on? When Zakaki sees it, he will do it for himselfEveryone in the crowd said loudly: "It's okay, thank you for your love, I don't deserve it. We all belong to Konoha, and now the war is coming. If Konoha starts an internal strife because of me, I, I, Zakaki, will I?" Not a sinner? So we don¡¯t behave like this, and I believe this elite of the Uchiha family didn¡¯t do it intentionally.¡± Everyone's eyes were full of admiration and respect. At this time, he heard that Tochigi's words were even more admirable. Especially Ichii behind Takaki. After hearing Takaki's words, Ichii felt that Takaki-sama is really a great person. Which master is not arrogant? If it was Orochimaru, Obito would have turned into dust by this time. Even though he was insulted, he still thought about the interests of Konoha. Based on this consideration alone, I believe that Master Tsubasa's achievements are limitless. Hokage, by the way, Hokage, Ichii suddenly remembered that god-like position. Maybe Mr. Oak will become Hokage in the future! Ichii's eyes were even more intense at this moment. A certain ninja heard what Oakwood said, nodded and said: "What Master Oakwood said is that the decisive battle with Suna Ninja is about to begin. It is definitely not the time to start internal strife. Let this idiot go first and teach him a lesson after the war is over." he!" "You're right! You just don't know how to live or die. Master Tsunade's strength has surpassed Master Tsunade. Even a shrimp like you wants to challenge Master to death, it's a joke¡ª¡ª" "That's good! I just don't know how to live or die!" "That's right, that's right!" ; Text Chapter 65: Preparing to Kill Shukaku A week has passed, and there is constant conflict between the tracking and counter-tracking of Konoha and Suna Ninja Village. The ninjas on both sides are preparing for the final duel, such as Zakaki. Zakaki is currently arranging the war deployment on the back of Mount Kikyo. According to the plan drawn up by Jiraiya and Orochimaru, Orochimaru led an elite team to enter the Sand Ninja Village to carry out an effective attack on the Kingdom of Wind. Zakaki was among them. As a member, before leaving, Zakaki must arrange the defense tasks and combat tasks of the entire base, as well as the material support for various battlefields. Although Zakaki's base is not a major war position, it has a large amount of medical supplies and injured ninjas who have to undergo deeper treatment. Therefore, the base guarded by Oakwood is also Konoha's last glimmer of hope if this war fails. If this battle fails, and this base is destroyed by the Suna Ninja, then all that will be left for Konoha is failure! Zakaki took out an apple from his pocket, took a bite, and then handed all the information to a female ninja named Xina, who was Tsunade's former deputy and equivalent to a secretary. Zakaki could handle these messy things. This Xinna, except for a lot of strength, can handle everything now. All Zakaki needs to do is to make peace with Namikaze Minato, and then go to Orochimaru together and follow Orochimaru's arrangements. Xin Na put all the passionate information in a sealed scroll, then packed up the things on the desk, carried the information and walked out of the tent. Xin Na suddenly turned around and asked curiously: "Sir, I have always been curious. You seem to have endless apples? And why can you hold so many apples in such a small pocket?" Zakaki who was eating an apple stopped, then smiled mysteriously: "Do you really want to know?" Xin Na nodded, "Yeah!" "This is because - it's a secret!" Zakaki changed the subject and laughed. "It's boring! Forget it if you don't tell me!" Xin Na turned her head, hugged the information and left. Zakmu held the apple in his hand, nodded, and said to himself: "This is a secret!" Oakwood, Ichii and Namikaze Minato came to Orochimaru's base and saw a group of Konoha ninjas. There seemed to be people from all the big families, including the Uchiha family, the Inuzuka family, and the Aburame family. Even people from the Hyuga family came! Zakaki looked at this scene and was a little surprised. It seemed that there was no Hyuga family member when he left? What is God¡¯s intention for all the people from the big family to come here? Are you here to share the credit? Zakaki looked around, and found that there were several ninjas who were not from Konoha beside Orochimaru, who seemed to be assisting in his fists. Uzaki turned around and looked at Namikaze Minato. This guy was greeting a bunch of guys from a big family, looking at With that handsome face and coquettish strength, Minato was still very popular among the big families. Zakaki doesn't have Minato's leisurely attitude. Although Zakaki himself is indeed very polite, but that must be based on the other party being equally polite. Like some big families who have high ambitions but low intentions and are arrogant, how can Zakaki fall in love with someone cold butt? So Zakaki came straight to Orochimaru's side, then bowed slightly and said: "Lord Orochimaru, Zakaki comes to report!" When Orochimaru saw Takaki, his eyes had a rare color, and he said with a bit of popularity: "Congratulations Takaki-kun for becoming the captain of one party! How is Tsunade's situation?" "Thank you, sir. Tsunade-sama's situation is basically undecided. She is just a little decadent because of the break. I believe she will get better!" Zakaki replied with a smile. "Yeah! I hope so." Orochimaru looked at Namikaze Minato walking towards him, took back his human touch, and greeted him politely, "Minato, thank you for your hard work!" "The adults are joking, for Konoha, everything is worth it!" Minato didn't seem to be very interested in Orochimaru. After chatting for a few words, he became interested, and then sat aside and waited for Orochimaru to arrange the task. Several people behind him Except for Obito who saw his own Uchiha Akira and the other two Uchiha family ninjas running behind them, the rest were sitting next to Minato, and Zakaki and Ichii were sitting next to Orochimaru. Zakaki looked at the cool ninja next to Orochimaru, and seemed to think of something, but he couldn't remember anything, so he didn't think about anything anymore, so he sat there with his eyes closed to relax. At the moment when Zakaki narrowed his eyes, he suddenly felt a look of resentment looking at him. Zakaki turned his head and looked around. It turned out to be several ninjas from the Uchiha family. In fact, many people from big families wanted to come and have sex with Zakaki, but the two boss-level families in Konoha did not say anything. Let¡¯s not talk about the Uchiha family, but this move of the Hyuga family is a bit abnormal. It is said that the potential of Zakaki is definitely the target that the Hyuga family needs to win over, but the leader of the Hyuga family seems to dislike Uzaki, and Uzaki himself does not like it. I'm a little confused, I don't seem to have offended them? Jinchuan has died under their arrangement, and it seems that he has fulfilled their wishes, but the leader of the Hyuga family??This expression clearly seems to have created a big problem. What is the situation? During Zakaki's meditation, Orochimaru's unique voice sounded: "Gentlemen, everyone must be aware of the purpose of this visit. Everyone here is the elite of Konoha. Although there are not many people, their lethality will definitely make Suna. The ninjas were shocked, this time I was lucky enough to get information about the defense of Sand Ninja Village, so this mission will be foolproof!" After hearing these words, Zakaki finally remembered. It seemed that Orochimaru had achieved great results in the Battle of Kikyo Mountain in the third battle. However, because he was overshadowed by Minato's instant kill technique, the Hokage election, which he thought he had a chance to win, turned out to be unexpected. He unexpectedly lost to Minato, and finally felt rebellious. Finally, when his experiment was discovered, he left Konoha completely! Besides, in recent years, the reputation of Golden Flash has become more and more famous. Coupled with its outstanding appearance and unique affinity, he eventually became the fourth Hokage of Konoha. It seems that the reason why Orochimaru achieved good results is the information about the Red Sand Scorpion! Could it be that these two ninjas are the subordinates of the Red Sand Scorpion? After some arrangements, Zakaki¡¯s mission is to drag Chiyo from Suna Ninja Village with Minato, while the others¡¯ mission is to destroy! After Orochimaru finished arranging the task, he stood up and said, "I hope this task can be completed successfully!" "Yes!" Everyone stood up and said. Dozens of figures flashed past, and the place that was originally a base area became empty in the blink of an eye. A group of people were running quickly, and the trees on both sides were only vague shadows. At this moment, Minato suddenly spoke, "Lord Orochimaru, just now my teacher Jiraiya sent a message through the communication toad, saying that the people of Mount Kikyo We have lost the main battlefield and are in urgent need of reinforcements. What should we do?" Orochimaru stopped, frowned, and said: "Jiraiya's side is really difficult. A large number of troops have been sent to my place. The pressure there is already great. It is really annoying to deal with it like this. Well, you are fast, go and get reinforcements! It¡¯s just¡ª¡± Orochimaru looked at Zakaki and didn¡¯t say any more. "Don't worry, sir, leave it to me! I'll take care of Chiyo, and after you deal with the Kazekage, I'll come over quickly to support you!" Zakaki didn't understand what Orochimaru meant. "Okay, that's it, Namikaze Minato goes to support Jiraiya, and the others continue on their way!" Orochimaru gave the order. Namikaze Minato said to Takaki: "Takaki, I'm sorry, but -" "I know, go ahead, she's just an old woman. Even if I can't beat you, it's still okay to escape. Go ahead!" Zakaki patted Minato on the shoulder and said, "Well, I'm leaving!" "Let's go!" Zakaki said and chased in the direction of Orochimaru. I'm coming to Sand Ninja Village! And that civet cat Shukaku, watch how I cut you. Bobby once said that when he was little, he almost got killed by Shukaku. That was the biggest black spot in Bobby's life! But when I had the strength, I couldn¡¯t find it! I must give him a good beating when I get the chance this time! ps: The internet speed was so poor that it took a long time to upload! I'm sorry! The word count is a bit short. Since the Chinese New Year is tomorrow, I may only update one chapter, but it may also be two chapters. The quality of this chapter seems not to be very good! Please forgive me. ; Text Chapter 66: Bobby¡¯s Revenge ps: First of all, I wish everyone a happy new year and all the best! There will be new gains in the new year! I¡¯m here to wish you all a happy New Year! To be honest, writing novels is not easy, especially fan fiction. In fact, there was a time when I couldn't stand it anymore. I felt very boring after seeing the bad results. But I still persevered, because I saw that some people still read my novels, especially a few people who gave me great encouragement and support! Like brothers Dese, Snoozy Pig, and Xiao Chengzi! There are many people, thank you for your encouragement, support, and criticism! Here, I sincerely say, "Thank you!" Finally, although my book is not well written, I believe I will slowly improve in the future! One more thing, I wish all book friends a Happy New Year! Zakaki and others stood at the border of Suna Ninja Village, looking at the towering buildings, which shone with unique textures in the moonlight. Zakaki couldn't help but feel a sense of emotion in his heart. I have to say that although Suna Ninja Village is a bit barren, But these buildings can be said to be works of art even in previous lives! If Konoha feels prosperous, then Suna Ninja Village feels spectacular! But after tonight, how many of these buildings can be left? Just when Zakaki was sighing deeply in his heart, Orochimaru's low and hoarse voice rang in everyone's ears, "Act as planned now!" "Yes!" After everyone answered, they turned into dozens of shadows and disappeared into the misty moonlight. At this time, there were only two ninjas who were not from Konoha and Zakaki beside Orochimaru. Orochimaru said to Zakaki: "Uzaki-kun, that old woman Senju is definitely the best among the Suna Ninjas, so your task is the heaviest. Come after I destroy the Suna Ninja's supply center and the Kazekage's office building. Support you!" "Don't worry, sir, I will try my best!" Zakaki nodded and said. In fact, Tsubasagi doesn't have much confidence in Senju. Chiyo is not old now. Even the old Chiyo's strength cannot be underestimated. The battle between Chiyo and her grandson Red Sand Scorpion is the best illustration. Besides, this guy There seems to be a seal that can almost seal the world. It is said that she seems to have prepared it for Konoha White Fang! But who knows if she will get angry or if she gets angry? It has to be said that Orochimaru is really talented in tactics. He used the Uchiha family and some ninjas who are good at fire escape to set fire to the Suna Ninja Village, destroy the supply center of the Suna Ninja Village, and divert the attention of the Suna Ninja senior officials. !Then use the Byakugan's clairvoyance ability to quickly detect the weak defensive force of Suna Ninja Village in the rear, and concentrate one's own strength to carry out a fatal strike! Conduct a nibbling attack! Disrupt the sand ninja army's morale! Finally, he joined forces with Jiraiya and directly broke into the Suna Ninja Village! In order to prevent Chiyo and other masters from changing the situation, Orochimaru used oak trees to hold Chiyo back, and went to deal with the Fourth Kazekage himself, while Jiraiya and others held back the main combat power of the Suna Ninja! The balance of victory in this war almost completely tilted towards Konoha. "Take action!" "yes!" ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? Beep! Beep! The alarm in Sand Ninja Village suddenly sounded, accompanied by distant fires and bursts of wailing. The entire Sand Ninja Village was like boiling water, rolling around. Oakwood is waiting for Chiyo on a European-style fortress. This is the only way for Chiyo to support the Fourth Kazekage. Sure enough, a short elderly woman with gray hair and a square face was running quickly. Even from a distance, you could see the worry on her wrinkled face. Zakaki felt a little depressed when he saw this old woman. You said you are a woman, and you are still an old woman. If you are not at home to take care of your grandchildren and enjoy happiness, what are you doing here? It seems that this old woman has made many military exploits in the three wars! He showed excellent command and leadership abilities on the battlefields of World War III. Zakaki patted her head and then thought that her grandson had left her long ago, and in the end she killed her own grandson! What a poor man! Just when Zakaki was thinking wildly, he felt that kunai was flying towards him quickly. Zakaki ducked slightly, dragged the kunai past, jumped off the roof, and stood in the middle of the road. "Kid! People like you come to my Suna Ninja Village to run wild. Do you really think that our Suna Ninjas are ignored?" A voice that was not old came from Chiyo's mouth. Oakwood looked at Chiyo carefully. It seemed that he was not as old as the previous Hokage. Although there were spots on his face, he still gave people a strong feeling! "Boy Konoha Oak! I've met Chiyo-senpai!" Oak looked at Chiyo and said hello. Although he and Chiyo are currently enemies, this does not affect his personal respect and admiration for Chiyo. Under the influence of Naruto, he gave up his views that he had adhered to for decades and dedicated himself to the future ninja world and Suna Ninja Village. The last strength! "Are you the legendary Sarugi now? Do you think you can stop my steps or harvest my life? Young man, don't you think this is ridiculous? It's your master Sarutobi. Shinnosuke is not sure of victory in front of me, is he?" Chiyo's tone was a bit teasing.A little angry, and a little anxious. "Senior is joking. I still admire you very much! Among the ninjas in Suna Ninja Village now, you may be the only one who can be called great!" "What are you talking about being great? Don't you think it's ridiculous for an invader like you to say something like this? I know you're stalling for time, so I won't let you succeed, puppetry!" Chiyo said. , several ninja tools suspended in the air appeared in his hands, and with a few hisses, the ninja tools quickly shook in the air and flew towards Zakaki. Zakaki dodged Chiyo's attack in the air, and felt that the ninja tool was attacking skillfully as if it was conscious. Zakaki was a bit big-headed, so this kind of ninjutsu could not be said to be very powerful, but what he was most afraid of was that there were hidden weapons on the ninja tool. The hidden weapon is also poisonous. If it were used on her, she would definitely lose half her life! So Zakaki dodges carefully, trying to find an opportunity to use the Iwagakure Jutsu so that he can escape underground, so that Chiyo will not do anything to him! It's all my own fault. If I had attacked at the beginning, I wouldn't have been passive from the beginning. Sure enough, those ninja tools really have mechanisms. The sharp blades of the ninja tools suddenly opened their mouths to both sides, and countless thousands of ninjas were sprayed out from the ninja tools. The thousands of ninjas shone with cold light and carried an icy murderous aura. It seemed that the oak wood was in danger! "Come out! Stop hiding. I know that you are not your true form! You are worthy of being a disciple of Sarutobi Shinnosuke. This earth-bending attainment is enough to be proud of in the ninja world!" Chiyo seemed to be facing the air, speaking to himself. Speaking to himself. There was some shaking on a nest of soil not far from Chiyo. A person's head gradually emerged from the soil, then his body, and finally the whole person was completely exposed on the ground. This person was Zakaki! When Zakaki heard Chiyo's words, he knew that his strategy failed. Zakaki originally planned to use his earth clone to attract Chiyo's attention, and then take the opportunity to make a sneak attack, but Jiang was old and hot, and Chiyo saw through his plan in the blink of an eye, and stood up generously. Looking for another chance! "As expected of Chiyo-senpai, not only is he good at controlling ninja tools and puppets, his eyesight is also quite amazing!" ¡°I don¡¯t have time to talk nonsense with you, now let me show you how powerful the puppet master is! Bai¡¯s secret skill¡ª¡ª¡± Chiyo spread his hands, as if he wanted to use his ultimate move. At this moment, a low and hoarse voice sounded: "Old woman Chiyo, do you want to bully the younger generation with your ungrateful and unworthy Chikamatsu Ten People?" When Chiyo heard this voice, her already wrinkled face became like mountains and ravines. Chiyo said warily: "Orochimaru! Your mouth is still as disgusting as your behavior! You must respect the elderly, otherwise you will not end well. !¡± "Hahaha, is it? Is it like you? My son and daughter-in-law died in the hands of White Fang, and my grandson defected and ran away, leaving only a foolish and stupid brother!" Orochimaru smiled wildly on the side. When Chiyo heard Orochimaru mentioning his sore spot, the wrinkles on his face kept trembling, and there was a strong murderous look in his eyes. Masato was like an evil beast about to be angered. "Orochimaru, I will make you die badly!" "I couldn't ask for more!" Orochimaru said with a sneer, "Ozaki, didn't you say you would trouble Shukaku if you had the chance? Shukaku has come out, go ahead! I have some grudges with this old woman, and now I have to settle it with her. Settlement!" "Thank you, sir!" Zakaki saw Orochimaru and Chiyo fighting, so he was naturally happy. Chiyo is not someone to be trifled with! Of course, Orochimaru is even more difficult to mess with! Since you can cause trouble for the civet cat, why not? Zakaki saluted Orochimaru and ran away. Zakaki saw a huge yellow tanuki from a distance. It kept roaring into the air, and occasionally fired empty bombs at the opposite side. The building that was originally crooked by Konoha's ninjas, now It becomes even more decadent! "In that case! Spiritualism - Bobby, come out!" Zakumu bit his finger and quickly formed a seal. The ink-like runes on the ground scattered around. With a bang, a huge turtle appeared in Zakumu. In front of me is Bobby! "Bobby, Shukaku is right there! Aren't you going to get it? Boss, I spent a lot of effort to find it!" "Haha, boss, thanks, I'll fuck it a few times first, while you watch from the sidelines! What a dead civet cat, I have to pull off a layer of his skin this time!" "Oh my God! Does it have skin?" "this¡ª¡ª" "go quickly!" "Roar!" Bobby roared suddenly, his body became several times larger, and a water ball came out of Bobby's mouth, and he aimed it at Shukaku! Shukaku, who was originally happy to be free, was venting happily. Although he was sometimes harassed by a few reptiles, they could not hurt himself very much. So Shukaku's cry at that time was one of joy. Just when Shukaku was feeling refreshed, he suddenly felt a sharp pain in his body, "E¡ª¡ª" Shukaku roared in pain! Shukaku's visitAt first glance, it turned out to be a huge ninja beast, which seemed very familiar! ; Text Chapter 67 Babi vs Shukaku Bobby's speed is definitely not fast, but I have to admit that when Bobby runs, he is definitely very powerful. For example, the building in front of him is constantly collapsing on both sides. The two paws in front of Bobby kept slapping the building blocking the road, causing tiny pieces of stone to scatter in all directions. Bobby was like a running tank, and no obstacle could stop him from moving forward! ¡¤ When Shukaku saw Bobby, he naturally knew that the one who hurt him was the familiar hairless turtle in front of him. Seeing this ugly turtle provoking him, how could Shukaku not be angry? In the direction of the big turtle were two refining bullets. Seeing the refining bullets hitting the big turtle accurately, Shukaku seemed to have seen that the ugly turtle had been beaten to death. Shukaku raised his head, faced the sky, and kept roaring. The skin on his body was like water on plastic, churning, flowing to the ground, and then growing new skin. As the violet tattoos on his body continue to fall off, they become more shining and bright. Just when Shukaku was enjoying himself, there was a bang, and a huge water bomb was spit out from Bobby's mouth and hit Shukaku. Shukaku was like a kite that was out of line, and was directly knocked to the ground by Bobby's water bomb. . Shukaku saw that his tattoo was covered with water stains, and then saw the ugly turtle standing there intact, looking at him with disdain, as if he felt a great insult, and directly brought the dust around him with him Come at Bobby! "Ugly reptile! How dare you hurt your uncle Shukaku, now I want you to die!" When Bobby heard Shukaku calling him a reptile, he immediately became furious. How many years has it been? Bobby himself couldn't even remember exactly how many years it had been since no one dared to call him that. This damn bastard! "Shukaku! You dirty tanuki, you almost killed me when I first came out. Now! Bobby, I'm going to beat you to death!" Bobby seemed to be angry, and he also ran in the direction of Shukaku. go! Zakaki stared at this scene, feeling a little frightened! As expected of a tailed beast, the surroundings had already turned into scorched earth under the anger of the two big guys! Looking at the posture, if you are not careful, you will be involved, and it will definitely not end well. Who knows if Bobby will remember that he is such a boss during the fight! So Zakmu and several Tudun came to a distant place, took out an apple, and watched this wonderful showdown. Boom! Bobby and Shukaku collided with each other. The dust around them seemed to be frightened, and kept running away with Bobby and Shukaku as the center. Bobby's left paw held Shukaku's right palm, and his right paw picked up an ax somewhere and struck Shukaku's left palm that was protecting him! Sand continued to fall off from the blade where the ax came into contact with Shukaku. "Uh!¡ª¡ª" Shukaku suddenly screamed, and his cry traveled through the sky and reached every corner of Suna Ninja Village. "This cry is Shukaku! It was released? It seems to have been hurt in some way?" The Fourth Kazekage got rid of the two Uchiha ninjas in front of him and looked in the direction of the cry. Only then did he realize that under the not-so-bright moonlight There is a giant beast, naturally Shukaku, but there seems to be another one beside Shukaku! Although he couldn't see the appearance clearly, he could vaguely see a huge turtle shell. The Fourth Kazekage was a little anxious. One Shukaku would cause heavy losses to the Sand Ninja Village. Plus, there was another one, and the other party was also a powerful character. , otherwise Shukaku would not have screamed like this. The elites of the Uchiha family saw that the Fourth Kazekage was distracted, looked at each other, nodded, and then directed two powerful fireball techniques at the Fourth Kazekage from the front and back. The Fourth Kazekage saw the swarming heat and secretly shouted, "Not good!" ¡ª¡ª Chiyo had just escaped Orochimaru's latent snake hand and asked the puppet to guard his side. Suddenly he heard Shukaku's cry, beads of sweat fell from his brow, and he yelled: "Orochimaru, let Shukaku go." Come out? How did you find Shukaku's sealing location?" "Of course someone told us that this is not the point. The point is that after today, the war will be over! And I, Orochimaru, have made great contributions in this battle, and I will be the fourth Hokage! Hahaha!" Orochimaru Maru stood under a giant python and laughed at Chiyo. "Orochimaru, someone like you will not become Hokage! And the seemingly glamorous so-called Bright Konoha will not let someone like you lead it! So, give up!" Chiyo looked a little confused. Crazy Orochimaru said. "This is none of your business!" Orochimaru ignored Chiyo, "Two dragons strangled!" Orochimaru used another one of his unique tricks. Chiyo and Orochimaru had a fierce fight! Zakaki covered his ears and cursed secretly: "Fuck! Your sister, it hurts. As for screaming so fiercely? For those who don't know, I thought Bobby was doing that to you!" Zakaki looked at Bobby and Shou He couldn't stand it any longer, and his balls ached. Is this all Bobby has? This was also the first time that Zakaki saw Bobby fighting against a powerful ninja beast. Perhaps seeing Bobby's performance, Zakaki felt a little cheated! Didn¡¯t you say that Wuwei suffered a loss? Why is it so difficult to get Shukaku?   Shukaku saw his tattoo being defaced again and again by this guy, and became even more angry. He waved his tail and hit Bobby's turtle shell. Shukaku yelled, "Why do you think you look familiar? It turns out it's you, you little turtle. Back then, Uncle Shukaku made you run away. Are you going to die again today?" After that, he used his tail to hit Bobby again. on the turtle shell. Bobby didn't seem to care much about Shukaku's beating, and said: "Dirty tanuki, during the ancient demon clan wars, didn't you hear about the reputation of your uncle Bobby? As far as I know, you can only bully Something like a rat dragon, right? Now Uncle Bobby will let you know what it means to be powerful!" "Ugly ghost, there is only one end for those who insult Uncle Shukaku, and that is death!" Shukaku whipped Bobby again. "You haven't played anymore! Open it!" Bobby withdrew the ax that was stuck to Shukaku's sand. There were water ripples on the blade of the ax, and then he struck the ax on Shukaku's left palm, "Ugh! "There was another scream, and Shukaku quickly retracted his right palm. The sand on his right palm continued to accumulate, and then together with his left palm, he stopped the ax that was approaching the body with water waves. Bobby's left paw was free and he immediately slapped the ground. Dozens of sharp thorns immediately appeared on the ground. The thorns seemed to have difficulty piercing Shukaku's body, but just kept Shukaku hanging in the air. Shukaku kept kicking his feet, trying to break away from the shackles of the thrust, but how could Bobby make it do so? The number of axes suddenly increased, and Bobby spun it around in the air and hit Shukaku. "Go to hell!" " There was a loud bang, and Bobby's ax was about to hit Shukaku's body in the blink of an eye! At this moment, Shukaku suddenly opened his mouth, and the air-refining bullet came out directly from his mouth and hit Bobby's head. "No!" Bobby hurriedly took back the giant ax and blocked it in front of him. With a bang, the air-refining bomb connected with the giant ax. Bobby's right claw seemed to be struggling, so his left claw also Hold the handle of the ax and bear Shukaku's blow to the death! Shukaku finally broke free from the thrust, and the power of the air-refining bomb gradually disappeared into the air. Bobby looked at Shukaku and said, "Dirty tanuki, it seems you are not as weak as you thought! Now, Uncle Bobby is going to take action for real!" Bobby raised his giant axe, exerted force with his hind paws, and suddenly moved forward. With such agile movements, it was hard to imagine that he was a turtle, of course, a spirit turtle! Bobby's speed seemed to be much faster than before, and the giant ax mixed with water waves arrived at Shukaku's side in a few seconds. Bobby suddenly put the giant ax on the ground, and the giant ax came up and down, carrying several streaks. The light seemed to be following some strange trajectory, and then struck Shukaku on the neck. "Uh-" The ear-piercing scream sounded again. Shukaku was stunned by Bobby's blow. Shukaku's whole body kept shaking, and his giant tail kept slapping the ground and raising his head. Countless rocks were thrown away, and the ground was also pitted. Shukaku's body gradually turned into sand and slowly disappeared from Bobby's eyes. Bobby didn¡¯t seem very surprised when he saw this scene. He just put the giant ax flat in his hand, and then the giant ax returned to its original shape, and then turned into a burst of smoke and disappeared in Bobby¡¯s claws. It was a pleasure for Zakaki to see it. He picked up the apple in his hand, took a hard bite, jumped up on Bobby's back and said, "Hey, hey, Bobby, why did you let that civet cat run away?" "Boss, the tanuki is a tailed beast after all. As long as it is a tailed beast, it will not be easily killed. Of course, if you know the sealing technique, you can seal it! But don't you know how? Then you can only let it escape. Yes!" Bobby said helplessly. "Damn it! You can't do it?" "You know how to fart!" "By the way, what's that axe? I've never seen you use it before?" ¡°This¡ª¡± "talk?" ¡°Well¡ª¡± "Say it quickly!" "This is a secret!" ¡°Damn it!¡± PS: After celebrating the New Year for a day, I ran out of time code manuscripts, so I thought I would finish it now. There's one more chapter tonight, so vote if you can! Thank you for being disrespectful! Finally, on the first day of the Lunar New Year, I wish you all another happy New Year! ; Text Chapter 68 The Origin of Akai Ninja Turtle Zakaki and Bobby walked on the street of Suna Ninja Village, watching the ninjas of Konoha stabilizing the situation in Suna Ninja Village. Three hours ago, Jiraiya's army officially entered the Suna Ninja Village. The Konoha ninjas were all like the kidney fighters who had just taken chicken blood. They stood firm one by one and finally forced the Fourth Kazekage to surrender. However, the scene in Zakaki could not be forgotten in his mind: Jiraiya, Orochimaru, and Minato Namikaze surrounded Chiyo, looking like they wanted to rape her. Orochimaru originally wanted to Kill her, but Namikaze Minato said that this was not conducive to stabilizing the situation in Suna Ninja Village. Jiraiya's personality was naturally peace-oriented, so one can imagine Jiraiya's views, so Orochimaru became angry. He threw up his sleeves and left, leaving only Namikaze Minato and Jiraiya's master and disciple. These two guys saw Chiyo looking like he wanted to fight to death, and they were also very worried. Fortunately, Chiyo's younger brother Ebizo appeared in time, And told Chiyo Kazekage that he had decided to surrender, so Chiyo decided to live in seclusion out of grief and anger, and no longer care about the affairs of Sand Ninja Village, so Chiyo left like this, and his brother who seemed to be very awesome, this pair of siblings Official seclusion! Tochigi, in fact, I have been wondering about Sakura's invitation to invite Chito and Hai Lao Tibet in the past. So why do people who are ruthless live a leisurely life? Zakaki learned everything from Chiyo's desolate back. The feeling of losing a country and a family was really uncomfortable. Instead of seeing his village decline day by day, it would be better to just ignore it! Zakaki patted Bobby on the head and said: "Bobby, it's time for you to go back. We've been wandering around for a long time. Look at the way others look at us. It's better to be low-key!" In fact, Zakaki is not very willing to let Bobby come out. Yes, but this guy said that he hadn¡¯t been out for many years and wanted to experience the local customs and customs outside, so Zakaki sat on Bobby and wandered around the Sand Ninja Village. Fortunately, Bobby was the youngest at this time. form, otherwise a person as big as a house wouldn¡¯t scare people to death! It was like this, and the common people in Sand Ninja Village were trembling when they saw it. "Boss, are you too inhumane? After all, I have been with you for so long, why don't you have any sympathy? Look at how unlucky I am! I can't go back to the spiritual world, so I can only stay there every day. It¡¯s such a crappy place, it¡¯s hard to get out of here, but you¡¯re still so verbose!¡± Bobby turned around and complained. "I'll wipe it! You don't know how to go out for a walk by yourself? I didn't tie you up!" "Have you ever seen a turtle running around?" "Aren't you a spirit turtle?" ¡°A spirit turtle is also a turtle!¡± Just when Zakumu and Bobby were chatting about each other, a figure that Zakumu was very familiar with and very conspicuous in the crowd appeared. He was dressed as a kappa, with a unique smile, showing off his white hair in the distance. Teeth, white teeth shined in the sun, burning Zakaki¡¯s eyes deeply! Zakaki took a closer look and found that there was a silver-haired boy wearing a mask in front of the kappa, with a short knife on his back. He looked a bit cold and mysterious. The kappa kept harassing the masked man, but the masked man didn't seem to pay much attention to him, and the two of them just walked around the Suna Ninja Village. Suddenly, the kappa and the masked man seemed to have discovered something, and they stood together and said, "It's so cool!" The masked man was okay, and just stood aside in surprise, while the kappa sprinted to the scene at the speed of light. Next to the thing that surprised them. The kappa is Akai, the masked man is Kakashi, and what surprises them is naturally our Oakaki-kun and Bobby! Akai came to Bobby with sparks in his eyes, put his hands under his chin, and said with a cute look: "Teacher, you are so cool, is this your psychic beast? It's been a long time since. I heard that you have a very popular psychic beast, but I didn¡¯t expect that this psychic beast is so popular! It looks like it is invincible!" Zakaki sat on Bobby's back and almost fell off Bobby's back when he saw Akai's vomiting movements. Bobby was originally very angry when someone suddenly blocked his way, but after hearing Akai's words, he realized that this little guy is quite good, and his vision is very sharp, and he can tell a lot of facts at a glance! He nodded slightly and said with a smile: "Not bad kid. I never expected that someone would discover my strength even though I have always been so low-key. It seems that being too popular is also a distressing thing!" After hearing what Bobby said, Zakaki fell directly off Bobby's back! Zakaki's whole body stiffened and he fell to the ground in a sitting position. Let me go, who are the people around me? Akai continued to act cute and said, "If I had a psychic beast like you, wouldn't I be invincible?" When Bobby heard Akai's words, he smiled even brighter, and then pretended to be inscrutable and said: "Well, although what you said is right, you have to understand that no matter how strong others are, they will eventually be The strength of others is only truly strong when you are strong yourself!"   "I have learned a lesson, I never thought that you are not only invincible, but also knowledgeable. Teacher Zakaki is really lucky to have a psychic beast like you! Hey! Why don't I have such luck? Why?" Akai's The expression changed really fast. The expression that was cute just now immediately turned into three parts envy, three parts resentment, and three parts sadness! That expression on other women would definitely fascinate thousands of men, but on a man with such a thick eyebrow, there is always something a bit awkward! "Well, your kid is very suitable for me. Do you have a psychic beast?" Bobby narrowed his eyes and asked with a smile. Akai pretended that his mother didn¡¯t love him and that his uncle didn¡¯t hurt him and said, ¡°No, it would be great if you were lucky enough to have the same ninja beast who is thousands of miles worse than you!¡± "Let's do this. I'll go back and ask if there is any turtle willing to sign a contract with you. If so, I will let you get what you want!" Seeing Akai's look, Bobby boldly made a promise. "You are so great! Thank you!" ¡°Obviously, Zakaki¡¯s pseudo-apprentice and Zakaki¡¯s psychic beast decided the matter directly without going through Zakaki¡¯s procedures. How does this make our Mr. Zakaki feel? Kakashi¡¯s jaw dropped when he saw this scene from behind. Just like that, the badass Akai earned a psychic beast! The one who also dropped his jaw was Oakwood! Finally, Zakaki and Bobby separated from Kakashi and Akai. Akai and Kakashi still had missions, so they left. Of course, when leaving, Akai didn't forget to show off his beauty to Zakaki. Mouth with white teeth. Oak fell off Bobby's back again. Zakaki and Bobby were still walking around the Sand Ninja Village. In Bobby's words, it was rare for him to be so happy today, so he wanted to take a good stroll, so they wandered aimlessly. Just when Zakaki was getting a little interested, he saw a very familiar person. He couldn't be said to be familiar, but he was just a guy he had seen in anime many times before, Sand Ninja Maki! Ma Ji was looking at Zakaki with a murderous look on his face, as if he wanted to eat him alive! Zakmu is surprised. I didn't kill your father. Is this the case? That little bit of interest that had just aroused was completely lost when Markie was like this. PS: Here comes the second chapter, maybe the word count is less! I feel that the writing is not bad. If anyone has a vote, please vote for it or save it. Thank you very much! ; Text Chapter 69 Returning to Konoha with Honor ps: I¡¯m really sorry! Yesterday, some friends asked me to go out for dinner. I haven't seen them for several years, so I had a few more drinks because I was happy. There was no update yesterday. I'm going to my aunt's house today. If I can make it back in time, I'll update two chapters. If I can't make it back, then that's it! Therefore, I still ask for your understanding! Lots of support! Zakaki found that the finishing work in Suna Ninja Village was as troublesome as the attack on Suna Ninja Village. Various chores kept interfering with Zakaki who originally didn't like to work. Zakaki was now acting as Tsunade's position, that is to say , what Tsunade should have done originally, now all the pressure is placed on Takaki. In Jiraiya's words, these are all things Tsunade should do. It's for your sake, Takaki, and it also reduces a lot of work. ! Zakaki looked at the mountain of documents in front of him and said helplessly: "Okay, you said it's my turn to make the casualty statistics and arrangements for the wounded between the two countries. I agree. I also agree to arrange the compensation for Suna Ninja. Regarding Konoha's contribution to the war, I accept all the settings and standard arrangements! But you can't leave it to me to handle the bad thing about a Konoha ninja falling in love with a commoner girl from Suna Ninja Village? I've become a fucking matchmaker! I Fuck! Jiraiya, you are so shameless!" "Sir, is it not good for you to say this to Jiraiya-sama?" Xinna helped Zakaki handle the work and said without looking up from the documents. "Look, what did this bastard Jiraiya do? One of Inuzuka Hana's important jewelry fell off, and she asked me to help her find it! The kunai given to him by Obito's father was lost in a battle. He threw it away and asked to find it back! And this, this! My place has become a lost and found office! Damn it! What the hell is Jiraiya doing?" Zakaki became more and more angry as he talked and threw the documents everywhere. Ranfei, unable to suppress his anger, began to curse. Xinna looked up at Zakaki who looked like a shrew, with her mouth open wide enough to stuff an apple. It turned out that the always polite and polite Zakaki had such a manic side! It seems that a person will show his truest self when he is angry. This sentence is indeed true! Is this the most real Mr. Oak? Zakaki looked at the surprised Xina, as if he was even more angry, and roared: "Look, what are you looking at? Haven't you seen a shrew swearing in the street? Why don't you work hard? Be careful, I will transfer you to the wounded recuperation unit. !¡± Xin Na looked at Zakaki who was in an angry state, lowered her head quickly, and handled the work without saying a word. Are you kidding me, casualty unit? What place? It¡¯s simply a sanatorium for a bunch of uncles! Not only do they work hard, but they also have to be yelled at by such fighting heroes. Because of their injuries, those uncles have extremely bad tempers. If they don't get what they want, they will yell and sometimes beat people. How could this place be so comfortable? Although I was a little tired, there were still plenty of tea and snacks, as well as generous bonuses. It can be said that this kind of place is the best for non-combatants. If one of my father's colleagues didn't know Tsunade-sama, where would such a thing have happened? I'll do it? Xinna secretly looked at Zakaki who was stepping on the documents with her feet and thought to herself. "I'm quitting! Damn it, go out and relax. You work well here. If you need my signature, put it on the desk. If it's not important, just deal with it. Don't bother me!" Zakaki turned around! Said to Xinna, then slammed the door and walked out. "Oh my god! This is just like Tsunade-sama's virtue! If you don't want to do it anymore, just leave everything to me!" Xinna lowered her body, picked up the documents that were thrown everywhere by Zakaki, and muttered. "Zakaki walked on the street, breathing the not-so-clean air of Sand Ninja Village, but it still felt great! Zakaki looked at the hawkers who had set up stalls everywhere with smiles on their faces, and felt something in his heart. No matter how cruel the war was, no matter how the country declined, as long as the people lived happily and their own lives were not disturbed, who did they care about you? Rule! Who did Zakaki find while wandering around? A figure that is extremely familiar to Zakaki, a figure that makes Zakaki extremely angry, and a figure that is vulgar and obscene! That figure is Jiraiya! Jiraiya held a girl in his arms with a lewd smile on his face. Occasionally, he would touch the sensitive vagina of the girl in his arms with his dishonest paws, causing them to tremble wildly. The whole thing is a classic for prostitutes! Zakaki walked up to Jiraiya with his fists clenched and a smile on his face. "Hey! Isn't this our young and promising Mr. Zakaki? Has the work been taken care of? Let me just say, for your sake, I gave you more than half of the original work! Tell me, How can you thank me?" Jiraiya didn't care about Zakaki at all, and grabbed a handful of the girl's plump buttocks in his arms. After Zakaki heard Jiraiya's shameless words, his originally calm mood was now like an eighth-level tsunami, setting off huge waves in his heart! Oakwood hooked Jiraiya's chin with a long fist, and Jiraiya was knocked into the air. Jiraiya, who was hanging in the air, was stunned by the blow from Zakaki. He didn't know why, but he was kicked in the lower abdomen by one of Zakaki's whip legs. Jiraiya disappeared in the air with a unique trajectory.??In everyone's sight. "Fuck! I've been working so hard to handle the work, but you bastard is here looking for flowers and flowers. Do you really think that I, Zakaki, am a noob who doesn't know anything?" Zakaki stared at the direction where Jiraiya disappeared and scolded angrily. road. When the girl Jiraiya was holding saw the short Tsubasa, she knocked away the self-proclaimed Toad Sage and the most powerful among the three ninjas with just two movements. Jiraiya shivered a little. Many people on the street saw this scene, and messages began to spread. "Have you heard? Master Tsubasa and Master Jiraiya fought over two promiscuous women, and Master Jiraiya was defeated miserably at the hands of Master Tsubasa!" "No way? Master Jiraiya can't defeat Master Tsubasa?" "What do you know? Master Tsubasa can beat even one-tailed Shukaku to the point where he can't find the north. How powerful is he?" "Jiraiya-sama has not beaten Shukaku, and Jiraiya-sama's ninja beast Gamabunta is also very powerful!" "Mr. Oakwood's Ninja Beast and the Spirit Turtle Bobby is even more powerful!" "What? Master Tsubasa and Master Jiraiya had a fight with psychic beasts because of two prostitutes!" "Well! It is said that the toad boss Wentai was beaten away by Bobby the turtle!" "Hey! Big shots are trouble! Aren't they just two prostitutes?" This rumor spread throughout Suna Ninja Village, and eventually Konoha. When Zakaki learned about this rumor, his jaw dropped in shock, and then he beat Jiraiya again. Of course, this is something. A week has passed, everything in Suna Ninja Village has gone into order with Konoha's "coordination", and Konoha's vanguard has also begun to return to Konoha, and Zakaki and others are naturally in this vanguard, as combatants Heroes, they will receive the biggest welcome ceremony in Konoha. "Ozaki, pretty boy, you have accomplished great things this time! The welcoming ceremony of the villagers this time is said to be the largest in Konoha's history! Hey! Tsunade came back first, how about we do it together? Ah!" Jiraiya looked at Orochimaru and Zakaki and said with a smile. Even the cold Orochimaru had a faint smile on his eyes. As a ninja, perhaps this is the greatest compliment. Orochimaru, who was in a good mood, naturally didn't mind that Jiraiya called him a pretty boy. Zakaki looked at the formation of the team this time, and anyone who was careful could see the details. Standing in the middle is Orochimaru, who has made the greatest contribution this time. On the left is Jiraiya, on the right is Oak, and next to Jiraiya is Namikaze Minato. Speaking of Minato Namibun, this kid really shined in this battle. He killed countless Sand Ninjas in one instant, directly reversing the disadvantage that Jiraiya's army was at! Perfect interpretation of the majesty of golden glitter! Although Zakaki was ranked in front of him, it was just a recognition of Zakaki by the Konoha ninjas and an acknowledgment of Zakaki's strength. Perhaps in the eyes of everyone, no matter how powerful Namikaze Minato is, he is not as powerful as Tokaki-sama. For no other reason than Tokaki-sama succeeded Tsunade-sama, saved the entire Tsunade team, and became another team commander! Coupled with the gossip with Jiraiya, to a certain extent, everyone is more inclined to think that Zakaki is on the same level as Jiraiya and Orochimaru. Therefore, the position of Oakwood is naturally in front of Namikaze Minato. Zakaki and his party finally arrived at Konoha Village. The first thing they saw was the huge crowd. They held banners that read "Drinking with joy, the heroes of Konoha return in triumph". They looked at the enthusiasm of the villagers and the admiration in their eyes. With a look on his face, he watched the villagers welcome their hero with their best things! Many ninjas have the idea that even death is worth it, and many ninjas burst into tears. The third generation stood on the top of the crowd, looking at the returning ninjas. His heart that could no longer withstand the test finally found peace that had not been peaceful for a long time. The third generation knew that such a welcome ceremony could not only improve the morale of the army, but also It can make the villagers love their village more, and it can also comfort the villagers who originally complained about the war and were worried about the future of Konoha. Therefore, this largest welcome ceremony in Konoha's history is worth it! Morimu and Keiko stood in the crowd, looking around at Soaki's figure. Moriki was both happy and worried about Soaki, who was becoming more and more famous in the village. What was gratifying was that Soaki had finally become a big shot in Konoha, and worried. What's more, as Zakaki's status increases, the opponents he faces become more powerful, so Zakaki's safety also¡ª¡ª "Morimu, look quickly, is that Zakaki? Standing next to Lord Orochimaru!" Keiko saw Zakaki and pulled Morimu and said. "Where?" Senmu asked anxiously. "There!" Keiko said, pointing to Zakaki's figure. When Senmu saw Oakwood, he jumped up and said, "I see it, I see it! Oakwood! Oakwood!,"We are here! " A villager in front of Senmu turned around and looked at Senmu with suspicion and unkindness and said, "Do you know Mr. Zakaki?" "Of course, Zakaki is my brother!" Senmu raised his neck and said proudly. The villager's originally unkind eyes became kind and said: "So that's it! I really envy you! You are actually Mr. Oakwood's brother! Mr. Oakwood is the great hero of Konoha! My sons are all He saved me, so I really need to thank Mr. Zakaki!" "Where! This is what he should do!" Senmu said a little embarrassed when he heard the villager's words. "Ha ha¡ª¡ª" ; Text Chapter 70 Tsunade, leave after the wedding Life in Konoha is undoubtedly leisurely. Ever since Tsubasa came back from the battlefield in Sand Country, Tsubasa has become a real big shot in Konoha. No matter who sees Tsukuru, they will always lower their heads and call him, "Sama." This also includes Zakmu¡¯s neighbors, as well as Uncle Yichun. There is an old saying in China that distant relatives are not as good as close neighbors. In fact, Zakmu has inherited a lot of love from Uncle Yichun, just like now: Uncle Yichun, carrying a large basket of apples, came to the door of Zakmu's house. He wanted to go in but didn't. He stood in front of the door, wandering around, hesitating. Zakumu was wearing slippers at home, eating breakfast cooked by his sister-in-law, and singing a tune happily. Senmu went to work. His sister-in-law got up early, came to Zakmu's house, made breakfast for Zakmu and Senmu, and then went back. Sister-in-law Keiko's family is a civilian family, and her parents died young. There is only one brother in the family. The brother is a businessman and is away from home for a long time, so under normal circumstances Keiko doesn't have much to do. Zakaki was eating breakfast. It was indeed a meal cooked by his daughter, and it was delicious. At this moment, Zakaki relied on his ninja intuition to find someone outside the door. Zakaki dropped the bowl and chopsticks, kicked up his slippers and came to the door. At a glance, he saw Uncle Yichun wandering around the door. "Grandpa Yichun, why don't you come in? What's the matter with you?" When Uncle Yichun saw Zakmu coming out, he quickly bowed and said, "I've met Mr. Zakmu!" Seeing Uncle Yichun bowing, Zhamu walked to Uncle Yichun in a panic and said, "Grandpa Yichun, what are you doing? You can't do it, you can't do it!" Uncle Yichun looked at Zhamu, scratched the back of his head, and said: "My old lady also said that you are a big shot now, so naturally you disdain to associate with common people like us. But I think Zhamu is a good boy, no matter how powerful he is. , he will always be our good neighbor!¡± "Haha, that's natural! What kind of big shot? He just survived the battlefield by luck! Look at you, why are you bowing? If my brother sees it, he will scold me again!" Zakaki said with a smile. "You can't say that! Zakaki, I'm just talking about you. You are now as big as the big shots in the village! Many people say that you and Jiraiya-sama are on the same level! Even Konoha is good at it. The powerful Golden Flash is all your subordinates! Although it is a good thing that you are polite and have no airs, you must not lose your identity because of it!" Yichun said a little seriously. "I know! By the way, Grandpa Yichun, what's the matter with you coming here so early in the morning?" Zha Mu asked curiously when he saw Grandpa Yichun carrying a large basket of apples. "Oh, I am old and useless. If you hadn't told me, I almost forgot about it. Well, knowing that you love apples the most, I picked fresh ones from the orchard specially!" He took off the basket from behind and stuffed it into Zakaki's hand. "What are you doing? I keep asking you to give this and that, and I don't know how much it costs you? I can't have it!" Zakaki said as he stuffed the basket into Uncle Yichun. "Zhaomu, if you don't want it, you will be looking down on your Grandpa Yichun! Although I am old and no longer useful, I am a member of Konoha, and you can afford these things! You are the hero of Konoha!" Grandpa Yichun! He put his head to Zakaki's ear and whispered: "If you don't want my things, the old woman will scold me again!" ¡°This¡ª¡ª¡± There were two drops of sweat on Zakaki¡¯s forehead. "Take it! I have to go out to the stall again, see you later!" Uncle Yichun said, waving towards Zakmu. "Grandpa Yichun, come in and sit down!" Zhamu then remembered that Grandpa Yichun had not entered the house yet. "No need, I have plenty of time!" "goodbye!" Zakaki walked on the street, looking at the prosperous Konoha. It has to be said that Konoha is the most prosperous of the five ninja villages. Zakaki has been to Suna Ninja Village. Although the scale is very grand, he always feels that in the eyes of the people there What is the shortcoming? Perhaps it is a love for life and a hope for the future! Zakaki thought of the people in the previous life who were busy working. They seemed to be the same, with materialistic desires and feasting, but when they were alone, they would feel inexplicable emptiness. The villagers of Konoha have a kind of persistence, which is a true interpretation of life and death. Perhaps it is the persistence of the villagers of Konoha that created Naruto's character. Although many villagers of Konoha hate Naruto, as a Konoha Naruto, who is a member of the family, can naturally see the sincerity with which the villagers treat others. Therefore, Naruto can't wait for everyone to recognize him, and wants everyone to treat him like a normal person. In the end, this character will create the future of the entire ninja world! Rather than saying that Naruto brought changes to the world, it is better to say that his simple attitude towards life brought peace to the entire ninja world! Zakaki came to Duan's house in his random thoughts. Duan's death was a very tangled matter for Zakaki. In fact, Duan was a really good person. At first, after Zakaki knew that Duan had been killed, he almost ran away on the spot, until Later, when I killed Yumi's father, I saw thatWhen the red-eyed girl cried so helplessly, Zakaki felt a little regretful. Zakaki was confused at that time, not knowing whether what he did was right or wrong. Zakaki is a little person. In his previous life, he did not have any great beliefs, great perseverance, or any moral standards! In a world where money is paramount, no matter how hard you get out of the mire, you still need the nutrients from the mire! Therefore, Xiaomin Oak also developed a kind of Xiaomin mentality, a changeable mental state. Although Dan's death will make Zakaki angry, killing Yumi's father will also make Zakaki feel sorry. All in all, Zakaki is a little sad about Danzhi's death, but sad! With that sadness, Zakaki decided to come to Duanjia to have a look, perhaps to confirm something. Zakaki knocked on the door, and the person who opened the door was an old man about sixty years old. When he saw Zakaki, the old man quickly bowed and said: "Master Zakaki, it's you who are here. Thank you for avenging me!" The old man's voice said A little trembling, a little desolate, a little excited. "You are the steward of Duan's family, right? No need to be like that, Duan is my partner, and it is my duty to avenge him." Zakaki helped the old man up and said softly. "Please come in. Tsunade-sama, Jiraiya-sama, and Orochimaru-sama are all in the house, as if they are discussing something." The old man stood in front of Zakaki, standing in front of him, and said as he led the way. "Jiraiya and the others are here? And Orochimaru-sama?" Zakaki said, what a coincidence, why did these three guys come together? Could it have been agreed in advance? With doubts, Zakaki and the old man came to the hall and saw Tsunade arguing with Jiraiya. "Tsunade, calm down! No one wants to see what happened, but you know? Your behavior is really evasive! Are you a coward?" Jiraiya said with some excitement. "What does it have to do with you? Jiraiya, don't blame me for being rude if you do this again!" Tsunade seemed to want to get angry after hearing Jiraiya's words. "I'm telling the truth. You are obviously cowardly! The Senju family's retirement may be inevitable, but there is no reason for you to do this. You are the princess of Konoha, and you are destined to bear the mission of Konoha!" I am getting more and more excited! Tsunade couldn't bear her anger anymore, or it could be called angry with shame! Tsunade's fist came to Jiraiya in the blink of an eye. The wind from the fist blew the sand and dust around. Suddenly, Tsunade's fist stopped on the tip of Jiraiya's nose. The wind from the fist blew against Jiraiya's nose. The silver hair was floating in the air, and Jiraiya did not avoid it, but just stared at Tsunade. Orochimaru was like a bystander, just watching this scene quietly without speaking. Zakaki walked slowly towards the hall with neither fast nor slow steps. The three ninjas all seemed to feel the outsider's entry, and they all turned their heads to the door and looked at the intruder. "They are all here! Today seems to be a coincidence!" Zakaki said with a smile as he did not seem to notice Tsunade's fist on the tip of Jiraiya's nose. "Ozaki, Tsunade is leaving, please persuade her." Jiraiya said a little depressed. Orochimaru looked at Zakaki and nodded. "I understand, Tsunade, even if you want to go out for some relaxation, you should always give everyone time to adapt. How about this, how about you wait until my brother's wedding is over before leaving?" Zakaki said. "Your brother's wedding?" Jiraiya looked at Zakaki in confusion. "In two days, my brother is going to get married. You can leave after his wedding, so that the village will have a short adaptation period. Besides, I promised my brother that I will keep all the Sannin he admires most. Please come to the wedding!" Zakaki said jokingly. Tsunade retracted her fist, "This¡ª¡ª" "Listen to me, this will be the best for everyone, Tsunade, don't leave until after the wedding!" Zakaki said seriously. PS: Not much more to say, there are two more chapters tonight. ; Text Chapter 71 Zakmu¡¯s face "Hey, hey! Put the lantern to the left, yes, yes!" Uncle Yichun stood at the door and shouted to a person who was hanging a lantern, "Sanlang, are the food for the wedding fully prepared? There will be many big shots coming soon. , You must not fall short of the majesty of Senmu and Master Zakaki!" "I know, Uncle Yichun, you have asked me four times!" said the man named Sanlang. "Haha, I'm happy too. In the blink of an eye, Zakaki and Senmu have grown up. Senmu is about to get married. I watched them grow up! Zakaki gave me a large amount of money and took such an important thing. Leave it to me, and you must not mess it up!" Uncle Yichun said with a smile while stroking his goatee. "Uncle Yichun, I always hear you say that there are many big shots coming. Who are they?" Sanlang looked at Uncle Yichun and asked curiously. "Who? I'll scare you to death if I tell you! I remember one time a big shot from ANBU came to your house for a meal, made you happy, and spread the word everywhere! Let me tell you, the person who came this time was your big shot. If you have to stand aside, you won't even have a chance to get on those big shot tables!" Uncle Yichun said with some pride. "Who is it? Are you bragging? That adult is the captain of the ANBU!" Saburo whispered in Uncle Yichun's ear. "You brat! You know nothing! Captain? Even the captain is not qualified to serve! Do you know who is coming? You don't even know who Zakaki is?" Uncle Yichun slapped Saburo in the face. said on his head. "Ouch! It hurts! Uncle Yichun, who is it? It makes you happy!" Saburo curled his lips and said. "Well, do you know about Konoha's Pig-deer Butterfly?" "You know! You can't, right? There are still people like that. Those three adults are all heads of the clan!" "Hmph! I didn't send an invitation because I wasn't very familiar with them, but other people's gifts were sent first! I didn't make up for it later! There are also the Inuzuka family, the Aburame family, and many other big family members. The whole family is like this, and the invitations are all made up!¡± "No way! This is Konoha's¡ª" "There are more! The legendary Sannin! These three people are the posts written by Zakaki himself, and only such a person can do it himself!" Uncle Yichun became more and more proud. After hearing these words, Saburo sat down directly on the ground, wiped the sweat from his head, and stammered: "No - no way! I - the things I made are going to be eaten by such a person? Lord Orochimaru, Lord Jiraiya, and Princess Tsunade! Oh my god! If we don¡¯t do it well, won¡¯t they be happy?¡± "Look at your potential! Don't you even look at the identity of the master? Zakaki! He is now a person who can rival the three ninjas! It's the patriarchs of those big families. Why don't you show courtesy to us, Zakaki? Of course? , the master is Senmu, but they are all the same!" After speaking, Uncle Yichun slapped Saburo again. "I know, this time I will make full use of our family's ancestral craftsmanship!" Saburo got up from the ground, patted the dust on his butt, wiped away the lethargy just now, and said confidently. "That's right! Go quickly." Uncle Yichun said, looking at the background of San Lang going away, and secretly thought that it is better to be young and have such fighting spirit. But having said that, when I heard about the people invited by Zakaki, my legs were shaking. Except for these big shots at some ceremonies, they could see the background from a distance. In a situation like this, I couldn't even think about it. Dare to think! "Hey, old woman, why are you still hanging around outside? There are a lot of things to do inside!" "Look at you, what are you doing? I have never seen you look like this when my son got married!" Grandma Yichun looked at Uncle Yichun and shouted. "Don't mention that bastard, let him be a ninja. Why should he be a businessman for me? No matter how much money he has, it will be of no use? Look at other Zakaki, he is just like him!" Uncle Yichun said. ¡°I won¡¯t tell you anymore, I¡¯m going to get busy!¡± Grandma Yichun wiped her hands on her apron and walked into Zakmu¡¯s courtyard. "Who is that? Come on, don't grind it to perfection, hurry up, a distinguished guest will be coming soon!" Uncle Yichun pointed at someone and said. Zhamu saw Uncle Yichun¡¯s old-fashioned and warm-hearted look in the distance, and felt an indescribable kindness in his heart. Zakaki remembered that he was frightened when Morimu asked him to organize the wedding. He said he was unwilling to say anything, and said he was afraid of losing the face of Morimu and himself. Later, I got smart and said, "Grandpa Yichun, you have to do this. I really can't trust others!" He was very happy and agreed happily Before the wedding, the courtyard was already full of guests, including Senmu¡¯s colleagues and friends, but most of them came for Zakmu. Most of the people here were Zakmu¡¯s subordinates, and there were few big shots. Those big shots had already arrived in the hall, including representatives of various families, as well as people with personal backgrounds.??High-ranking adults. Senmu kept wandering around. Although he knew that most people were looking for Zakaki's face, Senmu still felt that he was very proud. These people could not even be seen by him. Morimu turned to the inner room and saw Zakaki sitting on a chair, crossing his legs and chewing an apple. Morimu was furious. He was busy working outside, but this guy would enjoy it. Senmu roared at Zakaki: "Zakaki, you brat, why don't you go out to greet the guests!" When Zakumu heard Senmu's roar, he was so frightened that he fell down from the chair. He rubbed his butt and said, "Brother, aren't you and Grandpa Yichun outside? What am I going to do? Besides, I don't know many people. It's not good!" Listening to Zakaki¡¯s almost rogue explanation, Senmu felt angry again. "Brother, don't tell me, you really look handsome today!" Seeing Senmu's expression, Zakaki knew that this was a sign that he was going to get angry, and hurried up to flatter him. "Really?" Senmu's expression improved a little. "That's natural, you are the groom today!" "Stop talking nonsense and get out quickly. Lord Jiraiya and the others are coming soon, so get out and wait!" Morimu said with a change of expression. "I know! That Jiraiya guy has the nerve to come. Look at Orochimaru and Tsunade's betrothal gifts, and then look at his. He's not even half of others! He's a stingy guy!" Zaki thought of Jiraiya's gift. The bride price was angry and cursed angrily. "What did you say? Jiraiya-sama is willing to come just to give you face, but you still think the gift is too small! Who did you learn from?" "Let's go, let's go! It'll be here soon!" Zakaki pulled Senmu out and took the opportunity to block his mouth. When Zakaki walked to the hall, all the ninjas stood up, bowed to Zakaki and said, "I have met Mr. Zakaki!" Zakaki hurriedly returned the courtesy and said: "You don't have to be like this. You are a guest, so I hope you won't neglect everyone!" "I'm joking, Mr. Oakaki. It's a great honor for Mr. Oakaki to kindly invite me! On behalf of the Mitarai family, I wish your brother and sister-in-law a happy marriage!" said a man from the Mitarai family who looked very worldly. So many people in the family followed suit: ¡°I represent the Hatake family¡ª¡ª¡± ¡°I am the Inuzuka family¡± ¡°I represent the Yuhi family¡ª¡ª¡±¡ª¡ª "Sarutobi family, Sarutobi Asuma is here!" the celebrant outside the door shouted loudly. "Head of the Yamanaka family, Yamanaka Kaiichi has arrived." "Head of the Nara family, Nara Shikaku has arrived." "Head of the Akimichi family, Akimichi Choza has arrived!" The priest's shout touched everyone's nerves, followed by several more . "Jiraiya-sama is here!" "Tsunade-sama is here!" People in the courtyard and hall began to whisper to each other. "I've long heard that important people will arrive, and it's true! Except for the Hyuga family and the Uchiha family, almost all the big families are here!" "That's not true. Konoha's Ino Shikacho, as well as Jiraiya-sama and Tsunade-sama, these adults don't show up easily!" "Don't you look at who Mr. Zakaki is? What kind of people have what kind of circles? Even if Mr. Zakaki's brother gets married, this is how a big family is. What if it's Mr. Zakaki? What's the matter?" "I heard that Tsubasa-sama has something to do with Mitarashi Anko!" ¡°I¡¯ve heard of it too, but I think it¡¯s a good match!¡± "yes!". . . ?Zhao Mu felt a little dizzy when he heard the people in the yard chatting and talking. At this moment, the trembling voice of Master Li rang in everyone's ears, making the originally noisy courtyard become peaceful. "Lord Orochimaru is here!" "Lord Orochimaru! No way, I have never heard of Lord Orochimaru participating in such a ceremony!" "That's right, you are worthy of Master Zakaki!" The tranquility that had just passed immediately disappeared, and the sound in the courtyard was stronger than before. Oakwood and Moriki came to the door and walked straight towards the Sannin, Ino Shikacho and little Asuma. "I was busy with some mundane things in the courtyard just now. I welcome you all!" Senmu said cheerfully. "It's nothing, we happened to meet each other, so we came together. Morimu-kun, congratulations!" Lujiu said with a smile. "Thank you, Mr. Shikaku, please come in!" Morimu said. "I still have something to do, so I'll forget it when I come. I don't like making noise, Mr. Oak, let's go first!" Orochimaru said calmly towards Mr. Oak. "Well, Orochimaru-sama, walk slowly." Zakaki said with a slight salute. Orochimaru did not exchange too many greetings, and his figure wasIt disappeared in a flash. "It's really hard for the pretty boy, you really have face, Zakigi! This guy doesn't buy anyone's account. Even when Brother Shinnosuke got married, this guy only gave him a gift!" Jiraiya muttered. "Moriki-kun, congratulations! I still have something to do, so I'll take the first step!" Tsunade whispered. ¡°This!¡ª¡ª¡± Senmu turned his eyes to Zakmu. "Brother, take a few of you inside! Let me talk to Tsunade." Zakaki said. "Forget it, forget it, I'm going to have a drink! Morimu, let's go, let's go, don't worry about them!" Jiraiya pulled Morimu and walked inside. "Yes, yes, Lord Jiraiya!" Tsunade looked at Zakaki in confusion, then opened her red lips slightly and murmured: "You don't need to persuade me." "I don't intend to persuade you, I just want to have a chat with you." PS: I always feel that Shen Yun has not been written, maybe because I don¡¯t have enough social experience, so everyone should just make do with it! If you book friends have tickets, please give me one. I would like to thank you! ; Text Chapter 72 The Origin of the Legendary Fat Sheep Konoha's narrow paths are another major feature of Hokage. Although it is noon, the sun cannot reach the ground. The trees on both sides of the paths block the scorching sun that wants to sweep over the earth. A trip to the shade is indescribable. of comfort. In front of the oak tree is Tsunade. Her beautiful figure is a sight to behold everywhere, but the oak tree behind her seems redundant and out of place. The two of them didn't speak, just walked slowly along the narrow path. "Actually, you look more charming if you let your hair down." Zakaki was the first to break the calm. "Really?" Tsunade said perfunctorily. "But tying up your hair makes you look more energetic!" "oh." "Oakaki!" "Tsunade!" The two shouted each other's names at the same time. Zakaki scratched the back of his head and said, "You go ahead and say it." "You should speak first, don't you have something to say?" Tsunade said, tilting her head. "Okay, I want to ask you, if you want to leave, where will you go?" Zakaki asked. "I don't know, Suan has a niece named Shizune. Seeing that she has good qualifications, I want to teach her my ninjutsu and go outside to see it!" When Tsunade mentioned Suan, her eyes were full of sadness. . "Actually, you don't have to be like this, some things may turn around!" Zakaki thought of Orochimaru's reincarnation in the dirty earth, which might be able to resurrect him. "A turning point? What turning point? My father died when I was young, and then the rope tree died, and then it died again! I heard many people say that I am an unlucky person, and any man who comes into contact with me will have no good results! I Knowing that I am an ominous person, I hate myself so much. Now, as a ninja, I have hemophobia. You should know, what does that mean? I really hate myself! Wuwu¡ª¡ª" Tsunade became more and more excited as she spoke. , Unable to suppress the tears in her eyes any longer, Tsunade covered her face with her hands, and slowly squatted on the ground, her body trembling non-stop, crying so helplessly. A gust of breeze blew by, and the wind carried Tsunade's tears along the air and entered Zakaki's heart, like a sharp knife, slashing at Zakaki's heart. Zakaki also slowly squatted down, looked at the crying Tsunade quietly, then put his left hand on her shoulder, his right hand caressed her head, leaned on his shoulder, and said softly: "If you feel helpless, When you need help, try to lean on others¡¯ shoulders.¡± Tsunade felt Zakaki's hand on her shoulder. Contrary to her expectation, Tsunade didn't seem to resist as much as she expected. When Tsunade leaned her head on his shoulder, she even felt a little relieved. When Tsunade When he said those words, his whole body could not stop shaking. Could it be - no, break, there is still break! Tsunade pushed Zakaki away fiercely, lowered her head and said nothing. "Actually, I don't know how I feel about you. I was cut off before, so I didn't think about it. That time I saw you crying like crazy because of the cut off. I don't know why my heart hurts so much! Every time I see you cry, my originally calm heart can no longer remain calm! Let's make a bet!" Zakaki took out a coin from his arms and placed the coin in the palm of his hand. Tsunade's heart was filled with huge waves at this moment. What Zakaki meant was¡ª¡ª, could it be that he had¡ª¡ª before? "If it comes up heads, it means I won. I really love you! That's not an illusion! If it comes up tails, it means I don't love you. You won. That's just an illusion!" Zakaki said seriously! . After listening to Zakaki's words, Tsunade raised her head suddenly, with tears still in her eyes. Tsunade suddenly found that she seemed to care about the answer. She seemed to really care about winning or losing this bet. For a moment, she even forgot about the pain. Forgot everything, only winning and losing are in my eyes. "I'm going to start!" Zakaki said, putting the coin on his thumb, and then flicked it up, making the coin spin in the air. Zakaki looked at Tsunade, who was staring at the coin, as if she wanted to know the answer immediately. "Bang!" The coin fell into Zakaki's hand. Zakaki looked at Tsunade squatting on the ground and said, "The answer is about to come out!" Tsunade felt her breathing become tighter, her whole body no longer trembling, and even a little stiff. Tsunade stared at Zakaki's hands, what was the answer under her palms? So what if you win or lose? Zakaki looked at Tsunade and slowly opened his left hand, "Tsunade, congratulations, you won! Sure enough, that was an illusion." Tsunade looked at Zakaki with numerous disappointments flashing in her eyes, and suddenly felt a little heartache in her heart, just like when Suan left. Although it was not that severe, Tsunade clearly felt the pain. "I won't see you off when I leave. I hope you have a good journey. In the future, you must remember that Konoha has a friend named Zakaki!" Zakaki stood up and turned around. There was desolation and loneliness in the background. Tsunade watched as she walked away?Oak wood, suddenly I feel that the sun at noon can be so cold! Tsunade shouted to Zakaki's back: "Zakaki, will it make me, the general, suffer if you lose?" When Zakaki heard Tsunade's words, he suddenly felt something more in his heart, but he knew that some things are impossible. There are many things that bind us in this world, and no one can be alone. Even if Zakaki is a time traveler, but This may be a small hope, so he turned his head and said with disappointment: "Maybe!" "Ozaki no longer thinks about Tsunade, everything will have a beginning and an end. Since there is a cause, why worry about the lack of results?" Perhaps for now, this is a good ending, and she will come back! Zakumu returned to the wedding scene, and Zakumu discovered that there were not many people in the hall. Zakumu asked someone to ask and found out that it turned out that Senmu had brought the guests to the pier to pick up the bride! It turns out that people here take the bride off the boat and bring her home before worshiping heaven and earth. Does this have anything to do with boats? Zakaki was a little puzzled. In this way, the wedding was held normally, and the hard work was done by the groom and the bride, as well as Mr. Yichun! Zakaki had already slipped away after a few procedures where he had to be present, and of course Jiraiya! "How is Tsunade?" Jiraiya said in a rare serious tone. "What can we do? Isn't that what it is?" "Ozaki, do you like Tsunade?" Jiraiya suddenly looked at Zakaki and asked. "Fuck! What the hell are you talking about?" Zakugi glared at Jiraiya and said. "It doesn't matter if you don't admit it, I know what you mean. I like her too, but Luo Hua is ruthless on purpose! Of course, you have no hope! I understand you are like this!" Jiraiya was still a bit concerned at first His lonely expression completely changed when he saw the oak tree, and became wretched. His eyes couldn't help but drift down to the bottom of the oak tree. "Fuck! I really can't stand you! Do you really think I can't do it?" "Can you do it? Don't forget, you are only nine years old!" "I think it's you who can't do it, right?" Zakaki looked at Jiraiya with contempt. Jiraiya jumped up, pointed at Zakaki and cursed: "Asshole, who can't do it? Let me tell you, I am known as the seven times a night man!" "Once every ten seconds?" ¡°Damn it!¡± Tsunade still left, but I heard that when she left, she wore a very strange dress, a green dress with a big word "Gamble" on the back. After hearing this, Zakaki felt his scalp Feeling numb, Zakaki remembered Tsunade's words, "If you lose, you can stop yourself from suffering!" Is this how the legendary fat sheep came to be? ps: Lots of support! ; Text The Belonging of the Fourth Hokage In the past few days, Konoha was full of discussions, and the content of the discussion was nothing more than who would become the Fourth Hokage. As far as the people are concerned, Namikaze Minato is the most popular, for no other reason than that, firstly, he is handsome, and secondly, he is strong. Of course, in terms of strength, Namikaze Minato may not be the strongest. Like Orochimaru, Jiraiya and others are not inferior in strength, but Jiraiya will naturally not compete with his disciples for the position of Hokage. Orochimaru was different. This time Orochimaru is an important candidate for the Fourth Hokage. The masses will never be the arbiters of elections, but those powerful figures who determine the results of elections. The society in Zakaki's previous life was like this, and the current environment is the same! Zakaki looked at the people talking about each other and thought of AB, the great god who created this world. It seemed that the society he lived in was much clearer than the place where he lived. The cultural customs of the society in the previous life were like this, which also determined the bureaucracy. A social phenomenon. In the Konoha Elder Council meeting room, a group of elders, large and small, had a heated discussion about the position of the Fourth Hokage. "I personally think that Uchiha Ky¨­aki is qualified for the fourth generation job!" said an elder who was attached to the Uchiha family. "Elder Sunset, I think Mr. Kosuke, who is known as the strongest genin in Konoha, can also do it. He is only over seventy years old!" The elder of the Inuzuka family said with a smile. "You!¡ª¡ª" Elder Xiyang was a little angry. "I propose that Lord Orochimaru, one of the three ninjas of Konoha, serve as the fourth generation elder! No matter the qualifications, merits or strength, no one can make a surprise!" An elder of a small family suddenly suggested. "Yes, Orochimaru is indeed good, and he is the third generation's favorite disciple!" "Yes, yes! Orochimaru is fine, he is a good candidate!" The elders¡¯ conference room began to talk about it. Except for the elders of the Uchiha family and the Hyuga family, the other elders thought Orochimaru was okay, but when they saw the two elders of the Uchiha family and the Hyuga family sitting like old monks, they stopped discussing it. The Fourth Hokage The decision-making power is still in the hands of a few people. Even if all the elders here agree, it is useless! Only two real owners have come, and there are still two more! With a "squeak", the door to the elder's room opened, and a person who came in that surprised everyone present was none other than Gen's leader, Shimura Danzo! Danzo walked into the elder's room, and his low and hoarse voice rang in everyone's ears. "How can Orochimaru be qualified to assume the position of Hokage if he has evil intentions?" "Who does Danzo-sama think is suitable?" an elder asked. "Konoha's golden flash, Namikaze Minato!" A familiar voice came from outside the door again. It was the Third Hokage. The Third Hokage took small and unhurried steps and came to everyone. "Well, although it's good and the conditions are met, what about the age?" Another elder said. "Age is not a problem. Namikaze Minato's strength is obvious to all. This battle with Sand Country has shown his outstanding leadership skills. With me waiting to help, I believe he will be able to do the job!" The Third Generation! He took a puff of cigarette and said slowly. Danzo nodded and said: "Hokage-sama is right, Namikaze Minato is a good candidate!" Seeing that the two big guys seemed to be very optimistic about Namikaze Minato, and that Namikaze Minato was really good and had a good reputation among the people, all the elders couldn't help but nod. The Uchiha family and the Hyuga family haven't said a word from the beginning to now, as if the whole thing has nothing to do with them. "That's it, it's decided! Do the Uchiha elders and Hyuga elders have any opinions?" the third generation said, looking at the elders of the two families. "The Hyuga family has no objection." "The Uchiha family has no objection." "Do you have any opinions?" Sandai asked again. Seeing that no one spoke, he added, "That's Namikaze Minato!" Konoha Ninja Conference. Oakwood sat in the conference room, listening to the Hokage talking endlessly, summarizing the development of Konoha in the past few years, and self-criticizing his own shortcomings. There was a rumor a few days ago that everyone knew about the choice of Hokage. In order to save Hokage's face, Zakaki had to listen to the third generation talking nonsense. Orochimaru knew that he had no hope, so he directly used his body to die. Will Ninja feel unwell if he refuses to attend the meeting? It sounds like an excuse! Of course, Zakaki didn't have that courage. Besides, in the future, Minato would have to look at Minato's face in Konoha, so necessary etiquette was indispensable, so Zakaki suppressed his drowsiness and listened to the third generation's nagging. Jiraiya sat next to Zakaki, his face full of excitement, as if the Fourth Hokage was himself! Minato next to him seemed much plainer, with a look that I knew he had, but he still looked very Hokage-like. Looking at the room full of ninjas, Zakaki was thinking, what ifIf one missile kills them all, Konoha will be finished! Just as Zakaki was thinking wildly, Sandai finally got down to business: "After the unanimous request of the villagers, elders, and the elites present, I now announce that Minato Namikaze will be appointed as the fourth Hokage of Konoha, the Country of Fire!" "Pa bang bang" There were countless applauses at the scene. Of course, Jiraiya was the one who took the most fun. Is he someone else's disciple? Zakaki looked at Minato, although he still had a troubled expression, but the shaking in the corners of his eyes still told everyone the excitement in his heart at this time. This is inevitable. Anyone who is a ninja is fascinated by the title of Kage. Even the handsome Jiraiya. Perhaps his disciple obtains the title of Hokage, which is a disguised recognition of him. Zakaki walked to Minato and said with a smile: "The Fourth Hokage, congratulations!" "Hahaha, Izaki is joking. There has not been a formal inauguration ceremony yet, so how can I be considered Hokage? Even if I become Hokage in the future, I will need your care, Izaki-sama!" Minato said, stroking his blond hair. "Haha, Minato, do your best, teacher, I am very optimistic about you!" Jiraiya patted Minato on the shoulder and laughed. The third generation looked at Minato and Takashi beside him, and secretly thought, it would be great if Takashi could really assist Minato, maybe they would become the best partners in history, right? But Danzo¡ª¡ª After the meeting, Zakaki left the venue, along with Jiraiya. This guy was clamoring to see Orochimaru, saying he was going to comfort him, but seeing the guy's proud face, he couldn't tell that he looked like him. Going to comfort him seems more like showing off, right? ??Oakaki and Jiraiya came to Orochimaru's laboratory. Don't expect such a person to have a home. In addition to his tasks, he is an experiment, and you won't find him for ordinary tasks! So if you are looking for Orochimaru, don't think twice, just go to his laboratory, and he is 100% in the laboratory. "Orochimaru, don't be sad! Look at me, what kind of Hokage do I want to be? How good it is to be a free man. I leave the annoying errands of being Hokage to my disciples, and I am happy and free! Hahahaha¡ª¡ª" Jiraiya patted Orochimaru. Maru's shoulders, smiling wildly. "Ozaki and Orochimaru rolled their eyes at Jiraiya, but neither of them answered his words. "Ozaki-kun, what do you think is right and wrong in the world?" Orochimaru suddenly asked Tozaki. "Whatever is evil and not recognized by others is naturally wrong! What is kind and just is naturally right!" Jiraiya said. "Justice! Evil! What a joke, what do ordinary people call justice and evil?" Orochimaru said suddenly as if he was going crazy. "Orochimaru, don't mislead others or yourself. Do you think evil and justice are the same?" Jiraiya said seriously, retracting his playful smile. "Hmph!" Orochimaru looked at Jiraiya disdainfully, "Ozaki-kun, do you think so?" "Whatever you think is right is right, and whatever you think is wrong is wrong! There are so many truths, as long as you stick to your heart!" Zakaki said. "What a man who sticks to his heart! You are indeed Mr. Zakaki!" After Orochimaru heard what Mr. Zakaki said, his face was full of surprise and he looked thoughtful. "Ozaki, do you think Orochimaru's words are right?" Jiraiya didn't seem to understand what he said, looking angry. "Let's not talk about this! What does Orochimaru-sama think about Minato becoming the Fourth Hokage?" Zakaki asked Orochimaru. "What do you think? Don't you know, Mr. Oak? It's just in the interests of many people!" Orochimaru said disdainfully, "Konoha is beginning to decay, and Sarutobi-sensei is also beginning to -" This time Jiraiya didn¡¯t refute, he just looked at Orochimaru blankly. Zakaki also fell into thinking. ps: I just looked at the monthly recommendations for new books and found that my book was on the list. It seemed to be over forty. Haha, I was so happy! Although we are not far behind the great masters in front of us, we are still very happy! So thank you all here! Of course, if you can, please cast a few more votes to try to move forward! Thank you for this, little brother! There is another thing in the evening, Orochimaru's defection! ; Text Chapter 74 Uncle Snake defectes After Tsunade left, another earth-shattering event occurred in Konoha. Someone reported that Orochimaru was doing human experiments on living people, and most of the content involved was intolerable to the world, whether it was babies in test tubes or genes. Experiments, all of which are contradictory to human ethics, the Third Hokage officially decided to personally arrest Orochimaru! Helpless Orochimaru, unfortunately escaped. The Third Hokage officially declared Konoha's fighting hero, Orochimaru, his former proud student, as an S-level traitorous ninja! The Hokage's office. Zakaki and Jiraiya stood side by side, Jiraiya was anxious, and the Third Hokage was blowing out smoke rings, looking thoughtful. Zakaki looked at the third generation and thought to himself, this old guy clearly wants Orochimaru to escape, but he insists on pretending to deal with it impartially. You clearly let Orochimaru go! Is there any way to pretend to be anxious about the situation right now? Besides, the purpose of calling himself and Jiraiya was not to make Orochimaru afraid of going crazy and hurting the ninjas of Konoha, but also to give Jiraiya a small warning. With Orochimaru's strength, if he wants to leave, who can stop him? I'm afraid you also want him to escape! Is it just a show of sending yourself and Jiraiya to show to the people in the village? After a while, the third generation spoke: "Ozaki, Jiraiya, you are the people closest to Orochimaru! Orochimaru is my disciple and a former hero of Konoha! So I hope you two can He brought it back." Jiraiya said anxiously: "Old man, forget about the mission, I'll leave first, and I will definitely bring the pretty boy back!" After that, he jumped out of the window and rushed in the direction where Orochimaru escaped. "Hokage-sama, I'm going too!" Zakaki gave a slight salute to the third generation and then left. "Oakaki!" Sandai suddenly shouted towards the back of Oakwood. Zakaki turned around and said, "Do you have anything else to explain, Hokage-sama?" The third generation looked at Oakwood and said a little lonely: "I can't do anything about Orochimaru. The future of Konoha still depends on you and Minato, so -" "Hokage-sama, I understand, the matter is urgent, I'm leaving first!" Zakaki turned around and walked out of the Hokage's office. Jiraiya saw Takaki's back and murmured: "Mosu is gone, Orochimaru is gone, who dares to believe this old man like me? Tsunade is gone, I'm afraid Jiraiya will also leave, right? Haha¡ª ¡ª" The third generation looked at the drizzle outside the window, and suddenly realized that he seemed to be more than ten years older. He didn't know how long he could hold on. There was also Minato, I hope he would hold up Konoha! Zakaki kept rushing forward, Orochimaru would have this ending. Zakaki had known for a long time that Orochimaru was also harmed by someone. If he guessed correctly, it must be Danzo. The compromise for the third generation is not paving the way for Minato Namikaze. According to Orochimaru's character, he will never work as a servant for Minato Namikaze. This also means that Orochimaru will definitely make a fool of Minato. This also means Orochimaru and Minato would never get along. Zakaki looked at the rain that was getting heavier and heavier, and his heart felt cold. From a certain point of view, Orochimaru could be regarded as Zakaki's friend in Konoha. Now he has also left Konoha. According to the plot, Jiraiya I will also leave Konoha in the future. It seems that I will become more and more lonely in the future. What a tragedy! Zakaki himself didn¡¯t know how long he had been running. He only knew that the rain was getting heavier and heavier until he could no longer open his eyes and could only look at the field of vision in front of him vaguely. Zakaki suddenly heard a fight and knew it was Jiraiya and Orochimaru. Zakaki walked forward and looked at them from a distance. "Orochimaru, why are you doing this? Do you really want to betray Konoha? Aren't we companions?" Jiraiya dodged Orochimaru's blow and asked Orochimaru. "Haha, you stupid guy, don't you understand? What I want to pursue is the truth! Therefore, even if it is a companion, if he hinders my pursuit of the truth, I will not hesitate to kill him!" Orochimaru He said ferociously with murderous intent. "I don't believe it, I don't believe you would do this! If it does, I will break your legs and then take you back to Konoha!" Jiraiya said and began to fight back against Orochimaru. Just like in the original play, Jiraiya did not stop Orochimaru. After Orochimaru injured Jiraiya, he still left, leaving Jiraiya secretly hurt. With his back against the big tree, Zakaki was waiting for Orochimaru on his only path, and as expected, the sound of tiny footsteps began to be heard. "Ozaki-kun, come out!" Orochimaru stood in the rain, looking in the direction of Tokaki and said slowly. "Lord Orochimaru, I didn't expect you to leave anyway!" "Haha, I believe you also know something about the situation, right? They were plotted by two old guys, but I will avenge this sooner or later!" Orochimaru said angrily with murderous intent. "Ninjutsu, triple Rashomon!" "Bang bang bang" three Rashomon gates rose from the soles of Oakwood's feet,Zakaki stood on the Rashomon gate and looked at Orochimaru quietly. "Does Tsubasa-kun stop me too? Haha, triple Rashomon! I didn't expect Tsubasa-kun could use it to this extent!" Orochimaru said half-jokingly. "Lord Orochimaru is joking, I'm not Jiraiya, how could I be so stupid? Lord Orochimaru is just one of my few friends, he just came to see you off! This trick was taught to me by your lord, today Just borrow flowers to offer to the Buddha!" ??After saying that, Zakaki turned into Orochimaru and stood quietly on the Rashomon gate. Orochimaru saw a series of movements of Zakaki, and after listening carefully, he realized that there were pursuers coming. Although they were just a few shrimps, they had just had a fight with Jiraiya at this time, and they still had to spend all their energy to escape. It was really Some trouble. Zakaki's actions can be regarded as helping himself. Orochimaru looked at Takaki and said with a smile: "Thank you, Takaki-kun. I owe you a favor today, and I will definitely pay it back in the future!" "Lord Orochimaru, it doesn't have to be like this. I don't know if you regard me as a friend, but I really think that Lord Orochimaru is good. At least in my opinion, he is my friend!" Zakaki said in Orochimaru's voice. "Oakaki, you and I may be the same kind of people. I can see that you have affection for Konoha but no love for it. You have always viewed the world as a bystander! This is why I am optimistic about you. !" Orochimaru said seriously. Hearing what Orochimaru said, Zakaki squinted his eyes and said slowly: "Maybe! But who can escape the shackles of this world? Even so, aren't we still at the mercy of this world?" "Haha, Mr. Oak, do you want to believe that one day I will get rid of the shackles of this world, and I will definitely live forever. Isn't that the best witness to getting rid of the shackles of this world?" Orochimaru suddenly laughed crazily. "Maybe!" Zakaki said in a low voice, remembering Orochimaru's future encounters. "Do you not believe it, Mr. Oak? It doesn't matter, time will witness everything, and you will understand what I said by then! I have to leave now, see you again!" Orochimaru waved to Mr. Oak and said. "Have a good trip, Orochimaru-sama!" Zakaki nodded towards Orochimaru and said. Orochimaru ran towards the distance. Zakaki stood on the Rashomon gate and waited quietly for the ninjas who came to follow him. Finally, several ninjas appeared, wearing ninja vests. When the ninjas saw Orochimaru transformed by Oakwood, they said, "Lord Orochimaru, please come back with us. I believe the village will treat you leniently based on your merits. Besides, you didn't harm anyone in Konoha?" "No need to talk nonsense, let's go together! I won't show any mercy this time! Earth escape, earth dragon bullets!" Earth dragons began to appear around Zakaki, spraying mud bombs at the ninjas. Then he dodged and ran in the opposite direction to Orochimaru! "Hurry up!" "Wait, there's no need to chase! It's impossible for us to stop Orochimaru-sama and let him go. Although Orochimaru-sama has done some wrong things, after all, he was once the hero of Konoha, and the curtain was also raised contribution!" "But Hokage-sama will investigate?" "Hmph! Even Jiraiya-sama and Oakwood-sama can't stop it, can you and I? As long as we don't tell, who will know? Even if we know, I believe that Hokage-sama will be accommodating!" "In that case, forget it! Go back and tell the Hokage-sama the direction in which Orochimaru-sama is escaping!" "good!" PS: I drank some wine at night and felt a little dizzy, so I won¡¯t update it! I hope everyone can forgive me. Also, I hope everyone will vote more and support more! ; Text Chapter 75 Konoha Trivia "Oakaki, why do you think Orochimaru is like this? Is it really for those illusory truths? Isn't it possible that the feelings of life and death over the years are not as good as those? Why? Why?" Jiraiya drank another bottle of soju and shouted loudly roared. Zakaki took a bite of the barbecue, looked at the various wine bottles on the table, and looked at Jiraiya's deeply shocked look, feeling a little sad in his heart. As far as Jiraiya is concerned, he is in a dilemma. I believe he also wants to understand the middle way, otherwise he would not drag himself to drink. On one side is Jiraiya's own brother, on the other is his teacher and the village he loves, what can Jiraiya do? He may only blame Orochimaru for those truths that seem to him to be illusory. "Jiraiya, there are many things in the world that we cannot control, nor can the Third Hokage change! Although I understand what you mean, you have to know that Orochimaru not only blames himself, but also was forced by others. Yes! Maybe one day, you and I will do the same!" Zakaki looked at the dizzy Jiraiya and said mockingly. "If that's the case, I'd rather leave by myself. I'm not Orochimaru, I'm from Konoha, forever! Maybe it's time to leave!" Jiraiya said with disappointment, as if he was sober. "Leave? Don't you know that the battle between the Kingdom of Earth and the Kingdom of Fire will resume?" Zakaki said with a frown. Jiraiya patted Zakaki on the shoulder and said: "And you and Minato! You know, the three of us must leave. After Orochimaru leaves, there will be no Konoha Sannin!" Oakwood turned to look at Jiraiya who was full of frustration, and said with a smile: "Haha, no way? This little thing defeated the lustful immortal Jiraiya who is known as the Seven Times a Night and Ten Seconds Man?" "Ozaki, you little brat! Do you really think I only have ten seconds? Let me tell you, once again I lasted for five minutes!" Jiraiya heard what Izaki said, swept away his previous depression, and looked at him angrily. Zhuo Zakmu roared. "Yo yo yo! Five minutes once? Jiraiya-sama is so awesome!" Zakaki stretched out his index finger and swung it left and right, as if you were awesome. "No, no, no, I made a mistake, it's fifty minutes! It's really fifty minutes!" Jiraiya saw Takaki's appearance and took Takaki's hand and said. "Is that so? I understand!" The moonlight hangs steadily in the night sky. Zakaki supports Jiraiya as he walks slowly on the deserted street. Jiraiya sings a tuneless tune. Occasionally, Zakaki takes out his hand. He took a sip of soju, shook his head, and listened to Jiraiya crying and howling. "Ozaki-Ozaki, I know-I know you like Tsunade! Don't pretend, you kid! It's no big deal. I'm telling you, I like her too, but she doesn't like me! Oh, look, now Tsunade is gone, Orochimaru is gone, and I have to leave too! You are the only one left in Konoha. I know you are not close to that boy Minato, but! For the sake of our relationship, you have to help me. Help him!" Jiraiya leaned on Zakaki and said while drinking the soju in his hand. "Hahaha, Jiraiya, you old pervert! I don't know what your evil ideas are? Don't worry, my brother is still in Konoha and is still Minato's subordinate. How could I not help Minato? You are drunk! "Zakaki pointed at Jiraiya and said haha. "I like hearing this! How great would it be if Tsunade and the pretty girl were here? The four of us got drunk together and forgot everything when we woke up! But, hey! There are no Sannin in Konoha anymore! Wow! ¡ª¡ª" Jiraiya actually started crying as he spoke. ??Zakaki looked at Jiraiya's appearance and found that he was more than half awake. Zakaki remembered a sentence from his previous life. As the saying goes, men don't shed tears easily, but they are not sad yet! At this time, Jiraiya was afraid that he would just agree to this. "Ouch! I actually cried! I didn't expect that one day I, Jiraiya, would cry again, and you saw me! Don't tell anyone!" Jiraiya broke away from Zakugi's support and staggered walking forward. Zakaki looked at Jiraiya's desolate and lonely back, feeling indescribably desolate in his heart. Zakaki shouted to Jiraiya: "Jiraiya, although the Sannin is gone, the legend of the Sannin will always be spread in the ninja world. !¡± Although Zakaki didn¡¯t see Jiraiya¡¯s expression, he could clearly see Jiraiya¡¯s trembling body. His actions at that moment might also explain Jiraiya¡¯s mood at that time! When Zakaki returned home, he saw Morimu and Keiko discussing something on the sofa. When they saw Zakaki coming back drunk, they all stood up from the sofa. Morimu said to Keiko: "Keiko, go get a cup of sobering tea. Zakaki is drunk again!" Senmu ran to Zakmu, supported Zakmu, and scolded: "Zakmu, how many times have I told you? You are not an adult yet. You can't drink. It's not good for your health!" "Brother, it's okay! I'll stay with you today??I also had two drinks, which was fine. Thank you sister-in-law! "The oak tree turned out to be Keiko's sobering tea, and she drank it all in one gulp. "Zakaki, I'm a woman, so I can't say anything to you, but what your brother said makes sense. Although you have extraordinary abilities, you are still a child after all. Drinking is naturally not good." Keiko took the cup that Zakaki had finished. , said slowly. "What my sister-in-law said is that it won't happen next time!" Zakaki said in a daze. "Not next time? How many times have you said that? Zakaki, it's not my brother who is nagging, you are still young, drinking is harmful to your health!" Senmu helped Zakaki to the sofa and asked him to sit down. "Keiko, go get some more food. I think Zakaki didn't eat much." Morimu said to Keiko. "Okay, I'll go right away." Keiko said and walked towards the kitchen. When Keiko came to Zakaki with the food, she saw Morimu looking at Zakaki blankly. Keiko said: "Senmu, it's done! Is Zakaki asleep?" "Shh¡ª¡ª, keep your voice down. This kid! It's hard for him. Zakaki has been mature since he was a child. He never plays with children of the same age as him. He doesn't have many friends in Konoha. Senior Dan is dead, Tsunade-sama He left again, Orochimaru-sama caused this trouble again, I think Jiraiya-sama must feel bad. Forget it, let him sleep!" Morimu took out a blanket, which should be on Zakaki's body. At the inauguration ceremony of the Fourth Hokage. Zakaki looked at the huge crowd. Everyone was shouting enthusiastically and seemed to want to vent their inner excitement. The whole scene could only be described as hot! Zakaki thought of the concerts of celebrities in his previous life. They were nothing compared to this one! To be honest, Zakaki didn¡¯t like this scene. After the necessary procedures were completed, Zakaki and Minato said hello and disappeared. For no other reason, Zakaki saw a very familiar figure, that was Anko Mitarai! Hong Dou's somewhat thin figure looked out of place in the crowd. Maybe everyone was deliberately avoiding something, so although they didn't say anything bad to Hong Dou, the deliberately expressed distance still made Hong Dou feel puzzled and sad. So Hongdou left the noisy crowd alone and walked in a quiet direction. Zakaki saw Hongdou sitting alone by the stream, throwing stones into the stream, and kept mumbling. Zakaki walked up to Hong and whispered: "There are ten burning candles. Three of them have been blown out. How many are left?" Hongdou saw Zakaki who had walked in front of him, listened to the question he asked, and said directly without thinking: "There are still seven more! It's such a simple question, weren't you beaten stupid by others?" "Incorrect!" "Why?" "Do you want to know the answer?" "Wait, ten?" "wrong!" "you say!" "There are three more!" "Why?" "Are you stupid? After burning all seven, what's left of you?" "That's right!" Hongdou tilted her head and looked at Zakaki stupidly and said, "Zakaki, are you like them?" Seeing the faint curse mark on Anko's snow-white neck, Zakaki secretly thought, could this be the curse mark under Orochimaru? This guy Orochimaru is really impeccable in his work! Hong Dou saw Zakaki staring at her clothes, thinking that Zakaki was thinking of something dirty, so she went up and kicked Zakaki and said, "What are you looking at? You haven't seen it before?" Then she blushed and turned her head. Go aside. "This, that, I'm not that - forget it, I'm sorry!" Zakaki said incoherently, but the description became darker and darker. "Forget it, forget it, treat me to some meatballs! Then I will forgive you!" Hongdou took Zakaki's hand and ran towards the street. Zakaki's hand is just on Anko's chest. Although it's not big, but, you know what¡ª¡ª ps: Again, please support me. I'm so grateful, little brother! ; Text Chapter 76: Who is more powerful, Minato or Zakaki? The war between Earth Country and Konoha is currently in a cold war period. Although there are no heavy troops from both sides to invade, the occasional confrontation is indispensable. Although there will always be missions, such missions do not require our Takaki-kun to take action. This also created a painful situation for Mr. Zakaki in Konoha. With Jiraiya gone, Zakaki is really monotonous by himself. As they are young, Zakaki naturally doesn't bother to play with them. When the older ones see Zakaki, they call him "Sama", with a submissive look. The three ninjas are all gone. Zakaki, who is said to be stronger than Tsunade and Jiraiya, is naturally respected by everyone in Konoha, let alone calling him a friend! The oak wood that was made was a big head. This is the saying that it is too high to be cold. Of course, there are still a few people who occasionally look for Zakaki. For example, Hongdou, who has no money, will think of Zakaki and ask him to treat him to eat meatballs; such as Akai, who shamelessly pesters Zakaki to ask for a psychic beast; for example, he will call out to Zakaki respectfully. Lord's Kakashi and Asuma. Speaking of Kakashi and Asuma, Tozaki felt embarrassed and panicked. Asuma and Kakashi didn't know what was wrong with their nerves. They always came to discuss with him when they had nothing to do. Fortunately, Asma had been beaten by him before. Naturally, I will think of practicing my own hands. But when Kakashi came to find him, Zakaki was in pain, and it seemed that he didn't have any problems with him! Later, Zakaki found out from Kakashi that this was the case. Every time after a fight between Akai and Kakashi, he would be fine if he lost. But when he won, he would always say something like, "It seems that he and Kakashi are the same." The distance between Mr. Takaki has further narrowed! Boy! Chase after Mr. Takashi!" Then Kakashi became depressed, do you think you are the best? Although we can't beat Mr. Zakaki, we will still try our best. Are you going to hurt me like this? Kakashi approached Zakaki, wanting to accurately see the gap between him and himself. They competed once, and was completely defeated by Zakaki. However, Kakashi found that he gained a lot from the battle with Zakaki, and his teacher The difference is that Zakaki is a ninja who focuses on tactics and earth escape, while the teacher is a pure speed ninja. You don't expect him to play any tactics with you. A few flying thunder gods and a few kunai will kill you. ! Therefore, there is no gain in the competition with the teacher, and no progress can be seen. It's different with Zakaki. Although you lose every time, you will find out where your shortcomings are and you can clearly see your progress. Then you get involved with Zakaki. The more you fight, the more you admire Zakaki. Regardless of your age. , one year younger than me, but in terms of ninjutsu attainments, even ten of me can't compare with him. Fortunately, there were people comparing myself with him before. I just don't understand. Look at others, they have created several A-level ninjutsus. Alone, alone? Just call him Mr. Zakaki honestly, maybe you can do some tricks! Like now: Zakaki looked at Kakashi who was trapped by his own rock prison pillar, nodded and said: "Kakashi, it seems that your use of thunder escape has surpassed that of many jounin. Coupled with your own sword skills, He is fully capable of competing with a Jonin!" "I'm making you laugh, Master Tsubasa. His elusive earth escape is really hard to guard against. With all due respect, I didn't see your seal. How could you place a rock pillar under my feet?" Kakashi Looking at Zakaki longingly. "The only ninjutsu in the world is fast! No matter what the ninjutsu is, whether it's physical or secret, as long as it's fast, it's all fake. Like your teacher, the Fourth Hokage, in front of him, all ninjutsu are fake. Yes!" Zakaki said with a smile. "But this doesn't seem to have anything to do with your ninjutsu, which has almost no seals?" Kakashi asked with a frown. "Haha, do you think there is any way to defeat the Fourth Hokage?" Zakaki ignored Kakashi's question and asked. "This - this, I haven't thought about it! Maybe the teacher's ninjutsu can be said to be unsolvable, right?" Kakashi's forehead was dripping with sweat, and his heart was churning. He had never thought about taking action against the teacher, and naturally he didn't I thought about how to break the teacher's technique. I didn't think it was okay, but I was scared when I thought about it. No wonder the current ninja world says that giving up a mission when encountering a golden flash is not considered a failure. At first, it was quite disdainful, but now it seems that it is indeed the case! "Master Zakaki, is there anything you can do?" "I can't say what I can do, I just have some opinions, you can refer to them." Zakaki said slowly. Before Zakaki finished speaking, he had already stood up from Kakashi's feet, put his arm around Kakashi's shoulders and said, "Kakashi, there are so many ninjutsu in the world, it is naturally impossible to learn them all, but Some ninjutsu are suitable for you and you must be proficient in them, such as the current Iwagakure Jutsu, I can use it directly without any seals!" Kakashi looked at the oak tree rising from the ground and was shocked again. Is he that bad? It can be said that it is fast without using seals. Why can't it even feel the fluctuation of chakra? "Sir, why can't I even feel the fluctuations of chakra in your earth escape? Is your earth escape also unsolvable?" "Haha, what kind of unsolvable ninjutsu is there? Even your teacher's Flying Thunder God has flaws, let alone my inconspicuous soil escape!" Oak wood put Kakashi's rock prison into a trapAfter understanding it, he added: "Everyone's understanding of ninjutsu is different. Take me for example. At first, I thought that seal formation relied on speed. The faster the speed, the better. But later, I discovered As long as the chakra output has a fixed direction, you don't need to guide it with your hands, just control the chakra to run in the body! Watch!" Zakaki released chakra with his left and right hands at the same time, and the chakra was arranged in a certain order. In this way, the effect of using external force is achieved. Chakra immediately enters the ground, Zakaki himself enters the ground, and then Zakaki appears again. "Sir, it seems that two hands can form seals for different ninjutsus?" Kakashi saw the key at a glance and said in surprise. "Yes, he is indeed a genius! Officially, the chakra is arranged in different orders of ninjutsu at the same time, which creates an effect! That is speed!" Zakaki said seriously. "I'm afraid you have surpassed Tsunade-sama in chakra control, right?" Kakashi asked. "Hahaha, I don't know how to use her strange power punch!" "But I still don't know why!" Kakashi said sheepishly, scratching the back of his head. "Haha, that's right. If you understand everything, I'm still a fool! By the way, Kakashi, your lightning escape is very interesting! I just said that chakra can be predetermined in the body Good order, let them run in different routes! You can try it, but it is easy to get injured. I suffered a lot of injuries back then!" Kakashi had a flash of inspiration and said with a gleam in his eyes: "I understand what you mean, sir!" "Haha, I didn't say anything!" Zakaki said with a smile. "My lord, you haven't mentioned the relationship between this and the teacher's pleasure just now!" Kakashi asked. "I said, when did you learn Akai's trick? Didn't I tell you, it will be fine as soon as possible!" Zakaki said. "But, you haven't said what to do yet?" "Are you stupid? Just go faster than him and it will end!" "But, how can you be faster than him? He is a golden flash!" "Brother, it takes time to fly the Thunder God! Hit him directly before he is released!" "It does sound reasonable, but¡ª¡ª" "How can there be so much nonsense? I have something to do, so I'll leave first!" Looking at Kakashi's appearance, Zakaki knew that the curious baby was coming, so he wanted to stay. "Wait, sir, there is another question, who is better, you or the teacher?" Kakashi shouted to Zakaki. "Zakaki almost fell down when he heard Kakashi's words. What are you saying? How do I know?" Zakaki turned back to Kakashi and said, "Ask your teacher!" ps: Dad said writing novels is useless, which hurt me! However, this can be regarded as a hobby of ours. Regardless of whether it is useful or not, I will write it down anyway. So everyone, please give me your support! If you have any opinions, please tell me and I will definitely consider them. There are also fans. I don¡¯t know what the use is, but it feels so cruel to see that I only have four. If you also ask for fans, add me and I will definitely reply! Finally, I would like to thank Brother Dese for his strong support. The Internet speed here is poor and it is difficult to review books, so some of them have no reply. ; Text Chapter 77: Mission to the Land of Earth "Oakaki, I have a mission for you to come here today." Namikaze Minato looked at Takaki and said with a bit of embarrassment. "Hokage-sama, just tell me, what kind of mission is it?" Zakaki asked curiously, looking at the troubled Minato. "It's like this. Due to the long-term tug-of-war with the Iwa Ninja Village, it is not a long-term solution for both sides, and the constant financial expenses also make the daimyo somewhat embarrassed, so the village decided to send you and Kakashi, and also There are pigs, deer and butterflies that went to the Earth Kingdom for negotiations, and the specific matters are recorded in detail here." Minato took out a small scroll from behind and handed it to Zakaki. Zakaki took the scroll and said slowly: "Hokage-sama, is it not appropriate for me to go on a mission?" "As you know, Teacher Jiraiya is gone, and Konoha really doesn't have much suitable manpower at the moment. I, the Hokage, don't have much deterrence at the moment! So, let's not talk about those big families. This time I go to Earth Country, It also involves finding out the truth about the Iwa Ninja Village, and also trying to scare some hawkish Iwa Ninjas, and you, Tsubasagi, are definitely the best candidate. Your reputation in the Land of Earth is something I can¡¯t even match!" Minato said with a smile. . "Hokage-sama is joking. Okay, I'll take this mission!" Zakaki remembered Jiraiya's words and asked him to help Minato more. Besides, Minato's words do make sense. Konoha is now in a transition period between old and new. Many senior ninjas are in a wait-and-see period for Minato, the Hokage. There are also many people waiting to see the joke, such as the Uchiha family. As for the trip to the Kingdom of Earth, Oak itself is indeed the most suitable candidate. He has killed so many Iwa ninjas that on the battlefield of the Kingdom of Sand, some ninjas warned each other that if they met a person named Oak. A child ninja, especially his Ninja Turtle child-faced giant-man mode! It must be invincible! It is enough to see the intimidating power of Oak in the heart of Iwa Ninja. "Thank you, Zakaki!" Minato said with some gratitude, "Hokage-sama, you don't have to be like this. I am a ninja of Konoha. I am happy to serve the tasks issued by the village. I am just afraid that Hokage-sama will not blame me for messing up the task." Zakaki said jokingly. "Haha, I believe you!" Minato showed his signature smile and continued: "Actually, you don't have to be so polite. Logically speaking, we are peers. If you don't mind, you can just call me Minato, and I will call you Hokage-sama. It sounds awkward.¡± "Haha, isn't this bad? You are the Hokage after all, so you can't mess with the rules!" Zakaki said. "Haha, you can do whatever you want!" Minato said. "Then I'll take my leave, Hokage-sama!" Zakaki turned around and walked out the door. Minato looked at Zakaki's back and murmured: "If only you were like Jiraiya-sensei, we will definitely achieve great results!" Zakaki returned home and took a rough look at the contents on the scroll. It was nothing more than using both soft and hard tactics to find out what was true and what was true. In fact, Zakaki is very happy to go on this mission, because there is a girl in the distance that makes Zakaki care about her heart and soul. Thinking of that delicate face and Xingyu Lihua's crying, Zakaki seems to have fallen in love with that girl. ah! Zakaki thought of Maki Gongming who died tragically in his own hands again, and suddenly felt a big headache and pain in his balls! Killing someone else¡¯s father and wanting someone else¡¯s daughter, this¡ª¡ª With entanglement, Zakaki spent a day. Zakaki came to the entrance of the village. Kakashi, who had been waiting at the entrance of the village for a long time, entered Zakaki's sight. Looking at Kakashi's meticulous appearance, Zakaki secretly nodded and looked. Come on, Kakashi is really a good ninja who is punctual! Zakaki was shocked, something was wrong! Always feel like something is wrong? By the way, Kakashi is a typical latecomer! How could he be such a good and punctual ninja? It seems that Kakashi at this moment is still the genius son of Konoha White Fang, Kakashi who has the meticulous character of his father, Kakashi who has not yet been influenced by Obito! "Kakashi, you're so early!" Zakaki said with a smile and waved to Kakashi. "My lord is laughing. The teacher said that this time it is mainly about knowledge and letting me get in touch with things other than ninjutsu, so I hope you can give me more advice this time." Kakashi nodded to Zakaki and said. "It's not about advice, but occasionally seeing politics is very useful for your growth." Zakaki waved his hand and said. "Well, Oakwood is right, Kakashi. Although White Fang-senpai's ninja style is indeed the attitude of a standard ninja, being a politician is far from enough. Your teacher values ??you very much. Ah, don't let him down." A deep voice came from the distance. Zakaki and Kakashi looked back, and it turned out that Konoha's Inoga Butterfly had arrived. "Senior, you have learned a lesson." Kakashi said. "Shikaku, are you here?" Zakaki said hello to the three of them. "Well, Oakwood, you are the captain this time! Shikaku said jokingly. "Hahaha, Zakaki! You are our boss!" Ding Zuo said cheerfully. Hai patted Zakaki on the shoulder and said, "Captain Zakaki, can we set off?" "Everyone, please stop joking. The sun is almost gone and we can set off!" Zakaki looked at the village behind him and secretly thought that if he goes there this time, there will probably be another bloody storm! After several days of trekking, everyone finally left the territory of the Land of Fire. Zakaki walked this road for the first time for the first time. Previously, he, Danu and Tianfu blocked the Iwa Ninja's sneak attack, and finally defeated the Iwa Ninja, and Tianfu and Danfu also Seriously injured. Zakaki looked at Ding Zao in front of him, and thought of Tatsuo, the typical ninja of the Akimichi family, Tatsuo. Moriki had seen him once at his wedding, but Takaki never saw him again due to constant missions. Zakaki asked Ding Zuo: "Ding Zuo, how is Mr. Tian doing now?" Dingzuo was stunned for a moment and then said: "I almost forgot, you and cousin Tianfu seem to be teammates, right? He, now he is also taking a few little guys on missions!" "Tianfu has become a teacher? I really didn't expect it!" "What kind of teacher are you? They are just a few little guys from the family. Cousin Tian Fu is very good at the family secrets!" Dingzuo said. "Really? Doesn't that mean Tian Fu is better than you?" Hai Yi said jokingly. "That's not to say that, in some aspects he is indeed better than me, but in some aspects I am still very good! For example, I can turn into a butterfly directly without pepper pills!" Ding Zuo heard Haiyi's questioning tone, He quickly explained. "You're kidding! Wouldn't I know? Otherwise, would you be the clan leader?" Haiyi patted Dingzuo on the shoulder and said. "Haiyi was just joking. We have been companions for so many years, how could we not know?" Lu Jiu said somewhat seriously. "Of course I know this, but I'm afraid you will think I'm taking advantage of you, so -" Ding Zuo scratched his red hedgehog hair and said embarrassedly. "Is it possible that our Konoha Ino Shikacho's private affairs will be questioned by others?" Shikaku patted Ding Zao's shoulder and said in a comforting tone. "Everyone who questioned Konoha, Pig, Deer and Butterfly has died!" Zakaki said with a nod. "Haha, I knew it! We, Zhuludie, are the most powerful combination!" Dingzuo said with a smile. Oakwood looked at Shikaku and Choza, as if he saw Shikamaru and Choji in later generations. They are indeed father and son, even this. Zakaki looked back at Kakashi. He was sitting there refining chakra alone. It seemed that genius did not come in vain! PS: I woke up with a fever this morning. I have been feeling groggy all day. I am feeling better now, so I am updating now. I hope everyone can understand me. I didn¡¯t save the manuscripts, they were all written as they were published. My dad doesn¡¯t let me write at night, so now I can only update twice a day. There will be another update tonight, please support me! Vote a lot! Thank you for this, little brother! ; Text Chapter 78 Loess and Red Earth Zakaki stretched out his hand, followed the rain of rocks from the sky, and said: "I have heard that most of the Earth Kingdom is composed of desolate rock walls. The rocks in the country seem to exist along the borders, thus blocking the communication between the Earth Kingdom and other countries. In addition, , the wind blowing from the north will cross the mountains and blow the small rocks in the country to other countries, called 'rock rain'! It seems that this rock rain really deserves its name!" Shikaku nodded and said: "Well, you are right. The third Tsuchikage Two Scales Daken is the eldest Kage. He has been in power for a long time. During his rule, he implemented a thorough militarization of the country, so our trip is difficult and dangerous!" "Ozaki-sama, what is the mission of our trip? The teacher said you will tell me when you arrive at the Earth Kingdom." Kakashi looked at Uzaki and asked. "Our mission is to visit and travel, and also to compile information on the customs and customs of the Iwa Ninja Village in the Land of Earth and give it to your teacher, and talk about war issues by the way." Zakaki said, patting Kakashi on the shoulder. . "Traveling? Visiting? And writing a book?" Kakashi looked at Zakaki in confusion. "Kakashi, to put it simply, he is a spy, but he is a spy on the surface." Haiichi said. "Haiyi, look at what you said, we are a visiting group, we are ambassadors, how can we say we are spies?" Zakaki said with a smile. "That's right, Haiyi, I don't like to hear what you say! Zakaki is still good at speaking!" Ding Zuo said, giving a thumbs up to Zakaki. "Ding Zuo, you bastard, what did you say? Who can't speak well?" Haiyi chased towards Ding Zuo who was rushing ahead, preparing to step forward and kill him. Shikaku, who was beside Choza, looked at Haiichi and Choza, shook his head with a smile, and murmured: "I really hope you can still be like this when you get to Iwa Ninja Village!" Three hours later, Zakaki and others appeared outside the gate of Iwa Ninja Village. There was a big Iwa Ninja logo on the gate made of rocks. It was difficult to find a tree on the surrounding land. Those who didn't know better thought it was a high loess slope. Got it! Zakaki and others came to the door, waiting for the Iwa Ninja Anbu people to come. In fact, after entering the Earth Kingdom, tongues kept following them. At first, Kakashi, who was passionate, pulled out his white teeth and caught one, but Zakaki let him go. and showed his ID, thus avoiding a lot of trouble. Even so, there were still many people watching along the way. Logically speaking, Tianliang Daxuan should know that he and others are coming by now? Zakaki and others stood at the entrance of Iwa Ninja Village, waiting for the people from Iwa Ninja Village to come out to greet them. It's not that Zakaki cares about face, but the necessary etiquette is necessary. Although Konoha's strength is indeed greatly damaged by the constant loss of masters, Konoha is still the number one ninja village, so it is the pride of being the number one ninja village. necessary! "Zakaki, who do you think will come out to greet you?" Lujiu asked Zakaki. "Who? We still don't know if they will give us a blow?" Zakaki looked at the gate of Iwa Ninja Village with disdain. "That's not the case. After all, they asked for talks. As a sign of sincerity, we came to Iwa Ninja Village! Speaking of power, I don't think they will do this!" Shikaku said, touching his chin. "Shikaku, I think what Takaki said is right, I guess the Iwa ninjas are doing this when they come back! Look at their posture, it's obvious that they are here to remember the killing stick!" Haiyi stood aside and muttered. . Kakashi stood behind everyone and did not speak. It seemed that it was not his turn to interrupt. Although Kakashi was nominally a member of the negotiating team, he seemed to have the least status here. Zakaki would not say anything. Pig, Deer and Butterfly are each the leader of their clan! And they are all young and incredibly talented. So although Kakashi, who is known as a genius, has been like this all the way, of course, it does not mean that Zakaki and the others are putting on airs. Today's Kakashi has a cold look, and he doesn't like to talk, so That's it. While Oakwood and the Inogacho Sannin were chatting about each other, a few people walked out of the Iwa Ninja Village. The leader of them was a man with a beard like Shinnosuke and a pair of cow-like eyes. What is speechless is his nose, just like the clown Zakaki saw in his previous life, like a ping pong ball hanging on it! There is also a mouth that looks like underwear. The whole person looks very confused! Of course, our Oak-kun actually knows him. He is the third Tsuchikage's son and Kurotsuchi's father - Yellow Earth! The loess with the strength of a team leader. The Iwa Ninja group came to Takaki and the others. Huang Tu spoke first: "Welcome to the Earth Country Iwa Ninja Village. I, the Iwa Ninja Jonin, would like to ask for your advice!" Huang Tu walked towards Takaki and the others. A standard ninja gift. "I, Zakaki, along with Konoha Ino, Kakashi Hatake and Kakashi Hatake, are here to discuss peace and war matters at the invitation of the Tsuchikage. Please give me your advice." Zakaki said in return. "Please, due to the hostility between the two countries, the villagers in the village are highly resistant to Konoha ninjas, so in order to avoid some unnecessaryIt's troublesome, so I try not to walk around the village. Please forgive me! "Huang Tu said. "I understand, but if we are accidentally attacked and there are casualties on our side, I hope it will not affect the talks between the two parties." Zakaki said with a somewhat chilling air. "Bang Kuang, do you think we will be the ones injured?" A tall ninja jumped out from behind Loess and shouted at Zakaki. Kakashi quickly pulled out White Fang from behind, and Shikaku and others quickly formed a formation. Zakaki looked at the Iwa Ninja with disdain. The Iwa Ninja seemed to be ready to take action. Just when the Iwa Ninja was about to throw out the Kunai, a Zakaki came out of the ground. One hand grabbed the hand that was about to throw away the Kunai, and the other He slapped the Iwa Ninja with his hand, and then said arrogantly: "When the two envoys are talking, why do you, a little ninja, get in the way? Don't you have the Iwa Ninja Village in your eyes?" Zakaki said, He raised his foot and kicked the Iwa Ninja in the abdomen. Just when Zakumu's foot was about to kick the Iwa Ninja, Loess suddenly appeared next to Zakumu's legs, resisted Zakumu's kick with both hands, and said: "As expected of Zakaki-kun, just with the use of this soil clone , enough to stand out among the heroes in Iwa Ninja Village!" "Hmph! Your subordinate doesn't know the rules very well. I'll teach him a lesson on your behalf! Don't think that just because you picked up a few enemy forehead protectors on the battlefield, you're a jounin. You're still far from it!" The clone melted into the soil and said coldly. When the Iwa Ninja heard Zakaki¡¯s mocking, his dark face suddenly turned the color of pig liver, and he looked very angry. "Ozaki-kun, I apologize for the rudeness of Huoguang just now. As the saying goes, the two countries are at war, and Buza is here to envoy! Regarding your safety, please rest assured! As a ninja, I will never let you suffer any harm! Please Come into the village!" Huang Tu said to Zakmu. Zakaki looked at Shikaku behind him, who responded with a positive look. Zakaki said: "In that case, let's go in. I hope Iwa Ninja will not let these unpleasant things happen again!" After that, Zakaki and others The man followed Loess into the Iwa Ninja Village. Kakashi, Haiichi and Dingzao all looked at Takaki and Shikaku with doubts. In fact, they were all very confused. They naturally knew Takaki's character. He was not the kind of person to bully others, nor was he arrogant. A domineering person, but this arrogant behavior may only cause unnecessary trouble for a few people, but looking at Lu Jiu's expression, he seems to agree with Zakaki's approach. Is Lu Jiu also confused? Or is there another secret? When Zakaki arrived at the entrance of the village, he suddenly felt something wrong with the chakra fluctuations on the ground. Zakaki frowned and thought to himself, could it be that the other party really did not take into account the traditions of ninjas for many years and did not abide by the rules of ninjas? There is a saying that has been circulating in the ninja world, anyone who does not abide by the ninja rules is a waste! Are the other parties really the kind of people who don't care about the rules? If that's the case, there will be some trouble this time! Um? Why did this chakra fluctuation disappear again? Shikaku saw the frowning Zakaki and cast a questioning look. Seeing Shikaku's eyes, Zakaki first shook his head, then nodded, indicating that there was no problem. Although after a small episode, Zakaki and others arrived at the mansion safely. It was specially prepared for ambassadors of other countries to prevent all kinds of troubles and was heavily guarded to prevent accidents. Of course, Zakaki and others received a lot of cold looks on their way to the mansion, as well as a lot of angry and murderous looks. Fortunately, most people in Iwa Ninja Village still have ninja qualities. Although they look on with cold eyes, they follow the ninja rules and are not rubbish. Having said that, the villagers of Iwa Ninja Village are still very qualified. They did not throw rotten eggs or rotten cabbage at Zakaki and others. This may be the effect of the militarized management of Tianliangdaxuan. At night, in a castle-style house, a girl with purple hair and red eyes stared blankly in one direction. This person was naturally Yumi. At noon today, Yumi knew that the ninjas of Konoha had arrived at the Iwa Ninja Village, and the leader was leading the team. It's Usagi who has become a household name in the Iwa Ninja Village. Usagi is vaguely called Kame Sennin. The reason is that the Tsuchikage-sama asked Ishikage-sama to describe and draw the ninja turtle's child-faced giant man mode. Those who fought with Usagi will naturally know it. Oakwood's astonishing amount of chakra, coupled with the sudden increase in chakra amount, led some people to call him Kame Sennin. Of course, this is not the focus of Yumi's heart at this time. The key point is that after Zakaki arrived, Yumi's heart was beating wildly. Then Yumi came to the entrance of the village. Of course, Yumi would not rush over directly, so Yumi used her own With the ability, he came to see if Zakaki had really arrived. When he felt that Zakaki's amount of chakra was even more amazing than before, Yumi naturally knew that it was Zakaki. When he was sure that the person he had been dreaming about came to him, Yumi She couldn't help but leak out the fluctuations of chakra, so she was discovered by our Tsubasa-kun. Then Yumi, who felt that she was exposed, rushed home from another intersection, covering her beating heart, her pretty face flushed, so Yumi, who was afraid to go out at home, had been in a daze, her mind filled with the figure of Zakaki. "Shikaku, you said we arrived at Yan'anVillage, do you want to go out for a walk? Haiyi said, patting Shikaku on the shoulder. "Isn't it good? What if something unexpected happens?" Dingzuo touched the already empty snack bag, looked out the window, and looked at Shikaku and Zakaki eagerly. Lu Jiu scratched the back of his head and said, "Why don't you want this? Zakaki, you are the captain, did you say so?" "As the saying goes, even if you die under peonies, you can be a ghost! Forget it, let's fight! Are we, the dignified Konoha ninjas, still afraid of the Birdman of Iwa Ninja Village?" Takaki stood up and said with great pride, but Takaki came again. He said: "In order to avoid unnecessary trouble, we still let the Iwa Ninja people lead the way!" "Zakmu, you want to go to Fengyue place?" Haiyi looked at Zakaki in surprise. Kakashi, who was polishing his white teeth as if it had nothing to do with him, also leaned his head and listened with his ears pricked up. When Shikaku heard Haiyi's words, he covered his mouth and started coughing, his face turned red from suppressing it. Ding Zuo muttered in a low voice: "I have long heard that Tsubasa and Jiraiya-sama fought over two promiscuous women, and in the end even the ninja beasts were summoned! It seems to be true!" Shikaku heard Ding Zuo couldn't hold back what he said anymore, and snorted: "Hahaha, my God! Zakaki didn't expect that you are really extraordinary!" "Hey, Shikaku, what kind of trouble are you causing? What kind of mess? It was Jiraiya who was lustful and pushed the work to me, so I beat him up in anger! What a prostitute!" Zakaki said angrily Yangshou said. "So that's it!" Several people, including Kakashi, looked at Zakaki with an expression of 'I understand'. Just when Zakaki was feeling extremely embarrassed, the door of the room rang, "Hello, I am Akatsuchi from Iwa Ninja Village. I am here to ask what you need from everyone under the instructions of the Tsuchikage. Is it convenient for me to come in?" Oakwood nodded and led you, then Kakashi walked to the door and opened it. A tall fat man walked in, naturally it was Akatsuki. Uzaki looked at the fat Akatsuki. It seemed like this guy was a good person. In later comics, in order to resolve the grievances between the two countries of water and earth, this Akatsuchi deliberately let the fog ninja stab him and make the fog ninjas apologize. . Zakaki looked at his kind smile and said, "We really want to trouble you with something." "No need to be so polite, Mr. Zakaki, is there something magical you can do for me?" "We want to go out for a walk." Haiyi said from the side. "That's it! Master Tsuchikage has already made arrangements. Please come with me." Chitu walked towards the door. Zakaki looked at a few people and made a gesture to be careful. They nodded. So several people followed Chi Tu out of the door. ps: I was so excited when I saw that my recommendations had exceeded 1,000 and clicked over 100,000! So, I decided to continue the third update tomorrow! Don¡¯t say anything else, your support is our motivation! ; Text Chapter 79 Zakmu got a slap in the face I am used to seeing the prosperity of Konoha, and now I look at the orderly Iwanin Village, which is a bit uncomfortable. Unlike the noisy everywhere in Konoha, Iwanin Village is more rigorous, even if it is a street vendor. . I have to say that the militarized management of Iwa Ninja Village is really good. However, Zakaki still likes the noisy everywhere in Konoha, not for anything else, but because there is a little more popularity there! Ding Zuo bought the food in the eyes of others with resistance, so much so that Zakaki thought that if Akatsuki was not there, the boss would not sell anything to Ding Zuo. For this reason, you have to say that the military management of Tianliangdaxuan is in The Kingdom of Earth, with its sturdy folk customs, is still very popular! After Zakmu and others walked around for a while, they all found it boring. You bear the angry and murderous looks of all passers-by. If you can still visit casually, I have to say that you either have excellent mental quality, or you He is absolutely crazy! Obviously, Zakaki and others were neither of them, so they went straight back to the mansion. However, something happened on the way that affected Zakaki's nerves, and also affected the Bagua nerves of Zhuludie and others. This is what happened: Due to the resistance of the villagers of Iwa Ninja Village to Konoha Ninja, Akato arranged for Tokaki and the others to go to a place far away from the mansion. Firstly, it was to prevent someone from being malicious, and secondly, the villagers in the distance were not aware of the situation and were not interested in the situation. The resistance of Konoha ninjas is relatively low, so Akatsuki's arrangement is reasonable. But something unexpected happened! After dinner, Yumi had the habit of going out for a short walk. Maybe she was afraid of meeting people she didn't want to see, so she didn't go to the relatively prosperous mansion, but to another one that was more prosperous and some distance away from the mansion. There, when Yumi was forgetfully looking at various small things, she accidentally knocked over a vendor's oranges. Then the oranges were like birds escaping from the cage, escaping around. Naturally, Yumi helped him pick up the oranges. , there are many pedestrians on the road, although some people are helping to pick them up, but naturally it takes a lot of time to pick up so many oranges. When Zakaki and his group were wandering around, they happened to spot this scene. As a good social citizen in the 21st century, Zakaki was not prepared to help. However, thinking that this was not his previous life, Zakaki also bent down and started to enter the business of picking oranges. . The world of Naruto is better! In the previous world, would you dare to pick up something if someone else dropped it? If your wallet falls, you be a good person and pick it up and give it to him. Well, I have less money. You picked up the wallet, so you pay! You said, are you suffering from being dumb? The old lady fell down on the road, go and help her, okay, I was injured, you hit me, you have to pay for it! There are too many such things! Do you still dare to be a good person? So no matter what happens, we, who are just ordinary people, should not interfere, otherwise, you will lose your fortune! It's too far, too far! Well, thinking about some people now, it fucking hurts! Seeing their captains picking up oranges, Ino Shikacho and others naturally helped to pick up the oranges, and then the guarding Iwa Ninja also started to pick them up. When it was almost time, Zakaki stood up, stretched and said, "Oh! There are so many oranges!" "Zakaki, can't you tell, you are still a good person?" Haiyi patted the dust on his hands and said with a smile. "What are you talking about? What do you mean by not being able to tell that he is a good person? I am a good person to begin with!" Zakaki rolled his eyes at Haiyi and said. When the Yanren behind Zakaki heard these words, he felt a surge in his stomach. Are you a good person? There are no bad guys in the entire ninja world! Just as Zakaki and Haiichi were farting, Yumi also picked up the last orange. Holding the orange in her hand, Yumi heard a familiar voice and a familiar name. At this time, Yumi discovered that her hungry twins were actually I couldn't move any longer, my whole body was trembling all the time, and there were tears in my eyes. It seemed like I was being thrown into an ice cellar for a while, and then into a fire cave for a while. The feeling of heaven and earth, cold and heat, near and far was constantly intertwined in Yumi's heart. Zakaki felt a strange look looking at him, so he naturally looked around, and happened to see Yumi with a gloomy face, the girl with purple hair and red eyes, the girl who made Zakaki a little worried. Zakaki walked up to Yumi and said in a hurried voice: "Long time no see! Are you okay?" Hearing Zakaki¡¯s voice, Yumi could no longer hold back the tears in her eyes, and they started to flow down. Then a surprising scene appeared. There was only a snap sound, and Yumi slapped Zakaki on the face, and then ran away without saying a word and crying. All that's left is this puzzling scene. Haiyi pinched Dingzuo and said, "Oh my God! Dingzuo, what did you see?" "I saw it -" Ding Zuo saw the murderous look in Zakaki's eyes, quickly swallowed his words and shook his head and said, "I didn't see anything!" Kakashi was even more exaggerated. He rubbed his eyes as if the sky was falling. Lu Jiu was a little better among them, but he kept nodding his head.Then he kept shaking his head, with a tangled look on his face, and finally choked out three words: "Trouble!" As expected of Konoha's brain, he was already thinking about the future for Zakaki and Yumi! Zakaki and his group no longer had any interest in going shopping, so they returned to the mansion, and the first scene appeared, with Zhulu Die and others looking gossipy. "Actually, things are not what you think, they are like this, what do you say? -" Zakaki said, covering his red face. Inogacho and Kakashi looked at Zakaki longingly, wanting to hear Zakaki's explanation. Looking at the expressions of several people, Zakaki suddenly felt like his head was huge, and then he spread his hands and said: "Forget it. Stop talking!" Zhulu Die and others all nodded, and then looked like "Sure enough". Zakaki looked at a few people and knew that this time the yellow mud fell into his crotch, it was either feces or feces! With a depressed look on his face, Zakaki returned to the room, lying on the bed, his mind filled with Yumi's appearance. This girl has become beautiful again after not seeing him for several months. Such a beautiful girl, in her previous life, would not have been like this at all. His goods are comparable to those of others, and now he actually likes me. It¡¯s so cool! However, I killed her father, who is the future father-in-law! It's over now! Just when Zakaki's mind was filled with distracting thoughts, there was a knock on the door. Zakaki came to the door of the room, opened the door, and saw Shikaku with his hands in the seam of his pants. "How is it? Are you still struggling with that matter?" Lu Jiu entered the room and said jokingly. "Haha, where is it? Again?" Zakaki said with a guilty conscience. "Ozaki, I'm here to remind you that this is the Iwa Ninja Village after all." Shikaku's face became solemn and he said seriously, "You are still the captain of this mission, so¡ª¡ª" "I know, don't worry, I won't joke with the lives of my companions!" Zakaki also said seriously. Lu Jiu patted Zakaki on the shoulder and said, "I believe you! No more words, I'm going to bed." "OK, good night!" "Good night!" Zakaki naturally knows what Shikaku means. The outcome of this peace negotiation is still unknown. It can be said to be difficult and even life-threatening. Although the Tsuchikage is unlikely to harm himself and others at the Iwa Ninja Village House, it does not mean that they will not Outsiders from the Earth Kingdom come to ambush and even use Yumi to set traps for themselves, so¡ª¡ª ps: Thank you for your support. Regarding the QQ group proposed by Brother Ye*jingjing, I really don¡¯t have one, but there is a QQ account. I said it was 1165665077 at the beginning. If you are interested, you can add it and we can communicate if you have nothing to do. There are two more chapters tonight, so please support me! Vote a lot! Thank you! ; Text Chapter 80 Four tails appear "Lord Tsuchikage, are you kidding? Lord Hokage has already mentioned the relevant war resource allocation and various terms in the letter I submitted. I personally think it is quite appropriate, but the conditions you gave are too harsh. !" Zakaki said seriously towards Liangliang Daxuan. "Oakaki-kun, you have to know that your country has just finished the war with Sand Country, and its national strength has been depleted. And our country's national strength must be known to Mr. Oakwood. If we follow what the Hokage said, then the war we launched will have no benefit, so I You should understand what I mean!" Liangliang Daxuan said with a bit of ridicule. "Hahaha, Tsuchikage-sama is so funny! Haven't you seen the fate of Sand Country? Do you think Tsuchikage-sama must be stronger than the Sand Ninja Village? As far as I know, your country is not as powerful among the five major countries. Top three? Besides, it's not like Konoha has one country fighting against four countries! Even if the Sannin of Konoha leaves, saying that we have no strength! It doesn't mean that we in Konoha can still be slaughtered by others!" Zakaki suddenly stood up from his chair. He stood up and said. "Zakaki-kun means that there is no need to talk anymore! Then there is no need for such a peace talk!" Liangliang Daxuan's body swam slowly in the low air, with his back to Zakaki. "In that case, I'll take my leave! Let's go." Zakaki turned around and walked towards the door. "Sorry for not sending you far!" Kakashi, who was behind Zakaki, looked at Zakaki who looked like this, and asked in confusion: "Mr. Zakaki, I have always been curious, why is your attitude so strong during the trip to Iwa Ninja Village? Could it be that you have such a strong attitude from the beginning? No plans to negotiate peace with Suna Ninja?" "That's right, Kakashi! I've determined from the beginning that the Suna ninja will not negotiate peace! Didn't you see the surveillance personnel we saw along the way? In fact, it is not only monitoring us, but also monitoring us. The maintenance of resource transportation routes prevents our prying eyes. In addition, the neighboring countries of the Earth Kingdom have heavy military deployments. On the surface, they are ninjas and troops from various small countries, but in fact they are not!" Zakaki said slowly. "Yes, Zakaki is right. The purpose of Iwa Ninja Village is to deliberately paralyze us and achieve the effect of taking us off guard. It seems that Hokage-sama's judgment was right from the beginning. Iwa Ninja will make some big moves!" Jiu said with a smile. "Oh! What did I say? As soon as Zakaki came up, he slapped the ninja named Huo Guang. He looked arrogant and domineering. It turned out that he had planned it for a long time." Hai nodded and said. "Now activate the alert state, and be careful of Iwa Ninja sneak attacks at any time, especially when leaving the country of earth!" Zakaki said seriously with a cold look on his face. "Understood!" Several people said at the same time The next day, Zakaki and others had already reached the border of the Kingdom of Earth. They looked at the mountains surrounded by rocks, the strange protruding rocks everywhere, and the many natural barriers standing on the border. It was typically easy to defend but difficult to attack. Zakaki suddenly felt a trace of murderous aura coming from the ground, and the ground began to tremble slightly. Zakaki took a step back, then raised his right hand and said: "Attention! The Iwa Ninja gang of turtles have appeared!" At this time, rows of rock ninjas began to appear on the ground, and the leader among them was actually Huangtu. Behind Huangtu were two people who shocked Zakaki. They turned out to be the four-tailed jinchuriki Lao Zi and the five-tailed jinchuriki Hanfan. There are several people behind him who are familiar to Zakaki. In the previous life of Kakashi Gaiden, Demon Leech, Oishi, and the firelight who was beaten by Zakaki! Zakaki frowned and said: "This is troublesome, maybe we will all fall here!" "Behind the loess are the Four-Tails and Five-Tails Jinch¨±riki, right?" Shikaku asked. "Well, not only that, but the few ninjas at the back should not be underestimated. Coupled with the combined ninjutsu of the Iwa Ninja, we are really in trouble! By the way, the Iwa Ninja really looks up to us!" Zakaki shook his head and said. "Sir, what should we do? I'm afraid it's really difficult!" Kakashi took out his white teeth and said. "No need to do anything! This time the enemy is no small matter, maybe we will all die, so you go back now and let me stop the enemy!" Zakaki took off his coat and threw it on the ground. "Oakaki, you are asking us to abandon our teammates! Ino Shikacho is the strongest team in Konoha and has never done anything to abandon our teammates. How can we bring shame to our ancestors?" Ding Zuo took out his stick and put the stick on One end faced the Iwa nin. "Since Lord Hokage asked us to come here, he must have considered it. What we have to do now is to retreat to the direction of Konoha and join the reinforcements sent by Lord Hokage! Then go back to save me!" Zakaki said. "But why don't you let us do such a thing? Don't you, Zakaki, look down on us, Zhuludie?" Haiyi yelled at Zakaki. "Haiyi, how could I look down on Zhuludie? It's just that it is most realistic and cost-effective for me to block it at the moment. If I die, there will only be one. If you?But there are three of them, how can you do a loss-making business? "Zakaki said jokingly. "But-" Ding Zuo wanted to say something else, but was interrupted by Zakaki's words: "Are you going to disobey orders? I am still the captain of this mission! Are Konoha's Ino Shikacho going to disobey orders?" Zakaki shouted at several people. Looking at Takaki's appearance, Ding Zao and Haiyi both lowered their heads and stopped talking. Kakashi looked eager to try. Shikaku looked at a few people and said: "Takaki is right, now is not a moment of emotion. At that time, Zakaki's interception is indeed the best choice recently. Don't forget, Zakaki is a person with the same strength as those three people! We have to believe in him! Besides, if Zakaki wants to leave, how many people in this ninja world can stop him? Live with him?" Haiyi and Dingzuo felt a little relieved after hearing Shikaku's words. Shikaku's words make sense. With Zakaki's strength, he can't beat him, but he can still run away! His earth clone can be used without anyone noticing! So he said: "Oakaki, in this case, we will withdraw first! Wait until we find the Hokage-sama's reinforcements, and then fight back!" "Well, that's right!" Zakaki looked at Kakashi who was still holding White Fang and said, "What else are you doing? If you don't retreat, do you plan to stay here and die?" "Ozaki-sama, I'm not afraid of the Iwa ninja!" Kakashi said. "Do you also want to give up the mission? Disobey my order?" Zakaki roared at Kakashi. "this¡ª¡ª" "Hurry up and leave, you're talking nonsense! You're only going to hold me back here." Zakaki continued to yell. "Yes!" Kakashi said, lowering his head. After saying that, a few people turned around to leave. This was the voice of Zakmu ringing again: "Shikaku, if I really die, please take care of my brother! Thank you!" "No, you don't look like a person who died young!" Lu Jiu turned around and said with a smile. "Thank you for your good words!" Zakaki also smiled and looked at the Iwa ninja who had gathered around him and said, "You open the gap and go in the opposite direction!" "I know! This is what I'm good at!" Lu Jiu said, "Let's go!" As soon as Lu Jiu finished speaking, several people disappeared. When Huang Tu saw the few people escaping, he said disdainfully: "Humph! As I expected, it's you, Zakaki, who will stop them! You guys, chase after me!" Huang Tu said to the few ninjas behind him. "Ninjutsu, Triple Rashomon!" Three gloomy doors suddenly appeared in the direction where Shikaku and others originally evacuated, blocking the Iwa Ninja's pursuit. "Hahaha, I've heard for a long time that the old guy at Litianzheng Daxuan is the most immoral, and it seems that's true!" Zakaki stood up and came to Rashomon, saying disdainfully. "Zhao Mu, don't be arrogant, you will cry sometimes! Lao Zi destroyed that door, it will be unpleasant to watch!" Huang Tu said. "I remember, you suffered a loss at the hands of Orochimaru back then! Rashomon was that guy's favorite move, no wonder!" Lao Zi said, stroking his red beard. "Where is all this nonsense? Why don't you hurry up?" Huang Tu said angrily, "Leech, and Huoguang, you lead two teams to chase the Konoha ninja who just escaped. Be careful, the opponent is the famous Inaraka Butterfly!" "yes!" Lao Zi looked at Zakaki and said, "Are you that Turtle Immortal Zakaki? You look pretty good. I heard that you defeated Shilee and killed Maki Gongming?" "Lao Zi, leave this guy to me. Peng Hou keeps making trouble inside my body, saying that he has met an old friend!" The man wearing a red hat, red steam armor, and holding a smoking pot and reed on his back said the tall Hanpan. "Old friend?" Lao Zi asked with some confusion. "Well, they say they are from the turtle clan!" "Okay, wait a minute, I'll do Rashomon first!" After saying that, Lao Zi began to spurt out lava from his mouth, hitting Rashomon directly. With a bang, the magma hit the reef like a huge wave that never stopped flowing, but Rashomon was like a rock and did not move at all. The erupted magma burned the rocks on the ground to ashes. "Looks like you can't do it! Let me do it!" Huang Tu came out from behind Lao Zi and said, "Earth Escape-Open the Earth and Dig!" This was when a large amount of soil began to spurt out from the ground, seeming to destroy the oak wood. Shengmen rushed out from the ground, but after all, this was Orochimaru's defensive move, how could it be broken so easily? Even Naruto in his four-tailed state managed to blow up! Forget about the old purple and loess in front of you! "Hahaha, it seems that you Iwa ninjas are really not good at it! You can't even break through Rashomon, why don't you beat me!" Zakaki said, still standing on Rashomon. Obviously, the so-called Lava Old Man didn¡¯t have a good temper. He directly cursed: ¡°You bastard, I willLet you know what life is worse than death! Rat dragon, come out! " PS: There will be another update in the evening, please support, comment and vote! ; Text Chapter 81 Battle with Five-Tails Zakaki stood on the Rashomon gate and saw a fiery red gorilla with four tails. The gorilla seemed to be wearing a hood and looked a bit like a mantra. When Zakaki saw the gorilla breathing flames When he rushed towards him, Zakaki no longer dared to stand on the Rashomon Gate. Zakaki ducked and came to the third door, avoiding the swarming flames and feeling the astonishing temperature from his scalp. Zakaki shuddered, thinking of Kisame. It seemed like this guy killed the four tails without much effort? Is the gap so big? Listening to the gorilla's roar, Zakaki couldn't help but feel that this guy seemed to be very difficult to deal with! Zakaki released a layer of chakra on his skin, trying to block the high temperature coming from him. It was not that Zakaki was doing nothing unnecessary, but that this guy was like a spray train, spraying endlessly, that's all, this thing wasn't enough. Zhizhao beat his chest and roared. The sound was really unpleasant, like the squeaking of a mouse or the roar of a dragon. No wonder it was called a rat dragon. It turned out to be that! Zakaki covered his ears and murmured: "We can't do this anymore, we have to teach this ghost a lesson!" Zakaki used the Rock Hidden Technique to go underground, and in the blink of an eye he came to the location of the rat dragon. He suddenly jumped out of the ground, head down, and with strong force on his feet, he kicked the rat dragon's chin directly, and the mouth that was originally spitting fire was It was kicked shut by the oak tree, and the flames that were spraying out came directly from the thick nostrils. The rat dragon's head was deflected due to the blow from the oak tree, and the flaming nostrils faced the opposite direction. The Iwa Ninja started to burn, followed by the screams of the Iwa Ninjas. Zakaki would not give up easily once he succeeded in the attack. Zakaki turned around in the air and punched the rat dragon's head. Don¡¯t doubt the strength of Zakmu. The early Zakmu had already conquered the stone leech with his strength, let alone the Zakmu three years later. Although Changquan was once abandoned by Zakmu in his later training, the emphasis of Changquan was When attacking Zakaki, he did not forget that although tailed beasts are different from humans, the body structure of gorillas is not too different from humans. This also resulted in Zakaki's long fists constantly attacking the chin of the rat dragon, and finally The rat dragon covered his mouth miserably and kept wailing. Due to the injury to his jaw, the human words that the rat dragon vomited sounded very confusing, but Zakaki probably understood the sentence "bastard, I'm going to kill you!" Zakaki stood aside, looking at the four tails that kept jumping up and down. He felt happy in his heart. Grandma, I have been tormenting you for a long time, so I can control your bad mouth. Seeing the rat dragon being tortured by Zuo Mu, Lao Zi immediately became furious and made a rock escape in the direction of Zuo Mu. Zuo Mu saw Lao Zi's lava spurting in his direction and entered the ground again. Just when Zakaki was about to come out, several years of ninja career told him that he was in danger, so Zakaki dived underground again and returned to the surface from another place. Zakaki looked back at the place where he was about to stand up. It had already been corroded by a cloud of steam. Zakaki looked at the smoking pot on the back of the five-tailed Jinch¨±riki, and there was still a trace of smoke remaining on the reed. Zakaki said mockingly: "After working on it for a long time, the so-called five tails are just a chimney?" As soon as Zakmu finished speaking, a Tuluogai hit Han Pan's position, and Hanpan dodged several times to avoid the Tuluogai. Zakaki chuckled and then quickly returned to the earth, appearing at Han Pan's feet again, "The art of beheading in the heart!" Zakaki muttered, then appeared on the ground, stepped on Han Pan's head, and banged With a sound, Han Pan's whole body was trampled into the ground by the oak tree. Looking at the series of actions, Huang Tu was completely dumbfounded. Can Earth Escape be used like this? In Huang Tu's mind, Earth Escape has always been suitable for large-scale battlefields, but there are some shortcomings when it comes to individual clicks. But this Oak has used Earth Release so vividly, no wonder he is hailed as a genius that Konoha only sees in a century! Only then did Loess admire his old man. He must have expected it and knew that Zakaki's earth escape was unsolvable, so he brought in the Bafang Tsuchikage Formation and two nuclear weapons from Iwa Ninja Village to deal with him specifically. That big turtle! Haha, so what if it is powerful? Could he defeat the entire Sand Ninja Village? "Give me the Bafang Earth Shadow Formation!" Huang Tu's ping-pong ball nose twitched and he said viciously. It¡¯s just that the eight An people behind Huang Tu quickly ran in eight directions. When they were about a thousand meters away, they quickly bit off the finger seals. Regular octagons with eight human corners were quickly linked, turning the people into shadows, while the octagon on the ground began to sparkle like a magic circle. "Oakaki, you can wait to die now! Let me tell you, this is the great formation of our Iwa Ninja Village. No matter how high your earth escape skills are, in this formation, you only have to stand by!" Loess laughed. Smiling, he quickly formed a seal and disappeared into the formation. Zakmu looked at Lao Zi, Shu Jiao, and Han Pan who was stepped into the ground by Zakmu. He frowned and thought to himself that it seemed that the enemy had expected this time. If his guess was correct, this formation would probably be It¡¯s for Bobby! Just as Zakmu was meditating, there was a wave of vibrations on the ground, and then he heard a sound like a dog barking, and saw a five-tailed, snow-white dog emerging from the ground.The tails all show different attributes, including wind, fire, water, thunder, and earth, which is none other than Peng Hou. Zakaki looked at this scene and became a little anxious. He must have been unable to escape from that large formation, and these two tailed beasts were not easy to mess with. The only solution for now was to get Bobby out! Zakaki bit his finger and quickly formed a seal, "Psychic, Bobby!" "Boom!" Bobby appeared from the ink runes and said with huge land fluctuations: "Boss, what do you want from me?" As soon as he finished speaking, he suddenly turned around and saw Peng Hou staring at him with his teeth! When he turned around again, he saw the rat dragon slapping his chest, "Damn it! Boss, what have you done? Why do you always pick the tough ones to beat? This time there are two! Although the rat dragon is not very good, this Peng Hou is also There's a gap between you and me, but with the two of us together, I'm still having a hard time!" "Isn't there nothing I can do? I've been plotted by a few guys again, and I can't escape, so I have to kill these two first and then find a way! Do you have any information about Peng Hou?" Zakaki said helplessly . "I know a little bit about this. Peng Hou is a monster born by absorbing part of the power of each of the five altars of wind, thunder, water, fire, and earth. The five tails can release powerful attacks of five elements. He enjoys destroying nature and seizing the essence of nature's elemental power. After defeating the rat dragon on the top of Fuji Mountain, he defeated the powerful enemy Nekomata at the ancient battlefield and joined forces with Nekomata to attack the Kyuubi. However, the amount of chakra of the Nine-tailed Demon Fox was infinite, and Nekomata and Penghou could not support it. Although Penghou He was lucky enough to escape with the wind, but he was seriously injured. Also, I injured a few tails back then, and then he went berserk and wanted to kill me, but I ran away!" said Bobby. "Who told you to say this? I'm talking about his weakness!" "It doesn't seem like he has any weaknesses! This guy's strength is among the top three among the nine tailed beasts!" "My day¡ª¡ª" PS: Today¡¯s three updates are all delivered, which makes me tired! Seeing that I am quite diligent in updating books, if you have votes, please vote for one! Thank you for being disrespectful! If anyone is looking for followers, you can tune me in, I will definitely reply if you have followers! ; Text Chapter 82 Battle with Qian Ren "Bobby, this is not the way to go. Find a way to kill these two guys!" Zakaki said while looking at Wuwei who was constantly spraying chakra shells with various attributes to attack. "I know it too, but this situation is really not easy to handle now! The Five-Tails guy has been celebrating holidays with me in the early years. Naturally, this time we unite with the Three-Tails, they won't let me go easily!" Zakaki slapped one of them away and attacked him. of thunder bombs. "Let's do this, leave the three tails to me. You go and get the five tails first. I'll help you after I get the three tails later!" After saying this, Zakaki jumped off Bobby's back and ran towards the three tails. "Boss, be careful!" Bobby glanced at Peng Hou and continued: "You damn dog, I broke three of your tails back then, but today I will completely destroy you!" "Ouch - little thing, I haven't settled the accounts with you for what happened back then. Now! I'm going to tear you apart!" After Wuwei said that, the five tails began to flash with murderous intent and fired five cannonballs at Bobby, booming. With a few blasts, the cannonballs exploded in the direction of Bobby. Bobby's whole body was submerged in the dust from the explosion, and he could only hear Bobby's roar: "Damn dog! I won't let you go! Go to hell!" As soon as the words fell, a giant ax appeared in the dust, and the giant ax appeared in the dust. The ax rotated in the air with the sound of wind and blue energy, flying towards the direction of Wuwei. "Ouch!¡ª¡ª" Zakaki was about to attack the four-tails when he heard the wail of the five-tails. Zakaki turned around and saw that the five-tails were lying on the ground with a giant ax stuck in his body. The five tails were not stopping. slapping the ground. Zakaki watched Bobby walk out of the dust, his whole head covered with dust, and his face looked embarrassed. Seeing that Bobby was fine, Zakaki breathed a sigh of relief, then looked at the gorilla in front of him and said, "Hey, big guy, let's have some fun!" Siwei was still covering his chin, which had been kicked wildly by Zakumu, with anger in his eyes, as if he wanted to eat Zakumu alive. The fourth tail slapped its chest and screamed: "Little reptile! Down here, you can die!" After saying that, the fourth tail raised his fist and hit the oak tree in the direction. The place where the oak tree was originally located was scattered to pieces, and pieces of broken rocks flew in different directions. The oak tree dodged the gravel and entered the ground again. When the fourth tail saw that his attack was ineffective, how could he give up? The fourth tail's chest was hammered harder, and the roar became louder and louder. The fourth tail turned its head, opened its big mouth, and sprayed flames crazily at the surroundings. Even Lao Zi, who was not far away, was also Devoured in flames! With the four tails as the center, the surrounding area of ??100 meters turned into a sea of ????fire! The battle between Bobby and Five-Tails didn't seem to have entered a heated stage yet. Bobby's water bombs kept spraying towards Five-Tails, and Five-Tails seemed to be fighting a war of attrition with Bobby, preventing Bobby from getting close. Let Bobby attack from a distance. Once Bobby gets close to Five-Tails, Five-Tails' cannonballs will become like a big net, densely packed. For a while, Bobby can only fight with Five-Tails. Zakaki stood on the ground, looking at the place that was more than one meter away from where he was supposed to be. A wave of frenzy had already set off in his heart. He had long known that the large formation in Iwa Ninja Village was difficult to deal with. It seemed that it was true. Zakaki felt that the surrounding earth properties The drastic reduction in chakra must be caused by this formation. Zakaki watched the Five-Tails constantly bombarding Bobby with chakra, especially the earth attribute chakra, presumably with the intention of consuming the earth attribute chakra! Another function of this formation is probably to prevent myself from using Earth Escape to escape, right? The three tails use fire as their main attack. It is said that water can defeat fire. If you can't use earth escape too much, use water escape! "Water Release: Explosive Water Wave!" Zakaki spat out a large amount of water from his mouth, creating a lake environment. Siwei and Lao Zi hurriedly stepped aside. Lao Zi looked at the success of Zakaki's technique and cursed angrily: "Asshole, do you think a simple water escape can solve us? Rock escape!" When I saw the lake made of oak wood, I was willing to give up. I spit out a large amount of magma from my mouth. When the magma met water, a large amount of steam immediately rose up. The surroundings of the battlefield were like a fairy home, becoming filled with clouds and smoke. Zakaki was not surprised when he saw Lao Zi's action. Instead, he smiled: "I had expected you to do this! Water Release: Water Clear Wave". This move can be used in places without water or surrounded by high-temperature flames. Under such circumstances, he can summon a large amount of water to attack the opponent, which is more powerful than the water escape and waterfall technique. Zakaki first used Lao Zi's rebellious psychology, and immediately attacked after he used rock escape. The first was Lao Zi The Rock Escape is not time-limited. Secondly, a large amount of steam can blur people's vision, just like now! The clear water wave carried huge momentum and directly hit Siwei's body. Even Siwei's huge body was like a lonely boat in the big waves at this moment, floating with the waves. Siwei was struggling in the clear water wave, his hands He kept grabbing the water. At this time, there was a burst of shouting from the outside world: "Earth Release - Earthquake Core!" The ground moved up and down, forming terraces one after another, blocking the attack of Shui Qingbo, and the four tails grabbed Opportunity, the four tails kept stirring. Finally, the four tails escaped to the ground. The whole four tails were like a drowned rat, with redHer hair was covered with water drops, and her shiny brown hair had turned dull. How could she be in such a mess? "I've long heard that Konoha's Takaki's earth-bending skills are earth-shattering. It seems that not only the earth-bending skills, but also the use of water-bending skills are extremely skilled. As far as I know, this water clear wave should be the ninjutsu of the second generation Hokage. Right?" Huangtu emerged from the ground and said to the oak tree. "Hmph! Back then, you guys just used a three-talented bullshit formation, which almost caused me to die. Are you saying that I came to the Kingdom of Earth without any preparation?" Zakaki looked at Loess with disdain and said sarcastically. "Zakaki, don't be arrogant. I guess you don't have much chakra left, right? Even if your chakra is amazing, but with the repeated big moves and the insufficient supply of earth chakra, I don't believe it. You still have it?" How long can it last? Lao Zi, the four tails are in such a mess, don¡¯t you, the driver, feel distressed?" Huang Tu said to Lao Zi. "A few reptiles have made you, Mr. Rat Dragon, so embarrassed. Now, accept my anger!" After saying this, the four tails shook their huge bodies and rushed towards the oak tree. Zakaki looked at the four-tailed beast and screamed in his heart. Huangtu was right. When it comes to ninjutsu, Zakaki is undoubtedly the best at earth escape, and his affinity with earth attribute chakra is also the highest. Although Zakaki Mu's water escape is good, but when it comes to the use of chakra, the consumption of water escape is three times that of earth escape for the same level of ninjutsu. This is also the reason why Zakaki doesn't use water escape. Although he only fired two water escapes, with this amount of consumption - coupled with the insufficient supply of earth attribute chakra, the situation was really not good. Zakaki dodged several attacks from the four tails and released a few more water attacks. This situation became more and more obvious. Gradually, Zakaki felt a little tired! Zakaki once again repelled the attack of the four tails and got a short respite. Now Zakaki didn't dare to use the Iwagakure Jutsu anymore. Who knows if a small error could kill him? So Zakaki has been using physical skills to avoid the attacks of the four tails, which is also the fundamental reason why Zakaki feels tired. However, it was all worth it. Looking at the water that was gradually submerging the land, Zakaki raised the corner of his mouth and said: "The home field advantage is set, and now the real counterattack will begin!" Bobby has been hiding in the water for a long time, which is also the fundamental reason why Zakaki uses water escape extensively. Speaking of this, I have to mention that Bobby seems to be not very good at water escape. As a member of the turtle family, this guy's water escape is not good at all. It¡¯s not as good as oak wood! Of course, water escape and water properties are two different concepts. This guy's water properties are pretty good! The large area of ??water created by the oak wood is just to increase Bobby's speed, so that he can control the entire battlefield! Zakaki came to Bobby's back and said: "Bobby, let's start!" After that, Bobby disappeared into the water again, but Zakaki came to Wuwei's side. Perhaps Zakaki was too tall. Xiao, or Wuwei was focused on Bobby, so Wuwei ignored Oakwood's arrival. But if this one is ignored, it will suffer a big loss! Zakaki once again used the trick he used against Four-Tails and kicked Five-Tails' chin. Five-Tails also followed in Four-Tails' footsteps. He covered his mouth with his front paws and kept wailing. What's even more terrifying, Bobby suddenly came out of nowhere. Wuwei's lower body was exposed, and he slapped Wuwei's lower abdomen. Wuwei was badly beaten by Bobby's slap, plus the few blows from Oakwood, Wuwei's situation at this time Of course you can imagine! Zakaki stood on Bobby¡¯s back, looking at the four-tails who were dazed and wailing on the side, and said with a smile: ¡°Bobby, you did a good job this time!¡± "Haha, I knew what the boss meant when he kept fighting at the beginning, so during the fight with Wuwei, I also hid it, otherwise, I would have defeated it long ago!" Bobby said arrogantly. "Holy shit! Who couldn't even get close to others just now? Now you're pretending to be cruel!" Zakaki looked at Bobby with contempt. Zakaki and Bobby were chatting there, with no intention of taking action, because the five-tailed Jinchuuriki was knocked back to its original shape by Zakaki and Bobby, and the four-tailed jinchuriki was also afraid of the large area of ??water, so At this moment, Zakmu and Bobby's main focus is on recovery. But someone didn¡¯t agree! PS "Earth Escape - The Art of Mountain Creation" Obviously, it's that old boy from Loess again! Zakmu looked at the rising land around him, approaching from all directions, as if he wanted to merge. The surrounding waters were also flowing to both sides under the force of the mountain-opening technique, and the home field advantage just created was instantly gone! The worst thing is not this, but the kunai, hidden weapons and shurikens flying from all directions! At this time, Zakaki remembered a scene, that is, the third generation of Raikage fought against tens of thousands of ninjas. In the end, he fought for three days and unfortunately died in the battle. Zakaki looked at the thousands of ninjas, his scalp went numb, and he said: "Bobby, how are you? How long can you last?" "Telling the truth or lying?" Bobby asked. "Nonsense! Of course it's the truth!" "If it's a faceI'm afraid I can't handle these things! " "I can't escape! I don't have much chakra left! There are so many ninjas, there will be many large ninja beasts and masters in a while, and there is this idiot Four-Tails who is eager to try! It seems that we are really in trouble this time ! It seems like this is going to happen here! This is going to be a battle with Sennin!" ps: Due to something else happening today, I¡¯m even late, everyone, please forgive me! In fact, this chapter was originally a short story, but yesterday a book friend said that the fourth and fifth tails were wrong, which made me depressed. But it has already been written, and it is not practical to change it, so I felt that this chapter was written Very awkward! I hope you all will bear with me! There is another chapter tonight. ; Text Chapter 83 Escape "Xuanwu body protection!" A turtle shell-like chakra shield quickly formed around Bobby, and various weapons hit the turtle shell ping-pong-pong-pong-pong-pong. Zakaki covered his ears and shouted: "Bobby, holy shit! Unless this man is shot to death, even this noise can kill him!" Zakaki looked down and saw that Bobby had shrunk his head into a turtle shell, and he was just like a turtle with a shrunken head! Zakaki kicked Bobby's feet in frustration and cursed: "You do think so!" After Iwa Ninja threw his weapon for a while, it stopped. Lao Zi, the Four-Tails and the Five-Tails in the formation seemed to be fine. Zakaki patted Bobby's turtle shell and said, "Come out! They've stopped. Find a way to escape!" Bobby stuck out his head crookedly, looked around, and said: "Hey, it seems everything is fine! Boss, what are you talking about?" Zakaki rolled his eyes at Bobby and said, "I asked if there is any way to escape!" "Can anyone stop you from escaping? Your earth escape is definitely top-notch in escaping!" Bobby looked at Zakaki with some contempt. "You haven't felt it for a long time? Haven't you seen those eight horns shining with chakra? It's obviously a big formation, and it's definitely a trap set for me. If I want to escape by relying on the earth, there's no way!" Mu said. "Boss, did you see that, the gorilla is coming? You will watch the gorilla collapse in a moment." Bobby said, pointing at the gorilla coming towards the Xuanwu bodyguard. Zakaki looked at the four tails. This guy was hammering his chest, with smoke coming out of his nostrils, waving his fists, and roaring towards Zakaki. Then there was a crash, and the four tails hit the bodyguard directly. , not the fist, but the whole body! Then he slowly fell down along the protective body. When the Fourth Tails rushed sideways, Bobby quietly released a low wall not far from the body guard. The fast running Four Tails were tripped by the low wall without hesitation, and then his whole body hit the body guard. , Zakaki even clearly saw the pain under the ugly faces of the four tails, and then fainted from being entangled in the bodyguard! Zakaki looked at this scene and was completely speechless. He finally understood why the four-tailed beasts were ranked ninth among the nine tailed beasts. He was such a brainless master after all! When the four tails passed out, its driver Lao Zi also passed out. Looking at the pair that fell down like this, Zakaki understood why Kisame restrained them. Zakaki said to Bobby: "It seems there is something wrong with this guy?" Bobby nodded with deep sympathy and said, "What should we do now? The boss is right, this guy really has some problems! What should we do now?" "First, remove the body protection. I guess it's time for Loess to come out and say a few words. Now we'll check the situation and be ready to merge at any time!" Zakaki said. "Well, I know!" Bobby responded. After saying that, Bobby slapped the ground with his giant palm, and the body protection was withdrawn. Zakaki and Bobby stood there, looking at Iwa Ninja, looking somewhat heroic, but Bobby's discordant voice sounded: "Boss, why do I feel like others are trying to look at me like a fool?" "You know what the hell? This is called attracting attention!" Zakaki kicked Bobby and said, "Did you see that this Iwa Ninja surrounds us in an octagon, and each top corner is a formation eye? , and the virtualization just now means that they may not be immune to physical attacks, so it is unwise to attack them. Now we can also use earth escape, but we cannot use the outside, which means it may be something similar to a seal. So just use huge force to break it!" Just when Zakaki and Bobby were discussing the formation, Huangtu appeared. Huangtu stood in front of Bobby and said: "Zakaki is really powerful! He killed two Jinchuuriki so quickly. I have to say that even my father couldn't Maybe he¡¯s your opponent?¡± "Little reptile, aren't you afraid that Uncle Bobby will trample you to death?" Bobby roared lowly at the loess. "Oakaki, why not come to our Iwa Ninja Village! We will give you the best treatment. You must know that our Iwa Ninja Village has a lot of secrets about earth escape! You can consider it!" Huang Tu shook his ping pong nose said. "Okay, I'll capture you first!" Zakaki jumped off Bobby's back in the blink of an eye, and came to Huangtu's side in a few moments. He kicked first to the side, and then locked Huangtu's throat. "Not good!" At this moment, Huang Tu's body suddenly exploded, and an overwhelming heat wave was thrown in all directions. Bobby immediately shrank into the turtle shell, and his whole body was directly lifted up by the heat wave, and then with a bang It hit the ground, creating a big crater and shaking the ground. Bobby walked out of the pit in a majestic manner. His body suddenly grew bigger, and the blue chakra on his body rose into the sky, carrying a huge amount of murderous aura, just like the strong wind in June that caused the sand and rocks on the ground to drift in all directions, facing the sky. Roared: "Little reptiles, you pissed me off! Go to hell!" After saying that, a giant ax suddenly appeared in Bobby's hand. The giant ax was thrown at the Iwa Ninja again like throwing five tails! Bobby moved quickly, the original brown scales on his limbs?? began to become darker, which also foreshadowed Bobby's anger at this time. A thousand-meter journey is not a distance for the flying giant axe, nor is it a problem for the enlarging Bobby. The giant ax arrived at the edge of the formation one step ahead of Bobby, and there was a ding sound, as if two metals were running against each other. , the huge force made the formation seem to be stimulated, and the octagon flashed with light in an instant, but the formation remained as motionless as Mount Tai. The giant ax followed the original trajectory and returned to the running paws of Bobby. With the momentum of running, Bobby raised the giant ax again, but the formation was like an iron wall, and Bobby's attack was still ineffective. . ¡°Ouch¡ª¡ª, I wonder how many more blows you can take?¡± After saying that, Bobby swung his ax and hit the wall of the formation again. Huang Tu looked at the furious Bobby inside, and his heart beat wildly. What is it? Even the four-tailed and five-tailed blows don't have this power, right? You know, this formation was made with the life force of eight jounin! , one big formation is equivalent to eight jounin losing ten years of life! No matter which Ninja Village can afford it, you can imagine how much it cost to capture the Zakugiwa Ninja Village? But even so, it seems that the large formation is still not enough to resist this giant turtle! What on earth is it? Seeing that the eight Jonin were a little frustrated, Huang Tu quickly ordered: "All Iwa Ninjas obey my orders and attack that Ninja Turtle together with me!" After Loess said this, the rock ninjas began to attack. They greeted Bobby with ninjutsu of various attributes for free. On the other hand, Bobby would occasionally use his giant ax to block the ninjutsu that hit his head, but he didn't care about anything else. , Bobby was still swinging his giant ax and hitting the wall of the formation continuously. Loess's clone suddenly exploded, not only knocking over Bobby, but also making Zakmu dizzy. Now Zakmu, who was lying in the dust, didn't even know what his name was! If Zakaki hadn't felt something was wrong and immediately changed his earth clone, he would have been blown to pieces this time. However, even so, Zakaki was still seriously injured. There was a deviation in the use of Iwagakure no Jutsu at the beginning, and Zakaki knew this. The Earth Escape of the Grand Formation did not work well, so Zakaki's earth clone was two seconds later than before. It was these two seconds that almost killed Zakaki. Zakaki shook his head in the dust, spit a few mouthfuls, spit out the dust in his mouth, looked at the constantly rotating ground, touched his ears, and then realized that there was no sound except the buzzing in his brain. Nothing more! "You're not deaf, are you?" Zakaki rubbed his ears, feeling that there was still sound, and continued: "I still feel it!" Then he shook his head, becoming more awake. Zakaki turned around and saw Bobby who was in a berserk state and kept attacking the formation wall. The Iwa ninjas outside the formation were like living targets, endlessly releasing ninjutsu at Bobby. "Bobby, stop!" Zakaki shouted to Bobby. This shout confused the Iwa ninjas who were attacking, and they even forgot to attack Bobby for a moment. Bobby felt that the Iwa Ninja had stopped attacking, so he naturally looked back, only to see Zakaki standing in the distance with a gray face, waving to him. Seeing Zakaki's funny look, Bobby's originally irritable mind seemed to calm down. Quite a bit, and my mind has calmed down a lot. Perhaps half of the rampage just now was due to the huge insult, and the other half was due to worry about this boss who did not deserve the name. "Are you stupid? How can such a big man be used as a target? Why are you still standing there? Let's get together!" Zakaki roared in a daze when he saw Bobby holding the giant axe. "Got it!" Bobby took back the giant axe, returned to Zakmu again, and then began to merge. When Huang Tu saw Zak Mu shouting there, he was dumbfounded for a moment. What happened? Even if he can use the earth clone, he will be disturbed in the big formation! It will definitely reduce the efficiency and standard of his chakra use. It stands to reason that the earth clone will be delayed for five to ten seconds in the formation. By this time, the oak wood will have been blown to ashes! Why? At the moment when Huang Tu was meditating, the combination of Zakaki and Bobby was coming to an end. At this time, a ninja behind Huang Tu said: "Master Huang Tu, do we want to attack?" The ninja's words brought Huang Tu back from his doubts: "Nonsense, of course we attack! Hurry! Start attacking!" But the Iwa Ninjas seemed to be in a daze like Loess this time, because in front of them was Tsubasa. His turtle-like appearance of a giant man with a boyish face shocked all the Iwa Ninjas, including the Iwa Ninja who once escaped from the hands of Tsubasa. , even if you have seen it once, you will still be attracted when you see this shape again! You have to wonder about the Creator, all kinds of things are there! "What are you looking at? Hurry up!" Huang Tu roared again. Zakaki turned on Kame Sennin mode and dodged the attack of Iwa Ninja during the injection. Zakaki took Bobby's giant ax and hacked the formation wall several times but there was no response. At this moment, Zakaki was really a little anxious. It is said that an elephant will be killed by too many ants. If you use so many ninjutsu on a single person, no matter how sensitive you are, you will always be injured. Just like the current oak tree, there are turtle shells on the back and abdomen of the oak tree, so there is noIt's such an injury, but it's inevitable that the arms and legs will be injured. If the Iwa ninjas do it like this, the real outcome is really hard to say. Just when Zakaki was extremely anxious, Zakaki suddenly felt a subtle fluctuation in the chakra of the formation, causing the chakra of the entire formation to become somewhat disordered, as if it had been disturbed by something. Zakaki frowned and thought to himself, that shouldn't be the case. Could it be that in this situation, the formation was running out of energy to maintain? This is even more wrong! That old man Tsuchikage won't let this happen! Could it be that reinforcements have arrived? Never mind him, kill him while he's sick! Zakaki once again gathered the strength in his body and swung the giant ax, aiming at the place where he had attacked several times just now. Sure enough, with a crash, like a broken mirror, the entire formation collapsed in an instant! Zakumu felt the strange energy outside, hurriedly took a few earth escapes and disappeared. The moment he was buried in the ground, he felt someone looking at him, as if he was being targeted. He had felt this way before, when he met a sentient ninja like Dan! Zakaki didn't think so much and ran away in a panic! ps: The plot of this chapter was not originally planned. It was intended to have the Five-Tails and Oakwood fight. However, because of the mistake about the tailed beast, I had to change my thinking. Many places in the writing felt far-fetched, so everyone Forgive me a lot! I will try my best to find some official information in the future and try to avoid this happening! I apologize to everyone here! ; Text Chapter 84 Love, Hate and Enmity Zakaki killed the two chasing Iwa nins, escaped into the earth again, and then reappeared dozens of meters away. Before and after, Zakaki didn't know how many Iwa ninjas he had killed like this. At this moment, Zakaki was really at the end of his rope! With the large and small wounds on his body, coupled with the pain of retreating from the Kame Sage mode, and the disappearance of chakra, Zakaki felt that the fatigue of his body was almost beyond the limit of his endurance! Iwa Ninja probably knew about Takaki's situation, so he kept chasing after him like a mad dog. A search team of a hundred people chased Takaki in the general direction of his escape. Among them were many sensing ninjas. Takaki killed the faster pursuers. Iwa Ninja, but this also exposed Takaki's whereabouts. If Takaki hadn't worked hard and used the earth clone to obscure Iwa Ninja's sight, maybe a large number of Iwa Ninja's ninjas would have caught up with Takaki. Izaki was lying on a tree trunk, breathing heavily. He took out an apple from his pocket, took an angry bite, and cursed: "Fuck! I almost died. I don't know how it happened. Iwa Ninja was caught so easily." "Why are they trapped inside? Thanks to good luck, I escaped!" Zakaki solved the apple in three strokes, threw the core of the apple aside, and just when he was about to get up and run away, he felt Someone locked onto him, Zakaki took out a kunai from his ninja tool bag and said, "The ones at the back, come out?" Yumi was the sentient ninja when Iwa Ninja chased Iwa Ninja, and arrived at the battlefield later. When she arrived at the battlefield, the battle between Usagi and Iwa Ninja was still coming to an end, and Iwa Ninja was preparing for the final battle between the trapped beasts. Yumi saw that after Zakaki transformed, he was constantly hitting the wall of the formation. His legs and feet were covered with wounds, and his appearance could only be described as horrific. Yumi looked at Zakaki's appearance, and there was no pleasure in revenge in her heart. Instead, she was full of worry. Seeing Zakaki's appearance, Yumi couldn't help but think of that little man, with a sad look, and those pair of Age-inappropriate eyes. Yumi even recalled the scene where Zakaki accidentally kissed her, the scene where her father was killed by him and then comforted her, and the scene where he held the kunai in his hand to stop himself from thinking too much. At this time, Yumi only had one thought, that is, she couldn't let him die! Yumi thought of the Happo Tsuchikage Formation again. An elder of the family once said that the formation is mainly used to trap some amazing things, such as tailed beasts, or rampant Jinch¨±riki, or ninjas who are good at escaping! The biggest flaw of the formation itself is the instability of the chakra of the eight people, which can easily cause chaos. It is impossible to rely on brute force. The formation becomes stronger when it is strong, so it can only interfere with small links, causing the eight people to investigate. Carats of disharmony to achieve the interference effect! Seeing the appearance of Zakaki, Yumi gritted her teeth and made a big decision to help Zakaki. Then Yumi used her own ability to interfere with the order of the eight people's chakra, so that the chakra of the large formation occurred. Chaos, at this time, Zakaki took the opportunity to break through and quickly escaped from the crisis. But the matter is not over yet. When Loess saw that his hard work was ruined, he was unwilling to give up and immediately dispatched troops to further encircle and suppress Zakaki. As a ninja with special perception, Yumi naturally became an important part of the pursuit team. During the pursuit, Yumi naturally felt the direction of Tokaki, and naturally knew the situation of Tokaki at this time. Yumi knew that if Tokaki escaped in this state, there would be only one end, and that would be death at the hands of Iwa Ninja! So Yumi once again made a decision in an instant that surprised her for a lifetime, that is, to save Zakaki! So Yumi walked out from behind a big tree, looked at the oak tree and said coldly: "If you want to survive, come with me!" Zakaki frowned, looked at Yumi who came out, and said, "Is it you?" Yumi glared at Zakaki, and said coldly: "Are you coming or not? If you don't leave, I won't care about you!" Zakaki jumped to Yumi's side, but Yumi didn't seem to pay attention to Zakaki. Without even looking at Zakaki, he jumped directly in a direction that Zakaki didn't know. Zakaki looked at the gradually shrinking figure, bit his head and said, "It's really a confusing thing!" Zakaki and Yumi came to the lake, looked at the sparkling water, and then looked at the picture of a beautiful woman meditating, and said slowly: "Why do you want to save me?" Yumi did not answer, as if speaking to the air, she said: "This is the private territory of our Maki family. No one will come in without my order! You take good care of your injuries and go back after you have recovered!" Zakaki felt frustrated, found something boring, and said in a daze: "Well, it's really a beautiful place! There is such a good place in such a barren place like the Land of Earth, but by the way, you guys The quality of the Iwa Ninja Village is not that good, isn¡¯t it? Doing something so obscene?" Yumi turned back and glared at Tokaki, with her red eyes, purple hair, delicate nose on her delicate face, and the fragrance that was carried by the wind, coupled with her bumpy figure, she was an absolute beauty. ! Seeing this made Zakmu really excited! But looking at the faint anger coming from under Yumi¡¯s long eyelashes,Angry, Zakaki quickly shut his mouth, and then said: "People in Iwa Ninja Village are always ugly, but it is rare to find a beauty like you!" When Yumi saw Zakaki's glib expression, she felt as if she had gone back to the days when she was captured by Zakaki. However, when she remembered that Zakaki was her father-killing enemy, Yumi's heart felt like it was being squeezed hard, and even her breathing changed. became anxious. "I'm sorry! Actually, I didn't know it was your father that time. If I knew, I would definitely-" Seeing Yumi's look, Zakaki explained hurriedly. "You don't need to say it, I know! How can there be so many what-ifs on the battlefield? Even if my father dies in your hands, it doesn't mean he has insulted his reputation!" Yumi lowered her head and said in despair. Yumi looked at the fish swimming under the clear water, and then said: "When I was a child, my favorite was when my father took me here to play. My father still called me Ninjutsu here, but now, there is nothing! Everything is gone. No more!" Yumi cried again as she spoke. In fact, Yumi herself was very surprised as to why she was so fragile and shed so many tears in front of this enemy who killed her father. Knowing that now, Yumei keeps refuting what she is thinking, she doesn't love him! Zakaki looked at Yumi's cry and didn't know what to say. He just looked at the lake quietly and listened to Yumi's cry. The lake seemed very suitable for the scene, which happened to illustrate Zakaki's mood, calm and peaceful. comfortable. Zakaki suddenly remembered a very familiar love poem from his previous life, so he slowly said with sadness: "Yumi, in fact, it took five hundred times of looking back in the previous life to exchange for passing each other in this life. You said that we didn't even know that we had it in the previous life. How many bonds?¡± Yumi raised her head and looked at Zakaki, with tears still on her face. She seemed to be moved by Zakaki's words, then turned around and left directly. Zakaki saw Yumei's figure fading away, and whispered: "It seems that she really fell in love with me! In fact, I fell in love with her too!" Zakaki looked at the embarrassment of his own body, the one covered with loess. I was so disgraced that I remembered that I seemed to appear in Yumi's sight in this image, and suddenly I became a little anxious. Such a sloppy look will not affect my image, right? Zakmu angrily cursed Loess! When Zakaki saw a clear lake, he raised the corner of his mouth and had an idea in his mind. With a bang, the calm lake surface was suddenly disturbed by a discordant sound, scaring the leisurely waterbirds and swimming fish into panic. The sound of rattling and splashing on the water completely destroyed the peaceful environment. , what makes people feel even more like burning the harp and boiling the crane is that someone actually sang the Eighteen Touches! In the distance, in a small house, a girl was staring blankly in front of the mirror, with a touch of sadness on her beautiful face. This girl was Yumi. Suddenly, there was a burst of discordant sounds, including the sounds of animals being frightened, and the sound of incomprehensible songs. But the song seemed to sound very harsh, even a bit obscene! Yumi thought of the stories that Zakaki used to capture her generals, such as old bulls and new bulls, and many more. In short, they were all with dirty plots! When Yumei heard Zakaki's voice, she couldn't help but feel happy. Everything seemed to be so comfortable at this moment. ; Text Chapter 85 Kiss Goodbye? There is no sense in love. When it comes, you will try your best to chase it, even if it is impossible. Zakaki looked at Yumi sitting by the lake, and an idea suddenly came to his mind. As the saying goes, a fair lady is a good gentleman! There is nothing wrong with liking a woman, so Zakaki was about to confess to Yumi. Zakaki pulled a bouquet of flowers from the lake, arranged the bouquet slightly, then rubbed his face and walked towards Yumi's place. When Zakaki walked to Yumi, he stopped. At this time, Zakaki was already worried. If she was an ordinary girl, that would be fine, but if she kills her father, will she accept him? It's good if you don't use a knife to chop, but you still want to woo others? Forget it, Zakaki turned around and wanted to give up. But then I thought about it, it wasn¡¯t intentional at that time, besides, isn¡¯t this girl interested in me? Otherwise, they wouldn¡¯t have saved us! What a fright! If you are a man, just charge forward and fight! Zakaki held the bouquet tightly, gritted his teeth, and came to Yumi's side. Yumi is sitting on the railing, supporting her body with both hands, raising her jade neck and looking at the sky. Her delicate face is equipped with long eyelashes and red eyes. A pair of lotus-like calves are moving back and forth in the water. The water is swaying. The waves are rising, and the little feet occasionally exposed perfectly illustrate what is called a picture of a beautiful woman splashing in the water. Yumi noticed Zakaki, turned her head sideways, frowned, and said with a bit of displeasure, "What are you doing?" Zakaki pinned the flower behind his back with his left hand, scratched his head with his right hand and said: "What, this, that -" Seeing Zakaki¡¯s appearance, Yumi tilted her head, as if she wanted to see what was on Zakaki¡¯s left hand, and asked with confusion: ¡°What are you doing? You are stammering. Just tell me if you have anything to do.¡± Zakaki quickly turned sideways, blocked the bouquet with his body, and said, "It's nothing." " "You want to leave, right? You'd better wait for two days. You are still seriously injured and can't leave at all. Once our people find out, it will be over. Although this place is some distance away from Iwa Ninja Village, you can't leave. I need to ask a doctor for you, so I estimate it will take at least a week." Yumi turned her head and continued to kick the water with her feet, but there was obvious disappointment on her face. Seeing Yumi's expression, Zakaki naturally knew that Yumi had misunderstood, so Zakaki hurriedly waved his hands and said: "No, no! You misunderstood, I'm not leaving, I'm -" Zakaki naturally hid what he just said when he waved his hands. The bouquet was exposed. When I saw the bouquet exposed, I hurriedly put the flowers behind my back and pretended to have nothing. Seeing the expression of Tochigi, I looked at the half -cut bouquet behind the beef, blinking her eyes, crooked her head, and said, "What are you holding a flower?" Seeing that he seemed to have been discovered, Zakaki touched the back of his head, took out the bouquet from behind with an embarrassed look, and said with a smile: "That's right, I'm here to thank you for saving me this time. I don't have anything good." , I saw that the flowers by the lake are quite beautiful, as beautiful as you, so I picked them for you, thank you for your life-saving grace." Yumi looked at the bouquet with half of its petals falling off, and burst into laughter. She covered her red lips with the back of her hand, pointed at the bouquet with half of the petals left, and said, "Am I like this?" "That's what, no, no, it was very beautiful just now, but I don't know when it lost its petals!" Zakaki quickly explained, "Forget it, I'll pick another bunch for you!" Zakaki said. I threw away the bouquet and went to pick flowers. Yumi looked at the flustered Zakaki, is this the mysterious Kame Sennin that is now rumored in the village? Is this the little Zakaki who was smooth-tongued before? Why do you look so stupid! Yumi took her feet out of the water, stood up slowly, put her hands behind her back, and said with small steps: "No need, the flower is lifeless? It still feels pain, you took it away in an instant Its life, do you know that its family members will also feel pain?" Zakaki looked at Yumi who looked disappointed, and knew that she was thinking of her father again, so he lowered his head and said: "I'm sorry, that time was really an accident. I didn't know that he was your father. If I had known at that time, I absolutely-" "Absolutely? What will happen to you? The destiny of a ninja is to die in battle. I said that if my father dies in your hands, his reputation will not be insulted." Yumi looked at Zakaki this time without anger in her eyes. Some are just helpless. Yumi looked at Zakaki's depressed expression and said: "You don't have to be like this, and I don't need you to thank me. You let me go once, and you will treat me as if I gave it back to you this time. We will discuss our father's grudges on the battlefield. You go." Recuperate." Tochigi also saw that Yumi knew that there must be no play. It was in order to return others to reward the original move. It took me a long time to do this, but I was just being sentimental. Zakaki said nothing more, turned around and walked in the opposite direction. ??Yumi watched as she slowly bent down, picked up the bouquet of flowers on the ground, and murmured: "I'm sorry,"It is our fate to meet on the court. You said that we looked back five hundred times in the past life in exchange for passing by each other in this life. Maybe we looked back on the battlefield in our previous lives! " The life with Yumi is short and pleasant. Although there is no spark between Zakaki and Yumi at present, at least Yumi can smile when she looks at Zakaki now. This shows that the enemy effect of Zakaki in Yumi's heart has faded a lot. Few, it can also be said that Yumi has the possibility of accepting Oakwood, just like now: The place where Oakwood is located is the country mansion of the Maki family in an ordinary city in Earth Country. The mansion is built around a lake. The center of the lake is the hiding place of Oakwood. Due to the identity of Oakwood, Oakwood All the food and drinks were brought by Yumei, including some wounds that could not be reached by Oakwood. Zakaki told Yumi jokes heartlessly. Of course, this occasion was not suitable for dirty jokes, so Zakaki told some more in-depth jokes. At first, Yumi ignored him because of his identity. But unable to withstand Zakaki's indiscriminate bombardment, Yumi no longer suppressed her thoughts and started laughing when it was time to laugh. This made the relationship between Zakaki and Yumi much harmonious. Zakaki was eating Yumi's last supper here. Although Zakaki's injuries were not all healed, they were no longer relevant to the overall situation, because the injured areas at the beginning were the legs and feet. These places would affect Zakaki's mobility and own strength. This This is also the reason why Zakaki recovers from his injuries. Five days have almost healed the injured areas, so Zakaki is preparing to leave tonight. He still has his brother and sister-in-law at home who are thinking about him. If he doesn¡¯t go home, where will he go? You really did yourself an honorable job. Zakaki and Yumi were eating dinner together. No one spoke, they just ate quietly. As a man, Zakaki spoke first: "I'm leaving today." "Well, is your injury really okay? Do you want to rest for a few more days?" Yumi asked with concern. "It's okay, it's you. You saved me. Aren't you afraid that Iwa Ninja will find trouble for you?" "It's okay. I told you a long time ago. No one in the village knows that I rescued you. I think it's better for you to rest for two days. Besides, the village has not withdrawn its pursuit of you these days, and some places are still There is a team chasing you." Yumi said anxiously. Hearing Yumi's words, Zakaki was immediately excited. He looked at Yumi expectantly, as if he was still waiting for Yumi to say something. Looking at Zakaki's expression, Yumei naturally knew what Zakaki meant, and said with a blushing face, "Don't get it wrong, I don't mean anything." "I know, I don't know what the situation will be like when we meet again in the future, but I believe that one day we will meet as friends!" Zakaki thought of the four wars and the coalition forces from various countries. Didn't they all become friends? ? Therefore, Zakaki knew there would be a chance. Yumi didn't pay too much attention to Oakwood's words. It was impossible for Iwa Ninja and Konoha to reach that point. Unless one of the two defected, it was naturally impossible for him. Needless to say, Oakwood also said that, in this situation, It won't happen, right? So he said perfunctorily: "Maybe." Zakaki looked at the rising moon and said, "It's almost time for me to get going." "Well. Let me take you out." Yumi said and walked towards the door. Zakaki also got up and followed Yumi to the door. He watched the bright moonlight shining on the ground, various insects chirping, a breeze blew by, blowing Yumi's purple hair, and Zakaki standing behind Yumi When Mu smelled her daughter's fragrance, instead of being distraught, she felt a little sad. That was the so-called parting. But when Zakaki saw Yumi, who looked like a goddess under the moonlight, with her stunning face, and the tranquil moonlit night background, Zakaki had only one idea at this moment, and that was to kiss her! Zakaki walked up to Yumi in a majestic manner. The distance between their noses was only one centimeter, and each could clearly hear the other's heartbeat. For just a moment, it seemed that the whole world had stopped, leaving only the two of them. Yumi felt that her heart seemed to be no longer under her control, and it almost jumped out of her throat. Yumi, who is no longer young, naturally knows what Zakaki is thinking, but at this time, there is no anger in her heart, but a little more expectation. To be honest, even if Zakaki has come to this step, he is still hesitant to take the last step. There are many reasons. The biggest gap among them is Yumi's father. This kiss is probably just that, but he can give it to Do human girls bring happiness? Zakaki considered. ps: Dear readers, do you mean kissing or not? Hahaha, give it a try first. I don¡¯t know what the emotional scenes I wrote will be like, will they be too draggy? But I think to create a character, you must create her soul. I personally think that one of the keys to Naruto's excellence is that each character has a distinct personality.Therefore, excellent Naruto fan fiction has been created. So for some important characters that I made up, I hope to write out his personality, which will definitely not delay the chapters. The last sentence is the same, support more, vote more, be grateful! ; Text Chapter 86 Beat Uchiha again What lingered in the mind of the fast-running Zakaki was the touch on his lips. Zakaki pecked Yumi on the lips and ran away without even saying goodbye, leaving only Yumi in a daze under the moonlight. . It's not that Zakaki is too timid, it's just that Zakaki doesn't know how to face Yumi in the next moment and directly confirm the relationship? Or a grand kiss goodbye? Zakaki was a nobody in his previous life, and didn't even have a real girlfriend. He seemed to have thought about relationships, but in fact it was just talk on paper. As long as he is a young man, who has not been influenced by countless bloody idol dramas? But when it came time to actually take action, the image of that little rookie completely emerged. Of course, you will talk about how Zakaki teased Yumi and comforted Tsunade before, but those are not really confirmed relationships, they can only be regarded as an ambiguity. This ambiguity and falling in love are two different concepts, so Zakaki's This performance is understandable. Under the moonlight, Yumi looked at Zakaki's disappearing back, her face flushed, and the sweet smile at the corner of her mouth still expressed her mood at the moment. Girls of this age are naturally full of yearning for love, and they are also the most When Yi Zhong was alone, Zakaki entered Yumi's heart from the beginning. Even though Zakaki killed her father, this feeling of love and hate was probably carved deeper into Yumi's heart. The so-called love I'm afraid it just happened in the blink of an eye. Yumi returned to the room and looked at everything here. It seemed that everything here was imprinted with Zakaki's figure. At this moment, her mind was full of Zakaki's voice, face and smile. Did she really fall in love with him? Yumi sat next to the mirror, dragging her cheeks and looking at herself in the mirror stupidly. Suddenly, the scene of Zakaki's peck flashed in her mind, as well as the scene of Zakaki accidentally kissing her for the first time. The look on her face A faint blush appeared again. Yumi covered her face and murmured: "What are you thinking about? Really, what's so good about her? She's four or five years younger than herself." After a few days of running around, Zuomu finally returned to the Country of Fire. Looking at the land with beautiful mountains and clear waters, Zuomu had to say that the Country of Fire was the most prosperous place in the five major countries, with fertile land, dense forests, and There are many, many rare and exotic beasts. In short, the Fire Country is a great place. Zakaki had already slowed down when he entered the Land of Fire. A few days ago, Zakaki reported his situation to Konoha at Konoha's secret contact point. What troubled Zakaki was the way those liaison personnel looked at him. It has changed again. In the past, everyone respected and awed Oak because of his strength, but now, others looked at Oak in a completely fanatical way. Thinking about it, Oak had previously undertaken the blocking task on his own, thus allowing Konoha Inoka to Choi and Kakashi, the son of Konoha White Fang, had a chance to escape, and Takaki himself faced the Thousand Hundred Rock Ninjas alone, many of whom had top-level combat power like the Four-Tailed and Five-Tailed. If Konoha now conducts a personal strength ranking vote I believe that Zakaki will definitely rank first. In the eyes of the masses, a real hero is a lone hero, just like the second generation who fought against the Golden Horn and Silver Horn troops alone. Only in that way can he be truly number one in the world! After another long time, Zakaki finally came to the gate of Konoha. Looking at the big Konoha logo, Zakaki suddenly felt a little pain in his balls. Why do you think ab has such a sign? I still think the five-star red flag looks good! Just when Zakaki was about to step into the door, two members of the Uchiha family appeared in front of him. As the security brigade of Konoha, they have the power to investigate any ninjas and people entering and leaving Konoha, so the two of them looked at I got up to find out Zakaki¡¯s identity. "Show me your ID!" A member looked at Zakaki and said coldly. "I don't have it, I lost it!" Zakaki touched his pocket, and then he remembered that his clothes had been blown to pieces by the loess explosion, so where could he have any other documents? "Hmph! You can't enter Konoha without a certificate." Another Uchiha member said. "I said, okay, even if you don't know me, haven't you seen the logo on my head? Isn't this the Konoha logo?" Zakaki said, pointing to the forehead protector on his head. "Hmph! How do I know if you are fake Mr. Oak? Besides, many people with bad intentions have come to Konoha these days, and some people are pretending to be our Hokage-sama!" ??Ozaki knew that these two members of the Uchiha family were deliberately making things difficult. Damn it, didn't they just give Uchiha Iwa a good beating? Are they so fussy about it? No wonder he was exterminated later, he deserved it¡ª¡ª. Zakaki looked at the two Uchiha family ninjas and walked straight inside. "If we go further we will take action!" said the ninja of the Uchiha family. "Move! You're done with evil, you bastard. You're just looking for death. Do you think I'm easy to bully?" Zakaki suddenly cursed at two Uchiha family ninjas, and then continued to walk forward with a look of disdain. There are some people you can't treat. He said it well, it must be like this, otherwise you will be treated as a dish, whoever wants to eat can eat it. When the ninjas of the Uchiha family saw Zakaki's expression, they didn't know what to do for a moment. Who is Zakaki? He is a character who can challenge thousands of rock ninjas alone.Isn't it nonsense to stop him with these two figures of his own? I don¡¯t know what the big guys above are thinking. We insist on making things difficult for him here. Aren¡¯t we looking for trouble? If you get beaten, it's your own fault, and if something goes wrong, it's the little shrimps like us who are responsible for it. It's so damn unlucky. The two looked at each other, then nodded, took out their shurikens at the same time, and struck the oak tree a few times, then quickly sent a signal flare into the air, and a puff of smoke lit up in the air. Then he shouted: "There is an enemy attack!" Zakaki dodged a few shurikens and looked at the series of actions of the two people, his teeth itched with hatred. It seems that these guys are okay with him? Oakwood didn't attack, just waiting for the two Uchiha family members to take further action. When the two people saw that Zakaki didn't take action and didn't move forward, they naturally wouldn't take action again and just looked at Zakaki warily. About half a minute later, a dozen figures appeared on the scene, and the one who seemed to be the leader said, "What's going on?" The two men looked at Takaki and said: "Captain, we suspected that this man was someone pretending to be Takaki-sama, so we planned to capture him and hand him over to the ANBU, but he resisted arrest, so we asked for support!" The captain of the Uchiha looked at Zakaki. He naturally knew that the person in front of him was the real Zakaki, but he also knew the order given by the elder. Once Zakaki returned to Konoha, he would be the first to attack his majesty. He would never allow it. Someone has tarnished the family's honor! The captain nodded and said, "You'd better come with us. I believe the ANBU Torture Department will figure out whether it's true or false!" Zakaki watched these people singing along, a sneer flashed at the corner of his mouth, and said: "Since you doubt me, then I will also say that you are fake Uchiha members. The Sharingan is not a vegetarian, and you can't even tell my authenticity. ?Then I will capture you and send you to the torture department! Earth escape, Huangquannuma!" Before the members of the Uchiha family could react, the ground began to sink. The members of the Uchiha family were all trapped by Zakaki for a moment! In fact, generally speaking, such a situation will not happen. First, no one will attack at the gate of Konoha as an enemy. Second, no one will attack in front of so many Uchiha members since ancient times. Thirdly, no ninja could blink as quickly as Tsukuba. The Uchiha family members didn't even have time to open their eyes. Three reasons also caused the complete defeat of the Uchiha family. Oakwood looked at the dozen or so Uchiha ninjas with their heads above the surface, squatted down, patted the captain's face, and said with a smile: "Haha, the Uchiha family members are still vulnerable!" "Hmph! Really? Do you think you are invincible in Konoha, Mr. Oak?" An old man wearing the Uchiha family logo came out from the distance slowly, followed by several members of the Uchiha family. young people. "I don't dare, Elder Mingjing is joking." "Then what do you mean by your actions?" Uchiha Mingjing continued. "The elder has misunderstood. I suspect that these people are not really members of the Uchiha family, so I will help you capture them all!" "It's not your turn to take care of the affairs of my Uchiha family, right?" Uchiha Mingjing said sharply. Just when Zakaki was speechless, the savior appeared. Minato and the third generation came here together. Minato looked at the Uchiha people in Huangquannuma, then looked at Zakaki, frowned and said: "Elder, I must have Is there any misunderstanding?" "Hmph! Is there any misunderstanding? The facts are in front of us, Hokage-sama, I suggest that Zakaki be imprisoned and the Council of Elders judge his lawless behavior!" The third generation looked at Uchiha Mingjing and said with a smile: "There must be some misunderstanding between this, old man, there is no need to hold an elders' meeting, right? Let's leave it to Minato to deal with it." "Yes, Great Elder, after all, Tsubasa has just come back, and he is also the hero of Konoha's battle! Why don't you leave it to me to handle it!" Minato said. "Since the Third Hokage and the Hokage have said so, let me leave it to you. I hope you can give me a satisfactory answer! Let's go!" Uchiha Jingming led everyone away. Zakaki looked at Uchiha Jingming's back and muttered: "What the hell! ps: Haha, thank you book friend Skybreaker Knight for the information, and thank you for your correction! Thank you, brother! If you have any comments or ideas, please feel free to submit them. Finally, please give us your support and vote! ; Text Chapter 87 Drunk Senmu "Have you heard that Master Tsubasa gave the Uchiha clan a beating again?" "Nonsense, of course I heard about it! It is said that there are dozens of Uchiha members!" "I'm afraid that Mr. Tsubasa is the number one in Konoha besides the two Hokage-samas, right?" "What do you know? What does it mean except for two Hokage-sama? Let me tell you, even Hokage-sama is not necessarily the opponent of Oakwood-sama! Do you know? Master Oakaki defeated thousands of Iwa Ninja alone! Among them are Two Jinchuuriki!" "No way! Is Master Takaki so powerful? I only heard that Lord Takaki killed dozens of Uchiha people as soon as he returned to Konoha. It seems that they were looking for trouble for Lord Takaki!" "You are talking about you! You are such a failure. Have you never heard of such a big thing happening in Konoha?" "What's up?" "Let me tell you! It is said that Master Zakaki, the strongest combination of Konoha, Inoka Butterfly, and Konoha White Fang's son, Hatake Kakashi, went to the Earth Kingdom as envoys. However, the despicable Earth Kingdom took advantage of us just now. After the battle with the Sand Ninja was over, and the Sannin left Konoha, thinking that our strength was greatly damaged and wanting the lion to open his mouth, our Lord Tsubasa naturally would not compromise, so he decisively terminated the negotiations. However, the Iwa Ninjas took advantage of this opportunity. To besiege them and further consume Konoha's combat power, there will be thousands of rock ninjas at that time! The situation is extremely urgent!" "How's it going?" "Say it quickly!" "What are you trying to do?" "Hehehe, don't be anxious! So Mr. Oakwood decisively decided to stop the despicable behavior of Iwa Ninja himself and let others go first!" "No way? Can Tsubasa-sama do it alone? Didn't you just say there are two Jinchuuriki?" "You say it or I say it? Don't interrupt, listen to me! So Master Zakaki faced thousands of rock ninjas without fear. Then Master Zakaki and his psychic beast killed the four-tailed and five-tailed beasts, and then used A Kame Sage Mode defeated thousands of Iwa nin again!." "What mode?" "Kamesennin mode! You still don't know that the current Iwa ninjas call Tsubasagi-sama Kamesennin. It is said that many children from the Earth Kingdom are frightened and cry when they hear the name of Tsubasagi-sama!" "Wow! What a majestic nickname! Why is it called Kame Sennin?" "Hahaha, you've asked the right person about this! It's like this. Master Zakaki and his psychic beast can merge into one and become a giant several feet tall! He also carries a giant axe, which is more than ten meters tall. Cutting the Iwa Ninja is like cutting a watermelon. Coupled with the armor that looks like a turtle shell, it is invulnerable! Just like a Sage! That¡¯s why the Iwa Ninja is called Kame Sage!" "How do you know such details?" "My fourth uncle's second-in-law's third uncle's nephew works as a butler for an Iwa nin, he said so!" "That's it!" There is a gathering place for idlers somewhere in Konoha, and several idlers are chatting there Zakaki explained the situation clearly in the Hokage's office and then went home. As for Yumi, the part was naturally skipped. Since he had just had some trouble with the Uchiha family, Minato didn't ask for specific details. Morimu and Keiko were already at home when Zakaki returned home. Morimu may have known that Zakaki was coming back, so he asked for leave in advance and came back. Naturally, he was overjoyed to see the safe Zakaki Morimu. He asked Keiko to prepare some more delicious dishes and said he wanted to have a drink. A few days ago, Shikaku and Haiichi ran to Zakaki's house and told Morimu about Zakaki's situation, so that Morimu could be mentally prepared. At that time, they frightened Zakaki out of his wits, causing Morimu to look at Naruto every day for three days. I ran to the office and inquired about the news about Zuaki. I didn't feel at ease until I learned the news about Zuaki from the Hokage the day before yesterday. I heard that Zuaki would be in Konoha today, so Mori asked for leave in advance and went home. At the dinner table: "Oakaki! My brother has no great ability in this life. He is just a small role and can't provide you with any good help. I just heard that you had another conflict with the Uchiha family. My brother feels that he is particularly useless! "Senmu, who had drunk too much, said while wiping his eyeshadow, obviously feeling bitter. "Brother, what did you say? You drank too much! Uchiha are just a bunch of clowns." Zakaki said, patting Moriki on the shoulder. "Hey! I drank a little too much, but I didn't drink too much. I know that you and the Uchiha family have always had conflicts. I don't know about big shots like you, but I know that if my brother is like Minato, who would dare to do this? To you? It¡¯s useless, brother. Even the marriage was paid for by you¡ª¡ª" "Brother, stop talking, you drank too much!" Zakaki tried to help Senmu. "Let me tell you! Zakaki, this time I heard Mr. Shikaku and others saying that something might happen to you. I didn't know what to do at that time. I felt that all honors and status were empty, and only?Good is real! I now understand why I became the captain of the peacekeeping force. It must have been you, right? " ¡°Hehehe, this¡ª¡ª¡± "It's nothing. I don't blame you. Now I understand your intentions. Maybe when I went to the battlefield, I had no choice but to die! Zakaki, I don't think we will fight with the aunts anymore and we won't be ninjas anymore. You The money you gave me is enough for us to live a good life! As long as you are good, what nonsense! No more, no more¡ª" Morimu said with a cry. Zakaki looked at the drunken Senmu, and his heart was filled with warmth. It seemed that this brother was really a good brother. "Oh -, I have figured it out, I will use the money you gave me tomorrow to buy two stores, start a small business, and live peacefully in the future -" Senmu rambled on, seemingly endlessly, After talking for a while, he actually fell asleep. Zakaki helped the drunk Morimu to the sofa and laid him flat on the sofa. Keiko walked in from the door and said: "It's hard for your brother. Ever since he learned the news about your accident, your brother has been looking for the Hokage every two days. He can't sleep every night. He often gets up in the middle of the night and goes to the entrance of the village to see you. He has been distracted all day long. When he knew you were back, he was so happy that he didn't jump up. He wished he could pick you up with his wings." Keiko wiped her hands on her apron and walked to Morimu to help him back to the room. Zakaki hurriedly came over to help, and together with Keiko, he helped Morimu come to their room. "Zakaki, you have been tired for such a long time, go back and rest!" Keiko said to Zakaki with a smile. "Well, sister-in-law, good night!" "Good night!" Zakaki was lying on the bed, thinking about Moriki and Keiko¡¯s words, and his heart was still trembling even now. It seemed that his brother was really a good brother. Uchiha Itachi thought of Naruto's best brother, the multi-faceted spy, and the peerless good man Uchiha Itachi. It seemed like he wasn't born yet, right? As for the Uchiha family, it seems that no one is a good bird now. They all deserve to die in the hands of Itachi, and he goes to sleep with the sleepy Tokaki. Zakaki stretched himself, came to the yard, took a breath of fresh air, did a few physical exercises, and then walked out of the door and rushed to the Akimichi family. Morimu gave a death order to Zakaki, saying that he would be there no matter what. Konoha bought several shops, no matter whether they were good or bad, and said it was to prepare for Zakaki to get a wife. As Zakaki didn't have any property, how could he get a good wife? Isn¡¯t it embarrassing for Zakaki? So Zakaki ran out. At first, Zakaki didn't know what to do, but he thought of the Akimichi family. It seemed that they owned many barbecue shops in Konoha. There might be hope, so Zakaki took action. Along the way, Zakaki endured the almost fanatical admiration of passers-by and came to the Akimichi family. Zakaki never thought that he would have such great charm. Even several girls almost fainted on the spot when they saw Zakaki. Zakaki was shameless I want to say something to them: blind worship is wrong! Zakaki looked at the gate of the Akido family. There were two big fat men standing beside the gate. They might be guards. Zakaki walked up and said to the guards: "I'm Zakaki. I'd like to meet the leader of the Dingzuo clan. Please report." The quality of the guard seemed to be very high, but he looked at Zakaki in surprise, then nodded and said: "Master Zakaki, please wait a moment, I will pass the message for you." "Thank you!" Zakaki nodded in thanks. ps: Today I happened to read a fan work by a great master, and found that my book was among the best books of the same type! I was so excited at that time! Thank you very much for your support, and I would like to ask you for your continued support. Maybe the plot of the book I wrote feels a bit draggy, but the title is confusing, so naturally it still looks confusing. To be honest, I'm thinking about the second book, which is a fantasy work and mainly about the style of dawdling and becoming a great god. Of course, it won¡¯t be written in the short term, so you don¡¯t have to worry about updating this book. Finally, please give me your support! ; Text Chapter 88 Locke Li is my nephew! "Ding Zuo, I have something to trouble you." Zakaki said a little embarrassedly while sitting in the hall of the Akimichi family. "Haha, if you have anything to say, I can help you if I can." Dingzuo said with a smile. Zakaki looked at Ding Zao's cheerful look and said with some hesitation: "It's like this. My brother asked me to open a few shops in Konoha, saying that he would buy some property for the family. I remember that your family seems to be here. There are some ways, so¡ª¡ª" Hearing what Zakaki said, Ding Zuo stood up and said, "Wait a moment, I'll ask the housekeeper at home. To be honest, I don't know much about these things. I'll go over and ask." Seeing Ding Zuo¡¯s resolute look, Zakaki stood up in a hurry and said, ¡°It¡¯s not a hurry, just wait a moment!¡± "It's okay, it's okay. I'm not busy anyway. You sit down first." Dingzuo walked out of the door without waiting for Zakaki to speak. After a while, Ding Zuo walked into the hall with a fat old man. When the old man saw Zakaki, he bowed quickly and said, "I'd like to pay my respects to Master Zakaki. The patriarch told me that this is all wrapped up in On me!" "Haha, then you can help me with the housekeeping, Your Excellency!" Zakaki continued: "To be honest, I don't understand the details very well. How about this, you go to my house and talk to my brother, and you can come to an agreement. " "Ozaki, this kind of thing is very troublesome, why don't we go and have a drink with Shikaku and the others? We haven't repaid your life-saving favor last time! Let's celebrate properly this time." Ding Zuo looked at Zakaki and suggested road. "Good attention, let's go!" Zakaki said: "Your Excellency, steward, you are busy." "You don't have to be like this, sir. It's an honor for me to serve you." "Zakaki has been hanging out in Konoha for a month, and he is almost busy with all kinds of things. The first was the incident of buying a store, which was completely beyond Takaki's expectations. Not only the Akimichi family, but also Haiichi and Shikaku actively helped after hearing Takaki's story. In the end, Takaki bought the five-storey shop at a very fair price. shop. You know, in Konoha, you don¡¯t have to be rich to buy a store. If you don¡¯t have any background, you won¡¯t be able to rent it, let alone buy it! If it's not oak wood, want to buy a shop? There is no way! What hurts Zakaki the most is undoubtedly his marriage to Hongdou. I don¡¯t know what Senmu is thinking. Zakaki is only ten years old! How can anyone get engaged at the age of ten? Moriki said that big families have many rules and they should settle things early to avoid accidents in the future. He also said that the Mitarashi family is a big family, and marrying common people like us already makes us look up to them. Besides, Anko is good-looking. , although a little naughty, but it will be fine when you grow up! Zakaki thought of Hongdou more than ten years later, and it seemed that he still had the same weird temper! So Zakaki refused without hesitation. Of course, it wasn't really a refusal, it was just a word of "drag"! Zakaki used the excuse that he was still young and said it was still early, so he would wait another three or four years. Seeing Zakaki's strong refusal, Senmu had no choice but to give up. Zakaki was walking on the street, and suddenly thought of Kakashi. It seems that this guy is 12 years old. It seems that he became a Jonin at this time, and then the Kannakun Battle broke out, and then Obito died. Cassie got the Sharingan, doesn't that mean the Kannakun War is about to break out? It seems that during this period of time, three of Konoha's twelve little heroes have been born, Tiantian, Neji and Rock Lee! Zakaki shook his head and said miserably: "It seems that I am getting old too. Time flies so fast!" Zakaki was bored and wandering around, enjoying the little free time. It seemed that war was about to break out again. Who knows what the situation will be? While walking around, Zakaki met an acquaintance, Hong Dou, who was getting engaged to him a few days ago. Hong Dou was sitting on a chair, watching a shop owner making meatballs. It felt like a pervert released from prison. **Beauty! Zakaki had a cold look on his face, who is this? If I get her back to be my wife, my family will be ruined! Zakaki came to Anko, found a seat and sat down, patted Anko on the head and said, "Hey, hey, you're hanging out here again? Why didn't you go to training?" When Hongdou saw Zakaki, his eyes gleamed, and he said excitedly: "Boss, give me ten more skewers of meatballs!" "Holy shit! Damn it, I've become your cash machine!" The angry Zakaki cursed directly in Chinese. Hongdou twisted her neck and tilted her head, looking innocent. Then she played with her fingers on her chest and said pitifully: "Don't you really like me? Several elders in the family said you don't want me. ?¡± Zakaki looked at Anko, and felt a little unbearable when thinking of what happened to her, and said, "No, that's because we are too young, and it's too early to say this! In fact, it's not that I don't like you -" "Then why don't you want me?" Hong Dou asked with tears in her eyes. Zakaki is a little anxious, this is not the case!So he opened his mouth to explain: "Didn't I say it? I was too young. I'm sorry, I didn't mean it!" "Then you have to make it up to me!" The red head still looked pitiful. "Well, okay, how can I compensate?" Zakaki spread his hands and said helplessly. "Hahaha, boss! Twenty more skewers!" Hongdou quickly hit the snake with a stick and shouted in the direction of the boss. "I'll choke you!" Seeing Hong Dou's almost shameless look, Zakaki knew that he had been tricked by this little girl again. He gritted his teeth and said angrily: "Hong Dou! You're so cruel, I admit it. It¡¯s¡ª¡± At this time, the shop owner came over, happened to see this scene, and said to Zakaki: "Haha, Master Zakaki, you and Hongdou are really a match made in heaven! I don't think anyone in the village said that you and Hongdou are getting engaged!" Looking at you, I really feel that time flies! We are getting old! Come on, here are the meatballs you want, and I will give you ten more in a moment! Haha¡ª¡ª" Seeing the amiable look of the boss, Zakaki quickly stood up and said, "Thank you! No, how can I let you spend money?" "Haha, it depends on what you said, so be it! My son admires you very much. Can you sign his name for me? How about this as my reward?" The boss looked at it and said with a smile. Then he took out a pen and paper from his pocket and handed it to Zakaki. "If that's the case, then let's do it!" Zakaki said, scratching the back of his head. Zakaki scrawled his name and sat down in his seat. As soon as Zakaki sat down, he saw Anko devouring the meatballs, and a few drops of sweat immediately flowed from the back of his head¡ª¡ª When Zhamu returned home, she could feel the joy in her home from afar. Zhamu looked at Grandma Yichun who was busy with other things, ran over and asked: "Grandma Yichun, what happened? Why are my family members coming and going?" Grandma Yichun looked at Zakmu, her eyes almost narrowed, and said with a smile: "What a happy event. Just now the doctor said that your sister-in-law is pregnant. We are preparing something to sacrifice to the gods. You don't know, this woman is pregnant." Ah, you have to do many things, and offering sacrifices to gods is the key¡ª" Zhamu interrupted Grandma Yichun's nagging and said, "Grandma Yichun, I'll ask you for advice on these things later. I'll go see my sister-in-law first. Goodbye -" After that, he ran to the house. Grandma Yichun looked at the fast running Zakmu and said with a smile: "Silly boy, I'm not your wife, why are you so anxious?" Zakaki rushed to the courtyard. Maebashi saw Morimu walking around in the yard, so he ran over and asked, "Brother, I heard that my sister-in-law is pregnant, is it true?" "Hahaha, it's true! I'm thinking of a name right now!" Senmu looked at Zakaki and smiled so hard that he almost couldn't close his mouth from ear to ear. Zakaki also looked overjoyed and asked, "Have you thought about it?" Senmu nodded and said: "After thinking about it, I think this name is more resounding, let's call it Locke Li!" After hearing this, Zakaki almost fell down, blah blah blah! Rock Lee is my nephew? That crazy guy like Akai turned out to be my nephew! ps: Hey everyone, I¡¯m busy today, so my update in the afternoon has been delayed. There will be another chapter in a moment. However, today¡¯s results are a bit dismal, so I hope you all can support me! Thank you, little brother! ; Text Chapter 89: Threatening Tsunade I saw some information on Piaotian Literature that can easily confuse people's vision, plus some fanatics agree on it! so. As the old saying goes, I am a newbie, and there are many places where my writing is not good. I am very willing to accept everyone¡¯s well-intentioned criticism, and I care about every comment! Enough chatter, let¡¯s continue coding! Zakmu has been in the clouds and fog these days, and finds himself tender inside and out. Xiao Li is Senmu¡¯s son! It's his nephew! This fact is too hard to accept! At this time, Zuomu was already doubting whether they had the same name. Zuomu had already made countless requests in his heart. Thinking of Xiao Li and Akai, the pair of living treasures, Zaomu felt extremely entangled. It's not that Zuomu didn't like Xiao Li. Xiao Li is a hard-working genius who represents struggle, perseverance, passion and men. Whether he is an opponent or a friend, everyone may have respect for Xiao Li. But if that was your relative or important person, you probably wouldn¡¯t think so! Zakaki and Morimu were eating together, looking at Keiko's belly from time to time, with a miserable look on their faces. Seeing Zakaki's expression, Senmu asked with confusion: "Zakaki, how did I find that you have been acting weird these days?" "Is there any?" Zakaki asked. Keiko nodded and said, "Yes, Zakaki, do you have something on your mind? You can tell us!" "No, brother, sister-in-law, don't worry about me, it's okay. What will happen to me?" Zakaki said while eating. "Well, that's fine! Although your brother and I don't have much ability, as your guardian, you can tell me what you have in mind! Have you fallen in love with some girl?" Morimu joked. "Brother, you're here again! What a mess." Zakaki rolled his eyes at Senmu. Keiko smiled and watched Zakaki and Morimu joking, and said to Morimu: "Morimu, I think Anko is really good. Yesterday, he saw me carrying something alone and helped me bring it back! What a sensible girl. Ah! In addition, he has a good family background, so he is a good match for our Zakmu." "Sister-in-law! What are you trying to do with my brother? It's nothing. Everyone in Konoha must know about Anko-girl and me." "You! You're not too young! If you settle things as soon as possible, I'll feel at ease -" Senmu wanted to teach him again. "By the way, brother, why did you name my nephew Rock Lee?" Zak wood immediately changed the subject. When Senmu heard Zakaki¡¯s question, he became a little proud and said with a smile: "Hahaha, this! It¡¯s nothing, I just think it¡¯s loud!" There are black lines all over the oak tree¡¯s forehead. It turns out that Xiao Li¡¯s name is just for the sake of being loud! "What are you talking about? How do you know it's a boy? I still think my daughter is good!" Keiko said. "Hahaha, if it's a daughter, let's call her Qiuzi! What do you think?" Morimu said with a proud smile. Zakaki muttered in a low voice: "It must be a boy! What else is there to say-" Morimu and Keiko both turned their heads and said, "What did you say?" Zakaki quickly waved his hands and said: "Nothing, nothing¡ª¡ª" The shadow of war once again enveloped the entire Konoha. According to news from the front line, another war is about to begin in the northwest and the country of Iwa. Although Konoha Village won the Battle of Mount Kikyo, its strength was severely depleted. The country of rock wants to take advantage of the situation. According to Oakwood's impression from his previous life, the key to the Battle of Kannakun was that the fourth generation personally led Kakashi and the three of them to sneak into the Kingdom of Rock to cut off the supply line. In the end, Obito died tragically at the hands of the Iwa Ninja, and Kakashi obtained the iconic Sharingan. . Zakaki came to the Konoha ninja meeting room. There were many people who arrived earlier than him, such as Ino Shikacho, Kakashi and many other names that Zakaki couldn't name. However, two twin brothers walked into Zakaki. The eyes of his eyes were on the Hinata and Hizu brothers. In fact, Zakaki didn't like the two of them. Although they were both the fathers of Xiaoqiang, Jinchuan's death was like a stick in his throat. Minato was already sitting at the Hokage's seat, and there was a three-generation old ghost sitting next to him. Zakaki greeted a few acquaintances, and then sat in his seat with his eyes closed to meditate. About ten minutes later, there was a burst of yelling outside the door. Uchiha opened his eyes and saw people from the Uchiha family walking into the venue. The leader of the group was actually another "old acquaintance" of Uchiha, the most tragic father and the most tragic clan leader in the Naruto world, Uchiha Fugaku! Uchiha Fugaku had a gloomy face, and walked calmly, leading everyone to the forefront of the conference room, and then sat down. The Uchiha family members behind saw the boss sitting down, so they all sat down too. , and his behavior is quite like that of a big family. Minato saw that the Uchiha clan had arrived, then he raised his voice and said: "Since everyone is here, let's start the conference now!I believe everyone knows that Iwa Ninja Village has once again invaded our country of Fire¡ª¡ª" Minato was chattering from above, but Zakaki closed his eyes and wandered around, looking like he had nothing to do with him. He didn't know how long it took, until Zakaki finally heard his name. Zakaki opened his eyes and looked at Watergate. Minato looked at Takaki's appearance, and naturally knew what kind of virtue Takaki had, and then said simply: "Takaki, your mission is to be in the command center and support wherever support is needed at any time! Do you have any questions?" "Hokage-sama, I have no problem!" Seeing Minato's cheerful look, Zakaki secretly thought, wouldn't it be better if this was the case? Save everyone's time! After another half an hour, Minato finally assigned the tasks clearly, and the meeting seemed to be dismissed. The ninjas in the conference room were happy and worried. Some were happy that they had done a good job, and their lives would not be in danger. Some were worried. It's because he has no confidence in his mission and is afraid of losing his life. Of course, those who are neither sad nor happy are the big families. They already know their mission, so how can there be any sorrow or joy? You come to a meeting like this just to show off to those civilian ninjas, right? Just when Minato announced that he was disbanded and was about to leave, Zakaki was stopped by the third generation old ghost. This guy has not said a word from the beginning to now. Now that he is stopped, he is afraid that he will plot against him again. If it is normal, the third generation will never stop him. Since he knew how to speak on his own, Minato would do things like that. He was afraid that there would be something difficult to say and offend others, so it was naturally the third generation who did it. The third generation wanted to be a bad person, so he did it himself when it was difficult, and tried to make it easier for Minato. "Oakaki! It's like this. You also know the situation in our village. We don't have many high-end combat capabilities, so your combat capability becomes the key to our victory!" Sandai took a puff of cigarette and exhaled. Smoke Ring said. "Sir, the Third Hokage, if you have any requests, just tell me. If I can do it, I will try my best!" Zakaki heard that the Third Hokage put a high hat on himself, and he knew what kind of tiring work this old guy was going to make him do. . "Originally Minato didn't suggest you do it, but I thought you were the only one with the ability, so I selflessly recommended you. Logically speaking, you are my grandson!" Sandai continued. "You are joking! If you have anything to say, you don't have to be like this!" Zakaki cursed in his heart, your sister is an old man, who is your grandson? Who did you take advantage of? Minato looked at the third generation from the side, with a few drops of sweat streaming down his forehead. "Then I'll tell you! According to reliable information, this time the heads of several big families in Iwa Ninja Village will discuss the distribution of war benefits in a secret place in the Kingdom of Earth. Therefore, in order to give Iwa Ninja Village a blow to its morale and foundation , Minato and I decided to let one person go to assassinate him! The task is still a bit difficult-" Sandai said. Damn it, how difficult is this? your sister! Which big family patriarch doesn't have some strength? There are also many secret techniques and blood stains with thousands of monsters, plus the strength of the guards, do you think I am Brother Ban? Zakaki thought wildly. Looking at Zakaki's expression, Sandai and Minato naturally knew what he meant. They looked at each other and then nodded. Minato scratched his head and said, "I think it's better to forget it! After all, this task is still very difficult, hey! It would be great if Jiraiya-sensei is here!" ? ?Oakaki remembered that in his previous life, he had seen a classic saying about Dai Shi, "I fucking feel like my uncle is spewing out of his chrysanthemums." It seems that Minato is not a good person either! Then Sandai's words made the oak eggs break to the ground: "Oakaki! How enthusiastic was the previous Dan! I have always felt that only a man like that is worthy of Tsunade. If Dan is still alive, I believe he will definitely take over this task!" "You two, stop talking, I admit it! Isn't it okay for me to go?" Zakaki looked at the third and fourth generations as if they were succeeding in their treacherous plot, and felt very angry. This third generation was really worthless, and he actually used Tsunade. Blackmail! ¡® ; Text Chapter 90 A chance encounter with Kakuzu War is always inseparable from bloodshed, fighting, and plunder, but war is also the best way to create heroes. Countless people gain money, status, and power through war. Zakaki looked at the Konoha rookie ninjas who were getting ready to go, and felt sad in his heart. Perhaps these ninjas have not seen the cruelty of war, and they are still immersed in the legends of their ancestors. They think that the next legend of Konoha will be them, so There was even a hint of excitement on the faces of those ninjas. Representatives of this are Sarutobi Asuma and Akai, who are old acquaintances of Oakwood and have just been promoted to chunin. It's not that these two guys have never participated in wars. In previous wars, genin would not be involved too much. This has also led to another misunderstanding by some people, such as Asuma. His special status also led to Asuma. Asuma did not receive any life-or-death missions in the last battle. This time it was different. Asuma participated in this battle as a chuunin. In other words, Asuma was the captain of a small team at this time. , he is about to enter the front-line combat unit. He believes that this is an opportunity to establish merit and prove himself to others! The reason why Akai is excited is that Zakaki promised him that once the war is over, Zakaki will give him a Ninja Turtle, so this guy is eager for the war. Takaki is the captain of this brigade. Their mission is to support combat troops who need support at any time. There are many people in this team that Takaki knows well, such as Shiranui Genma, who has just been promoted to Chunin, and Konoha in the future. Ninja teacher Iruka. Iruka has just graduated from the ninja school. This time he is responsible for taking care of the supplies. There is also Yuhi Hong, who is also a chuunin, as well as Takashi's old subordinates Ichii and Xina, and of course there are a few members of the Hyuga family that Takashi cannot name, as well as several Konoha jounin and some supporting players. Chuunin. In short, this can be regarded as an army. In the eyes of family members with reluctance and encouragement, Zakaki's team walked out of Konoha and rushed towards the northwest battlefield of the Land of Fire. Zakaki speeded up. Within four days, Zakaki must reach the destination. The main task is not to support the combat troops in need of support, but to assassinate the patriarchs and important figures of the large families of the Earth Kingdom. To be honest, Zakaki doesn't want to do such a task. Although Zakaki's current strength is good and he is considered a top master in the entire Naruto world, Zakaki is still not very confident because he has been holding himself and future generations Compared with several top bosses, Zakaki knew that in front of Madara and Nagato, his chances of winning were directly negligible. Even facing Uchiha Itachi and Sasuke, Zakaki didn't have much hope. Mu thought of the ten-fist sword that could seal everything, and then thought of the unlucky Orochimaru, and shuddered involuntarily. In fact, Zakaki is too presumptuous. Maybe Zakaki is really no match for Brother Ban, but with his unique earth escape and Xuanwu body protection, some people can't do anything to him! Of course, there are still more than ten years to go, and I believe that Zakmu¡¯s strength will never stagnate War time is a pain in the ass, at least that's what Zakaki thinks now. As the saying goes, you don't do anything if you're not in charge. You always envy those generals who are galloping on the battlefield, but you don't know that generals have a lot of troubles. What needs to be done, such as the Takaki in front of me: Konoha's army marches in three groups. The first group is the frontline reconnaissance force, the second group is the main combat force, and the third group is the preparatory combat force. Obviously Takaki and the others belong to The third party, this is not to say that Zakaki's strength is not good, but some tactical arrangements. From some aspects, the war is not just about the success or failure of the main force. Perhaps the reserve force can completely defeat the main force when the main force fails. Turn the tide of the entire war around! So there are countless chores for Oakwood! Zakaki kept sorting out the war information. Fortunately, with Xinna's help, Zakaki only reviewed the key points. Otherwise, the entire document would have exhausted Zakaki to death, let alone any assassination operations? Zakaki thought of the legendary Sannin. In fact, these three guys were really good at it. Not only did they cooperate tacitly in battle, but they also cooperated amazingly when leading a war. Orochimaru usually used surprise attacks to undermine the enemy's morale, Jiraiya steadily led the main combat troops, and Tsunade supported or mediated conflicts and local defeats on various battlefields from the rear, and provided material and manpower support to the front. Zakaki looked at the information in his hand, and the idiot of the Uchiha family suddenly asked Zakaki to directly support them and their affiliated troops to fight against the main force of Iwa Ninja! So Zakaki couldn't help but think of the cooperation between the three ninjas. Seeing the unreasonable demands of the Uchiha family, Zakaki remembered a saying from his previous life, 'Don't be afraid of opponents who are like tigers, but be afraid of teammates who are like pigs! ', Minato carried out a sneak attack on the front line, and these guys asked themselves to confront the main force of the Iwa Ninja. Once the war moved to the southeast of the Land of Fire, or Minato's troops suffered losses, who would ensure the safety of Konoha's rear? Just rely on the Uchiha Brigade and the Oak Brigade that have joined together? If the front and rear cannot look at each other, reinforcements cannot arrive quickly, and the troops lose mobility, what will be the consequences? Zakaki shook his head and kept cursing.   "Yijing, I will go on a special mission tomorrow, so everything here is left to you. I have sorted out what I need to do and what should be done here, and with Xinna's assistance, there should be no problem. ." Zakaki said towards Ichijing. "Master Takaki, what if the Uchiha family requests large-scale support?" Kazui asked, looking at Takaki. "Well, without my order, no one is allowed to support them, even with one soldier. Everything is carried out according to normal support procedures, and no one has any privileges!" Zakaki said. Xin Na looked at Zakaki and asked in a low voice: "What if it's Hokage-sama?" Hearing Xin Na's words, Zakaki frowned and scolded in a low voice: "I said no one! Didn't you hear it?" Xinna saw Zakaki looking a little unhappy, lowered her head and said, "Yes!" Zaki looked at Ichii with a surprised look on his face, and said: "Of course there is no such possibility! Hokage-sama is not that stupid. As the saying goes, military orders are not obeyed when generals are away! Besides, Hokage-sama suddenly came to visit. , that is, he becomes commander-in-chief before the battle, which is a taboo for military strategists! Presumably he will not do such a stupid thing!" ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? Ichijing's face looked a little better, but in the bottom of his heart he was still a little surprised, and kept asking, Hokage-sama, is this too much? Seeing Ichii who was still shocked, he shook his head and thought, it seems that Konoha's loyal lord has done a good job in brainwashing! The oak tree kept running on the land of the Kingdom of Earth, passing over trees and mountains along the way. In fact, this is the third time that Zakaki has come to the Kingdom of Earth. It seems that every time he comes to the Kingdom of Earth, something always happens with that girl. I don¡¯t know what will happen this time. I heard from Minato that this time it seemed to be a carve-up meeting for the big families of Iwa Ninja Village, usually with the heads of the big clans and their personal guards. big family! By the way, it seems that Yumi is from the Maki family? It seems that he is the patriarch of the Maki family. If he is killed by us, then she doesn¡¯t need to be the patriarch? Is there her this time too? It's been almost two months, and I don't know how that girl is doing? I really miss her a little! Zakaki's mind was already full of Yumei at the moment. How could he still remember that this mission was dangerous? After a day, Zakmu finally arrived at the destination lowland. This is a very large town. The towering mountains and spectacular buildings perfectly reflect the meaning of the Land of Earth. Their meeting will be held tomorrow morning, which means that Zakaki still has a long time to wait, so after a simple meal, Zakaki wandered around, admiring the scenery of the Land of Earth. Call this reconnaissance terrain, just when Zakaki was forgetful, he saw a back, a tall and powerful figure that could be felt from a distance. The man was wearing tights and had a Taki ninja on his head. The forehead protector, but there are two bars on the forehead protector. He is obviously a rebellious ninja. He is the finance minister of the Akatsuki organization - Kakuzu! Zakaki looked at him curiously, has he not joined Xiao yet? According to previous knowledge, this guy is a senior veteran of the Akatsuki organization! Isn't Akatsuki established at this moment? That's right, now is the prelude to the Kannakun battle, and the Akatsuki organization was established at this time. Zakaki's gaze caught Kakuzu's attention. Kakuzu turned his head and looked at Zakaki with murderous eyes. Zakaki felt Kakuzu's murderous intent, so naturally he would not argue with him, so he disappeared into the crowd. ps: Sorry, I had a few too many drinks at the class reunion today, so now my head is dizzy, and the night update won¡¯t work! However, I will make up for it tomorrow, three chapters tomorrow! So all book friends, please give me your support! Thank you, little brother! ; Text Chapter 91 Senior, that is my wife Zakaki looked at the tallest building in the town from a distance, and couldn't help feeling a little more contemptuous. No matter where you are, showing off is always a direct platform for those so-called rich or big shots to show off their ugliness. Just like these people in front of me, riding in a luxurious carriage, enjoying the strange looks of the civilians around them. Occasionally, a few people stretched out their hands and sprinkled some coins on the ground, eliciting exclamations and thanksgivings from passers-by. They acted as if they were superior. The high profile of these people was displayed naked in the open air! There is an old saying: "If you are not afraid of thieves, you are afraid of being missed." Perhaps it is out of full trust in one's own strength, or a desire to express something. In fact, Zakaki didn't know that this meeting was not only for the big families of Iwa Ninja Village, but also for the noble families of the Earth Kingdom. This meeting had various meanings. Some big ninja families were eager to get the favor of those nobles. Financial support, some noble families need the military support of those ninja families. The Iwa ninjas showed their force, and the nobles showed their strength. It seemed that the two sides hit it off and understood each other tacitly. The Iwa Ninjas have already set up heavy security around them, so that the rich can enjoy the admiration of thousands of people. These people are usually in the deep palace compound. Occasionally, they are heavily guarded when they go out on patrol, and they don't even dare to show a single hair of their own. Come on, let alone promote yourself so unscrupulously! Two bustling hours passed, and all the meeting members entered the big building. The entire building is a secret sentry for the Iwa Ninja. Although it does not pose any threat to you, if you are not careful, it will scare away the prey, which will also cause the mission to fail! Zakaki used the Turtle Breath Technique to advance slowly in the soil. Zakaki didn't even dare to speed up. The use of the Turtle Breath Technique was limited. It was mainly about stillness. Too fast a speed would lead to an imbalance of the heartbeat. In this way, the effect of Turtle Breathing Technique will be lost. After half an hour of working as a landlord, and when he was about to arrive at the center of the conference room, the alarm in the entire building rang! No, has it been discovered? It seems that I still underestimated the heroes of the world! As expected, there are still experts among the Iwa Ninjas. In this case, just get up, they can't run very far anyway! Just when Zakaki removed the Turtle Breathing Technique and was about to take action, Zakaki heard a burst of fighting sounds and curses: "Who are you? Do you know where this place is?" Obviously this is the Iwa Ninja. Others have come to the house to kill him. He even asked them who they were. He just arrested him and ended it! Zakaki, who was waiting for an opportunity underground, thought to himself. "Hahaha, I am a bounty hunter. The heads here are very valuable, and they seem to have brought a lot of money!" A low and hoarse voice sounded. "Wow!" screamed, and then came a chilling voice, "Hehehe, this heart is good, but I don't need it now, save it first, maybe I will use it one day!" Zakaki felt dizzy in his heart underground. After a long time, he found out that he was not himself, but that money obsessed Jiaodu. Maybe this guy was discovered. I thought that the Turtle Breathing Technique was no longer working! It seems that this corner of the city discovered that there was something in stock here, so he came directly to kill it! It seems that no matter what time, it is always wrong to be high-profile. Even if you have strength, there are always people who are stronger than you! Then there was the sound of a crackling fight and bursts of screams. "You got the one underground, why don't you come out?" Kakuzu's voice reached Zakaki's ears faintly. "Holy shit! I forgot about my breath just now." Zakaki cursed and emerged from the ground. Looking at the mess all around, with the broken limbs and arms of the Iwa Ninja everywhere, I thought to myself that he was worthy of someone who had fought against the first generation, and he had killed so many people in just a short time. Kakuzu looked at Zakaki and said with murderous intent: "Who do I think it is? It turns out to be you, brat! I felt something was wrong with you that time. It seems you are here to steal money from me!" After that, the man behind the scenes A dark green monster roared and wanted to take action. "Senior, please wait! I'm not here to steal money from you. I'm a Konoha ninja. This time I was ordered to assassinate these high-ranking Iwa ninjas!" Zakaki felt a chill in his heart. For a long time, Kakuzu thought he was here to do something black. Eat black people! If you misunderstand and take action, you will suffer big losses! "Huh? Just you?" Kakuzu asked with doubts, then glanced at Zakaki, frowned, and said slowly: "Well, you are pretty good! What's your name?" "Oak wood!" "I guessed it right. I guess at this age and with strength, he is the miraculous Zakaki who is now rumored in the ninja world!" Kakuzu nodded and said. Zakaki looked at Kakuzu and said, "Senior, are you interested in collaborating once?" "Cooperation?" Kakuzu looked at Zakaki in confusion. "Yes! Yes, I just heard senior say that I want their heads and money. All I want is their lives. Although everyone has different purposes, the result is the same. We work together to kill these Iwa ninjas. This is alsoThis saves a lot of effort. "Zakaki said with a smile. "Well, that's a good suggestion! Okay, let's kill these Iwa ninjas together, but let's talk about it in front of you. But if you get rich, don't blame me for doing it behind your back!" Kakuzu said gloomily. "No problem!" Zakaki thought secretly, is it okay for me? Wouldn't it cost you your life to snatch money from you? "Then hurry up. If you let those big fish run away later, it will be a sin!" Kakuzu seemed to see countless coins entering his pocket, his eyes were shining with gold, and he said excitedly. Both Zakaki and Kakuzu quickly came to the conference room, only to find that there was no one inside. With disdain, Kakuzu quickly formed the seal: "Fire Dragon Flame Bullet!" After saying that, Kakuzu began to spray a huge fireball from his mouth, heading towards a wall, and then there was a bang, and the wall began to turtle. It cracked, followed by a scream. "Hmph! Such a low-level genjutsu wants to show off in front of your uncle Kakuzu, it's totally unbelievable!" The tentacle in Kakuzu's hand quickly came to the back of the wall, and with a hiss, a stream of blood sprinkled into the air like a fountain. "Kakuzu-senpai is very capable!" Zakaki said, watching this scene from behind, clapping his hands. "You've seen a lot, so you're naturally powerful! Kid, although your strength is pretty good, you're still very young in the ninja world!" Kakuzu turned his head and said, "Let's go! The tunnel ahead is where they are escaping!" After that, Kakuzu went in. Zakaki followed Kakuzu, looking at the gorgeous murals in the tunnels, and exclaimed: "It's good to have money! Even the tunnels are so magnificent!" Kakuzu opened the corners of his mouth upwards and said with a smile: "Well, that makes sense! Money is the cutest thing in the world!" ??Zakaki saw Kakuzu looking excited and sweating profusely on his forehead. It seemed that this guy really had a special fetish for money! Although there were many traps along the way, under the leadership of the old man Kakuzu, Zakaki did not encounter any danger at all. As the saying goes, a family with an elder is like a treasure! The more years you live, the more experience you have, and these experiences are the greatest capital for survival! Looking at Kakuzu's skillful movements, it's definitely not uncommon for this guy to do such a thing. Zakaki and Kakuzu stood on a wall, leaning down to look at the big families, princes and dignitaries, as well as hundreds of guarding ninjas. Zakaki said to Kakuzu: "Senior Kakuzu, I guess you are in some trouble now. There are too many ninjas! It¡¯s hard to catch them!¡± Kakuzu glanced at Zakaki Shiro and said, "Are you stupid? Why are you arresting them? Just keep yourself alive and exchange money!" "Okay! Let's go then!" Zakaki said. Just when Takaki finished speaking, Iwa Ninja had already discovered Takaki and Kakuzu who were coming over. Takaki ignored Kakuzu and went directly to the ground. Then he came to the center of the crowd and quickly formed the seal, "Ninpo, Magma Yellow Spring Marsh!" "Ah! Wow! Help! -" Waves of wailing sounds rang out. Countless rock ninjas and guards from the Earth Kingdom fell into the underworld. The dignitaries kept running away on the battlefield, carrying them with them. Screaming, fear! Ninjas can't act like civilians, but they can't act like these dignitaries, so Zakaki came up and used a big move. The angle on the other side was harvesting lives while shouting: "Hey, hey, hey! Kid, don't do that! Be careful, I'll kill you! Why did I destroy their corpses? Did you hear that?" Zakaki looked at Kakuzu who was shouting, dodged a few kunai, waved his hand and said: "I'm sorry, senior, I forgot about it for a moment!" Zakaki killed an Iwa nin, and then jumped to On the periphery of the technique, "Remove!" Zakaki released the ninjutsu. He ignored the countless dignitaries who were burned or burned to death. Instead, he turned around and came to a group of dignitaries protected by the Iwa Ninja family. Zakaki jumped into the crowd. After that, someone took the important people aside and protected them. Naturally, Magma Yellow Spring Marsh did not harm them! This includes the patriarch of the Maki family, Maki Yumi! Yumi sensed Oakwood's chakra early on, so she suggested that the crowd move quickly. Due to Yumi's special identity and her own abilities, the Iwa ninjas quickly moved with the dignitaries. In fact, the strength of the guards who came this time is not as strong as it seems. After all, they are currently at war with the Fire Country, and their human resources are naturally not so liberal, but it should not be known to the people of Konoha! Yumi watched Soakaki come to the crowd. Naturally, he knew what he was going to do, so he quickly brought a few important people to the side and got out of the range of Zakaki's spell. Just when Yumi was full of ideas, Zakaki had already arrived right in front! ??Zakaki looked at the crowd and happened to see Yumi wearing a kimono. She was still as beautiful as ever. Plus, she was dressed up for a shocking special occasion.The feeling of eyes lighting up. Zakaki saw several high-level officials of the Earth Kingdom looking at Yumi from time to time during life and death. He couldn't help but get angry and secretly cursed, "Let's see how I deal with you later!" Just when Zakaki was angry, Kakuzu came to Zakaki: "Kid, didn't I tell you? Stop messing around! Look at what you did!" Kakuzu complained to Zakaki, then looked at the remaining big shots and said with a smile: "Not bad! Not bad. ! There are also a few big intact fish!¡± Seeing Kakuzu's golden eyes, Zakaki said, "Kakuzu-senpai! I have a small request. I wonder if you can agree to it?" "Okay! I caught so many big fish today, tell me! I agree!" Kakuzu said with a smile. Oakwood pointed at Yumi and said, "Kakuzu-senpai, hand that girl over to me later! That's my wife!" ps: Haha, I suddenly found out that my grades are very good! Thank you all for your great support! I hope you will continue to support me in the future! Thank you, little brother! ; Text Chapter 92 Zakaki¡¯s first confession "I've long heard that you are as lecherous as that Sannin Jiraiya, and it seems that's true!" Kakuzu looked at Zaki with a strange look on his face and said. "Kakuzu-senpai is joking, she is indeed my wife. What do you think of what I said?" Zakaki asked. "This girl is an Iwa Ninja, and you are from Konoha, how could she be your wife? But since it is a pleasure to work with you, I will let this one go, but not the others!" Kakuzu nodded and said. "Ozaki and Kakuzu communicated unscrupulously, obviously ignoring the guards and Iwa Ninja. An Iwa Ninja ran and said: "How dare you underestimate us, it is really unforgivable!" In a few moments, the Iwa Ninja had arrived at Kakuzu's side, and the kunai in the Iwa Ninja's hand was directly inserted into Kakuzu's heart. Seeing that he had succeeded in one blow, Iwa Ninja had a smile on his face and said: "How dare you be so arrogant! It turns out that your strength is so unbearable." "Be careful!" A warning came from the Iwa Ninja. The Iwa Ninja was just about to evacuate, but he saw the tentacles on Kakuzu's body swarming out and wrapping around him before he had time to react. The rest of the people only heard the sound of whining. The Iwa ninja didn't even say a word and died tragically at the hands of Kakuzu. Everyone looked at Kakuzu in fear, trembling all over, but some people were even more unbearable. For example, a dignitary in the back looked at the blood flowing from the tentacles and vomited. Yumi's face turned red when she heard the conversation between Zakaki and Kakuzu, but when she saw Kakuzu's tactics, her face turned pale. Originally, because of Takaki, Yumei did not investigate the visitor carefully and just took a brief look at him, thinking that he was Takaki's friend. When the Iwa ninja attacked Kakuzu, Yumi realized it. She didn't know it, but she was shocked when she saw it. This ninja actually had all attributes! "Mr. Zakaki! We said goodbye to each other back then, so we haven't seen each other for four years. It seems that Mr. Zakaki's strength has improved again?" A person came out from behind and said to Zakaki. Zakaki looked at this person, he seemed familiar, but he couldn't remember him. So he looked towards Yumi, but Yiren gave her an indifferent look. Zakaki whispered: "Who is your Excellency?" "I am Leech!" Leech said slowly. Tochigi remembered that it turned out that the elite of the battle against the mission of Tochigi that year, as if he had injured and arrested him, but was later intercepted and destroyed by Tochigi. Zakaki looked at Shilee, nodded and said, "So it was you? I know that I made a mistake and failed to kill you. Hibiki feels ridiculous even thinking about it." Shilee didn't answer Takaki's words anymore, and waited for Kakuzu to say: "Look at the Taki-nin mark on your head, you are still a defecting ninja, and you can use such secret techniques. If the reference is correct, you were the one thirty years ago. Kakuzu who became famous on the battlefield, right?" Jiao Duxiao, does anyone still remember me? Kid, how old are you this year? " Stone Leech shook his head and said: "I am forty this year! But you can still call me a kid." "Kakuzu-senpai! Now is not the time to chat! If Iwa Ninja sends people to support him again, it will be troublesome!" Zakaki reminded from behind. "Well, that makes sense. Take your wife away and leave this place to me!" Kakuzu turned to Zakaki and said. "Yeah!" Zakaki nodded, and then got into the ground. "Do you really think you can defeat me easily?" Yumi stepped forward, quickly took off the kimono she was wearing, took out a kunai from the ninja bag at the back, and pointed it in the direction of Oak wood. He shot once, then pulled out the long knife from his back and slowly landed on the ground. The oak tree in the ground could easily feel the kunai. He turned around and jumped out from the other side. He shook his head and said, "It seems it's still very difficult?" As if she had been approved by Zakaki, a strange feeling flashed through Yumi's heart, and then she said confidently: "Of course!" But as soon as Yumi said her words, she felt danger coming from under her feet again, and she was about to leave. , only to see an oak tree emerge from the soil beneath his feet, then grab Yumi's waist and fly upwards following the inertia. Zakaki turned around and said to Kakuzu: "Senior Kakuzu, I leave this to you! Let's cooperate again when we have time!" Kakuzu made an OK gesture to Zakaki and murmured: "What a frightening earth escape technique! Don't think about it now. There is still a lot of money to be collected here, but it is still a bit troublesome, but it is cheaper." This kid!" Zakaki smelled the fragrance of the beautiful woman in his arms and kept running towards the distance. This reminded Zakaki of the legendary flower-picking thieves. It seemed that only when they stole women from good families and were afraid of being chased by others, they would run non-stop. Escape. Zakaki glanced down at Yumi and found that she was looking at him blankly. Zakaki asked softly: "You were caught by me like this, aren't you afraid that others will say you are a traitor?" Yumi was awakened by Takaki's words. She saw Takaki's left hand was placed on her waist, and her whole body was pressed against Takaki The ambiguous movements made Yumi's little face turn red, and Yumi whispered: "You know you still catch me like this?" Yumi¡¯s words completely blocked Zakaki¡¯s throat, and her tone was like an old lover complaining. After hearing Yumi's words, Zakaki, who was quite natural at first, became unnatural. When he saw Yumi's face pressed against his chest and his paws were placed on Liu's waist, Zakaki became angry. Completely gone. Yumi saw Zakaki¡¯s suppressed red cheeks, put the back of her hand on her lips, and chuckled: "Giggle¡ª¡ª" Seeing Yumi's smile, Zakaki was a little stunned, so he looked at Yumi and said, "Don't you blame me?" "No wonder, I didn't really want to come to such a meeting in the first place. Seeing them acting like philistines makes me feel uncomfortable." After Yumi said this, she looked at Zakaki who was still hugging her, and said with a red face again: "You Put me down." Hearing Yumi's request, Zakaki stopped, put Yumi on the ground, and said, "Are you okay?" Yumei nodded. Zakaki saw Yumi with a solemn hairstyle and wearing tight clothes, and then she remembered that Yumi's outfit today was really stunning! So he said with doubts: "I saw you wearing a kimono today. You look pretty good." "Oh! It was requested by the elders of the family, saying that this was a more formal meeting, that's why it was like this." Yumi's face turned red again when she heard Zakaki's praise, and she whispered. "Then why is there a battle costume underneath?" Zakaki asked again, looking at the tights. When Yumi heard what Tsubasa said, she blushed even more and said like a mosquito: "The servant said that some people have bad intentions." Zakaki shook his head and asked, "What should we do now?" Yumi then recalled that it turned out that Zakaki had captured her again. Yumi glared at Zakaki and said, "If you go back now, you will definitely be punished by Lord Tsuchikage! What nonsense are you talking to that person? Who are you¡ª¡ª, who Is it you¡ªthat one?¡± "Why don't you come back with me?" Zakaki suddenly said something out of nowhere. Hearing what Zakaki said, Yumei tilted her head and asked, "Go back with you? What are you doing?" "Go back and be my wife!" Zakaki said again. Come on, Yumi was so shocked that she didn't know where to put her hands at this time. Finally, she put them behind her back, blushed, lowered her head, and whispered: "Who wants to be your wife? " Only then did Zakaki feel that he had gone too far, so he scratched the back of his head and said with some embarrassment: "Well, I didn't mean to. In fact, I, I -" Hearing what Zakaki wanted to express, his head dropped even lower, and his cheeks were about to bleed. Seeing Yumi's appearance, Zakaki hugged Yumi in his arms and said fiercely: "Yumi, I like you! I love you! I want to protect you!" Yumi was knocked unconscious by Oakwood's sudden attack. Her mind went blank, and her whole body seemed to have no strength. She also lost consciousness. She just felt a sense of comfort, comfort and a joy that she had never experienced before. Oakwood Yumi's embrace was not very generous, but it was very safe. Yumi suddenly felt that the whole world seemed to be filled with sunshine, and only herself and Zakaki were left in the world. In short, it was an intoxicating feeling that made people unable to bear to leave. Feel. But Yumei suddenly felt a sense of depression spreading from the bottom of her heart, a sense of heaviness, which stubbornly conflicted with this intoxicating feeling, as if she had met a life-or-death enemy! Yes, that was the death of my father! Oakwood killed my father! How could I - Yumi pushed Zakaki away fiercely, tears began to fill her eyes. Yumi shook her head and said with a cry: "No! No, there is still father -" Oakwood felt Yumi's movement and said, "That was just an accident! Is this really irreversible? Tell me!" Yumi couldn't bear the feeling anymore and cried: "No! There is no way to save it, this is our fate!" Tochigi never thought that she would be so bold, boldly surprised Tochigi after many years, of course, it also made the Tochigi that many years later: Tochigi kissed Yumi directly, the kiss was clean and neat! At this moment, no worries, no hatred, no identity, no ending! Some are just these two people who truly love each other, and some are just this ordinary yet earth-shattering kiss! One minute later, bang! A slap rang out in the forest, frightening several birds on the tree away. Yumi panted and looked at Zakaki in surprise, and then her eyes began to look reluctant and distressed with a bit of anger. Yumi said in a low voice: "I'm sorry, I can't accept it now." After that, she turned towards the Earth Kingdom. direction. ¡°Looking at Yumi¡¯s back that was getting smaller, Zakaki turned to her direction.Shouting loudly: "Yumi! I will wait for you! I know you will accept it! Even if I die!" Yumi in the distance trembled when she heard Zakaki's voice, and the tears that had just been suppressed burst out of her eyes again. Then Zakaki's voice sounded again, "Yumi! Protect yourself! After the war is over, I will go back to see you!" Yumi cried even harder when she heard Zakaki's words, but silently shouted in her heart, "You want it too Protect yourself!" PS: Many people may not like Ken very much in this emotional drama, but there is nothing we can do about it! If you don't like it, just make do with it first, and the rest will be considered a little **! If you have a vote, please vote for it, thank you. There is another chapter tonight. Three chapters will continue tomorrow! ; Text Chapter 93 Teasing Asuma It was already dark when Zakaki returned to the camp. Looking at the serious-faced Konoha ninjas who were busy coming and going, Zakaki suddenly felt that it was actually quite good to be ordinary. At least you don't have to keep practicing for the sake of your life, keep running for the mission, and keep persevering for the so-called bond! The Konoha ninjas who saw Takaki bowed and greeted him. Takaki smiled in return and slowly walked to his tent. As soon as he walked to the door, he found Asuma and Kurenai sitting not far away, talking and laughing. Remember, Asma got Hong pregnant before we were married! This guy is so shameless. He got pregnant before getting married. This sunset girl is one of the most beautiful women in the Naruto world. She is really like a flower stuck in cow dung. Zakaki looked at Asuma's cheerful look, then thought about his character, and then thought that in fact, this person is quite good, with good strength, good popularity, and a good background. Although he was a little rebellious when he was young, he woke up in time and finally made a great contribution to the development of Konoha. He cultivated the new generation of Konoha's Ino Shika Butterfly, especially Shikamaru, the guy who knew a lot and was almost a demon. As far as Zakaki is concerned, Zakaki still likes Shikamaru very much. He has a laid-back personality, a smart brain, and a tolerant style of treating others. He is definitely a reassuring companion, just like his father. By the way, I don¡¯t know what happened to the Pig Deer Butterfly? They seem to be with the fourth generation. They should still be fighting on the battlefield now, right? Seeing Asuma occasionally making Kurenai giggle, Zakaki shook his head and thought to himself, no wonder Kurenai agreed to have an unmarried pregnancy with Asma, but after a while, Asma had already set his sights on someone else! Zakaki watched Asuma stand up and sit down sometimes, dancing with his hands and feet when he was talking about sex. Zakaki recalled Asuma's appearance as an uncle with a cigarette in his mouth, and looked at Asuma now, Zakaki smiled. Zakaki suddenly had a small idea, which was to tease him. Uzaki walked over to Asuma and Kurenai and coughed. Only then did Kurenai and Asuma realize that Tsubasa had come to them. Kurenai saw Tsubasa and bowed quickly and said, "I've met Lord Tsubasa!" Asma looked at Zakaki and hurriedly shouted: "Hello, senior brother!" I have to mention here the reason why Asma called senior Zakaki. Oakwood, who is becoming increasingly famous, is naturally a role model for the new generation of ninjas. It stands to reason that Asuma's seniority is higher than Oakwood, but because ordinary ninjas call him Master Oakwood when they see Oakwood, if it is based on seniority, then It's a mess, and many ninjas are Asuma's equals. In addition, Shinnosuke has taught Asuma, and Takaki is Shinnosuke's disciple, so Asuma will call Takaki his senior! Maybe you would say that Asuma, who is arrogant and arrogant, would do that? But to tell you the truth, Asma is so shameless! Not only did he scream, he screamed happily! Who is Zakmu? Comparable to a Sannin! Call him senior brother, and others will think you are good at it! This is different from your status as the son of the Hokage. This is undoubtedly a disguised recognition of your strength! So I called, and Zakaki agreed. Zakaki nodded slightly and said, "Asuma, you did a good job and did not disgrace the teacher!" Asuma's eyes lit up when he heard this, and he said: "Thank you, senior brother! I will definitely win glory for my brother!" Zakaki naturally knew the reason for Asuma's excitement. Zakaki's compliment was different from others. Most people would see it as When Asuma does a good job, they will always say, "Asma has done a good job, he is worthy of being the son of the Third Generation!" In fact, they do not know that Asuma has never been proud of his status as the son of the Hokage, or perhaps it should be said that he is resistant. Asuma has been following Shinnosuke since he was a child, and Shinnosuke is more of a father figure in Asuma's heart. In addition, Shinnosuke has always been called a person with higher earth-bending skills than the third generation, so Asuma also hopes that he will be closer to Shinnosuke. , I hope I can be like Shinnosuke in Wind Release! Takashi is undoubtedly the most qualified person to say this, because in the ninja world, everyone thinks that Takashi's attainments in earth escape are already higher than those of his mentor Sarutobi Shinnosuke! Zakaki glanced at Hong and said: "Sunset Hong! I have a task for you, and it is very likely that you will escape death! With your cultivation level, the possibility of surviving is not high, so you have to go with the heart of death! Of course you don't have to go!" Sunset Hong looked at Zakmu, her black eyes glaring. She was sweating profusely. Maybe she was hesitating. Then Hong closed her eyes, as if she had made some important decision, and then nodded and said: "Sir, I will go! As a ninja, you must have the consciousness of dedication!" Asuma on the side was anxious, looked at Hong and said: "Red, don't be so impulsive, think about it carefully!" Then he looked at Zakaki and said: "Brother, why are you sending Hong there? Aren't there so many people? " Zakaki shook his head and said slowly: "Hey - you also know the situation in the village. The loss of combat power has been astonishing. How can there be so many ninjas to provide choices?" Asuma gritted his teeth and said, "In that case, let me go instead of Kurenai. Besides, isn't my strength slightly stronger than Kurenai's?" Uzaki looked at Asuma,Realizing that he had suddenly grown a lot, he nodded and said, "Asma! It's good to have courage, but do you know that this is a narrow escape!" "Brother! I've decided! I'm going!" Asma nodded again. Xiyanghong looked at Asuma's appearance, her face was full of emotion, she pulled Asuma behind her and said, "Master Zakaki, it's better for me to go. Since you chose me directly, you must have considered it. So, let me go!" "No! Senior brother, I'd better go!" "Master Zakaki, I'm going!" Oakwood looked at Kurenai and Asuma with a puzzled look on his face, hey - you said we were here to tease Asuma, but you gave him a chance to show off. Could it be that we were the first matchmakers for Kurenai and Asuma? "Okay, okay! Forget it, I suddenly remembered someone who is more suitable for this task than you all, so you all should not go!" Zakaki turned around and said. ¡°Master Oakwood, you¡ª¡ª¡± Hong seemed to want to say something. Zakaki turned his head and smiled at Asuma: "Good boy! Well done!" Then he winked at Asuma with his left eye. Asuma was startled at first, then suddenly realized, then scratched the back of his head and looked at Zakaki's leaving figure with a sweaty face. "Asuma, what does Tsubasa-sama mean?" Kurenai asked Asuma with a puzzled look on her face. "What's the point? It means that I'm very powerful!" Asma said with arrogance, "Awesome ass, this is just teasing me. Fortunately, I took over in time, otherwise I would have been - Asma think about it" The consequences are terrifying! "That's it! Asma, thank you!" Kurenai said to Asma with a smile. "Haha, no need! You didn't do anything else!" Asuma said, scratching the back of his head. The two looked at each other and then laughed Zakaki was sitting in his seat, reviewing important documents from the past few days, when he suddenly felt someone walking in quickly. Zakaki raised his head and saw Kakashi walking towards him anxiously. "Kakashi? Aren't you on the frontline battlefield with Hokage-sama?" Zakaki asked confused when he saw Kakashi. "Master Takaki, this is the teacher's letter. Our team will sneak into the soil country and cut off the supply line of the Iwa ninja. But the teacher hopes that you will counterattack with all your strength!" Kakashi said and handed the letter to Takaki. "Well, I understand, you go down and rest first!" Zakaki nodded. "Yes!" Kakashi said and walked out of the tent. Zakaki looked at the letter, and what he wrote in his mind was the specific time and counterattack on the main battlefield. The brigade led by Zakaki will attack the two Iwa Ninja bases, then turn around to meet with Minato and directly attack the Iwa Ninja headquarters! It seems that the battle of Shenwukun is about to begin! PS: The last chapter is here today! Three chapters will continue tomorrow. For the sake of my brother¡¯s hard work in updating, so¡ª¡ª ; Text Chapter 94 Akai Ninja Turtle Bobby¡¯s Son "Everyone, the end of the war is not far away! Yesterday, Hokage-sama sent good news. The team led by Hokage personally sneaked into the country of Iwa and successfully cut off the supply line! This means that the Iwa ninjas have to fight with us. The final decisive battle! Therefore, the time for our victory is not far away!" Zakaki said loudly at the swearing-in ceremony of the upcoming ninja team. As soon as Zakmu finished speaking, thunderous applause came from the ground, accompanied by an increase in morale: "Okay!" "We are about to win!" - Some of the ninjas in Konoha are already cheering. Zakaki opened his hands, nodded and said: "Everyone, Lord Hokage has gained such a big advantage for us. If we fail and delay the battle! Then we will be the sinners of Konoha!" Zakaki's face gradually turned dark. Get serious. When everyone saw Zakaki's expression, their a little impetuous hearts calmed down with Zakaki's serious face. Seeing the outstanding mental qualities of the Konoha ninjas, Zakaki nodded and said: "It's not the time to cheer yet, we still have a few tough battles to fight. The first is the Iwa Ninja base in the northeast closest to us! Set off in the evening, press Follow the marching route and tactical requirements assigned by the sight, and go straight to the Iwa Ninja! The villagers of Konoha will use their best things to welcome their heroes! Give the warmest applause to their warriors! Do you have confidence? Do you have confidence?" "Yes!" "Yes!" - The Konoha ninjas below cheered when they heard the sensational tone of coach Zakaki's speech. Zakaki turned his head to the side, put his palms to his ears, and said loudly with a curse: "Didn't you eat? Don't you have confidence? Why can't I hear you?" When the Konoha ninjas below saw Zakaki's actions, they seemed to be stimulated by something, and shouted desperately at Zakaki: "Yes! Yes! Yes!" - The shouts lasted for a long time like thunder, spreading throughout the world. The whole forest. Under the instigation of Oakwood, the morale of the Konoha ninjas instantly soared! The whole group of ninjas were as full of fighting spirit as if they had been given blood, as if they saw the villagers of Konoha singing and dancing to welcome their return. Any Iwa ninja would be like a chicken or a dog in front of the Konoha army! Zakaki returned to the tent, wiped the sweat from his head, and cursed secretly, Damn! Being a commander is really not easy. Not only do you have to take care of all kinds of chores, you also have to learn to improve the morale of your soldiers! When I watched "Bright Sword" before, if Li Yunlong just made a few sentences, the soldiers would rush up desperately! But when I got to my side, I realized that just saying these two sentences was like fighting a powerful shadow-level person! Ichijing walked in from outside the door and looked at Zakaki with a look of obsession, as if he had met a lover he hadn¡¯t seen for many years! Zakaki looked at Ichii and suddenly felt goosebumps all over his body. You said it would be understandable if a girl looked like this. But isn't it strange for a grown man like you to act like this? Zakaki said something and said, "Yijing, what can I do for you?" Ichii then came back to his senses, walked out from the glory of worship, and said: "Sir, you are really amazing! You are definitely the best leader since the founding of Konoha!" Zakaki looked at Ichii with a puzzled look on his face, and then he remembered that there was no such thing in the world of Naruto, and he seemed to have never used it before. He just mentioned the last paragraph on a whim. It seems that Japanese culture is still quite poor. ! Then he said boldly: "This is nothing. As a leader, these are necessary! You must learn from it in the future!" Hearing what Zakaki said, Ichijing became excited and immediately bowed and said, "Thank you for your cultivation! I will follow you to the death!" "Hehehe, by the way, Ichijing, what's the matter with you coming to me?" Zakaki raised his head and asked. Ichii nodded and said, "That's right. Since you just came back these days, Konoha Chuunin Metkai claimed to be your disciple and said he wanted a psychic beast from you. He has come to me many times! But I I don¡¯t know the specific time of your return, and I¡¯m busy with tasks these days, so I didn¡¯t respond to him.¡± "That's right! I understand. By the way, someone else?" Zakaki asked. "Oh! I went on a support mission a few days ago and just came back. After you spoke, he came to me and said that he was worried that you would be busy and wanted me to tell you that he wanted to see you!" Kazui said. "When did this guy become so polite? Let him do it!" Zakaki said. "Yes!" Ichijing turned around and was about to go out, then turned back to Zakaki and asked, "Sir, is that guy really your disciple?" Zakaki was stunned for a moment, thinking of that guy's reputation, and shook his head hurriedly and said: "Of course not, he wanted to call it himself!" Ichijing suddenly understood and murmured: "I'm just telling you, how could you accept a disciple like that!"   After listening to Zakaki, a large drop of sweat appeared on the back of his head. After a while, a kappa walking on crutches and with tears on his face walked in. The kappa limped to Zakaki, lay down on the ground and cried loudly: "Old teacher! I ¡ª¡ªI don¡¯t live anymore!¡± Seeing Akai's appearance, Zakaki tightened his scalp and asked with some concern: "Akai, what's wrong with you? Why are you in such a miserable state?" "Teacher! You don't know. 1 When I went on a mission, I met a guy with a psychic beast. He actually bullied me because he had a psychic beast! If I hadn't used the physical skills you taught me , I almost died in his hands! Wuwuwu - why don't I have a psychic beast?" Akai kept hammering the ground and continued to cry sadly. Zakaki looked at Akai with a sweaty face, and then said helplessly: "Okay, okay! Let me go and ask for you, have you done anything about the Bobby Gang?" Akai glanced at Zakaki sideways, and then continued to cry: "Oh my god! The teacher doesn't care about me, so what's the point of my life? This youth is full of darkness!" "Shut up! Do you still want it?" Zakaki roared at Akai unbearably. Akai stopped crying and whispered, "Yes." "Follow me if you want!" Zakaki said and walked out of the tent. When Akai saw Zakaki walking out, he naturally knew what he meant. His legs were no longer injured, so he stood up quickly and chased after Zakaki. When leaving, don¡¯t forget to give a thumbs up and show off your white teeth! In the forest "Psychic Technique - Bobby!" Zakaki bit his finger and formed a seal quickly. With a bang, Bobby's majestic body appeared in front of Akai and Zakaki. "Hey! How are you, boss! Huh? And there's that kid?" Bobby said to Oakwood's Akai after he came out. Zakaki rolled his eyes at Bobby and said, "You caused the trouble yourself! Didn't you promise to get a psychic beast for others? Have you done it?" Akai looked at Bobby, twisted his waist, stuck out his butt, and said with stars in his eyes: "Um, um, Mr. Bobby, do you still remember what you promised me that time?" Bobby looked at Akai, nodded and said, "Of course! How could Sir Bobby break his promise and get fat?" Zakaki looked at Bobby and thought in confusion, couldn't this guy return to the turtle clan? How to get a psychic beast for Akai? Bobby slapped the ground, and with a pop, a small-sized Bobby appeared, but he didn't look weak. Bobby said to Akai: "This is my son! He will follow you from now on. You can't insult our majesty! He doesn't know much about the world of ninjas yet, so he needs your guidance, but his The strength will definitely surprise you!¡± Bobby¡¯s son looked at Zakaki and Akai and asked curiously: ¡°Dad! Are they the partners you mentioned last time?¡± Bobby pointed at Akai and said, "It's that guy." "You look weak?" When Akai heard that Bobby's son said that he was weak, he hurriedly spun a few times in the air and said, "I am the noble Canglan beast of Konoha! How can I be weak?" Bobby¡¯s son continued: ¡°It¡¯s a little silly!¡± As soon as he said this, Akai fell directly from the air. "No more talking, it's settled! Son, didn't you yell to go out for a walk? Follow him, it won't be a big problem!" Bobby nodded. After that, Akai took Bobby¡¯s son to sign the contract, leaving only a somewhat proud Bobby and a wide-eyed Zakaki. "Bobby, where did you get your son? Why didn't I know?" "Hahaha, of course I can't tell you that none of your opponents are easy to mess with. If you know you can't summon him often? Then my son still has to suffer a lot?" "Fuck! By the way, aren't you a male? Why do you still have a son?" ¡°This¡ª¡ª, you also understand! Men, what do you always want? So there is a result!¡± "I'll give it a try! But you have pretty good sense!" "Of course, although this kid is too hot-blooded, he has the potential to become a strong man! My son is right to follow him!" Zakaki looked at Bobby¡¯s proud look and thought to himself, he is indeed an old monster who has lived for so many years, he has really good eyesight! How could Iron-Blooded Kai be a weakling? PS: The two chapters tonight will be Xiao**! Please wait and see! Hahaha, if you think the writing is okay, just vote for it. It's really tragic. The great masters in front of you have opened a chapter to ask for it.Vote, we don¡¯t have many people voting now! Why¡ª¡ª ; Text Chapter 95 Senmu is dead! ! ! Zakaki, who led the Konoha ninja army, had already invaded a base of the Iwa ninja. Looking at the overwhelming Konoha army, Zakaki knew that the first step of the mission had been completed. In fact, the entire tactical arrangement is very simple. Zakaki uses earth clones to lure several people in charge of Iwa Ninja to leave, and then the main body of Zakaki leads the team directly to the lair! Then Zakaki led people to outflank the leaders of Iwa Ninja, and then the battle was decided! Of course, the battle process cannot be simply described in a few sentences. For example, Zakaki knows why he calls Akai the noble Canglan beast of Konoha. This guy is like a beast on the battlefield, holding nunchucks and wandering around. When he catches someone with similar strength to himself, he pounces on him, kills one, and then moves on to the next one. He doesn't seem to feel tired! Zakaki understood why every country would say that wind attribute is a good chakra attribute. This thing is so practical. It can increase speed and make weapons sharper, such as Asma! Zakaki also knew the benefits of illusion. When someone else was fighting, if she suddenly threw an illusion in front of her, she would definitely be lost for a few seconds. How many seconds would she be lost? Okay, you're dead! Such as sunset red! In short, Zakaki knew why Akai and the others were specifically written out by AB. It was for no other reason than that these guys were just too good! If their people were here more than ten years later, I believe that there would be no need for oak wood to contribute, and this not-so-large base would be finished! Of course, this is a bit exaggerated, but it illustrates the truth from the side. Akai, Hong, and Asuma, their talents and strength are definitely good! Zakaki led the team towards the second base. "Brother, why don't we go directly to fight the Hokage in the north, but go back and eliminate the Iwa Ninja in the south? Isn't this unnecessary?" Asuma said after Zakaki. "Asma, I see you are quite smart usually, why do you ask such idiotic questions? Of course you are going to destroy the enemy's vitality!" Akai said disdainfully. Zakaki glared at Akai and said to Asuma: "What Akai said is part of it. The most important thing is to confuse the enemy's hearing and hearing, quickly join up with Lord Hokage, directly attack the main force of Iwa ninja, and hit him." Caught off guard!¡± "I understand! This is called attacking from the east and attacking in the west. The Iwa Ninja thought we were here, but they didn't know that we were at the Hokage-sama's place. The Iwa Ninja thought we were still entangled with the ninjas in the second or third base, and the deployment on the Hokage-sama's side would be It's a lot less, and if we add Hokage-sama soon, we can definitely defeat the Iwa Ninja!" Asuma added. "That's right! This is the brilliance of Hokage-sama. All members listen to the order, throw away their baggage, and march quickly. They will arrive at the Second Iwa Ninja Base tonight!" After Zakaki said to the ninja behind him, He sped up his running speed. ¡°Yes!¡± Everyone responded and followed Zakaki closely. "Mr. Oakwood, the enemy is found ten kilometers ahead!" A member of the Hyuga family said with a roll of his eyes. "Yeah, I got it. Keep exploring!" Zakaki said to the members of the Hyuga family. "Lord Uzaki, just now news came from the bad bugs that Ichii-kun's troops have arrived at the designated location, but they will attack on time!" A member of the Aburame family held the bad bugs in his left hand and said slowly, the Aburame family member The ninja raised his right hand again and said: "Mr. Oakwood, Mr. Hizashi is also ready! You can launch the attack on time!" "In that case, act according to the plan!" After saying that, Zakaki jumped up the tree and ran toward Iwa Ninja's No. 2 base in a flash. The dozens of people behind him also disappeared in a flash. The sound of ping-ping-pong-pong sounded on the battlefield. It turned out that Hizashi and others had been discovered by Iwa Ninja and launched an attack. The Iwa ninja seemed to know that someone else was coming to Konoha, so he surrounded Hizashi and the others in the figure "eight" position. He did not seal their mouths, but hoped that the ninjas of Konoha would rush inside, but Hizashi who led the team Not only does he have Byakugan, but he is also an elite in Konoha. If it were not for his status, his status in Konoha would probably be worth more than this! How could he not know that there was a trap in front of him, so he used his soft fists to harvest lives among the crowd of rock ninjas, and saved one Konoha ninja after another. Just when Hizashi once again defeated a Konoha ninja from the hands of an Iwa ninja, the Iwa ninja on the side was suddenly attacked by another Konoha ninja. Hizashi rolled his eyes and said to the rescued ninja: " Ichii-kun is here! It seems that Master Tsubasa will be here soon, right?" The rescued ninja looked at Hizashi and said, "Thank you, Mr. Hizashi. It seems that we are not far from victory!" As soon as the Konoha ninja said this, the other side of the Iwa ninja was attacked by the Konoha ninja again. Obviously It was Zakaki who brought people here! After Hizashi saw Zakaki's figure, he said with a smile: "Let's start too, we are going to win!" After saying that, he squatted down slightly, got into position, his face darkened, and he said: "Bagua, one hundred and twenty slaps !¡± The oak tree dives into the soil and then locks inTarget, then appear directly from the target's feet, and then pull the kunai to kill one. Entering the earth again, reappearing, pulling the kunai again, and another one died! Over and over again, no fewer than thirty Iwa ninjas had fallen in the hands of Takaki. Only then did Takaki's earth-bending power become apparent on the battlefield. On the battlefield, instead of dueling with several jounin, you need to formulate tactics and consider the characteristics of various ninjutsu. You just need to keep harvesting life as quickly as possible. Oakwood's method is undoubtedly the fastest. Oakwood hides There is no need to go into details about the ability of breath, nor the use of the Rock Hidden Technique. Coupled with good strength and sharp physical skills, it can be said that he is definitely a dream on the battlefield. The fact that the Iwa Ninja kept falling showed that the balance of victory was already thinking about Konoha's side. As the retreat of an Iwa Ninja leader sounded, the Iwa Ninja completely lost all chances of victory. Akai knocked back a rock ninja with a stick, but the rock ninja who was about to launch a big whirlwind ran away. Akai woke up from the battle and found that the fighting had stopped all around. The rock ninjas also began to withdraw from the battle circle one after another. When Kai saw the Iwa ninjas escaping, he immediately wanted to gather his team to catch up, but in his mind, Oakwood's request before the war came to mind: Once the second base was occupied, he could no longer pursue the enemy, and looked for his own team to rush in the direction of Hokage-sama. go. Akai found his squad, collected the battle losses, reported to the squad leader, and rushed to the next stop. The next day at 10:00, Zakaki's team had all arrived at Minato's location and met up with Minato. "Ozaki, you saved me a lot of effort!" Minato said, patting Takaki on the shoulder. "Hehehe, where is that? It's you who laid out the tactics, and I just followed your orders!" Zakaki said with a smile. "Well, now is the decisive battle with the Iwa Ninja! Tomorrow I will go to the rear of the Iwa Ninja, maybe directly kill the leader of the Iwa Ninja's army. Then you will be able to command the entire army on the frontal battlefield. This The victory of this war has been achieved!" Minato seemed to see the victory and waved to him again, saying with a comfortable smile. "I'm afraid it won't be good if I take charge, right?" Zakaki said with some embarrassment. "What's wrong? Look at the way your subordinates look at you. I'm afraid they won't be willing to be commanded by anyone other than you and me, right?" Minato said jokingly. "Uchiha family¡ª¡ª" "It's okay. They are going to contain the enemy on the northern front. To be honest, this time the Uchiha family has put in a lot of effort for this war! Especially their new clan leader, Uchiha Fugaku! Their losses are not small. The main force this time is The battlefield is with us, so they shouldn't have any objections. So, you don't have to worry!" Minato said with a smile. "Well, I understand! In that case, I agree!" Zakaki nodded Zakaki sat on the commander's seat with his eyes closed, quietly waiting for news to come from the battlefield. Zakaki remembered a saying, the waiting time is the longest! Sometimes Ling Ke goes to participate in the process and doesn't want to wait for the result, even if you know the result. Zakaki didn't go to the battlefield. In fact, he didn't need to go. With the Uchiha family on the northern front and the assassination of Minato on the southern front, he had an absolute advantage of 2:1. Coupled with the memory of his previous life, if nothing shocking happened again, Miraculously, the outcome of this war was basically decided. Sure enough, when Zakaki was about to fall asleep. Xinna walked in from the door in a panic, shouting: "We won. We won!" Seeing that Zakaki still had his eyes closed, Xinna danced and said, "Sir, we won! We won!" Zakaki slowly opened his eyes and said softly: "I understand." Xinna asked in confusion: "How do you know? Are you the earthly clone of Master Zakaki?" A black line flashed across Zakumu's forehead, and he said, "Can I not hear you shouting so loudly outside the door?" I want to mention here, why did Xinna say that Zakmu used earth to clone himself again? This guy always likes to run away when he is holding unimportant meetings or meeting people he is not interested in, leaving his avatar in place to listen to other people's chatter. This is also what Xinna, who has been following Zakmu for a long time, accidentally discovered. Yes, that's why Xinna said this. "Oh! That's it, haha, but are you so happy? We won!" Xinna continued to dance. Seeing Xinna's idiotic appearance, Zakaki ran away from the ground, leaving behind the earth clone and Xinna chatted. An hour later, Xinna, who was chatting happily with Zakmu, suddenly discovered that Zakmu had turned into a pile of loess, and her face suddenly turned the color of pig liver. Then a scream from the command room resounded throughout the camp. " Mr. Oak! How could you do this to me? This is too much! Bastard!" When I woke up in the morning, Zakaki felt that his eyelids were beating endlessly. It had been for several days, sir.?I feel like something is wrong, but the victory has been completely achieved on the battlefield. Now Minato is waiting in front for the Iwa ninja to make the last step to declare surrender. Obviously there will be no more changes! Zakaki has found out about Yumi, and Yumi has returned to the land of earth safely. It seems that due to family reasons, and the Iwa ninja's vitality was seriously injured this time, the Tsuchikage did not punish Yumi, nor did Yumi herself. What damage did you receive on the battlefield? Zakaki touched his eyelids and felt his heart agitated. He shook his head and said slowly: "Hey - is it a neurasthenia?" Zakaki walked in the camp, returning the salutes of Konoha ninjas from time to time, and came to the conference room. As usual, today I will continue to do the work I didn't finish yesterday, and then go to a ninja conference held by myself to assign tasks for war deployment. Zakaki sat on his desk, opened various documents, and reviewed them one by one with a pen. In an hour of anxiety, Zakaki reviewed the documents, but the anxiety did not diminish as time went by, but became more and more intense! Zakaki looked at the time and realized that two minutes had passed since the meeting. Zakaki put down his pen and walked to the conference room. Zakaki came to the conference room, and everyone inside had already arrived. Zakaki walked to the table, nodded to everyone and said: "Haha, don't bother me! I was reviewing the documents just now, and time passed by accidentally." "Thank you for your hard work, sir!" said a bearded ninja below. "Yes! Yes! Sir, you should take care of yourself!" Another group of ninjas said "admonishment". "I'm sorry to bother you all! It's okay, let's start the meeting!" Zakaki nodded and said. Just as Takaki finished his voice, the door of the conference room was opened directly, and a person whom Takaki was very familiar with walked in. The person who came was the younger brother of Takaki's former teammate, and Moriki's teacher Akimichi Tanano! Zakaki saw Tian Fu's dirty look and anxious face, and suddenly an ominous feeling rushed into Zakaki's heart. "Senior Tian Ye! Why are you here? Is something wrong?" Tanano gasped and said quickly: "Ozaki, your brother was killed by Uchiha Iwa!" Zakaki suddenly felt that the whole sky was dark, and a rage roared out from the bottom of his heart. It seemed that his vision was blocked by blood. Zakaki said tremblingly: "You-what did you say? I-my brother-I Brother Morimu is dead!" PS: There is another chapter in the evening. This chapter is the prelude to Tsubasa leaving Konoha and becoming Kamesennin! Those who have tickets must go to the venue! The next chapter is one that I want to write well! ; Text Chapter 96: Fight to the death! At this moment, Zakaki forgot his identity, forgot the occasion, and forgot all the things that should not be forgotten. The Konoha ninjas in the entire conference room could feel the murderous aura released by Zakaki's body. At this moment, no one doubted Zakaki anymore. With such anger, no one would doubt that Zakaki would kill Uchiha Iwa! Kakashi, who was behind Zakaki, could clearly see that Zakaki's nails had sunk deeply into his flesh, and blood was falling on the ground drop by drop along his fingers. The unique fishy smell of blood instantly spread to everyone present. Among the Konoha ninjas, they seemed to have seen another bloody storm, and saw the young but extremely powerful Mr. Oak holding Uchiha Iwa's head step by step into the abyss! "Tell me! What's going on?" Zakaki's words were as cold as a demon from hell, causing all the Konoha ninjas present to shiver involuntarily, including Kakashi, who was closest to Zakaki. When Akimichi Tano saw Takashi's expression, he knew something was wrong. It was not that T¨­no had not guessed the outcome along the way, but seeing Takaki's expression, T¨­no still felt that the trajectory of the development of the matter was far beyond his imagination. Perhaps This young Master Oak may be on the same path as Orochimaru! "That day, Uchiha Iwa and several tribesmen came to the store opened by your brother to drink. He may not know that this store is owned by your brother, so he spoke ill of you unscrupulously in the store, and your brother came forward. Arguing with him, unexpectedly he stepped forward and slapped your brother, and your brother started fighting with him. Finally, finally -" Tian Ye looked at Zakaki's increasingly gloomy face and the murderous aura that almost solidified, His body started to tremble. "Tell me! What happened in the end?" Zakaki's tone also became urgent. "Finally, finally - burned to death by Uchiha Iwa's fireball!" Tian Ye said through gritted teeth. ¡°Pfft¡ª¡ª¡± After hearing Tian Tian¡¯s words, Zakaki was so angry that he vomited blood! "Master Zakaki!" "Sir!" The ninjas in the hall hurriedly came to Zakaki. Zakaki raised his right hand to show that he was okay. Zakaki wiped the blood from his mouth, took off the forehead protector on his head, came to Kakashi, and said calmly: "Kakashi, give this to you. Teacher, just say that I don¡¯t want to rebel against the village! But someone is forcing me!" Zakaki said and disappeared. "Ozaki-sama, you can't act recklessly! Ozaki-sama¡ª" Kakashi chased after Takaki's figure. "Kakashi! Stop chasing, there's no point in catching up. The important thing now is to find Hokage-sama, you go find Hokage-sama, hurry!" Hizashi caught up with Kakashi and pulled him and said. Kakashi looked at Hizashi, nodded and rushed towards the front line where the fourth generation was. On the way, Kakashi thought about what happened these days. He finally understood some real truths, but it was too late, the guy was dead. There is also Mr. Oakwood who, although younger than you, is like a teacher to you. When you wake up, you can discover those people who are good to you but have not discovered it, but by the time you discover it, it seems that it is already too late. Got it! Kakashi rushed forward desperately, shouting to himself in his heart, "Quick! Faster! Faster! We must ask the teacher to rush back before Master Zakaki returns to Konoha!" Kakashi found himself The speed was much faster than usual, but he still felt that he was so slow! It seems like a year has passed, but I haven¡¯t seen the teacher¡¯s shadow yet! Kakashi stared and looked ahead, here it is, here it is! It¡¯s that city! Kakashi accelerated again and finally arrived! "Kakashi! Why are you here?" Minato looked at Kakashi who suddenly appeared in front of him and asked in confusion. Kakashi breathed heavily, handed Zakaki's forehead protector to Minato, and told Minato everything about Zakaki's situation. "What? Oh no!" After Minato said that, he suddenly disappeared, then appeared next to the Ino, Shika and Butterfly trio and said, "Shikaku-senpai, I leave this place to you! I'm leaving first!" Lu Jiu frowned and said, "This is not etiquette, doesn't it seem bad?" "It's too late to explain, and I can't care about so many etiquettes! Goodbye!" After that, he disappeared again, leaving the three of them with puzzled faces. Inarakacho looked at Kakashi who was sweating profusely from behind and asked: "Kakashi, what's wrong? What happened?" Kakashi continued to breathe heavily and said: "Master Tsubasa's brother was killed by Uchiha Iwa!" "What?" Lu Jiu suddenly widened his eyes and said with disbelief on his face. Haiyi and Ding Zuo also looked unbelieving. Lu Jiu ignored the others and turned towards the outer door. "Lujiu, what are you going to do?" Haiyi chased after him and asked. "Request Iwa Ninja to hold a surrender ceremony as soon as possible! Rush back to Konoha! Zakaki may want to rebel against the village!" Shikaku said in a low voice.   Looking at Shikaku's expression, Dingzuo knew that Shikaku's words were true, but he still opened his mouth and said: "This, this - it's impossible, right?" Haiyi also looked like he was waiting for Shikaku to speak. Lujiu closed his eyes, with a cold face, and said coldly: "Humph! The Uchiha family is too arrogant! Do you really think Konoha is their world?" Haiyi and Dingzuo looked at Shikaku's expression and felt horrified. How long has this expression not appeared? I remember that the last time he fought against Kumo Ninja was many years ago. In order to save Shikaku, Ding Zao had to eat chili pepper pills, and his life hung on the line in the end. This is the expression of angry Shikaku! In the end, none of the group of Kumo ninjas left alive due to Shikaku's calculations! This expression appears again. Is there any big move? Haiyi and Ding Zuo looked at each other, then nodded at the same time, saying in their hearts, no matter what, Zhuludie will always be on the front line! He gave Shikaku a look of support. Shikaku looked at the two guys behind him and seemed to understand what they meant. He nodded and said, "Let's go! Find the person in charge of Iwa Ninja!" Zakaki didn¡¯t know how much time it took him to return to Konoha. It was already dark when Zakaki returned to Konoha. Zakaki had an earth escaper appear at the door of his house directly outside, looking at the black curtains hanging on it. Zuomu's heart beat wildly as he opened the door of the cloth. Zuomu opened the door and saw a coffin lying in the middle of the hall. Zuomu slowly approached the coffin, stretched out his hands tremblingly, and touched the coffin. The moment he pushed away, Zakaki suddenly found that he didn't dare to push, and seemed to have no shame to push. Zakaki retracted his hands and murmured: "Brother! After I lift the heads of those guys in front of you, Come see you again!" Zakaki stared in the direction of the Uchiha family and muttered stupidly: "Okay! Very good! Uchiha family, you did a good job!" If someone is in front of Zakaki, You can see blood flowing out of Zakaki's eyes! The originally dark mourning hall now became as cold as hell! Blood dripped into Zakaki's mouth. Feeling the blood, Zakaki swore to the mourning hall: "I swear! In this life, I will fight Uchiha until death!" Zakaki suddenly knelt down in front of the coffin, clenching his fists. , roared at the roof: "Until death, there will be no rest! Until death!" ; Text Chapter 97 Destroyed Uchiha "Third brother, do you think there will be anything wrong if Brother Iwa kills Zakaki's brother?" An Uchiha member in the Uchiha family's patrol team said to another Uchiha member in front of him at night. "I said you have a pig head? Why don't you look at what's behind your back? We are the Uchiha family! No matter how powerful he is, how dare he kill inside our family? Besides, Brother Iwa's father But the elder in the village, Brother Iwa himself is a rare elite in Uchiha, how could something happen?" said the man called the third brother. "That's true, but why do I always feel that something will happen?" the Uchiha member said again. "What happened? Why is there so much nonsense? Do your job well, and you will save yourself from being scolded by the clan leader again." The third brother muttered, then turned his head and continued to patrol in front. Suddenly he felt a hint of danger, and turned around. With a "poof" sound, a stream of spicy liquid was sprayed directly into his mouth. It turned out that there had been a ferocious gap in his partner's neck just now, and the blood was as hot as a broken faucet. Sprayed all over his face. The action in that moment completely made him lose all thoughts, but he felt that something was wrong. Just as he was about to speak, he felt a murderous coolness coming from his neck, and then a cold voice sounded: "Tell me! Where is Uchiha Rock? Tell me, I will let you go!" Countless cold sweats immediately appeared on the third brother's head, and huge waves had already set off in his heart. At this time, he already knew who was coming, so he opened his mouth and said: "Zhao¡ª¡ªSir Zakaki, it's none of my business, it's none of my business. Uchiha Iwa and the others killed your brother!" "Where is Uchiha Rock? I'll give you three seconds, 1-2-" "I said, I said! Don't kill me! They are in the northernmost house. The great elder said that he was afraid that you would cause trouble for them, so he issued a ban on them and did not allow them to go out. He even sent someone to look after them!" "Yeah! I understand! Thank you!" After hearing Zakaki's thanks, the third brother finally let go of his hanging heart. He thought everything would be fine. Suddenly, his neck hurt and he felt his life draining away quickly. He turned around and covered his neck, pointing at the person behind him with a surprised look on his face. However, he was frightened again. A burly man with a height of more than two meters, carrying a fiery red turtle shell on his back, but with a boyish face. Who could that face be if it wasn't oak wood? "You, you -" Before he could finish his words, he fell to the ground. Tsubasa in Kame Sennin mode looked at this member of the Uchiha family and said gloomily with murderous intent: "I'm sorry! Don't blame me for not keeping my word. I can only blame you for being born poorly!" After that, he entered the soil again. The northernmost house of the Uchiha family "What do you think the Great Elder thought? Didn't he just kill a civilian? Is that all? And he locked us up!" A disciple of the Uchiha family said angrily after taking a sip of wine and a bite of food. With. "Brother Yan, it's not like you don't know the identity of that untouchable. After all, his younger brother is the now famous Turtle Immortal Zakaki!" another member said. "Hui! What's the matter? Does Zakmu really dare to avenge his brother?" Universe Boyan said. The Uchiha member named Hui glanced at Uchiha Iwa and shook his head and said: "That's not the case, but even the Ufugaku clan leader said that this oak tree is not easy to mess with, so that must be right! I guess we will definitely have to eat some. suffering!" "Hahaha, that's true. But that pariah named Morimu is still very interesting. He dares to cause trouble for us!" said an Uchiha member. "That's right! Brother Yan, you drank too much at the time. If he hadn't said he was that Zakaki's brother, you probably wouldn't have killed him, right?" "Hahaha, that's natural! Damn, a pariah actually has a rubbish brother of his own. Even though I just asked me to apologize, what is it? Not to mention scolding Zakaki, but even killing him, what can I do? Let me Apologize, bah!" Uchiha Iwa yelled, looking like he had drunk too much. "Hahaha, that's natural!" Several Uchiha members laughed. Just as they were talking loudly, they didn't know that the God of Death was approaching them quietly. "No! There is an enemy attack!" The one named Uchiha Teru quickly took out his shuriken and made a defensive posture, and the rest of the people also began to sense the enemy attack. "Sharingan, open!" Uchiha Iwa felt something was wrong. This was inside the family. It was extraordinary for the enemy to come here. The moment Uchiha Iwa opened his Sharingan, he was immediately stunned by the scene in front of him. Centered on the few of them, a five-meter blue turtle shell-shaped barrier has wrapped themselves and others. What is even more surprising is that there is an astonishing amount of earth-type chakra in the barrier. Uchiha Iwa took out a kunai and gave a test blow first. Unexpectedly, with a bang, the kunai hit the end.?The surface was bounced back. This is a ghost-like voice: "At the beginning, you still had a chance to escape. This technique was originally a defensive technique and had no offensive effect. But you thought that since this was within the Uchiha family, there was no danger! So you were trapped by me. With your strength , which also creates a result, you will be my prey!" "Hmph! You're shameless for talking big, come out, don't pretend to be a fool!" Uchiha Teru said holding the shuriken. "Ah!" Uchiha Teru had just finished speaking. An Uchiha member behind him was already dead. "Ah!" There was another scream. Several phantoms flashed past, and another Uchiha member died. Uchiha Teru opened his Sharingan and saw a blurry figure. He was horrified. Who is this person? How could he have such strength, his Sharingan could only see a blur! In these few moments, only Uchiha Teru and Uchiha Iwa were left. The two faced their backs and were on guard. Uchiha Iwa roared angrily: "Despicable villain, come out! You are so sneaky. What kind of?" "Brainless! Uchiha Iwa, now you are going to accept my anger. Didn't you say that I dare not come to you?" Tsubasa in Kame Sennin state rose from the ground and looked at the two of them coldly Oakwood came to the Uchiha family compound and roared to the sky: "Brother! Today I will destroy the Uchiha family and avenge you! Earth Release - Wandering Dragon Technique!" "Roar!" Eight earth dragons, carrying killings, rolled out of the ground and crashed into the Uchiha family's house, followed by a roaring collapse sound. In the blink of an eye, half of the entire Uchiha family's building had been destroyed! An old man in kimono jumped from the roof to Zakaki and angrily scolded Zakaki: "Little Zakaki, you are going too far!" "Hmph! Uchiha Jingmei! I just want to destroy Uchiha!" Zakaki said and formed the seal again, "Earth Release-Open the Earth-born Rope!" ; Text The Ninety-Eighth Palm: Itachi¡¯s Doubts and Decisions "Children Takaki, I will fight you until death today! Sharingan! Open!" Uchiha Kagaki looked at the scattered ancestral home that had been destroyed by Takaki's ninjutsu, and listened to the wailing sounds of injured clan members. His hands were shaking constantly, and his heart, which had not been shaken for many years, was shaken to pieces like these ancestral homes. The scarlet Sharingan seemed to be stimulated by something, spinning rapidly in his eyes, "Genjutsu - strangulation!" After applying the native rope, Zakaki stood up and admired the countless broken bricks and tiles that had been washed up. Suddenly, he felt a sense of danger. When he saw it, it turned out that it was the elder Uchiha who had just arrived and opened the three magatama. Sharingan, Zakaki trembled all over, not good! He was actually under an illusion! Zakaki seemed to see countless big knives cutting towards him one after another, but his body couldn't move. He was still cut by the knives, and his body was completely covered in the blink of an eye. Zakaki suddenly thought of Bobby, so he had a plan. "How dare a child with a yellow mouth dare to threaten to destroy my Uchiha? How can I, the Uchiha clan, have been established for many years? How can anyone dare to come here and act arrogantly? Thinking that they have learned a few weird ninjutsu and can stop destroying the Uchiha clan again and again. Do you take it seriously?" Uchiha Jingming said to several Uchiha members behind him: "You guys, break his hands and feet. I will let all Konoha know the consequences of offending the Uchiha family! What the hell? Lord Mu, you are just a brat! Huh!" As soon as the two members of the Uchiha family arrived at Takaki, Takaki suddenly started to move. At some point, Takaki had an ax in his hand. Takaki took the ax and slashed it horizontally. With the wind and waves, the two of them were directly struck. An Uchiha member cut him off at the waist. Before the two of them could speak, they saw that their heads had been removed. At the same time as these actions were going on, a large number of Uchiha elites had arrived at the scene. Seeing the clansmen chopped off by oak trees and the houses that had long since collapsed, countless Uchiha family elites felt as if they were in a dream. The Uchiha family It was actually attacked in Konoha, and countless ancestral houses were damaged, and non-combatants in the clan suffered a large number of casualties. If it weren't for the shattered houses that I saw before my eyes and the countless wailing sounds that I heard, I would really doubt that I was dreaming. ! Suddenly an Uchiha elite said: "Everyone, come together and kill him!" "Fire escape, the art of powerful fireballs!" "Fire escape, fire escape - Phoenix fairy fire technique!" "Earth escape, earth dragon bullet!" "Water escape, water dragon bullet!" "Thunder escape, earth walking!" "Wind escape, Big breakthrough!¡± Countless fire escape, water escape, earth escape and various hidden weapons, even mixed with illusions, all flew in the direction of Zakaki. Zakaki raised the ax with his right hand, pressed his left hand on the ground, and shouted loudly: " Xuanwu body protection!" Then there were the sounds of ping-ping-pong-pong, the sound of huge impact, the sound of kunai hitting the surface of the protective body, and all kinds of sounds. In short, it shows that the Uchiha family really has a lot of ninjutsu. No wonder someone said that back then The Uchiha family copied countless ninjutsu and brought them back to Konoha, making great contributions to the development of Konoha. All the ninjas of the Uchiha family stared at the oak wood that had been covered with ninjutsu. Suddenly, a giant ax flew out from the collection of ninjutsu. The giant ax continued to rotate in the air, heading towards Uchiha. Flying in one direction, everyone's eyes followed the giant ax and looked in that direction. It was Uchiha Ky¨­aki! At this time, Uchiha Jingming seemed to be stunned and motionless. "Great Elder! It's dangerous, get out of the way!" A member of the Uchiha Jin family shouted in the direction of Uchiha Jingming. "Great Elder, get out of the way!" "Get out of the way!" The Uchiha members behind quickly rushed in the direction of Uchiha Jingming, trying to prevent the tragedy from happening. "Boom!" Under the eyes of all the Uchiha clansmen, the giant ax nailed the Uchiha Mirror to the ground with great force, leaving only a head with staring eyes and an incredible face! "Great Elder¡ª¡ª" "Great Elder!" The elites of the Uchiha family quickly came to Uchiha Jingming's side and tried to rescue him. "Kill him!" "Kill him!" More and more Uchiha people surrounded Zakaki, even those children who were still in school. There was more or less hatred in the hearts of the children. At this time Together with their mothers, fathers and neighbors, they roared at the "monster" in the middle. At this moment, all members of the Uchiha family seem to have regained their long-lost mentality and share the same hatred! Because, Uchiha's honor for many years fell apart in this moment! It also fell apart in the hearts of all the tribesmen! In this way, another pride of the Uchiha clan, the legendary ninja who once stood side by side with three generations, the great elder of Uchiha, Uchiha Kagaki, died! Minato and Sandai brought the Anbu to the Uchiha family, and saw a messy battlefield. Minato and Sandai looked at each other, and both saw shock and disbelief in each other's eyes. When the third generation saw Uchiha Jingmei under the axe, he was completely shocked and at a loss. The great elder of Uchiha was dead! The third generation looked at Minato and said with a trembling voice: "Shui?, you said you want to protect him, how to protect him? " Minato looked at the Uchiha family who were about to go berserk. He looked back at the dozens of ANBU elites he had brought with him. He thought about the forehead protector that Zakaki asked Kakashi to bring back. Then he nodded firmly and said, "Protect!" "Minato! You are forcing them to rebel! Do you know the consequences of this?" Sandai said anxiously, "Besides, Zakaki is still¡ª¡ª" "You don't need to say it. Those who want to rebel will rebel sooner or later, and if we don't protect one, Konoha may really be doomed!" Minato murmured, looking at the sky. "Minato! I object, you have to know what you are doing? Even if you save, he will still leave!" Sandai said with a serious face. "You said you wanted to hand Konoha to me, right? Besides, I am the Hokage of Konoha now! So, you have to believe me!" Minato said firmly. The third generation looked at Minato and suddenly felt that he was more than ten years older. He shook his head and said with disappointment: "In that case, let's keep it! It seems that I am really old." Several elders of Uchiha have all gathered around Uchiha Kagaki. One of them said to the third generation and Minato: "Lord Hokage, Takaki intends to rebel against the village and has evil intentions. I hope you can cooperate with the Uchiha clan to capture Takashi." Wood, to prove the village rules!" After a long battle, Zakaki had already woken up from his anger. He wiped the blood from the corner of his mouth and stood up and said: "What a joke! Uchiha Jingming tried to stop me from catching the murderer Uchiha Iwa, but I shot him to death! Do you want to spit on others? ?" Why did Zakaki say these words at this time? It has to start from the battle just now. After Oakwood was hit by the illusion, he immediately let Bobby control his body. Bobby used the sacred object of the turtle clan to kill two ninjas of the Uchiha clan, and then used the turtle to protect him. His body blocked the attack of the Uchiha clan, and then Bobby locked Uchiha Jingming with a sacred object and knocked him down with an axe! Just when Bobby was about to continue killing, Zakaki inside his body slowly calmed down, because he accidentally heard a baby crying. Zakaki suddenly thought of his nephew, thought of his sister-in-law, and heard Senmu After his death, Zakaki ran away directly, so there was no news about his sister-in-law. At this time, his sister-in-law should still be in Konoha, so for them, he still left a leeway, at least not to leave any trace of betrayal to the Uchiha family. The talk of the village! "Hmph! Sophistry! Elites of the Uchiha family, over the past decades, the ancestors of the Uchiha family have created countless honors. These great honors cannot be ruined in our hands. Therefore, today you will fight to the last man. You You also need to cut oak wood with your hands!" said an Uchiha elder. "Go to hell! Shuriken!" An Uchiha family elite shot a shuriken in the direction of Oak, preparing to continue the attack. The other Uchiha ninjas were also preparing to attack. With a bang, a special kunai intercepted the shuriken, and then a yellow figure appeared in the position of the special kunai. It was the Fourth Hokage, Namikaze Minato! "Everyone, stop! Don't take action yet. Since the village is here, it will definitely give the Uchiha family an explanation on this matter. But! Now everything is subject to the village's arrangements. If not, we will rebel against the village!" Minato faced the Uchiha ninjas. said. "Lord Hokage! Our great elder is dead. You saw it with your own eyes. The right and wrong are already in front of you. What else do you need to explain? Killing Zakaki is an explanation for our Uchiha family!" The Uchiha elder stood up and said , "Keep attacking!" "Hmph! Are you going to rebel against the village? Anbu ninjas, do you know how to deal with ninjas who rebel against the village?" Minato showed murderous intent and asked the ANBU behind him. "Kill!" the ANBU ninjas said in unison. The Uchiha elders saw that the usually gentle fourth-generation Hokage suddenly became angry, and hesitated a little. They looked at each other, and then nodded. One of the elders said: "Since Hokage-sama wants to intervene in this matter, then I hope it will be handled fairly. Hundreds of elites from our Uchiha sect are waiting for your news! Don¡¯t forget, they are all untouchables!" The Uchiha elder pointed at Zakaki. "Elder! I, Minato Namikaze, am also a pariah!" Minato Namikaze retracted his murderous intent, and said to the elder intentionally or unintentionally with a sunny look. Seeing such a powerful Hokage, several Uchiha elders looked at each other, and one elder snorted coldly at Minato: "Hokage-sama, the Uchiha family has suffered heavy losses, so please do as you please!" "Then I'll say goodbye! Let's go." Minato said to the ANBU behind him. The third generation looked at Minato and Anbu leaving, feeling a little relieved and a little disappointed. It seemed that Minato had become the real Hokage! Zakaki looked at the ruins of the Uchiha clan, then looked at Uchiha Jingming who was nailed to the ground, and thought of those two guys again, and said: "Brother! Also??I've avenged you! "A few of the oak trees disappeared into the dark night. At the Uchiha gathering place, a four or five-year-old child witnessed the entire battlefield, his eyes full of horror. In his eyes, in the entire Konoha, except for the Hyuga family, no one dared to challenge the Uchiha family. Dare to act wildly against the Uchiha family again, including the Hokage! But this strong man dared to come here single-handedly for his brother. This is a shocking guy! Moreover, he is so strong, it is said that he is only eleven years old! But his body? What kind of person is he? What kind of person is his brother, worthy of him doing this? Have the Uchiha family become corrupt? Why are such kind and righteous people the life and death enemies of Uchiha? He wants to change the entire Uchiha family, I hope my father can do it! Well, it seems that I want to be a person like him, but I don¡¯t have a brother? Since you don¡¯t have a brother, be a good brother yourself! The little boy looked at Zakaki's retreating background and murmured: "I, Uchiha Itachi, must be a good brother!" ; Text Chapter 99 Punishment for Oakwood Zakaki stood at home, looking at the child in his arms, and then at the two coffins in the hall. Zakaki didn't even know where the road was and how he should go in the future! Counting his previous life, Zakaki was almost thirty years old, but thinking of Morimu and Keiko's usual voices and smiles, Zakaki found that the tears he was trying to suppress couldn't help but flow down. After Zakaki came back from the war, he went straight to Uncle Yichun's house and learned that his sister-in-law was being taken care of by Grandma Yichun. When Zakaki rushed to the hospital, Grandma Yichun was holding the newborn Xiao Li in her arms and told Zakaki that Keiko died in childbirth. Grandma Yichun He also said that Keiko seemed to have no intention of living. When she heard the child's cry, she told her to let Zakaki take care of the child and closed her eyes. "Oakaki! Hey - Moriki and Keiko are gone, but you still need to support this family! I have heard about you and the Uchiha family, and I don't know about the struggle between you big shots. But I I know it will definitely be bad if I hand the child over to you. Who knows if those beasts in the Uchiha family will forward their anger to the child? I discussed it with the old woman and gave the child to us. !" Uncle Yichun said, patting Zakmu on the shoulder. Zhamu hurriedly wiped away his tears, suppressed a smile and said, "Grandpa Yichun, how can I trouble you?" "Child, what's the trouble? The old couple of us are fine, and the grandson is not here. It's great to have a grandson!" Uncle Yichun said comfortingly. "But¡ª¡ª" "Child, your Grandpa Yichun and I have watched you and Senmu grow up. Keiko and your brother have also helped us a lot. Now that something like this has happened in your family, how can we ignore it? Besides, no matter how powerful you are, What can you do to take care of the children? Listen to Grandma Yichun, it¡¯s settled,¡± Grandma Yichun said as she wiped her hands on her apron. "Yes! That's what I said!" Uncle Yichun took the child from Zhamu's arms and asked Zhamu: "Zhamu, what is this child's name?" Zakmu looked at Xiao Li, who looked quite like Senmu, touched his face and said, "Loke Li!" ? Elders¡¯ Conference "Hmph! Zakaki has committed a heinous crime and killed innocent people indiscriminately. How is it different from betraying the village by attacking his own companions? I suggest that he be executed directly!" said an elder of Uchiha. "Yes! He killed the Great Elder Uchiha and caused countless losses to the Uchiha family! My two sons, Uchiha Teru and Uchiha Uchiha Iwa, are both missing! I suspect that Zakaki killed them, so Cruel, even refusing to give me a body, it is really an unforgivable crime! I am going to kill him-" Uchiha Iwa's father became angrier as he spoke, and stood up directly, going out to kill Zakaki. "Four elders, calm down." Uchiha Fugaku looked at Uchiha Iwa's father and said calmly. "Humph!" Uchiha's father looked at Uchiha Fugaku's vague threat and sat down. "Speaking of murderers, you Uchiha have produced quite a few murderers in recent years, haven't you?" said an elder of the Yamanaka family. "What do you mean? Do your little Yamanaka family still dare to control us?" an elder of the Uchiha family roared. "What if we are included?" The elders of the Nara family and the Akimichi family stood up and said. Fugaku glanced at the elder behind him and cursed angrily in his heart, "What an idiot! Why do all the elders of the Uchiha family have such virtues?" The third generation looked at this scene, took a puff of cigarette, and said: "Today we are here to discuss the punishment of Oak wood, not to introduce the faults of the Uchiha family!" The third generation looked at Danzo who had his eyes closed, and then said : "Elder Danzo, do you have any opinions?" Danzo slowly opened his right eye, glanced at the elders, and said slowly: "Zakaki is guilty, but he is not dead!" "Elder Danzo, did our Uchiha sacrifices go in vain?" Fugaku said. "Clan Chief Fugaku, let's not talk nonsense. You are a sensible person. Hokage-sama, as well as the elders, I have something to do, so I will leave first!" Danzo gave a slight salute to Minato and the Third, then glanced at Fugaku, He stood up and said, "Everyone! Yunyin Village is still watching, and there are not many fighting forces like Zakaki left. Will you go to the battlefield next time?" "Don't forget, even if you don't kill him, he will still leave!" Fugaku still acted as if talking to himself. Danzo didn¡¯t even look back and said in his heart, hum! Even if he leaves, he will still be there for me. His nephew and child are still in Konoha! I will definitely use him when I become Hokage in the future. Is the old guy's plan over there almost ready? snort! The day when I become Hokage is not far away, and then I will unify the ninja world! Minato looked at Danzo who was walking away, and looked at the third generation with doubtful eyes. The third generation also had a puzzled look on his face. Minato said loudly to the elders:"Elders, do you have any other comments?" After half a day, Hinata Hinashi opened his mouth like an old monk sitting still: "It is true what Elder Danzo said, oak tree sins will not lead to death!" "Ah!" "What?" "What does this mean?" The elders in the elders' room were all in disbelief when they heard what Hiashi said. Has the Hyuga family always disliked Hiashi? What does this rhetoric mean this time? Seeing another big boss in Konoha express his opinion, the overall situation has been decided! The oak wood was saved! Minato showed his smile, nodded to Hiashi, and then said: "Everyone, since this is the case! Only the Uchiha family and a few elders are left, so now let's discuss the punishment for Oak! " Fugaku looked at Minato and Hiashi, a gleam flashed in his eyes, he stopped the elders behind him who were about to run away, and said calmly: "Then we will listen to the punishment of Lord Hokage! Now the Uchiha clan has to deal with the consequences, so I will leave first One step!" After saying that, he stood up and walked towards the door, leaving only a group of elders staring with big eyes. The third generation looked at the Uchiha who was gradually going away outside the door, and said to Minato: "I always feel that there is something wrong with Danzo, but he seems to have done nothing recently!" Minato also looked confused. Little did they know that a shocking plan that had been brewing for a long time was approaching them, and Minato was about to die! Konoha Ninja Announcement Office: As for the punishment decision of Oakwood, in view of the fact that Oakwood has seriously damaged the interests of the Uchiha clan, according to the terms of Konoha Ninja, Oakwood will be sentenced to life-long confinement. However, since I am underage, and Uchiha The Bo clan was at fault first, so the Hokage, the elders and the Konoha Arbitration Office decided to give Oakwood the penalty of permanently depriving ninja power. This sanction will be implemented from now on. Konoha Village Announcement Office: The conflict between Oakwood and Uchiha is listed as forbidden to talk about in the village, and violators will be punished. "Brother! It's okay, you're okay!" Asma came to Zakaki's house in a panic, panting heavily, and said lying on the wall. Zakaki looked at Asuma and said with a smile, "Well, I know!" "You know?" Asuma looked at Zakaki and asked in confusion. "Because I've been here a long time ago!" Akai jumped down from the tree, gave Asma a thumbs up, and said with a mouth of white teeth. "Holy crap! I was in a hurry to report the news!" Asma rolled her eyes at Akai and said. "Ouch! It seems that someone is one step ahead of me!" Kakashi's mask rose to his left eye, scratching the back of his head and saying with a smile. "Akai took the lead!" Asma glared at Akai again and said with some dissatisfaction. "This is youth! Kakashi, I win this competition!" Akai walked up to Kakashi and said. "Ozaki-sama, you can't be a ninja anymore! It seems a little heavy!" Kakashi walked up to Takaki and said. "Sure enough, he is my lifelong rival, Kakashi ignored me magnificently again!" Akai cried bitterly on the side. "Well! Senior brother, I will go and beg the old man again, and Kakashi will go and talk to the Hokage. Maybe it will work!" Asuma said. "No need! Actually, it's nothing, I don't care. My brother and sister-in-law are gone, and there's no point in me staying in Konoha! It's better to go out for a walk!" Zakaki patted Kakashi on the shoulder and said. Looking at these three future mainstays of Konoha, Oakwood seemed to be in a much better mood, and smiled at them: "Konoha is left to you!" ; Text Chapter 100 Leaving Konoha Zakaki wandered around Konoha aimlessly. To be honest, he has been in the Naruto World for many years and has been living in Konoha. Looking at every plant and tree here, even the small businessman Zakaki felt very familiar. I was leaving in a few days, and then I realized that I was still a little reluctant to leave. Zakaki secretly smiled and said: "Can't bear to leave? I'm afraid I don't know where to go after leaving Konoha, right?" Zakaki looked ahead with confusion, "Where is my way?" Zakaki vaguely remembered what Orochimaru said when he left. Such a sentence, "You have liking for Konoha but no love in your eyes!", suddenly thinking about it, it seems to make some sense. In the past, Zakaki liked Konoha very much, liked the folk customs here, and liked the scenery here, but as a As a Chinese, no one would consider the place where they have lived for several years or even decades as their hometown. In our hearts, the place where we were born and raised is our real hometown. Only when we leave our real hometown, do we see it in our eyes. Only then will true love be revealed! So even if he lives in Konoha for a long time, Zakaki will never regard Konoha as his hometown. After Morimu dies, most of Zakaki's reasons for staying in Konoha will be gone. So what if he doesn't leave? There are many people coming and going on the street, but Zakaki feels that he is an irrelevant person. He doesn¡¯t know where his end point is. He can only walk step by step towards the place he sees. The one direction in front of him is where he wants to go. Find direction. Zakaki thought of a sentence said by a literary giant in his previous life. Although the connection was not very close, he felt that it was very similar to him, "We are all drowsy people in a dark room, and some of them wake up first." On the contrary, it would be better for those who are sleeping to suffer and slowly die in their sleep!" I don't know what the original words are, but that's probably what they mean. Maybe the entire Naruto world is full of sleeping people, but they just woke up! Zuo Mu was still wandering aimlessly, and a figure in the distance came into Zuo Mu's sight. He was not tall, with black hair and big eyes. He stood in the distance and stared at Zuo Mu. At this time, Zuo Mu I think this girl is so cute. It seems that the confusion just now has disappeared, replaced by bursts of surprises. The girl opposite is Hongdou! Anko walked towards Zakaki slowly, looked at Zakaki up and down, then suddenly took Zakaki's hand and ran in this direction. "Anko, what are you doing?" Zakaki broke away from Anko's hand and looked at her with a puzzled expression. "I know you are in a bad mood, so I take you to eat meatballs! Every time I am in a bad mood, I eat a lot of meatballs!" Anko said and continued to hold Zakaki's hand towards the meatball shop. run in the direction. Zakaki looked at Hongdou running in front, and suddenly felt that it was a good thing to have someone to accompany you. At least someone understood the pain in your heart! Zakaki and Anko were running on the street together, looking at the crowds that kept dodging, and the depression in their hearts was relieved. Maybe learning from children once in a while can release the pressure in their hearts. In this case, let's just have children for once. ! Zakaki suddenly sped up and dragged Anko towards the direction of the meatball shop. Zakaki turned around and looked at Anko behind him along the wind, showing a long-lost smile. "Hahaha, this is Oakwood! That's right. Eating meatballs is more important than anything else. Eat all your unhappiness!" Hongdou's eyes smiled like a crescent moon. Anko looked at Zakaki's black hair flying in the air, and then looked at the faint sadness in the corners of Zakaki's eyes. Suddenly, she felt something hit her heart hard. Anko shook her head and shook the unhappiness out of her mind. Follow Zakaki and run towards the meatball shop Zhamu came to Uncle Yichun's house, hugged Xiao Li, and said to Uncle Yichun: "Grandpa Yichun, I will leave at noon, and the child will be left to you." "Zhaomu! I know what you mean, don't worry, let the child go here, my old man will not let him suffer any harm even if he dies!" Uncle Yichun also nodded and said. "Old man, what are you talking about? Okay, why are you dying? Leave the Zakmu child here with us. It's really hard for you to be a child. Hey! Really, it doesn't matter if you go out for a walk. When you come back, this is your home!" Yichun Grandma said. "Thank you, Grandma Yichun! The village has issued a gag order. Don't tell the children about Uchiha and I. If you can, don't tell the child's life experience. I don't want him to have a relationship with Uchiha in the future." Zakaki said to the two of them. said. "Well, you're right! From now on, I will say that this child looks like I picked it up. Don't worry Zhamu, the child will be left to me." Grandpa Yichun said, patting his chest. "If anything happens in the future, Grandpa Yichun can take this letter to the clan leaders of the Nara family, Akimichi family and Yamanaka clan in Konoha. They will help you after reading this letter. Also, this is me The property my brother asked me to buy, here is part of my brother and my savings, you can use the money to hire some people to take care of it, or rent it out." Zhamu put a bunch of things in the hands of Uncle Yichun. "What are you doing? Looking down on your Grandpa Yichun"?? Or do you think Grandpa Yichun can no longer make money when he is old? "Uncle Yichun pushed the pile of things and said with a bit of anger. "Son, although your grandma's family in Yichun is not rich, the old man can still support a child by selling fruits. Where will your money be used? Besides, you have to wander outside alone. Now you are not a ninja. How can it be easy? Make money? Take it back!" Grandma Yichun said to Zakmu. "Haha, Grandpa Yichun and Grandma Yichun, how can I use the money? Besides, who said I can't make money? I can still do some tasks with bounties outside! Constantly challenging the strong is a ninja's responsibility Some professions require it, so you should take it!" Zakaki pushed the thing into the hands of Uncle Yichun again, and continued: "I hope that Xiao Li can become a ninja in the future! So his training cost will be very high. Money, besides, if my brother doesn¡¯t leave his money to his children, who will leave it to him?¡± Uncle Yichun looked at Zhamu's resolute look, then looked at Grandma Yichun, and then he took the next step and said: "My child, come back when you want to come back and have a look. Don't make yourself miserable outside! I'll take the next step. , I¡¯ll keep it for you, and I¡¯ll give it to you when I come back later!¡± "Well! Grandpa Yichun, grandma Yichun, it's getting late, I'm leaving!" Zakumu glanced at Xiao Li, and then turned around. Suddenly Zakumu turned back, facing the two old people in Yichun, and slowly knelt down. He went down, kowtowed and said, "Thank you both!" "Zhaomu, get up, what are you doing, kid? Get up!" Grandpa Yichun and grandma Yichun pulled up Zakmu. Grandma Yichun patted the dust on Zakmu's legs and scolded: "You kid, why are you giving such a big gift? Isn¡¯t this going to kill us?¡± "Please!" Zakaki bowed to the two of them again, and then disappeared. Grandpa Yichun hugged Xiao Li, looked at the place where Zakmu disappeared, and murmured: "Hey - what a good child! What a good family, but it turned out like this! It's all those bastards who did it!" "Old man, don't talk nonsense!" Grandma Yichun said, hitting Grandpa Yichun Zakaki put his hands in the seam of his trousers and walked slowly towards the gate of Konoha. Just when he was not far from the gate, he found hundreds of ninjas. Some of them were familiar to him, some he was not familiar with, and some he knew. Yes, I don¡¯t know him. Zakaki was shocked by the scale. Is the village going to start a war again? Zakaki walked up to him, only to find that all the ninjas were bowing and shouting in unison: "Let's go, Zakaki-sama!" Zakaki looked at these singing ninjas with a confused look on his face and said, "What are you guys doing?" "Senior brother! Everyone knew you were leaving, so they spontaneously came to see you off!" Asma said to Zakaki. "Zakaki is so virtuous and capable, thank you for your hard work! I would like to thank you here," said Zakaki, bowing to the crowd. "My lord, you don't have to be like this! During the Battle of Platycodon Mountain, if it hadn't been for your lord, my subordinates would have died long ago. How would they have the chance to stand here?" said a ninja. "That's right! Although we can't do our best for adults, if we don't do this little thing! How can we gain a foothold in this ninja world in the future?" Another ninja said. "It's okay for you, sir, to go out for a trip. Aren't you just out for a trip, Jiraiya-sama? I believe that Hokage-sama will revoke your punishment one day! During the introduction, everyone will be waiting for you to lead everyone to fight against Iwa Ninja and Kumo. Bear it!" "Hahaha! That's right! The Kumo Ninja Horsewhip has been restless recently. I don't know what Hokage-sama said about this. If the fight starts again, you must rush back!" Zakaki looked at the faces of these people and said with a smile: "Thank you all for your kindness. It's worth dying for Zakaki to have companions like you. Please come back! I accept your offer. Besides, it's getting late, so I It¡¯s time to leave!¡± "Okay! Have a nice trip, Mr. Oakwood, we'll say goodbye!" "Goodbye!" "Goodbye"¡ª¡ª Zakaki looked at the crowd that was gradually dispersing, then looked at a few acquaintances around him, and asked Kakashi, "How do you know I'm leaving now?" Kakashi touched the back of his head and said with a smile: "I heard what Anko said!" "Anko! That's it, Kakashi, work hard, I'm going to test your strength when I come back!" Zakaki patted Kakashi on the shoulder and said. "Hehehe, okay!" Kakashi said. "And Asuma, I believe you will catch up with the teacher one day. Next time you come back, if your wind escape has not improved, I will kill you on behalf of the teacher!" Zakaki said jokingly. "Brother, don't worry! I will work hard!" "Akai! Have you remembered everything I taught you clearly? If you mess up for me, see how I deal with you!" Zakaki said to Akai. "Teacher! Don't worry, I will definitely do it well! "Akai's tears were flowing like streams. He wiped his tears and said, "Youth! The saddest part is parting! " "You all go back! I'm leaving." Zakaki said to several people with a smile. "Well! Take care, sir!" "Brother, take care!" "Teacher, take care!" Zakmu ducked and disappeared in front of the door. "Come out!" Zakaki suddenly stood on the tree, as if talking to himself. "Captain is still so awesome!" A voice slowly sounded from behind a big tree. Zakaki looked back, looked at the person coming, stared and said, "Are you Zhiyan?" ¡°Haha, it used to be called Aburame Zhiyan, but now it¡¯s called Aburame Take Root!¡± Zhiyan said with a smile. "What? Aburame takes the root? Did you join the root?" Zakaki's eyes widened, "Why do I say it looks so strange?" "Hahaha, it's rare that the captain still remembers me. Think about how ridiculous we were before?" Zhiyan said. "Yes! That's because we are indeed a little naive. To give back our power, what nonsense! I have been kicked out of the village now!" Zakaki cursed angrily. "The captain is joking. You made Uchiha like that, and you killed someone else's elder. In the end, you said you were driven out of the village. Isn't this too unethical?" Zhiyan rolled his eyes at Zakaki and said. "Stop talking nonsense, what are you doing here? How's the situation?" Zakaki asked. "You rebelled against the village! Let's not talk about it anymore. Firstly, I came here to give it to you, and secondly, I was ordered to give you this scroll!" After Zhiyan said that, he took out a scroll and threw it to Zakaki. Zakaki picked up the scroll in confusion and asked puzzledly, "Have you rebelled? Why didn't I know?" Zhiyan shook his head with a bit of sadness and said: "Forget it, let's not mention it. My mission is completed! See you when I have a chance!" After that, he disappeared. PS: The internet was disconnected yesterday, so I didn¡¯t post it. I hope you can forgive me. ; Text Chapter 101 Lu meets Fei Duan Zakaki used an earth clone and stood far away, letting the earth clone open the scroll. It's not that Zakaki is wretched. Who knows if there's something fishy about Danzo's old boy's stuff? If he gets another four-image seal or something, where can he reason with it? "Ouch! Is this how to use the Sharingan? Why did this old boy give me this thing? I don't have any Sharingan. What kind of song is he singing?" Zakaki saw that there was nothing wrong with the scroll, and the body was just fine. coming. Zakaki held the scroll and flipped it up and down. He saw a small line of words written at the bottom of the scroll. Zakaki came close to him and read: "Knowing your thoughts, I will give you a small gift. The Sharingan has endless uses. I look forward to him." cooperation." Zakaki flipped the scroll back and forth, about the method of transplanting the Sharingan, "What's this old boy's idea? I don't have a Sharingan, and I can't stand that crap!" Zakaki said. Mu suddenly remembered that Uchiha Iwa and Uchiha Teru, who were almost cut into human beings by him, were two brothers! correct! Danzo must have found himself leaving Uchiha Iwa and Uchiha Teru behind, thinking he had caught their eye! Damn it, what about it? Don¡¯t you feel particularly awkward when other people¡¯s eyes are on you? It's not surprising that they have a kaleidoscope. Zakaki originally kept these two people alive because he planned to let them see how Uchiha will be destroyed in the future. If you kill him directly, it won't be an advantage for these two bastards. Kill my brother, who is next door to your mother! I tell you that you cannot live or die! Zakaki walked forward, silently thinking in his heart, if he sees someone he likes in the future, he will give these blood chakra eyes as a gift! Danzo¡¯s gift seems to be a good one! After the Uchiha family is wiped out by Itachi, I will give away the eyes of these two bastards! Zakaki nodded and paid attention Zakmu holds a flower in each hand, holds one in his ear, holds a flower in his mouth, and hums a tune. The way he looks at this moment is like a classic adulterer in his previous life, Ximen Qing! What's even more confusing is a strange thing that Zakaki is sitting on. It looks like a camel, but it carries a turtle shell on its back. Its four legs are thick, strong and long, and its neck is also thick and long. It's almost like a miniature version of a giant turtle. Elephant, you can also say it is a baby elephant. In fact, this thing is also Bobby's son. When talking about this thing, we have to start with Bobby. Bobby has ruined many female turtles in his life, so it has created a situation where there are many sons that Bobby himself doesn't know. But a few Bobbys with strange abilities can contact them from time to time. This thing is called Xiaobei. Of course, that¡¯s what Zakmu calls it. Xiaobei¡¯s descendants don¡¯t call it that. Xiaobei¡¯s mother is a Elephant tortoises, this thing was also there in Zakmu's previous life. It seems that the difference between the elephant turtles here and Zakmu's is not that big, so Xiaobei's mother doesn't have any special abilities, but she is very strong! Good guys are almost catching up with Bobby! Then Bobby and Xiaobei would naturally have a great time playing piston sports together, so Xiaobei was born. Because Xiaobei's bloodline is not pure, Xiaobei is not qualified to join the turtle clan, so Xiaobei has been living in a corner with the ordinary turtle clan. Due to Xiaobei's father's genes, although Xiaobei is in the turtle clan The family is not big in physique, but their strength is definitely awesome, even better than Bobby by one point! In addition, he knows how to use water bombs, so Xiaobei is the boss of the turtle family. When Zakaki was traveling around, he found that he was missing a mount, so he naturally used Bobby, but Bobby was not willing to do such hard work, so he thought of his son who was stronger than himself, and then So they found him, and then Xiaobei became Zakaki's mount. Originally, Xiaobei didn't want to do it, but after being beaten by Zakaki Fatty, he had no choice but to let his body be ruined by Zakaki! "Xiao Bei! There seems to be a town not far ahead. Do you want to go have a drink?" Zakaki said, patting Xiao Bei's neck. "Don't call me Xiaobei! In the Elephant Turtle clan, they all call me Uncle Bei!" Xiaobei said with an air of pride. "Uncle Bei! I'm afraid your dad will whip you if he hears this! He calls you Uncle Bei, and your dad calls me boss!" Zakaki threw flowers at Xiao Bei's head. "Then you can call me Lao Bei! What's your name, Xiao Bei? How bad would it be if the juniors heard it?" "How about you, sister? Then should I call you daddy, old Bobby? Damn it, I'm leaving now. I need to find a hotel to stay in later." "Okay, okay, scream as you like. Zakmu will serve me some more delicious food later. I'm exhausted after walking all day!" "What did you call me, Zakumu? Do you believe I'll cut you?" Zakumu dodged a few times and stood on Xiaobei's forehead. "I was wrong! Brother Zakaki, serve me more delicious food later!" ¡°That¡¯s pretty much it!¡± Zuomu sat on Xiao Bei who looked like a little elephant. Under the surprised eyes of passers-by, Zuomu found an open-air restaurant, "Boss, serve some delicious food! If you want more, prepare some wine for my mount! Use it!" It¡¯s a big jar to pretend to be!" Zak MuHe said to the boss. The boss looked at Xiaobei¡¯s fierce expression, and said with trembling legs: ¡°Sir, we don¡¯t have any wine here, we just make some food!¡± Xiao Bei yelled at the boss, "How can you open a shop without wine? Be careful, Uncle Bei will smash it for you! Then he will eat you alive!" "Ah!" The boss had never seen that formation before, and he was so frightened that he collapsed to the ground, "Don't eat me! I still have a few jars of wine in the backyard. I'll get it for you now!" Zakaki looked at the boss who was running away and cursed at Xiaobei: "Why are you so unqualified? Is there anyone like you? Shame on you!" Xiaobei rolled his eyes at Zakaki, "Last time, who didn't have any money? He performed a soil escape in front of other people's bosses and scared others! In the end, he pretended to give money to others even if they didn't want it! What's important is that the guy had a penny in his pocket. No money! This time you say I have no quality!" "I'm talking about you! Don't we have no money? And you still eat so much! I can't help it!" Zakaki said with his hands spread out. "Oh! You are rich now, right? I remember that the day before yesterday, a certain big city lord's family lost a lot of treasures! I don't know who did it with Earth Escape! It is said that other people's families have saved up for generations. The space scroll pretended to be gone!" Zakaki stepped forward and slapped Xiaobei on the forehead, "What nonsense are you talking about? The one here is very close! If you are discovered, it will be over! I can't help it, it's all your fault, you ate so much! All my money It¡¯s all spent.¡± Xiaobei looked at Zakmu with an aggrieved expression, and turned his head aside to stop bitching at him. Three minutes later, the boss appeared in front of Zakmu pushing a cart. The boss called two guys from the store and carried a jar of wine to Xiaobei. Xiaobei didn't say anything, and stretched his head to face The wine jar was gurgling. Zakaki looked at Xiaobei's appearance and slandered secretly, "It's so shameful. How could Bobby have such a son?" Zakaki lowered his head and ate the food in front of him. "Wow, yeah, yeah - what a good thing, it is simply an excellent sacrifice for the evil god!" A loud but somewhat childish voice rang in the ears of Zakaki and Xiaobei. Zakaki stopped the chopsticks in his hand and almost spit out what he had just eaten. This is - the immortal duo, Hidan! Zakaki turned around and saw a child of about ten years old, holding a huge scythe in his hand and looking at Xiao Bei greedily. Isn't this guy a smaller version of Hidan organized by Akatsuki more than ten years later? Damn, what a coincidence? I met Kakuzu a year ago, and now I meet Hidan! ; Text Chapter 102 Belief in King Yama Hidan looked at Xiao Bei who was drinking. He grabbed the sickle and dodged over Xiao Bei. The sickle flashed with cold light and stabbed straight towards Xiao Bei's turtle back. With a clang, the sickle struck Xiao Bei's back with sparks. There was a mark on it, Hidan looked at his scythe and shouted loudly, "Wow wow wow, it's really hard!" Xiaobei turned around and looked at Hidan angrily, "Damn reptile! How dare you hurt your uncle Bei, you are unforgivable!" Xiaobei roared, tilted his neck and pointed directly at Hidan. With a bang, Hidan and his scythe were knocked away several meters. "Hahaha, it is indeed the best sacrifice for Lord Evil God. I am very excited! You should feel supreme glory for your death!" Hidan rushed towards Xiaobei again. Uzaki looked at Hidan who had not yet grown up, with a large drop of sweat on his head. This is Hidan in the future. As expected, he is just like the future generations, a bit stupid, "Tokudune, Tokuriku returns!" "Ouch -" Hidan hit the boulder in a very ungraceful posture, "Who did it? Who put the boulder here? This is a great disrespect for the evil god. I will punish him on behalf of the evil god. !¡± Xiaobao looked at Hidan who was up and down, and said to Zakaki: "Zakaki, do you know him? Such a stupid guy!" "Stupid? Humph! Be careful, you don't accidentally fall into his hands, then Bobby will have trouble with me!" Zakaki said towards Xiaobei. "It's up to him! Hahaha, you're too funny!" Xiaobei said, stretching out his front paws. "You angered me, now you have to accept the punishment!" Hidan jumped up again, and slashed at Xiao Bei again with the blade. Xiao Bei looked at Hidan's appearance and said disdainfully: "Little reptile, come on, let me see How are you punishing me!" Xiaobei looked at Hidan's scythe and looked at his thigh. Xiaobei didn't dodge, he just raised his thigh slightly and pointed in the direction of Hidan. All he saw was the sharp teeth of Hidan's sword. He quickly cut through Xiaobei's scales, and the tooth blade was stained with Xiaobei's blood. Because Hidan had to bear the force of Xiaobei's kick, his whole body was like a kite with its string broken, and he kept flying. The ground rolled. "It's not good! Ninjas are killing people in the street, run away!" "They're killing people, run away!" People on both sides of the street were like headless flies, running and shouting, it was so lively. Zakaki looked at this scene, nodded and thought to himself, it would be good to let Xiaobei, who doesn't know the heights of the world, suffer a disadvantage, so as not to think that the boss is the boss, the boss is the boss, the boss is the boss, and he is the boss! Hidan stood up in embarrassment, with an evil smile on his handsome face, and said ferociously: "Hahaha, I will let you know what punishment is." After that, he started to play with the one he had sacrificed. set. Xiaobei looked at him and said to Zakaki: "Zakaki, what the hell is he doing? Can he hurt me like this?" Xiaobei looked at Hidan with disdain. After Hidan had prepared everything, he began to look like a human and a ghost, and said arrogantly: "Let me give you a taste of what pain is!" After that, a black figure emerged from his sleeves. The steel thorn hit his thigh for a moment, and then he said in pain and joy: "Do you feel good? Hahahaha¡ª¡ª" "Woo¡ª¡ª!" Xiaobei's disdainful eyes suddenly turned to pain, and he roared out the most primitive ghost cry. That guy, Zakaki thought he was being fucked by someone else! Zakaki watched Hidan hit his other thigh again, Xiaobei also yelled, and then the two legs in front could not bear his huge body, and he fell to the ground with a bang, and his whole head collapsed. After stuffing it into the wine vat, there was another pop, the wine vat also broke, and the wine flowed everywhere. Hidan looked at the embarrassed Xiao Bei and continued to say ferociously: "This is the consequences of defying the evil god! This time, you will be offered as a sacrifice to the great evil god!" Hidan raised the black steel thorn. Stab towards his heart. Zakaki looked at Xiao Bei who fell to the ground and knew that it was almost over, so he quickly came to Hidan's side, clasped Hidan's hand holding the black steel thorn tightly with his hand, and said with a smile: "Are you sure Turtle?" His heart is in the same position as a human heart? Are you sure he will die now? If he can't die, isn't that an insult to the evil god?" Hidan nodded and said, "Well, what you said makes sense!" Hidan put away the black thorn and said, "Sir, Evil God, I'm offended!" ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????: Children are easy to deceive. Hidan is quite interesting as a child! "That's not right! Who are you? Why are you stopping me?" Hidan said with a wary look. "I am the owner of that thing!" Zakaki said with a smile. "You are in the same group! I will dedicate you to the evil god, go to hell!" Hidan's scythe turned, and the blade stabbed towards the oak tree, and the blade directly penetrated the oak tree's abdomen. "Hahaha, that's rubbish! It seems evil.Lord God's subordinates are always invincible and immortal! "Hidan looked at the oak tree again and found that the oak tree had turned into a pile of loess. "Ah" Hidan screamed, and his whole body was directly sunk into the ground, leaving only his head and the sickle thrown aside. . Uzaki emerged from the soil, patted Hidan's darkened face, and said with a smile, "You are quite interesting, what is your name?" "You dare to be disrespectful to the evil god! Aren't you afraid of the punishment of the evil god? Do you think your little ninjutsu can hit the evil god's loyal messenger? I came out first to teach you a lesson! Wow -, eh? Why can't you come out? ? Isn't this the decapitation technique in your mind?" Hidan looked at Zakaki with a puzzled expression, but he couldn't see any fear, and he didn't have the slightest awareness of being a prisoner. "Boy, you have to remember! Belief in the evil god is not something you just talk about. You have to learn to be restrained! Let people think that you are a loyal believer, not a fake!" Zakaki continued to pat Hidan's face and said . "Reserved? Do you also believe in the evil god?" Hidan said with excitement. "Well, what did you say! I don't believe in the evil god, but -" Hidan looked at Zakaki with contempt and said, "How dare you speak against me? You are a fake!" "No, although I don't believe in the evil god, I do believe in other gods!" Zakaki said nonchalantly. "What god? In addition to evil gods, what other gods are there in this world?" Hidan asked, looking at Zakaki. "For example, King Yama, the Jade Emperor, the Queen Mother, the Monkey King, and many, many more!" Zakaki nodded as he remembered the Journey to the West in his previous life. "There are such gods? Why haven't I heard of them? Those must be small gods! Wow, hahaha, how can they compare with my great evil god?" Hidan said with a smile. "What the hell do you know? Lord Evil God is just a pawn of King Yama!" Zaki looked at Hidan with disdain and said. "Asshole! I will punish you on behalf of the evil god! I will kill you!" Hidan roared at Zakaki. "Don't believe it! Let me tell you, I know the secret of the tricks given to you by Lord Evil God! That's what I believe in. I know that as long as you touch the blood of others, you can pass through your own body Come and curse him, you can pierce your own body and he will die and you will be fine! Also, I know you are immortal, but as long as you cut off your head, you will have no fighting power, right? Hidan! "Zakaki said with a mysterious look. After Hidan heard what Takaki said, he was completely shocked by Takaki's words, "You - how do you know? How do you know my abilities and - you also know my name!" "Hahaha, I told you! The God I believe in is the boss of the God you believe in. The God I believe in told me. He also said that I will meet you today, and the Evil God you believe in also asked me I'm going to teach you a lesson, saying that you have been a little dishonest recently!" Zakaki continued to talk nonsense. Hidan watched Zakaki pull it off, and was stunned for a moment. Finally, he looked at Zakaki with admiration and said with a cry: "The evil god has not abandoned me. He said that he seems to be still very healthy." Take care of me! I was wrong! I was really wrong! Which god do you believe in?" Zakaki looked at this silly person and said seriously: "What I believe in is called King Yama!" ps: School starts tomorrow and I have to take the train, so there will only be one update tomorrow. Make it up the day after tomorrow! ; Text Chapter 103: Accepting a younger brother named Feidan Zakaki looked at Hidan who was following behind him and felt dizzy, this guy was relying on him! Zakaki sat on Xiaobei's back, and Hidan kept muttering with his scythe on his back, "Brother, can you tell me about Lord Evil God? Really, I never thought there would still be people like you in this world. No wonder you are so powerful, you dragged me to the ground within a few seconds of me, really! Only the Evil God can make us become extremely powerful! Lord Evil God! Your loyal followers are under your guidance I have found the way forward! @#£¤%*¡ª¡ª" Zaki turned around and looked at Hidan, who kept shouting, and yelled angrily: "You're so annoying! Are you annoying? Why are you following me? And don't call me big brother!" "Isn't that bad of you? Didn't you just abandon me? I finally received the guidance from Lord Evil God, how could I give up so easily? You said that you believe in Lord Yama, Lord Evil God's boss, since King Yama is Lord Evil God's boss , then of course you are my eldest brother! By the way, eldest brother, can you tell me the specific situation? Why haven¡¯t I heard from my ancestors before that Lord Evil God has a boss? Could it be that we are too ignorant! That¡¯s not right. , I am the only believer that Lord Evil God values, and you don¡¯t even know it? @#£¤%&¡ª¡ª" Hidan continued to mutter. Xiao Bei and Shen Guo glanced at Zakaki and then at Hidan. He thought about Hidan's weird attack method. Then he thought about how Zakaki had defeated this brat with just a few words. He looked at Zakaki with a lot of eyes. A bit of admiration. If at first it was only under the lustful power of Zakaki and Bobby that Xiaobei succumbed and let his body be ruined by Zakaki, now he is more sincere. After all, he is still a strong man like Zhen. It can increase your strength! Seeing Xiaobei's snoring, evil eyes, Zakaki understood what was going on in Xiaobei's heart, and couldn't help but feel proud. It seemed that the slight punishment was quite effective! But then again, he is a beast after all, his mind is simple! Zakaki looked at Hidan behind him who was still talking to himself, and murmured: "It would actually be good to have a younger brother who can fight like this!" Uzaki made up his mind and waved towards Hidan, He said with a mysterious face: "Hidan! Just now, Evil God-sama informed me and asked me to take you well! After all, you are the person whom Evil God-sama values, so Evil God-sama said, let me teach you well in the future. Let you grow up as quickly as possible, and you will be of great use in the future!" When Hidan heard Takaki's words, his eyes flashed with stars, and he said with admiration: "Really? When did Lord Evil God come? How come I didn't know that I was so disrespectful to Lord Evil God! @#£¤%¡ª¡ª " Oakwood slapped Hidan on the head and scolded: "Why do you talk so much? Didn't I tell you that you should respect the evil god from the bottom of your heart, not just express it with your mouth? You have time to be nagging. , we might as well find a few sacrifices for him! It really disappoints me, no wonder Lord Evil God keeps saying you are useless!" "Brother, is it true? Did Lord Evil God really say that I am useless?" Hidan said with a frustrated look on his face. "Ozaki looked at the ten-year-old Hidan, he was just a child after all, he was easy to deceive! But having said that, if I dare to do Hidan like this and let him call me big brother willingly, I'm afraid we are the only ones in the entire Naruto world, right? Wa hahaha! Zakaki patted Hidan's head and said, "That's because Lord Evil God has too high expectations for you! So, you can't let him down. You are the only believer he likes! That's why he gives you such a gift." Power!" Zakaki continued to talk nonsense. Hearing what Zakaki said, Hidan became excited again and shouted loudly: "Hahaha, I'm telling you! Only I can become the perfect messenger of the evil god!" "Well! Lord Evil God said, let you follow me from now on and listen to my words! Do you know Hidan?" Zakaki said. "Okay, brother, don't worry, I will follow you from now on! By the way, brother, what is your name?" Hidan asked curiously. "My name is Zakaki, and many people call me Kame Sennin!" "Oh! By the way, why does Lord Evil God want to be Lord Yama's subordinate?" "It's because Lord Yama is more powerful than Lord Evil God, just like I can defeat you easily!" "That's it! Brother, is the evil god so bad?" Hidan looked at Zakaki with a scared look on his face. "Asshole! How dare you question Lord Evil God's strength? Hidan, you are too bold!" Oak Fox said in a fake tone. "No! No! That's not what I meant! I'm just curious about why I can easily defeat the Evil God by imitating Lord Yama?" Hidan said excitedly, holding up his scythe. "This! Let me tell you, that's because Lord Yama is in charge of all life and death in the world, so all living things must be under his jurisdiction! Lord Evil God is the number one master after Lord Yama! How can it be wrong?" "I'll just say it! Lord Evil GodHow awesome! By the way, brother, isn¡¯t it the job of the God of Death to control life and death? Hidan and the others asked. "You idiot! Doesn't the God of Death mean anything to you? In front of King Yama, he is just a little handyman, like a village's Kage and a village's genin! In front of the evil god, this is what the God of Death is!" Zakaki stretched out his hand. Little Thumb said with disdain. Lord Death! That's not what I said! It's all this Hidan, I'm just trying to deal with him, but in fact you are invincible in my heart, are you surprised? Zakaki said this, but he was thinking something else in his heart. "Hahahaha! That's what I'm saying! A bunch of fools in the world only know the God of Death but not the Evil God. It's so abominable. How can the God of Death be the opponent of the Evil God? Brother, what you said is so good!" Hidan said to Takashi. Mu gave a thumbs up. "Well, that's right! Let's go to the Land of Earth for a walk!" Zakaki said to Hidan. "Why are you going to Earth Country?" Hidan asked again. "Why do you talk so much nonsense?" Zakaki yelled at Hidan. Seeing that what Zakaki said was serious, Xiaobei asked with a confused expression: "Zakaki, is what you said true? I have heard of the God of Death, but I have never heard of the Evil God, nor the Evil God. Have you ever heard of King Yama!" "What do you know? If you knew everything, how could you be defeated by Hidan so easily? Right, Hidan?" Zakaki asked Hidan who was walking down. "That's natural! What the hell are you? How can a stupid person like you know the greatness of the evil god? If you dare to talk nonsense again, be careful I stew you!" Hidan raised his scythe and said threateningly. Xiaobei looked at Hidan's scoundrel look, and then looked at Zakaki's proud look on his back. He shook his head and whispered, "Who are these people? But Zakaki's has a nose and eyes." of!" Zakaki looked at Hidan who kept mumbling below, and then at Xiaobei who looked confused, and couldn't help but laugh wildly in his heart. It seems that this beast and the fanatical believer have the same brain! "Brother, do you have anything like this? Get one for me to ride on. It looks very cool!" Hidan pointed at Xiaobei and said. "You monster, I am not a thing! I am the king of the turtle clan, the great Uncle Bei! Be careful, I eat you alive!" Xiao Bei grinned and roared at Hidan. "Wow, yeah, if my brother hadn't stopped me, I would have sacrificed you to the evil god long ago! You even threatened to eat me, it's so funny, hahaha" Hidan held his stomach and smiled unscrupulously. "I just accidentally fell into one of your little tricks! Uncle Bei must make you look good next time." Xiao Bei said fiercely. "You two, stop arguing. Hidan will follow us from now on, and we can all be considered companions." Zakaki continued, "Hidan, you can walk from now on!" "Why? Brother, it's good to have a mount like this!" "Your taijutsu is so bad, you will suffer in future battles!" Zakaki saw that Hidan's scythe seemed to have no chain, and remembered that Hidan's scythe in later generations should have a very long chain, so he added: "Hidan, is your weapon defective?" Hidan played with the scythe in the air and said arrogantly: "What are the flaws? I think it's pretty good." "Idiot, if there was a long chain, wouldn't you be able to attack from a distance? That's what the evil god's weapon looks like!" Zakaki said with a smile. "Really? Okay! I want to add a chain" PS: Hey guys, please give me a recommendation! ; Text Chapter 104 Sanshou Fish Hanzo Zakaki, Hidan and Xiaobei were sitting by the fire, roasting a wild boar. Hidan and Zakaki were both depressed about Xiaobei's tendency to eat everything. It seemed that he had the same character as his father. , as long as it tastes good, all meat and vegetarian dishes are served here. For example, such a big wild boar in front of you is actually prepared for Xiao Bei. Zakaki looked at the roasted wild boar stupidly. His mind was not about Xiaobei and the wild boar about eating, but about the news he heard at the market this afternoon: Minato still died in the battle with Jiuwei. It fell, and the Kyuubi was also sealed by Minato. At this time, Zakaki sighed, no one can change the rolling wheels of history, not even his own little butterfly! Oakwood looked at Hidan who was drooling as he watched the roasted wild boar eagerly. Maybe this guy would still join Akatsuki, kill Asuma in the end, and be trapped in the family forbidden area by Shikamaru! ?Perhaps feeling the strange look in his eyes, Hidan looked back at the wild boar and asked with a puzzled look on his face: "Brother, what are you looking at? Am I handsome?" "Hidan, do you believe in fate?" Uzaki ignored Hidan's tricks and said in a low voice: "Hidan, do you believe in fate?" Hidan was stunned for a moment, and then laughed: "Ouch Brother, how could you believe that false thing? All fates will disappear under my scythe, and I only believe in Lord Evil God ¡­@#£¤%¡± Seeing Hidan's expression of being exhausted, Zakaki shook his head and said, "Why do I have such problems with such a person? Am I also mentally disabled?" Xiaobei ignored the conversation between the two, but still stared at the roasted wild boar, for fear that it would run away. "Brother, I have decided, I will eat half of this wild boar today!" Hidan said with a bullish look on his face. "Hidan, what did you say? Say it again?" Xiaobei turned around and stared at Hidan, as if he was facing a life-or-death enemy. "I said, I want to eat half. Do you have any objection?" Hidan squinted at Xiaobei. "If that happens, I will eat you¡ª¡ª" The speed of Takaki and his team can only be described as a turtle speed. Of course, because Xiaobei is a turtle to begin with, and Takaki has nothing important to do, and Hidan has to rest for a while, so Takaki and the others' speed Naturally it is slow. Zakaki planned to go to the Land of Earth for a stroll, but at this rate, it would probably take less than a year and a half, so he couldn't even think about it. It was uneventful along the way. It didn't mean that no one brought trouble to them. There was a super thug and a perverted mount beside Zakaki. Even a few blind thieves couldn't help these two things! More than a month of travel finally brought them to the Land of Rain. Anyone who only occasionally wants to watch Naruto is no stranger to the Land of Rain. Not only does it have the demigod Sanshou Hanzo, but it is also the home base of the Akatsuki organization. For Hanzo, Tsubasagi still admires him a lot. Not to mention his strength that is close to that of a god, but his personal character is a guy worthy of admiration. Although he betrayed the original Akatsuki organization with Danzo and Tsubasagi, which led to Yahiko's death, he also As a result, Nagato changed his original philosophy, but in the final duel with Captain Mifune, he learned from Mifune that his original charm is still very strong, and he finally woke up! There is also the Akatsuki organization. It seems that the Akatsuki organization has been initially established at this time. I don¡¯t know if Yahiko will die now. There is also the Kakuzu guy who doesn¡¯t know if he has joined the Akatsuki organization. A lot of doubts are swirling around Oakwood. In his mind, Zakaki looked up at the drizzling weather and murmured: "As expected of the land of rain, it is indeed a world of rain" Before he finished speaking, Hidan's shouts reached Zakaki's ears. "What the hell is the weather? Why does it always rain? I really want to clear the dark clouds from the sky!" Xiaobei looked back at Hidan and said provocatively: "I think the rain is good, it just washes away someone's confused eyes!" "That weak turtle, who are you talking about? Who is confused? If it weren't for the sake of big brother, I would have stewed you long ago!" Hidan raised the bloody March Scythe and waved it towards Xiaobei. When the two of them were about to curse further, they stopped at the same time and looked at Zakaki who was eating an apple on the back of the turtle. Zakaki nodded towards the two of them. Suddenly, two figures emerged from the water stains on the ground. One person stabbed Hidan quickly with a long knife, and the other person turned around and came to Xiaobei's neck. With his left hand, he took out the ninja tool behind his back and shot it at Zakaki. , the long knife in his right hand slashed at Xiaobei's neck. The long knife pierced Hidan's chest, and Hidan lowered his head as if he was dead; the rotating ninja tool was also successful in one blow, and it was nailed to the back of Oak wood by chance; the long knife was also looking at Xiao Mu. North's neck. It seems that the attacker succeeded with one blow! Just when the attackers were proud of their own power and disdainful of the enemy's weakness, something happened that they would regret for the rest of their lives. With a bang, Xiaobei's neck was pushed hard in the direction of the long knife. With huge force, the intruder was directly knocked back ten meters. ThisIt would definitely not end well at this moment; Hidan, who had a long knife stuck in his chest and abdomen, suddenly raised his head, picked up the Bloody March Scythe, and struck it directly on the attacker's head. With a hiss, the Bloody March Scythe penetrated him. The attacker's entire body! But Zakaki was even more outrageous. He emerged directly from the soil with a fainted sneak attacker in his hand. Looking at the corpses of several attackers, Zaki frowned and said to Hidan, "Hidan, do you have a grudge against the rain ninja?" Hidan pulled out the bloody Mitsuki Scythe inserted in the Rain Ninja's forehead, licked the blood on the blade, and said: "I don't know if I have any hatred, but this is my first time in the Land of Rain. Such a ninja seems to It¡¯s also my first time to kill!¡± "It seems that I haven't killed Yu Nin before, right? Looking at the clothes and the forehead protector, it's definitely Yu Nin. How did this happen?" Zakaki said in confusion. Xiaobei glanced at Zakaki and Hidan, shook his head and said, "You are so stupid! You entered other people's territory, do you think others will not trouble you?" Uzaki and Hidan nodded and said, "That makes sense!" "Oh, it seems like this stupid turtle isn't that stupid after all, right? Hahahahaha¡ª¡ª" Hidan patted Xiaobei on the back and smiled arrogantly. "This means that a fool will always get something after all his worries!" Zakaki said with a smile: "Xiao Bei, how did you know!" "Hahaha, of course I know! Because if there is something that competes with us elephant turtles for territory, I will definitely beat them to the ground! So -" Xiaobei said proudly. Zakaki and his party continued to walk forward, chatting together happily. In fact, the reason why Zakaki took Xiaobei with him was because he was afraid of loneliness, and the reason why he took Hidan with him was because Zakaki wanted to test whether the history of Hokage really cannot be changed! If you can, maybe you can do a lot more! Of course, if it really doesn't work, don't put in so much hard work. It's best to save your own life! We are just a small person, and we don¡¯t need to be used as guns for others for the sake of some ¡°noble¡± spirit! There is no need to mess with anyone or anything that shouldn't be messed with! Just when Zakaki was still making small calculations for himself, Zakaki felt a huge chakra coming in his direction. Zakaki frowned and murmured: "Fuck! Just now I said I wouldn't cause trouble, but here comes another awesome person! Hidan, Xiaobei, be careful, there's a master here!" "Brother, what are you afraid of? What kind of master can be your opponent? Plus this stupid turtle, where can't he go anywhere between heaven and earth? Hahaha¡ª¡ª" Hidan stuck the bloody March Scythe on the ground and smiled. said. "Who are you talking about, you second-hand Fei Dan?" Xiao Bei roared at Fei Duan. "Hey, hey, hey, bastard! You're spitting on my face," Hidan cursed at Xiaobei! Zakaki looked at these two guys, with a black line running down his forehead. How could he have two such things as his subordinates? Damn, the enemies haven't come yet, but they've started fighting among themselves! "You are indeed a young master! But, I will not be negligent just because you are young!" A man wearing a mask stood on a mountain pepper fish and slowly rose from the ground. Zakaki looked at the person coming and the Sanshouyu who sat down with him, and his heart immediately stirred up a huge wave. This person is - Sanshoyu Hanzo! PS: Some people may not like Hidan following the protagonist. Don¡¯t worry, this is not forever. Hidan¡¯s fate will be introduced in the next few chapters! What I wrote before may be a bit stupid in terms of language, but it is absolutely necessary to write it. In the future, everyone will know what I am talking about! Maybe this book is a bit too yyy, but I promise, it is definitely a novel Naruto fanfic! ; Text Chapter 105: Defeat Hanzo? "Your Excellency, you must be Mr. Hanzo, right?" Takaki asked warily. To be honest, Takaki is still a little afraid of Hanzo. After all, the name of the tree's Kage is not to mention that he is said to be the top of the ninja world. A strong man - a demigod - is enough to challenge the three ninjas and defeat them all! Besides, the title of Sannin was given by him. Such **oss oak wood naturally has a bit of that! Although he died in the hands of Payne in the end, it also shows that others have that strength, and at least they are respected by others! Speaking of this, I have to say that Zakaki is a typical small-people mentality. Once he hears other people's reputation, he will do nothing, even if the enemy may not be his own opponent! "I heard that you killed two of my men?" Hanzo asked instead of answering Zakaki's words. When Zakaki heard that Hanzo didn¡¯t answer his words, he couldn¡¯t help but feel a little angry, what the hell! Isn't it just that you became famous earlier, why are you so proud? I've been around for so long, and no one has dared to treat me with such disdain! Zaki ignored Hanzo and turned around to say to Hidan: "Hidan, this old boy has some abilities, but with your abilities you can't beat him!" "Brother! That's natural. This old man is nothing! Let's see how I dedicate him to the evil god later!" Hidan nodded. "Hmph! You rude fellows. I see that you are young and talented, so I wanted to let you live, but with such disrespect for your seniors, I estimate that you will be killed in the next moment!" Hanzo said angrily. "Hey, hey, hey! You monster, what are you talking about? If you have the skills, just come over here! I'll let you taste what pain is in a while! Hahahaha" Hidan said arrogantly. Hanzo immediately went berserk after hearing Hidan's words. Due to Sanshouyu, Hanzo was often called a monster by others when he was a child and was isolated by others, so he could not control his anger whenever others called him a monster. Hanzo didn't say any more nonsense, and directly directed a fire escape at Zakaki and the others. Zakaki looked at the swarming fire, and quickly formed a seal with his hands, "Earth Release, Mud Wall Technique!" He saw four mud walls centered on Zakaki and others, rising quickly, blocking Hanzo's fire escape. Zakaki looked at the mud wall that was about to collapse, and said in surprise: "He is indeed a demigod, and his fire escape alone is enough to make him proud of the world!" Hidan behind Zaki said with disdain: "Isn't he just a fire escape, so powerful? Brother, see how I kill this so-called demigod in a minute! How dare you say what kind of demigod you are? It's simply An insult to Lord Evil God@#£¤%" Xiao Bei said to Hidan impatiently: "Stop talking nonsense! The opponent's strength cannot be underestimated. This Fire Release is probably the most powerful I have ever seen! Don't hang on to him for a while!" "No! Down below! Flash-" Zakaki suddenly felt a faint murderous aura coming from the soil, and several people dodged to the tree. Xiaobei and Hidan seemed to have felt it, so they also left the original place. location, hiding somewhere far away. But how can things be as simple as imagined? After Hanzo's fire escape, he immediately entered the earth with Sanshouyu, waiting for the next move, but was discovered by the master of earth escape, Takaki, so the others escaped early. But will Hanzo let them succeed? Hanzo was shocked when he was underground. Not only were his own and Sanshouyu's earth escapes incomparable, but even ordinary jounin would find it difficult to detect his attacks, but this kid who looked to be only eleven or twelve years old could easily Found! After Hanzo emerged from the ground, the first thing that caught his eye was Xiaobei's majestic body. Hanzo didn't think twice, and directly launched a Fire Release at Xiaobei, who was not far away. The Fire Release roared and rushed towards Xiaobei, at Xiaobei's speed. , there seems to be no hope of escaping this blow! Hidan stood not far away, touched his forehead, closed his eyes, and said: "Hey! This silly turtle looks like it is really going to be roasted! Silly turtle, I will avenge you in a while!" When Duan opened his eyes, he found three evil doors standing firmly in front of Xiaobei. Hidan looked at the three weird gates with monster faces and said, "Wow, wow, wow, what kind of trick is this? So handsome and cool!" Those three gates are naturally Orochimaru's signature "Triple Rashomon", and the caster is naturally Zaki! Standing on the tree, Zakaki saw Hanzo coming out and firing Fire Release at Xiaobei, so he bit his finger to summon Rashomon. You will know the power of gangzang's fire escape just by looking at it being burned. You must build something with super strong defense. Xiaobei is Bobby's son. If one of them dies accidentally, how can he explain it to Bobby? So Zakaki released his ultimate move Rashomon! And Rashomon lived up to Orochimaru's reputation and easily took Hanzo's fire escape from his crotch! Tsubasa was not the kind of fool who would be beaten standing up. After Rashomon was released, he burrowed directly into the soil and appeared at the location of Hanzo the next moment. Several people ducked to the Sansho Fish where Hanzo was standing and faced Hanzo. It's just a crashing fist! It seemed that Hanzo lost his mind for a while when he saw Rashomon, so Zakaki's collapse fist hit Hanzo accurately. And halfBut it turned into a puff of smoke and disappeared on the sansho fish! When Zakaki saw Hanzo appearing not far away, he knew that his teleportation technique had worked, so he turned around and jumped off the Sansho Fish. "What's your relationship with Konoha's Orochimaru?" Hanzo asked coldly, standing on another Sanshou fish. "My name is Zakaki!" Zakaki said with an arrogant look. Depend on! It's never a good thing to be looked down upon by others. After all, I am now a well-known Kamesennin in the ninja world! Zakaki thought fiercely. "Kamesennin Oak! No wonder he has this strength, no wonder! I was careless! I reminded myself at the beginning not to be careless and not to underestimate any opponent! Unexpectedly, I was careless this time and suffered a minor injury accidentally. After so many years Apart from that guy, this is the first time someone has hurt me!" Hanzo said slowly while looking at Zakaki. "Mr. Hanzo! We have no intention of making an enemy of you. Just now, your men suddenly attacked, so we took action to hurt people. You are also a sensible person, but you were rude just now. I have always admired you, and this move is quite I don¡¯t understand!¡± Zakaki said loudly as he stood aside. "This old man is really irritating. Brother, what do you say to him? Just kill him!" Hidan said angrily, remembering that he had been passive for a long time. "Hidan! Don't be rude! If you say anything again, I will bury you!" Zakaki said fiercely to Hidan. Hidan saw the angry look on Zakaki's face, and when he heard that he was going to be buried, he naturally stopped talking and continued to chop down the big tree opposite with his bloody March Sickle. "Hahaha, I have long heard that Konoha's Kame Sennin is as famous as the Sannin. It is true! When I saw the Sannin in the early years, I knew that they were absolutely limitless. Today I saw Konoha Kame Sennin Uzaki! It seems! Konoha is really a good place, with such heroes one after another!" Hanzo was a little happy when he heard Zakaki's words, after all, everyone would be a little happy when they heard someone complimenting themselves. "Mr. Hanzo, you are overly complimentary! It's just that I'm afraid there was some misunderstanding in your actions this time. We are just going to the Kingdom of Earth and passing through the Kingdom of Rain. There is no harm in it! If there is anything I can't do, I hope you will forgive me!" He said with murderous intent and a smile. "In this case, I have fallen behind, okay! I won't be entangled with you anymore, but there has been civil strife in the Rain Country recently, and wars are going on in some places, so the traces of these people will naturally arouse suspicion. I guess those of me My subordinates have misunderstood. But please be careful, I am not the only one who has the final say in the current Rain Country. Some people in some places are very difficult to deal with. Please be careful!" Hanzo nodded and said. Seeing Hanzo about to leave, Zakaki nodded and said, "Mr. Hanzo, go slowly! I'll see you later!" "Haha, goodbye then!" Hanzo said and turned around in one direction. After walking for a while, he suddenly turned back and came to Zakaki and others. Hidan quickly raised his Bloody March Scythe, looking like he was about to fight. Uzaki waved his hand towards Hidan, indicating that he was impulsive. "Oakaki-kun! I heard that you are no longer a ninja in Konoha. If you don't mind, you can come to my country of rain. When I fall into the loess in a few years, the position of leader of this country of rain will definitely be yours! "Hanzo said with a bewitching tone. "Thank you, Mr. Hanzo! But that's not my intention. I just want to wander around." Zakaki said with a smile. "This way I won't bother you anymore!" Hanzo said and disappeared into the ground. Zakaki felt that Hanzo had gone away and murmured: "This is a difficult guy!" "Brother! This old guy is quite easy to talk to, and his strength is reasonable." Hidan nodded and said. "It's easy to talk, are you showing off? You have good strength, are you stupid?" Zakaki yelled at Hidan. "What's wrong?" Hidan asked in confusion. "This old guy's strength is not good, he's pretty awesome! There are only three of us. If we really fight with him, we may not be able to defeat him. The guy's poison hasn't been used yet! As for being easy to talk to, you can forget it. ! How many people can escape from his hands? Let's talk about the Konoha Sannin first. If he hadn't been afraid of Sarutobi's revenge, would he have let them go?" Zakaki said with a look of contempt. Xiaobei said with a confused look: "Then why did he let us go?" "Are you an idiot? Why are you letting us go? This old man is caught in a civil war in the Land of Rain. If he fights with us, even if he wins, he will definitely lose his fighting power. How can he fight with others?" Xiaobei roared again. "That's it! That's it! They were obviously afraid of us and were repelled by us!" Hidan said with excitement. PS: Please give me a recommendation ; Text Chapter 106 The first battle with Payne "Brother, what's the matter with your title of Kame Sennin? And what are those gates? It's so cool! Can you leave it to me? That way you can have the aura of the evil god!" Hidan pestered Uzaki , asked Zakaki. "Actually, this is nothing. I just used a few tricks on Xiaobei and his father during the war with the Earth Kingdom. It was a simple Kame Sennin mode, so everyone called him Kame Sennin! As for the three gates and the Orochimaru changed his moves!" Zakaki explained impatiently. "Orochimaru? Is that the disgusting-looking guy?" Hidan asked. "Well, have you met him?" "I saw it once. That time I had just received the blessing from Lord Evil God, and that guy was doing something with our seniors there! That guy looked disgusting, and he kept licking his lips with his tongue. !" Hidan looked disdainful. Zakaki thought of Orochimaru's appearance and his lonely eyes, and murmured: "Actually, he is also a poor guy." "What?" Hidan looked surprised. "Nothing. By the way, we've been walking for two more days, and I guess we've walked most of the Rain Country. I heard that old guy Hanzo said there's a war going on here, so we'd better be careful. There are a few real people here. Master!" Zakaki said, looking at the still raining sky. "What kind of master can there be? That old guy Hanzo is really good. This country of rain is his territory, so he is the most powerful! Are you a stupid turtle?" Hidan looked at Xiaobei and said. Xiao Bei rolled his eyes at Hidan and said nothing, just lowered his head and continued walking forward. "Ozaki also gave Hidan a blank look, no master?" Holy shit! Damn, half of the masters in the entire Naruto world are here, right? Your boy seems to be one of these people, "It's always right to be careful. Since you can fight Hanzo for so long and make him wary of us, it means that his opponent is definitely not bad, at least not worse than him!" Mu said with a warning tone. "Brother, I understand, I understand!" Hidan looked impatient. Aside from the ghosts of the rain of rain, the country of rain is still good. At least the forest here is dense, especially the fish here is really delicious. Some people say that rain is the cleanest water in the world. It has not been polluted in any way and can wash away all ugliness and filth. Zakaki wondered if it was because it rained a lot here that Nagato wanted to build a kingdom here? Ever since he experienced the Hanzo incident, Tsubasa always felt that he would be targeted by Nagato. He remembered that Jiraiya had been discovered by him when he entered Nagato's territory before. It seemed that he would be discovered as long as he entered the land of rain. What is that rain tiger freedom? That's why he discovered it, right? Zakaki looked up at the rainwater that was pouring down, but he couldn't seem to see anything. Could it be that the rain was caused by nature? Zakaki looked at the endless forest, then looked at the rainwater that accidentally fell into his mouth, and then thought about Nagato manipulating the corpse. His stomach couldn't help but churn. Could this rainwater be Did they do it? Holy shit! "Xiaobei! Hidan! Speed ??up and get out of the Rain Country as soon as possible!" "Brother, why are you speeding up? I suddenly feel that the rain here is not so annoying. It seems that the scenery here is not bad?" Hidan said with the bloody March Scythe on his back. "What you idiot Fei Duan said makes sense! Zakaki, why are you walking so fast? Walk slowly and enjoy the scenery, isn't that what you said?" Xiao Bei rarely agreed with Fei Duan. "Why are you two so long-winded? I told you to hurry up! No, this is? -" Zakaki suddenly felt someone rushing towards him quickly. This strength, this feeling of danger, is that he didn't wrong! "Hidan, Xiaobei, don't do anything until it's absolutely necessary! Especially Hidan!" Zakaki said with a serious face. What a damn unlucky thing. Just now I told you not to meet this great god, and now he¡¯s here to kill me! "Brother, who is it? Even that Hanzo didn't see the look on your face, who else is there? Don't worry, I'll kill him later!" Hidan said, waving the bloody March Scythe in his hand. When Xiaobei saw Zakmu's face look like this for the first time, he naturally knew that it was something serious. He didn't say anything, but looked around with a wary expression. Zakaki felt that the visitor was getting closer and closer, and he was more sure of who it was. He had just taken away Hanzo, and now a more powerful boss came. To be honest, facing Hanzo was a little awkward at first. Psychologically, facing this guy, Zakaki definitely felt that from the bottom of his heart! When it comes to powerful characters in Naruto, this guy is definitely in the top three. Moreover, Hanzo is not dead at this moment, and Hanzo said someone hurt him, which means Yahiko is dead! Who knows what state this great god is in? Just when Zakmu was thinking wildly, someone and othersThe posture of the wind came in front of Zakaki. A man wearing a fire cloud robe, with samsara eyes and a few nails on his nose was like a god descending from the sky. He slowly descended from the air to the ground. The whole movement added the word chic. Show it vividly. The man is naturally Tian Dao Payne! Hidan looked at Pain, his eyes were shining with gold, and he said stupidly: "Wow - so cool! Like a god!" Xiaobei felt Payne's amazing momentum, kicked his front paws uneasily, and moved closer to Zakaki. "Welcome Turtle Immortal Tsubasa, and the little brother behind me, the Country of Rain. Are you interested in accompanying me?" Tiandao Payne said condescendingly as he looked at Tsubasa and Hidan. Zakaki looked at Payne's look, and suddenly felt less afraid. Especially looking at Payne's look, Zakaki even felt a burst of fire. Isn't it just that he has a reincarnation eye? As for being so arrogant? Look at that look in his eyes, as if everyone else is just an ant! Holy shit! After all, I am a time traveler, after all, I am a person who knows the plot, and after all, I am also a turtle immortal! I'm afraid of a ball? Why are you so arrogant? You didn't die under Naruto's mouth in the end! "Who is your Excellency?" After Zakaki figured it out, he relaxed and didn't have so many worries. At this time, his momentum was comparable to that of Payne. Feeling the gradually sharpening aura of Zakaki, he nodded and said: "As expected of the Turtle Immortal, he is truly worthy of his reputation! I am under Heavenly Dao Pain! I want to invite you to join an interesting organization. Of course, you can also refuse! But, the person behind you is That one can't do it!" Pain pointed at Hidan who was in a daze. Uzaki looked at Pain, and then at Hidan behind him. He could no longer suppress his surprise. It seemed that fate was indeed irresistible, and Hidan still wanted to join the Akatsuki organization! Zakaki calmed down and looked at Pain's appearance of being the best in the world. Anger flashed in his heart again, and he said with ridicule and surprise: "What a joke! Are you so confident that you can take Hidan away? Can you defeat me?" "Your Excellency, you have misunderstood! I am not going to fight with you, but you should know his identity, right? Hidan is what our organization is determined to win!" Pain said slowly, "Only our organization is his final destination, killing. His mission is to fight bloodshed! Shinra Tenzheng!" Seeing Pain suddenly stretching out his hand, Zakaki knew that he was going to make a move. Before the high-level Xiaobei and Hidan could reach out, a huge force rushed towards him. Zakaki didn't say goodbye anymore and turned into Lai. In the soil, the next moment appeared at Payne's feet. Oak wood instantly emerged from the soil and hit Payne's chin with his fist. But how could Payne let Zakaki get what he wanted? A black thorn came out of the sleeve of Payne's left hand. It went from top to bottom and directly pierced the body of Zakaki's sneak attack. Then there was another Shinra Tenzheng, which bounced Zakaki away. A few meters. "Come out! Zakaki, I know you haven't been hit by me yet!" After Payne said that, he stretched out his right hand and continued to say in the direction of Xiaobei: "If you don't come out, I will be stupid. I don't know what this is." s things!" Zakaki emerged from the ground and looked at Xiaobei who was lying on the ground in a miserable state and Hidan who was lying on his side, feeling unspeakable anger in his heart! When did I get so nakedly insulted by others? Zakaki looked at Payne with an angry look on his face and said, "I really want to ask you about your reincarnation eye! How about we stop talking about a few unimportant people?" "Oh? Do you know this is the Samsara Eye? That's true. It's not surprising to see your skills just now!" Payne nodded and said: "In that case, as you wish! Come on -!" Payne said. , stretched out his hand towards the oak tree. Feeling the huge suction, Zakaki said: "Humph! It's this trick again. It can be used against others. I know the weakness of this trick!" Zakaki quickly entered the soil, and several clones immediately came out from all directions, "Earth Escape. Earth Escape. Dragon bullets!" After the oak trees said this, dozens of earth dragons shot wildly at Payne. "Shenra Tianzheng!" Payne quickly stretched out his hand to deflect the mud bomb. When Zakaki saw Payne launching the Shinra Tensei again, he immediately jumped out of the earth, kicked Tiandao several meters away with a side kick, and then said with a bit of disdain: "I remember that the Samsara Eye should be able to control six bodies, come out together. Come on! You are no match for me!" "Hahaha, good! As Orochimaru said, you are very interesting! But I was careless! Kame Sennin, he really deserves his reputation!" PS: Please recommend! Everyone, the recommendation list has dropped so much that I can¡¯t be found! Give it a push, everyone! Thank you, little brother! ; Text Chapter 107 Oakwood vs Payne The wind is always the best medium for atmosphere. When Payne stood up, whirlwinds began to blow around him, rolling up the corners of the fire cloud robe. Perhaps the blow from the oak tree just now dispelled Payne's arrogance, causing Payne to Begin to be cautious. As Zakaki said, the way of heaven alone is not enough to defeat Zakaki. This does not mean that Payne is not as strong as Zakaki. It is just that Payne's ultimate move is not suitable for such a single combat. The secret of Shinra Tianzheng has been revealed. Zakaki knew that just now Zakaki used his earth clone to trigger Payne's first Shinra Celestial Conquest on the ground, and he quickly carried out an attack on the way of heaven underground. Payne's ultimate moves such as Earth Explosion and Sky Star are extremely inapplicable in such situations. This also creates a situation where Payne alone cannot defeat Zakaki! Here we need to explain the arrangement of Takaki's tactics. First of all, we know that Takaki wins with a large amount of chakra. This reminds us of another tailless beast, Samezu. Everyone knows Kisame's clone. , that is quite awesome, Akai opened several doors before defeating Kisame's clone, which shows the strength of Kisame's clone from the side. It can be said that the current Oakwood clone is not much weaker than the Kisame clone. I still remember that Kisame used the clone to trap Xiao Li, Tenten and Neji. This also shows that the clone is very flexible and adaptable. Zakaki first used several clones to interfere with Payne's sight, and then used the underground body to directly attack. Coupled with Payne's own arrogance, this also created a situation where Zakaki knocked down Tiandao in one fell swoop! Payne looked at Zakaki and showed a smile: "I'm curious how you knew that I still have a clone? It's understandable that you discovered the weakness of my technique just now. This shows that the turtle immortal Zakaki who led the team back then is by no means a waste. It¡¯s a deserved reputation. But I can¡¯t say that no one knows the secret of the Samsara Eye, but the people who know it are definitely only a handful in this world!¡± "It's understandable that you have such questions. I accidentally saw a record about the Immortal of Six Paths. It is said that he seems to have six avatars to control the six paths. Since your eyes are samsara eyes, it means that you have six in total. The clone is the one! But as for what tricks you have, I am very curious. I discovered the time limit of the Shinra Tensei just now when you used it! Your jutsu is too powerful. I always thought that there is no ninjutsu in the world. There is no weakness! No technique is perfect!" Zakaki didn't want Payne to know that he knew the plot, so he continued to confuse Payne. "Well said! Is there any perfect ninjutsu in the world? I appreciate you more and more! Since you want to see Pain's six moves, let's ask for advice today!" After Pain said that, two more people appeared behind him. Body. I saw a body quickly stretching out its hands, pressing it on the ground, and yelling "Psychic!" Just as the voice stopped, a huge rhinoceros appeared in front of everyone. The body standing on the rhinoceros also said arrogantly: " The beast's path!" The other body was obviously fat, but he said slowly: "The hungry ghost's path!" Zakaki looked at the three clones that appeared, clenched his fist fiercely, and felt a little panic in his heart. To be honest, Zakaki now knows how powerful Jiraiya is. It seems that he has killed three bodies. It is easy to think about it, but once he actually faces it, it is not the same. Zakaki is not a selfless person like Jiraiya, he is just a common man. If others don't violate the bottom line, Zakaki will not fight to the death for some ninja or spirit, but he provokes such a big guy for no reason. First, I beat him on the body. What's even more painful is that just now I was still pretending that others were not my opponent. Now it will be better! Zakaki looked at Xiaobei behind him, looking embarrassed, and said to Xiaobei: "Xiaobei, are you okay?" "It's a little trivial! Who are these guys? They shocked me!" Xiaobei said as he struggled to stand up. "I'll leave that rhinoceros to you! Be careful, if it doesn't work I'll call you daddy!" Zakaki looked at Xiaobei with suspicion. "Let's wait until I die!" Xiaobei shook his head and said with anger as he stamped his feet. As soon as Xiaobei finished speaking, the rhinoceros was already charging towards Zuomu with smoke coming from its nose. As Zakaki said, Rhino's opponent is Xiaobei. Although Xiaobei has not been good in these few battles, it does not mean that Xiaobei is really garbage. The best proof is in front of him. Xiaobei bites Ya pushed the rhino's body firmly with its front paws. Seeing Xiao Bei's scene, Zhu Shengdao's eyes flashed with surprise, then he snorted coldly, and pressed his hands on the ground again to channel a huge flying bird. The bird roared in the air, flapped its wings, and leaned down like a fighter jet. Rushing towards Xiaobei. Xiaobei looked up and saw the flying birds, and then looked at the rhinoceros whose nose was still smoking. He roared wildly, and used his front paws with great force to overturn the rhinoceros on the opposite side. Then he ran like a tyrannosaurus with his neck crooked. It collided with Asuka, and with a bang, after Asuka came into contact with Xiaobei, it was hit by Xiaobei and slid backwards for dozens of meters! Zakaki has already joined hands with Tiandao. Perhaps it was because of Xiaobei¡¯s words just now.The words of the strong smell woke him up. At this moment, Zakaki was more than able to cope with the joint efforts of Heavenly Dao and Hungry Ghost Dao. Although several of his attacks were eaten by Hungry Ghost Dao, Zakaki was not hurt at all. On the contrary, Hungry Ghost Dao and Tiandao suffered several negligible attacks from Zakaki, and Zakaki slowly grasped the rhythm of the battle because of several successful attacks. Payne looked as if three bodies were not enough to deal with Zakaki, nodded and said: "It's really amazing. So far, this is the first time someone can force me to this point! So be it!" After that, behind him again A body appeared. After the body appeared, it fired missiles from its arms, and bombarded them indiscriminately in the direction of the wood. It seemed that it still couldn't understand its hatred. The upper arm of the body launched attacks like rockets. It was originally a sea of ??fire. In the position of the wood, the fire wave at this moment is even more fierce! Payne looked at the position of Zakmu and shook his head for a while, but then blinked and was stunned again. The hungry ghost behind Payne immediately rushed into the sea of ??fire. About five seconds later, Tiandao stretched out his hands again and said: "God Luo Tianzheng! Suck! Go!" In just a few moments, Zakaki felt how powerful Pain was. Originally, Zakaki still had the upper hand in the face of the three bodies. When he was about to actually kill these three bodies, he was attacked by the Shura Dao. Seeing that the Shura Dao came out and released a large wave of firepower attack, Zakaki immediately launched his attack. Xuanwu body protection, but who would have thought that the Hungry Ghost Dao rushed directly into the sea of ????fire and absorbed all of Zakmu's Xuanwu body protection. Zakwood naturally escaped to the side, but his body was still unavoidable from the attack of the fire wave, which also caused The oak tree was injured. "Wait a minute! I don't know why we are fighting so hard for? I know I may not be able to beat you! But if I really want to leave, you can't stop me. Judging from your skills, it seems that you should have already become famous in the ninja world, but I But I have never heard of your reputation. I conclude that you don¡¯t want people to know your identity now! If I try to escape, I will make your story known to the world, and this must not be what you want!" Zakaki! Said to Payne. "Kamesennin Oak! You deserve your reputation! This is the third time I praise you! You're right, we don't have any life-or-death enmity, so there's no need to fight like this. As far as I know, your most powerful move should be In Kame Sage Mode, if you really want to escape, I really can't do anything with your earth escape skills." Payne nodded expressionlessly. "Then why did you invite us?" Zakaki asked. Pain pointed at Hidan and said, "Because of him!" "Hidan, why?" Uzaki looked at Hidan who was standing aside like a fool, and then realized that this guy seemed to be under an illusion. "He was controlled by me!" Pain looked at Hidan and said slowly, "I'm very interested in him. He is the first successful case of Gajin's forbidden art experiment. I have already taken a liking to him! Of course. And you, I know that you have been deprived of ninja qualifications by Konoha, so if you are willing, you can come and help me! Of course, I know you are not willing!" Uzaki looked at Hidan, it turned out that this guy had been targeted for a long time, it was ridiculous that he was trying to experiment with his destiny! After hearing what Pain said, Zakaki nodded and said: "Of course I don't want to go, but I can't control whether Hidan stays or goes! As long as he is willing, he can do whatever he wants!" "Okay! Then I won't keep you, but I don't want outsiders to know about my affairs. Orochimaru said that you are very similar to him, and you dared to kill Uchiha Ky¨­aki in Konoha. I believe you will not tell me The matter is reported to Konoha, right?" As Pain said, he released a faint murderous aura towards Zakaki, obviously warning him. "This is natural!" ; Text Chapter 108 Orochimaru's Bond At this time, Zakaki was indescribably depressed. Anyone who was blackmailed and then had his little brother taken away would be angry. At this time, Zuomu and Xiaobei had already walked out of the Kingdom of Rain. Looking at the smiling sun in the sky, Zuomu suddenly felt like pulling him down, bask in the sun, bask in the sun, bask in your mother's head. ! Zak wood took a few stones and hit the birds flying in the sky, but he didn't hit any of them! Zakaki sat on Xiaobei's back, looking at the bloody wound on Xiaobei's hind leg, and said with guilt: "Xiaobei, is your wound okay?" Xiaobei turned around, looked at Zakaki and shook his head and said, "What a big deal. In the past, when fighting for territory with others, I would always get hurt. What does this mean?" Zakaki naturally knows that Xiaobei comforts most of them. How can fighting with several beast families be compared to fighting with Payne's beast! At this moment, Zakaki suddenly wanted to increase his strength. If he was strong enough, Hidan would not be taken away. Although he had no feelings for Hidan, after all, he was the eldest brother, and even the other people's How can I be a big brother if I can¡¯t protect him even when I go back and forth? But increasing strength is not that simple. It seems that I have no good way to increase strength. I have no bloodstain research, and I have reached a bottleneck in terms of chakra alone. If you have a Sharingan, you can study it carefully, but the Sharingan thing has serious side effects, and it always feels a little disgusting to have other people's eyes on you! Zakaki glanced at the sun hanging in the sky again, and secretly mocked: As the saying goes, if you have wine now, you will be drunk now, why do you think so much? Take it one step at a time! Life is unsatisfactory 10 times, there are too many things that cannot be controlled by human power, even if you know the result. Zakaki suddenly thought of Moriki, and of Dan, Tsunade, Orochimaru, and Yumi, whom Zakaki had been worrying about. It seemed that the more he thought about it, the more irritated he became, and the hostility in his body became more and more. At this moment, Zakaki actually had some thoughts. Feeling like killing everyone, Zakaki thought of Payne's arrogant look, and could no longer suppress the evil fire in his heart. He jumped off Xiaobei, came to the ground, and roared: "**! Dog! Damn! Earth Escape - Wandering Dragon Technique!" Eight giant dragons soared into the sky from the earth, roaring and crashing into the surrounding areas. A large area of ??trees collapsed under the Wandering Dragon Technique. Looking at the fallen trees, Zakmu let out a long sigh and found that he felt a lot better, and then jumped on Xiaobei without saying a word. Xiaobei looked at Zakaki's series of movements stupidly, shook his head and said, "Aren't you stupid because of the blow?" Zakaki held a flower in his mouth and sang a ditty. It was obvious that Zakaki had stepped out of Payne's shadow at this moment. In fact, Chinese people are still very interesting. As Mr. Lu Xun said, the Ah Q spirit is a psychology that every Chinese has, and Oakwood must be a model among them. Zakaki no longer has such a strong desire to increase his strength, and is even proud of his own strength. Who is Payne? I dare to challenge four bodies alone. I am proud enough, right? Just when Zakaki was thinking wildly, a gloomy and evil smell came out from a place not far from Zakaki. Zakaki frowned and said lightly: "Is it Lord Orochimaru?" "Hehehe, Tsubasa-kun is still as unfathomable as ever! He actually came out of that guy's hands intact!" Orochimaru said with a smile. "It makes you laugh. You look like you have been chasing me for a long time?" Zaki said, looking at Orochimaru's dusty appearance. "No more nonsense, Mr. Zakaki, you should still remember that I used Rashomon to exchange for your dragon-traveling technique, right? I said at that time that I would use another technique as compensation. This technique has been in my life for many years. It can be taken out after it is perfected! However, there are still some flaws. However, I believe that with Zakaki-kun's ability, this technique can be better perfected!" Orochimaru said habitually sticking out his tongue and licking his lips. "Skill? What skill is worth traveling thousands of miles to bring to me?" Zakaki said in confusion. "This technique is called the Reincarnation of Dirty Earth!" "What? Reincarnation in the dirt? This is-" Zakaki was shocked and confused. Reincarnation in the dirt is one of the most powerful techniques in the Naruto world! That is the key to the last four battles! It's impossible for Orochimaru not to know the value of this technique. Doesn't he do this to give himself his trump card? Could he really give such a big move to himself for a small dragon wandering technique? Or Orochimaru has other plans? Orochimaru was not surprised when he saw Takaki's expression, but said with sadness: "Haha, yes, that is the forbidden technique developed by the second generation! With Takaki-kun's knowledge, he naturally knows the value of that technique, Takaki-kun You must be curious why I want to teach you that technique, right?" Zakaki nodded. "Haha, I may not believe it, Mr. Takaki, but there are actually three reasons. First, I promised Mr. Takaki that I would use this technique as compensation for the Wandering Dragon Technique. Although I, Orochimaru, am not a gentleman, I am the kind of person who breaks my promise and gets rich. Still don¡¯t bother to do it;The second is what Tsubasa-kun did when he left. To be honest, I, Orochimaru, have never done anyone any favors in my life. You helped me that time. The third one is what Tsubasa-kun said. It's funny, a person like me who is not recognized by the world has gained Mr. Oakwood's friendship. Even I am surprised that I care about such a boring thing, but at least the look in your eyes at that moment told me that you are sincere! Having said so many things that make me sick, just think that I want to cut off these boring and possibly non-existent bonds! "Orochimaru spit out a scroll from his mouth and threw it into Zakaki's hand. "Zakaki was already shocked to the extreme by Orochimaru's words. Is the person in front of him Orochimaru?" Orochimaru who is decisive in killing and unscrupulous in pursuing his goals? Still dreaming! He actually made Orochimaru bond with him! Zakaki suddenly felt disdainful of his previous despicable thoughts. What about Orochimaru? Non-vegetation, ruthless Practice makes perfect? Orochimaru is a poor person, and his views are not recognized by others, but he still ignores all difficulties and obstacles and moves forward in the direction he has set. If it were left to his previous life, Orochimaru might have been a great scientist! By the time Zakaki woke up from the shock, Orochimaru had disappeared. Zakaki looked at the scroll in his hand and suddenly felt that spitting it out from Orochimaru's mouth was not so disgusting. Zakaki opened the scroll and looked at the information about the reincarnation of the dirty earth recorded in it. Although it is not enough to perfectly control the characters coming out of the dirty earth, this information about the principles of the dirty earth can be said to have the value of S-level ninjutsu, especially It is for a master of earth escape like Zakaki. But Zakmu is not very interested in the reincarnation of dirty earth. Even though his power is invincible, as a traditional Chinese, no one is willing to make a fuss about the dead! Even so, this dirt principle has great value! As the saying goes, just when you want to sleep, someone will give you a pillow. There may already be a general direction for increasing strength! Xiaobei looked at Zakaki who looked stupid, and asked in confusion: "Who is this person? He seems to be very powerful! I will also give you a technique!" "Who? A pitiful but terrible person!" Zakaki looked at where Orochimaru disappeared and murmured, "Who said Orochimaru is selfish and ruthless? Maybe others are too selfish and ruthless towards him! Bonds? Haha, Naruto The world can never be separated from bonds!" ; Text Chapter 109 Spring is coming The Kingdom of Earth is not a strange place for Zakaki. Zakaki has been to the Kingdom of Earth many times, but every time he has come to the Kingdom of Earth, he has narrowly escaped death. Zakaki and Xiaobei came to a market town. Looking at the noisy vendors, as well as those tall and powerful wandering ninjas and samurai, Zakaki suddenly felt as if he was one of them. Passers-by looked at the pair of Zakaki and Xiaobei in surprise. It seemed that their return rate was 100%, but Zakaki was used to it. After all, there were countless such looks along the way. The world is often full of dandies, such as the few guys with lewd smiles in front of them. It seems that they are attracted by Xiaobei's unique look, or they are angered by Zakaki's actions that he thinks are more fashionable. Maybe they have With other thoughts, one of the guys wearing an official hat came to Zakaki and Xiaobei and said in a mocking tone: "Hey, kid, I'm interested in what you're sitting on, so I'll make a price! "Then a bitch behind him also looked arrogant and staggered to Xiaobei, as if he wanted to lead him. Zakaki sat on Xiaobei's back, looking at these guys dumbfounded. Did he look like he was easier to bully? But any normal person can see that Xiaobei is not easy to mess with. Are these guys just being funny? Or do these guys have extraordinary strength? Seeing that Zakaki didn't speak, the playboy thought he was frightened. He proudly took out a wad of money from his pocket and said, "I, Gangban Rikawa, am not an unreasonable person. Is this enough money?" To be honest, I am very interested in this thing. I have seen too many things in my life, including some awesome ninjas and psychic beasts, but I have never seen this thing like you! Hahaha" The guy didn't seem to notice Xiao Bei's almost crazy face, and kept talking nonstop. Xiao Bei's eyes were filled with anger, and he looked at the dude walking towards him and bumped his head against the man. With a bang, the man was knocked away. Zakaki put his palm between his eyebrows, looked at the person who was knocked away, shook his head and said: "Xiaobei, are you too cruel? You are just an ordinary person, you are like this Is he still alive after the first draft?" Xiaobei turned around and glared at Zakaki, then turned to the few remaining dudes and cursed: "You few bastards, don't let me go, or I will kill you all. Alright?" The dude who just said he wanted to buy Xiaobei, held a wad of banknotes in his hand, looked at his companion who was knocked away stupidly, and then looked at Xiaobei who was scolding, he just threw the money in his hand and screamed with his buttocks. He said: "Ah! You monster!" Then he turned around and escaped from the sight of Zakaki and Xiaobei at a speed invisible to the naked eye. Watching this scene, Zakaki held his stomach and laughed loudly: "Oh, I said, his speed is probably as fast as that of ordinary ninjas!" Zakaki's wandering life is monotonous but interesting. What he saw and heard along the way made Zakaki feel a lot. Zakaki has seen mothers and daughters who died of illness due to poverty, and has seen people wandering around but A very happy tramp, he has seen rich people who seek medical treatment indiscriminately because they are facing death, and he has seen prisoners who were executed for robbery. He has seen too much, and the more he sees, the more he gets tired. There are many things happening in the world every day, which will not change because of the appearance or disappearance of a person, just like the world of Naruto will not change because of the appearance of Zakaki. If the previous Zakaki felt different about his identity as a time traveler, Superior, but now Zakaki knows that he is just a simple ordinary member, just like he was in the previous life, just a simple member! At this moment, Zakaki has truly realized what a state of mind is. Perhaps it is this realization that allows him to truly reach the peak of his future! Jiraiya's coolness is a characteristic of the Naruto world. Perhaps in the near future, Tsukuba's indifference will also be a special scenery! Zakaki put the access certificate into his pocket, looked back at the ninjas guarding Iwa Ninja Village, and thought to himself, peace is better. If it were left in the war years, Uzaki's empty clothes would definitely be taken into Iwa Ninja as a spy. The village's interrogation department. Zakaki has been wandering outside for almost two years. At this moment, Zakaki has grown into a handsome young man. Although he is only fourteen years old, with a height of 1.7 meters and a rather burly physique, he already looks like a handsome boy. There is also a sign of adulthood. Iwa Ninja's release allowed Takaki to come to the street of Iwa Ninja Village as he wished. Looking at the streets with people coming and going, Takaki remembered that he met Yumi who was picking up oranges when he was on a mission to Earth Country, and he seemed to be dumped by her. After a slap, Zakaki touched his cheek, thinking of the girl with purple hair and red eyes, and his old face turned red for no reason. It seems that his longing for someone in the past two years has been a bit uncontrollable! Zakaki looked at the tall buildings and didn't know which one was her home. Could it be in that lakeside mansion? No matter, let¡¯s find someone to ask first! Zakaki saw an uncle wearing a bamboo hat and said with a smile: "Hello, uncle! How can I get to the Maki family?"   The uncle wearing a bamboo hat glanced at Zakaki, then shook his head and said, "Hey! Young man, what are you doing with them?" "Oh, I am a distant relative of the Maki family. I haven't visited them for a long time. I happened to pass by Iwa Ninja Village and came here to visit!" Zakaki said with a smile. "Hey¡ª¡ª, the Maki family has been in decline for a long time! Since the leader of the Maki family was persecuted by Kame Sennin who killed Konoha Chika a few years ago, because the new leader Maki Yumi could not shake the clan members, he was driven out by them. In the end, a group of second-generation ancestors of the Maki family completely defeated the Maki family! What a pity, Lord Gong Ming and Lord Yumi were such good people back then! What a pity!" The uncle sighed and said . After hearing what the uncle said, Zakaki felt speechless. First of all, it was his reputation in Iwa Ninja Village. Wasn't it just a few fights? As for how many years he still hates himself? Then there is the bloody family soap opera. A group of second-generation ancestors took advantage of the death of the patriarch and took over the position of the new patriarch, and finally ruined the family fortune! Zakaki looked at the uncle who was sighing and leaving, his heart was agitated, asking questions was in vain. Since Yumi was kidnapped as the clan leader, she will definitely not be in the Maki family headquarters. Where will she be? correct! That lakeside seems like where she said her father taught her ninjutsu when she was a child! It must be there! Zakaki felt relieved when he thought of this. Watching people coming and going on the street, he suddenly lost the fun of just strolling and hurried in that direction. Counting his previous life, he can be regarded as an out-and-out uncle. At this age, he is still thinking about falling in love. Zakaki looked at the scenery that kept beating behind him, and even though he said so on the surface, in fact, his The fast running still expresses the anxiety in Zakaki's heart at the moment. As the old saying goes, everything is empty in front of feelings! It seems that our spring is here! ; Text Chapter 110: Zakaki¡¯s Invalidity ps: Today is Valentine's Day, so I may be a little impatient to send this chapter which is a bit rushed, but there is no other way. The situation is special and it is my first time to write a sex scene. I hope it can catch everyone's eyes! Zakaki looked at the place where he had stayed for a week, as if everything had returned to the past. I remember that Zakaki said something like this at that time, such a barren place in the Land of Earth still has such a wonderful thing! Now that I have come here again, I am still attracted by the scenery in front of me. In the lake were several mandarin ducks playing in the water. There were a few unnamed trees growing on the lake. Coupled with the occasional breeze, the tens of millions of pores in the body felt indescribably comfortable. Zakmu was immersed in the beautiful scenery of the lakeside, but he was miserable for the girl who was arranging flowers in the room. Yumi suddenly shook her left hand, and the flower branch in her hand knocked the vase over. The sound of the vase breaking on the ground did not bring her back to her thoughts. On the contrary, her heart was about to jump out of her throat. Yumi frowned, this Chakra is him? Is it really him? The situation of the Maki family in the past few years has made her understand a lot of truths. There are some things that cannot be forced or avoided. There is no need to put a heavy burden on her shoulders that should not be placed on her shoulders. Ever since she was carried by someone, With a forced sexual kiss, the half-disappeared heart has completely disappeared. Although I have forced those things that I shouldn't think into my heart over the years, it is not like the pedestrians passing by on the roadside. How can you just forget about it? The huge and familiar chakra that I suddenly discovered just now, naturally I knew who it was! Yumi put her hands on her chest and walked towards the door tremblingly. When she walked outside the door and saw a boy with his arms open with his back to her, she found that tears were already swirling in the corners of her eyes. Zakaki was immersed in the beautiful scenery, and suddenly he felt someone standing behind him. Zakaki turned around, and a breathtakingly beautiful girl was looking at him lovingly. Zakaki felt that tenderness His red eyes were filled with indescribable sadness, as if every move he made was a crime! The two of them stood there motionless, like an ancient sculpture that had experienced thousands of years of wind and rain. Especially since the two people's eyes flashed with all kinds of looks, sadness, joy, and even excitement. At this moment, maybe nothing is that important. , the important thing is this hard-won encounter, the scene that the two of them have been looking forward to for the past few years! Time passed second by second, and in the end it was Takaki who broke this somewhat heavy yet relaxed start. Takaki slowly approached Yumi and said with a trembling voice: "You have you been okay these years?" Yumi ignored Oakwood, just holding on to the iron gate of the yard, staring at Oakwood. Perhaps the grievances and anger accumulated over the past few years burst out at this moment. Tears poured out of Yumi's eyes, and the next moment However, the action surprised Zakaki to the extreme, and Yumi actually threw herself into his arms! If it weren't for the faint fragrance, Zakaki would even suspect that this was a dream, a long-awaited dream! Zakaki felt the trembling body of the beauty in his arms. Instead of surprise and joy, he felt a little more sad. In fact, it was not easy for Yumei. His father was killed by the one he loved, and the family was in a state of decline. Next, it seems that she has to accept her own self-blame every day. If she were different, she might not be as strong as her! Zakaki caressed Yumi's back and said softly: "Yumi, please be my girlfriend. I know you have a hard time here, and I also know that I am sorry for you, but I am willing to spend my whole life to compensate you!" After Yumi, who was in Zakaki's arms, listened to Zakaki's words, her body trembled even more violently, and she cried harder. Zakaki felt her chest, which had already been soaked, and hugged Yumi tightly. He said into her ear: "Yumi! I love you! No matter what, even now or in the future, I will hold you tight and never let you pass by me, I swear!" After that, Zha Mu directly touched Yumi's red lips. Yumi was a little resisted at first, but when Yumi's tongue hit her teeth, she couldn't resist Yumi's enthusiasm, and finally opened her own teeth and entangled them with him. Yumi began to pant heavily under Takaki's passionate kiss, her limbs lost strength, and her whole body kept falling into Takaki's arms. As the saying goes, drinking makes a bear brave, Zakaki didn't seem to drink, but the next scene made Zakaki feel trembling with fear even after the expiration date. Zakaki directly picked up Yumi and walked into Yumi's house. Yumi was in Zakaki's arms. He was like a frightened kitten, curled up with his eyes closed, his delicate cheeks covered with blush, and even the tears he had just shed were scared away by Oakwood. Today, Yumi is no longer the girl who doesn't know anything. She is almost nineteen years old, so she still understands some basic sexual knowledge. Zakaki's series of actions just now only illustrate one problem. , Zakaki is going to take him to do that! In fact, Yumi is still a little resistant in her heart, but she also has some expectations. In fact, a 16-year-old girl is also full of curiosity about this aspect at this time, especially since the other person is the person she has longed for, but after all, she is still a little scared and worried. uneasy, andShe was a bit shy, so she closed her eyes and didn't dare to look at Zakaki at this moment. Zakaki carried Yumi to the room, and closed the door with his hind legs. Zakaki put Yumi on the bed inside, got up, went to the window, and closed the curtains. To be honest, not only Yumi is afraid, but also Zakaki is a little timid. After all, in his previous life, he was just a student at a third-rate university. How could he have the chance to meet such a beautiful person like Yumi? Zakaki tiptoed to the bedside, and looked at Yumei lying on the bed with her eyes still closed. Her long eyelashes, red lips, and exquisite and translucent body, I believe a man would have his blood boiling! Zakaki slowly sat on the edge of the bed and nudged Yumi's ear with his teeth. What came out was Yumi's faint moan. Zakaki became excited on the spot. He took off his few clothes and helped. Yumi slowly took off her shirt and looked at the pair of alluring jade rabbits, her flat belly, and the scent of her daughter. Zakaki leaned close to Yumi's ear and whispered: "It may hurt a little, but it will be fine after a while." Yumi still closed her eyes and nodded shyly Men and women who have just had sex are often a little blind, and two hours pass in the blink of an eye in the tossing rain. Zakaki looked at the red spots on the bed, hugged the beautiful woman in his arms, kissed her fragrant forehead, and said lovingly: "Does it still hurt?" Yumi leaned on Zakaki's strong chest muscles, with a blush on her face, nodded, and whispered: "There is still a little bit." Zakaki brought her graceful body closer to her chest, hugged Yumi tightly, and rested her cheek against the graceful and fragrant purple hair. She said with some pride: "I think I am the happiest person in the world! As long as I When you are by my side, I feel like I still truly exist in this world!" Yumi raised her head and looked at Zakaki's resolute face, leaned her face against Zakaki's chest, and said shyly: "Nothing matters anymore! I want to marry you!" ; Text Chapter 11: Rebirth of the New Technique Eight Lands! It has been so many years since he came to the world of Naruto. Zakaki, who was walking by the lake with Yumi, now knows what true happiness is. Looking at the beautiful little bird beside Yumi, a sense of pride rose up from the bottom of his heart. He took Yumi's weak and boneless hand, looked at the sparkling lake, and hugged the pretty and lovely girl. Yumi said with excitement: "I hope this moment will last forever!" Yumi raised her head and looked at Zakaki who was looking at her affectionately. A blush appeared on her pretty face, buzzing like a mosquito and murmured: "I also hope this moment lasts forever!" People often say that the Red Pink Grotto is the Tomb of Heroes, and this seems to apply to Zakaki. As spring passes and autumn comes, Zakaki and Yumi have lived by the lake for five years. In the past five years, Zakaki seems to have adapted to this kind of environment. Life, fishing and cooking with Yumi every day, walking under the moonlight at night, or spending one or two months traveling around the Land of Earth. Because Yumi was completely disappointed with her family, she never set foot in the Iwa Ninja Village again, and Oakwood didn't mention anything about Konoha. There was a tacit understanding between the two, that is, they forgot their identities as ninjas and lived an ordinary life together. human life. But this doesn¡¯t mean that Zakaki has really become an ordinary person. Let¡¯s talk about some of Zakaki¡¯s new techniques: First of all, Oakwood's Black Tortoise Body Protector can already convert 80% of the chakra into earth attributes, which means that within the body of the protector is Oakwood's world. If you don't encounter hungry ghosts like Pain With a technique like that, even if Madara enters here, he will be restricted by Oakwood. Although he can't stop him, he can't even think of hurting Oakwood! To put it bluntly, Zakwood is an absolute defense, just like an old turtle shell! Of course, this does not mean that this technique only has a defensive effect. In fact, the previous trapping of Uchiha Iwa and Uchiha Teru was based on their negligence to trap them in the protective body. However, as long as you are a stronger ninja, no one will be trapped by Uchiha. Among them, so Zakaki's Xuanwu body protection is a defense. Of course, a more rubbish ninja would not use it, but Zakaki releases the Xuanwu body protection! ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? Zak¨¡mu¡¯s Earth Escape If before, Zak¨¡mu¡¯s Earth Escape was called elusive, now it should be called miraculous! In the past, Zakaki could only use the earth clone and rock hidden techniques and a few simple C-level earth escape techniques, which could be directly released successfully using the guidance of chakra. Now, Zakaki can use the same principle to release some simpler B-level techniques. Ninjutsu, such as Doryu Wall and Doryu Taiga! ?Then there is Zakaki¡¯s Kame Sennin mode. This thing seems to still have the same virtue, but its effect on Zakaki is beyond doubt! In the past few years, because he was with Yumi, Zakaki gave up the study of taijutsu. Human energy is limited. There is no perfect person in the world. Instead of developing in an all-round way, it is better to specialize in one thing, so Zakaki spent a lot of time on it. Time is spent on the research of Earth Escape, and the Kame Sennin mode is indeed an important channel for Zakaki¡¯s next new technique to increase its lethality hundreds of times! Finally, let¡¯s talk about Zakaki¡¯s last new technique! This was researched by Zakaki based on the earth reincarnation provided by Orochimaru. As mentioned before, Zakaki was a Chinese influenced by Confucianism in his previous life. This also indicates that Zakaki will never make a fuss about the dead, but as a soil person, How could the master's oak tree fail to gain anything under the revelation of a super forbidden technique like the Reincarnation of the Evil Land? And the harvest of Zakmu is the rebirth of the eight soils developed by Zakmu himself! First of all, let¡¯s talk about the function of the eight earth rebirths. According to Orochimaru¡¯s instructions on the reincarnation of the dirty earth, Oakwood summoned his soul out of his body, and then among the eight oakwood bodies made of the dirty earth, these eight oakwoods are They are exactly the same, and their own strength has not decreased at all, which means that during the battle, the strength will be increased nine times to achieve the goal! This is not the most important thing. What is important is that these nine bodies have the same attribute as Payne's body, and that is shared vision! The reason is that the soul of these nine bodies is Zakaki, but it is controlled by Zakaki himself! But unlike the manipulation of the puppet master, these eight bodies all have a strong sense of combat, but it is no exaggeration to say that these other eight oak trees are oak trees! Of course, this does not mean that this technique is flawless. First of all, we must talk about Zakaki¡¯s soul power. Zakaki has the soul power of an eighteen-year-old at the age of five. Coupled with the growth over the years, his soul power can naturally be said to be powerful. Incomparable, but no matter how powerful it is, it will become weak if divided into eight parts, and Zakaki's nine bodies are probably not as strong as a six-year-old child. If he meets someone like Uchiha Itachi, he will definitely not end well. There is also the scope of use of this technique. The soul of the nine bodies is one, which means that the nine bodies should not be too far away. Zakaki once did an experiment, and the soul of Zakaki will return five miles away. When it enters the main body, the eight reborn bodies will turn into a puddle of mud! Seeing this, you may think that this technique is a bit useless, but it is not the case. Then there is Zakaki's Kame Sage mode. I'm afraid he doesn't even know how long Bobby has lived. After the fusion of Bobby and Zakaki, the two People share everything, unless one of them deliberately conceals something. For example, Bobby did not tell the Oak Tree Turtle family before.Regarding the matter of animals, this is too far off topic. To get to the point, there is no doubt about Bobby¡¯s soul power. The combination of the two people also resulted in the superposition of the soul powers of Bobby and Zakmu. In the past, Zakaki had never had any problems due to the war. He had studied the function of soul power, so he didn't know the details, but when he started to try it, he knew the real benefits of Bobby. I'm afraid that even if he gave Zakaki a nine-tails now, he might not change it! This is why it is said that Bobby has a much stronger effect on oak wood than Kyuubi! The superposition of the soul power of Bobby and Oakwood also resulted in an increase in the soul power of the nine bodies. Although it may not be stronger than the original body, the difference is not too far away! This also makes the range that Zakaki could control from five miles to ten miles! As for the physical resistance of illusions, if you don't encounter something like Tsukuyomi, ordinary illusions can be ignored. Even if he meets Tsukuyomi in the future, Zakaki will be able to carry him with this hand. Of course, the principles behind this will be discussed one by one later. Then there is the Kame Sennin mode's effect on increasing Taijutsu. Tsubasa's Taijutsu at the moment can only be about the same as that of an ordinary Taijutsu J¨­nin, and even worse than Akai in the future. But Tsukaki in Kame Sennin mode is different. , strength plus speed, you can know what state it is in the previous battle with the rock ninja Shilee! I won¡¯t go into details about the role of the Eight Earth Rebirths. All in all, the power of the Eight Earth Rebirths is definitely no less than that of the Dirty Earth Reincarnation that Kabuto has researched! If the current Zakaki encounters Payne, I dare not say that I can defeat them, but I am absolutely confident that I will be invincible! These are not the most important. The important thing is that Zakaki has found a way forward. Some people have said that all three thousand avenues can achieve enlightenment. At this moment, Zakaki knows that it is not about having a blood inheritance, what kind of eyes, what kind of secret skills. Achieving a level of strength that makes everyone proud is just relying on your own earth escape. Maybe in the near future, you can even lose the Kame Sennin mode, and then you will truly be enlightened! Zakaki stood with his hands behind his hands, looking at the lakeside that he had watched for five years, and murmured: "It's time to go back to Konoha and take a look!" Just when Zakaki made up his mind, there was a sweet shout: "Zakaki, come back for dinner!" Zakmu looked back and his heart was full of sweetness, this is home. Zakaki frowned, but I have to leave for a while, how can I tell Yumi all this? She seems to be really used to this kind of life, right? No, Konoha still has people he cares about, and his nephew! Zakaki shook his head and walked towards the room. PS: The classes are full these days, so the updates are a bit slow. Today may be the chapter. I will make up for it in the next few days! Please forgive me! There are still three to five chapters left for the plot! Please support me! ; Text Chapter 112 Before leaving Zakaki had already told Yumi about Moriki and the Uchiha family. Yumi had already made some mental preparations for Zakaki to return to Konoha. After several years of getting along with him, he still knew Yumi very well. Yumi looked at Zakaki. Mu looked a little distracted and naturally knew what Zakaki was thinking. Yumi gracefully hugged Zakaki's waist from behind, pressed her cheek against Zakaki's back, and said softly: "Do you want to go back to Konoha?" Zakaki turned around, held Yumi in his arms, and then held Yumi in his arms, smiling and said: "Konoha still has things I have to do! And starting from today, the world will no longer be peaceful. !¡± "There will no longer be peace? Is there another village planning to start a war? Of course the Earth Kingdom will not. Since you and the Sannin left, Konoha has been hit by various blows one after another. First, the fourth generation of Hokage died in battle, and then the Uchiha family was destroyed. , the entire Konoha can no longer withstand any war. The Third Hokage naturally knows all this, otherwise he will not agree to the almost insulting request of the Cloud Ninja Village, so the largest village in the Ninja World will not go to war, and Kiri The Ninja Village has not engaged in diplomacy since the Fourth Mizukage came to power, so it will not start a war. Is it the Kingdom of Wind and the Kingdom of Thunder?" Yumi looked at Zakaki and asked curiously. "Hehehe, our Yumi seems to be very sensitive to politics, doesn't he?" Zakaki said, kissing Yumi on the forehead. Yumi, who has been with Zakaki for five years, seems to still be shy about Zakaki's intimate actions. Yumi's face was red, and she said: "How can it be? Isn't it all what you said? That time you were the one who said you were the same. My old subordinate Hyuga Hizashi died under the deal of Konoha¡¯s top brass, and he told me a lot about the darkness of Konoha¡¯s top brass!¡± Zakaki asked with a puzzled look on his face: "Is there any? When did I say that?" Yumi looked at Zakaki's appearance and chuckled: "Haha, you! That time you drank too much and were crying alone. When you saw me, you pulled me hard and asked me to talk to you. You looked good. Silly!" Seeing Yumi's smile, Zakaki almost had nosebleeds. Zakaki secretly slandered, "What a temptation!" **Naked temptation! I have been with Yumi for five years, but every time I see Yumi with a charming smile, Izaki will feel fascinated. It¡¯s not that Izaki is hopeless, it¡¯s just that this girl is too attractive. Yumi is already twenty-five years old this year. She is no longer the beautiful but a bit green Yumi. At this moment, she is like a ripe peach. With purple hair and red eyes, you can easily imagine the temptation! Zakaki didn't talk any more, he hugged Yumi directly, kissed her red lips, and said with a smile: "If you were here, I really couldn't bear to go out! No matter what the messy war is? As long as you are here, the whole world is yours." It¡¯s all ruined and it has nothing to do with me!¡± Yumi was lying in Zakaki's arms. When she heard Zakaki's somewhat arrogant confession, her whole body flew up. Then she looked at Zakaki's red face and breathing heavily. Naturally, she knew what Zakaki was going to do next. He put his head close to Zakaki's chest and said shyly: "It's still daytime, you - what are you going to do?" It¡¯s okay that Yumi didn¡¯t say anything. This statement aroused someone¡¯s animal desires even more. Zakaki smiled evilly and said, ¡°What are you doing? I want you to give me a child!¡± Yumi felt even more embarrassed when she heard Zakaki's explicit words. She crawled into Zakaki's arms and whispered in a low voice: "Youdidn't you saythat you don'tdon't want children?" " "Now I've decided to take it. Now that I'm almost old enough, I can take it! And I've decided to take five of them!" Zakaki said jokingly. "What are you talking about! How can there be so many babies?" Yumi gently beat Zakaki's chest. "Hahaha, now we are going to have a baby! Let's go!" Zakaki kicked the open door and closed it, and then there was a deep gasping sound and waves of charming moans coming from inside! What a beautiful scene of spring There were two people lying naked on the bed. One of them was leaning on the head of the bed, and the other was resting his head on the chest of the person beside the bed. He kept making circles on his chest, and suddenly raised his head and said, "I'll go with you." Okay?" These two people were naturally Zakaki and Yumi who had just been in a state of turmoil. Zakaki looked at Yumi who was eager to leave with him, and refused with some unbearable said: "Yumi! Not now, if possible, I hope you don't appear in front of the world. , the road ahead is not something I can control, and the enemy is definitely stronger than you expected. During the five-year period, I encountered an extremely powerful person during my arrival. Under his hands, I had no choice but to escape, and There is not just one such person, but an organization!¡± Yumi didn¡¯t say anything, just looked at Zakaki stupidly. Zakaki looked at Yumi and said anxiously: "You don't believe me? What I said is true, and -" Yumei stretched out her onion finger to block Zakaki's next words, smiled and shook her head and said: "I believe you! I know you do everything for my own good.Yes, I know you asked Yanagi Hezhiro and another person to guard outside our home, and I also know you do it for my own good, so I believe you! " Zakaki looked at the beauty in his arms, scratched the back of his head and said, "So you know everything? Hahaha¡ª¡ª" The two of them are Yanaga Chihiro, who was spared by Zakaki a few years ago, and the other one is Zakaki. Inuzuka, his old subordinate, scolded! This guy was accidentally met by Zakaki when he was traveling in the Land of Earth, so Zakaki arranged for this guy to come here. Fortunately, this guy had nothing to do, so he naturally had no objections to Zakaki's arrangement. What's more important, Takaki gave the two Sharingan to Yanaga Chihiro, and the other two to another old subordinate of Takaki, Kazui! Speaking of Ichijing, we have to start with Zakaki leaving the village. At that time, Ichijing was arranged by Zakaki to secretly protect Xiao Li. Later, after Zakaki gave a pair of eyes to Yanaga Chiharu, he felt that the other pair of eyes could also be given away. Then I thought of my own fanatical believer, Yi Jing! Oakwood passed the news to him through special channels and transplanted the eyes to him in the Earth Kingdom, allowing him to return to Konoha. However, when he returned to Konoha, he stopped being a ninja for the safety of his Sharingan. Although the Uchiha family had been destroyed by then! Yumi kissed Zakaki's cheek and said with a smile: "No matter what you do, I believe in you! So there is no need to explain. Since you don't take me, you have your reasons. I just have a small request." Zakaki felt the moisture on his face, he lifted the beauty up and lay face to face on him, and said with some emotion: "Don't say one, just a hundred, a thousand, I agree!" Yumi felt that there was someone else and her restless brother, so she said shyly: "There is only one of you, and you will come back. This is your home!" Zakaki didn't know what to say anymore. He turned over and pressed Yumi under him. He looked hard at Yumi's pink face and said, "Home! Yes, this is my home. Here is my wife! Wait for me. We will get married when we come back! After we get married, help me have a baby! Hahaha" Then the sound of pouring rain came from the room. ; Text Chapter 113 Return to Konoha ps: Three updates today Zakaki looked back at Yumi who was standing in the distance to see him off, waved to Yumi with a smile, and then disappeared. Zakaki was still a little excited at the moment, and of course a little guilty. When her sister-in-law Keiko passed away, she asked her to take good care of Xiao Li, but she left her nephew alone in Konoha for the sake of a moment of pride. Zakaki knew that in his previous life, Xiao Li was called Cranetail by others, and seemed to be looked down upon by many people. Fortunately, with Akai's appreciation, he finally became a master of physical arts. Zakaki looked at the trees passing by around him, and then thought of Morimu and Keiko. His heart, which had not been disturbed for many years, couldn't help but tremble. He was such a competent uncle. If Morimu knew that he was like this, he would definitely Disappointed? Zakaki felt more and more guilty here, so he picked up his speed and rushed towards Konoha. In fact, Zakaki does not have to be like this. Although Zakaki left Konoha, his help to Xiao Li could not be explained clearly in a few words. Considering the fact that Xiao Li's illusion and ninjutsu were almost idiotic, how could he be Admitted to Konoha Ninja School? Although Xiao Li has received a lot of looks in the eyes over the years, his safety in Konoha has been well guaranteed, and his economic life in Konoha is pretty good. Although he does not have the love of his parents, he has developed a good That independent and persevering character, to a certain extent, it is Xiao Li's experience that creates another noble Canglan beast in the future! After several days of trekking, we arrived at the Land of Rain. Looking at the Kingdom of Rain, which was still raining lightly, Zakaki suddenly felt a little pain in his balls. Hanzo should have died by now, which meant that the entire Kingdom of Rain was completely in the hands of Nagato, even though it was still some distance away from the Rain Ninja Village. Distance, but who knows if this light rain was caused by the Yu Hu Free Technique? Zakaki caught a few drops of light rain with his hands and murmured: "I don't want to cause trouble here!" Then he increased his speed again and rushed towards the Kingdom of Fire. Just when Zakaki was about to leave the Kingdom of Rain, Zakaki suddenly felt a wave of chakra rushing towards him. Zakaki shook his head and cursed angrily: "Every time I pass by from here, there will always be Do something! Damn it!" Zakaki made an earth clone and placed it on the ground, and then went underground to wait for the enemy. Sure enough, the moment Zakaki entered the soil, a ninja carrying a big sword appeared behind Zakaki. Then the ninja raised the sword and aimed at the body of Zakaki's soil clone. The clone dodged a few times and dodged. The ninja struck, but what made Oakwood's egg hurt was that the knife suddenly exploded when it hit the ground! The huge heat wave directly overturned the earth clone, and the earth clone also turned into a puddle of loess under the heat wave. Zakaki looked at everything that happened in these few moments and the ninja with the weird moustache, and almost jumped out of the ground. The person who came turned out to be one of the Seven Ninja Swordsmen, Muri Jinpachi, his former opponent. ! Still remember this guy killed his teacher Sarutobi Shinnosuke with two other guys! Zakaki looked at Muuri Jinpachi on the ground, and cursed secretly in his heart, you bastard, there is a way to heaven if you don¡¯t take it, and there is no door to hell if you have to come! Today I will ask you to see the King of Hell! "Earth Release¡¤Rock Pillar Prison! Earth Release-Yellow Quannuma!" The oak tree quickly sprang out from the soil and quickly formed a seal. The rock prison pillars rose from all sides and firmly trapped Muli Jinpachi. Just when he was about to blast the explosive knife with flying spray towards the rock prison pillar, a small yellow spring marsh appeared at the bottom of the rock prison pillar. Before Muuri Jinpachi could speak, his whole body had already sunk into the yellow spring marsh. Zakaki slowly walked up to Muuri Jinpachi and said with a smile, "Do you still recognize me?" Muuri Jinpachi suddenly raised the corner of his mouth and said with a smile: "I don't care who you are? The next moment you will die under my explosive sword!" Just after Muri Jinpachi said this, another figure fell from the sky, carrying a huge shock wave again. The oak tree fell to the ground, followed by another burst of explosions. In fact, this is the case. Wuli Jinpachi defected from the Mist Ninja Village in his early years and constantly avoided the Mist Ninja who came to hunt him down. When Wuri Jinpachi came to the Land of Rain and the Land of Fire, he discovered that someone was there. As he got closer to his position, Muuri Jinpachi chased him in the opposite direction, and then this scene happened. Muuri Jinpachi looked at the cloud of smoke at the explosion site and smiled ferociously: "Hahaha, boy, you are a newbie right now. Do you think you, Muuri Jinpachi, can be dismissed with just two earth escapes? But then again, You really look a little familiar!" Muri Jinpachi said as he looked at Takashi lying on the ground after the smoke disappeared. Just when Muuri Jinpachi was laughing wildly, he suddenly felt a wave of fluctuations coming from the ground. He was about to leave, but found that someone had already grabbed his feet, "No, this is a decapitation technique in the heart. He obviously died before me." That's right! Ah -" Muuri Jinpachi struggled, the droplets in his hands were thrown aside, and his whole body was buried in the soil. But this is not the most important thing. The most important thing is that there seems to be still something in the soil. There were chains one after another, tightly trapping every joint in his body, as if his whole body was tied to death by a rope. Oakwood walked from a short distance in front of Muuri Jinpachi, who had only one head left, with a bit of confusion.Xianni said: "I let you escape a few years ago, but today I didn't expect you to still fall into my hands!" Muuri Jinpachi looked at Zakaki with an angry face, and roared with unwillingness: "You bastard, when did you notice it? Also, when did I escape from you?" "There is no need to explain to you. My name is Oakwood, and Sarutobi Shinnosuke is my master. Have you forgotten about the trip to Wave Country?" Oakwood slowly walked to him and took out a kunai from behind. "Which brat are you" Before Muuri Jinpachi could finish speaking, he suddenly felt a cold light flash by and saw blood spurting from his neck, and then slowly lost consciousness. Zakaki threw the kunai in his hand, kicked Muri Jinpachi's newly severed head into the forest, then picked up the droplets of the blasting knife that fell aside, and murmured as he looked at the blasting knife covered with charms. Said: "I missed the thunder fang and the decapitating sword a few years ago, and now I have caught a handful of droplets. It seems that one of them must be ours!" Zakaki put the blasting knife into the space axis, stood up and faced Mu Rushed in the direction of Ye. Although Tuzhong experienced such an episode, the rest of the journey was considered smooth. After running for a few more days, Zakaki finally arrived at the outskirts of Konoha. Zakumu looked at the still dense forest, and felt a little warm in his heart. Zakumu stroked the trees and said with a smile: "It seems that the change is not that big!" Zakaki walked at a leisurely pace. At first, he was a little nervous and eager before arriving, but when he arrived, he had nothing left. He just wanted to quietly take a look at these scenes that he was familiar with before. Zakaki walked towards the gate of Konoha step by step. In about ten minutes, he saw the Konoha logo on the gate, but it was a bit more vicissitudes than before. Zakaki quickened his pace and came to the door. In front of me, I shouted in my heart: "Konoha, I'm back!" ; Text Chapter 114: First meeting between uncle and nephew Zakaki walked into Konoha step by step. Like Iwa Ninja Village, it seemed that the security of the village was not very tight during the non-war period. Zakaki looked at the familiar paths, familiar storefronts, and familiar scenes, and a warm feeling flashed in his heart. It's still the same Konoha when you come to Konoha. Zakaki looked up at the Hokage Rock in the distance, especially Minato's head, and felt a sense of sadness in his heart. Although this Konoha was still Konoha, things and people had changed. Zakmu walked towards his home step by step. Zakmu walked very slowly, perhaps because he was afraid of seeing the desolation of the dusty house inside and the desolation of the yard, which was overgrown with weeds and left unattended. I don¡¯t know how long it took, Zakaki walked to the door of his house. The first thing he saw was the bigger tree in the yard, and then he saw a big lock hanging on the door. "Hahaha, I'm looking forward to it." What?" Zakaki shook his head and said with a bitter smile. The oak trees ducked to the big tree and touched the trunk where they had lay on countless times, as if everything had returned to the past, that comfortable day. Zakaki took out an apple and took a bite, but he couldn't taste the same taste as before. Zha Mu turned to look at his house, only to find that the yard was clean and there were clothes drying in the yard. It was obvious that someone was living there. Could it be Uncle Yichun? Zakaki suddenly appeared in front of the hall of the house. When Zakaki saw the wall on the left side of the hall, he burst into tears. It turned out that there were photos of himself and Keiko hanging on it. Zakaki stepped forward and touched Senmu's photo, "Brother, I'm sorry for you! I didn't help you take good care of Xiao Li." Zakaki covered his face and slowly squatted on the ground, tears flowing from his fingers. I don¡¯t know how long it took, Zakaki stood up, wiped the remaining tears from the corners of his eyes, and smiled bitterly. He had been a ninja for so many years. Who the hell said that ninjas are ruthless? I am already in my thirties. Not so girlish. Zhamu stood up and looked at the spotless house, feeling a little more relieved. It seemed that this was done by Uncle Yichun. "Huh? Someone" Zakaki felt someone walking towards the yard, so he walked towards the door. "Ouch -, come out, you little thief, how dare you steal into my house!" A kid wearing gray and white clothes, posing like Bruce Lee, with watermelon hair and pigtails, looked at Zha warily. Wood. Zakaki looked at the kid in front of him, his heart palpitating, and he said tremblingly: "You you are Xiao Li, right?" Xiao Li looked at this handsome man with a puzzled look on his face. It seemed that this man's face was full of kindness. More importantly, he felt a unique smell on him, an indescribable feeling. Xiao Li put away his hostility and asked, "Do you know me? I don't think I've seen you before?" Zakaki realized his gaffe, immediately straightened his mood, forced out a smile, and said: "Haha, it's normal that you don't know me, but I know you!" "You know me?" Xiao Li scratched the back of his head, becoming more and more puzzled. "How is Uncle Yichun's health? And Grandma Yichun!" Zha Mu walked to Xiao Li and said. "It seems that you really know me, brother. Haha, my grandpa and grandma are both very good. Thank you for your concern." Xiao Li nodded to Zakmu. Zakaki looked at Xiao Li and frowned. It seemed that this guy really wasn't very talented, and he wasn't very vigilant. Zakaki nodded and said, "Come, let me see how strong you are?" "Brother! Let's forget it. My classmates all call me Crane tail, and apart from my good physical skills, I can almost be called an idiot." Xiao Li looked at Zakaki. For some reason, he seemed to feel that the man in front of him was very strange. He is as kind as one's own relatives, so it is rare for him to show his weak side in front of outsiders. "Hehehe, Xiao Li, what kind of ninja do you think is great?" Zakaki walked to Xiao Li and patted Xiao Li on the shoulder. "Well, someone like Hokage should be considered great, right?" Xiao Li thought for a while, then nodded. "I don't think so!" Zakaki said with a smile. "So what do you think?" Xiao Li asked doubtfully. "As long as he can protect the people he considers important, protect his family well, prevent his family from being bullied, and prevent his friends from being harmed, then that kind of ninja can be considered great! Even if he knows nothing about ninjutsu or illusions !" Zakaki looked at Xiao Li with encouraging eyes. When Xiao Li heard Zakaki's words, his eyes began to glow with excitement, and he said tremblingly: "Is what you said true?" "Of course!" Zakaki said affirmatively. "But how can a person who is not good at ninjutsu be considered a ninja? How can he protect his family and friends?" Xiao Li said in a low voice again. Zakaki directly picked up Xiao Li and ran towards the place where he used to exercise. Xiao Li was carried by Zakmu at first and was about to resist, but when he saw the comforting look in Zakmu's eyes, he alsoHe gave up the resistance and let the oak tree toss. About four or five minutes later, Zakaki took Xiao Li to the stream, put Xiao Li on the ground, and said: "Who said that a ninja who doesn't know ninjutsu can't protect his family and friends? Look at this set of boxing techniques and train well. , you will definitely be an amazing ninja in the future, a great ninja!" After Zakaki said that, he quickly started to practice Changquan. Although Zakaki has not followed the physical skills path of Changquan in these years, the insights he gained over the years are still there. A set of Changquan is also crisp and clean, and he is very powerful. , especially the last punch that hit the big tree by the stream, directly breaking the tree that the two of them were hugging. Xiao Li looked at Zakaki's boxing technique, his eyes shone brightly, and he said excitedly: "This is the secret of Teacher Akai's steel fist! How did you know it? And it is more perfect than Teacher Akai's boxing technique!" After Zakaki finished his work, he asked curiously: "Akai has accepted you as his disciple?" "Not yet. I was accidentally discovered by Teacher Akai when I was in the ninja school. Later he often taught me some physical skills. I saw Teacher Akai fight this set of steel fists!" Xiao Li said with some embarrassment. "Hahaha, it seems that you are still very good. Although Akena seems to have no talent, he is still a bit arrogant. Since he has discovered you, it naturally means that you are very good." Zakaki encouraged. "You are joking, I am just a loser, I know nothing but physical skills!" Xiao Li said in a low voice. "Xiao Li, have you seen that big tree? If one day you can break that big tree with one blow, will anyone dare to say that you are the tail of a crane? Will you still be able to protect your family and friends? ?" Zakaki said, patting Xiao Li's shoulder. "Well! You are right!" After hearing this, Xiao Li once again released his passion and said: "I can definitely be like you, and then I will be recognized by everyone! But, do you know Teacher Akai?" Zakaki suddenly remembered that Akai played some rogue tricks on him in order to get the Ninja Turtle, and then nodded and said with a smile: "I know you, of course I know him, hahaha, he is an interesting person!" But he is a bit brain-dead, Zakaki Mu added in his mind. "I'm just telling you, how come a person with such great physical skills like you doesn't know a master of physical skills like Teacher Akai? Haha By the way, what's your name?" Xiao Li then remembered that he still didn't know and The name of this powerful brother I have been chatting with for a long time. "Hahaha, my name is Zakaki!" ; Text Chapter 115 The Oak Tree in Akai¡¯s Heart Zhamu and Xiao Li rushed towards Uncle Yichun's house. The Zhamu family is not far from Uncle Yichun's house. The Yichun uncle asked Xiao Li to live in Zhamu's house, saying that he could not let no one live in the family. So when Xiao Li was five years old, he lived alone in Zhamu's house. Of course, It¡¯s also Xiao Li¡¯s family. Along the way, Zhamu learned from Xiao Li that Uncle Yichun had concealed Xiao Li's life experience, saying that Xiao Li's parents died in an accident a few years ago, and did not explain anything about Xiao Li and his uncle Zhamu, so Xiao Li He didn't know that he had an uncle, and of course he didn't know what happened to the Zakaki and Uchiha families. Zakaki found that Xiao Li was not only a hard-working child, but also saw his intelligent side. For example, Xiao Li could quickly master the physical skills he learned. To a certain extent, Xiao Li was an outstanding player in physical skills. An unstoppable genius! Zhamu and Xiao Li stepped into Uncle Yichun's house and saw Uncle Yichun playing with some things on the ground. Xiao Li walked behind Uncle Yichun, patted him on the shoulder, and shouted with a smile: "Grandpa! I'm back!" Uncle Yichun didn¡¯t look back, he just waved his hand behind him and said, ¡°Xiao Li, your favorite super spicy curry rice has just been prepared in the kitchen, go and eat it.¡± Seeing that Grandpa Yichun didn¡¯t seem to notice that there was a guest behind him, Xiao Li walked up and said with a smile: ¡°Grandpa, we have a guest, look at it.¡± After hearing what Xiao Li said, Uncle Yichun quickly stood up, wiped his hands, and apologized: "Oh, I'm sorry, I thought Xiao Li was the only child. You, you are you are "Uncle Yichun stabilized his body and saw Zakmu carefully. He trembled and even the beard on his mouth trembled. "Hehehe, isn't it me? Grandpa Yichun, Zhamu is back! I have troubled you for so many years!" Zhamu said with a smile. When Uncle Yichun saw Zakmu, he immediately burst into tears. He raised his left hand, wiped his tears with his sleeve, and said in a tearful voice: "It'll be good to come back, it'll be good to come back! Come in and sit down quickly. You've grown so tall. I I don¡¯t even recognize you! Old lady, come out quickly and see who¡¯s coming!¡± "What are you arguing about? You are so old, why are you still acting like a child? You are so rude when there are guests, really." Grandma Yichun came out of the back room and muttered. Seeing that Grandma Yichun was still wearing an apron, Zhamu shouted with a smile: "Grandma Yichun, I'm back!" Grandma Yichun rubbed her eyes and said in a tone of disbelief: "You, are you, Zakmu?" Uncle Yichun said with a smile: "It's just oak wood. It's been so many years. I almost didn't recognize it when I first looked at it. It's grown so tall! Hahaha" "Let's go, come in, old man, go and buy some delicious food. Zakmu, it's been many years, right? Why are you back now?" Grandma Yichun took Zakmu's hand and walked towards the inner room. When she saw him, she followed her. Uncle Yichun said again: "I asked you to go shopping, why are you following me?" "Isn't it still early? Why are you panicking? I'll talk to Zakmu first, and I'll buy it later." Uncle Yichun said with a smile, then looked back at Xiao Li and said, "Speak as adults, children, don't eavesdrop, hurry up Let¡¯s go out for fun and come back later for dinner.¡± Xiao Li looked at his grandfather and grandmother's attitude towards Zakmu, nodded in confusion, and then walked out the door. Xiao Li looked back at his grandma and grandpa who were chatting happily with the elder brother, and murmured: "Who is this kind-hearted elder brother? ? Grandpa and grandma were so enthusiastic that they shed tears with excitement. Forget it, let's go to Teacher Akai to learn physical skills. "After that, Xiao Li walked towards the place where Akai usually trains. When Xiao Li came to the training place, Akai had already started doing handstand training. When Xiao Li saw Akai's look, he suddenly felt passionate. Teacher Akai is such a passionate person! He is worthy of being one of the strongest men in Konoha, he is truly amazing! Seeing Xiao Li looking at him with admiration, Akai gave him a thumbs up, showed off his white teeth, and said in an inflammatory tone: "Young man! Release the vitality of youth with me!" " When Xiao Li heard Akai's call, he seemed to be stimulated by something. He hurriedly fell down and followed Akai's footsteps and moved forward. I don¡¯t know how long it took. Perhaps because he saw that Xiao Li was a little frustrated, Akai turned to Xiao Li and said: "Xiao Li, you can do your handstand training today. Jog behind me, but pay attention to the rhythm!" "It's okay, Teacher Akai, I'm okay!" Xiao Li gritted his teeth and continued to follow Akai. Akai looked at Xiao Li's movements, nodded, and then said: "Xiao Li, perseverance and willingness to pay are indeed what youth should have, but we cannot be irresponsible for our bodies because of our own will. So, For the sake of youth! Rock Lee, stand up!" "Yes, Teacher Akai!" After hearing Akai's words, Xiao Li stood up straight and followed Akai: "Teacher Akai??Are many people learning your steel boxing style? " Akai looked back at Xiao Li and said with a proud smile: "That's natural. This set of boxing techniques has been popularized into the basic physical skills of Konoha ninjas, so there are many people who learn it, and many people know it!" "Oh, that's it. Today, a big brother taught me a set of steel fists. It seems to be more comprehensive than the teacher's. Moreover, that person's physical skills are so strong. He broke the big tree surrounding the two of them with one punch!" Xiao Li said with admiration. "Huh? Is there anyone in Konoha with such great physical skills? What's his name?" Akai stopped and stood on his head and looked back at Xiao Li and asked. "Oh, his name seems to be Zakaki, and he sneaked into my house today. I thought he was a thief, and I almost got into a fight with him!" Xiao Li said with an embarrassed look. After hearing this, Akai immediately softened his hands, put his head on the ground, and stabbed the green onion upside down. Seeing Teacher Akai's behavior, Xiao Li hurriedly walked to Akai and helped him up, saying, "Teacher Akai, are you okay?" Akai shook his head, broke away from Xiao Li's hand, and said anxiously: "Who are you talking about? Say it again?" "He said his name is Zakaki, and he is now at my house with his grandfather and grandma. It seems that his grandpa and grandma are particularly affectionate to him. Teacher, who is he? How could you be like this?" Xiao Li asked curiously. Akai looked at Xiao Li with a puzzled look, and then realized that he had lost his composure, so he adjusted his vest, looked at Xiao Li again, and fell into deep thought, thinking of the most powerful civilian genius in Konoha, Tu. The unpredictable Kame Sento, and the great elder Uchiha who was in his greatest glory and a contemporary of the Third Hokage, he also remembered all the legends about him Xiao Li looked at Akai¡¯s thoughtful look and waved his hand in front of Akai, ¡°Teacher Akai, teacher Akai!¡± "Oh - hahaha, I'm sorry, Xiao Li, the teacher has lost his temper!" Akai came back from his thoughts, "Oakaki! Oakwood is a legend, a legend comparable to the Fourth Hokage!" "Then why does he know my grandpa and grandma? They are all civilians!" Xiao Li was even more puzzled. "He didn't tell you his identity?" Akai asked seriously. Xiao Li shook his head and said: "But I always feel very friendly when I see him, as if I have seen him somewhere, but I can guarantee that I have never seen him! Teacher Akai, what kind of person is he? Why do you say that he is Comparable to the Fourth Hokage? Is he more powerful than the Fourth Hokage?" "He has his reasons for not saying it. You don't have to think too much. As for who is better between him and the Fourth Hokage, no one knows, but he is definitely the most genius since the founding of Konoha! And he is also half of my teacher!" Akai seemed to see the Turtle Immortal who was emboldened by the enemy on the battlefield, "Let's go to your house!" "Your teacher?" ; Text Chapter 116: Oak becomes Hokage? In the Hokage's office, the third generation was looking at Zakaki who was eating with Uncle Yichun and the others through the telescope, and then said to the ANBU behind him: "Go, go to Yichun's house in the north and call Zakaki to me." "Yes!" Although the cat-faced Anbu ninja said without a trace of emotion, there were waves in his heart. "Oakwood" is a legendary symbol. Although he has been deprived of his ninja qualifications, no one will Even if they doubt his strength, no one will take this punishment that is not a punishment to heart. The ANBU ninjas immediately rushed north after receiving the Hokage's order. ¡°Zhaomu, have you found your wife outside?¡± Grandpa Yichun asked with a smile at the dinner table. "Hehehe, well" Zakaki said sheepishly, scratching the back of his head. "Don't be embarrassed, you are twenty this year, right? People your age are already married, and people like Saburo next door have two sons! You have to work hard! By the way, how about that Hongdou?" Yichun Grandma came from behind carrying a bowl of vegetables and said. As soon as Grandma Yichun finished speaking, Zhamu felt someone approaching her, "Grandpa Yichun, Grandma Yichun, I'll go out for a while. You guys eat first." "After dinner" After the Yichun uncle and grandma finished speaking, Zhamu walked out. Zakaki came to the door and frowned as he looked at the ANBU ninja with a cat face jumping down from the tree. "Oakaki-sama, Hokage-sama has feelings." The ANBU ninja bowed towards Oakwood and said. "Looking for me? I'm not a ninja now. There's no need for Hokage-sama to summon a civilian, right?" Zakaki said angrily. To be honest, he was still a little angry at the third Hokage, Zakaki. This old guy is definitely not a good bird. Just now How could the peeping Zakaki not know? Now that you are looking for me, you may be planning to plot against yourself or squeeze your labor force, and this is while you are eating. Zakaki glanced at the ninja and said, "I know, you go ahead. I'll be there in a moment." Zakaki first said hello to Uncle Yichun, and then rushed towards the Hokage's office. Just when Zhamu had just left Uncle Yichun's house, Akai and Xiao Li just arrived at Uncle Yichun's house. "Grandpa, I'm back." Xiao Li shouted outside before he entered. "You've trained, why are you back so early today?" Grandma Yichun came out of the hall and said with a smile. "Well, Teacher Akai is here." "Hehehe, Teacher Akai is here? Are you here to see Zakmu? He just went out and said he had something to do." Grandma Yichun said. "Is that so? Then I'll take my leave first, sorry to bother you." Akai said and was about to leave. "Teacher Akai, if you don't mind having dinner here before leaving, right? Zakmu left before eating just now." Grandma Yichun said with a smile while squinting her eyes. "Hahaha, isn't this good?" Akai stopped, stared at the rich dinner on the table, swallowed a big mouthful of saliva and said with a smile. "Teacher Akai, it's so troublesome for you to go home and cook alone. Let's eat some here!" Xiao Li bowed to Akai and said. "In this case, it would be a bit unkind for me to refuse any more, so I won't be polite!" In the Hokage's office, Zakaki knocked on the door, and then a hoarse voice came, "Is it Zakaki? Come in." Zakaki opened the door and saw the old third generation holding a cigarette butt and correcting documents. Zakaki looked at the relatively familiar Hokage's office, and then at the aging Third Generation, and suddenly felt that this place was empty and cold. Zakaki didn't say anything, but just walked up to the Third Generation, bowed, and then He stood aside and waited for Sandai to speak. "Haha, I haven't seen you in many years. You have grown taller and handsomer. I really can't recognize you at first glance!" Sandai put down the pen in his hand, raised his head and looked at the oak tree in front of him. "Hokage-sama is joking, but you are still going strong!" Zakaki said in a neutral tone. "I know what you mean, do you think I'm holding on to this position?" Sandai stood up, walked around the office, turned to Zakaki, patted him on the shoulder, and said in a low voice, "I won't let you go now." You also know the situation of Ye. It¡¯s not that I don¡¯t want to let him go, but that there is really no suitable person in Konoha. Jiraiya is gone, Tsunade is missing, Kakashi is good, but after all, he is still too young. I am also old. , Gradually, I feel powerless. You know what happened with Minato. If someone is allowed to take the position of Hokage, Konoha, which is already exhausted, may really be destroyed!" "Shikaku seems good?" Zakaki asked. "Shikaku may be okay in terms of management, but he may not be able to convince the public in terms of strength." Sandai turned to the chair, sat down slowly, and said fiercely.? He took a puff of cigarette, blew out a smoke ring, and then said: "What are you doing back to Konoha this time?" "Haha, my nephew is about to take the graduation exam. If I don't come back, I will be too incompetent, right? Besides, it will be difficult for him to pass the graduation exam with his talent!" Zakaki saw the third generation looking like he was ready to chat, He also chatted along, since he had plenty of time anyway, but it seemed that it was really difficult for Xiao Li to graduate! "Is that the kid named Locke Li? He's very good. Although he's a little less talented, he works very hard. I'm afraid it will be difficult to graduate!" Sandai suddenly laughed. Damn it, are you too shameless? Such a threat? Zakushi cursed, and then said helplessly: "What's the matter with you? Please speak up, as long as I can do it!" "Oakaki, I just said that I am old and have long been tired of the position of Hokage, so I need a good candidate to replace it. You also know Jiraiya's character. Although he is very suitable, but It's probably even harder to make him become Hokage than to kill him!" Zakaki looked at the third generation with age spots on his face, what on earth was this old guy planning? Always talking about it from the position of Hokage, Zakaki looked out the window and found that the moon had risen, so he said: "Just say what you want to say. I said that as long as I can, I will do it." Do it!" The third generation took another puff of cigarette, then spit it out, first said something, and then said slowly: "I hope you will take office as the fifth Hokage!" PS: I feel a little sad when I see that the Naruto fanfics that were basically good in the past are no longer written! I feel very pained when I write recently. I hope you will forgive me if my writing is not good. Zhou Shuyou clicked sixth. To be honest, this score is really good for my half-hearted level. It is really difficult to do Naruto fandom now. There are too many masters who write and read books. One of the disadvantages is I won¡¯t go into details. I will definitely continue to write this book. I hope everyone will support it, vote a lot, and collect it! Thank you, little brother! ; Text Chapter 117 Meeting Naruto for the first time ps: Thank you Brother Dese for your support, thank you again! To be honest, without you, I almost didn¡¯t have the courage to write this book. Thank you very much! As well as those book friends who have given great support, thank you very much! There is also the cover of the book. I have tried to do it several times, but I really can¡¯t get it right. I'm a bit of a computer brainiac "Ah! I am the Hokage? Are you kidding me?" Zakaki looked at the third generation and shouted loudly. Even though he had been used to ups and downs for many years, he was still shocked when he heard the third generation's words. What does this old boy mean? "Oakaki, do you think I'm watching a joke? Although you have had conflicts with the Uchiha clan, the Uchiha clan has been destroyed after all. You were the commander-in-chief of one side during the Third War, and it seemed that all your subordinates were doing well, with a good record. Not bad. This shows your ability to lead. I have seen the documents you reviewed. They are well-founded and have clear regulations. Also, you have done a good job in allocating various tasks and resources, even better than Jiraiya. If you do well, this shows your management ability. The last thing is strength. Your strength is definitely better than mine now, so I think you are the best candidate!" Sandai said with a serious face. "Stop giving me a high hat, just tell me if you have anything to say! I know my own situation well, and what you want has been achieved, so say it!" Zakaki spread his hands with a look of helplessness on his face. He said, "I'm not that material. Besides, who still remembers that there is such a famous person?" The third generation didn't seem to give up, and continued: "Ozaki, I am honest. I know that the village is a little sorry for you, but it is not the village's fault after all, and you also know that the situation at that time was not something that Minato and I could control at all. , that kind of punishment is already the limit of the village, and you are still a member of our Konoha! Even if you have lived in the Land of Earth these past few years." Zakaki looked at the shrewd third generation under the hat, and his heart stirred up. It turned out that the third generation had known his whereabouts for a long time. Zakaki's face began to darken. Will Madara be able to find Yumi in the future? Will Yumi's safety be guaranteed? No more protection? The third generation seemed to know what Zakaki was thinking, and explained with a smile: "You don't have to be like this. I heard from Konoha's intelligence personnel that they have seen your whereabouts in the Earth Kingdom. As for where you are in the Earth Kingdom, no one knows! I swear !¡± After hearing these words of the third generation, Zakaki's face looked a little better. This is right. He and Yumi have always paid attention to this aspect. Zakaki didn't dare to say that no one in the world could dangle in front of him, but with the addition of Yumi and Chi, this There are not many people in the world who want to get close to the lake without anyone noticing, except of course Madara. Zakaki nodded and said, "Lord Hokage, I misunderstood. I don't mean anything else. I just don't like my whereabouts to be controlled by others." "Hehehe, why are you thinking the same as I just said?" "Hokage-sama, there is no need to say anymore. Everyone is understanding. If there is anything I can do to help, just say it. Although I am no longer a ninja, I am still from Konoha!" "Since you said that, it means that you really don't want to be the Hokage, so you must find a suitable person. Forget Jiraiya, she is the only one suitable for you!" The third generation walked slowly away. He went to the window, turned his back to the oak tree, looked at the moonlight outside the window and said in despair. "Hokage-sama, are you talking about Tsunade?" Seeing the thin background of the third generation, Zakaki suddenly sympathized with this old guy. Mu Mu also devoted his life, and his proud son died, and finally cultivated three good apprentices. But one ran away and the other defected, and only Jiraiya still collected so-called intelligence for Konoha from time to time. Even his last life was tied up in the battle to defend Konoha. "Well, apart from you, only Tsunade is suitable for the position of the Fifth Hokage. You also know Tsunade's temper. Apart from Nezuki and Dan, you are probably the only one in this world who can persuade her, right? So, please !" Sandai turned around and looked at Zakaki expectantly. Zakaki looked at the old face of the third generation, but what he was thinking about was the beauty squatting and crying on the narrow path, and the last question with a hint of lust. Maybe he could get this best product home! But there is already a sweetheart at home! But this seems really good, and it seems like I really have feelings for her! And the Anko who was dragging her around seemed pretty good too! It¡¯s really confusing! Forget it, don¡¯t think about it anymore, just take it one step at a time. The Third Hokage looked at Zakaki's distorted face and asked anxiously: "Are you willing?" "No - no, how could it be? I just remembered something else." Zakaki explained. "Oh, how do you want to face her, right? It's okay. If you are really interested, I will explain it to her for you. Remember, she seems to be interested in you!" Sandai said with a gossipy face. "Hokage-sama is joking, how is it possible? I already have a girlfriend!" "What does that matter? I thinkYou can definitely take two! By the way, Hongdou is still single, I remember-" Sandai continued to gossip. "Stop talking, give me the stuff, I haven't eaten yet!" Zakaki quickly interrupted Sandai. "what?" "Information!" "What information?" "Tsunade's! Otherwise, where can I find her?" "No¡ª¡ª" ¡°£¤%#&@#£¤¡­¡­¡± Zakaki was walking on the streets of Konoha, looking at the bustling crowds. Sure enough, it was the largest village. Its prosperity alone was not comparable to that of other villages. Zakaki saw a vendor selling cute pastries, and suddenly his childlike innocence was awakened. Went forward and bought two bunches. Zhamu was eating the cakes and suddenly felt hungry. It seemed that Uncle Yichun and the others had already finished eating. If they went back like this, they would definitely do it again. What a trouble! Forget it, let's go eat some on the street. Zakaki took two steps forward and saw another scene in Konoha, "Ichiraku Ramen". Zakaki stepped into the noodle shop and saw many people already sitting inside. Zakaki found a seat and sat down, shouting to the boss Ichiraku: "Boss, please order some ramen." "Hey! It'll be ready soon, please wait!" said a waitress. After a while, the ramen came. At this moment, a daredevil walked in outside the door. With a bang, the man kicked the stool next to him and lay face to face on the ground. Then there was a roar, "Naruto! Bastard, don't disturb the guests!" "Ouch, it hurts! I'm sorry, Uncle Yile!" The fallen man got up from the store and rubbed his face. Zakaki stopped his chopsticks and looked at the appearance of the protagonist of the Naruto world. He had several beards, yellow hair, and a hearty smile. There was a big vortex painted on the back of his white shirt. It looks really idiotic. If you don't know the plot, no one can imagine that the person in front of you will bring changes to the ninja world in the future. Naruto first sat on the counter and looked at the noodles cooking in the Ichiraku bucket. Perhaps feeling that someone was looking at him, Naruto turned his head, looked around, and then fixed his eyes on Zakaki, who happened to see Zakaki staring at him. Naruto was stunned at first. It seemed that this man looked at him differently from others, but he clearly didn't take him seriously, so he stood up, glared at Zakaki, and said with bared teeth and claws: "Hey , Pretty boy, why are you looking at me? Do you want to challenge me, the future Hokage?" "Zakaki almost didn't drop the chopsticks he still had in his hand. Did I make a mistake? I just looked at you, didn't I? As for this? You still call me pretty boy, do I look like pretty boy? Seeing that Zakaki didn't answer, Naruto threw his chopsticks on the table, clenched his fists, and walked towards Zakaki, "Little pretty boy, didn't you hear me?" Zakaki looked at Naruto who came to him and asked in confusion: "How do you know I'm looking at you? Even if I did, why didn't everyone look at me? Why did you come to me?" "You still dare to quibble? Are you looking for a beating?" Naruto looked at Zakaki's appearance and seemed to become very angry. He stretched out his fist to hit Zakaki. When his fist came to Zakaki's face in the blink of an eye, However, he was intercepted in the air by Zakaki with his free left hand. No matter how hard Naruto tried, he could not make any further progress. Naruto saw that he seemed to be unable to make any further progress, so he wanted to take his fist back, but he found that no matter how hard he tried, he could not break free from the opponent's grasp. Naruto put his other hand on his wrist and pulled it outward hard, but his fist was still in the opponent's palm. Naruto suppressed his face to turn red, but it was still in vain. "Naruto! What are you doing? If you don't let go yet, why do you want to attack others? Didn't I teach you usually?" A roar came from outside the ramen shop. Zakaki saw a ninja wearing a chuunin vest walking in. There was a mark on his nose. Zakaki glanced at the person and nodded. It turned out to be another "acquaintance" Haye Iruka! Zakaki loosened his left hand that was holding Naruto's fist. This loosening was nothing, but it hurt Naruto who was struggling. He only heard a snap and Naruto sat down on the ground, followed by a scream of "Ouch!" Voice. Iruka looked at Naruto sitting on the ground, then came to Zakaki, bowed quickly and said: "I'm really sorry, he is my student, he is still too young and ignorant, I hope you can forgive me." Zakaki put the chopsticks on the table, smiled at Iruka and said: "Iruka, he is your student, right? He is very good! Work hard!" Zakaki stood up and patted Iruka on the shoulder. Naruto glanced at it and walked out. Iruka looked at Zakaki's back, and then thought about the other person's face and felt that it looked familiar, as if he had seen it somewhere before, and he knew himself! A short figure suddenly appeared in Iruka's mind.??, Iruka's eyes suddenly widened and he said with surprise: "It's him! It's him! It's him! When did he come back?" Naruto touched his butt and said angrily: "Iruka-sensei, do you know this bastard? He is so strong!" When Iruka heard what Naruto said, he slapped Naruto on the head and said angrily: "Asshole! Don't be rude, this gentleman is not an ordinary person. How did you get into trouble with him?" "who is he?" "Where is all the nonsense?" ¡°Teacher, I have no money, can you treat me to ramen?¡± ¡°@#£¤%&*¡­¡­¡± ; Text Chapter 118 Deidara and Yumi Zakaki didn't stay in Konoha for long. Seeing that Xiao Li and Uncle Yichun were fine, Zakaki decided to leave Konoha. The third generation has promised that Zakaki will successfully graduate from the ninja school, and will be taught by Akai. Although Zakaki has known about this result for a long time, it was only when the old man spit it out from the mouth of the old ghost in the third generation that Zakaki could rest assured. Once the guy opened his mouth, it was a done deal, so Zakaki left. But there are still many regrets, such as not meeting Jiraiya, not seeing Akai, Kakashi, Asuma, and that stupid Anko. Zakaki looked at the rows of tall trees and thought of the disgusting mission given by the old man in the third generation. Good guy, he didn¡¯t have any clues to look for. Isn¡¯t this a lie? The world of Naruto is so big, where can I find it? Although I knew that Jiraiya and Naruto finally found Tsunade, who knows where that place is? It is estimated that there are still two or three years before the Chuunin Examination, and I am afraid that by then all three generations will have died at the hands of his own proud master! Even if a miracle occurs and Tsunade is found, can she be Hokage in her current state? It seems that her hemophobia finally recovered under the influence of Naruto, right? Forget it, let's go to the Kingdom of Yu. Zakaki rushed towards the Kingdom of Yu with his heart full of thoughts. The country of Yu is a peace-loving country with a developed tourism industry, so it is very prosperous and has a lot of entertainment. According to the information from her past life, Tsunade was a gambler, which meant that she was very likely to appear there. When mentioning the Kingdom of Yu, Zakaki thought of that stupid little brother Hidan, who was said to have defected because he was dissatisfied with the peace-loving Kingdom of Yu. It seems that they have already formed an immortal duo with Kakuzu in the Akatsuki organization, right? After several days of trekking, Zakaki arrived at Tang Country. To be honest, it is rare to find such a prosperous place except Konoha, with a lively market selling all kinds of things and all kinds of passers-by. If you want to find Tsunade, you have to go to the casino, the casino, that's right! Zakaki looked around and found that apart from selling food and entertainment, there were no entertainment venues around. Zakaki came to a shop selling meatballs and said to the boss: "Boss, do you know where there is a casino here?" The boss first glanced at Zakmu, and then said with a bit of impatience: "It's in the north!" Zakaki glanced at the boss and shook his head. It seemed that this guy regarded me as a gambler. Zakaki glanced north and walked in that direction ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? d Zakaki clapped his hands, knocked several big men in the casino to the ground, then stepped on the guy who looked like the leader among them and said, "Now can you tell me if you have seen the legendary fat sheep?" The leader screamed, then hugged his feet on his lower abdomen and screamed: "Sir, don't kill me. I really don't know. I was just here to cause trouble for you, so" Zakaki kicked a few people aside and said with an unlucky look: "I don't know, what are you talking about?" That's it. When Zakaki first came to the casino, he saw two receptionists, so he went up and asked. situation, but the guy went and made rude remarks, saying that this was for gambling, not for sending information to people, and he looked at Zakaki with contempt, maybe because he thought Zakaki was easy to bully, he looked at Zakaki with contempt and showed off himself biceps, tell him anything to defeat yourself, so this happened. Just when Zakaki was about to leave, he suddenly found someone watching him. Zakaki frowned. To be honest, Zakaki didn't like to be in the limelight. Although it was a little bit provocative to beat up a bunch of gangsters just now, that was not his intention. Zakaki shook his head and murmured in his heart: "It seems that you should keep a low profile!" Zakaki ignored the people who were looking at him, and appeared outside the town, hiding behind a big tree and waiting for the people who caught up with him. After a while, a young man with a golden ponytail appeared in the open field. Zakaki looked at the visitor and sighed in his heart. It seemed that he and the Akatsuki organization were really destined. He had accepted a younger brother Hidan in the past, but now Here comes another Deidara! Isn't the person in front of me Deidara? This little guy looks about eleven or twelve years old. He is wearing dark green clothes and a belt. He looks really silly! It seems that Uchiha Itachi hasn't been lured back to the Akatsuki organization yet, but why is he following her? Which vassal country's reactionary organization should he be working as a bomb? Zakaki appeared and said to Deidara who was catching up: "Hey! Little guy, what do you mean by following me?" "Hey, hey, don't call me little guy! You are blaspheming art!" Deidara roared towards the oak tree. "Well, I understand! What do you want from me?" "If I'm not mistaken, you should be the Turtle Immortal Zakaki, right?" Deidara said, holding his hands in his arms. "You know me? I really wish I had never seen you before?" asked the general manager in confusion. "Of course you don't know me! Are you here?"I was only five years old when the country was plundered. How could you notice a child? Are you okay, Sister Yumi? " Deidara seemed to have remembered something and said with sadness. ??Zakaki was shocked to the heavens by his words. He knew that Yumei could understand it. After all, he was from the Kingdom of Earth, but he knew that he and Yumi were together, which shocked him to the core. Deidara looked at Zakaki's look and said with a bit of disdain: "I just can't understand, how could Sister Yumi like you like this?" "Do you know Yumi?" Zakaki asked again. Deidara said disappointedly: "I have known Sister Yumi since I was very young, and she was the first person to agree that I would become an artist! She once mentioned you to me when my father died. At that time How painful it was for her. I really want you to know what art is. It can make you explode in an instant! Later, I met her after I defected to the Iwa Ninja Village. She said that she had already been with the person she loved. We are together. According to sister Yumi¡¯s personality, her so-called lover is probably you, right? By the way, why are you here if you don¡¯t accompany sister Yumi? " "Hehehe, Yumi is very nice. Let me thank you for your greetings on her behalf. Your name is Deidara, right? You do look like an artist!" Zakaki jumped down from the tree and said, in fact, this time Zakaki really didn't know what to say, his wife actually knew this famous terrorist! "Hahaha, really? Let me just say it! I was born to do art! By the way, how do you know my name? Have you ever heard of the great artist Deidara?" Deidara asked excitedly. "I heard Yumi talk about you, but she also said that she is the most talented clay molder in the Earth Kingdom!" Zakaki said with a smile, "By the way, what are you doing here?" "Nothing, just helping a few people make some bombs. I won't talk anymore. I have something else to do. Say hello to sister Yumi for me! Let's go first!" After saying that, Deidara was about to leave. Just when he turned around to leave, he Then he turned his head and said: "To be honest, I really want to discuss art with you, Kame Sennin! But for Yumi's sake, forget it. Remember to treat Yumi sister well! Otherwise -" Zakaki nodded and said, "Don't worry! If you have a chance to be a guest at our home!" Deidara ignored Oakwood, put his left hand into his pocket, took out a ball of clay, made a flying bird, and left. "What did I think? I let such a terrorist come to my house! Damn it!" ; Text Chapter 119 Passing by Sound Ninja Village Justice and evil are two concepts that are difficult to distinguish. From the moment the universe appeared, were justice and evil defined? When we see a robber robbing an old man's money, we all think that the robber is evil. But if an old man robs the things that the robber robbed, we feel that the old man is just. It was all robbery, so why did the nature change? It should be said that what is suitable for social development and does not hinder the interests of most people is just! But in the world of beasts, there are not so many tricks. As long as your fist is big enough, you are just. In fact, there is no such thing as justice and evil in the world, all there is is twisted human hearts. These are what Oakwood was thinking when he was driving from the Kingdom of Tang to the Kingdom of Earth and passing through the Kingdom of Sound. The first thing I thought about when I came to the land of sound, Zakaki, was Orochimaru. It seemed that this land belonged to Orochimaru. It seemed that he had established a sound ninja village here. There seemed to be many masters, for example, his strength was comparable to Kaka. Kabuto Nishi, Kimimaro who is invincible in physical skills, four perverted sound ninjas, and all kinds of blood-stained weirdos, the whole thing is a laboratory! Oakwood is still somewhat grateful to Orochimaru. Not only did he help him in the past, but more importantly, he gave him the reincarnation of the dirty land. Although it is not complete, his value to him is absolutely immeasurable! The Country of Sound is still relatively prosperous. Although it cannot be compared with the big towns in big countries such as Konoha and Yuno Country, some places are still very good. Oakwood had to say that Orochimaru was indeed a genius. Not only was his strength amazing, but he could also find a good one when he was looking for a master. The wealth of a country determines the strength of Ninja Village to a certain extent. Since Orochimaru can get the support of the daimyo of the Land of Sound, it shows how great Orochimaru is! As far as Orochimaru is concerned, not only in the current Konoha, but also in the past life of Oakwood, the evaluation of Orochimaru by outsiders is probably only two words: disgusting and evil, but who knows the sorrow of this man who has become a woman? ? In the dark basement, sitting in a room with a few candles burning, was a pale-faced man with black hair draped over his shoulders. The man looked at the information in front of him, sticking out his tongue to lick his lips from time to time, frowning from time to time, and smiling from time to time. The whole room was filled with gloom. Suddenly the door to the room opened with a creak. The man stretched out his left hand to block the few rays of sunlight that came in from outside the door, and said with a bit of impatience: "Is it Kabuto? Come in!" "Lord Orochimaru, someone just noticed that a person of extraordinary strength came from outside. Based on the intelligence, we infer that he is your old friend!" The person pushed up the glasses on the bridge of his nose and said to the people in the room. Orochimaru frowned at first, then said: "Old friend? What old friend do I have? Could it be Jiraiya?" "Hehehe, Jiraiya-sama is probably going around collecting materials! How could he have the time to come here." Kabuto shook his head and said. "Oh? You mean Zakaki? Why did he think of coming here?" Orochimaru stood up and asked with a smile. , "It doesn't seem like he's coming to our place, he's probably passing by. He seems to have approached us unintentionally, right?" "Hahaha, no intention? You don't know him well. With his personality, it's impossible for him to cause such trouble. It's probably one of you idiots who provoked him, and you can't beat him. You want me to eradicate him, right?" Orochimaru led him? Said with a smile. "Hahaha, as expected of Lord Orochimaru, I can't hide anything from you. The four people who had just returned from a mission outside the village met Lord Takaki outside and were beaten up by Lord Takaki. Lord Takaki didn't seem to be satisfied. No matter how they wanted to fight with them, Kimimaro came again when they were about to leave, but the few of them still couldn't defeat Master Takaki. Fortunately, Lord Takaki used Rashomon, and the few of them stopped fighting and just remained in a stalemate. Master Tsubasa knows that they are your subordinates and asked Kidomaru to come back and tell you that he wants to see you!" Kabuto followed Orochimaru out of the room. Orochimaru walked out of the room and came to the ground. He looked at Kidomaru who was standing beside him with his head downcast. He said in a low and hoarse voice, "Don't be too discouraged. You are not facing ordinary people. They are people who are no less powerful than me!" After hearing this, Kidomaru's originally gloomy eyes suddenly shone with light. He originally thought that this godlike man would be disappointed in a few of them, and even give up on a few of them. But seeing that instead of blaming Lord Orochimaru, he was comforted by the once-in-a-hundred-year encounter. What was even more surprising was that this guy seemed to be acquainted with Lord Orochimaru, and his strength was recognized by Lord Orochimaru! This made Kidomaru extremely curious about the identity of this guy who didn't even seem to be a ninja. Kidomaru lowered his waist and followed Orochimaru and Kabuto. At this time, Orochimaru turned around again and said to Kidomaru: "Although it is understandable that you cannot defeat him, your strength must indeed be strengthened! Especially the power of the curse seal. , you must master it well!¡± "Yes! Lord Orochimaru!" Zakaki looked at three of the four sound ninjas in front of him, and the one who made ZakakiKimimaro felt extremely painful. To be honest, it's not too difficult to deal with them, but it does take a bit of effort. I just controlled the four people's dodge directions with the unsealed earth dragon bullets, and then used the underworld to devour the four people's bodies. I'm really prepared. Kimimaro arrived when he was leaving. This guy came up and fired a series of ten bullets, and rushed towards Takaki. Fortunately, Takaki used Rashomon to block the bone bullets of Tsumugi. And blocked Kimimaro's way. Kimimaro stopped attacking after seeing Rashomon, so he said he was targeting Orochimaru, and then a confrontation between several people occurred. Zakaki released Kidomaru and asked him to call Orochimaru. After all, it wouldn¡¯t be nice not to say hello when you come to an old friend¡¯s territory! Takaki looked at Kimimaro and asked with a smile: "Are you from the Kaguya clan? If I remember correctly, it seems that this family has become extinct?" Takaki still has some sympathy for Kimimaro. His personal strength is also a headache, and it is really troublesome to kill him. "Since you know Rashomon, it means that your relationship with Lord Orochimaru is definitely not shallow. However, I have been following Lord Orochimaru for many years. I seem to have never seen or heard from you. Who are you? ?" Kimimaro said as he integrated the bones in his hands into his own body. "Hahaha, you will know when Orochimaru-sama comes soon! But your strength is really good. But from your face, you seem to have some disease?" Zakaki thought that this guy seemed to have died of disease. Go up and say it freely. Kimimaro trembled, then smiled with relief, "Yes, there are indeed some health problems, but it doesn't matter. As long as I can do my best for you, you will die." Oakwood sweated profusely. It seemed that Orochimaru was definitely a successful human trafficker. Compared with these people, the guys who were brainwashed by pyramid schemes in their previous lives were just small cases. Just when Zakaki was impressed by Orochimaru's brainwashing, a gloomy but magnetic voice remembered: "Hehehe, I haven't seen you for many years, and your strength has increased again! I apologize to you for the rudeness of these guys!" Zakaki turned around and saw Orochimaru walking towards him with Kabuto and Kidomaru who had just been let go. Zakaki casually solved Huang Quannuma and said with a smile: "You're welcome, Orochimaru-sama. I benefited a lot from your technique back then! I never had time to say thank you. I didn't expect to meet you in this place!" Kimimaro and the other four people watched Zakaki and Orochimaru greet each other intimately, and suddenly felt that the world had become extraordinarily different. When had there ever been anyone worthy of Orochimaru-sama being so polite? Could this person really be like Orochimaru? Do adults have unusual relationships? ; Text Chapter 120: Visiting the Sound Ninja Village "Ozaki-kun, what do you think of my Sound Ninja Village?" Orochimaru took Uzaki to visit the village he built. Oakwood looked at Kimimaro and others behind him, smiled first, and then said: "I wonder if Orochimaru-sama wants to hear lies or the truth?" Orochimaru was stunned, turned to look at Zakaki next to him and said with a smile: "Of course it's the truth!" "If we look at it from a historical perspective, Lord Orochimaru's village is really not that good!" Zakaki looked at the sound ninja and some non-combatants coming and going around, shaking his head and said. Orochimaru frowned and looked at the sound ninja and the villagers following Zakaki's eyes. At this moment, Jirobo, the fat man with the airplane head behind Orochimaru, heard what Soaki said and yelled at Soaki: "Boy! What do you know? Orochimaru-sama is so powerful that someone like you can't." Understand? Asshole!" Uzaki looked back at Jirobo, spread his hands, and looked at Orochimaru like you were looking at him. Orochimaru turned his head behind him, stared, and a cold murderous aura surged out of his body. It was obvious that Orochimaru had murderous intentions for the fat man. Jirobo was too scared to speak. Tayuya stood up and said to Orochimaru: "Lord Orochimaru, Jirobo just made a slip of the tongue. Please let him go!" Jirobo felt Orochimaru's murderous intention, trembling and fell to his knees, lowered his head and said: "Lord Orochimaru, please forgive me!" Kabuto stood up from the side, adjusted the glasses on the bridge of his nose with his hand and said: "Sir, now is the time to employ people, please spare Jirobo's life!" Orochimaru turned around and put away his murderous aura, and said slowly: "It's still useful to keep a waste like you, hum! If you dare to talk too much, I'll let you-" "Thank you, Orochimaru-sama!" Orochimaru ignored Jiromaru again, looked at Zakaki and said: "Takaki-kun, please continue." "Hahaha, under the rule of Lord Orochimaru, he is still as powerful as ever. Although the foundation of Oto Ninja Village is not enough to compare with the five major villages, in terms of strength alone, Orochimaru's village is definitely not weak! In just a few years, it has become If you can achieve this kind of achievement, I¡¯m afraid there will be no one in this world except adults!¡± "Hahaha, Oakwood-kun's words really hit the nail on the head! Yes, although I have the support of the name of the country of sound, and I have achieved some results in my experiments in the past few years, but in the end, the time is too short, the sound ninja village is still It's a lot worse!" Orochimaru said with a bit of pride. "Lord Orochimaru, you are so humble! But there is something I don't know whether to say or not." Zakaki said with a smile. "It's okay! Just tell me, I believe Mr. Zakaki will not do anything wrong!" Orochimaru seemed a little happy when he heard what Zakaki said. "If your Excellency goes to war with Konoha or other large villages one day, your entire village will be brought down. I believe Orochimaru himself knows the situation of your subordinates, and then there will be trouble" Zakaki looked at Junma. Lu said to a prison that was roaring in the distance. Orochimaru frowned, waved to the people behind him, and said, "Everyone, please go down. I have something to discuss with Mr. Takaki." "Yes!" The group of people behind him lowered their bodies and left. "Ozaki-kun seems to have seen something? Forget it, there is nothing to hide! I have a plan, a great plan! Now Sarutobi-sensei is old and Konoha has decayed! Konoha is no longer there It is necessary to exist! I plan to destroy Konoha!" Orochimaru said ferociously as he seemed to see that Konoha had been turned into ruins in his own hands. "Hehehe, my lord's idea is good. Although Konoha has decayed, it is difficult to defeat Konoha with the Sound Ninja Village!" Zakaki said. "That's true, but what about the Sand Ninja Village that has been struggling in Konoha's hands for more than ten years?" Orochimaru said through gritted teeth. "With such confidential information, aren't you afraid that I will leak the news to Konoha?" Zakaki said jokingly. "Hahaha, no! I know who Mr. Zakaki is. Since I dare to say it, I am sure of it. However, by the way, are you interested in coming to help me, Mr. Zakaki? If you and I join forces, we can go to this ninja world. ! Even if those people are afraid, they can't do anything to us, right?" Orochimaru looked at Zakaki, and continued with a seductive voice, "If Zakaki-kun is willing to come, I can hand over the position of leader to you! You can also You know, apart from experiments, I¡¯m really not interested in these things, so it¡¯s a mistake to remember Mr. Oak¡¯s leadership skills!¡± "I appreciate Lord Orochimaru's kindness. Hahaha, that's not my intention! But in the future, if Orochimaru is useful, I can tell him that I will do my best if I can help!" Zakaki naturally knows that. Who are those people Orochimaru was talking about? But he stopped discussing this issue and said with a smile, "Orochimaru-sama's earth reincarnation helped me a lot."Huh? " "Huh? Based on my understanding of Tsubasa-kun, you don't seem to be interested in that kind of ninjutsu!" Orochimaru asked in confusion. "Haha, not bad! But I have evolved some other techniques based on the principles!" Zakaki explained. "If you can hope that Mr. Zakaki can let me see it, although this request is a bit excessive." Orochimaru said. "It's okay! If there hadn't been Orochimaru-sama, there wouldn't have been this technique! Ninja, Eight Earth Rebirths!" After that, Zakaki quickly formed seals, and eight phantoms gradually appeared in the eight directions centered on Zakaki and Orochimaru. Standing in the center with his eyes closed and forming a seal, the other eight bodies, starting from the heels, slowly materialized, and finally the eight bodies appeared and slowly turned into the appearance of oak wood. The nine oak trees suddenly opened their eyes, glowing with light, and looked at Orochimaru inside. When Orochimaru saw this scene, a few drops of cold sweat broke out on his face, and he said in surprise: "Incredible! Mr. Tokaki is indeed a genius. This kind of ninjutsu can only be described as unsolvable!" The one in the middle said, "Orochimaru-sama, you are joking. This ninjutsu also has great disadvantages. The resistance to some powerful illusions is almost zero!" After hearing what Zakaki said, Orochimaru carefully observed the other eight bodies, then frowned and said: "This is indeed a problem. You must also know about that organization. There are many illusion masters among them. I see that your soul power has weakened. It's a lot, but if you really face those people, this technique is a bit useless!" "Lord Orochimaru is very knowledgeable, that's true!" "Hehehe, I don't believe that Mr. Tsubasagi is not prepared! Back then I suffered a loss due to a kid's genjutsu, but I believe that sooner or later I will develop an unsolvable art!" Orochimaru seemed to be remembering all the things in the past. , showing bursts of murderous intent. "Hahaha, then I wish Orochimaru-sama an early success!" Zakaki naturally knew that Orochimaru was talking about Itachi, and it seemed that he was banned by Itachi in the end! PS: There¡¯s a lot of nonsense, but this chapter will play a big role in the development of the story in the future! ; Text Chapter 121 The last resort Zakaki has already left the Sound Ninja Village. To be honest, Zakaki always felt that he and the Sound Ninja Village would have something to do with each other, so that Zakaki promised to help the village with Orochimaru in the future. How could he know that he and the Sound Ninja Village would have an indissoluble bond! In a dark stone room with a huge statue, a man with black steel nails on the bridge of his nose stood with his hands behind his back. Behind him stood a man with a mask, and next to him was a beautiful girl with big eyes and blue hair wearing paper flowers. . The man wearing the mask held a scroll in his hand and read: "Oakaki, born in Konoha, 23 years old, nicknamed Kame Sennin. He has done 0 C and D-level missions, 39 B-level missions, 216 A-level missions, and 42 S-level missions. Apprentice to Midoriya Sarutobi Shinnosuke, Six Defeated Uchiha Iwa, the genius of the Uchiha family, at the age of twelve. He once defeated the Iwa ninja attack army with the Konoha ninjas Kato Dan and Akimichi Tao. He led a party at the age of twelve. He once single-handedly killed the Uchiha elder Uchiha Kagaki in the Uchiha family. , was finally deprived of ninja qualifications by Konoha, and now lives in the land of earth!" The masked man read the information on the scroll, and his voice gradually became colder when he read about the Uchiha family, and said after finishing reading : "This information is just a resume. It doesn't seem to be very clear about his strength and unique skills! I don't want our plan to be hindered by an unknown factor!" The man with the black steel nail on the bridge of his nose spoke: "Sir, there is no need to make a fuss, I do know something about his strength!" "Oh? I have heard of this guy named Zakaki. It was he who made me decide to destroy the Uchiha family before. I haven't paid attention to him in the Mist Ninja Village in the past few years. Please tell me about his situation!" This masked man is Madara. "Back when Hidan joined Akatsuki, I fought with him once. To be honest, he was a difficult opponent. Not only was he an elusive figure, but his fighting experience and ability to formulate tactics should not be underestimated. What you just saw There is one of his special skills written in the information, which is called Kame Sennin mode! Five years ago, this person could resist my four bodies without Kame Sennin mode! His current strength is probably even more difficult to estimate. This is why I put him in The reason for showing you the information!" Zero said without any emotion. "Hmm. I didn't expect that such an inconspicuous guy could have such strength! But this was your negligence. Why didn't you kill him then? Now it's a problem to raise a tiger?" "Hmph! Don't talk to Zero in that tone, don't forget your identity!" The blue-haired beauty next to Zero said coldly to Madara. "Xiaonan, don't be rude! Sir, you misunderstood. I could defeat him at that time, but if I kill him or capture him, I have no confidence at all!" Zero said. Madara looked at Konan and Zero through the holes in the mask, then flicked his sleeves and said, "Will this person cause trouble for our plan?" "Personally, I don't think this person has any intention of fighting for power. Even from the information sent by Scorpion, it seems that this person is very indifferent to everything. But he won't be like this when it comes to people he cares about, such as his brother!" Zero said with deep meaning. He glanced at Madara. ¡°Such people are often the scariest, but also the easiest to deal with!¡± Time is like sleeping with a woman, it¡¯s gone as soon as you feel good! But what troubled Zakaki was that he hadn't felt happy yet. Three years have passed, and not many major events have happened, but there is one major event that needs to be mentioned, that is, Takaki and Yumi got married under the testimony of Tenchi, and they were pregnant not long ago! There are not many big things, but there are still a lot of various small things. For example, Zakaki once went to the Kingdom of Rivers and met Jiraiya who was having sex, and once met Inoka who was on a mission in the Kingdom of Grass. Choi has also met Xiao Sa, the strongest genin in Konoha, but he has occasionally gone out to look for Tsunade in the past three years with no results! Zakaki is not the kind of silly character who runs around for tasks. Every time Zakaki finds a period of time, he always returns to the Land of Earth to spend some time with Yumi, and then goes out to look for it when he is bored. With this kind of attitude and the fact that Tsunade often puts on makeup to avoid debt, it's no wonder she found it! "Earth Escape - Rock Giant!" With a bang, three giants more than five meters tall jumped out of the ground. The three giants roared and rushed towards the surrounding rocks. There were a few more booms, and those who were hit The rocks turned into pieces. After a while, when all the flying rubble had settled, it was discovered that there was a young man with black hair among the three giants. The man kept mumbling. When he came closer, he listened. Only then did he realize why. It turned out that this person was Zakaki who was developing a new technique. Zakaki looked at the destructive power of the three rock giants and said with a smile: "My ancestors really didn't lie to me! As the saying goes, we all know how to do it together. I used the Dragon Wandering Technique back then, and now I have done something so minor. A small psychic technique!" Zakaki removed the technique and looked at the half-squandered chakra and fell into deep thought: It seems like the plot is starting to develop from now on, right? own strength?It is considered top-notch. Magma Yellow Spring Marsh and Wandering Dragon Technique are group attacks. This rock giant integrates offense and defense. Eight Earth Rebirth is a life-saving move. Don't use it indiscriminately! These four ninjutsu were created by me and are the basis of my career. Coupled with my earth escape technique, not to mention beating Nagato and Madara, at least there is no problem in escaping! But having said that, these four ultimate moves all consume chakra! With my current amount of chakra, it seems that I can only use three of them at once, especially after Yatu was reborn and merged with Bobby, even Bobby's chakra was squandered! After all, it is equivalent to Zakaki and Bobby using nine times the usual chakra at one time! Oakwood touched the thing under his pocket that he had raised for more than ten years. It was all thanks to it that he could eat apples wherever he went these years! I wonder if I can use this thing to create something? But I have nourished it with more than ten years of life! I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s useful? ps: Don¡¯t scold me for cheating, these are all of Zakaki¡¯s tricks, including the last one of course! The last resort won¡¯t happen in the short term! To be honest, I came up with all these tricks myself, including the last one! Also, the Wood Release has been badly written for a long time. I will not set the last move to the Wood Release! The writing in the past two weeks is really not good, I know that, but the plot will be better later on. I've been talking for a long time, just one sentence, please support me! ; Text Chapter 122 Entering the Country of Waves The Kingdom of Waves is in the south of the Kingdom of Fire, and Oak came here from the Kingdom of Earth through the entire Kingdom of Fire. Zakaki had no intention of coming to the Country of Waves. Not long after his debut in the Country of Waves, he met a young man who was full of hope for life. He also formed a dispensable friendship with him and even promised a child. He promised that he could come to him if he encounters difficulties in the future, and gave him a token, but later Zakaki left Konoha, and I don't know if the boy gave the token he gave to Konoha to ask for help. Maybe I went there, maybe I didn¡¯t go there, but even if I went, how could these so-called little people get the distress signal into their own hands? It seems that Kesha is indispensable to the development of Naruto's plot. Kesha died at the hands of Cardo, the great tycoon of the Land of Waves. If he was really saved, would it affect the subsequent plot? With this entanglement, Zakaki rushed to the country of waves. Through the news from a well, Tochigi knew that Kakashi had been departing from Muye to the country of waves for several days before departure. When Tsubasa left Konoha, he had told Ichii that once the Jinchuuriki of Konoha left, there was no need to notify him. However, it took several days for the news to be conveyed, which caused Zakaki to be much late. The country of Tsubasa Raiha is not only a small bond here, but also because of Haku and Zabuza! Anyone who has watched Naruto will sympathize with these two tragic characters, and the same goes for Oakwood. Although Zakaki sympathized with them, there was still something that troubled Zakaki. I remember that Shiro was a girl in the anime. Of course, it was meant to be dressed up, but it seems that Shiro was said to be a boy in the end! But it clearly looks like a woman, why do you say it's a man? Is there anything between him and Zabuza? Zakaki twitched his mouth, holy shit! What a good person, a person as white as snow, how could he blaspheme others like this! But it¡¯s really confusing! ¡ª¡ª "Uncle, how can I get to the bridge designer Dazuna's house?" Zakaki pulled a friendly-looking uncle casually on the side of the road and asked. The uncle first glanced at Zakaki warily, and then said warily: "Who are you? What do you want from Mr. Dazuna?" "Hehehe, I am a ninja from Konoha, sent to support Kakashi and the others! Don't worry, I won't harm him!" Zakaki said with a smile that he thought was very kind. "That's it! Hehehe, I'm sorry! There was a big battle between several ninja masters the day before yesterday. Fortunately, Konoha's ninjas are more skilled, and those bad guys who wanted to assassinate Mr. Dazuna didn't succeed! You are Konoha Yes? Slave, the most beautiful house over there is his house!" The uncle said with a smile. "Oh! I know, but the scenery of the Country of Waves is really unique!" Zakaki said with a smile. "Yes, although the Country of Waves is very poor, it is indeed a beautiful place. If there weren't those bad guys, it might be even more beautiful!" said the uncle. Zakaki smiled at him and left. Zakaki arrived at Dazuna's house and found a lock on the door, so he left. Zakaki got up and came to the seaside hut where Kesha used to live. The scenery was still beautiful, but things had changed. Zakaki still remembers that he was injured and almost died at the hands of the seven mist ninjas. However, he was still able to kill two of them and got two big swords, which were finally "confiscated" by those bastards from Konoha! Zakaki thought of Kesha's way of cutting two sides for his friends, of Chi, Jinchuan and Zhiyan's loyalty. He remembered that Jinchuan died not far away. The future leader of this tragic big family seemed to be The previous members of the team all ended badly. Jinchuan stopped talking and defected. Zhiyan changed his name to Get Root! It seems that Zhiyan was captured by Madara in the end and was used as a sacrifice for Kabutushi. And there is me. My brother was killed, and I was deprived of my ninja qualifications because of revenge! It seems that the strength of this big Konoha family cannot be underestimated! Zakaki walked to the wooden house and opened the door gently. A pungent dust filled the air. It seemed that no one had been here for a long time. There are still fishing nets hanging on the wall, but the photos I saw before are missing. They may have been put away. Zakaki patted the dust on his body, closed the small door of the wooden house, and then walked towards the seaside. When Zakaki came to the beach, he saw a child wearing a hat. The child buried his head in his knees, his body was twitching, and he was obviously crying. Looking at this look, Zakaki suddenly remembered a person, Kesha's stepson, Inari! Zakaki nodded, it seems that this child has not been enlightened by Naruto yet! Zakaki walked up to the child and patted him on the shoulder. Inari still lowered his head, but roared in a tearful tone: "Leave me alone! You don't understand anything, you just talk nonsense! You don't understand anything!" Zakaki was startled for a moment, and then he was relieved. The little guy thought he was Naruto! "Your name is Inari, right? Are you Kesha's son?" | Yi Na wiped away the tears on his pants, raised his face still stained with tears, and said puzzledly: "Who are you? Do you know that liar?"?? "Liar? What kind of liar? Are you talking about Kesha?" Zakaki asked with a frown. "Of course it's the liar!" "Hehehe, I think you misunderstood him! In fact, Kesha is a hero! He even saved me back then!" Zakaki smiled gently as he thought of Kesha who immediately looked childish. "Saved you?" Inari stretched out his hand and wiped away the tears on his face. "Haha, that was many years ago" "Hey, hey, hey! Inari, listen to me first!" A loud and familiar voice sounded to Zakaki. Zakaki looked back and saw a young man with blond hair and orange clothes heading in this direction. Come running, who could it be if it wasn't Naruto? Naruto came to Inari, held Inari's shoulders, and said excitedly: "It's not like that, your father is a hero Huh? Why is there another person! Oh my God, you are the bastard!" Naruto said this Only then did he see Zakaki, and then he said angrily. Zakaki felt countless black lines falling from his forehead. This crazy guy only discovered his existence now! I really can¡¯t figure it out, how could such a person be the protagonist? Zakaki ignored Naruto, just smiled at Inari, then turned and left. Only Naruto was left behind, who kept shouting and baring his teeth, and Inari, who looked puzzled. "Do you know him?" Inari stood up and asked. "I don't know him, but he looks very unhappy." Naruto pouted and picked his nose. "He seems to know the liar and calls the liar a hero!" Inari said. "Hey, hey, I heard Grandpa Dazna tell you about your father Kesha. I think he is a hero" "hero?" ; Text Chapter 123: Intervening in the battle Zakaki was sitting on a big tree eating an apple, looking at a tall building in front of him, with "Cado Shipping Company" written on the building. Zakaki, who knew the plot, suddenly felt very sick. Everyone knew that in the Naruto world given by Master AB, the daimyo were very noble, and could also be said to be the most noble people. This was probably because they were rich and could control The economic lifeline of the entire Ninja Village. But no matter how rich they are, they won't have such a noble status, right? For example, Kakuzu is the finance minister of the Akatsuki organization. He has to do endless tasks to earn head money. Remember, the Akatsuki organization seems to have a plan to make money first, right? Damn, with their strength, they directly hijacked the daimyo of a rich country like Yuno Country, and they still worry about having no money? If you are worried about your identity being revealed, you can imitate those who rob banks now and just wear stockings! It seems that it was because they wanted to make money that they delayed the plan a lot, which eventually led to the growth of Naruto and the others, and also led to the death of a large number of elites in the Akatsuki organization! Which of these famous names can block Payne's sneak attack? I'm afraid you can't even think about the name of the Fire Nation, right? What the heck are those famous names? And Kado, who dares to monopolize in front of us, is so famous that even Kakashi said he is famous. Do you think the Akatsuki organization has never heard of him? Since he is short of money and directly kills the boss of the world's top chaebol, will he still be short of money? Are you still letting this rich bastard become so arrogant? A short man wearing a suit, glasses and a cane led a group of thugs armed with swords, guns and sticks, shouting and walking towards the unbuilt bridge in the Land of Waves. The man on crutches is naturally Kado, and behind him are a group of his minions. One of the thugs holding a long knife said: "Boss, that guy named Zabuza can't beat a few Konoha's short winter melons?" Kaduo pushed up his glasses and said with disdain: "Who was beaten by a few short winter melons a few days ago? Humph!" ¡°Boss, you don¡¯t know, I was careless. If I touch them again, I will break their arms, especially that yellow-haired kid¡ª¡ª¡± Kado interrupted the man's next words impatiently, waved his hand and said: "Stop talking nonsense! That guy named Zabuza Kijin actually wants so much money from me, huh! While he and the ninjas of Konoha are both hurt, Kill them together. Especially the guy with the mask, he hurt me, it¡¯s unforgivable! Don¡¯t kill them directly for a while, capture them, I¡¯m going to kill them alive, do you hear me? ?" Kado looked at his bandaged left hand, gritting his teeth with a ferocious look on his face. Cardo waved his hand and said to the people behind him: "Get on the boat. If you kill them today, all the girls in the Kingdom of Waves will be your choice!" "Yes! Hahaha -" a group of gangsters behind Cardo shouted arrogantly, not knowing that ahead was their smooth road to hell. On the battlefield between Kakashi and Zabuza: "Naruto, kill me!" The boy whose mask was destroyed revealed a girl-like face, his eyes were full of sadness, but also somewhat determined. "Are you living just to become stronger?" Naruto opened his eyes and said angrily. Sakura and Tatsuna stood in the fog. As the fog slowly disappeared while they slept, they could faintly see the figures of Kakashi and Zabuza, and then there was a conversation: "Zabuza, didn't you say that I can only copy other people's ninjutsu? Today I'm going to show you my own ninjutsu! Raikiri!" Suddenly, dazzling lights appeared in the fog, and then there was a cry. , like a thousand birds singing in unison. The light that appeared illuminated the surroundings, and then a man with a mask on his face and silver hair held a ball of shining light in his hand. His whole body released bursts of murderous aura, like a fighter who had just returned from hell. This man was It's Kakashi Hatake! That ball of light also made people see the man not far from him. The man's situation can only be described as fish on an anvil. Of course, at first glance, it is still a bit funny. Several ninja dogs are biting the man. Several important moving parts of a man are so miserable! Not far away, Naruto seemed to be irritated by the boy in front of him. He took out a kunai from his ninja tool bag, roared and rushed towards the boy. At this moment, the boy trembled violently, and then with a He said somewhat helplessly: "I'm sorry, Naruto!" After saying that, he turned into a shadow. At this moment, Kakashi moved, and his vigorous figure disappeared in the fog. Only a blue and white light group was seen moving quickly, and he quickly rushed in the direction of Zabuza. "Oops! This is him. Is that boy going to die for Zabuza?" Kakashi knew it was over when he saw the figure that suddenly flashed past, but how could a body moving at high speed change its trajectory in a short period of time? Could it be that this snow-like boy was going to die in his own hands? Kakashi seemed to have seen the scene of the young boy in front of him bleeding under Raikiri, and Kakashi closed his eyes. At this critical moment, Kakashi suddenly felt that his body was being dragged away from the original track. Kakashi couldn't help but set off a huge storm in his heart. This familiar ChaCarats are¡ª¡ª "Ouch~! Kakashi, you are so cruel! Are you willing to attack such a child? I am disappointed that I have not seen you for so many years!" At this time, all the focus was focused on Kakashi and the man next to him. Kakashi didn't say anything, but the man with black hair next to him made everyone open their mouths. Although this man didn't look good, Handsome, but very masculine, and coupled with a rather strong body, he has a different kind of charm. Of course, this is not the point. The point is that the man is holding Kakashi's wrist and looking quite disappointed. It looks like the helplessness of the elders when they see the younger generation as useless! "Are you Mr. Oak?" Kakashi said tremblingly, with a respectful look on his face. "It's just me, but your strength is a bit disappointing! After all, it's not a good thing to sacrifice one's strengths for the sake of inferiority? And this Zabuza does deserve to be killed, but it would be a bit unfair if this boy died in your hands!" Said with a wooden face. Although Zakaki¡¯s words were short, they shocked everyone again! Naruto looked at this scene and felt like his brain was completely short-circuited! Who is this person? Why do Kakashi-sensei and Iruka-sensei both have that expression? Who is this bastard? Also Master Zakaki? What's even more surprising is that this person seems to be younger than Kakashi-sensei. Why is Kakashi-sensei doing this? "What you are talking about, sir, why did you suddenly appear?" Kakashi used his forehead protector to block the scarlet Sharingan, and lowered his head and said. "Hehehe, I had nothing to do, I was walking around, and I happened to come across this scene. These two are your disciples, right? And the kid lying on the ground!" Zakaki asked, laughing. "This is a joke, sir. He is indeed my disciple." Kakashi relaxed when he saw Zakaki's appearance. "Well, they're all good!" Zakaki nodded and said. Zakaki turned around and looked at Haku, who had been pushed down by him, and Zabuza, who was being bitten by several ninja dogs. He frowned, "You are the Seventh Ninja of the Mist." Zabuza Zabuza, the Demon King of the crowd, right?¡± At this moment, Zabuza had long been lost in thought, looking at Zakaki with a surprised look on his face, this person is - could it be him? One Kakashi is enough, and here comes a more powerful character, but he seems to have no hostility and even saved Shiro. What does that mean? What is his intention? Seeing that Zabuza was silent, Zakaki was a little unhappy, and then said to Kakashi behind him: "Kakashi, let those ninja dogs of yours come down!" "But, sir -" Kakashi tried to explain something. Zakaki interrupted Kakashi's words with a wave of his hand, and said proudly: "Don't you still believe me? A small ghost can't make any big waves in my hands, let alone hurt him! " Kakashi suddenly thought about the strength of the man in front of him and felt relieved. Who is he? More than ten years ago, two Mist ninjas were killed among the seven, and one of them seemed to be able to use the decapitating sword! With a bang, several ninja dogs turned into puffs of smoke and disappeared into the fog. Feeling that he had regained his freedom, Zabuza spoke, "Are you Kame Sennin Oak? It's not an insult to my reputation to die in the hands of someone like you! However, I won't just sit back and die, even if you are the legendary one." Turtle Immortal!" Zakaki walked up to Zabuza, laughed and said, "Why should I kill you?" PS: No one gave any advice, should Bai let her die? So confusing! ; Text Chapter 124 Who will die between you two? Shiro looked at the sudden appearance of Takashi with wide eyes, a trace of gratitude flashed in his eyes, and then he stepped back and came to Zabuza's side, took out a few Senbon and looked at Takaki cautiously. Zabuza held the decapitating sword, pushed Shiro away in front of him, pulled away the white cloth at the corner of his mouth, and sneered: "Don't you think I'm not worthy of your action? Anyone who underestimated the demon has already died under this decapitating sword! Go to hell!" After Zabuza said that, he brandished his sword and rushed towards Zakaki. It seems that no one expected that Zabuza would dare to take action, including Kakashi, who had just retreated from the Sharingan. Although Zabuza did not lose his hands as in the plot, he was hit by Kakashi dozens of times, both in terms of speed and strength. They all slid down rapidly, but the distance between Zakaki and Zabuza was only a few steps. Zabuza, who was rushing towards him, raised his beheading sword in the blink of an eye. Although Zabuza was seriously injured, the sword skills of the Seven Ninja Swordsmen were not wasted. In vain, the decapitating sword used a remote direction as a track to slash at the oak tree. It seemed that the oak tree was frightened, and the whole person remained motionless. "Be careful!" "Run!" "Zabuza-sama doesn't want it!" Three voices shouted from the mouths of Naruto, Sakura and Shiro respectively. Even Kakashi stared at him and quickly moved towards Zakaki. He rushed in the direction of Zabuza. At such a close distance, even Master Tsubasa couldn't do anything! Everyone held their breath, only Kakashi, who was quickly supporting, was running on the bridge! As expected, the big knife struck Zakaki, cutting off his entire body. Zakaki, who was still alive and kicking just now, now has his head missing. Just when everyone was feeling sad about Zakaki's death, a figure suddenly emerged from the thick bridge. The figure was directly close to Zabuza's body, pinched his neck with his left hand, and hung him high in the air. , perhaps because the figure's strength was too great, the sword that was still tightly held in his hand fell to the ground with a bang, and then Zabuza was struggling in the air. Everyone experienced a heaven and hell in this moment, and the one who felt it the most was Kakashi, who had already felt the presence of Zakaki beside him. When he saw Zakaki holding Zabuza in the air, his heart was beating wildly. Only then did his heart calm down. This was the invincible Kame Sennin. Kakashi froze, shook his head, and thought with a wry smile, "I am really as stupid as a few brats. How could he die in the hands of such a character?" Zakaki ignored Kakashi who rushed to his side, and just said with disdain: "Why are some people always so stupid? So overestimating their abilities? I wanted to let you live for the sake of this child's kind heart. But now I have changed my mind! I decided to kill you!" "Huh~huh, kill - you - kill -!" Zabuza was not worried about the increasing strength, he just wanted to get rid of it as early as possible, especially when he saw Shiro standing up to stop Kakashi's thunder just now. Yep, it seems that the string in his heart has been completely broken. Maybe it¡¯s not bad to die like this, so that he can¡ª¡ª "Let go Zabuza-sama!" Shiro looked at the gradually increasing strength of the oak tree and saw Zabuza's increasingly purple face. Knowing that Zabuza had reached his limit, Shiro quickly shot dozens of Senbon towards the oak tree. The Qianben shone with a cold light, but in the next second all the Qianbons stopped moving, because a majestic mud wall appeared not far from the oak tree, and the Qianbons were all shot into the mud wall. However, Qianbon's interception did not hinder Haku's movement. Haku still accelerated towards the direction of Takashi and Zabuza. Just when Haku was about to change direction to avoid the mud wall, another Takashi suddenly appeared on the mud wall. This Takashi Mu first grabbed Shiro's right hand holding Qianben, and then kicked Shiro's calf. Shiro was like a backpack hanging on his shoulders and being kicked out. His entire body was centered on the junction between Shiro and him. He spun around in the air and saw Shiro losing his support in the air. Zakaki knew that this guy seemed to be reaching his limit, so he stretched out his free left hand and pinched his neck. He was suspended in the air like Zabuza. . Zakaki, who was grabbing Zabuza, raised the corner of his mouth and said, "Trash like you dare to be arrogant in front of me. I have decided to kill you two now!" "Asshole! Let him go! Don't hurt him!" When Naruto heard that Zakaki was going to kill Shiro, he hurriedly ran in the direction of Zakaki, but when he was about to reach Zakaki, he was caught by Kakashi. Holding the back collar, it was like a wild horse trapped by the reins, struggling hard. "Naruto! Don't be rude! Of course you have your reasons for doing this, please calm down!" Kakashi said to Naruto in his hand. "Kakashi-sensei, this bastard is going to kill that guy! I'm going to kill this bastard!" Naruto shouted. "Naruto! If you dare to be rude again, I will punish you the most severely!" Kakashi suddenly roared at Naruto. Naruto and Sakura, who was taking care of Sasuke, were completely frightened by Kakashi's roar, especially Naruto. He looked back at Kakashi and clearly saw real anger in his eyes.?, although Kakashi-sensei usually likes to tease a few people, he has never been angry with the three of them. It seems like this is the first time! Naruto clenched his fists, lowered his head, with tears in his eyes, and said unwillingly: "Kakashi-sensei, that guy is going to kill him!" "Naruto! You naturally have a sense of proportion when doing things. People like him will not kill innocent people indiscriminately. You should watch carefully first, and you will find out in a while!" Kakashi pulled Naruto and said. Zakaki raised the white in his hand and said with a smile: "I suddenly became interested and gave you a chance to choose. Now, only one of you two can survive! Do you decide who lives and who dies?" Shiro, who had already closed his eyes, seemed to see some hope when he heard Takaki's words. Haku looked at Takaki longingly and said nervously: "Please let me die? I'm just a tool for Zabuza-sama. Therefore, I am willing to die for you!" Not far away, Zabuza trembled in his heart again and looked at Zakaki with a vicious expression! He stammered: "Youyou killII'm going to kill youyou!" Perhaps he really had no strength, and his feet that were trying to struggle just moved slightly and then died. movement. "No! Kill me! As long as I can keep Zabuza-sama alive, I am willing to die!" Shiro said with tears. Naruto on the side seemed to be unable to stand it anymore, "Those who play with life are the most abominable! Kakashi-sensei, didn't you see the ugly face of that bastard? Are you as insensitive as him? Kakashi-sensei !¡± "Naruto! You have to learn to trust your companions!" Kakashi glanced at Sasuke on the ground and continued: "Just like you trust Sasuke!" "But he is not our companion!" Naruto roared at Kakashi. Kakashi didn¡¯t get angry again this time. Looking at Zakaki¡¯s figure, he seemed to have recalled a lot, and said with a smile: ¡°He is my companion, my boss, and he can also be considered my teacher!¡± "What?" Naruto and Sakura on the ground shouted together. "Hehehe, so you have to choose to believe in him, just like you believe in me!" Kakashi said, patting Naruto's head. Tsubasa looked at Zabuza, who had turned into a tomato-like face, shook his head and said, "It's so unexpected that there are people who care about you so much for a trash like you!" "Do you - care? Hehe - hehe -" Zabuza squeezed out a smile and looked sideways at Shiro not far away. He found that his tears had already wet the ground. He looked at Shiro who kept shaking his head at him. , Zabuza found that his long-dried eyes actually had two drops of water left. Is this mist or tears? "Have you thought about it? Who of you two will die?" PS: Although not many people discuss Bai¡¯s life and death, I decided to let Bai live. Some book friends said that Bai should be taken away, but Bai seemed to be a man, so I couldn't help it. Finally, I hope you can vote for a few recommendations and save them if you haven¡¯t already. Thank you very much! ; Text Chapter 125 A good ending Zaki looked at Zabuza who was crying and showed a smile. It seemed that his goal had been achieved. He nodded to his earth clone in the distance, and then said: "Zabuza, the greatest sorrow in the world is not death at the hands of others. , but even if you die, it will not cause waves in anyone's heart like a dead leaf falling to the ground! Obviously someone cares about you. As a person, you are not considered trash!" After that, Zakaki threw Zabuza away, Then he removed the earth clone, walked slowly to Bai, squatted down and looked at Bai and said, "I really don't know whether to say you are lucky or sad? I hope you can live a good life with him!" Bai stared at his big bright eyes with puzzlement and confusion, touched his neck and said, "Why?" Zakaki turned around, turned his back to Bai, walked towards the distance, and said lightly: "There is no reason, I just think it's fun!" Zabuza gasped for breath, stood up with difficulty, and walked towards Shiro. There was no fierce anger in his tiger eyes, but only clear sadness and a touch of happiness. Zabuza came to Shiro's side and touched him. With a smile on his face, he said: "From today on, there will be no Zabuza Momochi and no Shiro in the world, only two homeless people who depend on each other for their lives." "Well! Zabuza-sama, let's go to a place without fighting!" Shiro shed tears and nodded excitedly. Naruto watched this scene, constantly wiping his tears with his sleeves, and said to Kakashi: "Kakashi-sensei, Shiro seems to have found his destination? It's so touching! Woohoo¡ª¡ª" "Well, who says it's not the case? Hahaha, what a good ending!" Kakashi looked at Zakaki who had gone away and murmured: "It's really the style of Uzaki-sama!" "Kakashi-sensei, who is he? It doesn't seem so bad!" Naruto asked in confusion. "Yes, Kakashi-sensei, he is so powerful! I didn't even see him form the seals, but he just cast a few ninjutsu! Could it be that the speed of his seals has surpassed our sight?" Sakura He stood up with tears on his face. "Hehehe, he?" Kakashi smiled first and then said seriously, "He is a legend!" "Oh my, it's so touching! I cried when I saw it. You despicable ninjas are really disgusting!" A man with a cane and glasses emerged from the bridge and said, "Hahaha - ¡ª¡± Everyone turned their focus to the incoming person. At this time, a group of thugs armed with swords, guns and clubs were shouting and waving their weapons continuously. "Hmph! You so-called ninjas are really infuriating. That Zabuza Zabuza. I wanted you to lose both sides and save a lot of employment fees. It seems impossible, but fortunately, it seems Are you all injured? Come here! Kill them!" Kado looked at his injured hand, then hit the ground hard with his crutch and said ferociously: "Especially that guy! Give me a hard blow. beat!" "Okay, boss! Look at us!" "Hahaha, kill them!" "Hey, I want that Sora Aoi when I go back later. I heard that his skills are good! He has also been on TV!!" "Go ahead! "¡ª¡ªThe thugs behind Kado seemed to see him holding the girl in his arms, racing on the woman's belly to their heart's content, and rushing towards Zabuza and the others desperately. "Shiro! Wait until I finish off this bastard Kado, and then I'll go with you!" Zabuza looked at Shiro next to him and said, then he twisted the decapitating sword on the ground and quickly dodged into the crowd, the blade constantly harvesting the thugs. At this moment, Cardo seemed to see an evil ghost rushing towards him with a big knife. Even though there were dozens of men around him, it seemed that he could not stop the evil ghost's sprint. Kaduo hurriedly retreated and came to the end of the crowd. "Kakashi-sensei, can he do it alone?" Naruto said worriedly. "Don't worry, Kijin Momochi Zabuza is not in vain, even if he is injured! Of course, it seems that we can teach that arrogant guy a lesson!" Kakashi quickly formed a seal, and then bang bang bang The voice sounded, just like the original work, Kakashi split into countless clones. Just when Kakashi¡¯s clone came out, suddenly a crossbow arrow was shot from behind everyone, and then a child led a group of villagers with weapons to the battlefield. It was Inari who came out to support in the original work! Under the setting sun, a beheading knife was inserted between two graves. Two purple wreaths were hung on the graves. Four people stood beside the graves. They were Kakashi's master and his disciples. The four of them looked silently into the distance. Two figures, one tall and one short, disappeared into the sunset. "Kakashi-sensei, is what Zabuza said true?" The red-haired Sakura raised her head and looked at Kakashi and asked. "What is not true?" Kakashi turned over the dead fish.? said. "That ninja is a tool that doesn't need emotions!" Naruto interjected from the side. Even the cool Sasuke looked at Kakashi with interest. "This? To a certain extent, it makes sense, but it doesn't make sense. This is also a problem that has troubled ninjas for many years!" Kakashi said with a haha. "I think it must be wrong! Just like the two of them, doesn't even Zabuza have feelings?" Naruto said with certainty. "Maybe?" Kakashi said as he looked at Zabuza and Haku's retreating figures "Dad, did you see? I am also a hero now!" A kid wearing a hat shed tears in front of a grave under the sunset. "Brother Naruto is right! You are a hero, and I will inherit your legacy." Ambition, to protect my mother and grandpa well! Wuwuwu¡ª¡ª" "Hehehe, Inari, you are a hero just like Kesha!" A person suddenly appeared behind Inari, it was Mr. Zakaki who had just become famous. Yi Na wiped away her tears and said with a tearful tone: "Well! When I grow up, I want to be like my father and be a man who stands upright!" Zakaki touched Inari's head and said with a smile: "You are now a man who stands upright and upright!" "Really?" "Hahaha, do you still have to doubt this? Your actions are the best proof. You are the one who defeated Cardo!" Zakaki said with a smile. "Well! By the way, you seem to know my father, but I've never heard my father mention you?" Inari said in confusion. ??????? Then Tsukuba told Inari about his encounter with Kesha, and then told him that Kesha is a man who is not afraid of evil forces. After listening to Zakaki's words, Inari slapped his head fiercely, and then said: "By the way, my father gave me a kunai before. My father seemed to say that it was his first friend, and he also said that he would be his best friend. Give me something precious and hope I can gain true friendship!¡± Zakaki looked at the grave in front of him and said sadly: "Why don't you come to me? Then you won't die!" Inari suddenly ran in one direction, then turned back and shouted to Zakaki: "Wait for me here now! I'll go back and I'll be here soon!" Zakaki looked at Inari's short back and naturally knew that he was going back to get the kunai. He shook his head and said, "Kesha, it seems you have a very good son? I'm leaving. I'll see you again if I have another chance." You." Oak wood carved two lines of large characters on the trees next to the tomb, and then looked at the sunset in the distance. Maybe this is a good ending! Inari took the heavy kunai and rushed to the grave out of breath, but did not see the figure of the uncle just now. Inari shouted to the surroundings: "Uncle, uncle - hey hey hey -" Inari shouted After a long time, no one showed up. Inari suddenly saw two lines of words carved on the tree. Inari slowly read: "Keep on keeping the kunai. If anything happens, come to Konoha and find someone named Zakaki." Man. Is this uncle called Zakaki? He is really a weirdo!" PS: Is Bai a boy or a girl? I was so stunned! But it doesn¡¯t matter, they basically have no plot in the future! Also, I don¡¯t know how to do that cover. I replied, but no one took it. It seems that others don¡¯t bother to do it! Can anyone tell me what to do? ; Text Chapter 126 Akai¡¯s Challenge "Neji, accept my challenge! I want to prove that a mediocre person can still defeat the so-called genius with hard work!" A boy dressed as a kappa said to a long-haired boy in gray shorts in front of him. "Li! You have been defeated by me three times today, and this time it is four times! Do you think this kind of competition is interesting?" The young man in gray clothes in front said impatiently. "This is youth! Neji, let's have a duel of youth!" After that, the kappa boy quickly attacked the lower body of the boy named Neji, and then the two of them were entangled in each other. Together. A girl with a double haircut next to the two people first watched the fight between the two, then sighed and said to herself: "It's this scene again! Oh my god! Why am I so unlucky?" The kappa is naturally Tsubasa's nephew Rock Lee, the one being challenged is Hyuga Neji, and the girl is Tianten, a girl with a Chinese style. There were two people standing on the tree not far from the three of them. One was the large kappa Akai, and the other was Oakwood who had just returned from the country of waves. "By the way, Akai, these three disciples of yours are all pretty good! I didn't expect that you who have always done nothing serious would actually do such a right thing!" Zakaki said with a smile. "Oh, hahaha, that's natural. How could my Iron-Blooded Kai's apprentice be so bad? Especially Li, he is simply a genius!" Kai gave a thumbs up and showed off his white teeth. The next moment, Akai frowned, held his chin with his right hand, and looked at Zakaki with a troubled expression, "Why do you always feel that something is wrong? Teacher! Did you scold me just now?" Zakaki looked at Akai who had just reacted, and was a little bit dumbfounded. He quickly changed the subject and said, "Is there any way to strengthen Xiao Li's illusion and ninjutsu?" As soon as Akai heard this topic, his eyebrows that had not relaxed just now became even more intense, "It seems there is no good way? I have always been puzzled. Teacher, your ninjutsu can be said to be unparalleled in the world. Logically speaking, Li Even if your talents are not good, they are not too far behind! Aren't you the biological son of your parents? Oh my God! That must be the case! Teacher, you are so miserable. You are still so strong even though you know your life experience. You deserve to be Teacher Oakwood! What is youth? This is youth!" Zakaki looked at Akai, who regarded him as a great detective, and suddenly felt a black line falling on his forehead. When he heard Akai "shake out" his life experience, Zakaki could no longer bear the anger in his heart, and directly waved The fist knocked Akai away. Zakaki put his right hand on his eyebrows, looked at Akai who was moving in a parabola, and murmured: "It seems a bit too much!" Xiao Li, who had just been knocked to the ground, suddenly saw a green figure flying above him. Xiao Li raised his head, looked at the figure that was getting away, pointed at the sky, and said to Tiantian next to him: "Tiantian, That seems to be Teacher Akai?" "Where is it?" Tiantian put away his kunai and looked in the direction pointed by Xiao Li. Sure enough, he saw a green shadow, and then said: "How did Teacher Kai fly into the sky? You should train well! Otherwise, you Don¡¯t ever think about defeating Neji in your entire life!¡± "Well! You're right, move in your own direction, right? Passionate youth! As a punishment for failure, I decided to do five thousand push-ups!" After that, Xiao Li fell to the ground and started his own number. trip. Tiantian and Neji looked at Xiao Li with sweaty faces, and then each started their own training. "Hi! Hello, Xiao Li, long time no see!" Zakaki walked to them slowly and greeted them with a smile. "Are you that big brother? Long time no see! Are you coming to Konoha?" Xiao Li jumped up from the ground and said with a hint of excitement. "Hehehe, yes! How about it? Oops, are you a ninja? That's amazing!" Zakaki said while looking at the forehead protector tied around Xiao Li's waist. Xiao Li scratched the back of his head and said sheepishly: "That - that's nothing!" "Look at it!" Neji, who was standing next to Tenten, suddenly opened his eyes and looked at Zakaki with a surprised look on his face. He said in surprise: "This - this chakra - is - so huge!" Zakaki looked at Neji with his eyes open, a little displeased, "Little guy, you're not polite like this!" Looking at the gloomy Zakaki, Tiantian hurriedly stood up and said: "I'm sorry, sir, Neji didn't mean it, he was just curious!" Zakaki looked at Ningji who opened his eyes, smiled slightly, and said: "Ningji? Are you Hizashi's son? Haha, your father was quite amazing back then! Speaking of which, you have to call me uncle, and I Your father has fought side by side several times, so he can be considered a partner!" When Ningci heard what Zakaki said, he suddenly trembled. Does anyone still remember my father? Who is this person? "Xiao Li! Don't do it in the futureNow that I am the eldest brother, please call me uncle, right? " "Why? Aren't you very old?" Xiao Li asked puzzledly. Zakaki patted Xiao Li on the shoulder and said: "Your teacher still calls me teacher. If you call me big brother, wouldn't I be one generation older than your teacher? So, you have to call me uncle!" "That's it!" Xiao Li nodded and said. "Teacher! I have decided, I want to have a duel between men with you!" Akai's figure suddenly appeared not far away, Akai said with a thumbs up and showing off his white teeth. "Teacher Kai! When did you come?" Xiao Li hurriedly ran to Kai. Zakaki wanted to refuse, but seeing Akai¡¯s excited face and his nephew still watching from the side, how could he lose his prestige? Besides, now is the time to try out my new technique. It seems that the rock giant has not appeared yet, so Akai happens to be the experimental subject today! Zakaki nodded and said with a smile: "Akai, I'm afraid it won't look good if I defeat you in front of your apprentice, right?" "Hahaha, youth with failure is youth! Li, losing is not terrible, what is terrible is losing a strong heart, do you understand?" Akai preached to Xiao Li. "Yes, Teacher Kai!" After saying that, the two masters and apprentices hugged each other and started crying. Zakaki looked at the overly passionate master and disciple, his eyes filled with anger! This is my nephew, and he has turned into this! It¡¯s time to teach this corrupt Akai a lesson! PS: Which master can help me make a cover? Beg on your knees! ; Text Chapter 127 Six Gates vs. Rock Giant "Li! Watch carefully, what is real taijutsu? Start now, don't close your eyes, and don't miss any details! This will be beneficial to your practice. And Neji and Tiantian, this is a rare battle. !" Akai said seriously to Xiao Li and Ningji behind him. "Yes! Teacher Akai!" "Teacher Takaki, I'm going to be serious next time! Let's witness youth! Konoha whirlwind! Oh -" Akai roared, spinning his legs in the air and kicking towards Takaki. Zakaki looked at the dust being kicked up around him and frowned. In his previous life, he had seen Akai's physical skills in the anime with amazing destructive power. However, when you face to face with him, you realize that his physical skills are really good. Not only is the strength and speed amazing, but the angle of attack is also very tricky! Zakaki looked at Akai, who had a serious look on his face. It was rare that he didn't use his earth clone. He put his hands on his chest and decided to play with Akai first! Akai looked at Zakaki who was trying to resist his own Konoha whirlwind, and laughed loudly: "Teacher, I am not the same as before. You can easily get hurt like this!" As soon as he finished speaking, the wind from his legs still blew away Zakaki's black body. Then there was a bang, and Zakaki was knocked back several meters by Akai's blow! Zakaki stabilized his body, stood up, and said with a smile: "Akai, you are really much better, aren't you? It seems that your physical skills are already above mine!" Akai looked at Zakaki who was only retreating a few meters, and then looked at the trick that he was proud of and it seemed to have no effect. Hearing Zakaki's voice of appreciation, he suddenly felt a little harsh, and Akai ran towards Zakaki's direction. , shouting: "Teacher Zakaki! Show your true strength! I know that what you are best at is earth escape!" Seeing Akai who had already rushed to his side, Zakaki used his poor physical skills to fight against Akai, a master of physical skills. However, Akai seemed to have no more patience and used his strength frequently. It was enlarged to the point where Zakaki, who was considered to be quite strong, felt a little strenuous. Zakaki took a closer look and found that Akai had already opened a door at this moment! Could this thing be able to open the door during a fight? It seems that Akai¡¯s Eight Gates are really perfect! Zakaki took a few steps back, out of the attack range of Akai's physical skills, and then said with a smile: "Akai, it seems that you have really improved a lot, right?" Akai stopped attacking, showed his teeth, and said with a smile: "Teacher Zakaki, let's start! I have been inspired by you to fight! Come on -" "Since you are so interested, I will show you a new trick of mine!" "As expected, he is my teacher. The power of the Dragon Swimming Technique is quite amazing. I want to see what new techniques the teacher has!" Akai seemed to be even more excited. On the side, Xiao Li, Tiantian and Ningci were confused by the words of Kai and Zakaki. The three of them kept their eyes open, for fear of missing any part of the plot. "Earth Release - Rock Giant!" Zakaki bit his fingers and formed a seal quickly, pressed his hands on the ground, and then circles of ink-colored spells spread out in all directions, "Rumble¡ª¡ª" The whole ground began to tremble, Ah Kai looked around vigilantly, looking at the trembling ground, and knew that his teacher Tsubasagi's new technique had been activated. Akai dodged a few times and retreated to the tree next to him. Just when Akai had just stabilized his body, the three positions on the ground began to separate towards the two sides, and then there was another loud rumbling sound, three more than five meters high. The giant roared and charged in his direction, waving its fist like a car hood. When Akai felt the huge aura of the three rock monsters, he knew that those who came were definitely not simple. However, he seemed to be angered by the strength of his opponents. Instead of avoiding them, Akai rushed towards the giant closest to him. "This - what kind of trick is this? It's so powerful! These giants can actually spit out mud bombs by themselves!" Xiao Li stared in surprise and said. "Yes! It seems that I have never seen it before. Is it really that man's own ninjutsu?" Neji said with his eyes open as he looked at the three rock giants. "Well! It's really powerful. I wonder when we will reach this point?" Tiantian said with stars in his eyes. "Although Uncle Zakaki is very powerful, Teacher Akai is also very powerful! Look, the teacher has already opened five doors!" Xiao Li looked at Akai with admiration and said. "But, I think Uncle Zakaki is more powerful!" Tiantian nodded and said. "Tenten is right! That person's chakra is very - very -" Neji fixed his eyes on Zakaki and said. "Oh my God! Teacher Akai was actually repelled by those giants! What on earth are these giants? The teacher has used that move to such an extent, but it seems that he still hasn't broken through the defense of those monsters!" Tiantian said in surprise. "The teacher has opened six doors! Look, the teacher has already crushed a monster's head! The teacher is really amazing! I must reach that height like the teacher!" Xiao Li clenched his fists, as ifNo matter what decision was made. "Kailai-sensei seems to be able to break this technique with sutras!" Neji nodded to the side and said. Although Akai's three disciples said it very lightly, Akai who was among them didn't think that way. He naturally knew the power of Eight Gate Dunjia, and he also knew the power of the blow just now. Although the one just now The heavy blow killed one of them, but the matter was far from as simple as imagined. These three giants seemed to have close cooperation. Not only were they pure physical blows, these three giants could even spit out mud bombs. Although the power of the mud bombs was It can be ignored, but such endless harassment will still affect your attack and dodge speed! Akai escaped from the attack of the other two rock giants and stood on top of the giant whose head he had just crushed. Zakaki looked at Akai, whose eyes were red, and then looked at the chakra aura shooting around his body. A big hole had been made in the chest of the fallen rock giant. He thought to himself, he is indeed a Canglan beast. , What a terrifying force! But how can the rock giant be as simple as you think? Just when Akai was about to further attack the rock giant, he suddenly felt a hint of danger, "No!" Akai looked down and saw that the fallen rock giant grabbed Akai's feet, exerted force, and flew up. Akai circled in the air and threw it in the direction of the other two giants. Perhaps he had already prepared it. The other two giants raised their fists together and threw them towards the giant flying towards them with blue light. The shadow hit, and then there was another bang. Akai was knocked up like a baseball, then rolled on the ground and hit a tree not far away, but the big tree was damaged. The entire big tree Break at the waist at the point of contact with Akai! Xiao Li and the other three were completely stunned by this scene. Ever since the three of them followed Akai, they had never seen the teacher open six doors and be beaten so badly by others! This is not the point! From the beginning to now, the one named Zakaki didn't seem to have interfered. He just stood aside, folding his arms, and watched the exciting fight leisurely. If someone who didn't know the situation came, they would think that this guy was not a participant in the war, but a witness! Of course, this is not the point. The point is that the oak tree doesn't seem to have used much force at all. Teacher Akai, who just opened the six doors, has no power to fight back! Zakaki smiled and said: "Akai, do you want to continue fighting?" Akai fell to the ground and suddenly opened his eyes. His eyes, which were originally red, became even redder now! Akai stood up and roared loudly: "Open the door!" A beam of light rose into the sky from Akai's body, blue-green chakra spread in all directions, and air waves began to spread out in all directions, and then Akai Jumped up and shouted loudly in the direction of the rock giant: "Mysterious Chao Peacock!" Zakaki looked at Akai, who kept waving his fists, "No!" Zakaki hurriedly rushed to the side of Xiao Li and the other three who were within the attack range, and directly raised the Xuanwu bodyguard, followed by a bang, bang, bang, bang, bang, bang, bang, bang, About a minute or two passed, and there was no more impact in the body of the protector, and the entire battlefield became calm. He looked at the rock giant that had turned into rubble, and then looked at Akai, who was breathing heavily, and then directly removed the protector. A few people came to Akai's side and punched Akai's old face. With a bang, Akai flew up again and fell to the ground. "Are you crazy? Is this a war? Do you need to fight so hard? Damn it!" Zakaki roared at Akai. Akai touched his bulging face and said with an aggrieved look: "Didn't I withdraw the Eight Gates Dunjia when I saw that the situation was not right?" "Remove your sister? If I hadn't seen something wrong and rushed to their side, what would have happened? You bastard! Did you not know who you were as soon as the fight started?" "What is that? I'm sorry! Teacher Zakaki!" Akai scratched the back of his head and said embarrassedly when he saw Xiao Li and the other three with their mouths open. ; Text Chapter 128: Memories of Pig, Deer and Butterfly Zakaki looked at the crowded Konoha Street and walked past a few ninjas from other villages from time to time. It seemed like the Chunin Exam was about to take place right now, right? This is a lively stage! Zakaki walked around and found that he no longer had much interest. Just when Zakaki was about to leave, a figure suddenly appeared behind him. Zakaki turned around and saw that it was Asuma! And his three younger brothers! Asma and the team he led had just completed their mission and planned to go to a barbecue restaurant to celebrate. Just when Asma was feeling heartache about having to pay for the meal, he suddenly saw a young man in front of him. One man was naturally not enough. It caught Asuma's attention, but the familiar chakra caused the cigarette in Asuma's mouth to fall to the ground. That was clearly him! Shikamaru, who was behind Asma, naturally noticed something strange about Asma. Looking at Asma's excited face, Shikamaru shrugged, opened his hands, and said helplessly: "Chouji, let's go back, Ah. Something might be wrong with Teacher Smart!" "Oh my, my! The teacher clearly agreed to treat us to a barbecue, why did he suddenly change his mind?" Ino said with a pout. "That's right!" Dingci held a bag of potato chips in his hand and kept stuffing them into his mouth. Asuma ignored the complaints of his subordinates and walked into the man step by step, with a surprised look on his face, "Are you Senior Brother Zakaki?" "Hahaha, Asma! Long time no see?" Zakaki turned around, happened to see Asma approaching him, patted Asma on the shoulder and said with a smile. "Brother! When did you come back? Three years ago, I heard from Akai that you were back. I still don't believe it! We haven't seen each other for almost ten years, right?" Asma said in surprise. "Hahaha, I did come back three years ago, but within a few days, your old man sent me out to work as a labor force! I was in a hurry and left before I could meet you. You don't mind, right?" Said with a smile. "Hehehe, senior brother is joking, but I want to have a good drink today!" Asma said. "Let's go, I'm free anyway, let's go to Dingzuo's barbecue restaurant. I remember their barbecue is very good!" Zakaki said. "Okay! You can have barbecue now! Asuma-sensei, let's go!" Dingji shouted loudly behind Asma. Oakwood looked at Choji with a big belly, then at Shikamaru with his hands in his pockets and Ino with a ponytail. He walked up to them and looked at Shikamaru, "You are Shikaku's son, right? You really look like him!" "Hello, my father, Nara Shikaku." Shikamaru said, nodding to Oakwood. Oakwood smiled at Shikamaru, walked to Ino, and said, "You are Haiichi's daughter, you are so beautiful!" "Thank you for the compliment." Ino blushed and bowed to Zakaki with a smile on his face. Girls are always happy to hear others compliment their appearance. "Then you must be Ding Zao's son, he is very cute!" Zakaki said, touching Ding Zai's head. Choci took out his own potato chips and handed them to Zakaki. His mouth, which was still chewing, buzzed in his spare time and said, "Do you want to eat this?" "Hehehe, no need! Thank you!" Seeing Dingci¡¯s appearance, Asuma scratched the back of his head and said, ¡°Senior brother, I¡¯m sorry, but actually Dingci is a very good kid¡ª¡ª¡± "You don't need to explain. I have a long relationship with the Akimichi family, so I naturally understand some of their actions. Come on, I'll treat you to a barbecue!" Zakaki waved to a few people and said with a smile "Dad, do you know a senior named Zakaki?" Two people, one large and one small, were playing chess in the corridor. A child with a pineapple head said to a man who looked quite similar to that child. "What? Shikamaru, who are you talking about?" The man opened his eyes suddenly and said. "A senior named Zakaki! He even invited us to have barbecue today." Shikamaru said nonchalantly. "Come back at this time? Does he know about it too? This may be more certain!" Lu Jiu said, and then looked at the chess on the floor and fell into deep thought. Shikaku and the top management of Konoha naturally knew that there would be an enemy attack during this Chunin Exam. Although they were not sure who it would be, no one would underestimate the strength that dared to attack Konoha, and this There were quite a few weird people among the people who took the Chunin Exam for the first time! Konoha now simply cannot bear a war! If Zakaki is really willing to come back to help, with the strength of him and the Hokage, they will be very powerful in deterring a group of people with evil intentions! In this way, Konoha's security will also increase by many percentage points! "Dad, dad!" Shikamaru looked at Shikaku who was meditating, "Dad, it's not good to be distracted when playing chess! You taught me this!"   Shikaku, who was woken up by Shikamaru, scratched the back of his head and said with a smile: "Hehehe, I'm sorry, something happened in chess unknowingly, come on, let's continue!" ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? "Hehehe, he is a very powerful person, just like Hokage-sama!" A big fat man said to the little fat man next to him. "Really? Isn't that more powerful than dad?" the little fat man said with eyes wide open. "He is much better than dad. Speaking of which, dad, your uncle Lujiu and uncle Haiyi were all rescued by him!" the big fat man said with a smile. "Really? Dad, can you tell me something? That uncle named Zakaki is really nice! Also, why does Asuma-sensei call him senior brother?" "Haha, your Asuma-sensei's brother is Tsuaki's teacher, so Asuma wants to call him Senior Brother!" "That's right! Why did you just say that he had rescued you?" Home in the mountains "That was many years ago. Your uncle Shikaku and Uncle Choza and I went on a mission to the Iwa Ninja Village and Tokugawa. At that time, the Iwa Ninjas proposed peace talks, but neither party was satisfied with the content of the peace talks. , the peace talks naturally broke down in the end, but the Iwa Ninja actually launched a sneak attack at the border of Earth Kingdom, and thousands of Iwa Ninja surrounded us. At that time, I never thought I would come back!" Yamanaka Haiichi seemed to remember He said wistfully about the scene of galloping on the battlefield. "Then you are not in danger? It will be difficult for thousands of Iwa ninjas and even Hokage-sama to escape, right?" Ino covered her mouth with a look of fear. "Who says it's not the case? These thousands of Iwa ninjas are not simple, and there are two Jinchuuriki among them!" "Then how did you escape?" "This is about the Zakaki you saw. It seems that he was only eleven or twelve years old at that time! In order for us to return to Konoha safely, he still stayed to stop the Iwa Ninja! In the end, we left smoothly, he It seems that he left safely in the end! So, the three of us were rescued by him!" "Oh my god! Is he so powerful? Was he really only a teenager at that time? Wasn't he younger than us? How did he leave?" Ino was even more surprised. "Haha, he is called Turtle Immortal! The last trick he used seemed to be related to psychic beasts!" "Compared with Hokage-sama, who is more powerful?" "I don't know about that. Anyway, he is very strong. He is definitely one of the best in Konoha!" "But I haven't heard of his name in Konoha?" "This -" Haiyi remembered the ban on oak trees, laughed and said, "Maybe he didn't want to be a ninja anymore, so he left Konoha!" The moon hung high in the sky. Oak stood on the Hokage Rock, looking down at the wooden leaves under the moon. The whole village was covered with a layer of silvery white gauze. It was almost eleven o'clock, and all the vendors were out. They all returned home. Except for the occasional lights flashing from entertainment venues and the lights in people's homes working late at night, the darkness gradually swallowed up Konoha, which seemed to indicate that an earth-shattering action was about to test the nerves that had been weakened by war for many years! "Hehehe, Mr. Zakaki is in a good mood, isn't he?" A familiar voice sounded in Zakaki's ears. "Isn't it the same with Orochimaru-sama!" Zakaki looked back at Orochimaru who was wrapped around his body and said with a smile. "How about it? Are you interested, Zakaki-kun, in destroying this rotten Konoha together with me?" "Sir, I'm sorry!" "As I expected, Tsubasa-kun did not hand over our information to Konoha and did not interfere with this plan. He has already helped me! If you meet Jiraiya and the others in the future, you can't explain it well, right?" "Explain? Why should I confess?" Zakmu suddenly heard the sound of dead forest wood, and a burst of evil fire flashed in his heart. ps: Sorry! I was not allowed to bring a computer with me in my freshman year. Today, the counselor took away my computer cord and said that he was worried that he would not be able to return it to me within two days because of the impact, so I updated it today! I'll be typing in the Internet cafe tomorrow and two days ago, so I won't be able to make up the remaining chapter today, but I'll make it up again after I get the computer cable! ; Text Chapter 129 Hongdou¡¯s Boyfriend Naruto is like a beauty with a gauze veil, and various plots are like the woman's sensitive points. When the beauty removes the gauze that originally blocked the key points, you may be in awe of this beauty's figure. But you will also lose a lot of beautiful thoughts! Even if that woman makes you feel good! Just like the Oak Tree in front of me, Oak Tree is watching the Chunin Exam approaching step by step in Konoha, as if he is in a 3D movie, but the effect is much better! The Chunin Exams were in full swing, and the whole of Konoha was starting to get busy. The civilians planned to take advantage of the opportunity to make a fortune. After all, many big shots would come to Konoha, and their consumption would naturally increase their wallets. The ninjas also started to get busy. The arrival of the big shots was indeed very troublesome for them. Their safety is naturally the trouble within trouble, but the arrival of these big shots is also of great benefit to these ninjas. If they look familiar, they can find themselves directly when they come to Konoha to issue tasks in the future, and the commissions paid by these big shots Far from being comparable to ordinary civilian traders, if you get old in the future, you can work as a bodyguard in the homes of those big shots, and the treatment will be very good! Zakaki's current life can only be described as a pain in the ass. He knew the plot and ran around stupidly. There were even a few blind ANBU who suspected that Zakaki was up to no good and wanted to take him to the interrogation department. What he did to Zakaki It was a profuse sweating, but fortunately someone in the ANBU knew him, so this big mistake was spared. Zhamu has been living with Xiao Li these days. Xiao Li was still a little confused about Zhamu's request, but seeing Zhamu's friendly look, he unexpectedly agreed. Now Zakaki didn't tell Xiao Li his identity. Firstly, he didn't want him to accept the cruel facts about him. Secondly, Zakaki didn't have the face to tell him, so he kept putting it off. Fortunately, he was a little nervous. Xiao Li didn't find anything either. People say that when people are most bored, they always think of someone in their hearts. The first thing that Zakaki thought of was of course Yumi who was still in the Land of Earth. To be honest, Zakaki had never heard any news from Yumi in his previous life, so that Zakaki didn¡¯t dare to take Yumi into the plot. What if it was really an accident? , that's it - people also say that there are nine out of ten men with different colors, and one of them is pretending! Of course, Zakaki is also one of the nine men. Beauties in the Naruto world are never rare animals. Whether they are positive characters or negative characters, as long as they are girls, they all look good. Of course, things like Granny Chiyo¡¯s don¡¯t count! Zakaki could only think about Tsunade and Anko. Let¡¯s not talk about Tsunade¡¯s charm. She was the best in every aspect, but she didn¡¯t know if she was a good person. Although they were broken up and they were not married, But who knows if they tasted the forbidden fruit when they were young? God of all evil! How can you be so shameless? Duan is his partner! As the saying goes, don't bully your friend's wife! But isn¡¯t there another saying like this? Friend¡¯s wife, you¡¯re welcome! Besides, even if Duan knew it, he wouldn't blame himself, right? Zakaki frowned and murmured: "Isn't this not good? But that girl is not bad, right?" Uzaki thought of Anko who was still in Konoha. For Anko, Zakaki was also very tangled. Back then, the Mitarashi family The elder said something about getting engaged, but after a series of accidents, the matter was put off again and again. Now he and Yumi are married. Although there is no monogamy system in this world, as an educated Chinese , to say that suddenly having three wives and four concubines is still very painful! This doesn¡¯t seem fair to Yumi and the others! Forget it, don¡¯t think about it anymore, as the saying goes, everything will go straight when it reaches the bridge! Zakaki looked at the figure wearing a gray-yellow cloak in front of him, and was shocked. He was really a ghost. Whatever he thought of came to him! I was still thinking about this girl in my heart just now, but now she appears in front of me! Isn¡¯t it just red beans? Zakaki strode forward, looked at Anko who was buying meatballs, shook his head, and said with a smile: "Anko, you still love eating meatballs so much?" Anko, who was biting a meatball in her mouth, was squinting her eyes and enjoying the deliciousness of the meatballs. Suddenly she heard someone calling her name. Just when she was about to get angry for interrupting her enjoyment of the meatballs, she suddenly felt a familiar chakra, Anko. The originally angry face seemed to have seen the sky falling, and the ball in her mouth fell directly to the ground. Anko slowly turned around, and a familiar yet unfamiliar face appeared in front of her. "Hehehe, you don't recognize me anymore?" Zakaki said with a smile. Anko ignored Zakaki¡¯s question, but tears were shining in her eyes, and all the balls in her hands fell to the ground. Zakaki looked at Anko's silk mesh clothes and the two squeezed out rabbits, and black lines fell on the ground involuntarily. Coupled with the yellow shorts and the gray-yellow cloak, she looked like a female gangster! But I have to say that this set of equipment is still very sexy. No wonder so many people like stockings and so on. This thing is really very good! Having said that, Hongdou¡¯s development has been quite good over the years! It¡¯s a big family after all! Just when Zakaki¡¯s mind was filled with distracting thoughts,??Suddenly, he smelled a fragrant wind rushing towards him, and then a plump body fell into his arms, especially the pair of meat balls, which were directly pressed against his chest. The oak wood that was not wearing much was obvious. I felt that touch of softness. Then the body began to twitch slightly, and a drop of wet water dripped down Zakmu's collar and onto Zakumu's neck. The coolness of that moment wiped away the distracting thoughts that Zakumu should have had. Zakaki hugged Anko in his arms, patted her shoulder gently, and said with a smile: "Hehehe, why are you crying? How are you doing now?" Maybe it was Zakaki¡¯s words that stimulated Anko. Anko made a strong effort, pushed away Zakaki who was hugging her, and said fiercely: "Who is crying? It is none of your business whether I am living well or not?" Zakaki looked at Anko, who had a fierce look on his face, but there was no anger in his big eyes, but there were bursts of surprise. Hongdou suddenly grabbed Zakaki's hand and pulled Zakaki towards the meatball shop, "Boss, bring twenty skewers of meatballs!" Hongdou said loudly to the owner of the store. "Okay! But Hongdou, have you eaten a lot today?" The boss looked familiar with Hongdou and said with a smile. "Because someone is treating me today! So I still want to eat!" Hongdou looked at the boss and said with a smile and narrowed eyes. The boss then noticed Zakaki who was being held by Anko. He was a little surprised and a little happy. Finally he frowned and then opened his eyes wide and said with a surprised look on his face: "You - aren't you Lord Zakaki?" Zakaki looked at the boss carefully and said with some embarrassment: "Haha, I am Zakaki, I'm sorry, who are you?" The boss raised his hands and said with a smile: "You don't have to be like this. It's okay if you don't know me. You and Hongdou came here many times back then, so I naturally know you. I was just happy that Hongdou found a boyfriend. Only then did I realize it was you! Hahaha, Hongdou is a nice girl, sir, you must cherish her!" The boss's words completely made Zakaki blush. It also made Anko, who was beside him, blush. Anko saw that she was still holding Zakaki's big hand and hurriedly wanted to let go of her hand. , but how could our Zakaki-kun be so stupid? He directly grabbed Anko's little hand tightly and looked at Anko with a look of success. The boss looked at the small movements of Anko and Zakaki, and his face that was originally like pine bark suddenly bloomed, like an old father watching his daughter find a good home. The boss gritted his teeth and said with a smile: "You guys eat, I'm treating you today! Hongdou, you have to eat more, you will never have such an opportunity again! Hahaha¡ª¡ª" "How can I ask you to treat me?" Zakaki quickly refused. "Nothing? To be honest, if you were still in Konoha when that disaster happened, maybe my son would not have died! Forget it, let's not talk about it! It's hard to be so happy! I watched Anko grow up! "The boss's initially gloomy expression suddenly turned bright. Hongdou lowered his head and said with some sadness: "His son died in the Battle of Nine Tails! Many people in our family also died!" Zakaki shook Hongdou's hand and said with a smile: "Hahaha, tomorrow will be better! The deceased have passed away and living people should inherit their legacy!" "You're right!" The boss nodded and said. PS: Hahaha, red beans are an indispensable part! The writing may not be very good, but I hope everyone can understand it. The next chapter is the Chunin Exam! The cover fact is giving me a headache! Adan Book Friend made one, but it is a set of codes that I can¡¯t read. If the big guys in the cover group don't accept my posts, does that mean they won't accept my fan fiction? How depressing! If anyone knows how to do this, please help me and send it to my qq1165665077, thank you! Thank you, little brother! ; Text Chapter 130: Reprimanding the Sound Ninja Zakaki and Anko sat on the guardrail of the well rock together, watching Anko eating meatballs and drinking red bean soup. Anko swallowed a meatball, threw it on the wooden board next to her, and said with a smile: "Ozaki, do you know? Yesterday, Ibiki said that the guy named Naruto actually handed in a blank paper and passed the exam! It made me laugh!" "Naruto? Is that the Jinchuuriki?" Zakaki looked at Anko beside him. It seemed that this guy looked very similar to Naruto! However, Zakaki naturally knew about Naruto handing in a blank paper. The previous questions should be insignificant. It seems that only the last question is the main course, right? "Hehehe, the meatballs should be paired with red bean soup! Isn't it Zakaki?" Anko took a sip of the red bean soup and leaned on Zakaki's shoulder with a smile. "Hey, hey, hey, you are the examiner of the second exam. Do you think this is okay for you? If anything happens, the third generation will not spare you!" Zakaki said, patting Anko on the head. "How many times have I told you, don't touch my head! If it were anyone else, I would have killed him long ago!" Anko said as she took off Zakaki's hand on her head. Zakaki shook his head and said with a smile: "Don't kill others at every turn. Can you beat others? With your little strength, I don't know?" Hongdou was about to retort, but when he looked at the person in front of him, he realized that this guy seemed to be the legendary Kame Immortal. What he said made sense! But how could I admit defeat? Anko suddenly pulled Zakaki's arm, opened her mouth and took a bite of Zakaki's! Then he looked at Zakaki triumphantly. Zakaki looked at the triumphant Anko, and suddenly felt a little sad. He remembered that it was said in the book before that only those who are insecure will bite. This seemingly careless Anko is probably extremely fragile on the inside. In fact, as a girl, It was really not easy for Hongdou. Both of his parents died in his early years, and he only had an uncle who supported him. However, his uncle accidentally died in a battle when he was young! I finally found a master I thought was good, but he betrayed me and I was implicated. Even the ending seemed tragic! But since I have a romantic relationship with her, I will never let that end happen! Zakaki's eyes gradually became tender as he looked at Anko. Perhaps feeling the pity in Zakaki's eyes, Hongdou's whole body trembled slightly. Hongdou suddenly pushed Zakaki away, stood up and roared at Zakaki: "Who wants you to care? Who wants your pity? Who wants you to pity? Want you to pity me?" Zakaki looked at Hongdou who suddenly went berserk, stood up slowly, reached out to touch Hongdou's face, and said with a smile: "I just care about you!" "You care?" Hongdou felt the warmth coming from her face and felt a little confused. Zakaki slowly approached Anko, put his forehead against Anko's, and said softly: "I dare not say what will happen, but if I am by your side, I will definitely use my life to protect you. Safety!" Looking at Zakaki¡¯s lips getting closer, Anko understood what Zakaki meant. There is always a variety of love dramas on TV, and this scene is obviously a prelude to the upcoming kiss. Anko felt that her heart had exceeded the frequency and rhythm that a ninja could control. Anko closed her eyes, feeling a little expectant and a little afraid. At this moment, a discordant voice sounded in the ears of Zakmu and Hongdou: "Lord Hongdou, there was an accident in the examination room. It's a little strange. Please go take a look!" A ninja in a role suddenly appeared under Jingyan. Anko just pushed Zakaki away, said twice, stabilized her mind, faded the blush on her face, opened her head and looked at the completed Konoha logo, and said, "What? Weird!" The ninja in the role looked at the pretentious Anko, and then at the embarrassed Zakaki, and naturally understood what was going on, and said with some embarrassment: "Several ninjas in the Rain Ninja Village were killed, and the death was quite weird. !¡± Oakwood, who was behind Anko, naturally knew that this was Orochimaru's doing. It seemed that Orochimaru had sneaked into the Death Forest and finally tortured Anko! It seems that Orochimaru at that time was to test Sasuke's ability. It seemed that he sent a deserter to beat Sakura violently while Sasuke and Naruto were fainted! It seems that Sakura almost died in the hands of those people, but fortunately Xiao Li arrived in time. Zakaki suddenly remembered something, yes! Xiao Li, Xiao Li seemed to have been beaten up by those guys too! Simply unforgivable! "Let's go! Go and have a look!" Hongdou suddenly pulled Zakaki and followed the ninja to the scene of the incident. Zakaki looked at Hongdou with a serious face, as if Xiao Li hadn't met them yet, forget it. Let's go take a look with Anko first. If this guy goes to find Orochimaru alone, he will definitely be beaten up, but Orochimaru doesn't seem to be okay! After a while, Zakaki and Anko had arrived at the scene of the incident, and saw Gang Xiaotie, who had a piece of cloth wrapped around his nose, squatting and checking the dead Yu Nin.?wounds. "Gang Xiaotie, how's the situation?" Hongdou walked up and said. "The appearance of death is very strange, as if someone has cut off the face!" Gang Xiaotie looked back at Hongdou, saw Zakmu behind her, and said in surprise: "Then - that is - Master Zakaki?" "Yeah!" Zakaki nodded to Gang Xiaotie. "I've heard that you're back. It seems true!" Gang Xiaotie bowed to the oak tree and said. "Now is not the time to talk about this. You go tell Mr. Hokage to send two teams of ANBU people over. I will go and take a look first. If I am not wrong, it should be him!" Anko looked at Yu whose face was cut off. Ren, said to Gang Xiaotie. "yes!" After Hongdou said that, he disappeared. Zakmu looked at Gang Xiaotie, "You guys go quickly! The character this time is not something you can face!" "Yes, Master Zakaki!" Zakaki looked at the direction in which Anko disappeared. Is this guy still as irritable as ever? With her strength, she still wants to fight Orochimaru to the death? Looking at Anko running ahead, Zakaki felt a little overwhelmed. What would he do if Anko and Anko really ran into Orochimaru? It's impossible to team up with Anko to fight Orochimaru, right? But I'm afraid it wouldn't be a good idea not to take action in front of Hongdou! Forget it, we¡¯ll see then! ¡°About ten minutes later, Zakaki and Anko jumped through countless trees. Seeing Anko¡¯s generous death, Zakaki became even more confused. The same goes for Orochimaru, you said you didn't just throw away the body, but if you had to put it in that position, didn't you deliberately leave clues to the people of Konoha? It's just a matter of leaving clues, but leaving footprints for Hongdou to find. Isn't this adding to the trouble for myself? Could it be that Orochimaru missed Anko and wanted to see her? Deliberately - just when Zakaki was thinking wildly, he suddenly felt a fight coming from a place not far away. Anko looked at Zakaki thoughtfully, and then said: "Zakaki, you go over there and take a look. I'll go to the front. We two will act separately. We must destroy that person's plan before that!" "Yeah!" Zakaki nodded and rushed in the direction of the fight. If you really want to sleep, just give him a pillow. He was worried about how to leave! Save me embarrassment! Anyway, Orochimaru won't harm you. Who will be responsible if my nephew is beaten? Although nothing happened to Xiao Li in the end, if he was accidentally messed up by a few Yakuza - Zakaki didn't think about it anymore, and the few disappeared in a flash. Two bodies were lying next to a big tree. In front of the body was a girl with pink hair. In front of the girl was a kappa in green tights. The kappa stretched out his right hand and put his left hand on his waist, looking ready to fight. look. The two people lying down are Sasuke and Naruto, the one with pink hair is Sakura, and the kappa boy is of course Xiao Li! "Xiao Li, thank you!" Sakura said gratefully as she saw the thick eyebrows of a sound ninja suddenly appeared in front of her and kicked away. "It's nothing, I said, I will protect you!" Xiao Li turned around and said with a smile that he thought was handsome. "Hmph! Konoha brats, I will kill you!" the sound ninja, who had hedgehog-like hair covering his head and most of his face, said ferociously. Then, just like the plot, Xiao Li and the sound ninjas started a fierce fight. Just like the plot, Xiao Li used the forbidden technique Lotus, but failed, and was knocked to the ground by the weird attack of the sound ninja. "Hmph! Although you escaped my fist, you can't escape the attack of the sound, so go to hell!" The hedgehog rolled up his sleeves and waved his fist towards Xiao Li, blinking his fist with Following the sound of the wind, he came to Xiao Li's side. As expected, Xiao Li dodged the fist, but the sound ninja raised the corners of his mouth, as if his plot had succeeded, and was about to launch a sonic attack. When Sakura saw this scene, she didn't even have time to say a reminder. Her whole heart was lifted up for Xiao Li. She closed her eyes, as if she had seen Xiao Li fall to the ground after being attacked by the sound. At this critical moment, a kunai suddenly attacked in the direction of the sound ninja. The sound ninja didn't even have time to react, and could only watch the kunai nail heading towards his arm. With a clang, the kunai hit the arm that was about to release the sound wave. Oto-nin felt the pain, retracted his hand, looked around cautiously, then dodged a few times, came to his teammates, and whispered: "The person who came is very powerful, it seems he doesn't want to kill us, the blow just now was actually a kunai." The tail!" Just as a few people were preparing to discuss countermeasures, they suddenly saw a black-haired man standing on a tree not far away. The man looked disdainful, looked back at the sound ninja and said calmly: "Get out of here. !I don¡¯t want to kill people like you!¡± The three sound ninja looked at the man, and the spiky head among them was about to go crazy. The female ninja behind him hurriedly grabbed the hedgehog head in front of him, and whispered in a trembling voice: "Let's go quickly! He is Kame Sennin Zaki! I used to be in the sound ninja. Ninja Village has seen him, Kimimaro andAll four of them were defeated miserably at his hands! " The two male ninja looked back at the female ninja, and one of them said: "But Lord Orochimaru's mission¡ª¡ª" "If you continue to wait for an opportunity to strike, there is no chance now! Let's go!" Then the three of them disappeared. ; Text Chapter 131 Torturing Uchiha again ps: Thanks to Brother Ahdan for the awesome cover, which finally solved my long-standing headache! Zakaki looked at Xiao Li, whose ears were bleeding. He couldn't help but feel angry in his heart, and there was a strong murderous intention in his body. Fortunately, the sound ninja had already left at this time, otherwise Zakaki would not be able to suppress the murderous intention that had not appeared for many years. . In fact, the former Zakaki had killed those three sound ninjas long ago. He had been wandering around in these years, and had long lost the intention to compete for supremacy, let alone the ambition to fight for strength. That's why Zakaki just graciously let the three sound ninjas go. Of course, this does not exclude Orochimaru's part of the reason. Although these three people are Orochimaru's abandoned sons, as the saying goes, it depends on the owner to beat a dog! Zakaki walked to Xiao Li and helped him up, "Are you okay? Do you want to call a medical ninja?" Xiao Li opened his eyes with difficulty and forced a smile, "Haha, Uncle Zakaki, I'm fine! I'm a proud beast of the Canglan in Konoha, how could I be hit by such a small injury?" Zakaki looked at Xiao Li with a determined look on his face, and a flash of appreciation flashed in his heart. He is worthy of being Akai's apprentice and his nephew. With this kind of blood, he has the potential to become a strong man! Zhamu touched Xiao Li's head and said with a smile: "Very good! You live up to the name of Canglan beast!" "Mr. Oakwood, come and see Sasuke and Naruto!" Sakura cried out when she saw Oakwood next to Xiao Li. Zakaki turned around and looked at Sakura who looked dirty, Sasuke who was lying on the ground with a towel and Naruto who had a twisted look on his face, then strode up to them, smiled at Sakura and said: "Hehehe, it's okay, Naruto fainted from exhaustion, Sasuke¡ª¡ª" Zakaki looked at the curse mark on Sasuke's neck, and his face darkened, remembering Orochimaru's purpose, it seemed that Sasuke's departure in the end was his own. Choose, and then said in a deep voice: "I don't know how to put it, everything depends on him!" "But Sasuke's high fever has not gone away. The person just now seemed to have cast some evil spell on him. Sasuke looked in pain! Please, Mr. Oakwood, can you save Sasuke?" Sakura lowered her head and put her hand on him. Under his chin, he sobbed softly. "Your name is Sakura, right?" Zaki asked, patting Sakura on the shoulder. Sakura raised her head, looked at Zakaki with tears on her face, and nodded. "Well, it's not that I won't save him, but this is a test for him. If he can't overcome this difficulty and resist the temptation of strength, it will be useless even if he saves him!" Zakaki watched as he gradually "recovered" Sasuke said as he came over. "The temptation of power? Why?" Sakura asked Zakaki puzzledly. Xiao Li seemed to have recovered a little, and he also looked at Zakmu with his head raised, waiting for his further answer. Suddenly a strange chakra rose from Sasuke behind Sakura. Sasuke seemed to be a different person. His eyes were full of indifference, like an unsheathed sword, and his whole body was covered with purple and evil aura. of chakra. Sasuke glanced at Sakura realistically, then looked at Naruto next to him, and said with a hint of coldness: "Sakura, who hurt you?" Sakura naturally felt something was wrong with Sasuke and said with concern: "Sasuke, are you okay?" Sasuke looked at his body, then clenched his fists and sneered: "It's okay, I feel full of power now! With power, you can take revenge. For an avenger like me, as long as you can get power, even if you betray yourself Soul! Sakura, tell me, who hurt you?" "Other people's power belongs to others after all. That will not make you stronger!" Zakaki looked at Sasuke who had just gained the power of the curse seal and looked like he was very powerful. He thought of Itachi, the first brother of Hokage. All this guy's efforts were put into this half-hearted Sasuke, and in the end Sasuke was still controlled by others. Zakaki's words caught Sasuke's attention. Sasuke looked at Zakaki, his eyes began to flash with hot fire, showing a strong fighting spirit, "You are that Zakaki, right? The shame of our Uchiha clan! Humph! Today, I want to find the glory that belongs to the Uchiha family on behalf of the Uchiha family!" Sakura quickly grabbed Sasuke from behind, shook her head and said, "Sasuke, no! It was Mr. Oakwood who saved us!" "Hmph! Sakura, what do you know? Do you know how much harm this guy in front of you has brought to our Uchiha family? Father has always taught us that if we encounter this guy in the future, we must cleanse the Uchiha family. A disgrace to the Wave clan! Moreover, that beast once said in front of me that this Zakaki is a good person, hum! How could the good person in his eyes be a good person? Today, I must kill him!" Sasuke pushed Sakura away, He ran directly towards Oakwood. "Ozaki was shocked by Sasuke's words. With your family still holding grudges for generations?" It's a good thing that I didn't destroy your clan, but you dare to let your descendants cause trouble for me! But then again, the guy this kid mentioned just now should be Weasel.??It seems that we have never had any dealings with Itachi, so why would he say that he is a good person? This is true, except for Shisui and Itachi, the entire Uchiha family seems to be mentally retarded! For example, this kid in front of me thinks that he can kill others with Orochimaru's second-rate tricks. He really doesn't know how to do it! Although this little guy is quite pitiful, such an attitude towards life is unacceptable. For the sake of Itachi saying that we are good people, I will teach you a lesson for you, your idiot brother! Sasuke quickly ran towards Oakwood, tossed a few kunai, and then opened his mouth, "Fire Release, Phoenix Immortal Fire Jutsu!" Then fireballs exploded in the direction of Oakwood, It seemed that Sasuke's speed was so fast that Tsubasa was killed in the fire before he could react. At least that's what Sakura thought in front of her. After all, Sasuke was stronger than Sakura thought at this moment. Apparently she had forgotten how Zabuza was captured alive by Sakura. of! Just when Sasuke was overjoyed that he had succeeded in one blow, he suddenly felt a wave of chakra below him, "No! This is-", before he finished speaking, a hand suddenly emerged from the ground and directly grabbed Sasuke's hand. With his right foot, it seemed that Sasuke had anticipated this move. With a bang, a tree stump appeared where Sasuke was. He had obviously left through the Substitution Technique! Sasuke looked at the place where the Phoenix Fire exploded in mid-air. There was only a puddle of mud. Sasuke nodded. It turned out that his opponent had already sneaked into the earth through the Substitute Technique and performed the decapitation technique in his heart! Seemingly amazed by his opponent's series of fast movements, Sasuke couldn't help but said: "It's really amazing!" "Hmph! The most powerful one is yet to come!" Just as Sasuke finished speaking, a sentence suddenly floated in his ears. Only then did Sasuke realize that someone was already behind him. Then there was a bump, an elbow, and Sasuke was in the air. He started throwing horizontally, and finally fell to the ground and slid for tens of meters. It was not over yet. When Sasuke fell to the ground, the ground began to leak, swallowing the surrounding flowers, plants and trees, including Sasuke. The trick is of course Oakwood's Yellow Spring Marsh. Just when Sasuke was about to be swallowed, the curse mark on his body began to erupt. The black curse mark, which was only half of the original, began to spread towards the entire body and turned fiery red, seeming to declare his anger. Sasuke roared angrily, folded his wrists together, and violently broke away upwards, escaping from Oak's Yellow Spring Marsh. But how could Zakaki leave him a chance? Just when Sasuke thought he was out of the cage, a rock gun suddenly appeared in the sky and shot from the direction Sasuke wanted to escape. At this time, Sasuke had only two options. One was to grab the incoming Iwataka, but the result was that he escaped the first one due to the huge inertia and was pierced by the second one; the other was to jump down, but was swallowed up by the yellow spring marsh of the oak tree. ! Sasuke frowned, why didn't he see his opponent's seal while he had his Sharingan open? He didn¡¯t see through the opponent¡¯s tricks either! Could it be a problem with the Sharingan? Impossible, there will be no problem with the Sharingan. It must be that I haven't mastered the key to using the Sharingan yet! Sasuke looked at each rock gun, and now he could only jump down, looking for opportunities! Sasuke turned around in the air and began to descend. "Oakaki stood on the tree, watching Sasuke's series of actions, and secretly admired him. He is worthy of being the second male protagonist. His fearlessness in battle alone is worthy of praise! Since I have to teach you a lesson, how can I make it so easy for you? Zakaki stretched out his hand, controlled the Gantaka gun, and quickly chased after Sasuke. Sure enough, in the blink of an eye, Sasuke was about to be pierced by Zakaki's Rock Dragon Spear. "No! Mr. Oakwood!" Sakura looked at Sasuke and screamed loudly. ¡°Uncle Zakaki, please be merciful!¡± Xiao Li stretched out his hand and shouted. Sasuke looked at the Rock Dragon Spear behind him, pressing forward step by step. The swamp below was open with a bloody mouth, and people were dying on both sides. It was better to fight him! Sasuke waved his arm, trying to block the attack of the Rock Dragon Spear. At this moment, Zakaki naturally knew the power of this spear, and the sharp cold light emitted from the surface also knew its sharpness. Sasuke seemed to have seen his arms and body together. Sasuke closed his eyes at the sight of being impaled. Sakura looked at Sasuke who was about to be impaled on the ground, her whole heart clenched. Sakura closed her eyes, but she couldn't close the tears that had flowed out! With a bang, a crashing sound reached Sakura's ears. Sakura opened her eyes tremblingly, forcing herself to watch the scene where Sasuke was impaled, but the next scene made her extremely happy, and Sasuke's head remained on the ground. , her whole body was buried underground, and parked in the sky were the Iwataka guns preparing to assassinate Sasuke. Although Sasuke was subdued, these scenes told her a message, Sasuke was no longer in danger! Zakaki jumped down from the tree and said to the jungle not far away: "Aren't you guys coming out yet? Are you ready to continue watching the show?" The forest in the distance stirred, and three people walked out. They were the new generation of Konoha's Ino Lu Die! When the three of them saw that they were discovered by Zakaki, they all scratched the back of their heads and looked embarrassed, and then they said at the same time: "Hello, Uncle Zakaki!" Zakaki nodded and looked at the big tree not far away.Said: "There is also that white-eyed boy and that little girl! Come out together!" Ningji looked at Tenten beside him, a drop of cold sweat flowed from his forehead, and he discovered it after all! Neji nodded to Tenten, and then they both jumped down from the tree, "Hello, Mr. Oakwood!" ; Text Chapter 132: Adapting history? Looking at the Xiaoqiang who appeared in front of them, except for Hinata's group, it seemed that they were all gathered together. Zakaki walked up to Sasuke, knelt down, patted his face that was full of curse marks but quite handsome, and said with a smile: "Kid, when I came out to hang out, your father didn't even dare to be with me. You move your hands and feet in front of me, but you, a little brat, show your teeth and claws, and you don't know the heights of the world! Didn't Kakashi tell you to respect your seniors?" Sasuke glanced at Zakaki sideways and struggled unwillingly, "Huh! If you can, kill me. Stop whining. What kind of bullshit, senior? I only know that you are the shame of our Uchiha family! Since that man said that you Even more powerful than him, then as long as I defeat you, I will definitely defeat that beast!" Zakaki hit Sasuke on the head hard, "I really don't know whether to call you stupid or courageous? With your strength, how dare you talk about revenge? Using such second-rate things to increase your strength, I'm afraid Is it you who is what you call the shame of the Uchiha family?" Perhaps these words stimulated Sasuke, the curse mark on his face began to slowly fade away, and the purple chakra also gradually disappeared. Xiaoqiang felt confused while listening to the conversation between Sasuke and Zakaki, and looked at Zakaki with a puzzled look on his face. The most lively one, Tenten, gently pushed Xiao Li with his elbow and asked in a low voice: "Li, who is this Mr. Oak? He seems to have some deep grudge against the Uchiha family? Why did Sasuke run away when he saw him? Already?" At this time, Xiao Li had recovered a little from the sound ninja's attack. He stood upright, then raised his thumbs up, showed his white teeth, nodded and said: "He is a legend!" The new generation of pigs and butterflies not far from them all nodded thoughtfully. Only Sakura, who had just experienced heaven and hell, Neji, who had rolled his eyes, and Tenten were puzzled. The three of them looked at Xiao Li at the same time, looking forward to it. for his further explanation. Perhaps because of Sakura's attention, Xiao Li swept away his fatigue and said excitedly: "Well! He is a legend!" Tiantian seemed a little impatient, "Don't always talk about legends, talk about something important!" Xiao Li¡¯s head suddenly flashed, and he realized that he didn¡¯t seem to know much other than this sentence. Xiao Li scratched his head and said sheepishly: "This - I'm not sure! That's what Teacher Akai said!" ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? Xiaoqiang was all sweating profusely. After talking for a long time, you only knew this sentence! Shikamaru waved to a few people, and then said: "Everyone, although we have experienced such an incident, the exam must continue after all. Sakura and the others are fine now, and it's almost time for us to leave! There are still a few days to go. , let¡¯s leave first! It¡¯s really troublesome!¡± Neji nodded, and then said to Tiantian: "Tiantian, hold on to Li, it's almost time for us to set off! Mr. Zakaki, please say goodbye first!" Oakwood smiled at Neji, then nodded and said, "Well, go ahead and be careful on the road. There are a few good ones this time. However, with the strength of the three of you, it's probably fine!" "Thank you, Mr. Zakaki, for the compliment. Let's leave then!" Ningci said and walked away first. Xiao Li gave a military salute to Zakaki, and then said impassionedly: "Uncle Zakaki, let's leave first. !" Tiantian supported Xiao Li and smiled at Zakmu, and then the two of them walked away. Zakaki looked at the background of the two of them and thought with a smile. Xiao Li has grown up. If Morimu and Keiko see Xiao Li look like a man, they will definitely be happy, right? "Uncle Oakwood, my dad said he would take him to say hello when he sees you!" Choci said with a smile while eating potato chips. "And my dad!" Ino quickly raised his hand and said. Shikamaru nodded and said impatiently: "And my dad!" "Well, take me to say hello to your father! If I have a chance to be a guest at your home, hehe, go ahead!" Zakaki walked up to Choci, rubbed his head and said with a smile. Zakaki looked at the three people leaving, and seemed to see the strongest combination in Konoha. Looking at Naruto lying on the ground and Sakura squatting, these people are the hope of Konoha's future! However, there was another rebellious boy here. Zakaki easily pulled Sasuke up and threw him on the ground. Then he said to Sakura: "You also have to take the exam, so I will leave first. This boy has almost recovered. It is estimated that he will be there soon." Naruto will probably wake up soon!" "Thank you, Mr. Oakaki!" Sakura wiped the sweat from her forehead. Sasuke looked at Zakaki resentfully, as if he wanted to eat him, and then said coldly: "Sooner or later I will kill you!" Oakwood ignored Sasuke, smiled at Sakura and disappeared. Deep in the forest of death Orochimaru stroked Anko's cheek and said with a smile: "Even if you are a special jounin of Konoha, you can't always use what I taught you."Art? Are you angry because I abandoned you? " Anko looked at Orochimaru with a horrified expression, her eyes full of hesitation and doubt. "I fell in love with a child named Sasuke. He has Uchiha blood. You don't know how powerful the Uchiha family is. As an Avenger, he will continue to thirst for power and he will continue to grow. At that time, he will He is my perfect heir!" Orochimaru seemed to see himself getting the Sharingan he had longed for. He said excitedly. He looked at Anko in front of him and seemed to think of something. Then he said sinisterly: "If you dare to disturb me, If you are interested, I will definitely destroy Konoha!" "Why don't you kill me?" Anko asked boldly, realizing that Orochimaru didn't seem to have much killing intent. "Not killing you? Why not killing you?" Orochimaru first smiled, then frowned, as if he had discovered something, then he threw away Anko and turned around, "Someone is coming, I will let you go for now. We will meet next time. Maybe I will kill you! Hahaha¡ª¡ª" After that, Orochimaru gradually sank into the earth and disappeared. Hong Dou touched the faintly painful curse mark, forced herself to stand up, and found someone approaching in her direction. About three or four minutes later, two ANBU ninjas with cat faces appeared beside Anbu. A rather muscular ANBU ninja said, "Anbu ninja, are you okay?" "Well, report the situation to Hokage-sama quickly, the situation is urgent!" Anko said, touching her neck. "What's going on?" One of the ANBU said in a somewhat arrogant tone. "Please take me to Hokage-sama, please, I will report the situation to Hokage-sama!" Anko said tremblingly, and the curse seal seemed to be acting up again "Zakaki stood on the tree and looked at Gaara who was showing off his power. He brutally killed three rain ninjas and even attacked his own brother and sister. This little guy seemed to be a killer in the early stage! Zakaki originally planned to go to the center of the tower, but accidentally bumped into Gaara who was fighting with Yu Ren, so he looked at it curiously. He remembered that in the anime of the previous life, under the instigation of Gaara, the three of them bumped into Gaara. They were almost killed by my love, but thanks to Temari's intercession, these three Xiaoqiang escaped! Sure enough, just like the plot, Gaara found the Kiba three hiding in the jungle and finally let them go. Zakaki didn't show up. Firstly, he didn't feel it was necessary, and secondly, he didn't want to let too many people know about his arrival. Zakaki has a plan, which is to intervene in the fight between Gaara and Xiao Li, not only to let Xiao Li win, but at least not to let Xiao Li get so seriously injured! Seeing the plot developing on the right track step by step, Zakaki suddenly became a little nervous, not only to save Xiao Li, but also because of his lack of confidence in himself. Zakaki has been in Naruto for so many years and has never changed anything. This This time can be regarded as a small adaptation of history. If it succeeds this time, maybe something can be done in the future! This may be a beginning, a beginning for the future! ; Text Chapter 133 Rescue Xiao Li The Chuunin Exams have officially begun. Zakaki was lucky enough to enjoy the fighting scenes, but there was a small episode in the middle. The thing is like this. As I said before, Tsubasa has been stripped of his ninja qualifications by Konoha. Although he is somewhat famous now, he is not a ninja after all. In other words, regardless of his own strength, he is not a ninja. , Zakmu is now an ordinary ordinary person. How can an ordinary person be qualified to watch such an internal competition? So when the swaggering Zakaki entered the competition center, he was stopped by the security personnel very painfully! Perhaps because they didn't know Zakaki, the two security officers refused to let him in. They also said they suspected that Zakaki was an enemy spy and wanted to arrest him and send him to the interrogation department! Fortunately, Konoha's sick young man, Moonlight Hayate, came and saw the embarrassed Takaki, so he relieved Takaki. That's why Zakaki can now sit in a corner and watch the game. To be honest, when Zakaki looked at their so-called unique skills, he remembered the word "Flower fists and embroidered legs"! It's not that Oakwood is pretending. When I think about watching this game for the first time in my previous life, it was so enjoyable. The strange tricks and thrilling scenes are absolutely amazing. But since I got mixed up in the world of Naruto and experienced so many battles, which one is not a hundred times more thrilling than these? Although the visual effect is good, the content is quite boring! Who let us know the plot? Watching Hinata and Neci enter the competition venue, Zakaki knew that the time was almost up. If I remember correctly, the two of them would be competing between Xiao Li and Gaara. Speaking of which, Hinata and Neci's battle Still worth taking a look at, it seems to be about the Hyuga clan and branch families. Neji wants to kill Hinata to break free from the so-called shackles of fate, and Hinata wants to prove her ninja in front of Naruto, and then The two got into a fight. Just like the plot, the two began to show the Hyuga family's soft fist to everyone. Facing the genius Ningci, Hinata was obviously no match. In the end, he was penetrated by Ningci's body with a few palms and lost his mobility. Naruto in the stands seemed to have taken the wrong medicine, roaring hard and cheering for Hinata. Naruto's cheering made Hinata stand up again, but she was knocked to the ground again by Neji. Zakaki looked at this scene, then looked at Naruto who was shouting in the stands, and suddenly realized that he was really stupid. You said that Hinata was beaten like that, and her life was almost lost, but you still let her continue to beat her. , isn¡¯t this asking her to die? Zakaki looked at Neji's eyes and knew that this kid had murderous intentions, and maybe Hinata would really die in his hands. Hinata, who was lying on the ground, seemed to have been hit in the heart by the chakra released by Neji's soft fist. If she didn't receive treatment, she would be really in danger. Zakaki looked towards the stands in the distance and found that Kai, Kurenai and Kakashi had already taken action. Then several people forcibly stopped the game and stopped Neji who was about to kill him. Then Xiao Li and Naruto began to make determination when facing Ningji who defeated Hinata. Everything is the same as the plot. Moonlight Hayate began to announce the next game, and the two people facing each other on the game screen were none other than Xiao Li and Gaara! Zakaki watched Xiao Li warming up in the stands, looking impatient, but someone seemed to be more anxious than Xiao Li. It was Xiao Li's next opponent, Gaara! Gaara crossed his arms and watched Xiao Li jump into the competition venue with a murderous look. Then Moonlight Hayate announced the start of the competition, and the two officially started to fuck. Xiao Li first tried to attack, but Gaara's sand armor blocked all Xiao Li's attacks. After fighting for a long time, Xiao Li didn't even touch Gaara's body. Perhaps he found that he couldn't break it with his current speed. Gaara's attack, Xiao Li glanced at Akai, and received Akai's approval. Xiao Li jumped up to the stone statue, untied the weights tied to his legs, and dropped the things to the ground, creating two puffs of smoke. , Xiao Li¡¯s move shocked everyone present, including Zakaki. After seeing this scene in the anime, you may just think Xiao Li is very powerful, but when you see the smoke rising live, you will know that thing is What is the concept of weight! Even the strong Zakaki felt that this thing was not light! Xiao Li lifted the weight off his body, and the sudden increase in speed made the blow to Gaara effective. After a moment, Xiao Li's flying feet directly landed on Gaara's body. Xiao Li's kick completely showed off his own style, and everyone was shocked. People who knew Gaara's identity would be even more surprised by Xiao Li's speed, such as the people in Suna Ninja Village, Temari and her brother Not to mention, even the half of Ma Ji's exposed face couldn't stop shaking. Seeing this, Zakaki gradually became worried for Xiao Li. He remembered that Xiao Li would then attack Gaara with a lotus flower, then open five doors, and finally his hand would be crushed by Gaara's sand-bound coffin. and feet, and finally struggled for months until Naruto and Jiraiya retrieved Tsunade. Just when Zakaki was deep in thought, Xiao Li had already begun to show Lianhua. It was like watching anime in his previous life. Scenes passed before Zakaki's eyes. After watching Xiao Li open the fifth door, Zakaki knew that he was about to take action. At this moment, Xiao Li was already violently brutalizing Gaara. When he and Gaara both fell to the ground, it was time for Gaara to fight back.   In the stands, Kakashi was explaining the Eight Gate Dungeon to Sakura. At the end, he said some blaming words to Kai, but what followed was a burst of counterattack from Kai. Kakashi cast a puzzled look. Cassie naturally knew Xiao Li's identity and his temper. For his brother, that man dared to kill the elders of the Uchiha clan when they were at their strongest and kill several Uchiha princes. If Xiao Li Because there is nothing else in Eight Gate Dunjia. Even if Akai claims to be that disciple, he must have to endure his thunderous wrath. Kakashi looked at this eternal opponent with some worry. Kai ignored Kakashi, looked at Xiao Li who was still fighting below, and murmured: "This kid needs this technique to prove his ninja skills. I believe in him! He is my good subordinate!" The fight between Xiao Li and Gaara has come to an end. Gaara is lying on the ground, squinting at Xiao Li who is already lying on the ground, slowly raising his right hand, and a stream of sand on the ground begins to flow in the direction of Xiao Li. Everyone was puzzled by this scene, except Aburame Shino in the stands and Oakwood in the corner. A bright light flashed on Shino's sunglasses, remembering the tragic death of the rain ninja, and then said in a trembling voice: "This is That move!¡± Gaara's sand came to Xiao Li's side in the blink of an eye and wrapped Xiao Li's hands and feet. Then Gaara showed a sneer and opened his mouth: "Sand - bind -" Before Gaara could say anything, When he finished speaking, the sand around him dug forward like an earth dragon, directly hitting Gaara. However, although his sand armor blocked the impact just now, it could not stop the force of the digging. Gaara The whole body was directly hit against the wall along with the grains of sand. "This is the Earth Dragon Hidden Jutsu!" Kakashi on the stage opened his Sharingan and looked at the sudden appearance of a river of sand that looked like an Earth Dragon and said in surprise. "Who is it?" Everyone was surprised by the sudden scene. Suna Ninja, Sound Ninja, Konoha's Xiaoqiang and their teachers, and even the third generation not far away had their eyes widened. Then a rather sturdy young man walked out of the smoke, showing a trace of murderous intent and said lightly: "You little brat of Sand Ninja, I don't want to interfere in your game, but if you do this, Xiao Li will be useless! So, forgive me. My recklessness!¡± This sentence, which was an apology but full of arrogance, reached everyone's ears as it was. "It's him!" At this moment, everyone has that sentence in their eyes, but everyone's thoughts are different. Although more people are surprised, some are surprised, some are scared, some are speechless, some are terrified, and some are angry. In short, the reaction of the people present was strange. Among them, Akai was surprised because his apprentice was saved. Kakashi was speechless. He was struggling with his own stupidity. With Master Zakaki's personality, would he not come? Not to mention he is still in Konoha. Maki was the one who was frightened. He saw it with his own eyes when Zakaki killed Shukaku with the psychic beast in the Sand Ninja Village. He didn't know if this plan would still work. Temari and Kankuro were angry. Although they didn't like Gaara very much, he was from Suna Ninja Village after all. How could they compete with each other when the competition was interfered with? The one who was frightened was naturally the sound ninja. They had not met this guy once, so they naturally knew the identity and strength of the visitor. "I'm very excited now. He inside me has started roaring!" Gaara slowly stood up from the wall and walked towards the direction of the oak tree. Even the gourd had begun to turn into sand in large areas. His eyes began to become hazy, and the hostility on his body continued to radiate around, seeming to indicate that Gaara was about to go berserk! Zakaki looked at Gaara who was about to go berserk, and said with disdain: "You should be able to hold your own, right? Go back before I get angry. I'll treat this game as if you won it!" Zakaki turned around to look. Looking at Xiao Li and Akai who had already come to him, he asked, "You don't have any objections, do you?" "Well! Li has already lost, so I agree with the teacher's decision!" Akai said while observing Xiao Li's injury. "That's good!" Zakaki turned to look at Ma Ji in the direction of Suna Ninja and said with a hint of murderous intent: "Take this little guy back! I don't want to be said to be bullying the young! Ma Ji, Suna Ninja !¡± Hearing what Zakaki said, Ma Ji felt like he was breaking out in a cold sweat. Then he jumped to Gaara and said to Gaara: "Forget it, you have already won!" ps: I had a big fight with the counselor today. He promised to return my power cord today but refused to return it. It made me mad. Maybe I brought my emotions here. I didn¡¯t forget to write it, so please forgive me! ; Text Chapter 134: Shocking the Sand Ninja ps: The internet was disconnected last night, so there are three chapters today. Although the final result still announced Xiao Li's failure, I believe that one word flashed in everyone's mind, "Although defeated, it is still glorious." Xiao Li's bloody performance perfectly explained what it means to be a man. Zakaki looked at lying on the stretcher. Xiao Li seemed to see the good man who lost consciousness but stood up and continued to fight. Tears flashed in Zakaki's eyes at this moment, especially the injured legs and hands. His heart was cramping, and he even felt the slightest regret. It had been so many years since Zakaki came to this world, and he didn't have many real relatives. After Moriki and Keiko passed away, there were no relatives in this world except for the pregnant Yumi and Xiao Li in front of him, so Zakaki valued these family ties very seriously. When Moriki and Keiko passed away, those feelings naturally blessed their son Xiao Li. In a certain sense, Xiao Li is equivalent to his own son. As long as they are parents, no one will feel heartbroken when they see their children being hurt, especially for Zakmu, who is over forty years old. Zakaki couldn't help but feel a little angry as he listened to the medical ninja's report on Xiao Li's injuries. The last sand-bound coffin was obviously blocked by him, so why was he still so seriously injured? Even if the eight-door Dunjia opens five doors, there is no reason why Xiao Li will lose his combat effectiveness? Is it true that this history cannot be changed? The twinge of pain and regret that Zakaki felt just now gradually turned into anger. Seeing Gaara, who was carrying a gourd and looking arrogant, the evil fire in his heart was completely ignited. Zakaki glared at Gaara, since I If history cannot be changed, then I will kill Gaara first and see if I can change history? Gaara and Machiko beside him suffered a loss. Fortunately for Gaara, he is a Jinchuuriki after all. At this moment, the monster in his body seemed to be stimulated by the other party, and began to get excited, and continued to carry the murderous intention of Zakaki for Gaara, but Gaara had A strange feeling, that is, the monster in the body seems to have fallen behind in the competition. Although he is eager to persuade himself to take action, another voice keeps warning him not to take action, so Gaara is covering his head at the moment, and A painful look. But Maki is not as "chic" as Gaara. Maki naturally knows the identity of Zakaki, and also knows that even Shukaku is no match for him. He also knows that the other person is Kame Sennin who has been famous for many years, although he is also a high-ranking scholar. Forbearance, but how can you compare with such a veteran powerhouse? When he was still a chuunin, others had Kage level strength, not to mention after so many years, who knows what height he has reached? Now even Ma Ji believes that he is more powerful than the Third Hokage. Ma Ji tried to fight back at first when he was exposed to the murderous intent of Oak Tree. However, as the murderous intent of Oak Tree gradually intensified, Ma Ji felt that he was a drifter. A small boat in strong winds and waves can capsize with another big wave! Drops of cold sweat began to form on Ma Ji's forehead, and his whole body began to tremble. "Zakaki, when did you come back?" A hoarse and old voice sounded in the ears of Maji, Gaara and Zakaki. The third generation wearing a god robe held a pipe in his mouth and walked towards Maji step by step. They get closer. "Hmph! Hokage-sama is so excited!" Zakaki didn't answer the third generation's nonsense. The third generation would not know if he came back. At this moment, he just wanted to break the siege of the Suna Ninja. Perhaps he was awakened by Sandai's words. Zakaki suddenly came back to his senses and realized that he seemed a little lost. Those reactions just now almost made him step into an abyss of no return, and almost ruined the strength he had trained for so many years. A calm state of mind. Maki nodded to the third generation, then winked at Gaara beside him, and then he and Gaara left the examination venue and came to the stands. Ma Ji looked at Zakaki and wiped the sweat from his head. Thanks to the Third Hokage for saving the siege, otherwise he really didn't know what to do? By the way, this Kame Sennin Zaki is really powerful. Perhaps he should have died with him in Sand Ninja Village back then, otherwise he would not have been allowed to grow to this point. It seems that the restoration of the country this time will be far away, and it will not be possible. Do you know why Kazekage-sama wants to cooperate with that person? Didn't he know that that man had attacked the Sand Ninja Village with the Kame Sennin in front of him before? Such a person must be unreliable! Gaara who was next to Maki didn¡¯t think that much. At this time, Gaara was very angry and even felt ashamed of his cowardice just now. Why did he feel scared under that person¡¯s oppression just now? Are you afraid? why why? Gaara's body was constantly shaking. Temari and Kankuro beside him looked at Gaara who was on the verge of explosion, and at the same time looked at Maki for help. Maki nodded to Temari and Kankuro, and said to Gaara: "His name is Zakaki, and he is known as Kame Sennin. He became famous in the ninja world during the Third War. It's normal for you to have such a reaction. That's me. You can only tremble under his remaining power. In a few years, he will definitely not be your opponent!" Gaara glanced at Maki with a fierce look on his face. Perhaps his words had an effect. The hostility in Gaara's body began to gradually disappear, and then he turned around and walked towards the exit with the gourd on his back. Looking at Gaara who calmed down, Kankuro and Temari let out a sigh of relief at the same time.??Kankuro looked at the embarrassed Maki and said with some confusion: "Maki-sensei, is he really that powerful?" Maki looked at Zakaki who was communicating with the Hokage of the Storage Bag, nodded his head and said: "You should run away as much as possible when you encounter him, and be invincible. I don't know how many Sand Ninja elites died in his hands over the years, even Gaara The complete body of the things in the body is no match for him, do you understand?" Temari and Kankuro were both shocked and said in disbelief, "Is there really someone who can defeat that thing?" Ma Ji raised his head and seemed to recall a lot, and murmured: "Not only defeated that thing, but that was more than ten years ago. No one probably knows his strength now!" "What? It was more than ten years ago. Is he so powerful? But I don't think there are many masters in Konoha?" Temari looked at Ma Ji and asked in confusion. "There are no masters? Huh! It's the legendary Sannin. None of them are as strong as this person. And that golden flash, Konoha White Fang, is simply invincible! At that time, Konoha was so powerful that the other four countries only had You have to surrender! With the destruction of the Uchiha family in recent years, Konoha has also begun to decline, so this is an opportunity for us!" "Teacher Zakaki, I'm sorry for you!" Akai said with some fear as he watched Xiao Li being carried out of the competition venue, and then remembered Zakaki's series of reactions just now. Kakashi, who didn¡¯t know when he jumped down from the stands, interrupted and said: "Ozaki-sama, Akai-" "Needless to say, I don't blame you! Your teaching is very good. You have lived up to my expectations. Xiao Li's growth has exceeded my expectations. He is a very good ninja! My brother's only wish that disappeared back then was probably If you can't become a great ninja, maybe someone will inherit his legacy!" Zakaki waved his hand to the sky and continued, "Brother, do you think I am right or wrong?" "Teacher Zakaki, I -" The wet tears at the corners of Akai's eyes became moist again, and he choked and said: "If I had stopped Li from using that move in time, maybe this situation wouldn't have happened!" Naruto watched Xiao Li's stretcher leave and heard the conversation between Zakaki and Akai. He rushed to Zakaki's side and roared loudly: "What's that guy called Kame Sennin, Zakaki? Let me tell you, the thick eyebrows are a A respectable ninja, I believe he will never regret what he has done! So, he must be right! Because he is proving his ninja, and he is telling us that even a genius can succeed as long as he works hard You can surpass them!" Naruto lowered his head and clenched his fists. Everyone was shocked by Naruto's roar. Zakaki looked at Naruto with murderous intent and said in a low voice: "Are you willing to sacrifice your life for this? You have to know that you only live once!" Naruto, who was in the murderous aura, began to feel a little uneasy. Kakashi, who was beside Zakaki, naturally felt the murderous aura of Zakaki. He raised his hand as if he wanted to say something, but was intercepted by Zakaki. Naruto gritted his teeth, clenched his fists, raised his head sharply, looked directly at Zakaki and said firmly: "Yes, in order to prove his ninja, he will not hesitate to lose his life!" Looking at Naruto's appearance, Zakaki suddenly found that he was a little infected. Could this be the strange power that Naruto called! Zakaki put away his murderous intent, walked to Naruto, patted him on the shoulder and said: "Maybe you are right! Now, I agree with you!"| When Naruto heard Zakaki's words, his body trembled, he turned around, looked at Zakaki's leaving back, raised a straight fist in the direction of Zakaki, and said loudly: "I will do it!" ; Text Chapter 135 Sandai, I¡¯m sorry Sitting on the Hokage Rock, looking at the blossoming Konoha leaves, he suddenly felt that a person's life is just like the penis below. Sometimes it is as hard as iron, and sometimes it is languid. No matter how passionate a person is, they are always softer than hard. . Ever since he knew that Xiao Li was still told to end his ninja career as in the plot, Zakaki felt that his direction had become blurred, and even Zakaki began to suspect that he was a trap. Although he had saved Zabuza and Haku some time ago, That was the same as not being saved. Zabuza still set up two graves and discarded his decapitating sword! In the eyes of everyone, Zabuza was still killed by Kakashi Hatake! Zakaki picked up a stone and threw it into the sky. Watching the stone flying in the air, Zakaki found that most of his unhappiness had been taken away. Why do you think so much? Day by day, even if there is no one like myself, the world of Naruto will still go on intact. I believe that Naruto will still bring changes to the world, and the ending will always be happy. This is the commonality of all anime. A sudden flash of inspiration came to Zakaki. By the way, I remember that Kabuto summoned Zabuza and Haku during the Four Battles when watching anime in his previous life. Since Zabuza and Haku were not dead, what else could Kabuto summon? It's not that history has not been changed, but that history has quietly and inadvertently deviated from its previous track, but I was in the middle of the situation and didn't notice it. Zakaki, who was already relieved, now sees more clearly. As he walks step by step, there will always be something to witness! "Brother, are you still worried about Xiao Li?" Asma, smoking a cigarette, appeared behind Zakaki at some point. "It's Asuma? You can't say you're worried. Although Konoha's medical ninjas say there's no way, it doesn't mean there's really no way! Isn't there still her?" Zakaki smiled at Asma, remembering The beauty who was sobbing softly in the catwalk. "Senior brother, are you really talking about Tsunade-sama? Well, with her ability, it shouldn't be a big problem to cure Xiao Li, but her whereabouts have been erratic. It's probably not easy to find her!" Asuma took a sip. Yan nodded and said. "Well, after the chuunin exam is over, I will go find her. Let's not talk about this, how are you and Kurenai developing now?" Zakaki suddenly remembered that this bad guy got pregnant out of wedlock with Kurenai, joked. "This - hey! What can I say, I feel that I am not worthy of her, she is the most beautiful woman in Konoha!" Asuma scratched the back of his head and blushed. "Maturity is a good thing, but if you lose your lifelong happiness because of maturity, it's not worth the gain! Kurenai is a good girl. Work hard and try to add another member to your Sarutobi clan as soon as possible!" Uzaki patted Asuma. said the shoulder. "Where did senior brother get involved? The relationship has not been confirmed yet, so why talk about adding another member? But by the way, how is senior brother's situation?" Asma asked rhetorically. "what's the situation?" "Have you found a wife yet?" Asuma looked at Zakaki suspiciously. "What's that look in your eyes? It seems like your senior brother and I are a man who can't find a woman, do I? Tell you, my wife is pregnant!" Zakaki thought of Yumi who was far away in the Land of Earth, and a flash of thought flashed in his heart. I'm so excited. It's been two or three months since this happened. It's time for Yumi's belly to bulge. Hahaha, I can be a father when I get home! "Brother, you got Anko pregnant? It won't be so soon, right? A few days ago, I saw her very lively, and she didn't look like she was pregnant at all! Is Anko trying to hide something?" Asma said with a look on her face He looked at Zakaki in surprise. "What's the mess? My wife is from the Kingdom of Earth. Let me tell you, don't talk nonsense, or else I won't deal with you!" Zakaki suddenly remembered that there seemed to be an Anko here, and said a little nervously. "Oh my god! Senior brother, you already have a family, and you still come to provoke Anko. Aren't you afraid that Anko will go crazy? Oh my god! I'm going to tell Kakashi and the others, and also¡ª¡ª" Asuma said like He said with excitement that he had discovered a new continent. Before he could finish his words, Asuma slapped him on the forehead, which completely stunned Asuma. Asuma looked at Zakaki with a confused look on his face. , murmured: "If you have something to say, why are you touching me? I'm such an old man, it would be bad if others saw me!" "You still know, okay? If anyone knows about me, I'm afraid I will be the one who is in trouble! Asma, let me tell you, if even a little bit of my story is leaked, I can't get around you! I will let you marry me for the rest of your life. Less than red! I know a lot of scandals in your past!" Zakaki said threateningly. "You know, am I a loudmouth?" Asma said with disdain. Zakaki looked at Asuma with a sweaty face, who was going to tell Kakashi just now? Now he actually says with saliva on his face that he is not that kind of person! Zakaki did not dwell on this issue and asked in a low voice: "How are your disciples?" "Hey - except for Shikamaru, everyone elseEveryone was eliminated, Ino and Sakura fought to a draw, and Choji was beaten by the sound ninja in two rounds! Asuma shook his head and sighed. "They are just like their ancestors, suitable for combination tactics, and achieving such results is not bad, but I am still very optimistic about your apprentices!" Zakaki said with a smile. "Maybe!" Zhamu came to Uncle Yichun's house and found a big lock on the door. At this moment, Uncle Yichun and Grandma Yichun should be taking care of Xiao Li in the hospital, and they won't be back for a while. It's okay if Xiao Li has them there. It seemed unnecessary to go, so I simply went to look for Anko. Ever since this guy was tortured by Orochimaru, she hadn't been seen again. Could it be that he went out to do a mission? Zakaki got up and rushed towards Anko's house. Just when Zakaki walked a certain distance, he saw a masked ANBU ninja not far away heading towards him. "Master Oakwood, Master Hokage wants you to go to the Hokage's office," the ANBU ninja knelt on one knee and said. Zakaki frowned, what does this mean for me to go to hell? The official competition of the Chuunin Examination is about to begin. He should be very busy right now. Is there something important? Zakaki nodded to the ANBU ninja and said, "Go, I'll be there in a minute!" After that, the ANBU ninja walked away. In the Hokage's office, the third generation looked at the photos of the previous Hokages and fell into deep thought. After many years of political career, he naturally knew the crisis that Konoha is facing now. Orochimaru's sudden appearance did not make the third generation worried, although Konoha was indeed in decline. But that doesn¡¯t mean Konoha is a soft persimmon that anyone can pinch! The third generation was confident that one Orochimaru was enough to shake the foundation of Konoha, but at this time the third generation really felt that Konoha needed to change. There is probably no one in Konoha who is Orochimaru's opponent, including himself who is already tired! The third generation thought of the previous Konoha, Minato, the three apprentices, and Oakwood. Although Konoha at that time was not as strong as the second generation, it was still strong enough to defend the title of the No. 1 Ninja Village! By the way, Zakaki, and him! It seems that I have another good chess move! Zakaki came to the Hokage's office, knocked on the door, and walked straight in. Although the old guy was old, it didn't mean that his consciousness was gone. He was naturally aware of his arrival. Zakaki walked in and took a look, and found that the third generation was thinking deeply in front of the photos of the past Hokage, and then said: "Hokage-sama, do you have anything to do with me?" Sandai did not look back and said in a deep voice: "Orochimaru is here. You should know his purpose, right?" Zakaki was confused by Sandai's straightforward words. Based on Zakaki's many years of experience in dealing with Sandai, this old guy would definitely talk nonsense for a while, and then slowly change the topic to the main point. This time, let him directly Zakaki was a little caught off guard. Zakaki calmed down. After all, he was no longer the childish and simple kid he used to be. Although he was not as experienced as the third generation, he would not be so easy to take the bait again. "Well, I met him once. I'm afraid that this will happen." This time, come prepared!" Sandai frowned. His own words were already straightforward enough, but he didn't expect that the oak tree in front of him was even more straightforward! "So, Konoha needs your help!" "I'm sorry, Hokage-sama! I'm no longer a ninja of Konoha, and there are some things that I can't get involved in!" Zakaki didn't beat around the bush anymore. You will definitely suffer when fighting with such an old man. It's better to just refuse to accept it than anything else! "You are still from Konoha!" The third generation stood up and looked directly at Zakaki. "Sir, you also know that I will not attack him, just like back then!" Zakaki smiled, ignored the third generation's questions, walked to Minato's photo, and murmured: "I guess Minato's Hokage is not that good. How pleasant is it? Even if my son dies, he still has to endure such torture!" The third generation's body suddenly trembled, and a trace of regret flashed in his heart. How could he not know what Zakaki meant? When Minato came to the throne, he wanted to carry out some reforms many times, but he was interfered by the elders. For the sake of the stability of Konoha, he had no choice but to do so. Without standing opposite Minato, Minato's Hokage position in the end was somewhat unworthy of the name. If Minato had listened to Minato, perhaps Konoha would not be where it is today. The third generation looked at Zakaki's back and suddenly felt that he was too old to lift his hands. The third generation slowly walked out of the office and said in despair: "In that case, forget it!" Zakaki turned around and looked at Sandai's retreating back. Suddenly he felt that he could not help him. He whispered with some shame: "Sandai, I'm sorry!" PS: Recommendation is urgent, please recommend! ; Text Chapter 136 The origin of the lustful immortal All the competitions ended, and the rest was the exhibition competition. To be honest, Zakaki felt that it was no different from the so-called celebrities in previous lives who held concerts, and they were looked at like monkeys by others. I remember that the celebrities at that time were extremely arrogant and arrogant. To put it bluntly, the so-called celebrities were prostitutes and actors in ancient times. In ancient China, actors and prostitutes were probably the lowest level of people. The society in the previous life was so distorted that I don¡¯t know how distorted it was, but these people were able to ride on so many heads and dominate! They are nothing more than using their own faces or teasing others as capital. In their previous lives, those celebrities regarded themselves as arrogant. I don¡¯t know why they are so proud. They are nothing more than a bitch known to the public! If placed in a world where human life is worthless, they might not even be as good as prostitutes. At least prostitutes can relieve the pressure of others. Only they are clearly a bitch but they erect a chastity arch! Zakaki smiled self-deprecatingly. In his previous life, he was probably an ordinary person, so he would always think of something like Ah Q. In fact, it was not easy for those celebrities. At least they also put in a lot of hard work, so they achieved fame. Only he is like this. Only a poor person would be so jealous of others, right? However, some celebrities are really annoying. They pretend to be like that, and just look at them and you want to slap them! Zakaki strolled on the streets of Konoha, wandering around. At this moment, Xiao Li could already walk on the ground. Zakaki, who knew the plot, didn't have too many worries. He remembered that Tsunade returned to Konoha and cured Xiao Li. plum. Today's Konoha can only be described as a sea of ??people. Although there is still a month left for the competition to start, this does not affect the enthusiasm of the people. The world of Naruto has a strong sense of hierarchy. Unlike those princes and dignitaries, ordinary people The Zaibatsu landlords were not given the privilege of being booked in advance, so they could only come to Konoha earlier to compete for a spot in an exciting ninja battle that could only be seen every year. Of course, this could not only be from the Land of Fire, but also from the Wind. People from the Kingdom of Yu, the Kingdom of Rain, the Kingdom of Sound, and some other countries, so one Konoha has to accommodate people from multiple countries, and the scene can naturally be imagined. Zakaki tried his best to walk towards a place with fewer people. Unknowingly, Zakaki came to a street full of bathhouses. This was the only place in Konoha where it was a little quieter. Suddenly, Zakaki's eyes flashed, and he felt an unusually familiar chakra. Yes, it was Jiraiya! Zakaki dodged and ran in his direction, only to find that this guy was peeking into the women's bathhouse with his butt sticking out! With a childlike innocence, Zakaki decided to tease Jiraiya. Zakaki crept up behind Jiraiya, leaned forward and asked softly: "How are they? Are these girls in good shape?" Jiraiya was crying, nodded and said: "Not bad, very good! Huh?" Jiraiya suddenly turned around and saw Zakaki looking inside. Jiraiya raised his finger, looking like you are so disappointing. , just when Jiraiya was about to scold Zakaki, there was a burst of scolding. Uzaki and Jiraiya turned their heads at the same time, and happened to see Ebisu wearing sunglasses. Jiraiya was really quick-sighted, and he quickly summoned a toad. The toad stuck out its tongue and rolled it up towards the direction. He grabbed Ebisu who was rushing towards Jiraiya and Zakaki, and then threw him to the ground hard, leaving only Naruto shouting aside. "Wow, wow, wow, so awesome! So handsome! But why is he a perverted old man? No, there's that Kame Sennin Zaki! Oh my god, I didn't expect that he is also a pervert!" Naruto pointed at Zaki and Jiraiya and shouted shouted. Zakaki looked at Naruto with sweat on his face and Jiraiya who kept playing cool on the side. It seems that Jiraiya is starting to teach Naruto the art of psychics right now, right? After Jiraiya had introduced all the situation, Zakaki was ready to leave, but Naruto's next words made Zakaki fall into disgrace. Naruto looked at Zaragi and Jiraiya and muttered softly. : "It seems that these two guys who call themselves immortals are perverts, especially the turtle immortal, who usually looks serious, but I didn't expect to be so wretched! And this perverted old man, the two of them look very familiar. Immortal, I think I and that Kame Immortal are a pair of lustful immortals!" Naruto's voice was not loud, but as shadow-level masters, Zakaki and Jiraiya naturally heard it clearly. When Zakaki heard the title given by Naruto, the anger in his heart completely boiled. Zakaki looked murderous. He looked at Jiraiya, and then said words one by one from his mouth: "Jiraiya, you know the way!" When Jiraiya saw Zakaki's appearance, he naturally knew what he meant. He jumped up in a hurry, stood on the wooden stake, pretended to be inscrutable, and then said with a smile: "I still want to collect materials, so first Let¡¯s go, Zakaki, see you at the same place!¡± Oakwood looked at Naruto with a funny look on his face. This guy ran to Ebisu's anus and started the Millennium Killing. However, Ebisu was beaten unconscious by Jiraiya, so the anus was exploded but did not react. "Hey, hey, hey, lecherous immortal, you have to be responsible for my practice! Look, you guys have done thisDamn it, how can I practice? "Naruto growled at Zakaki. "Hey, it's not me who did it. Every injustice has its owner, and every debt has its owner. Who did it? Who cares about me? Also, kid, don't call me a lustful fairy. The lustful fairy left just now!" He turned around, turned his back to Naruto and waved. "You're so irresponsible, you lustful sage, aren't you? Thanks to Kakashi-sensei, he still calls you Master Tsuaki. I think you are just like that lustful sage, you are a pervert!" Naruto shouted, pointing at Tsubasa. "It's not impossible to take you to practice." Zakaki turned around and said with a smile, "But I have a condition." "Really, really? Great, tell me, I will definitely promise you!" Naruto said jumping up and down. "Don't get excited first, naturally I won't take you to practice." Zakaki said, pouring a ladle of cold water on Naruto. "Isn't that the same as not saying anything?" Naruto shouted loudly. "Asshole! Just because I don't take you to practice, doesn't it mean there is no one else?" Zakaki said with a sidelong glance at Naruto. "Who is it?" "That perverted old man just now! If you go find him later, he will definitely take you. Don't you have a trick of seducing you? If you use it in front of him, are you afraid that he will not obey?" Zakaki said with a sinister smile. "That makes sense!" "You came back this time for that child, right?" Zakaki took a sip of wine and said to Jiraiya beside him. "Well, that kid is not bad. Besides, he is Minato's son. I have no reason to ignore him!" Jiraiya said with a rare seriousness. "Actually, that kid is quite pitiful. Fortunately, he has a pretty good character. Didn't he keep saying that he wants to be Hokage? Maybe that's really a possibility!!" Zakaki and Jiraiya drank a toast and said with a smile. "You think so too?" "Yeah! I saw them during their exam, it was really good!" "Have you seen Tsunade in these years?" "No, her Huarong skills are very high. If you want to hide her, where can you find her so easily? The third generation asked me to find her back, and I also want her to succeed the fifth generation Hokage! But by the way, you are also very suitable to be the Hokage?" Zakaki joked. "Ouch, I'm not interested! I just want to be a novelist, look for inspiration everywhere, and write good works!" Jiraiya laughed. "What are you writing in such a mess? You are not doing your job properly! I really can't figure out why there are still people buying it! Kakashi often walks around with the book you wrote, so shameful!" Zakaki rolled his eyes at Jiraiya and said. "What do you know? Let me tell you, this is called art! How can an ordinary person like you understand it? Otherwise, I would call you vulgar!" Jiraiya said disdainfully. Jiraiya looked at the candlelight flickering on the table and his face darkened, "Orochimaru has returned to Konoha, did you know?" "I know! But I don't want to get involved in these things. I'm not a ninja anymore anyway!" "But it was you who let him go back then!" "What's the matter? You must also know what happened when he left back then. The three generations have abandoned too many for the so-called stability, including him and Minato!" Zakaki said a little lonely after taking a sip of wine. "But they are still on your side! Besides, aren't you very good now?" Jiraiya tried to explain something. "Jiraiya! We are not children. I don't believe you still don't understand these years. I know you have been avoiding this fact, but the fact is the fact, so-" Zakaki stopped talking and stood up and walked out of the hotel. go. ; Text Chapter 137 Orochimaru vs. the Third Generation Zakaki sat in the audience like an ordinary person, watching the performance below. First, Naruto and Neji performed mouth escape on each other, and then other ninjas competed one after another, which made Zakaki almost fall asleep. , especially watching the performances of Temari and Shikamaru, Zakaki felt that this was all predetermined. If he didn't know the plot and Shikamaru's character, Zakaki would really suspect that this was a show! How could anyone throw away their victory? Zakaki turned around and thought, it seemed like Shikamaru and Temari were having an affair! Is this guy trying to capture the heart of another girl? It seems that this boy is as calculating as his father! Zakaki just dozed off and watched the game. He didn't know how long it took. Senbono who was watching in the stadium began to announce the match between Sasuke and Gaara, but Sasuke was not there. Just when Senbono was about to announce that Gaara was the winner. At that moment, Kakashi and Sasuke suddenly appeared. The pair of masters and disciples were leaning on their backs, and whirlwinds began to roll around their bodies. The dust and leaves they raised were swirling in the air. Coupled with the tranquility on the field, it was vivid and vivid. It shows how handsome Sasuke and Kakashi are. Zakaki looked at this scene and felt that the master and the apprentice were really two different people. You just came when you said you would come. As for being cool like this? It also caused the little girls around to scream! Looking at the two fat girls beside him, Zakaki wanted to go up and slap their master and apprentice! Perhaps it was not only Zakaki who thought so, but also Naruto who was excited but also looked down upon, and Kai who was full of admiration and depressed. Oakwood looked at the next game and saw two highlights. One was that Sasuke learned Lee's moves and hit Gaara several times. The other was that Sasuke released Kakashi's signature ninjutsu Chidori. Zakaki didn't pay too much attention to the whole battle, because Zakaki saw several Anbu not far away who were ready to make a move. Zakaki looked at the cat faces of those people. It seemed that they were Orochimaru's subordinates. They should soon be able to perform the illusion that was large but not very good. Zakaki turned around and looked at Gaara who had been knocked to the ground, and knew that the war was about to begin! Sure enough, several Anbu in different positions began to form seals at the same time, and then a wide range of cherry blossoms began to appear in the entire venue. With the fragrance of cherry blossoms, most people in the venue fell into a deep sleep, including the fat girl next to Zakaki! Zakaki lowered his body and tried not to attract other people's attention. Zakaki didn't want to get involved in the bad things between Orochimaru and the Third Generation, but it would always be bad if an acquaintance of Konoha saw Zakaki ducking. Zakaki opened his eyes slightly and looked at the already. The "Kazekage" who started to take action couldn't help but find it funny. To be honest, Orochimaru is really a genius. This is probably the first time in so many years that someone has entered Konoha and killed Konoha's Hokage! Even the later Pain did not have the same results as Orochimaru, and he died tragically under Naruto's mouth escape! But having said that, the relationship between Orochimaru and the third generation is really confusing. One knew that the other was hopeless but still gave the other another chance again and again. The other would rather let the other die in battle than let him die as he grew older and more useless. , this pair of twisted master and apprentice probably hold a very important position in each other's hearts! Zakaki was lying on the chair, looking at the hot battle. He couldn't help but sigh at the genius of Orochimaru and the sophistication of the third generation. When the third generation's shuriken shadow clone was activated, it was blocked by the two coffins summoned by Orochimaru. , just when the third coffin was about to come out, it was squeezed back by the third generation. Perhaps many people were knocked down by Orochimaru's sudden move, but Zakaki was shocked to the sky! Zakaki actually saw the fourth generation coffin summoned! Although the coffin was squeezed back by the third generation, Zakaki clearly saw the words "fourth generation" written on the coffin! Don't doubt a ninja's eyesight. Although Zakaki was a little far away from them, Zakaki could clearly see the stains on the third generation's face, so the words he just said were true! It may not matter to others, but it is different for someone like Zakaki who knows the plot. As we all know, as long as a person is sealed, he cannot be summoned again. The fourth generation used the ghoul seal to die in the end, but why could Orochimaru summon the fourth generation? I remember Kabuto didn't summon Yondaime during the Fourth War. Could it be that Yondaime really didn't die as netizens said in his previous life? But that's not right. Many signs have proved that the fourth generation is indeed dead. Later, the appearance of Uzumaki Kunagi and Minato in Naruto's body showed that the fourth generation was dead! But why didn't Kabuto summon the fourth generation? Why can Orochimaru be summoned? Is there something fishy in this? Zakaki didn't think about this anymore, and had already focused all his attention on the battle situation. The summoned first and second generations had already begun fighting the third generation. Zakaki looked at the battlefield that turned into a forest and the growing trees. Suddenly, he had an idea. Flash, I thought of the thing next to me. Maybe this thing that has been used for more than ten years has some effect! While Zakaki was meditating, a roar came from not far away. Who could it be if it wasn't Akai's group? Akai and Kakashi started their brainless competition again, beating the Sand Ninja and Sound Ninja. Zakaki looked around and found that the people of Konoha had begun to organize a counterattack. It is indeed a big village. Although Konoha has become decayed and weakened over the years, the combat quality and individual skills of Konoha ninja are better than those of the sound ninja just now.He was much stronger than the sand ninja, and soon Konoha's ninjas had mastered the situation on the battlefield, and most of the ninjas began to turn their attention to the venue where the third generation and Orochimaru fought. The third generation has summoned the ape demon and escaped from the tree world of the first generation. The third generation held the Ruyi Golden Cudgel in his hand and looked at Orochimaru angrily, "Orochimaru, are you still stubborn?" "Sarutobi-sensei, it's not that I'm stubborn, but that you are old and no longer useful. I can already hear your panting voice now! Hahaha, it seems that you are really old. You are no longer what you used to be. That invincible Ninja! In that case, I will kill you!" Orochimaru spit out the Kusanagi sword from his mouth and quickly ran towards the direction of the third generation. "Really? Even though I'm old, I'm confident that I can still defeat you! I'll finish you off myself! Although I've known for a long time that such a day would come, but still - still -" The third generation's god robe kept flying in the air. While flying, the golden cudgel in his hand began to spin rapidly. Watching this scene in the distance, Zakaki suddenly felt a little sad. In fact, Orochimaru was not a villain, and the Third Generation was not a ruthless teacher. It was just that their inner thoughts were so inconsistent that others thought they were enemies of life and death. Whether Orochimaru died in the hands of the third generation, or the third generation died in the hands of Orochimaru, it might be considered a good ending. The hand-to-hand battle between the third generation and Orochimaru has begun. Perhaps their moves are fatal, but there is no denying that there is another kind of emotion in those moves! Orochimaru looked at the three generations who were already struggling, feeling a little proud and a little sad. That Sarutobi-sensei is indeed gone. In this case, let him die in my hands, which is better than such a mediocre death! Orochimaru's murderous intent has begun to rush towards the third generation unbridled, preparing for the final attack. But Orochimaru saw the corners of the third generation's mouth raised slightly. Just when Orochimaru was puzzled, the third generation's voice began to ring in Orochimaru's ears: "Orochimaru, don't you understand yet? Don't you understand yet?" Orochimaru looked at the three generations of seals, and a huge storm arose in his heart. He said with a face full of horror: "Are you crazy? You will die too!" The Sandaime looked at Orochimaru's face with a trace of pride, "Hehehe, I have had enough of life already, maybe I can just kill you!" "You - you madman, stop it!" Orochimaru rushed towards the third generation in a frantic manner, trying to stop the third generation. "Haha, it's too late, Orochimaru, why don't you understand when you die?" Zakaki looked at Orochimaru who lost his hands and the third generation lying aside beside the four sound ninjas, and shook his head, "It seems that everything is like history, no one can escape their fate!" At this time, Orochimaru was among the four people. Surrounded by others, they began to flee. Seeing Orochimaru disappear, Zakaki followed them and left the venue. "Lord Orochimaru, please wait a moment." Zakaki suddenly appeared in front of Orochimaru and others and said. The four people next to him saw Zakaki and hurriedly blocked Orochimaru's side. Orochimaru motioned for a few people to leave, and then said with a smile: "What advice do you have, Mr. Zakaki?" "Sir, if there is any news about Tsunade in the future, please let me know. I would be very grateful!" "Is he your nephew?" "Exactly!" PS: Regarding the fourth generation, I thought it was really weird, so I wrote it down. Finally, please give me a recommendation! ; Text Chapter 138 Regaining Prestige Ibiki and several groups of Konoha ninjas fought against the Orochi summoned by Orochimaru. Neither the detonating charm nor the shuriken could cause any damage to the monsters on the opposite side. On the contrary, the ninjas on Konoha's side suffered many casualties under the attack of the Orochi. . Ibixi looked at the situation getting worse and worse, and his heart was filled with anxiety. This big snake had dragged most of its body into the village, and many of the surrounding houses had collapsed. If it continued like this, it would cause immeasurable damage to the village. loss. The raging big snake reminded Ibixi of that terrifying guy. It seemed like this was the first time he had appeared in so many years. It was really a blockbuster without even making a sound! "Sir, all attacks are ineffective! Now we must find a way to stop its progress!" A certain ninja said nervously. Ibixi twitched his ferocious face, and said sensibly: "No matter what, we must hold it back!" As soon as Ibixi's voice dropped, a faint voice sounded in his ears: "Psychic Technique¡¤Crush the Vendor Technique" followed by a bang, and a huge toad fell from the sky. Standing on the toad was a middle-aged man with silver hair and red clothes. He crossed his arms and slowly looked at Ibiki opposite him. Said: "Ibixi, after so many years, you really haven't made any progress! Except for your size!" Ibiki and the ninjas behind him saw the sudden scene, their eyes widened, especially when they heard the other party scolding their boss unscrupulously, their mouths were open so much that they could stuff a cow. Ibiki dodged and came to the big toad, half-kneeling, and whispered: "Jiraiya-sama." But the next scene once again destroyed a group of dragon ninjas in Konoha. A huge turtle fell from the sky. The three-headed snake that had been smashed to death by a toad had its head smashed off again. After the dust was raised, the dragon ninjas I found a young man standing on the turtle, looking at the one whom the boss called Jiraiya-sama with disdain, and then said: "Jiraiya is right, Ibiki, except for your size, you have not grown at all, so You're a piece of trash and let it enter the village! Remember you were working under me during the Third World War, right? How embarrassing!" Ibixi looked at the two masters who appeared with sweat on his face, cursing in his heart, not everyone is like you two! You can make any giant psychic beast! Not everyone is a shadow-level powerhouse! It took a lot of effort to gain some prestige in Konoha, but now I think it¡¯s all lost in front of my subordinates! Although he thought so in his heart, he didn't dare to say it with his mouth. Ibixi forced a smile, saluted to Zakaki, and said: "Hello, Lord Zakaki!" "Hey, hey, Touaki, am I saying you are too unreasonable? You come out and steal the limelight from me. Look, everyone clearly thinks you are better than me!" Jiraiya said, jumping left and right on the toad. "Jiraiya, stop talking nonsense and go see the third generation! I think something might have happened to the third generation now!" Zakaki ignored Jiraiya's antics and said with a serious face. Zakaki naturally knew that the third generation was dead, but there were some words that he had to pretend, even in front of his friends. Zakaki was not discovered by anyone at the venue, thanks to his turtle breath technique. Originally, Zakaki did not intend to go, but after all, it was a classic battle and there was no reason to miss it, so Zakaki went. But if people know that I am not doing anything here, I am afraid that many people will have objections. Although it is not a big deal, such trouble can still be avoided. After hearing this, Jiraiya nodded. Zakaki in front said, "I'll go over first and leave the situation here to you. I have a bad feeling. I guess the old man won't be able to survive this time!" "Well! Leave this little thing to me, and you can go. Ibiki, I guess it's time for Konoha to fight back now. The Sand Ninjas are still a bit difficult to deal with, so go over there and help!" Zakaki nodded and said. "Yes, Master Tsubasa! Follow me from Class 1 and Class 2!" Ibiki waved to the ninja in the distance, and then everyone disappeared. "Boss, who is that Master Tsubasagi? I have heard of Master Jiraiya, the legendary Sannin. But I don't seem to have heard much of Master Tsubasagi!" Dragon Armor asked Ibiki in front of him. . Ibiki glanced at Long Suo Jia first, but did not answer him. He said coldly: "Speed ??up and rush to the daimyo to prevent the enemy from misbehaving!" "yes!" "Asshole! Didn't you really see that the leader is on fire? You are such an idiot. Master Zakaki doesn't even know that he is as good as the fourth generation, even compared to the Sannin! If it weren't for him on the battlefield of the Kingdom of Earth, where would it have been so easy to win? Also, Master Zakaki was the boss's immediate boss a long time ago, didn't you hit the muzzle of the gun?" Long Taoyi rolled his eyes and said. "But have I really heard of it?" "You still say it!" Zakaki looked at the snake with only one head left, stood on Bobby's back, and said loudly: "Go back, you are not me."Hand, for the sake of your master's sake, I'll spare you one life! " The snake seemed to be a little slow and ignored Zakaki's gesture. It spit out its core and quickly rushed towards Zakaki and Bobby. Bobby stepped on the oak tree and asked helplessly: "Bobby, are you coming or am I coming?" "Let me do it, I haven't done anything for a long time, my bones are almost soft! A small reptile, one move to deal with it!" As soon as Bobby finished speaking, he raised his front paws, slapped the ground fiercely, and with a few rumbling sounds, the big snake Rows of thorns suddenly appeared on its abdomen, and the big snake was hung in the air like a barbecue, twisting and struggling. Seeing the Orochi's tiredness, Bobby muttered: "Boss, your opponents are getting weaker and weaker! Is it worth taking action like this? Roar¡ª¡ª" After that, Bobby opened his mouth and faced the Orochi. A water bomb was sprayed out and hit the big snake on the head. With a bang, the big snake turned into a puff of air and disappeared into the air. The ninjas below looked at the great power of Oakwood, and shouted loudly, "Master Oakwood is mighty!" "Long live Konoha!" Just as the ninjas cheered, Oakwood and Bobby had disappeared into the air. "Who is Master Oakwood? Why haven't I seen him in Konoha before?" "Hehehe, it's normal that you don't know. After all, you only became a ninja in the past few years. He is a legend!" "Why?" "Back then, the Sannin left Konoha, but the war between Konoha and the Earth Kingdom was still going on. At that time, Konoha's talents were already withered. Even the Fourth Hokage had to go to the battlefield in person, but after all, the Fourth Hokage was the main combatant. Strength, whether it is the overall situation or the commander-in-chief and guarding, a person with shadow-level strength is needed to take charge, and this person is Master Oakaki! With Lord Oakaki's command, the Fourth Hokage dares to go to block the enemy's transportation lines. In the end, we won the victory! Of course, Master Takaki¡¯s contribution was more than that. If we elaborate on it, it would have taken three days and three nights! You know, Mr. Takaki was only twelve years old at that time! The most powerful one was the number of battles. Sengan Ninja! Among them are the four and five tailed Jinch¨±riki!¡ª¡ª" "Oh my God! Why haven't I heard of such a powerful person?" "Because of Mr. Oakwood's matter, the senior management issued a ban on discussion! So¡ª¡ª" "Hey! Really, if Master Oak is still in Konoha, how dare these people be so arrogant?" "Isn't Master Tsubasa back? And Master Jiraiya, Konoha will definitely win this time!" "Yes, Konoha will win!" PS: Oakwood¡¯s influence in Konoha has weakened a lot, so although this chapter is a bit bad, it is still necessary to exist! Some book friends say that Zakaki is second-rate in strength. I disagree with this. Just based on the Eight Earth Rebirth move, I think Zakaki is a completely awesome character! Maybe this move has not been used yet, but everyone will know about it when it is officially released. There is also a last move, so you can escape even if you are knocked into space by Madara! Hahaha¡­¡­ ; Text Chapter 139: Beat up Kabuto When Zakaki came out of the hospital, his mind was filled with the conversation he had just had with Xiao Li. Xiao Li is a hard-working genius. Although he is not proficient in ninjutsu and illusion, this cannot be a huge obstacle for Xiao Li to become a master. In the previous life, Zakaki knew that Xiao Li's physical skills later surpassed Akai's and became a true physical skills master. But at this moment, Xiao Li's eyes full of despair still made Zakaki feel that he had failed. Fortunately, with the guarantee from himself and Akai, Xiao Li regained the confidence to move towards the road of becoming strong. Zakaki's guarantee is based on knowing the plot, while Akai's guarantee is based on his confidence in Xiao Li. Although Zakaki's strength is stronger than Akai's, compared to Xiao Li's education, Zakaki can't even catch up with him. Sometimes Zhamu would be jealous of Akai, and Xiao Li looked at Akai a hundred times warmer than his uncle, even though he had been close to Akai in front of Xiao Li! Zakaki was running on the street, looking at the Konoha villagers who had recovered from the war, and couldn't help but admire their strong ability to accept, even though the third generation had died at this moment, even though many people were killed and injured in the battle, even though the ANBU They are still wandering back and forth, but these cannot be the source of panic for the villagers. The villagers of Konoha are still full of hope, and their eyes are still full of love for Konoha! I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s the brainwashing policy of Konoha¡¯s top brass or the natural kindness of the villagers, but this all shows the truth, Konoha is indeed a good place! Black curtains were hung all over the village to pay homage to their great Third Hokage. Although the Third Hokage had done a lot of troublesome things in his life, Zakaki now found out from the villagers' love for him that he was completely devoted to him. It created a great sense of admiration. No matter how evil a politician is, as long as he can make people live a good life, then he is a successful politician. Perhaps it was the compromise policy of the Third Generation that brought about the Konoha villagers' love for peace, which indirectly affected this generation of young heroes, especially Naruto who was supposed to be full of hatred for Konoha. Just when Zakaki was sighing for the group of people in Konoha, a person familiar to Zakaki entered his sight. The man was wearing the costume of a medical ninja, with a round hat covering most of his face. Maybe it was After noticing Zakaki's attention, the man's vague chakra slowly rolled out from his hands, and his steps gradually increased. After a while, he got rid of Zakaki's tracking. The man took off the brim of his hat, A cold light flashed on the lenses of the glasses, and he smiled, then frowned and murmured: "Haha, I got rid of the tracking when I got to the edge of the village. This person is pretty good. There seems to be no loopholes in the secret of chakra. How did that person find out? Mine?" This person is Kabuto who is still in Konoha! "It's very simple, because I have locked on you a long time ago. It seems that there are not many people in this world who can be locked by me and walk away easily!" Zakaki stood on a tree and looked at Kabuto condescendingly. "What? You don't feel anything at all! This person is-" Cold sweat dripped down Kabuto's face. "Hmph! You still dare to play this trick in my hands. Didn't Orochimaru tell you that I am the ancestor of the earth escape ninja?" Zakaki suddenly jumped down and pressed his hands on the ground, "Earth Release¡¤Earth Corridor". Rocks quickly rose up from the ground and surrounded Kabuto, blocking his vision and movement. It turns out that after Kabuto found out that he was locked by Takaki, he quickly used the Substitute Technique, and he escaped into the ground, preparing to wait for an opportunity to escape, but he didn't even look at who Takaki was? He had long been familiar with Earth Release. Kabuto's tricks would still work for ordinary jounin or elite jounin, but in front of Zakaki, it would be like using a big sword in front of Guan Gong! Kabuto, whose sight and movements were blocked by the corridor, quickly concentrated his chakra into the scalpel in his hand, preparing to cut open the rock in front of him to prepare for the next step of escape, but Zakaki's next words made him Stopped moving. "Did Orochimaru ask you to come?" "Ozaki-sama won't embarrass me, right?" Kabuto forced a smile and said. "That's not necessarily the case. Your purpose for coming here is that Uchiha brat, right? As far as I know, Orochimaru did not issue an order to kill Uchiha Sasuke. If Orochimaru knew that you wanted to kill Sasuke, I guess he wouldn't Let you go!" Zakaki said coldly. "What do you mean?" A cold light flashed through Kabuto's lenses, and he tightened the scalpel in his hand. Suddenly Kabuto cut through the boulder in front of him, quickly leaped into the air, and struck two kunai at the oak tree. It seemed that it was not over yet. Kabuto immediately dodged in the air and appeared on a tree trunk not far away. The scalpel in his hand directly penetrated Zakaki's heart. The corner of Kabuto's lips raised, and he said with a bit of disdain: "I knew you would use the earth clone, so I sensed your position, and then used those kunai as a blindfold to paralyze you. As I expected, you went up Hooked up!" Kabuto stabbed the scalpel into Zakaki's heart with all his strength, but wisps of sweat dripped from his forehead, and the sharp scalpel couldn't penetrate even an inch. Only then did Kabuto take a closer look, and what he saw in front of him was actually A huge boulder! Kabuto hurriedly retreated, came to the ground, and looked around to explore the surrounding environment. "No, it's underground!" Kabuto feltThere were bursts of murderous intent from the ground, and he jumped into the air hurriedly, but it was okay not to jump, but this jump would be bad. Suddenly an oak tree appeared in the sky, and the oak tree stretched out its right foot, and the heel clicked tightly There was a bang on Kabuto's gray-haired forehead. Kabuto's whole body was like a kicked sandbag, spinning in the air. This was not over yet. The oak tree that appeared on the ground quickly came to Kabuto who was still "flying". An uppercut hit Kabuto's lower abdomen, and Kabuto spun in the opposite direction again and flew to Zakaki. Zakaki twisted Kabuto's collar and said with a cold face: "I always thought you were a smart person, but I didn't expect you to be such a stupid pig! Do you think you can be my opponent with your half-assed skills? He Wait until you learn Orochimaru's filthy earth reincarnation and then become my opponent, you are really not worth killing now!" Kabuto coughed a mouthful of blood and said with a smile on his face: "As expected of a person of the same level as Orochimaru-sama, even the use of this soil escape technique is probably far superior to Orochimaru-sama! I feel sorry for what I just said I apologize for being stupid." Although Kabuto didn't seem to have anything on the surface, he was already in a turmoil in his heart. No one seemed to know that he was learning Earth Reincarnation. Even Orochimaru only knew that he was interested in this technique, and he didn't know yet. He has almost mastered this technique, but why does Zakaki in front of him know about it? Is he really that powerful? Or can he see into people's hearts? Impossible, how could there be such a technique in the world? Why? But none of this matters anymore. What matters is that the man in front of him is willing to let himself go! "I know you are still of great use to Orochimaru. According to my personality, I would kill you! But after all, I owe Orochimaru a lot of favors, so I let you go. At the same time, in order for Orochimaru to be cured as soon as possible His hand is injured, so I decided not to tell him about you!" Zakaki dropped the bag on the ground and said slowly. "Thank you, I will definitely repay Master Tsubasa for this great favor!" Kabuto pushed his eyes on the bridge of his nose with his hand and said with a smile. Zakaki looked at Kabuto, then removed the earth clone, turned around and walked towards the distance and said: "You go, I will take action next time I see you in Konoha, after all, I am still Konoha now villagers!" Kabuto looked at Zakaki's walking back and wiped the sweat from his head. This guy was really powerful. He killed himself with almost no effort. Is this the strength of a shadow-level powerhouse? I need strength! When I fully master that technique, I will kill you all, including the Red Sand Scorpion, Orochimaru, and Oak Tree! snort! Zakaki stood on a big tree and looked at the murderous intent leaking out of his pocket. A trace of hesitation flashed in his heart. Is it right or wrong to let this guy go? Will the tiger return to the mountain? But there seems to be no reason to kill him, not to mention that this guy does have a lot of uses! Forget it, just think of it as a good deed! How did Zakaki know that letting the tiger return to the mountains this time would make him regret it for the rest of his life! ; Text Chapter 140 Oak vs Weasel In the early morning, the entire Konoha was buried in the sudden heavy fog. On the forest path outside Konoha, two people wearing bamboo hats and fire cloud robes were walking leisurely. Occasionally, there would be a burst of moisture. The bells on the bamboo hat jingled in the wind. A man with a bandage on his back and a big knife showed his shark-like teeth and said with a smile: "Mr. Itachi, this is your hometown!" The man called Itachi ignored the man who spoke, and just pulled down the bamboo hat on his head, speeding up suddenly. The man carrying the big knife shook his head and said with a little excitement: "It seems that he is homesick! But it's really not his style. I don't know if the task assigned by Zero can be completed?" After that, he quickly followed. Go up. At this moment, Zakaki was lying on the bed, looking at the ceiling eagerly. Zakaki remembered a sentence from his previous life, "You can't wake up in the first thirty years, and you can't sleep in the next thirty years." It seems to make sense. Now My son's oak tree is more than forty years old. Perhaps because he is older, he wakes up early. Zakaki thought of Yumi who was far away in the Land of Earth. When he left, Yumi was found to be pregnant. Counting it, it was five or six months ago. Yumi's belly should be very big already. Hehehe, it will be here in two days. Once it's stable, go back to the Land of Earth. As a husband, it is too unreasonable for him to not be with his wife while she is pregnant with Liujia! Zakaki nodded secretly and made some calculations in his mind. Kurenai and Asuma were walking on the street, and they unknowingly started talking about oak trees. "Asuma, who do you think is stronger, Tsubasa-sama or Jiraiya-sama?" Hongxiao looked at Asuma and asked. "It's hard to say. Most of Jiraiya-sama's ninjutsu are about toads. Senior Brother Zakaki is better at Earth Release. When it comes to Earth Release, I'm afraid there are few people in the entire ninja world who can compare to Senior Brother Zakaki. If he is a psychic I don't think there are many people who are better than Jiraiya-sama when it comes to jutsu!" Asuma said. "Doesn't Mr. Zakaki also have a big turtle? It seems to be called Bobby. I think Mr. Zakaki's psychic beast seems to be more powerful." Hong squinted his eyes. "It's hard to say this. Jiraiya-sama's sacred beast Bunta is also very powerful. You can see it from the battle between the Yondaime and the Kyuubi -" Before Asuma could finish speaking, Kurenai pointed at a masked man standing opposite the door of a store and said, "Isn't that Kakashi? What is he doing there?" Asuma took a puff of cigarette, his face was a little distorted, and he cursed Kakashi in his heart, you said you wouldn't show up when, but you showed up at this time, isn't it causing trouble? Then he blew out a smoke ring and said angrily: "Yes - it's him. What is this guy doing here?" Kakashi saw Kurenai and Asuma coming from the opposite side, closed the novel he was reading, and said hello, "Hey, hey, why are you two walking together?" Hong turned his head to the side, and two blushes appeared on his face. Asuma is really thick-skinned. He looked at Kakashi standing aside and asked, "What are you doing here?" "Oops, I almost forgot. I was going to see Sasuke just now, and suddenly I found two people, slave-" Kakashi nodded inward and said. "Huh?" Asuma and Kurenai saw the two people who suddenly disappeared, looked at Kakashi and said, "Leave it to us!" "Yeah!" Kakashi said, rolling his eyes. Asuma and Kurenai nodded at the same time and disappeared. The breeze blew gently, and two people wearing bamboo hats were walking on the path along the Konoha River. The jingling bells and the fire cloud robes vividly displayed the mystery of these two people. Suddenly, two figures stopped their progress, it was Kurenai and Asuma who had just arrived. "You are not from Konoha, what is the purpose of coming here? Tell the truth, otherwise I don't mind arresting you two!" Asuma said, holding a cigarette in his mouth. "Red, Asuma, long time no see!" one of them said. "Since you know us, you must have interacted with us before. Who are you?" Asma's tone became stern. The person who spoke took off his hat, revealed his face, and said to Asuma and Kurenai: "We are just here to pick up something, please let us go." Asuma looked at the face under the hat and said in surprise: "You are Uchiha Itachi! I didn't expect you to do such a thing and dare to appear in Konoha! Who is the one next to you?" "Since Itachi has been identified, I will tell you." The man carrying the sword slowly took off his hat, revealing a shark face, and said with a sinister smile: "My name is Kisame!" "Kissame? There are seven people in front of the Kirin ninja. I didn't expect them to be S-class wanted criminals!" Kurenai said with a frown. "Then I will arrest you!" Asma showed murderous intent. Kisame looksHe glanced at Itachi, then took out the shark and slashed it directly towards Asuma. Asuma took out Feiyan and blocked the shark's path. Asuma gritted his teeth and looked like he was struggling. Behind Asuma, Kurenai immediately disappeared into the air and cast a genjutsu. Asuma and Kisame began a battle of taijutsu, while Kurenai and Itachi also began a battle of genjutsu. Asuma's right arm was scratched by the sudden explosion of the same shark, and Kisame was also scratched on the face by the wind release on Asuma's flying swallow. The two were evenly matched. That was not the case for Kurenai. Kurenai completely lost her resistance under Itachi's genjutsu, and her whole body was kicked into the river by Itachi. However, Itachi's actions were not over yet. In the blink of an eye, Itachi appeared behind Kurenai again. Kisame here sees that he has suffered a loss, so how can he give up? He quickly formed a seal with his hands, "Water Release, Water Dragon Bullet Technique!" Asuma and Hong were at a disadvantage in the blink of an eye. At this moment, Kakashi came on the stage with this Intimate Paradise. Not only did he rebound Kisame's water escape, but he also stopped Itachi from attacking Kurenai. He looked very relaxed. If Zakaki were here right now, he would definitely scold Kaka for his suit, and it would be this guy who would be beaten to death by others! Kakashi opened the covered Sharingan completely and said to Asuma and Kurenai beside him: "Remember, don't look at this guy's Sharingan!" "Then what should we do?" Hong said anxiously. "Close your eyes!" Kisame beside Itachi seemed a little excited. He shook the shark in his hand and said, "I'll do it!" "Your fight with him will be endless! And your moves are too eye-catching, which will attract the attention of other ninjas. So it's up to me to do it. Besides, it will be quick-" After Itachi said this, the three magatama in his eyes It began to spin and turned into a triangular windmill. Kakashi hurriedly turned around and shouted to Asuma and Kurenai beside him: "Quick, close your eyes!" As soon as he finished speaking, his body suddenly trembled and he found that he had appeared in a dark space and was tied to a black On the cross, looking at this unknown space, Kakashi suddenly felt a trace of fear. Kakashi looked around and realized that Itachi had appeared in this black space. He was holding a long knife in his hand and approaching him step by step, like a ghost. "Welcome to my world, to Tsukuyomi." Space, you will undergo a cruel test for seventy-two hours below!" As soon as the voice finished speaking, a knife had already been inserted into Kakashi's body. "Ah -" Kakashi was in pain and roared loudly. Kakashi's eyes seemed to pop out in pain, and it was hard to imagine that this was the leisurely copy ninja Kakashi with his ferocious face. Kakashi kept reminding himself that this was just an illusion, and kept telling himself to calm down, but the pain he suffered still made Kakashi almost collapse. Kakashi looked at countless of himself appearing around him, and his heart calmed down, enduring being cut into pieces by a thousand cuts every minute. Kurenai and Asuma closed their eyes, but they couldn't hear Kakashi's voice, and they both felt a little anxious. "Kakashi, are you okay?" Kisame next to Itachi looked at Kakashi who was motionless, and then at Itachi who had opened the Mangekyo Sharingan. He naturally knew that victory was coming to him. Kisame put away the shark and opened his shark mouth, hehe. Smiling: "No one can survive after being hit by Itachi's move!" At this moment, a huge burst of chakra whipped up a strong wind, blowing the fire cloud robe rustling in the air. Then there was a snap, and Kisame rolled on the water and was kicked ten meters away. Kisame wiped the blood from his mouth, held the same shark in front of him, and said angrily: "Who? I'm going to kill you!" "Hmph! What a shame! Among the seven mist ninjas, not just one or two of you died in my hands, not even one more than you!" A rather muscular man stood beside Kakashi with his arms folded. , looked at Kisame with disdain and said. "Hmph! Who do I care who you are? The shark in my hand is already excited, so I'm going to cut you!" After Kisame said that, he rushed towards the person with the shark in hand, but when he just passed by Itachi, He was stopped by Itachi, "Don't do anything, you are no match for him! He is Kame Sennin - Oak!" The person coming is none other than Zakmu! Zakaki was just idle and bored, and suddenly he met Akai who was arranging ANBU. Then he realized that something happened on Kakashi's side. Zakaki immediately thought of Itachi and Kisame who might have entered the village during this period, so he also Akai arrived just a moment later, and happened to hear Kisame talking nonsense. Perhaps this guy was careless, and was kicked ten meters away by Zakaki. "Kame Sennin Tsubasagi! So it's him? It's not a shame to suffer losses in his hands!" Kisame put Samehada on his shoulders and looked at Tsubasagi warily. "Are you that brat from Uchiha? I met you when I was still in Konoha, but I didn't expect you to grow to this point in these years!" Zakaki glanced at Itachi and said slowly. "Hello, Mr. Oakwood, I never thought that a nobody like me would attract your attention. I have always had a wish - to fight with you!" The Sharingan in Itachi's eyes opened.Started to spin wildly. Kisame next to Itachi looked at Itachi who was going berserk, and felt a little anxious in his heart. This was the first time he had seen Itachi in this state. This time the mission was Kyuubi. If he was entangled with the people of Konoha here, it would be too much. For a long time, I'm afraid something bad will happen! "Oh? Is it for the glory of the Uchiha clan?" Zakaki patted the panting Kakashi beside him, and said to Kurenai and Asuma behind him: "Take good care of Kakashi, leave this place to me! " "My lord, you are joking, why would I fight you for such a boring thing? I just want to ask you for advice!" Itachi said with a smile. "Okay! I want to see what happened to Tsukuyomi in Kakashi, and I also want to see the power of Amaterasu!" Zakaki took a step forward and spread his hands. "Sir, you are very knowledgeable. You seem to know something about the Mangeky¨­ Sharingan?" Itachi looked at Zakaki in confusion and said. "Haha, I can't say I understand it, I just know a little bit!" "Then I'll take action! Tsukuyomi!" PS: Please recommend! For the big brother, please give me a vote for the little brother, thank you! ; Text Chapter 141 Tsukuyomi and Amaterasu "Sir, no!" Kakashi, who was almost unconscious, heard that Zakaki wanted to see Tsukuyomi, and hurriedly stopped him, but when he saw Zakaki who had stopped moving, he knew that it was too late. Kisame here looked at Itachi who was smiling, and Kabai's shark face showed a smile, "Hehehe, no one can come out safely after falling into Itachi's Tsukuyomi. Kakashi, I guessed it right. If so, it was Zakaki¡¯s sudden appearance that saved you, right?¡± Kakashi was bent over, wearing rough clothes, and looked at Tokaki with a worried look on his face. He made some calculations in his mind: Although Itachi's Tsukuyomi just now was dangerous, he could have withstood it without the help of an adult. Although he has to continue to endure the pain of being cut into pieces. There is no doubt about Master Zakaki's strength. Since he can bear it, Master can also do it. This Kisame has extraordinary strength, and the opponent's target is Naruto. Naruto should have followed Lord Jiraiya now, which means that he is no longer in danger. With Kurenai and Asuma on our side, and Akai who will arrive shortly, Master Oak can entangle Itachi, and we may be able to capture them and obtain further information! Kakashi turned to Asuma and Kurenai behind him and said, "Do it now, catch Kisame!" Kurenai and Asuma had already opened their eyes when Tsukiyomi arrived. They didn't know the power of Tsukuyomi, and they had confidence in Tsukiyomi's strength, so Asuma and Kurenai didn't have much confidence at this moment. worry. After hearing Kakashi's words, the two nodded and began to cover Kisame from both sides. Kisame looked at Asuma and Kurenai who were attacking from the left and right, showing his shark face, and suddenly threw the Samehada in his hand into the air, quickly pressed his hands on the water surface, and roared loudly: "Ninja Technique - Five-Food Shark" The battle over there was in full swing, and Zakaki also began to compete with Itachi. Tsukiyomi is not arrogant enough to take advantage of Tsukuyomi. Tsukuyomi, Amaterasu and Susana are the entrance to the Mangeky¨­ Sharingan. Tsukage who knows the plot naturally knows that basic ninjutsu will be useless in the final battle between masters. And these moves of Mangekyou were also the moves that became rampant in the Naruto world later. Even big guys like Danzo died under these moves. Zakaki is considered a strong man now. It is inevitable that he will fight against these people in the future and encounter these moves. It is also inevitable. Instead of fighting in the future, it is better to have a good fight now so that we can study good countermeasures in the future. Tsukuyomi will move the opponent's spirit to another world. The time and quality of this world are completely controlled by the caster himself. The time in the fictional world is only an instant compared to the real world. This technique may cause the opponent to have a mental breakdown, and the degree of damage caused can also be controlled by the caster. It is a very dangerous illusion. However, Oakwood has always believed that there is no flawless technique in the world, nor does he believe that there is any invincible technique in the world. Since Tsukuyomi exists, there must be a way to break it. Genjutsu disrupts the normal flow of the opponent's chakra and causes him to fall into a world of illusion. Even Tsukuyomi must be attributed to genjutsu, and there are only two ways to break the genjutsu: one is to use a huge amount of chakra to shock; It is to restore the normal flow of your chakra. At this moment, Zakaki had already fallen into Tsukuyomi. Looking at the dark world, Zakaki knew that Itachi had already started to take action. Perhaps it was because Uzaki's mental power was stronger, or because Itachi's attacks were slow and Itachi had not responded yet. Zakaki attacked, but seeing himself tied to the black cross, Zakaki knew that the guy was coming. "Welcome to the world of Tsukuyomi, you will accept my cruel punishment for the next seventy-two hours. The time and quality here are completely controlled by me. Except for people with the same ability as me, no one can break this technique, including You!" Itachi held the long knife and approached the oak tree step by step. "Hmph! What a joke! I have been in the ninja world for so many years, and I have never heard of any jutsu that cannot be broken! Even your Tsukuyomi! Boy, don't think that your Uchiha jutsu is invincible, and don't think that it can't be broken without blood stains. Become a strong man! Today I will teach you a lesson, let you understand what it means to be a senior! Black turtle protects the body!" Zakaki looked at Itachi, suddenly clenched his fists, and a huge chakra began to emerge from Zakaki's body , gradually formed a turtle shell shape around Zakaki, and the water under the turtle shell began to roll under the guidance of chakra. Even the leaves on the roadside were blown away by the hurricane caused by chakra. Asuma, Kurenai, Kisame, and Kakashi who were resting on the side were all attracted by this scene. They all stared at Itachi and Ichibi with blood flowing from their eyes with their eyes wide open and their mouths open. Zakaki was breathing heavily with his hands on his knees. "Wha-what? Someone actually broke Itachi's Tsukuyomi! It's unbelievable, what a terrifying man!" Kisame swallowed a mouthful of saliva and tightly protected Samehada on his chest, fearing what he had just done. Oakwood will suddenly go berserk and attack itself. Kakashi was even more surprised. He was probably the only one who had just experienced Tsukuyomi and was the most qualified to explain what happened. "Is this strength? It's so powerful. Has Master Tsukaki reached this level?" "Uchiha brat, to be honest, I still admire you! You can actually force me toThis kind of situation is really admirable! "Zakaki continued to breathe heavily. "Sir, you are indeed powerful. Apart from the First Hokage, you are the only one in the world who can break this technique with your own strength!" Itachi covered his bleeding eyes with his hands, "In that case, how about you take another move from me? Amaterasu!" Zakaki looked at Itachi who suddenly opened his eyes, and hurriedly shouted at Kakashi and others: "Quick! Hide beside me!" The distance between Kakashi and Takaki was not far. Kakashi, who felt Itachi Tsuyomi, would not underestimate Amaterasu, so he quickly came behind Takaki. Kurenai and Asuma heard Takashi's roar. Knowing the urgency of the situation, they all came behind Zakaki in the blink of an eye. Zakaki crossed his wrists, and the chakra on his body emerged again. Even the veins on his face struggled to appear, "Xuanwu Body Protector!" A large-scale Amaterasu quickly surrounded the turtle shell. There was a rustling sound, as if it was about to swallow up the blue bodyguard. Everyone inside the bodyguard looked at each other in shock when they saw the burning black flames. Through the protective body, Asuma saw Itachi and Kisame who had turned away, and said to Zakaki: "Brother! They want to escape!" Zakaki ignored Asuma, just closed his eyes, and then exerted his strength again. The chakra on the surface of the protective body became thicker and thicker, and began to surround the black flames, which gradually dispersed towards the surroundings and sank to the bottom of the water. After all this, Zakaki, who was standing, sat directly on the water, panting and said: "It's really amazing! I guess I have no fighting power in these two attacks. It is indeed the ultimate move of Kaleidoscope!" "Sir, why don't you chase him? Their target is Naruto? Isn't this just letting the tiger go home?" Kurenai said beside Asuma. "Red! It's not that you don't chase me, you must have no physical strength. First, break Tsukuyomi, and then block this extremely powerful Amaterasu. It must be very difficult for even adults! What's more - not to mention Naruto's side With Jiraiya-sama, there won't be any trouble." Kakashi also sat on the water and said in a deep voice. "Kakashi is right, this little guy named Itachi is really powerful. As far as I know, he has another trick. If it really happens, I won't be sure! You will be invincible when you meet him in the future!" Mu slowly stood up and walked towards the shore. "Yes, sir!" Itachi and Kisame ran quickly. Kisame looked at Itachi whose eyes were bleeding profusely and said with concern: "Mr. Itachi, are you okay?" "I'm fine, I just overexerted myself! Find a place to rest later." "By the way, after those people were hit by Amaterasu, there would be no chance of survival, right?" "No! The Xuanwu bodyguard just now was amazing. It not only broke through Tsukuyomi's restraints with its huge chakra, but also blocked Amaterasu. Since Tsukuyomi couldn't hurt him, Amaterasu's effect must not be the same. Big! What¡¯s more¡ªwhat¡¯s more, he¡¯s Kame Sennin!¡± "Why can he escape from Tsukuyomi? It seems that no one in this world can break Mr. Tsukuyomi?" "We used to sit in a well and watch the sky. I just saw that the chakra he used when he broke Tsukuyomi didn't seem to be his own. That chakra was even better than that of ordinary tailed beasts. If I guessed correctly, it might be his psychic. It's a beast. It seems like he summoned the chakra and then quickly retreated!" "Isn't that a Jinchuuriki?" Kisame looked at the same muscles on his back and asked in confusion. "No! The difference between jinch¨±riki is that he can directly use the chakra of tailed beasts. But just now he seemed to just summon it and then retreat quickly. Maybe his body cannot bear the massive amount of chakra." "That's it! What a scary guy, be careful if you meet him in the future! But it is said that this guy seems to have something to do with Hidan!" Kisame suddenly remembered the idiot and murmured. ps: Regarding some book friends saying that it was wrong to put Kabuto in Zakaki, I don¡¯t want to say anything. It¡¯s just the need of the plot. If I really kill Kabuto and make another one in the future, everyone will definitely call me stupid. ? Although it's a bit far-fetched to break Itachi's Tsukuyomi and Amaterasu in this chapter, I think we can't always let one Sharingan occupy the whole world, right? Since the first generation could use Wood Release and Madara to resist, why can't I use Earth Release and Sharingan to resist? To tell you the truth, in the future, the last move to fight Madara's Space Eye will be Earth Release! Let me talk first, so that no one will call me stupid again! ; Text Chapter 142 The Man Asma ps: The internet was disconnected yesterday, and there are three chapters today The sunset is infinitely beautiful, but it¡¯s almost dusk. Zakaki looked at the statue of the third generation and didn't know when he became sentimental. In fact, Zakaki still felt a little guilty about the death of the third generation. Not to mention that he was the father of his mentor, even with Asuma shouting for his seniors, he had no reason not to help. What's more, he is also suspected of aiding the evildoers. Maybe this old guy is a bit annoying to a certain extent, but he seems to have helped me! Forget it, don¡¯t think about it anymore! There are always many things in the world that annoy you, just like you can't satisfy everyone's needs. According to this taste, there will always be people who will criticize this taste as not suitable for them. This is like the old saying, there are gains and losses. If it is destined, why bother to force it too much, as long as you minimize the harm to yourself, in fact, this ending is not bad! Zakaki put his hands in his pockets and walked slowly towards the home that was not worthy of the name. The villagers of Konoha are working enthusiastically to repair Konoha, with smiles on their faces looking forward to the future life. Maybe they will be sad for the departure of the third generation, but they will also be happy to rebuild their home. Just when Zakaki passed by a tavern, he heard a familiar voice: ¡°Boss, three more bottles of soju!¡± "Asuma-sama, you have drank a lot. Can you drink it some other time?" "You can take it if you want it. Why are you talking so much nonsense?" Asma said angrily. Zakaki listened to Asma's voice coming from the hotel. When he walked into the hotel, he saw several empty bottles standing in front of Asma's table. He could smell the smell of wine from a distance. Zakaki walked to Asuma, sat down, picked up the chopsticks from the chopstick cage, picked up a small piece of roasted fish, put it in his mouth and murmured: "It tastes good!" Asma opened her wine-red eyelids, glanced at Zakaki, and said nervously: "Brother, why are you here?" Seeing Asuma's nervous look, Zakaki stretched out his palm and said softly: "It's okay, I happened to pass by here and heard your voice!" "Senior brother, I¡ª¡ª" Asma seemed to want to explain something. "It's okay, boss, here are three more bottles of wine!" Zakaki waved to the boss and said. "okay!" Zakaki patted Asuma on the shoulder, took a sip of wine, and said calmly: "The third generation is gone, are you feeling uncomfortable?" Asma trembled, then smiled: "No! The old man died for the village, he died with dignity!" "Don't tell lies in front of your senior brother. I know the pain of losing a loved one. If you feel uncomfortable, just indulge yourself once. This time, senior brother will accompany you!" Zakaki smiled at Asuma. ¡°Senior brother, you¡ª¡ª¡± Asma¡¯s body trembled again. He took out a pack of cigarettes from his pocket, handed one to Zakaki, lit it for him, and then lit another one himself. "I haven't smoked in many years, and I almost forgot the taste of cigarettes! Haha, that was many years ago!" Zakaki said, taking a long puff of cigarette and blowing out smoke rings. Asma picked up a glass of wine, touched it to the oak tree, and said with a smile: "It seems that I haven't seen my senior brother smoking?" "Really?" Zakaki raised his head and said, "Actually, you don't have to be like this. There is no need to carry all this alone. Men are strong, but that doesn't mean they have to hide all this in their hearts!" Asuma ignored Asuma and drank alone. After a while, Asma drank all the three bottles of wine that had just been served. The way Zaki looked at Asuma, he remembered the rebellious boy he once was, and now he has become an uncle! "Brother! This old man has had a hard life! Even though he is the Hokage, he goes out early and comes back late every day. How much has he paid for Konoha? I feel uncomfortable thinking about the scars on his body now! I was young and ignorant back then, so when I went out I don¡¯t know how much care the old man put into being a guard for a daimyo! When my eldest brother died, I saw the old man hiding in the room secretly crying. We can still cry in front of others. The old man has no right to cry. Ah! Who made him the Hokage? Wuwuwu¡ª¡ª" Asuma wiped away his tears and took another sip of wine, and continued: "Brother, you don't know, the old man usually only sleeps two nights a day for Konoha. When I was young, I would often stay up all night. At such an old age, I still have to endure this hardship. As a son, I feel guilty! Sometimes I wonder, is the old man worth it? Is it worth it? " Zakaki looked at Asuma, who was already in tears, and the thread in his heart seemed to be broken. A man doesn't shed tears easily, but it's just not to the point of sadness! Zakaki patted Asuma on the shoulder and said: "The third generation gave his whole life to Konoha. I don't want to talk nonsense. I just think that the third generation himself should not regret it! Asuma, do you blame senior brother? " Asuma looked at Oakwood, wiped away his tears, and said: "Why should you blame senior brother? " ¡°If I had taken action in time, maybe the third generation wouldn¡¯t have¡ª¡ª¡± "Senior brother, there is no such thing! I have to blame myself as well. Who blames me for not having the strength? If I had the ability of senior brother, maybe - maybe the old man -" Asma lay on the table, sobbing continuously. . Looking at Asuma like this, Zakaki remembered the Asuma he saw in the anime in his previous life. At that time, he thought Asuma was an unfilial son. After his father died, he acted like nothing happened and even talked to him. Hong "fools around" together. It turns out that's not the case at all. People say that Akai is the most manly man, but how can Asma, who is so strong, be inferior to Akai? This man who buries everything in his heart is a truly responsible man! That¡¯s how a grown man behaves! Suddenly, a beautiful figure appeared behind Zakaki, it was Hong. Zakaki looked at Hong who suddenly appeared behind him, turned around and said, "Take Asuma back, he's drunk too much!" "Mr. Oakwood, Asuma¡ª" "It's okay, one person has endured too much. It's a good thing to vent properly!" Zakaki said looking at Asuma who was already asleep. "Yes! Sir, Asuma and I will leave first!" Hong nodded to Zakaki and walked towards the door. "Red! Take good care of Asuma, it's not easy for him!" Zakaki suddenly stopped Hong who was about to leave and said. "Thank you, Mr. Takaki, I will do it!" Kurenai smiled at Takaki, supported Asuma and disappeared from the hotel. In a dark space somewhere, several white shadows flashed: "The mission to capture the Nine-Tails failed. We were blocked by the Kame Sennin Uzaki in Konoha, and the Nine-Tails Jinchuuriki has Jiraiya, known as the Sannin, beside him!" said a shadow showing the forehead protector of the rebel Ninja of Konoha. . "Oakaki? Jiraiya? Well, with the strength of the two of them, it is indeed difficult for you to catch the Nine-Tails!" said the shadow standing at the top. "Zero! Is the one named Zakaki very powerful?" "Scorpion, if you ask Zero, you might as well ask me! Let me tell you, Brother Zakaki is not that powerful. If you see it, the look on that Konoha guy's face will tell you everything! Hahaha, it is indeed my brother!" A man holding a The ninja with the scythe laughed. The man called Scorpion ignored the man who spoke and waved his tail behind him, seeming to express his excitement. "Hidan, I know that Izaki is your elder brother. If you keep nagging me, I will cut off your head and exchange it for money. But by the way, that little guy is indeed very powerful! Uncle Kakuzu worked with him back then. There really aren't many escapes!" Kakuzu, standing next to Hidan, nodded. "Uncle Kakuzu, I've never heard of you communicating with my elder brother? Do you know my elder brother?" Hidan said excitedly. "That guy from Konoha, I said you are really worthless, you are really an embarrassment to our Akatsuki organization! Two of them can't beat the others, if I had asked them to devote themselves to art!" Another one with a golden ponytail shouted. "Stop arguing!" Zero said coldly to everyone. Looking at everyone who suddenly became quiet, Zero nodded with satisfaction and said: "Itachi, please tell me the specific situation so that it will be easier to capture the Nine-Tails next time!" "Well, that guy first broke my Tsukuyomi, and then he carried Amaterasu to death. I personally estimate that except for you, no one in the entire organization can be his opponent. Of course, this is just an estimate!" Itachi ignored the big eyes of everyone. , said word for word. Except for Kisame behind Itachi and Hidan who claimed that Tokaki was his eldest brother, everyone was frightened by Itachi's words. They had already known the name of Kame Sennin Tokaki, but they didn't expect that he himself had one. This strength! Including Zero standing high up and the cold-faced beauty beside her. "In this case, we will designate him as the primary opponent of the Akatsuki organization!" ; Text Chapter 143 Finding Tsunade Zakaki looked at Yumi sitting on the corridor with her big belly, feeling indescribably comfortable in her heart. In the past, I was always busy in Konoha. Not only did I have to do Xiao Li's ideological work, but I also had to take care of various situations at all times. Some people say that the age of forty is a good time to start a career, and it is also the key for a man to reach his peak. It seems that Zakaki is already forty now, but he doesn't seem to want to be born. He has a virtuous wife at home. , I am about to have a lovely child, I don¡¯t have to worry about food and drink, why go out and have fun? But - forget it, don't think about it anymore, just get drunk today if you have wine! Zakaki was lying on the couch, taking a sunbath, humming a tune, holding an apple in his hand, and took a bite of it, not to mention how happy he felt. Yumi is sitting in the corridor, holding clothes made for her children in her hands. From time to time, she looks back at Zakaki who is singing an unknown song, squinting her eyes with a smile on her face. What is happiness? Perhaps people who truly love each other and grow old together are happy! Yumei slowly walked to Zakaki, put her hands around Zakaki's neck, put her face close to Zakaki's ear, and said with a smile: "Husband, do you think we can live like this for the rest of our lives?" Zakaki, who was lying on the couch, felt the love coming from Yumi, stretched out his right hand, caressed Yumi's face, looked back at Yumi's red eyes, kissed Yumi's rosy cheek, and said with a smile: "That's inevitable , we will be like this for the rest of our lives!¡± "Hehehe, you don't have to comfort me, I know you won't be with us forever. I saw it when Yanagi Hechiro came yesterday!" Yumi said with squinted eyes. "Hahaha, this, that -" Zakaki sat up, turned around, hugged Yumi, and said with a smile, "I can't hide anything from my wife!" Yumi gently pulled her purple hair to her ears, leaned on Zakaki's shoulder and said: "I know, you don't have to be like this, I know the bond between you and the people in Konoha, and I also know that you are destined not to Staying in this barren small town of the Land of Earth, but those are not important, as long as you come back to me occasionally! Since the death of his father, the family has been in disaster, and Yumi died in the struggle for fame and fortune. ! Now I just want to live a life like an ordinary woman!" "Wife, I¡ª¡ª" "Haha, no need to say it!" "Chihiro, how do you control the Sharingan?" Zakaki said to Yanaga Chihiro behind him. "To be honest, sir, my subordinate's qualifications are dull. When you gave the Sharingan, it was a three-magatama, and it is still the same now! And my subordinate is not yet proficient in how to use the Sharingan!" Tomohiro Yanaga said with a bowed body behind him. "Well! It's not bad. With your qualifications, you can use the Sharingan, but you still have to work hard! After all, if you want to revitalize the family, it's useless to rely on me alone. Your own strength is the foundation!" "This is a lesson, my lord! Orochimaru has sent the news about Tsunade-sama, do you want to go?" "Well, I know! Tell Chi, after I leave, I will protect the safety of my wife and convey the news of finding Tsunade to Ichii in Konoha. He will know what to do!" "Yes, sir!" Liu Hezhiyun said and disappeared. Many people don¡¯t believe that destiny is determined by God, but when you step into a vortex that you don¡¯t know, you will find how realistic this sentence is! Perhaps Zakaki doesn't know that he, who has no intention of fighting for power, has stepped closer to a story that he could never have imagined! With Yumi¡¯s reluctant eyes, Oakwood left the Kingdom of Earth and rushed towards Tsunade. Tsunade was very conflicted about Tsunade. From Tsunade's unintentional insult back then to his subsequent rage for her, all of this seemed to indicate that he had a vague fate with her. I still remember Tsunade's last question when she finally left, still flashing in front of my eyes. Zakaki has a good relationship with Dan, and also has a good relationship with Tsunade. Ordinarily, Zakaki shouldn't have any strange thoughts about Tsunade, but how can he stop these things? Zakaki is originally a small person. Don't expect a small person to have any noble thoughts. Let me ask you, your brother's girlfriend is a very decent girl, you are interested in her, and she also likes you, but they broke up suddenly, and your brother went to a far away place, do you think you would take advantage of her? Danger? Don't tell me you can't! hypocritical! I'm going too far, Zakaki is the same as everyone. Although he has gained some ability and status in Hokage over the years, the most important thing that occupies a person's brain is undoubtedly the enlightenment thought. Zakaki is a little person. He has always been They all think so. Those noble qualities are still far away from Takaki, so Takaki naturally has some thoughts about Tsunade! Of course, there are some suspicions of having sex with relatives and friends, but this is not important, after all, it is dead! Of course it wasn't this that made Zakaki tangled, it was Yumi! Let¡¯s not talk about Yumei¡¯s virtuous and gentle character, but her appearance, bodyHer talent and temperament are not inferior to Tsunade's in any way, so what reason does she have to go out and steal? But my feelings for Tsunade - and Anko - are so confusing! After a few days in a daze, Zakmu arrived at his destination. It was a nice town, very prosperous. Zakaki was walking alone on the street. These years of arduous travel had already made him lose interest in the markets in Naruto World. They were all the same. Zakaki who had lost interest would naturally not wander around and quickly came to A street full of entertainment venues, but it seemed that the fake girl in green clothes with a word "Gamble" on her back was not seen. Instead, another figure caught Zakaki's attention. One was running around randomly on the next street. The kid in orange clothes is none other than the gluttonous Naruto! ? ? ? ? ? ? ?Zakaki and others came to Naruto's side, grabbed Naruto who was fishing, and laughed and said, "Isn't this Naruto, the future Hokage of Konoha?" "Who is it? Let me go, or I'll beat you up later!" Naruto kept bouncing his legs in the air and cursed angrily. When he heard someone saying that he was the future Hokage of Konoha, he stopped. After struggling, he hung his body in the air, touched his chin with his hand, looked mature, and then nodded and said: "You have discovered this! It seems that my excellence cannot be hidden!" "Can't stand you! Jiraiya?" Zakaki threw Naruto to the ground and asked. "Eh? Isn't this a lustful immortal? Why are you here? That lustful immortal let me play alone. Damn it, he even took my money!" Naruto pouted and shouted. "Is that so? Based on what I know about him, he must be reluctant to pay for himself and use your money to find a woman. Hey! I guess your money will be gone soon. You really should give it to him. What are you doing?" Zakaki said, touching Naruto's head. "What? Hurry, hurry! Go find him quickly! That's the money I saved from doing the mission so hard!" After hearing what Zakaki said, Naruto was so anxious that he almost cried. "In such a big place, where are you going to find him?" Zakaki said, pulling Naruto's back collar and shaking his head. "Landful immortal! What should I do?" "Hahaha, Jiraiya loves women the most, so he must go to a romantic place, so -" Zakaki said seriously. "I know! Thank you, lustful immortal!" Naruto said quickly. Zakaki looked at Naruto and laughed, "Jiraiya is such a bastard. It's so shameless to use other people's children's money when you are so rich!" Suddenly there was a sound from behind Zakaki that was both familiar and a bit strange. The stranger said in a somewhat excited voice: "Are you Zakaki?" Zakaki turned his head and saw his "old acquaintance" Tsunade, followed by Shizune who was holding a pink piggy. PS: These days, I see book friends saying that they want to be removed from the shelves. I feel really angry and aggrieved. Although this book is a bit too yy, I don¡¯t want to write a cool article! After all, this is my first time writing a book, so there will naturally be problems with some logical or emotional issues, so I hope everyone can bear with me and give me your opinions. I will definitely consider them carefully and don't just beat him to death with a stick. , that really dampens enthusiasm! I will definitely consider your opinions seriously! There is another chapter tonight. ; Text Chapter 144: Oak vs. Jiraiya Tsunade was holding a brown leather suitcase in her hands, her plump breasts were rising and falling, and beads of sweat were flowing down her face. Behind her, Shizune looked at Zakaki, nodded to Zakaki, smiled and said, "Hello, Lord Zakaki!" Zakaki smiled at Shizune, then walked to Tsunade and said slowly: "How have you been these past few years?" Tsunade did not answer Tsunade, turned around and walked in the other direction. After walking for a while, she stopped and said coldly: "You have the same purpose as Jiraiya, right?" Zakaki looked at Tsunade who suddenly became cold. After hearing her words, he remembered the subsequent plot. Jiraiya and Orochimaru asked Tsunade, one to ask her to be a doctor, and the other to ask her to be the Hokage. It seemed that Tsunade hadn't made a decision yet, and she mistakenly thought that she and Jiraiya were persuading her to return to Konoha. Zakaki followed up step by step and said with a smile: "Why should I persuade you to go back? It's just an old friend meeting and I want to have a drink! Why, don't you give me a favor?" After listening to Zakaki's words, Shizune hurriedly spoke: "Mr. Tsunade -" before she could say anything, she was blocked by Tsunade. Tsukune stretched out her hand to indicate to Shizune that she knew, then walked to Tsunade and said, "Tsunade Hands, let¡¯s go.¡± Tsunade looked back at Zakaki, then frowned, nodded and strode towards a hotel not far away. "I heard about you. You have been wandering around these years, right?" Tsunade picked up a glass of wine and poured it into her mouth. "Well, I have settled in the Kingdom of Earth these past few years, and I have also gotten married!" Zakaki said with a smile as he took a sip of wine. When Tsunade heard Zakaki say that she was married, her body trembled, and the wine in her hand almost fell out. She forced a smile and said, "Oh, congratulations then. The bride is very beautiful, right?" "Well, it is very beautiful! Haha, we all have children, although the children have not been born yet!" Zakaki said with a smile. "That's it. I'm so sorry that I didn't go to the wedding!" At this moment, Tsunade found that her heart seemed to have darkened a lot, and something almost seemed to fall from her eyes. Oakwood naturally saw that something was wrong with Tsunade. Although this was a bit cruel, some things must be made clear. Maybe it can be concealed from some people, but for Tsunade, concealment obviously does not work! But everything should be done in moderation. Zakaki did not dwell on this topic anymore and said slightly seriously: "Orochimaru has been looking for you, right? Are you going to use a technique to resurrect Dan and the rope tree?" Tsunade raised her head sharply, stared at Zakaki, then clenched her fists and gritted her teeth and said, "How do you know?" "I know a thing or two about that technique. I don't care whether you can cure Orochimaru's hand or not. I even prefer you to cure it. After all, we were once partners! But at the cost of that, I advise you not to!" Zakaki held the hand in his hand. empty cups on the table. "What do you know? What do you know?!" Tsunade stood up suddenly and roared at Zakaki. ¡°I don¡¯t know anything, but I feel that playing with the souls of the deceased¡ª¡ª, and as Duan¡¯s friend, I don¡¯t want¡ª¡ª¡± Zakaki looked up at Tsunade and said. Tsunade seemed to be irritated by Zakaki's words, or she was so angry that she hit Zakaki directly in the face with her clenched fist. Zakaki was blown away by the huge force and instantly destroyed dozens of tables and chairs. Zakaki wiped the blood from the corner of his mouth, walked to Tsunade step by step, and said with a smile: "I haven't tasted my own blood in many years!" Tsunade looked at her fist and said with a heartbroken look on her face: "Why not use an earth clone?" "Hahaha, maybe I feel sorry for you!" Zakaki spread his hands and walked towards the outside of the store, "Tsunade, don't be stupid, go back to Konoha if you can! Besides, my nephew still needs you to save him. !¡± Tsunade looked at her fist stupidly, why did she hit him, why? Is it because of a guilty conscience? Or is it because of something else? Tsunade thought of the Rope Tree, Broken, and the Oak Tree just now. She suddenly sat down on the ground, covering her face with her hands, and tears flowed from between her fingers. Two days later, Tsunade charmed Jiraiya and Naruto, and then went to find Orochimaru alone. Everything went as planned. Then Naruto and Jiraiya woke up and rushed to the place where Tsunade and Orochimaru made a deal. Tsunade started fighting with Kabuto, but Kabuto, who was already completely defeated, suddenly threw blood on Tsunade. Tsunade, who was suffering from hemophobia, lost her fighting power. Then Naruto, Jiraiya and Shizune appeared. Under the influence of others, Tsunade's bloodphobia recovered, and the Sannin began a real contest. Jiraiya summoned Bunta, Tsunade summoned Slug, and Orochimaru summoned Banja with Kabuto's help. "Orochimaru, you have fallen too deeply into evil. We are no longer partners!" Jiraiya stood on Bunta and said sternly. "Hehehe, partner? What a chilling word!" Orochimaru smiledsaid. "Orochimaru, today you are going to get rid of the name of Sannin! So, go to hell!" Tsunade roared at Orochimaru. The battle was in full swing, and the fight between psychic beasts at the beginning turned into a direct battle between Tsunade and Orochimaru. Orochimaru, who had lost his hands, was naturally unable to withstand Tsunade's strange strength, and he didn't know how many punches he got. Tsunade looked at Orochimaru, who was lying on the side, and formed seals as he walked. Blue chakra began to appear in his right hand, which was obviously a precursor to the strange power punch. Orochimaru, who had been beaten by Tsunade and lost his mobility, still had the strength, like It was as motionless as a pillar. Kabuto on the snake looked at Orochimaru's expression and knew that this time it was over. That strange blow must be eaten hard. Even Jiraiya thought Orochimaru was really going to die this time, after all, it was Tsunade's full blow! Tsunade walked up to Orochimaru, raised her fist, and shouted: "Orochimaru, go to hell!" At this moment, a figure quickly sprang out of the ground, with his arms crossed, holding Tsunade's fist firmly. However, Tsunade's blow was not so easy to resist. With the three people as the center, a wave of fire rose up all around. The dust was like a heavy fog, and then the man and Orochimaru behind him collided with Bunta's sword, and the figure jumped a few times to lose its strength. After the dust fell to the ground, Tsunade and Jiraiya saw clearly the appearance of the visitor. It was Zakaki! Zakaki shook his numb hands and said with a smile: "As expected of Tsunade, I even petrified the muscles in both hands and was still injured by the shock!" Jiraiya looked at Oakwood who suddenly appeared to save Orochimaru, and roared loudly: "Oakaki! Why do you want to save Orochimaru? He killed the third generation, and he has fallen too deep into evil! Don't get rid of him at this time He will never have a chance in the future!" Tsunade looked at Zakaki with a puzzled expression, waiting for his answer. "Some things are done as a last resort. Let's not talk about the third generation. Everyone knows that I must save Orochimaru today!" Zakaki said with a cold look on his face. "Oakaki! You must kill Orochimaru today, otherwise there will be endless trouble! Even if I have to fight you!" Jiraiya came to Bunta and jumped towards this side! "Psychic art, Bobby!" Zakaki saw Jiraiya who was about to take action, and quickly formed a seal, and then there was a bang, and a big turtle appeared at Zakaki's feet. "Ozaki, are you really going to attack me for Orochimaru?" Jiraiya saw that Takaki called out Bobby, so he naturally knew his determination. On the contrary, Tsunade on the side fell into silence. "My lord, let's go first. I'll just come here!" Zakaki looked back at Orochimaru and nodded. Orochimaru didn¡¯t speak, he just glanced at Zakaki gratefully, and then disappeared into the soil. "Hey, hey, isn't this the little pervert named Jiraiya? What's wrong, boss, you want to fight him? And that little toad! Oh, and Tsunade, that's the one who disappeared just now Little snake, right? What are you doing? Did you even have a fight?" Bobby turned his head and asked Zakaki. It was normal for Bobby to know the three of them, after all, they had fought together before. "Who are you calling a little toad? Don't think that just because you live a few more years, you can talk nonsense!" Wentai roared at Bobby. "Ozaki, I know what you mean, but Orochimaru is no longer our companion!" Jiraiya said angrily. "Jiraiya, don't deceive yourself. Do you really want to kill him? Are you really willing to see him die in front of you?" Zakaki said. Jiraiya said no more, just silently stared at the place where Orochimaru disappeared in a daze. PS: Saving Orochimaru has a great effect, everyone will know it in the future! ; Text Chapter 145 Return to Konoha Zakaki looked at Jiraiya and Naruto shouting in front, Tsunade hugging the pink piglet beside her, Shizune carrying the box and shouting, this strange combination rushed towards Konoha go. Zakaki remembered that he almost had a fight with Jiraiya for Orochimaru a few days ago. Fortunately, Orochimaru left, and Jiraiya no longer had the intention to fight. Bobby and Bunta scolded each other for a while, and the matter ended like this. . In fact, to be honest, I really sympathize with Orochimaru Zaki, and he did not hesitate to save Orochimaru. Perhaps it was because Orochimaru gave him the ultimate move of earth reincarnation for a promise, or maybe it was because he had Orochimaru took care of him when he first debuted. In short, in his opinion, Orochimaru can be regarded as a friend. I don¡¯t know why, seeing Orochimaru reminds Zakaki of Morimu. Of course, I don¡¯t mean that he regards Orochimaru as his brother, just seeing him. Until he remembered that time in Konoha. "Ozaki, that thick-browed boy is your nephew? Why doesn't he look like Morimu at all?" Jiraiya touched his chin, pretending to be wise. Hearing Jiraiya's words, Tsunade was a little puzzled. She patted her forehead and said, "What are those thick eyebrows?" "He's Zakaki's nephew! That kid is pretty good. He was accepted as a disciple by Akai. Although he doesn't know genjutsu and ninjutsu, he might be able to achieve good results!" Jiraiya showed off in front of Tsunade. "If you don't know genjutsu and ninjutsu? How can you be a ninja?" Tsunade looked at Jiraiya in confusion. "I'm also very confused about this! You said that Zakaki's ninjutsu is amazing, why can't your nephew even know basic ninjutsu and genjutsu? Isn't that boy the son of Morimu, or are you not you, Zakaki? The biological child of his parents?" Jiraiya looked at Zakaki suspiciously. Tsunade looked at Jiraiya with a sweaty face, but Zakaki didn't just stare blankly, he directly hooked Jiraiya and made him do diagonal throws in the air. "What? The thick eyebrows are the nephew of the lustful immortal? What a revelation! What a revelation! I want to go back and tell Sasuke, Sakura, Shikamaru and the others. I never expected that the thick eyebrows are actually the nephew of the lustful immortal!" Maybe it was from himself! Laiya's movement caught Naruto's attention, and what he said just now reached Naruto's ears, and what he heard in return was Naruto's nonsense. "Naruto, I've told you before, don't call me a lecherous sage! That's Jiraiya!" Zaki looked at Naruto with an angry face and roared. "Oh my god, that's not important. What's important is that he's the lecherous immortal's nephew with thick eyebrows. Oh my god, my god! Go back, go back! I want to tell everyone!" Naruto ignored Zakaki's angry slaps. The butt is running forward. Shizune looked at Takaki, and a wave of emotions arose in her heart. It turned out that Takaki-sama, who looked like a gentleman, was also a pervert. He was really careless. He must have been seen by Naruto while he was having sex outside. However, it is said that married men will cheat. Master Zakaki is married, so he will naturally do that! Strong people all have some hobbies. Tsunade-sama likes gambling, Jiraiya-sama is lustful, and Orochimaru likes to study forbidden arts. I always thought that only Tsubasa-sama was more normal, but it turns out that he is also lustful! It seems that I need to be more careful in the future! Shizune tightened her collar and looked at Zakaki with eyes that became wary. "Ozaki, why did Naruto call you Lustful Sage?" Tsunade looked at Zakaki with some suspicion. "It's not - this - that -" Zakaki looked at Tsunade and Shizune's eyes and found that he couldn't explain it clearly. He looked at Jiraiya with an annoyed look and cursed angrily: "Jiraiya, you You bastard, I can¡¯t get around you¡ª" After walking for several days, a group of people finally arrived in Konoha. I have to say that Naruto is really charming. Perhaps he inherited the excellent genes of the fourth generation and Uzumaki Kunaki. In such a living environment, not only did he not have any Turning into a troubled boy, he can encourage others again and again. Maybe this is the halo of the protagonist? For example now: Tsunade stood at the entrance of the village, looking at the big Konoha logo on the beam, and her breathing began to become rapid. After all, after walking in, it meant that there would be mountains weighing on her shoulders, and even Tsunade would be nervous. , but Naruto didn't think like that. This guy clenched his fists and shouted loudly to the village: "I, Naruto, are back!" Then the guy turned to look at Tsunade and said seriously: "Tsunade Auntie, I will let you be the Hokage for now. In the future, the Hokage will be mine!" Zakaki looked at the serious Naruto and Tsunade who had recovered, smiled and nodded to Jiraiya, but Jiraiya's "I'm very pleased" look reminded Zakaki of Uncle Tatsu who was with Mr. Xing. The more obscene it looks. As in the plot, Tsunade went back and first rescued Sasuke and Kakashi at Naruto's request. Although Kakashi was rescued by Tsukiyuki when he was in Tsukiyomi, the power of Tsukiyomi still cannot be underestimated. Fortunately, Tsunade's Sacred Heart Master Kakashi was fine. But this is not the case with Zakaki¡¯s nephew;The plot seems to be that Zakaki blocked Gaara's sand-bound coffin in advance. Although Xiao Li was seriously injured by the side effects of Eight Gate Dunka, it was not as serious as the original work, and he recovered under Tsunade's treatment. Healthy, this makes Zakmu more confident "Do you know? The lustful immortal Zakaki is actually the biological uncle of Thick Eyebrows!" Naruto said proudly as he looked at the group of Xiaoqiang around him. "No way? I don't want to at all! It seems that Uncle Zakaki doesn't have thick eyebrows?" Choci kept chewing the potato chips. "Idiot! He's not his son, so of course he doesn't look like that!" Shikamaru glanced at Choji and said. "But Mr. Oakwood's Ninjutsu is so powerful, why doesn't Xiao Li know Ninjutsu anymore?" Sakura said with a frown. "You don't know this, right? Huh¡ª¡ª" Naruto stood on a dirt bag and looked like I was awesome. "You know?" Everyone focused their attention on Naruto. "Hahahaha - I don't know about this either!" Naruto said, scratching the back of his head. After hearing this, everyone fell to the ground directly. "By the way, does Xiao Li know about this?" Shino flashed his sunglasses and asked in a deep voice. "I must know now!" Ya turned around and saw Xiao Li Ningci and the three of them standing not far away watching the discussion, sweating profusely. Everyone looked at Xiao Li with a look like he wanted to explain. Even Tiantian and Neji beside him looked at Xiao Li longingly. But how did Xiao Li know these things? Even Xiao Li thought it was ridiculous when he heard the conversation just now. When had he ever had an uncle? Didn't grandpa and grandma say that their parents died in an accident again? Besides, I have never heard that I have an uncle? It must be fake! Xiao Li looked at everyone, showed his white teeth, gave a thumbs up and said: "Youth is not allowed to lie! So, everyone, stop joking!" Everyone turned their suspicious eyes to Naruto again. Naruto seemed to be stimulated and roared loudly: "I didn't lie. What I said is true. If you don't believe me, ask Aunt Tsunade and the two lustful immortals. There¡¯s Sister Shizune, they all know it!¡± "I said, can you find something serious to do? Idiot!" Sasuke rolled his eyes at Naruto and turned his head coolly. "Hey, hey, hey! I'm not lying, thick eyebrows, let's go! Let's go find the lustful immortal together, you are his nephew, let him tell you personally!" Naruto pulled Xiao Li away, then looked back at everyone, "Let's go! Let's go together, I want to prove that I didn't lie!" It seems that everyone is more curious about this matter, and they all follow Naruto and Xiao Li. In fact, it is not so much that everyone is curious about this matter, but rather that everyone is curious about Zakaki's identity. Their teachers have always respected this guy. Teacher Asuma calls him senior brother, and teacher Kurenai and Kakashi call him Master Zakaki, and what¡¯s outrageous is Teacher Akai, actually called someone younger than himself a teacher! This may not be enough to arouse the interest of these Xiaoqiang. What interests them is that their teacher is always talking about what he is a legend. Coupled with Zakaki's mysterious identity and powerful strength, and today's Naruto's The revelation naturally aroused the interest of these young masters! So a group of people started taking action in Konoha. "Iruka-sensei, have you seen the lustful immortal?" Naruto said looking at Iruka walking from the opposite side. "Who is the lustful immortal? And what are you doing with such a large group of people? Are you trying to do something bad?" "That's Mr. Oakwood, we have something to ask him about. He won't do anything and he won't do anything bad!" Sakura waved her hands quickly and said. "That's it. I just saw Mr. Takashi and Mr. Jiraiya drinking together. Also, Naruto, you can't be so rude to Mr. Takaki!" "I know, I'll see you again, Mr. Iruka! Let's go and find the lustful immortal. You'll know in a moment that I didn't lie to you!" Naruto looked at his friends angrily. "Goodbye, Mr. Iruka!" all the Xiaoqiang said in unison. "Hehehe, goodbye!" Iruka looked at the twelve disappearing figures and murmured: "What do these children want from Master Zakaki? Hehehe, but they have all grown up!" PS: My brother is here today, so I don¡¯t have time to update, I hope you can forgive me! ; Text Chapter 146 Telling Xiaoqiang a Story Zakaki looked at the group of Xiaoqiang sitting below, and really didn't know what to say. These guys were staring at him as if they were monsters, especially Xiaoli, who was holding on to the ground with a pair of bandaged hands. There was even a drop of sweat on the head. "Hey, hey, lecherous immortal, I found you very unhappy? Tell them quickly, tell them what I said is true, the thick eyebrows are your nephew!" Naruto stood up, pointed at Zakaki and shouted. With a bang, Naruto's head was instantly hit by Sakura who was beside him. "Idiot, don't be rude to Mr. Sakuragi!" Sakura raised her fist and cursed at Naruto. "Um, Uncle Zakaki, are you really my biological uncle?" Xiao Li stared at Zakaki and said. "Well, that's right!" Zakaki said sadly, lowering his head. "Then, why didn't I hear grandpa say it?" Xiao Li stood up and said excitedly. "That's right! It seems I've never seen you before?" Tiantian looked at Zakaki and asked in confusion. "Haha, we have to talk about it from more than ten years ago." Zakaki felt a lot depressed when he recalled all the past events. "Sexy Sento, come on, come on! I really want to hear about your past. When I asked Kakashi-sensei before, he always ignored us. Why did Sasuke say that you are the shame of their family?" Naruto Sasuke didn't seem to notice, and he didn't pick up any pot. Although Sasuke pretended not to care on the surface, the squinting in the corners of his eyes betrayed his thoughts. Sasuke also heard the name Zakaki when his father was alive. He said it was a shame to the family and had brought great harm to the family. He also asked himself to seek revenge from this guy in the future. However, only after that fiasco did Sasuke truly understand the situation in front of him. His strength, coupled with the seemingly good relationship between him and Naruto these days, although he still hates him, this guy doesn't seem like a bad person. It seems that Naruto¡¯s thoughts represent everyone¡¯s thoughts, and everyone stares in anticipation of Zakaki¡¯s explanation. "Well, it was forbidden to talk about things about me originally, but with the passage of time and the passage of some things, it doesn't matter now!" Zakaki nodded. "Hey, hey, hey, lustful immortal, I noticed that you are really wordy! Let's get to the point!" Naruto stood up again and roared at Zakaki. "Well, let's start with myself. My name is Zakaki, who is Xiao Li's uncle. Due to the death of Xiao Li's father, I left Konoha and wandered around these years!" Zakaki said with a smile. . "But why did you leave Konoha when Xiao Li's father passed away? And why did everyone call you Kame Sennin? Why did Mr. Akai call you teacher?" Akamaru said with a puzzled expression as he touched his head. "Also, you seem to know my father?" Neji looked at Zakaki and asked. "Also, also, I heard from dad that you and Hokage-sama seem to be having something, is it true?" Ino asked curiously. "You have so many questions, I don't know who to answer! I'd better say it together! When I graduated from the ninja school, I went directly to the battlefield and formed friendships with Ino, Shikamaru and Choji's father. Later, because the current Hokage-sama had some problems, I took over her position at that time. It happened that Neji's father was my partner at the time, so I knew his father! By the way, there was also Sakura's father, remember Is it called Haruno Ken?" Zakaki said with a smile. "Well! Do you still know my father?" Sakura said excitedly. "Well, your father was a medical ninja at that time, hehehe, very powerful!" Zakaki said looking at Sakura. "Hey, hey, hey, lustful immortal, that's not the point! Let's get to the point!" Naruto stood up again and said, but when he saw Sakura's almost cannibalistic expression, he sat down again. "Hahaha, it's funny to say it, but I'm also a little embarrassed. Haha, I was only twelve years old at that time, but I led one-third of Konoha's ninjas to fight against the Earth Kingdom. Fortunately, I won in the end! But in the war When I was about to finish, I heard the news that Xiao Li's father had been killed, so I became furious and attacked those who had hurt Xiao Li's father. In the end, because I attacked one of my own people, I was deprived of my ninja qualifications and had no choice but to live outside!" She was smiling at first! Zakaki's face began to turn cold when he talked about Senmu. "We Uchiha people did it, right?" Sasuke looked at Zakaki and said coldly. "Well! I won't talk about what happened at that time. In short, I have more or less contact with you. For example, I know Kiba's mother, Inuzuka Claw, I know Aburame Shiya, I also know Hizashi and Hizashi, and Shika Maru and their father!" Zakaki stood up and disappeared. "Sexy Immortal, you are too ungraceful, aren't you? You just left without saying anything!" Naruto said with bared teeth and claws.? Oak barked from where he disappeared. "I feel that Master Tsubasa is so pitiful!" Hinata said weakly from the side. "What's so pitiful? Ignorance!" Sasuke glanced at Hinata and said disdainfully. "Hey, hey, Sasuke, why are you so mean to Hinata? That's a grudge from the previous generation, why does it involve us?" Naruto said viciously, as if he couldn't understand Sasuke's attitude towards Hinata. "idiot¡ª¡ª" "Sir, why did you tell those brats that?" Kakashi put the Intimate Paradise in his pocket and asked Zakaki next to him. "Hehehe, I just think these little ghosts are very cute! Maybe they will be limitless in the future." Zakaki said with squinted eyes. "But those brats are really cute! Sir, have you ever thought about going back to Konoha to become a ninja? The village is so busy now and there are no tasks to complete. It would be a waste for people like you to stay in the village and make jokes! I think It is necessary for Hokage-sama to assign you a position." Kakashi suddenly remembered that the village had lost more than half of its combat force and many tasks were being delayed, but the village had to take them, otherwise it would definitely arouse the evil intentions of other big countries. It seems too much of a waste to watch this top-notch labor force around me telling stories with a bunch of brats! "Kakashi, I said you have become a lot more courageous now? You dare to use me, too. Does the sudden increase in strength make you feel that I am no longer your opponent? How about we give it a try?" Zakaki asked. He said jokingly. "The weather is really nice today! Sir, do you know? Akai said yesterday that he saw a girl who made his heart beat!" Kakashi heard that Zakaki wanted to compete with him, so he dared to change the subject. Are you kidding me? To compete with him, Akai was tortured by him before. The fight between him and Uchiha Itachi a few days ago is still vivid in his mind. He and I are definitely not on the same level. Can't you find pleasure in it? "Really? Is she the girl from that family? Is she good-looking? Speaking of which, Akai is so old that it's time to find a wife. By the way, there's also you. Are you old enough? When are you going to find a wife? Look Look at Asuma, who is more promising than the two of you, and has hooked up with the most beautiful woman in Konoha. How happy he is now!" Zakaki nodded and babbled. ????????????????????????????????????????????? Black lines running down Kakashi¡¯s forehead. How long has it been since then that Mr. Zakaki became so nosy? It is said that men become verbose after forty, but it seems that adults are only in their twenties, right? Really! Kakashi pointed not far away and said: "Sir, someone from the ANBU is here, and it seems they are looking for you!" "Kakashi, please stop changing the subject! I'm not talking about you, you are too old. Even Akai knows how to find a wife. Look at you, you are really worthless! What kind of Anbu are you using to frame me?" Zakaki disdainfully looked at Kakashi and said. "Really! Sir, look at it!" Kakashi looked at Zakaki with an aggrieved expression. Zakaki turned around and saw an ANBU moving quickly in his direction. It seemed that he was really looking for him. "What, Kakashi, the weather is really good today!" Kakashi looked at Zakaki with a sweaty face, thinking to himself, what a fart, it¡¯s obviously cloudy! Obviously this guy forgot what he just said. "Sir Takaki, the Fifth Hokage has something to do, and I want you to go quickly!" The ANBU ninja came to Takaki and knelt down on one knee and said. "Well, I understand, you go ahead!" "yes!" ; Text Chapter 147 Mission "Tsunade, what do you want from me?" Zakaki asked suspiciously, looking at Tsunade who was drinking tea. It stands to reason that although Konoha is in some difficulties right now, there seems to be nothing that needs help, right? If someone from ANBU is asked to come over for something urgent, will it make a fuss out of a molehill? "Oakaki, you are no longer in Konoha's ninja establishment, and I have no right to ask you to do anything, but you are a member of Konoha after all, and you naturally have a responsibility for Konoha's safety and honor. The current village's You also know the situation, there are many tasks, so¡ª¡ª" Tsunade put down the cup in her hand and looked at Zakaki seriously. "Haha, tell me, don't go that far! You also know my character. If I can do something, I will definitely do it, so don't act official in front of me!" Zakaki is really not used to Tsunade's current role. , although I had been mentally prepared for it, but when Tsunade lectured me from a superior perspective, I felt a little unhappy. Tsunade stood up suddenly and said angrily: "Ozaki, I know what you mean, but I am Hokage, so some things must be done!" "But I am not a ninja of Konoha, and there is no need to listen to your orders!" The fire in Zakaki's heart suddenly ignited. His reaction surprised him. To be honest, he still supported Tsunade as Hokage. and understanding, but the undue masculinity spirit in his heart accounts for most of it at this moment. It is undeniable that Tsunade still has thoughts about Tsunade in her heart. If Tsunade is a woman or a friend, If his identity comes to ask Zakaki to do things, Zakaki will definitely do it without hesitation, but Tsunade puts on the airs of Hokage, which makes Zakaki very unhappy. Obviously at this moment, Zakaki made a low-level sense of love mistake. "Oakaki! You are still a member of Konoha, and you have the responsibility and obligation to be responsible for the glory of the village!" Tsunade roared at Oakwood. "Hokage-sama, let me reiterate, I am not a ninja and have no obligation to do tasks!" Zakaki and Tsunade faced off. Shizune walked in from the door with tea in hand, looked at the big eyes of Tsunade and Tsunade, wiped the sweat from her forehead, and said awkwardly: "Well, Hokage-sama, Tsunade-sama, please tell me if you have something to say. Don¡¯t be like this!¡± "Huh!" Tsunade and Zakaki turned their heads to the side at the same time, no longer paying attention to each other. "Um, Master Zakaki, this is the tea that was just brewed." Shizune walked over to Zakaki and put the tea on the table close to him. "Thank you!" Zakaki smiled at Shizune and said. "Hey! The ninjas from the Kingdom of Yu just came. They said that the Raikage personally led the guards to the Kingdom of Yu and asked them to belong to the Kumo Hidden Village. At the same time, they visited the daimyo of the Country of Yu and asked the Kingdom of Yu to control the Kumo Hidden Village. Provide financial assistance, and the daimyo of the Kingdom of Thunder also released news, saying that if the Kingdom of Yu does not agree, they will start a war! The ninjas of the Kingdom of Yu have been peace-loving since ancient times, and their military strength is naturally conceivable, so they need Konoha support. But now I can¡¯t cope with the situation in Konoha, how can I have the energy to support them! So I need to discuss with the elders and decide to let you support. Since you were also the commander-in-chief of one party, you naturally have the ability to lead the army in battle. Experience, secondly, except for you and Jiraiya, no one in the village is the Raikage's opponent now, and thirdly, your identity is also the key point! So¡ª¡ª" "Identity? Oh -" Zakaki suddenly remembered the third generation. It seems that as long as he becomes Hokage, he will inevitably deal with politics. The so-called identity is that he is afraid of a direct war with the Kingdom of Thunder. Zakaki glanced at Tsunade, and suddenly felt a trace of sadness in his heart. Perhaps feeling the change in Tsunade, Tsunade stopped talking, and the atmosphere suddenly became so cold. Even Shizune on the side was a little at a loss. "I'll go." Zakaki smiled at Tsunade and stretched out his hand: "Give me the information!" ¡°You¡ª¡ª¡± Tsunade looked at Zakaki unnaturally, then took out a scroll from the drawer and threw it towards Zakaki. Zakaki took the scroll, turned around and walked towards the door. "Ozaki¡ª¡ª" Tsunade suddenly shouted at the back of Oak. "Huh?" Zakaki looked back at Tsunade. "Be-be careful." Two blushes appeared on Tsunade's face. After saying that, she turned around and ignored Zakaki. "Well, goodbye." Zakaki said and left. "Sir, in fact, you don't need to do this to Master Zuaki, not to mention that it's actually not easy for Mr. Oak!" Shizune said, looking at the disappearing figure of Oakwood. "Yeah?" "Hokage-sama, you and Tsukuru-sama can actually get along well, and it can be seen that Tsukuru-sama still has feelings for you. He is different from Jiraiya-sama, otherwise he wouldn't be like that just now!" Shizune nodded. Talk about it. "Shizune! What did you say?" Tsunade suddenly shouted at Shizune.   "That, that's what it is!" Shizune said timidly, looking at Tsunade's cold expression. Tsunade, on the other hand, no longer looked as angry as before, but said calmly and a little lost: "He already has a wife, maybe this is my destiny!" "But this is not the reason why you and Mr. Oakwood can't be together. As long as you truly love each other, why should you care about that?" Shizune explained anxiously. "Are you going to let the noble Hokage become someone else's concubine?" Tsunade seemed a little annoyed and kicked open the office door, "I'm going out to get some fresh air!" Shizune looked at Tsunade, shook her head, and let out a long sigh On a moonlit night, a boy like a kappa stood on the bridge of the river. The petals of the flower in his hand were torn off leaf by leaf. The petals were flowing down the river, and he kept mumbling in his mouth. A large kappa in the distance looked at the small kappa, walked slowly to the small kappa, patted his shoulder and said with a smile: "Xiao Li, youth should have worries! If you have anything, you can tell me Well?" "Teacher Akai, is Uncle Zakaki really my uncle? And what do my father and mother look like? In the past, my grandparents just said that they died in another accident, but I really want to know what my parents look like. Look like this!" Xiao Li's tears fell from the corners of his eyes. Looking at Xiao Li's appearance, Akai naturally understood his heart. No one would miss his parents. Even if he is as strong as Xiao Li, he is just a child after all. Akai patted Xiao Li's head and said: " Li! No matter what, your parents' love for you will never change. Maybe there are some things that are hard to say, but I can tell you that your father is an outstanding ninja. Although in the end he was pushed to the second line for some reasons, But his desire to be a ninja is the same as yours! Although your father passed away, you are just like your father, and you have inherited his will very well!" Xiao Li looked at Akai, wiped the tears from his eyes, and said firmly: "Teacher, during the Chunin Examination they said I could no longer be a ninja, but now that I am healthy again, I cherish this precious opportunity even more. If I get the chance, I will definitely work hard!¡± "Okay! Young man! Let's move towards success!" Akai gave a thumbs up, showing off his white teeth in the dark, and smiled at Xiao Li. "Well! By the way, teacher, can you tell me about Uncle Zakaki?" "He, he is a legend!" "Teacher, why are you saying this again?" "Hehe, well, he is an amazing ninja!" ; Text Chapter 148 The shrewd name Zakaki left without saying goodbye to Xiao Li. It wasn't because of what happened to Zakaki, but because Zakaki really didn't know how to explain it to Xiao Li. Since Senmu's death, as Xiao Li's uncle, I can be regarded as his guardian. However, I have failed as a guardian. According to Xiao Li's character, although he will not accuse anything, he has no shame to call Xiao Li his nephew. , let alone let him call him uncle! After this period of time has passed and Xiao Li can accept the matter calmly, it may be better to explain to him again. Of course, although this matter makes Zakaki tangled, it won't cause him too much trouble. What makes Zakaki's balls hurt is Tsunade. He doesn't send any soldiers to support Yu Zhiguo alone. This is not Cheating? You must know that Yunyin Village is the strength of a country. Although I am a master at least, there is no reason for me to challenge a country by myself? Aren't you pushing people into a pit of fire? Of course, this is just Zakaki's complaint, and the matter is not that bad. The Kumogakure village that first attacked the country of Yu was not a national effort, but an elite ninja group led by Raikage himself, with about one or two hundred people. The second is the order given by Tsunade. It does not mean that you must do something to the country of Yu, but just do your best. In other words, just support it casually. If you can't defeat it, you can escape! I have to mention here that as a second-rate ninja village, the Yugakure village has no kage-level strength. It only looks like fifty or sixty jounin. There are probably a lot of chunin. After all, it is a ninja village, but these ninjas The quality of the battle is not guaranteed. After all, Tang Country has not been exposed to war for many years. The bigger problem is not Yuno Kuni, but the Raikage and his one or two hundred bodyguards, who are basically all jounin! (I feel very confused when I write this. I really don¡¯t know the specific strength of Ninja Village, and ab has not given specific data. If it is really nonsense, I hope book friends will tell me!) Konoha¡¯s attitude toward the Fire Country is understandable. How can Konoha stand up to war today? Not to mention the tired fighting consciousness of Konoha ninjas, the quality and quantity of ninjas in the village have shrunk significantly, which is simply not enough to sustain a war! The support to Tangyin Village this time is probably more perfunctory and a warning to other villages. For Zakmu, these are not important. What is important is that Zakmu wants to make some money. As the saying goes, money is not everything, but it is absolutely impossible to have no money. To be honest, Zakaki was still half a rich man before. After all, he had done so many tasks in the Land of Fire, so he still had some financial resources. However, when he left Konoha, he gave most of his money to Uncle Yichun, and he and Xiaobei I used up all that part when I entered the ninja world. Fortunately, I learned to be mean at that time and borrowed some from a city lord. Finally, when I settled in the Land of Earth, I gave all the money to Yumi. The expenses in these years have been greatly reduced. It¡¯s all spent. Fortunately, Yumi used to be the patriarch of a big family, and she also had quite a lot of savings. It was Yumi, Yanaga Tomohiro and Chi who bought some family property outside, so these years have been smooth sailing. Okay, but Zakaki is a man after all. Although he has the ability to do nothing, it seems that he can't make a living? Fortunately, the opportunity came. Tsunade said that Konoha would not provide compensation for this mission and would not interfere in the affairs of the two parties. In other words, Tsukuba's training expenses were entirely paid by Yunokuni. As we all know, Yuno Kuni is a tourist destination and a rich country. Thanks to the developed tourism industry, the per capita income of the entire Yuno Kuni is even higher than that of the villagers of Konoha. This shows how rich Yuno Kuni is. ! Although it is not said to be stronger than the five major countries, it is still among the top after that! If Oak repulses the powerful enemy, it means that the Country of Tang will pay the same amount as the Country of Fire for a war! That income is unimaginable! People die for money and birds die for food. Although Zakmu is not a money-grubbing person, why not fight for what he can get? According to what is known in the following plot, after the Twelve Xiaoqiang debuted, there seemed to be no too violent wars in the entire ninja world, and there was no news that Yunyin Village had annexed Yuyin Village. This is why Zakaki went there happily. Of course, there is another point. Zakaki wants to compete with Raikage. This is not to say that Zakaki is arrogant. The rapid improvement in strength is based on continuous killing. In a few years, it will be the time for Akatsuki to become rampant. Although Zakaki is confident that he can withstand the attacks of ordinary members, but if it were the two bosses, Madara and Nagato, Zakaki really doesn't have much confidence, and the duel with Raikage is the best way to test his strength. If it really doesn't work, you can escape by yourself! Even though Raikage is fast, he wouldn't be that perverted in the earth, right? With this indifferent mood, Zakaki rushed to the country of Yu, and first went to the Daiming Mansion. The Daimyo is a strange existence. I remember that there was a Daimyo and the leader of each ninja village who once described the world of Naruto like this. The Daimyo is like a landlord, and those ninja villages Just like a thug, but the status of a thug is surprisingly high, almost equivalent to a landlord. As for Zakaki, his mission is to rush to the Daiming Mansion to gain the support and recognition of the daimyo. To be honest, Zakaki still hates those daimyo. They are usually aloof, but when it comes to life and death, they are worse than those slaves. They also control the economic lifeline of a ninja village. Without their support, a ninja village will fail.??I want to have a good time. Zakmu looked at the splendid Daming Mansion on the wall, and thought of the word "fish and meat common people" in his mind. The five-six-story buildings, various gardens, and strange and precious carvings all revealed the luxury of Daming Mansion. Wealth. Daming Mansion was surrounded by guards and some low-ranking ninjas. Under the leadership of an official who looked like a diplomat, Zakaki came to Daming Mansion. During the conversation with the diplomat, Zakaki learned some of the battle situation. Yunyin Village seemed They are playing the deterrent card and have only broken one line of defense in Tangyin Village so far. The army is still stationed outside Tangyin Village. It is said that they will give the daimyo and leaders of Tangyin Country five days to consider. Otherwise, the introduction will be directly Defeat Tangyin Village! And the daimyo of the Kingdom of Thunder also gave an ultimatum to the daimyo of the Kingdom of Yu! Walking all the way to the Daimyo Council's office in the eyes of the diplomat with suspicion, Zakaki could understand the diplomat's suspicion. Not only in terms of strength, but also in terms of numbers, people had to doubt the Fire Country. manner. Zakaki didn't pay attention to this low-ranking official. There was no need to waste saliva on these people, so Zakaki went directly to the luxurious daimyo conference room. The luxury of the conference room directly stung the eyes of a country bumpkin like Zakaki. Not to mention how much the furnishings inside were worth, the jade floor was enough for an average family to enjoy for several lifetimes! There are also those gilded chairs and all kinds of weird corals. At this moment, Zakaki has only one idea, and that is to snatch these things! Just when Zakmu was sighing at the decoration inside, a slightly magnetic voice sounded in Zakum's ears. "Sir, are you the reinforcements sent by Konoha?" A completely opposite image of the daimyo was imprinted in his eyes. The daimyo was a very young man, about twenty-seven years old, with a dignified and strong appearance. The majesty completely subverted the image of the fat-bellied daimyo in Zakaki's mind. "You are the daimyo of the country of Yu, right?" Zakaki said with a smile and bowed to the daimyo. "I wonder how many reinforcements your village has sent?" the daimyo said gracefully. ¡°To be honest with you, I¡¯m the only one!¡± "What? Sir, are you kidding? You are the only one? You must know that the other party is an elite led by Raikage himself!" Although the daimyo was a little excited, he still maintained his daimyo demeanor, and then murmured: "I know, it seems that Konoha It seems that I have too much time to take care of myself. I have long heard that Sand Ninja Village and Sound Ninja Village attacked Konoha at the same time, causing the unfortunate death of the Third Hokage! Hey¡ª¡ª" "Actually, you don't have to do this. Although Yun Ninja is powerful, it doesn't mean that we have no hope of winning! I'm Takaki, known as Kame Sennin!" Takaki said with a smile at the name of Yunokuni. "What, you are Kame Sennin Takaki? Are you Takaki? Do you still remember me? I am that, that!" After hearing Takaki's words, the daimyo suddenly became excited, and even the demeanor he maintained before disappeared. Almost exhausted. "Huh? It seems that I have never seen you, nor have I dealt with you?" Zakaki looked at the daimyo in confusion and said. "It's normal that you don't remember. I was a prince back then. Later, I was captured by a group of bandits while traveling abroad. It was you who saved me!" the daimyo calmed down and said. Zakaki looked at the daimyo carefully, but he still couldn't think of the person in front of him. To be honest, this kind of bloody plot is really painful. Although Zakaki didn't dare to talk about helping the strong and supporting the weak when he was wandering outside, he still couldn't remember the person in front of him. I have killed many people in the past. Presumably the names at that time were shown to people as ordinary people. How could so many people remember such a person after so many years? "Let's not talk about this! I have long heard that Mr. Zakaki once faced thousands of Iwa ninja alone and returned with a great victory, including some of the top jinch¨±riki! Today, there are only a hundred cloud ninjas. I believe that with your strength, you can do it Let Tang Country survive the crisis!" The daimyo said excitedly as he looked at Zakaki. "Well, you think so, I just ran away at that time!" Zakaki said with some embarrassment. The rumors were really misleading. It was not the case. Although he defeated four or five jinch¨±riki, he still couldn't. If it weren't for Yumi's help, I might as well have died that time, how could I have said that I had defeated thousands of rock ninjas! "Mr. Oakwood, there is no need to be humble. Not to mention that you have saved me, but with your reputation in the ninja world, you will definitely not be weaker than the Raikage. Therefore, I have decided to temporarily hand over Yuyin Village to you. Please We must save the country of Yu!" The daimyo said with a salute to the oak tree. "It's impossible! You don't have to do this. I'll do my best. There's just one thing I don't understand, so please clarify it." Zakaki said as he helped Daimyo stand up. "Hehehe, Mr. Zakaki is talking about my attitude, right?" "Exactly!" "To tell you the truth, according to the consistent style of the Kingdom of Tang, I will definitely vote for the Kingdom of Thunder, but I don't want the hard work of my ancestors to be lost in my hands. Over the years, there are many people who have peeked at our Kingdom of Tang."But thanks to the efforts of our ancestors, the Kingdom of Tang has been preserved! The daimyo of the Land of Thunder wants to completely annex our country of Yu. Although I have been a daimyo for less than a year, I will never accept this unacceptable situation! "The daimyo said every word with a twinkle in his eye. "Well, I understand!" Zakaki looked at the name of Tang Zhiguo, and suddenly remembered a famous monarch, Young Master Xiaobai! It seems that this is not a simple guy! Seems very ambitious! But that¡¯s not important. What¡¯s important is that you might be able to get something to write about! But this guy seems to be a shrewd name! ; Text Chapter 149 Who else is dissatisfied? "What did you say? Your leader is dead!" Zakaki looked at a uniformed Yu nin next to him and shouted. "Well! To be honest with Mr. Oak, our leader accepted the Raikage's challenge and was killed by the Raikage in the battle, and his guards were also wiped out!" The ninja said sadly. Zakaki looked at a group of Yu ninjas who were causing a lot of trouble, and suddenly felt that their names were cheating! There is a big difference in strength between you and others, but your own elite actually clashes head-on with others, especially the leader of Tang Ninja. Are you mentally retarded? Although the dignity of the Ninja Village is very important, you can't kill it with an egg, right? At the very least, let's have some negotiations first, and then think of some way to delay the situation. At the very least, we can stay out of the limelight and wait for Konoha's reinforcements! Now that we have morale but no morale, we have strength but no strength, how can we compete with others? Just raise the white flag! A girl with black hair and big eyes seemed to know what Zakaki was thinking. The girl walked up to Zakaki, blinked and said: "Master Zakaki, things are not what you think. Yun Ren is so abominable. They actually threatened to kill him in one day." They attacked Tangyin Village inside, and they also said that our Tangyin Village is just a bunch of turtles, so, that¡¯s why the leader went out to fight!¡± "What's your name?" Zakaki asked, looking at this rather delicate girl. "My name is Hideko, the Jonin of Yuyin Village!" said the girl named Hideko. "Are you a Jonin? How old are you?" Zaki looked at Hideko, who seemed young, and asked in confusion. "Sir, I am 23 years old this year. My strength has not yet reached the level of jounin, but I am a sentient ninja!" Hideko said with some pride when talking about her abilities. "Huh?" Zakaki looked at Hideko carefully. When did he feel that ninjas were so worthless? My wife is a sentient ninja, and even the small Yuyin Village has sentient ninjas! Zakaki frowned and said: "Show me the jounin information of the village. Remember to have the specific ninjutsu that the jounin are good at. As for the chunin, there is no need for it. They will stay in Tangyin according to the previous establishment. Village protects non-combatants!¡± "Yes!" Xiuzi bowed to Zakaki and headed towards the chief's office. "Oakaki-sama! Please wait! Why do we chuunin have to take on the responsibility of defending? We want to go to the battlefield!" A chuunin stood up from the queue and said. "Yes! We in Tangyin Village have always been peace-loving, but that doesn't mean we are greedy for life and afraid of death! We are willing to dedicate ourselves to the village!" Another chuunin said. "That's right! Master Zakaki, please let us join the battle!" At this time, a Jonin walked up to Zakaki and said respectfully: "Sir, what they said is that although we are not strong enough, we are willing to fight to the death with Kumo Ninja! So, please let these people participate in the battle!" Zakaki looked at the Jonin, smiled, nodded and said, "What's your name?" "My lord, my name is Jie. I have heard of your name for a long time!" said the Jonin named Jie. "Yeah! Not bad!" Zakaki was just about to say a few words of encouragement when he heard a discordant voice: "Why should he lead us? Don't we have anyone here? I think Master Yang is enough to lead us!" "That's right! He is just a foreign aid invited by the daimyo. When he comes, he will command this and this. Do you really think of yourself as the leader?" "I've never heard of Turtle Immortal Oak Tree! I guess it's some shrimp from somewhere that makes a living, right?" "Hahaha¡ª¡ª" A harsh sound spread along the flanks of the queue. At this moment, a rather strong middle-aged man came out, bowed to Zakaki first, and then said with a smile: "Master Zakaki, I am Yang, the leader unfortunately suffered a disaster, and the daimyo handed over Tangyin Village to you. Although this is not in line with the rules, it is reasonable in this critical moment. But after all, this is related to the fate of Tangyin Village, so we have to test whether you can He is really qualified to control us! Of course we are not doubting the daimyo, but the daimyo is not a ninja after all, and naturally he does not understand some things as clearly as we do!" "Yang, what do you mean? Do you doubt my ability? Do you want the position of leader? Humph! Don't forget, you are still my defeated general!" The jounin named Jie looked at Yang angrily. "No, no, no! I have heard about the name of Turtle Immortal for a long time, but after all, it is related to the fate of Tang Country and the survival of our Tangyin Village. So, if you don't have this qualification-" ¡°Yang, you¡ª¡± Jie said and was about to take action. "Wait a minute!" Zakaki stretched out his hand to block Jie's way, walked to Yang's side, and said with a smile: "It's normal for you to be dissatisfied with me as a temporary instructor. Let's do this. You all think I'm not qualified."You can stand up and challenge me, but you have to do it quickly and do it together. After all, this is the last day that the Kumo ninja gives time! "No matter where there are always people fighting for power, Zakaki can completely understand this phenomenon. If not, it might make Zakaki feel uneasy. Who knows if there will be spies from Kumo Ninja? On the other hand, there is actually something like this. There are many benefits. I am not afraid that you will be dissatisfied, but I am afraid that you will be full of dissatisfaction. When the war starts, you will be in trouble if you continue to do so! "Hmph! Even though you are the legendary Kame Sennin, there is no need to be so arrogant! I don't obey you!" A jounin carrying two long swords stood up from the queue and said. "Well! Count me in!" "And me!" Two more Jonin. Zakaki glanced at the queue and said slowly: "Is there anyone else?" "Master Oakwood, with your strength, let alone Chuunin, and three Jounin is the limit of our leader. As long as you defeat three Jounin, we will no longer have any objections!" Yang raised the corner of his mouth, It seems that the conspiracy succeeded. Zakmu looked at Yang, and naturally knew that this was premeditated, so he simply didn¡¯t say anything, just glanced at Yang disdainfully, and then said: "You can come too! Save yourself the trouble!" "Huh? Your Excellency is indeed a man of great skill and boldness! In that case, then count me as one!" Yang looked at Zakaki's disdainful eyes and said with some annoyance. Seeing that the battle was about to begin, a group of Tang ninjas consciously emptied the field and stared at the coming battle. Zakaki watched the four of them guard their own blind spots. Years of ninja career told him that the cooperation of these people should not be underestimated. However, Zakaki didn't have much to worry about. In the face of absolute strength, everything was just a cloud! The four of them, headed by Yang, winked at each other, took out kunai at the same time, and shot them from four blind corners. "Earth Release - Rock Giant!" Zakaki quickly formed a seal, pressed his hands to the ground, and then the ground rumbled and cracked, shaking the surrounding Tang ninjas. In the surprised eyes of Tang Ninja, three giants more than five meters tall emerged from the ground, beating their chests with both hands, and roared at the several Tang Ninjas who took action. The sound was about to break everyone's eardrums! Yang looked at the sudden appearance of the rock giant, and felt horrified. His body that was about to rush forward quickly retreated, avoiding the rock giant directly in front of him. Yang said to the ninja carrying the two swords: "Each of you hold back one, and I will deal with Zakaki!" "Yes!" The three soup ninjas nodded and faced a rock giant respectively. But how can things be so simple? Let¡¯s not talk about whether those three jounin are the opponents of the rock giant. Even if they are in front of Zakaki, they are probably not worth mentioning! This guy actually said he wanted to kill Zakaki. I don¡¯t know if he was naive or stupid! "Fire Release, a powerful fire ball technique!" A jounin cast a powerful fire ball at the rock giant. The rock giant's huge body was undoubtedly a living target. The powerful fire ball hit the rock giant accurately. Looking at the powerful fire ball The jounin raised his lips proudly under the rock giant that kept dropping pieces of mud, but before the jounin could extinguish the huge fire ball, a huge fist was punched directly from the sea of ????fire, followed by a bang. With a bang, the rock ninja was knocked to the ground, and with another bang, the place where the jounin landed turned into a piece of wood. It turned out to be a substitute technique. The jounin who had been hit appeared in an open space not far away. Looking at the rock giant rushing towards him, his heart was filled with bitterness. The powerful fireball technique was one of the few high-level ninjutsu he had, but it was ineffective under this attack. , and what's even more disgusting is that he was hit by this monster. Although he used the substitute technique in time, the super speed and strength still inevitably caused him to be hurt! I'm afraid that if I try again, I will lose my fighting ability! The other two jounin were not much better. Although they had not been knocked down yet, they were more or less injured! However, the leader of the three, Yang, seemed not to be injured at all. Yang looked at Zakaki, the kunai in his hand kept spinning, and with a whoosh, the kunai flew in the opposite direction of Zakaki with a cold light. Yang frowned and said nervously: "Is it also an earth clone?" Yang looked at the earth clone directly opposite, quickly attacked to the side, and shouted loudly: "I don't care what your tricks are! Go to hell!" Zakaki looked at Yang who had lost his composure from a distance, and smiled in his heart. It seemed that his plan was successful. At the beginning, he made three rock giants to block the three jounin, and then released Yang from the rock giants. He came out, and finally used three earth clones to continuously exert pressure underground to keep him close to him, and then let him die by his own hands! In fact, Zakaki has long been interested in murdering this man named Yang. A qualified commander must learn to rule. This man named Yang obviously represents a heretical force in Tang Ren. As the saying goes, if you kill the culprit, you will definitely succeed. It plays the role of knocking down the mountain and shaking the tiger! Before fighting against the outside world, we must first calm down the inside. Some necessary measures are the best way to calm people's hearts. Zakmu summoned the earth clones below, and several clones quickly surrounded Yang, "Earth Escape - Earth Dragon??! " "Ah!¡ª¡ª" Yang, who looked wise just now, has been beaten to death by earth dragon bullets from all directions! Zakmu looked at the dead Yang, then stood on a high place, accepted the rock giant, and said loudly: "Who else feels dissatisfied? You can challenge again!" ; Text Chapter 150 Challenge Letter Zakaki stood on the high ground, overlooking the group of Tang ninjas, and said loudly: "Everyone! I know you are quite unhappy with me as an outsider, but! In the face of a powerful enemy, shouldn't we, as ninjas, die to serve the country? Behind you are Those standing there are your relatives and friends, and what you want to protect are the people of your own country! Of course, some people will say this, even if we surrender to Yunyin Village, our friends and relatives will still not be harmed, yes, Maybe it's true, but do you want to tell your descendants that you are just a vassal of Yunyin Village and can only survive under the pressure of Yunyin Village! You can only bow your head in front of Yunyin and give up the glory of ninja! Are you willing? ?" Listening to Zakaki's words, the Tang ninjas had sweat dripping down their faces. The whole scene became gloomy. Even the three J¨­nin who had just attacked Zakaki lowered their heads. At this time, no one was worried about Yang's death. And with dissatisfaction, all the Tang ninjas could hear the deafening voice of Zakaki just now, and their fear of Kumo ninja seemed to have weakened a lot. Finally, someone couldn't bear the deathly tranquility and said tremblingly: "No - I don't want to -" Oakwood looked at these Tang ninjas with disdain, and continued: "Huh! They are indeed a group of bloodless ninjas! It can only be said that there are such ninjas in such a country, it is the tragedy of the Kingdom of Tang! It is also your tragedy!" The Tang ninjas may have been irritated by Zakaki, so they stood up one by one and said loudly to Zakaki: "I don't want to!" "Okay! Very good. This makes me realize that this country can still be saved, and it also makes me realize that this village can still be saved!" Zakaki looked at the Tang ninja who had greatly improved his morale with appreciation, and said slowly: "Now you start to be careful, I Discuss the specific battle plan with your captains." After that, Zakaki stood up and walked towards the office of the leader of Tangyin Village. Jie walked to the front of the queue and said loudly to his companions: "Perhaps what Mr. Oakwood said was a bit exaggerated, but I believe what you said makes sense! Although we have remained neutral or chosen to be under the wings of Konoha over the years, But that is not the life attitude that a ninja should have, so I decided to resist the Kumo ninja with the help of Mr. Oak, even if I die in battle!" "Yes! Master Jie is right. We can definitely win this war!" "Yes! As long as we work together, we can definitely defeat the Iwa Ninja!" "right!" In the chief's office of Yuyin Village, the daimyo and Zakaki looked at Yunin, whose morale had soared, and smiled at each other. "Haha, I have long heard that Mr. Takaki was an outstanding commander of Konoha during the Third War. He is indeed well-deserved. He solved the morale problem with just a few words!" The daimyo looked at Takaki with admiration and said. "The name is just a joke, but it's just a trivial thing, it's hard to be elegant!" Zakaki waved his hand and said. "To be honest, Mr. Takaki, I have always been curious about your affairs. Although I know that Konoha has eliminated your ninja qualifications because of Uchiha, why do you still contribute to Konoha?" The daimyo looked at Takaki in confusion. asked. "Haha, Mr. Dai Ming, you have to say it directly and don't beat around the bush!" "Mr. Zakaki is really quick to talk. To be honest, sir, I want to keep you as the leader of Tangyin Village!" "What?" Zakaki almost fell to the ground. "Mr. Takaki, I am very sincere. I hope you can take charge of Yuyin Village. Maybe you and I can create a world together!" The daimyo looked at Takaki, his eyes full of energy. Zakaki looked at the daimyo of Yunokuni and murmured in his heart, how could he trust a foreign ninja daimyo so quickly because of his young age? If you hand over a country's military strength to others, aren't you afraid of rebellion? Or is it that this famous person looks smart and capable, but is actually an out-and-out idiot? Naturally, the daimyo saw the confusion in Zakaki's eyes and knew what he meant. He smiled and said, "Are you doubting my ability? Haha, it's normal for you to think so. In fact, I still have some doubts about Mr. Zakaki." I understand. Back then, because of your brother, you furiously killed the Uchiha elder Uchiha Ky¨­aki and a group of Uchiha elites, so you lived abroad, and finally settled in the Earth Kingdom, and had an affair with the former head of the Maki family, Shin. There is some connection with Kiyumi. If you dare to kill the powerful Uchiha elder for your brother, it shows that you are a kind person. If you actually have a relationship with Maki Yumi, it shows that you are not a person who has never changed. I I think I understand people like you quite well, so I think we can definitely cooperate!" The daimyo ignored Zakaki's increasingly cold face and said calmly. "It seems you know me quite well?" Zakaki said with a sneer. "Sir, you have misunderstood! In fact, with your wisdom, you must also know what I mean, right?" Zakaki glanced at the name of the country of Yu, and felt even more that this person was amazing! Oakwood can see this person's image from the words of the name of Yunokuni.??Not small, Tang Country is a rich country. It is no exaggeration to say that apart from the five major countries, it is definitely the richest, even richer than some big countries. It is okay for a daimyo who is willing to accept the status quo, but if How could a careerist with such a family fortune be someone else's little brother? I'm afraid this little daimyo wants to achieve hegemony, but is limited by his country's military strength, otherwise there's no telling what will happen! But none of these seem to have much to do with him. Although Zakaki has not had power in these years, he has lived a comfortable life. There is no need to work hard for an ambitious man, so Zakaki made a decision: ¡°I am flattered by your kindness and high opinion, but I don¡¯t have much interest in pursuing these rights, so¡ª¡ª¡± "Hahaha, I expected this behavior of sir, but I believe you will change your mind! Although I admire your noble character, how can a grown man lose power for a day? Although the current power of Tangyin Village is rubbish, I believe With my efforts, it will definitely look new. Five years is not enough for ten years, and ten years is not enough for twenty years! However, I still hope that sir can save our country of soup!" "I admire your determination, and I hope you can succeed! Don't worry, although I can't say that I will definitely defeat the Kumo ninja, I will definitely try my best!" After saying this, Zakaki nodded to the daimyo, and then walked to the next door. An office lobby. The daimyo of the Kingdom of Yu looked at the disappearing figure of Zakaki and sneered, "I believe you will one day become the shadow of my Yuyin Village, the shadow of Yu! Humph! In the future, there will be no five major kingdoms but six major kingdoms! And I, Yu The country! Mr. Oakwood, you are my first target!" ??Zakaki slapped his forehead and looked at the J¨­nin information of Yugakure Village given by Hideko in front of him. What kind of bullshit J¨­nin? Just some special jounin! Excluding these special jounin, after counting, there are more than thirty jounin in the entire Yuyin Village, and I have injured three of them and killed one! Zakaki took a sip of the unknown name of the tea that the maid had just given him, then stood up and looked at the entire Yuyin Village through the glass. To be honest, although Yuyin Village was not as big and prosperous as Konoha, it could still be considered a A rather prosperous town, surrounded by plains. The whole village seemed to have collapsed due to an earthquake. The plains were covered with forests. It was very similar to Konoha in this regard. Having said that, it seemed like a good idea to be a leader here! Oops, what are you thinking about? What kind of leader do you want to be? Is that a human job? Zakaki shook his head, threw away the unrealistic thoughts in his brain, and began to think about ways to counterattack Raikage's offensive: The enemy is numerous and we are few, the enemy is strong and we are weak. It seems that except for the home field advantage, there is nothing that this side has an advantage over, right? In the face of absolute strength, all bullshit tactics are futile. The opponent has a hundred or two hundred Jonin, and there is also the pervert Raikage. Apart from himself, who can fight with the Raikage, the others are probably at risk under the attack of the Raikage Guards. I can¡¯t last more than a few rounds! It¡¯s so damn hard! Zakaki looked at a knife hanging on the wall and suddenly thought of Mr. Guan. By the way, in the Three Kingdoms, as long as the enemy general is killed, the rest will not be a concern. As long as the Raikage is defeated and the enemy is defeated, the Kumo ninja will definitely retreat! Although it is not a good idea, it has to be treated as a living horse doctor! Zakaki conveniently wrote a letter of challenge on the paper on the table, and then shouted to the door: "Here comes someone!" "What are your orders, Master Zakaki?" A ninja in uniform suddenly appeared in front of Zakaki, kneeling on one knee and said. "Well, you send someone to deliver this to Raikage as soon as possible! By the way, the messenger must turn back immediately after delivering the message. Raikage's temper is amazing!" Zakushita thought of the strong man with a mustache and smiled. said. "Yes! I'll go there myself!" said the ninja. "What's your name?" Zakaki looked at the young ninja and asked. "My lord, my name is Fukiishi!" the ninja said excitedly. "Fukiishi, a Yunin jounin, is good at earth escape and water escape. Not bad, not bad! His attributes are the same as mine!" Takaki walked to Fukiishi and patted him on the shoulder. "My lord's earth escape is unparalleled in the world. I will definitely ask you for advice on earth escape when I have the opportunity in the future!" Fukiishi looked at Takaki's kind smile and suddenly said this, but after saying it, he regretted it. Who is Kame Sennin Takaki? ? That's a legend, he actually¡ª¡ª Seeing Fukiishi's nervous expression, Zakaki said with a smile: "Nothing? It's a good thing to have fighting spirit. I will definitely compete with you if I have the chance!" "Yes! Then I'll go!" Fukiishi bowed to Zakaki, then left. The campground of Yunyin Village Lei Ying looked at the challenge letter sent in his hand, the veins on his face bulged violently, and his body started to flash with lightning, and the challenge letter in his hand turned into powder in an instant, "Okay! Okay! What a turtle. Sennin Oak! Back then I was defeated by the Fourth Hokage. The Fourth Hokage is no longer here. Today?Take it out on you! Aren't there rumors that you are stronger than Namikaze Minato? good! "The thunder shadow roared loudly, and with a bang, the rock next to it was hit and shattered by the thunder shadow's punch! The Raikage¡¯s guard, Darui, looked at the mad Raikage, shook his head and smiled bitterly: ¡°Really, it¡¯s like this even before the fight! But, what¡¯s written on it?¡± "Darui, what are you talking about?" Lei Ying heard Darui's muttering and shouted loudly. "No - nothing! I'm just curious about what's written in the letter." Darui said with a smile while waving his hands. "What? An interesting person! Turtle Immortal Zakaki! Let me see why you are called Immortal!" ; Text Chapter 151 Eight Earth Rebirths Appear in the World Zakaki led Tang Ninja to see Kumo Ninja from a distance. Different from the previous ninja mode battles, which is ridiculous to say, this duel with Raikage was more like a battle between samurai. Both sides sent their own soldiers. The boss will fight first, and then talk about what happens next. In fact, Zakaki's move happened to play into the hands of Raikage. Raikage killed the leader of Tangyin Village from the beginning in order to win without a fight and knock down the mountain to shake the tiger. The previous death of the leader of Tangyin Village did have an initial effect, but the butterfly Zakmu appeared! Although Raikage was full of doubts about Oakwood's arrival, as the head of a village, he naturally knew what Tangyin Village meant, and at the same time, the blood of this militant man almost spurted out with excitement. Of course, the name Zakaki is not unfamiliar to him, and he is even somewhat familiar with it. After all, Kame Sennin's name is well-known in the ninja world! Back then, he and Kirabi were defeated in front of the Fourth Hokage, but now he is fighting with Oak, who is said to be as powerful as the Fourth Hokage. If he defeats Oak, wouldn't it mean that he is stronger now than the original Fourth Hokage? ? Zakaki looked at Raikage, who was wearing a copper belt and his abdominal muscles were bulging rapidly, and couldn't help but sigh in his heart. This figure is probably more awesome than the bodybuilding coach in his previous life, and his arms are thicker than other people's thighs. He is really powerful. ! However, it is said that those bodybuilding coaches have very small lower parts because they transport all the nutrients to the muscles, so there is only a few ounces of meat down there. I wonder if the Raikage is also very small underneath. It seems like this old guy doesn't have any children yet, right? Is it really not possible? Is it a wax head with a silver gun? Zakaki couldn't help but glance at the lower part of Raikage's belt. Lei Ying saw Zakaki bringing someone over, and without further ado, he threw the bamboo hat to the lazy man next to him, crossed his wrists, and shouted loudly: "Zakaki, since you issued the challenge, then I will send you there. Die! Heavy flow!" As soon as he finished speaking, Raikage had already appeared next to Zakaki. The thunder escape chakra concentrated on his elbow hit Zakaki's head. With a bang, his whole body was injured. The blow sent him flying for tens of meters, and everyone even felt that Zakaki, who was still in a daze just now, had been beaten to a bloody pulp. The Raikage didn't seem to let down his guard because of the successful blow. Instead, he disappeared from everyone's sight again. With another bang, the Raikage punched the ground directly. The whole ground started to crack like a hammer hitting the glass. The Raikage shouted loudly. He roared: "Oakaki! Come out here and stop pretending! You can't beat me with this alone! Is this the only thing the legendary Kame Sennin has?" After that, Lei Ying disappeared again, and again. With a bang, a big tree broke in half. "Lord Raikage, there are no oak trees here!" A reminder came from the cloud ninja. The Raikage seemed to have ignored what he just said, and appeared again in the open space not far away, punching him again. However, in an instant, everyone felt that Raikage was performing a magic trick. One moment, he was doing this, and the next, he was doing this. For those who didn't know, they thought he was a psycho! Perhaps the Raikage was impatient with Tsubasa, so he rushed into the crowd of Yu ninjas and shouted loudly at a group of Yu ninjas: "Oakaki, if you do this again, I will kill these trash! Is Kame Sennin just a shrink?" Head turtle?" The Raikage seemed to still have no reaction, so he grabbed a soup ninja, clenched his fist and shouted: "If you don't come out, I will smash his head!" At this moment, there was a wave of vibrations on the ground like an earthquake, All the Kumo ninjas were on alert, and even the Raikage quietly spread a layer of blue arcs on his body! Three five-meter-tall giants emerged from the ground and surrounded the Raikage who had abandoned Tang Ninja. "Huh! These things are still not enough! Zakaki, come up with something real! Yi Lei Shen Fury Thunder Ax!" said After that, the Raikage focused his Thunder Release on his feet and kicked the rock giant from top to bottom. With a bang, the rock giant instantly fell to the ground. Then the Raikage appeared under the head of another rock giant and kicked the rock again. The Giants reimbursed one again. Just when Raikage attacked the second rock giant, the third rock giant began to spray mud bombs at Raikage. But at the absolute speed, these have no effect at all. Lei Ying disappeared again and came to the side of the third rock giant. Then the third rock giant also announced his retirement. The continuous blows made Raikage gasp for breath. The veins on Raikage's face were exposed, and he yelled at the sky: "Come out! You coward!" Raikage suddenly retreated to the distance, looking at him in surprise. Looking around, he quickly took off the copper ring on his wrist and was cautiously on guard. "Hmph - I have long heard that Raikage is a hot-tempered and reckless man. It seems to be true!" Zakaki's voice rang in everyone's ears. The voice was quite strange. It sounded like one person, but also many people. One direction, but also seemingly in all directions, in short, the strange way made everyone tremble in their hearts. "It doesn't matter whether I am a reckless man or not. What is important is that you, a pretentious guy, are about to die under my fist!" Lei Ying's body began to crackle, "Why don't you come out yet?" Whoosh whoosh ¡ª a cold wind began to blow on the field, blowing away the dust andThe leaves around me were flying. Except for Raikage, everyone put their hands on their eyelids to block the murderous cold wind! At this moment, nine figures rose up from the earth, stood opposite Lei Ying, and said to Lei Ying with a murderous expression: "You are really a reckless man! Do you really think I am afraid of you?" Everyone was stunned by the scene that appeared in front of them. Nine muscular men were wearing turtle shell-like battle armor. The vortex aura generated by the nine figures stirred up the dust under their feet. That kind of intimidation told everyone a In fact, these nine bodies all have shadow-level strength! "Hmph! Xi, which one is the main body? Why do I feel that everyone is the main body?" Raikage ignored Zakaki's provocation and said to the queue of Kumo ninja. A blond man looked at these nine bodies, as if he had seen a ghost, with his mouth wide open and his eyes wide open, his face full of disbelief, and he stammered: "Boss, they are all - all - the original body!" Watching this scene, the Kumo ninjas and Tang ninjas all felt that their brains were not enough. They had long heard about Raikage's strength, and naturally knew more or less his violent moves, but Kame Sennin Zaki The appearance of Mu made everyone feel incredible. His appearance may be understandable. Since he is Kame Sennin, he has the characteristics of Kame Sennin, but his nine shadow-level clones are almost unheard of in the ninja world. Could it be? A new technique he created himself? Earlier, I heard that the Konoha Kame Sennin earth escape was haunted. It was not only his use of earth escape, but also the earth escape he modified or invented. The power of the three rock giants just now was also surprising, but there was no one. I have used similar ninjutsu, such as Akatsuchi from Iwagakure Village, but these nine clones are incomprehensible, completely subverting everyone's understanding of ninjutsu! Darui looked at the Raikage who was about to take action rashly, and hurriedly shouted: "Boss, wait a minute! This Kame Sennin-" But his words were obviously too slow! "In that case, I will smash all these things! You turtle sage, I will tear you apart! Roar¡ª¡ª" Raikage roared and rushed towards Zakaki. The Raikage who used the teleportation technique reached the edge in the blink of an eye. In front of a body, a fist as big as a clay pot directly hit Zakaki's face. ; Text Chapter 152 Defeating Raikage Just when Raikage was punching Takashi, two other Takaki suddenly appeared next to Raikage. One blocked the path of his fist, and the other Takashi was not idle either. He pressed his hands on the ground and bowed. He leaned forward and kicked Raikage's lower abdomen sideways. Seeing that his attack was blocked, Raikage knew that he had lost the opportunity, so he quickly retracted his fist to block Zakaki's side kick. However, Zakaki was not willing to give up easily. However, Zakaki, who was attacked by Raikage at first, jumped up like an eagle in the sky. Then he quickly slid down and used the momentum to press hard with his heels towards Raikage who was blocking the side kick. . As expected of the Raikage, he just disappeared with a flash of lightning! Then he appeared at the front of the Kumo ninja queue. Lei Ying looked at the big crater made by the oak tree, and was horrified. With such a great reputation, there must be no false warriors. This turtle immortal, Oak Tree, is really powerful! The series of attacks just now seemed ordinary, but in fact there were many mysteries. First, the natural coordination of these bodies, and then the perfect defense and attack. What was even more surprising was that they could quickly find the flaws in their high-speed attacks. Human vision is almost exactly the same! Raikage frowned and clenched his fists. Looking at Zakaki who was barely exerting too much effort, Raikage suddenly felt very angry. The series of attacks just now were already too much for him. I am afraid that Zakaki's previous interference was too much. Just to exhaust oneself, the use of the instant body technique comes at a cost. A large number of cells in the body are activated to achieve a speed close to light, but that means that one will consume a lot of physical energy. If he cannot break this person's defense, I¡¯m afraid¡ª, hum! How could I lose? In this case, I will speed up again! In the eyes of others, the oak tree seems to be intact, but in fact it is not. As we all know, Lei Ketu, although the oak tree did block the Raikage's high-speed attack, the oak tree is also uncomfortable. Let's not talk about the strength of the Raikage. Those electric arcs are enough to make Zakaki drink two cups! It's true that the body of Takaki Yato's rebirth is earth, but the body with the soul blessed will still transmit pain to Takaki when attacked! This is also the reason why Zakaki who blocked Raikage's attack did not take action. "Zakaki! Just now I was just testing, and I didn't use any strength, but this time I'm going to do it for real! Take the move! Heavy flow storm!" Lei Ying ducked again and attacked Zakaki's body, Although it is still a heavy flow storm, this move is not the other move. Now the Raikage's speed is faster. Before his eyes can blink, the Raikage has appeared next to Zakaki's body. With a bang, the body directly He was blown away more than ten meters high! As mentioned earlier, all of Takaki's bodies share the same vision, which means that Takaki's body immediately saw everything below in the air after being attacked, and the body below still transmitted the terrain battle situation to Takaki's nerves. , so this scene occurred. Another body immediately jumped into the air, serving as a relay point for the body that was knocked away. The flying oak tree quickly faced the thunder shadow position transmitted from the other body in the air. Quickly form the seal, "Earth Escape¡¤Earth Flow Spear". The Raikage who had just succeeded in one attack was about to attack the second target when he suddenly felt a chill coming from underneath him. Years of fighting experience told him that he should let go decisively. The resolute Raikage did not hesitate anymore and quickly dodged and hid behind. . Just when Raikage left, sharp rocks quickly appeared on the ground below him. The rocks shone with a cold light, like the teeth of a bloodthirsty beast. Lei Ying looked at the body still in the air, and a trace of confusion flashed in his heart. The blow just now used eight levels of his own strength. Even a rock would be smashed into powder. Why was he okay? And you can also form a seal to use Earth Escape! Is there really an invincible ninjutsu in the world? Impossible, there can't be any invincible ninjutsu in the world, there must be some flaw in it! In fact, it is not surprising that the Raikage would have such an idea. Everyone knows that characters reincarnated from the dirty soil have a common characteristic, that is, except for seals, all ninjutsu are ineffective. Even if their limbs are safely destroyed, they can still grow back. The Eight Earth Reincarnation is transformed based on the Dirty Earth Reincarnation, so it will inevitably retain this characteristic! Of course, this does not mean that all bodies are like this. If any body is damaged, it will be irreversibly over. That is Oakwood's body! This is not to say that Zakaki's body is the flaw of this technique, because Zakaki's earth escape also means that his safety can be perfectly protected. At the same time, you don't expect to defeat other bodies from nine shadow-level masters. Exactly the same body! There is no perfect ninjutsu in the world, and the same goes for Yato Reincarnation. The biggest flaw of Yato Reincarnation is its resistance to genjutsu. The separation of souls greatly weakens the resistance. General genjutsu is fine, but if you encounter something like Itachi's Yes, you will be in big trouble, and it¡¯s not that you are really afraid of super illusions like Tsukuyomi, because every carrot is a pit, and Zakaki has his own ingenuity to resist that kind of super illusions. This is a story later. "Raikage, is this all you have? Is this your capital as a Raikage? Huh! I think you are not only a reckless man, but also trash!" Zakaki said with an arrogant look on his face as he stood on the ground.   Lei Ying winked at Darui not far away, and then said: "Huh! Yellow-haired kid, don't you think it's childish to use such a provocative method on me? Since you want to see the real strength , I will let you see it!" The arc on Lei Ying's body started to surge again, and the rocks under him were directly turned into pieces under the stimulation of the arc. Darui saw the look in Raikage's eyes, and his heart trembled. The boss, whose policy was military expansion and whose personality was fierce competition, actually asked everyone to retreat in a one-sided situation. Could it be that the Kame Sennin Zaki in front of him was already so powerful? In my own impression, except for his defeat at the hands of Golden Flash, the boss seems to have never lost before! Darui looked at the boss who had reactivated his cells, and without saying anything else, he waved to the Iwa Ninja behind him to signal for retreat. Although all the Kumo ninja looked at Darui in confusion, they still retreated towards the rear. When Tang Ren saw the Raikage retreating, he looked at his captain with confusion and excitement, and the captains also looked at each other. "Are you afraid of the Raikage? Hahaha, I never thought that the majestic Raikage would be afraid too!" Zakaki said with a smile. "I don't want to have a verbal dispute with you. Now I can see the truth between my fists and my feet. The level of thunder and cruelty!" Lei Ying slashed the ground with his hand knife, and the electric arc turned into an electric dragon and rushed towards the direction of the oak tree. The electric arc carried a roar. The sound lifted up the rocks on the ground. Zakaki looked at the electric arc on the ground, with a smile on his lips. Could it be that Raikage seemed to have little confidence in his physical skills and planned to use long-range attacks? If you don¡¯t know the situation, you might be fooled, but you met me today! Huh, I'm going to do something about it! Zakaki's body jumped into the air together, avoiding the arc on the ground. At this moment, Raikage's body disappeared again and suddenly appeared in the center of all Zakaki's bodies in the air, with a direct sweep of his legs. Lei Ying smiled contemptuously, and looked at the expressions of the injured oak trees in pain in the air. He felt happy in his heart, "No! There are only eight bodies, and there is one more!" Lei Ying stared, with a look of disbelief on his face. . Just when Lei Ying noticed this scene, an oak tree emerged from the soil, holding a giant ax in his hand, and threw it at Lei Ying's body. With a bang, Lei Ying and the giant ax hit it together. On the nearby rock, a large crater with a diameter of five or six meters was directly knocked out of the rock. At this time, Zakaki's eight bodies also fell to the ground. Lei Ying vomited blood, looked at Zakaki with a ferocious expression, and roared: "I will catch you even if I die!" Zakaki was breathing heavily on the ground, looking at the thunder shadow, letting out a trace of murderous intent, "Huh! I'm afraid you won't have that chance!" After saying that, Zakaki stretched out his hand, and the giant ax returned to Zakaki's hand and turned into a phantom. film. Then quickly formed the seal, "Earth Release, Earth Dragon Bullet!" "Asshole, you bastard, how dare you hurt my elder brother! Boy, I will punish you!" At this time, an extremely strange voice sounded in everyone's ears. It sounded like singing and talking. In short, it was strange and abnormal. Then something like a tentacle blocked Zakaki's earth dragon bullet, and a strong man with sunglasses and several swords on his back appeared in front of everyone. Others may still be surprised, but Zakaki is extremely familiar with this person. This guy is none other than the best rapper in the Naruto world, Kirabi! PS: The plot will definitely be changed, so please be patient. Please give me a recommendation¡ª¡ª ; Text Chapter 153 Mission Rewards "Asshole, idiot, now I'm very angry! I decided to hit you!" After Kirabi appeared, he kept twitching up and down and making rap gestures. Everyone present except Zakaki thought this guy was having epilepsy. Got it! Lei Ying walked out of the pit with a twisted look on his face, and made a gesture to Kirabi. Kirabi looked at Raikage in confusion, nodded seriously, then stretched out his hands and shouted in the direction of Zakaki: "Asshole! Take the move!" After saying that, his hands began to turn brown, It became thicker and thicker, and in the blink of an eye it became a waist-like tentacle, rushing towards the crowd with great strength. Zakaki almost vomited when he looked at the suction cups on the tentacles and the unknown liquid flowing from them! The eight bodies returned to the main body, and then quickly formed a seal, pressing their hands on the ground, "Psychic Technique, Rashomon!" Boom¡ª¡ª The tentacles directly hit Rashomon. After all, Rashomon is Orochimaru's ultimate defensive move. Although the Eight-Tails is powerful, it can't break Rashomon's defense with a simple blow. "Master Oakwood, they have escaped, let's chase them!" A voice came from the queue of Yu Nin. A body of Zakaki jumped onto the Rashomon Gate, and he looked at Raikage and Kirabi who were already several hundred meters away and smiled. It seems that Raikage¡¯s old guy has really reached his limit! Although this guy is hot-tempered, he is flexible and flexible. No wonder he is able to get involved with the Raikage. It seems that he is not just relying on his father's blessing! But then again, why did the Raikage ask the Kumo ninja to retreat at that time? Was he really afraid of himself? That's not right. With his personality, this kind of thing is definitely impossible! Since the Daimyo of the Land of Thunder supports Raikage, then there won't be much pressure from the war? With hundreds of Jonin, him, and Kirabi, he had no choice but to escape, so why should he retreat? Zakaki frowned as he watched Raikage and Kirabi walking further and further away, then shook his head and smiled bitterly, why did he come? Now that Yun Ren has retreated, he will not attack Tang Country again, and his mission has been completed. No matter what they do? How does Zakaki know that even if the Daimyo supports this war, the Daimyo's advisers and the elders of Yunyin Village are not generally resistant to this war. If the elites led by Raikage suffer too heavy losses here, I am afraid that The Raikage himself was facing backlash from the Council of Elders, so it¡¯s not surprising that Raikage made this decision! "Sir! Don't you have to chase? It will be too late if you don't chase!" A jounin stood up from the queue and said. This person was Fukiishi who had previously sent the challenge. "Don't chase after the poor! Besides, I've almost reached my limit. Even if I catch up, I may not be the opponent of the two of them!" Zakaki quickly formed a seal, closed his eyes, and then the eight bodies disappeared in the eyes of everyone with surprised faces. It turned into piles of loess. Although Zakaki said this, no one would believe it. The scene just now is still lingering in everyone's mind, Raikage! Raikage! The Raikage was defeated by the adult in front of him. Is there anyone else in the world who can be his opponent? Oakwood's strength and invincibility have been completely imprinted in the hearts of all the Tang ninjas! But how do they understand the suffering of oak wood? The side effects of Batu's rebirth are great. After all, it is the separation of the soul. The pain can be imagined. Although it will not cause harm to the soul, the pain deep in the soul still makes him want to stop! In the daimyo's office in Yuno Country, the daimyo listened to the waiter reporting the war situation. Although he looked calm on the surface, the smile in the corner of his eyes and the hands gripping the tablecloth still betrayed his mood. When the daimyo heard that Sakuragi During the battle with Raikage, I couldn't bear it anymore and stood up suddenly, slapped the table with my hand, and shouted loudly: "Okay! Great! I really saw the right person! Hahaha - Kame Sennin is indeed Well-deserved reputation, hum! Sooner or later you will cooperate with me! Hahaha, hegemony can be achieved, hegemony can be achieved!" The waiter looked at the daimyo with fear. Such a daimyo completely subverted the previous image in his mind. However, seeing the daimyo's happy look, the waiter wiped the sweat from his head happily and said, "Ah¡ª¡ª" When the waiter lowered his hand, a dagger pierced the waiter's heart. The waiter looked at the name of the owner of the dagger on his chest with horror on his face, and the three words "why" were written in his enlarged pupils. "Hmph! If you're to blame, it's because you heard something you shouldn't have heard. Considering that you have served for many years, I will give your family a large sum of money. So, go to hell!" The daimyo fiercely used his dagger. One step further. The daimyo pulled out his dagger, pushed the waiter to the ground, and said with a ferocious face: "I want the Country of Tang to become the sixth largest country! No! It is the first, first, and largest country!" ¡°Perhaps the daimyo is planning to plot against Takaki, but he doesn¡¯t know that the so-called power is just a paper tiger in front of the top powerhouse, which can be broken with just one poke! ¡°Some people in the world pursue money, some pursue power, and some pursue fame. But some people pursue different things from others. What they look forward to is the approval of others, such as Ming.?;What they look forward to is the meaning of their existence, such as Shiro and Kimimaro. In short, there are all kinds of people in the world of Naruto, but I believe that no one does not like to be admired and loved by people they know well, even Orochimaru is not immune! Zakaki led a group of Tang ninjas to walk on the streets of Tangyin Village, accepting the praises from the people of Tangyin Village. This kind of scene can be traced back more than ten years ago. At that time, I, Orochimaru and Jiraiya returned from Suna Ninja Village with a great victory. The top management of Konoha personally led the whole village to welcome them. That scene is now unknown. It's funny even thinking about it. Although he was not in Konoha now, the love and gratitude shown in the eyes of the villagers made Zakaki think of something he had never thought of before, and that was Ninja Dao. To be honest, Zakaki has always felt that this word is very painful, and has always felt that such words are a kind of affectation or a kind of pretense, but at this moment, Zakaki suddenly feels that this word is very close to him, not really. They find tolerance in them, but it is a kind of existential value. This value is obviously linked to national justice. Once national justice is involved, they can't help but change some people or things. Maybe it is innate to human beings. The sense of responsibility may be the influence of acquired culture, but no matter what, Zakaki did have an idea in his heart, and he wanted to use his own ability to protect something, something worth protecting! I don¡¯t know why there was no such idea in Konoha back then. Maybe that kind of brilliance was all blessed by the two big guys, Jiraiya and Orochimaru, but as the master of this war, Zakaki has been given by this brilliance. "Educated"! Zakaki smiled self-deprecatingly, should he protect these people who have never had anything to do with him? Zakaki shook off these thoughts and led Tang Ninja to meet the daimyo. Looking at the gentle daimyo, Zakaki had only one thought at this moment, this guy is definitely a person! "Sir, you are indeed powerful. The menacing Kumo ninja has been defeated by your attack!" The dressed-up daimyo said with a smile and narrowed his eyes. "The Daimyo has received the award. Thanks to Yu Nin's heroic counterattack and the Daimyo's great help this time, I just borrowed flowers to offer to the Buddha." Zakaki said hypocritically, never show sincerity in front of politicians! There is no doubt that the daimyo in front of him is a ruthless character, and one can only respond to such a person with hypocrisy. "Hahaha, let's not talk about it anymore. Mr. Zakaki's hard work and achievements are obvious to all. If it weren't for Mr. Tang this time, the Kingdom of Tang would have become a vassal of the Kingdom of Thunder. As the saying goes, no thanks can be expressed for a great favor. Sir, let's go and celebrate together. This victory!" After saying this, the daimyo walked up to Takaki, took Takaki's arm, and walked together towards the celebration stage that had been prepared. ??????????? There is no resistance to the Yuno Kuni Daimyo¡¯s unripe oak wood, Oak wood is just a little curious, although a victory is indeed worthy of celebration, but it has not reached the level where the Dai Ming needs to come to the Ninja Village to celebrate the ninjas in person? Looking at the luxurious high platform and the huge crowds of people, Zakaki became even more curious. It seemed that no big name in the entire Naruto world had put such a celebration to such a level like him? Does he really have any conspiracy? Time passed by in the speeches of the daimyo and a group of officials. Although Zakaki didn't like such an occasion, those Yu ninjas listened with gusto. After all, what they said was all praise for them. As a Ninjas don't get much more exciting than this! Finally, when the celebration announced by the daimyo was over, at the invitation of the daimyo, Zakaki and several Yu Ninja captains went to the daimyo's mansion for dinner. Although he sneered at these Yuzuki, he had to say that for those Yu Ninja, the daimyo's gesture It really had the effect of winning people's hearts. Seeing the excited expressions on the faces of these captains, Zakaki felt that they were very stupid. Isn't it just a meal? As for Lehe, especially Jie, toad urine almost spurted out of her eyes! Zakaki stood on the outskirts of Tangyin Village, looking at the huge village, and smiled bitterly. The daimyo of Yu no Kuni didn't know what he was thinking. Last night he actually ran to his room in person and asked himself to be the leader of Yu Gin village again! As an outsider, you said that you want me to be the leader of Tangyin Village. Isn't this too false? Never mind him, he beat the Raikage up and got so much money! Although it¡¯s a bit tiring, it¡¯s worth it! Zakaki picked up the bankbook given by the daimyo and looked at the zeros on it. Zakaki's heart started to tremble again. Good guy, with so much money, I'm afraid the total reward from all the previous tasks can't be compared to it, right? After all, he is rich! This is our mission reward! Zakaki glanced at Tangyincun "souvenirally" and then disappeared. "Tsunade, there is news from the country of Yu that Oakwood has repelled the attack of Kumo ninja. How do you plan to deal with this matter?" Mito Kadoen, Konoha's advisor, asked Tsunade. "We have long said that Zakwood is an unstable factor and a threat to the harmony and stability of the village! He will definitely take credit for defeating Yun Ren this time. How will you deal with his identity in the future? Do you want to deny the authority of the elders? Decision?" Xiaochun said with a serious face as he turned to bed. TsunadeHe buried his head in a pile of documents without raising his head, and ignored the two people's verbosity. "Tsunade! Please pay attention to your attitude! We are consultants and have the right to intervene in the village's affairs!" With a bang, Tsunade slapped the table and yelled at the two of them: "Are you annoyed? If you beat me, you said that others threaten the stability of the village. If you beat me, do you mean to say that others will bring Konoha's face down? ?Are you still accusing me of misemploying people? You old guys always like to find trouble, what do you want? Do you have nothing to do? " "Tsunade, I know your relationship with Takashi, but it is about the foundation of Konoha. I hope you won't be emotional. Takaki's incident is a time bomb. Although the Uchiha clan has been destroyed, it does not mean that the bad incident will happen. They were destroyed together in the hearts of other elders. At first, many families had a negative attitude towards Takaki. If Takaki gains power in Konoha, it will cause panic. You should understand!" When Koharu went to bed, he saw Tsunade getting angry and calmed down. He said with a retrograde look on his face. "And now there are people who don't like Oakwood staying in Konoha. That is not conducive to your management. We are doing this for your own good!" Mito Kadoyan nodded. "You mean that old guy Danzo? Huh! It's not his turn to make the decision in Konoha yet! Don't worry, I know what to do -" Tsunade sat on the chair, waved to the two advisors, and secretly made up her mind. Idea: The oak wood must be protected no matter what, even if it means falling out with the elders! Now that Konoha has become like this, there may be someone who is deliberately unscrupulous. After this incident, Oakwood may also be a deterrent in Konoha, right? ; Text Chapter 154 The Three Pillars of Konoha Those who are close to vermilion are red, those who are close to ink are black, and those who are close to tortoise are turtles! Zakaki looked at Jiraiya and Naruto in the distance staring at a scantily clad beauty, and these words flashed through his mind. Everyone knows that Jiraiya is horny, but Naruto, who has only been with him for a short period of time, actually fell in love with this! Could it be that Jiraiya, an unscrupulous master, taught him this? That's not right, Naruto was a pervert when he was very young, and he developed a seduction technique at such a young age! Is this kid really a lecher? Zakaki suddenly came to Jiraiya and Naruto's side, like ghosts: "Jiraiya, Naruto, what are you looking at?" "Wow -" Jiraiya and Naruto were so frightened that their limbs trembled and they screamed. Jiraiya pretended to be calm and said seriously: "Ozaki, why are you back? Didn't you go to the Country of Yu?" "Oh, you lustful sage, why do you look like a ghost?" Naruto yelled at Zakaki. "Hahaha - I'm sorry, I just saw you two looking so absorbed, so I came to take a look out of curiosity. By the way, what were you looking at just now?" Zakaki pretended to be confused, pretending to understand. "Hehehe, lustful immortal, you are late! That sister just now, - wuwu -" before Naruto could finish his words, Jiraiya covered his mouth and kept kicking him with his hands and feet. Obviously, Jiraiya wanted to cover up his ugly behavior, perhaps because he was afraid that Zakaki would scold him for misleading his disciples. "Hahaha - Zakaki, are you looking for something from us?" Zakaki looked at Jiraiya with a smirk on his face, "Hehehe, it's nothing, it's just a coincidence!" "That's it! Let's go and have a drink. It looks like you have completed the task. You must have gained a lot of benefits, right? I remember that Tang Country is very rich! Yoyoyo, this time you We're going to treat you!" Jiraiya threw Naruto away and looked like he was going to make Zakaki bleed profusely. Zakaki looked at Jiraiya with contempt and cursed angrily: "You bastard, last time you peeked at someone else's bath and implicated me, you made Naruto, that brat, call me a lecherous immortal. I was wronged. Not unfair? You have the nerve to let me treat you!" "Ouch, my Lord Takaki, you are stingy and you still change the topic, and you still want to hide after getting so many benefits. Are you too stingy?" Jiraiya crossed his arms, raised his head and squinted at Takaki. "Hey, hey, hey, I said you two lecherous two immortals, what are you mumbling about?" Naruto pouted. Suddenly, Naruto jumped up from the ground, pointed at Jiraiya's nose and shouted: "Pay me back, Pay it back! Last time you went out to have fun and spent all my savings, this lustful immortal also saw it! Pay it back to me!" "Um - Naruto, do you remember the three taboos of ninjas? Money is the root of all evil! Children are not allowed to take so much money. Come on, take this!" Jiraiya took out a card from his pocket The green banknote was handed to Naruto. "What? Only five hundred taels? Don't do it! Pay me back, pay me back!" Naruto shouted, holding Jiraiya's arm. "Hey, ask Zakaki, is what I said true?" Jiraiya was impatient with Naruto, so he threw the package to Zakaki and winked at him. Jiraiya's faint trick seemed to have an effect. Naruto stopped collecting debts and looked at Zakaki with confusion on his face. "This, that, actually -" Zakaki glared at Jiraiya and scratched the back of his head, his face full of embarrassment. Only Jiraiya could do such a bad thing like defrauding children of money! At this moment, an ANBU with a cat face appeared in front of the three of them: "Mr. Oak, Master Jiraiya and Master Hokage are here to invite us!" "Oh my, what a coincidence. Look, Naruto, Tsunade has something to discuss with me and Zakaki. Let's talk about the three forbidden ninjas next time. Then I'll go first!" Jiraiya didn't even look at it. After looking at Zakaki and Naruto, they disappeared directly. "Huh? Why doesn't he go with you?" Naruto said, pointing to the place where Jiraiya disappeared. "Naruto, let me tell you, don't listen to Jiraiya's nonsense. He just doesn't want to pay you back! This guy is extremely stingy. It's harder to let him treat you once than to kill him. If he doesn't pay back the money next time, you'll do it. This old boy will definitely fall for the seduction technique!" Zakaki smiled sinisterly and said to Naruto. "Oh - good idea, why didn't I think of it? You are indeed a lustful immortal!" Naruto gave a thumbs up to Zakaki. The ANBU ninja who was kneeling on one knee heard the conversation between Zakaki and Naruto, and a black line fell on his forehead. Oakwood said goodbye to Naruto, and appeared in the Hokage's office in a few flashes. In the office, there was only Jiraiya who was looking at the past Hokage, but there was no Tsunade. Zaki walked to Jiraiya and patted him on the shoulder, "What? Are you also interested in this position?" "Go! I'm too lazy to do such an annoying job! That's Gang?, I was born into such a miserable life! "Jiraiya said rather disdainfully. "Really? Jiraiya, your life is too comfortable! Do you know how many documents I have to deal with every day? The position of ANBU minister is still vacant!" Tsunade walked in from the door and faced Jiraiya He also said coldly. "Hahaha - what, Oakwood, the weather is really good today!" Jiraiya said with a sigh. "I think what Tsunade said makes sense." Zakaki nodded and said. "Hey, hey, I said you are too ungrateful, right? Who invited you to drink the wine you drank last month?" Jiraiya looked at Zakaki with an angry look. "You have the nerve to talk to me about a treat? You treat me once, and I treat you five times! Every time you pretend to be drunk and don't pay, you think I don't know? Just don't mention it, it makes me angry when you mention it ! You said you are also a big shot, why are you so stingy? How can you breed babies if you put the money there?" Zakaki roared at Jiraiya. "That's enough! Why are you arguing? I didn't ask you two to come here to see you talk about these trivial things!" Tsunade's roar directly shocked Jiraiya who was about to fight back. Tsunade let out a breath and said seriously Said: "You all know about the attack of Itachi Uchiha and Kisame Ingakaki, and you are also at war with them. Their target is the Nine-Tails in Naruto's body, and the organization they belong to called Akatsuki seems to have an ulterior secret. These actions and secrets will definitely threaten the security of Konoha! Jiraiya, we know too little about their intelligence, so we leave this matter to you!" Jiraiya nodded, "Well, you're right, their target is Naruto, so Naruto's safety cannot be guaranteed. It's fine in the village, but if you meet them outside, you will -" "Naruto's safety is probably not a big problem. After all, most of their missions are in Konoha or the Land of Fire. I think there may be some problems with the Uchiha orphan?" Zakaki thought of Sasuke and remembered Did he defect during this time? I can't say I like the number two male protagonist Zakaki, nor can I say I hate him. I just feel unworthy of his miserable brother. He has paid so much for his second-rate brother! If something can be changed, maybe everyone can really be happy. Of course, Zakaki knows that this is impossible. Not to mention his revengeful heart that has already gone deep into hell, even if he is faced with the temptation of Orochimaru's gift of strength, he may not be able to resist it. If you can't help it, wanting him to stay in Konoha will be even harder than reaching the sky! Speaking of which, do you want to save Orochimaru in the future? This is really a question worth thinking about. "I've also noticed that Uchiha brat. How can things that have been buried in my heart be dug out so easily? But that's not important anymore! Zakaki, you came back from Untang Battlefield and defeated the Raikage. For What do you think of their current strength?" Tsunade crossed her hands and sat on the chair and said. "I don't know what you think, but I can guarantee that it will definitely be better than the current Konoha!" Zakaki said with a shrug. Jiraiya rolled his eyes, touched his chin, and looked at Zakaki disdainfully, "Nonsense! It must be better than Konoha now! I do have some opinions!" The oak wood is a knot of anger. Tsunade nodded to Jiraiya and said, "You must have some ideas after traveling around all these years. Let's talk about it!" Jiraiya continued to touch his chin, pretending to think: "Kumo Hidden Village is stronger than Konoha!" Then he kept nodding. "Is there more?" Tsunade clenched her fists tightly and lowered her head and said. "What else? What else?" Jiraiya looked at Tsunade and Zakaki in confusion. "Holy shit!" Zakaki couldn't help but raise his middle finger to Jiraiya. Tsunade was even more exaggerated, punching Jiraiya directly in the face. Jiraiya turned into a big character on the wall, and then slowly slid down the wall. Tsunade calmed down the anger in her heart and said sternly to Zakaki: "Zakaki, the elders have a problem with you!" "Ok, I know!" Tsunade walked up to the portraits of past Hokages, kicked away Jiraiya who had just been beaten by her, and said loudly: "Konoha can't stand the tossing of these old stubborns now, so no matter what opinions they have, keep them all!" ¡°But¡ª¡ª¡± Zakaki wanted to say something. Jiraiya got up from the ground and said with a righteous face: "There is nothing! Tsunade is right, Konoha can't stand their torture anymore!" "Well, Oak! I know what you mean, but don't forget who you, me, and Jiraiya are! If they really dare to do something, the three of us are not vegetarians!" Tsunade let out a trace Murderous, he said coldly. "Well said! It seems that we haven't taken action for too long, and many people have forgotten us! Sometimes??It is necessary to come up with something exciting! "Jiraiya also sneered. "Bang bang bang", the door of the office was opened, and a ninja wearing a mask and a vest walked in, it was Hatake Kakashi. Kakashi looked at the three bosses who were discussing something, and said with some embarrassment: "What a pity, I disturbed the enjoyment of three adults!" "Kakashi, what can you do?" Tsunade said. "Haha, it's nothing. I'm just here to hand over the task." Kakashi looked at the sunlight shining into the room from the window and imprinting on the three of them. The faint radiance made Kakashi feel very at ease. At this time, Kakashi thought I found something, a "pillar". Maybe these three are the current pillars of Konoha! ; Text Chapter 155: Don¡¯t give face With a sharp blade in his possession, he must have a murderous intention. This was the first feeling that Zakaki felt when he saw two Anbu holding long swords. Although Zakaki didn't know anything about prophecies, his many years of ninja career told him that the two ANBU in front of him had evil intentions. The ANBU on the right saluted to Oak and said, "Master Oak, Danzo-sama invites you." Oakwood looked at the slightly twitching fingers of the ANBU on the left, then looked at the ANBU on the right who had already taken a defensive posture, frowned and said, "Mr. Danzo, what do you want from me?" "Sir Tsubasa, Danzo-sama has invited me, please move over!" The ANBU on the right did not answer Tsubasa's words, but instead put his right hand behind his back. "Hmph! Do you want to do something in the village?" Zakaki said displeased. The ANBU on the left who had been silent at first spoke up: "Mr. Oakwood, we have no intention of fighting with you. We just received an order to ask you to see Mr. Danzo. We hope you will cooperate!" Oakwood naturally knows what Danzo means. With the strength of these two people, they are far from his opponents. Even if he wants to leave these two people, he can't even think of touching a hair. Danzo's move is forcing himself to take sides, and his move also shows his superb political skills! The actions of the two Anbu were important, but what was more important was Tsubasa's attitude. To take action or not to take action, to go or not to go, taking action means complete opposition to Danzo; not taking action means still hesitating, but mostly leaning towards Danzo; not going but not taking action also means hesitating, but leaning towards Tsunade. Most of them; going away means that Oakwood will move closer to Danzo. And Oakwood must choose one of these four options, which means Oakwood must take a stand! Zuomu remembered that when Danzo gave him the method of using the Sharingan, Danzo understood what Danzo meant at that time, and it was nothing more than to win over Zuoki and use it for him. Now is different from the beginning. At the time, Tsubasa had every reason to turn to Danzo's side, but it is different now. First of all, Tsubasa's brother is dead, which means that Tsubasa doesn't have much concern in Konoha, and there is no There are too many entangled interests, and although not many people know about the relationship between Tsunade and Tsunade, since the Third Generation can know it, how could Danzo, who values ??intelligence, not know it? Tsunade is now the Hokage, so it seems that Tsunade will side with Tsunade without hesitation! But as a hawk, Danzo still believes that Oak is a good chess piece and a chess piece that can be used! That¡¯s why such a drama was introduced! But those chess players who think they are manipulating others never imagined that the chess pieces could in turn control the players! "No, down below!" the ANBU on the right suddenly shouted loudly, and then jumped into the air In a dark basement "Take root, what's your impression of oak wood?" An old man wearing a bandage and leaning on a cane said to the strangely dressed man next to him. The man who was called the root thought for a while, and then said: "Danzo-sama, this person is unfathomable!" Aburame Takene, a member of the Aburame family of Konoha, was originally named Aburame Zhiyan. Later, she was ostracized by other family members because she violated the family's taboo. Finally, she was appreciated by Danzo and joined the roots. The reason why Aburame Tune was questioned by Danzo was because he was once a member of the Takashi team and had some understanding of Takashi's strength and character. Danzo was not surprised by Takegen's answer. He just sneered and seemed to be saying to himself, "Unfathomable! Humph! It depends on how you choose? I hope you won't stand on the wrong team, otherwise -" Tochigi twisted a dark part in one hand. Originally, Tochigi thought that the two were at least a special forbearance, but when they played, they knew that these two were Zhong Ni! Zakaki suddenly felt that Danzo was amazing. He could brainwash his subordinates to such an extent that he knew that their abilities were vastly different, but he still dared to attack him! Zakaki looked at the two Anbu who had been knocked unconscious by him, and ran towards the root. For Danzo, Oakwood still somewhat admires him. Although his methods of doing things tend to be dark, that cannot erase his patriotism. I believe he will love Konoha no less than the third generation, and his political principles and Nagato is very similar, Nagato is a nuclear deterrent, and he wants to unify the ninja world and gain peace. From some angles, Nagato and Danzo's method is closer to reality. How Naruto reformed the entire world, Zakaki doesn't know, but Zakaki knows that Naruto's method of eliminating hatred is more like a utopia. ideal. Wherever there are people, there will be struggle, and where there is struggle, there will be resentment. Everyone's living environment is different, which will also lead to differences in personality. The result of this difference is complementarity or gaps between people. It is impossible to let each other The world of Naruto has become a communist world. Even if there will still be resentment in the communist world, that means that the disappearance of hatred is impossible! All in all, Naruto's solution is too wonderful! After a while, Takaki arrived at Danzo's lair. Takaki carried the two ANBU to Danzo's office while Danzo's other subordinates looked at him in confusion. He conveniently left the two ANBU on the ground and opened the door. Went in. The first thing that catches the eye is the evil image of Danzo. Danzo is sitting on a chair.He had his eyes closed, as if taking a nap. "Mr. Danzo, what do you want from me?" Zakaki said with a smile at Danzo. "Hehehe, Oakwood, I didn't expect you to have grown to this point! You are worthy of the name of a genius!" Danzo said without opening his only exposed eye. "Mr. Danzo, thank you for the award. You must not be talking to me about this, right?" "Well, Oakwood, since you are here, it means that you are still very conscious, although there are some problems in the way!" Danzo glanced at the two Anbu who fell in front of the door and said. "Sir, if you have anything to say, just say it!" Zakaki said with a frown. "Oakaki, you also know that with the current state of Konoha, the policies of the Third Generation and Tsunade are problematic. What we want is more land and stronger military power! Their kind of moderate policy is undoubtedly ridiculous and childish. !" Danzo said disdainfully. "maybe¡ª¡ª" "Well, Oakwood, the current situation in Konoha is undoubtedly caused by the weakness of the third generation, and there are people who continue to change this situation!" Danzo picked up the crutch next to him and stood up. "Mr. Danzo, I am no longer a ninja, so I am not very interested in these things. Besides, I think Konoha is very good and energetic now!" After hearing what Zakaki said, Danzo's eyes widened, and he felt a faint murderous intention, "Humph!¡ª¡ª" "Mr. Danzo, I still agree with some of your views, but there are some things that I cannot control!" "Ozaki, you can't be safe in Konoha just because you have Tsunade's protection!" "Mr. Danzo, first of all, I want to thank you for giving me how to use the Sharingan. Secondly, I want to tell you something: Although I, Takaki, am not a big shot, I don't need Tsunade's protection!" Takaki completely said I was really angry at what Danzo said. No matter how you say you are a strong man, there is no way you can tolerate Danzo's repeated disrespect. Don't think that just because you are a few years older, you can treat everyone else as a meal! "good very good¡ª¡ª" Zakaki turned around and walked straight out the door. At first, Zakaki came with the attitude of not wanting to offend Danzo, but not showing weakness, so those two ANBU ninjas were beaten up by Zakaki, but this Danzo really thought that he was weak and could be bullied. , there is nothing to talk about such people! Do you really think I'm afraid of an old man like you who wants to die? It¡¯s really shameless! Danzo watched Asaki striding away, the murderous aura in his body getting stronger and stronger, "Since you don't want to take sides, then Konoha doesn't need people like you!" ps: I¡¯m so tired today. I rushed through a chapter. The writing may not be good, but I hope you¡¯ll forgive me. ; Text Chapter 156 Rescue Sasuke Zakaki and Anko were walking on the street chatting, but they made things difficult for our Zakaki-kun. Anko held Takaki's hand and kept shaking Takaki's arms like a lover. The clothes made of silk mesh seemed unable to restrain the big bun on her chest. The arms going back and forth naturally inevitably hit her. The place to touch. Maybe it¡¯s Hongdou¡¯s natural nerve, but the sensitivity she should have was simply ignored! To be honest, Zakaki didn't want to be so close to Anko in public, because it would make him feel very sorry for Yumi. If in private¡ª¡ª "Zakaki, can we get married?" Hongdou said in a nonchalant manner. "This - that - actually -" Zakaki wiped the cold sweat from his head and stammered. ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? off out of nowhere. Hongdou¡¯s roar was so good that everyone shifted their focus to Zakaki and Hongdou. The passers-by looked at Zakaki with disdain in their eyes, and that kind of look was clearly reserved for a heartless man. Zakaki looked at Anko standing opposite him with her hands on her waist, looking like a dominatrix. What was even more irritating was that she was still chattering incessantly, saying that she didn't want her, was irresponsible, and would just finish her work. Wanting to slap his butt and leave, everyone who listened to Hongdou's nagging looked at Zakaki with even more disdain, and some even started to point fingers at Zakaki. At this moment, Zakaki really wanted to find a hole in the ground to drill down! Zakaki pulled Anko over and started running a marathon on the street. "Anko, when have I ever taken advantage of you?" Zakaki yelled at Anko breathlessly. Hongdou first glanced at Zakaki angrily, but when he was about to retort, he lowered his head, turned around slowly, and walked in the opposite direction, his figure full of loneliness and loneliness. The breeze blew, and Zakaki's heart suddenly trembled. Looking at Hongdou's back, he suddenly remembered the short figure sitting next to him in class, the little Hongdou who led him around when Morimu died, and the one who almost died with him. Several figures of the kissing greedy girl gradually merged together and turned into the fading figure in front of them. Occasionally, Zakaki suddenly shouted: "Red bean!" Hearing Zakaki's voice, Anko stopped and stood not far away, with her back to Zakaki and said sadly: "I know that I am a disgusting person, and I also know that no one will like a girl like me. , I also know that everyone is avoiding me! But I don¡¯t care about all this. If people hate me, I can try to change it and make people recognize me. If no one likes me, I don¡¯t have to marry. If they avoid me, I can not appear in front of them. . But do you also hate me, dislike me, and avoid me? Although I didn¡¯t have many friends when I was a child, I always thought that there was one person who would be my good friend. It doesn¡¯t matter to me if no one likes me when I grow up. Because there is always a person in my heart that I miss a little bit. Now I realize how stupid I am, how stupid!" Zakaki looked at Anko's twitching body, and suddenly felt a sore nose. He slowly walked to Anko, held her shoulders, slowly held her in his arms, and said with a smile: "No one hates you or avoids you! " Hongdou felt a strong arm hugging her from behind. She resisted with inertia, but was stopped by the other party even more powerfully. When she smelled the familiar scent, she stopped struggling. She had been holding back. The tears that didn't fall flowed out directly. Zakaki turned Anko's body around, wiped away her tears, and said with a smile: "Haha, silly girl, no matter what others think of you, no matter how others hide from you, I will never do it! I will protect you of!" Hong Dou stared at Zakaki with big eyes, hugged Zakaki fiercely, and cried. Zakaki held two pieces of soft meat on his chest and touched Anko's head. No matter how strong a woman is, she always has a weak side. Maybe Anko is a carefree and frizzy ninja in the eyes of others, or a person who is always ready to take action. A murderous terrorist, but so what? After all, she is still a woman! "Stop crying, it will be really ugly if others see it! Come on, I'll take you to eat meatballs!" "Really?" Hong Dou pushed Zakaki away and said excitedly. Zakaki looked at Anko with a dark look on his face, isn¡¯t this gap too big? Hokage's Office "Oakaki, Sasuke was taken away!" Tsunade crossed her hands and said worriedly while sitting on the chair. "take away?" "Well, the person here is from the Sound Ninja Village. According to the information sent by Konoha, he also participated in Konoha's destruction plan. Sasuke is Orochimaru's target. It is estimated that they were sent by Orochimaru this time!" Tsunade mentioned Orochimaru. When I took the pill, my eyebrows jumped involuntarily, I don't know why.The reason for Snake Pill is still the reason for breaking the rope tree. "Tell me, what do you want me to do?" Zakaki shrugged and said helplessly. "Asshole, don't do this! Why don't you come out and do something for the village when you are so busy every day? Let's not talk about this! This time I have asked Shikamaru, Naruto, Neji, Choji and Ya A temporary team was formed to pursue and recover Sasuke! But I was afraid that I was not strong enough, so I asked Xiao Li, who had just recovered, to go to support him!" Tsunade said with a guilty conscience. "Tsunade, even though the village doesn't have enough manpower, you can't mess around, right?" Zakaki frowned. Even though he knew there was such a thing, when Tsunade said it herself, she still thought she was too crazy! Many people have seen the strength of the four people. Although they did not appear much in the Konoha Collapse Plan, since they are so highly used by Orochimaru, how can their strength be simple? Although the five Xiaoqiang have the strength of Chunin, where are their opponents? In the end, if Suna Ninja hadn't arrived in time, several people would have died! "I know, that's why I found you! Now there is no one suitable to support you in the village except you! Who knows if Orochimaru will go there in person! If we can't get away from here, I really want to go and pick up the snake myself Nest!" Tsunade said a little annoyed. "Well, I know! I'm leaving now!" Zakaki said and was about to leave. "Wait a minute! You are not the only one on this mission!" Tsunade called to Zakaki. "Who else? Come on, tell me, time waits for no one!" Zakaki said impatiently. "Red bean!" "Why?" "Although your strength is not a problem, Kos has to ensure that many people come back safely. Orochimaru's subordinates are not simple. I'm afraid you can't handle it alone. Only Anko has time in the village now, and for Orochimaru Anko is the most important person. It¡¯s perfect!¡± "Are you kidding? Orochimaru also hurt Anko not long ago!" "Do you still want me to talk nonsense? Orochimaru will not kill Anko! The village is already like this, do you want the village to lose more people?" "Forget it! I'm leaving!" After saying that, Zakaki disappeared. Tsunade naturally understands what Tsunade means. Konoha is currently in urgent need of ninja resources. The average Jonin will definitely give food to Orochimaru. The relationship between Anko and Orochimaru does not need to be elaborated. In the early years, Anko was not killed during the Chunin exam. If you don¡¯t kill Hongdou, you still won¡¯t kill Hongdou this time. This is what Tsunade had planned! ; Text Chapter 157 Stubborn Choji "Hey, Zakaki, can you hurry up?" Anko yelled at Zakaki behind her. "Why are you in such a hurry? Our speed is already very fast!" Zakaki muttered. Tsunade asked Anko to chase Sasuke with her, but Anko ran desperately as if she had taken the wrong medicine. In fact, Zakaki, who knew the plot, was not too worried. Although several Xiaoqiang almost died, they all returned to Konoha in the end. Zakaki was a little anxious at first, but when he saw the anxious Anko, he was no longer anxious. The reason is very simple. Ninjas who have not experienced the test of life and death will never become strong. If they arrive earlier, doesn't that mean they will lose an excellent opportunity for experience? Perhaps such a scene is more conducive to their growth! "Asshole! Don't you know whose subordinates those sound ninjas are? Even with the strength of those people, I may not be sure of victory! How can these brats be their opponents? They are the hope of Konoha and the one we want. Protectors, I absolutely cannot let them suffer damage here!" Hongdou speeded up again. "By the way, are you familiar with them?" Zakaki looked at Anko and said with a smile. "Speaking of which, they can be considered my students. I was the invigilator during the Chunin Exam. Don't you know that?" Anko said impatiently. "But this doesn't have much to do with you saving them, does it?" "There's so much nonsense over there? Come on, isn't there your nephew? Aren't you worried?" "It's not that I'm not worried, it's that I believe in them! I believe that they won't lose their lives! I also believe that they will achieve great achievements in the future!" Zakaki said confidently, thinking of Naruto's gang of weaklings "The art of partial doubling, hands!" A little fat man in green clothes quickly enlarged his hand and patted a big fat man covered in ink. "Ah¡ª¡ª" The big fat man screamed and was knocked into the ground. Then the little fat man's body began to grow bigger, and he pressed hard towards the big fat man like a small mountain. However, this time the big fat man was not as bad as before. The ink just now suddenly spread all over the body, and then the big fat man The whole body turned earthy red. The big fat man roared, and raised a hill of unknown tonnage, "High-five!" With a bang, the hill was blown away, and with another bang, the hill turned into a ball of gas in the air, and then a figure He fell heavily from the air to the ground. The big fat man is Chojiro of the Four, and the little fat man is naturally Choji of the Twelve Xiaoqiang. "Damn Konoha bastard. You actually forced me to use the Curse Seal 2 state. You must know that this consumes a lot of chakra. In this case, I will take the remaining chakra from you!" Jirobo said and pressed his hand on Choji. On his head, Choji's chakra rushed towards Jirobo's body at a speed visible to the naked eye. "Don't worry, I won't let you die alone. I'll ask your idiot captain and a bunch of bastard teammates to accompany you later!" After that, Jirobo grabbed Choji's last snack and died. Stepping hard on Choji's belly. After Jirobo finished the last bite of snacks, he muttered: "There's only so much left! It's such a bad luck to meet a piece of trash like you! Are all the people in Konoha trash? Send someone like you here!" Choji looked at Jirobo with an angry face. Maybe it was nothing to snatch his last bite of food and call himself a fat pig, but he dared to insult my best friend Shikamaru and his own village. This is unforgivable! It¡¯s unforgivable! Even if it means risking my own life, I will kill him! In this case, let's eat the last chili pepper pill - Shikamaru, I'm sorry, I can't catch up! Are you going to die this time? Choji took out the last chili pill and opened the lid. Just when he was about to stuff the chili pill into his mouth, a familiar voice rang: "Everything in Konoha is trash, so am I also trash?" Jirobo and Choji turned their heads together and saw a muscular man and a woman wearing a cloak and mesh underwear standing opposite them. It was Anko and Zakaki who came to support. Zakaki looked at Choji at the feet of Jirobo, and couldn't help but feel a burst of anger in his heart. Choji's father, Dingza, and he were close friends. Although he had not had much contact with him when he was wandering around in the past few years, he returned to Konoha and his old friend. The Ino Lu Die of the same generation still often chatted together, especially the Akimichi family. Moriki's teacher was Akimichi Tano, and his partner at that time was Akimichi Tano. Not to mention his relationship with Ding Zao. When Moriki asked him to formulate the industry, then Several shops are all contributed by Dingzuo! He has a close relationship with the Akimichi family. In addition, in his previous life, he liked the somewhat dull Choji very much, so at this moment, Zakaki began to cast murderous intent on Jirobo. Jirobo retracted his feet and looked timidly at Soaki. Of course, Jirobo knew this person. When he was a guest in the Oto Ninja Village, Master Orochimaru almost killed Kidomaru because he offended Soaki. Thanks to Kabuto's intercession. talentTo avoid this difficulty, he has seen Zakaki's strength before, and his own methods are not enough to stop him! Even though he was in the second state of Curse Seal, he still felt like a small boat struggling in the strong wind and waves amidst Zakaki's murderous intent. Jirobo forcibly raised his head and saw the disdainful look on Zakaki's face. He felt angry in his heart. Am I so unbearable that I have to succumb to him? Defeat without a fight - No, I can't lose Orochimaru-sama's majesty and let others look down upon him! "Escape, Earthen Dumpling!" The ground began to collapse, and the trees on both sides began to collapse. Jirobo raised a large bumpkin and smashed it in the direction of the oak tree. "You are not overestimating your abilities! Are you playing earth escape in front of me? Anko, you go take care of Choji, and I will teach Orochimaru a lesson for this kid!" Zakaki said to Anko behind him. "Yeah!" Anko dodged past Tu Ling Dango, and then came to Choji's side. "Tu Ling Tuan Zi, rock giant!" Just when Tu Ling Tuan Zi was approaching the oak tree, a five-meter-tall stone giant grew out of the ground and slapped the Tu Ling Tuan Zi flying towards him. With a bang, Tu Ling Tuan Zi was knocked out. Everything turned into pieces. After the rock giant succeeded in one blow, he strode to Jirobo's side and punched Jirobo, which made a large pit more than two meters wide in the ground. Jirobo looked at the big pit and was a little thankful for his keen intuition beforehand. After the Tuling Danzi attack just now, Jirobo hurriedly changed his position as a precaution against strong men. Sure enough - if he was attacked by this giant, he would definitely be penetrated. Belly rotten. Just when Jirobo was rejoicing, the rock giant had locked onto him. The rock giant opened its mouth and aimed a mud bomb at Jirobo. There was no doubt that this was just a series of blows in the blink of an eye. Where was Jirobo? What level of people can resist? The mud bombs lived up to their expectations and hit Jirobo. Jirobo himself also lost his combat effectiveness under the attack of the mud bombs. Tsubasa looked at Jirobo who had fallen and didn't do anything again. In fact, after all, Jirobo was only fourteen or fifteen years old. He gained unfair power with Orochimaru's second-rate tricks. In fact, Tsubasa didn't bother to go to someone like him. Kill him. After all, he and Choji had just fought. It would be too rude to take advantage of others' danger. After all, he is also a senior! Zakaki came to Choci, touched the little fat man's head, smiled and said, "Are you okay?" Dingci stood up slowly with the support of Anko, and said to Zakaki: "Thank you, Uncle Zakaki, and Teacher Anko." "Thank you for what? That's what we should do!" Hongdou said. Choji pushed Anko¡¯s hand away and walked forward crookedly. "Chouji, what are you doing? You are seriously injured!" Anko asked in confusion. "Uncle Takaki, Anko-sensei, Shikamaru and the others are still waiting for me. I have to catch up with them, otherwise Shikamaru will be worried!" Choji turned his head and smiled at Takaki and Anko. Zakaki looked at the little fat man, and his heart warmed, and he suddenly thought of Sandai. Although the old guy Sandai was a little weak in the later period, the will he brought to Konoha's group of brats was something Konoha didn't have before! Perhaps it is the three generations that have contributed to the tenacity and self-confidence of this generation of young heroes! After a while, Dingji felt a little exhausted, but when he walked to a tree, he started crying. Zakaki and Anko rushed over together, and then they saw the words carved on the tree, "Hurry up and catch up, Naruto" "Everyone is waiting for you, Ya" and there is an arrow at the top, that must be It was Shikamaru. "Uncle Oakwood, dad is right, there will always be someone who will pay attention to me and become my friend! Now I have many friends, Naruto, Kiba, and Shikamaru! They all believe in me!" Ding He said with a choked voice. "Hehehe, of course, you and your father are very similar. Doesn't your father also have many friends? Like me!" Zakaki touched Choji's head and said with a smile. "Oakaki, watch Choji here and go chase those brats!" Before Anko could speak, she jumped onto the big tree and rushed towards the distance. ; Text Chapter 158 Let Kimimaro go Zakaki looked at the unconscious Neji and sighed. There were dozens of wounds all over his body. The lower right side of his abdomen and the lower part of his left shoulder were directly pierced. The fallen Neji held his forehead protector in his hand, which was reflected in the sun. The green caged bird curse mark showed a touch of satisfaction on his handsome face, perhaps a kind of relief after defeating his opponent. Oakwood kicked Kidomaru who was not far away from Neji, "Hey, hey, are you dead?" Kidomaru is really interesting. He has six arms. Is it a genetic mutation? Nezha, the great god of Santanhaihui, has three heads and six arms. This kid has six arms, but he still lacks two heads! But then again, where did Orochimaru collect such strange people? Not to mention, Orochimaru really has a trick! Oakwood let Neji settle down for a while and then continued to rush forward. First it was Choji, then Neji, and soon Shikamaru. Choji was rescued by the medical team that arrived. I believe that the medical ninja will arrive soon, and Ningji will be fine. The first thing now is to rush to another battlefield. Anko didn't seem to have met Shikamaru. At this moment, she rushed directly to the battlefield between Xiao Li and Kimimaro. However, what surprised her was that there was another figure on the battlefield. It was my love who was chased by Sasuke during the Chunin Exam. Luo, Hongdou walked up and found that Zakmu's precious nephew, Xiao Li, was already showing off. "Examiner Hongdou, why are you here?" Xiao Li said looking at Hongdou walking in this direction. Gaara nodded to Anko as a greeting. "Well, Lord Hokage is here to support me, but why is Suna Ninja here?" Anko looked at Gaara and asked in confusion. "We are also here to support." Gaara said coolly. "Since Hokage-sama has already sent us, why do we still need you to support us? Don't you believe me and Zakaki?" Anko said angrily. "We should have come first. The Hokage didn't tell you about our coming when we came!" Gaara explained. "That's right! But who is this person with his bones exposed in front of him?" Anko pointed at Kimimaro and said. "That man was sent by Orochimaru for support. His ability is his bones. He is very powerful!" Xiao Li looked at Kimimaro and said cautiously. "Oh, that's it! What about Naruto and Sasuke?" Anko then remembered that there were two more people. "Naruto has already gone after Sasuke! Sasuke seems to have defected!" Xiao Li said with some disappointment. "That's it! You go find Naruto, leave this guy to me!" Anko pointed at Kimimaro, who was covered in bones. "Latent Shadow Snake Hand!" Anko didn't show any courtesy before attacking, she just hit Kimimaro with a big move. Two snakes quickly sprang out from his sleeves and bit into Kimimaro's direction. But how could Kimimaro be so stupid as to open his body for you to bite? Kimimaro dodged a big snake and swung the bone spur in his hand downwards, directly scratching the snake's body. However, the snake's skin was hard and the bone spur did not cut off the snake's head. When Kimimaro saw that the blow failed, he stepped on his toes. , leaning forward slightly, dodged another blow. Kimimaro watched the snake head turn back again, frowned, and jumped out of the attack range of the latent snake hand. "Wait! Your moves seem to belong to Orochimaru-sama. What is your relationship with Orochimaru-sama?" Kimimaro stood not far away and asked Anko. "Hmph! What does that guy have to do with me? I just want to kill him now! The snakes will ravage him!" Anko said no more, and released more than a dozen snakes from her hands, rushing towards Kimimaro crazily. . Anko also took out a kunai and ran towards Kimimaro's direction. "Even though I'm disrespectful to Orochimaru-sama, it's unforgivable! Karamatsu Dance!" Kimimaro's whole body began to spin crazily, and the bone spurs on his front and back directly broke the attacking Orochi. Kimimaro stretched out his hands and faced Hong Dou shouted in the direction: "Ten fingers pierce the bullet!" Seeing that the big snake failed, Hongdou suddenly felt something was wrong when he was about to use the powerful fireball technique. He saw a group of small dots shooting towards him at high speed. Anko dodged left and right to avoid this wave of attacks, but the next wave of attacks came again. Hong Dou managed to avoid a few of them, but the ones behind them directly attacked Hong Dou's blind spot. Obviously she couldn't dodge them! Anko lowered her body, trying to avoid the blow to her vitals, but when she saw the bullet scraping the air, Anko knew that she would definitely lose her fighting power this time! Too underestimated! Sure enough, a bone bullet hit Hong Dou's calf. Hong Dou felt heartbreaking pain in her calf. Looking at the remaining bone bullets, she knew it was over! Just when Hong Dou was secretly worried, a wall blocked in front of Hong Dou and intercepted the remaining bone bullets. When Anko saw the sand wall in front of her, she ducked to Gaara and Xiao Li, covered her wound and said awkwardly: "Well, I was a little careless!"   Gaara and Xiao Li looked at Anko with sweat on their faces. Gaara walked forward, crossed his arms, and said coldly: "My ability may be able to restrain him, let me do it!" Anko looked at Gaara's stinky look and said with some disdain: "Boy, let me tell you, I did it on purpose! Xiao Li, do you think so?" "This! Right - but by the way, are you okay?" Xiao Li scratched the back of her head and said humbly. I really don't know what she was thinking. If it weren't for Gaara, I'm afraid her life would be in danger. It seems that the person who was fighting just now was not She is the same! "Of course I'm fine, it's just a minor injury! Don't you believe me?" Hongdou took out a kunai and said to Xiao Li. "No - look, Gaara and that guy are fighting!" Xiao Li said, pointing at Gaara and Kimimaro. Gaara's sand began to flow out of the gourd and rushed in the direction of Kimimaro, and some of the sand flowed into the ground. He probably wanted to create a home field advantage. Sure enough, Kimimaro dodged the attack for a while and was defeated. The sand below was bound, and a rain of sand formed in the sky at some point. Then the sand began to surround Kimimaro, and the whole Kimimaro was like a sand dumpling! "It seems that this brat from Sand Country still has some skills!" A few drops of cold sweat flowed from Anko's painful face, but she was still trying to be strong. "Look! That guy is out! What's that on his face?" Xiao Li said, pointing to Kimimaro who came out of the package. Neither Gaara nor Anko answered Xiao Li's words. Anko knew what it was and was in surprise. Gaara was preparing to use his powerful move, and sure enough, rows of sand waves began to gather around Gaara, and the sand waves began to beat up and down continuously, like a beast preparing to pounce on its prey. Gaara clasped his hands together and said loudly: "Quicksand Waterfall!" The sand waves received the master's order and began to rush toward Kimimaro. Kimimaro was like a boat hit by waves and would soon be submerged. Xiao Li and Anko looked at Gaara's attack with their mouths wide open and their faces full of disbelief. Just when Kimimaro was about to be submerged, a thunderous voice sounded: "Earth Release - Earthflow Wall!" Then a high wall of more than ten meters rushed up from the ground, directly blocking the waves of sand that wanted to plunder. Kimimaro also blocked the way of the sand waves because of the Earthflow Wall. Annihilated. The thunderous voice sounded again: ¡°Young man from Suna Ninja Village, remove your ninjutsu!¡± Gaara, Xiao Li, and Anko all looked at the person on the earth flow wall. The person who came was none other than Zakaki! "Uncle! Why are you here?" Xiao Li shouted first. "Hey, hey, hey! Zakaki, why do you want to save the guy opposite?" Anko yelled at Zakaki. Gaara Tong looked at Zakaki with a puzzled expression. Zakaki first smiled at Xiao Li at the earth flow wall, then turned around, looked at Kimimaro under the earth flow wall, frowned and said: "You are Orochimaru's subordinate, right? Let's go! You are not here. How many things have happened!¡± "Hey! What did you say? He is an enemy!" Hongdou shouted again. Oakwood still ignored Anko and said to Gaara: "Remove your technique! Just leave it to me!" Gaara first glanced at Zakaki, then was startled, then stretched out his hands, and the sand began to return to his sleeves. Kimimaro melted the bones in his hands back into his body, bowed to Oak and said, "Thank you, sir, for saving me, but sir, you seem to be hostile, why did you save me?" "Why did I save you? Haha, because I feel very happy to see you! So I want to save you!" Zakaki looked at the sand waves that had receded, removed the earth flow wall, and said with a smile. "Very nice?" "Let's go!" Zakaki waved to Kimimaro and said. "I thank you for your kindness. As a person who is dying soon, I only hope to be able to help Lord Orochimaru at the last moment! Therefore, I hope to stop your progress so that Sasuke can reach Lord Orochimaru safely! "Zakmu took out the bone spurs and unleashed his fighting spirit on Zakmu. "When I came here, I saw that Kakashi had already caught up with me. Even if you stop me now, what should have happened has happened. Instead of dying in my hands like this, it is better to go back and ask Orochimaru if you can do something more. What!" Kimimaro trembled, Kakashi! Copy Ninja Kakashi! If it is true as he said, then the outcome is inevitable! Kimimaro looked at Tsubasa with some confusion, but when he saw the other person's encouraging eyes, Kimimaro suddenly felt that he should do something! Kimimaro nodded to Takaki, and then said: "Thank you, Takaki-sama. In that case, I'll take my leave!" Looking at Kimimaro¡¯s retreating figure, Xiao Li looked at Zakaki suspiciously and said, ¡°Why did uncle let him go?¡±?? " "He is just a poor man!" ; Text Chapter 159: Fighting in the field "Zakaki, I still don't understand, why did you let that guy go? The village will hold you accountable if you behave like this!" Anko was being carried by Zakaki, with her head resting on his shoulder. "Actually, I know that guy!" There were two soft things on Zakaki's back, and his hands were placed on the thighs covered with stockings. The coolness from the stockings coupled with the smooth and elastic skin, Zakaki at this moment I'm a little distraught! "Do you know that guy? He seems to be Orochimaru's subordinate! And his ability seems to be a blood-stained limit, and his physical skills are invincible. Coupled with the superimposed defense of bones, this kind of opponent is really difficult! Zakaki , you think so? Hey, hey, hey! Zakaki, Zakaki! What are you thinking about?" Anko said angrily as she watched Zakaki turn his head and stare at her, but did not answer her own words. How could Zakaki have the time to think about Anko's irrelevant words? The sweet fragrance from Anko's mouth when she spoke just now rushed into Zakaki's nose, and there was a burst of coolness where her hand touched her thigh. In addition, Anko continued to Up and down on his back, the two pieces of soft flesh were rubbing back and forth, which directly caused the oak tree to secrete a large amount of male hormones. The little oak tree was already as strong as steel. Hongdou looked at Zakaki with fiery eyes, and a blush appeared on his face. He was a little embarrassed but still pretended to be domineering: "Asshole, you - what are you doing? Why are you looking at me like this?" Zakaki helped Anko off his back and stared at Anko anxiously. Anko looked at Zakaki's series of actions, and naturally knew what he meant. She was a little expecting, but also a little scared. Although she was indeed a bit big at ordinary times, she still knew the things that often appeared on TV, that clear look in her eyes. It¡¯s just a precursor to doing that kind of thing! But wouldn¡¯t it be too inappropriate to do that kind of thing in this wilderness? But it seems quite exciting! The more Hong Dou thought about it, the more embarrassed she became, her head lowered lower and lower, her face became redder and redder, and even her breathing lost its original rhythm. Seeing Hongdou¡¯s girlish attitude, Zakaki found that he could no longer control his sexual desire. Zakaki gritted his teeth and fought! Zakaki held Anko's chin up with his hand, probably out of shyness. Anko's big eyes had been closed, her long eyelashes kept moving, and the aroma of her rapid breath also penetrated into Zakaki's nostrils. Putting his mouth to the cherry mouth of slowly Anko, the softness and moisture spread directly from Zakaki's mouth to his heart. The little oak wood below is even harder. If it weren't for the good material of the clothes, I'm afraid the little oak wood would have broken out of the ground! Anko was even more unbearable. When Zakaki's mouth came into contact with her lips, it was like an electric shock. The numbness directly made her lose her thinking. Her mind went blank, and her whole body seemed to be out of control, moving towards Zakaki. The direction is crooked. It didn't matter that Anko was swaying, but it was difficult for Xiao Zakaki. The hardened Xiao Zakaki directly hit Anko's lower abdomen! This collision made Zakaki even more excited. At this moment, Zakaki's tongue had entered Anko's mouth, slowly stirring the moist area up and down. After receiving Zakaki's passionate kiss, Anko began to respond, The two began to kiss wildly and wetly. It is said that women are rational animals, but this obviously does not make sense for women who are caught in passion! Perhaps because of his natural boldness, Anko is actually more active than Zakaki at the moment. Although the original cloak was taken off by Zakaki, Anko has already taken the initiative at this moment. Zakaki's top has been torn off by Anko. The strong muscles touched Anko's mesh top, and the round and beautiful legs wrapped in a brown skirt had already coiled around Zakaki's waist. Zakaki held his breasts with both hands, and Anko kissed Zakaki's neck. That kind of proficiency was simply Like a veteran who has fought many times! Anko didn't seem to be satisfied with the hindrance of clothes. She had already fumbled with Zakaki's pants with her hands and started to take the next step! Zakaki suddenly felt a pair of small hands coming to his waist, and with a flash in his mind, he realized that he was still in the wilderness. Zakaki grabbed Anko's hand and said with some embarrassment: "Anko, it's not good now, let's talk about it back to Konoha!" This sentence also woke up Anko, who then realized his indecent movements, jumped off Zakaki's body, picked up the cloak on the ground, turned his head to the side, and ignored Zakaki. Zakaki looked at Anko sitting on the ground, walked to her, picked her up, and said with a smile: "Let's go back to Konoha. The future is long, so why rush!" "Who is in a hurry? Huh! I don't want to do it anymore!" Hongdou turned her head to the side again in Zakaki's arms. "Really? Who was so hot just now?" Zakaki said while scratching Anko's nose. "You still say it! It's not you!" Hongdou punched Zakaki in the chest, then blushed and buried her head in Zakaki's arms Oakwood came to the hospital and was about to visit Choji and the others, but he met Shikaku holding a box of medicine and watched Shikaku striding towards it.He was standing there, as if he wanted to deliver medicine to someone else, so he shouted to Shikaku: "Shikaku!" Lu Jiu turned around and saw Zakaki not far away, and said: "A few brats were seriously injured. I am going to deliver medicine to Lady Tsunade. Are you here to visit your nephew? But he seems to have been discharged from the hospital!" "Well, I know that. I'm here to see those brats, how about it?" "Shikamaru is fine, and Inuzuka Kiba is out of danger. However, Ding Zao's child Choji and the Hyuga family kid are probably in a bit of danger. Now Tsunade-sama is preparing the medicine! Our family has some research on these, so we can also come out A little force ! " During the conversation, the two came to the place where Tsunade was studying prescriptions. There were three large scrolls in front of Tsunade, and bottles of medicinal materials next to them. Behind them, a group of medical ninjas were rescuing Choji. When Jiuhe Zakaki arrived, Tsunade nodded as a greeting, and then got busy again. "Come on, let's go out and interfere with Tsunade-sama's work here!" Lujiu turned and walked towards the door. Oakwood looked at Tsunade, who was frowning, and followed Shikaku out of the room. After Shikaku and Tsubasa came out together, they saw Shikamaru and Temari sitting in the waiting room. Shikamaru kept twirling his fingers, looking back and forth at the indicator lights on the emergency room with a look of anxiety and frustration. Shikamaru stood up, put his hands in his pockets, and said slowly: "It seems that I am not suitable to be a ninja, let alone a team leader. This mistake is all my fault. If it hadn't been for my companions, none of them would have been injured! All I can do is believe them, I¡¯m so useless!¡± "When you have a mission, there will be sacrifices. It's useless for you to do this. Haven't you received spiritual training?" Temari said while sitting. Shikamaru ignored Temari, just turned around and walked away. "Shikamaru! Why don't you run away if you can't talk to a girl?" Shikaku said, leaning against the wall and crossing his arms. "Trouble, I don't want to argue, I'm not a woman!" Shikamaru turned to look at Shikaku and said. "But as a man, you are just a weakling! Even if you don't become a ninja, the mission will continue! There will be other people to do it, and your team members will continue the mission under the leadership of other captains, that's all. Then Maybe your companion will die, but if you are the captain at that time, you can avoid this tragedy. Summarize and reflect on this failure, keep it in mind, and maybe you will complete the task better next time. If You really value your companions, so before you run away from the exam, you should think about how to make yourself better. That is what you call a true companion! You weakling!" Temari sat on the stool and listened to the dialogue between father and son. She was a little surprised and a little admired. Such a father, no wonder he has such a son! Shikaku watched Shikaku teach Shikamaru, and admired Shikaku more and more. They all said that Tora's father has no son, and his father is like this. The kind of achievements Shikamaru can achieve in the future is inseparable from the teachings of his father. Open a relationship! During this moment of silence, Tsunade walked out of the emergency room and breathed out: "It's okay!" Hearing Tsunade's words, Shikamaru's body continued to tremble. "Thanks to the Nara family's drug, Shikaku must have put in a lot of effort to achieve this result, right? It's really amazing!" Tsunade nodded. "Thank you for the compliment! Thanks to Zakaki, otherwise it would have been even more troublesome!" Lujiu said with a smile to Zakaki. "Hehehe, I didn't do anything!" Zakaki said, spreading his hands. "Tsunade-sama! The latest news is that Hyuga Neji is out of danger, and Naruto and Kakashi have returned to Konoha!" Shizune hurried to Tsunade and said panting. At this moment, after Shikamaru heard that everyone was safe, he could no longer suppress his joy, and tears burst into his eyes! "Well, we're back! There are only two of us! Shikamaru, the mission failed!" Tsunade said to Shikamaru, looking at Shikamaru who was already crying, and then said: "That's fine, as long as everyone is safe!" Shikamaru lowered his head, his tears wet the ground, and then said with a firm tone: "Next time, I will definitely complete the task!" Zakaki patted Lujiu on the shoulder and said with a smile: "Lujiu, you gave birth to a good child!" "Haha, thank you for the compliment!" ; Text Chapter 160 Tsunade, let¡¯s do it again While wandering around Konoha, Tsubasa met someone he didn't expect. This person was Sakura's father, Haruno Ken. Takashi didn't know Haruno Ken very well, and Takaki was only familiar with him. It was only after Takashi saw Sakura that such a number one person flashed through his mind. At that time, Tsunade suffered from hemophobia due to the sudden death, and Zakaki was afraid that the news would be leaked, so she threatened him and promised him that if he could help him in the future, he would do his best. The reason why Haruno Ken found him today may be related to this. "Mr. Oak, do you still remember me?" Haruno Ken bowed to Oak and said. "Of course I remember! You are Taken Haruno. You were a medical ninja on the battlefield and you were one of my subordinates. How could I not remember? I still remember when I said I would do my best to help you, right? I found it today. I, is there anything you need my help with?" Zakaki said with a smile to Haruno Kenichi. "My lord is wise! I just have something to ask for." Haruno Ken scratched his head and said with some embarrassment. "Hehehe, it's okay! If there's anything I can do to help, just ask." Zakaki said. "This matter is not about me, it is about my little girl. You must also know my little girl. His name is Haruno Sakura, and he is Kakashi's subordinate." ¡°I know her, she¡¯s a nice girl, she looks a lot like you!¡± "I'm ashamed to say that our family has been a civilian family since ancient times, and we can't provide her with any help. She wants to be a ninja, but due to her own reasons, she can't achieve much. This time the Uchiha orphan she likes left Konoha , which was a huge blow to her and made her despair of her own powerlessness. Her mother and I were anxious in our hearts. This girl has hardly eaten these days, and we parents can only watch helplessly. But she can't do anything! Although this girl has dull qualifications, she has inherited her mother's talent in chakra control. Maybe she can achieve some achievements in medical ninjutsu. Although I was also a medical ninja back then, my ability was limited after all. It can't help her at all! I hope you can do me a favor and find a good teacher for her!" Haruno Ken lowered his head and said with some shame. "You're talking about Tsunade, right?" Zakaki asked with a smile. "It's Hokage-sama! I know this is a bit difficult to do, and I also know the identity of Hokage-sama, but as a parent, I hope that my girl will have a good future. I can't give these things because of my incompetence, but I think of what you said back then. Those words, so no matter what, I leave it to you, sir!" Haruno Ken said and knelt directly in front of Zakaki. Zakaki hurriedly pulled Haruno Ken up, "What are you doing? If you have anything to say, there is no need to give such a big gift! Don't say that I promised you back then. As my old subordinate, what can I do if you ask me to do something? Reason? Besides, I also like that child Sakura, she has a good talent! And don¡¯t talk about your incompetence, and don¡¯t bother yourself with the shitty things about your civilian status. Am I still a civilian? After all, if I have been wandering around all year round, so maybe I will consider taking Sakura as my disciple, that child¡¯s talent is really good!¡± "I made you laugh! It's really a blessing for Sakura to be praised many times by adults! But this matter¡ª¡ª" "Don't worry, I'll take care of this!" Zakaki said, patting Haruno Ken on the shoulder. "Thank you so much, sir! With your relationship with Hokage-sama, I think you will definitely succeed immediately! You also know that we have nothing to repay you, so my wife said that if you can be invited to my house in the evening, I know that this is a bit demanding. It¡¯s abrupt, but we share our hearts, so you¡ª¡± Haruno Ken lowered his head again and said. "Hahaha, forget it!" Zakaki said, scratching the back of his head. Haruno Jian lowered his head even lower, and said a little lonely: "I know that you have many things to do, so in this case¡ª¡ª" As soon as Zakaki looked at Haruno Ken, he knew that he had misunderstood, thinking that he didn't bother to interact with them, and said hurriedly: "That's not the case! As the saying goes, no reward will not be rewarded, I will go when Tsunade accepts Sakura as a disciple How about it?" After listening to Zakaki's words, Haruno Ken raised his head suddenly and said with excitement: "Is what you said true?" "Hehehe, why would I, Zakaki, break my promise? After Tsunade accepts Sakura as a disciple, I will definitely come to visit her. Don't bother me then!" Zakaki said jokingly. "How could it be? It's our honor for adults to come to a civilian family like ours. How could I find it annoying for adults? I couldn't ask for more!" Haruno Ken hurriedly waved his hand and said. "You don't want to claim to be from a civilian family, I'm still a civilian! What's the point?" Zakaki said seriously. "Yes! Sir, this is what you are trying to teach me! I will pay attention to it in the future! Then I won't disturb you. You must come then!" Haruno Ken bowed to Zakaki again.? said, walking towards the distance. "Well!" Zakaki waved to Haruno Ken who left. Looking at Haruno Ken's retreating back, he shook his head and said, "How pitiful the hearts of parents in the world are!" After what happened, Zakaki didn't have much thought for wandering anymore. He turned around and walked towards Uncle Yichun's house. After crossing a few streets, Zakaki suddenly saw Naruto at the corner! The guy was panting and looking around, as if looking for something. Zakaki came to Naruto, patted him on the shoulder from behind and said: "Hey, Naruto, what are you looking for?" "Wow -" Naruto suddenly yelled, turned to look at Zakaki, and then roared loudly: "Landful Immortal, why do you always look like a ghost?" "Hehehe, didn't he suddenly see you? By the way, what were you looking for?" Zakaki asked. "Ouch, I almost forgot about business! I'm here to find you!" "What are you looking for me for?" Zakaki asked puzzledly. "Lawful Immortal! I heard that you seem to have a good relationship with Orochimaru. You must know where the Sound Ninja Village is, right?" Naruto asked eagerly. "Why do you ask this?" Naruto was startled at first, as if he recalled something, and then said sadly: "I want to find Sasuke! Sasuke followed Orochimaru, and Orochimaru has no good intentions for him at all. I want to find him!" "That's right, I understand!" Zhamu nodded, then turned around and continued walking towards Uncle Yichun's house. Naruto grabbed Zakaki and said eagerly: "Speak quickly! I know you must know!" Zakaki turned his head, glanced at Naruto and said: "Naruto, don't be naive, Sasuke wants to leave on his own! He is different from you. In his words, he is an Avenger! It is impossible with your strength Bring Sasuke back, the battle in the Valley of the End illustrates everything very well. You can't even do anything about Sasuke, let alone a group of powerful sound ninjas! What do you mean by bringing back Sasuke? Don't you think it's too childish? Now let's talk about it now Konoha no longer has the strength of a big country and cannot bear a war! So, give up!" Naruto was completely shocked by what Zakaki said. His pair of blue pupils kept turning and he clenched his fists. He wanted to refute, but he couldn't say anything. He looked at Zakaki. Mu's figure gradually moved away, and suddenly he shouted loudly at Zakaki's back: "Lovable Immortal! I will not give up, I must bring Sasuke back! I must bring him back! Even if you don't tell me, I You can also find them on your own! I swear!" Zakaki listened to Naruto's oath, but did not look back. A smile appeared on the corner of his mouth, and he murmured: "Maybe you will succeed!" "Ozaki, Naruto has been looking for you, right?" Tsunade and Zakaki sat on the bar together, holding a glass of wine and said. "Yeah, I looked for it." Zakaki nodded and said. "Do you really know the location of Orochimaru?" Tsunade asked after taking a sip of wine. "Can I not answer this question?" Zakaki said with a frown. Tsunade glanced at Zakaki, "Uzaki, Orochimaru is no longer the Orochimaru he was before. He is no longer our partner. Don't you understand?" "Understand? What do you understand? Hahaha, Orochimaru has always been Orochimaru. Perhaps his other side has become stronger over the years. Everyone knows some things, so stop chattering on this topic!" Zakaki said impatiently. . "But¡ª¡ª" "Tsunade, have you ever thought about starting a new relationship?" Tsunade interrupted and asked. "This - who knows?" Tsunade was not annoyed because Zakaki interrupted her, but calmed down when she heard Zakaki talk about this topic. Oakwood looked at Tsunade who was a little drunk, stood up, walked towards the door, and then said: "Tsunade, let's do it again!" Tsunade held the back of Zakaki, drank another glass of wine, and murmured: "Do it again? How to do it? Tell me how to do it?" PS: Since I have started taking several courses in school, I don¡¯t have enough time. Everyone knows that I don¡¯t have any manuscripts to save, so I can only update one chapter a day in the future, but I will try my best to save manuscripts! Also, I swear, this book will never be a eunuch! Finally, I hope you all can support me, I¡¯m so grateful! There is a group on the book's homepage. If you are interested, you can join it and discuss anything you want. ; Text Chapter 161 Everyone Gathers Konoha Elders Meeting Room "The former Jounin of Konoha, Tsubasagi, was stripped of his ninja qualifications for persecuting the Uchiha clan during his time in Konoha. Now he hurts ANBU ninjas again, resulting in the death of two Anbu ninjas. According to intelligence, Tsubasagi and Orochimaru have always had a close relationship. A few days ago, the enemy ninja was let go. As an elder of Konoha, I propose to imprison him for life!" Danzo, half of his body covered with bandages, said. "But after all, he is one of the best masters in Konoha. The village is now in a crisis. If he is imprisoned, won't Konoha's combat power be damaged again?" said an elder. "What Elder Danzo said makes sense. It's true that Oakwood is powerful, but the more powerful a person is, the more dangerous he is. Orochimaru back then was a typical representative! The village raised him, so it's okay to do that kind of experiment. , and in the end he bit the village back and caused such huge losses to Konoha! Even the Third Hokage died at his hands! Everyone knows about the relationship between Zakaki and Orochimaru. If Zakaki colludes with Orochimaru again, or colludes with other big countries , then the end of Konoha is not far away! Also, I heard that he has been living in the Earth Kingdom for these years! Who knows if he has any evil intentions? " "Well, although it makes sense, I don't think Zakaki will harm the village. He has a good relationship with the Hokage and Jiraiya!" said an elder who was a sidekick. "Danzo, you keep saying that oak trees will harm the village, do you have any evidence?" Danzo looked at the elder and smiled softly: "Elder Nara, how could I say these things on such an occasion without evidence? A few days ago, the two Anbu corpses that Takaki injured were still there, and Takashi I have also investigated the matter of Mu letting away the sound ninja! There is also a more important point, Orochimaru had met with Oak before attacking Konoha! Isn't this enough to explain his ambition? Konoha's current strength It is indeed not as good as before, but a helper with a rebellious heart is more terrifying than an enemy! All of you here are the elders of Konoha. Zakaki has a good relationship with Tsunade and Jiraiya, but he may just take advantage of it. This is endangering Konoha! There are some things that the Hokage cannot see, and don¡¯t we elders want all those invisible dangerous factors to be destroyed?" The elders looked at each other and began to discuss. "What Danzo said makes sense, but there's something wrong with Oakwood!" "Well, that's right. He is so powerful. If he does anything that harms the village, it will be another disaster!" "But he has indeed done a lot in the village!" "That was a long time ago. Maybe this Oak and Orochimaru have colluded long ago and are preparing to frame Konoha!" The three elders of Zhuludie looked at the elders who just favored Zakmu and began to target him, while shaking their heads and smiling bitterly. They turned their attention to the Hyuga family who had not spoken from the beginning to the end, but the old guys were sitting there like old monks. They naturally knew what the Hyuga family meant. The Hyuga family is now a giant in Konoha, and they finally What I want to do is to turn a deaf ear to what is going on outside the window, so as not to arouse suspicion! Danzo looked at the three elders, Ino, Shika and Die, and then at the Hyuga family who was silent, and then opened his mouth and said: "In that case, let's vote! You must know that this is a matter of life and death for Konoha!" "What? Do you know what you are doing? Bastards! Do you know that you are destroying the foundation of Konoha!" Tsunade looked at the documents in her hands, smashed the desk in front of her with both hands, and faced Mito and Koharu roared loudly. Mito and Koharu were covered in cold sweat. Looking at the furious Tsunade, Koharu said timidly: "Tsunade! This is the unanimous decision of the elders, and they have sufficient evidence!" "Nonsense! A bunch of old bastards, they don't think about how to strengthen the village, they are playing tricks all day long! Forget about me, the Hokage! Damn it! They just tore Konoha apart!" Tsunade said to him. He punched the table in front of him again and cursed. "Hey - this decision is really puzzling. We didn't know it beforehand. They only informed us after they discussed the result!" Mito said, pushing up his glasses. "I don't know? What do you two consultants do for a living? Do you eat shit all day long?" Tsunade walked up to Koharu and Mito, grabbed their collars, and looked murderous. "Tsunade, calm down, getting angry now won't solve the problem!" Mito struggled to break free from Tsunade's grasp and said with a frown. Tsunade pushed the two of them away and strode towards the door. "Tsunade, where are you going?" "Where to go? Of course, go to those old bastards and ask them to take back this ridiculous order!" Tsunade turned back and looked at the two of them fiercely.   "Tsunade, don't go, it's too late now, they have already announced the news!" Koharu said with sweat. Bang - The wall of the office collapsed with Tsunade's punch. Sunlight shone in from the cracked wall and was printed on Tsunade's gloomy face. The whole office became colder "Kakashi, Kakashi!" Akai ran towards Kakashi from a distance, his face full of anxiety. Kakashi held the Kiss Heaven in his hand, turned his head, looked at Kai who came over with a puzzled expression, and asked doubtfully: "Hey, Kai, what's the matter? Are you so anxious?" Akai put his hands on his knees and gasped: "No - it's not good - something bad is going to happen -" "What's going on? You're so anxious, so tell me slowly!" Kakashi said and continued to focus on the book. "The elders want to imprison Teacher Zakaki for life!" Akai said with worry on his face. After Akai finished speaking, the intimacy paradise in Kakashi's hand fell directly to the ground. Kakashi said in horror: "Akai, this joke is not funny at all!" "I'm not joking, I said that Teacher Zakaki had an affair with Orochimaru, and he also hurt two ANBU people!" Akai said at a loss. Kakashi didn¡¯t speak any more, and disappeared in a flash. "Kakashi, where are you going?" Akai asked, following Kakashi's footsteps. "Look for Hokage-sama!" "Red! What did you say? Senior brother will be imprisoned for life!" The cigarette in Asuma's mouth fell to the ground, and he looked at Hong who had just arrived in surprise. Shikamaru and the other three people beside him were also stunned. Shikamaru's pupils shrank sharply, and then said: "Teacher Kurenai, is this impossible?" "It is said that he killed two Anbu and was impeached by the elders!" Hong said with frowning eyebrows. "Let's go find Hokage-sama!" Asuma said and disappeared with Kurenai. Choji held a bag of potato chips in his hand and asked Shikamaru doubtfully: "Shikamaru, why do you want to imprison Uncle Zakaki? Has he done anything bad?" "Asshole! What bad things are you doing? This is a political conspiracy!" Shikamaru said with a frown. "What political conspiracy?" Ino also looked puzzled. "Stop talking! Go to the Hokage-sama now! Oh - it's really troublesome, I'm afraid there will be big trouble this time!" Shikamaru said and rushed towards the Hokage's office. By the time Shikamaru and the others arrived at the Hokage's office, it was already full of people, including Kakashi, Akai, Asuma and their fathers. Even some people who didn't appear often were here. Examiner Ibi Ki, Anko, and Yamashiro Aoba and other jonins, Shikamaru looked around and saw that even his companions were here, Kiba, Hinata, Naruto and Sakura, Lee, Neji and others. Every day, the originally spacious office was now overcrowded, and people kept coming in this direction from a distance. Shikamaru looked carefully, but did not find Lord Hokage. The three of them squeezed and came to Naruto and the others. They greeted each other and waited there together. PS: This book is officially about the theme. Maybe some people don¡¯t like this arrangement, but there¡¯s nothing you can do about it. If you don't like it and want to take it off the shelves, then take it off, but don't say it out loud, it will hurt my weak heart! ; Text Chapter 162: I have my own place to stay. As the saying goes, crowds of people make noise, but the already overcrowded Hokage's office was surprisingly quiet. Even if someone occasionally discussed it, it was suppressed by the dull expressions on everyone's faces. Tart¡ªtart¡ªtart¡ªthe rhythmic sound of high heels sounded in the corridor Tsunade walked to the office step by step. Her tired face was stunned for a moment, then she frowned and said, "What day is today? Why is everyone gathered here?" Everyone made a way for Tsunade, but none of them spoke. They all looked at Shikaku. After all, he was the leader of the Jonin class and the leader of the Konoha family. Before Lu Jiu could speak, a child's voice sounded: "Aunt Tsunade, why do you want to imprison the lecherous immortal? Although he is a little lecherous, he is a good person!" Everyone moved the focus to the source of the sound and saw a kid wearing orange clothes with blond hair. It was not Naruto. Who is it again? Although these words were disrespectful to Lord Hokage, they didn't care about it at the moment. Everyone looked at Tsunade, waiting for her explanation. Tsunade looked at Shikaku and winked at him. The latter nodded, and then said loudly: "Everyone, we all came with one purpose, but this will cause inconvenience to the Hokage, so why don't you leave first? , how about we tell everyone when the result of the matter comes out?" "Hokage-sama, Shikaku-sama! We have been the subordinates of Lord Tsubasa in our early years. Many people here have received more or less favors from you. Today, the group of elders suddenly announced that Lord Tsubasa will be placed under house arrest. Not to mention that you have saved him before. Just because I am his old subordinate, I cannot tolerate my captain suffering such humiliation for no reason!" said a jounin. "Well, you're right! Your Excellency has never been superior to others because of your superior strength, and you are always polite to civilians! It is nonsense to say that Your Excellency killed ANBU ninjas! Although ninjas have a bounden duty to obey their tasks, But that doesn¡¯t mean we are lambs to be slaughtered!¡± Another ninja said. "Yes! Today they can frame Master Zakaki, but will they frame Master Jiraiya in the future? I always thought that the elders were a group of wise men, but I didn't expect that they would make such a disappointing decision. Mr. Hokage, I hope You ask the Board of Elders to take back the order!¡± "Yes, that's right!" "Hokage-sama, Tsubasa-sama cannot be insulted like this!" Tsunade looked at the office that looked like a busy city, and a burst of sweat broke out on her forehead. She had known for a long time that these old bastards in the Elder Council would make things difficult to deal with, but she did not expect that it would become like this, nor did she expect that Zakaki would still have such influence after being absent from Konoha for more than ten years! I never expected it would cause such a strong backlash. Among these people, there are more than thirty jounin alone, and there are even a large group of chuunin who are still outside the door and below! You must know that there are still many ninjas performing tasks outside. If they all gather here, things will be even more difficult to deal with! This is probably the first time since the founding of Konoha that the Hokage's conference room was surrounded by his own people! Tsunade felt relieved after thinking about his identity carefully. Who is Zakaki? Let's not talk about the reputation that is as famous as the Sannin. When the Sannin left Konoha, in the battle of Kannakun, it was thanks to the final victory of Tokugaki and Minato, coupled with his own friendly personality and civilian status, He also has great strength. It is no exaggeration to say that he is the idol in the hearts of many civilian ninjas in Konoha. If the elders suddenly make such a stupid move, doesn't it mean to deny these people? Alas - what a troublesome thing! What should I do? Tsunade calmed down and said: "Everyone, please rest assured! Konoha has always been a just place, and no one will be allowed to suffer unjust injustice. I will definitely give everyone an explanation for the matter of Oakwood. I swear this as Hokage!" Shikaku also nodded and said: "Everyone knows that the three of us went to the Kingdom of Earth together with Tsubasa. If it hadn't been for Tsubasa, Haiichi, Dingza and I would have been killed by the Iwa ninja! Tsukuru Regarding our life-saving grace, although I, Lu Jiu, cannot be said to be a gentleman, I am still quite upright if I ask myself. I can guarantee that there will definitely be an explanation for this matter. If not, I, Lu Jiu, will be the first to be unconvinced! But now Konoha is still recovering, and everyone still needs to work hard, and being blocked here will affect the Hokage-sama's work and cause some negative effects!" Ding Zuo and Haiyi stood up and said at the same time: "There are still us!" "Since the strongest team in Konoha is here, we believe in you! Everyone, what senior Shikaku said makes sense. Konoha is in the autumn of crisis now. Our presence here will only hinder the Hokage's work. From what I see, everyone Let¡¯s take our leave first, and it won¡¯t be too late for us to come back when the matter is clear. I believe that with the relationship between Hokage-sama and Takaki-sama, Takaki-sama will definitely not be wronged!¡± "Well, you're right. In that case, let's withdraw!" "Let's go, let's go back and wait for the news. Hokage-sama, Shikaku, the three seniors, weGoodbye now! " "Farewell!" Tsunade nodded to the ninjas, then turned her head to the back, waiting for them to leave. After a while, the conference room that was crowded just now was empty, and only the older generation Zhuludie and Xiaoqiang were left, which were a few of their teachers. When the last ninja left, the anger that Tsunade had endured for a long time finally broke out. Tsunade punched the desk that had just been delivered, and with a bang, the desk became two pieces again. "Asshole! A bunch of bastards, they know it's useless all day long! I don't know what these old bastards are thinking about? They have to destroy Konoha to be happy, right?" Tsunade shouted loudly. . "Tsunade-sama, why did this situation suddenly happen? Is there no room for recovery?" Shikaku said with his arms crossed. "Hey - now those old bastards in the elders are determined to get rid of Zakmu, it was the old guy who instigated it! The elders of your three families have also refuted it, but that guy seems to really have evidence!" Kakashi said with some confusion: "Ozaki-sama really killed two ANBU?" "Bullshit! What ANBU? It's clearly the old guy's trick. Hasn't he done this kind of thing for so many years? You don't know about the relationship between Zakaki and Orochimaru. Now that guy is insisting on this, plus Zakaki released a sound ninja a few days ago, and now it's even more troublesome!" Tsunade said angrily. "Hokage-sama, is senior brother really going to be imprisoned? Isn't this really nonsense?" Asuma said as he put out the cigarette butt in his mouth. "Asuma is right, Mr. Oakwood cannot leave Konoha. Now he must find a way to reject the order of the elders!" It was rare for Akai to be rational. "When Zakaki and I came back, we said not to let that sound nin go, but he didn't listen, and now it's like this!" Anko said cursingly. "Teacher Anko, now is not the time to complain. As Teacher Akai said, finding a way to overturn the order of the Elder Council is now the top priority!" Shikamaru said. "That's right! Aunt Tsunade is the Hokage, the biggest one in Konoha. As long as Aunt Tsunade denies any resolution of the elders, doesn't the lustful immortal have to leave?" Naruto suddenly said. However, everyone also rolled their eyes. "What's wrong? Isn't that what I said?" Naruto continued to say idiotically. "Naruto, the group of elders has this right! Besides, Uncle Oak is not part of the Konoha ninja establishment. There are some things that Tsunade-sama has no right to interfere with!" Shikamaru said tangledly, grabbing his hair. "Shikamaru is right, this is what gives me a headache! The evidence from the Elder Council is very strong, and Takaki is not a ninja, so now there is no good way to starve!" Tsunade said frustratedly . "Isn't there no way out? Uncle is really going to be imprisoned? Hokage-sama, please think of a way!" Xiao Li said with some urgency. "Li! Don't worry, Hokage-sama will find a solution!" Akai patted Xiao Li on the shoulder and said. Tsunade swung her sleeves back, gritted her teeth and said, "In that case, let's fight them!" "What?" Shikaku, Kakashi and others shouted in surprise at the same time. Shikaku hurriedly stood up and said: "Hokage-sama, you must not do this, otherwise the whole Konoha will be in chaos, and when other countries take advantage of it, the consequences will be disastrous!" "I know, but these old guys are too rampant! You may not know who they will attack next time! So, I have decided!" Tsunade said with a murderous look on her face. At this moment, a voice sounded from outside the door: "Tsunade, what have you decided?" "Zakaki", "Teacher", "Master Zakaki", "Senior Brother"¡ª¡ª Everyone in the room looked at the person who came in. Who else could it be if it wasn¡¯t Zakaki? Zakaki smiled at everyone, and then said: "They just want me to leave Konoha. It's not that troublesome, I just leave!" "But, sir, like that-" Kakashi seemed to want to persuade something. "Haha, it's okay!" Zakaki said, patting Kakashi on the shoulder. "Brother, you can do something, you don't have to put everything on yourself!" Asma said. "Well, Asma is right. This is not only your business, but also my prestige. These old guys don't take me seriously. They announced the news directly without my instructions! If you don't fight, Destroy their spirit, they really think that Konoha belongs to them!" Tsunade said, tightening her grip. "Tsunade! I said, it doesn't have to be like this. For someone who doesn't care about Konoha, you can't do this!" Zakaki raised his head and smiled.Tao. "If your heart is not here, where is it?" Anko and Tsunade stood up and said. Everyone looked at Anko and Tsunade with surprise on their faces. "Hahaha, this is not important anymore! As the saying goes, if you don't leave me here, you will have your place!" ps: Dear book friends, if you want to join the group, please join this group 109507528. If you have any opinions, please let us discuss it. ; Text Chapter 163 The Daimyo¡¯s Bewitchment Zakaki didn't have much anger towards Konoha's actions. Although he was put in a position by Danzo, he still felt it was nothing. Since Moriki's death, Zakaki has not had much nostalgia for Konoha. If there is something in Konoha that Zakaki misses, it is undoubtedly a group of people in Konoha. There are indeed many people here who are worthy of Zakaki's concern, including his relatives, friends and women! But none of this matters anymore, because I really have to leave Konoha this time, until that time comes! When Zakaki left, he had already received a promise from Tsunade that Xiao Li would be fine in Konoha, and she would also accept Haruno Sakura as her disciple. I don¡¯t know if it counts as multiple actions, but I remember that Sakura was very good in the end. He inherited Tsunade's abilities, but being a guest of Haruno Ken's family was ruined. Zakaki was quite moved when he thought about the group of old subordinates who petitioned for his life. This reflected the old saying that there are three things in life: they have carried guns together, visited prostitutes together, and lived together in the same window. The relationship between these three things is The most reliable! It's really cute that these old subordinates ask Tsunade and the elders for help for themselves who may not know them yet. But having said that, Tsunade is probably going to have a big headache for a while! According to her personality, I am afraid that she will have to reorganize the elders. In the distance, Zakaki patted his butt and left. Konoha was in chaos. A group of ninjas, led by a caring person, directly surrounded the meeting room of the Elder Council. They said they wanted to clear up the grievances of Lord Zakaki and demanded that the elders The group withdrew the announcement. Naturally, the group of elders would not be stupid enough to compromise, so they brought out the "evidence" of Zakaki, and then used the usual methods of deceiving people, saying that Zakaki was the next Orochimaru. , will threaten the stability of Konoha. Under the ironclad evidence of the elders, these ninjas all stopped. Although the final goal was not achieved, it still achieved good results. At least at the beginning, the lifelong confinement turned into the expulsion of Konoha. Anyone with a discerning eye knows that this is just a way for Konoha's top management to appease people. On the surface, it is a step back, but in fact, this action has no effect. Of course, this refers to the Oakwood incident, but it plays a big role for those who are interested, such as Tsunade. The position of the Council of Elders has always been deeply rooted in Konoha. This time someone surrounded the meeting room of the Council of Elders, which is definitely an important lead in squeezing the prestige of the Council of Elders. Although the situation in Konoha is chaotic, Zakaki is rushing towards the Earth Kingdom in a hurry. After hanging out in Konoha for so long, he has been hesitant to return to the Earth Kingdom. Now that he is kicked out by Konoha, he has decided to return. family determination. My child is probably about to be born. If he doesn't go home, he will be worse than a beast! But things were not as simple as Zakaki thought. Next, something happened that brought a huge butterfly effect to the entire ninja world! Zakaki took a shortcut towards the Kingdom of Earth. Zakaki, who had just left the border of the Country of Fire, saw a luxurious ox cart on a road. The ox cart was obviously used by people of noble status. Of course, this It wasn't enough to attract Zakaki's attention, but there was a sign hanging on the oxcart - Kingdom of Tang! Zakaki has a feeling that these people are here for him! Zhamu and others ducked to the bullock cart, looked at the driver on the cart, frowned, and then looked at the waiters beside the cart, but they didn't respond. They frowned and prepared to leave. Just as Zakaki was about to leave, a panting man in an official uniform ran from a short distance away and shouted to Zakaki: "Lord Oakwood, please wait a moment, our daimyo will be here soon!" "What's your name?" Zakaki asked in confusion. "Exactly! The daimyo and his guards were waiting on another road. I thought you would pass there! The spies said that you should go back to the town ahead. The daimyo who had just received the news hurriedly ran to that road and waited. Wait, but who knew you were coming from here again!" the official said after he recovered his breath. ¡°What do you daimyo want from me?¡± Zakaki continued to ask. "I don't know about this, please wait a moment, the daimyo will be here soon!" The official looked at Zakaki nervously and said. "Well, I understand!" Zakaki nodded. After a while, the Daimyo of Yunokuni, who was weighing his shoes and dressed in fine clothes but without any daimyo image, appeared in his sight. As he walked, he waved his hand and shouted: "Mr. Sakuragi, please wait!" Zakaki shook his head and said with a loud smile: "Daimyo, what are you doing?" Yu Zhiguo Daimyo trotted to Zakaki and said with a wry smile: "Sir, you are really elusive. The spies said at first that you would go this way. I was waiting here, but then there was news that you did not go to that road. Town, I ran to that road in a panic again, who knew you were coming from this way again! Haha¡ª¡ª" Zakaki looked at this imageless daimyo and said, "Daimyo, you have something to do with me, right?" The daimyo first looked at the waiters, officials and guards around him, and then waved his hand to signal them to retreat. The waiters and officials retreated one after another, but the guards were all like pillars.Without moving, the daimyo frowned and said, "I asked you to step back, didn't you hear me?" "Daimyo, we want to protect your safety!" said a person who looked like the captain of the guard. "Hmph! Mr. Zakaki is here, how many people in the world have hurt me? Why don't you retreat quickly? Do you think others are as useless as you?" the daimyo scolded the guards behind him. "But¡ª¡ª" "But what? Don't retreat yet!" the daimyo scolded again. "Yes!" The guards bowed to the daimyo and Zakaki and left. "Hahaha, the daimyo's rule is really great! The guards are loyal!" Zakaki said with a smile as he watched the guards leave. "Mr. Geng made me laugh, but they are just a bunch of losers. If they were one ten thousandth as good as Mister, I wouldn't have to worry about the country of Yu!" The daimyo said helplessly. Zakaki looked at the small fox, thinking about Yumi, so he didn't bother to beat around the bush with him, and said directly: "Daimyo, if you have something to do, just tell me!" "Haha, sir, you are as quick to talk as ever! In that case, I will speak up." The daimyo glanced at Zakaki and said. "Haha, tell me." "Sir, I would like to invite you to be the leader of my Ninja Village in Yuno Country!" the daimyo said with a serious face. "Haha, daimyo, I have answered your request a long time ago, and there will be no change now! I personally don't like a life of fighting for power and gain!" Zakaki said with a smile. "Why? Sir, now that you have been forced out of Konoha by those idiots in Konoha, it seems that there is no place to display your talents. The struggle for power and profit you mentioned will never happen in Yugakure Village. As long as you are willing to go, I can remove all obstacles for you, and you will definitely be right in the village! Including me! And I will provide financial support to the village in accordance with the standards of big countries, or even exceed them!" the daimyo said with an eager face. Zakaki looked at Daimyo with a smile: "Daimyo, I don't know why you must identify me. I only know that I don't like this kind of life, and I have no ambition! It seems that a person like me is not enough to attract your attention?" "Haha, why do you think that Mr. I have already said that I just trust Mr., and I am confident that I understand Mr.'s character and abilities! As for ambition, that is not the point! Orochimaru's ambition is great, but no one wants to believe him, except What an idiot is the Daimyo of Tian Country! No matter what, I think you are the most suitable candidate!" the Daimyo said confidently. "I'm sorry, daimyo! I can't agree to your request. I'm still waiting to catch up on time, so I'm leaving now!" Zakaki smiled at the daimyo and was about to leave. "Wait a minute!" The daimyo suddenly shouted to Oakwood, "Sir, you are in a hurry and want to see Mrs. Yumi, right? Madam is not in Earth Country right now!" After hearing what the Daimyo said, Zakaki shivered, turned around, and stared at the Daimyo. The air around him suddenly dropped by dozens of degrees. At this moment, the Daimyo felt as if he was in an ice cellar. "Do you know what you said?" Zakaki looked at the name of Yuno Kuni with a ferocious expression. The daimyo felt something was wrong with Zakaki and hurriedly said: "Sir, you misunderstood! Things are not what you think! I got the news that Iwagakure Village got information about you and your wife, and sent a large number of ninjas to go against your wife, so I I also sent a team of people to support Madam. Fortunately, Madam had an expert to help her, and we arrived in time, so Madam and her party were out of danger. Because the Kingdom of Earth is not suitable for Madam to live in anymore, I asked Madam for her permission. That¡¯s why she was allowed to go to Tang Country!¡± After hearing what the Daimyo of Yuno Country said, Zakaki's expression gradually softened, and he said mockingly: "I didn't expect the Daimyo's information to be so powerful!" The daimyo of Yu no country saw that Zakaki's face softened, he breathed a sigh of relief, wiped the cold sweat on his head and said: "Sir, there is no need to mock, although the military strength of Yu no country has not increased much in recent years, but I am still in the intelligence field." You¡¯ve put in a lot of effort! After all, as long as you have money, there¡¯s nothing you can¡¯t find out!¡± Zakaki glanced at the daimyo and snorted coldly. At this moment, Zakaki had begun to doubt the person in front of him. First he went to pick up Yumi and then waited for him here. All of this was too much of a coincidence! Maybe, this guy has something to do with those old guys from Konoha! Even over there in the Land of Earth! "Sir, you should know about 'Akatsuki', right?" The daimyo gradually regained his heroic character and asked Zakaki. Zakaki looked surprised, frowned and said, "Do you know 'Xiao'?" It seems that this guy is really not simple. "Hahaha, you know something! This organization is not simple. Although their actions in recent years have not been big, it is not difficult to see their ambitions from some clues! I must beA student's eyes can also tell something. If my guess is correct, the entire ninja world will be in chaos in a few years, and there will definitely be another war! Moreover, this war is probably going to be bigger than before. I believe that not many places in the world will be at peace, and the kind of life that Mr. Xiang hopes for is definitely a mirror image! Sir, why don¡¯t you get more self-protection capital before troubled times come! If everything is like now, how can you, sir, talk about protecting your wife and children? Your husband is indeed very powerful, but when faced with the power of another country, he will definitely be at his wits end. If something unexpected happens again, won't he regret it for the rest of his life? " ??Zakaki looked at the endless names, and his heart was filled with huge waves. When did such a number one figure appear in the world of Naruto? Not to mention the unique political vision, this ability to win over people's hearts is an amazing thing even among the previous monarchs! Besides, he definitely doesn¡¯t look like an armchair strategist. He seems to have never heard of him before? Could it be that this butterfly instigated it? The daimyo looked at Zakaki's excited expression and immediately knew that there was hope for this matter, so he said: "I naturally admire you for your high moral integrity and indifference to fame and fortune. But if you have such a great talent, wouldn't it be buried if you don't come out to compete in the world? That's right, sir. If you don't think about yourself, you have to think about your child who is about to be born! Maybe your son will inherit your talent, but that is not a long-term solution after all. Looking for a good future for your descendants is not better than being a ninja for your descendants. A lot? If you are willing, sir, I can seal a piece of land to you, and become a prince in the future. Wouldn't it be more beneficial than being a ninja?" Listening to the daimyo¡¯s instigation, Zakaki suddenly remembered the pyramid schemes in his previous life. Maybe he is also trapped in it now! Zakaki said hesitantly: "I can't give you an answer to this yet!" The daimyo smiled happily and said: "It doesn't matter. Since my wife is in the Kingdom of Tang, sir, come with me to the Kingdom of Tang!" Zakaki glanced at the daimyo and said slowly: "That's the only way!" PS: Please give me a recommendation! ; Text Chapter 164 Entering Tangyin Village Seeing the huge crowds of people in Tangyin Village, Zakaki was suddenly a little confused. It seemed that he had only been to Tangyin Country once. Why were the villagers here so enthusiastic? Could it be this Daimyo guy again? Zakaki looked at the daimyo next to him in confusion. "Sir, your prestige in Tangyin Village is very high. Both civilians and ninjas are very happy for your arrival!" The daimyo nodded and smiled. "Daimyo, you are really amazing!" Zakaki said with a hint of sarcasm. "Haha, sir, maybe you will like this place!" The daimyo ignored Zakaki's sarcasm and said with confidence. Zakaki and the daimyo walked side by side toward the village. "Hello, Daimyo, Master Takaki. I just received the news that Lord Takaki is coming to Tangyin Village to be the leader. I thought it was unbelievable at the time! It's great. With Lord Takaki in Tangyin Village, we no longer have to be afraid of clouds. Bear with it!" A jounin walked up to Zakaki and the daimyo and said. "Haha, Fukiishi Jounin, long time no see!" Zakaki said with a smile to Fukiishi. "It's rare that you still remember my name. Haha, it seems that it is a fact that you will be the leader of Tangyin Village! Okay, great!" Fukiishi said happily. ¡°This¡ªFukiishi J¨­nin, this matter has not been finalized¡ª¡± Zakaki said a little embarrassed. "Sir, since the last leader passed away, the leader of Tangyin Village has been vacant! Please agree, sir! We believe you will like it here! Madam came here a few days ago and said that the environment here is very good!" said Fukiishi next to One of the ninjas spoke first. Zakaki looked at the person who spoke, it was the Jonin named Jie, so he nodded to him and said: "Jie, I said this matter has not been decided yet." "But -" Jie wanted to say something, but was interrupted by the daimyo next to Takaki, "Jie J¨­nin, Mr. Takaki is tired from riding, these things are not urgent at the moment, let's let him have a good rest first. !¡± "Haha, what the name said is that I was the one who was rude. My lord, please come with me. Madam and your lord's subordinates are in a house not far away. Our Miss Hideko is still accompanying madam. She said she wants to take good care of madam. She also asked me to apologize to you on her behalf." Jie said with a smile. "It's okay, let's go! Daimyo, I'll take my leave first!" Zakaki was a little anxious when he heard Yumi's news. "Haha, sir, go ahead. I haven't seen my wife for a long time, so I must be very worried about her. Let's not do bad things!" the daimyo said jokingly. Zakaki followed Jie and walked through several streets. About five minutes later, he saw a villa surrounded by a river. To the north of the villa was a garden, and to the south was a small lake connected to the river. The whole picture was full of peace. "The Daimyo put a lot of effort into building this house. He knew that he didn't like noisy, so he specially found a place like this in the village as his residence. Yunokuni is rich in hot springs, and the spring in your residence is the largest in the entire village. The best, although these are nothing, but it represents our sincerity for you, so, sir, please stay in Tangyin Village! Please!" Jie said, bowing to Zakaki. "Jie, I will consider this matter!" Zakaki said to Jie. "Well, in that case I won't disturb the gathering of the master and the madam, and I will leave first." Jie bowed again and said. "Haha, let's go! Take me to thank your colleagues and the lord." Zakaki nodded and said. "yes!" Yumi sat on a chair in the courtyard, looking at the exquisite decorations around her, with a flash of bitterness in her eyes. No matter how nice the house is, no matter how nice the environment is, it is still not my home. If I could, I would really like to live with him by the lake for the rest of my life. "Madam, are you thinking about me again?" A girl came from not far away and said to Yumi. "Haha, is it Miss Hideko? Don't you have any tasks today?" Yumi said with a smile to Hideko. "Yeah, haha, I don't trust those clumsy servants. If my wife gets hurt accidentally, it's not my fault! Jie and Fukiishi will have to tear me apart!" Hideko blinked her big eyes and smiled. said. "Miss Hideko is so interesting. Haha, how can I be so easily harmed? I used to be a ninja! And I was also a jounin!" Yumi said, tucking her purple hair by her ears. "Really? I didn't expect that Madam is not only gentle and beautiful, but also a strong woman!" Xiuzi looked at Yumi with admiration and continued: "Madam, I envy you so much. Not only do you marry a good husband, but you are also so beautiful. Especially with your purple hair and red eyes, you are the most beautiful woman I have ever seen!" "Miss Hideko is joking, what a good husband? Haha, he and I don't know how much we have gone through to get to this point!" Yumi seemed to?Thinking of the past, my eyes are full of sweetness. "Haha, this is the end of all hardships!" Hideko said with a smile. Just when the two were chatting happily, Yumi suddenly stood up and said with excitement: "It's him, he's back!" "He?" Hideko looked at Yumi in confusion, then her eyebrows jumped and she said in surprise: "Is it Mr. Takaki who is here?" "Well! It's him!" Yumi stood up and walked outside. Just when Yumi stepped out, a figure appeared next to her. The man hugged Yumi and pecked her in the face. Yumi was provoked by this person. Instead of being angry, Yumi blushed on her face. She said with a bit of sadness, a bit of excitement, and a bit of shyness: "Ozaki, there is someone else!" "Oh?" Uzaki released Yumi from her arms, looked at Hideko who was not far away, nodded and said, "Hello, Miss Hideko." Hideko looked at Zakaki nervously, dumbly motionless. After a moment, Hideko hurriedly bowed and said: "Hello, Mr. Oakwood!" "Haha, I want to thank you, thank you for helping me take care of Yumi!" Zakaki said with a smile. "I'm happy to serve you, sir. If there's nothing else to do, I'll take my leave first!" Hideko said and slowly backed out of the door. "Miss Hideko, let's eat together." Yumi said to Hideko. "Thank you, madam. No, I have another mission later! Madam, sir, I'll take my leave now." Hideko said and disappeared from the sight of Zakaki and Yumi. Zakaki stroked Yumi's belly, put his head on it and said with a smile: "Honey, do you think it's a boy or a girl?" "How do I know?" Yumi gave Zakaki a white look, and then said seriously: "Zakaki, don't talk about this anymore, what kind of leader do you really want to be here?" "What did you say? In fact, I have this plan now!" "I can tell that this seems to have been planned by the Daimyo of Yuno Country. The Tsuchikage has already known what happened to us in Earth Country, so there is no reason to attack us at that time. Also, I have heard about what happened to you in Konoha. , I think there is a lot of strangeness in it!" Yumi said with a frown. "Well, I know, but as the Daimyo of Yuno Country said, the entire ninja world will not be peaceful in a few years. Your safety really worries me! Since the Daimyo of Yuno Country can find you, that group of people can also find you. Found it." Zakaki said worriedly. "That group of people?" "Well, they are a group of powerful people, and I am not very sure that their leader is him! Although he will still be found in Tangyin Village, he will always be more or less scrupulous in a ninja village!" Zakaki He stroked Yumi's purple hair and said softly, "I'm sorry for getting you involved in these disputes!" "Haha, it doesn't matter. As long as I'm with you, it doesn't matter where I am!" Yumi said, nestling in Zakaki's arms "Hey, what do you think?" Zakaki said to the person and dog beside him. "If it's like you said, Tangyin Village might be a good choice. With your ability and means, you might be able to do something here!" He touched the ninja dog next to him and continued, "However, that daimyo Quite a character!¡± "Well, this guy is not simple!" Zakaki nodded. "So what if it's not simple? In the hands of you and me, he is just an ant!" "Well! In that case, let's take over Tangyin Village!" PS: When I have time, I will add another chapter! I hope you will support me a lot! Thank you, little brother! ; Text Chapter 165: Renovation of Tangyin Village "What? Sir agreed! Okay, great! I will immediately send out invitations to envoys from all over the world to come and witness the birth of this historical moment! I believe that with Sir's ability, within ten years, our Kingdom of Tang will definitely Become the sixth largest country! Hahaha¡ª" the daimyo shouted excitedly, without any trace of the majestic appearance he had before. "Daimyo, don't be happy yet, I have a request!" Zakaki said looking at the excited daimyo. "One request? I will agree to even a hundred requests! Just ask, sir!" the daimyo said proudly. "I hope to change the name of Tangyin Village in the future! Of course, not now!" "Change your name?" The daimyo glanced at Zakaki, thought for a moment, and then said, "I agreed. I don't stick to trivial matters when doing big things. Isn't it just a matter of changing my name?" "Okay! In that case, I will be the leader!" "I think next Wednesday is a good day. How about we set the celebration time at that time?" the daimyo said. ¡°Today is Thursday, there are only six days, is it too urgent?¡± "No, six days is enough! I will hold the grandest celebration in the history of the Kingdom of Tang for your husband. Not only the high-ranking officials and princes of the Kingdom of Tang, I will also send invitations to other big countries!" Zakaki and Yumi were walking on the street, looking at the lively market. To put it simply, the villagers in Tangyin Village are all simple and honest. Of course, it is not ruled out that there will be people like Hidan. To be honest, Zakaki is still very curious about the origin of Hidan. It seems to be a sect, but it was later dismissed. Hidan killed them all by himself, and now there is no such group of people to be found in Yu no Kuni. "Yumi, how do you feel about this place?" Zakaki asked with a smile. "It's not bad. I feel that the villagers here are very enthusiastic." Yumi said with a smile while holding Zakaki's arm. "Really? Haha, I will be their boss in the future, how can they not be enthusiastic? But I will be very busy in the future, eh - really, if I really become their leader, I won't be so free!" Mu said helplessly. "Ozaki, is your personality really suitable for being a leader? You are usually lazy, but being the head of a village is very troublesome!" Yumi looked at Zakaki worriedly. "Haha, it's okay, don't you believe your husband?" Zakaki touched Yumi's head and said comfortingly. "I believe it, but I'm afraid you will be too tired." While Takaki and Yumi were walking on the street, a man and woman walked towards Takaki and the others, the man was Fukiishi and the girl was Hideko. Fukiishi and Hideko came to Takaki, bowed to Takaki and Yumi and said, "Hello, sir and madam." "Haha, you don't have to bow every time you see me. It makes me quite uncomfortable." Zakaki said, looking at the two of them. "It is our blessing that you, sir, can come to Tangyin Village. These etiquettes are naturally expected." Fukiishi said, scratching the back of his head. "Well, Fukiishi said yes. Now the village is in dire straits and needs to be revitalized. I believe that under the leadership of the adults, the village will flourish." Hideko said. "You don't have to do this. Since Zakaki wants to be the village chief in Tangyin Village, he will definitely trouble you two in the future." Yumi said with a smile. Hearing Yumi¡¯s words, Fukiishi quickly waved his hand and said: "Madam, you are serious. Since you are the village chief, what is the use? Even if you fight to the death, it is our obligation. Where is the trouble? On the contrary, we need you to take care of the village!" "I won't be polite here anymore. Since I took over this position, I will do my best! Hideko, you accompany the lady around, and Fukiishi and I will go to see the ninja establishment in the village." After that, Zakaki and Fukiishi He headed towards the ninja regular reserve team Zakaki sat at his desk, looking at the huge pile of documents. The previous village chief had been killed for some time, and the accumulated documents would naturally fall on him. He had to sign and review everything in the village, large and small. Tangyin Village seemed to have no advisers to the village chief, except for some necessary clerical duties. Officials, the whole village doesn¡¯t even have a formal government affairs processing system! The whole village is like a mob. Without a good organizational system and management system, it is natural for it to become a vassal of others. To be honest, the scale of the ninjas in Yugakure Village is not too bad, with roughly one-tenth of the strength of Konoha. Of course, this refers to the jounin class. Although the combat effectiveness of a village mainly depends on the chuunin, it is these jounin who play the decisive role. No matter in that war era, as long as the enemy's headquarters is destroyed, the enemy army will naturally fall apart, and of course the enemy's headquarters must be destroyed. Rely on these jonin! At noon, I went with Fukiishi to inspect the situation of the Ninja Army in the village. Although the combat effectiveness is far from that of the big countries, as long as we do more ideological work and accumulate more experience, it is not impossible to improve these combat capabilities, but the most important thing at present is to deal with the management system. "It seems that being the village chief is also a difficult job!" Chi threw a piece of food to his ninja dog and said with some gloating. "Nonsense! Hey, now we have settled here, and it will be our territory in the future. Do you have any good way to change the current situation of Tangyin Village?" "Method? Didn't you pay attention? Why are you asking me?" Chi said as he looked at Zakaki holding a book of information about Konoha. "You also think of following Konoha's example?" Zakaki said hesitantly. "Well, although Konoha is decayed, it is undeniable that the first generation and the second generation have perfected Konoha's system. Whether it is the ANBU or the police, they all play a pivotal role in the development of Konoha. It is annoying. The group of elders actually played a huge role in the beginning. After all, they could check the power of Hokage, but now those guys have completely distorted the meaning of the first generation and brought Konoha to its death." Chi seemed to remember something, with anger. said. "You're right, I decided to divide the ninjas in Yuyin Village into two parts, one is the military department, and the other is the military department." Zakaki thought for a moment, and then said. He looked at Zakaki in confusion, "Military Department? Military Department?" "The military department is the regular ninja establishment, and the military department is Konoha's ANBU!" Oakwood explained. "Anbu is an Anbu, what kind of military department is it?" Zakaki said with some embarrassment: "Well, aren't you afraid that others will laugh at you? After all, you can't just copy everyone else's work." A burst of sweat broke out on his forehead, and he looked at Zakaki with disdain. "Let's not talk about this anymore. Let's talk about personnel arrangements. Hey, who do you think is suitable to be the Minister of Military Affairs?" "Aren't you asking this to an idiot? How do I know? I've only been in Tangyin Village for a few days?" "I know you are irresponsible! I'm not telling you, you are no longer young, it's time to find a housewife! Look at others Liu He Zhiyun, the good guy has three sons! I have decided that I can't let you be lazy anymore Go down, you will be the Minister of War!" Zakaki looked at him with a serious face and scolded. "Captain! I said you are too shameless, aren't you? Didn't you trick me into taking advantage of me? Can I be a minister like this? Let's not talk about whether I have management ability, but my ninjutsu, do you think you are suitable for this? "White Wolf, don't you think so?" Chi said, stroking the neck of the ninja dog. "Woof woof¡ª¡ª" "I knew you would make excuses! Come on, this is not Konoha, what are you afraid of?" Zakaki said. "My captain! I can't do it! By the way, didn't you give the Sharingan to that guy? His personality is very suitable for this!" Chi said hurriedly. "That's right. That guy has been idle in Konoha for so long. It's time for him to come out, right? That's it! Let's do this. You can become the Minister of Military Affairs," Zakaki said thoughtfully. "Don't! If they are all our people, Tang Ren will feel that you are authoritarian. I think the one named Jie is very good, let him be the Minister of Military Affairs!" "That makes sense. No, that's not giving you an advantage! Your current strength is not much worse than Kakashi. Isn't it too luxurious to not use such a good labor force?" "Then Zhiyun is even more powerful than me! How do you arrange it?" He said, looking at Zakaki fiercely. "That's right! It's very confusing!" Zakaki nodded. PS: For the next three days, two chapters per day ; Text Chapter 166: Someone from Konoha Takashi's plan in Tangyin Village was proceeding in an orderly manner. Kazui also received Takashi's notice and came to Tangyin Village to take up the post of Minister of War. The Ministry of War also began to be established under Yijing's supervision. Although the scale was It is not very big, but it has gradually taken shape as an organization. The selection of members by Yu Nin was unexpectedly smooth. According to Zakaki's previous conjecture, the formation of the military department will be more or less influenced by the conservative forces of Yu Nin. Obstacle, but not only that, all Tang ninjas are very enthusiastic about the selection. It was not until later that Zakaki found out that it was instigated by three people with good intentions. These three people were none other than the three whom Zakaki taught him when he came to Yuyin Village to perform his mission. Jonin! These three people were afraid that Zakmu would have objections to them, so they were naturally unexpectedly enthusiastic about the issuance of Zakmu's policy! "Sir, it's almost time for you to go back, right?" A man carrying a long knife and wearing sunglasses in the dark appeared in the office where Zakaki worked. "Hmm. Tomohiro, your Sharingan is not as good as Ichigo's!" Zakaki said with his head buried in the air while reviewing the documents on his desk. "This is a lesson, sir! Ichii-kun is much better than me in using the Sharingan!" Tomohiro Yanaga lowered his head and said. Zakaki threw away the pen in his hand, stood up slowly, stretched, walked to Yanagi Zhiyun, patted his shoulder and said: "You don't have to belittle yourself, after all, you have spent a lot of energy to rebuild the family. From now on. Develop your family well in Tangyin Village, I will try my best to provide you with help, I believe you will revitalize the Liuhe family!" Hearing Zakaki¡¯s words, Yanagi Zhiyun¡¯s body trembled, and he said with some excitement: ¡°Thank you for your cultivation, my subordinates will definitely die for you!¡± "Well, how is your family developing now?" "Reporting to your lord, although all the Liuhe family died at the time, there are still some relatives. In addition, I have networked with some wandering ninjas over the years, and the family is also quite small. Counting me, there are four jounin and two chuunin. More than ten!" Liu Hezhiyun said with a touch of pride. "Yes, with your character, these people are probably reliable people. It is really not easy for you to develop the Liuhe family to this level! But don't be arrogant, the enemies we will face in the future It¡¯s not simple, the role of jounin is not that great, and all you have to do is to integrate the Sharingan and your own sword skills, surpass your own limits, and maybe you will become a truly strong person! " "The J¨­nin are of little use? Are you talking about the Akatsuki Organization?" Tomohiro Yanaga didn't pay attention to Tsubasagi's praise, but said solemnly. "It seems that your efforts have not been in vain these years? Yes, it is them!" After hearing what Soakaki said, Yanagi Chiro said with a touch of embarrassment: "I feel ashamed to say it, but I have seen such a group of people in the Earth Kingdom. At that time, the Tsuchikage hired two rebel ninjas. Their strength was unpredictable. It is said that They seem to have an organization, and most of the people in the organization are masters of that level! If the enemy you are talking about is them, then the Jonin really can't play a big role!" "Well, let's not talk about this anymore. It's getting late, go and have a rest early!" Zakaki looked at the moon outside the window and said to Yanagi Zhiyun. "Yes! Sir, please rest early!" Yanagi Zhiyang bowed to Zakaki and disappeared from his sight. Zakaki walked to the window. Tangyin Village under the moonlight had returned to calm. The shining lights everywhere focused in Zakaki's eyes. The tranquility after the noise is the most beautiful! Zakaki looked back at the documents on the table, and then at the extravagant furnishings around him. He felt like he was in a dream. Zakaki thought about many things, and even thought about taking Yumi, Tsunade, and Anko to live in seclusion together. But he never imagined that he would be the village leader in Tangyin Village! As the old saying goes, fate is unpredictable, even for a time traveler! Forget it, don¡¯t think about it anymore, everyone who is supposed to come tomorrow will come, and the village will become lively, and it will probably be busy again by then! In the early morning, the pale yellow sunlight shines into the eyes of Zakaki from the cracks in the curtains. The sleeping Zakaki slowly opens his eyes and looks at Yumi sleeping in her arms with a smile on her face, her beautiful face, her long eyelashes, and her eyes. Coupled with the purple hair still hanging on the tip of her nose, the fragrance floating in the air made Zakmu feel a little comfortable in her heart. In fact, women are also very simple. As long as she is given a stable family, her little happiness will be filled. Full life. Yumi has never asked for anything from herself. Even after she left for several months, she never complained to herself. In half a month, she will be pregnant, and she will be a father in the blink of an eye! Zakaki kissed Yumi's forehead gently, then slowly removed Yumi's head from her arms, put on her clothes, and walked out of the room. Since tomorrow is the succession ceremony, many people will come to the village today. Although Tang Country is not a big country, the amount of missions it issues every year is quite astonishing, and the mission reports involved??It's naturally a huge sum of money, and the unique geographical location of Yunokuni has resulted in many customers, such as Konoha! The daimyo said that there will be many local princes and envoys from daimyo from other countries coming during this period, and the arrival of these people is also a test that the village will face, and there will definitely be some wanton and unruly people among them! Whether it is reception or security issues, as the head of a village, Zakaki will be extremely busy. Zakaki, who had not had breakfast, had already arrived at the office. He smiled and greeted a few guard ninjas and then started working. Xiuzi held a stack of documents in her arms and stood downstairs in the village chief's office. Looking at the office with the windows opened, she said to herself with some emotion: "Hey - thank you for your hard work!" Xiuzi looked at the guard in the distance. The ninja from the Ministry of War waved his hand, called for him, and asked, "When did you come, sir?" The masked Hyobu ninja said with admiration: "I've been here for an hour! I guess I haven't had breakfast yet!" Xiuzi frowned, "It's been an hour? It's only half past six now. Didn't your Excellency come at half past five? You must have not had breakfast! You give this to Your Excellency, and I'll buy you some breakfast!" "Yeah!" The Ministry of War ninja took the document, jumped a few times and disappeared. Zakaki looked at Xiuzi who was carrying milk and bread. He was stunned for a moment, then smiled and said: "Haha, thank you very much! It's really troublesome!" "Haha, adults are working hard for the village, and we as subordinates can't help much. The only thing we can do is this!" Xiuzi brought the breakfast to the oak table and said with a smile. "Without you, I wouldn't be able to sleep twenty-four hours a day! Haha, don't say those words, in my eyes, you are all excellent!" Zakaki said. "Sir, please stop praising us. If it weren't for you and Mr. Ichii, Tangyin Village would not be as orderly as it is now!" Hideko said with admiration. Zakaki stood up and said to Hideko: "Let's not talk about this. Hideko, please go and call Jie, Fukiishi, and Ichigo." "Yes, sir!" Xiuzi said and left. Zakaki looked at the milk and bread on the table, and then realized that he was really a little hungry. He picked up the bread and milk, took a few bites, walked to the window, and looked at the appearance of Tangyin Village. After a while, Jie and the other three appeared in the office. Zakaki held the unfinished bread in his hand, looked at the three people who appeared, and said with a smile: "You three are quite fast. Have you all had breakfast?" "My lord, you have eaten!" the three of them replied at the same time. "Well, in that case, let me elaborate on your tasks. First of all, Jie, you are the Minister of Military Affairs. Someone will definitely ask us to show our strength. But you also know the situation in our village, both in terms of quantity and quality. " Jie nodded to indicate understanding. "Fui Shi, you and a group of officials go to receive the envoys from other villages. Try not to cause conflicts. Some people will definitely provoke you. Leave these things to the people from the Ministry of War!" "Yes, sir!" "As for Yi Jing, I won't talk about your mission. You will definitely meet someone you know, and I'm afraid there are some¡ª¡ª" Ichii smiled, "Haha, sir, you don't have to be like this, Ichii has long¡ª¡ª" Before Ichii could finish his words, a military ninja appeared in the office, knelt down on one knee and said: "Sir, Konoha ninja Shikaku is carrying Hatake. Kakashi, Metkai, and Sarutobi Asuma have arrived at the entrance of the village!" "Huh? Here you come? Four big guys are here. Has Konoha calmed down now? Don't they have to do the task?" Zakaki looked at several people and said with a smile. "Hehehe, it seems that Konoha is here to show its goodwill. Based on your relationship with a few of them, I guess Tsunade-sama wants to play the emotional card!" Ichii said, standing next to Zakaki. "You're right, Tang Country is a big piece of fat, and everyone wants to get a piece of it, hahaha -" Zakaki said with a smile: "It's great to have friends from far away! Let's go and have a look!" "yes!" ; Text Chapter 167 Establishing Prestige "Kakashi, what do you think Mr. Zakaki looks like when he is the leader of the ninja village? Is he like the third generation? Holding a pipe and wearing a hat, he looks like an old man!" Akai touched his chin and flashed through his mind. Zakaki looked like an old man, with a smile on his face. "It should be about the same!" Kakashi said weakly as he turned over the Intimate Paradise in his hand. Kai jumped up to Kakashi, pointed at Kakashi¡¯s nose and shouted: "Kakashi, you ignored my words! How disgusting!" Shikaku and Asuma looked at the so-called opponents, Kai and Kakashi, with sweat on their faces. "Hey, hey, Gai, this is not Konoha, pay attention to the impact!" Asuma warned as he looked at the group of people around him and looked at several of them like monsters. After listening to Asma's words, Akai noticed the surprised looks from everyone around him. He retracted his hand in embarrassment and pretended not to notice. "Zakaki and the others are here!" Lu Jiu, who had been silent for a long time, said as he looked at a group of people walking in the distance. "Hehehe, it's Mr. Zakaki after all. We're so touched that so many people came to greet us when we arrived!" Akai nodded and said. A drop of cold sweat fell from the faces of the other three people again. Asuma threw away the cigarette from his mouth and straightened his clothes. Kakashi put the book in his hand into his ninja tool bag and followed Shikaku with a serious look on his face. Shikaku and the others walked to Zakaki and performed a ninja salute: "I didn't expect you to become the village chief here. It's beyond my expectation!" Lu Jiu said with a smile. ¡°Everything in the world is unpredictable, haha¡ª¡ª¡± Zakaki said with a smile. Akai looked Zakaki up and down, then shook his head and said, "Teacher Zakaki, why do I feel that this is not the case?" Zakaki looked at Akai in confusion, "What's not going on?" "That's it, that's it, and that's it!" Akai gestured with the oak tree up and down, and said with excitement on his face. Lu Jiu looked back at Kai and scolded him gently: "Kai, don't be rude!" Akai scratched his head in embarrassment as he looked at the group of Tang Ren behind Zakaki who were scolding him angrily. Kakashi stood up and explained to everyone: "Everyone, Akai is a disciple of Master Zakaki. He has always had this attitude with you. It is not disrespectful to you." Asma continued: "That's right. Your leader is still my senior brother. The role has been changed for a while. It is inevitable that I will feel a little uncomfortable, but we definitely have no intention of disrespecting my senior brother!" Jie nodded to Tang Ren behind him, and then said: "Master Zakaki is our leader. Although he has not been around for a long time, he is loved by everyone in the village! We have no other intentions, we just want you to pay attention. In terms of words and deeds, although our village is a small village, we believe that under the leadership of adults, we will definitely make a qualitative leap!" The group of soup ninjas behind them all showed firm expressions after hearing Jie's words. Zakaki waved his hands behind him and said with a smile: "Let's go, don't be here anymore, let's take a rest." Lu Jiu nodded, "Well, let's go!" Zakaki and Shikaku were sitting in the office, looking at Tangyin Village outside the window. "Why do you want to be the leader?" Lu Jiu asked puzzledly. "Haha, there are many reasons, and I can't explain them clearly for a while. Forget it, let's not talk about this!" "Well, I guess there are already a lot of people coming to Tangyin Village now. Although the war between you and the Kumo ninjas was successful before, they will definitely come to provoke you this time, and maybe the war will be ignited again! Although under your leadership last time Shimoyu Gakuin Village won, but if the cloud ninjas start fighting again, it will be difficult to resist with the power of Yugyin Village!" Shikaku said thoughtfully. Zakaki glanced at Shikaku and said with a smile: "You want Yugakure Village to be a vassal of Konoha, right?" Shikaku shrugged and smiled, "I can't speak of being a vassal. You also know the situation in Konoha now, and there is no way to stop Kumo Ninja! It is undeniable that in a short period of time, you can restore Yun Ninja's self-confidence. It is indeed amazing, but this cannot To counter the Kumo ninja, at least in the short term!¡± "Maybe, who knows?" Zakaki said with his back to Shikaku. "Tsunade-sama said that if possible, we hope that the two countries will form an alliance, provided that everything is in accordance with the previous standards!" "Shikaku, I don't want to discuss this with you now. You also know that neither I nor the current situation of Yuyin Village allow such a thing to happen. Therefore, those ideas of Tsunade are unrealistic! Since I, Izaki After carrying up the banner of Tangyin Village, we will never allow him to fall!" Zakaki said with confidence.   Shikaku glanced at Zakaki, walked slowly to the window, pointed at the people below and said, "Look, Yun Ninja is already here!" Zakaki looked in the direction Shikaku pointed, and saw three arrogant Kumo ninjas walking in Tangyin Village, "Huh! They are just a few rubbish, since I can defeat him for the first time , I can still defeat him twice! I let the Raikage run away last time, if I really have a chance, I will kill him!" Hearing Zakaki's words, Shikaku trembled, and then said: "Although you are strong, it does not mean that the entire Tangyin Village is like this. A war cannot be decided by one person! Zakaki, you¡ª¡ª" "Shikaku, I said, since I have carried the banner of Tangyin Village, I will never let him fall! Why do you talk so much nonsense when you are so smart!" Zakaki said with some annoyance. "Forget it, if I keep talking, I will fall down, so let's just wait and see everything! Zakaki, it would be great if you were Hokage!" Shikaku said with some regret as he looked at Zakaki. "Let's not talk about this between you and me. The Kingdom of Yu is a nice place. Now that I'm here, I, as the master, will do my best to treat you as a landlord! Ichigo, take Shikaku around!" Zakaki He said waving behind him. "Yes!" A figure appeared next to Zakaki. "What? Who is he?" Lu Jiu stared at Ichii with a look of disbelief on his face. "Mr. Shikaku, long time no see!" Ichigo walked up to Shikaku and said with a smile. "I didn't expect you to have such ability? I didn't even feel your presence! Zakaki, although I always thought you were unfathomable, I still underestimated you -" Shikaku said in surprise. ¡°I¡¯m really honored to get this recognition from you!¡± Zakaki said jokingly. "Well, it seems I have overestimated my capabilities!" Lu Jiu turned around and walked out the door with disappointment. Zakaki looked at the background of Ichii and Shikaku, a trace of bitterness flashed in his heart. It seemed that he and Konoha were really getting further and further apart! Sorry, Shikaku, I didn't mean to demonstrate, and I can't help it. If not, Yuyin Village will always be someone else's vassal! Zakaki walked to the map in the office. To the west of the Country of Yu is the Country of Fire, above it are the Country of Fields, Moon Country, and the Country of Thunder, to the south is the sea, and below are the Country of Waves and the Country of Water. It can be said that it has all the geographical advantages. The only mortal enemy, the Kingdom of Thunder, has the Kingdom of Fields and the Kingdom of the Moon as buffers. It can drive a few nails into the Kingdom of the Moon. As long as Kumo Ninja dares to go south, it will cause chaos from time to time! I don¡¯t believe in that evil, and I can¡¯t cure you! Looking at Yun Ren outside the window, a trace of murderous intent flashed in Zakaki's heart, hum! Let's take action on you people! Just tomorrow! PS: I hope you will vote and support it! The current results can really only be described as disastrous! I know it¡¯s a little painful to write now, but there¡¯s nothing I can do about it. It¡¯ll be better in a while. It will definitely be a new picture! ; Text Chapter 168: Killing the Cloud Ninja Zakaki looked at the attire on his body, and suddenly a word came to his mind: "Wide the monkey and wear the crown". If it weren't for the grand ceremony, Oakwood would really be too lazy to wear such clothes. I don't know if it's because of the daimyo's vanity, but this guy actually made a similar set of clothes by imitating the Konoha Hokage's robe. There's a "Soup" mark on the bamboo hat, which is just missing. Let your subordinates call you Zakaki Tangying! Speaking of this, Zakaki remembered a saying from his previous life: Politicians are inseparable from face-saving projects! It seems that this statement applies everywhere! This grand ceremony really surprised Takaki. All major countries and Ninja villages sent envoys, and Takaki knew most of them. Shikaku from Konoha, let alone his entourage, Iwagakure Village sent yellow earth and red earth. Loess is Takaki's old enemy. Takaki was credited with defeating thousands of rock ninjas back then! The Kirigakure village sect is Ao. Speaking of which, Tsubasa and the Kiri ninja have some connections. He killed two seven people back then, and later killed Murashi Jinpachi. Now he still has the explosive sword in his hand. Next is Ma Ji from Sand Hidden Village, a guy who has been scared by Zakaki n times. The last one is Kumo Ninja. The three guys who came from Kumo Ninja didn¡¯t even know Zakaki, and he didn¡¯t know where they were part-timers. They pretended to be worth 25,800 yuan in Tangyin Village. That kind of attitude reminded Zakaki of his previous life. The foreign devils who were arrogant and domineering in China in the late Qing Dynasty, had they not thought about their bad influence, Zakmu would have killed several of them long ago! I really know what Raikage is thinking, even if he wants to show off his power, there is no need to send such a bunch of idiots here, right? "My lord, it's almost time. It's time to set off." Jie walked in from the door and said. Zakaki straightened his clothes, looked at Jie with a smile and said, "How is it? Doesn't he look handsome?" "Haha, of course, you are already very handsome, and this outfit makes you even more handsome!" Jie said, touching her chin. "Bullshit! What nonsense? I don't know if I'm handsome or not? I'm not like Jiraiya. I look like a urinal and talk about charming thousands of girls all day long!" Zakaki remembered. Jiraiya said with a smile. "Are you talking about Jiraiya-sama, the legendary Sannin?" Jie asked curiously. "That's the birdman! Stop talking and let's go. The other guests are waiting impatiently. We have to sing several plays today!" Zakaki said thoughtfully. Then he strode towards the door. Jie followed behind Zakmu and walked towards the celebration place together. "Tangzhiguo has been peace-loving for many years since it was founded. As a daimyo, I have always followed the way of governing the country. However, we are still suffering from humiliation. Now we have a great leader who can defeat the enemies who have invaded. He It gave us a sense of security. As a daimyo, I believe that the first major thing I will do in my lifetime is to find him! Now come to welcome our new leader Zakaki!" The daimyo faced hundreds of guests in the stands, tens of thousands After the people finished speaking excitedly, thunderous applause broke out below. Wearing a robe, Zakaki walked slowly to the stands, opened his hands to everyone, and signaled to stop with a smile, "First of all, I would like to thank the great people of Tang Country. Your support is the motivation for me to continue taking action! Of course, I must also grateful¡ª¡ª" Before Zakaki said a few words, there was a burst of noise below, and this discordant sound obviously came from the direction of Yun Ren: "Hmph! I really thought I could be compared with the five major nations, but I'm just a clown!" said a cloud ninja. "That's right! You're not overestimating your abilities even in this outfit!" Another Yun Ninja said next. The leader in front of the two glanced at Zakaki sideways and said in a contemptuous tone: "Why do you two talk so much? Isn't it good to watch the clown continue to act?" This short dialogue immediately silenced the entire venue. Countless soup ninjas and people looked at him angrily, and some even started to curse. "Why are these people acting like fools?" Akai, who was sitting in Konoha, said to Kakashi. Kakashi took the kiss to heaven, nodded and said: "Yes!" Loess from the Iwagakure Village next to Konoha looked at Akai and Kakashi with disdain, "Huh! I think what Kumo Ninja said makes sense. This Takaki is indeed a bit arrogant!" When the steady uncle Asma heard what Huang Tu said, he said with rare sarcasm: "You despicable people are not arrogant, but your actions are shameful!" "What did you say? Humph! Konoha guy!" Loess stared at Asuma, looking like he was about to take action. "What's wrong? Isn't that what I said? Despicable guy, Kakashi, senior brother and Shikaku-senpai are the best evidence! I remember senior brother said that those thousands of rock ninjas were the team you led back then! Do you want to deny it? "?" Asma took a puff of cigarette, blew a smoke ring into the loess, and said provocatively. "Who are you calling a despicable villain?" Huangtu walked towards Asuma, and Chitu quickly grabbed Huangtu who was about to take action.He said to him: "Don't be impulsive. Lord Tsuchikage asked us to come here not for a fight!" Shikaku looked back at Asuma and said, "Asuma! This is not your style!" Asuma shrugged helplessly and started smoking. "I think Asuma is right!" Kakashi said with a smile. Akai is already eager to give it a try! Shikaku looked at the people behind him with a troubled expression. It seemed that he had underestimated the status of Tsubasa in their hearts. Not to mention the steady Asuma, even the always calm Kakashi was like this. Lu Jiupai was afraid of his head, and then he remembered that these three guys were all problem children before! Why¡ª¡ª Kumogi in the stands looked at the noisy venue, looked down at Yumo Ninja, and said with disdain: "Although this is a sacred moment for me to officially assume the position of village chief, I have to say something illegal. Kumo Hidden Although the village is powerful, I believe we are not afraid of them. A few months ago, with the concerted efforts of Yu Ninja, the so-called elites led by the Raikage himself fled in panic, and the Raikage and the Eight-Tails Jinchuuriki were also defeated by me. Run away! I don¡¯t want to show off, I just want to say that we will not provoke anyone, but we are not afraid of anyone, because I always believe that justice will eventually defeat evil!" As soon as Zakaki finished speaking, thunderous applause and cheers rang out from below again. These sounds directly drowned out Yun Nin's yelling. Seeing that his voice has been changed, how can the leader, who is the representative of Yunyin Village, give up? The leader dodged and came to the stands, and his actions silenced all the sounds, but the next scene made everyone open their mouths! Including the famous names of Yu no Kuni! The leader of the Cloud Ninja had just looked at the stand, pointing his finger at the oak tree, and was about to curse angrily when a thorn came out of the ground and passed through the Cloud Ninja's lower abdomen. The leader looked down at his punctured lower abdomen, revealing a ferocious face, vomiting blood from his mouth, and said intermittently: "Youyoudare to killkill me". After that, he twisted his neck and was strung on the thorns to death. In fact, according to the strength of the leader of Yun Ninja, it is not so easy for Zakaki to succeed, but despite all his thoughts, he never expected that Zakaki would kill again in full view of the public! "Hmph! You, a little Kumo ninja leader, dare to insult me ??repeatedly. Although I, Zakaki, am not a big shot, I am still quite famous in the ninja world. How could I get someone like you to do this to me? Do you want to dominate? Do you really think that the whole world belongs to you Yun Ninjas? Today I will kill you and destroy the majesty of Yunyin Village!" Zakaki looked at the remaining Yun Ninjas with a murderous look on his face and continued. : "Go back and tell Raikage! Just ask me, the village chief of Tangyin Village, Zakaki, to take charge of his subordinates on his behalf and let him know what it means to respect your seniors. If he doesn't accept it, he can challenge him at any time!" These words of Zakaki completely made everyone's hearts tremble. What is strength and what is a big shot? It's nothing more than this! Under the gaze of thousands of people, he killed Kumo Ninjounin with one move, and he truly lived up to his reputation as Kame Sennin! After Takaki's words, the atmosphere was completely heightened. Whether they were ninjas or civilians in Yuno Country, they all started shouting and cheering. Perhaps at this moment, the image of Takaki with a murderous face was deeply imprinted on his mind. into their hearts! Lu Jiu looked at Zakaki in the stands, and the surprise in his heart gradually turned into doubt. What gave him such confidence? Isn't he afraid of the national wrath of Kumo Shinobi? Oakwood, what are you thinking about? Not far from the venue, a man with long black hair and earrings said with a smile to the man with glasses beside him: "This is the real Zakaki! Haha, it's interesting. I never thought that Mr. Zakaki would be where he is today!" "Lord Orochimaru, yes, I really didn't expect Lord Tsubasa to become the head of a village!" The man with glasses nodded. "Kabuto! You're wrong. The leader of a village. With his ability, I don't think it's a big deal even if he becomes Hokage. I'm just curious about why he, who has always been indifferent to fame and fortune, became the village leader in this place. It's incredible!" ¡°What? You¡ª¡ª¡± A drop of cold sweat appeared on the face of the man with glasses, ¡°I didn¡¯t expect that he actually has such a status in your heart!¡± "Hehehe, interesting, really interesting!" ; Text Chapter 169 Orochimaru¡¯s Cooperation "I didn't expect Mr. Takaki to be the village chief in Yugakure Village. It really surprises me!" Orochimaru and Kabuto said as they looked at Takaki in his costume. "Haha, it's a joke, sir. I was kicked out by Konoha and I have to find a place to stay." Zakaki said with a smile. "Ozaki-kun, you are also the leader of the party now, so you don't need to call me sir. After all, you are not representing an individual now." Orochimaru said with a rare sincere smile. "Haha, in that case, I'll ask Orochimaru to shout!" Zakaki nodded. Orochimaru waved to Kabuto, then took a scroll from the latter's hand, handed it to Zakaki and said: "Uzaki, since you regard me as a friend, how can I, a friend, not give you some congratulatory gifts at your inauguration ceremony? These are some ninjutsu I have collected over the years. Although they are difficult to describe, they must still be of some use to you in building a village." Zakaki took the scroll and opened it. He found the ninjutsu with various attributes inside, and a flash of joy flashed in his heart. Tangyin Village is a small village, and its heritage cannot be compared with those of big countries. And these heritages include not only the number and strength of ninjas, but also the accumulation of various ninjutsu! Why is it that a big country can create ninjas so quickly? The fundamental reason is the good link effect of thought, training, and manpower, and the richness of ninjutsu is an indispensable part of the link. Zakaki closed the scroll and said with gratitude: "You really provide help in times of need. These ninjutsu are immeasurable for the powerful Yuyin Village! Haha, I won't say thank you! I can't thank you enough!" Orochimaru shook his hand and said with a smile: "That's not necessary. Are you interested in cooperation, Zakaki? No, it's not cooperation, it should be said that we are helping each other!" "Help each other?" Zakaki said with some confusion. "The geographical situation of Yuno Country is similar to that of Tian Country. Although it is much richer than Tian Country, the people here are too content with reality! You also know some things. In the next few years, the entire ninja world will once again start a rain of blood. Xingfeng, the strength of Tangyin Village is not enough! Even with a top expert like you! Besides, I estimate that with your current strength, you are probably no match for that old guy!" Orochimaru said solemnly. "Well, you're right! You're talking about an organization called Akatsuki, right? I've heard of it before, and I fought against the leader of that organization before. Although I didn't use all my strength back then, I guess I couldn't match him even with all my firepower. But now, If he only relies on the Samsara Eye, I am confident that I can still fight him!" Zakaki nodded. Orochimaru looked at Zakaki with a look of disbelief on his face, "Oh? Do you know about the Rinnegan Eye? Have you ever taught it to that guy?" "good!" "I understand a little bit when you say this. If you have the power to fight that guy with your Eight Earth Rebirth and the Turtle Immortal Mode, you may be able to defeat him! But don't be too petty. Look at him, after all, those are the legendary eyes. I have rarely seen that guy take action, but I know that he has not been defeated yet! But since you said so, it is inseparable! What I want to say is not It's just him, and there's another person!" Orochimaru, instead of being jealous of Zakaki's words, said with some relief. "There is another person?" Zakaki naturally knew it was Madara, but he still pretended to be surprised and asked. "Well, this old guy is not simple, but he won't take action now. After all, they still have a lot of things to do! Let's not talk about them first. Let's talk about the situation of the two countries. Apart from Konoha, there is not much in Tian Country. Foreign invasion. The Kingdom of Tang and the Kingdom of Tang border each other, with the Kingdom of Fire to the west and the Kingdom of Thunder above. Although they are separated by the Kingdom of the Moon, according to Raikage's style of doing things, another war between you is inevitable. After all, Your knocking on the mountain and shaking the tiger made him lose a lot of face! But if the war starts again, your chances of victory are not great!" Orochimaru said eloquently. "You're right! Although there were too many coincidences when I led a group of Taki ninja to defeat the Kumo ninja. Rather than saying it was a victory, it would be better to say that I defeated the Raikage! This time is different from the last time. If I guessed correctly last time , Lei Ying must have attacked Tangyin Village in the face of huge public opinion, and did not dare to use all his strength! But if I do this this time, I will face the wrath of the entire Kingdom of Thunder! As for the chance of victory, it is really not possible big!" "Haha, you don't need to belittle yourself. I saw Ichii-kun here, and the feeling on him was so frightening! There are also several familiar figures. Their abilities should not be underestimated. In the hands of masters, You won't be much inferior!" Orochimaru looked into the distance and said thoughtfully. What Orochimaru said really frightened Kabuto next to him. Needless to say, Kabuto's strength was on the same level as Kakashi. With his keen observation, he didn't even notice what Orochimaru said about Ichii-kun. How could he, who always puts his life first, not be frightened? "Haha, you are so clever! Come out, Ichijing!" Zakaki said, waving behind him. ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ???, a figure quickly appeared next to Zakaki: "Hello, Mr. Oakwood, hello, Mr. Orochimaru!" The person coming was none other than Ichii. Orochimaru nodded to Ichii, and then said: "Ozaki-kun is much stronger than me. There are crouching tigers and hidden dragons beside you. Is it possible that Ichii-kun's strength has already reached the Kage level? Haha, such a character, There are only two people in the world, him and Kakashi, right?" "Haha, that's about it. I'm ashamed to say it. Ichii originally belonged to Konoha. Back then, I killed a few Uchiha bastards in anger, but I left two main criminals behind. I wanted to make them suffer for a lifetime. Who wants to unite? The old guy Zang actually told me how to use the Sharingan. Then I thought of Kakashi, so I followed suit and gave this thing to Ichii! Ichii originally planned to live in Konoha In my life, I finally accepted my invitation to stay away from my hometown and come to help me. I really feel sorry for him!" Zakaki said, patting Ichii's shoulder. "Sir, you are joking. You saved this subordinate's life back then. Later, you made an exception and entrusted me with important responsibilities. Moreover, the fact that a civilian ninja like me can reach this height is also a gift from you, and it is useful to you." Wherever I go, even if I give up this life, it doesn't matter!" Ichii said with some excitement. "Haha, Tsubasa-kun is not only amazingly powerful, he is also very good at governing!" Orochimaru said with a smile. "No way? I just treat each other sincerely. If Ichii is willing to leave, I will be happy to see it! However, your subordinates are also good. The one named Kimimaro is very good at it. He seems to be from the Kaguya clan, right? How is he now?" Zakaki asked, thinking of Kimimaro. "Speaking of which, I would also like to thank you. Kimimaro was originally sick on the field, but he was saved by you and is still recovering at the base!" Orochimaru said with some relief when he thought of Kimimaro. ¡°Haha, congratulations to you then!¡± "Let's talk about the cloud ninja. If the cloud ninja attacks from the south, I plan to give them a try!" Orochimaru said. ¡°Come for a moment?¡± "That's right! You and I, the two villages, can become rivals and support each other. As long as the Kumo ninja goes south, we will attack from the west and the south to catch him off guard!" Orochimaru said with a serious face. "Well, you can give it a try! I plan to find someone to go to the Moon Country and hammer nails there. As long as the Raikage takes action, I will continue to harass the Thunder Country! Then together with you, I will defeat Kumo Ninja, and the success rate is very high !" Zakaki nodded and said. "Haha, Mr. Oakwood deserves to be called a military strategist! This kind of method is really unheard of! However, those sent to the Kingdom of the Moon must be careful!" Orochimaru said. ¡°You¡¯ve given me the prize, I¡¯ve already chosen the person!¡± "Since you said it, I won't be wordy anymore! Once your men are down, we'll leave first!" Orochimaru looked at Kiyo and Fukiishi coming from a distance, and he was about to leave after saying that. "Lord Orochimaru, wait!" Zakaki shouted in the direction Orochimaru was going. Orochimaru turned around and looked at Zakaki in confusion. "Be careful of breeding tigers! Don't underestimate that brat of the Uchiha family!" Zakaki reminded him kindly, remembering Orochimaru's fate in the end. "Well! I understand, the prey can never escape the hunter's trap! Don't worry!" Orochimaru smiled at Zakaki and left. "Sir! You are so majestic today! Haha, seeing Kumo Ninja's appearance is really satisfying!" Fukiishi looked at Zakaki with admiration and said. "That being said, what if Yun Ninja really wants to fight?" Jie said with some worry. "Hit? Just let him beat us! Otherwise, others will really think that we are soft persimmons, and whoever pinches us first will pinch us!" Zakaki turned around and said loudly. ; Text Chapter 170: Attitudes of the Five Shadows Thunder Shadow Conference Room "Asshole! Damn it! The madman Zakaki really makes me angry. Doesn't he know what death is? Now prepare manpower for me to attack Tangyin Village. This time I will conquer the whole country. I swear that I will not capture Tangyin Village." Don't give up!" Lei Ying smashed the glass next to him with one punch, looked at his men lying on the ground, and roared loudly. "Boss! Don't be anxious now. It's not too late to make a decision after you figure things out!" Nishi next to Lei Ying hurriedly persuaded. "Get it clear? What else are you doing? Do you want me to swallow my anger? Do you want to disgrace Yunyin Village?" Lei Ying yelled at Xi. "This - boss, even if we want to attack, there is no rush. A full-scale war is no small matter. Not only the arrangement of combatants, but also the supplies require the great help of the daimyo. If the war starts suddenly, it will not only attract the dissatisfaction of the elders, but also the daimyo. It¡¯s hard to explain to those princes and ministers! What I have to do now is to exaggerate Zakaki¡¯s attitude as much as possible, and then get the support of the elders and the advisors around the daimyo. Not only can I take the initiative morally, but I can also boost morale. Everything has an immeasurable effect! Boss, you have to think twice and don¡¯t act on impulse!" Xi explained. "What Xi said makes sense, boss, Turtle Immortal Zakaki is extraordinary. If he is not good, we will be fooled by him again. Let's do what Xi said!" Lazy said. Lei Ying clenched his fists tightly, and the veins on his face kept trembling. Finally he loosened his fists, breathed a sigh of relief, and said: "Kamesennin Zakaki! I will never let you go!" After that, , punched another piece of glass with his fist again. Xi and Lan looked at each other and smiled, and said together: "I want to buy glass again!" Tsuchikage Conference Room "You said that Oakwood killed the envoy of Kumo ninja?" Two days later, Ohnoki looked at his son Huangtu and his apprentice Chitu with surprise. "Well! In front of countless people! Old man, this Zakmu is really a character and courageous!" Huang Tu said with admiration. "What kind of courage? He wants to scare the monkeys! Bastard! Why did I give birth to such an incompetent son like you? Look at that oak tree, and then I feel worried when I look at you! Someone else took off the war chest on your head back then. Don't you feel embarrassed by the title of Sennin?" Two-day-old Onoki reprimanded Loess bitterly. Loess looked at his father impatiently, and then kept winking at Chitu. The latter seemed to have a tacit understanding for a long time, and said in a naive voice: "Lord Tsuchikage, what should we do now?" The Tsuchikage was diverted by Akatsuchi's topic, and after thinking for a while, he said: "What we have to do now is to sit on the mountain and watch the tiger fight. If I guess correctly, that brat Raikage will definitely attack Yugakure Village. Zakwood is so easy to deal with. These two guys will definitely fight to the death, hum! Let¡¯s just reap the benefits!¡± "But what does their fighting have to do with us? It seems that we can't get any benefits?" Huang Tu asked Tuying in confusion. "You idiot, isn't it a good thing that the strength of the Kumo ninja has been weakened? Now Konoha has too much to take care of itself, and Sunagakure Village is at the end of its strength. The useless place in Kirigakure Village will not do anything. It is our biggest enemy. It's the Kumo ninja. If their strength drops significantly in the hands of Tsubasa, who else in the ninja world can be our opponent?" the Tsuchikage said proudly. "Don't you still have an Akatsuki organization? They seem to be very powerful?" Huang Tu interrupted again. "You still don't believe that you are an idiot? No matter how powerful an Akatsuki organization is, it is just an organization. Can it resist a country?" Tsuchikage roared at Loess. "Yes, I understand¡ª¡ª" "idiot¡ª¡ª" Water Shadow Conference Room Terumi Mei flirted with her brown hair charmingly, and listened to Qing's report on the situation in Yuyin Village. She covered her red lips with her little hand and said with a smile: "Listening to what you said, this man is really interesting! I just heard about him in person. His strength is astonishing, but I didn¡¯t expect him to be so good at governing the country!¡± "Mizukage-sama, you have to pay attention to your attitude! This oak tree is not a simple thing. The geographical location of Yuno Country is very delicate. We have several islands with rich products in their waters. If they start If you have any malicious intentions, you will catch us off guard!" Qing said angrily to Terumi Mei. Terumi Mei waved her hand and said with a smile: "It's okay. The Yugakure Village must be too busy taking care of itself right now. How can it have time to attack our territory? I guess the Raikage will take action soon, and then the ninja world is afraid There will be another bloody storm!" "Sir! Since you know why you didn't prepare your defense earlier, we should be prepared if the war affects us! Takaki and the seven of us have had a feud for a long time. When AsoThey all died in his hands. It is said that Zabuza, the traitorous ninja, also died in his hands later. Maybe he still has a few swords in his hands now? "Qing said slowly, as if before the meeting started. "Qing, that was a long time ago! Besides, there is no need to make a fuss. Although Zakaki is very powerful, his village is just a small village. What big waves can he make? I even think now that he will be defeated by Raikage very quickly. In your hands! Oh - what a pity for such a good man!" Terumi Mei said with regret. "Mizukage-sama, please correct your attitude. You have never seen the power of Kame Sennin Oak because of your age! Let me tell you, as far as I know, Kame Sennin Oak has almost never been defeated since his debut! And those Everyone who looked down on him died in his hands! So¡ª¡ª" Qing ignored Terumi Mei who was already on the verge of collapse and was minding her own business. Terumi Mei's eyes flashed with murderous intent, "Age? Married? Leftover? Older? Don't say it in front of me! Bastard, I'm going to kill you!" Wind shadow office Gaara, who had panda eyes, sat on a chair, listening to Ma Ji¡¯s report, nodding from time to time: "You mean the war is about to start again?" A faint smile of relief appeared on the half of Ma Ji's face, and he said: "Yes! It is estimated that the war will start again soon. Isn't Zakaki a simple person? Since he dares to do this, he must be sure! I am now Everyone feels that Tangyin Village will turn decay into magic and finally win this war!" Temari wiped the fan in her hand, raised her head and said, "Isn't it possible? Although Zakaki is powerful, it can't resist the power of a country? After all, Yugakure Village is just a small place and cannot be compared with the five great ninja villages!" Kankuro nodded and said, "Yes, what Temari said makes sense!" Ma Ji shook his head and said seriously: "Zakaki is unfathomable. With his character, he will never do anything uncertain. You have not experienced three wars and have no idea how powerful Zakaki is. Not only is he In terms of personal strength, he is terrifying, even if he is in charge of the overall situation, his tactics are unpredictable. Although the Kumo ninja is powerful, the last time the Raikage escaped showed a lot of things! Moreover, his relationship with Konoha has always been ambiguous, who Do you know Konoha¡¯s final attitude?¡± Gaara stood up coolly, and then said confidently: "No matter what, these have little to do with us. What we have to do is to recharge our batteries and strengthen Sunagakure Village!" "Yeah! That's well said!" Maki looked at Gaara with admiration and said. Hokage's Office Tsunade was drinking a cup of hot tea, her plump breasts were moving up and down, and her bright red nails were constantly flipping through the information about Yugakure Village collected by Shikaku and the ANBU, and then she said to Shikaku: "Shikaku, I really want to It doesn¡¯t make sense, why does Zakaki dare to do this? According to intelligence analysis, Tangyin Village is simply not worth watching. Where does Zakaki get the confidence to go to war with Kumo Ninja?" "Well, this is also where I am confused. From the intelligence point of view, Tang Ninja is not an enemy of Kumo Ninja. According to the troops dispatched by Yun Ninja in the three previous battles, Zakaki will undoubtedly be defeated, but why does he still fight? More What surprises me is that he doesn't seem ready to ask for help from us, let alone cooperate with us!" Shikaku nodded. "Although Zakaki looks peaceful, he is actually extremely strong. Once he decides on something, it is difficult for anyone to change it, and according to his character, it is impossible to do anything that has no chance of winning. He must have a lot of basis. Could it be that he has another Or are they allied with other big powers? Suna Ninja Village and Iwa Ninja Village can be eliminated, then only Kirigakure Village is left! Is Oakwood planning to join forces with Kiri Ninja? It is very possible, after all, Yunokuni and Water The country is very close!" Tsunade said with a frown. "I don't know if Takaki has joined forces with the Kiri Ninja, but I know he must have his own power!" Shikaku said, remembering Ichii in Takaki's office. "Power? What do you mean? There is no intelligence?" Tsunade looked at Shikaku in confusion and said. "Ichii! He is very powerful. At least in the village, except for you and Lord Jiraiya, he has no rivals!" Shikaku said with a serious face. "Ichii? Didn't he retire? I remember that he used to be very prestigious in the Konoha army! Is he about the same age as you?" Tsunade said. "Well, Kazui is an old subordinate of Takashi, and he respects Takashi very much. It was Takashi who helped Kazui several times before he entered the senior ranks of the Ninja Army. Later, he retired after Takashi left Konoha. At that time, many people thought it was his dissatisfaction with the top management of Konoha, and they had no suspicion. Looking at it today, I am afraid that it was already planned by Zakaki!" "That's not right. I remember that he is just a civilian ninja. He has no advantages at all. Apart from his excellent sword skills, it is impossible for him to grow to the height you mentioned based on his talent!" "This is where I'm confused! Shikaku said with a frown. "Could it be that Zakaki, like Orochimaru, used some kind of curse seal that makes him neither human nor ghost?" Tsunade said angrily. "No, I think I know Zakaki very well. Although he is a bit loose, it is absolutely impossible for him to do that kind of thing!" Lu Jiu shook his head and said. "I know it too, but isn't this too strange?" PS: Please support me! I have been diligent in updating these two days. I hope you will not be stingy with your votes and help me push forward. I don¡¯t have any big requirements. I just want to be among the top 20 recommended in the week! Thank you! ; Text Chapter 171 Preparation before the war The huge statue spit out a scarlet tongue, and the tip of the tongue was touching a man wearing a fire cloud robe. The man's eyes were very strange, with circles of ripples spreading out around the pupil. Obviously, those eyes were the eyes of reincarnation. ! The man standing on the tip of the tongue is the leader of the Akatsuki organization, Payne! Payne looked at the buildings towering into the sky in the Kingdom of Rain, and stretched out his hand to catch the rain falling from the sky. No one knew what he was thinking! "Things have changed. The current situation has deviated from the track we originally planned!" A masked man came out of the mouth of the statue and stepped closer to Payne with his arms open. "Well, you mean Tangyin Village, right?" Payne didn't look back but still opened his arms to catch the raindrops falling from the sky. The masked man walked up to Payne and said in a reproachful tone: "Now every village is afraid that the battle in Tangyun Second Village will affect them, so they are all on guard. This is very detrimental to our plan!" Payne turned around and looked at the masked man with disdain, "Tangyin Village is just a small village, there is nothing to be afraid of. To destroy them is just a matter of flipping hands. Sir, there is no need to worry." "We have been planning for so many years, and there is absolutely no room for any deviation. Zakaki, I think he is not a trivial person. If you accidentally overturn the boat with him, the responsibility -" Before the masked man could finish speaking, a clear and beautiful voice came out. The scolding had already interrupted his words: "Don't forget your identity. We are all just collaborators. You have no right to order Payne!" A ball of paper appeared in the air, and when it was put together, it turned into a blue-haired girl. This person was not Xiaonan again. who is it? The masked man glanced at Xiaonan and said coldly: "I'm not giving an order, just a reminder!" After the masked man said this, the surrounding air began to spiral and the people gradually disappeared. "Penn, I have always felt that this person has ulterior motives. Why should I cooperate with him?" Xiaonan said with a frown. "Well, I know. But no matter what his intentions are, we are just cooperating, and I will be careful about him!" The smell of gunpowder smoke has begun to spread throughout the ninja world. Although many people in power know that this war has little to do with them, no one dares to take it lightly. No one can be sure that the war will not spread to their own territory! The Fourth Ninja World War is about to break out, and history has gradually deviated from its original track. What will this war bring to the ninjas? Zakaki looked at the report in his hand in the office and made a further assessment of the strength of his village. As everyone imagined, Tang Ninja was not an enemy of Kumo Ninja at all. Once the war broke out, relying on this With some troops, Tang Ren will become a vassal of Yunyin Village sooner or later! But a plan has long been formed in Zakaki's heart! Bang bang bang¡ª¡ª The door of the office was opened, and Military Minister Jie came to the office with a group of Jonin. "Oh, Jie! What's the matter with a group of you here?" Zakaki asked with a smile as he dropped the report in his hand. "Sir, now the survival of Tangyin Village is in critical condition. We ask you to spread our troops to different places to prevent us from being raided by Yun Ninja!" Jie said. Everyone else also nodded, indicating this. "Haha, I'm very happy that you're asking for a fight. But having said that, it's my fault that Tangyin Village is facing war just because of my impatience!" Zakaki said with some shame. "My lord, you must never say this. As we all know, your nature does not like fighting. Today, we are going to fight against the Kumo ninja for the village. Your lord will work harder than us, and those of us who are subordinates will naturally give our full support!" said a jounin. "We in Tangyin Village have not liked fighting since ancient times, but Yun Ren and his team have repeatedly used force and insults, and even made rude remarks during the ceremony. Do you really think that we are easy to bully? This time, my lord, I decided to fight against him , we must obey each other to the death!" Another jounin said. Zaki looked at the two people talking and said with a smile: "Your name is Asada, your name is Asai, right? I remember you are two brothers!" "Exactly!" the two brothers said at the same time. "That's right! Haha, what you just meant was to lead troops everywhere to prevent surprise attacks by Kumo ninja, right?" Zakaki looked at Jie and said. "Exactly, sir, the strength of Yun Ninja is much stronger than ours. According to Yun Ninja's usual marching attitude, they will definitely divide their troops to attack my Tangyin Village!" Jie said with a solemn face. Zakaki nodded and said with a smile: "I understand what you mean! But I have some opinions." "Opinion?" Jie said puzzledly. ¡°Let¡¯s not talk about the disparity in strength between us and Kumo Ninja. Even in individual combat ability, Kumo Ninja is much better than us! If we really divide our forces for defense, we will definitely lose!¡±??Oakwood said. "But there is no way to defend against the attack of Yun Ninja?" Jie looked at Zakaki in confusion. Zakaki shook his head and said: "Have you ever heard that the best defense is offense?" "Attack?" Everyone looked at Zakaki in surprise. "That's right! Join forces and declare war on the Kumo ninja. Rely on the favorable location and defeat the Kumo ninja in one fell swoop! Once the Kumo ninja suffers too many casualties, they will definitely retreat without a fight!" Oakwood continued sternly, "You all come over and watch. Look, here is a detailed map of the Moon Country!¡± As soon as all the Jonin came to the map, they saw the circles of Zakaki on the map. Zakaki pointed to a crossed place and said: "I just said that the best defense is offense, and we What we have to do is to move the battlefield to the Kingdom of the Moon! The Kingdom of the Moon is originally a vassal of the Kingdom of Thunder, and the strength of its Ninja Village is far inferior to that of my Tangyin Village. It can be ignored for them, and What we have to do is capture Yueyin Village, attract the Kumo ninja, and finally fight with them!" "A decisive battle? Even then, won't we lose?" someone asked. "Losing? No one can be sure of this kind of thing, but with the addition of two foreign aids, we might win!" Zakaki said with a smile. "We have foreign aid? Is it Konoha? That's right. Because of your relationship with Konoha, they will definitely help. Besides, we, Yuno Kuni, are one of their big patrons. There is no reason why they would just sit back and watch!" Asai said. "No way? Does the foreign aid you mentioned really exist?" Fukiishi asked. "Fukiishi! Don't be rude, since what you said must make sense!" Jie scolded Fukiishi. "Well, I think Konoha is unlikely to help us? And the adults also said that there are two foreign aids. I am really confused!" Fukiishi said doubtfully. "Haha, the foreign aid I'm talking about includes you Fukiishi!" Zakaki said, patting Fukiishi on the shoulder. "Me? Isn't it? Sir, how can I be a foreign aid?" Fukiishi said with a look of disbelief on his face. Zakaki waved towards the door and said: "Zhiyun, Chi, come in!" Just as Zakaki finished his voice, two men walked into the room, one carrying a long knife and glasses, the other wearing a robe and carrying a Big white dog. Everyone was attracted by the strange combination of these two people. When they felt bursts of pressure from them, everyone's first feeling was that the two of them were extraordinary. "I decided to send a small team of elite ninjas to station in the Kingdom of the Moon. Once they receive my news, they will immediately go to the Kingdom of Thunder to carry out destruction! And the people leading the team this time are these two, and Fukiishi!" Zakaki was serious! said. Fukiishi stared with big eyes and a long mouth, "Sir, how come I have never seen these two seniors? I can understand that Mr. Ichii is your old subordinate, are these two also your subordinates? By the way! In I received help from an expert when I picked up my wife, but he didn't show up, so it must be these two, right?" Zakaki waved his hand to Fukiishi and said: "Now is not the time to talk about this. Can you do what I said? Although this is a bit dangerous, what I ask is to save life first and destroy it later! Use your ability to save His life is probably not in serious danger, after all, the main combat power of the Kumo ninja will be attracted here!" "Since the adults have said this, I will naturally be furious!" Fukiishi said, bowing to Takaki. "Okay, they will tell you the details, so follow them to prepare now!" Zakaki said to Fukiishi. "Yes!" Fukiishi said and walked out of the door with Chi and Zhiyun. "Sir, Fukiishi has been sent out, what should I, the military minister, do?" Jie said anxiously. Zakaki walked to Jie and looked back at everyone, "You and Jie have the same idea, right? Haha, a few people will follow Fukiishi and the others, while the others will stay in the village and stand by! Be ready to go out at any time Get ready! Let¡¯s disperse!¡± "Yes!" All the soup ninjas left. Jie did not leave, but stood aside and said hesitantly: "Sir, I am afraid that some of these people¡ª¡ª" "Haha, you said there is someone inside the Kumo ninja, right? Don't worry! They have no chance, tonight is the time to set off!" Zakaki said with confidence. "What? Tonight?" Jie looked at Zakaki in horror. "It's okay! I have a plan for a long time!" Zakaki patted Jie on the shoulder and said comfortingly. Looking at the people gradually disappearing, he smiled in his heart. It seems that this war still has a high chance of winning! ; Text Chapter 172: Attacking Yueyin Village Everyone in the world says that the moonlight is gentle, but the moonlight only exudes so-called gentleness through the radiance of the sun. Although Zakaki doesn't know whether the moon in the Naruto world has the same nature as in the previous life, but looking at the moonlight that spreads a veil over everything, Zakaki Mu couldn't help but feel a sense of disgust in his heart! Mostly they don¡¯t like this kind of atmosphere. Behind Zakaki stood nearly a thousand Yunin, and now they had arrived at Tsukigakure Village. After all, it is a small village that is not even as good as Yuyin Village. Nearly a thousand ninjas have already arrived at the city. Except for the occasional flash of lights, the whole village is still sleeping soundly in the moonlight. Zakaki turned to look at the good man behind him, and the disgust in his heart gradually turned into a sense of guilt. Perhaps, in an hour, many of these people will be killed on the battlefield! However, the war will continue! Zakaki waved to Ichii next to him and said: "It's almost time, let's take action!" "Yes!" Ichii turned around, gestured to the people behind him and shouted loudly: "Action!" Whoosh whoosh? After a burst of noise, Zakaki was the only one left in the queue that originally occupied a large area of ??land. Yueyin Village, who was about to be swallowed up by the sea of ??fire, enjoyed his last moment of peace in the moonlight. Boom - With the sound of a detonating talisman in the center of the village, the war officially began! The light emitted by the detonating talisman in the village illuminated Zakaki's face, and all kinds of roars, fights, cries, and curses reached Zakaki's ears. At this moment, Zakaki felt disgust, guilt, and anger in his heart. There was even fear, and that negative emotion that had never happened before began to occupy Zakaki's brain, and Zakaki's hands began to shake. It¡¯s not that Zakaki has never participated in wars, killed people, or led an army to resist the enemy! But no matter at any time, Zakaki's fighting is forced. Threats to life, the death of relatives and friends, the pressure of survival, and various reasons force Zakaki to fight and become stronger. And now, Zakaki attacks a group of innocent people for another reason that is not a reason, causing a disaster that does not belong to this world. Is all this right or wrong? What is all this for? for what? The hostility in Zakaki's body began to permeate, and the murderous aura began to spread to the surroundings. The atmosphere of war gradually entered the climax. Zakaki closed his eyes, clenched his fists, and the murderous aura in his body began to jump. Suddenly, Zakaki opened his eyes, quickly formed a seal, pressed his hands to the ground, and shouted loudly: "Since you don't know why, then kill everyone! Batu is reborn!" Eight figures gradually appeared from eight directions around Zakmu. The surrounding flowers, plants and trees swayed up and down under the aura generated by the nine bodies. Accompanied by the cold moonlight, all this heralded the coming of a bloody storm. Whoosh - the original nine bodies disappeared in the moonlight! The leader of Yueyin Village looked at the man wearing sunglasses in front of him. The murderous aura emanating from that man made him feel so vulnerable. His many years of ninja career told him that this man was definitely stronger than him. Faced with such a A person can only calmly analyze the weaknesses of his technique, and then use his elite jounin strength to hold him back and enlist his companions to rescue him. The leader of Yueyin Village listened to the ping-pong-pong-pong fighting all around, and naturally knew that it was impossible to get support in this situation. This man's strength was probably unstoppable in the village, and if he was released, it would definitely be a threat to all Yue Ninjas. nightmare. "Hmph! I see the signs worn by the ninjas around. You must be Yu ninja, right? Now you have to face the wrath of Kumo ninja. Instead of protecting yourself, you come to sneak attack our Yueyin Village! Is Kame Sennin Sakuragi really arrogant? At this point? Are you going to face the wrath of the two countries?" The leader of Yueyin Village said to the man wearing sunglasses. The man wearing sunglasses is naturally Ichii. Ichijing looked at the leader of Yueyin Village with disdain, "Humph! How can an ant like you understand what adults are doing? How dare a garbage village like yours talk about the anger of the two countries! We can destroy you in a matter of seconds!" "Listen to what you mean, you must not be Zakaki. When did Tangyin Village have a master of this level? Kamesenren Zakaki? Although my strength is not good, I am also the leader of the village. Even in battle, that's me. How is it your turn to intervene in the matter with Zakaki? Also, who are you?" the leader of Yueyin Village said angrily. "Pedantry! It's not Mr. Oakwood's turn to take action against a piece of trash like you. No matter who I am, I can take care of you!" Ichii said proudly. "Arrogant person!" As soon as the leader finished speaking, a chill came from the bottom of his heart, and a cold murderous intent locked onto him. Just when the leader was about to escape from the murderous intent, a giant ax struck. The air was moving at high speed in his direction in a strange trajectory. Feeling the huge power of the giant axe, the leader of Yueyin Village hurriedly set up his kunai, preparing to resist the blow. It was not that he did not want to leave, but that he clearly knew that, Even if you leave this direction, that giant ax will still smash you to pieces! But even if he blocks it, won't he be smashed to pieces with his strength? ??Boom¡ª¡ªThe giant ax hit the leader of Yueyin Village directly, and the leader of Yueyin Village¡¯s body cooperatedThe giant ax passed through several walls together and disappeared from Yijing's sight. "Ichijing! When did you learn that trick, just kill if you want. Where did you get all this nonsense?" A burly man wearing turtle shell-like armor appeared next to Yijing and said. "My lord, this is a lesson! But why would you use such a trick in a battle of this level?" Ichii said with his head lowered. Zakaki slowly walked to the leader of Yueyin Village, pulled out the giant axe, and said with disdain: "It's nothing, I just feel uncomfortable standing in the distance and want to come out to stretch my hands and feet. I just looked around, fighting It¡¯s almost there, go and help, end the battle quickly, don¡¯t waste troops in a place like this, our battlefield is not here!¡± "Yes!" Ichijing said and disappeared into the night. Through vision sharing, Zakaki saw that the battle in Yueyin Village was coming to an end, so he withdrew the Eight Earth Rebirths and came to the Tang Ninja meeting point. Although the battle was over, the Tang ninjas continued to encounter malicious attacks from the villagers here. Seeing the hatred-filled eyes of those villagers, Zakaki realized that he was the aggressor! "How are the losses in the war?" Zakaki asked, looking at Jie who was holding the war casualty report. "Thanks to your Excellency and Mr. Ichii for killing the leader of Tsukigakure Village, and our sudden attack, the battle death ratio between us and Tsuki-nin was 1:3. We lost 57 people in battle, and 25 people lost their combat effectiveness. This battle I'm afraid this is the best record in Tang Ninja's history!" Jie said excitedly. "Well, I know!" Zakaki looked at the surrendered Yue Ninjas and the angry villagers, and fell into deep thought. No matter where they are, the invaders will always be resisted by the counter-invaders, even in Naruto The same goes for the world! "What are you talking about? Zakaki actually attacked Yueyin Village? No! I'm going to destroy Tangyin Village now. Let's see what Zakaki is capable of. He dares to attack first? Does he really want to die? Is that so?" Lei Ying roared furiously when he heard his subordinates reporting the latest battle situation. Xi looked at the thunder shadow who was about to go berserk again, and hurriedly stepped forward and said: "Boss, the war has already begun, we don't care about this little time! This oak tree is really extraordinary. Most people only want to protect themselves in front of us Yun Ninja, but we can't think of him. Mu actually dared to touch Tiger Beard first. All he has to do now is to bring the battlefield to the Kingdom of the Moon or our Kingdom of Thunder. If he suddenly rushes in, he will inevitably fall into his trap. Now the Kumo Ninja army is ready. As long as we wait for the specific information from Zakaki and his party, we can take action!" "Wait until we get the intelligence? How long will it take? If we can't find them, why don't we stop fighting? Although Yueyin Village is small, it is a barrier for us Kumo Ninja and is also our best partner. If we let Other villages know about this? How can I save my face?" Lei Ying roared. "I know what you mean! But if we rush in now and involve the battlefield in the Kingdom of Thunder, then you will be punished by everyone! You also know that you are not the one who has the final say in the village, and if you do not do well, you will be destroyed. Falling into an abyss!" Said, holding Raikage's arm. Bang Bang Bang¡ª¡ªThe door of Raikage's office rang. "Come in!" Lazy said calmly, holding a toothpick in his mouth. A Cloud Ninja walked into the office, knelt down on one knee and said, "Lord Raikage, we have found the whereabouts of Tang Ninja and his party!" After that, the Cloud Ninja held up a scroll with both hands and sent it to Raikage. Lei Ying took the scroll, opened it and read it. Xi glanced at Lazy and whispered: "Lazy, why don't I feel right? Why did the news come so fast?" The latter nodded. "Okay! In that case, let's start marching! Zakaki! I will definitely cut you into pieces!" Lei Ying roared loudly with lightning flashing on his body. ¡°Boss, don¡¯t you think something is wrong?¡± Xi said while holding her chin. "Wrong? What's wrong? You don't let me fight without intelligence, and you say it's wrong when you have intelligence! Humph! So what if it's wrong? You can conquer ten levels with one force. In the face of absolute strength, any plan is fleeting! Don't you give me the order? , set off immediately! There is also Xi, you go too!" Lei Ying roared again. Xihelan walked out of the office with a look of helplessness. "Lazy, I suddenly have a bad feeling!" "Me too!" PS: I can¡¯t reply to book reviews, and I don¡¯t know why. I have read all your book reviews, especially the criticisms from the idiot star. To be honest, I only have this little ability, and it is really difficult to improve my writing skills! But since the criticism has been pointed out, I will try my best! ; Text Chapter 173 When the war is going on Zakaki looked at Yu Ninja who was busy coming and going, and suddenly felt that he was back in the Third War. At that time, he was still under Tsunade. Later, Tsunade handed all the command rights into his hands due to the break. Fortunately, he didn't make any mistakes, and he led the Konoha people to defeat the Iwa Ninja. But now it is no better than that time. At that time, Konoha was stronger than Iwagakure in terms of manpower and individual ninja quality. But now, no matter in every aspect, the Yu ninja is inferior to the Kumo ninja. Although not long ago, A victory greatly improved the morale of Tang Ninja, but this cannot be the key to winning the battle! Some Yu ninjas even got carried away with themselves. The defeat of the Moon ninja made them think that the Kumo ninjas were equally unbearable. This was a sign of the low combat quality of the Yu ninjas. After leading such a group of people to fight against the powerful Kumo ninja, even the confidence that Tsukaki had had gradually disappeared. In fact, Zakaki didn't plan to rely on them much. He just wanted to gather a few people to start killing when necessary. "Jie, how is the camp doing now?" Zakaki said as he came to Jie's side. Jie, who was arranging tasks, saw Zakmu's arrival and quickly bowed and said: "Sir, the three camps you asked us to build have all been repaired. I am puzzled. Although the three camps chosen by your lord are all good places, But there is no need to waste manpower and material resources to build three of them? The three camps are in the shape of a long snake. Did you choose the long snake formation? Although it is indeed good to attack the head and tail, this formation is a bit weak in the face of the enemy's superiority in military strength. Is it applicable?" Zakaki patted Jie on the shoulder and said, "Jie, have you ever heard of the three burrows of a cunning rabbit?" "Have you heard that you plan to use the three camps as defensive points to resist the Yun Ninja? If one is destroyed, you will immediately move to the next one, and use the geographical advantages to consume the Yun Ninja's effective strength? As expected of my lord, this strategy is indeed good! "Jie nodded and said. "Jie! I see that you are usually quite smart, but why do you act stupid at the critical moment? What's the right location? Raikage can break this level of defense with just one punch!" Zakaki said with a smile. "How is that possible? Once the Kumo ninja get close, we will throw detonating charms at them. Even if Raikage rushes in rashly, he will be blown to pieces. I still have confidence in the built camp. After all, the entire Yueyin Village villagers are He was brought here as a coolie by us, and the two days of construction may not necessarily make the wall impregnable, but if Yun Nin comes, it will be enough to drink a pot!" Jie said with some pride. Zakaki slapped Jie on the head, "Why are you so stubborn? The cloud ninjas are coming quickly, and their momentum will be strong. In addition, they are much stronger than us. Even with these three camps, we can What? Even if we weaken the vitality of the Kumo ninja and injure ten thousand enemies and eight thousand ourselves, they will still destroy us in the end!" Jie looked at Zakaki aggrievedly, "Sir, in this case, what else are you talking about? What kind of camp are you building?" "Hmph! These three caves are not to stop Yun Ninja, but to blow them up!" Zakaki snorted coldly. "Blow up the cloud ninja?" "That's right! I asked the daimyo to buy a batch of clay for us before. I will place these clays in three camps. Then you can find more Jonin and make some shadow clones to promote the situation. Attract the cloud ninjas to take the bait, and once they get close, I will use the earth clone to detonate them! Not to mention destroying the cloud ninjas, but it will also damage their morale. I don't believe that the three camps can't blow up anyone! Haha¡ª¡ª "Zakmu said with a dark smile. "My lord's plan is really unheard of? But the cloud ninjas won't be stupid enough to rush in, right? There are sentient ninjas among them, how come they can't discover your plan?" Jie asked with doubts. "Haha, I have thought of what you said. This is why I released the earth walls outside the camp. I raised those earth walls myself. To a certain extent, they have an interfering effect on the sensing ninjas. With some other little tricks, I'm not afraid that grumpy old guy Raikage won't take the bait!" Zakaki said with confidence. Jie suddenly realized and said: "No wonder your lord would build a few earthen walls outside the rather strong camp. I was muttering that you were superfluous, but it turned out that your lord had a plan for a long time! However, I still don't understand, your ninjutsu is impossible. Will it continue to exist until the Kumo ninja comes? Then¡ª¡ª" Zakaki frowned and said: "How come I suddenly discovered that I chose the wrong person for the military minister? What does my earth clone do? Keep it to drink the northwest wind?" "Oh! I understand, you want to use the earth clone to attract the Raikage to take the bait. According to the Raikage's character, as long as you provoke him, he will definitely take the bait! Sir, you are really powerful. No wonder Konoha used his power when the Sannin left Konoha. A Namikaze Minato Council will be victorious, it turns out that you are in charge of the overall situation! You are so awesome!" Jie said, looking at Zakaki with admiration. "What's the mess? I tell you to study hard. Maybe one day I don't want to do it anymore, and you will be ready to take over from me."My dear, then the entire Tangyin Village will depend on you! "Zakaki said, patting Jie on the shoulder. "Sir, this is too far! By the way, since we don't use the three camps, where are we going?" Jie continued to ask. "Where to go? To a wonderful place, to the burial place of the cloud ninjas!" Zakaki said coldly, looking at a valley in the distance "Lord Orochimaru, do we really want to help Lord Tsubasa resist the Kumo ninja?" A man wearing glasses said to a white-faced man lying on the bed next to him. "Well! I know Zakaki. Since he wants to go to war with Yun Ninja, he will definitely be sure. What we have to do is just the icing on the cake. Helping him at this time will be a hundred times better than helping him in the future! Now Yun It's almost time for Shinobu to set off from Cloud Hidden Village, and we can almost take action! By the way, take Sasuke with you. This is a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity for him. How is he now? Kabuto!" asked Orochimaru, who was lying on the bed. road. "Sir, Uchiha Sasuke is really a genius. His strength has risen dramatically. Now he can match the average jounin even without the curse seal!" Kabuto flashed his glasses and nodded. "Hehehe, well, not bad! He is really an excellent container for me. When the time comes, he will grow up enough, hahaha¡ª¡ª" Orochimaru smiled ferociously. "My lord, should we not let Sasuke go in this war? After all, his strength is very unsafe on the battlefield! If something happens, it will be your loss!" Kabuto interrupted Orochimaru and said. "No! The flowers in the greenhouse will never know the cruelty outside. I believe this is more conducive to his growth. Only ninjas who have experienced war can be considered real ninjas! Haha, Sasuke will not let me down!" Orochimaru said. Kabuto pushed his glasses up the bridge of his nose and said, "In that case, I'll make arrangements!" "That's right, Kabuto! Remember to bring that manic guy from the base with you. After all, this war can't make Otogakure Village too despicable!" "You mean Jugo? He's a seed!" Kabuto said in surprise. "Haha, he is of little use now, and the curse seal experiment is almost done! Wouldn't it be a waste to not use such good combat power!" "But if he goes crazy, he will be in trouble!" "Isn't Kimimaro still there? Although his body is overwhelmed, it doesn't matter if he is not allowed to participate in the battle." "Speaking of which, do you really value this battle? Most of the elite fighting force of the Oto Ninja Village will participate!" Kabuto looked at the report in his hand and spread his hands. "Yes, maybe this will be a war that will bring about changes!" Orochimaru said with a sinister smile. "I know!" Kabuto said and walked out of Orochimaru's room. ; Text Chapter 174: Exploding the Cloud Ninja The river water flows down from a height of tens or even hundreds of meters to form a waterfall. The falling river water hits the rocks at the base with a crackling sound. The water droplets blooming everywhere form a rainbow on a sunny day. Occasionally, A few jumping fish stirred up waves, and the chirping of birds from the groves along the river combined with the flowers and green grass on both sides of the river, this peaceful smell permeated the air all around. Zhizhizhizhi - an extremely harsh sound resounded throughout the forest, the sound was like thousands of birds chirping together, and then a group of blue light began to shine from the bottom of the waterfall and the sound shocked the forest. Birds and beasts scrambled to escape. I don¡¯t know how long it took, but the forest began to calm down. A man wearing a loose kimono, holding a long sword and wearing a purple belt stood by the river, looking around with a smile on his face. "Congratulations, Sasuke-sama, for mastering Chidori-ryu!" A big fat man suddenly appeared next to the man and said. If Takaki were here at this moment, he would definitely be surprised, because this fat man is none other than the four Oto ninjas, Nojirobo, who should have died long ago! The man called Sasuke turned his head and glanced at the person who came, and said coldly: "Jirobo, what can I do for you?" "Sasuke-sama, Mr. Kabuto said that Orochimaru-sama came to see you and said he had an important mission for you!" Jirobo said respectfully. Sasuke said rather unhappily: "Kabuto? Why doesn't he come by himself?" "Mr. Kabuto has other things to do. I guess he is very busy this time. Many people say that Oto Ninja Village is ready to fight to the death!" Jirobo said excitedly. "A last-ditch fight?" Sasuke turned around and asked Jirobo in confusion. Jirobo looked at Sasuke and then smiled and said: "Sasuke-sama, it's normal that you don't know. You are so focused on your cultivation that you rarely care about outside matters. Now there is a war between Yuyin Village and Kumo Ninja. It is said that Yunin has occupied Kumo Ninja and their subordinate countries. Moon Country. Lord Orochimaru plans to support Yugakure Village and resist the Kumo Ninja together!" "Resisting Kumo Ninja? This doesn't seem to be Orochimaru's style?" Sasuke became even more puzzled. "It's like this. The leader of Tangyin Village is Lord Kame Sennin Oakwood. Needless to say, his relationship with Lord Orochimaru is understandable. It's understandable that Lord Orochimaru supports him!" "I understand, let's go." Sasuke said and left the place "Lazy, tell them to speed up and make sure to reach their destination before dark!" Lei Ying shouted loudly at Lazy beside him, then suddenly increased his speed and galloped forward. "All personnel listen to the order and march quickly. We must reach the destination before dark!" After hearing Lei Ying's words, Lan Lan turned around and said to the Cloud Ninja behind him. Xi accelerated, followed behind Lazy, and said: "Lazy, from the beginning to now, I have always felt that something is not quite right, and I always feel that something is wrong in my heart. Do you think there will be any changes?" "Well, I understand what you mean. You also know what kind of person the boss is. Although he is usually a bit irritable, he will never be vague on important matters! Besides, I think what the boss said makes sense. Turtle Sennin Zakaki is amazing. But we are not idle people, no matter what his plans are, we just need to show him his tactics! Besides, our village can still afford this war!" Lazy said consolingly. "Although there are only more than 4,000 people, this is still 30% of the strength of our village. If something goes wrong here, I'm afraid it will be difficult for the boss to explain it?" Xi continued to say pessimistically. "I said, why do you always think that we will lose before we fight? Weren't you scared by Zakwood last time? Although it is a good thing to be cautious, there is no need for you to be like this?" Lazy said angrily. "Lazy, Xi, hurry up! If Tang Nin runs away, I will take care of you!" Raikage stood on a tree trunk and shouted loudly at Xi and Lan who were talking. "knew!" The afterglow of the setting sun is beautiful. Where the earth and the sky meet, there are streaks of colorful clouds. The bare mountains and ravines are jagged. The wild beasts that originally went out to hunt and return did not appear. A few black crows stood up. The croaking on the land, coupled with the occasional hoot of an owl, made the whole scene extremely strange. Zakaki's earth clone and the shadow clones of a group of Jonin were on guard in the first camp. Suddenly, a group of black spots began to appear in the bloody sunset, rushing in this direction at high speed. Just a few hundred meters away from the camp, the group of black spots stopped, and Zakaki and his party in the camp also saw the identity of the people coming. Who are they if they are not Kumo ninjas? After a moment, a thunderous voice suddenly sounded: "Heroes! Let's kill these Tang ninjas in one go and let them know how powerful our Cloud ninjas are! Let them see what realCountry! " "Oh¡ª¡ª" As soon as the voice sounded, the momentum of the visitor suddenly soared. Using a fast figure as an arrow, everyone rushed towards the camp. Although the person hadn't arrived, there were a lot of painstaking people carrying detonating talismans. Wu was like a black cloud that covered the sky and hit the protective wall of the camp. "Boom -" The kunai with the detonating talisman exploded when it hit the protective wall. The firelight shone on the faces of the cloud ninjas, and the protective shields on their foreheads. A trace of cold light reflected from their foreheads enveloped the camp like their murderous intent. There was another bang, and a huge gap was immediately opened in the tall protective wall. The cloud ninjas rushed in through the gap like a torrent! A burly figure casually hit a soup ninja in front of him. This person was the Raikage. The Raikage roared loudly: "Oakaki! Come out here, I will crush your head today!" He just said, The Tang ninja who was hit turned into a puff of air. Raikage looked around in confusion, only to find that the Tang ninja who had been knocked down by his men also turned into air! At this moment, Xi and Lan appeared beside him, and Xi said: "Lord Raikage, this place is weird. We just broke through the city wall easily. I found that the people here are all clones and have no real body!" "Well! Something is not right. Boss, let's retreat first -" Before they could finish speaking, a man standing on a high place suddenly appeared in front of the three of them. The man said with ridicule: "Rai Ying! You just This level? I really don¡¯t know how you got into the position of Raikage?" "Zakaki! Come here and die!" Lei Ying quickly rushed towards the direction of the man. "Boss! No! It's a scam!" Xigang behind him was about to stop him, but Lei Ying had already appeared next to Zakaki with his fists waving. When Lei Ying arrived at Zakaki's side, he saw the smile on his lips, and felt a chill in his heart. He immediately looked at his feet, and saw clusters of objects emerging from the soil. He felt the shocking energy in them, and two things flashed in his mind. The word "clay"! Lei Ying left the oak tree in an instant and shouted loudly to Xi Helan behind him: "Run quickly¡ª¡ª" "Run? How can it be that easy? Explode!" Oak wood slapped the clay on the ground, and sparks began to appear on the surface of the clay, just like sparks thrown into a pool of fuel, which immediately spread the fire to every corner of the camp! Boom¡ª¡ªAll the clay exploded instantly, and the generated air wave directly blew away the protective walls surrounding the camp! In the distance, a strong man stood at the top of a canyon. The man looked quietly into the distance. The moon that climbed up into the sky at some point spread its borrowed light over the man. The protruding canyon blew a gust of cold wind from below, blowing up the corners of the man's clothes, and vividly highlighted the man's free and easy manner. At this moment, a figure kneeling on one knee appeared next to the man and said respectfully: "Master Zakaki, according to the intelligence, Kumo Ninja is already here!" "Really? That's almost it! Jie, look at how deep this canyon is?" Zakaki asked with a smile. Jie stood up, took a long look at the canyon, nodded and said, "It's deep! I'm afraid it's over a hundred meters high, right?" "Haha, yes, it is indeed more than a hundred meters high!" "Sir, I don't understand, why do you want us to hang around here?" Jie looked at Zakaki and asked. Suddenly, a ray of light came from a distance in the dark night. The light became bigger and bigger. After a while, the light began to gradually become smaller, and was eventually swallowed up by the night. "Jie, it seems our plan was successful!" Zakaki said with a smile. Jie looked at the disappearing light and said happily: "Yes, yes! I really hope I can kill the Raikage now, so that we don't have to fight anymore!" "Kill the Raikage? That's impossible, that guy is not simple. Now let's continue to wait for the second camp to shine!" "They have been fooled once, will they take the bait again?" "Haha, it will happen, it will definitely happen! This time he has to take the bait!" ; Text Chapter 175: Massacre of the Wounded As the sea of ????fire roared, the gravel and soil around the camp were blown into the air, and then crackled to the ground. Before the sea of ??fire was extinguished, a series of wailing sounds could be heard. Looking around, there were bodies of Kumo ninja lying on the ground. Some were still wailing, some were motionless, and some had broken arms and legs. Of course, There are still things that are fine. At this moment, half of Kumo Ninja's combat power may have been lost! Xi and Lan, who were lucky enough to escape, walked back and forth to check the injuries of the Yun ninjas. "How is it? Xi, how are the casualties now?" Lazy put away his cynical look and said with a serious face. "Huh - the situation is extremely bad. Not to mention the injured, nearly a thousand people were directly killed, and more than 400 people were seriously injured and lost their combat effectiveness! Not only is this oak tree powerful, but his conspiracy is also so vicious! He is just right. The boss¡¯s temper is such that he has set up this pit of fire for the boss to jump into! You bastard, you are so despicable, you really don¡¯t deserve to be a top expert!¡± Xi cursed angrily. Lazy casually supported an injured Yun Nin who was about to fall to the ground, and said to Xi: "Soldiers are not afraid of deceit, and this Zakaki is indeed a Turtle Immortal! After doing this, his morale is low, and even the boss¡ª¡ª" Xi and Lan looked at the thunder shadow who was standing alone and silent on the rock. The thunder shadow who should have been furious was now lost in thought. The two of them walked up to Raikage together, and Nishi bumped Lazy lightly with her elbow and winked at him. Lazy glanced at Xi with resentment, and then said: "Boss, it's nothing. Zakaki is cunning. Just pay attention next time! Although we have lost some men, our strength is still there. Tang Ren is just a flock of sheep with a tiger. There is no way we can withstand our pack of wolves! " Xi gave a thumbs up and nodded to Lazy. Lei Ying turned his back to Xihe Lan and looked up at the bright moon hanging in the sky. After a while, Lei Ying lowered his head and said slowly: "This fiasco is all my fault. If I hadn't been too impetuous, this wouldn't have happened. Big loss! After the war is over, I will be responsible for this loss!" "This - boss, although we have suffered a lot of losses, the other party is the Kame Sennin who is famous in the ninja world after all. This mistake is also my fault! As a perceptive ninja, I did not discover such an obvious trick of the other party. Boss, I I am willing to bear this failure with you!" Xi said. Lazy patted Xi's shoulder and continued: "Boss, you and Xi are both right. With superior strength and strong morale, defeating the enemy in one fell swoop is the first choice of all coaches! Boss, you don't have to worry about it. Although there are little It¡¯s a setback, but our overall strength is still stronger than Tang Ninja. As long as we fight steadily, victory is still on our side!¡± Lei Ying did not answer Lazy's words, and suddenly raised his head, the electric flowers on his body began to shine, and the stones under his feet began to explode in all directions under the impact of the electric flowers, and the small piece of land cracked open! "Ah¡ª¡ªOakwood! I won't let you go!" Lei Ying roared and punched the ground. With a bang, the ground in front of him cracked open again. Xihelan hurriedly stretched out his hand. Use your hands to block the crazy wind from the fist. Xi Helan looked at the angry Lei Ying, smiled at each other, and murmured: "It seems that the boss is fine!" The Raikage, who had vented his anger, jumped up to the crowd and shouted loudly: "Everyone, it is my fault that this rare loss has been caused to the Kumo ninja! However, the enemy is currently facing us. For the sake of our fallen comrades and the dignity of Kumo Hidden Village, , the blood debt must be repaid with blood! Therefore, we cannot give up now, we are going to kill all the puny and despicable Tang Ninjas to wash away our shame!" "Yes Yes Yes!"¡­¡­ The originally low-spirited Cloud Ninjas once again had their morale boosted by the encouragement of their leader. They all had murderous intent on their faces and wished they could compete with Yun Ninjas right now. Xi Helan looked at the thunder shadow in the center of the crowd and marveled in his heart. After all, it was the boss who had been in a high position for a long time. Miaomiao's few words had once again ignited their fighting spirit and aroused their anger. This war has just begun! Zakaki waved to Ichijing, who was closing his eyes and concentrating. The latter came to Zakuki in a few strides, nodded respectfully and said, "Sir, do you have anything to do with me?" Zakaki nodded first, and then said: "After the explosion of the first camp, there will definitely be many injured in the clouds, as well as some people who have lost their combat effectiveness. You can take the ninjas from the Ministry of War and check near the first camp. , if you find their whereabouts, kill them all! Especially the medical ninjas! In addition, don¡¯t come back after you complete the mission. Set up an ambush in the far reaches of the canyon. Once you see the Kumo ninja who is escaping in a roundabout way, do your best to attack them. ! But don¡¯t be too desperate, it¡¯s better to protect yourself!¡± "Yes! I understand!" Ichijing said and turned to leave. Just then Jie came over and said, "Mr. Ichii, please be slow!" Ichijing and Zakaki looked at Jie in confusion.  "Sir, Mr. Ichii, I just heard the conversation between you and Mr. Ichii, and I feel a little bit¡ª¡ª" Jie said hesitantly. Zakaki knew what Jie meant as soon as he heard it. This guy didn't seem to want to do something to the seriously injured Yun Nin. I really didn't know if he was stupid or kind, so he simply explained: "Jie! I know what you mean, just take care of yourself. Think about it, the Battle of Yuntang did not happen overnight. If we are lucky enough to win, then the Yun Ninjas will definitely raise troops again. After all, they have the capital! And these Yun Ninjas who are now seriously injured may not be a worry now. Wait for him After Japan recovers, even if they know that we did not attack them, will they be grateful to us? I think they will be more ferocious on the battlefield next time! You have to remember that kindness to the enemy is cruelty to yourself! " Zakaki¡¯s words made Jie break into a cold sweat. He lowered his head in shame and hummed like a mosquito: ¡°My lord is saying that my subordinates are stupid.¡± Zakaki patted Jie on the shoulder and continued: "Haha, it doesn't have to be like this. After all, you haven't been on the battlefield, so it's normal not to know these things. But you have to learn these things. I won't do it in the future, so you have to Carry up the banner of Tangyin Village!" "No, sir, you will always be in Tangyin Village. I believe that no one else is qualified except you!" Jie quickly shook his head and waved his hand. "Hehehe, okay, let's not talk anymore. Ichii, go! Pay attention to safety." Zakaki said to Ichii with a smile. "yes!" More than two thousand cloud ninjas stood beside the second camp. The murderous intent and anger released by these elite ninjas were like black clouds over the city. In the dark night, the moonlight reflected by the swords and forehead protectors of the cloud ninjas was like the cold light emitted by the sharp teeth of wild beasts in the night. Even the insects and birds around them stopped chirping, and the whole scene was like deathly silence. At this time, an unclear voice sounded, approaching the ears of all the cloud ninjas: "Xi, how are you? Are there any Tang ninjas in this camp?" It was the voice of Raikage. Xi closed his eyes and frowned and said: "Boss, it's hard to say. There are some people inside, and their chakra is close to that of jounin. There is also one person whose chakra is comparable to the boss, but there are not many of them, only a few. Looks like a hundred." "It's a bit strange. Could it be another set-up? Boss, I suggest sending someone to check it out. If someone had been sent there earlier, it wouldn't have caused such losses!" Lazy said from the side. After hearing Lazy's words, Lei Ying nodded and said: "What Lazy said makes sense. Back then, I had the mentality of a quick victory, but I let that despicable villain Zakaki take advantage of the loophole. I won't be fooled this time! Ten , you go and take a look, don¡¯t be reckless, come back immediately to find out the general situation!¡± A ninja who looked like a captain stood out from the queue and quickly disappeared from everyone's eyes. Although a cup of tea did not last long, Raikage was a little anxious while waiting. The previous defeat was already a humiliation in his life. If he could not defeat Yun Ninja, how would he go back to face the daimyo, and how would he face the relatives of the dead Kumo Ninja? ? "Boss, don't be anxious. After all, there are many masters inside. Ten students are cautious by nature, so it's normal to be slower!" Xi looked at the anxious Lei Ying and explained. "I know, but the enemy is right in front of us, but we can't fight with him. This battle is really frustrating!" Lei Ying said angrily. As soon as Raikage finished speaking, a figure jumped out from the protective wall. The man jumped into the air and threw a body he was holding in front of the Kumo Ninja Formation. He yelled loudly: "Raikage! You idiot!" Man, you sent such a loser to spy on the military situation! Idiot!" As soon as he said this, there was an uproar in the Yun Ninja queue. The Cloud Ninjas headed by Raikage rushed towards the man. With a bang, Raikage's fist had already hit the oak tree that fell on the ground. It suddenly turned into a big pit, but the man had already sunk into the soil. The next moment, the man had appeared on the wall: "Raiying, you are not only a worthless man, but also a stupid reckless man! Hahaha¡ª¡ª" "Asshole! You villain Zakaki, come here and fight me for three hundred rounds. You are the one who has no talent!" The arc on Raikage's body crackled again. Raikage stomped his foot on the ground, disappeared from the spot, and threw himself in the direction of Zakaki. "Boss! Wait! Be careful! There is a scam!" Xi shouted loudly to Lei Ying from behind. The Raikage who was about to come to the protective wall heard Nishi's words and remembered the group of men who were killed by the bomb. He put away his fists and ducked to the front of the Kumo ninja queue again. Lei Ying looked at the oak wood on the wall with an angry face, and the arcs dancing on his body illuminated his surroundings, as if he wanted to vent his anger! "Fire Release: Dragon Fire Technique!" A Kumo ninja next to Raikage aimed a Fire Release in the direction of Zakaki, but the target was too far, and the opponent entered the earth again.Inside the wall, this fire escape had no effect! But this fire escape alerted all the cloud ninjas, and the cloud ninjas began to surge forward, using long-range attack ninjutsu crazily against the wall! Various ninjutsus began to hit the wall, and those ninjutsus instantly turned the night into day! Just when the Cloud Ninjas were attacking with great joy, a Cloud Ninja who was about to fall staggered to Raikage's side: "Raikage-sama, something bad has happened. The Yu ninjas suddenly attacked our wounded. Now almost all the people in the medical department have been killed!" This voice instantly made all the Kumo ninjas who were taking action stop, and looked at the report with a look of disbelief on their faces. people. The Raikage looked at the scarred subordinates in front of him, and the chakra on his body went crazy. He shouted in the direction of the camp: "Asshole Zakaki! You are going too far! I will fight you to the death today!" The Raikage said directly. Rushing towards the camp, the high-speed Raikage knocked down the wall that was about to collapse from the ninjutsu bombardment with one punch, dodged again and rushed into the camp. Perhaps it was the impact of Raikage's attack, or perhaps the excitement of the news just now, the Kumo ninjas all followed Raikage's footsteps and rushed in. ; Text Chapter 176 Orochimaru joins the battle Zakaki looked at the second burning camp and smiled proudly. It seemed that the earth clone that consumed half of the chakra did not let him down! Zakaki knew from the beginning that the Raikage and the others would not be so easily fooled the second time, so he put his half-chakra earth clone there in order to seduce Ying. Ichijing's actions were also planned by Zakaki. As long as the news reached Leiying's ears, there was no fear that he would not attack the camp. Knowing the wise and foolish enemy generals before the battle is a strategic plan and the way of a general. How could Izaki not know about Raikage's fiery temper? Although he does have a few talents around him, as long as he hears the hot news that the wounded were slaughtered, he will rush forward even if he knows there is a scam ahead. Who let the arrogant Zakaki be there? "Sir, the second camp is on fire! Hahaha, Raikage and the others must have been bombed again, right? That's great, sir, what a wonderful plan! I wonder if the third camp will work?" Jie was dancing happily at the side. Said. Zakaki shook his head and smiled, looking at the light of fire coming from the dark night, and took a breath of the cool breeze blowing up from the valley, "No way, even if Yun Nin wants to go, I won't let you go!" Jie looked at Zakaki in confusion and scratched the back of his head, "Sir, what do you mean by this? It stands to reason that Yun Ren, who was fooled once, would not be fooled again, but they haven't jumped in yet? Why do you say they won't be fooled? The third time? Maybe the Raikage was so angry that he rushed directly to the third camp! No, maybe the old guy Raikage was directly blown to death!" Zakaki looked at the canyon several hundred meters long, and dropped a kunai. The kunai was quite weird, and there was something stuck to the bottom, like a lump of soil. The kunai caught the wind and was directly nailed to the opposite rock. Zakaki looked at the kunai nailed to the rock, nodded, then took out a few more kunai from his ninja tool bag, followed the previous action, and threw the kunai to several other rocks. After doing this, Zakaki clapped his hands, then breathed a sigh of relief and said slowly: "It's almost done! Jie, don't underestimate Raikage. There are not many simple people who can sit as the leader of a village. Raikage Although he has a bad temper, he is not as unbearable as he appears when it comes to major matters. Speaking of which, we were lucky to succeed twice this time. It would have been impossible for him to succeed a third time! My third camp was not really a good one. After all, we also have wounded people. Besides, this place is a wonderful place and it will be of great benefit to us in the future. If we keep such a place, we might use it in the future!" "I know. I lost my temper just now! But sir, what were you planning to do just now?" Zakaki smiled mysteriously: "What are you doing? Humph! Prepare to kill these cloud ninjas!" The disgraced Lei Ying looked at his group of defeated soldiers, his heart filled with bitterness. When I came here, I was so proud that I could kill Tang Ninja effortlessly, but now I haven't even seen a single soldier of the opponent, and my side has already lost half of its troops! If I and others had had experience before, the losses this time would probably be even more tragic than last time! Is he really no match for Zakaki? The initial defeat at his hands was because his personal strength was inferior to others, and the pressure from the elders made him unable to concentrate on preparing for the war, and he had to leave in the end. But this time, there was nothing to worry about. Even the elders and the daimyo's advisors unanimously agreed to destroy Yu Ninja, but this time he was defeated so miserably! No, we can't just admit defeat. I don't believe that the dignified Raikage is a match for you, Xianyun Yehe? snort! I still have half of my troops, and these people are still a hundred times stronger than Yu Nin! Raikage swept away his fatigue, wiped the black marks on his face, stood up, tore off his bombed tattered shirt, walked shirtless among the crowd of Kumo ninjas who were as embarrassed as himself, and shouted loudly: " West! Lazy! Where are you?" Xi and Lan, who were taking care of the wounded, hurried to Raikage's side when they heard Raikage's call. "Are you okay? Have all the wounded been counted?" Lei Ying asked as he glanced at his subordinates. Xi lowered his head and said, "Well, we're out. Our actual combat strength now is about 1,500 people." Raikage looked at Xi and Lazy, who was frowning and frowning, and yelled: "Asshole! What's the point? Isn't it just two defeats? As a ninja, you must be prepared to sacrifice at any time. As long as there is a war, there are bound to be casualties. We are not here to feel depressed. What we have to do is avenge our dead comrades! Don¡¯t pretend to be dead in front of me!" The voice of Raikage scolding Xihe Lan reached the ears of every Yun Ninja. Yun Ninja, who was originally as dejected as Xi Helan, suddenly felt a lot clearer. Calmness and coolness gradually appeared in his eyes, and he slowly regained his elite character. Xi Helan felt the companions around him gradually entering the state, and then looked at Lei Ying with a pleased look on his face. His heart was lifted. This is the real commander. When everyone needs someone to stand up, he will step forward and lead everyone. Out of the woods. The two of them clenched their fistsHead, gradually gained confidence, even after two disastrous defeats, Kumo ninja is still stronger than Tang ninja. As long as the boss holds Takaki by then, we can resolve the battle and immediately support the boss. Takaki will face us then. These elite ninjas had no choice but to flee. At that time, victory was not yet coming this way! "Lord Raikage, there was information just now that Yu Ninja is not in these three camps, but in a place far away called the Valley of Mountain Wai! His three camps are all designed to weaken our military strength!" A Cloud Ninja He knelt on one knee beside the Raikage and said. Lei Ying nodded and said: "I should have known a long time ago that these blinders are used by Oakwood to confuse us, but I have been fooled several times! What a big sin I have! Now that I know their situation, I will attack them. As long as we face them head-on If we fight against them, Tang Ninja will definitely not be our opponent, otherwise they wouldn't be hiding from us all the time!" "Well, the boss is right, as long as we fight against Tang Ninja head-on, victory is not far away from us!" Xi said loudly to the group of Yun Ninja behind him. When the Kumo ninja heard the conversation between Raikage and Nishi, he couldn't help but become energetic and his morale increased. "In that case, let's go find those bastard Yu nins! Avenge our dead comrades!" A Yun nin shouted in the crowd. "Yes! Kill all those despicable Tang ninjas and let them know what a real great country is! What a real ninja is!" said another Cloud ninja. "well said!" Looking at the morale of his men, Lei Ying smiled and thought to himself, what is an elite? This is! Unyielding and becoming more courageous the more setbacks he gets, he is worthy of being a cloud ninja! Just when Lei Ying was secretly proud, another piece of news came like a bolt from the blue! "Lord Raikage, something bad has happened. Our supply base in the northern part of Moon Country was attacked by someone, and all the supplies were burned to the ground!" A Kumo ninja rushed to Raikage's side in a panic and said. Lei Ying grabbed the person and shouted loudly: "What did you say?" The cloud ninja struggled in the air and said breathlessly: "Our base in the north has been destroyed!" "Who did it? As far as I know, in addition to Tangyin Village and some ninjas, the other main forces are here. It is impossible to go to the north to sneak attack our base!" Lazy analyzed calmly. Lei Ying glanced lazily, continued to shake the men in his hands, and continued to yell: "Tell me, what's going on?" "According to our intelligence, it was not the Tang ninja who attacked, but the Sound ninja!" "Sound ninja?" Xi looked at the cloud ninja in Raikage's hand with confusion. "That's right! Someone saw Orochimaru, one of the legendary three ninjas in Konoha, and another one with an Uchiha badge. I heard that the orphan of Konoha's Uchiha left Konoha and followed Orochimaru, so they must be Yin. Tolerate!" Raikage put down the men in his hands, frowned and said: "The little sound ninja village dares to touch my tiger beard. Although the sound ninja is not worried, it is not a problem for them to stab me in the back. West, lazy, you have What do you think?" ¡°Boss, I think things are in trouble¡ª¡ª¡± Before Xi could finish speaking, Yun Ren, who had just come to report the news, interrupted and said: "My lords, I still have news to report. The Kingdom of Thunder has been continuously attacked by a group of ninjas, which has caused great losses. According to analysis, they may be from Konoha, because some of them once saw the ninjas of the Konoha Inuzuka family. Technique! Therefore, the elders request Raikage-sama to end the battle as soon as possible so that this matter can be resolved!" After that, the Kumo ninja closed his eyes and prepared to accept the violence of Raikage. "It seems that this matter is really getting into trouble! First it's Zakaki here, then Orochimaru in the Sound Ninja Village, and then Konoha! And it all happened at this time. There must be some premeditation in this, can't it? Well, it's aimed at our Yunyin Village!" Lazy said with some worry. "That makes sense. Let's not talk about the relationship between Zakaki and Orochimaru. His relationship with Konoha has always been ambiguous. Although he was forced out of Konoha, who knows whether this is a double act played by the two parties? What if they deal with it together? Cloud Hidden Village is really in trouble! But that's not right. As far as I know, Orochimaru killed the Third Hokage. According to the character of the Konoha gang, they will definitely not cooperate with Orochimaru!" Nishi said doubtfully. . "Xi! I think what Lazy said makes sense. There are no eternal enemies in the world, only eternal interests! Although Konoha has declined over the years, a skinny camel is bigger than a horse! If Orochimaru and Oakwood are added to the mix, Kumogakure will The village is really in danger!" Lei Ying said with a frown. "Then what should we do now?" Xi and Lan asked at the same time. Raikage thought for a while, and then said: "Zakaki wants us to go back to avoid his own losses. But how can I let him get what he wants? Kill Yu Ninja first, solve a major problem, and then send people back to the village to dispatch reinforcements. Join forces to deal with the big snake?! " ; Text Chapter 177 Earth Escape¡ªTen Thousand Peaks Bloom The sea of ????fire engulfed the base of the Cloud Ninja Moon Kingdom, the air was filled with various burnt smells, and a large amount of supplies were burned. The light released by the sea of ????fire printed the backs of a group of ninjas, and the screams from the base seemed to bid them farewell. A man with a pale complexion turned back to look at the masterpiece of his team, stuck out his tongue and licked his lips, and said with a sinister smile: "Haha, Zakaki, I will help you deal with the supplies of Yun Ninja first. I must be the old Raikage." Guys should be anxious now, right?¡± "Lord Orochimaru, now that the Kumo ninja supplies have been burned, what are we going to do? Are we going to support Lord Tsubasa?" asked the man wearing glasses next to Orochimaru. "No, what we have to do is to help Zakaki clean up the mess on his way back to Yun Ren." "My lord, are you so sure that Tsubasa-sama will beat the Raikage? After all, Yuu Ninja is not even the slightest bit worse than Kumo Ninja!" "Kabuto, you don't understand Takaki. Takaki had no intention of gaining our support from the beginning! Takaki's strength lies not only in his strength, but also in his knowledge. After so many years of interaction, I found that Takaki has a very strange With his ability, he can figure out other people's character weaknesses after a short period of contact with them, and then use these to formulate tactics! I remember that Zakaki didn't have any ambitions in the past. If it weren't for the hard work of a bunch of old guys in Konoha, he would definitely He will not leave Konoha, let alone get involved in these disputes! Since he wants to rely on the inferior Yu Ninja to start a war with the Kumo Ninja, it means that he already has a way to deal with the Kumo Ninja! So we only need to wait for him After winning, just help him get rid of some miscellaneous fish!" Orochimaru looked at Sasuke beside him and shifted his attention here, and continued to say with a smile: "Sasuke, are you very interested in Zakaki? That's right, say that. It seems that Zakaki has a close relationship with your Uchiha clan, and Zakaki violently abused Uchiha more than once back then!" After listening to Orochimaru's words, Sasuke turned his head to the side and said coldly: "I will kill him in the future! And that beast!" "As far as I know, Itachi seems to be no match for Zakaki!" Orochimaru said with a teasing tone. Hearing Itachi's name, Sasuke's body trembled, he clenched the Kusuzhi sword in his hand, and the murderous aura in his body began to flow crazily. Sasuke turned to look at Orochimaru, then jumped away from the Sound Ninja team. "Lord Orochimaru, it seems Sasuke is still too young." Kabuto said, pushing the glasses on the bridge of his nose. "Haha, it doesn't matter, there is still time. I believe that Sasuke will never let me down in a year or two!" Orochimaru looked at Sasuke's disappearing back and smiled sinisterly Zakaki looked at Yun Ninja who had rushed to the front of the Shanwei Valley, and raised the corner of his mouth. It seemed that Yun Ninja had come here to fight with him as he expected! Raikage, this is where you will die! "Sir, Yun Ren and the others are here. It seems like they haven't suffered much damage?" Jie said nervously. "Hmph! No damage? I estimate that the Raikage and the others have lost at least half of their troops! Look at their appearance, it's fair to say they didn't suffer much damage¡ª¡ª" "Sir, I think they still have a lot of fighting spirit. Are we their opponents?" Jie felt a little guilty. "Jie, as a leader, you must have basic psychological qualities. It seems that the training of Tang Ren's psychological qualities will need to be strengthened in the future! Do you know why I arranged the camp here?" "Condescending and overwhelming! The only way to come up is from the intersection at the bottom of the canyon, so Kumo Ninja must pass through the bottom of the canyon! Your Excellency asked me to prepare a large number of detonating charms in advance, plus those seized from Yueyin Village, these Things are all used at this time, right? But even this can't stop the footsteps of the cloud ninjas. As long as they cross the canyon and reach the open intersection, they can still kill them. In that case, we still have to fight the cloud ninjas head-on! " Jie After hearing Zakaki's reprimand, he regained his composure and said. "You are right! But don't forget who you are! As a ninja, you must use your own ninjutsu to fight the enemy! There are no perfect tactics in the world, only perfect war! If you want to win, you must Fight to the death with the enemy! But as a coach, minimizing the casualties of his subordinates is the minimum requirement. This is also the standard that tests whether a coach is qualified!" "Yes! I will teach you!" Zakaki looked back at Tang Ren, who was gearing up, and said loudly: "Everyone! Now is the time to witness the miracle. Your performance today will go down in history, and your heroic deeds will be represented by the people of Tang Yin Village. It has been passed down from generation to generation that the opponents before us are Kumogakure from the five great ninja villages. They are the top experts in the ninja world. As long as we defeat them, we can prove to the world that we Yu ninja are also the top experts in the world. So, wave your hands. Weapon, prove to the world how powerful you are!" ???????????????????????????????After hearing Zakaki's exciting words, Yu Nin suddenly realized that he could do it too! The arrogant Kumo ninja has been put into a state of disarray by us, and the powerful Raikage has been defeated by our adults. With such a commander in chief, what should we be afraid of? "Defeat Kumo Ninja!" "Defeat Kumo Ninja!" "Defeat Kumo Ninja!" The soup ninjas with high morale shouted, and the momentum of competing seemed to declare their determination and herald the outcome of this war. At this moment, a loud voice came up from the bottom of the canyon, interrupting Yu Nin's cheers: "Shameless villain Zakaki! If you don't come out and die, you have hurt thousands of my Kumo ninjas, and now is the time when you will die!" Yigan Decoction turned his eyes to Aoki, the latter showed a disdainful expression and said loudly: "Raikage, go to the army and attack! Don't you even understand this? As a commander, you don't want to protect all your subordinates. You have caused casualties due to yourself over and over again. I really don't know how you, the Raikage, became a commander?" "Hmph! I don't want to have a verbal dispute with you, now you are ready to die! Everyone, it's time to defeat the Tang ninja and take revenge! Charge!" After that, the Raikage drew his sword with the Kumo ninja behind him. They rushed inside. Zakaki looked at the rushing Kumo ninja from above, waved his hand and said: "Throw all the detonating talismans down to me, and blow up the Kumo ninja again!" After hearing Zakaki's words, the Yun ninjas all took out the detonating talismans from their pockets. , condescendingly throwing the detonating talisman at Yun Nin: Boom boom boom¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª The detonating symbols of the explosion began to play their role, and the echoes began to refract from the valley. The heat waves rolling up from the bottom of the canyon were like magma spewing from hell. The rocks on both sides began to collapse downwards. The whole scene was like the end of the world. generally. Zakaki also started to move, first quickly forming complicated seals, and then shouted loudly to the Tang ninja around him: "Everyone listen to the order! Evacuate the rear quickly!" After hearing Zakaki¡¯s order, the Tang ninjas looked at the detonating charms in their hands and quickly retreated, evacuating all of them from the shore of the canyon. Seeing that Tang Ninja had almost retreated, Zakaki pressed his hands on the ground and shouted loudly: "Earth Release - Ten Thousand Peaks Bloom!" Rumble¡ª¡ªthe canyon that was originally blown up by the detonating talisman began to tremble. Mounds of earth were raised on the stone walls, and a hole was opened in the ground. Several high mountains quickly emerged from the cracks in the canyon. On both sides of the canyon, All the stone walls collapsed, and what was originally a canyon turned into a highland connected by several mountains! Standing in the distance, Tang Ren watched the appearance of this miracle in horror. If he hadn't been there personally, I'm afraid someone would just think of it as a joke. Just a moment ago, it was a canyon, and now it turned into a towering canyon. Mountains that reach into the clouds! Those cloud ninjas who were still showing their teeth and claws are now afraid to turn into dust! What kind of ninjutsu is this? ; Text Chapter 178: I wipe it, Jiraiya Ichii, who was wearing sunglasses, inserted his long knife into the ground, pressed his hands on the handle of the knife, and waited quietly for the Raikage and his entourage to rush toward him. Although Ichii had a leisurely look on his face, the Yu nin behind him were all nervous. Although they were facing the defeated Kumo nin, they were the famous Raikage after all! Ichii naturally felt that his subordinates behind him were miserable, and he couldn't help but sigh in his heart. These Tang ninjas he selected were elites, but their psychological quality was not as good as that of ordinary ninjas in Konoha. No wonder the adults proposed to engage in politics several times. It seems that ideological classes are still necessary! The figures of Raikage and his entourage gradually appeared in everyone's sight, but some Tang ninja's hands and feet actually started to tremble! Ichii glanced at the Tang ninjas with trembling hands and feet, and his heart was filled with contempt. How could such a person become a ninja? Although Tangyin Village is a small village, it is too exaggerated to have elites of this level? Ichii put away his disdain and said with encouragement: "Everyone, this Raikage is just a defeated general of Master Tsubasagi. Everyone must have seen the mountain opposite. Who else in the world can do this kind of miracle besides you? And we are the only Kumo ninja who have been tortured by the miracle. There are more than a dozen people in front of you. Thousands of Kumo ninjas are blinking in the hands of the adults! Since you sent us to take care of the remaining Kumo ninjas, it shows your trust in us. It also shows that we are the elites of Yu ninjas, so no matter what How can we not disappoint the Lord and leave this remaining garbage on this land! Besides, there are more than two hundred of us, is it possible that we can't keep them?" Ichii's words made Tang Ninja regain his confidence. Master Ichii was right. So what about the mighty Raikage, he was defeated miserably in the hands of Master Tsubasagi. So what about the powerful Kumo ninja, he was beaten by us. We are retreating steadily, there are so many of us, why should we be afraid of his dozens of lost dogs? Ichii looked at Yu Ninja, whose morale was gradually improving, and nodded and smiled, now he looks like a ninja! He lazily supported the Raikage who had broken his leg, looked at the frowning person next to him, and then looked at the Tang ninja waiting for him and his party in front, and his heart was filled with confusion: Is this still those Tang ninjas who are just like wallflowers? Are we fighting Konoha? Could it be that a single oak tree could change this kind of war with a clear winner and loser? Are we really the Raikage Guards who are invincible in every battle? "Lazy, Xi! Lead the remaining people to break out, and I'll deal with these reptiles!" Lei Ying pushed away Lazy who was supporting him, and limped towards the direction of Tang Nin ahead. "Wait a minute! Boss, your leg is injured. Even though you are powerful, you can't show your true strength! It's better for me to cover you. Lazy, you lead the boss to break out and come back for revenge someday!" Nishi blocked the Raikage. Said the way forward. Lei Ying looked at Xi's determined expression and was stunned for a moment. Now he stepped forward and pushed Xi away, and said in an unquestionable tone: "Although I am injured, I am not weak enough to be slaughtered by others! I am Raikage, this is my responsibility!" "Boss, now is not the time for a fight of will. I know what you mean, but you won't have much effect if you go now. When Zakaki arrives, none of us will be able to escape! And I will stop you. It¡¯s the best choice!¡± Xi said anxiously. Behind Raikage, Lazy pulled out his long sword, smiled at Raikage and Nishi, and ran towards Tang Ren in a flash, "Nishi, boss, I will still be your partner in the next life!" "Lazy! Come back here! I am the Raikage, it's not your turn to make your own decisions! Come back here!" The Raikage roared loudly at Lazy's back. Xi grabbed Lei Ying, who was about to catch up, and said with a cry: "Boss, let's go! Don't let Lazy's heart down. If you don't leave, it will be too late! Please!" "You coward! Yun Ninja has never been in the habit of leaving his friends behind. Even if they die together, they will die together!" Lei Ying chased in the direction where Lazy left. But how could Xi get what he wanted? With a wink at the Kumo ninja beside them, the Kumo ninjas nodded to each other, took out the chain and jumped on the Raikage together, restrained the Raikage and moved away in the other direction. "Boss, think of me as disobeying your order this time. I'll kill or cut you up when you return to the village! But I have to take you back this time!" Xi looked at the Raikage who was locked up by the cloud ninjas. Said apologetically. Lei Ying's body flashed with electric sparks, and he cursed at Xi: "You bastard, let me go! I'm going to save Lazy! You coward who abandoned his companions! Coward!" Lei Ying looked at Lazy who had left, Tiger Two drops of water fell from his eyes. "Master Ichii, the Raikage and the others are trying to escape, let's go after them!" a Tang ninja said when he saw the Raikage retreating in another direction. As soon as the Tang Ninja finished speaking, a shadow suddenly appeared in front of the Tang Ninjas, saying with a bit of cynicism: "Chasing? You have to pass my test first!" "You? Judging from your appearance, you should be one of Raikage's guards, right? You are pretty strong, almost on the same level as Kakashi."??" Ichijing said with a smile without any provocation. "Konoha copy ninja Hatake Kakashi? Haha, I don't know who is stronger between me and him, but I know you will die under my lightning! Remember, my name is Lazy!" Lazy's body was flashing black Lightning put away his cynicism and said with murderous intent. "Interesting, black lightning, 'Thunder' tattoo, it seems that your strength is really good! But, you are no match for me!" Ichijing looked at Lazy who was rushing towards him and took off his sunglasses. Lazy, who was moving at high speed in the air, glanced at Ichijing and was horrified. That was¡ª¡ª-then he lost control of his body and fell from the air "Sir, I wonder if I should say something or not?" Ichii said, looking at Takaki who was reading the report. Zakaki raised his head and glanced at Ichii, and said with a smile: "When did you start falling in love with this thing? Just tell me what you have to say. Do you and I need to worry about anything?" "Well, sir, why did you let the Raikage go? Wouldn't it be good to kill him while he was injured? According to his character, he will definitely raise troops to retaliate next time. If you want to kill him again, it will not be that easy!" Zaki nodded and patted Ichii on the shoulder, "You are right, the Raikage will indeed raise troops to retaliate again, and it will be harder for him to fool him next time! But have you ever thought that we killed the Raikage? , won¡¯t Cloud Hidden Village take revenge? Won¡¯t there be the next Raikage in Cloud Hidden Village? Although Raikage is powerful, he is nothing to worry about as the commander of an army. If there is another more powerful character in Kumo Hidden Village , then we will lose more than we gain!" Zakaki threw the report in his hand on the table and continued: "Do you still remember the Akatsuki organization I mentioned to you?" "Sir, are you talking about the organization that Uchiha Itachi belongs to?" "Not bad! I guess these people are not simple, and their plans are not small! When the time comes, they may give the entire ninja world a big slap, and then this Raikage will be a good firepower to contain them!" Zakaki thought of the Raikage in the anime. The commander-in-chief during the Fourth War, if we really kill him now, wouldn¡¯t it be troublesome? "As the adults said, we have to prepare in advance! But I still have some doubts. They are just an organization, how can they resist the entire ninja world?" "Hahaha, nothing is impossible in the world! Ten years ago, would you have thought of your current situation?" Zakaki said jokingly. "Haha, that's what you said!" Ichii said, scratching the back of his head. "Sir! Someone is looking for you outside, saying that an old friend is visiting!" Jie opened the tent and walked to Zakmu and said. Zakaki looked at Jie in confusion, "An old friend is visiting? How can we have an old friend at this point?" Jie shrugged and said, "I don't know." Touch¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ªA line of smoke appeared in the small tent. The smoke faded, and a middle-aged uncle in a red coat, with white hair, and a toad under his feet appeared in front of the three of them: "Oh¡ª¡ªToad Sage of Mt. Myoboku, the handsome man Jiraiya who has fascinated thousands of girls and young women is here!" "I'll wipe it - Jiraiya, what the hell are you doing? Is such a small place used like this?" Zakaki shouted loudly, looking at Jiraiya who was shaking up and down. Jiraiya looked at Yu Nin who was pressed under the toad's belly and scratched his head, "Hey, this is a mistake¡ª¡ª" ; Text Chapter 179 Orochimaru and Jiraiya Jiraiya walked with Zakaki in the Yu Ninja camp. Yu Ninja's confident face made him fall into deep thought. Jiraiya, who has traveled around the world for many years, knew that that kind of expression was only possessed by ninjas from several major countries. ! Could it be that they¡ªJiraiya stabilized his mind and said with a serious face: "Zakaki, you'd better give up." Seeing Jiraiya's look, Zakaki turned around and sneered, "Stop? You tell me how to stop? Now that the two sides are like this, you want me to stop?" "Well, I know it's a bit difficult. I have to say that you are really amazing. With such a group of subordinates, you defeated the Kumo ninja who gave Konoha a headache! It must be interesting to talk about the expression on the Raikage's face when he ran away in despair. Right?" Jiraiya heard Zakaki say in a nonchalant tone, pretending to be relaxed. "Jiraiya, you and I have known each other for many years. If you have anything to say, just say it. There is no need to engage in such nonsense!" "Well, those Kumo ninjas are your subordinates, right? If I remember correctly, the Inuzuka family they said participated in the war was the brat that Inuzuka scolded back then for being incompatible with the family. Now Kumo ninja has sent an envoy. Konoha, ask Konoha to give an explanation, if not-" Jiraiya lowered his head, a little frustrated. "What if it's not the case? What if it's not the case, start a war with Konoha?" Zakaki asked rather disdainfully. "Oakaki, you are also from Konoha! Although the village is sorry for you, don't forget that you have lived in Konoha for generations and are all from Konoha! You also know the situation in the village now. Konoha has long been Without the strength of a powerful country, there is no way to experience another war. Once the war starts again, you know better than me what Konoha will be like!" Jiraiya said sharply to Oakwood. "War, what does that have to do with me?" Zakaki said calmly, "Jiraiya, you don't want me to hand over Chi, do you? You want him to be a scapegoat? Haha - this reminds me of After Hizashi's death, I really don't understand how you can become like those old guys in Konoha who used their friends as burial gifts for the sake of so-called peace!" "But his nature is different from that of Hizashi! I admit that the village did feel sorry for Hizashi back then, but when has such a thing happened in the village in these years? It is a fact that people are burning, killing and looting in the Land of Thunder. Bring him to justice The law is reasonable! Do you want the war to spread to the entire ninja world because of him?" "Jiraiya, I don't want to argue with you. Does Tsunade know about your coming?" Jiraiya was stunned for a moment, then said, "Why do you ask this? Tsunade doesn't know yet." "I knew it! If I'm not mistaken, it was those two old guys Koharu and Mito who asked you to come, right?" Zakaki said with contempt. "Um." "Jiraiya, I really don't know whether to call you stupid or patient! You yourself also know that the cloud ninja asking you to give an explanation is just a superficial excuse. They just want to take this opportunity to express their gratitude to you. The weak Konoha is just using the knife! Then we can achieve greater ambitions!" "I know! But Konoha doesn't allow war at all now! Zakaki, why do you have to carry hatred? Isn't peace bad? Stop early. Wouldn't it be good for everyone?" "Now I have killed more than four thousand Kumo-nin and captured a big boss. Even if I am willing to give up, will Kumogakure give up? Instead of building peace on compromise and pushing his companions to death, instead of doing this, I'd rather kill all Yu Ninja's soldiers!" Zakaki looked at Jiraiya, with a look of violence gradually appearing on his body. Jiraiya suddenly lifted up Zakaki's collar and roared loudly: "Uzaki! Don't imitate Orochimaru, I don't want to do anything to my friends again!" Zakaki pushed away Jiraiya's hand and looked at him quarrelsomely, "I don't want to take action against you, but if you insist on doing something, I will take action! Speaking of which, we haven't had a good fight yet. shelf!" Jiraiya looked at Zakaki with an angry face and clenched his fists. A gust of cold wind blew by. Jiraiya suddenly raised his fist and punched Zakaki, but the latter did not move at all, as if he was stupid. generally. In the blink of an eye, Zakaki's black hair was flying in the wind of the fist, but Zakaki had no intention of blocking this blow! "Jiraiya-sama, please respect yourself!" A figure appeared in front of Zakaki. The man folded his wrists to block Jiraiya's punch. Jiraiya looked at the person who appeared. He was stunned for a moment, then opened his eyes wide, "You are - no wonder I felt so familiar just now. It turns out you are Ichii! I didn't expect you to be here! Zakaki, you are so calculating!" After that, Jiraiya withdrew his fist and turned around to leave. His back was full of desolation and loneliness, "That's it, that's it! I don't care about this!" Oakwood nodded to Ichii, watching Jiraiya leave with a forlorn figure, "Jiraiya, wait a moment!" Jiraiya heard what Zakaki said.After a pause, "Is there anything else you want to say?" "There is a person here that the Raikage is very interested in. If you bring him back to Konoha, it might be helpful." Zakaki said Kimimaro comforted Jugo who had just gone berserk, kicked away the Kumo nin who was blocking the front, walked to Orochimaru and said: "Orochimaru-sama, why did you let the Raikage go just now? Wouldn't it be good to kill him at this time? " "Haha, Kimimaro, we can kill the Raikage, but can't Soaki?" Orochimaru looked at Kimimaro with a smile and said. "Perhaps it was Tsubasa-sama's mistake that led to the Raikage's escape!" Kimimaro said doubtfully. "Kimimaro, Tsubasa-sama can defeat the Kumo ninja with the help of the weak Yu nin, so how could he make such a low-level mistake? It must have been intentional by Uzaki-sama. Am I right, Orochimaru-sama?" Kabuto stood there. Orochimaru said from behind. "Well, Kabuto, you are right, Oakwood did it intentionally. Let's go and give this Raikage guard named Nishi to Oakwood!" Orochimaru said and disappeared. Kimimaro looked at the Raikage guard who had just covered the Raikage's retreat and was captured alive by Sasuke, and said to Kabuto: "Mr. Kabuto, is Orochimaru-sama going to see Tsubasa-sama?" "Yes, Lord Orochimaru is probably going to Lord Oak to discuss the next war. After all, the Raikage will not give up easily after being defeated this time. It seems that the situation is getting more and more interesting!" Kabuto pushed. Glasses smiled and said, "Sasuke-kun, are you interested in going to see Mr. Oak together?" Standing in the queue of sound ninjas, Sasuke stood out from the crowd and glanced at the sound ninjas. Without answering Kabuto's words, Sasuke rushed in the direction where Orochimaru disappeared. Kimimaro patted Jugo on the shoulder and said with a smile: "What we have to do is to find the value of our existence. Maybe you are still confused now, but I believe you will find it soon!" Zhongwu touched the painful wound, tilted his head, touched his hair, and said with a smile: "No matter what, as long as I follow you, I believe I will be valuable. Look, how cute this little bird is!" Zhongwu will The bird on his arm was handed to Kimimaro. "Let's go! Jirobo, you lead a team behind to take care of the injured. The others leave quickly and try to catch up with Lord Orochimaru!" Kabuto gave the order and headed in the direction where Sasuke and Orochimaru disappeared. went. The cold wind blew up the sand and rocks on the ground, brushed off the dead leaves on the trees, and exposed the corpses of the Kumo ninja on the ground to the wilderness. Suddenly there was a thunder, and the sky that was blue just now was now covered with dark clouds. Another gust of cold wind! Wow ¡ª¡ª¡ª The bean -like raindrops began to fall in the sky, which seemed to indicate the next bloody wind! ; Text Chapter 180 Accepting Chongwu as a Disciple Zakaki has been camping here for a day, but his original plan to return home was shelved because Orochimaru and his entourage arrived. Jiraiya walked in front of him, and Orochimaru followed behind. Zakaki was not surprised by the arrival of Orochimaru, but his group of men gave him a big shock. It is understandable that Kimimaro was safe and sound. After all, there were Kabuto and Orochimaru, a pair of crazy scientists, who wanted to kill him. It¡¯s not difficult to delay life for a while! But the presence of Jugo next to Kimimaro shocked Uzaki. He remembered that Juugo later followed Sasuke, but at this moment, he was pulled out by Orochimaru, which made Uzaki puzzled. Of course, these are not enough to shock Zakaki. What shocks Zakaki is Zhonggo's super high earth escape potential and amazing vitality! As a master of earth escape, Zakaki can clearly sense the active earth attribute chakra on his body, but he has never seen Jugo using earth escape in the previous anime. He only remembers the look of being neither human nor ghost. There is the fact that he is the origin of the curse seal. At this moment, Zakaki actually had a crazy idea in his mind, that is, to take Chongwu as his disciple! ¡°Then I have to mention Sasuke¡¯s two hundred and fifty. Regarding Sasuke, whether in the past life or now, Zakaki didn't like him very much. In the past life, it was purely personal sense, but now there are many reasons! Let¡¯s not talk about the grudges between the Uchiha family and Oakwood, let alone Sasuke¡¯s provocations over and over again. The key is that this guy can¡¯t stop the murderous aura flowing out of him just looking at him. Anyone who is subjected to such a Staring at you with cold eyes will make you feel unhappy! Oakwood's attitude towards Sasuke can naturally be imagined. There is a more important point, that is, Zakaki feels that there is always an evil resentment in Sasuke. This resentment does not seem to be because of Uchiha Itachi, but more like a death breath crawling out of hell! Of course, this feeling also means preconception, who let the Nine-Tails thing say that Sasuke's chakra is more evil than him! Orochimaru waved his hand and everyone retreated. Only Zaki, Orochimaru and Ichii were left in the tent. "I would also like to congratulate Mr. Tsubasagi for fighting such a beautiful war! I observed that the entire Tang ninja lost less than one-tenth. I am afraid this kind of achievement will be passed down through the ages!" Orochimaru nodded in appreciation. said. "It's a joke on you, but it's just a small trick. If it were you, Yun Ren would have suffered an even worse defeat!" Zakaki said. Although these words were mostly pleasantries, Zakaki really admired Orochimaru. Orochimaru's power lay not only in his development of forbidden arts, but also in his ability to rule. The best comparison is with Nagato. Nagato's strength is much higher than Orochimaru's, but in terms of governing people and governing the country, Nagato is not far behind. Amegakure Village and Otogakure Village are both small villages. In terms of ordinary ninja combat power, the Ame Ninja and Oto Ninja are not on the same level at all. Of course, except for those perverts from the Akatsuki organization! Orochimaru can get the support of the daimyo of Tiannokuni, but Nagato is regarded as a traitor and is not officially recognized. Even his financial source depends on Akatsuki to organize a group of tough bandits. Although their ultimate goal is not the same class, these But the things are enough to show that Orochimaru is beyond the reach of Nagato in terms of running the country! Regardless of strength, even in terms of talent, Orochimaru is stronger than Nagato! Orochimaru nodded and smiled: "If you say this to others, I will definitely think that they are swindlers, but I am so proud to say it from your mouth. Haha, let's not talk about it for now. Tell me what you think about Kumo Ninja. After all, the next war is inevitable." If Orochimaru still has friends in this world, then only Zakaki is left. For Zakaki, Orochimaru will always have a hard time. Showing a rare sincere smile, this friendship was not only born in Konoha, but also because Orochimaru had such a person who recognized him when he was regarded as a street rat. "Well, to be honest, I don't have much of an opinion. It's just eight words: 'When soldiers come to block it, when water comes, the soil covers it'! It's useless to think so much. Stopping with silence seems to be good." Zakaki shrugged and smiled. "Haha, that's well said, as expected of Tsubasa-kun! But I do have some thoughts. This time the Raikage is so humiliated by you, he will definitely take revenge again. But he probably won't be like this time. And the increase in military strength will never be small. Although many people were lost this time, according to the strength of Yunyin Village and the Kingdom of Thunder, they can still afford it, and it has nothing to do with the overall situation of the next war! And Otoyin The village's sneak attack on Kumo Ninja will definitely attract their attention, and they will definitely take more precautions next time. Our Otogakure Village has always been erratic, and it may not be easy for them to find us. In the end, Kumo Ninja will definitely attack Tang with all their troops. Hidden Village! With Tang Ninja alone, you will really be in danger. So I want the two armies to keep in touch at all times. Once they find one side, the other side will quickly reinforce it, both in terms of morale and troop strength. Good choice!¡± "That makes sense. Once the war starts, it will be difficult to provide quick support?" Zakaki was quite moved when he heard Orochimaru's words. "The next step is the key. If you want to support it,?We need to achieve two aspects, one is the mutual sharing of information, and the other is the formation of a support brigade, which was formed by the cooperation between Yu Nin and Oto Nin. Once the war starts, this brigade will roam between the Yu Ninja and Oto Ninja bases for rapid support and intelligence transmission! "Orochimaru slowly put forward his opinion, waiting for Zakaki's decision. Zakaki looked at Orochimaru and couldn't help but admire him. He was indeed a genius. Although this idea was a bit bold, it was indeed a good tactic and the one that best suited the national conditions of the two villages. If it were other villages, they really wouldn't believe this. After all, this thing is related to the survival of the base. Without absolute trust, this tactic will only exacerbate the failure of the war! But the relationship between Zakaki and Orochimaru determines the feasibility of this strategy. Orochimaru looked at the silent Takaki and said with a smile: "Takaki-kun, what do you think?" "I don't have any opinion, but I have to say that your tactic is too bold! However, I think it's very good, so I decided to agree!" Zakaki nodded to Orochimaru. "Haha, I knew you would agree. Then you and I will each recommend a hundred people. Speaking of which, my laboratory still has a batch of good materials. I was planning to continue the next experiment, but now I urgently need people, so I pulled them in. Come out!" Orochimaru suddenly remembered something and murmured. "Well, with your participation, I am becoming more and more confident in this war!" "Ozaki, I see that you are very interested in Jugo?" Orochimaru asked, remembering the fiery look in his eyes that started to value me. "I'm not satisfied with what you said, but I'm really interested in that guy! I want to accept him as a disciple, but I'm afraid of losing his love." "Accept him as a disciple? It's rare that you still have such enthusiasm. Although there is indeed something in Chongwu that I am interested in, I have almost studied it. If you don't dislike it, I will give him to you! This guy is also good. You've chosen your luck!" Orochimaru joked for the first time. "Really? Then I'll thank you!" Zakaki said happily. Thinking of Jugo's strange vitality and talent for earth escape, Takaki became a little excited. Takaki was over forty years old, and his ninjutsu had almost reached its peak over the years, especially the earth escape. Whether it was training experience or type of ninjutsu, , Zakmu even thinks he can start a sect! Over the years, Takaki has been hoping to find a good successor, but there are basically no people who meet Takaki's requirements. Although the previous Jirobo was good, reaching that level through a second-rate curse seal is really not worth mentioning! But this Jugo is different. Let alone the origin of the curse seal, his talent makes Zakaki think that this person is the best successor. If Orochimaru gave it to himself, does that mean he gave himself a sect? PS: I still can¡¯t reply to book reviews. I¡¯ll reapply for No. 1 and reply to everyone¡¯s thoughts! Then I would like to ask for recommendations. Please give me some support! ; Text Chapter 181 Xiao organization joins the war In a dark corner of the world, a group of nihilistic shadows began to quarrel endlessly, and the main reason for the quarrel was nothing more than the Battle of Tangyun. "Hey, hey, hey, I said zero, others are fighting there in full swing, but we are sitting on the bench here! It's simply not our style! Scorpion, do you think I'm right?" A shadow with a ponytail said arrogantly said. A hunched-backed figure that looked strangely called a scorpion looked back at the pony-tailed man, "Deidara, no one will think you are mute if you don't speak!" "Deidara, I said you are not only weak, but also stupid. I really can't understand how Zero found you like this in the Akatsuki organization. Isn't it a kind of blasphemy against us? I didn't say you, you said you have nothing but What else can you do if you know how to throw a few bombs? I think enshrining you to the evil god is a very good choice!" "Hidan, you idiot! You are blaspheming against art. I tell you that art means an instant explosion and then sublimation! How can a vulgar person like you understand art? What kind of evil god can only a weak child like you know? Believe it! When it comes to the worst members of the Akatsuki organization, I¡¯m afraid it¡¯s you!¡± "Hidan, Deidara, I think what you two said makes sense! Having people like you in the Akatsuki organization really slanders Akatsuki's great reputation!" A man with a shark face said gloomily in the crowd. "Shark Face, I've long disliked you. Don't think that if you follow Weasel, I won't dare to do anything to you! I'm telling you, maybe my uncle will use you to sacrifice yourself for art if he doesn't like you one day!" "Kisame, such an ugly person is an insult to the evil god! I decided to dedicate you to the evil god!" Looking at the chattering crowd, Ling, who had not spoken for a long time, said coldly, "That's enough! Stop arguing. This meeting is not for you to quarrel. Instead of having a verbal quarrel here, it's better to complete the task as soon as possible!" " He is the boss after all. Everyone fell silent when Zero roared, even the active Deidara and Hidan turned their heads and fell silent. Seeing the performance of everyone, Zero couldn't help but feel a little relieved. It seemed that the accumulation of power over the years was still somewhat effective, but in other words, a lot of effort was put into intimidating such a group of people. Zero glanced at everyone and said slowly: "This battle between Tang and Yun was completely beyond our expectations. We thought that this war would end quickly, but unexpectedly, Yun Ren was defeated miserably. I'm afraid it will be a protracted battle. In this way, our plan will also be disturbed. Whether it is two tails or eight tails and nine tails, it will be more difficult to capture. Of course, the capture of tailed beasts in other villages will be affected to a greater or lesser extent. Itachi, regarding this situation , do you have any opinions?" Hearing Zero suddenly mention Itachi, everyone turned their attention to this man who was powerful but rarely stood out. Itachi, who felt the eyes of everyone, said calmly: "I have no opinion." Zero looked at Itachi with a strange look, and then said: "Yeah. Now the country of Yu and the country of thunder are fighting. What's interesting is that Orochimaru is also involved. It seems that Yu Nin's victory has something to do with Orochimaru. , this guy took advantage of the Raikage not paying attention and burned the Kumo ninja supplies behind. He forced the Raikage and Oakwood to fight, and was finally defeated by Oakwood! What's even more interesting is that there is news that a group of guys from Konoha also participated in the battle, The ninjas of the Inuzuka family have done a lot in the Land of Thunder!" "Isn't this unlikely? As far as I know, Konoha is completely incapable of starting a war with Kumogakure. If they dare to fight Raikage, this -" Kisame remembered something and said. Zero nodded and continued: "Kissame is right. Those who came to the Kingdom of Thunder to cause trouble were not Konoha ninjas, but people sent by the leader of Tangyin Village, Zakaki! This Zakaki is really a good trick! In this way, He directly gave Kumogakure the opportunity to attack Konoha, and transferred Kumogakure's attention to Konoha. In this way, he could not only protect Yugyin Village, but also fish in troubled waters! Speaking of which, he reminded me of Hanzo. Old guy! This person must not be underestimated!" "Zero! After talking for a long time, I still don't understand anything. What does this have to do with us? It's just that the war continues!" Hidan spread his hands and said. "Idiot! You don't even understand this!" Deidara looked at Hidan with disdain, as if he knew everything. However, the guy's performance at the next moment made everyone feel ashamed. Deidara lowered his body, came close to Xie and whispered: "Uncle Xie, what does this have to do with us?" Although Deidara's voice is very small, who among you here is not a top powerhouse, and who can't hear Deidara's stupid words? All the Akatsuki generals were sweating as they looked at the two living treasures, Deidara and Hidan. After experiencing such an episode, the atmosphere obviously improved a lot, and Zero's originally stern expression also disappeared by half, "Well, Hidan asked this question very well. What we have to do is to fully cover the entire shinobi world with war and let the pain Come to the world! First?We want Konoha and Kumogakure to start a full-scale war, and we also need to drag Iwagakure and Sunagakure villages into the battlefield. As for Kirigakure, there will be someone to take care of it! " "Wow - what a good plan! I like this. When the world is full of war, it is also the time when my art spreads around the world! Hahaha, I can't wait!" Deidara said arrogantly. "Well, now I will divide the tasks into groups¡ª¡ª" "J¨±go, Kimimaro, are you confused about Orochimaru's decision?" Takaki smiled and looked at Kimimaro and J¨±go. Orochimaru is really interesting. He wanted to accept Jugo as his apprentice. Orochimaru was afraid that the rampant Jugo would cause trouble to him, so he asked Kimimaro to follow him. "Lord Oakwood was joking. Lord Orochimaru has his own reasons for sending us here. As Lord Orochimaru's partner, it's my honor to be able to help you. Where do you come from with doubts? Besides, you have saved someone before. My life!" Kimimaro said with a smile as he nodded to Zakaki. Kimimaro was a little confused at first, but Orochimaru-sama said that Tsubasa-sama was interested in Juugo and wanted to accept him as a disciple. Kimimaro was relieved. Not to mention the identity of Tsubasa-sama, it was because of his There is no reason to harm himself or Jugo due to his relationship with Lord Orochimaru. Besides, being recognized by others is also a kind of happiness. Maybe Master Zakaki in front of me can help Chonggo get out of the predicament. "Well, I really envy Orochimaru to have a subordinate like you! I know something about you and Jugo's situation. I may have some solutions to Jugo's situation, but your situation is really not easy to deal with. In this world, except Tsunade is afraid that no one can cure you!" Tsubasa said looking at Kimimaro with some regret. "My lord, there is no need to be like this. I don't care too much about these things. I'm just a little ashamed of Orochimaru-sama." Kimimaro said in despair. "Kimimaro, actually you don't have to be like this, I believe there will always be a way!" Jugo said comfortingly to Kimimaro. "Well, Jugo is right, there will always be a way! First of all, you have to believe in yourself. You first go to Yuyin Village to recuperate for a while and relax. Some of the hot springs in Yuyin Village are great!" In fact, for Jun Tsubasagi still sympathizes with Maro, and Tsubasagi believes that since Zabuza and Haku can be saved, Kimimaro can also be saved! PS: The update is a little late because of the class reunion today, I hope you can forgive me! ; Text Chapter 182 Konoha¡¯s reaction The Ninja World War is about to come again, and the smell of gunpowder smoke has enveloped the entire world. People from all walks of life have begun preparations for the war. Merchants with a sensitive sense of smell have accumulated a large amount of supplies. Politicians have launched a diplomatic strategy to link up all aspects of the war. Bandits have organized their troops and are preparing to take advantage of this moment to make a big move. Even civilians They all worked hard to purchase weapons and supplies to prepare for emergencies. In short, this situation is a replica of what happened before the three wars more than ten years ago. Kakashi and Kai, who were rarely idle, were wandering on the street. Before the war, as the village's elite, they will be the main force on the battlefield. This break in their busy schedule may be one of the few leisure days left. "Kakashi, do you think we will go to war with Kumogakure?" Akai looked at the busy pedestrians, thinking of the tragic situation of the last war, and said in a low voice. "What we have to do now is not to deceive ourselves. As a ninja, what we have to do is to join the battlefield at any time!" Kakashi looked at the Hokage Rock, recalling Obito's death, Minato's teacher's sacrifice for the village, and the three generations of protection. The village died at the hands of Orochimaru, who continued: "I believe we will get through this, just like before!" "Well, you're right! You are worthy of being my lifelong rival! As long as there are noble Canglan beasts, the enemy will not even think of entering the village. I will use my own life to defend the honor of my ancestors!" Akai gave a thumbs up and showed Teeth yelled at Kakashi. A drop of sweat flowed from Kakashi's forehead, but his nervous heart relaxed. He rarely ignored Akai, patted Akai on the shoulder and said, "I believe it! But this is still a bit cruel for them. They have never experienced it." Tested by war, we have to face war now - but I have confidence in them!" "Are you talking about that bunch of brats? You're right. After all, war is not the same as missions. Although they have experienced many missions, the dangers on the battlefield are so dangerous that even we can't relax! You're right, since You have confidence in Naruto and the others, and I have even more confidence in Xiao Li and the others!" Akai thought of Xiao Li's stubborn face, and then thought of Neji's almost jounin strength, and once again showed his teeth and gave a thumbs up . Kakashi ignored Akai's pretentiousness, and his expression darkened again, "Akai, this war is not like before. The current situation is obvious. The cloud ninja is not only attacking us, but also the sound ninja and the tang ninja. The tang ninja Fortunately, even though Master Takaki left Konoha, he still has feelings for Konoha according to his character. But the Oto ninja is different. Orochimaru and Lord Takaki are already standing on the same front. When the war officially enters the stage, Our contact with them is essential, and I¡¯m afraid something unexpected will happen!¡± "What you said makes sense. Orochimaru killed the third generation. Once the ninjas of Konoha meet the sound ninjas on the battlefield, it will be really troublesome! What's more, Naruto, the others and Sasuke are also a headache -" Akai said Before they finished speaking, an ANBU Zou Ran appeared next to Kakashi and Akai: "Kakashi-senpai, Metkai-senpai, Hokage-sama is in an emergency, please go to the interrogation department immediately!" Kai and Kakashi looked at each other and knew something had happened, and then they ran towards the interrogation department at the same time. Not long after, Akai and Kakashi rushed to the interrogation department. At this time, many people came to the interrogation department, including Tsunade, the Hokage wearing gloves, Shikaku, the Jonin squad leader, Asuma and Kurenai. Kakashi and Akai looked at the corpse placed in front of everyone, and walked forward with doubts. After taking a closer look, they found that the person's appearance was quite strange when he died. His body was full of holes, as if something had been drilled into it. What's even more strange is that the deceased's heart is missing! Kakashi looked at the dead man's face, his pupils dilated, and he said palely: "This man is the messenger of the Kumo ninja!" Tsunade threw away her gloves and frowned, "Yes, this person is the Cloud Ninja Messenger! They were killed at the border of the Land of Fire, and one of them lost his heart, just like the person in front of him. Of course, this is not The point, the point is that this war with Kumogakure is inevitable!" "Lord Hokage, this is clearly a frame-up, and you want to further trigger the war between Konoha and Kumogakure!" Kakashi said angrily. "I know, but I have to say that the enemy's method is really vicious! But it doesn't matter, Kumogakure is going to start a war with us, even if these messengers don't die, the outcome will be the same. This just gives Kumo ninja one more excuse!" Tsuna! Hands recalled the appearance of the Kumo ninja envoy to Konoha, which actually made him feel a little relieved. "Jiraiya-sama, didn't you bring back the leader of the Kumo ninja? If you do something else, maybe things will turn around!" Shikaku crossed his arms, as if to remind Tsunade something. "A turning point? What kind of turning point? Humph! The death of Hizashi back then showed a truth. The Kumo ninjas just wanted to do evil. This time they came to Konoha to dominate. Do they really regard Konoha as a small village that anyone can step on? Since When I become the Hokage, I will never allow Konoha's dignity to be trampled on! Even if Konoha'sYe Xian's current situation does not allow it! Tsunade said angrily after hearing Shikaku's words. Seeing that the atmosphere was a little weird, Asuma interrupted: "There is no need to discuss this now. Who is the person who killed the Kumo ninja messenger? What do these people mean? Are they going to stab us in the back?" "Could it be Orochimaru? This guy wants to take this opportunity to provoke a war!" Akai said, remembering what he had just discussed with Kakashi, Orochimaru flashed in his mind. "No, based on my understanding of Orochimaru, he doesn't have much interest in such a thing. Although he and Zakaki teamed up before, he is too proud to do such a thing!" Tsunade shook her head and said in denial. "Could that be Master Zakaki?" Hong, who had been silent until now, suddenly said. "Impossible!" Tsunade, Kakashi, Asuma, Shikaku and Akai rejected this view at the same time. Hong was a little embarrassed when she saw the unanimous reactions of several people, "That¡ª¡ªI was just saying." Zakaki is staying with Yumi at home. Yumi will give birth in a few days. Zakaki is happy and afraid. He is happy that he is going to be a father, but he is afraid that the war is about to start and it will affect Yumi. He may not know which day he will go to the battlefield. If something unexpected happens to Yumi while he is away, he will regret it! There are two other people at the Uzaki family, Kimimaro and Jugo. I am still very relieved about Jugo and Kimimaro. Although Jugo is indeed in trouble when he goes crazy, the environment here and Kimimaro don't worry me too much. Besides, he still has himself! These days, Takaki has taught Jugo some basic earth escape techniques. To be honest, Takashi feels that Orochimaru is misleading his disciples. Even the basic seal movements of Jugo are half-complete, but his earth escape talent is It's indeed against the sky, even Zakaki himself is a little jealous. Those Zakaki practiced n earth escape moves, this guy can almost master them with a little practice. As long as he gives Zakaki some time, he believes that Zhongwu will definitely be perfect for him. Heir! Even the blooming of ten thousand peaks can be controlled by it! Of course, the premise is to do some political and ideological lessons. "Sir, the daimyo is here, please come over!" Jie walked up to Zakaki and said. "Ha! Good fellow, as soon as we come back, the daimyo will be here!" Zakaki said with a smile. "You don't know, this is the biggest victory since the founding of Tang Country! You can see how proud they are in their hearts by the reaction of the villagers in Tang Country when they came back! To be honest, now I feel like I'm dreaming, too Incredible! We actually defeated Kumo Ninja!" "Uh - forget it, I think you also need to take a good ideological class! How dare I hand over the military headquarters to you like you? The next war will not be like this one! Let's go and see the daimyo, don't let He's impatient to wait. According to the intelligence, the real war is about to begin. I guess he came here to discuss this matter with me." ps: I just woke up after playing all night yesterday. It¡¯s late again. Sorry! ; Text Chapter 183 The Daimyo¡¯s Ambition The Daimyo of Yu no Kuni stood alone in the room, looking at the map hanging on the wall with a smile on his face. Ever since Taozaki led his army to defeat Kumo Ninja, the daimyo has had mixed feelings in his heart. Ever since the founding of the Kingdom of Yu, has there ever been such a proud moment? Tang Zhiguo is rich, but just having money is not enough! The Kingdom of Tang needs recognition from others, needs to expand its territory, needs to be strong, and all of these will be realized in itself! The daimyo suppressed his excitement, sat on a chair in the room, and waited for Zakaki's arrival. ??????????The door was pushed open, and a strong man walked into the room, "Daimyo, do you have anything to do with me?" "Haha, first of all, I would like to congratulate you, sir, for leading the country's heroes to defeat the arrogant Kumo Ninja." The daimyo continued with a smile: "If it weren't for sir, this kind of feat would probably never happen again!" When Tsuaki came to the room, he saw the well-dressed daimyo hanging with a sword, and then looked at the trace of ambition revealed in the corner of his eyes, and knew that this hero could no longer restrain his inner desire and was ready to take action! Zakaki is quite disdainful of this. Not to mention the small number of villains in the country of Yu, even the strength of the second-rate ninja village is just wishful thinking to plot the world. Maybe he can succeed for a while with a little conspiracy of his own, but the war What is at stake is resources and heritage, especially in this era of rampant ninjas. Of course, Zakaki would not say it directly. After all, the construction of the village in the future must be based on the person in front of him. Zakaki smiled and said: "The Daimyo's dress tells me that you are not just a congratulatory party." The daimyo held the sword in his hand, "Haha, sir, he is still quick-tongued, but I like it! Only those who have the ability will not waste time! To be honest, sir, I am here for the Kingdom of the Moon!" "Moon Kingdom?" Zakuki said with a pale face. What a plan! A few days ago, he led Yun Ninja to capture Yueyin Village. To a certain extent, it means that Yun Ninja disintegrated the military strength of the Moon Country. More importantly, he defeated Yun Ninja and defeated the backer of the Moon Country. And the Tang Ninja in front of him The daimyo of the country began to have unreasonable thoughts about the country of the moon! The daimyo put away his smile and said seriously: "Mr. Oakwood, the Kingdom of the Moon belonged to us, the Kingdom of Tang, decades ago. It is not only the Kingdom of the Moon, but also the Kingdom of Fields. The Kingdom of Iron includes the Waves beneath our feet. A series of small islands such as the country! It was still the samurai era, and our ancestors in the country of Yu have always implemented the policy of peaceful governance. We and the country of fire are also on an equal footing. Later, with the advent of the ninja era, we did not get Strong assistance, and finally under the instigation of thoughtful people, the huge country of Tang Kingdom fell into pieces! I dare not expect to recover the lost land, but I hope to do something within the reach of the whip! Just like the Kingdom of the Moon that has been defeated miserably! " Oakwood has no interest in exploring the history of Yu no Kuni, but he has to admire the ambition of Yu no Kuni daimyo. He wants to annex the surrounding neighboring countries and increase his strength. He will first take a bite of the fat Moon Kingdom in front of him, and then plan for the Kingdom of Iron, the Kingdom of Fields, and even the Kingdom of Water at his feet. Of course, the premise is that he has enough capital! Such people are really scary. "I know that sir is not very interested in these things, but since we have come to this point, why not do something else? I have almost taken care of the ministers around the Daimyo of Moon Country. As long as sir agrees, I am confident that within a year The Kingdom of the Moon will be included in the territory of the Kingdom of Tang!" The look in Zakaki's eyes when he looked at the daimyo became even more different. It turned out that this guy had already reached this point, and now he came to ask for his opinion just because he was afraid that he would be guilty. In fact, the leaders of the Ninja Village have no right to interfere with these matters between countries. All they have to do is to participate in the war. After all, the fighting power in the world is not only ninjas, but ninjas only play a final role. The daimyo's plan of Yuno Country far exceeded his original estimate! "Daimyo, I can understand your mood and ambition, but I just want to make one point: now is not the time!" "Don't worry, Mr. Takaki, I know this of course. Now we are still dominated by Kumo ninja, and I will not do such things to encourage others." The daimyo was filled with joy when he heard Takaki's words. agreed with his point of view. But how did he know that the future world and time would make his plans full of variables! Until later, I made wedding clothes for others Lei Ying looked at the panoramic view of Yunyin Village through the glass of the office, feeling bitter in his heart. In this battle, he was completely defeated by Zakaki. Not only was he injured, but Nishi and the others were captured. Fortunately, Lazi was sent back by the people of Konoha. Seeing the sad faces of the families of the dead heroes filled him with guilt and made him resist war for the first time. Normally, as you get older and have experienced more, your heart should harden, but why is it becoming sentimental now? Suddenly, there was a sound of footsteps outside. Lei Ying turned his head and looked at the office door. I opened the door lazily and found that Lei Ying was kissing me and said nothing, "Boss?" A lazy shout made Raikage turn aroundHe was distracted, looked at Lazy, and said with disappointment: "Lazy, am I a failure? Four thousand ninjas were wiped out in my hands, and Xi's life and death are unknown now. Although we have also experienced failures, none of them have made me feel so sad. Disheartened." "Hey¡ª¡ªBoss, no one wants to see this situation. Although our Kumo ninjas have failed before, as the boss said, we have never failed so miserably. Moreover, our opponent is the little-known Tangyin Village. Boss, you It is normal to have such thoughts, but the more you do this, the less depressed you can be! This fiasco must have been summed up by the boss. It is nothing more than us underestimating the enemy and being fooled by the enemy again and again. But I want to say that these are not enough to shake us. The foundation of the Kumo ninja cannot influence this war. As long as we reorganize our troops and horses, we can still beat the Yu ninja to the ground!" "Well, you're right, we still want to avenge the West, and we also want to avenge our dead companions! Now is not the time to be depressed." Raikage nodded, regained the momentum of a strong man, and said with confidence. Lazy looked at Lei Ying who had recovered, his face full of relief. After all, he is the boss. He can get out of the shadow of failure so quickly. In fact, it is not easy for the boss. Not only does he have to face the pressure of the most disastrous defeat in history, the verbal criticism of the village elders, he also has to face the death of four thousand friends, and he has to continue to resist. Next war! "Boss, the elders in the village said they would go to war against Konoha while they are weak. What do you think?" "If it were before, I might have agreed with both hands. After all, Konoha is weak now, and we can gain a lot of benefits, but now we have to plan carefully, otherwise we will suffer a loss -" "But, we not only have to go to war against Yu Ninja, but also against Konoha. Will it be too much to bear?" "No! Not only will it not be overwhelming, but it will also be of great benefit to improve morale! Our Kumo ninja are good at fighting, and this time we fought against Tang ninja. However, we are back with a strong force of one against two, and we will definitely let the enemy take notice. Take off your courage!" Lei Ying said with lightning flashing on his body. ¡°But wouldn¡¯t that lead to more casualties?¡± "When there is war, there is death. This is also the fate of ninjas!" When Lei Ying heard these words, he thought of those sad faces again, as if to persuade laziness, but also to comfort himself. "By the way, boss, the village elders suggested that Kirabi go to the battlefield." "Well, it's almost time! Humph! Let them see what it means to be a true Kumo ninja!" ; Text Chapter 184 Going to the battlefield again The war started again. Due to the large-scale manhunt of the Cloud Ninjas in the Kingdom of Thunder, Yanaga Chihiro and Chi were not allowed to retreat to the Yun Ninja Base in the Moon Country. Naturally, after returning from the Kingdom of Thunder, they got the news that the Cloud Ninjas were sending troops again, and they also He became the number one fighting force of Yuu Ninja in the Moon Country, always guarding against the arrival of Kumo Ninja. As Zakaki said before, this is a protracted war, and the Raikage's defeat also proves this fact. The Raikage who had a quick and decisive mentality did not go to the battlefield again, but let Lazy lead the Kumo ninja. The vanguard force came to the Kingdom of the Moon to compete with Tang Ninja. Of course, there was also the nuclear weapon of Kumogakure Village, the Eight-Tailed Jinchuuriki Rabbi. Zakaki originally planned to let Yanaga Chihiro, Chi and Fukiishi return to the village. They have been making trouble in the Land of Thunder for some time, and their fighting methods against Kumo ninja are still much better than those of ordinary Tang ninjas. In addition, this is a tug of war. It was impossible for Zhan to devote all his fighting power to one battlefield, so he let them struggle with the Cloud Ninja in the Moon Country. Tsubasa still has confidence in the strength of Yanaga Tomohiro and Chi. Chi has long studied the secret arts of the Inuzuka family thoroughly over the years. Because he committed many taboos in ninjutsu, he was eventually ostracized by the Inuzuka family, but he will The improved strength of the original Inuzuka Secret Technique will not only surpass Kakashi's, but if he really wants to fight, he will definitely not be inferior to Kakashi. Chihiro Yanaga was very good at swordsmanship, which was passed down from the samurai era. Later, his family was wiped out, and he was the only one who escaped because he went out to study ninjutsu. At that time, he was still a ninja of Iwagakure Murura, but later he was defeated by Tokugaki in three battles. He spared his life, and in addition to his relationship with Yumi, he was sincere to Takaki, so Takaki transplanted a pair of Sharingan eyes to him. It is no exaggeration to say that such a person has profound blessings. Not to mention his relatively good talent, but relying on his extraordinary luck and IQ, this guy has become one of the strong ones, otherwise he would not have been arranged by Zakaki to protect Yumi! Therefore, relying on Chi and Yanaga Chihiro, Yuu Ninja will definitely not suffer in a head-on conflict with Lazy in the Moon Country! Although the situation ahead is tense, Zakaki doesn't have much to worry about. The Moon Kingdom's military strength is about one-third of that of Tangyin Village. As long as Zhi Yun and Chi are not stupid enough to fight head-on, Yun Ninja will be able to defeat Yun Ren in a short while. There is nothing that can be done against them. What Zakaki needs to pay attention to is that the Kumo ninjas are attacking Yugakure from other directions. But now, because of the relationship with Konoha, Kumo Ninja did not fight with Yu Ninja. Knowing that Zakaki did not go to the battlefield, they did not invest too much in this area. Zakaki naturally knew what Kumo Ninja was thinking. They wanted to taste some sweetness in Konoha first, and then move eastward to attack Yugakure Village. To put it simply, as long as the Kumo ninja does not go to war with Konoha, Zakaki is not worried about the decisive battle between the Kumo ninja. Zakaki was dealing with the documents at his desk and drinking the hot tea brought by Hideko, feeling quite at ease. In fact, everyone has a feeling of being cheap, and only through comparison can they know what is good. Take Zakaki for example. Before, he felt a headache just looking at the mountain of documents in front of him. However, after directing a war this time, Zakaki felt that such a life was very good! In fact, Zakaki gradually fell in love with this place and felt that he already belonged here. After bringing a victory to the country of Yu, all the villagers and ninjas began to identify with Zakaki. Villagers near Zakaki's house would often send various things to Zakaki's house to show their protection. The love of their leader moved Zakaki very much, and it was also the fundamental reason why Zakaki felt that he was gradually integrating into them. As the saying goes, distant relatives are not as good as close neighbors. From them, Zhamu even saw the figures of Uncle Yichun and Grandma Yichun, and felt the simplest emotions. Bang bang bang¡ªa knock on the door interrupted Zakaki¡¯s thoughts, and Jie walked in holding a scroll: "My lord, this is the latest information sent by the daimyo. Please give it to you as soon as possible for your review." Zakaki took the scroll suspiciously. Zakaki had to express his admiration for the Daimyo of Yu no Kuni. Before his future, he was powerless to change the current situation of Tangyin Village, but this guy was unwilling to be lonely and used his huge funds and connections to create an intelligence organization. Good guy, this intelligence organization is not simple. Zakaki was forced out of Konoha by Konoha, Yumi was attacked in the Earth Kingdom, the news about the Akatsuki organization, Yumi's life experience, and the grudges between himself and the Uchiha family, this guy is all You know, although he is suspected of personally doing the things that happened when he was forced by Konoha and Yumi was attacked, but this shows that his intelligence organization is not simple. If you have the chance, you must capture this intelligence department in your own hands! Zakaki opened the scroll and looked at the contents, his face gradually darkened. A bunch of bastards, Konoha and Kumo Ninja actually decided to set the battlefield in the northern part of the Country of Yu, at the border of the Country of Hota! Although Zakaki had been mentally prepared for this for a long time, he couldn't help but feel annoyed when he saw things developing like this. No one wants to be affected by the war. The reason why Zakaki moved the battlefield to the Moon Country is because he hopes that the battlefield will be in the Moon Country. But the Kumo ninja and the gang of Konoha don't think so. Since the war was started by you Yugakure Village Yes, then we will naturally have to fight in Yuno Country. Konoha's attack is to facilitate support, and Kumogakure's attack is to kill Konoha first and then take advantage of the situation.?Tang Nin! "Sir, did something happen?" Jie asked cautiously, seeing Zakaki's face getting darker and darker. "Well, the situation is a bit bad. I originally planned to let Yu Yin rest for a while, but it seems that something is going to happen. Konoha and Kumo nin are going to war, and the battlefield is in our country of Yu! Although our Yuyin Village is in the country of Yu It brought a victory, but if the war causes excessive losses to the country, the confidence our Tangyin Village has accumulated in the hearts of the princes and ministers will be shattered again. This situation will undoubtedly be extremely detrimental to the development of Tangyin Village." Zakaki Frowning, he weighed the gains and losses in his mind. "What should we do? What does the name mean?" "What to do? Of course we accept the challenge! Even if it will cause us losses, we must delay the Yu ninja's will and confidence! I want to go to the battlefield. Speaking of which, there are many acquaintances on the battlefield this time!" Zakaki looked at it. According to the intelligence, the main personnel participating in the war in Konoha are Kakashi, Asuma, and Akai. The commander is also Shikaku, Shikaku, an old friend of Zakaki! "My lord, my wife is going to give birth in a few days. Will you leave now?" "Forget it, I will seek my own government in my position. Since I have become the village chief, I must shoulder the responsibility of the village chief! Besides, there are two old acquaintances coming to Tang Country this time!" Zakaki looked at the information. There is striking news in the corner. The envoys of the Cloud Ninja were killed at the border of the Land of Fire. Two of them lost their hearts and died mysteriously. It is suspected that the Akatsuki organization was responsible. Zakaki naturally knows who it is. Except for that guy Kakuzu, no one likes to ask for a heart, right? Now that Kakuzu is here, Hidan will definitely be there! Not only can you fight side by side with your former comrades again with a unique identity, but you can also meet old acquaintances from more than ten years ago. It's interesting, interesting! PS: I read the manga yesterday and found out that Kabuto became Kabuto Sennin! Uh¡ª¡ªI really admire ab. It seems that immortals have become mainland products. Now I am considering whether to add some turtle immortal skills. Otherwise, wouldn't it be too inferior when meeting other immortals in the future? ; Text Chapter 185 Konoha vs Akatsuki This is what the autumn troops on the battlefield looked like. Zakaki left the village with more than 3,000 Tang ninjas, accepting the reluctant looks of the villagers of Tangyin Village, and ran towards the battlefield. The day after tomorrow is the day when the child is born. As a husband, he cannot be around when his wife gives birth to a child. As a father, I cannot be there to witness this moment when my child is born. I don¡¯t know why I am doing this? To seize power? To help that idiot daimyo expand his territory? Or is it for those illusory reputations? Is it for those so-called dreams? Uh-what exactly is it for? Zakaki shook his head and got rid of the messy thoughts in his mind. He looked at the confident Tang nin behind him and murmured with a wry smile: "There is no reason. It's just to hang out and hang out with the Hokage." Jie on the side felt something strange about Zakaki, and asked in a low voice: "Do you have no confidence in this war, sir? This is also the case. Although we won a big victory, there is still a lot of difference between us and Yun Ninja in strength!" Jie said Then he looked at all the soup ninjas, their faces a little disappointed. Zakaki patted Jie on the shoulder and said with a smile: "How come I don't have confidence? Am I thinking that this time I will let the Kumo ninja army be wiped out, or let them linger? After all, killing too many people will hurt Tianhe!" " "What did you say? Is it harmful to Tianhe?" Jie looked at Zakaki with a look of disbelief on his face. Isn't this too confusing? Just a few days ago, you killed more than 4,000 people. At that time, you didn't say anything harmful to Tianhe? Besides, Kumo Ninja is not a cabbage, just leave it there for you to chop! But only you are qualified to say this. Your previous record is probably unique in the entire ninja world, right? Seeing Jie's uncertain face, Zakaki smiled and said, "I'm kidding, although the cloud ninjas are quite easy to deal with, after all, they are also people from a big country, so some troubles are inevitable!" Zakaki Ruoyouruo Wu's words instantly reached the ears of all the Tang ninjas, and the faces that were still a little nervous when they left immediately relaxed in front of Zakaki's confident words. Your Excellency is right, since we can defeat Kumo Ninja once, we can defeat them a second time! Jie looked at Zakaki's smiling face and felt more and more admiration in her heart. A few words can unknowingly boost Yun Nin's morale. This is the real commander-in-chief! A man with an evil face and a black robe of fire cloud sat on the stone. He wiped the weapon in his hand up and down, and kept muttering: "Hey, hey, hey, Uncle Kakuzu, are you too obsessed with money? How much is this guy's head worth? Is it worth this? I think you are really vulgar. As the most loyal believer of the evil god, I say I despise you!" The man called Uncle Kakuzu played with the corpse in front of him, passing the tentacles in his hands back and forth, and finally took off the head of the corpse and tied it to the rope behind his back. Taking a closer look, the rope was already covered with heads. Then he took a long breath and said with a satisfied tone: "Hehehe, I got three hundred thousand taels again! Hidan, you are a prodigal son. You eat the most and spend the most every time! It's so hard that you don't know how hard it is to save money? If you weren't still useful, I I have already cut off your head to exchange for money!" "Hey, hey, hey, Uncle Kakuzu, are you talking too unconscionably? Can you tell me how many people with bounties I have killed for you? Those were supposed to be sacrifices to the evil god. You have blasphemed the gods many times. Be careful, I will offer you as a sacrifice to the evil god!" Hidan waved the scythe in his hand and roared at Kakuzu. Kakuzu ignored Hidan's words, looked in the direction of Yugakure and said, "Hidan, how much do you think the oak tree is worth?" "It should be worth a lot of money, right? It is said that he is almost catching up with the Five Kage now! Wait! Kakuzu, I tell you, don't be evil towards my elder brother, be careful I won't be polite to you! But it's actually nothing, Uncle Kakuzu, although your strength is good, you are definitely no match for my elder brother! Haha, he is a believer of King Yama, and he can also communicate with the evil god. Your hearts are not enough for my elder brother! Huh!" Fei!" Duan thought of the days of rafting with Zakmu, and said with a bit of nostalgia and admiration. "Maybe, since Itachi said that he can't beat Zakaki, I guess I am no match for him! This kid shocked me back then! I don't know what level he has reached now. Will he be Zero's opponent?" "It's hard to say, who knows?" "Wait a minute, someone is coming. Haha, we can make a fortune again. Let's go and have a look!" Jiaodu squinted his eyes and left the place in a flash. "Wait for me, Kakuzu, are you too unloyal? We are teammates." Hidan carried the scythe and chased in the direction of Kakuzu "Kakashi, be on guard. People on our side have been dying tragically one after another in the past few days. NowAt the critical moment, one bad move will lead to disaster. Cloud Ninja's spies are very active these days, it's time to attack their arrogance! Lu Jiu said in a deep voice while sitting in the tent. "Yes, I know. Kumo Ninja and our Konoha have also been allies for many years. The Second Hokage-sama and the Second Raikage had some friendship back then. Although there were several battles during the period, Kumo Ninja's determination seems to be very firm this time. , they are fighting against the Tang Ninja and the Sound Ninja, do they really have the confidence to stand up to the Three Kingdoms?" Kakashi said. "Ever since the second generation died at the hands of the Golden Horn Force, this so-called alliance no longer exists! Their attempt to whirl Kunagi Uzumaki and Hyuga Hinata well illustrates everything. As for one against three, it is not worthy of the name. Sound Ninja I won¡¯t talk about that, after all, our relationship is not yet known. You have seen the strength of Yu Nin, they are just a bunch of rabble. Although they managed to win a big victory by luck with Zakaki, as far as I know I know that Yuu Ninja has never fought against Kumo Ninja except for the battle of Moon Country! So Kumo Ninja still doesn¡¯t take Yuu Ninja seriously. As long as he is careful about Oakwood, Yuu Ninja has nothing to worry about." Shikaku opened it casually. Map, frowning and making circles on it. "Sir Shikaku, Kakashi-senpai, the third team accidentally encountered two people of unknown origin during the investigation. They have already exchanged fire with them and asked for support. According to the intelligence sent back, the two people are suspected of being what they said before. A member of the Akatsuki organization!" a Konoha ninja said as he walked into the tent. "Well, I know! Kakashi, you lead a team of Anbu to support." After hearing the news, Shikaku frowned even more, stood up and continued: "It seems that this war has become more complicated. If those people want to get involved, we will be really in danger!" "In that case, I'll go first. If those people are really those, the third team won't be enough to see them. They are all S-class wanted criminals, and their personal strength is unfathomable!" Kakashi stood up and left the tent. Looking at Kakashi¡¯s leaving figure, Shikaku felt a little anxious in his heart. If those people were from Kumo Ninja¡¯s side, most of the losers would be in this war. There is also the Yanyin Village who is watching eagerly from the side. It would be really bad if they take advantage of the opportunity to cause trouble! Shikaku thought of Zakaki. It would be great if he was still from Konoha. With such a group of people, it would be easier to defeat the Kumo ninja. Wouldn't it be easier for us Konoha people? Hey - I finally know why Tsunade-sama set up the battlefield in the country of Yu, just to involve Zakaki, so that there will be hope for this war. PS: I feel like this chapter was very painful to write. I just wanted to write that chaotic feeling, but I didn¡¯t have enough skill and the writing was messy. ; Text Chapter 186 Tsunade creates an ambush Kakuzu stretched out his hands, felt the strange movement of his fingers, and dodged away from Hidan and came to the jungle. "Kakuzu, you look very embarrassed. Are you in any trouble?" Pain's voice came from the ring. "Well, I met a group of Konoha's miscellaneous fish. Their strength is not very good. It's just Kakashi who is a little more difficult to deal with. I'm afraid of being exposed too much, so I'm too lazy to tangle with him. Do you have anything to do with me at this time?" Kakuzu Said somewhat impatiently. "I heard that Zakaki has arrived on the battlefield. In order to prevent this person from interfering with our plans, I want you to touch his bottom. If you can, kill him easily to save trouble in the future." "Haha, this is not your style, isn't it? Zakaki is the key to this war. If he is killed, wouldn't this war become chaotic? Isn't it very useful to let Zakaki lead Tang Ninja to weaken Kumo Ninja? Well, if we accidentally kill the Raikage, wouldn't it be much easier for us to catch the Two-Tails and Eight-Tails in the future?" Kakuzu said with doubts. "Although your words make sense, I don't want to let unknown factors account for too much. Once the war is on track, Yu Nin's gang will not be able to do much, even if they fought well in that battle. This old oak wood It gives me a bad feeling, and I don¡¯t like this feeling!¡± "This Zakaki is very interesting. Are you sure I can kill him?" "No, I said to kill him if possible. But based on the information Itachi sent, I know that you may not be his opponent, and I don't really intend to rely on you to kill him. After living for so long, you must have some knowledge. Itachi, I just hope you can find out his details as much as possible. By the way, I am very interested in his technique of overwhelming Kumo Ninja!" "I understand. But I'm afraid Hidan won't agree?" "That's why I just called you! Besides, what feelings would someone like Hidan have?" "makes sense." "Well, in that case I'll leave first." "Yeah." Kakuzu looked at Pain's disappearing shadow, a hint of cunning flashed in his eyes. The old ghost who has lived for so many years naturally has his own way of saving his life. He is not stupid if he is asked to fight someone he cannot beat Zakaki and Yu Nin have already camped in the northern part of Yu Country. Looking at the supplies sent by the local residents, Zakaki thought of the Eighth Route Army during the Anti-Japanese War in his previous life. It seemed that the common people often gave them food and supplies at that time. This kind of home field advantage It was the main reason why they defeated the reactionary forces that were stronger than them. In a way, aren't the stationed Tang Ren their revolutionary troops? With the support of local residents, a lot of things can be saved in terms of supplies. Material supplies are the most important part of the war and also the most troublesome part. The fighting of ninjas is different from that of samurai. Ninjas are all about assassination and destruction, and large-scale assassination and destruction naturally require far more supplies than samurai. As long as one side's materials are destroyed, the war will be almost finalized. Although there is such a thing as military food pills, this thing is not something that ordinary ninjas can afford. At least among the soup ninjas, except for a few captain-level figures, others can't afford it! Zakaki sat in the tent, flipping through the information sent from various places. Raikage and Tsunade both rushed towards the battlefield of Yu no Kuni! In the four battles in the anime, these two people are the main fighting force of Zhan Madara. It would be interesting if they fight to the death on the battlefield now and meet again on the battlefield in the future! Originally there were about three thousand Kumo ninjas in Yu no Kuni, but the Raikage added another five thousand troops from Kumogakure Village, so there were eight thousand Kumo ninjas. There are three thousand Yu-nins. Konoha's ninjas in the country of Yu plus those brought by Tsunade seem to be more than five thousand. Plus Orochimaru's more than two thousand people, the statistics of this war show that Kumo-nin will be defeated. Mostly, but that¡¯s not the case at all! Let's not talk about the combat effectiveness of Yu Ninja. Even the combat effectiveness of Konoha Ninja, who has not wielded a sword for many years, is far inferior to that of Kumo Ninja. In addition to the unknown factor Orochimaru, there is no need to elaborate on the relationship between Orochimaru and Konoha. If Tsunade and Konoha people meet on the battlefield, there may not be any trouble. Once the war becomes intense, who knows what will happen. Will Shinobu and the ninjas of Konoha stab each other? In general, Yun Ninja still has a great advantage against the Three Kingdoms! "Sir! What's wrong, the third team of our second team encountered the cloud ninja. In order to cover the captain's evacuation, all the others died at the hands of the cloud ninja!" Jie walked into Zakaki's tent in a panic and said. Hearing Jie's words, Zakaki suddenly became furious, "Didn't I tell you earlier? Don't go in and fight with the Kumo ninjas. We will shrink our troops and gradually devour them! Who is the captain of the second brigade? Didn't you hear what I said?" Seeing the angry Zakaki, Jie said somewhat speculatively: "Sir, the captain of the second team is Kuang. Their third team encountered a small group of Kumo ninja during the survey. They planned to grab a tongue and come back, but they didn't know it was the enemy. bait, and finally they were surrounded by enemies!" ?After hearing what Bajie said, Zakaki became even more angry. I want to hit your mother on the head? You can¡¯t even see this! No wonder Yu Ninja is said to be bad, as many ninjas like this have been killed! Zakaki calmed down and said coldly to Jie: "Pass an order. All Yun ninjas are not allowed to fight at will without my order. Everything will proceed according to the original plan! If I know that someone violates my order again and is with Yun ninja, If it¡¯s longer or shorter, you will be severely punished and no credit will be given!¡± "Yes!" Jie said and strode out. Just as Jieyang stepped out with his front foot, Xiuzi stepped in with his back foot: "Sir, Konoha has sent a distress signal and we need the support of Yu Ninja!" "Konoha's distress signal?" Zakaki looked at Hideko in confusion. "My lord, the troops led by the Hokage of Konoha were ambushed by the Raikage, and in the Kingdom of Yu, Konoha's troops were unable to free their hands due to the fighting between Kumo ninjas. Now the Hokage has sent people to us to ask for support." Tsunade and Raikage are already here! And Tsunade was ambushed! Why so fast? That's right, the information about Tsunade and Raikage was from a few days ago, and they should be here by now. Since the Raikage's troops are far superior to Tsunade's, there is nothing wrong with setting up an ambush on Tsunade's way. Using the Kumo ninja from the Kingdom of Yu to contain the Konoha ninjas who are also in the Kingdom of Yu, and then ambushing them with heavy troops, it seems that the Raikage is plotting not only Tsunade, but also himself! Once he goes to support him, another ambush will surely be waiting for him! Raikage is indeed not simple. He has calculated the bond between himself and Konoha and let himself take the bait! But I¡¯m not a vegetarian either! Zakaki wrote a few strokes on the scroll on the table, then walked to the corner of the tent, lifted a cage, and released a small snake. The snake swallowed the scroll into its belly and disappeared into the air with a bang. "Sir, aren't we going to rescue? Konoha is our friendly army!" Hideko said anxiously when she saw that Zakaki had no intention of sending troops. "It's natural to send troops, but not now!" "Why?" "Hideko, have you ever heard of a trapped beast fight? Before a trapped beast knows that he will die, he will often be a hundred times more ferocious than usual, and his combat effectiveness will be a hundred times higher than before!" "But Konoha is our friendly army after all? If they lose too much, it will do us no good at all!" Hideko said with some excitement. "Are those from Konoha our allies?" "no!" "Do we have an obligation to save them?" "No!" "That's right! Besides, Konoha's losses are too great, how can the Kumo ninja feel better? Hideko, this is not only a war, but also politics. I don't need to say more about the relationship between the people in Konoha and me, but as a The head of Tangyin Village has the obligation to minimize the casualties of Tangyin! Besides, I didn¡¯t say I wouldn¡¯t go to support, it¡¯s just that the time has not come yet!¡± PS: Two updates at three o¡¯clock, three updates at eleven o¡¯clock in the evening ; Text Chapter 187 Sasuke¡¯s decision Tsunade casually hit a Kumo ninja who was standing in front of her, then strode to a place where there were more Kumo ninjas, and with three punches, three more Kumo ninjas were knocked down again. Tsunade looked at the Konoha ninjas who had suffered a lot of damage, frowned, and gradually became anxious: now surrounded by Kumo ninjas, Konoha is at a disadvantage not only in terms of military strength but also in terms of morale! What's worse is that the Raikage wants to eat us up here! It's all my fault for being careless. I thought that Konoha's foot power was greater than that of Kumo ninja, but they seemed to have a premeditated plan. Tsunade saw another group of Kumo ninjas starting to attack, and she clenched her fists tightly. At this point, Zakaki would not come to support! Bastards, they caused the war. Even if they are not allies, they are still considered friendly forces! Konoha suffered a loss, will he, Yu Nin, feel better? After all, you, Oakwood, were born in Konoha. Even if the village can't help you, but you have so many friends here, don't you have any feelings at all? Of course Tsunade understands what Takashi means and Takashi's difficulties, but when she thinks about the relationship between Konoha and Takashi, she still can't help but feel angry! Has the relationship really turned into this over the years? Tsunade suddenly turned her head and saw the cloud ninja slashing towards Naruto, and was shocked, "Not good!" Naruto is in danger again! Dang¡ª¡ªThe scalpel swung by Tsunade accurately hit the long sword of the Cloud Ninja who sneaked up on Naruto. She shouted at Naruto: "Asshole! This is not a mission, this is a battlefield. You are just doing this." Death!" Tsunade knew that war was too early for people like Naruto. Although she had been baptized by battles many times, the battlefield was not the same as a mission. She must remain highly vigilant at all times. This was the first time for a nervous person like Naruto. When you go to the battlefield and encounter this level of war, it's just like giving food away! They still need to grow, but the situation in Konoha no longer gives them enough time to grow! We can only hope that they will grow up faster during the war! "Naruto, focus, what you have to do now is to face the war with all your strength and pass this level. Otherwise you can only disappear in the sea of ????war! Let alone become Hokage!" Tsunade looked at the Rasengan that had just been knocked away. Naruto, a Kumo ninja, scolded. "Aunt Tsunade, I know! Don't worry, I am the man who became Hokage, how could I die? Rasengan!" Naruto heard Tsunade's words, and the chakra in his hand began to spin again. "What kind of man became the Hokage? I will send you to hell now! Go to hell!" A cloud ninja jumped up and slashed at Naruto's head with a long knife. How could Naruto, who was still taking the oath just now, guard against the sudden attack of the Kumo ninja? At this moment, a green shadow rose into the sky and shouted loudly: "Konoha Whirlwind!" With a bang, the cloud ninja who attacked Naruto was kicked away by the green shadow in the air. The green shadow stood on the ground, with his left hand behind his back and his right hand holding a straight fist, "I pay my respects to Konoha's noble Canglan beast, Rock Lee!" Naruto looked at this scene and said nothing nonsense. He held up the Rasengan in his hand and rushed towards another Kumo ninja, shouting: "Thick eyebrows, thank you!" "We are partners, there is no need to say thank you! Naruto, let's witness youth together! Konoha Super Cyclone!" Xiao Li spun around again and rushed towards the crowd. "The shadow binding technique is successful! Choji, hurry up!" Shikamaru said to Choji beside him. "Got it! Part of the doubling technique - hand!" Choji's right hand enlarged and struck at the three Kumo ninja who had just been immobilized by Shikamaru. Dust flew into the sky, and the three Kumo ninjas instantly turned into meat patties under Choji's blow. Lu Jiu removed the seal in his hand and wiped the sweat from his forehead, "It's really troublesome! This is the battlefield, it's hundreds of times more troublesome than the mission!" Ino Shikamaru and Chouji stood back to back, guarding against the Kumo ninja who were gradually surrounding them. Ino held the kunai across his chest and said nervously: "Shikamaru, will the three of us die?" "This problem is really troublesome! Now is not the time to discuss this. Have you seen Naruto and Xiao Li? Although I don't like fighting, wouldn't it be too embarrassing if I die prematurely? So, I don't want to die. Drop it!" Shikamaru said seriously. "Shikamaru is right! We can't lose to that guy Naruto!" Choji puffed out his nostrils, his face full of seriousness. "Forget it, in this case I can't die!" Tsunade looked at the performance of Xiao Qiang and showed a happy smile. She was right, war is the best way for people to grow. Tsunade scanned the battlefield again, and the feeling of relief she felt just now disappeared immediately. Now Konoha has suffered a lot of damage. If this continues, this war will definitely fail! Now breakout is the only option, and there are only two situations for breakout, dispersed breakout and combined breakout. Kumo Ninja has a huge advantage in troops. If the breakout is dispersed, it will cause a one-sided situation, but a combined breakout can not only take care of each other, but also be organized effectively counterattack. Thinking of this, Tsunade didn't hesitate too much and turned toward the Hokage.The direction of the team shouted loudly: "Everyone listened to the order and immediately followed the original organization, concentrated their combat power, and broke through along a breakthrough!" The Raikage once again eliminated a Jonin of Konoha and came to Lazy's side, "Lazy, how is the situation now?" "We have the advantage here, but now Konoha is fighting back with all its might, and the damage is also huge!" Lazy squinting his eyes, looking at the shrunken Konoha ninjas, and continued: "Boss, they look like they have plans to break out! " "Breakout? How can it be that simple? Now gather my troops and fight Konoha for a life-or-death showdown!" "But boss, what if Zakaki suddenly attacks from the flank?" "I have asked Yukito to lead a team to place heavy troops on the road where Yunin comes. Once Tsubasagi comes to support, he will set up an ambush. Huh! There are a lot of detonating charms there. This is called returning the favor!" Raikage remembered. After that disastrous defeat, he gritted his teeth and said bitterly A triangle is drawn in a strange red circle. Lying on the bloody circle is a young man. The man has a black iron spear stuck in his body and blood is flowing from his mouth. At first glance, he looks like he is dead. A minute later, the man stood up and muttered: "It really hurts! But it feels so good! Kakuto, I didn't expect to meet the two-tailed jinch¨±riki here, it actually saved me a lot of effort!" "If you don't do this, we will save more time!" "How many times do I have to say it before you understand? Bastard! This is a sacrifice, this is a sacrifice to the great evil god! You pagan, I really want to dedicate you to the evil god!" "By the way, Hidan, do you think we have done a great favor to Zakaki by doing this? Help him deal with so many Kumo ninjas. Calculate how much appearance fee I have to ask him for! Just 50 million ryo! No, it's a bit Master, there are a lot of good Kumo ninjas here, so we need 100 million taels! Yes, that's 100 million taels!" Kakuzu took out a small abacus and looked at the hundreds of Kumo ninjas lying on the ground, with fear in his eyes. Wearing light. "Hey, hey, Kakuzu, even if we don't kill these Kumo ninjas, my elder brother can still easily deal with them! If it weren't for my elder brother's luck, how could we have caught the two tails so easily? You only know money, you are so tacky!" Hidan looked at Kakuzu with disdain and said. "I heard that the people of Konoha were ambushed by Kumogakure. Who do you think will win?" "The Kumo ninjas have the majority of chances of winning, right? Konoha is in a bad situation right now. I heard that ever since Orochimaru went to Konoha to play, Konoha has become even more miserable!" "But we have to add Oak and Orochimaru?" "Orochimaru won't say anything. If my eldest brother comes, he will definitely win!" "Forget it, it's such a headache to talk to you, an idiot!" Kakuzu ignored Hidan, picked up the two-tailed jinch¨±riki beside him, put it on his shoulders and walked away. Zakaki and Orochimaru stood in the distance, listening to the constant explosions and wails, looking at each other and smiling, "It's time!" "Well, do you think Tsunade will thank me for saving her later?" Orochi joked. "I don't know if she is grateful to you, but I know that your little brother is afraid that someone will cause trouble for him!" Zakaki looked at Sasuke next to Orochimaru and said with a smile. "You mean that Kyuubi boy, right? I believe Sasuke will not let me down, right, Sasuke?" Orochimaru asked Sasuke with a smile. "I decided to kill him when the time comes!" He said coldly, looking at the flames of war rising in the distance. ; Text Chapter 188 Jiraiya is here The summer afternoon was already hot, but the dark clouds in the sky not only did not lower the temperature, but instead made the ground even hotter! The bugs in the jungle kept chirping, as if they wanted to roar the heat out of their bodies, but instead of cooling down, they chirped hotter and hotter! This afternoon has become even hotter because of them! Suddenly, a group of figures appeared in the sky above the jungle. The cold weapons in their hands suddenly caused the temperature around them to drop suddenly. Even the insects that had been screaming stopped screaming. In this way, the weird atmosphere lasted for an hour. Suddenly, someone in the crowd shouted: "Action!" In a moment, the crowd in the jungle disappeared, leaving only the overwhelming branches and leaves. As the crowd disappeared, the bugs began to chirp again, as if nothing had happened. Zakaki and Orochimaru stood on a big snake and rushed towards the battlefield of Konoha and Kumogakure. To be honest, sometimes Zakaki envies Orochimaru, especially his psychic beast! This girl stands on the big snake and looks down at others majestically. That's so domineering! Bobby is different. Don't expect him to be a foothold. Not to mention his speed, his temper alone will make you unbearable. "Oakaki, what do you think this battle will be like?" Orochimaru asked with a smile. "It's hard to say, it depends on who has better luck, Raikage or Tsunade! Now I think Tsunade hates me to death!" Zakaki said jokingly. "Hahaha, it's really interesting to talk about it. The four of us had the best relationship back then, and now Jiraiya and Tsunade are together, and the two of us are together. What's even more interesting is that the two of us left Konoha, and the two of them are still dead. Support Konoha! Maybe, we will still have to fight with them! If we really fight, which one will you choose, Jiraiya or Tsunade?" Orochimaru seemed to remember the scene back then and said with a smile. "You don't have to be so direct, right? Are you sure we will fight with them?" Zakaki said with some tangle. "You said it?" Orochimaru said in a rare joke. "That's right. Konoha will definitely suffer heavy damage this time. After the fight with the Kumo ninja, they will definitely take action when they see you. Plus, with such a move, some action is inevitable! Forget it, I will still fight with you. Let's fight Jiraiya, I really want to fight Jiraiya!" Zakaki thought of Jiraiya who was ready to fight because he was scolded, and because he was mixed with Orochimaru, they didn't know how to fight. Ghost! "By the way, how do you feel about Jugo? Did you find anything?" Orochimaru said, remembering the Jugo he had given to Zakaki earlier. "Well, you must have noticed something, right? This guy seems to be able to use natural energy. I think the reason why he went berserk is probably because he can't control natural energy, right?" Zakaki nodded. "It is indeed Kame Sennin! My years of research are not worth a few days of yours! However, I remember that your mode is not Sage mode, right?" Orochimaru looked at Zakaki with some confusion. "Well, it's just like you. You didn't go to that place, right?" Zakaki remembered that the three ninjas all have sage mode. It's just that Orochimaru has not reached that level. "Bobby is from the turtle family, so he has the same nature as that family. Your combination is similar to my white-scaled serpent, but it is much more difficult for us to truly become a sage than Jiraiya! It seems like that! The road leading to that place is really not easy!" Orochimaru said angrily. "Haha, it doesn't matter! Just let nature take its course. To be honest, I don't really care about that! Just like your filthy reincarnation, no one can stop us from becoming strong even if we don't know that technique!" "That's right! Speed ??up, otherwise you will miss the show soon!" Orochimaru looked at the blooming battlefield in the distance and speeded up "Aunt Tsunade, look! Is that our reinforcement?" Naruto shouted happily as he watched the attack on the rear of the Kumo ninja. Tsunade, who had unlocked the Yin seal, looked at the back of the cloud ninjas who were on fire. She clenched her fists tightly and looked at the Konoha ninja who had less than a thousand left. Her eyes were spitting fire. Come now! Zakaki, you made a good plan! Let us consume the Kumo ninja's vitality and then take advantage of the rear! First came the scolding of Inuzuka from the Land of Thunder, and then the death of the Kumo Ninja Messenger! And then there's this ambush! Oakwood, have you really become the next Orochimaru? Has Konoha become your tool? When did you become like this? "Hokage-sama, do you want to break out from Shikaku-sama now?" asked an ANBU ninja next to Tsunade. "Break through? What kind of siege? Wouldn't it be nice to attack the Kumo ninja together with our noble reinforcements?" Tsunade said and rushed towards the Kumo ninja on the side. Naruto looked at Tsunade who suddenly went berserk, and then looked at the soldiers around him.?Dazo's companion said to Shikamaru who was beside him: "Shikamaru, why did Aunt Tsunade suddenly go berserk? Aren't we going to win?" "I don't know about this. Dad and the others can't come. The reinforcements at this moment should be Uncle Zakaki! Since Uncle Zakaki can defeat the Raikage with Yu Ninja, he can definitely defeat Yu Ninja now. After all, we Although the casualties are heavy, Kumo Ninja is not feeling well. Looking at this formation, we have a good chance of winning! As for Hokage-sama, it should be because of the heavy casualties, right?" Shikaku explained. "Well, in that case, let's take advantage of the situation and pursue it! Defeat the Kumo ninja as soon as possible! Come on, look at that guy Neji killed another Kumo ninja captain! I can't be compared with that guy! Rasengan!" Naruto After saying that, he found a Kumo ninja who was chasing him and pounced on him. Choji gasped, "Shikamaru, Naruto is really energetic! He's still so motivated after fighting for so long!" "Well, this guy is a monster! Choji, Ino, are about to get fucked!" Jiraiya looked at the ground littered with corpses, and his heart tightened. He had not traveled with the army on the previous mission. He rushed to the battlefield and had already seen the corpses of nearly two thousand Konoha ninjas! Having experienced several battles, he naturally knew what was going on. Without thinking too much, Jiraiya quickly dodged and hurried towards the direction where the corpse was pointing. Jiraiya, who was anxious in his heart, forgot to look around for Naruto. Someone like Naruto would die easily on the battlefield! Fortunately, Naruto was not found along the way, which means that Naruto is safe at this time! A sound of fighting instantly reached Jiraiya's ears. Jiraiya looked around and saw that a Konoha ninja was fighting hard with two Cloud ninjas and was at a disadvantage. "Fire Release¡¤Fire Bullet" Jiraiya quickly formed a seal, and hit the two cloud ninjas with a fire bullet. As expected, the two cloud ninjas died under the fire bullet. The rescued Konoha ninja saw Jiraiya and saluted quickly and said: "Thank you, Lord Jiraiya!" "Stop talking nonsense, how is the situation now?" Jiraiya asked anxiously. "Hokage-sama was ambushed by Raikage on the way, and Konoha suffered heavy damage! Now less than one-third of its combat strength is left! Fortunately, Tsukage-sama brought people to support, and now we have the upper hand!" "Well! I'm leaving first!" Jiraiya dodged and left the place without waiting for the Konoha ninja to speak. At this moment, Jiraiya was filled with anger. Zakaki, when did you become so indifferent to life? Does power really make people lose themselves? Have you really become the second Orochimaru? If so! I'll wake you up! PS: Please give me a recommendation! It¡¯s dropped to fifty, God! ; Text Chapter 189: See the truth under your hands The smell of blood from the battlefield filled the air. This smell of blood mixed with the smell of gunpowder smoke after the detonation talisman exploded, making people feel evil. I lazily looked at the remaining thousand Kumo-nins and felt very irritated. The Kumo-nins had suffered a disastrous defeat in the two battles with Tsubasa. Could it be that Yu-nin could dominate the ninja world with the help of Kame Sennin Tsubasa? Why did it fail so miserably under such circumstances? Is this oak tree our nemesis? The more he thought about it, the angrier he became. He punched the stone wall into pieces and cursed angrily: "Asshole! Asshole!" The eyes of the Kumo ninjas who were resting were attracted by Lazy's attack, including the Raikage standing by. Lei Ying slowly walked to Lazy's side, patted Lazy's shoulder and said, "Although I don't want to inflate others' ambitions, I have to say that we did not lose unfairly!" "Boss, but -" Lazy turned his head and looked at Raikage, trying to explain something, but was interrupted by Raikage. "Lazy! Even though we planned carefully, we still underestimated Zakaki! Zakaki is really powerful. The information we obtained showed that Zakaki is an emotional person, but we never expected that Zakaki would turn out to be an emotional person. So ruthless! He can actually exchange the lives of his former companions for victory! This approach is simply shocking! He Zakaki is really good at calculating, let us fight to the death with the people of Konoha, and then take the opportunity to attack us!" Raikage 1 He said with an angry face. "Boss, didn't Yumu Ren ambush Zakaki? Even if they couldn't resist Zakaki, they could still send the information over, and that way they wouldn't have suffered such a disastrous defeat!" Lazy thought of Yumu Ren's ambush. Lei Ying heard Lazy's words, his brows trembled, and then he closed his eyes, "It's all my fault! Someone sent by Mu Ren sent intelligence, saying that they were attacked by two unidentified people. But at that time, he was in the middle of a conflict with Konoha During the decisive battle, I thought those two people were nothing to fear, so I didn¡¯t take it to heart!¡± "Boss, what does the attack have to do with Zakaki's raid? Yumu can still pass on Zakaki's news!" Lazy was a little angry. "If I guessed correctly, Yumu and the others should all have lost their lives in the hands of those two people!" "What? Yumu Ren is¡ª¡ª" Lazy's eyes widened, his face full of disbelief. "As far as I know, there is a group of rebel ninjas active in various places now. They are all powerful S-level rebel ninjas. They are hired by other countries to help people end the war! Maybe these two people were hired by Yu Zhiguo! And Yuki People just die in their hands!¡± ¡°Hey¡ª¡ªBoss, what should we do now?¡± "Compare them in rounds, join forces together and then make a calculation!" "yes!" Tang Ninja, Oto Ninja, and Konoha Ninja were facing each other. Neither party made a move, but the sparks that collided with each other kept shining in the air. Orochimaru and Zakaki stood directly in front of the Sound Ninja and Tang Ninja, while Jiraiya and Tsunade stood in front of the Konoha Ninja. This way seemed to announce that a war was about to break out again! A group of Xiaoqiang looked at this scene with their mouths wide open and their faces full of disbelief. "Aunt Tsunade, why does the lustful immortal hang out with Orochimaru? Isn't he your friend?" Naruto said first while watching this scene. But Tsunade ignored Naruto, clenched her fists with both hands, and looked at Zakaki and Orochimaru with an angry look. Naruto turned his attention to Jiraiya, but the latter also seemed to be ignoring him. Naruto, who was doubly confused, shouted loudly in the direction of Zakaki: "Hey! Lewd Immortal, what are you doing? Come here quickly! Orochimaru is not a good guy. He kidnapped Sasuke and wanted to do something." What kind of container! Why are you so entangled with such a bad guy?" Naruto's roar attracted all the attention, and everyone looked at Naruto as if they were an idiot. But Naruto didn't seem to have said enough. As soon as he opened his mouth, he was blocked by the hand of a person behind him. This person was Shikamaru. "Idiot! Naruto, please stop saying a few words. This kind of situation is not something we can do." Interfering!" Naruto kept struggling, using his hands and feet to break free of Shikamaru's hand. He gasped and pointed at Shikamaru and said: "You want to suffocate me to death? Did I say something wrong? Orochimaru is a bad guy! I want more. Bring Sasuke back! By the way, Sasuke is here?" Naruto then remembered Sasuke and shouted at Orochimaru: "Orochimaru, you bastard, Sasuke is here? Hand him over to me¡ª¡ª" "Naruto! Stop it!" Jiraiya folded his arms and yelled at Naruto with a serious look on his face. Jiraiya's roar completely shocked Naruto, who opened his mouth when he saw Jiraiya's serious expression and stopped talking. "Oakaki! I don't know why you want to go with Orochimaru, but I know that if you do this again, you will become a demon!" Jiraiya said to Oakwood sadly. Orochimaru snorted coldly at first, and then said: "Jiraiya, you are still as stupid as ever! No one elseIt's a child. Now that you have reached this level and you have something you believe in, I don't understand why you always like to say useless truths? " "Jiraiya, I don't want to explain anything, but you should know who I am!" Zakaki said, spreading his hands. "I know who you are, that's why I want to rescue you. I don't want my friend to fall deeper and deeper into trouble, and finally be unable to extricate himself! Just like Orochimaru!" Jiraiya shouted excitedly at Zakaki. Orochimaru chuckled, "Jiraiya, you are really stupid! What does it mean to get deeper and deeper? You also know how Zakaki and I left Konoha. I am too lazy to mention those things about the old age. ! But don¡¯t say it so loudly!¡± "But who caused this situation? If you hadn't done some crazy experiment, would the old man have kicked you out? You know how the old man treats you, but what did you, an ungrateful guy, do?" Jiraiya shouted. The target became Orochimaru. "I really have no idea what to do with you!" Orochimaru looked at Jiraiya impatiently and said. "Why bother talking to them? Everyone listens to the order! Come to the base immediately and fight with Shikaku and the others! This kind of battle is not something you can participate in!" Tsunade, who had not spoken for a long time, gave an order to the ANBU captain behind her, and then He looked at Orochimaru and Zakaki and said: "It's useless to talk more. I'll see the truth behind you! Last time, Zakaki, you saved Orochimaru and we almost fought. This time we have a good fight! Let's see who the legendary Kame Sennin is. To what extent?¡± "Wait! Leave Oakwood to me! Tsunade, your opponent is Orochimaru!" Jiraiya stood in front of Tsunade, with sparks in his eyes and a firm look on his face. ps: Immortals fight immortals! Isn't it interesting? The next chapter: Turtle Immortal fights Toad Immortal, hahaha¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª ; Text Chapter 190 The War between Psychic Beasts Raindrops finally began to fall in the sky filled with dark clouds, and the hot weather suddenly became cooler. However, the raindrops hitting the face made life painful, and the sudden cold wind turned the coolness into a cold feeling. The rainwater flowed into his mouth along Zakaki's black hair, and the taste was indescribably bitter. Looking at Jiraiya and Tsunade, Zakaki didn't make a move. Although he was ready to fight them, Zakaki still couldn't let go if they really fought. But Jiraiya on the opposite side did not hesitate at all, and quickly bit his finger to form a seal. The seal was clearly meant to summon a toad! Seeing Jiraiya who had already started to take action, Zakaki and others also took action quickly. After the bang-bang-bang sound, several behemoths appeared in sight. Orochimaru stepped on thousands of snakes spitting cores under his feet, Tsunade stood on the heads of slugs, and Oak also summoned Bobby. It was different on Jiraiya's side. Not only Bunta was summoned, but also Toad Takeru and a green toad named Xiaohiro. Several powerful characters from the Toad family came out. Jiraiya's meaning was obvious. Then Just want a big fight! "Hey, Orochimaru, are you planning to hold an old friends meeting? Why are we all acquaintances? Even those lame toads showed up! They won't attack me in groups again this time, right? Let me tell you, if it bothers me so much Just leave!" Wan She's arrogant voice was the first to sound. It's not his fault. Last time he came out, he was attacked by Tsunade, Slug and Bunta, and his head was nailed to the ground by Bunta's sword. This time, a Bobby appeared. Isn't this looking for abuse? "Wan She, this time is different from last time. Last time I was injured and couldn't use ninjutsu, which gave Tsunade and the others an advantage! Besides, you are not fighting alone this time, we have partners! "Orochimaru looked at Bobby at Zakaki's feet and said. "Oh? Partner? This word sounds so awkward to me when used on you! But with that old turtle here, I feel a lot more relaxed. I said, old guy, don't hold me back for a while! It's just that you were beaten by a few Even if you kill the stinky toad, I won't save you!" Wan She glanced at Wen Tai, a toad who was smoking a cigarette, and then at the wary slug, and he understood. "You little reptile! I really don't know what's wrong with the oak wood. How could garbage like you get mixed up together!" Bobby looked at Wan She with disdain, and then said to the oak wood on his body: " Boss, looking at the posture, you are going to really fight with Jiraiya! And Tsunade? By the way, I remember you like Tsunade, don't you?" Zakaki kicked Bobby and said with some embarrassment, "We don't want to mention this now! Why are you getting more and more stupid? Didn't you see that there was going to be a fight?" These words also made the depressed mood just now feel better. few. The appearance of a bunch of ninja beasts not only did not cool down the atmosphere, but instead gave people the feeling of a busy city. The toads and slugs here also chatted. After all, it is not easy to get together. "Jiraiya, summon the three of us at once! With slugs, even this old guy and Wan She don't have to do this, right?" Bunta said with some displeasure. "Jiraiya, what the boss said makes sense! This is making a fuss out of a molehill!" Hiro, who was carrying a pair of swords, said angrily. Toadjian is also a bit more honest. He doesn't say a word when he comes out. He just puts up the plate and holds the steel fork with a serious face. "Bunta, Xiaohiro! You don't know the strength of Zakaki and Bobby. It's even more troublesome with Orochimaru and Wanshe! It will take time for me to use that move!" Jiraiya clasped his hands together and started. took action. "What? Are you really going to do it? Zakaki and Orochimaru are different, Jiraiya, are you crazy?" Bunta looked at Jiraiya in surprise and said. "That's why I want to wake up Takaki! I know Takaki's strength. If I don't use that move, I know I can't beat him! Bunta, Hiro, Toad Takeru, please!" Jiraiya said Face said firmly. Tsunade here just heard Bobby's nonsense and felt even more angry. Slug, who felt Tsunade's anger, said in confusion: "Tsunade-sama, do you really want to fight with Tsunade-sama? He is - ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡± "Slug, no need to say more! Let's do it!" Tsunade didn't explain anything. She jumped up and rushed towards the direction of Zakaki. At this moment, Slug, who received Tsunade's order, also started to act, "The tongue and teeth are sticky." Acid!" The slug sprayed a stream of liquid in Bobby's direction. When Bobby saw this scene, he slapped the ground with his hand, and with a bang, a wall of earth rose from the ground to block the slug's sticky acid. Bobby looked at the squeaking earth wall and said jokingly: "Boss, your lover is really cruel! Use your big moves when you come up!" "Is there still time to joke now? You might die! Get ready to take action!" Zakaki looked at Tsunade who knocked down the wall with one punch, and couldn't help but feel angry. In this case, there is no need to be timid, and simply A big fight! Putting aside his distracting thoughts, Zakmu's expression straightened, he ducked to the ground, and quickly raised his hands.Form a seal, "Earth Escape - Rock Giant!" Three rock giants came out of the earth and blocked Tsunade's path. But how could Tsunade, who had broken the Yin Seal, be a vegetarian? Tsunade raised her fist and directly smashed the rock giant closest to her. One of them ducked to the side of another rock giant, but the support of the other rock giant rushed over. The mud bombs spit out from the mouth of the rock giant were deadly. shot at Tsunade, and the rock giant that Tsunade tried to attack also started to counterattack, spitting out mud bombs. The dense mud bombs obviously had an effect. Tsunade's offensive was buffered and she was forced to return to the slug. Seeing that Tsunade's second attack failed, Bunta jumped into the air and drew out his sword. Then there was a bang, and Bunta landed directly on the rock giant. The sword he drew turned over and slashed at the remaining rock giant. There was another bang, and the rock giant was cut into two pieces by the knife. "Tsunade, you and Toad Takeru and Slug will deal with Orochimaru, and I will leave Soaki and Bobby to Hiroshi and me!" Bunta said arrogantly after hitting the two rock giants. Tsunade understands that she still has many disadvantages compared to Takashi. She is good at physical skills, but Takashi's earth escape has always been elusive. If it is not a life and death duel, trying to defeat him with physical skills is simply impossible! So there was no need to act impulsively, and the slug and the slug rushed straight towards Orochimaru. "I said you are quite arrogant, little toad! Although I don't want to bully you, those who are disrespectful to their seniors need to be taught a lesson! Water bombs!" Bobby opened his big mouth and pointed in Wentai's direction. There was a water bomb, but Bunta, who was very flexible, jumped into the air again and dodged the blow. But where he landed, thorns suddenly appeared at some point. Bunta, who was in the air, saw the thorns on the ground, and his heart tightened. This old guy is really powerful! However, Wentai is not weak either, "Fire Escape, Toad Flame Bullet!" Wentai took a puff of cigarette in the air, sprayed out a large sea of ??fire from his mouth, and threw himself in the direction of Zakaki and Bobby. "Earth Escape - Earth Current Wall!" The oak wood on Bobby's back was sealed again, and a city wall tens of meters high rose from the ground, blocking the attack of the Toad Current Flame Bullet. Zakaki looked at the rock giant that had touched Wentai not far away, and smiled in his heart, Wentai, let you suffer some losses first! Sure enough, the rock giant that had just been cut into two pieces by Bunta suddenly stood up, raised his fist and smashed towards Bunta who had just landed. Feeling this scene, Wentai screamed in his heart, this rock giant is indeed a bit evil, he just underestimated the enemy! I'm afraid I won't be able to escape this time! Just when Bunta was about to bear the blow, Xiaoguang appeared not far away beside Bunta, holding his horizontal swords against the rock giant's punch! Seeing Bunta dodge the blow, he turned around and said to Bobby: "Bobby, these two guys are left to you! Don't tell me you can't beat them?" "Are you kidding? How can these two little guys be my opponents? Are you underestimating the genius of the turtle family?" Bobby said, waving his giant palm. "Well, in that case, I'll go see Jiraiya!" Zakaki dodged and left Bobby. "Oakaki! Your opponent is me! Don't try to interfere with Jiraiya!" As soon as Buntai finished speaking, Takaki disappeared from the ground. "Ozaki? I didn't expect that they couldn't stop you!" Jiraiya said with his hands clasped together, looking at him helplessly. "Nothing? I want to see your immortal mode!" Zakaki said with arrogance. PS: I was going to write about immortals fighting immortals, but I didn¡¯t know there was still another chapter, sorry! ; Text: Make a complaint I would like to explain here the age of the protagonist. After writing many chapters, I checked the information and discovered that if the protagonist's strength would not be able to keep up with the progress of the three wars, I had no choice but to write out these illogical plots. Kakashi became a chuunin at the age of five, and the protagonist merged with Bobby under this premise to continuously exercise the strength of his muscles. If you insist on criticizing me on this point, I will have no choice but to give this far-fetched explanation! ??Also, I am working part-time these days, so I can't keep up with the update progress. I hope everyone can understand me. I could have updated it yesterday, but something happened that made me want to scold me, so I didn't update it. I would like to remind you to give a seat and be careful of pickpockets. Now that I have mentioned it, let me complain to everyone - Yesterday I took the bus back to school from my part-time job. The buses in Wuhan can be described as huge crowds of people. Since it was a station, I found a spot early. When I walked to Wuchang Railway Station, I saw a pregnant woman. She was very tired from working a part-time job, so I planned not to give up my seat to the people around me, but no one got up for a long time. Forget it, I thought I would always be the one. A strong young man, so he did something good and gave up his position. But what made me angry was that the two hundred yuan from my pocket was stolen when I got off the bus. I was still holding it in my pocket before giving up my seat. That's what I earned from my part-time job. Damn, if you do good things, you'll be unlucky! Do you think I am unjust or not? It makes me so angry that my hair has been gray for three days! I'm not saying that it's wrong to do good things, but brother pickpocket, you can't do this, right? Why! Consider yourself unlucky. It's pointless to complain to everyone. Remind everyone, the Spring Festival is coming, be careful of pickpockets! Finally, I hope you will support me a lot, recommend a lot, and collect a lot! I am very grateful¡ª¡ª\ Text Some thoughts on writing this book I think it is necessary to say it. Many people say that the battle power of Yatu Reincarnation and the Rock Giant is too strong, and it is too much. I don¡¯t deny it, but I want to explain: First of all, Yatu Reincarnation means that Zakaki controls nine identical bodies by himself. A strong body, and it is based on the original soul. For example, when playing basketball, we can handle the ball well with forehand and backhand alone, but it hurts when we use two hands to move together. The rebirth of the eight soils is based on When the dirty earth is reincarnated, its soul will naturally be divided into eight other bodies. Each body has a shadow-level strength, so it must have shadow-level soul power or mental power to control it. As mentioned before, this The move is used in Kame Sennin mode, so Bobby's soul power will be superimposed (of course it's a bit far-fetched, after all, he made it up), but the person controlling the move is still Oak Tree, which means that Oak Tree will consume more energy than usual. With nine times the chakra, you can imagine the load! There will be side effects after using the Kame Sennin mode, let alone the Kame Sennin mode and the Eight Earth Rebirths! Another person said that you should summon the rock giant and reincarnate in the dirt again. I have to say that you are really powerful! The rock giant has long said that it consumes a lot of chakra! That's a big move! Although this book is over the top, everyone knows that I am not writing cool articles. Anyone can write cool articles, but that kind of thinking and the way out of writing this book in the first place are even further! As mentioned in the introduction of this book, there is no bloodstain, no secret technique, and I define myself as a technical stream. I also know that I wrote it wrong, but I wanted to write it that way before, but I couldn't help myself as I wrote it! For this, I apologize - and then let¡¯s talk about Kabuto. Kabuto is a **oss and it¡¯s okay to let Kabuto go. But if I say that Tokaki regrets it, everyone says it¡¯s unforgivable. I just want this **oss to be with Soakaki. It has a lot to do with it, and it has a big effect. You will know it later. If it is really taken down because of this, I can only say that you are free to do whatever you want! [bsp; Still talking about yy, I said in a reply to a troll, if the Reincarnation of the Earth was not written by ab, but which fan author wrote it, he would definitely be scolded, it is too outrageous. ! I'm not qualified to say anything about AB Master, at least others have laid the groundwork before, and the comics are their own! As we all know, the status of fan fiction is largely due to many authors messing around, including me of course. It¡¯s not that I don¡¯t respect my predecessors, I just hope everyone can correct their attitude. Here I want to pay tribute to Senior Yi Nian Chang Kong. He has written many fan works, and they are all classics. I personally admire him very much! "The Tomb of Naruto" is the direct reason why I opened this book, and I even borrowed some parts. I feel that if every fan author is like him, the fandom will not be despised by others! I'm a newbie, this is my first book, maybe I will write a second fanfic, or maybe I won't write it in the future, but I really hope to write this book well, it's embarrassing to say, this book is clicked every day now More than 10,000, but the collection only has 2661. Maybe my writing is too rubbish, others don¡¯t want to collect it, or I don¡¯t know how to be a good person, but it doesn¡¯t matter. The important thing is that I persisted and many people read the book. Got it! Although I am often criticized by people, it proves that everyone still pays attention to this book, otherwise I would not be criticized. For this, I apologize to those book friends for whom I have a bad tone! Finally, I want to talk about updating. Because I am in school, I don¡¯t have the exact time for updating every day, but basically it is two chapters a day. Even if something happens on one day, I will make it up the next day, so I feel that I am diligent. . Speaking of this, I have to complain. I was originally a member of the student union of the college and the student union of the department, but for this book, I lost all the tasks assigned by the ministers. The chance of promotion in the second half of the year is zero! I spend 80% of my spare time writing books. People always ask me, is it okay for you to realize your dream by writing Piaotian Literature Network? To be honest, this is my motivation! I don¡¯t write these things to earn sympathy, I just feel that some of the things I say don¡¯t make me happy. I don¡¯t care if you are a troll, but please don¡¯t scold me. Just like the book friend Malu, who said I was a maggot, I was like him at the time. Mom wants to fight with him. If he doesn¡¯t want to watch it, he won¡¯t watch it, and he won¡¯t bring up such a disgusting person! Having said so much, I just want to say that everyone please bear with me and point out the bad parts. I will definitely consider it carefully. After all, this is helpful for writing a book! But don't beat me to death with a stick. You will be happy, but it will make me unhappy for a few days. Without further ado, I would like to ask everyone for your support! There will be another update soon! Text resumes updating twice a day Text Asking for a day off Text Chapter 214: Building a Village and Hiding in the Mountains If asked who is the person in the world of Naruto that Takaki admires the most, Takashi would definitely say the first Hokage! Speaking of the first generation Senju Hashira, everyone is familiar with it. It is called the invincible Wood Release Ninjutsu. It has the unique ability to control the tailed beasts. It can separate the tailed beasts into the world to achieve peace. It can calm down the troubled times, establish Konoha, and defeat Madara at his peak. These are all things that are difficult to achieve now, but this amazing man did it! No matter in terms of strength or integrity, Senjuzhu is worthy of Zakaki's respect. Even though he has been dead for many years, he still has a huge influence in Konoha and even the entire ninja world! And Konoha has left his footprints everywhere. In the forest surrounding Konoha, you can see towering trees everywhere, the carvings on the Hokage Rock, and even the gates of Konoha are made of Senju Pillar vines! The Senju Pillar passed the will of fire to Konoha. At this moment, Oak will follow the Senju Pillar and transfer the will of the mountain to the people of Shanyin Village! Mountains represent heaviness, perseverance, strength and confidence. The mountains can stand for thousands of years without falling, and they can bravely resist the cold wind and rain of arrows! People must have the spirit of a mountain, not afraid of suffering and danger, protecting their relatives and friends from wind and rain, and protecting the things they want to protect so that their mountain-like will will last forever! At this moment, Oakwood is about to perform a miracle, letting the will of the mountain permeate the entire Kingdom of Tang! The well-dressed Zakaki came to the high platform in the center of the venue, ignoring the huge crowds of people, the prominent nobles present, and the guests who were the pinnacle of the world. Without saying a word, Zakaki took off the robe belonging to Ying in full view of everyone, and took off the bamboo hat engraved with the word "Soup". The moment the action was completed, a five-meter-wide trapezoidal earth platform appeared out of thin air under Zakaki's feet. With a rumbling sound, the earth platform grew crazily in front of everyone's eyes, and did not stop until it was more than ten meters high. Down. The central high platform was originally the highest place in the entire village. Now it has increased by more than ten meters. How majestic and majestic is that height? The oak tree standing on the earth platform was like a god, overlooking the silent crowd below, and shouted loudly: "My name is Oak Tree, and I stand hidden in the mountains. The mountains will not fall, but my will will last forever!" After roaring, Zakaki bit his fingers and quickly formed seals at a speed invisible to the naked eye. Then he pressed his hands on the earth platform and roared loudly again: "The four peaks stand tall!" ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª The ground began to tremble, like an earthquake. People in the square were shaken left and right, and there were many timid people who screamed, but the next scene made everyone open their mouths and close their breaths. Four peaks appeared in four directions outside Shanyin Village at the same time. The gray-brown peaks slowly rose from the ground, crushing the surrounding dense forests. The rumbling sounds of crustal movement were like thunderous war drums, clearly transmitted to the The ears of everyone present. The four peaks are growing taller and taller, as if they are about to break through the clouds and tear the sky apart! I don¡¯t know how long it took, but the four peaks finally stopped growing. Looking at the clouds and mist wrapping around the bare peaks, no one dared to estimate the height of these four peaks! The four peaks are like guarding gods, surrounding the entire mountain hidden village. Everyone present instinctively focused their attention on the connection at the foot of the four peaks, and found that except for the four main roads, all others were raised by the mountains. The hidden mountain village was like an egg on a plate between the four peaks, suddenly becoming several times smaller. I don¡¯t know who among the crowd took the lead in shouting, and the Tang ninja people in the square roared with all their strength: "If the mountain does not fall, the will will last forever!" "If the mountain does not fall, the will will last forever!" "If the mountain does not fall, the will will last forever!" This roar, coupled with the newly erected mountain peak, can only be described as "miraculous" in two words! You can hear confidence, excitement, pride and crazy adoration from the roar! In the past, God was far away, but now, for the people of the Kingdom of Tang, God is right in front of them, right beside them. This God is their proud Tangying - Oakwood! At this moment, the mountain's will penetrated into their souls, and the mountain's will began to spread toward the entire world! Standing on the high platform, Zakmu looked at the peaks towering into the sky, at the crowds roaring crazily, and at the admiring eyes. His heart was filled with pride. As long as the will of the mountains was passed on to them, they would then give it to them. Pass it on to the next generation. In the end, the will of the mountain will flow in the blood of the hidden mountain village forever! Shanyin Village will become a real big village, and Yuno Country will also become a real big country! The mountains will not fall, but the will will last forever. As long as the mountains exist, this village will always be protected. Ding¡ª¡ªZakaki's heart suddenly trembled, and a strange feeling spread from his chest to his whole body, and then Tutai's feet seemed to be integrated with the soil, regardless of you and me. Then the feeling of merging into the earth spread throughout the body. At this time, Zakmu felt like he was a ball of soil. Why did he feel like this? There is a huge island in the deep sea. This island is not like an ordinary island. From a distance, there are many mountains on the island, and the peaks rise from one to the other.Rising from the ground, it is better to say that this is a fiefdom than an island. Suddenly, a roar tore apart the calmness of the sea. Although the roar was loud, there was no ferocious sound that matched it. Instead, it was more peaceful and indifferent, as if you had just woken up and stretched yourself and moaned comfortably. When a red turtle with a four-cornered hat and the size of a millstone heard this roar, it decisively woke up from the sunbathing just now, and said to itself in hoarse surprise: "Old Xuanwu is awake! What happened?" Then, the turtle with the red hat just disappeared. In the small pool, there was a dark-colored turtle with a large basin. The turtle spread its five limbs and swam around in the pool. It kept spitting bubbles from its mouth and felt uncomfortable. The red turtle that just disappeared suddenly appeared on the shore of the small pond. Looking at the ink-colored turtle swimming in the water, he said in horror: "Old man, why are you awake at this time? Is something serious happening?" The ink-colored turtle glanced at the red turtle, shook his head, and said in an elderly voice that was inconsistent with his body: "Oh, is it you, little guy? Haha, I haven't been out for many years. There is a big event. , but it¡¯s not a bad thing. That little bastard Bobby was recognized by the contract. I thought this matter was important, so I came out to take a look. That little bastard, the way he was recognized is a bit strange, isn¡¯t it?¡± "The contract, you mean that one, is it Bobby? Old man, that brat Bobby hasn't come back for I don't know how many years. I, as an old man, can't even find him!" The red turtle cursed angrily. "Haha, this is not important anymore, it's time! I originally planned to let the turtle clan go into seclusion, but now that something like this has happened, it seems that plan will be cancelled!" "You mean¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª" "That's right! The spirit turtle is here!" The black turtle exudes a completely different temperament than before, and the spiritual pressure released from its body makes the already peaceful island even quieter. This seems to mean something, but who knows? Text Chapter 215: Transferring the Country of Waves Miracles are called miracles because they are recited and witnessed from generation to generation. The establishment of Shanyin Village not only involved tens of thousands of people from the Tang Dynasty, but also countless nobles and nobles, as well as some of the top experts in the ninja world and spies from enemy countries. Under the witness of these enemies and friends, Shanyin Village was like four peaks that had just stood up, piercing the sky and resounding throughout the world. This also seems to indicate that Tangyin Village is the real forest of the ninja world. At this moment, everyone present will not doubt the name of Shanyin Village's Omura. Even if they do not have the name of Omura, it is enough to have a god-like man here, Kame Sennin Oak! Mizukage Terumi Mei, who was in the special VIP seat, looked at the man on the high platform, looking at the Mizukage who had just created a miracle, and couldn't help but feel ripples in his heart. Kamesennin Oak, anyone who is a ninja is familiar with this name. Whether it is the oral accounts of his predecessors or what he has seen and heard, his legendary life is revealed! Born into poverty, he was accepted as a disciple by Konoha Midori. Some people say that Midori's earth escape skills have already surpassed those of his father, the Third Hokage, the God of the Shinobi World, and his master, Oakwood, is even better in earth escape than Midori. Now, he is now Today, Oakwood has a faint tendency to become the number one person in the ninja world. More than ten years ago, he fought thousands of rock ninja and retreated, his hands stained with the blood of countless masters. His opponents all fled after hearing his name. Even Jiraiya, one of the three ninjas with the same name as him, was said to have been defeated by him. In hand! This battle was even more invincible, first repelling the Raikage, and then completely defeating the Eight-Tails, leading Yu Ninja to defeat the strong with the weak and achieve an absolute victory. This village founding ceremony once again created a miracle, raising four peaks and establishing a mountain ambition. Except for Konoha's first Hokage, Senju Hashira, who can match this scale of ninjutsu? [] The four peaks are a miracle to others, but to a master of Terumi Mei¡¯s level, they are a wake-up call! There are many experts here, and if you don't count the two people hiding in a dark corner, the most powerful one is Mizukage. Due to various connections, Mizukage is the only one from the Five Shadows, and she is the only shadow-level expert on the surface. Of course, Orochimaru and Ichii are not included in this. The ripples in Terumi Mei's heart were not admiration, but shock and respect. Looking at the four mountains towering into the sky, she could clearly feel the amazing energy of the four mountains with three blood stain limits. What surprised her even more was that the energy of the four mountains was not condensed with ordinary chakra, but with four strands of chakra. It is formed by the gathering of huge vitality! Instead of using chakra as a guide for ninjutsu, we use life force to make the mountain last forever. This subverts a ninja's understanding of ninjutsu! What kind of great wisdom does this require? It also made Terumi Mei's strength become more and more incredible and unfathomable! Terumi Mei turned her gaze away from Zakaki and looked at the noisy crowd in the square, feeling her heart stir again. From the eyes of those people, Terumi Mei clearly saw the magnanimity and confidence that the people of a big country should have. It would take at least several years for Takaki to build the mountain hidden village. After seeing this, I believe that the people of Yuno Country will Will there be more support for the development of Shanyin Village, and what is the will of the people, what else is hindering the rise of Shanyin Village? The ceremony ended with the excited shouts and crazy applause of the people in Tang Country. In fact, many people will ignore the dignitaries including the daimyo at the ceremony, ignore the village leaders who have not been seen in a hundred years, including Mizukage, and focus all their thoughts on the four peaks that have just been erected, and talk about this miracle. If the people of the Kingdom of Tang respected the oak tree before, then now the people of the Kingdom of Tang should worship it! The two figures wearing fire cloud robes were inconspicuous in the crowd, but they felt out of place with the crowd. In short, it was a very contradictory existence. "Xiaonan, how do you feel?" A brown-haired man asked the cold-faced blue beauty next to him. The cold-faced beauty who was called Xiaonan looked confused and ignorant after hearing the man's question, and said with shame: "Penn, I'm sorry, I think Zakaki is unfathomable. I always feel scared when I look at him. Afraid of you and him¡ª¡ª" "Haha, Xiaonan, it's nothing. After all, Kame Sennin Oak is no small matter. He was as famous as Jiraiya-sensei more than ten years ago, and now he is at the peak. It's normal for you to feel this way! As for him and me, you don't have to Worry, don¡¯t you know my strength yet?¡± Payne looked at the oak tree on the high platform, with a faint fighting spirit in his strange reincarnation eyes. Zakaki, I hope you won¡¯t become a roadblock for me, otherwise¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª Zakaki met with representatives of each village in the hall, feeling uncontrollably annoyed. Zakaki doesn't like socializing at all. After becoming the leader of Tangyin Village, he had to do these painful things. When he became Tang Ying, these things became more complicated, so much so that Zakaki wanted to leave such a group of representatives alone and go home to see his wife and children alone. Orochimaru beside Zakaki seemed to notice his impatience. He cast an understanding look at Zakaki, then spread his hands and shrugged with a smile. In fact, not only Zakaki, but also Orochimaru was extremely angry about these things. The madness of Orochimaru's research experiments is well known to everyone.You know, but experiments cost money. There are only two sources of money, either the financial support of the daimyo of Tianno Country, or the remuneration earned by the village for doing tasks. When it comes to economics, there is politics, and when there is politics, there is entertainment. Even a mad scientist like Orochimaru is not exempt from this custom, let alone Oakwood! Of course, having an eye-catching beauty often adds a touch of fun to boring things. Terumi Mei who is beside Oakwood proves this fact very well. Terumi Mei's beauty and sexy need not be described in detail, and the occasional fragrance that hits her face can also relax her irritable heart for a moment. "Haha, Yukage-sama and Orochimaru-senpai are really powerful, they can definitely defeat Kumo Ninja!" Mei Terumi pouted her red lips and said with a smile. "Mizukage-sama received a prize, it doesn't count as anything, it's just Raikage's carelessness." Zakaki said with a smile. It was probably because Orochimaru was not very interested in women, so he nodded to Mizukage and said hello. "Master Tang Ying, let's not talk nonsense. You must have heard about the situation in Kirigakure Village. Kirigakure Village is very concerned about establishing diplomatic relations with Shanyin Village. This time, the Daimyo of the Kingdom of Water also informed me that he came here this time. Please ask me to transfer the waters around the Country of Waves to the Country of Yu as a sign of your sincerity in establishing diplomatic relations between the two countries!" "Ozaki and Orochimaru were both stunned. What did Terumi Mei mean?" Hand over the waters of the Country of Waves to the Country of Yu? It is true that the Kingdom of Waves is a useless country, but since ancient times, monarchs have fought for every inch of their fiefdoms. Now that the Kingdom of Water hands over the waters of the Kingdom of Waves to the Kingdom of Tang, it is equivalent to handing over the Kingdom of Waves to the Kingdom of Tang. To the Country of Tang! Is there any conspiracy in this? Text Chapter 216 Cooperation with Xiao Organization National affairs like the Land of Waves will naturally be left to the daimyo to handle. Once land disputes are involved, regardless of whether it has actual military significance, those monarchs will flock to it! Oakwood is very clear about the barren land of Wave Country. There is basically no difference between the daimyo and nobles and the civilians on the island. They are all a bunch of poor people. It is no exaggeration to say that the Country of Waves has no actual value at all! However, for the Kingdom of Yu, the historical significance of the Country of Waves is far greater than its actual value. At the very least, this is a sign and a beginning for the Kingdom of Yu to become a powerful country. ??Zakmu naturally doesn¡¯t worry about these bad things, but what hurts Zakmu is the establishment of diplomatic relations with various countries. As the saying goes, it is indecent to come back and not reciprocate. Whether it was Zakaki who took office as the leader of Tangyin Village or established Shanyin Village, other villages and countries had sent envoys to congratulate him, and now it was Shanyin Village's turn to pay a return visit. There are countless ninja villages, large and small, in the world of Naruto. It is definitely unrealistic to visit them all. The first thing Shanyin Village needs to do is to return visits to some large villages. As for return visits, there are many things involved. The order of return visits, the length of time, and what kind of exchanges were conducted are all an attitude. A bad one will cause other countries to dissatisfaction may even lead to greater differences in future cooperation. Yamagakure Village has no right to interfere with the politics of Yuno Country. Likewise, the daimyo of Yuno Country cannot interfere with the construction and development of Yamagakure Village. Of course, this does not count the economic budget and financial support. The ownership of the Country of Waves gave the Daimyo of Yuno Country a taste of the sweetness. At the risk of Oakwood being unhappy, the Daimyo proposed to go to the Country of Water first. Then Oakwood felt a pain in the balls! Zakaki knows very well what kind of person the Daimyo of Yuzhi Country is. When he did not take office as the village chief, he was naturally obedient to him. But now the country is peaceful and the people are safe, and everything is waiting for improvement. Tangzhi Country is also known as the sixth largest country. Daimyo His initial ambition had been realized, and now he began to want to get involved in the Hidden Mountain Village! Of course, he won't be stupid enough to take action now. After all, Shanyin Village still has to rely on himself to support itself. At this moment, he wants to do a test and test his attitude through the first diplomacy! To be honest, Zakaki doesn't want to argue with the daimyo now, and he doesn't want to play with him in these fictitious matters. The order of the countries to be sent as envoys has already been decided by Zakaki, so how can he be allowed to interfere? What makes Zak Mu Dan sad is that he will have to scheming with this famous man who is quite heroic in the future, fighting for power and profit! Zakaki sat at his desk, looked at the map in front of him, pressed his finger on Tian Country, and murmured: "Orochimaru, a die-hard ally, is the first to return, then Kirigakure, and then Konoha ! It¡¯s so annoying¡ª¡ª¡± With the arrival of Payne and Xiaonan, Zakaki has long known that the four mountains are not flower vases, and the ability to use vitality as a guide to move is no trivial matter! Zakaki ignored them because he didn't want to fight with them in Shanyin Village. After all, if they really opened it, Shanyin Village would suffer. The destructive power of Payne's and his own moves are quite terrifying! But if they really want to come to Shanyin Village to provoke, there is no reason for the oak trees to be harvested by you! When Zakaki and Chi came, Ichijing, who was facing Payne, had been beaten to the point where he was helpless. Ichii's strength is known to Tsubasagi. Even the Raikage can stand up to one or two, but if he fights with the ultimate boss in front of him, he will suffer a big loss! Payne's strength lies in the fact that his enemies don't know him. Just the Divine Law of Heaven and the Ten Thousand Elements of Heaven are enough to give the average shadow-level powerhouse a headache. Kazui and Zakaki have the same plan. When fighting Payne in the village, no matter whether they win or fail, the village will always suffer. The unfathomable woman would have no choice but to be suppressed and beaten by Pain. Ichii felt relieved when he felt Takaki's arrival, got rid of Payne's interference, and came behind Takaki. "I see that you don't have any ill intentions in coming here. I wonder if you have any advice?" Zakaki looked at Tiandao who put the black short spear back into Xiuzi, and said with a gentle face. Zakaki glanced at Konan. This blue-haired beauty with a cold face looked very attractive, but then he thought of the incident where this girl blew Madara half to death, and he shuddered in his heart. What a blue rose with thorns. "I haven't seen him for more than ten years, and the Turtle Immortal Zaki has turned into a shadow of soup, and his subordinates are Crouching Tiger, Hidden Dragon. It's really admirable!" Payne glanced at Yi Jinghe and said coldly. Payne, who had fought against Zakaki, was naturally unpredictable with his earth escape, and had suffered a small loss at the hands of Zakaki. Coupled with Zakaki's illustrious military exploits, the following sentence was indeed sincere. "Haha, I am really flattered by such a compliment from the leader of the famous Xiaoxiao organization." Zakaki shrugged and said with a smile. Although Zakaki didn't know what Payne meant, from the fact that he didn't actually start anything with Ichii, he knew that Payne was not here to cause trouble. "I really want to experience Tang Ying's earth escape. There are very few people in this world who are worthy of my action, and Tang Ying is one of them!" After saying this, Payne released a murderous aura towards the oak tree. ?"Hahaha - Speaking of which, I also want to see the power of the Samsara Eye. What is the level of the legendary Six Paths Immortal's eyes?" Zakaki looked at Payne tit for tat. "Huh! I'm ignorant. I never thought that the famous Tang Ying is also a fanatic! How can an ordinary person like you understand the power of the Six Paths Immortal?" Xiao Nan, who was next to Pain, saw Zakaki's appearance and said with disdain. "The Akatsuki are just a group of rebellious ninjas. Even if they have a group of good members, they can't take the stage after all!" Ichii heard Konan's rude words and immediately fought back. The Samsara Eye is indeed powerful, but Ichii, who is blindly confident in Takashi, still believes that his Takaki-sama can defeat the Samsara Eye. This confidence comes from the fact that Turtle Immortal has not been defeated for ten years! Yi Jing can allow others to look down on him and allow others to do anything, but he will never allow others to be disrespectful to Zakaki! "A group of rebellious ninjas? Then you can try to see if these rebellious ninjas can take the table!" Xiaonan heard Ichii's counterattack, and several paper shurikens flew straight around him. "Xiaonan, don't be impulsive!" Payne stretched out his hand to stop Xiaonan who was about to take action, and continued: "Tang Ying, I am not here to fight with you, I just want to cooperate with you." "Cooperation? What can I do to cooperate with your organization?" Zakaki asked puzzledly. "The country of Tang is a peace-loving country, and our Xiao organization also exists for peace. I have heard about Tang Ying's character. As far as I know, Tang Ying is not a person who likes fame and fortune. I guess your purpose of governing the country and I don¡¯t have any conflict. What Mr. Ichii just said makes sense. The Akatsuki organization is a group of rebellious ninjas. In some respects, it is indeed difficult to stand up to the challenge. So a breakthrough is needed. If Tang Ying is willing, the Akatsuki organization can open it. door!" "It's a joke, you want our Shanyin Village to obey the will of the Akatsuki organization?" Zakaki said. "That's right! Although there are a group of good people in Shanyin Village, they don't have enough background after all. If you join our Akatsuki organization, basically no one in this world will be your opponent! When you introduce me, I can give you the second place in the Akatsuki organization. You, soon we will have the final say in this world, and then peace will truly come to this world!" "Hahaha, Yun Ren can't stand me. Who else in this world can threaten Shanyin Village? You are right. I am not a person who is passionate about fame and wealth. I have no interest in fighting for world hegemony! Besides, I am not interested in fighting for world hegemony. We are very confident in Shanyin Village¡¯s strength! Therefore, there is no need for us to cooperate!¡± PS: I¡¯ve been busy with a lot of things these past two days, so I haven¡¯t been able to update enough. I hope everyone can understand me. Text Chapter 217 Recognition of Relatives Naturally, the cooperation with Payne ended on bad terms, and Zakaki had no reason to cooperate with the Akatsuki organization. In the battle with Kumogakure, no one was optimistic about Yuu Ninja. Even Takaki was not 100% confident at that time. It is no exaggeration to say that Yugakure Village was really in danger at that time. At that time, Takaki never thought of using the mercenary Akatsuki. Organization, not to mention that the situation is very good now. But it would be good to dig out one or two helpers from the Akatsuki organization, such as Hidan and Deidara. The relationship between Uzaki and Hidan is extraordinary, and Hidan's combat prowess is undoubted. Although his attack is a bit simple, as long as he is reminded a little and suffers a small loss, this guy will still make great improvements. Space, after all, he is only ten years old now. Then there is Deidara. Deidara has no big connection with Oakwood, but his relationship with Yumi is quite deep. It is not impossible to win him over if you put in some effort. There is a risk of being hit by a wall when poaching. If those bastards from the Akatsuki organization are really provoked and they attack Shanyin Village, it will be really interesting, especially Pain. Even if Shanyin Village has four peaks, I can't help but explode the sky! Therefore, this poaching thing cannot be rushed, let¡¯s wait and see. "Sneeze - who is talking about me here?" Hidan, who was looking for bounty prisoners with Kakuzu, suddenly sneezed, "By the way, Kakuzu, have you noticed that there is something wrong with Zero? Why don't you let him Did we attend the eldest brother's village founding celebration? Hey - eldest brother and I haven't seen each other for more than ten years, and I really miss him. Big brother is really awesome. With a bunch of useless people like Yu Nin, he completely defeated the cloud ninja. You are worthy of being a follower of King Yama!¡± Kakuzu glanced at Hidan with disdain, then carried the prey he had just killed onto his shoulders, and said with a grin: "I don't know how powerful Tsukuru is, but there is no doubt that Yuu Nin is a waste. For example, in front of me Some guy from¡ª" "That guy in front of you? Kakuzu, who are you talking about? The guy on your back is obviously a Kiri ninja? He is really old and can't even distinguish the mark on his forehead protector. Let me tell you, what is soup? Shinobi? Did you see that this is the symbol of Yu-nin?" Hidan stretched out his hand, pointed at the forehead protector tied around his neck and said mockingly. Then he remembered something, and immediately jumped up, pointed at Kakuzu's nose and cursed loudly: "You old guy, how dare you call me a loser, be careful I dedicate you to the evil god!" Kakuzu ignored Hidan and walked towards the distance with a corpse on his back. In fact, Kakuzu was also full of doubts about Pain's decision. At first, he asked himself to test Oakwood, but not long ago, he asked himself to let go of the matter and go to capture the tailed beast. Is it because of this second-rate guy in front of me? Forget it, don¡¯t think about it anymore, only money is the most important thing, what do these things have to do with you? When the Xiao organization plan begins, a lot of money will definitely be used. It makes me feel sick just thinking about it. I need to save money faster! ??Takaki brought Fukiishi, Chi, Kimimaro and Jugo to Otogakure Village, along with two special people, Yumi and Komori! Because this time Zakaki not only comes as Tang Ying, but also as a friend! Orochimaru and Oakwood can be said to be true allies and true friends. I am still very grateful to Orochimaru Oak. Orochimaru is not a noob. He cannot possibly not know that helping Tang Ninja deal with Kumo Ninja will not do any good to Otogakure Village. But as a friend and leader, it is obvious that Orochimaru puts his identity as a friend above his leader, but in the eyes of others, it is an ambitious decision. Many people like to compare Orochimaru and Jiraiya, and like the latter's chic and frankness, but they don't know that Orochimaru, who looks extremely evil and has no taboos for himself, is the hot-blooded one, but no one understands him! What is the difference between fighting for one's own ideals and Jiraiya who also works for peace? Rather than saying this is a political return visit, it is better to say it is a sincere thank you from Zakaki. When Takaki and his party arrived at Otogakure Village, Orochimaru and others were already waiting at the entrance of the village, and there were also people from Otogakure who lined the streets to welcome them. The arrival of Oakwood is an affirmation of the friendship between Orochimaru, and it is also an affirmation of Otogakure Village. Otogakure Village has been established for some years, but it has never achieved anything worthy of praise, let alone the relationship with the great powers. political exchanges. No one will doubt the fact that the Kingdom of Yu is included in the ranks of great powers. Just by destroying the invading Kumo ninja with a small number of enemies, it is enough to be proud of it. Furthermore, even the Kingdom of Water, which is a great power, has given earth as a gift, and with the addition of Sunagakure and With Konoha's current strength, Yamagakure is a well-deserved big village! Maybe others will be happy because of this political recognition, but Orochimaru has another idea in his mind, because Zakaki brought two other people, Yumi and Komori Mei! Orochimaru and Oakwood have known each other for more than 20 years and have always been friends. However, Orochimaru has a low self-esteem in his heart when it comes to friends. Orochimaru only has three or four friends in his life, and these people still criticize him verbally. Although On the surface, he doesn't care, but humans are not like vegetation, how can they be ruthless? Others didn't understand, and Orochimaru didn't bother to explain, so he got stuck deeper and deeper until finally OrochimaruHe became a loner and a cold-blooded executioner in the eyes of others. However, the current Orochimaru does not have to be like this, because Zakaki brought a family¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª With the child in her arms, Yumi nodded towards Orochimaru, "You are Orochimaru-sama, one of the legendary three ninjas, right? This is the first time I've met you." "Hehehe, I have long heard that Zakaki has a virtuous wife, and it seems so true." Orochimaru said with a rare sincere smile. "Your Excellency, you have given me the reward¡ª¡ª" Yumi said as she leaned forward. "Ozaki, is this child your daughter? She looks really cute." After Orochimaru said that, he opened his hands and walked towards Yumi, wanting to hug little Mori. But he seemed to have remembered something, and he quickly stopped and stood there with a look of disappointment on his face. Seeing Orochimaru's expression, Zakaki knew what he was thinking. He took his daughter from Yumi's arms, walked to Orochimaru and said, "Don't want to see the child? Hahaha, it's ridiculous to say that, I haven't done anything in my life. It¡¯s something I¡¯m proud of, but having this daughter gives me a sense of accomplishment!¡± When Orochimaru heard what Takaki said, he looked at Takaki unconfidently. His hands trembled and his lips were slightly opened. He wanted to say something, but couldn't. He slowly took Komori Mei from Takaki's arms. Jiraiki might really exist in this world. Even though Orochimaru was full of murderous rage, Komori was actually very happy in Orochimaru's arms. Especially when she stretched out her little hand to touch Orochimaru's long black hair, she let out a burst of laughter. The giggles almost made this unscrupulous bastard shed tears. Seeing Orochimaru's reaction, almost everyone's jaw dropped. Is this still the same Uncle Snake who kills gods when he sees them? Orochimaru hugged Komori Mei and said tremblingly: "It's so-so cute. She-what's her name?" "Haha, she is indeed very cute. Her name is Sami. I have a suggestion. Since you don't have any descendants, why not just accept Komori as your girl?" Zakaki said with a grin. "This-I-I can really do this?" Orochimaru suddenly opened his snake eyes and looked at Zakaki with surprise. This opening was so good that it scared Komori to tears, and Orochimaru was immediately at a loss. Orochimaru panicked and imitated the way a mother coaxes a child to tease Komori. This time it really worked, Komori seemed to Sensing Orochimaru's nervousness, he stopped crying and chuckled again. Orochimaru saw Komori smile and immediately felt relaxed. Looking at Orochimaru's appearance, Zaki and Yumi looked at each other and smiled, both seeing deep love in each other's eyes. Text Chapter 218 Terumi Mei and Tsunade When Zakaki left Otogakure Village, he did not return to Yamagakure Village, but went directly south towards Kirigakure Village. As for Yumi and Komori, they will naturally not take them to the Kingdom of Water. Who knows if there will be any surprises ahead, but Zakaki did not let the two of them return to Shanyin Village, because Shanyin Village is about to launch the first During political revolution, some people will always be eliminated, and the power of the daimyo cannot be allowed to flourish. The daimyo has no right to interfere with the construction of the Ninja Village. This is recognized by the ninja world, and it was also promised by the daimyo when he took office as the leader of Yugakure Village. Now that the daimyo sees the development of Shanyin Village in full swing, it is understandable that he wants to get involved first, but will Zakaki become someone else's puppet and be dictated by others? Even if it is a big name who controls the lifeline of the economy! This is also the reason why Zakaki placed Yumi and Komorimi in Otogakure Village. Although there are top masters like Ichii and Tomohiro, if something happens unexpectedly, Zakaki will never be able to redeem himself. The trip to the Kingdom of Water is also a matter of course, to appease the daimyo. Although he has lost face, he still has to worry about it. After all, his support will be indispensable in the future. Secondly, Zakaki also wanted to take advantage of his departure to let those clowns come forward as soon as possible, so as not to deceive people later! Take this opportunity to hammer the name of the Kingdom of Tang. Don¡¯t think that because I¡¯m not from the Kingdom of Tang, I can spread my tentacles on my own territory wantonly! After several days of trekking, Zakaki brought Fukiishi and Chi, who were chasing stars and chasing the moon, to Kirigakure Village. For Kirigakure Village, Oakwood still holds a bit of mystery. Whether it is the seven ninja swordsmen who have fought before, or the entanglement between the fourth generation Mizukage and the ultimate boss Madara, it always gives people a strange feeling. . Of course, there is also the mature, voluptuous, slender and tall Terumi Mizukage. Speaking of Mizukage, every man will have some ideas. In his previous life, he looked at Terumi Mei's forbidden pictures at Uncle Baidu's. Previously, because he had to be busy with a lot of things in Yamagakure Village, Tsukage didn't have any ideas. What's going on now? Now that I have put them all aside, I naturally have other thoughts. Zakaki never thought that he was a gentleman, but he also believed that he had a bottom line in relationships. After having Yumi, Zakaki never had many thoughts about others, except of course, Tsunade and Anko. As for Terumi Mei, Oakwood knew that it was just a simple attraction of female animals to male animals, it was that simple. When Takaki arrived at Kirigakure Village, Terumi Mei and his party were waiting at the entrance of the village. No matter what world you are in, necessary etiquette is indispensable. Nowadays, Zakaki is a dignified water shadow, so there is nothing wrong with her water shadow coming out to greet him. Of course, this is not important. What is important is that from afar, Tsukuba can feel the enchanting Terumi Mei ogling him, playing with her beautiful legs in stockings from time to time, and the occasional burst of fragrance that attracts someone. The blood of man and beast boils. Zakaki touched his cheek strangely. Damn it, when did I become so unstable? God of all evil¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª "Tang Ying is here, and Kirigakure is shining brightly." Mei Terumi pouted her red lips and said with a smile. Behind her, Chojuro and Aoya both saluted the oak tree. "And Lao Shuiying personally greeted him, I'm not worthy of it. I've heard that Kirigakure has a lot of talents, and it's true. Mr. Qing doesn't need to go into details. I see that this young man is also a rare talent. This broadsword should be a flathead. ?Is this the symbol of the Seven Ninja Swordsmen?" Zakaki looked at Chojuro and said with a smile. In the previous life anime, in order to discuss strategies against Akatsuki, the five great ninja villages decided to hold a Five Kage Conference. At a very young age, he was chosen as one of the guards of the Fifth Mizukage, but he was very unsure of himself. He inherited the name of the Seven Ninja Swordsmen and wields a large sword, the Hirameko. During the meeting, Sasuke attacked the meeting place. The Godaime Mizukage fought with him, and Chojuro acted as an assist, using the move Hirameko Liberation. The big hammer, which seemed to be formed from chakra, was so powerful that it knocked Sasuke and his Susano'o far away. This shows Chojuro's strength as one of the Seven Ninja Swordsmen. In the process of rescuing Ao with Mizukage, he was alert and noticed something strange around him. In the end, he and Mizukage successfully rescued Ao. Although Zakaki said these words as a compliment, he still quite recognized his strength. "It is also an honor for Chojuro to be able to enter the eyes of Kame Sennin Uzaki. When it comes to talents, your village is truly full of talents. The two people in front of you are both very good. I remember that there is a Mr. Ichii in Shanyin Village. Oh. Not only is Tang Ying's personal strength amazing, he is also admirable in terms of recruiting talents." Terumi Mei and Zakaki spoke in official accents. "Mizukage-sama and Yukage-sama are over-praised, I'm actually very bad¡ª¡ª" Chojuro heard the compliments from Takaki and Terumi Mei, touched the back of his head, showing his shark teeth, and said embarrassedly. "Mizukage-sama, Tangkage-sama is exhausted, so it's better to go in early and have a rest." Ao, who was wearing an eyepatch, said Ichii and Yanaga Tomohiro were sitting in the office, fiddling with the documents in front of them. They didn't dare to be careless about what Takaki told him. Where there is power, there will be struggle. Shanyin Village is nowThe situation is great, and some people are naturally greedy for these things. It is understandable that they would do some small tricks while Zakaki is not in Shanyin Village. Although several great victories have stabilized the hearts of the people in Shanyin Village, after all, Zakaki is not from the country of Yu. If under the leadership of someone, the "people of insight" can gather together and form a group of people in Shanyin Village. A small group, like Konoha's elders or a big family whose tail is too big to lose, would be in trouble. Besides, who knows if they might do something outrageous? What Ichii and Yanaga Tomohiro have to do is to find these knowledgeable people and eliminate them in one fell swoop. Although there is a risk of being charged with eradicating dissidents, if these people suddenly die suddenly, everything will be solved! "Ichijing, look at these people. To be honest, you really couldn't tell that they would have any different intentions during the war." Yanaga Chihiro said angrily, pointing to the people in the intelligence report. "Well, that's okay. After all, it's the daimyo who is causing trouble behind the scenes, so it's understandable that they have second thoughts." Ichii said with a disapproving smile. "That's true, but Sir, you have done so much for Shanyin Village. Are these people idiots? Without Sir, would they have the status they have today? The Tangyin Village that was so weak as my grandma's family has long been a rotation of cloud ninjas vassal!" "Haha, it's the same sentence. It's nothing. They are just some shrimps. They have been eliminated early. Zhiyuan, how much do we have control of the daimyo's intelligence organization now?" Ichii said with some worry, thinking of what Takashi had repeatedly told him. "Thanks to that kid, I saved a guy named Amaterasu, and now I have 20% control of it. After all, the Daimyo's intelligence agency is not a ninja mechanism, and there are still loopholes to exploit in many places!" "That's good. There are a few good talents joining Shanyin Village these days. Let's sharpen them and they can stand alone in the future. It seems that this big country still has the benefits of being a big country. I believe that in a few years, Our Yamagakure Village will surpass Sunagakure Village! Sir, you are really amazing! I wonder if you have arrived at Kirigakure Village now?" "That's almost it. Madam and the little princess are staying in Otogakure Village. Your Excellency should have arrived at Kirigakure by now, but do you think you and Mizukage are worthy of each other? If they come together, it will have a great impact on the construction of our Mountain Hidden Village. What a benefit!¡± "Uh¡ª¡ªChiho, when did you become so nosy? It's impossible for you, Mizukage, to be with Mizukage! You can let Mizukage be your concubine? Eh? In fact, this is really good. If you give the Fifth Hokage another What¡¯s that¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡± Ichii suddenly thought of the legend of Zakaki and Tsunade, his heart turned, and he felt a little proud. "It's true! I've long heard that Tsunade, one of the three ninjas, has something to do with you, sir, and adding Mizukage to the mix, hahaha ¡ª¡ª no, isn't this sorry for the madam?" ¡°Stop talking nonsense here, there¡¯s still work to be done!¡± PS: I am really busy, so I can only update once a day. Originally, I didn't plan to accept Terumi Mei, but I couldn't help being bombarded by dozens of friends on QQ, so I compromised and added Terumi Mei, but I won't do it! Finally, I shamelessly asked for a recommendation! Text Chapter 219 Terumi Mei¡¯s Challenge Zakaki never thought that he would have any enemies in Kirigakure Village. Although he killed the Seven Ninja Swordsmen more than 20 years ago, the passage of time has long made him forget that hatred. There would be no hatred in this cold-blooded village! Of course, the cold-blooded Kirigakure refers to more than ten years. However, when Zakaki, Chi and Fukiishi were enjoying the scenery of Kirigakure, they felt murderous aura until the three of them came to a remote corner. "Come out, there is no Kirigakure security team now." Zakaki said with disdain, looking at the puddle of water stains. [] The water stain reflecting the blue sky and white clouds suddenly spread ripples towards the surrounding area, and then a middle-aged man with a mustache and a long knife emerged from the water stain, looking at the oak tree with a murderous look on his face. But seeing the latter's unmoved face, the middle-aged man with a beard seemed to have been humiliated. He pulled out a big knife from behind, pointed at Zakaki and roared loudly: "Crazy Zakaki! Take the move. !" After saying that, the man flew towards Zakaki and his party with his sword flying. "My sword skills are good, but my strength is not so good!" He scolded the big dog beside him, and then said: "White Wolf, go teach this master who knows nothing about the world." ¡°Woof woof¡ª¡ª¡± The white wolf barked twice, and then turned into a vortex, carrying wind, sand and gray stones and crashing into the charging man. With a clang, the vortex airflow directly hit the man's sword. When a scene suddenly appeared, the man had no time to dodge and directly blocked the sword in front of his chest. But how could he resist the Four Corners Jutsu, which could even create a big crater in Rashomon? Sure enough, the man was knocked away n meters with the sword, and fell to the ground, covering his chest, with pain all over his face. As the saying goes, it will kill you if you get sick. The white wolf that had just landed on all fours spun again and hit the opponent who had just stood up. If this hit was successful, the man's life would also be lost. Half a strip! Seeing that he had learned a lesson, Zakaki winked at him and was about to let him go, but something strange happened! A high-temperature smoke with a sour smell swept towards the direction of the attack of the white wolf. Obviously, it was the boiling escape of Mizukage! Zakaki knew that if the white wolf charged forward, there would be only one outcome, and that would be to turn into gray foam! This boiling style is a ninjutsu that can melt even Susanoo! Zakaki didn't even think about it. He glared and quickly formed a seal, "Earth Release - Mud Wall Technique!" ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? The white wolf that hit the mud wall narrowly escaped the acid mist and retreated to Chi's side, grinning and roaring at the caster. "Mizukage-sama, this is not the way to treat guests, isn't it? What's the purpose of this attack?" Takaki said with a smile as he looked at the enchanting Terumi Mei who appeared. "It makes Master Yukage laugh. This person is an elite Mist ninja. I am also very puzzled that he attacked you, but I will definitely give you an explanation." Terumi Mei cast a flirtatious look at Zakaki and played with her forehead. brown hair in front. Then he turned sideways, looked at the man who had just attacked Zakaki with a majestic face and said, "Sashimi, why did you attack Lord Tangying? Do you know what the crime is?" "Thank you, Mizukage-sama, for saving me. When I take away the blasting sword, I will be punished by the village voluntarily!" The man called Sansei once again wanted to attack Zakaki and others. "Sashiro, do you know what the punishment for disobeying the Mizukage is? Anyone who breaks the rules of the ninja world is a waste, don't you know?" Terumi Mei yelled at Sashio, then thought of something, and He opened his mouth and said, "What did you just say? Exploding knife spray?" "Mizukage-sama, this man has the long-lost explosion sword droplets from Kirigakure Village on his body, I can sense it!" Sansei explained eagerly, "Sir, I am the former Seven Ninja Swordsman, the most powerful one, Jinpachi. Disciple, he was originally the heir to the explosive sword, but Muuri Jinpachi defected to Kirigakure, and disappeared with him, the village treasure of Kirigakure, the explosive sword splash! Over the years, the explosive sword has disappeared from the ninja world. Yesterday, Tang Ying When I came to Kirigakure Village, I accidentally discovered the traces of explosive swords, so this scene happened!" After listening to Sashio's explanation, Terumi Mei understood the reason, and then looked at Zakaki suspiciously and said: "I heard that Yu Ying had a lot of connections with the Seven Ninja Swordsmen in my previous years. Could it be that Muri Jinpachi died after his death?" Your hand?" ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? . However, I am still very familiar with the flying oak tree. The oak tree itself has three chakra attributes. Among them, the earth escape is the best in the world. The water escape is also known. As for the fire escape, I basically understand it. The biggest highlight of the Ultimate Earth Escape Ten Thousand Peaks Bloom is the word "bloom", and blooming is inseparable from explosion. It is really unbearable for explosion to rely on Oakwood's fire escape talent. The principle of mountain explosion has been mentioned before. It is based on the principle of explosion knife explosion.??, the explosive knife is closer to the talisman, using chakra as a guide to make it explode. The blooming of ten thousand peaks uses life force as the main force, and chakra is used as a guide to make it explode. But Zakaki has been putting some necessary supplies for Feimo Synergy on the space scroll these years, and he never wanted this guy to find out! Thinking of this, Zakaki simply admitted it and said calmly: "Well, there is such a thing, it seems that the flying foam is in my hands. I accidentally encountered the Kirigakure rebel Ninmu Rijinpachi and was provoked by him. If you don't control your mind, you will destroy it." Tsubasa's disapproval will naturally arouse Sasuke's anger. Although Muuri Jinpachi is a rebel, he is his teacher after all. Moreover, he also represents the glory of Zeng Jin Kirigakure. It is true that Kame Sennin Tsubasa is powerful, but he cannot Trampling others so badly. Sansei held the long knife tightly, looked at Zakaki with a sullen expression and said, "Today I will get back Momo and save face for Teacher Jinpachi!" "Wait a minute!" Terumi Mei stretched out her hand to block Sashimi's path, pouted her red lips, winked at her again, and said with a smile, seductively and charmingly: "Master Tang Ying, this explosive knife droplet is also This treasure belongs to me, Kirigakure. I wonder if you can return the blasting sword to me. I am grateful, little girl." Tochigi looked at Zhao Meiming's exquisite face and mature figure, and laughed secretly, really taking Lao Tzu as Kaizi? He couldn't help but want to tease, so he opened his mouth: "Why should I hand over the droplets to you? You wouldn't say it's for the friendship between the two countries, right? But that's true, after all, the country of water has the friendship of giving soil. But it seems that It¡¯s something the daimyo only sees, and it has nothing to do with us, right?¡± Takaki's frankness made Terumi Mei stunned. She felt a little depressed in her heart, and said with annoyance: "Let's see, the two of us have had a fight. If I win by chance, Tang Ying will hand over Feimo." What do you want for me?" "Huh? - Not a bad suggestion!" Zakaki looked at Terumi Mei's appearance, and was a little unsure for a moment. According to the information from his previous life, although Terumi Mei was powerful, he had not yet reached the level where he could compete with him. Du, what is this girl thinking? Text Chapter 220 Ambiguity Zakaki looked at Terumi Mei, who was wearing a blue suit, and couldn't help but murmur in his heart. Shadow, at least be dignified, there is no need to be too flashy. Look at that robe with exposed arms and thighs, and a few pieces of flesh on the body are almost leaking. At this moment, Zakaki really wants to shout, "Don't you dare?" Dare you reveal it a little more? As for Terumi Mei's strength, Oakwood has a rough idea of ??it. There is no doubt about her Kage level. The characteristics and lethality of her moves are also second to none among the five Kage. If it weren't for her when fighting Madara, Tsunade and Tsuchikage might have been able to figure it out. Bye. But those moves of hers don't cause much trouble with Zuomu. For no other reason than Zuomu's earth escape is recognized as elusive. Although the boiling escape and melting escape attack are high, the reaction speed is relatively slow, which will naturally damage Zuomu. Not big! ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????¡­ The moment Takaki was thinking about it, Terumi Mei had already started to take action. People say that any movement of a beautiful woman is pleasing to the eye, and they are probably referring to Terumi Mei. With her blue uniform swaying in the air, her brown hair fluttering in the wind, and her long, sleek legs and plump breasts swaying up and down, she is indeed a real beauty. It's pleasing to the eye. The next scene made Takashi a little distraught. Terumi Mei flew into the seal, and the blue dress naturally fell down. This fall was wonderful. The leggings on the top of the black stockings entered Takashi's eyes without reservation, and the charming cock The outline of the buttocks is also more clearly visible, and the slender and round thighs are completely exposed! By the way, Zakaki is probably the only one who has the leisure to take advantage of others when his life is at stake! Terumi Mei, who had finished performing the "Boiling Release: Skillful Mist Technique", looked at the acid mist roaring towards the oak tree, and couldn't help but feel confused. Why is this oak tree so unbearable? The look in his eyes just now was clearly that of a worldly and dirty man. Could it be that this man is really Tsubasagi, the Kame Sennin who is rumored to be a noble and upright person in the ninja world? By the way, there were rumors that Kamesen Uzaki and Konoha Sannin Jiraiya were the same womanizers, and it seems true! However, another strange feeling came to his mind, and it could attract his attention. He was still somewhat charming. Terumi Mei blushed and thought, what was he thinking - not good! Terumi Mei was shocked again. With the power of the Koshigakure technique, Tsuakigakure, who had lost his mind before the war, would definitely not be able to dodge. If he died here, there would be a lot of trouble. A bad Kirigakure would be affected by the war again. Thinking of this, Terumi Mei naturally became anxious. As Terumi Mei expected, the acid mist directly covered the oak wood. The sound of chi chi chi sounded, and in just a few moments, the oak wood transformed into ashes. Even Terumi Mei, who had seen strong winds and waves, became anxious when she saw this scene. She opened her red lips and was about to say something when a sense of crisis suddenly arose in her heart and she hurriedly dodged. Bang bang bang¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª Several boulders suddenly fell from the sky, and the place where Terumi Mei was standing was instantly hit by the boulders, creating a big crater. Bang bang bang, suddenly there was a sound of applause from not far away, and then a voice came into everyone¡¯s ears: "As expected of Mizukage-sama, he reacted so quickly. My earth-falling speed is not slow. I didn't expect that Mizukage-sama is not only amazingly powerful with bloodstains all over his body, but also has good physical skills." Who is this person if he isn't Takaki? Terumi Mei was a little embarrassed when she avoided the earth drop cover. The corners of her clothes were covered with dust and her brown hair looked a little messy. The fight was at a disadvantage in an instant. Terumi Mei looked at the puddle of soil that the newly melted oak wood had turned into. It turned out to be the earth clone! No, he obviously didn't form any seals? So that¡¯s it, there¡¯s a crazy rumor in the ninja world that Kame Sennin Zakaki Earth escapes from the gods and ghosts unpredictably, it seems that this is what he is referring to! It seems that he was careless. He was worrying about others just now. How ironic! Terumi Mei looked at Zakaki with some resentment, and said with a smile: "Master Tangying is not very honest. Just now, the little girl was worried about you. It seems that I am worrying blindly." "Hahaha, thank you. That worries Mizukage-sama¡ª¡ª" Before Zakaki could finish his words, several kunai were shot from other directions. Obviously, Mizukage didn't know when these kunai were released. Even Zakaki didn't feel it! As expected of a Mizukage, it seems that as long as he can be a shadow, he has some quality! But Oakwood is not that easy to bully, of course it can also be said to be cunning¡ª¡ª "Earth Release - the art of beheading in the heart!" Terumi Mei suddenly stretched out a hand after standing there. This hand was almost in sync with those kunai! Obviously, this technique was activated at the same time as Terumi Mei's kunai. Uzaki grabbed Terumi Mei's heel and pulled it downward with force. Terumi Mei's whole body tilted and fell to the ground. The oak tree that was shot over there was also hit at this moment, and immediately turned into a pile of soil. Zakaki looked at Terumi Mei who fell on the ground, ignored her, and quickly formed seals with his hands, "Earth Release-Earth Dragon Bullet!" The earth dragon gathered on the ground roared and ran in the other direction. "Melt Escape: The art of melting monsters." With a cooing sound, a beautiful figure appeared in the direction of the impact of the earth dragon, and it was Terumi Mei. Terumi Mei's body retreated in the air, magma spewed out from her open mouth, and the scorching heat instantly melted the earth dragon. Zakaki looked at Terumi Mei who was in the air and was about to land. He thought, it is necessary to teach this little girl a lesson, "Earth Release¡¤Tulong Spear!"The completed Tsubasa jumped up and struck in Terumi Mei's direction. Terumi Mei, who had used the magic of melting monsters in the air, was shocked again. He looked down and saw that the sharp and protruding rocks were shining with cold light. If they hit the ground, they would definitely be riddled with punctures. Terumi Mei turned around and retreated out of Tulong's attack range. But how could Zakaki let her have her wish? Zakaki, who had just told Chi to come, blocked Terumi Mei's path in the blink of an eye, and smashed Terumi Mei's face with a punch. This blow was completely devoid of grace! As the saying goes, it¡¯s better to slap someone in the face than to slap someone in the face, not to mention that the other person is still a beauty¡ª¡ª Still, no one can be vegetarian! In the air, Mei Terumi made a difficult move. Her left forearm blocked Takashi's punch. At some point, her right hand took out a kunai and hit Takaki's chest. Zakaki, who had the initiative, naturally had no reason to let her succeed. With his other free hand, he directly grabbed Terumi Mei's wrist, raised his knee and struck the opponent's abdomen. Bing came to block it, but the latter also raised his thigh to resist the attack. The next scene is a little weird: There is no need to go into details about Tsuaki's strength. Terumi Mei, who had just been attacked, retreated along with Tsuki's momentum. A series of movements in the air would naturally make the two of them lose their balance. However, neither of them let go of the offensive, so Tsuki and Terumi Ming and Ming fell to the ground together in this posture. To outsiders, it didn't look like they were fighting, but instead they looked like they were hugging each other! Not far away, Chi, Fukiishi and the Sashimi were a little confused. What are these two adults doing? They both fell to the ground and were still holding each other. It looked like there was some kind of adultery¡ª¡ª "Tang Ying-sama is really powerful. A series of actions made the little girl unable to fight back!" Terumi Mei didn't get up, just blocked Zakaki's offensive, and said with a smile. The unspontaneous movements can't help but scare people, It was also a bit shocking. Terumi Mei squinted her eyes, pouted her red lips, and a heart-shaped object flew gently towards the oak tree on her face. At first glance, it looked like she was blowing a kiss. ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????. "Sir! Be careful, there is a scam!" Fukiishi reminded loudly from the side when he saw Zakaki's silly expression. As soon as Fukiishi finished speaking, the blowing kiss landed on Zakaki¡¯s face. Chi chi chi - the sound of high-temperature molten metal sounded. Zak Mu's head, which had looked like he was enjoying it just now, instantly turned into dust, leaving only a motionless body. "What are you shouting for? Why haven't you calmed down after so long? Is it so easy for the captain to die? It's really an embarrassment to our Shanyin Village!" He gave Fukiishi a piece of cake, looking like he hated iron but not steel. . "Sir, he¡ª¡ª" Fukiishi anxiously tried to explain something, but suddenly his body trembled, and he felt the familiar breath behind him. He turned around, looked at the sudden appearance of Zakaki, and said with surprise: "Sir, you ¡ª¡ª¡± Tsubasa appeared and patted Fukiishi on the shoulder and said with a smile: "I'm fine, I was just joking with Mizukage-sama!" ; Text Chapter 221 Linggui Island After a brief confrontation, no one would think that the two were evenly matched. It was obvious that Turtle Sennin Zakaki was more than a step above the rest. At this moment, Mizukage got up from the ground and looked in a miserable state. On the other hand, Tang Ying seemed to have been fighting with his earth clone, and his true body had never appeared! You can tell who is higher and who is lower at a glance. "Zakaki may not care about victory or defeat, but there are always some people who will deliberately exaggerate things that do not exist in order to win people's attention. In the end, the three of them became tigers and spread to the entire ninja world, just like the battle between the two shadows of soup and water: [] "Have you heard? It is said that Shui Ying was defeated by Tang Ying!" Passerby A said mysteriously. "Isn't it possible? Doesn't it mean that Shangakure and Kirigakure have established diplomatic relations, so there is no need for the two adults to take action?" Passerby Yi asked doubtfully. "Don't you understand this? The so-called masters are those who constantly challenge those who are better than themselves and summarize their own shortcomings to improve their own strength. It seems that Mizukage challenged Tang Ying, but was defeated by Tang Ying. I heard that Tang Ying was defeated with his earth clone!" Passerby Jia explained matter-of-factly. "It's understandable that Mizukage lost to Tang Ying. Do you know how powerful Tang Ying is? Have you been to Shanyin Village? Do you know about the founding ceremony of Shanyin Village? My dear, Tang Ying Oak created four mountains out of thin air. Those things are like four gods, guarding the Yamagakure Village. The mountain will not fall, but the will will last forever! How awesome is it? Many people say that Oakwood established the Yamagakure Village, just like the first Hokage Senju Hashira established Konoha! Now the whole Who in the ninja world can be Yukage's opponent? A man who is like a god, it's not surprising that Mizukage loses to him!" Passerby C jumped out from the side, with stars in his eyes, and said with admiration. "No wonder a soil clone can defeat Shui Ying, it turns out that Tang Ying is so powerful!" Passerby Yi suddenly shouted. "Hahaha, that's natural! My aunt's granddaughter's third aunt's friend is working as an errand at Tang Ying's house. He knows everything¡ª¡ª" Passerby Bing said with an air of pride. "Wow - I didn't expect you to be related to Tang Ying!" "Well, that's okay. Come on, I'll ask him to get Mr. Tang Ying's signature for you. Maybe I can even talk to you and Zhang Ying." "Really? Thank you so much. My son admires Tang Ying. If he can get Zhang Tang Ying's signature, that would be great¡ª¡ª" "Ichii, I didn't expect that the daimyo is quite prestigious in the village, so many people are following him! But with such a suppression, will the resignation of these high-level officials cause trouble to the operation of the village?" Yanaga Chihiro looked in front of him. The promotion list said. Ichii kept drawing circles on the manuscript with a red pen. If he looked carefully, he saw that there were many ninjas at the level of Sannin captains written in those circles. Ichigo crossed out the last person and threw the manuscript to Zhiyun. He stretched himself first, and then said with disdain: "Many of these people have made great contributions, but if they point fingers in the army, they will inevitably cause trouble to the adults. . Simply clear it out at once to save yourself trouble in the future!" "That's true, but will the people in the village become unstable? After all, these people are the elders of the village!" Yanagi Zhiyun said with some worry. "Don't worry! Have you seen this? His name is Kameda, a Yamagakure jounin. During the war, he went to a small town in the north of Yuno Country to burn, kill and loot. And this, this, not a single butt is clean!" Ichii pointed at the Yamagakure ninja who had just been circled in red, and continued: "These people are rubbish. They did not intend to protect their country during the war, but instead did these shameful things! Even if there is no such thing, I We will also find ways to get rid of these moths.¡± "You plan to make the crimes of these people public? But some of the people supported by the daimyo are very innocent, such as this one." Chihiro Yanaga pointed at the head of a ninja and said. "That's nothing? Just add some if it doesn't matter. Anyway, I'm not afraid of being a bad guy." Yi Jing's face was full of chills. Without the adults, Yi Jing wouldn't be what he is now. If someone dares to block the great cause of the adults, why not be a villain yourself? "Mr. Ichii, Mr. Tomohiro, there has just been a rumor that the two of you are going to demote Captain Kameda to a commoner. How about you stop jumping?" Jie rushed in from the door in a panic and said anxiously. Yi Jing and Zhi Yuan looked at each other and nodded. Still Yi Jing opened his mouth: "Jie, do you know what these people do?" "I've heard a little about this, but he has made contributions after all. Besides, the village is a big village now, and some things always have to be supported by someone! Even if Captain Kameda is wrong¡ª¡ª" "Jie, I'm too lazy to explain, sir and daimyo, which side are you going to stand on?" Ichii interrupted Jie's explanation and asked bluntly. Ichii¡¯s question completely dumbfounded Jie. It¡¯s not that he didn¡¯t know about the Daimyo¡¯s recent actions, he was just used to it. In the past, the leaders of Tangyin Village were completely centered on the name.?Not all ninja villages are like Konoha. The leader and the daimyo are equal existences. These people are forced to bow at the feet of the daimyo due to financial support. Even though Tangyin Village has now become Shanyin Village, Jie's deep-rooted thoughts still make Jie feel that this is nothing. Now that Ichijing suddenly asked this question, Jie suddenly felt cold sweat. Looking at the two men wearing sunglasses, she was confused for a moment and didn't know what to say. "Since you have established Shanyin Village, there is no reason to let others dictate. Besides, the daimyo promised you a lot before, and now he has broken his promise" Zhi Yuan looked at Jie and his expression slowly changed. The meaning of companion is now a bit just indifference. "Zhiyun is right, the village and the Daiming Mansion have equal existence, and the Daimyo has no reason to get involved! Jie, my lord is very optimistic about you, don't let me down." Ichii said with a smile. Hearing Yi Jing¡¯s words, Jie seemed to remember the scene where the adults taught him earnestly. If there were no adults, how could this village be like this? It's really unreasonable that the lord has developed the village, but the daimyo goes back on his words. Besides, I am a ninja, with missions and leaders as my core, so there is no reason to get closer to the daimyo! Thinking of this, Jie was heartbroken, gritted his teeth and said, "Don't worry, you two, Jie is a ninja, not a politician!" Zakaki naturally knows everything about the affairs of Shanyin Village, but at this moment, he has no time to worry about it. Zakaki, who had already left the Kingdom of Water, was about to visit the next friendly country, but he was distracted by something unexpected. . Bobby was summoned by his ancestor and returned to Linggui Island. Then this guy brought another piece of news that made Zakaki extremely excited. He could sign the contract! Therefore, all the mundane things that Zakmu Pidianpidian retreated to directly followed Bobby. At this moment, Zakaki and Bobby have arrived at another wonderful place, Bobby's home that he has not returned to for decades - Linggui Island. Text Chapter 222 The Forbidden Land of the Spirit Turtle Zakaki was undoubtedly surprised by the Linggui Island that surrounded the Chuji Sea. Zakmu's expression seemed to make Bobby quite happy. The latter said with pride and arrogance: "Boss, our Spirit Turtle Island is not ordinary. In ancient times, the Earth's crust moved and Spirit Turtle Island rose up. The Turtle Clan occupied this place, multiplied and multiplied, and eventually became the top clan of monsters! I think when the Turtle Clan was at its peak, even the Ten-Tails, we couldn¡¯t beat him! Have you seen the highest peak? That¡¯s our Turtle Clan. The clan¡¯s forbidden land is said to be connected to the earth¡¯s veins of the mainland. Only with his approval can we sign the contract!¡ª¡ª¡± "Bobby, did they say anything to you when you came?" It's always uncomfortable to be in an unknown environment, even if it's good for you. In fact, the biggest advantage that Oakwood has in the ninja world is not his personal strength, nor is Bobby's bug, but his understanding of the personalities of key characters, even the ultimate boss like Madara. Now that I have arrived at a place I have never seen or heard of in my previous life, it is inevitable that I feel a little uneasy. Zakaki looked at the towering main peak. Having just landed on the island, he could clearly sense the familiar yet huge and amazing energy. However, these energies gave him a strange feeling. This feeling told him that this trip would be a success. not simple! Oakwood sat on Bobby's back, looking around. Even though he had traveled all over the country these years, seeing the things on the island still made him feel like Grandma Liu had entered the garden. The mountains and rivers are intertwined, and there are all kinds of colorful turtles, big or small, lying or standing, swimming in the water, walking on the shore, resting on the mountains, and even some are doing weird dances in the sun. Don't doubt their movements, these turtles are not lying on the ground, but standing on their back feet and dancing back and forth with their front feet! Probably these turtles have lived through the years and seen the wind and rain, so they regard Bobby and the oak tree as nothing. Only occasionally does Bobby encounter a mature turtle and say hello. ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? When Bobby came to the shore, his neck kept twisting, and he seemed to be a little timid. There was a trace of cold sweat on his red scales. Bobby's expression really surprised Zakaki. After more than twenty years of interaction, Zakaki thought he knew this guy very well. He was basically a master who was not afraid of anything. When he was beating Eight-Tails, this guy kept complaining that he wouldn't let him do it. You can imagine how brave he was. Now that we have arrived at this lake that looks very peaceful, this guy is actually afraid of becoming like this. What's so fishy about it? "Bobby, what are you doing? This expression." Zakaki, who was lying on Bobby's back, kicked the turtle shell with his feet and asked in confusion. ¡°Boss, let me tell you, if you see the old man later, don¡¯t be stubborn with him. Just follow what he says and he won¡¯t hurt you anyway!¡± "Old man? Who is it, your father?" Zakaki became more and more puzzled. "Isn't that the old guy? In order to improve my strength, I went around fighting with other monsters. The old man hated me so much that he beat me because of it. You said that I didn't just do it to improve my strength, to rejuvenate my spirit. The Turtle Clan. I am not bragging, but in the entire family, except for the old man and the old man, who is my opponent? Aren¡¯t these all acquired through fighting with others! I really can¡¯t figure out why he is so slow?¡± Bobby muttered. "Are you trying to improve your strength? I think you just go out and cause trouble!" Zakaki looked at Bobby with contempt and said. "This - that's actually sometimes - but now look at when I have made trouble for others? Which fight was not for you? My son also helped you fight! By the way, I remembered it, I How is your son doing now? Follow your thick-browed apprentice." "It's not bad, he is also a famous figure in the ninja world." Zakaki said thoughtfully, "By the way, I just heard what you said and seemed to be very afraid of your father?" "That's not fear, it's respect. Although the old man is neurotic, in general, he is still very good¡ª¡ª" "You brat, are you saying bad things about me outside every day? After so many years, you haven't made any progress at all!" A thunderous voice came from the bottom of the lake. Zakaki and Babi were both stunned, with their mouths open and staring. Looking at the lake. A big bubble formed on the lake surface first, and then the water from the big bubble flowed to both sides. Crash¡ª¡ªa red turtle the size of a millstone and wearing a strange hat rose up from the water. The turtle stared at Bobby with eyes as big as copper bells and an angry look on his face. ¡°Dad¡ª¡ª¡± Bobby smiled, and the oak wood on Bobby¡¯s back could clearly feel his slightly trembling body. Uh¡ª¡ªit can make the unscrupulous Bobby become like this. You can imagine how serious the domestic violence of the old guy in front of you is. When the old turtle saw Bobby's appearance, the pendant on his hat swung from side to side, the wrinkles on his face relaxed, and he grinned, seemingly satisfied, and said: "This kid is the one who agrees with the contract."Or? It does have some strength! What's your name? " "Hello, old man. My name is Zakaki. Speaking of which, I have a close relationship with your family. Not to mention becoming a partner with Bobby. People in the world still call me Turtle Sennin. I owe it to the old man and the Spirit Turtle Clan. It¡¯s all gone.¡± Zakmu came up with a lot of flattery. "Well - yes, he is indeed the person recognized by the contract. He is indeed quite capable. He has not lost the prestige of our spirit turtle clan! Hahaha -" the old turtle said happily. "Okay, dad, let's stop talking. The old man is still waiting. If you delay his rest, you might be scolded again." Bobby saw his dad's look of not having enough fun and reminded him. said. "I know! Do you really think I'm old and stupid and need you to remind me? By the way, what's your name?" "Zakaki and Bobby both had black lines on their foreheads at the same time. They weren't stupid, just a little forgetful." When Zakwood, Bobby, and the old man came to the place where Xuanwu Immortal was, Zakwood was completely shattered. Bobby, the old man, and the old man were getting smaller and smaller, and the darker and darker colors were nothing. After all, concentration is the essence. . But Zakaki couldn't stand a turtle as big as a basin wearing sunglasses, sunbathing, drinking a glass of orange juice, and listening to the music that is now popular in the entire ninja world! This is simply a lie. Didn¡¯t it mean that the turtle family has not been born for almost a hundred years? How do you explain this music? The old man probably saw the uncertain expression on Zakaki's face, and seemed a little embarrassed. He said something first, but how could the ink-colored turtle, who was intoxicated in the music, hear it? "Old Master, the human being who affects the contract is here. Old Master, Old Master¡ª" The old man slowly walked to the ink-colored turtle and gave it a gentle push. The latter woke up slowly, took off his sunglasses, rubbed his sleepy eyelids, dozed off, took a sip of the juice next to him, "It feels so good!" After doing all this, the old man put on his glasses again , lying on the ground and fell asleep. ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? d What on earth is this? What kind of Xuanwu Immortal is this? He looks like a fool. Zakaki couldn't stop feeling dark in his heart. He raised his head and glanced at Bobby beside him. It was obvious that the same thought was revealed in his eyes. "Are you two little kids scolding me?" Xuanwu Immortal, who seemed to be sleeping, suddenly said something. Zakaki and Bobby's heads shook like rattles in a hurry. There was a burst of cold air on the oak tree's neck. Good guy, does this old turtle have the ability to read other people's thoughts? The same goes for Bobby. Why haven¡¯t I heard him say that before? Really, you don¡¯t even know the abilities of the boss of your own family, or what he is doing? When Bobby saw Zakmu¡¯s murderous look, he naturally knew what he meant, and felt a sense of aggrievedness in his heart. Xuanwu Immortal appears only once in a hundred years. How do I know his virtues? The first time I saw him was when I was beating Kyuubi. At that time, I had just grown up and then went out to hang out. This is also the second time I¡¯ve seen him! "They are really two interesting little guys. I won't talk nonsense. You should all be able to feel the energy of the main peak leyline. Third child, just take these two little guys to the Spirit Turtle Forbidden Land and let them get the inheritance. . I'm sleepy too, you go ahead." After saying that, the old man stopped talking and began to snore. When Bobby¡¯s father heard about the Forbidden Land of the Spirit Turtle, his body shivered suddenly. He looked at Zakaki and Bobby worriedly and said, ¡°Let¡¯s go, come with me.¡± Zakaki and Bobby followed the old man and slowly turned back to where they had just come. "Bobby, Oakwood, the forbidden area is no small matter. Do you really want to go?" "Eh? Dad, the Forbidden City is scary. Why is it so scary? There seems to be no real masters in our family except you and the old man? Then what else is scary?" Bobby asked doubtfully. "You know what the hell, the spirit turtle clan has a long lifespan. There are countless masters in the clan, and many of them cannot afford to sleep forever! The spirit turtle clan has a mission since they were born, and the spirit turtle forbidden land is the key to the mission. These spirit turtles who protect the forbidden land He is the real master. Although your half-hearted strength is pretty good, there are many people in the forbidden area who are better than you!" "I do not know how?" "You don't know much. Your second uncle is in a forbidden area! This time you go there without them making things difficult. If you don't do it right, you will die. I thought the old man would take you there, but who knew -" The old man Said worriedly. Zakaki looked at the highest main peak, his heart suddenly beat, and a trace of chakra came from the soles of his feet in that direction, "The forbidden land of turtles!" Text Chapter 223 The Giant Turtle Blocks the Road As long as something exists, it must have its own value. Just like the Spirit Turtle Forbidden Land in front of Zakaki, the Spirit Turtle Forbidden Land has existed since the Spirit Turtle Clan existed. If we really calculated, even the old man Xuanwu himself might not know about it. And the Spirit Turtle clan seems to have been guarding here, and even the name Xuanwu is determined by some things in the forbidden area! Zha Mu also has an understanding of the existence value of the Spirit Turtle Forbidden Land from Bobby. Simply put, the Spirit Turtle's treasure is there and needs to be protected, and the treasure is the earth contract! The earth carries all kinds of virtues. If the sea is the ancestor of all things, then the earth is the origin of the world. If we talk about Oakwood, the first thing that comes to mind is his unpredictable earth escape. The Dragon-Wandering Technique, Magma Yellow Spring Marsh, Rock Giant, and Ten Thousand Peaks Blooming are all ninjutsu that did not exist in the original ninja world, and they are also Oakwood's. Created by yourself! If you ask who is the most powerful person in this world, Zakaki would not dare to make an assertion, but when it comes to earth escape, I believe no one can compare with him, not even the Immortal of Six Paths! To be honest, although Zakaki has always regarded himself as a small person, he is still a little arrogant in his heart. After all, he is a time traveler. Why does his Six Paths sweep the world with his powerful blood stains? This world used to be the world of samurai and onmyoji, but some people later became the head of two families and became ninjas. A typical example of this is the Sage of Six Paths. Generally speaking, he is just a powerful person in Six Paths. Organizing the world with some foreign objects is a trivial thing after all! Taoism is the most simple thing, this is what Zakmu has always believed in. As long as you practice a technique to the extreme, you will eventually realize the Tao. This is also the fundamental reason why Zakumu Earth Escape has been constantly improving. What Oakwood is most proud of is the creation of Ten Thousand Peaks Blooming, which is guided by vitality and promotes rapid differentiation of soil to form mountain peaks and create huge combat power. There is no perfect ninjutsu in the world, and the same is true for Ten Thousand Peaks Blooming. Being guided by vitality means consuming vitality. The extraction of vitality comes from cells. If the cells are overloaded, they will age rapidly and their metabolism will accelerate. This will only have one consequence, which is the rapid loss of lifespan. After Ten Thousand Peaks Bloomed, Zakmu only used it twice, but the load brought by these two times was completely beyond Zakmu's expectation. Bobby naturally knew about the fatal flaw of Ten Thousand Peaks Blooming. In fact, when Zakaki conceived this ninjutsu, Bobby had guessed that this would be the result, but he did not stop Zakaki from doing this almost suicidal ninjutsu. Research, because he knows the earth contract guarded by the turtle clan! Bobby naturally didn¡¯t know about the signing of the earth contract, but when he saw the miraculous ninjutsu of Oakwood, he knew that there might be a connection, and that was the fact. Zakaki used Ten Thousand Peaks Bloom in his battle with Eight-Tails and established the Hidden Mountain Village, and he had experienced more or less tactile sensations when using this technique. Especially when establishing the Mountain Hidden Village and creating the eternal mountain peaks, Zakaki and Bobby got a hint at the same time. Zakmu didn't know this hint, but Bobby knew that it came from The news about the Linggui clan was also an opportunity for Bobby to return to Linggui Island. As expected, Bobby returned to Linggui Island soon after. Under the orders of the old man and Xuanwu, he led Zha Mu to Linggui Island and signed a contract. Earth Contract. Zakaki understood the purpose of coming to the forbidden land of spirit turtles. From the expression on Bobby's father's face, Zakaki knew that this time it would probably not be easy, and he would have to fight a few old turtles. Bobby said that no one in the entire Linggui Island was his opponent except his father and Xuanwu Immortal. That means his father is more powerful than him. Bobby's father said that Bobby's second uncle is in it. Bobby's father is the third uncle, so the second uncle is naturally more powerful than the third uncle. With Bobby's strength like this, one can easily imagine how good his second uncle is! "Bobby, how strong is your father?" Bobby looked back at the oak tree on his back and said with the slightest awe: "Although I don't want to admit it, I have to say that the old man is a character. Back then, it was said that the Nine-Tails came to Linggui Island to wreak havoc, and the old man actually fought against the Nine-Tails for a whole day. One night, everyone knew that Kyuubi's chakra was endless, and they didn't know what fatigue was. Later, the old man couldn't hold him back, but fortunately, Mr. Xuanwu showed up in time, beat Kyuubi half to death, and escaped in embarrassment." "Holy shit! So powerful? Why haven't I heard you say that before?" Zakaki cursed in his heart. Your father is about the same as Kyuubi, so isn't your second uncle even more powerful? Plus there are some old monsters inside, what the hell am I doing? Sign a gross contract? "This, actually, it's nothing. The boss's current strength is definitely not inferior to the old man, I promise!" Bobby naturally knew what Zakaki was thinking, and said a little doubtfully. "What is your second uncle's strength?" "have no idea." "I don't know? What are you doing?" "I never heard that there is a second uncle¡ª¡ª" "Well¡ª¡ª" After chatting with Bobby for a while, he seemed to feel more relaxed. After a while, he came to the edge of a canyon. The canyon is not very high, about tens of meters, but it is quite loose compared to ordinary canyons, and the sunshineDirectly shining from above, unlike the darkness and coldness of ordinary canyons, it gives people a warm feeling. The rock walls on both sides are covered with grass and trees. The soil on the canyon floor is soft and soft, flowers are in full bloom, and flocks of birds are chirping, full of vitality. No matter how you think about it, you can't imagine that this is a forbidden area for the turtle clan. At this moment, how can Zakmu and Bobby have the leisure to appreciate such beautiful scenery? Take three steps and two steps across the canyon to the end. At the end of the canyon is a mountain col, but this col is not as gentle as the one in the canyon just now. The rocks are bulging, the ground is bare and flat, and not even a blade of grass can be seen. It really feels like a world of ice and fire, plus the erected tower in front Three bare mountains, a chilling atmosphere came towards them. Suddenly, a strange feeling burst out from the bottom of my heart, like being hit by a heavy punch, and then the blood surged. The chakra in the body was no longer as gentle as usual. Like thousands of horses galloping, the chakra in the body began to benefit from the surface of the body and move towards the surroundings. Spread, the entire body is no longer under its control. Bobby felt the flow of oak wood chakra on his back, and was startled. He looked around and saw that the strange rocks on the mountain seemed to have absorbed some nutrients and grew crazily. Bobby seemed to have remembered something, stretched out his giant palm, and gave a handful of When it hits the ground, the chakra of the body rotates on the surface, forming a turtle shell-like protective body. Obviously, this is Bobby's absolute defense - "Xuanwu Body Protection". Perhaps it was Bobby's timely spell that hindered the flow of Zakaki's chakra. At this moment, Zakaki had recovered, but the paleness on his face still revealed the panic in his heart. ¡°I¡¯m not from the Spirit Turtle clan, but I dare to come here, I really don¡¯t know whether to live or die!¡± "Rumble¡ª¡ªthe cracking of the rocks could not stop the thunderous scolding. This scolding clearly reached the ears of Bobby and Zakmu in the bodyguard, which was really frightening. The fragments of rocks that hit the body fell to the ground one after another, and the mountain col returned to calm. Only then did Zhakumu and Bobby see a black giant turtle lying at the heel of the mountain, blocking the passage over the first mountain. ; Text Chapter 224 There are two more Since arriving on Linggui Island, I have seen not ten thousand but eight thousand turtles, big ones, small ones, fat ones, thin ones, playing cards, chatting, sunbathing, all kinds of strange and countless. Now, even if he sees a turtle having sex with a beautiful woman, Zakaki won't find it strange. There is not much time left for Zakaki to think blindly now. There is still a big turtle waiting for him to take care of. If he cannot pass this level and is not recognized by the Earth Contract, Ten Thousand Peaks Blooming is simply a self-exposed move! Zakushi moved his muscles and bones, feeling that the discomfort just now was gradually recovering, and began to think about the opponent in front of him. I have worked with Bobby for so many years, and although I have never seen other turtles take action, they must be similar to Bobby, especially those who can hang out in this forbidden land of turtles! [] Although he knew that his opponent would be tough, Zakaki was not too worried about it. After all, he had seen a lot of storms in recent years. What worried Zakaki was the sudden discomfort and the loss of chakra! Who knows if such a stupid place will be available to me again when I hit the target, it will be so exciting then. The giant turtle probably saw that Zakaki didn't care about him. He was angry at first, then sneered, pointed at Bobby with his huge palm and shouted loudly: "As a member of the spirit turtle clan, don't you know that forbidden areas are not allowed to be desecrated? What's more? And with outsiders!¡± The arrogant Bobby rarely got angry because of his opponent's disrespect. Instead, he humbly made a few moves that Zakaki couldn't understand, and said sternly: "Senior, little Bobby of the turtle clan, this person is mine. Partner. This time I came to the forbidden area under the instruction of Mr. Xuanwu. Please let me go." "Huh? Then why didn't Mr. Xuanwu tell me? You brat, you want to trap me. It's impossible to enter the forbidden area from here, unless you can hit me!" The turtle looked much taller than Bobby. The first line, coupled with the domineering face, looks really irritating. Zuo Mu, who was sitting on Bobby's back, looked down and saw that this guy was obviously angry. His four claws gripped the ground tightly, and the stones under his feet were crushed into powder under the huge force. "You old thing, If I give you a few colors, you can open a dyeing workshop! Do you think that Uncle Bobby can't beat you? Let me tell you, with your level, I can't even look down on you!" "Hmph! Boy, I, Richie, have not left the forbidden area for a hundred years. I never thought that a thing like you would appear in the spirit turtle clan. Since you want to go in and die, then I will help you! Water-iron cannonballs!" After saying this, the giant turtle opened his mouth. With a big mouth, a ball of black water shot through the air towards Zakmu and Bobby. Seeing the black water bomb, Zakaki was shocked, but he didn¡¯t think too much. He quickly formed seals with his hands, spat out three or two balls of soil from his mouth and sprayed them in front of him, "Earth Escape - Earth Current Wall!" ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? A crack suddenly opened in the bare mountain col, the extruded land immediately stood up, turning into a tall city wall blocking Zakwood and Bobby. As soon as the earthen wall was erected, a bang was heard, as if the buried explosive was ignited. In an instant, the stones on the earthen wall were blown up in all directions. Probably because the earth flow wall was too thick, the black water bomb did not penetrate the earth flow wall, but only left an astonishingly large crater. In terms of tactical effects, it is obvious that the soil flow of the beylum is high, which has against the attack of the opponent's water bomb, but is this the case? The answer is no. Now, our Mr. Zakaki is miserable. Before the battle, the huge loss of chakra in his body made Zakaki know that this thing would happen again. Sure enough, when the earth flow wall was first used, the chakra that should have been functioning normally under Yin's guidance seemed to have found some window of catharsis, and like the surging river water that opened the gate, it flowed out crazily along the pulse. Feeling uncomfortable, Zakaki quickly stopped performing the technique. Doryubi lost the maintenance of his chakra and fell down gloriously. "Boss, what's going on?" Bobby asked in confusion when he saw Zakmu's expression and the fallen earth flow wall. "It's a bit troublesome. The haunted place is really weird. I just used the earth flow wall, and the chakra seemed to be flowing out desperately. If I use other ninjutsu, I guess it will be even worse-" Zakaki Wrinkle Frowning, looking at the expression that Richie should have, he began to feel a little uneasy. "Young earth magic is good, but it's useless! Do you know where this place is? Since Master Xuanwu asked you to come, it must not be too far off. He still seems to have great hopes for you. I might as well tell you that the main peak here is connected to the veins of the earth. If you use earth-based magic here, you will naturally be restrained!" Although Rich looked calm on the surface, he was quite surprised in his heart. Over the past hundreds of years, there has been no shortage of Xiao Xiao, such as Onmyoji, etc. Most of those who can be found here are for the main line of the earth, and the techniques used are naturally based on earth. However, most of these great masters have lost too much energy due to the loss of too much energy. Lost combat effectiveness. On the other hand, this person's spell just now was very powerful, and he still had half of the energy in his body, which was enough to prove that this person had control over earth-based spells. I dare not say that there will be no successors, butAs far as I know, it is absolutely unprecedented! It seems that Lord Xuanwu has chosen a good person! "Senior, I have a doubt, please clarify it." Zakaki looked around and saw that the bare main peak towering into the sky seemed to be inserted into the sea. ¡°Tell me about it¡ª¡ª¡± Richie looked at Zakaki and said with great interest. "Linggui Island is an island, and the main vein of the earth you just mentioned is here¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª" "Hmph! The sea needs the earth to carry it! Your questions are normal. Our spirit turtle clan has been protecting the main line of the earth since ancient times. In ancient times, there were countless people who coveted the earth contract. Even though our spirit turtle clan is powerful, facing The successive opponents will also be weak. The main vein controls the energy of the earth along the sea. In this way, our turtle family can reduce a lot of troubles and gain an advantage at the same time!" Richie glanced at the main peak and then at Bobby. , thinking secretly in his heart, this boy named Bobby should be the son of the patriarch, and coming with this human being this time is probably¡ª¡ªMaster Xuanwu is so scheming! Presumably so, there is no reason why the turtle family should not be involved in such things. Perhaps because he saw Richie constantly looking at him, Bobby became angry. The old guy really thought that he was a dishonor, and shouted loudly: "You old ghost is so rude. Since the boss can't use earth escape, I can still do it." fighting¡ª¡ª" "Boy, I'm not going to do anything anymore, you go ahead!" Richie glared at Bobby and Zakaki, turned around, and walked slowly towards the mountains. "Wait, why did senior let us go?" Zakaki asked in confusion when he saw Richie's behavior. "It's all fate - you guys have passed my side, but the next two old ghosts are not easy to talk to. They won't give up until they come up with something! I wish you good luck, two little ghosts!" Zakaki looked at Richie¡¯s back and smiled bitterly in his heart. This was not the typical situation where the thunder was loud and the raindrops were light! However, there are two more ahead¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª ps: Something happened yesterday, so I didn¡¯t update. There will be another update tonight. I haven¡¯t asked for votes for a long time. If you have any recommendations, please send me a chapter. Thank you! Text Chapter 225 Mud-absorbing pillar As soon as Qin Qi did it, Zakaki became nervous. Listening to what this old guy said, he definitely won¡¯t be able to use Earth Escape anymore. A oak tree without Earth Escape is a toothless tiger. Here are two powerful masters. By the way, one of them is Bobby¡¯s second uncle. Uncle, your father is so powerful, why are you so fucking stupid? While Zakaki was thinking about it, Bobby, who was carrying him, had already crossed the first mountain and came to the main peak and the col of the first mountain. Probably seeing Zakaki's uncertain face, Bobby made a rare joke: "Boss, aren't you scared? This is not like you! I remember that it was much harder when you avenged your teacher than it is now?" Bobby's words reminded Uzaki of the time when he fought against the Seven Ninja Swordsmen more than twenty years ago. Indeed, at that time in the Land of Waves, the Kiri Ninja used fake Shinnosuke to deceive his inexperienced self, and he was decisively deceived. , his left shoulder was pierced, and he lost his biggest advantage - the psychic Bobby. However, in the end, he moved back into the situation, killed two, and escaped one. Even the escaped Muri Jinpachi still died in his own hands in the end. In that battle, he It is considered his first appearance in the ninja world. Bobby was right, he would have had the last laugh in that situation, let alone now! Besides, I believe that Mr. Xuanwu will not let himself and Bobby die, right? Zakaki felt relieved when he thought of this, and grinned: "Are you scared? At worst, we won't sign this land contract!" "Anyway, I'm very confident, but I don't believe that the old man has nothing to do with us! Did you just see the guy named Rich? He said that there were many young people who coveted the land contract before, but they were repelled by him! He didn't ask What does it mean that we take action? Obviously, he thinks that we are very promising and are too lazy to do useless work!" Bobby said carelessly. "That's true, but he finally said that there are two old guys. Who knows if you weirdos of the turtle family will let us go? Didn't your father say that your second uncle is in there? Is that possible? Is it the Richie from just now?¡± "No! If we, the spirit turtle clan, have direct bloodline, we would be able to sense it. This one is definitely not my second uncle!" "At that moment, your second uncle will take action against us. I wonder if he will be merciful." "It's hard to say, I've never seen him! Why show mercy? We will still be afraid of them. Even if you can't use earth escape, don't you still have me?" "Where do you think the contract on the earth is? Except for three bare mountains, I really can't see any contract. Do you think it is on the top of the mountain?" "I don't know. But if I were an old man, I would definitely put the treasure under the mountain to prevent others from escaping!" Bobby said matter-of-factly. "Uh - I see you have a big head, right? Why are you so stupid? You can lift the mountain and put the contract underneath?" Zakaki looked at Bobby with disdain. "Well - that's necessary!" "wipe¡ª¡ª"¡­¡­¡­ Zakaki and Bobby chatted for a while, and soon they crossed the mountain col and climbed towards the top of the main peak. Just as Bobby's front paws touched the rock at the foot of the mountain, something happened: Rumble¡ª¡ªthe col where the two mountains just connected suddenly started shaking, like an eight-magnitude earthquake. The boulders at the top of the col were rolling down. Perhaps it was the excitement of seeing the col. The two connected mountain peaks also began to tremble. The so-called earth trembled and the mountains shook was nothing more than this! The boulders on both sides of the col and peak were all rolling down. After a while, the depressions in the col were filled with boulders, as if a mudslide had just occurred! I don¡¯t know how long it took, but the vibrations calmed down, and the boulders filling the depressions stopped shaking! Bang - Suddenly, the calm boulder seemed to be exploded by something, scattering in all directions. Two gray-faced figures lay out from the pile of rocks, it was Bobby and Zakmu. But the next scene made the two people who crawled out do a lot of useless work. Maybe they just pushed away the boulder and broke a certain balance. The boulder that was filled in the depression of the mountain rumbled and rolled downward again, as if they had just jumped. The beast that has fallen into the mire cannot escape the fate of being devoured no matter how hard it struggles. As the boulder fell, Oakwood and Bobby were also included. Perhaps because time was too fast, or the momentum of the boulder was too strong, Oakwood and Bobby were swallowed up together! After a long time, these huge rocks were swallowed up. At first glance, there was only a bottomless ravine left, spitting out a cold light! This ravine is also surprisingly wide. On both sides are the peaks that were just connected to the mountain col. To put it simply, the entire mountain col has been swallowed up! "Holy shit! Where is this place? Why is it all mud?" A voice sounded angrily in the darkness. Who is the owner of this voice if it¡¯s not Zakaki? Zakaki slowly struggled out of the quagmire, wrung out the water stains on his sleeves with his hands, and then wiped the dirt from his face. There was a glimmer of light in the distance, and with the sharp eyes unique to ninjas, he looked around at the surrounding environment, except for one person.?The endless quagmire, nothing. Zakaki didn't think too much, attached chakra to his feet and stood on the surface of the quagmire, calling Bobby's name while walking towards the light. I don¡¯t know how long it took, but Zakaki came to where the bright light came from. The light came from a two-meter-wide opening. Zakaki blocked the dazzling light with his hands and walked out of the opening step by step. Phew¡ªwhat an astonishing sight! This was Zakaki¡¯s first feeling when he saw the scene in front of him! The giant spherical space has holes on its walls that look like the place where the oak tree is standing. Mud is left on the side of the hole. This mud is the same mud that made the oak tree miserable. The mud flows out from the hole. , flowing at the sole of the platform at the spherical bottom, like a moat. In the center of the platform at the bottom is a huge pillar. This pillar is made entirely of soil and exudes an astonishing aura around it! Bang bang bang - a sound of fighting came to Zakaki's ears. Zakaki looked around and saw that two big turtles were engaged in a fierce battle in this spherical space! Who is that giant red turtle if it's not Bobby? Zakaki looked at the mud flowing downwards, and then took a closer look at the giant pillar absorbing the mud! Where is this? Without thinking again, Zakaki jumped to the spherical ground platform. This jump actually took thirty seconds. The opening where Zakaki was located was only in the center of the sphere. You can imagine how big the entire space was! Oakwood quickly rushed towards Bobby and the other fighting turtle, intending to go to support. At this moment, dozens of mud bombs suddenly shot from the mud river towards the oak tree! Feeling in danger, Zakaki shrunk his body and dodged the mud bomb. He was shocked. It seemed that there was another opponent! ; Text Chapter 210 Oak and Tsunade Standing on the giant rock, overlooking the dense forest, the breeze with the scent of flowers and plants blows in the face, and I feel indescribably comfortable. The war was about to end, and victory was achieved. Although Tang Nin was reduced by one-third, compared to Kumo Nin, it was still a blessing. If you don¡¯t count the terrifying resilience of several big countries and the huge economic strength of Tang Country, today¡¯s Tangyin Village can be considered a big village! Zakaki couldn't help but feel happy when he thought of the name of Tang Country. To be honest, being an ambitious daimyo has indeed benefited him a lot, first from a superior intelligence system, and then from bribing daimyo ministers and elders from all major countries. Now, except for the Kingdom of Water and the Kingdom of Thunder, the other three major countries have agreed! Let¡¯s not talk about the Kingdom of Water. Their country¡¯s policies are there, let alone the Kingdom of Thunder. It is understandable for a defeated country to accept some defeat treaties! The sound of thin footsteps approached Zakaki. Zakaki was stunned for a moment, then turned his head and looked at Tsunade with a sad face. Tsunade, who was wearing red nail polish, no longer looked as heroic as before, but the daughter's melancholy on her face became a bit more charming. The beauty is still the beauty, but Tsunade is no longer Tsunade! Tsunade, who walked to Zakaki, did not speak. She just stood side by side with Zakaki, watching this rare peaceful scene together. Perhaps affected by the atmosphere, Zakaki did not speak, even if he did, he would not speak. Know what to say. There was another gust of breeze, blowing Tsunade's hair, and also blowing up Zakaki's heart that had not rippled for a long time. It was probably due to male chauvinism. After a while, Zakaki spoke first: "Tsunade, it's been a long time since we fought side by side like this." As soon as Zakaki said this, he regretted it in his heart. Isn't this just looking for trouble? It seems that I really don¡¯t have the talent to pick up girls! As expected, Tsunade glanced at Zakaki first and said sarcastically: "Fighting side by side? I think you treat us as cannon fodder? Uzaki, it's really your style to win at all costs. It seems like we used to You¡¯ve all seen it wrong! No wonder the old guys in Konoha say you are the next Orochimaru, it seems they are absolutely right!¡± Seeing Tsunade's appearance, Zakaki seemed to think of the girl who was crying and crying when she died, and of Tsunade who cried and begged for relief. She couldn't help but feel relaxed again, and the corners of her mouth were raised. He smiled slightly and murmured: "How many times have you lost in these years?" Hearing Zakaki's words, the anger on Tsunade's face gradually dissipated, as if she remembered something, then sadness climbed onto her face, and then she said: "I almost never win" "Hehehe, I am very familiar with the legendary fat sheep! It's funny to say that with your strength, I don't think it's strange that you want to win all the casinos. It's really unbelievable that you lose and have people collect debts everywhere. The legend The fat sheep in the game is Konoha Princess Tsunade-hime! This fact is really hard to accept!" Zakaki seemed to be in a good mood and said jokingly. Tsunade, who had been gloomy just now, immediately blushed on her face when she heard Zakaki's words and lowered her head. Then he seemed to think of something, his face became cold again, and he said angrily: "Ozaki, I am not the Tsunade of the past, and you are not the same Tsunade of the past! Konoha was exhausted after Orochimaru's attack, and now Another war has made matters worse. Today, Konoha has completely lost its capital as a great nation! Do you know how many of those warriors who lost their lives had supported you before? Now they have sacrificed their lives for this idol of the butcher and executioner. Their own lives! They used their lives in exchange for your selfish desires as a butcher. Well, now you have succeeded. You have become Tang Ying. How great! What a lofty status! Aren't these all what you want? Congratulations !¡± Zakaki ignored the angry Tsunade, still smiling, and suddenly his heart moved, and he said: "Do you know who I envied the most back then? You won't believe it when I say it, but the one I envied the most was Dan! He was so handsome, You have the ability, but the most important thing is to have a very good girlfriend!¡± "Asshole, now is not the time to talk about this - you -" The chill that had just risen subsided again, replaced by two red clouds. Tsunade, who was about to say something just now, was interrupted by Zakaki, "Isn't it the time to say this? Then when is the time to say this? Tsunade, I don't want to escape from anything, nor do I want to retain anything, nor do I want to explain anything! I just I want to tell you that I am not only Oakwood, I am also the head of a village, and I must be responsible for this village! In addition, Oakwood is still Oakwood, and Oakwood will always be Oakwood! Moreover, I am still the one who made a bet with you of oak wood!¡± After saying this, Zakaki ignored Tsunade who was meditating on the side, turned around and walked towards the meeting center. Tsunade looked at Zakaki's figure fading away, and wave after wave arose in her heart. Zakaki is still Zakaki, the same Zakaki who made a bet with me! Am I wrong? "I really can't figure it out. I, Ohnoki, have been a wise man in my life. How can I??Have you given birth to such a stupid son? Look at being captured alive, it is a disgrace to our Iwagakure Village! Alas - one generation is really inferior to the other! "A short figure sat on the back of a naive and burly man, muttering incessantly. "Oh! Lord Tsuchikage, look how lively this country of Yu is! Haha, it looks much more fun than our Iwagakure Village!" the burly man said naively. "Akazuchi, do you still have fun? Your junior brother and Kurotsuchi were arrested, aren't you worried at all?" The third Tsuchikage looked at Akatsuki in front of him and said angrily. "No, you're not in a hurry. Why should I be? However, I'm worried that if you put your army at the border, aren't you afraid of provoking another war?" "What's there to be afraid of? Does he dare to touch the oak tree? Huh! It's just to deter him! Today's young people really don't understand what it means to respect the old and love the young. How dare a small Tangyin Village be called a big village? The country of Yu dares to be called a big country! I really can¡¯t figure it out, how could the well-fed elders in the village decide to agree to Konoha¡¯s proposal? And they are so strong, it¡¯s really a ghost!¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know that.¡± "I know you don't know! I'm not telling you!" "Then who are you talking to? No one around here knows you except me!" Chitu looked around and said in confusion. "Idiot - let's go! We're in a hurry, or we won't be able to make it to the conference soon!" Tsuchikage suddenly stood up and yelled at Akatsuki. As soon as he finished shouting, his face suddenly turned bitter, beads of sweat dripped from his forehead, and he touched Back waist, "Oh no, my waist flashed!" PS: The first update will be sent, the second update will be at 4 o¡¯clock, and the third update will be at 11 o¡¯clock. ; Text Chapter 211 Quarrel The Six Nations Talks are a big event for the Kingdom of Tang. As a small country, welcoming those arrogant big countries as a host and victor is something that the people of the Kingdom of Tang never dared to think about before! But now, not only have these become a reality, but the entire country's status in the world has also changed drastically! All this is thanks to the leader of the village, Oak, no, now it should be said to be Yukage Oak! It was him who made the wealthy people of Tang Country straighten their spines! The people of Tang Country are celebrating in the streets with their hats played. They are excited now. The end of the war with countless casualties is one of the reasons for the celebration. More importantly, starting from today, Tang Country will become a big country, and Tangyin Village will become a big country. It took only one year for Da Cun to be destroyed! Children were running back and forth on the street. The children were all playing war games. They were vying to be the famous clan hero Zakaki, and they were happily attacking the children who were forced to be Raikage and Tsuchikage. . The adults put up banners praising oak trees and Yu-nin, and posted them at the door and in front of the store. The Yu-nin who came in to shop received benefits and favors. No one would object to profiteers who changed their normal behavior and drastically lowered the prices of goods. Of course, there are also the admiring looks from the bosses. Therefore, the soup ninjas are also excited and proud! This is just a town on the frontier of Yuno Country, but their enthusiasm represents the thoughts of all the people in Yuno Country. What if you return to Tangyin Village? What kind of grand occasion will that be? The Tang ninjas became more and more excited and admired their leader Zakaki more and more! Everyone here was happy, but the initiator of their joy, Zakaki, was frowning at the side. Zakaki sat in a luxurious office and reviewed the mountains of documents in front of the case. Being a leader is such a fucking pain in the ass. When fighting, you have to organize military affairs, and when not fighting, you have to review government affairs. There is no fucking freedom at all! Zakaki looked at the mess in front of him, and his brows furrowed even more tightly. The stationing of troops, battle rewards, appeasement of casualties, dispatch arrangements, upgrading and downgrading, he, as the leader, had to take care of everything! Zakaki threw away the pen in his hand, stretched out two thumbs to rub his temples, then opened the drawer, took out a piece of letter with a fruity scent, and raised the corners of his mouth. Yumi gave birth to a daughter, and he was going to be a father! Yumi has not named the child yet, saying that she is waiting for her to go back and give her daughter a name. Thinking of this, Zakaki wishes he could just throw this matter away now, put on his wings and fly back to Tangyin Village to give his baby a good hug. ! Bang bang bang¡ªa knock on the door disturbed Zakaki¡¯s thoughts. Zakaki looked up and saw Jie walking in from the door. "Sir, it's almost time. Several other adults are also arriving one after another. Should we set off?" "Well, that's almost it. Did that old ghost Tsuchikage have anything to complain about?" Zakaki stood up from the chair and said slowly. "There are no complaints against us, but the Hokage received a lot of cynicism. Tsunade-sama almost fought with him. If this was not on our territory, the two of them would have started fighting!" Jie said jokingly. "Haha, that's true. How about Raikage and Kazekage?" "Raikage was beaten so badly by you, what else could you say? It's funny to say that, with such a character, he didn't say a word, he probably has no face! As for Kazekage - by the way, sir, such a young child can do it Are you going to be Kage? I really don¡¯t know what Sunagakure Village is thinking. Isn¡¯t it nonsense for a child to manage the village?" Jie said with mockery, thinking of Feng Ying's thin figure and childish face. Zakaki turned to look at Jie's face, frowned, and said with a hint of displeasure: "Jie, don't underestimate anyone, even if he is just a child! Gaara is about twelve or thirteen years old. I was When he was twelve years old, he was also the commander-in-chief of the party. He was one year older than me at that time! Besides, Gaara cannot treat him with the mentality of an ordinary child, he is not a simple person!" "My lord, I'm sorry, I don't mean any disrespect!" Jie quickly lowered her head and said. "What does this have to do with respect or disrespect? Well, don't think so much, it's time to go. It's not good to keep them waiting for too long." "yes!" "Hmph! He, Takaki, has started to act like a big star before he became Yukage? Does he really take himself seriously? One after another, Yu no Kage, even pretends to be a big country. You are really arrogant!" The third Tsuchikage sat on the chair. Grumbling. "I don't know if you are playing big or not, but I know that if Yunokuni Yororo was arrogant, Lord Tsuchikage would not be here!" Ichii sat aside and said with a sarcastic face. "Hmph! You are that Ichii, right? You sure have the courage! However, I am very curious, with your strength, why have you been unknown in the ninja world for more than ten years?" The Tsuchikage turned to look at Ichii who just spoke, confused. asked. "I don't need to worry about this, Tsuchikage-sama!" Ichii held back a glance at the Third Tsuchikage.??Then he closed his eyes and said no more words. People seem to like to be verbose as they get older. The Tsuchikage who had just finished speaking about Takashi fired at the Raikage on the opposite side again: "Raikage, I didn't expect that you would be defeated at Takaki's hands. It's really embarrassing!" "Hmph! I remember that back then, someone was playing dirty tricks, trying to trap someone else's main force with thousands of people. Instead, he was slapped hard by everyone, and the defeat was miserable. Now he is shamelessly talking about me, it seems that he is getting old. You are so thick-skinned!" Raikage, who had not spoken for a long time, said to each other. "That's wrong. It was Tsubasa who escaped our siege by luck. If not, he would have become the sword of Iwa Ninja!" Tsuchikage said with disdain. "Really? Then why are you here now, you bad old man?" Orochimaru said with a sneer. "Orochimaru, I heard that you killed your mentor and beat Konoha to pieces, but now you share the same hatred with the people of Konoha! I don't know whether it's the people of Konoha who are generous or you who are wise?" the Tsuchikage heard from Orochi. If you take the pill, you will turn an army against him. "I really don't know how you, an old man, have survived until now? You are already old, but you don't want to retire to enjoy the happiness, and you are still biting the Tsuchikage's position and refusing to let go. You are already old!" I heard the Tsuchikage mention Orochimaru and Mu. Tsunade looked unhappy about Ye's matter. Tsunade is disgusted with the Kingdom of Earth. No matter which war there is, Konoha and Iwagakure will always have a fight. Both Dan and Naoki died at the hands of the Iwa ninja back then, and coupled with the Tsuchikage's despicable style of doing things, it was strange that Tsunade had a good attitude towards him. It sounded like a conference room like a busy street, but Gaara, the young Kazekage, sat alone and silent. For such a group of masters who play with their qualifications and scheming, Gaara seems out of place. Let¡¯s not talk about whether anyone here recognizes him. Even in Sunagakure Village, there are still many Suna ninjas who are loyal to Gaara. Not speaking is the best choice in such an occasion! At this time, a voice sounded from outside the door: "I'm really sorry. I just had something to do, so I was delayed for a while. We all apologize." If the visitor is not Zakaki, who is it? ; Text Chapter 212 What to name "Zakaki, what are you talking about? You want to take over the Moon Country! Are you kidding me? Don't you know that the Moon Country has always been jointly managed by Yueyin Village and Yueyin Village? This is simply ridiculous!" Lei Ying heard this from Zuo After Mu's words, he immediately jumped up from his chair, pointed at Zakaki's nose and shouted loudly. Zakaki couldn't help but feel a bit dumbfounded when he looked at Raikage. He didn't know whether it was because he was naturally irritable or because he was pretending to be confused. After being beaten like that, you are still pretending to be a boss! Even if your country of thunder has amazing resilience, you are just a weakling now. Don¡¯t you have any awareness at all? Zakaki looked at Raikage, smiled contemptuously and said: "Raiying, this is the punishment of the loser and the fruit of the winner. You should have this awareness when the war starts! Now, I don't want to have these meaningless arguments with you." "Hmph! The dignity of the Kumo ninja cannot be trampled on, even if the last soldier is killed in battle!" Raikage roared loudly. As soon as Raikage finished shouting, Lazy beside him grabbed Raikage and kept winking at him. The Raikage probably remembered something, looked at the surprised people around him, and sat down with his veins exposed. Except for Oak and Raikage, everyone else sat still like an old monk and said nothing, including the Third Tsuchikage who just chattered. After Lei Ying made such a fuss, the already cold atmosphere became even colder. As Zakaki's best partner now, Orochimaru naturally would not let his aura cool down, so he said with a sinister smile: "Does Raikage really think that failure has no price? But now is not the time to discuss this. Let's talk about other matters after the war, such as the war compensation for the Kumo ninja." "Orochimaru, are you kidding me? You want our Cloud Hidden Village to pay compensation? Do you know how much our Cloud ninjas have lost this time?" This time it was not the Raikage who stood up and yelled, but Lazy behind him. Orochimaru smiled at Lazy and said, "Then what do you think war is about? Do children play ninja games?" "You¡ª¡ª" Lazy stretched out his hand and pointed at Orochimaru tremblingly, feeling angry for a while. The Leiying next to him grabbed Lazy again just like he did last time, walked to the center of the meeting, and said: "It's true that Yunyin Village was defeated this time, and it's understandable that we will accept some terms of defeat. But I hope you won't bully others too much. Although Yunyin is weak now, it doesn't mean that Yunyin Village can be slaughtered by others! Zakaki, Orochi Maru, you should know this!¡± Seeing the Lei Ying who had regained his composure, Zakaki knew that the matter was almost over. He clapped his hands toward the door and said, "Bring the things up and give them to a few people to read." After Zakaki said this, several waiters came out of the door. He walked in, carrying six scrolls, placed the scrolls in front of the tables of the heads of the five countries, and then exited. "If there are no objections, just sign it and this war is over." Zakaki picked up a pen from the table and signed his name with a swipe. Seeing Zakaki¡¯s actions, everyone opened the scrolls in front of the case one after another, and then the expressions of the people could only be described as colorful. Orochimaru signed his name without even looking at it, with a calm expression on his face. Gaara cupped his chin with his hand, looking as if that was indeed the case. Tsunade held on to the scroll tightly, wanting to tear it to pieces immediately, with an expression as if she was the Raikage! Next, let¡¯s talk about the Raikage. This guy¡¯s facial expression is the most expressive. It turns green and white for a while, and slowly turns into a purple color. Finally, an electric arc flashed all over his body. If it weren¡¯t for the special texture of the scroll, this guy might not be able to tell. It turns into powder in no time! Although everyone's expressions were different, the final result was the same. They all picked up the pen on the table and signed their names. The signing of the name means that this war is officially over! This meeting, which was later designated as the "Six-Nation Talks", ended here "Captain, your nephew is leaving today, why don't you go and see him?" Chi asked suspiciously, stroking the down on the white wolf's neck. "Look what he is doing, saying that I am his uncle who is sorry for him? Forget it, now that things are like this with Konoha, I am really embarrassed to see those people." Zakaki thought of when the Konoha people looked at him With that disappointed look in his eyes, he said mockingly. "Uh-Captain, sometimes I feel that you are a very contradictory person. When you are ruthless, you are outrageous, when you are indecisive, you are like a woman. You are completely different now than you were before! I really don't understand what you think. of!" "With so many things weighing on my shoulders, can I remain unchanged? Do you think everyone is like you, doing nothing all day and being idle? If you are asked to do something, you will push back and forth, for fear of exhausting yourself to death!" "Are you not following your conscience when you say this? Just after the war, I have been busy for you. You can't find such a good subordinate even if you hold a lantern!" "What did I ask you to do?" Zakaki asked with a troubled expression on Chi's face, looking aggrieved. "YouAre you busy and confused? Aren¡¯t you always coveting the famous intelligence organization? You also asked me to hold this thing in my hand. Isn¡¯t that what I¡¯ve been running around for these days? Now it can be considered a small gain. " Zakaki was stunned at first, and then said with surprise: "There is indeed such a thing, how is it? Now you have found a breakthrough?" "Well, I found a breakthrough. I incited a vice-captain from that intelligence organization to rebel. Good guy, this vice-captain is not simple, he is actually a jounin! It seems that the daimyo has indeed hidden his strength!" "I guess my hidden strength is limited. After all, being the vice-captain is certainly not weak. But how did you instigate rebellion?" "Haha, this is also a coincidence. He seemed to be used as cannon fodder for some reason. In the end, he was very unwilling to accept it and actually escaped from a team of Kumo ninjas. I accidentally rescued him when he was in danger. Then you will know! "Chi said somewhat proudly. "Uh¡ª¡ªis this okay? It's true that fools are blessed!" Zakaki looked at him with contempt. "Go - why are you talking? But this guy is really interesting. Do you know his name? His name is Amaterasu! (Book friend guest appearance)" "This name is really domineering! But is it reliable?" ¡°Don¡¯t worry, no one can hide it from my nose or Zhiyun¡¯s eyes!¡± "Well. I'll go back to the village tomorrow. Things here are over, and I can finally have some leisure time!" Zakaki thought for a moment, and then was stunned. Leisure, leisure is nothing, there's more to go back. Troublesome thing! The village needs to be rebuilt! Build a village, what is the name of the village? Forget about this first, I still have a daughter! First think about your daughter¡¯s name. What should you name your daughter? ps: Is anyone interested? Choose a name for Zakaki¡¯s daughter. ; Text Chapter 213 Inviting Mizukage Zakaki held his daughter and walked around the office, feeling happy in his heart. It is said that a daughter is her father's lover in his previous life, and Zakaki feels that this is very appropriate. When Zakaki hugged his daughter for the first time, she showed no resistance at all and kept smiling. At that time, Zakaki was so moved that she burst into tears. She refused to let go when she hugged her. She even hugs her at work now! Having a child in middle age is the greatest joy in life. Although Zakaki in this world is only in his twenties, Zakaki is actually in his forties or fifties. Now that he has a daughter, how can Zakaki be unhappy? Xiuzi, who was helping to sort out the documents in the office, looked at Zakaki who was holding the child and walking around, and then thought about the head of the village who was very knowledgeable and strategizing, and laughed, "Sir, since you came back and held Xiaomori in your arms, Mei has almost never let go of her. Knowing that you love your daughter, there is no need to do this, right?" "What do you, a little girl, know about movies? I, Takaki, have been in the ninja world for so many years, and I have found stability with Yumi. Now that I have this baby, I feel that I really have a family!" Takaki teased his daughter with a smile. road. "Uh - Sir, you seem to be only twenty-seven or eighty-years-old, right? By the way, why did you name Komori Mei like this?" Hideko asked doubtfully. As soon as Hideko finished speaking, she saw the face of Zakaki who had just been full of joy darken. She knew that she had said the wrong thing, so she hurriedly said: "Sir, I'm sorry, I'm not¡ª¡ª" Seeing Hideko's caring look, Zakaki smiled and said, "It's nothing, just to commemorate a deceased relative." "My lord, I'm sorry¡ª¡ª" "What are you apologizing for? It's okay!" Zakaki handed Komori Mei to Hideko, "Hideko, give Komori Mei to Madam, and ask Jie to come over, and I'll say something." "Yes!" Xiuzi took Sammi and turned around and left the office. Not long after Xiuzi left, Jie walked in: "Sir, do you have anything to do with me?" "Well, it's about changing the name of the village. How do you think? Do you have any opinions on this matter?" "I don't have any opinions, but I'm a bit complaining. After all, I have lived in the village for so many years, and I am a bit uncomfortable with changing my name. But everyone also understands that after all, the village has become a big village, and there is nothing wrong with changing the name." Jie said with a smile. . "Haha, please explain to everyone more. Do you have any opinion on what name to choose?" Zakaki walked to Jie and patted his shoulder. "But it's up to you to make the decision. The daimyo also said that such matters will be left to you." ¡°Okay, let¡¯s name the village ¡®Shanyin Village¡¯!¡± "'Hidden Mountain Village', why?" Jie said curiously. "You will know this later, I won't say it for now, just let it slip! Hahaha -" Zakaki was joking. Jie looked happy driving the oak tree, and she was also very pleased. The village was originally a nook that no one cared about. Not to mention other countries, even the wealthy princes from the Kingdom of Tang rarely approached the village to issue tasks, causing the Kingdom of Tang to issue tasks. A large amount of wealth is flowing out, and the village is becoming more and more in decline. Seeing that the village is deteriorating day by day, the ninjas in their own village are helpless. It is simply a shame for everyone! But things are different now. Ever since the adults appeared, the village has undergone earth-shaking changes. First, they uncharacteristically defeated the Cloud Ninjas who were approaching the city. Then they counterattacked the Cloud Ninjas and occupied the Kingdom of the Moon. Now it is even more powerful. Tangyin Village has directly transformed into The sixth largest ninja village after the five major villages, and it is also recognized by the entire ninja world! All this has only been about a year since your Excellency took office! Although the current foundation of Tangyin Village is not enough to compare with the five major villages, adults can do this within a year. How long will it take to catch up with the five major villages? It is no exaggeration to say that this village was established by adults. The fact that the Yu ninjas are now recognized by the wealthy princes of the country of Yu and other countries is all thanks to adults! Working day and night, toiling day and night, the adults never complained or asked for anything. Now that the village is changing its name, isn¡¯t it to make the village develop better? But what do adults get? Thinking of this, an idea flashed in Jie's mind, and she said, "My lord's ancestors seem to be civilians, and your lord doesn't seem to be a blood-stained ninja?" "Yes, why do you ask this suddenly?" Zakaki asked puzzledly. "That's right! Sir, although you are noble and upright, you must always do something for future generations, and let the village do something for you! Sir, you are blessed with a daughter, and Komori Mei is the princess of the village. Remember, my wife is Maki of the Earth Country The family is also a noble, but the princess of our village will naturally not be named Maki! In this way, Komori Mei will take your surname, but the adults seem to be from a civilian family, and most civilian families do not have surnames!" Jie was a little confused. Xiao said excitedly. "Jie, what do you want to say? You don't want to ask me what Sammy's last name is, do you?"? said with a wry smile. "My lord, what I mean is that you build a family!" Jie Zhengse said. Zakaki was stunned for a moment, then said: "Build a family? Family¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª" "Yes! Sir, let's not talk about your contribution to the country of Tang. These contributions are enough for the daimyo to canonize a surname himself! But with your identity and strength, even the daimyo may not have the courage to give you a family name! I will unite other ninjas in the village to ask the daimyo for orders and give you the title of noble, so that you can establish a real family, which will be of great benefit to the development of future generations!" Listening to Jie¡¯s words, Zakaki fell into deep thought. What Jie said made sense. He was alone and not very interested in these things, but he had the responsibility to make plans for his descendants. Besides, establishing a family is not without benefits to the village! The Kingdom of Water, Mizukage Office of Kirigakure Village "Mizukage-sama, do you want us to go to Yugakure Village?" A man wearing an eyepatch said to Terumi Mei at the table. "Go, why don't you go? You already recognized his title as the sixth greatest ninja village, why do you still care about this? Not only do you want to go, but I also want to go there myself this time!" Terumi Mei took over her brown shawl and smiled charmingly. said. "You want to go in person! Why?" the man said in surprise. "Qing, as you said, this oak tree is not simple. At first, I thought that Yuu Ninja would definitely lose in the battle with Kumo Ninja, but who knew that he, Oak Tree, could actually solve this situation! The fourth generation's seclusion in the country was undoubtedly a mistake Yes, we must learn to engage in diplomacy with other countries now. The country of Tang has a special geographical location, and the sea is bordering our country of water. Although Tangyin Village is not very powerful now, under the leadership of Zakaki, it will surely last for many years. We will definitely be able to catch up with other big countries in the future, and then our contacts with them will be indispensable! Besides, I am very interested in such good men!" "Well, it's good that you have this awareness! Now it seems that Kame Sennin Oak has attracted your attention, which is good! Hey - you can make such a judgment at your age, and you are indeed worthy of the name of Mizukage. , you are mature!" Qing said with great relief. "Age, maturity, marriage, I'm going to kill you, you bastard!" Terumi Mei enveloped Qing with murderous intent, clenched her fists, and gritted her teeth and said fiercely. ps: The less people support you, the less motivation you have. The less motivation you have, the worse your grades will be. The worse your grades are, the worse your writing will be. The worse your writing will be, the less people will support you. The less people will support you, the less motivation you will havea vicious cycle ¡­Why¡­¡­ ; Text Chapter 214: Building a Village and Hiding in the Mountains If asked who is the person in the world of Naruto that Takaki admires the most, Takashi would definitely say the first Hokage! Speaking of the first generation Senju Hashira, everyone is familiar with it. It is called the invincible Wood Release Ninjutsu. It has the unique ability to control the tailed beasts. It can separate the tailed beasts into the world to achieve peace. It can calm down the troubled times, establish Konoha, and defeat Madara at his peak. These are all things that are difficult to achieve now, but this amazing man did it! No matter in terms of strength or integrity, Senjuzhu is worthy of Zakaki's respect. Even though he has been dead for many years, he still has a huge influence in Konoha and even the entire ninja world! And Konoha has left his footprints everywhere. In the forest surrounding Konoha, you can see towering trees everywhere, the carvings on the Hokage Rock, and even the gates of Konoha are made of Senju Pillar vines! The Senju Pillar passed the will of fire to Konoha. At this moment, Oak will follow the Senju Pillar and transfer the will of the mountain to the people of Shanyin Village! Mountains represent heaviness, perseverance, strength and confidence. The mountains can stand for thousands of years without falling, and they can bravely resist the cold wind and rain of arrows! People must have the spirit of a mountain, not afraid of suffering and danger, protecting their relatives and friends from wind and rain, and protecting the things they want to protect so that their mountain-like will will last forever! At this moment, Oakwood is about to perform a miracle, letting the will of the mountain permeate the entire Kingdom of Tang! The well-dressed Zakaki came to the high platform in the center of the venue, ignoring the huge crowds of people, the prominent nobles present, and the guests who were the pinnacle of the world. Without saying a word, Zakaki took off the robe belonging to Ying in full view of everyone, and took off the bamboo hat engraved with the word "Soup". The moment the action was completed, a five-meter-wide trapezoidal earth platform appeared out of thin air under Zakaki's feet. With a rumbling sound, the earth platform grew crazily in front of everyone's eyes, and did not stop until it was more than ten meters high. Down. The central high platform was originally the highest place in the entire village. Now it has increased by more than ten meters. How majestic and majestic is that height? The oak tree standing on the earth platform was like a god, overlooking the silent crowd below, and shouted loudly: "My name is Oak Tree, and I stand hidden in the mountains. The mountains will not fall, but my will will last forever!" After roaring, Zakaki bit his fingers and quickly formed seals at a speed invisible to the naked eye. Then he pressed his hands on the earth platform and roared loudly again: "The four peaks stand tall!" ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª The ground began to tremble, like an earthquake. People in the square were shaken left and right, and there were many timid people who screamed, but the next scene made everyone open their mouths and close their breaths. Four peaks appeared in four directions outside Shanyin Village at the same time. The gray-brown peaks slowly rose from the ground, crushing the surrounding dense forests. The rumbling sounds of crustal movement were like thunderous war drums, clearly transmitted to the The ears of everyone present. The four peaks are growing taller and taller, as if they are about to break through the clouds and tear the sky apart! I don¡¯t know how long it took, but the four peaks finally stopped growing. Looking at the clouds and mist wrapping around the bare peaks, no one dared to estimate the height of these four peaks! The four peaks are like guarding gods, surrounding the entire mountain hidden village. Everyone present instinctively focused their attention on the connection at the foot of the four peaks, and found that except for the four main roads, all others were raised by the mountains. The hidden mountain village was like an egg on a plate between the four peaks, suddenly becoming several times smaller. I don¡¯t know who among the crowd took the lead in shouting, and the Tang ninja people in the square roared with all their strength: "If the mountain does not fall, the will will last forever!" "If the mountain does not fall, the will will last forever!" "If the mountain does not fall, the will will last forever!" This roar, coupled with the newly erected mountain peak, can only be described as "miraculous" in two words! You can hear confidence, excitement, pride and crazy adoration from the roar! In the past, God was far away, but now, for the people of the Kingdom of Tang, God is right in front of them, right beside them. This God is their proud Tangying - Oakwood! At this moment, the mountain's will penetrated into their souls, and the mountain's will began to spread toward the entire world! Standing on the high platform, Zakmu looked at the peaks towering into the sky, at the crowds roaring crazily, and at the admiring eyes. His heart was filled with pride. As long as the will of the mountains was passed on to them, they would then give it to them. Pass it on to the next generation. In the end, the will of the mountain will flow in the blood of the hidden mountain village forever! Shanyin Village will become a real big village, and Yuno Country will also become a real big country! The mountains will not fall, but the will will last forever. As long as the mountains exist, this village will always be protected. Ding¡ª¡ªZakaki's heart suddenly trembled, and a strange feeling spread from his chest to his whole body, and then Tutai's feet seemed to be integrated with the soil, regardless of you and me. Then the feeling of merging into the earth spread throughout the body. At this time, Zakmu felt like he was a ball of soil. Why did he feel like this? There is a huge island in the deep sea. This island is not like an ordinary island. From a distance, there are many mountains on the island, and the peaks rise from one to the other.Rising from the ground, it is better to say that this is a fiefdom than an island. Suddenly, a roar tore apart the calmness of the sea. Although the roar was loud, there was no ferocious sound that matched it. Instead, it was more peaceful and indifferent, as if you had just woken up and stretched yourself and moaned comfortably. When a red turtle with a four-cornered hat and the size of a millstone heard this roar, it decisively woke up from the sunbathing just now, and said to itself in hoarse surprise: "Old Xuanwu is awake! What happened?" Then, the turtle with the red hat just disappeared. In the small pool, there was a dark-colored turtle with a large basin. The turtle spread its five limbs and swam around in the pool. It kept spitting bubbles from its mouth and felt uncomfortable. The red turtle that just disappeared suddenly appeared on the shore of the small pond. Looking at the ink-colored turtle swimming in the water, he said in horror: "Old man, why are you awake at this time? Is something serious happening?" The ink-colored turtle glanced at the red turtle, shook his head, and said in an elderly voice that was inconsistent with his body: "Oh, is it you, little guy? Haha, I haven't been out for many years. There is a big event. , but it¡¯s not a bad thing. That little bastard Bobby was recognized by the contract. I thought this matter was important, so I came out to take a look. That little bastard, the way he was recognized is a bit strange, isn¡¯t it?¡± "The contract, you mean that one, is it Bobby? Old man, that brat Bobby hasn't come back for I don't know how many years. I, as an old man, can't even find him!" The red turtle cursed angrily. "Haha, this is not important anymore, it's time! I originally planned to let the turtle clan go into seclusion, but now that something like this has happened, it seems that plan will be cancelled!" "You mean¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª" "That's right! The spirit turtle is here!" The black turtle exudes a completely different temperament than before, and the spiritual pressure released from its body makes the already peaceful island even quieter. This seems to mean something, but who knows? Text Chapter 215: Transferring the Country of Waves Miracles are called miracles because they are recited and witnessed from generation to generation. The establishment of Shanyin Village not only involved tens of thousands of people from the Tang Dynasty, but also countless nobles and nobles, as well as some of the top experts in the ninja world and spies from enemy countries. Under the witness of these enemies and friends, Shanyin Village was like four peaks that had just stood up, piercing the sky and resounding throughout the world. This also seems to indicate that Tangyin Village is the real forest of the ninja world. At this moment, everyone present will not doubt the name of Shanyin Village's Omura. Even if they do not have the name of Omura, it is enough to have a god-like man here, Kame Sennin Oak! Mizukage Terumi Mei, who was in the special VIP seat, looked at the man on the high platform, looking at the Mizukage who had just created a miracle, and couldn't help but feel ripples in his heart. Kamesennin Oak, anyone who is a ninja is familiar with this name. Whether it is the oral accounts of his predecessors or what he has seen and heard, his legendary life is revealed! Born into poverty, he was accepted as a disciple by Konoha Midori. Some people say that Midori's earth escape skills have already surpassed those of his father, the Third Hokage, the God of the Shinobi World, and his master, Oakwood, is even better in earth escape than Midori. Now, he is now Today, Oakwood has a faint tendency to become the number one person in the ninja world. More than ten years ago, he fought thousands of rock ninja and retreated, his hands stained with the blood of countless masters. His opponents all fled after hearing his name. Even Jiraiya, one of the three ninjas with the same name as him, was said to have been defeated by him. In hand! This battle was even more invincible, first repelling the Raikage, and then completely defeating the Eight-Tails, leading Yu Ninja to defeat the strong with the weak and achieve an absolute victory. This village founding ceremony once again created a miracle, raising four peaks and establishing a mountain ambition. Except for Konoha's first Hokage, Senju Hashira, who can match this scale of ninjutsu? The four peaks are a miracle to others, but to a master of Terumi Mei¡¯s level, they are a wake-up call! There are many experts here, and if you don't count the two people hiding in a dark corner, the most powerful one is Mizukage. Due to various connections, Mizukage is the only one from the Five Shadows, and she is the only shadow-level expert on the surface. Of course, Orochimaru and Ichii are not included in this. The ripples in Terumi Mei's heart were not admiration, but shock and respect. Looking at the four mountains towering into the sky, she could clearly feel the amazing energy of the four mountains with three blood stain limits. What surprised her even more was that the energy of the four mountains was not condensed with ordinary chakra, but with four strands of chakra. It is formed by the gathering of huge vitality! Instead of using chakra as a guide for ninjutsu, we use life force to make the mountain last forever. This subverts a ninja's understanding of ninjutsu! What kind of great wisdom does this require? It also made Terumi Mei's strength become more and more incredible and unfathomable! Terumi Mei turned her gaze away from Zakaki and looked at the noisy crowd in the square, feeling her heart stir again. From the eyes of those people, Terumi Mei clearly saw the magnanimity and confidence that the people of a big country should have. It would take at least several years for Takaki to build the mountain hidden village. After seeing this, I believe that the people of Yuno Country will Will there be more support for the development of Shanyin Village, and what is the will of the people, what else is hindering the rise of Shanyin Village? The ceremony ended with the excited shouts and crazy applause of the people in Tang Country. In fact, many people will ignore the dignitaries including the daimyo at the ceremony, ignore the village leaders who have not been seen in a hundred years, including Mizukage, and focus all their thoughts on the four peaks that have just been erected, and talk about this miracle. If the people of the Kingdom of Tang respected the oak tree before, then now the people of the Kingdom of Tang should worship it! The two figures wearing fire cloud robes were inconspicuous in the crowd, but they felt out of place with the crowd. In short, it was a very contradictory existence. "Xiaonan, how do you feel?" A brown-haired man asked the cold-faced blue beauty next to him. The cold-faced beauty who was called Xiaonan looked confused and ignorant after hearing the man's question, and said with shame: "Penn, I'm sorry, I think Zakaki is unfathomable. I always feel scared when I look at him. Afraid of you and him¡ª¡ª" "Haha, Xiaonan, it's nothing. After all, Kame Sennin Oak is no small matter. He was as famous as Jiraiya-sensei more than ten years ago, and now he is at the peak. It's normal for you to feel this way! As for him and me, you don't have to Worry, don¡¯t you know my strength yet?¡± Payne looked at the oak tree on the high platform, with a faint fighting spirit in his strange reincarnation eyes. Zakaki, I hope you won¡¯t become a roadblock for me, otherwise¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª Zakaki met with representatives of each village in the hall, feeling uncontrollably annoyed. Zakaki doesn't like socializing at all. After becoming the leader of Tangyin Village, he had to do these painful things. When he became Tang Ying, these things became more complicated, so much so that Zakaki wanted to leave such a group of representatives alone and go home to see his wife and children alone. Orochimaru beside Zakaki seemed to notice his impatience. He cast an understanding look at Zakaki, then spread his hands and shrugged with a smile. In fact, not only Zakaki, but also Orochimaru was extremely angry about these things. The madness of Orochimaru's research experiments is well known.Yes, but experiments require money. There are only two sources of money, either the financial support of the daimyo of Tianno Country, or the remuneration earned by the village for doing tasks. When it comes to economics, there is politics, and when there is politics, there is entertainment. Even a mad scientist like Orochimaru is not exempt from this custom, let alone Oakwood! Of course, having an eye-catching beauty often adds a touch of fun to boring things. Terumi Mei who is beside Oakwood proves this fact very well. Terumi Mei's beauty and sexy need not be described in detail, and the occasional fragrance that hits her face can also relax her irritable heart for a moment. "Haha, Yukage-sama and Orochimaru-senpai are really powerful, they can definitely defeat Kumo Ninja!" Mei Terumi pouted her red lips and said with a smile. "Mizukage-sama received a prize, it doesn't count as anything, it's just Raikage's carelessness." Zakaki said with a smile. It was probably because Orochimaru was not very interested in women, so he nodded to Mizukage and said hello. "Master Tang Ying, let's not talk nonsense. You must have heard about the situation in Kirigakure Village. Kirigakure Village is very concerned about establishing diplomatic relations with Shanyin Village. This time, the Daimyo of the Kingdom of Water also informed me that he came here this time. Please ask me to transfer the waters around the Country of Waves to the Country of Yu as a sign of your sincerity in establishing diplomatic relations between the two countries!" "Ozaki and Orochimaru were both stunned. What did Terumi Mei mean?" Hand over the waters of the Country of Waves to the Country of Yu? It is true that the Kingdom of Waves is a useless country, but since ancient times, monarchs have fought for every inch of their fiefdoms. Now that the Kingdom of Water hands over the waters of the Kingdom of Waves to the Kingdom of Tang, it is equivalent to handing over the Kingdom of Waves to the Kingdom of Tang. To the Country of Tang! Is there any conspiracy in this? Text Chapter 216 Cooperation with Xiao Organization National affairs like the Land of Waves will naturally be left to the daimyo to handle. Once land disputes are involved, regardless of whether it has actual military significance, those monarchs will flock to it! Oakwood is very clear about the barren land of Wave Country. There is basically no difference between the daimyo and nobles and the civilians on the island. They are all a bunch of poor people. It is no exaggeration to say that the Country of Waves has no actual value at all! However, for the Kingdom of Yu, the historical significance of the Country of Waves is far greater than its actual value. At the very least, this is a sign and a beginning for the Kingdom of Yu to become a powerful country. ??Zakmu naturally doesn¡¯t worry about these bad things, but what hurts Zakmu is the establishment of diplomatic relations with various countries. As the saying goes, it is indecent to come back and not reciprocate. Whether it was Zakaki who took office as the leader of Tangyin Village or established Shanyin Village, other villages and countries had sent envoys to congratulate him, and now it was Shanyin Village's turn to pay a return visit. There are countless ninja villages, large and small, in the world of Naruto. It is definitely unrealistic to visit them all. The first thing Shanyin Village needs to do is to return visits to some large villages. As for return visits, there are many things involved. The order of return visits, the length of time, and what kind of exchanges were conducted are all an attitude. A bad one will cause other countries to dissatisfaction may even lead to greater differences in future cooperation. Yamagakure Village has no right to interfere with the politics of Yuno Country. Likewise, the daimyo of Yuno Country cannot interfere with the construction and development of Yamagakure Village. Of course, this does not count the economic budget and financial support. The ownership of the Country of Waves gave the Daimyo of Yuno Country a taste of the sweetness. At the risk of Oakwood being unhappy, the Daimyo proposed to go to the Country of Water first. Then Oakwood felt a pain in the balls! Zakaki knows very well what kind of person the Daimyo of Yuzhi Country is. When he did not take office as the village chief, he was naturally obedient to him. But now the country is peaceful and the people are safe, and everything is waiting for improvement. Tangzhi Country is also known as the sixth largest country. Daimyo His initial ambition had been realized, and now he began to want to get involved in the Hidden Mountain Village! Of course, he won't be stupid enough to take action now. After all, Shanyin Village still has to rely on himself to support itself. At this moment, he wants to do a test and test his attitude through the first diplomacy! To be honest, Zakaki doesn't want to argue with the daimyo now, and he doesn't want to play with him in these fictitious matters. The order of the countries to be sent as envoys has already been decided by Zakaki, so how can he be allowed to interfere? What makes Zak Mu Dan sad is that he will have to scheming with this famous man who is quite heroic in the future, fighting for power and profit! Zakaki sat at his desk, looked at the map in front of him, pressed his finger on Tian Country, and murmured: "Orochimaru, a die-hard ally, is the first to return, then Kirigakure, and then Konoha ! It¡¯s so annoying¡ª¡ª¡± With the arrival of Payne and Xiaonan, Zakaki has long known that the four mountains are not flower vases, and the ability to use vitality as a guide to move is no trivial matter! Zakaki ignored them because he didn't want to fight with them in Shanyin Village. After all, if they really opened it, Shanyin Village would suffer. The destructive power of Payne's and his own moves are quite terrifying! But if they really want to come to Shanyin Village to provoke, there is no reason for the oak trees to be harvested by you! When Zakaki and Chi came, Ichijing, who was facing Payne, had been beaten to the point where he was helpless. Ichii's strength is known to Tsubasagi. Even the Raikage can stand up to one or two, but if he fights with the ultimate boss in front of him, he will suffer a big loss! Payne's strength lies in the fact that his enemies don't know him. Just the Divine Law of Heaven and the Ten Thousand Elements of Heaven are enough to give the average shadow-level powerhouse a headache. Kazui and Zakaki have the same plan. When fighting Payne in the village, no matter whether they win or fail, the village will always suffer. The unfathomable woman would have no choice but to be suppressed and beaten by Pain. Ichii felt relieved when he felt Takaki's arrival, got rid of Payne's interference, and came behind Takaki. "I see that you don't have any ill intentions in coming here. I wonder if you have any advice?" Zakaki looked at Tiandao who put the black short spear back into Xiuzi, and said with a gentle face. Zakaki glanced at Konan. This blue-haired beauty with a cold face looked very attractive, but then he thought of the incident where this girl blew Madara half to death, and he shuddered in his heart. What a blue rose with thorns. "I haven't seen him for more than ten years, and the Turtle Immortal Zaki has turned into a shadow of soup, and his subordinates are Crouching Tiger, Hidden Dragon. It's really admirable!" Payne glanced at Yi Jinghe and said coldly. Payne, who had fought against Zakaki, was naturally unpredictable with his earth escape, and had suffered a small loss at the hands of Zakaki. Coupled with Zakaki's illustrious military exploits, the following sentence was indeed sincere. "Haha, I am really flattered by such a compliment from the leader of the famous Xiaoxiao organization." Zakaki shrugged and said with a smile. Although Zakaki didn't know what Payne meant, from the fact that he didn't actually start anything with Ichii, he knew that Payne was not here to cause trouble. "I really want to experience Tang Ying's earth escape. There are very few people in this world who are worthy of my action, and Tang Ying is one of them!" After saying this, Payne released a murderous aura towards the oak tree. ?"Hahaha - Speaking of which, I also want to see the power of the Samsara Eye. What is the level of the legendary Six Paths Immortal's eyes?" Zakaki looked at Payne tit for tat. "Huh! I'm ignorant. I never thought that the famous Tang Ying is also a fanatic! How can an ordinary person like you understand the power of the Six Paths Immortal?" Xiao Nan, who was next to Pain, saw Zakaki's appearance and said with disdain. "The Akatsuki are just a group of rebellious ninjas. Even if they have a group of good members, they can't take the stage after all!" Ichii heard Konan's rude words and immediately fought back. The Samsara Eye is indeed powerful, but Ichii, who is blindly confident in Takashi, still believes that his Takaki-sama can defeat the Samsara Eye. This confidence comes from the fact that Turtle Immortal has not been defeated for ten years! Yi Jing can allow others to look down on him and allow others to do anything, but he will never allow others to be disrespectful to Zakaki! "A group of rebellious ninjas? Then you can try to see if these rebellious ninjas can take the table!" Xiaonan heard Ichii's counterattack, and several paper shurikens flew straight around him. "Xiaonan, don't be impulsive!" Payne stretched out his hand to stop Xiaonan who was about to take action, and continued: "Tang Ying, I am not here to fight with you, I just want to cooperate with you." "Cooperation? What can I do to cooperate with your organization?" Zakaki asked puzzledly. "The country of Tang is a peace-loving country, and our Xiao organization also exists for peace. I have heard about Tang Ying's character. As far as I know, Tang Ying is not a person who likes fame and fortune. I guess your purpose of governing the country and I don¡¯t have any conflict. What Mr. Ichii just said makes sense. The Akatsuki organization is a group of rebellious ninjas. In some respects, it is indeed difficult to stand up to the challenge. So a breakthrough is needed. If Tang Ying is willing, the Akatsuki organization can open it. door!" "It's a joke, you want our Shanyin Village to obey the will of the Akatsuki organization?" Zakaki said. "That's right! Although there are a group of good people in Shanyin Village, they don't have enough background after all. If you join our Akatsuki organization, basically no one in this world will be your opponent! When you introduce me, I can give you the second place in the Akatsuki organization. You, soon we will have the final say in this world, and then peace will truly come to this world!" "Hahaha, Yun Ren can't stand me. Who else in this world can threaten Shanyin Village? You are right. I am not a person who is passionate about fame and wealth. I have no interest in fighting for world hegemony! Besides, I am not interested in fighting for world hegemony. We are very confident in Shanyin Village¡¯s strength! Therefore, there is no need for us to cooperate!¡± PS: I¡¯ve been busy with a lot of things these past two days, so I haven¡¯t been able to update enough. I hope everyone can understand me. Text Chapter 217 Recognition of Relatives Naturally, the cooperation with Payne ended on bad terms, and Zakaki had no reason to cooperate with the Akatsuki organization. In the battle with Kumogakure, no one was optimistic about Yuu Ninja. Even Takaki was not 100% confident at that time. It is no exaggeration to say that Yugakure Village was really in danger at that time. At that time, Takaki never thought of using the mercenary Akatsuki. Organization, not to mention that the situation is very good now. But it would be good to dig out one or two helpers from the Akatsuki organization, such as Hidan and Deidara. The relationship between Uzaki and Hidan is extraordinary, and Hidan's combat prowess is undoubted. Although his attack is a bit simple, as long as he is reminded a little and suffers a small loss, this guy will still make great improvements. Space, after all, he is only ten years old now. Then there is Deidara. Deidara has no big connection with Oakwood, but his relationship with Yumi is quite deep. It is not impossible to win him over if you put in some effort. There is a risk of being hit by a wall when poaching. If those bastards from the Akatsuki organization are really provoked and they attack Shanyin Village, it will be really interesting, especially Pain. Even if Shanyin Village has four peaks, I can't help but explode the sky! Therefore, this poaching thing cannot be rushed, let¡¯s wait and see. "Sneeze - who is talking about me here?" Hidan, who was looking for bounty prisoners with Kakuzu, suddenly sneezed, "By the way, Kakuzu, have you noticed that there is something wrong with Zero? Why don't you let him Did we attend the eldest brother's village founding celebration? Hey - eldest brother and I haven't seen each other for more than ten years, and I really miss him. Big brother is really awesome. With a bunch of useless people like Yu Nin, he completely defeated the cloud ninja. You are worthy of being a follower of King Yama!¡± Kakuzu glanced at Hidan with disdain, then carried the prey he had just killed onto his shoulders, and said with a grin: "I don't know how powerful Tsukuru is, but there is no doubt that Yuu Nin is a waste. For example, in front of me Some guy from¡ª" "That guy in front of you? Kakuzu, who are you talking about? The guy on your back is obviously a Kiri ninja? He is really old and can't even distinguish the mark on his forehead protector. Let me tell you, what is soup? Shinobi? Did you see that this is the symbol of Yu-nin?" Hidan stretched out his hand, pointed at the forehead protector tied around his neck and said mockingly. Then he remembered something, and immediately jumped up, pointed at Kakuzu's nose and cursed loudly: "You old guy, how dare you call me a loser, be careful I dedicate you to the evil god!" Kakuzu ignored Hidan and walked towards the distance with a corpse on his back. In fact, Kakuzu was also full of doubts about Pain's decision. At first, he asked himself to test Oakwood, but not long ago, he asked himself to let go of the matter and go to capture the tailed beast. Is it because of this second-rate guy in front of me? Forget it, don¡¯t think about it anymore, only money is the most important thing, what do these things have to do with you? When the Xiao organization plan begins, a lot of money will definitely be used. It makes me feel sick just thinking about it. I need to save money faster! ??Takaki brought Fukiishi, Chi, Kimimaro and Jugo to Otogakure Village, along with two special people, Yumi and Komori! Because this time Zakaki not only comes as Tang Ying, but also as a friend! Orochimaru and Oakwood can be said to be true allies and true friends. I am still very grateful to Orochimaru Oak. Orochimaru is not a noob. He cannot possibly not know that helping Tang Ninja deal with Kumo Ninja will not do any good to Otogakure Village. But as a friend and leader, it is obvious that Orochimaru puts his identity as a friend above his leader, but in the eyes of others, it is an ambitious decision. Many people like to compare Orochimaru and Jiraiya, and like the latter's chic and frankness, but they don't know that Orochimaru, who looks extremely evil and has no taboos for himself, is the hot-blooded one, but no one understands him! What is the difference between fighting for one's own ideals and Jiraiya who also works for peace? Rather than saying this is a political return visit, it is better to say it is a sincere thank you from Zakaki. When Takaki and his party arrived at Otogakure Village, Orochimaru and others were already waiting at the entrance of the village, and there were also people from Otogakure who lined the streets to welcome them. The arrival of Oakwood is an affirmation of the friendship between Orochimaru, and it is also an affirmation of Otogakure Village. Otogakure Village has been established for some years, but it has never achieved anything worthy of praise, let alone the relationship with the great powers. political exchanges. No one will doubt the fact that the Kingdom of Yu is included in the ranks of great powers. Just by destroying the invading Kumo ninja with a small number of enemies, it is enough to be proud of it. Furthermore, even the Kingdom of Water, which is a great power, has given earth as a gift, and with the addition of Sunagakure and With Konoha's current strength, Yamagakure is a well-deserved big village! Maybe others will be happy because of this political recognition, but Orochimaru has another idea in his mind, because Zakaki brought two other people, Yumi and Komori Mei! Orochimaru and Oakwood have known each other for more than 20 years and have always been friends. However, Orochimaru has a low self-esteem in his heart when it comes to friends. Orochimaru only has three or four friends in his life, and these people still criticize him verbally. Although On the surface, he doesn't care, but humans are not like vegetation, how can they be ruthless? Others didn't understand, and Orochimaru didn't bother to explain, so he got stuck deeper and deeper until finally OrochimaruHe became a loner and a cold-blooded executioner in the eyes of others. However, the current Orochimaru does not have to be like this, because Zakaki brought a family¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª With the child in her arms, Yumi nodded towards Orochimaru, "You are Orochimaru-sama, one of the legendary three ninjas, right? This is the first time I've met you." "Hehehe, I have long heard that Zakaki has a virtuous wife, and it seems so true." Orochimaru said with a rare sincere smile. "Your Excellency, you have given me the reward¡ª¡ª" Yumi said as she leaned forward. "Ozaki, is this child your daughter? She looks really cute." After Orochimaru said that, he opened his hands and walked towards Yumi, wanting to hug little Mori. But he seemed to have remembered something, and he quickly stopped and stood there with a look of disappointment on his face. Seeing Orochimaru's expression, Zakaki knew what he was thinking. He took his daughter from Yumi's arms, walked to Orochimaru and said, "Don't want to see the child? Hahaha, it's ridiculous to say that, I haven't done anything in my life. It¡¯s something I¡¯m proud of, but having this daughter gives me a sense of accomplishment!¡± When Orochimaru heard what Takaki said, he looked at Takaki unconfidently. His hands trembled and his lips were slightly opened. He wanted to say something, but couldn't. He slowly took Komori Mei from Takaki's arms. Jiraiki might really exist in this world. Even though Orochimaru was full of murderous rage, Komori was actually very happy in Orochimaru's arms. Especially when she stretched out her little hand to touch Orochimaru's long black hair, she let out a burst of laughter. The giggles almost made this unscrupulous bastard shed tears. Seeing Orochimaru's reaction, almost everyone's jaw dropped. Is this still the same Uncle Snake who kills gods when he sees them? Orochimaru hugged Komori Mei and said tremblingly: "It's so-so cute. She-what's her name?" "Haha, she is indeed very cute. Her name is Sami. I have a suggestion. Since you don't have any descendants, why not just accept Komori as your girl?" Zakaki said with a grin. "This-I-I can really do this?" Orochimaru suddenly opened his snake eyes and looked at Zakaki with surprise. This opening was so good that it scared Komori to tears, and Orochimaru was immediately at a loss. Orochimaru panicked and imitated the way a mother coaxes a child to tease Komori. This time it really worked, Komori seemed to Sensing Orochimaru's nervousness, he stopped crying and chuckled again. Orochimaru saw Komori smile and immediately felt relaxed. Looking at Orochimaru's appearance, Zaki and Yumi looked at each other and smiled, both seeing deep love in each other's eyes. Text Chapter 218 Terumi Mei and Tsunade When Zakaki left Otogakure Village, he did not return to Yamagakure Village, but went directly south towards Kirigakure Village. As for Yumi and Komori, they will naturally not take them to the Kingdom of Water. Who knows if there will be any surprises ahead, but Zakaki did not let the two of them return to Shanyin Village, because Shanyin Village is about to launch the first During political revolution, some people will always be eliminated, and the power of the daimyo cannot be allowed to flourish. The daimyo has no right to interfere with the construction of the Ninja Village. This is recognized by the ninja world, and it was also promised by the daimyo when he took office as the leader of Yugakure Village. Now that the daimyo sees the development of Shanyin Village in full swing, it is understandable that he wants to get involved first, but will Zakaki become someone else's puppet and be dictated by others? Even if it is a big name who controls the lifeline of the economy! This is also the reason why Zakaki placed Yumi and Komorimi in Otogakure Village. Although there are top masters like Ichii and Tomohiro, if something happens unexpectedly, Zakaki will never be able to redeem himself. The trip to the Kingdom of Water is also a matter of course, to appease the daimyo. Although he has lost face, he still has to worry about it. After all, his support will be indispensable in the future. Secondly, Zakaki also wanted to take advantage of his departure to let those clowns come forward as soon as possible, so as not to deceive people later! Take this opportunity to hammer the name of the Kingdom of Tang. Don¡¯t think that because I¡¯m not from the Kingdom of Tang, I can spread my tentacles on my own territory wantonly! After several days of trekking, Zakaki brought Fukiishi and Chi, who were chasing stars and chasing the moon, to Kirigakure Village. For Kirigakure Village, Oakwood still holds a bit of mystery. Whether it is the seven ninja swordsmen who have fought before, or the entanglement between the fourth generation Mizukage and the ultimate boss Madara, it always gives people a strange feeling. . Of course, there is also the mature, voluptuous, slender and tall Terumi Mizukage. Speaking of Mizukage, every man will have some ideas. In his previous life, he looked at Terumi Mei's forbidden pictures at Uncle Baidu's. Previously, because he had to be busy with a lot of things in Yamagakure Village, Tsukage didn't have any ideas. What's going on now? Now that I have put them all aside, I naturally have other thoughts. Zakaki never thought that he was a gentleman, but he also believed that he had a bottom line in relationships. After having Yumi, Zakaki never had many thoughts about others, except of course, Tsunade and Anko. As for Terumi Mei, Oakwood knew that it was just a simple attraction of female animals to male animals, it was that simple. When Takaki arrived at Kirigakure Village, Terumi Mei and his party were waiting at the entrance of the village. No matter what world you are in, necessary etiquette is indispensable. Nowadays, Zakaki is a dignified water shadow, so there is nothing wrong with her water shadow coming out to greet him. Of course, this is not important. What is important is that from afar, Tsukuba can feel the enchanting Terumi Mei ogling him, playing with her beautiful legs in stockings from time to time, and the occasional burst of fragrance that attracts someone. The blood of man and beast boils. Zakaki touched his cheek strangely. Damn it, when did I become so unstable? God of all evil¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª "Tang Ying is here, and Kirigakure is shining brightly." Mei Terumi pouted her red lips and said with a smile. Behind her, Chojuro and Aoya both saluted the oak tree. "And Lao Shuiying personally greeted him, I'm not worthy of it. I've heard that Kirigakure has a lot of talents, and it's true. Mr. Qing doesn't need to go into details. I see that this young man is also a rare talent. This broadsword should be a flathead. ?Is this the symbol of the Seven Ninja Swordsmen?" Zakaki looked at Chojuro and said with a smile. In the previous life anime, in order to discuss strategies against Akatsuki, the five great ninja villages decided to hold a Five Kage Conference. At a very young age, he was chosen as one of the guards of the Fifth Mizukage, but he was very unsure of himself. He inherited the name of the Seven Ninja Swordsmen and wields a large sword, the Hirameko. During the meeting, Sasuke attacked the meeting place. The Godaime Mizukage fought with him, and Chojuro acted as an assist, using the move Hirameko Liberation. The big hammer, which seemed to be formed from chakra, was so powerful that it knocked Sasuke and his Susano'o far away. This shows Chojuro's strength as one of the Seven Ninja Swordsmen. In the process of rescuing Ao with Mizukage, he was alert and noticed something strange around him. In the end, he and Mizukage successfully rescued Ao. Although Zakaki said these words as a compliment, he still quite recognized his strength. "It is also an honor for Chojuro to be able to enter the eyes of Kame Sennin Uzaki. When it comes to talents, your village is truly full of talents. The two people in front of you are both very good. I remember that there is a Mr. Ichii in Shanyin Village. Oh. Not only is Tang Ying's personal strength amazing, he is also admirable in terms of recruiting talents." Terumi Mei and Zakaki spoke in official accents. "Mizukage-sama and Yukage-sama are over-praised, I'm actually very bad¡ª¡ª" Chojuro heard the compliments from Takaki and Terumi Mei, touched the back of his head, showing his shark teeth, and said embarrassedly. "Mizukage-sama, Tangkage-sama is exhausted, so it's better to go in early and have a rest." Ao, who was wearing an eyepatch, said Ichii and Yanaga Tomohiro were sitting in the office, fiddling with the documents in front of them. They didn't dare to be careless about what Takaki told him. Where there is power, there will be struggle. Shanyin Village is nowThe situation is great, and some people are naturally greedy for these things. It is understandable that they would do some small tricks while Zakaki is not in Shanyin Village. Although several great victories have stabilized the hearts of the people in Shanyin Village, after all, Zakaki is not from the country of Yu. If under the leadership of someone, the "people of insight" can gather together and form a group of people in Shanyin Village. A small group, like Konoha's elders or a big family whose tail is too big to lose, would be in trouble. Besides, who knows if they might do something outrageous? What Ichii and Yanaga Tomohiro have to do is to find these knowledgeable people and eliminate them in one fell swoop. Although there is a risk of being charged with eradicating dissidents, if these people suddenly die suddenly, everything will be solved! "Ichijing, look at these people. To be honest, you really couldn't tell that they would have any different intentions during the war." Yanaga Chihiro said angrily, pointing to the people in the intelligence report. "Well, that's okay. After all, it's the daimyo who is causing trouble behind the scenes, so it's understandable that they have second thoughts." Ichii said with a disapproving smile. "That's true, but Sir, you have done so much for Shanyin Village. Are these people idiots? Without Sir, would they have the status they have today? The Tangyin Village that was so weak as my grandma's family has long been a rotation of cloud ninjas vassal!" "Haha, it's the same sentence. It's nothing. They are just some shrimps. They have been eliminated early. Zhiyuan, how much do we have control of the daimyo's intelligence organization now?" Ichii said with some worry, thinking of what Takashi had repeatedly told him. "Thanks to that kid, I saved a guy named Amaterasu, and now I have 20% control of it. After all, the Daimyo's intelligence agency is not a ninja mechanism, and there are still loopholes to exploit in many places!" "That's good. There are a few good talents joining Shanyin Village these days. Let's sharpen them and they can stand alone in the future. It seems that this big country still has the benefits of being a big country. I believe that in a few years, Our Yamagakure Village will surpass Sunagakure Village! Sir, you are really amazing! I wonder if you have arrived at Kirigakure Village now?" "That's almost it. Madam and the little princess are staying in Otogakure Village. Your Excellency should have arrived at Kirigakure by now, but do you think you and Mizukage are worthy of each other? If they come together, it will have a great impact on the construction of our Mountain Hidden Village. What a benefit!¡± "Uh¡ª¡ªChiho, when did you become so nosy? It's impossible for you, Mizukage, to be with Mizukage! You can let Mizukage be your concubine? Eh? In fact, this is really good. If you give the Fifth Hokage another What¡¯s that¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡± Ichii suddenly thought of the legend of Zakaki and Tsunade, his heart turned, and he felt a little proud. "It's true! I've long heard that Tsunade, one of the three ninjas, has something to do with you, sir, and adding Mizukage to the mix, hahaha ¡ª¡ª no, isn't this sorry for the madam?" ¡°Stop talking nonsense here, there¡¯s still work to be done!¡± PS: I am really busy, so I can only update once a day. Originally, I didn't plan to accept Terumi Mei, but I couldn't help being bombarded by dozens of friends on QQ, so I compromised and added Terumi Mei, but I won't do it! Finally, I shamelessly asked for a recommendation! Text Chapter 219 Terumi Mei¡¯s Challenge Zakaki never thought that he would have any enemies in Kirigakure Village. Although he killed the Seven Ninja Swordsmen more than 20 years ago, the passage of time has long made him forget that hatred. There would be no hatred in this cold-blooded village! Of course, the cold-blooded Kirigakure refers to more than ten years. However, when Zakaki, Chi and Fukiishi were enjoying the scenery of Kirigakure, they felt murderous aura until the three of them came to a remote corner. "Come out, there is no Kirigakure security team now." Zakaki said with disdain, looking at the puddle of water stains. The water stain reflecting the blue sky and white clouds suddenly spread ripples towards the surrounding area, and then a middle-aged man with a mustache and a long knife emerged from the water stain, looking at the oak tree with a murderous look on his face. But seeing the latter's unmoved face, the middle-aged man with a beard seemed to have been humiliated. He pulled out a big knife from behind, pointed at Zakaki and roared loudly: "Crazy Zakaki! Take the move. !" After saying that, the man flew towards Zakaki and his party with his sword flying. "My sword skills are good, but my strength is not so good!" He scolded the big dog beside him, and then said: "White Wolf, go teach this master who knows nothing about the world." ¡°Woof woof¡ª¡ª¡± The white wolf barked twice, and then turned into a vortex, carrying wind, sand and gray stones and crashing into the charging man. With a clang, the vortex airflow directly hit the man's sword. When a scene suddenly appeared, the man had no time to dodge and directly blocked the sword in front of his chest. But how could he resist the Four Corners Jutsu, which could even create a big crater in Rashomon? Sure enough, the man was knocked away n meters with the sword, and fell to the ground, covering his chest, with pain all over his face. As the saying goes, it will kill you if you get sick. The white wolf that had just landed on all fours spun again and hit the opponent who had just stood up. If this hit was successful, the man's life would also be lost. Half a strip! Seeing that he had learned a lesson, Zakaki winked at him and was about to let him go, but something strange happened! A high-temperature smoke with a sour smell swept towards the direction of the attack of the white wolf. Obviously, it was the boiling escape of Mizukage! Zakaki knew that if the white wolf charged forward, there would be only one outcome, and that would be to turn into gray foam! This boiling style is a ninjutsu that can melt even Susanoo! Zakaki didn't even think about it. He glared and quickly formed a seal, "Earth Release - Mud Wall Technique!" ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? The white wolf that hit the mud wall narrowly escaped the acid mist and retreated to Chi's side, grinning and roaring at the caster. "Mizukage-sama, this is not the way to treat guests, isn't it? What's the purpose of this attack?" Takaki said with a smile as he looked at the enchanting Terumi Mei who appeared. "It makes Master Yukage laugh. This person is an elite Mist ninja. I am also very puzzled that he attacked you, but I will definitely give you an explanation." Terumi Mei cast a flirtatious look at Zakaki and played with her forehead. brown hair in front. Then he turned sideways, looked at the man who had just attacked Zakaki with a majestic face and said, "Sashimi, why did you attack Lord Tangying? Do you know what the crime is?" "Thank you, Mizukage-sama, for saving me. When I take away the blasting sword, I will be punished by the village voluntarily!" The man called Sansei once again wanted to attack Zakaki and others. "Sashiro, do you know what the punishment for disobeying the Mizukage is? Anyone who breaks the rules of the ninja world is a waste, don't you know?" Terumi Mei yelled at Sashio, then thought of something, and He opened his mouth and said, "What did you just say? Exploding knife spray?" "Mizukage-sama, this man has the long-lost explosion sword droplets from Kirigakure Village on his body, I can sense it!" Sansei explained eagerly, "Sir, I am the former Seven Ninja Swordsman, the most powerful one, Jinpachi. Disciple, he was originally the heir to the explosive sword, but Muuri Jinpachi defected to Kirigakure, and disappeared with him, the village treasure of Kirigakure, the explosive sword splash! Over the years, the explosive sword has disappeared from the ninja world. Yesterday, Tang Ying When I came to Kirigakure Village, I accidentally discovered the traces of explosive swords, so this scene happened!" After listening to Sashio's explanation, Terumi Mei understood the reason, and then looked at Zakaki suspiciously and said: "I heard that Yu Ying had a lot of connections with the Seven Ninja Swordsmen in my previous years. Could it be that Muri Jinpachi died after his death?" Your hand?" ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? . However, I am still very familiar with the flying oak tree. The oak tree itself has three chakra attributes. Among them, the earth escape is the best in the world. The water escape is also known. As for the fire escape, I basically understand it. The biggest highlight of the Ultimate Earth Escape Ten Thousand Peaks Bloom is the word "bloom", and blooming is inseparable from explosion. It is really unbearable for explosion to rely on Oakwood's fire escape talent. The principle of mountain explosion has been mentioned before. It is based on the principle of explosion knife explosion., the explosive knife is closer to the talisman, using chakra as the guide to make it explode, while the Ten Thousand Peaks Bloom uses life force as the main force, and uses chakra as the guide to make it explode. But Zakaki has been putting some necessary supplies for Feimo Synergy on the space scroll these years, and he never wanted this guy to find out! Thinking of this, Zakaki simply admitted it and said calmly: "Well, there is such a thing, it seems that the flying foam is in my hands. I accidentally encountered the Kirigakure rebel Ninmu Rijinpachi and was provoked by him. If you don't control your mind, you will destroy it." Tsubasa's disapproval will naturally arouse Sasuke's anger. Although Muuri Jinpachi is a rebel, he is his teacher after all. Moreover, he also represents the glory of Zeng Jin Kirigakure. It is true that Kame Sennin Tsubasa is powerful, but he cannot Trampling others so badly. Sansei held the long knife tightly, looked at Zakaki with a sullen expression and said, "Today I will get back Momo and save face for Teacher Jinpachi!" "Wait a minute!" Terumi Mei stretched out her hand to block Sashimi's path, pouted her red lips, winked at her again, and said with a smile, seductively and charmingly: "Master Tang Ying, this explosive knife droplet is also This treasure belongs to me, Kirigakure. I wonder if you can return the blasting sword to me. I am grateful, little girl." Tochigi looked at Zhao Meiming's exquisite face and mature figure, and laughed secretly, really taking Lao Tzu as Kaizi? He couldn't help but want to tease, so he opened his mouth: "Why should I hand over the droplets to you? You wouldn't say it's for the friendship between the two countries, right? But that's true, after all, the country of water has the friendship of giving soil. But it seems that It¡¯s something the daimyo only sees, and it has nothing to do with us, right?¡± Takaki's frankness made Terumi Mei stunned. She felt a little depressed in her heart, and said with annoyance: "Let's see, the two of us have had a fight. If I win by chance, Tang Ying will hand over Feimo." What do you want for me?" "Huh? - Not a bad suggestion!" Zakaki looked at Terumi Mei's appearance, and was a little unsure for a moment. According to the information from his previous life, although Terumi Mei was powerful, he had not yet reached the level where he could compete with him. Du, what is this girl thinking? Text Chapter 220 Ambiguity Zakaki looked at Terumi Mei, who was wearing a blue suit, and couldn't help but murmur in his heart. Shadow, at least be dignified, there is no need to be too flashy. Look at that robe with exposed arms and thighs, and a few pieces of flesh on the body are almost leaking. At this moment, Zakaki really wants to shout, "Don't you dare?" Dare you reveal it a little more? As for Terumi Mei's strength, Oakwood has a rough idea of ??it. There is no doubt about her Kage level. The characteristics and lethality of her moves are also second to none among the five Kage. If it weren't for her when fighting Madara, Tsunade and Tsuchikage might have been able to figure it out. Bye. But those moves of hers don't cause much trouble with Zuomu. For no other reason than Zuomu's earth escape is recognized as elusive. Although the boiling escape and melting escape attack are high, the reaction speed is relatively slow, which will naturally damage Zuomu. Not big! ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????¡­ The moment Takaki was thinking about it, Terumi Mei had already started to take action. People say that any movement of a beautiful woman is pleasing to the eye, and they are probably referring to Terumi Mei. With her blue uniform swaying in the air, her brown hair fluttering in the wind, and her long, sleek legs and plump breasts swaying up and down, she is indeed a real beauty. It's pleasing to the eye. The next scene made Takashi a little distraught. Terumi Mei flew into the seal, and the blue dress naturally fell down. This fall was wonderful. The leggings on the top of the black stockings entered Takashi's eyes without reservation, and the charming cock The outline of the buttocks is also more clearly visible, and the slender and round thighs are completely exposed! By the way, Zakaki is probably the only one who has the leisure to take advantage of others when his life is at stake! Terumi Mei, who had finished performing the "Boiling Release: Skillful Mist Technique", looked at the acid mist roaring towards the oak tree, and couldn't help but feel confused. Why is this oak tree so unbearable? The look in his eyes just now was clearly that of a worldly and dirty man. Could it be that this man is really Tsubasagi, the Kame Sennin who is rumored to be a noble and upright person in the ninja world? By the way, there were rumors that Kamesen Uzaki and Konoha Sannin Jiraiya were the same womanizers, and it seems true! However, another strange feeling came to his mind, and it could attract his attention. He was still somewhat charming. Terumi Mei blushed and thought, what was he thinking - not good! Terumi Mei was shocked again. With the power of the Koshigakure technique, Tsuakigakure, who had lost his mind before the war, would definitely not be able to dodge. If he died here, there would be a lot of trouble. A bad Kirigakure would be affected by the war again. Thinking of this, Terumi Mei naturally became anxious. As Terumi Mei expected, the acid mist directly covered the oak wood. The sound of chi chi chi sounded, and in just a few moments, the oak wood transformed into ashes. Even Terumi Mei, who had seen strong winds and waves, became anxious when she saw this scene. She opened her red lips and was about to say something when a sense of crisis suddenly arose in her heart and she hurriedly dodged. Bang bang bang¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª Several boulders suddenly fell from the sky, and the place where Terumi Mei was standing was instantly hit by the boulders, creating a big crater. Bang bang bang, suddenly there was a sound of applause from not far away, and then a voice came into everyone¡¯s ears: "As expected of Mizukage-sama, he reacted so quickly. My earth-falling speed is not slow. I didn't expect that Mizukage-sama is not only amazingly powerful with bloodstains all over his body, but also has good physical skills." Who is this person if he isn't Takaki? Terumi Mei was a little embarrassed when she avoided the earth drop cover. The corners of her clothes were covered with dust and her brown hair looked a little messy. The fight was at a disadvantage in an instant. Terumi Mei looked at the puddle of soil that the newly melted oak wood had turned into. It turned out to be the earth clone! No, he obviously didn't form any seals? So that¡¯s it, there¡¯s a crazy rumor in the ninja world that Kame Sennin Zakaki Earth escapes from the gods and ghosts unpredictably, it seems that this is what he is referring to! It seems that he was careless. He was worrying about others just now. How ironic! Terumi Mei looked at Zakaki with some resentment, and said with a smile: "Master Tangying is not very honest. Just now, the little girl was worried about you. It seems that I am worrying blindly." "Hahaha, thank you. That worries Mizukage-sama¡ª¡ª" Before Zakaki could finish his words, several kunai were shot from other directions. Obviously, Mizukage didn't know when these kunai were released. Even Zakaki didn't feel it! As expected of a Mizukage, it seems that as long as he can be a shadow, he has some quality! But Oakwood is not that easy to bully, of course it can also be said to be cunning¡ª¡ª "Earth Release - the art of beheading in the heart!" Terumi Mei suddenly stretched out a hand after standing there. This hand was almost in sync with those kunai! Obviously, this technique was activated at the same time as Terumi Mei's kunai. Uzaki grabbed Terumi Mei's heel and pulled it downward with force. Terumi Mei's whole body tilted and fell to the ground. The oak tree that was shot over there was also hit at this moment, and immediately turned into a pile of soil. Zakaki looked at Terumi Mei who fell on the ground, ignored her, and quickly formed seals with his hands, "Earth Release-Earth Dragon Bullet!" The earth dragon gathered on the ground roared and ran in the other direction. "Melt Escape: The art of melting monsters." With a cooing sound, a beautiful figure appeared in the direction of the impact of the earth dragon, and it was Terumi Mei. Terumi Mei's body retreated in the air, magma spewed out from her open mouth, and the scorching heat instantly melted the earth dragon. Zakaki looked at Terumi Mei who was in the air and was about to land. He thought, it is necessary to teach this little girl a lesson, "Earth Release¡¤Tulong Spear!"The completed Tsubasa jumped up and struck in Terumi Mei's direction. Terumi Mei, who had used the magic of melting monsters in the air, was shocked again. He looked down and saw that the sharp and protruding rocks were shining with cold light. If they hit the ground, they would definitely be riddled with punctures. Terumi Mei turned around and retreated out of Tulong's attack range. But how could Zakaki let her have her wish? Zakaki, who had just told Chi to come, blocked Terumi Mei's path in the blink of an eye, and smashed Terumi Mei's face with a punch. This blow was completely devoid of grace! As the saying goes, it¡¯s better to slap someone in the face than to slap someone in the face, not to mention that the other person is still a beauty¡ª¡ª Still, no one can be vegetarian! In the air, Mei Terumi made a difficult move. Her left forearm blocked Takashi's punch. At some point, her right hand took out a kunai and hit Takaki's chest. Zakaki, who had the initiative, naturally had no reason to let her succeed. With his other free hand, he directly grabbed Terumi Mei's wrist, raised his knee and struck the opponent's abdomen. Bing came to block it, but the latter also raised his thigh to resist the attack. The next scene is a little weird: There is no need to go into details about Tsuaki's strength. Terumi Mei, who had just been attacked, retreated along with Tsuki's momentum. A series of movements in the air would naturally make the two of them lose their balance. However, neither of them let go of the offensive, so Tsuki and Terumi Ming and Ming fell to the ground together in this posture. To outsiders, it didn't look like they were fighting, but instead they looked like they were hugging each other! Not far away, Chi, Fukiishi and the Sashimi were a little confused. What are these two adults doing? They both fell to the ground and were still holding each other. It looked like there was some kind of adultery¡ª¡ª "Tang Ying-sama is really powerful. A series of actions made the little girl unable to fight back!" Terumi Mei didn't get up, just blocked Zakaki's offensive, and said with a smile. The unspontaneous movements can't help but scare people, It was also a bit shocking. Terumi Mei squinted her eyes, pouted her red lips, and a heart-shaped object flew gently towards the oak tree on her face. At first glance, it looked like she was blowing a kiss. ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????. "Sir! Be careful, there is a scam!" Fukiishi reminded loudly from the side when he saw Zakaki's silly expression. As soon as Fukiishi finished speaking, the blowing kiss landed on Zakaki¡¯s face. Chi chi chi - the sound of high-temperature molten metal sounded. Zak Mu's head, which had looked like he was enjoying it just now, instantly turned into dust, leaving only a motionless body. "What are you shouting for? Why haven't you calmed down after so long? Is it so easy for the captain to die? It's really an embarrassment to our Shanyin Village!" He gave Fukiishi a piece of cake, looking like he hated iron but not steel. . "Sir, he¡ª¡ª" Fukiishi anxiously tried to explain something, but suddenly his body trembled, and he felt the familiar breath behind him. He turned around, looked at the sudden appearance of Zakaki, and said with surprise: "Sir, you ¡ª¡ª¡± Tsubasa appeared and patted Fukiishi on the shoulder and said with a smile: "I'm fine, I was just joking with Mizukage-sama!" Text Chapter 221 Linggui Island After a brief confrontation, no one would think that the two were evenly matched. It was obvious that Turtle Sennin Zakaki was more than a step above the rest. At this moment, Mizukage got up from the ground and looked in a miserable state. On the other hand, Tang Ying seemed to have been fighting with his earth clone, and his true body had never appeared! You can tell who is higher and who is lower at a glance. "Zakaki may not care about the victory or defeat, but there are always some people who will deliberately exaggerate things that do not exist in order to win people's attention. In the end, the three of them became tigers and spread to the entire ninja world, just like the battle between the two shadows of soup and water: "Have you heard? It is said that Shui Ying was defeated by Tang Ying!" Passerby A said mysteriously. "Isn't it possible? Doesn't it mean that Shangakure and Kirigakure have established diplomatic relations, so there is no need for the two adults to take action?" Passerby Yi asked doubtfully. "Don't you understand this? The so-called masters are those who constantly challenge those who are better than themselves and summarize their own shortcomings to improve their own strength. It seems that Mizukage challenged Tang Ying, but was defeated by Tang Ying. I heard that Tang Ying was defeated with his earth clone!" Passerby Jia explained matter-of-factly. "It's understandable that Mizukage lost to Tang Ying. Do you know how powerful Tang Ying is? Have you been to Shanyin Village? Do you know about the founding ceremony of Shanyin Village? My dear, Tang Ying Oak created four mountains out of thin air. Those things are like four gods, guarding the Yamagakure Village. The mountain will not fall, but the will will last forever! How awesome is it? Many people say that Oakwood established the Yamagakure Village, just like the first Hokage Senju Hashira established Konoha! Now the whole Who in the ninja world can be Yukage's opponent? A man who is like a god, it's not surprising that Mizukage loses to him!" Passerby C jumped out from the side, with stars in his eyes, and said with admiration. "No wonder a soil clone can defeat Shui Ying, it turns out that Tang Ying is so powerful!" Passerby Yi suddenly shouted. "Hahaha, that's natural! My aunt's granddaughter's third aunt's friend is working as an errand at Tang Ying's house. He knows everything¡ª¡ª" Passerby Bing said with an air of pride. "Wow - I didn't expect you to be related to Tang Ying!" "Well, that's okay. Come on, I'll ask him to get Mr. Tang Ying's signature for you. Maybe I can even talk to you and Zhang Ying." "Really? Thank you so much. My son admires Tang Ying. If he can get Zhang Tang Ying's signature, that would be great¡ª¡ª" "Ichii, I didn't expect that the daimyo is quite prestigious in the village, so many people are following him! But with such a suppression, will the resignation of these high-level officials cause trouble to the operation of the village?" Yanaga Chihiro looked in front of him. The promotion list said. Ichii kept drawing circles on the manuscript with a red pen. If he looked carefully, he saw that there were many ninjas at the level of Sannin captains written in those circles. Ichigo crossed out the last person and threw the manuscript to Zhiyun. He stretched himself first, and then said with disdain: "Many of these people have made great contributions, but if they point fingers in the army, they will inevitably cause trouble to the adults. . Simply clear it out at once to save yourself trouble in the future!" "That's true, but will the people in the village become unstable? After all, these people are the elders of the village!" Yanagi Zhiyun said with some worry. "Don't worry! Have you seen this? His name is Kameda, a Yamagakure jounin. During the war, he went to a small town in the north of Yuno Country to burn, kill and loot. And this, this, not a single butt is clean!" Ichii pointed at the Yamagakure ninja who had just been circled in red, and continued: "These people are rubbish. They did not intend to protect their country during the war, but instead did these shameful things! Even if there is no such thing, I We will also find ways to get rid of these moths.¡± "You plan to make the crimes of these people public? But some of the people supported by the daimyo are very innocent, such as this one." Chihiro Yanaga pointed at the head of a ninja and said. "That's nothing? Just add some if it doesn't matter. Anyway, I'm not afraid of being a bad guy." Yi Jing's face was full of chills. Without the adults, Yi Jing wouldn't be what he is now. If someone dares to block the great cause of the adults, why not be a villain yourself? "Mr. Ichii, Mr. Tomohiro, there has just been a rumor that the two of you are going to demote Captain Kameda to a commoner. How about you stop jumping?" Jie rushed in from the door in a panic and said anxiously. Yi Jing and Zhi Yuan looked at each other and nodded. Still Yi Jing opened his mouth: "Jie, do you know what these people do?" "I've heard a little about this, but he has made contributions after all. Besides, the village is a big village now, and some things always have to be supported by someone! Even if Captain Kameda is wrong¡ª¡ª" "Jie, I'm too lazy to explain, sir and daimyo, which side are you going to stand on?" Ichii interrupted Jie's explanation and asked bluntly. Ichii¡¯s question completely dumbfounded Jie. It¡¯s not that he didn¡¯t know about the Daimyo¡¯s recent actions, he was just used to it. In the past, the leaders of Tangyin Village were completely centered on the name, andBut all ninja villages are like Konoha, where the leader and the daimyo are equal beings. These people are forced to bow at the feet of the daimyo due to financial support. Even though Tangyin Village has now become Shanyin Village, Jie's deep-rooted thoughts still make Jie feel that this is nothing. Now that Ichijing suddenly asked this question, Jie suddenly felt cold sweat. Looking at the two men wearing sunglasses, she was confused for a moment and didn't know what to say. "Since you have established Shanyin Village, there is no reason to let others dictate. Besides, the daimyo promised you a lot before, and now he has broken his promise" Zhi Yuan looked at Jie and his expression slowly changed. The meaning of companion is now a bit just indifference. "Zhiyun is right, the village and the Daiming Mansion have equal existence, and the Daimyo has no reason to get involved! Jie, my lord is very optimistic about you, don't let me down." Ichii said with a smile. Hearing Yi Jing¡¯s words, Jie seemed to remember the scene where the adults taught him earnestly. If there were no adults, how could this village be like this? It's really unreasonable that the lord has developed the village, but the daimyo goes back on his words. Besides, I am a ninja, with missions and leaders as my core, so there is no reason to get closer to the daimyo! Thinking of this, Jie was heartbroken, gritted his teeth and said, "Don't worry, you two, Jie is a ninja, not a politician!" Zakaki naturally knows everything about the affairs of Shanyin Village, but at this moment, he has no time to worry about it. Zakaki, who had already left the Kingdom of Water, was about to visit the next friendly country, but he was distracted by something unexpected. . Bobby was summoned by his ancestor and returned to Linggui Island. Then this guy brought another piece of news that made Zakaki extremely excited. He could sign the contract! Therefore, all the mundane things that Zakmu Pidianpidian retreated to directly followed Bobby. At this moment, Zakaki and Bobby have arrived at another wonderful place, Bobby's home that he has not returned to for decades - Linggui Island. Text Chapter 222 The Forbidden Land of the Spirit Turtle Zakaki was undoubtedly surprised by the Linggui Island that surrounded the Chuji Sea. Zakmu's expression seemed to make Bobby quite happy. The latter said with pride and arrogance: "Boss, our Spirit Turtle Island is not ordinary. In ancient times, the Earth's crust moved and Spirit Turtle Island rose up. The Turtle Clan occupied this place, multiplied and multiplied, and eventually became the top clan of monsters! I think when the Turtle Clan was at its peak, even the Ten-Tails, we couldn¡¯t beat him! Have you seen the highest peak? That¡¯s our Turtle Clan. The clan¡¯s forbidden land is said to be connected to the earth¡¯s veins of the mainland. Only with his approval can we sign the contract!¡ª¡ª¡± "Bobby, did they say anything to you when you came?" It's always uncomfortable to be in an unknown environment, even if it's good for you. In fact, the biggest advantage that Oakwood has in the ninja world is not his personal strength, nor is Bobby's bug, but his understanding of the personalities of key characters, even the ultimate boss like Madara. Now that I have arrived at a place I have never seen or heard of in my previous life, it is inevitable that I feel a little uneasy. Zakaki looked at the towering main peak. Having just landed on the island, he could clearly sense the familiar yet huge and amazing energy. However, these energies gave him a strange feeling. This feeling told him that this trip would be a success. not simple! Oakwood sat on Bobby's back, looking around. Even though he had traveled all over the country these years, seeing the things on the island still made him feel like Grandma Liu had entered the garden. The mountains and rivers are intertwined, and there are all kinds of colorful turtles, big or small, lying or standing, swimming in the water, walking on the shore, resting on the mountains, and even some are doing weird dances in the sun. Don't doubt their movements, these turtles are not lying on the ground, but standing on their back feet and dancing back and forth with their front feet! Probably these turtles have lived through the years and seen the wind and rain, so they regard Bobby and the oak tree as nothing. Only occasionally does Bobby encounter a mature turtle and say hello. ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? When Bobby came to the shore, his neck kept twisting, and he seemed to be a little timid. There was a trace of cold sweat on his red scales. Bobby's expression really surprised Zakaki. After more than twenty years of interaction, Zakaki thought he knew this guy very well. He was basically a master who was not afraid of anything. When he was beating Eight-Tails, this guy kept complaining that he wouldn't let him do it. You can imagine how brave he was. Now that we have arrived at this lake that looks very peaceful, this guy is actually afraid of becoming like this. What's so fishy about it? "Bobby, what are you doing? This expression." Zakaki, who was lying on Bobby's back, kicked the turtle shell with his feet and asked in confusion. ¡°Boss, let me tell you, if you see the old man later, don¡¯t be stubborn with him. Just follow what he says and he won¡¯t hurt you anyway!¡± "Old man? Who is it, your father?" Zakaki became more and more puzzled. "Isn't that the old guy? In order to improve my strength, I went around fighting with other monsters. The old man hated me so much that he beat me because of it. You said that I didn't just do it to improve my strength, to rejuvenate my spirit. The Turtle Clan. I am not bragging, but in the entire family, except for the old man and the old man, who is my opponent? Aren¡¯t these all acquired through fighting with others! I really can¡¯t figure out why he is so slow?¡± Bobby muttered. "Are you trying to improve your strength? I think you just go out and cause trouble!" Zakaki looked at Bobby with contempt and said. "This - that's actually sometimes - but now look at when I have made trouble for others? Which fight was not for you? My son also helped you fight! By the way, I remembered it, I How is your son doing now? Follow your thick-browed apprentice." "It's not bad, he is also a famous figure in the ninja world." Zakaki said thoughtfully, "By the way, I just heard what you said and seemed to be very afraid of your father?" "That's not fear, it's respect. Although the old man is neurotic, in general, he is still very good¡ª¡ª" "You brat, are you saying bad things about me outside every day? After so many years, you haven't made any progress at all!" A thunderous voice came from the bottom of the lake. Zakaki and Babi were both stunned, with their mouths open and staring. Looking at the lake. A big bubble formed on the lake surface first, and then the water from the big bubble flowed to both sides. Crash¡ª¡ªa red turtle the size of a millstone and wearing a strange hat rose up from the water. The turtle stared at Bobby with eyes as big as copper bells and an angry look on his face. ¡°Dad¡ª¡ª¡± Bobby smiled, and the oak wood on Bobby¡¯s back could clearly feel his slightly trembling body. Uh¡ª¡ªit can make the unscrupulous Bobby become like this. You can imagine how serious the domestic violence of the old guy in front of you is. When the old turtle saw Bobby's appearance, the pendant on his hat swung from side to side, the wrinkles on his face relaxed, and he grinned, seemingly satisfied, and said: "This kid is the one who agrees with the contract."Or? It does have some strength! What's your name? " "Hello, old man. My name is Zakaki. Speaking of which, I have a close relationship with your family. Not to mention becoming a partner with Bobby. People in the world still call me Turtle Sennin. I owe it to the old man and the Spirit Turtle Clan. It¡¯s all gone.¡± Zakmu came up with a lot of flattery. "Well - yes, he is indeed the person recognized by the contract. He is indeed quite capable. He has not lost the prestige of our spirit turtle clan! Hahaha -" the old turtle said happily. "Okay, dad, let's stop talking. The old man is still waiting. If you delay his rest, you might be scolded again." Bobby saw his dad's look of not having enough fun and reminded him. said. "I know! Do you really think I'm old and stupid and need you to remind me? By the way, what's your name?" "Zakaki and Bobby both had black lines on their foreheads at the same time. They weren't stupid, just a little forgetful." When Zakwood, Bobby, and the old man came to the place where Xuanwu Immortal was, Zakwood was completely shattered. Bobby, the old man, and the old man were getting smaller and smaller, and the darker and darker colors were nothing. After all, concentration is the essence. . But Zakaki couldn't stand a turtle as big as a basin wearing sunglasses, sunbathing, drinking a glass of orange juice, and listening to the music that is now popular in the entire ninja world! This is simply a lie. Didn¡¯t it mean that the turtle family has not been born for almost a hundred years? How do you explain this music? The old man probably saw the uncertain expression on Zakaki's face, and seemed a little embarrassed. He said something first, but how could the ink-colored turtle, who was intoxicated in the music, hear it? "Old Master, the human being who affects the contract is here. Old Master, Old Master¡ª" The old man slowly walked to the ink-colored turtle and gave it a gentle push. The latter woke up slowly, took off his sunglasses, rubbed his sleepy eyelids, dozed off, took a sip of the juice next to him, "It feels so good!" After doing all this, the old man put on his glasses again , lying on the ground and fell asleep. ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? d What on earth is this? What kind of Xuanwu Immortal is this? He looks like a fool. Zakaki couldn't stop feeling dark in his heart. He raised his head and glanced at Bobby beside him. It was obvious that the same thought was revealed in his eyes. "Are you two little kids scolding me?" Xuanwu Immortal, who seemed to be sleeping, suddenly said something. Zakaki and Bobby's heads shook like rattles in a hurry. There was a burst of cold air on the oak tree's neck. Good guy, does this old turtle have the ability to read other people's thoughts? The same goes for Bobby. Why haven¡¯t I heard him say that before? Really, you don¡¯t even know the abilities of the boss of your own family, or what he is doing? When Bobby saw Zakmu¡¯s murderous look, he naturally knew what he meant, and felt a sense of aggrievedness in his heart. Xuanwu Immortal appears only once in a hundred years. How do I know his virtues? The first time I saw him was when I was beating Kyuubi. At that time, I had just grown up and then went out to hang out. This is also the second time I¡¯ve seen him! "They are really two interesting little guys. I won't talk nonsense. You should all be able to feel the energy of the main peak leyline. Third child, just take these two little guys to the Spirit Turtle Forbidden Land and let them get the inheritance. . I'm sleepy too, you go ahead." After saying that, the old man stopped talking and began to snore. When Bobby¡¯s father heard about the Forbidden Land of the Spirit Turtle, his body shivered suddenly. He looked at Zakaki and Bobby worriedly and said, ¡°Let¡¯s go, come with me.¡± Zakaki and Bobby followed the old man and slowly turned back to where they had just come. "Bobby, Oakwood, the forbidden area is no small matter. Do you really want to go?" "Eh? Dad, the Forbidden City is scary. Why is it so scary? There seems to be no real masters in our family except you and the old man? Then what else is scary?" Bobby asked doubtfully. "You know what the hell, the spirit turtle clan has a long lifespan. There are countless masters in the clan, and many of them cannot afford to sleep forever! The spirit turtle clan has a mission since they were born, and the spirit turtle forbidden land is the key to the mission. These spirit turtles who protect the forbidden land He is the real master. Although your half-hearted strength is pretty good, there are many people in the forbidden area who are better than you!" "I do not know how?" "You don't know much. Your second uncle is in a forbidden area! This time you go there without them making things difficult. If you don't do it right, you will die. I thought the old man would take you there, but who knew -" The old man Said worriedly. Zakaki looked at the highest main peak, his heart suddenly beat, and a trace of chakra came from the soles of his feet in that direction, "The forbidden land of turtles!" Text Chapter 223 The Giant Turtle Blocks the Road As long as something exists, it must have its own value. Just like the Spirit Turtle Forbidden Land in front of Zakaki, the Spirit Turtle Forbidden Land has existed since the Spirit Turtle Clan existed. If we really calculated, even the old man Xuanwu himself might not know about it. And the Spirit Turtle clan seems to have been guarding here, and even the name Xuanwu is determined by some things in the forbidden area! Zha Mu also has an understanding of the existence value of the Spirit Turtle Forbidden Land from Bobby. Simply put, the Spirit Turtle's treasure is there and needs to be protected, and the treasure is the earth contract! The earth carries all kinds of virtues. If the sea is the ancestor of all things, then the earth is the origin of the world. If we talk about Oakwood, the first thing that comes to mind is his unpredictable earth escape. The Dragon-Wandering Technique, Magma Yellow Spring Marsh, Rock Giant, and Ten Thousand Peaks Blooming are all ninjutsu that did not exist in the original ninja world, and they are also Oakwood's. Created by yourself! If you ask who is the most powerful person in this world, Zakaki would not dare to make an assertion, but when it comes to earth escape, I believe no one can compare with him, not even the Immortal of Six Paths! To be honest, although Zakaki has always regarded himself as a small person, he is still a little arrogant in his heart. After all, he is a time traveler. Why does his Six Paths sweep the world with his powerful blood stains? This world used to be the world of samurai and onmyoji, but some people later became the head of two families and became ninjas. A typical example of this is the Sage of Six Paths. Generally speaking, he is just a powerful person in Six Paths. Organizing the world with some foreign objects is a trivial thing after all! Taoism is the most simple thing, this is what Zakmu has always believed in. As long as you practice a technique to the extreme, you will eventually realize the Tao. This is also the fundamental reason why Zakumu Earth Escape has been constantly improving. What Oakwood is most proud of is the creation of Ten Thousand Peaks Blooming, which is guided by vitality and promotes rapid differentiation of soil to form mountain peaks and create huge combat power. There is no perfect ninjutsu in the world, and the same is true for Ten Thousand Peaks Blooming. Being guided by vitality means consuming vitality. The extraction of vitality comes from cells. If the cells are overloaded, they will age rapidly and their metabolism will accelerate. This will only have one consequence, which is the rapid loss of lifespan. After Ten Thousand Peaks Bloomed, Zakmu only used it twice, but the load brought by these two times was completely beyond Zakmu's expectation. Bobby naturally knew about the fatal flaw of Ten Thousand Peaks Blooming. In fact, when Zakaki conceived this ninjutsu, Bobby had guessed that this would be the result, but he did not stop Zakaki from doing this almost suicidal ninjutsu. Research, because he knows the earth contract guarded by the turtle clan! Bobby naturally didn¡¯t know about the signing of the earth contract, but when he saw the miraculous ninjutsu of Oakwood, he knew that there might be a connection, and that was the fact. Zakaki used Ten Thousand Peaks Bloom in his battle with Eight-Tails and established the Hidden Mountain Village, and he had experienced more or less tactile sensations when using this technique. Especially when establishing the Mountain Hidden Village and creating the eternal mountain peaks, Zakaki and Bobby got a hint at the same time. Zakmu didn't know this hint, but Bobby knew that it came from The news about the Linggui clan was also an opportunity for Bobby to return to Linggui Island. As expected, Bobby returned to Linggui Island soon after. Under the orders of the old man and Xuanwu, he led Zha Mu to Linggui Island and signed a contract. Earth Contract. Zakaki understood the purpose of coming to the forbidden land of spirit turtles. From the expression on Bobby's father's face, Zakaki knew that this time it would probably not be easy, and he would have to fight a few old turtles. Bobby said that no one in the entire Linggui Island was his opponent except his father and Xuanwu Immortal. That means his father is more powerful than him. Bobby's father said that Bobby's second uncle is in it. Bobby's father is the third uncle, so the second uncle is naturally more powerful than the third uncle. With Bobby's strength like this, one can easily imagine how good his second uncle is! "Bobby, how strong is your father?" Bobby looked back at the oak tree on his back and said with the slightest awe: "Although I don't want to admit it, I have to say that the old man is a character. Back then, it was said that the Nine-Tails came to Linggui Island to wreak havoc, and the old man actually fought against the Nine-Tails for a whole day. One night, everyone knew that Kyuubi's chakra was endless, and they didn't know what fatigue was. Later, the old man couldn't hold him back, but fortunately, Mr. Xuanwu showed up in time, beat Kyuubi half to death, and escaped in embarrassment." "Holy shit! So powerful? Why haven't I heard you say that before?" Zakaki cursed in his heart. Your father is about the same as Kyuubi, so isn't your second uncle even more powerful? Plus there are some old monsters inside, what the hell am I doing? Sign a gross contract? "This, actually, it's nothing. The boss's current strength is definitely not inferior to the old man, I promise!" Bobby naturally knew what Zakaki was thinking, and said a little doubtfully. "What is your second uncle's strength?" "have no idea." "I don't know? What are you doing?" "I never heard that there is a second uncle¡ª¡ª" "Well¡ª¡ª" After chatting with Bobby for a while, he seemed to feel more relaxed. After a while, he came to the edge of a canyon. The canyon is not very high, about tens of meters, but it is quite loose compared to ordinary canyons, and the sunshineDirectly shining from above, unlike the darkness and coldness of ordinary canyons, it gives people a warm feeling. The rock walls on both sides are covered with grass and trees. The soil on the canyon floor is soft and soft, flowers are in full bloom, and flocks of birds are chirping, full of vitality. No matter how you think about it, you can't imagine that this is a forbidden area for the turtle clan. At this moment, how can Zakmu and Bobby have the leisure to appreciate such beautiful scenery? Take three steps and two steps across the canyon to the end. At the end of the canyon is a mountain col, but this col is not as gentle as the one in the canyon just now. The rocks are bulging, the ground is bare and flat, and not even a blade of grass can be seen. It really feels like a world of ice and fire, plus the erected tower in front Three bare mountains, a chilling atmosphere came towards them. Suddenly, a strange feeling burst out from the bottom of my heart, like being hit by a heavy punch, and then the blood surged. The chakra in the body was no longer as gentle as usual. Like thousands of horses galloping, the chakra in the body began to benefit from the surface of the body and move towards the surroundings. Spread, the entire body is no longer under its control. Bobby felt the flow of oak wood chakra on his back, and was startled. He looked around and saw that the strange rocks on the mountain seemed to have absorbed some nutrients and grew crazily. Bobby seemed to have remembered something, stretched out his giant palm, and gave a handful of When it hits the ground, the chakra of the body rotates on the surface, forming a turtle shell-like protective body. Obviously, this is Bobby's absolute defense - "Xuanwu Body Protection". Perhaps it was Bobby's timely spell that hindered the flow of Zakaki's chakra. At this moment, Zakaki had recovered, but the paleness on his face still revealed the panic in his heart. ¡°I¡¯m not from the Spirit Turtle clan, but I dare to come here, I really don¡¯t know whether to live or die!¡± "Rumble¡ª¡ªthe cracking of the rocks could not stop the thunderous scolding. This scolding clearly reached the ears of Bobby and Zakmu in the bodyguard, which was really frightening. The fragments of rocks that hit the body fell to the ground one after another, and the mountain col returned to calm. Only then did Zhakumu and Bobby see a black giant turtle lying at the heel of the mountain, blocking the passage over the first mountain. Text Chapter 224 There are two more Since arriving on Linggui Island, I have seen not ten thousand but eight thousand turtles, big ones, small ones, fat ones, thin ones, playing cards, chatting, sunbathing, all kinds of strange and countless. Now, even if he sees a turtle having sex with a beautiful woman, Zakaki won't find it strange. There is not much time left for Zakaki to think blindly now. There is still a big turtle waiting for him to take care of. If he cannot pass this level and is not recognized by the Earth Contract, Ten Thousand Peaks Blooming is simply a self-exposed move! Zakushi moved his muscles and bones, feeling that the discomfort just now was gradually recovering, and began to think about the opponent in front of him. I have worked with Bobby for so many years, and although I have never seen other turtles take action, they must be similar to Bobby, especially those who can hang out in this forbidden land of turtles! Although he knew that his opponent would be tough, Zakaki was not too worried about it. After all, he had seen a lot of storms in recent years. What worried Zakaki was the sudden discomfort and the loss of chakra! Who knows if such a stupid place will be available to me again when I hit the target, it will be so exciting then. The giant turtle probably saw that Zakaki didn't care about him. He was angry at first, then sneered, pointed at Bobby with his huge palm and shouted loudly: "As a member of the spirit turtle clan, don't you know that forbidden areas are not allowed to be desecrated? What's more? And with outsiders!¡± The arrogant Bobby rarely got angry because of his opponent's disrespect. Instead, he humbly made a few moves that Zakaki couldn't understand, and said sternly: "Senior, little Bobby of the turtle clan, this person is mine. Partner. This time I came to the forbidden area under the instruction of Mr. Xuanwu. Please let me go." "Huh? Then why didn't Mr. Xuanwu tell me? You brat, you want to trap me. It's impossible to enter the forbidden area from here, unless you can hit me!" The turtle looked much taller than Bobby. The first line, coupled with the domineering face, looks really irritating. Zuo Mu, who was sitting on Bobby's back, looked down and saw that this guy was obviously angry. His four claws gripped the ground tightly, and the stones under his feet were crushed into powder under the huge force. "You old thing, If I give you a few colors, you can open a dyeing workshop! Do you think that Uncle Bobby can't beat you? Let me tell you, with your level, I can't even look down on you!" "Hmph! Boy, I, Richie, have not left the forbidden area for a hundred years. I never thought that a thing like you would appear in the spirit turtle clan. Since you want to go in and die, then I will help you! Water-iron cannonballs!" After saying this, the giant turtle opened his mouth. With a big mouth, a ball of black water shot through the air towards Zakmu and Bobby. Seeing the black water bomb, Zakaki was shocked, but he didn¡¯t think too much. He quickly formed seals with his hands, spat out three or two balls of soil from his mouth and sprayed them in front of him, "Earth Escape - Earth Current Wall!" ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? A crack suddenly opened in the bare mountain col, the extruded land immediately stood up, turning into a tall city wall blocking Zakwood and Bobby. As soon as the earthen wall was erected, a bang was heard, as if the buried explosive was ignited. In an instant, the stones on the earthen wall were blown up in all directions. Probably because the earth flow wall was too thick, the black water bomb did not penetrate the earth flow wall, but only left an astonishingly large crater. In terms of tactical effects, it is obvious that the soil flow of the beylum is high, which has against the attack of the opponent's water bomb, but is this the case? The answer is no. Now, our Mr. Zakaki is miserable. Before the battle, the huge loss of chakra in his body made Zakaki know that this thing would happen again. Sure enough, when the earth flow wall was first used, the chakra that should have been functioning normally under Yin's guidance seemed to have found some window of catharsis, and like the surging river water that opened the gate, it flowed out crazily along the pulse. Feeling uncomfortable, Zakaki quickly stopped performing the technique. Doryubi lost the maintenance of his chakra and fell down gloriously. "Boss, what's going on?" Bobby asked in confusion when he saw Zakmu's expression and the fallen earth flow wall. "It's a bit troublesome. The haunted place is really weird. I just used the earth flow wall, and the chakra seemed to be flowing out desperately. If I use other ninjutsu, I guess it will be even worse-" Zakaki Wrinkle Frowning, looking at the expression that Richie should have, he began to feel a little uneasy. "Young earth magic is good, but it's useless! Do you know where this place is? Since Master Xuanwu asked you to come, it must not be too far off. He still seems to have great hopes for you. I might as well tell you that the main peak here is connected to the veins of the earth. If you use earth-based magic here, you will naturally be restrained!" Although Rich looked calm on the surface, he was quite surprised in his heart. Over the past hundreds of years, there has been no shortage of Xiao Xiao, such as Onmyoji, etc. Most of those who can be found here are for the main line of the earth, and the techniques used are naturally based on earth. However, most of these great masters have lost too much energy due to the loss of too much energy. Lost combat effectiveness. Looking back at this person, the magic he just performed was very powerful, and he still has half of the energy in his body, which is enough to prove his control over earth-based magic. I dare not say that there will be no successor, but?As far as I know, it is absolutely unprecedented! It seems that Lord Xuanwu has chosen a good person! "Senior, I have a doubt, please clarify it." Zakaki looked around and saw that the bare main peak towering into the sky seemed to be inserted into the sea. ¡°Tell me about it¡ª¡ª¡± Richie looked at Zakaki and said with great interest. "Linggui Island is an island, and the main vein of the earth you just mentioned is here¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª" "Hmph! The sea needs the earth to carry it! Your questions are normal. Our spirit turtle clan has been protecting the main line of the earth since ancient times. In ancient times, there were countless people who coveted the earth contract. Even though our spirit turtle clan is powerful, facing The successive opponents will also be weak. The main vein controls the energy of the earth along the sea. In this way, our turtle family can reduce a lot of troubles and gain an advantage at the same time!" Richie glanced at the main peak and then at Bobby. , thinking secretly in his heart, this boy named Bobby should be the son of the patriarch, and coming with this human being this time is probably¡ª¡ªMaster Xuanwu is so scheming! Presumably so, there is no reason why the turtle family should not be involved in such things. Perhaps because he saw Richie constantly looking at him, Bobby became angry. The old guy really thought that he was a dishonor, and shouted loudly: "You old ghost is so rude. Since the boss can't use earth escape, I can still do it." fighting¡ª¡ª" "Boy, I'm not going to do anything anymore, you go ahead!" Richie glared at Bobby and Zakaki, turned around, and walked slowly towards the mountains. "Wait, why did senior let us go?" Zakaki asked in confusion when he saw Richie's behavior. "It's all fate - you guys have passed my side, but the next two old ghosts are not easy to talk to. They won't give up until they come up with something! I wish you good luck, two little ghosts!" Zakaki looked at Richie¡¯s back and smiled bitterly in his heart. This was not the typical situation where the thunder was loud and the raindrops were light! However, there are two more ahead¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª ps: Something happened yesterday, so I didn¡¯t update. There will be another update tonight. I haven¡¯t asked for votes for a long time. If you have any recommendations, please send me a chapter. Thank you! Text Chapter 225 Mud-absorbing pillar As soon as Qin Qi did it, Zakaki became nervous. Listening to what this old guy said, he definitely won¡¯t be able to use Earth Escape anymore. A oak tree without Earth Escape is a toothless tiger. Here are two powerful masters. By the way, one of them is Bobby¡¯s second uncle. Uncle, your father is so powerful, why are you so fucking stupid? While Zakaki was thinking about it, Bobby, who was carrying him, had already crossed the first mountain and came to the main peak and the col of the first mountain. Probably seeing Zakaki's uncertain face, Bobby made a rare joke: "Boss, aren't you scared? This is not like you! I remember that it was much harder when you avenged your teacher than it is now?" Bobby's words reminded Uzaki of the time when he fought against the Seven Ninja Swordsmen more than twenty years ago. Indeed, at that time in the Land of Waves, the Kiri Ninja used fake Shinnosuke to deceive his inexperienced self, and he was decisively deceived. , his left shoulder was pierced, and he lost his biggest advantage - the psychic Bobby. However, in the end, he moved back into the situation, killed two, and escaped one. Even the escaped Muri Jinpachi still died in his own hands in the end. In that battle, he It is considered his first appearance in the ninja world. Bobby was right, he would have had the last laugh in that situation, let alone now! Besides, I believe that Mr. Xuanwu will not let himself and Bobby die, right? Zakaki felt relieved when he thought of this, and grinned: "Are you scared? At worst, we won't sign this land contract!" "Anyway, I'm very confident, but I don't believe that the old man has nothing to do with us! Did you just see the guy named Rich? He said that there were many young people who coveted the land contract before, but they were repelled by him! He didn't ask What does it mean that we take action? Obviously, he thinks that we are very promising and are too lazy to do useless work!" Bobby said carelessly. "That's true, but he finally said that there are two old guys. Who knows if you weirdos of the turtle family will let us go? Didn't your father say that your second uncle is in there? Is that possible? Is it the Richie from just now?¡± "No! If we, the spirit turtle clan, have direct bloodline, we would be able to sense it. This one is definitely not my second uncle!" "At that moment, your second uncle will take action against us. I wonder if he will be merciful." "It's hard to say, I've never seen him! Why show mercy? We will still be afraid of them. Even if you can't use earth escape, don't you still have me?" "Where do you think the contract on the earth is? Except for three bare mountains, I really can't see any contract. Do you think it is on the top of the mountain?" "I don't know. But if I were an old man, I would definitely put the treasure under the mountain to prevent others from escaping!" Bobby said matter-of-factly. "Uh - I see you have a big head, right? Why are you so stupid? You can lift the mountain and put the contract underneath?" Zakaki looked at Bobby with disdain. "Well - that's necessary!" "wipe¡ª¡ª"¡­¡­¡­ Zakaki and Bobby chatted for a while, and soon they crossed the mountain col and climbed towards the top of the main peak. Just as Bobby's front paws touched the rock at the foot of the mountain, something happened: Rumble¡ª¡ªthe col where the two mountains just connected suddenly started shaking, like an eight-magnitude earthquake. The boulders at the top of the col were rolling down. Perhaps it was the excitement of seeing the col. The two connected mountain peaks also began to tremble. The so-called earth trembled and the mountains shook was nothing more than this! The boulders on both sides of the col and peak were all rolling down. After a while, the depressions in the col were filled with boulders, as if a mudslide had just occurred! I don¡¯t know how long it took, but the vibrations calmed down, and the boulders filling the depressions stopped shaking! Bang - Suddenly, the calm boulder seemed to be exploded by something, scattering in all directions. Two gray-faced figures lay out from the pile of rocks, it was Bobby and Zakmu. But the next scene made the two people who crawled out do a lot of useless work. Maybe they just pushed away the boulder and broke a certain balance. The boulder that was filled in the depression of the mountain rumbled and rolled downward again, as if they had just jumped. The beast that has fallen into the mire cannot escape the fate of being devoured no matter how hard it struggles. As the boulder fell, Oakwood and Bobby were also included. Perhaps because time was too fast, or the momentum of the boulder was too strong, Oakwood and Bobby were swallowed up together! After a long time, these huge rocks were swallowed up. At first glance, there was only a bottomless ravine left, spitting out a cold light! This ravine is also surprisingly wide. On both sides are the peaks that were just connected to the mountain col. To put it simply, the entire mountain col has been swallowed up! "Holy shit! Where is this place? Why is it all mud?" A voice sounded angrily in the darkness. Who is the owner of this voice if it¡¯s not Zakaki? Zakaki slowly struggled out of the quagmire, wrung out the water stains on his sleeves with his hands, and then wiped the dirt from his face. There was a glimmer of light in the distance, and with the sharp eyes unique to ninjas, he looked around at the surrounding environment, except for one person.?The endless quagmire, nothing. Zakaki didn't think too much, attached chakra to his feet and stood on the surface of the quagmire, calling Bobby's name while walking towards the light. I don¡¯t know how long it took, but Zakaki came to where the bright light came from. The light came from a two-meter-wide opening. Zakaki blocked the dazzling light with his hands and walked out of the opening step by step. Phew¡ªwhat an astonishing sight! This was Zakaki¡¯s first feeling when he saw the scene in front of him! The giant spherical space has holes on its walls that look like the place where the oak tree is standing. Mud is left on the side of the hole. This mud is the same mud that made the oak tree miserable. The mud flows out from the hole. , flowing at the sole of the platform at the spherical bottom, like a moat. In the center of the platform at the bottom is a huge pillar. This pillar is made entirely of soil and exudes an astonishing aura around it! Bang bang bang - a sound of fighting came to Zakaki's ears. Zakaki looked around and saw that two big turtles were engaged in a fierce battle in this spherical space! Who is that giant red turtle if it's not Bobby? Zakaki looked at the mud flowing downwards, and then took a closer look at the giant pillar absorbing the mud! Where is this? Without thinking again, Zakaki jumped to the spherical ground platform. This jump actually took thirty seconds. The opening where Zakaki was located was only in the center of the sphere. You can imagine how big the entire space was! Oakwood quickly rushed towards Bobby and the other fighting turtle, intending to go to support. At this moment, dozens of mud bombs suddenly shot from the mud river towards the oak tree! Feeling in danger, Zakaki shrunk his body and dodged the mud bomb. He was shocked. It seemed that there was another opponent! Text Chapter 226 The turtle with its legs in the air Zakaki dodged dozens of mud bombs, only to realize that there was not much chakra left in his body! Zakaki first looked at the strange mud pillars connecting the upper and lower ends of the huge spherical space, and then looked at the moat-like mud surrounding the bottom. A trace of doubt flashed in his heart. The mud bombs that suddenly exploded just now were obviously ejected from the mud river. Could it be that this thing has attack consciousness of its own? Just as Zakmu was thinking secretly, the mud in the mud river rolled to both sides, and a brown shell slowly floated up with yellow mud, and then a huge turtle head stretched out from the shell. The scales were still stained with water. Suddenly, the dripping eyelids opened, revealing bursts of light, and a rough voice rang out: "The uncle and nephew are having a great fight. Little guy, please don't get involved! Well, if you can come here and get Master Xuanwu's approval, it means that you still have some strength. Come here, Let me try your strength!" Zakaki looked at the big turtle with an arrogant face, and suddenly felt a bit bitter. Who is Zakaki? The majestic Turtle Immortal! There is no one in the ninja world who is not afraid of the news. Not counting Madara and Pain, who are not well known to the world, they are the well-deserved number one in the ninja world. Even Pain, Oakwood is confident that he is one or two better than him! It's good now that I was underestimated by a little-known turtle. Zakaki turned his head to look at the other big turtle who was already fighting with Bobby, and then looked at the guy in front of him with less than 30% of his chakra left, and there was another wailing in his heart. It seemed that others really looked down upon him. Your own money! Zakaki didn¡¯t answer the turtle in front of him, he was just on guard. Such a rough place is inexplicable, and now there is such a big turtle with extraordinary strength. If he is left outside, the oak tree will not be able to beat him, but after all, he has been here for who knows how many years, and the home field advantage is not ordinary. ! In addition, earth escape cannot be used now, and other moves are not very effective, so we can only rely on physical skills to entangle with the opponent to find out the truth and make some calculations. The big turtle looked at Zakaki and admired him in his heart. He was worthy of being recognized by Master Xuanwu. His aura of fearlessness alone was enough to be called a hero. How could he not know the strangeness of this place after being immersed in it for many years? This place is simply a bottomless pit that absorbs earth-based power. Not to mention that Zakaki uses earth-based spells here. Even if he himself has only one result, all his own energy will be absorbed by the main vein of Huangzhu! The pillar connecting the upper and lower ends is called the Main Meridian Huangfeng. The Main Meridian Huangzhu coordinates the power of the earth. It controls the distribution of energy in the major mountains around the world, thus indirectly controlling all the energy in the entire world. The changes and shrinkage of the land, one can imagine his sensitivity to the power of earth! For more than a hundred years, it is impossible to gain nothing under the main peak of the earth. The mud bomb just now is one of the gains. Although it cannot mobilize the huge energy of the main vein Huangfeng, a slight move is enough to destroy this one with less than 30% of the strength. opponent! The big turtle slapped its giant palm down, and the yellow mud in the mud river suddenly rose up, like a roaring giant wave, rushing towards the direction of the oak tree, "Boy, take the move! The Yellow River rushes!" Zakaki jumped up and escaped from the attack range of the giant wave. He took out two kunai and shot towards the big turtle's head. As soon as the kunai finished shooting, the huge waves behind him roared and rushed over again, and then this scene appeared: the oak tree jumped up and down, left and right, and the yellow mud waves kept chasing and beating, as long as the oak tree fell Wherever I crossed my feet, there were big pits made by fear. The oak tree on this side kept dodging, and the big turtle on the other side looked at the kunai that had just been intercepted, and grinned proudly. Didn't this kid fall from the ground and become stupid? You actually want to attack me with this crap! This big turtle discovered that the Yellow River surged and kept chasing the oak trees with no actual effect. He laughed secretly in his heart and asked you to hide. How can you hide when the ground is covered with thorns? I saw the giant turtle once again slapped its giant palm on the ground: "Loess stabs!" Zakushi, who had just escaped the huge waves of mud, was about to jump down. Suddenly, a sense of danger spread all over his body. As expected, cold yellow thorns appeared on the ground. If he went down, he would definitely be stabbed. It¡¯s so heartbreaking! Once upon a time, I was the only one who could do this to others, but today, I was the only one who did this to others! It¡¯s really a natural cycle, and retribution is unpleasant. Zakaki looked at the giant turtle's proud smile in the air, and felt angry in his heart, "Smelly bastard, since you are playing like this, don't blame me for being rude!" The giant turtle looked at the oak tree that had nowhere to fall in the air, and became more and more proud, but the next scene made him open his mouth wide. The oak tree in the air quickly formed seals, and the little chakra in his body began to spread out of the body. The flow path of carats is clearly his family¡¯s signature technique¡ªXuanwu Body Protection! Is there anyone in this world besides the turtles who can use this trick? Just as the giant turtle was thinking about it, the body protecting the oak wood still fell to the ground. With a few bangs, the body then landed with great momentum, smashing all the thorns below, and landed firmly on the ground. This was not the only thing that surprised the giant turtle. What happened next should be said to make him regret it! Just shot at the giant turtle and was stopped.The kunai suddenly turned into two balls of soil, like bamboo shoots growing taller after the rain. After a while, they reached the belly of the giant turtle. He was probably still shocked by the basalt body protection used by Zakaki, and also Or maybe the soil grew too fast and there was no time to react. The two balls of soil turned into quite thick pillars, directly pushing up the giant turtle! Then I heard a roar from the sky, moo¡ª¡ª Less than ten seconds after the giant turtle was propped up, the two pillars slowly turned into soil and collapsed. The giant turtle suspended in the air fell to the ground with a bang, with its feet in the air. You can imagine what it would be like for a turtle to be turned over on the ground. Even if it is a spirit turtle, it is still a turtle after all! Seeing the angry expression of the giant turtle, Zakaki didn't bother to pay attention to him, and strode directly in the direction of Bobby. But the feet that had just been moved were unwilling to move again. A wave of heat spread from the soles of the feet throughout the body. Based on intuition, Zakaki fixed his gaze on the huge earth pillar. Sure enough, the soil pillar seemed to want to tell something to the oak tree. The soil surrounding the soil pillar began to rotate crazily. Pieces of soil began to fall from a certain position on the upper end of the soil pillar, and then a pattern appeared at that position. , that pattern is very weird, although it doesn¡¯t look like anything, but whatever is on your mind, that pattern is what it is! "Boy, don't move!" The turtle, which was propped up on all fours, roared loudly at the dazed Zakaki. Obviously, he had forgotten his situation at this moment. What is the pattern that can make the turtle forget his situation? Text Chapter 228 Ground Zakaki looked at the barren land in front of him that was crushed by the blooming peaks of his own, with mixed feelings in his heart. Although this collapse solved his troubles, didn't it take away his last trace of thoughts? Even though Moriki, Dan, Keiko and those comrades-in-arms knew that they were just evolved shadows, they still couldn't help feeling sad. At the beginning, Zakaki was really in trouble when he saw the strange pattern. As a ninja, he could not gather the chakra in his body. It is natural to imagine the fear. After ten years in that unseen desolate land, , a hundred years, how can you clearly express the anxiety in your heart? At the beginning, Zakaki made a fatal mistake, which was to accept the energy without reservation. It was like a person's body suddenly became a hundred times larger, and the coordination of various parts of the body would naturally decrease, and even the energy in the body would decrease. Organs can be damaged due to excessive load. The energy that enters the body of the oak tree is not easy to deal with. They are the source that controls the mountains around the world. Although it is not violent, the inherent violence is enough to subvert all the chakra in the body of the oak tree. This is also the reason why the energy inside the oak tree is The fundamental reason why I am trapped in an illusion! Just when Zakaki got a glimmer of clarity, a roar from Bobby was heard. This roar made Zakaki completely understand the truth. The energy just now was undoubtedly related to earth, and Chakra It cannot be used. Directly use the life force to guide them to create thousands of peaks blooming. No matter it is an illusion or a space, it is enough to tear apart and relieve one's predicament! The few turtles outside watched the mud that was originally entangled with the oak tree slowly slide down, and they understood that the oak tree was almost out of trouble. The expressions of these turtles could only be described as rich: Uncle Bobby and Na only threatened to teach the oak tree a lesson. Mu's turtle's face was full of worries, doubts, and even fear, Xuanwu Immortal touched his chin and his face was full of joy, and Bobby just barely jumped up! "Sir, the brilliant map has appeared, and the main peak has been relocated! There is still a chance now!" Second Uncle Bobby's eyes were filled with murderous aura, and he squinted at the oak tree. After Uncle Bobby finished speaking, the turtle with its legs in the air supported by the oak tree walked up to the Xuanwu Immortal and nodded, looking at the oak tree with half of its body covered in mud with a murderous expression. Seeing the performance of the two turtles, Bobby hurriedly stopped in front of Zakaki, looked at the two family seniors who wanted to take action with a wary face, and said sternly: "Old man, the boss is my partner, the turtle family seems to have never The habit of attacking your companions!¡± "Yete, Milo! Have you been ignorant of the world for a long time and forgotten the traditions of our turtle clan?" Xuanwu Immortal said with a smile. "We know, sir, but this matter is not trivial. If the main line of the land is really relocated, our Linggui Island will be annihilated by the ocean, and the achievements of our ancestors will be destroyed! Even if I risk becoming The sinner is in danger, and this person must be killed here!" said Bobby's second son, Sensen. "Mi Luo, how could I not know? It is exactly as you said, when the main vein of the earth moves, the foundation of Linggui Island will be connected to the earth again, and any big wave is enough to destroy Linggui Island." Immortal Xuanwu continued to smile. Bobby, who was standing in front of Zakmu, hesitated a little. Looking back at Zakmu, his expression became complicated. "Sir, since you know, why don't you kill the danger? Once this kid really masters the secret of the Huangtu, the consequences will be disastrous!" Another turtle named Yete said excitedly. "I know what you mean, but who said the Lord's Summit will move?" Xuanwu Immortal said with a smile. Bobby was confused by these words, and looked at the Xuanwu Immortal nervously, but his body protected Oak even more tightly. Immortal Xuanwu naturally saw Bobby's little move and ignored him, and continued: "The Huangtu is a symbol of the main vein of the earth. The main vein of the earth regulates the entire earth, and the earth nurtures all things. According to the inheritance of my spirit turtle family, the appearance of the Huangtu does mean that the main vein has moved, but the situation in front of me is different! I remember that day I I was still sleeping when I suddenly felt the main veins fluctuating. The bright map showed that it was related to this boy Bobby. I was wondering at that time, when did our turtle family have a genius? Looking again, it turns out that there is still a genius. There is one person, and that is the kid in front of me! In short, the fate of this cannot be explained clearly in a few sentences. " "But what if the main peak moves? Master Xuanwu, we can't afford to take this risk!" Uncle Bobby still looked at Zakaki with a murderous look on his face. "Your name is Milo. Let me tell you, don't think that you are my second uncle and I dare not take action. Didn't you hear what the old man said? This is a consensual thing. What are you stopping? Besides, what the old man means is that the main pulse is not It will definitely move!" Bobby yelled at his second uncle. "What do you know, you brat? This is related to the survival of our turtle clan! ¡ª¡ª" Before Milo could finish speaking, a sudden change occurred. The mud wrapped around the oak tree was about to fall, but the sludge on the bright pillar was about to fall. Suddenly, four streaks of mud flew out, like four whips, rushing towards Zakwood's limbs respectively.??Then the oak wood was like a puppet being led, shaking with the four streaks of mud. What happened in an instant caught the turtles by surprise, and they could only watch helplessly as Zakaki was manipulated. The hanging oak tree still didn't seem to wake up. The pull of the mud brought the oak tree to the front of the Huangtu at the top. Mu Mu, who was holding his left hand, yanked upwards, and the left hand of the oak tree stuck to the Huangtu map. . How could Zakaki not feel a series of changes, but at this moment he lost control of his body. There is no doubt that it was the energy that entered the body at the beginning. These energies seemed to deliberately suppress the central anterior gyrus of Zakaki's brain, blocking the Chemical signals transmitted by other nerves. The moment his left hand touched Huangtu, another energy hit his soul. With a clang, Zakmu's ears seemed to have been shaken by someone with a big bell. At this moment, Zakmu could clearly feel that his soul was being shaken. A mark was planted, and I vaguely felt that it was the word "µØ"! At the same time, Bobby's body below suddenly twitched, and a gleam flashed in his eyes. "Successful!" Immortal Xuanwu looked at the flashing white light on the Huangtu with a smile on his face. Then, Immortal Xuanwu fixed his gaze on Bobby, "Bobby, do you feel it?" "Old man, are you talking about the word 'land'? Is that the contract of the earth?" Bobby said with some excitement. "Haha, it's true. I never thought that someone could really be recognized by the Earth Contract!" Xuanwu Immortal looked up and said with a smile: "That boy above, come down. I know you have woken up. That energy is slow." Slowly adapt, I guess you won't be able to master it every one or two years! Next, our turtle clan will have to rely on you to stabilize the main line of the land! It's you who are making trouble!" Text Chapter 229 White Snake Immortal At this moment, Zakaki had fallen to the ground, but his empty body revealed his weakness. If he hadn't just heard Xuanwu Immortal say that he had to stabilize the earth's main veins by himself, Zakuki would have fainted long ago! Just when Zakmu closed his eyelids and fell asleep, the mud river and the mud in the circular hole in the spherical space began to flow crazily, and it seemed to be stimulated by something. "Two brats, hurry up and use the earth contract you have mastered to channel this energy to the brilliant map of the earth's main peak, otherwise the earth's main veins may really move!" Immortal Xuanwu said with a serious face. Zak Mu Qiang braced himself and looked at Xuanwu Immortal with a puzzled expression, while Bobby, who was not far away, was even more confused. Milo and Yete looked at Bobby and Zakaki with complicated expressions on their faces, including anger, expectation and disbelief. Immortal Xuanwu didn't seem to know the confusion of Zakmu and Bobby. He shrank his head into the turtle shell, and his body slowly merged into the soil and disappeared in front of everyone! "What do you mean, old man? Let us solve it, but you don't tell us anything! How to start?" Bobby said anxiously while looking at the place where Xuanwu Immortal disappeared. "If you have time to complain, it's better to think about how to solve the mess in front of you! Did you see the rioting mud in the cave? They seem to be heading towards that pattern. I guess that pattern is the hub that controls the mud, but this hub can withstand Energy is limited, and once the energy exceeds its endurance range, abnormalities will occur!" Zakaki glanced at the rising mud around him, and then fixed his gaze on the pattern with a faint white light. "Boy, you are right. In a certain sense, the Huangtu is Huangzhu's display. Once the power received by Huangzhu from the mountains around the world is too abnormal, the Huangtu will display it. We have been here for hundreds of years, I have never seen a brilliant map appear in the world, and this situation in the main vein space is unheard of! All this only shows one fact, that is, the main vein is about to move. Once it becomes a fact, Linggui Island will be swallowed by the sea! All of this It¡¯s because of you!¡± Bobby Erbomiro said bitterly. "I understand! No wonder the Earth Contract agrees with the boss. It turns out that the boss used Ten Thousand Peaks Bloom to cause fluctuations in the power of the earth. In this way, Huang Tu, who controls all the mountains, can sense it! Boss, you are really powerful!" Bobby said. He looked at Zakaki with admiration. "Now is not the time to talk about this. Find a way to balance the energy. If the Huangtu doesn't move, the crisis may be solved!" "That's nice to say. Do you think energy is so easy to soothe?" When Yete heard Bobby's words and Zakaki's analysis, he felt a little more admiration in his heart. He could rely on his own tricks to make Huangtu sense him, and he could still do it in such a short period of time. Taking time to analyze the key to the problem is really valuable! But the master's dignity still made him insist on something, so he looked at Zakaki with disdain. Zakaki ignored Yete's provocation, and with the last bit of strength in his body, he jumped on Bobby's back and said: "Bobby, now that my power has completely disappeared, I can only use that trick at this time!" "Understood!" Bobby gave Zakaki a reassuring gesture, and then centered on the two of them, the vortex of chakra flew up, "Kame Sennin mode!" A shadow wearing a tortoise shell-like armor suddenly jumped up, stepping on the rising mud, and came to the side of the Huangtu in a few flash steps¡ª¡ª Somewhere in Ling Gui Island, a turtle -sized turtle with sunglasses, sunbathing with sunbathing, picking up a cup with fruit juice from time to time, and then humming a few words that could not be understood. Who is this turtle if it's not Old Master Xuanwu? "My God, is it true that the earth's main veins won't move at all?" A red-brown turtle the size of a millstone couldn't help but slandered the old man Xuanwu who was leisurely and contented. "Haha, third child, why are you like those two fools Milo and Yete? How can the main vein of the earth be moved so easily? I just want to let Bobby and Zakmu fully experience the real power of the earth. Otherwise, they may not be able to truly master it one day, and they may have a treasure that they won¡¯t need for the rest of their lives!¡± "But doesn't it say in the family's inheritance that the brilliant map appears and the main line moves? Also, didn't you also say that they can master the power of the earth in two or three years, why bother to do more? What if something happens? The gain outweighs the loss, after all, the power of the earth is not something that the two of them can resist in a short time!" Immortal Xuanwu glanced at him suspiciously, and said with a smile: "As expected, you still went. I don't know how many years have passed since the incident between you and the second child. Why should you persist in it? It was a mistake during the battle in Shigu Forest. Without him, in that case, if we save Babi¡¯s mother, Immortal Slug will definitely die, and the sending of troops by our turtle clan will be meaningless.¡± "I know, I don't blame the second brother, it's just¡ª¡ª" Xuanwu Immortal stretched out his claws to block Bobby¡¯s father¡¯s words, ¡°I understand what you mean, and you also know that weThe Turtle Clan was forced to make a promise to that guy, never to interfere with the world's chores again, but an interesting person appeared after that guy's death. This person seems to be tearing up the conditions of that promise, so naturally we have to do something Prepare! " "You mean the Ten-Tails might appear again?" "That's right! Haha, it's just my guess, but it's always good to take precautions before they happen. That's why I didn't bother. By the way, the White Snake Immortal seems to have become active recently." "Well, Longdi Cave has been discovered. It seems that the White Snake Immortal also wants to imitate the Toad Immortal¡ª¡ª" Bobby and Zakmu lay motionless on the ground, looking at the mud that had calmed down. "Boss, don't tell me, this is really not done by human beings. I didn't even feel this tired after beating four and five tails!" "Nonsense! After all, for a short while we played the role of the Huangtu, even if it was only one thousandth of the Huangtu! But it really made me feel like a mountain is standing tall, that is the power of the earth! If I could control it ten thousand times One, who in this world is still my opponent? No, one in 100,000 is enough!" "Well, I used to think that my power was top-notch in this world, but now I see that I am just a frog in the well! Such a huge power is too terrifying! Thank you that we are only playing a guiding role, otherwise we would be exploded in an instant Bar?" "No wonder they said that the Huangtu appears and the main veins move. Once the Huangtu appears, the energy of the earth will surely riot. The main veins cannot bear the power of the earth at all and will naturally run away. Fortunately, everything is fine. So, The purpose of our trip is almost over, it¡¯s time to go home!¡± Text Chapter 230 Daimyo and Zetsu "Haha, I didn't expect Ichii-kun to be so fast. He solved all the internal problems of Shanyin Village in just two days. He is indeed the proud arm of Zakaki!" Orochimaru held the information sent by Kabuto in his hand and said with deep meaning. Looked at Kabuto. Kabuto didn't seem to care much about Orochimaru's strange look. He spread his hands and smiled, shrugged and said: "Master Orochimaru, this is nothing. Mr. Ichii was the head coach of one side as early as the Third Ninja War. If he can't solve the problem of Yama I would be surprised to see those little shrimps from the Hidden Village. Besides, he has those eyes." "Well, it's a pair of enviable eyes. As far as I know, the one named Yanaga Chihiro also has a Sharingan. This should have been taken away by Takaki when he was forced out of Konoha by the Uchiha clan, right? By the way, Takaki His vision is really good. Just two people can use the Sharingan so well, and Kakashi from Konoha. These people seem to be really amazing!" "Lord Orochimaru, whether it's Mr. Ichii, Kakashi, or Tomohiro Yanaga, who I haven't met yet, although these people can use the Sharingan very well, they can't get rid of the fact that using the Sharingan After all, their bodies are not from the Uchiha family. This is the genius of Orochimaru-sama. I believe that after getting Sasuke, you will be able to use the Sharingan perfectly!" "Haha, Kabuto, you are really good at it! You are right. How can it be so simple to truly master the power of Sharingan? Even that old guy from Konoha only knows a little bit! Uchiha Itachi, I Isn¡¯t it fun to defeat you with your brother¡¯s eyes? Hahaha¡ª¡ª¡± Orochimaru seemed to see Uchiha Itachi lingering in front of him, smiling sinisterly, which immediately made the already dark and cold room even colder. got up Zakaki stood on the mountain peak he built on the edge of Shanyin Village. Looking at the village he built with his own hands, a smile appeared on his lips. It seems hard to believe that a village that was almost destroyed could be turned into the sixth largest village in a short period of time! He is as strong as Pain, but he only retreated to a place like Hidden Rain Village; he is as powerful as Madara, but he was driven out of Hidden Rain Village like a lost dog! Rows of houses with red roofs and green tiles, criss-crossing streets, and bursts of lively cries are clearly the words for prosperity. Zakaki looked down at the peak at his feet, and his heart was filled with pride. "The mountain will not fall, but the will will last forever." These will all become a reality! The previous oak trees used their vitality to control the mountains and stabilize their energy. After a few years, they will truly stand in the world, but there will eventually be land migration. No one knows whether they will change due to the land migration. Of course, this refers to after the oak tree dies. It won't happen now, because Oakwood signed a contract with the earth! Although today's oak wood is not said to be able to control the power of mountains on the earth like Huangtu, it can connect the power of these four mountain peaks to the nearest large mountain range, allowing the root power of the five mountain ranges to gather together and accept Huangtu's The arrangement means that even if the oak tree dies after many years, these four peaks will still exist in the world, allowing the eight words "the mountain will not fall, but the will will last forever" to truly penetrate into the soul of the hidden mountain village! Create traces of the existence of oak wood! Zakaki looked at the several shadows walking quickly towards him on the roof, and felt quite pleased. Being able to have this warning was a bit of an improvement, and he looked a bit like a big village. Looking from a distance, who is the leading man wearing sunglasses if he isn't Yi Jing? Could it be that he knew he was back? With questions in his mind, Zakaki jumped down from a mountain peak hundreds of meters high. "My lord, are you back?" Ichii, who was wearing sunglasses, saluted Zakaki and said with a smile. "How did you know I was back?" "Sir, don't forget, our intelligence system is very good. When you entered Yuno Country, spies saw you. I guessed that it was almost time, so I always asked the patrol ninjas to pay attention As expected, you are back at this time." Ichii waved his hand behind him, motioning for the subordinates who were following him to get out of the way, and then continued: "Sir, the clowns in the village have almost been dealt with." "Well, I would be surprised if you couldn't deal with them. By the way, have Chi and Fukiishi come back?" "They came back three days ago. Did you really go to Mr. Bobby's hometown? I haven't heard of such a place before, but I have often heard of Mt. Miaomu as mentioned by Mr. Jiraiya." "Haha, I went, and I got a treasure." Zakaki felt happy, excited, and of course shocked about this trip to Linggui Island. The source of the shock was a few things said by the old man Xuanwu: First , the ancient demon clan fought against the turtle clan and once went to the Shiggy Forest to rescue the Slug Immortal; secondly, the reason why the turtle clan was not born in the first place was because they had an agreement with the Six Paths; thirdly, the condition of the agreement turned out to be the Ten Tails. Xuanwu Immortal would naturally not tell him the details, butLet yourself pay attention to a person, and the person in his mouth must be Madara. Is it possible that Xuanwu Immortal really knows something? Zakaki thought of the turtle lying in the sun sunbathing and wearing sunglasses. Did that silly-looking guy really have something in his belly? "Sir, there is one more thing we need to prepare for in advance. The daimyo and the guys from the Akatsuki organization seem to be in contact!" He said with a frown and some annoyance. "Contacted someone from the Akatsuki organization? Who? Do you know what they said?" "According to the news from the people around the daimyo, it's a guy wearing a pitcher plant on his head. I don't know what he said. There seem to be two other guys wandering around the country of Yu. Do you want to kill them?" "The Nepenthes thing is absolutely right. Don't move on the Akatsuki organization. Now is not the time to avoid alerting the enemy. But the Daimyo needs to move. You must first calm down the enemy. By the way, there are not two Daimyos. Do you want a son? Let¡¯s see which one is suitable and help him get the position when the time comes.¡± Zakaki thought of the daimyo¡¯s appearance of being sure of victory in everything, and he couldn¡¯t help but feel angry in his heart. What kind of tyrant is he? Let¡¯s get rid of you as soon as possible. How can you still do it? What a big wave it can make! "Leave it to Chi to do this. This kid is always restless." "Well, the boy named Amaterasu who is under my command is very talented. In another year and a half, I believe he will be able to take control of the daimyo's intelligence department." "It's good to boil the frog in warm water, but it must be solved within two years, otherwise it will be very troublesome if the daimyo really tricks us. Especially the gang of bastards organized by Hexiao! The daimyo and Zetsu are interesting! The territory is interesting! The Akatsuki organization should be Hidan and Kakuzu, right?" Text Chapter 231: Trivial Matters Hidden in the Mountain In the blink of an eye, it had been a few days since Zakaki returned to Shanyin Village, and Komori and Yumi were already on their way back. In fact, it seemed stingy of Zakaki to arrange for them to stay in Otoyin Village. This is not to be blamed on Zakaki, after all, the mother and daughter he cares about most in his life are them. As for the jaw-dropping relationship between Komori and Orochimaru, Zakaki was also unexpected. Who knew that this mysterious boss would fall in love with our little girl? Who would have known that our daughter and this guy were intimately involved? In the end, he somehow managed to get her to recognize this guy as her godfather! How did Tsubasa know that just because of Orochimaru, the godfather, Komori, who was called the princess of Otogakure and Yamagakure, was so unscrupulous! Zakaki walked on the streets of Shanyin Village with small steps, saying hello to passers-by from time to time. Looking at the quite prosperous streets, he did not feel irritated by the noise, but felt a little more relaxed and peaceful. After months of fighting, Zakaki was exhausted. Now looking at the real lives performed by ordinary people, Zakaki felt his own life from the bottom of his heart. "Sir Tang Ying, try our spicy meatballs, they taste good!" A boss wearing a white chef's hat held two bunches of meatballs and handed them to Zakaki, looking at him expectantly. Zakaki looked at the boss¡¯s expectant eyes and felt that it was hard to refuse. He simply took the two skewers of meatballs, opened his mouth and bit down one, chewed it twice in his mouth, and suddenly a soft and spicy feeling filled his heart. Zakaki squinted his eyes, gave a thumbs up, then bit another one, and said with a smile: "Haha, it's really good, thank you so much!" When the boss heard Zakaki's compliment, his eyebrows and eyes were squeezed together, he grinned, revealing a row of white teeth, scratched the back of his head and said: "Oh, you are so complimentary. Since you think it's good, eat more, I There are a lot of them here!" After the boss said that, he took out a handful of skewered meatballs from the shop behind him and handed them to Zakaki. "That's so embarrassing!" Zakaki took the ball and just reached out to take the money from his pocket, then he realized that he was wearing work clothes and didn't have a penny with him. Zakaki handed the meatball back to the boss's hand and said with a smile: "Haha, forget it, I'm not particularly hungry. Let's eat it another day." The boss looked at Zakmu and naturally knew what he meant. He rubbed his hands and said, "Sir, you think highly of me and don't despise us, the things that have given rise to ordinary people. That's our prosperity. How can we ask you for money? Besides, You have done so much for the village, I am afraid that people like me can only do this kind of thing to repay your great kindness!" "What do you mean? Since I am Tang Ying, I have the responsibility to protect the village and the villagers here. Why am I asking you for repayment? As long as the villagers in the village can live a good life, it is best for me as the village chief. I'll repay you!" As soon as Zakaki finished speaking, he turned around and saw that the street was already crowded with people. These people all held more or less things in their hands, including fruits, pastries, meat and vegetables! The old man closest to Zakmu held a bag of fruit in his hand. He came close to Zakmu and said in a pinch: "Sir, you - please take it -" "Well, old man, what is called no reward for no merit!" Zakaki quickly waved his hand and refused. Zakaki knew that you can't accept the things you have. Once a precedent is set, the things of these people will definitely annihilate them. When the old man heard what Zakaki said, he twisted his white eyebrows and said with a trace of anger: "Sir, you said this yourself. If it were anyone else, even those ninja masters, I would hit the old man hard with a cane. Knock him on the head! Old man, I have lived in this village for seventy years. Although I don¡¯t understand politics and economics, I see that the number of passers-by and the number of rich people coming to issue tasks in the village are ten times more than before. Not only that! But I know that my business is much better than before! I know that after other villagers from big villages came to our village, they no longer have the same arrogance as before! I know that the backbone of us people is competing outside. You were standing straight before! Who dares to say that you have no merit? My lord, although this thing is not valuable, it is the old man's wish. You have to accept it no matter what, otherwise I will kneel here, old man!" Old man After saying that, he was about to kneel down. The Shanyin villagers behind him also started to boo, holding out the things in their hands and shouting loudly in the direction of the oak tree asking the oak tree to take it. How could that scene be so spectacular? Zakaki supported the old man who was about to kneel down, and said helplessly: "The old man can't help it. I'll accept your things, but we made an agreement. It's just this once, and we won't do it next time!" "Okay, okay, that's right! The old man just put the things here. You have a lot of things to do, so I won't disturb your work." The old man saw that the oak tree was about to accept the things, and the cracked skin seemed to be in full bloom. Like a flower, he put the thing in Zakmu's hand with a smile, turned around and left the crowd, leaving only a thin back. "Sir, I put my things here!"  "Sir, the vegetables grown at home are placed here!" "This is a hen raised by my family. I heard that my wife has given birth to a princess for our Shanyin. She needs to be cared for. You can take it back -" Zakaki looked at the simple eyes of the villagers in Shanyin and the heartfelt gratitude. He became more and more moved in his heart and bowed to the villagers who put their things on the ground and turned around to leave. When the crowd was almost clear, he waved to the patrolling Hyobu ninja and said, "Please sort out the things and take them back to my house. It's best to find the owners of these things, and then give them money according to their market value!" "Yes, sir!" "Have you sent someone to contact the Daimyo of Yuno Country?" A man with a black steel nail on his nose said to a man wearing a mask next to him, with a hint of dissatisfaction in his tone. "It's nothing. There's no need to make a fuss. I just don't want our plan to be interfered by unknown factors." The man wearing the mask said nonchalantly, and then continued: "Jutsu has brought news. The name of Yu Zhiguo seems to be We can make good use of it, once our plan is fully launched, Hidden Mountain Village may be a good help." "Do you think Shanyin Village will be controlled by the Daimyo of Yuno Country? How can Zakaki be so easy to deal with? I'm afraid that you will not make good use of the Daimyo of Yuno Country, but you will gain an enemy in vain." "Penn, do you have other thoughts about Oakwood?" "That's not true, I just don't want to alert the enemy. The capture of One-Tail is about to begin. Also, Hidan and Kakuzu from Yu no Kuni will be back soon, so the mission needs to be rearranged!" Text Chapter 232: Master, let¡¯s go quickly Sitting in the office, Zakaki always felt restless. Even though he had been reviewing manuscripts all morning, the boredom in his heart still lingered. Zakaki threw the documents on the desk and walked to the window, looking through the huge glass to see the entire mountain hidden village. The condensed light flashed, and a bright light was refracted from the lake surface into Zakaki's eyes. The bright spot was the small lake surrounding Zakaki's family in the center of the village. With his extraordinary eyesight, Zakaki saw that the door to his home was tightly closed, and Yumi and Komori hadn't come back yet. By the way, Yumi and Komori! Zakaki's heart suddenly tightened when he thought of their mother and father. Could it be that something happened to them? The Kingdom of Tang and the Kingdom of Tian are on the border. Logically speaking, there shouldn't be any accidents. No, I can't control that much! "Come here, call me Fukiishi!" Before Zakaki finished shouting, the Hy¨­bu ninjas outside the door knelt on the ground on one knee. After Tsukaki finished speaking, these Hy¨­bu ninjas all left the office and looked towards the four sides. Dispersed in one direction. After a while, Fukiishi, who was wearing a Yamagakure vest, arrived in front of Takaki. Looking at Takaki who was frowning, Fukiishi couldn't help but wonder. Now that the war is over, why is the master still looking like this? Is it possible that something happened? What's up? "Sir, what's the matter with you calling me here?" The irritable Zakaki did not exchange greetings with Fukiishi and directly said: "Where are Madam and the others now?" "According to the speed of Madam and her party, they have probably arrived at Osaka Castle in the Country of Yu by now." "Osaka Castle, have you gone to get married?" "Because there are Kimimaro and Jugo, and we have already arrived in Yuno Country, I only sent a small team to pick them up. What's wrong, sir? Could something have happened?" Fukiishi saw that Takaki was still tight. The furrowed brows reminded me of the identity of the madam and the little princess. If something happened, it would be a big mess! Thinking of this, Fukiishi was a little frightened. "It's nothing. Maybe I'm unfounded. Let's do this. I'll go and see what's going on here. You two can discuss it." Zakaki thought of Hidan and Kakuzu who were still wandering around the country of Yu. Who knows? Will they meet Yumi by chance and catch them to exchange money? You must know that there are many people placing bounties on their heads now, so Yumi and the others are naturally very rare! Although Jugo and Kimimaro are pretty good, if they really encounter the immortal duo, who knows what might happen? "Sir, how about I send a squadron?" Fukiishi heard that Takaki was going to go to the rescue in person, and thought he was some serious opponent, so he hurriedly said. "No, you don't know my strength yet? If I really can't do it, there's no big use in having an extra team of people! Go ahead, I'm going over there now!" "Yes, Sir!" Fukiishi lowered his head and just bowed, when he felt the figure of the Lord flashing. When he looked up, he had disappeared. "Isn't something really going to happen? If something happens, it will be over. Forget it, let¡¯s send another team of people!¡± Kimimaro, Jugo, and an escort team from Yamagakure were guarding Yumi and Komori. The word "the visitor is evil" was imprinted in everyone's mind, and they all looked at the pair of weirdos blocking the way in front of them with wary expressions. . Kimimaro, the strong man awakened by the blood stains on the corpse, could clearly feel the power of the two people opposite him. It would be okay if it was him and Jugo, but there were two extremely important people standing behind him, and this child seemed to have a strong interest in Orochi. Lord Maru is still very important. I have followed Lord Orochimaru for so many years and I have never seen him look at people like that. Since it is something that the Lord wants to protect, I must protect her even if I risk my own life. Safe! Kimimaro looked up at the fire cloud robes worn by the two weirdos across from him, and was suddenly shocked. That was clearly an organization that Orochimaru participated in in his early years. Every member has the strength of Lord Orochimaru! Kimimaro glanced at Jugo and said, "I'll stop them in a moment. You take the madam and the little princess to move. These two people are a bit tricky." "Kimimaro, I'm here to stop them. You take Master Mu away, your body won't allow it at all!" Chonggo could naturally feel the strength of the two people opposite him, and he also knew how Kimimaro could let him do it with his old body. Something that is almost equal to death? It's rare to disobey Kimimaro. "Just because I am about to die, I will be of no use to Orochimaru-sama, and therefore have no value in existence. You are different. I know that you can find the meaning of existence from Mr. Zakaki, and you can also control your murderous intention. , I believe you will live a good life! Besides, if I really give up this body, maybe I can help Lord Orochimaru get rid of his enemies!" Kimimaro stretched out his right palm, and a bone knife appeared in his hand. "But¡ª¡ª" "No need to, please leave quickly, otherwise you won't be able to leave!" Kimimaro said angrily. ¡°Kimimaro¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡±   "Oh - I can't believe that Orochimaru has such a person in his hands. It's really beyond my expectation! By the way, that brown hedgehog-haired boy, what did you just call that woman, Master? You worship me as your big brother. Are you ready to become a master? Come on, let me see how Big Brother is doing as his apprentice?" The evil-looking man carrying a scythe said arrogantly. "Hidan, you always seem to like to talk. What's the point of being an apprentice or not? Just kill them! We don't have that much time to talk nonsense. This operation is behind the organization's back. To silence everyone this time, that woman named Yumi is worth it. That¡¯s a lot of money! However, I heard that kid¡¯s name is Kimimaro, and he must be the corpse vein of the Taketori clan under Orochimaru, so it¡¯s a bit difficult to deal with!¡± "Hey, hey, Kakuzu, you are so boring! Didn't you see me reminiscing about old times? That woman is my sister-in-law, and the little girl is also my niece. Now if you want to kill them, you have to let me talk about it. Right?" Hidan's dissatisfied opponents both yelled. "Since you know that they are the teacher's relatives and you call the teacher your eldest brother, why do you still attack them?" Chonggo yelled angrily. "Kid, what do you know? People who believe in the evil god don't need relatives! Brother may be bewitched by this woman, so of course I have to help him solve it! Dedicate these people to the evil god, and wait until brother wakes up. You¡¯ll thank me!¡± "Jugo, don't talk nonsense, take Madam and the others away quickly!" Kimimaro held the bone knife across his chest, trying to block the pursuit of the weirdo in front of him. At this moment, Jonggo also grabbed Yumi and said solemnly: "Master, please leave quickly!" Text Chapter 233 Pursuit Yumi held Komori Mei in her arms and looked at Jugo and Kimimaro standing in front of her, feeling guilty in her heart. Yumi is a perceptive ninja. She knows the power of the two weirdos in front of her better than Kimimaro and Jugo! Although she has not participated in the struggle of the ninja world in these years, the pride of ninja has never fallen in her bones. If it were ten years ago, I believe she would definitely kill her. How could she let a few juniors protect her? Yumi looked at Komori sleeping peacefully in her arms, thought about it in her heart, handed Komori to a mountain ninja next to her, and said firmly: "Now I want to fight with Kimimaro and Jugo, you take Mori with you. Mei, get out of here quickly!¡± "Madam!" "Master's wife!"¡ª¡ª Yumi¡¯s move shocked everyone. The ninja who took over Komori almost woke up the child in his arms with a shake of his arm. The ninja shook Komori slightly, handed it to Yumi and said: "Madam, you can't do it! If you don't go out, how can we explain it to Mr. Tangying? The little princess is still left to you! We are here to support you. You and the little princess should avoid the wall first, and you can rest assured and leave it to us!" "I understand what Madam means. I have also heard about Madam's strength, but the strength of these people in front of me now is not simple. Have you seen their clothes? That is the symbol of a mysterious organization. Both Orochimaru-sama and Sakuragi-sama have I have said that the strength of the members of this organization is not simple, and many of them are not weaker than the two adults. Seeing that these two people are targeting the madam and the little princess, if something unexpected happens, we will all die and it will be difficult to atone for our sins!" Kimimaro frowned, turned his head slightly and looked at Yumi and said. The bone knife in his hand was still shining with cold light, and he straightened his whole body and was on guard carefully. "That's a lot of nonsense! That guy who looks like he's going to die, Hidan-san will deal with you right now -" The chattering of Yamagakure's group angered Hidan, who directly picked up the extended bloody March Scythe towards Kimimaro Throw it in the direction. Kimimaro swung the bone sword in his hand to resist the flying bloody March sickle, and jumped lightly, with his legs and feet pointing upward, to avoid Hidan's bloody March sickle. The whole movement was done in one go, as if dancing, and it was indescribable. Chic and handsome. Kimimaro grabbed the scythe attached to the rope, turned his head, and shouted in the direction of Yumi: "Madam, Jugo, get out of here right now! I'll stop them!" Jugo looked at Kimimaro's face, which had never been put to death, nodded to him, pushed the ninja holding Komori Mei, looked at Yumi anxiously and said: "Master, please leave quickly! Otherwise it will be too late. ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡± "Hmph - let's go, how can it be that simple? Hidan, go deal with that yellow-haired brat. Leave this brat from the Taketori clan to me. He is indeed the clan with the strongest physical skills, and his reputation is well-deserved. Today I'm here to see the bones. How powerful the pulse is!" Kakuzu glanced at Kimimaro sinisterly and slowly walked to Hidan's side. "Why? Although this kid looks sickly, compared to that brat, I feel that this immortal kid is stronger! Kakuzu, don't you think this is in line with my style?" Hidan heard Kakuzu's words. , quite dissatisfied. "Asshole, who has time to think about those boring problems, solve the battle quickly, otherwise it will be troublesome for reinforcements from Shanyin Village. Do you want to fight with your elder brother?" "In that case, let me deal with that brown-haired boy! Hehe - come back!" Hidan, who was ready to pay attention, suddenly pulled back the Bloody March Scythe. Kimimaro was caught off guard by the sudden momentum, and the bone knife narrowly escaped from his hand. After falling off, his body spun in the air, removing Hidan's counterattack. Seeing that Kimimaro didn't seem strange after dodging two of his attacks, Hidan didn't bother to fight with him. The two of them crossed the depression in the ground, holding the bloody March Scythe, and ran towards Juugo and Yumihi. The ninja holding Komori put Komori into Yumi's hands and said with an unquestionable tone: "J¨±go protects the wife and the little princess and retreats, let's stop this guy! J¨­go, please!" Jugo looked at these few ninjas whose names he couldn't name, and then at the hopeful look from Kimimaro in front of him. His heart trembled, and he nodded and said: "Don't worry, everyone, you will protect me even if you risk my life." Madam and the little princess return to Shanyin!" When Yumi, who hugged Mori Mei back, heard these people's words, her heart felt like it had been cut. She also knew that if she persisted now, it would only make things worse. Yumi's cheeks turned red, she bowed to the group of people, lowered her head and said: "Thank you all, I don't know what to say at this time, I just hope that everyone can return to Shanyin! When the time comes, I will definitely come to thank you!" " "We know what Madam means, but the most important thing now is to evacuate safely! Friends, let's show these garbage people who don't know where they come from to see how powerful we are!" The leading mountain ninja pulled out a kunai from behind and faced Hidan's direction. The several mountain ninjas behind him all drew their weapons and followed the leader. Flying section slopeHe glanced at Yumi, looked at the few shrimps in front of him, and shouted loudly: "Get out of my way, don't block me! Ah! Who stabbed me? Damn it, I'm going to kill you¡ª¡ª" ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? A mountain ninja¡¯s kunai pierced into Hidan¡¯s chest and abdomen. After he succeeded, he was full of disdain, what a master, just a boaster! One second he was still extremely proud, and the next second he found that his consciousness was starting to blur. He looked down and saw a dark spear inserted into his heart, "Why? I clearly pierced your heart." ¡ª¡ªdirty¡ª¡ª" "Hidan-sama is immortal. This is the power given to me by the evil god!" Hidan drew out his jet-black spear, looked at the sword pierced into his body by another mountain ninja, and roared viciously: "Asshole, I want to represent Lord Evil God punishes you! Let you taste what real pain is! Go to death¡ª¡ª" Kimimaro and Kakuzu here also started to fight. After all, he is an old monster. He did not despise Kimimaro because of his age. He came up with a few big moves, including pseudo-darkness, fire hardness, and oppression. Kimimaro was beaten with ninjutsu and could only dodge. Kimimaro looked at the plundered ground and couldn't help but be surprised. Pseudo Darkness was a thunder escape, Huo Ku was a fire escape, and Teeth Harm was a wind escape. In just a few rounds, he had already used the three attributes of forbearance. Technique! Could it be that he has three attributes? No matter what his attributes are, "Ten fingers can penetrate bullets!" Bang Bang Bang¡ª¡ªThe bone bullet rubbed against the air and hit Kakuzu directly. Did it hit? wrong! Kimimaro looked at the seal on Kakuzu's hand again, that was an earth spear! Using the chakra flowing throughout the body to harden the skin and increase the defense to the limit, the bone bomb just now had no effect at all! Now that there are four attributes, what exactly is this person? Hidan threw the body of the last mountain ninja on the ground, looked at the disappearing figures of Jugo and Yumi, and said with an arrogant smile: "Want to run away? It's not that easy. Today I will sacrifice you to the evil god!" Text Chapter 234: Kill three hearts In Yumi's arms, little Mori was sleeping soundly, with a few drops of water dripping from the corner of her mouth. Looking at her well-behaved look, Yumi was heartbroken, daughter, if something happens to you here today, I won't survive! Yumi looked back and still couldn't see Zhonggo's back. She gritted her teeth and whispered, "We will definitely go back! Your father is still at home waiting for us!" Suddenly, Yumi, who was running, felt a strange chakra approaching her, and subconsciously leaned Komori into her arms, "The one just now was¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª" "Hahaha, that's right! It's you, Mr. Hidan!" A voice suddenly sounded, and then Hidan, with silver hair and purple eyes, wearing a fire cloud robe and holding a scythe, descended from the sky. "As a sentient ninja, you are very curious about why I can Does it feel incredible to escape your perception? Let me tell you, this is the power given to me by Lord Evil God! Now, in order to show my respect for my elder brother, I decided to use the highest level of sacrifice to sacrifice you to Lord Evil God! So, go Die¡ª" The huge scythe in Hidan's hand was flying towards Yumi. Yumi jumped up, dodged the scythe, stretched out her free left hand, took out two kunai from her pocket, and shot them in the direction of Hidan. But Hidan's movements were completely beyond Yumi's expectations. The flying kunai would definitely hit him. Normally speaking, Hidan would definitely retract his scythe or delay the attack, but this man did not dodge and continued facing the kunai. Controlling the flying sickle, he slashed at himself. The kunai was nailed to Hidan, but the latter didn't seem to take it to heart at all, and even raised the corner of his mouth in an arc, his expression clearly indicating that some conspiracy had succeeded. Naturally, at this moment, Hidan has already started his own sacrificial method, and even the strange pattern has appeared under his feet. His originally handsome face has begun to look ferocious, and his body has turned black. Coupled with his arrogant face, the whole scene has become Can't tell the evil spirit. An uneasy feeling poured into Yumi's heart, and then her pupils suddenly shrank and her body was shocked. When she realized what she was doing, her body was completely out of her control! "What a great mother. She was cursed by me, but she was still able to hold her child. She deserves to be my eldest brother's wife! To be honest, I really can't figure out how someone like my eldest brother could find a wife and give birth to a daughter. Really This is a great disrespect to Lord Yama and Lord Evil God! Now, I will sacrifice you to Lord Evil God on behalf of my elder brother to save my elder brother from his mistake. Well, having said so much, I will give you some appetizers now. Damn it!" Hidan took out the jet black spear, looked at his body, and muttered: "Where should I stab it first? Let me see, if you have it, stab your hand first and see if you can still hold it. Your child? Ah¡ª¡ªit hurts so much! It feels so good¡ª¡ª¡± boom¡ª¡ª A mutation occurred. The dark spear that had just penetrated Hidan's body was suddenly knocked away by a kunai, and then a loud voice came from the distance: "Hidan, remove that jutsu of yours!" "Oak wood¡ª¡ª" "Big brother¡ª¡ª" Hidan and Yumi looked at the source of the sound at the same time, and sure enough, a muscular figure appeared in their sights. If the visitor is not Zakmu, who is it? Zakaki, who felt something was wrong in Shanyin Village, rushed here quickly. You can imagine the anxiety in his heart, but luckily he arrived in time. Zakaki looked at Yumi who was holding the child tightly despite bleeding on her arm. She felt guilty and gave her a reassuring look. Then he looked at Hidan, who had his mouth wide open with a happy expression on his face, and felt indescribably uncomfortable as if he had eaten a fly. Tsubasa still had some feelings for Hidan, and he even wanted to recruit Hidan from the Akatsuki organization, but he never thought that they would meet in this way after a few years? "Hidan, long time no see." "Yes, yes, it's been a long time. Brother, you have been very impressive these years! Everyone says you are awesome!" Hidan, who was in a cursed state, seemed to have forgotten that he had just killed someone else's wife, and his face was filled with anger. He walked to Zakaki excitedly. "What a shame! My wife was almost killed!" ¡°I am doing this for your own good, big brother¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡± "Stop talking nonsense to me. This is you. If it were anyone else, I would have killed him long ago for talking so much here! Get rid of this trick!" "But¡ª¡ª" "But what? You don't listen to me anymore, do you?" Over there, Yumi saw the look in her eyes from Zakaki. Although she could not move yet, her tense nerves were relaxed. Yumi looked at the little Mori in her arms who was still sleeping soundly, and thought to herself, daughter, maybe you don¡¯t know that you have experienced the test of life and death when you were young, and how many ups and downs you will have when you grow up? Kimimaro wiped away the dirt on his forehead and once again plated a layer of bone on the surface of his body. The first state of the Curse Seal is of little use anymore. Who is this person? The Karamatsu dance just now clearly pierced his heart, why???Can't die yet? If you continue like this, you will be exhausted even if you are not defeated. Forget it, you may die of exhaustion, but the prerequisite is to kill this guy, "Dance of the Maidenhair Flower!" Kimimaro, who was covered in bones, rushed towards Kakuzu again, but was met with contempt by the latter, "Boy, is this all you have? I'm going to really take action now, come out! -" Chi chi chi - three masked monsters came out of Kakuzu's body and bombarded Kimimaro indiscriminately. Kimimaro, who was running at high speed, had to pull back and escape from the ninjutsu. attack range. Kimimaro himself knew that although the defense of bones was high, once exposed to these ninjutsu, he would still lose half of his life. The endless ninjutsu of various types do not leave any breathing room for yourself. Now unless you use the second curse seal, you will definitely lose! In this case, let's use it. Now Zhongwu should leave with the little princess, let's fight! Just when Kimimaro was about to use Curse Seal 2, a familiar voice suddenly rang in his ears: "Kakuzu-senpai, I'm afraid it's not good for you to bully your juniors like this? Do you want me to play with you?" "Hmph! Oakwood, I already knew you were coming, Hidan? Were you killed or did you defect to the organization?" Kakuzu brought several monsters close to him, carefully guarding them. The name of the human shadow tree, Oakwood Earth escape is no small matter, Kakuzu, who has lived for so many years, naturally has his own set of survival experiences. "I'm too lazy to talk nonsense with you, but you dare to hit my wife's attention. I'm not here to teach you a lesson today. You really think that I, Zakaki, is easy to bully! Earth Release - Rock Giant!" Yumi was injured, and Zakaki naturally couldn't do anything to his little brother of many years. But this anger must have a place to vent. The reason why Hidan took action is probably related to this old boy. No matter what the Akatsuki organization means, if you don't fight back after repeated provocations, others will really think you are weak. persimmon. ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????: The battle between the rock giant and the monster only lasted a few moments before the battle situation became clear. In some respects, Leiketu was still very realistic. The two rock giants were crushed by Lei Dun and Pseudo Dark, but it was not without results. In the end, the two rock giants fought to the death. With one blow, he killed the thunder attribute monster. Another rock giant fought against fire and wind monsters, but now it is being beaten back steadily, and it will be a matter of time before it is eliminated. Although they seemed to be at a disadvantage, both Kakuzu and Zakaki knew who suffered the loss. "Earth Release - Magma Yellow Spring Marsh!" Zakaki is not a gentleman. Seeing the rock giant attracting the firepower of the two monsters, Zakaki created a magma yellow spring marsh directly at the bottom of the two monsters. Sure enough, the ninjutsu was powerful, but the headless monster was sucked in directly, and then there was a scream of screams. In just a few rounds, Kakuzu lost three hearts! PS: We will get into the plot in one more chapter. After all, it is necessary to prepare for the war with the Akatsuki organization as a great power. Text Chapter 235 Write a stroke "Lord Uzaki, is he dead?" Kimimaro looked at the four monsters lying on the ground. Thinking of the battle just now, he sighed in his heart. He is worthy of being a master of the same level as Lord Orochimaru, and Lord Takaki. After being entangled for so long, I am afraid that even if I activate the second state of the curse seal, I may not be his opponent, right? "Dead? No, this old guy is cunning. I guess he had already thought of a way out when he fought with me. He might have escaped somewhere now!" Zakaki said with a smile. Kakuzu is very clear about this person. Being able to escape from the Senju Pillar naturally shows his strength. The reason why he was killed by Naruto's Rasenshuriken in the previous anime was that he was completely caught off guard. , accidentally killed by his opponent, if Kakuzu is given a chance, who will die? In fact, it's not impossible for Takashi to kill him if he really wants to, but the time has not come yet. Firstly, Yumi and Komori were not seriously injured. Secondly, it is not in the interest of Yamagakure to completely fall out with the Akatsuki organization. He needs to give him a lesson. That¡¯s it! "In the fierce fight with you just now, I saw his body with tentacles being blown up by your mountain. I thought he was dead, but I didn't expect that he still escaped! To be able to escape from your move, the Akatsuki organization is really deep. Measurement." "Hahaha, there are many capable people in the Akatsuki organization, and there are still two people. I guess I am no match for them." "You are not your opponent? Who are you? Is there anyone in this world who is your opponent?" "Kimimaro, don't underestimate the heroes of the world! Go and see Jugo first. He was seriously injured. Fortunately, he has an abnormal constitution, otherwise the consequences would be disastrous. I was careless this time. I didn't expect the people from the Akatsuki organization. How dare you blatantly attack Yumi and the others in Tang Country." "By the way, are the madam and the little princess okay?" ¡°It¡¯s okay, thank you very much this time, otherwise¡ª¡ª¡± "Sir, please don't say that. Let's not mention that you have saved my life. Just because the little princess is Orochimaru's goddaughter, it is worth it for me to risk my life in exchange for her!" Kakuzu covered the bleeding wound and looked bitterly at the direction he had just escaped from, "Kamesennin Zakaki, you are really amazing. I didn't expect you have grown so much in these years! Very good, I have recorded this account, he I will definitely find my place! Huh? Come out, don¡¯t be sneaky there, never¡ª¡ª" "Ouch - our finance minister looks like this! It's really surprising -" The black and white Zetsu-wrapped Nepenthes emerged from a tree trunk not far away, looking at Kakuzu with a sarcastic face. If the horns are not connected, the tentacles in the hands are floating back and forth. Zetsu gave Kakuzu the impression of being mysterious. The situation of the Akatsuki organization may not even be clear to its members, but Kakuzu, as a senior member, knows it clearly. The Akatsuki organization is divided into two factions. One is the superficial group headed by Pain. Those in power, such as Kakuzu, Scorpion, and Konan; the other faction is the mysterious mastermind behind it, and his supporters are Zetsu, Kisame, and the ambiguous Uchiha Itachi, like Dida. Big nerves like Ra and Hidan can basically be ignored, which creates a strange balance. Although on the surface everyone is striving for a common goal, the overt and covert fighting in the organization has never stopped. Some members who joined the Akatsuki organization and tilted the balance of the organization were even killed. This kind of thing has been done by Kakuzu himself. Now that Zetsu appeared, how could Kakuzu not be on guard? There is no weak person who can join the Akatsuki organization, even Zetsu who rarely takes action. "Kakuzu, don't look at me like this. I'm not here to kill you. I'm just here to help you. I'm afraid you'll be killed by Zakaki. Besides, I'm not interested in killing you either!" Zetsu spread his hands, shrugged and said with a smile. "Then I'd like to thank you, but I'm afraid it won't be easy for Takaki to kill me. I've lived for so many years, and no one dares to say that they can definitely kill me!" Kakuzu seemed to be warning something. ¡°Let¡¯s go, we¡¯re in a hurry.¡± Hei Bu, who had not spoken since then, said impatiently. "Hidan?" Jiaodu ignored Black Jue and looked at Bai Jue and said. ¡°Don¡¯t worry, we¡¯re waiting for you in front. Speaking of which, this is the first time I¡¯ve seen you immortal duo return home in defeat¡ª¡ª¡± Zakaki was drinking tea brought by Hideko in the office, his face full of contentment. Yumi's forearm was injured, but she almost recovered under the treatment of the medical ninja. Komori never woke up from the time of distress to the time she escaped, so there was nothing unusual about it. The injured Jugo was almost healed because of his terrifying recovery power. The only thing It was Kimimaro who worried Tsuakigi. Kimimaro's illness has always been caused by Soakogi's pain. Although Soakoki has no feelings for Kimimaro, no matter in the past life or now, Soakoki has always admired him. In addition, this time he owed Favor, Zakaki really wanted to help him. The only person in this world who can save Kimimaro is Tsunade, but participatingWill Kimimaro, who plans to attack Konoha, be saved by Tsunade? But Kimimaro must be saved, and if that doesn't work, he can only use some political means. Just when Zakaki finished his last sip of tea, there was a knock on the door: ¡°Captain, it¡¯s me!¡± Who is this voice if it¡¯s not scolding? "Well, come in." Chi led Bai Lang and walked into the office carelessly, picked up the pastries on the table and threw them into his mouth, "Captain, there is good news!" "Uh - don't talk nonsense, tell me quickly!" "You are so boring! Let me tell you the good news first. We have already contacted the daimyo's son and initially established a cooperative relationship. It is said that a tiger father has no son, but a wise daimyo gave birth to a fool." "It's indeed good news, and the daimyo's intelligence agencies need to grasp it as soon as possible. What's the bad news?" "I secretly thought that Naruto and Jiraiya should be here for training. If they hadn't directed this war by themselves, they would have been training for almost a year. Zakaki's heart tightened. In a way, history has not changed, it just has a small deviation. Two or three years later, will everything still proceed according to the original history? Zakaki looked up at Chi who was stroking the white wolf. No matter what he did, with Shan Yin's current strength, no matter what happened in the future, he would lead Shan Yin and write a strong mark in history! Text Chapter 236 Three Years In Shanyin Village, a little girl was holding two skewers of octopus barbecue in her left hand and a cup of drink in her right hand. She glanced left and right while jumping around. A closer look revealed that this little girl was about three or four years old, with red eyes and black hair, a pigtail, and a chubby face. She looked so cute that she wanted to pinch her. "Little princess, you ran out again, come here quickly!" A voice suddenly sounded from the other end of the street. This voice was reproachful, helpless, and slightly doting. When the little girl heard this voice, she turned her head and looked at the brown-haired boy chasing after her. She threw away everything in her hand, raised her calf, and skillfully crossed the street intersection and disappeared into the crowd. The boy who was shouting at the street entrance just now saw the little girl disappearing from his sight. He shook his head and smiled bitterly. He jumped up and disappeared. After a while, the young man appeared in the quiet alley with a tall and muscular man in his hand, "Little princess, it's almost done. If you don't go back, Master Jie will scold me again!" Bang - a burst of smoke flashed, and the strong man turned into a little girl. This little girl was the little girl who was wandering on the street just now. The little girl pouted her little mouth with confusion on her face, "Brother Chongwu, How did you find me?" "Haha, little princess, it's a good idea for you to use transformation to hide from me, but you can't turn into the teacher, right?" Chonggo touched the little girl's head and said with a smile. "I just learned the art of transformation. I only learned how to look like my father. I had no choice but to turn into that look in desperation. Who knew you would recognize me like this!" The little girl pouted even more loudly and raised her eyebrows. The small head and big eyes were closed, and the long eyelashes blinked and blinked, looking like I was very angry. Zhongwu looked at the little girl's pouted lips and said helplessly: "Let's do this. Uncle Zhiyun's house has opened a new dessert shop. I will take you to eat it, but you have to be careful. I am doing the task. There¡¯s not much money left!¡± "Hahaha, really? I know Brother Chongwu is the best. No matter how good or bad my mother is, she won't let me eat sweets. Last time, she confiscated everything my father secretly brought to me. It's too much! Okay, no I said, take me there¡ª" The little girl hugged Zhongwu's arm and kept shaking with joy on her face. "Wait a minute - we agreed first, you are not allowed to tell your wife that I will take you to eat sweets." "You know, am I such a stupid person? Brother Chonggo, you are very verbose!" The little girl squinted at Chonggo impatiently. "He also said that I helped you with your homework last time. Who let it slip? As a result, I was scolded by Mr. Jie¡ª¡ª" "That - that was because I was careless. Don't worry, it won't happen again! I promise it in the name of dad!" "Uh - who did you learn this from? What does guaranteeing in the name of your father mean? You are only three years old -" "It was Uncle Chi who called me. He said that if others don't believe me, let me guarantee in the name of my father that no one will doubt me!" the little girl said matter-of-factly. "What's this all about? Isn't it ridiculous to scold senior? If the teacher finds out about this, he will definitely scold him badly. Little princess, please don't say this again in the future!" Zhongwu looked at the little girl with black lines on his head. , said nervously. "Okay, I promise in the name of daddy!" the little girl nodded. Then he skipped towards a dessert shop. This little girl is none other than Mori Mi, the daughter of Soaki and Yumi. "Little princess, it's not there, it's to the north. The things in this store are very expensive¡ª¡ª" Zakaki looked at the statue of himself standing in the center of the village, and a flash of pride flashed in his heart. In order to show their recognition of his merits, the people of the village spontaneously raised funds to build a five-meter-high statue. The three years of Yamakaku's life have been earth-shaking. Back then, he used Ten Thousand Peaks to bloom and built four large mountains. The connected mountains more than doubled the size of Yamakaku's village. Coupled with its stable development, its prosperity was not far behind that of Konoha. Not only is its economic development staggering, but Yamagak has also made qualitative changes in its ninja military strength. Now there are more than 10,000 regular ninjas, and its military strength is completely on par with Konoha and other large villages, making it a veritable ninja force. Omura! Zakaki held the pen, looked at the last document, and fell into deep thought. According to the intelligence sent back by the spies in the Kingdom of Wind, the Akatsuki organization is already planning to attack Sunagakure Village. Sunagakure Village has discovered traces of the Akatsuki organization in the Kingdom of Wind and is currently on high alert. The target of the Akatsuki organization is the Jinchuuriki. Not only Zakaki knows about it, but even the senior officials of Konoha and Sunagakure Village know about it. Sunagakure Village's defenses seemed airtight to others, but Zakaki knew that for Scorpion, who had already ambushed the spies, these were all useless efforts. In the end, Gaara still could not escape the fate of being caught. Now Zakaki is struggling with whether or not to get involved. As a time traveler, there is no reason not to do so.A kick, but as Tang Ying, there is no reason to get involved! This can't be blamed on Zakaki. Zakaki has basically not touched his hand in the past three years. He finally got the opportunity to show off his talents, but it has nothing to do with him. There was a knock on the door, and before Zakaki could say come in, the door opened. ¡°Dad, it¡¯s time for you to get off work, why are you still here?¡± Sammi walked in with Jugo holding a skewer of takoyaki in her hand. "Daughter, how do you know I haven't come home yet?" Zakaki walked a few steps beside Sammi, hugged her, kissed her cheek and asked with a smile. "Dad, you are stupid. The lights inside are still on. Of course I know you are still here!" Sammy took out a candy from her purse and said with a smile: "Brother Chonggo bought this for me, but Delicious!¡± "Teacher, the little princess isn't going home, so I¡ª¡ª" Chonggo first glared at Sammi, then lowered his head. "It's okay. Children, they always like to eat sweets. You, on the other hand, always buy things for her. I'm afraid that little money is not enough? Come, take this." Zakaki hugged Sammi and smiled. The bankbook was handed to Jugo. Chongwu quickly waved his hand and said: "No, no, no - teacher, I don't have to spend money to eat and drink at your house, and I don't need it at ordinary times. Besides, I am happy when the little princess is happy, and this little money is of no use to me anyway." "You silly boy, take it, it's a gift from the elders, and you can't refuse it. Yumi is very good at Mori Mei, and children can't be cute. It's because of this little girl that I gave you the money! By the way, leave it to your Nin. How is your training going?" Seeing Zakaki's determined look, Jugo didn't give in any more, "Thank you, teacher. I know a few other ninjutsu you gave me, but I really can't master the Ten Thousand Peaks Blooming, which consumes all the energy in my body. I can only summon one, and I can't fully control it. I really don't live up to your expectations -" Chonggo lowered his head again, his face full of shame. "How can it be so easy? The blooming of ten thousand peaks is the greatest pride in my life. If you can completely master it within three years, then I am still a fool? Don't worry, you haven't realized that you have already controlled the murderous intention. Do you feel a little bit handy? This is progress. But having said that, you must not neglect it and practice well. I leave Komori Mei¡¯s safety to you!" "Don't worry, even if I die, I won't let the little princess get hurt at all!" "Sir, there is news from Konoha that Mr. Yichun is critically ill. I hope to see you!" Ichii rushed in from the door. With an anxious look, it was difficult to imagine that this was the always serious and calm Mr. Ichii in the eyes of the mountain ninja. "What did you say? Uncle Yichun is critically ill? When?" Zakmu's skin tightened, and he shuddered, and the forearm holding Senmei even started to tremble. "Three days ago, it was said that there were only a few days left¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª" "I'll leave the Yamagakure matter to you. I'll take Yumi and her daughter, as well as Jugo and Chidachi and rush to Konoha!" "Um." Text Chapter 237 Return to Konoha Uncle Yichun's physical condition, Zakaki was mentally prepared. More than a year ago, when he went to Konoha, he could see some clues. At that time, although Uncle Yichun was still in good health, his energy and energy were much lower than before. . There is no need to go into details about the relationship between Uncle Yichun and Zakmu. Whether it is taking care of himself and Senmu or raising Xiao Li, it is no exaggeration to say that he does his best. Although he had been mentally prepared for a long time, Zakaki was still anxious when he heard that Uncle Yichun was critically ill, and he led a few people towards Konoha. It was already midnight when Zakaki and his party arrived at Konoha. Zakaki didn't care about revisiting his old place and rushed straight towards Uncle Yichun's house, but who knew that an unexpected thing happened suddenly. This surprise is actually reasonable. A team of ANBU ninja blocked the path of Zakaki and his party! "Master Yukage, please stop!" A ninja from the Anbu who looked like the captain carefully guarded Zakaki and said. The four companions behind him also looked like they were facing a formidable enemy, and even had their hands in their Ninja bags. "Now that you know it's me, how dare you stop me? I know it's against the rules to enter Konoha now, but I have something urgent. I'll go visit Tsunade when I'm done!" Zakaki naturally knows the rules of Konoha, but Where can I take care of these things now? Although it is only said that Uncle Yichun still has a few days left, but who can guarantee that there will be no accidents? The ANBU captain didn't seem to give in because of Zakaki's words, and he was even more alert than before, "Mr. Zakaki, speaking of it, I was still your subordinate back then. Whether it was the original Takaki-sama or the current Tang Ying, I The little captain is not qualified to block your way, but I have my responsibilities. Please don't embarrass me. You can go to the Hokage's office first, or you can wait here. I have already conveyed the news of your arrival to Hokage-sama, I believe Hokage-sama will be here soon!" "Why are you so rigid? We don't have any ill intentions. We just want to go to Konoha to visit our old friends. Isn't the situation urgent now? According to the normal procedures, we don't know how much time is wasted. You get out of the way first. We will go find it when the matter is settled. Tsunade-sama explained everything!" He led the white wolf and said. "Hmph! Are you Inuzuka Chi? A traitor to Konoha. If Master Tsubasa hadn't been here now, I would have arrested you and sent you to the interrogation department!" The captain looked at Chi with disdain. "What did you say? You trash, what do you know? Aren't you going to arrest me? Come on -" "Wang -" He looked at the ANBU ninja with anger, and the white wolf hair next to him Ling Li, with his white teeth, was ready to bite the ninja's throat at any moment. "Do you think I dare not? Traitor-" The ANBU ninja pulled out a kunai with a murderous look on his face. "Wait a minute¡ª¡ª" A loud voice came down from a tree not far away. Everyone was attracted by the voice and turned their eyes in that direction. At first glance, this man has white hair and red clothes, wearing red clogs, folding his arms, and has two streaks of paint on his face. Who is this person if he's not Jiraiya? "Jiraiya!" Zakaki's expression was a little complicated, but then returned to normal. Jiraiya jumped down from the tree, "Ozaki, is that woman behind you your wife? That girl should be your daughter, and scolding this boy, what are you doing here this time?" Yumi bowed slightly to Jiraiya, and Komori jumped directly into Takaki's arms. She looked at Takaki with her big eyes in confusion and said, "Dad, who are these fierce bad guys?" "Haha, it's okay, he is your uncle Jiraiya." Zakaki touched Mori Mei's little head and continued, "Jiraiya, Uncle Yichun is critically ill. I am in a hurry and don't have time to chat with you. I will talk about it later if I have something to do. Ler me get through." Jiraiya pondered for a moment, then waved towards the group of ANBU ninjas and said: "Let them go -" "But Jiraiya-sama, they¡ª¡ª" The ANBU ninja seemed to want to explain something, but was interrupted by Jiraiya's scolding: "Do you want me to say it again? No one in Konoha listens to what I said, Jiraiya, right?" ¡°No¡ªJiraiya-sama¡ªthat Inuzuka is a traitor¡ª¡± "I said let them go! Whatever happens, I'll be responsible for Jiraiya! Okay? Captain!" "No - I don't dare. Jiraiya-sama has spoken harshly. We are withdrawing." After that, the captain took a few of his men and left everyone's sight. "The ninjas in Konoha are becoming more and more indifferent now, which makes you laugh!" Jiraiya said with a smile, rubbing his head. "Konoha has restored the style of the big village. Tsunade is really good at it." Zakaki said with appreciation as he looked at the disappearing figures of the group of Anbu. "When did Yichun become critically ill? Wasn't it nice to see him last time? Hey - that's right. His age is considered high in Konoha. It seems that I am getting old!"Laiya seemed to be remembering something, and his face was filled with desolation. "Let's talk some other time." Zhamu turned around and led a few people towards Uncle Yichun's house. At the end, Zakugi looked back at Jiraiya, "Jiraiya, thank you!" Jiraiya shrugged and disappeared into the sunset Uncle Yichun was lying on the bed, looking at the big tree opposite, with a smile on his dry face. He still remembered that Zakmu always liked to sit on the trunk of the tree and gnawed the apples he gave him. He still remembered that one The dirty little figure who passed by the house after returning from the forest still remembered the bloody boy who knelt in front of him and asked him to take good care of Morimu's son. He knew that this child had endured too much pain. His parents died when he was young, and his dearest brother was beaten to death by people in his own village while fighting for the village! He finally came back, but was driven out of Konoha on unfounded charges. Fortunately, he managed to live up to his expectations and managed to build such a large family fortune by working hard outside, and became Tang Ying, respected by thousands of people. Yichun himself knows that he is just the lowest level of the poor. If it were not for Zakmu, he would still be selling fruit at a stall! How could he have his current identity? Now that I am going to die, I can enjoy what I should have enjoyed, but the only regret is that I can't see Zakmu again. How great would it be if I could see Zakmu again? I heard from Xiao Li that he has a daughter, but I don¡¯t know what she looks like? It would be great if I could also meet Zakaki¡¯s wife and daughter! Uncle Yichun smiled bitterly and murmured: "He is busy with everything, how can he have time to pay attention to a bad old man like me? We can't cause him any trouble!" "Grandpa - uncle is here! Uncle is here!" Xiao Li's exclamation came from the courtyard. Uncle Yichun¡¯s eyes suddenly lit up, and he seemed to have regained his vitality. His legs, which had not been moved for a long time, began to respond. Although he was very unbelievable in his heart, the excitement on his face also showed his desire. He stood up from the bed crookedly, held on to the chair next to him, and slowly moved towards the hall. Text Chapter 238: Coming in droves Zhamu looked at Uncle Yichun with a smile, slowly felt his hands getting colder, and two lines of tears fell from the corners of his eyes. Zhamu stood up, slowly walked out of the bedroom, and walked towards his home, the cries of Grandma Yichun and Xiao Li still lingering in his ears. With low steps, Zakaki came to the courtyard of his home: Everything in the house is as refreshing as before. The stakes that I used have been replaced a long time ago. There are marks of being kicked everywhere on the new stakes. There is also a nunchuck hanging on the back of the stakes. Zakaki was about to enter the house, but found that he could not move at this moment because he was afraid of seeing the two familiar faces hanging on the wall. The big trees standing in the courtyard are getting taller and taller, and the branches and leaves on the ceiling have even covered the entire roof. Dots of sunlight hit the ground like scattered gray spots. Zakaki jumped up to the big tree. Looking at the familiar yet unfamiliar scenes around him, he felt depressed again. "When did you come back?" A hoarse voice came from not far away, with surprise, helplessness, and a hint of sadness in the voice. Zakaki looked back and saw Akai wearing a ninja vest and a watermelon hair standing in front of Uncle Yichun's door, "It was midnight last night." "Is that so? Uncle Yichun has gone?" "Well, I left an hour ago. I went to see Xiao Li. You are the only one who can persuade him now." Zakaki felt a pain in his heart. "I know. Speaking of which, I still owe Uncle Yichun a lot of food money. I really don't feel comfortable with him leaving like this suddenly. What are you planning to do when you come back to Konoha this time?" "Let's finish Uncle Yichun's funeral before leaving. Go in and see Xiao Li, I want to be alone for a while." Akai nodded to Zakaki and walked in. Before entering the inner hall, I was greeted by an aura of sadness. Akai looked forward and discovered Yumi. With her special status and the many acquaintances she had had in Shanyin Village, Akai naturally knew her. But the little girl holding her hand confused Akai, and then he was relieved. This little girl must be their daughter, right? She's really cute and cute. Before Akai could speak, Grandma Yichun, who was crying on her knees, stood up and wiped away her tears, "Teacher Akai is here¡ª¡ª" "Well, you don't have to worry about me. I just came to pay homage to Uncle Yichun and take a look at Xiao Li." After speaking, Akai looked at Xiao Li who was kneeling in front of the bed with tears on his face. He slowly walked over and stretched out his palm. , touched his head and said, "Xiao Li, although Uncle Yichun has gone, I believe he doesn't want to see you like this!" Xiao Li turned around and wiped away his tears, "Teacher Akai, I'm sorry, am I very cowardly? I'm so scared now. I'm afraid I'll never see my grandpa again in this life. I -" Before Xiao Li could finish speaking, Akai hugged him into his arms and said, "Li, people have feelings. Because of the feelings between them, there are bonds, and because of the bonds, there will be goals! Although Uncle Yichun Gone far away, but his love for you will always be here. It is understandable that you cry for him and be sad for him, but as you said, you have to learn to be strong. I remember that Uncle Yichun once told me that he is the best person in his life. I am proud to have raised such an outstanding grandson like you, so you cannot let him down no matter what!" "Yes! Teacher Akai, I understand!" Xiao Li wiped away his tears, nodded fiercely, then clenched his fists and said to Uncle Yichun: "Grandpa, I will never let you down, I will definitely Become a great ninja!" "That's right, Li, now you have become a great ninja!" Akai looked at Xiao Li happily. "Thick eyebrows! I believe you will become a great ninja!" Naruto, who appeared at some point, was standing in the courtyard and happened to hear the conversation between Akai and Xiao Li. Xiao Li stood up from the ground, walked out of the bedroom and came to the courtyard, "Naruto, why are you here?" "I just heard that your grandpa passed away, so I came over to see you. Now that I see you cheering up, I feel relieved. In the afternoon, I went to Sunagakure Village with Kakashi-sensei and Sakura. I didn't have time to attend the funeral, so Come and pay your respects in advance. Anyway, I hope you can cheer up and, as you just said, become a great ninja!" Naruto clenched his fists and cast an encouraging look at Xiao Li. "Thank you Naruto!" Xiao Li's eyes were a little moist. "Stop talking, I have to rush to meet Kakashi-sensei and the others now. Do something good quickly, I'm waiting to do the mission with you. Akai-sensei, Xiao Li, goodbye!" Naruto said. He dodged and left the yard. "Naruto, wait -" Akai stretched out his hand to greet Naruto, but the latter had already left, "Naruto is really impatient. Li, do you see? Naruto is right, you will definitely become A great ninja! A grandson that makes Uncle Yichun proud!" "I know, Mr. Akaidivision! " Zakaki stood on the tree and looked at Naruto's orange back. Recalling the sincere comfort just now, the loss in his heart became much better. Perhaps Naruto's influence is where his true power lies! By the way, just now Naruto said that he was going to Sunagakure Village with Kakashi and Sakura, so he must be going to support Sunagakure Village, which means that the action of the Akatsuki organization has probably been successful! Just as Zakaki was deep in thought, a familiar figure appeared in his sight. It was Hongdou! "You are indeed here. Is that woman inside your wife? That little girl must be your daughter?" Hongdou said in despair with his head lowered outside the courtyard wall. "kindness." "They are all beautiful, you must love them very much, right?" "Yes, they are very beautiful, and I love them too!" "What about me? Have you ever loved me?" Hong Dou suddenly asked sharply at Zakaki. "Anko, I'm sorry. You should know that my life was almost on the verge of death in the Earth Kingdom. If it weren't for Yumi, I would have been wiped out. What's more important is that we have known each other for a long time and had feelings for a long time! Sometimes some things are not Human power can stop it, just like when I left Konoha!" "But this is different from that! Didn't we know each other earlier? I still remember Mr. Ito! I still remember your question! I still remember you treating me to meatballs! Why is this happening?" Anko looked at it angrily. Zakaki then seemed to think of something, and then said in despair: "In that case, forget it!" "No, listen to me -" Zakaki suddenly felt two familiar chakras, turned his head suddenly, and found that Tsunade and Jiraiya were walking in this direction. Anko glanced at them and left before Zakaki could finish his words. Zakaki thought of Naruto who had just left, looked at the back of Anko as he left, and then looked at Tsunade and Jiraiya who were coming. They were really coming in droves. Text Chapter 239 Collecting red beans ps: I made a mistake in the previous chapter and it has been corrected. Thanks to book friend Kurapikachu for pointing out chapter errors. Oakwood, Tsunade and Jiraiya were walking along the tree-lined paths of Konoha, but the atmosphere was very strange. The three of them were silent and this continued for several minutes. After all, Jiraiya was the thickest-skinned. He grinned widely and rubbed the back of his head, "Speaking of which, we haven't been together like this for a long time. This opportunity is rare. Are you interested in having a drink?" Tsunade's Takashi didn't answer Jiraiya's words, and remained silent. Seeing this embarrassing scene, Jiraiya didn't seem to care, and continued: "The deceased is gone, and it is useless to be sad. I have seen it Yichun's face when he died was very peaceful. If I could have such an ending -" Jiraiya's face gradually darkened, even a little depressed, then he seemed to remember something, swept away the haze just now, raised his head and said loudly: "No matter what , those of us who are alive should inherit their will and make more people live better!" Tsunade, who had not spoken for a long time, seemed to be touched by Jiraiya's words. She raised her red lips and wanted to say something but couldn't. Then she looked at Zakaki next to her and found that he was also thoughtful, and closed her mouth again. Upper lip, continue walking forward slowly. "What Jiraiya said makes sense, but it's hard to achieve it! Many people even sacrificed their lives for it, but in the end they were all moths flying into the flame! I don't plan to do anything in this life, As long as you can protect the people around you, that's enough!" Zhamu looked back at the courtyard of Uncle Yichun's house. My heart felt desolate again. "Zakaki, you are a smart person, but smart people often get into a dead end. In order to make the people around you live a better life, you have to use the butcher knife in your hands to others. What is the difference between this and the evil heretics?" Laiya remembered those things in Konoha where everyone sacrificed their lives for one of Takashi's tactics, and roared at Takashi. "What about that? Do you want to watch the people around you fall one by one because of others? Jiraiya, I know you have always been determined to do something meaningful. I understand and agree with this. But I can't think of his final answer!" Zakaki naturally knew that in the end it would be Naruto who would inherit Jiraiya's will and bring changes to the ninja world, but would it just rely on Naruto's incredible power? Just rely on Naruto's mouth to escape? Zakaki really couldn't figure out how Naruto made this world change! "Since you agree, why are you still collaborating with Orochimaru? Zakaki, I have always believed that there is real peace in this world, so I have been running for it. Just like you, I don't know the answer, but I believe someone can give us a copy Satisfactory answer!" Jiraiya looked pleased and looked at the past Hokages on the Hokage Rock. "Naruto is indeed incredible. We old guys just want them to pave the way. Just like Jiraiya said, I believe Naruto can change something!" Tsunade suddenly inserted from the side. "Maybe -" Zakaki paused and then said: "Naruto and Kakashi went to Sunagakure Village?" Tsunade looked at Zakaki with some doubts, "Well, after receiving the information, the guys from the Akatsuki organization started to attack Sunagakure, but I guess Kakashi and the others may not be able to suppress them, so I plan to ask Kaiban to go to support !¡± "As far as I know, the target of the Akatsuki organization is the main force. Aren't you afraid that Naruto will be captured by those guys?" "There is nothing we can do about it. We are currently short of manpower, and Jiraiya has a more important mission. Only Kakashi and his class are the most suitable for this mission! Besides, I believe in the strength of Naruto and the others. Naruto now It's not what it was three years ago!" Tsunade said. "I think you are very aware of the strength of the Akatsuki organization. With Naruto and the others, I have to say, Tsunade, you are very bold!" Zakaki said sarcastically. "What are we going to do? Keep Naruto in captivity as a prisoner? Master Yukage, have you become more resourceful?" Tsunade, who retorted, looked at Zakaki with disdain. "I plan to go to Sunagakure Village¡ª¡ª" "Going to Sand Hidden Village?" Tsunade and Jiraiya were both surprised and looked at Zakaki in confusion Zakaki and Anko were sitting in a shop eating. Anko didn¡¯t pay much attention to Zakaki, just eating meatballs and drinking soju alone. After eating the meatballs, the bamboo stick was thrown to the ground. At first glance, Zakaki saw that it turned into his own name! "By the way, you don't need to be like this, right?" Anko bit off a meatball, took a sip of soju, and then handed the jug on the table to Zakaki, "Drink, I'm going to get drunk tonight!" "Drunk, why?" Zakaki glanced at Hongdou and found that she had sad eyes, and there was a hint of sadness in her heart. "Okay, I will drink with you today!" After that, Zakaki picked up the wine glass and stretched out his hand. Take it out of your neck and drink it all in one gulp. ????????????????????????????????????????????????The fallen Anko walked towards the Mitarai family, but the latter broke free from Uzaki's arm, shook his head desperately, and shouted with a cry: "Don't take me there! I don't want to go!" "Why? That's your home." "I have no home, no home. After my uncle died, I had no home!" Hongdou slowly squatted on the ground, buried his head in his hands, and sobbed softly. Zakaki looked at Anko like this, and the sadness that filled his heart turned into pain. Zakaki walked forward, slowly squatted down, stretched out his hands, and wanted to hug Anko, but the faces of Yumi and Mori appeared in his mind, and he was stunned for a moment. Suddenly, the sobbing Hongdou threw herself directly into Zakaki's arms, "Why? Why don't you want me too?" Zakaki¡¯s ear was close to Anko¡¯s face, and a trace of coolness flowed down her neck. Those were Anko¡¯s tears. Zakaki patted Anko on the back, "Anko, it's not that I don't want you, but -" "Don't say so much, I just want you to accompany me tonight. I don't want Tang Ying, and I don't want Kame Sennin. I just want Oakwood, just the Oakwood from Konoha!" Anko hugged Oakwood tightly, for fear of him Disappear. Zakaki's slightly trembling body didn't want to push her away, so he simply picked her up around the waist and hugged Anko: "You tell me where your home is, and I will accompany you tonight!" The tearful Anko curled up in Zakaki's arms, blinked her eyes, wiped away her tears with her hands, and said with excitement and doubt: "Really? Are you really with me? Your daughter and wife are still in Konoha, are you not afraid? ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡± ¡°As Teacher Ito said, don¡¯t let yourself regret it!¡± "kindness!" ¡°Zakaki is a man, and according to his current status, he is a capable man. Although Zakaki doesn't have the ability to have three wives and four concubines, it seems cowardly if he doesn't dare to take action when facing true love! Anko knows how she feels about herself, and her feelings for Anko are also clear. In some ways, Hongdou and himself were childhood sweethearts! At the beginning, Moriki planned to marry the Mitarai family, but fate took advantage of it. Anko took great care of both Moriki and the Yichun family. Why didn't he accept Anko? Furthermore, Yumi is not a person who sticks to the past. She also knows something about herself, Tsunade, and Anko. I believe that as long as she explains it well, she will understand! In this case, let¡¯s collect the red beans! Text Chapter 240 No one can keep me When a person spends his whole life, the evaluation of his quality is nothing more than the woman around him, the wealth in his hands, and the power he holds. As far as Zakaki is concerned, among the Hokages, although his personal strength cannot be said to be the best in the world, he is already at the top of the world. He also holds the power of Xinxing Village, so he can be said to be the master of Shanyin! Looking at the sleeping beauty in his arms, Zakaki couldn't help but feel extremely heroic. The beauty was drunk, and he woke up and took the power to kill. This is what a real man is! Although Hongdou¡¯s home is not luxurious, it still looks beautiful and refreshing, with all the furniture available. Anko didn't know when she moved out of the Mitarai family, so it must have been like this for a while. Zakaki understands Hongdou¡¯s character very well. On the surface, he looks rough and broad, but in reality, he is both rough and subtle. If she said there was no reason for moving out of the Mitarai family, that would be a lie. She probably had something to do with the old guys in Konoha. Forget it, it was useless to think about it. It really didn't work. She would take Anko to Yamagakure and she wouldn't know. Is she willing? Zakumu looked at Anko, who was wrapped around him like a snake, with two drops of saliva still flowing from the corner of his mouth. The pineapple head that was originally tied up had fallen down at this moment, and his hair was hanging down on Zakumu's chest, which made Zakumu feel itchy in his heart. . Zakaki stretched out his right arm and leaned it on the back of his head. He didn't want a cold feeling to penetrate from his skin into his heart. When he touched it, he grabbed a piece of clothing and brought it to his eyes. Hehe - good guy, it turned out to be Anko's stockings. Naked! Smelling a hint of fragrance, looking at the pretty face, and the pair of big rabbits pressing on his left arm, Zakaki, who has amazing determination, started to get excited again! There are red stars on the bed. This is the first time for this red bean. It has been tossed and rained all night. Even if you are a jounin, your body may still not be able to bear it! The future is long, why hurt a beauty just for the sake of temporary pleasure? The morning sun outside the window has risen, and the pale yellow sunlight shines into the room through the gaps in the curtains. Zakaki kissed Anko gently on the face, slowly held her head on the pillow, and looked at Anko's face. A trace of blush flashed across her face, and she said with a smile: "Hongdou, don't worry, I won't let you down. There are still many things waiting for me, and when it's almost done, I will welcome you through the door!" Hongdou suddenly sat up from the bed, hugged Zakaki, and said with a cry: "I don't ask you to give me any status, I just hope that you have someone like me in your heart! I, Hongdou, am not a peerless beauty, let alone Don¡¯t treat yourself like a rich lady, I love you, if you love me too, that¡¯s more important than anything else!¡± Zakaki gently stroked Anko's smooth shoulders, "I said that I will definitely give you a status. You may not care, but that is my attitude. Since I have chosen to be with you, I have no reason. You are afraid of your hands and feet!" Zakaki held Hongdou's shoulders, pressed her gently on the bed, and smiled softly: "Have a good rest, I will ask for leave for you -" When Kaiban left Konoha and headed for Shagakure, Tsukuru followed him. Tsukuru knew that it was at this time that the war between the Akatsuki organization and the major powers officially began. At the same time, the Akatsuki organization was more appreciative of Tsukaki. One of the people died, this person is the Red Sand Scorpion! The Scorpion of Red Sand is undoubtedly very contradictory. In the forums of his previous life, he was rated very highly. Some people even said that in addition to Payne and the masked man in the Akatsuki organization, even Uchiha Itachi may not be his opponent. , but "died young"! It's hard to say whether Scorpio is good or bad. In the final analysis, he is also a pitiful person. Zakaki had fought against Grandma Chiyo back then, so she had some understanding of the power of puppets. A large part of the reason for going to Sunagakure was for personal evil, but I have to say that there is still a lot of political significance in it! Everyone in the world knows about the relationship between Oak and Orochimaru, and everyone in the world knows what kind of person Orochimaru is. If you say that Orochimaru has no relationship with the Akatsuki organization, no one will believe it, and this will have an impact on Yamagaku to some extent. When Oak comes to Sunagakure, whether he takes action or not, it shows an attitude. Although the ninja world has not yet reached that level of hatred towards the Akatsuki organization, no one is sure whether anyone will take advantage of it in the future. In the final analysis, there is only one reason, and that is that Zakaki wants to protect Orochimaru, and even tries to change Orochimaru's role. The embarrassing position of the entire ninja world! When Zakaki arrived at Sunagakure, the Sunagakures were already panicking. This is understandable. Anyone whose leader is kidnapped and whose life or death is unknown will feel panicked! Zakaki looked at the majestic buildings of Sunagakure, and his thoughts flew back to more than 20 years ago. At that time, he was still very young, and he followed Orochimaru to have sex. He seemed to remember that it was here that Bobby promised to Akai Nin. Damn it, it was here that Zakaki's position as the commander of Konoha was confirmed. When he came here again, everything had changed. What a trick of fate! "Stop! Who are you? Why did you come to Sunagakure? Do you have some evil intentions?" A ninja wearing a Sunagakure vest blocked Zakaki's way. Oakwood glanced at the Sand Ninja, and then looked at his own equipment. It was mediocre, and coupled with his Turtle Breath Technique, this ninja had no reason to pay attention to him? Is it possible that the Suna Ninja are now surrounded by soldiers? How did Zakaki know that the battle between Gaara and Deidara was shocking?The ghosts and gods are weeping on the ground. Now everyone in the hidden sand is extremely nervous. It's strange that a leisurely person like him is not taken care of! "I'm not a bad person, I just passed by Sunagakure and came to take a look!" Zakaki said with a smile. "Sunagakure Village is covered with sand and gravel for thousands of miles. Where would you pass by? I think you are probably a spy of the Akatsuki organization! If you can't explain your identity, I don't mind sending you to the interrogation department!" The ninja stretched out his hand and said, A dozen Suna ninjas came from several directions and surrounded Zakaki. "Slow down and do it!" Suddenly, a voice came from a distance, and then a familiar figure appeared in the sight of Zakaki and Sand Ninja. This person was Zakaki's "old acquaintance" Ma Ji. Ma Ji looked at Zakaki and revealed Half of his face was filled with surprise, and then he calmed down and said, "Master Tang Ying came here this time, what do you mean?" "Haha, Ma Ji? There is no Tang Ying here this time, only Turtle Immortal Zakaki. You don't need to think that I am a national leader, just treat me as an ordinary person." Zakaki chuckled, but his words Make Marky confused. "What do you mean, sir?" "It's not interesting, I just wanted to take a look. How is the situation now?" "The situation?" Ma Ji frowned and looked at Zakmu suspiciously. After a while, he remembered something, and then said provocatively: "My lord, you are here alone, aren't you afraid that we will leave you behind?" "Stay? Why stay? Speaking of which, we are still allies! Besides, I, Zakaki, am leaving, and I am confident that no one in this world can keep me!" Text Chapter 241 Shisui¡¯s Eyes Although Takaki's tone was arrogant, no one thought he was arrogant. After all, Kame Sennin Takaki's personal strength was there. Whether it was then or now, Takaki's reputation in the ninja world was enough to impress anyone! No one dares to doubt his words, not even the Thousand Thousand Iwa Ninjas, not the Eight-Tails, not even the Raikage! Ma Ji looked at Zakaki's meaningful smile, and his heart trembled. The psychological pressure that Zakaki put on him was not small. When Sunagakure came to this critical point, who knows what he paid attention to? Although there is no conflict of interest between Shangakure and Sunagakure, they must be wary of others. Marki changed his tone and asked tentatively: "Lord Tang Ying, are you here to help Xiao organize it?" Oakwood was stunned for a moment, then smiled and said: "Machijounin, although the Akatsuki organization is powerful, in the final analysis they are just a group of rebellious ninjas. They don't seem to be qualified to let me work for them, right?" Ma Ji couldn't help but breathed a sigh of relief, but looked at Zakaki in confusion, "What does Mr. Yukage mean? Are you really passing by Sunagakure?" "You won't let me search for the whereabouts of the Akatsuki organization alone, right? The Kingdom of Wind and the Kingdom of Sichuan are very big. I'm afraid that if I find Kazekage, he will become the soul of the Akatsuki organization! "Zakaki shook his head and continued: "Just tell me the information here, I'm too lazy to bother anymore. By the way, where are Hatake Kakashi and Metkai now?" Oakwood was running in the forest, and suddenly a vague chakra approached him, sometimes appearing in the soil, sometimes emerging from the trees. If it were an ordinary ninja, he really wouldn't be able to find it, but when he appeared in the soil, he would undoubtedly fall into the arms of Zakaki! Now Zakmu's understanding of soil is at its peak. Once he hides in the soil, no matter how well he hides it, he can't escape Zakmu's touch! Oakwood suddenly stopped in mid-air, and quickly formed seals with his hands, "Earth Release - Magma Yellow Spring Marsh!" Rumble-a clearing in the distance suddenly collapsed, and the trees on both sides collapsed in the heat wave. , making a hissing sound. Zakaki stood with his hands behind his back on the tree trunk, feeling that the chakra still existed, and secretly appreciated in his heart that he was able to avoid his sudden lava marsh. It seemed that his opponent should not be underestimated! Zakaki looked at his opponent in the dirt who was preparing to flee. He took a further step, but he didn't know that an accident suddenly came! The trees on both sides suddenly grew two vine whips, with blood-red flowers blooming on the vine whips. The coquettish flowers emitted a strange fragrance and filled the air. Bang bang bang - those flowers suddenly exploded, and in a short time, the entire scene turned into blood-red smoke. Then a black and white man wearing a pitcher plant appeared outside the red smoke. The man said with pride: "Do you think the oak tree died this time? I didn't expect that the famous Kame Immortal was just like this. He thought we were I was caught by his trick, but caught off guard and trapped in our blood mist, he will definitely be in our hands!" "Hmph! I don't think so. This Kame Sennin Oak is no small feat. He was on par with Pain more than ten years ago, and even defeated the Raikage and the Eight-Tails three years ago. If he is so easy to deal with, I believe that one can also I won¡¯t treat him as a variable!¡± the black half said sarcastically. "Neither you nor I felt his presence, then he must be dead! Let's go and have a look -" ¡°Earth Release¡ªEarth Dragon Bullet!¡± Before the voice could finish speaking, an earth dragon roared and flew up from the bottom of the pitcher plant, charging towards him with great momentum. Boom - the earth dragon hit him directly, and the tree he was standing on instantly turned into powder! "Hmph! Zetsu, you didn't know where you were when I was doing this move? It's just a trick!" Zakaki slowly walked to Zetsu who had a big hole in his chest, lifted his body up, and then I frowned, it took me a long time and it turned out to be a fake again! That's right, Jue is the main combat power of the masked man in the future, there is no reason to let him hang in his hands! Oakwood casually threw his body on the ground and said loudly in the distance: "Uchiha Itachi, come out!" "As expected of Master Zakaki, you discovered me so easily!" Itachi, wearing a fire cloud robe, walked out from behind a big tree. "This guy has been following you for a long time. Who knew I would find you out! Itachi, your genjutsu has improved again. If this guy hadn't died and caused your chakra to fluctuate, I really wouldn't have been able to find you. !" Zakaki looked at Jue at his feet and said with a smile. "My lord, that's a compliment. My lord, I want to ask you something!" "It sounds like we are rivals?" "You are probably aware of my affairs, so I won't let you gossip. I just played against Uzumaki Naruto, and he has made great progress. I put my hope in him, but I am afraid that there will be changes, so I hope you will Can you help them two! Your Excellency is a good brother, and Moriki-senpai is also a good brother!??Although I am not a good person, I hope to be a good brother, so, please, sir! " "What can I help? They have to rely on themselves for these things. Of course there is nothing from Orochimaru's side, but¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª" "It's okay, sir, this is for you!" Itachi took out a scroll from his pocket and handed it to Zakaki. "What is this?" Zakaki was a little curious. "Shisui's eyes!" "Are you sure you want to give this thing to me?" Hearing Itachi's words, Zakaki's heart stirred up a storm. Zakaki knew exactly what Shisui's eyes were. They were a super bug in Naruto. This thing Now to myself, is Itachi stupid? "You seem to know how useful it is, and it's written on the scroll. I won't say more. You are very curious about why I gave it to you. It's actually nothing. I just think you can understand an elder brother's painstaking efforts for his younger brother. , so please!¡± Zakaki looked at Itachi and suddenly remembered that these eyes seemed to have a very important role, so he said, "I can't have this thing. If I can help with what you said, I will of course help you!" "Sir, I know your temperament. The only people in this world who can make me trust this thing are you and Naruto! There will be an unprecedented war in this world. This eye may be in your hands. He can play a greater role! As a dying person, I simply cannot let him play his due role!" "A dying person?" Zakaki remembered that Itachi died after fighting Sasuke. There was no reason for him to say such a thing now. Could it be that his butterfly effect caused his early death? Text Chapter 242: Little Deidara Itachi gave him the eyes and Zakaki still accepted it. This was not because he was squeamish, but because he felt that this thing had no big effect on him! If there is anyone in this world that Zakaki really worries about, it is the masked man, but this thing seems useless to him, isn't it equivalent to a useless person? Zakaki picked up the scroll in his hand and looked at it carefully. He remembered that this eye seemed to have an ultimate eye technique called Betsutenjin. He didn't know if it would be possible to give this thing to Ichii. It seemed that it would be easier for him to master it if he had the Sharingan. This technique! Zakaki shook his head suddenly, no, this thing is too relevant, now it is better to store it with him, and wait until it is useful! I have to say, sometimes luck is really wonderful. I just met two people from the Akatsuki organization, and now I meet another one! Zakaki looked up at the big white bird flying in the sky. The bird's big mouth held a body, and on its back stood a blond boy with a ponytail. The boy's face was full of arrogance, but at the moment he looked a bit embarrassed. , because he only has one hand left! The only remaining arm kept flying in the air, and he kept mumbling. No one knew what he was talking about. No need to guess, this person is Deidara from the Akatsuki organization! The body held in the beak must be the captured Kazekage Gaara! Oakwood looked at the height at which the bird was flying, which was just passing through the treetops, and made up his mind. The figure flashed on a treetop and shouted to Deidara who was flying forward: "Deidara, come down and have a chat!" As soon as he finished speaking, two small white spiders flew down from the air, and then there were two booming sounds. The two small spiders exploded around the oak tree, and the black smoke and heat waves raised directly hit the treetops. Break it off! Then came Deidara's yelling: "Where did the little shrimp come from? Since I know you, Mr. Deidara, you are still so arrogant. It is simply a blasphemy against art! It should be exploded! Hey, he is not dead yet?" "Not only am I not dead, but now I have to teach you a lesson!" Zakaki suddenly appeared behind Deidara and kicked Deidara sideways, but the latter seemed to have been prepared for it, riding a big white bird, He rushed down suddenly and dodged Zakaki's kick. The big white bird flapped its wings and flew for a short distance, then stopped in the air. Deidara on his back looked at Zakaki warily, and said with some surprise: "When did a person like you appear in Sunagakure? Not bad!¡ª¡ª " The oak tree that was parked on the treetop didn't pay any attention to him. He jumped up and appeared on another treetop. Then there was a burning smell of an explosion, and dark fireworks came out from where the oak tree was just now. . After all, he is a member of the Akatsuki organization. Although he is a bit nervous, his fighting talent is really good. He takes advantage of the gap in his attack to calculate where he will land, and quickly arranges the bomb, while not forgetting it. Numb yourself! Seeing that his plan failed, Deidara put his only remaining hand into the clay bag on his waist, "Looks like I want you to have a taste of c2! Come out¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª" Zakaki looked at the white flying dragon under Deidara's feet, and then looked at some small bombs arranged on the ground, and he understood the trick used by this guy. The so-called C2 is to make the detonating clay into the shape of a huge flying dragon, and Take him into the air and use the induced bombs spitted out by the dragon to accurately attack the enemy. Coupled with the pre-set mines for a joint attack, it is a type of upper and lower attack, so as to maximize the effect of c2. Although this trick is not unsolvable, it is still quite difficult! Forget it, let¡¯s just teach him a lesson today. Such a guy won¡¯t be able to communicate well unless he is overwhelmed in strength! "Drink¡ª¡ª" Deidara clasped his hands together, and the white flying dragon under him aimed several bombs in the direction of Zakaki. Looking at the direction of Zakaki's dodge, Deidara raised the corner of his mouth, "Huh, let you hide. , let¡¯s see if I don¡¯t blow you up! Uh-huh? Why can¡¯t I blow it up? No!¡± Deidara looked at the falling clods of soil from the sky, and hurriedly drove the flying dragon to dodge left and right. I just escaped the rocks falling from the sky, but the crisis appeared again! I don't know when the opponent cast the ninjutsu, but several earth pillars appeared on the ground. The earth pillars emerged from the ground and directly immobilized the flying dragon. Deidara dodged away from the flying dragon, jumped to the big white bird just now, and shouted again: "Go to hell¡ª¡ª" Boom¡ª¡ª The flying dragon exploded immediately after Deidara left, causing the surrounding birds and beasts to scurry around in shock. The flying heat wave blew down all the leaves on both sides, and even the corners of Deidara's Fire Cloud Robe here were blown to pieces. Sound! Deidara covered his eyes with his hands and murmured in a low voice: "This guy is so powerful. First, the soil cover, then the rock prison pillar, and the landmine just planted were not detonated. It must have been his hand! Why? There is a sand ninja who can use Earth Release so superbly, who is this person? It doesn't matter, he died in C2! By the way, who is this person? Could it be him¡ª¡ª" "Deidara, if I wanted to kill you, you would have died by the Tulon gun by now!" A strong figure appeared on the tree trunk behind Deidara. Deidara hurriedly heard the sound.I turned my head around, and at first glance, it was that face. Who else could it be if it wasn't Zakaki? Just as Deidara was about to speak, a cold feeling immediately spread throughout his body. Looking down, he saw thorns shining with cold light standing in a circle around him: "You¡ª¡ªyou are Zakaki?" "What do you think?" Zakaki jumped down from the tree trunk and slowly walked to Deidara. "No wonder you have this Earth Escape skill! What do you mean?" Deidara clenched his fists, gritted his teeth and looked at Zakaki angrily. "It's not interesting. I wanted to say hello to you, but who would have thought that you would just do it without saying anything." Zakaki pointed at Gaara who was being swallowed, and continued: "Isn't that the captured Kazekage?" "Hmph! When did Yamagakure and Sunagakure become an alliance? Zakaki, don't think that I'm afraid of you just because you are some kind of Kame Sage. It was just my negligence just now. If we really fight, I will blow you up and make you See what real art is!¡± "The battle between ninjas doesn't have that many bells and whistles. If I want to kill you, I won't let you use all your tricks. You, an artist, should know this basic common sense!" Zakaki looked at the preparations. Deidara retorted, stretched out his hand and continued: "I'm not here to quarrel with you, nor to fight with you. I just want to take Feng Ying back. After all, he is just a corpse now and has no effect on you. !¡± Deidara was about to get angry, but looking at the several thorns around him, he suppressed his anger and said, "Why should I give it to you?" "No reason, just because you can't beat me! Deidara, give me the Kazekage. I took a look and it seems that the guys from Konoha are about to catch up. Although you are not afraid of them, there is no need to do it for you. An unimportant corpse trouble!" "Hmph! I'm going to bring back the Kyuubi soon! Although it's a bit difficult to copy the ninja Kakashi, it's not troublesome for me to kill them! Let's not talk about this first, why didn't the bomb I planted underground just detonate? ?¡± "Landmines are true, but if they want to explode, they need oxygen. If I squeeze the oxygen out of the soil, how can it still explode?" "Is that so? Forget it, I'll give him to you! But first, I'm not afraid of you, I gave it to you for the sake of sister Yumi!" Deidara pulled Gaara out. Throw it to the oak tree, then jump onto the big white bird and fly away into the distance. "Hey, if you have the chance to go to Yamayaku, Yumi always talks about you!" Zakaki shouted in the direction of Deidara flying away, looking at Deidara's slightly trembling back, but Deidara never looked back. , said with a smile: "He is really a face-saving guy!" Text Chapter 243 Four-tailed Naruto Zakaki was running through the forest carrying Gaara's body. After a while, he felt two people coming in front of him, but they seemed to be in a very embarrassed state. Zakaki stepped forward and saw a pink-haired girl with an old woman with a wrinkled face on her shoulders. The girl was Haruno Sakura, and the old woman was Sunagakure's hidden elder, Chiyo's mother-in-law! The arrival of Zakaki will naturally attract the attention of the two of them. Sakura looked at Gaara in Zakaki's hand with surprise on her face. What surprised her even more was the attitude of Granny Senju. At this moment, Granny Chiyo was even releasing the murderous weapon. Nice! Is it possible that, like Kakashi-sensei, there is a blood feud between Uncle Oak and Granny Chiyo? Chiyo was supported by Sakura, with infinite killing intent in her heart. Even though she had been living in seclusion for many years, she still couldn't let go when she saw the person in front of her again! Kame Sennin Oak, became famous in three battles. His fame was built with the blood of many ninjas. The Battle of Mount Kikyo resulted in the death and injury of countless Sunagakure. In other words, this war destroyed the foundation of Sunagakure, and the entire Sunagakure completely lost its prestige as a great nation. As one of the founders of the prosperous Sunagakure, how could Chiyo not hate it? ? The Oakwood in front of him was the main perpetrator at that time. He and Orochimaru's surprise attack team invaded Sunagakure and released the spirit beasts to destroy Sunagakure's countless properties. If he had been killed before Orochimaru intercepted him, it would have given Sunagakure Save some face! Chiyo looked at Sakura's big puzzled eyes next to him, and his heart moved. He remembered the battle just now, the kid named Naruto, and the Konoha ninjas who drew their swords to help, and slowly lost the murderous intention. , but the anger on his face is still on the surface. "Chiyo-senpai, I haven't seen you for decades, you are as majestic as ever!" Zakaki looked at the anger on Chiyo's tired face, and remembered that this powerful old woman had just killed her grandson, and later exchanged her life for me. Gaara, this old woman is worthy of admiration. "Master Yukage is so majestic. Is it possible that you and the Akatsuki organization came together with the intention of harming our Kazekage? Also, I wonder what is the current situation of our Kazekage?" Chiyo looked at Gaara in Tsubasagi's hand, worried. said. "I've long heard that Chiyo-senpai can't escape. I don't want to keep my hands and eyes open to the sky! However, Chiyo-senpai thinks that it's necessary for me, a dignified mountain retreater, to collude with the Akatsuki organization? As for Kazekage-sama, you must have known what happened to him. One question?" "Old lady, although I don't care about Sunagakure's affairs, I have some information sources at least! I don't know who you Yamagakure are, but your relationship with Orochimaru is known to everyone! As for Orochimaru and the group of people organized by Akatsuki, They are all the same!" "Orochimaru has long since left the Akatsuki organization. Now Yamagakure and Otogakure are strategic allies. It's not good for senior to slander him like this in front of me! Besides, I saved the Kazekage from the Akatsuki organization. It's not okay for senior to say this. Okay!" Zakaki smiled and supported Gaara on the tree trunk beside him. When Sakura heard Zakaki mentioning Orochimaru, she wanted to open her mouth to speak, but when she saw Zakaki's eyes full of meaning, she swallowed her words abruptly. But the flicker in my heart still made me want to open my mouth. At this moment, a voice came from far away: "Gaara¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª" When Sakura looked at it, she saw that Naruto and Kakashi-sensei were rushing towards this direction. The voice was naturally shouted by Naruto! Naruto yelled and rushed directly in the direction of Gaara, without even seeing Zakaki and Sakura and Chiyo standing beside him. Naruto shook Gaara and found that he was no longer breathing. He hurriedly looked up at the person next to him. This time he found that it was Zakaki. Then he said anxiously: "Luxury - Mr. Yuying, what's wrong with Gaara?" Already?" Naruto's words, Master Yukage, really made Zakaki a little uncomfortable. In fact, Zakaki also knew the reason. In the past few years, Naruto had traveled around with Jiraiya, and there was a war that shouldn't have happened, which made this passionate person The boy has matured a lot, and although he is still a bit sloppy, at least he has changed a lot compared to the original work. "He is dead!" As soon as Zakaki finished speaking, Naruto suddenly mutated! Orange-red evil chakra emerged from all sides of his body, and the three tails extending out one after another were even faintly visible on his butt. Zakaki suddenly remembered that in the original work, Naruto went crazy because of Gaara's death, but was stopped in the end. As for the specific method of stopping him, Zakaki had long forgotten, but he still remembered that the rampaging Naruto did not distinguish between friend and foe. of! Zakaki shouted directly to the people behind him: "Get out of the way, Naruto has an accident!" When Kakashi saw the rampaging Naruto, he thought of something, but when he saw Zakaki who was already forming seals, he forgot about it. His figure flashed, and he directly supported Sakura and Chiyo and appeared on the other side! The three of them had just left when, with a bang, their original location was directly destroyed by Naruto's punch! Naruto, who failed to hit him, turned to look at Zakaki not far away, rushed towards him with a whooshing sound, bared his teeth and opened his claws and slapped him directly! There was another bang, and the surrounding??All the trees fell down, and the dust raised was overwhelming. Sakura, who had just dodged a blow, even covered her mouth with her hands, crying and asking Kakashi beside her, "Kakashi-sensei, what happened to Naruto? Why did he attack us? And his amazing The chakra is¡ª¡ª" Kakashi looked at Naruto with a solemn expression and said nothing. However, Granny Chiyo next to her spoke up, "If I guessed correctly, this is your Nine-Tails Jinchuuriki of Konoha! That chakra is the power of the Nine-Tails!" "Kyuubi?" Sakura became more and more puzzled. "There are nine tailed beasts in the world¡ª¡ª" Chiyo had already started to explain the nine tailed beasts to Sakura, while Kakashi stared at Oakwood and the tailed beast-turned-Naruto. Fight. Zakaki used his earth clone to attract Naruto's attention. The Yellow Springs marsh was arranged early, and Naruto was caught by the trick as expected. Naruto who fell into the Yellow Springs marsh fell into the Yellow Springs marsh as expected, but the four-tailed Naruto exploded. The person breaks free directly from the underworld! Zakaki looked at Naruto who had exploded with four tails, and once again formed the seal "Earth Release - Ten Thousand Peaks Bloom!" Two low peaks appeared in the front and rear directions of Naruto. These peaks flanked Naruto. Naruto kept roaring, and his tail tended to explode again. Zakaki suddenly shouted: "Suck¡ª¡ª" Chi chi chi - Naruto's chakra disappeared at a speed visible to the naked eye. Naruto seemed to be frightened and angered by the mountain peak in front of him. He used force again, trying to tear the mountain peak in front of him, but just broke a section, that The mountain peak spreads out again! Kakashi suddenly remembered the talisman that Jiraiya gave him, and shouted loudly in the direction of Zakaki: "Mr. Zakaki, then, Lord Jiraiya said that this is useful for the rampaging Naruto!" Zakaki turned around and took the flying talisman, nodded to Kakashi, and then threw the talisman, and it accidentally landed on Naruto's forehead. The talisman on Naruto's forehead and the peak of the oak tree worked together. Originally, Naruto's chakra was still rising due to his struggle, but at this moment, with the two-pronged approach, Naruto's chakra completely disappeared, and his body also collapsed. on the ground. Text Chapter 242: Inuzuka Grudge Chapter 242 Inuzuka Feud Like the original work, Gaara was saved by Chiyo's mother-in-law using the reincarnation technique, but she herself also lost her life. Gaara, who came back from the dead, was extremely grateful to Naruto who rescued him, but he didn't feel much gratitude to Zakaki who rescued him. Instead, he was quite indifferent, which surprised Zakaki. Zakaki even wondered whether Sunagakure often used himself as a negative example when educating his children, so that even a relatively enlightened person like Gaara resented him greatly. Zakaki still didn¡¯t bother to do the hot-faced butt-cheeking thing. Without much entanglement with Suna Ninja, Zakaki returned to Konoha and met up with Yumi and his party who were still at Uncle Yichun¡¯s house. In fact, Zakaki really hopes to have more contact with Yumi, Morimi and the Yichun family. Apart from their mother and daughter, Zakaki has no relatives in this world. The world will soon become corrupt, and then Zakaki will not let go at all. The mother and daughter are out for a walk. It is no exaggeration to say that this will be the last time they see each other for a long time. When Zakaki came to Uncle Yichun's house in Konoha, Yumi was holding Yi chunn¨£in¨£i's hand and chatting in the yard. Hearing Yi chunn¨£in¨£i's laughter from time to time, Zakaki knew that she was slowly recovering. Yumi had long felt the arrival of Tochigi. When Tochigi came to the yard, Yuki stood up. "Haha, you're back? It's good to be back. It seems that Xiao Li also went to Sand Hidden Village, right? I wonder if he came back with Zakaki?" Yi Chunn¨£in¨£i wiped his hands on his apron out of habit, stuck out his head, and looked at M¨¦n outside. "Yi chunn¨£in¨£i, Xiao Li and the others have completed their mission. There are still some things to do in Shayin Village, so I'm afraid the return date will be delayed." Zakaki walked into the yard and heard Yi chunn¨£in¨£i's words about Xiao Li. Although he had already expressed his concern for Yi Chun's family was deeply moved, but they were still moved when they heard that Yi Chunn¨£in¨£i treated Xiao Li as his own. Yi chunn¨£in¨£i was overjoyed to hear that Xiao Li was fine. He took Zakaki's hand and walked into the inner hall. He said with a smile: "You finally came to Konoha, and this time you met the old man again. Stay here for a few days. Look at how worried Yumi is following you. Listen to Yi chunn¨£in¨£i, let's stay safe for a few days. I see that Komori is particularly fond of Konoha. Yesterday Konohamaru took Komori around. Yes, look at how happy she is¡ª¡ª" "Konohamaru?" Zakaki's skin tightened when he heard this. When did Sami and Konohamaru have sex? It goes without saying what kind of character Konohamaru is. He is just the same as Naruto. Komori is always naughty. After being together with Konohamaru, how can she rebel in the future? Yumi seemed to understand the changing psychology of Zakaki Fengyun. She gently put her purple hair on her temples between her ears with her hands, and said with a smile: "Semi, although no one dares to bully her in Yamagakure and Otogakure, she is still the same person after all. Man, not having a partner is not good for a child's growth. Although Sammi is a little naughty under your pampering, it's just a child's behavior, and it's not a big deal. I've seen Konohamaru, and he seems to be your teacher. Son? He¡¯s a nice little guy.¡± "Haha, really? Hey - I didn't take good care of my nephew, and the teacher's son doesn't even know me. I'm such a failure." Zakaki looked at the buildings around him that had not changed much, and suddenly became uninterested. . "Yeah? Is there any? That girl named Anko is very good, and our Lady Tsunade." Yumi smiled softly. "This - actually - I -" ??Yumi looked at Zakaki's careless look, chuckled, and covered her mouth, "Let's not talk about this for now. Look at how you look like Tang Ying? Let's talk about it after we go back to Shanyin." "What are you and your wife talking about anymore? Come on, Yumei, come over and help. Let's have some delicious food tonight -" Yi Chunn¨£in¨£i's shouting came from the inner room I was walking on the streets of Konoha, looking at the bustling crowd, and suddenly I felt that it was crowded. After passing the last intersection, I couldn't help but look at the familiar sign, the emblem of the Inuzuka family. I scolded the white wolf who was still in the scroll, and found that I was even more blocked. No one in this world wants to be a defector. No matter who it is, his status in the Inuzuka family is already low. Coupled with his different dog management concepts from the family, there is no doubt that he will be ostracized just like Aburv Zhiyan. Same, it should be said that the current oil nv takes root. The Inuzuka family regards the ninja dogs as companions that they want to protect with their lives, while Chi is treating the white wolf as a tool. Maybe Chi Chi is undoubtedly wrong in the eyes of outsiders, but Chi has his own reasons, because he understands that blindly The secret skills of the Inuzuka family will never be able to conquer the entire ninja world. It is with this mentality that he now surpasses all the people in the Inuzuka family and is called a man with equal strength to Kakashi by Orochimaru. . He casually dusted himself off and laughed at himselfSmile, why are you doing this? Now that you have decided on this path, you must continue on. "Squeak - the door marked with the Inuzuka clan emblem opened, and a girl in her twenties walked out. The girl was holding an injured puppy in her hands. The girl was just about to close the open door when she suddenly found someone watching her. She turned around and saw an unfamiliar face, but the look on that face almost made the girl scream. The girl covered her mouth and stared at the man. Finally she closed her eyes, put the puppy in her arms on the ground, and took out a kunai from her back. "Want to send a signal? Inuzuka hu¨¡¡ª¡ª" Chi looked at the girl opposite him complicatedly. The Inuzuka family members had always had a very bad attitude towards Chi. There were also some people who were kind to him, such as the Inuzuka in front of him. hu¨¡. The Inuzuka family has deep-rooted thoughts. It is not easy for a girl to look at herself differently, not to mention that the person in front of her takes good care of herself, but this cannot eliminate her hatred for the Inuzuka family. "Are you scolding my brother? Although your attitude towards the ninja dogs is outrageously wrong, that cannot be the reason for you to betray your family and the village? Do you know how many Konoha ninjas have lost their lives because of your misbehavior in Kumogakure? x¨¬ngfate?" "Sister, is he the scum of the family you are talking about?" Another young man walked out of the Inuzuka house just now. Next to this young man stood a big white dog. The big dog looked at him with a grinning teeth. , wishing to tear it in half. He glanced at the two siblings, turned around, and prepared to leave. "That scum called Chi, I am the new generation genius of the Inuzuka family. My name is Inuzuka Kiba. Today I will represent the Inuzuka family to get rid of you Akamaru. Let's learn the four-leg technique." Kiba and Akamaru directly became Two spirals rushed towards the direction of Chi. He glanced askance at the man and dog rushing towards him, stepped on the surrounding house wall, jumped into the air, punched and kicked, and the spiral that was flying in mid-air was directly shot to the ground, and then only the sound of teeth and teeth were heard. Akamaru growled. "Humph - is this the genius of the Inuzuka family? Trash -" He looked at Yato who fell on the ground with disdain, and was about to leave, but Yato who was knocked to the ground stood up crookedly, "Yatsu tooth¡ª¡ª" "Hold on!" a whirring sound floated from the roof, and a dark figure rushed out. The figure flashed and split into two, directly holding Ya and Akamaru forward. After the figure stabilized, he saw the appearance of the visitor. She was wearing a ninja vest and her spiky hair showed her violent character. She knew this person. She was Inuzuka Hua's mother, Inuzuka Claw. There is her ninja dog One-eyed Kuromaru. Inuzuka grabbed Kiba's back collar with his claws and said solemnly: " Kiba, stay back, you are no match for him." Text Chapter 243 The scolding captain Looking at the Inuzuka family members surrounding him, a sneer appeared at the corner of his mouth, "As expected of an elite family in Konoha, this shameless style is really quite Konoha-like! I want to take a look, you guys How can these people eliminate me, a traitor!" "Inuzuka, don't be arrogant, don't think that you have nothing to fear if you follow Yukage. The matter between us has nothing to do with the village, it's just a personal grudge! Is it possible that you have to give up the dignity of a ninja?" Someone from the Inuzuka family The elder looked at Chi with an angry look. If the international disputes had been abandoned, it is estimated that the Inuzuka members surrounding Chi now would have joined forces! After all, the Fourth War broke out completely with the Inuzuka family as the fuse, and this fuse was the desire to impose a crime. How could the members of the Inuzuka family, who have always been violent, endure such crimes with peace of mind, not to mention that the perpetrator was Inuzuka. The shame of the family, the defector¡ª¡ªInuzuka Chi! [] When - Chi knocked away a kunai and quickly summoned the white wolf. After the smoke, Chi Chi stood on the white wolf majestically, looking down at the Inuzuka family members, "Humph! They are just a bunch of hypocritical villains, look at you The attitude is that we plan to do it together, in that case, let¡¯s go, there is no Yamagakure, no Konoha, there is only hatred!¡± "This traitor is very arrogant. Let's capture him now. Since he said this, it will be as he wishes!" Another Inuzuka elder shouted from the side. Other members are also gearing up and preparing to rush forward. Especially those ninja dogs lying on the ground and breathing white air, their front paws leaving white marks on the ground. "Go up -" I don't know who opened the fire first. For a moment, there were flashes of swords and whirlpools flying. After a while, the surrounding houses were severely damaged, and some places even burned with flames! Inuzuka Hana stood on the roof of the house, watching the fighting scene, feeling extremely anxious. Among them are disgust with this battle and anxiety about damage to the surrounding environment. What worries her even more is the arrival of ANBU soon. With this kind of formation, ANBU will arrive soon. Although the Inuzuka family wouldn't care much because of their power, such negative news is extremely detrimental to the Inuzuka family's reputation! While Inuzuka Hana was thinking, the ANBU ninja had arrived! "Stop it!" An ANBU ninja who looked like a captain was holding a long sword and shouted loudly towards the battlefield. The ANBU ninja looked at the outer village ninja who had suffered many losses, and then looked at the several Inuzuka families who had fallen on the ground. member, then said: "That person doesn't seem to be a Konoha ninja. I wonder what grudges you have with the Inuzuka family, and why did you do it in Konoha?" "My lord, this is a personal grudge between our Inuzuka family. I hope you ANBU will not interfere. When we capture this traitor, we will tell everything to the Hokage!" The elder of the Inuzuka family said to the ANBU captain. ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? We have cast a glance at the ANBU ninja, and we have noticed the unkind look from the other party, and understood what he meant. Chi looked at the proud faces of the Inuzuka family again, and said disdainfully: "Let you go, since you want to capture me, then show some real skills and let me see what your Inuzuka family has done these years. What do you do, is it the same rubbish as always?¡± "Inuzuka-ryu¨BHuman-animal hybrid transformation¨BTwo-headed wolf¡ª¡ª" Ya who had just been repelled suddenly rushed out from behind and directly used his favorite move. Chi looked at the human-animal transformation, and then frowned at the Inuzuka members who used animal-like ninja techniques in many places. The situation may have changed. Surrounded by the hostile ANBU ninja, in front of them, they regard themselves as life and death enemies. The Inuzuka members are in the belly of Konoha and have no chance of winning at all! Forget it, just fight with them. After understanding this evil fate, it would be better if you die, and you will save endless troubles in the future! Just use that trick! ¡ª¡ª "Earth Release - Earth River!" The thick Earth River roared out from the street entrance. At that time, countless shops and houses fell into the mud river. No one could react to the sudden scene, even just now Some ANBU ninjas who appeared were submerged in the mud river. Of course, this also included the Inuzuka family who were at the mouth of the mud river. There is a wall standing in the middle of the mud river. There are two people standing on the wall. One of them is Chi who was just surrounded by Konoha ninjas, and the other is the legendary ninja in the ninja world that everyone knows well, Kame Sennin Zaki! Zakaki stood on a high place with his hands behind his hands, looking at the submerged Konoha ninjas, "Humph! When did Konoha become so miserable, a group of elites besieged their guests in the village! Even when Konoha was at its most vulnerable, I I have never seen this happen, has Konoha lost its pride as a great country?" Those ANBU ninjas who did not do anything but briefly contributed to this matter are all ashamed. As Konoha elites, they defended the glory of Konoha. It may be understandable that ninjas hate defectors, but if they lose their responsibilities because of such things, then I feel ashamed of the word "elite". Several elders of the Inuzuka family came out of the mud river in a panic. Without enough time to straighten their manners, they flew directly to a safe place and looked at him with anger on their faces.In the middle of the river, one of them said, "Master Yukage, Inuzuka Chi is a traitor to the Inuzuka family. Please hand him over to our Inuzuka family! Now there are only personal grievances, not a village." With a reputation like yours, I believe you will not involve the village in such a thing, right?" "Yes, this is a matter between our families and has nothing to do with the village! Lord Yukage doesn't know the situation, so let's forget about it this time. From now on, it will only be a matter between the Inuzuka family and this traitor!" Another Inuzuka The elder said. "Everyone, come on! ¡ª¡ª" "Earth Escape - Rock Giant!" Zakaki slapped his palm on the ground, and three rock giants more than five meters high roared out of the mud river and blocked the earth wall. "Master Yukage, what do you mean by this? Do you want to abandon the honor of ninja?" The elder of the Inuzuka family who was about to take action looked at the three rock giants that emerged and shouted angrily. "Since you said you can't intervene in a village way, then I am not Yukage now, I am Zakaki, the captain of Chi! Huh! You keep saying that Chi is a traitor, then I am also a traitor to Konoha, can you? You want to arrest me too? I want to see how powerful the Inuzuka family is. Those ANBU members. Now Chi and I are traitors to Konoha. You can come together. Today I am going to learn Konoha's clever tricks. !" Zakumu folded his arms, moved away from Tuliu Dahe, and stood on the wall with Chi. Chi glanced at Zakaki sideways, and was about to say something but was stopped by Zakaki, "Needless to say, since you call me captain, you are my subordinate. I, Zakaki, have a shortcoming, that is, I can't look down on others. Bully my subordinates, no matter who you are!" "I¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª" Chi's heart was touched. He naturally knew the stakes. One bad move would provoke a war between the two countries, but Zakaki didn't hesitate at all and took action directly. With such feelings, there was no need to say anything else. Together with the captain, we will fight against these birdmen in Konoha! When Zakaki saw Chi's expression, he knew that this guy was about the same. He didn't say anything more. Looking down at the Konoha ninjas below, he suddenly noticed a whirlwind flashing in the corner. Looking at the source of the whirlwind, he knew Who is it? Isn't it the impulsive boy from the Inuzuka family - Inuzuka Kiba! This kid dares to be so arrogant. I don't know what to say. It is necessary to teach him a lesson, "Earth Release-Earth Dragon Bullet!" Boom¡ª¡ªWith a loud noise, the earth dragon that rushed towards Ya from the ground was suddenly shattered, and dust rose up all over the sky. Before the dust fell to the ground, only a beautiful figure emerged from the gap: "Lord Tang Ying, you are so powerful, you actually attack a junior, you are so elegant!" "Tsunade, this kid has such a bad temper, I just want to teach him a lesson!" ps: I have something to do from the weekend to Monday, so I can¡¯t update anymore. Please take a leave from everyone. Text Chapter 244 Asma¡¯s old acquaintance Tsunade patted the remaining dust on her hands and scanned the entire battlefield, her face gradually becoming gloomy, "Is Lord Yukage declaring war on our Konoha? Does your village need Konoha to establish its prestige, or does Lord Yukage Are you going to show off your superb ninja skills? Does Yukage-sama really think that we in Konoha have reached a point where anyone can run wild?" Seeing Tsunade's stern expression, Zakaki shrugged and said, "Hokage-sama, don't put such a big hat on our heads. Everyone can see what happened just now. It was the Inuzuka clan of your village who made the first move. What's more, such a large group of people are besieging us Sannin! If I watch my subordinates being bullied in Konoha without doing anything, I think the nearly ten thousand Sannin will be heartbroken, right?" [] Tsunade was so angry that she couldn't speak when she heard what Tsunade said. She looked at Inuzuka Claw who was standing not far away and roared loudly: "Inuzuka Claw, what on earth is going on? Why are you in the village? If we take action, could it be that the village¡¯s political institutions have become a decoration?¡± "Lord Hokage, this person is the traitor to the Inuzuka family, Inuzuka Chi. He is also the root cause of the Four Wars that implicated Konoha. Sir, this is related to the honor of the Inuzuka clan, so we must deal with him!" Inuzuka pointed his finger. As he scolded, Kuromaru beside him seemed to sense his master's strong fighting spirit. The black hairs on his body stood up, and his gleaming teeth were drooling with a few drops of saliva, as if he was about to swallow the scold alive. Tsunade looked thoughtfully at Chi, who was standing next to Zakaki, and then looked at the Konoha ninja next to her. She felt the deep hatred emanating from the surrounding Inuzuka family members and some Anbu, and she had a suspicion in her heart: "Lord Tang Ying, this seems to be an internal matter within their family and has nothing to do with you. I wonder what you meant by attacking them just now?" "Haha, Hokage-sama, being a Tang Ying naturally has nothing to do with this matter, but Oakwood has a lot to do with it! It was my companion who was scolded, as early as the third war! You said that your companion was bullied by others, If my comrade doesn't help me, won't it make people laugh? I remember there was a saying that a ninja who doesn't care about his comrades is worse than trash!" Tsunade waved her green robe, clenched her fists and said loudly: "I am also a companion of the Inuzuka family. According to you, I should also get involved! Lord Yukage, today we will put aside this shadow's identity and solve the problem properly. How about a question?" Zakaki pushed Chi away and took a few steps forward, "Okay, it's good to learn some lessons. Today I will break up this bond for Chi and take the opportunity to ask the famous Tsunade Hime for some tips!" Tsunade raised her brows, her body trembled slightly, her red-painted nails dug directly into her palms, blood flowed from the wounds, and her teeth rattled. She never thought that Zakaki would really do it with her. Or on this occasion, could it really be true? ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ªIn this case, why bother thinking about these things? Tsunade clenched her fists and rushed directly towards Zakaki. The wind from her fists hissed in the air, and the huge power contained in it could be felt even from a distance. Zakmu quickly formed a seal, "Earth Release - Earth Dragon Bullet". There is no need to go into details about Zakmu's accomplishments in earth escape. After the seal was completed, four earth dragons quickly appeared around them. The earth dragon's head popped up from the ground, with its head open. The huge mouth spurted out countless mud bombs. Tsunade seemed to know the trajectory of the mud bombs in advance. The overwhelming mud bombs didn't even scratch the corners of Tsunade's clothes! Tsunade, who had dodged the mud bomb, came to Zakaki's side in a few seconds. Probably because she was holding back some resentment in her heart, she raised her fist and hit Zakaki directly. On the other hand, Zakaki seemed to be frightened by Tsunade's momentum. Seeing Tsunade rushing towards me without any movement! With a bang, dust fell from the fist, and the surrounding area was immediately surrounded by gravel. Before the gravel fell, Tsunade jumped up from the dust and scanned the surroundings carefully in the air. Suddenly, Tsunade raised her fist again, rushed down, and shouted to the ground: "Huh! Stop there! You are pretending to be a ghost, come out!" There was another bang, and a ravine was suddenly hit on the ground. Tsunade looked at the ravine with nothing in it, and a sense of crisis flashed through her heart. She turned around suddenly and saw a leg stretched out from the soil, with great strength. Hit yourself. After all, he is one of the three ninjas. He is not afraid in the face of danger and quickly raises his arms to block Zakaki's attack! Everyone knows that Tsunade has strange power punches, but his strength cannot be underestimated. This blow directly kicked Tsunade back more than ten meters and stirred up a dust flower on the ground. How could Tsunade, who had suffered a small loss, be willing to give up? Shaking his numb arms, he turned his right foot, suddenly exerted force on his left foot, and rushed towards Zakaki at high speed again. Just as Tsunade was preparing for her second attack, two majestic voices floated over from afar: "Tsunade, Master Tangying is a guest from afar, why are you so rude?" "That's right. There's nothing to say. If we have to fight on the street, it really undermines the dignity of the Hokage!" "The two voices completely attracted everyone's attention, and then, two familiar figures appeared in everyone's sight. It was Mu?Hokage advisors - Mito and Koharu! When Tsunade saw the two old men appearing, a trace of resentment flashed in her heart, and when she heard their sermons, her whole body was on the verge of breaking out. Could it be that others were going to privately loot and run amok in the village? As a Hokage, I, as a Hokage, could bear to swallow my anger. ? Tsunade looked at Zakaki's gloating face, and the anger in her heart became even more intense. She kicked the rock in front of her to pieces and said, "Humph, I don't care, you can do whatever you want!" Mito looked at Tsunade's retreating back and smiled at Oakwood, "Master Yukage, there may be a misunderstanding about this matter. This is not the way to go now. I think we should first let the ANBU calculate the twists and turns clearly for both of us. How about dealing with it again?" "Thank you, Mito and Elder Koharu. That's fine. I didn't plan to scold him, but he was misunderstood. We, the Yamagakure, will compensate for the losses in Konoha!" Takaki nodded. For a guy like this, there is no reason to fight him. If you give him a few steps, he will use the slope to climb down. Besides, now is not the time to fall out with them! Oakwood's words seemed to be very popular. The wrinkles on Xiaochun's face suddenly became thicker. He grinned and said: "Master Tangying really knows the general situation. I'll wait for the villagers of Konoha first and thank you! -" There were two people standing on the big tree in the distance. One of them had silver hair and a mask, and he had dead eyes. He was holding a novel in his hand and reading it with relish. Another person was smoking a cigarette, looking into the distance from time to time, with a look of anxiety on his face. This person put out the cigarette butt in his hand, "Kakashi, what happened to you? Hey - Hokage-sama and senior brother - how did they -" Kakashi looked away from the novel slightly, glanced over there, then looked at the novel in his hand, first sighed, and finally said: "This is politics!" "Have Naruto and the others gone to find Orochimaru?" "Well, fortunately Mr. Zakaki is here, otherwise we would be in trouble again!" "What a headache. How could Orochimaru have such a close relationship with his senior brother?¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª" "I don't want to think about this anymore. By the way, Asma, your old acquaintance may show up recently!" "My old acquaintance? Who?" "I'm not sure yet, but you're always right to be careful!" "knew¡ª¡ª" ps: Something happened at home these days, so I rushed back. Sorry! Finally, please give me a recommendation Text Chapter 245: Dawn of Organizational Opportunities The air in the morning is fresh and refreshing, the dewdrops on the flowers, plants and trees have not yet fallen, the sunlight is streaming down from the cracks in the trees, and the birds are chirping on the treetops. The forest was peaceful and peaceful. An elk stretched out its steaming tongue and licked the young leaves emerging from the grass. Then he turned his head and looked around, kicked the loose soil under his feet with his hooves, stretched out his neck and continued. Start eating. Suddenly, the elk seemed to be frightened and rushed towards the dense trees. The birds on the trees also rushed to fly up, shaking the leaves on the trees and falling. After a while, a group of ninjas came flying over the trees. This group of ninjas was none other than Takaki and his party who were driving from Konoha to Yamagakure. He scolded the oak trees flying in front of him, then looked back at the direction of Konoha. His heart was filled with mixed feelings. No one wanted to be called a traitor or a traitor. Although he was not looked at differently in Yamayaku, no matter what A few days ago, that faint sense of despicability had always lingered. This time, the captain deliberately asked him to accompany him back to Konoha to eliminate the demonic barrier in his heart, but was it really worth it for someone who had nothing to do with the overall situation? Zakaki squinted and said, "It is said that those brats from Konoha are looking for Orochimaru. What do you think about this?" Chi was slightly startled, and then said: "The spies sent news a few days ago, saying that Konoha Kakashi's group was led by Konoha Jonin Yamato to find Lord Orochimaru. It seems to be the information obtained in Sunagakure , it is said to be at Tiandi Bridge!" "Zhonggo, who was carrying Komori Mei on his back, trembled. He opened his mouth but closed it again. He looked at Zakaki complicatedly, said nothing, and continued to follow Zakaki with Komori Mei on his back. However, Komori, who was on Jugo's back, heard the news about Orochimaru. She was already drowsy but now she became energetic. She blinked her big eyes and opened her head and asked: "Dad, is there someone who wants to cause trouble for your godfather? " Yumi, who was beside Oakwood, frowned and looked at Komori displeased, "When adults speak, children should not interrupt. Haven't I taught you before?" Yumi educated Mori Mi, but Jugo and Chi naturally did not dare to open their mouths. They both looked at the scenery on the roadside absentmindedly as if they were thinking about a problem. Only Komori Mei, whose face was full of grievances, blinking and almost shed tears, looked at Takashi pitifully. Wood. When Zakaki saw Komorimi's expression, his heart softened, and he said haha: "It's nothing. Besides, Orochimaru is Morimi's godfather, so it's understandable that she's curious! Morimi, don't worry, your godfather is not an ordinary person. He It¡¯s not something that ordinary people can offend, don¡¯t worry!¡± "I just said, godfather is so powerful, who is his opponent? Dad, do we want to go to godfather's place to play? We haven't been there for a long time!" Komori said with a smile as she clapped her hands. Hearing Sammi¡¯s words, Yumi¡¯s brows furrowed even more intensely, and her voice even sounded a little angry, ¡°Semi, daddy is not allowed to cause trouble when he is working. Go back and copy the house rules a hundred times!¡± "Madam¡ª¡ª" "Yumi!" Chi, Jugo and Zaki shouted at the same time. Yumi was always known for being strict in her discipline of Mori. After all, she was the head of the Maki family, a wealthy family in Iwagakure Village. Even though Komori was loved by thousands of people, she was In front of my mother, the mouse still sees the cat! The usual strictness may be understandable, after all, most mothers of big families are like this, but this time it is a bit too much to ask Komori Mei to copy the family rules. Most of the family rules of the Takaki family are made by Mei, and Takaki is in charge of the hammer, among which Although I don¡¯t know clearly about the rules and regulations, there are still a lot of them. To ask a child to copy them a hundred times is completely overwhelming! Yumi stretched out her hand to block what Zakaki was about to say, "Semi has become so naughty now, and it has nothing to do with you as a father. How can you love your children so much? This matter is settled, and there will be no peace in the future. , maybe this child will get into trouble, so it¡¯s necessary to sound the alarm for her now!¡± Yumei said it all, and Oakwood had nothing to say. Zhongwu and Chi saw that Zakaki didn't speak, and it was hard for them to say anything. Yumi looked at Jugo who was hesitant to speak, bowed and said: "It's good that Jugo cares about Yumi, I want to thank you¡ª¡ª" "Mrs., you can't do it!" Chonggo hurriedly stepped aside to avoid Yumi's gift, "Mrs., the little princess is like my biological sister. Why don't I care about her? You're killing me by doing this!" How could Zakaki dare to look at her when she felt the look of help coming from Sammi? His body jumped forward, widening the distance between him and Sammi There is a huge statue stagnant in the rain somewhere. There is a man and a woman standing on the statue. The man is Payne, the leader of the Akatsuki organization, and the woman is Konan, the envoy of the Kingdom of Rain. Payne opened his arms to face the drizzle in the sky and said, "Are those little shrimps in place?" "Well, we're here. The original twelve guardian ninjas of the Fire Country, Hippo, have arrived in the Fire Country. We??Just light up the fire and it will probably burn! "Xiaonan said softly. "These people don't have much effect. They just make the Konoha gang feel uncomfortable and open an exit for our people! But the boy who can borrow the Nine-Tails chakra is of some value. It's a pity to be used as cannon fodder!" "It's nothing, he can't use the Nine-Tails' chakra well at all, and it won't be of much use to us!" "It's almost time for Hidan and Kakuzu to take action. Our plan will begin in full, and peace will come soon! The Akatsuki organization will truly enter the world's attention!" "Penn, will there be some trouble with the oak tree in Shanyin, and that person seems to have evil intentions towards us, I'm afraid¡ª¡ª" "Don't worry, I have my own plan for this matter! Soon, that person will go to Shanyin to test the strength of Zakaki. Although Zakaki is powerful, Shanyin's background is not enough to affect this situation. !¡± "You mean he will take action with Zakaki?" Xiaonan was a little unbelievable. He was naturally the masked man in her mouth. Although they have been working together for some years, no one has ever seen him actually take action. Now it is suddenly heard that he is going to take action with Zakaki. Xiaonan couldn't help but look forward to it. No matter who wins or loses, it will always be good for Payne! "Well, Zakaki is an unknown variable, and he doesn't want to see Zakmu's real influence being too serious. This time he takes action so that we can explore his true intentions and be prepared!" ps: Thank you Happy Fengshen Book Friends for your review vote, haha, thank you very much! Finally, please give me a recommendation! Text Chapter 246 The fisherman gets a profit Zakaki looked at the information on the table and raised the corner of his mouth. Just like in the anime of the previous life, Orochimaru and the tailed beast-turned-Naruto had a big fight, which ended hastily, but he also got relevant information about Sasuke. In fact, Zakaki has always been a little dissatisfied with the matter between Sasuke and Naruto. There is a saying that people who are different do not seek each other's will. Zakaki really can't understand the meaning of Naruto not thinking about fatigue? Of course, these are not what Zakaki cares about now. What he cares about is the action called Hippopotamus. Once this incident is over, that is when the entire battlefield is about to come, and the entire Naruto world will officially be shrouded in the Akatsuki organization. Under the shadow of Shan Yin, who knows whether Shan Yin will be the first to bear the brunt. It is always good to be prepared now. But having said that, Shanyin has nothing worth worrying about! Yi Jing walked slowly in the village of Shanyin, enjoying the charming smell coming from the bustling city. He looked at the statue standing in the center of the village through his sunglasses, and his heart was full of respect. I have known you for more than 20 years, and your growth rate is really staggering. The Konoha civilian genius back then has now managed to build such a huge family business on his own, making a little kid who was originally ranked at the bottom of the world. The village has become a powerful village that is comparable to or even stronger than the big village! Ichii pushed up the sunglasses on the bridge of his nose and sighed in his heart. How could he have reached this level without the Sharingan and how to use it given by adults? Now I have vaguely mastered that state, and I believe I will be able to help adults better in the future! When Ichii was meditating, a military ninja suddenly appeared next to him. The ninja knelt on one knee and said in a cold voice: "Master Ichii, I got information from the main city. The fish has taken the bait!" Ichii glanced at the military ninja, and a cold light flashed on his sunglasses, "Go ahead, I understand!" "Yes, sir." After saying that, the Hyobu ninja disappeared from Ichii's sight. A sneer flashed across Yi Jing's face, and his body flashed towards Tang Ying's office. Zakaki and Ichii stood side by side by the window, looking at the whole mountain view through the glass, and looking at the smiles on the faces of the villagers, "So the daimyo is planning to take action?" "Well, it's impossible that he doesn't know our actions. The group of people who suppressed him last time should have made him feel the crisis, and they also engulfed his intelligence agency. According to his character, it is impossible for us to manipulate him! This daimyo The target of this action is probably you!" "I'm curious, where did he get the confidence to defeat us? There don't seem to be many people in this world who can defeat me? Could it be the Akatsuki organization?" Zakaki said. "This is not clear. The daimyo's son took action like his father, and the daimyo also took this opportunity to take action against you. It can be seen that the gap between me and his son is not as big as usual!" "Otherwise, how can I control him? The Daimyo should be eliminated. It would be bad if he stabs us at a critical moment! Call Chirou, and the three of us will go to the main city to see what the Daimyo can do. What a trick!¡± Yunokuni is world-famous for its hot springs, superb scenery, and its special geographical location, making it the country with the most developed tourism industry in the entire Naruto world. This will greatly promote the development of the country and become one of the top economic powers! The main city of Tang Country was not spectacular three years ago, but now it is tall and majestic. You must know that not all main cities in all countries can be built like this. Only the main cities in big countries have this privilege. , now that Tang Country has become a big country, it naturally has this privilege! Today, the main city is extremely lively, with lights and banners scattered everywhere. Because Tang Ying was invited by the daimyo to come to the main city for a banquet. For Tang Ying, the people in the main city admired him very much. People in the Kingdom of Tang were rich, but they could not find pride among the people of those big countries. They even felt that they were inferior. This is how strong a country is. fundamental elements. But not anymore, because their country has become a big country. They dare to stand up in front of the people of other big countries and shout loudly, "I am from the country of Tang!" The person who gives them such pride is Tang. Kage, it is no exaggeration to say that the current status of Oak among the people of Tang Country is no worse than that of the daimyo! Oakwood brought Ichii and Tomoro to his luxurious mansion, and was personally welcomed by the daimyo. The daimyo, who was dressed in fine clothes, was as respectful as before. If it were anyone else, there would really be no doubt about the daimyo. There is no doubt that Zakaki admires the daimyo. Whether it is his political vision or strategic vision, he is much stronger than the daimyo of other big countries. In the past three years, Yamagakure and Yuno Country can truly become a big village and a big country. , is inseparable from the daimyo! If it weren't for the time to harvest the fruits, Zakaki really didn't want to do anything with him. After all, the daimyo had given him a lot of help in diplomacy. If it were his idiot son, Zakaki would really not be at ease. But it doesn't matter now, after all, Tang Zhiguo has been recognized by the world, and there is no use keeping him! What Zakaki was thinkingBy that time, several people had arrived in front of a palace. "If you have nothing to do, Mr. Ichii and Mr. Yanagawa, please leave first. Tang Ying and I have something to discuss." The daimyo waved to the waiters beside him, indicating that they would lead Kazui and Yanagawa Chiro down. Ichiro and Tomoro looked at Zakaki and found that the latter nodded, so they understood his plan and followed the waiter to retreat. Zakaki entered the palace together with the daimyo. Zakaki looked at Ichii and Tomoro Yanagawa being pushed away and chuckled in his heart. Today, he wanted to see what tricks this famous man was going to play. Thinking of this, Zakaki no longer pretended to be cowardly, and directly shrugged and said: "Everyone knows the meaning, and I am too lazy to talk more. Today your son will announce the news of your sudden death, and the Kingdom of Tang will change its owner! " "My Lord Tang Ying, to be honest, I really don't want to do anything with you. You are a talent. In just a few years, the two of us have created such a big business together. If you weren't too authoritarian, I would be fine." It would be great to listen to my words! I don't care about the traitor you mentioned at all. If you die, he will be just an ant for me to control!" The Daimyo said with a smile. "I'm very curious, what do you think? Are you sure you can kill me? Just rely on this thing? Open¡ª¡ª" Zakaki stamped his foot on the ground, and the luxurious wall collapsed, probably The material on the ground was too good, but the entire floor sank. With a few whooshing sounds, countless arrows were shot in the direction of the oak tree. The arrows stopped within a three-meter radius of the oak tree. Suddenly, green smoke rose from the stopped arrow, and the flying green smoke immediately surrounded the oak tree. There was a bang, a red light flashed, and green smoke immediately started billowing. It turned out that those arrows exploded! After a while, the smoke dissipated, the dust fell, and a turtle shell with blue chakra appeared. The oak tree in the turtle shell stood with hands behind its back, looking at the front with disdain: "Why did I say you were so bold? It turned out to be a clone! It's really amazing. I didn't expect that such a dignified name could actually know ninjutsu!" As soon as Zakaki said this, his body trembled and he looked at the midair. The air in the surrounding environment swirled, and a man wearing a mask appeared in mid-air. "That's natural. This name is not simple. He's waiting for us to lose both sides. He's a good fisherman." Text Chapter 247 The first confrontation The arrival of the masked man put unprecedented pressure on Zakaki. Maybe most people would sneer at his attitude towards Zakaki, but Zakaki clearly knew the terror of the person in front of him. Zakaki always felt that according to the plot, there was no reason for the masked man to appear at this moment, and at the same time, there was no reason to attack him at this moment. To put it simply, Zakaki is not mentally prepared to fight the masked man yet! "Master Tang Ying, to be honest, I really admire you. You have made such a large fortune single-handedly! The improvement of Yamagakure's strength is really amazing. Now I guess Konoha is not your opponent, right? I Thank you very much!" The masked man hung in mid-air, looking down at Zakaki. [] This action of the masked man suddenly made Zakaki feel very annoyed. Zakaki has been in the ninja world for more than 20 years, and no one has dared to despise himself like this. Even if you are the number one boss, I can't be pinched by anyone. The mud, isn't it just a Sharingan? I'm really not necessarily afraid of you. Is it possible that a few broken eyes can turn the world upside down? In fact, Zakaki is a little dismissive of the eyes in the Hokage. It seems to Zakaki that no matter how powerful the blood-stained pupil technique is, it is created by humans. It is just a technique. There are three thousand avenues, and it is not a technique that can control the world. , As long as you know a Tao Xuan, there is no need to be afraid of any pupil skills! My own Earth Escape is a true portrayal! Zakaki knew about the battle between the masked man and Namikaze Minato. The masked man was not invincible. Since Minato could injure him, why were he afraid of him? After thinking about it, Zakaki relaxed his mind and body, relaxed his voice, and said loudly: "It seems a little inappropriate for your Excellency to participate in the affairs of our country of Tang, right?" "No, no, no, I don't want to get involved in your country's internal affairs. Mr. Daiming hired me to kill you and help him manage Shanyin Village. But speaking of it, Mr. Daiming's methods are really not very good. He actually used These things are the first to lead the battle, so why use a big formation to suppress your earth escape! I have long said that it is useless, but he didn't listen, saying that you suffered such a big loss when you were in Yanyin Village. Maybe it will work now." The masked man glanced at Zakaki while he was talking, still very surprised. It stands to reason that at Zakaki's level, there is absolutely no need to take such an inconspicuous character to heart, but just now I could clearly see a strong sense of caution and even a trace of fear in his attitude. Is it possible that he knows his true identity? Then something that surprised him even more appeared again. Zakaki quickly controlled that unfavorable mood and even looked confident! "In this case, there is no point in saying this. You seem to be very confident in defeating me? To be honest, I am very curious about your identity. Who are you? Also, the Nine-Tails Incident in Konoha that year It must have been your hand, right? I can even feel the power of the Sharingan in you. Speaking of which, I have a close relationship with the Uchiha clan!" It's true that Zakaki came from time travel, but where did he live in his previous life? The plot does not include the chapter about the identity of the masked man. At most, Kabuto¡¯s secret is known. He said that he was Uchiha Madara. According to the subsequent plot, this is obviously untrue! The masked man glanced at Uzaki in surprise. Although he knew that he was the operator of Kyuubi's attack on Konoha, there was no reason for these people to reveal the matter to Uzaki. It was impossible for Danzo and it was impossible for Itachi. Could it be Orochimaru? It should be right. It is said that Zakaki and Orochimaru are very close. It seems that Orochimaru is planning to form a true alliance with him! Ridiculous, could it be that Orochimaru has become stupid too? Don¡¯t overestimate your capabilities! In this case, let's take this opportunity to kill him and take over the Mountain Hidden Village. This time we will definitely not make the same mistake as the Water Kingdom! The masked man did not answer Zakaki's words. A gray chain appeared under his black sleeves. The two ends of the gray chain clasped with two hands were swaying in the air. There was a strong murderous intent in the masked man's eyes, and then he fiercely With a twist, it became the Sharingan. When Zakaki saw the black chain, he was shocked. He remembered the battle between him and Minato, as if the chain was about to be sucked into the space by him, and the outcome seemed to be determined. Minato defeated him with speed and tactics. He didn't have Minato's speed, so all he could rely on was earth escape. It seemed like this was a difficult battle! "Hmph! I still want to form a seal, but it's not that simple -" The masked man suddenly disappeared and appeared next to Zakaki. The chain attached to Zakaki's hand, preventing him from forming the seal. The masked man smiled softly, and the holes exposed in the mask stirred the air and swirled. Perhaps in the blink of an eye, Zakaki was caught off guard and was sucked in directly. The masked man was just about to be secretly proud when an unexpected surprise suddenly occurred. The masked man's feet, which were sucking oak wood, suddenly split open, and an ax penetrated directly from top to bottom with cold air, and cut into the masked man's body. What is electric light flint? It looked like this in less than a blink of an eye! The masked man stood on the collapsed roof. The chain on his hand disappeared at some point. Although he was wearing a mask, he could still see the shock in his eyes. The masked man chuckled, and slowly said: "I have long heard that Turtle Immortal Zakaki's earth escape is unpredictable. It is indeed well-deserved, and I learned it today."?¡± "Really? Your Excellency is really powerful. You discovered my movements so quickly. There is no reason why that move just now couldn't hit you?" Zakaki looked at the earth clone half of his body outside, frowning and secretly thinking about countermeasures. It seems that his speed is still beyond my imagination. I can't defeat him by relying on my earth escape. If I don't do it well, I will be sucked in. His virtualization is much more powerful than I imagined! That lightning-fast attack didn't even hurt him! "Use the earth clone to attract my attention, and then use the ax to attack. These tactics can be used perfectly under the Sharingan. I have to say, Zakaki, you are very powerful!" The masked man's Sharingan rotated away again. The three magatama's are connected. Obviously, at this moment, the Sharingan becomes the Mangeky¨­ Sharingan, or even the Eternal Mangeky¨­! Zakaki glanced at the masked man, and couldn't help but feel a little worried. The Earth Escape just now was very fast, and the Sharingan may not have kept up with the rhythm, but under the kaleidoscope, his Earth Escape path was clearly visible. ! The first encounter was a draw, but in the second game it seemed that only the Eight Earth Reborns could be used. This move will be used in the first confrontation. If he gets the Samsara Eye in the future, wouldn¡¯t he have no moves at all? Forget it, it¡¯s too late to think about it, take advantage of this gap to immediately get the Batu Rebirth out. The battle situation is changing rapidly, who knows what will happen! Text Chapter 248 A Fei vs Zak Mu Zakaki is always on guard against the masked man, and the masked man is always on guard against Zakaki. The masked man knew that in a way, he lost the first confrontation! No matter in terms of ninjutsu or overall control, he was inferior to Zakaki. In his mind, it was impossible for Zakaki to know his abilities. He has done in-depth research on some of Zakaki's moves, but he still managed to avoid them just now, and even got counterattacked by him. The level of insight between the two can be seen at a glance! But how did the masked man know that Zakaki had done in-depth research on his abilities? "After so many years, a figure like you has appeared in the ninja world. It's really a talent from this generation!" The masked man stood on the broken wall, his large robe shaking in the air, and his short hedgehog-like hair swaying from side to side. The sunlight behind him was blocked, leaving a long and large shadow, creating a bit of pressure out of thin air. Zakaki looked up at the masked man, raised the corner of his mouth, and said with a smile: "I have always been curious about your identity. Today you have come to this point. There is no reason to hide it anymore. As a strong man, I believe you should be Very generous!" "Hahaha - you are worthy of being the Turtle Immortal. It's really interesting! It's not that I don't tell you my identity, it's just that the time has not come yet. However, if you can really stop me, just call me A Fei from now on!" The masked man said to Zha at this moment. Mu Ye was truly interested. He could be proud of himself for being able to fight him to this point with his first move, not to mention that he had many backup moves, especially the Ten Thousand Peaks Blooming. Oakwood thought to himself that the masked man was really cunning. He first said he was Fei, and then told the world that he was Uchiha Madara, but then Madara was summoned and it became clear that the masked man was lying. His identity is a mystery, which seems to be the plot of the entire anime. clues. Of course, these are not what Zakaki has to consider now. Now that the masked man has extended his claws to Yu Zhiguo, what Zakaki has to do is to stop him. If possible, kill him here! Zakaki, who was ready to pay attention, didn't waste any more nonsense, and the Eight Earth Rebirths were ready! The masked man A Fei did not make a move. With his eyes open, he could easily detect the energy fluctuations around the oak tree, and he did not stop it. This is not to say that he is very noble, but he is too lazy to do anything. Firstly, he has absolute confidence in his own strength. Secondly, he does not bother to do such embarrassing things. Thirdly, he knows that it is difficult to stop him, because The technique has been activated before I even realize it! When eight phantoms appeared on the ground and rolled up the sand on the ground, A Fei knew that this was Zakaki's ultimate move, Eight Earth Rebirth. The battle between Takaki and Raikage will definitely affect the nerves of countless people, and the tactics used by both sides will also be the focus of investigation by the intelligence chiefs of various countries and organizations. Takaki's rebirth from the eighth earth is no exception. The Akatsuki Organization has also learned about Oakwood's tricks. Eight Earth Reincarnation was created by Oakwood. It is rumored that he was inspired by the Evil Earth Reincarnation. Whether it is true or not, one of the important abilities cannot be ignored, and that is the injured body. Will reply quickly, which has become a nightmare for countless ninjas. There are not many people in this world who can force Takaki to use this move. It seems that so far, only Raikage is the only one. Takaki's strength can be imagined. A Fei didn't know that Zakaki also used Eight Earth Rebirth in the battle with Jiraiya. None of these are important. The important thing is that A Fei did not regard Zakaki's move as a killer move, and even had a bit of disdain for it. The eight phantoms gradually turned into entities, and all the flying sand and rocks in the air were extinguished. A Fei looked at the oak trees' eyes that suddenly opened, and was shocked in his heart. They were so fierce and murderous. There seemed to be no subject in these eyes. At first glance, they all looked like the real person! A Fei couldn't help but get angry. A little kid has made me feel flustered. It's really hateful. Now that I'm ready, I'll kill you! Oakwood's eyes shrank, and the 360-degree space was all in his eyes. The space around the body in the front suddenly fluctuated. No need to think about it, it was Ah Fei! Zakaki's body moved, and an elbow hit the place where the shadow appeared. Just as Zakaki expected, the elbow went directly through the void, as if it hit the air. The huge inertia caused Zakaki to be thrown forward, which also gave Ah Fei an opportunity. Ah Fei quickly pinched Zakaki's shoulders and shrank in front of his eyes again, but how could Zakaki let him get his wish? Another oak tree kicked Ah Fei sideways, but the outstretched foot passed through Ah Fei's body again, and Ah Fei also abandoned the oak tree and stopped attacking! "Interesting, but there seems to be no result if this fight continues. If I drag you and let the Daimyo kill two of your men, will I win the victory?" A Fei himself also knows that space ninjutsu alone is Zakaki cannot be eliminated, but it is not in line with his plan to reveal his strength now, unless he makes Zakaki anxious, and then kills him with a thunderous strike! "It's a joke. I believe you know my two subordinates well. Who can be their opponent in Tang Country except me? Furthermore, I held you back until the daimyo's son completely controlled the situation. This time We seem to have achieved victory!" How could Zakaki not know what A Fei was thinking? Politics is different from the battle between ninjas. Whoever has the bigger fist has the final say. Politics requires justice! What happened between the daimyo and his son?In family affairs, whether it is the Zakaki or Akatsuki organization, they can control the overall situation behind the scenes but they cannot control it openly. Ah Fei walked towards Zakmu step by step. He was not afraid. As long as he didn't do anything, Zakmu would not hurt him no matter how he hit him. The initiative was in his hands. But what surprised him was Zakaki. Perhaps Zakaki was confident in his own strength, but Zakaki didn't react at all when he arrived. Step by step, Ah Fei walked to the middle of the nine oak trees, but the oak trees did not move at all except talking, and did not even look at Ah Fei! A Fei was originally going to suck the Zakmu who was speaking into the space directly, but the appearance of this scene made him feel a little jealous. For a moment, the two of them were stunned there. It was just like what he and Zakmu said, everyone was It's holding the other party back. There was a stalemate for a while, but it was Ah Fei who couldn't hold it back. Ah Fei's body suddenly retreated, and the front of the hole in the mask began to spin again, and then a fan appeared in Ah Fei's hand! Ah Fei continued to retreat in the air while holding the fan. Circles of ripples began to form around the fan. When the fan covered Ah Fei's head, there was already a strong wind! Zakaki was shocked when he saw this scene, and without thinking too much, he quickly formed seals with his hands. There was a loud rumbling sound, and a big mountain rustled slightly out of the soil, blocking the oak tree. I don¡¯t know how many houses and buildings were overwhelmed by this mountain. The extremely vast palace was instantly occupied by the mountain and looked overcrowded! After the high mountain appeared, the momentum of Ah Fei's fan reached its peak. More than a dozen large and small tornadoes circled around the fan, blowing rubble and bricks flying everywhere, and even the big trees planted in front of the palace were uprooted! The original fighting scene was not big, but now, the entire main city has become a battlefield, and mourning is everywhere! ¡°Drink¡ª¡ª¡± With Ah Fei¡¯s scolding, those tornadoes soared directly towards the direction of Zakmu and hit the big mountain of Zakmu! PS: A Fei¡¯s fan is said to belong to Madara Uchiha. It seems to be one of the artifacts of the Sage of Six Paths. I don¡¯t know what its specific function is. I made this up, everyone has different opinions. ; Text Chapter 249: Can¡¯t make big waves The tornado around the fan roared and rushed towards the mountain, and the sand and gravel stirred up crackled down like hail. With the tornado and the mountain as the center, the entire battlefield was completely shrouded in dust, and could only be vaguely seen in the distance. The mountains summoned by oak trees were struck by tornadoes. With a rumble, the two connected, and countless rocks fell down the mountain, like thousands of horses galloping. The scene could only be described as Shura Hell! Although the mountains blocked a few tornadoes, there were quite a lot of them. There were always several large and small tornadoes that bypassed the mountains and came to the rear. The rotating tornado sucked up everything it could. At first glance, there were several big trees in the center of the largest tornado that crossed the mountain. The big trees were floating in the vortex, like a ship hit by a huge wave. [] The roaring tornado did not give the oak tree a chance to breathe at all. Three or four whirlpools directly sucked up all the oak wood. At this moment, the oak tree seemed to be on a roller coaster in the previous life, spinning up and down around the gap in the tornado. , like duckweed beaten by waves. Although Zakmu was a little embarrassed in the tornado, he didn't panic. After so many years of ups and downs, he had never seen anything. Besides, this tornado couldn't do anything to him. What needs to be done now is to slowly stabilize the oak wood and find a breakthrough. "Art fire escape ho fireball!" Whoosh - a sea of ??fire blew towards several tornadoes, probably because the fire took advantage of the wind. After the original powerful fireball technique and the tornado met, a huge fire immediately broke out. In an instant, the entire main city was illuminated by the flames. . There was ashes in the sea of ????fire, and the thick black smoke rising from the top of the tornado was arrogant and domineering. Everything else seemed to surrender to this surging sea of ????fire! The eyes showing through the holes in Ah Fei's mask reflected the firelight, but the surprise in his eyes was not at all like the posture a winner should have. I don't know when a shocking wound appeared on his back. The wound occupied most of his body. Gray-white fluid continued to flow out of the wound. Even his left hand was slowly falling off. He looked very embarrassed, as if he had been injured. What a big blow. A Fei looked at the gradually fading sea of ??fire and murmured slowly: "The Turtle Immortal Zakaki lived up to his reputation. While I was using fire escape, he actually used earth dragon bullets to injure me! But you should be dead now, right? ¡ª¡ªWhat?" A Fei suddenly screamed and died. Looking at the base of the tornado. What came out of his eyes was incredulity. "Huh, you want to kill me now, don't you look down on me too much?" Zakaki looked at A Fei's wounds, feeling a little proud in his heart. Although the tornado just now was sharp, it was not a killer move. The tornado obviously came from the fan, and the fan is said to belong to Uchiha Madara, and is also related to the enhanced fire escape. Zakaki thought that A Fei must be able to use fire escape. Once he uses ninjutsu, he will definitely materialize. At that time, it is the most powerful time. Best time to attack. Sure enough, as Zuomu expected, Ah Fei immediately released Fire Release after seeing his own move, and Zuomu also looked at the opportunity, took some time out of his busy schedule, and used Earth Release. The Earth Release lived up to Zhemu's trust, and he succeeded with one hit! Although he succeeded, Oakwood also paid a heavy price. Zakushi's shirt had been burned into strips of cloth, and a hole was burnt out on his right chest, which was bleeding profusely. At this moment, there is only naked murderous intention in A Fei's eyes. He understands that Zakwood is now beyond his control, but he cannot use all his strength, otherwise it will only make the whole situation even more out of control. The current fight is beyond his control. This fight will definitely attract the attention of all countries, and then there will be trouble! A Fei looked at Zakaki, who was also injured, and thought to himself, although Zakaki is strong, it will not affect the overall situation. Once that thing comes back, he can do whatever he wants with him. Besides, wouldn't it be boring in this world without opponents? Ah Fei, who was ready to pay attention, laughed: "Master Tang Ying, your strength is beyond my imagination. You are indeed a good opponent now. Let's forget about it for today. I will come to you for advice another day! " "Really? Then you are not going to get involved in the Kingdom of Tang?" Zakaki endured the pain and said teasingly. A Fei paused, and then said: "The Kingdom of Tang is very good, but I have changed my mind now. By the way, Mr. Tang Ying, please keep things confidential about me. I don't want more people to know about me. Something about that. Orochimaru¡¯s goddaughter is very cute¡ª¡ª¡± When Zakaki heard this, his heart shrank, his body trembled suddenly, and then he was filled with anger. The murderous intention released immediately wiped away the heat left by the fire. Ah Fei actually targeted Komori Mei, damn it! There are only a few people in this world that Zakaki cares about most. It is simply unforgivable that Ah Fei wants to attack them now. If so, he will be dealt with here and now¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª "Don't worry, I'm just reminding you that I may not be able to do anything to you now, but I don't want people to know my existence now. Even though we fought like this, you are the only one who can see me, so - the reason This is also out of helplessness. As long as you agree to this small condition of mine, I will not??Indiscriminately. I don't want to even if I have to. To be honest, I despise doing such a thing. Did you say that? Lord Tang Ying. "A Fei shrugged, opened his hands, and waited for Zakaki's reply "Sir, are you okay?" Ichii asked with concern, looking at Zakaki's bandaged upper body. Although he did not participate in the battle just now, he could feel its earth-shattering momentum from a distance. In Ichii's heart, Takaki was already the number one in the ninja world. Now, there are still people who can fight him to this point. What's even more incredible is that Takaki was injured and retreated calmly! I always heard Zakaki say that the Akatsuki organization is very powerful. Although I already knew it, I never expected that they were so powerful! The way Zakaki looked at Ichii, he naturally knew what he was thinking, but did not try to explain it to him. It is always better to recognize some things early and be wary of them. Zakaki thought of the situation in Tang Country and asked, "How is the situation in the main city?" "It has basically stabilized. The daimyo was killed by Tomoro. His son is now in control of the situation. As long as the residents of the city are appeased and the buildings damaged after the war are repaired, it will be no big deal." "Very good - tell Zhirou and ask him to be careful. There will always be some people with evil intentions when changing the imperial power. Find some people to calm down the scene! Also, be careful about your name. I don't think he will die like this. It doesn't matter. , a big name can¡¯t make big waves!¡± "knew!" There was something going on yesterday, two updates today. Text Chapter 250 Oak wood, opponent Zakaki is very worried about A Fei's threat, but there is no other way. It can't be said that Yumi and Mori are locked up in the deep mountains and old forests, right? Once there is a head-on war with the Akatsuki organization, they will always find a way to find Yumi and the others. Instead of letting them hide, it is better to place them in the rear to make the Akatsuki organization afraid. As for what A Fei said about disdain to touch Yumi and the others, Zakaki would definitely not believe it! For those who dare to exterminate their own clans, where is the bottom line? He didn't extend his claws to them this time, probably because he was arrogant about his own strength. The battle with Ah Fei resulted in very little gain. Apart from the wind escape function of the fan, Ah Fei's other abilities were not exposed at all, and his identity is still unknown! Who is Ah Fei? Uchiha Madara, Uchiha Shisui, Uchiha Obito, or Uchiha Madara's younger brother? In Tsubasa's previous life, online forums were abuzz about this matter, and no one could convince anyone. Until Uchiha Madara was summoned by Kabuto, this was still a chattering topic. If you want to defeat him, his identity is that of a very A good breakthrough. If you have the chance, you must tear his face apart to see who he really is? Zakaki looked at his wounds, feeling a little angry in his heart. I haven¡¯t been injured in so many years, but it happened all of a sudden and it¡¯s so heavy! But I believe that Fei is not much better. He was hit by an earth dragon bullet in the back, but he has not yet become weak. This blow is probably not much different from Minato's blow back then! We can be proud of being able to injure Ah Fei! Thinking of the oak tree here, I felt relieved. Bang bang bang - a knock on the door interrupted Zakaki's thoughts, "Come in!" After saying that, a young man wearing the official uniform of Tang Zhiguo walked in. This young man had a hat under his arm. He had short black hair and bright eyes, and he looked quite capable. After careful inspection, this young man's breathing was steady, his steps were harmonious, and his calloused hands made him look like a ninja! But his official attire revealed his identity. This man is the famous spy who was rescued by Chi Undoubtedly during the Battle of Yunshan. His name is Tian Zhao. According to Chi, he already has the strength of a jounin. Tianzhao walked in the door and couldn't help but feel a little confused when he looked at Zakmu sitting upright. Who is Zakaki? That is the number one master in the ninja world today, at least that's what Tianzhao thinks. Let's not talk about the previous reputation, just the fact that he played against the Raikage and the Eight-Tails in the past few years is enough to illustrate this! Not only is his personal strength strong, but his political vision is also extremely outstanding. In just a few years, Leng Shi built a third-rate ninja village into one of the largest ninja villages in the world. Turning one's hand to make clouds and turning one's hands to rain, just overnight, a generation of monarchs died tragically. Even if I knew the inside story, I was horrified by such methods! "Haha, you are Tianzhao, right? This time the daimyo was able to take control of the power and exorcise Xiaoxiao, and you have the greatest contribution!" Seeing Tianzhao's expression, Zakaki was quite pleased. Power is really a good thing. Not only can he make People who originally admire you will admire you even more, and it will also make people who don't know you respect you even more. However, power is based on strength. Once you die, all of this will become a cloud, right? Seeing Zakmu's majestic expression with a hint of kindness, Tianzhao calmed down, took a deep breath, and said respectfully: "Your Excellency, this is too much praise. These are my duties. This time, the daimyo is able to control the imperial power, thanks to Sir, drive Xiaoxiao away, otherwise we in Tang Country will probably fall into the hands of people with evil intentions!" "Very good, you have to publicize these things to the ears of the people and let them know the truth. Tianzhao, I am very optimistic about you. I even proposed that you be the director of the Intelligence Department the day before yesterday. How do you do?" "I'm here to serve you!" Dark clouds shone on the earth, and several huge stone statues towered into the sky, as if they were trying to break through the shackles of the dark clouds. The stone statue has a ferocious face, with a huge tongue sticking out of its dark mouth. The tongue seems to be alive in the rain, and the white rain mist shining on it is like the heat emanating from Tongue Mountain. Sitting at the tip of the tongue is a brown-haired man. There are a few black nails on the man's nose, and the fire cloud robe he is wearing fully highlights the man's mystery. The rain was dripping down, and the man's whole body was already soaked, but he ignored it and just looked at the dark clouds in the distance. Suddenly, the man spoke: "Sir, sir, how did Tang Zhiguo and his party fare?" As soon as the man finished speaking, the air behind him began to spiral, and then a masked figure appeared behind the man, and then the masked figure spoke: "A lot of harvest!" "Oh? A lot of harvest? How do you say this?" "Zakaki is an unfathomable person. Now is not the time for us to fall out with him!" the masked man said without any emotion. The man with black nails looked at the masked man thoughtfully, "So, sir, you are at a disadvantage? What a good Zakaki, you can really make your husband suffer!" "Huh!" The masked man snorted coldly."We have to speed up," he said, "I don't want any more surprises to happen. How are Hidan and Angle preparing? And the plan to capture Five-Tails and Six-Tails seems to have been implemented?" "Everything is under control, Hidan and Kakuzu are on their way to the Land of Fire now!" After hearing this, the masked man nodded and said nothing more. There was a vortex in front of his eyes, and then he disappeared from the man's sight. Seeing the masked man disappear, a smile appeared on the man's cold and sharp face. "Penn, it seems that this guy has suffered a lot, right? That's good, let's suppress his arrogance!" A cold-faced girl walked out from behind the man. The girl's face had a little more of a smile than the man's. This smile seemed to be gloating, but also like the naughty girl next door. Coupled with the originally stern face, it was indescribably cute at the moment. The ripples in the man's eyes spread in circles, and his eyes that were originally emotionless were now filled with a hint of doting, "Xiao Nan, judging from this, he is not as powerful as we thought. Once he has any evil intentions, I will definitely treat him¡ª¡ª" "Well, I believe this!" Xiaonan smiled softly and continued: "Tangying Zakaki's strength seems to be completely beyond our expectations. We knew he was very strong, but we didn't expect him to be this strong!" "Haha, yes, when Itachi said he was very strong, I was a bit dissatisfied. I didn't expect that he really had this ability. That's fine, wouldn't it be boring if there were no opponents in the world? He Zakaki can now be regarded as our opponent. It seems This game of chess is getting more and more interesting!" Payne stood on the huge statue, looking in the direction of Tang Country in the hazy rain, and murmured in a low voice, "Oakwood, my opponent." ; Text Chapter 251 Sorry, Hidan Zakaki sat on the mountain beside Shanyin Village, feeling the vigorous energy coming from the underground. Since Tao Mu signed the earth contract, he has learned to master the function of the Huangtu, and he can also control the energy of the mountains. The mountains around Shanyin are now far from what they were back then. The mountains back then were more of a symbol. Although they could shield Shanyin from wind and rain, they had no substantive function. To put it bluntly, they were like embroidery. Pillow. After Zakmu returned from Linggui Island, after three years of adaptation, he combined the underground energy of the four mountains into one place, and the four mountains already seemed to be one. Zakaki believes that even Pain's Shinra Tenzheng can't even think of destroying the four mountains. Even with Pain's power, it is undoubtedly a fool's dream to make Yamagakure like Konoha! More importantly, the energy attributed to the four mountains is in Tangying's office. This energy is like the telescope technique of the Third Hokage, which can clearly know the situation in the village. It is no exaggeration to say that Shangyin is now a real big village. Even the gangsters organized by Akatsuki must consider the consequences of truly offending Shangyin! This incident in Tang Zhiguo made Zakaki realize a lot. At the beginning, he always placed himself at the level of a weak person. Maybe it was influenced by the original work. No matter what his true strength was, he always thought of Ah Fei, and even wanted to avoid Ah Fei. Zakaki who thinks like this not only falls behind in terms of attitude towards survival, but also falls behind in fighting! In the battle with Ah Fei, although he was more injured than him, it also made him correct his attitude and face up to his position in front of Ah Fei. All in all, at this moment, Zakaki has truly regarded Ah Fei as his opponent, and truly has the mentality of being the best in the world! After thinking about this, Zakaki was no longer as timid as before, and he started to make a real plan. The origin of the plan is the next important part of Naruto, the deaths of Kakuzu and Asuma! Save Hidan, save Asuma, enhance Yamagakure's strength, and if possible, completely break this plot and truly integrate yourself into this world! Ah Fei, Payne, why should I, Zak Mu, be afraid of you! Hidan and Kakuzu have been wandering around the Land of Fire for two weeks. In fact, according to common sense, Kakuzu and Hidan should not come to the Land of Fire again, because their mission has already been completed. In the battle of Yamagumo, the two of them accidentally captured the two-tailed Yukito. But who knows that Payne has assigned them another task to capture Nanao! Well, Nanao is from Kakuzu Village, and the two of them are quite familiar with each other. Although it took a lot of effort, they still caught her. But who would have expected that Kakuzu actually refused to go back, claiming that the organization's economy was in crisis and that the two of them needed to contribute and go out as bounty hunters to make extra money for the organization. How could Hidan be willing? After hearing what Kakuzu said, he almost parted ways with him, but Kakuzu took out Pain to talk things over, and finally pressured Hidan, even if he didn't do it, he had to do it! As a last resort, Hidan had no choice but to follow Kakuzu around the Land of Fire and become a bounty hunter. "Kakuzu, I told you that you were blaspheming the evil god. Are you done with it? How many times is this? Do you really think of Hidan-sama as a coolie?" Hidan once again killed a so-called The expert held his head and roared angrily at Kakuzu, who was busy with a small abacus. ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? Chengdu¡¯s eyes can no longer see at all at this moment, and the fingers moving quickly on the keyboard like running water. Kakuzu didn't seem to hear Hidan's roar, and didn't even raise his head. He kept twirling his fingers and mumbling something. Hidan looked at Kakuzu who regarded him as nothing, and could no longer bear the anger in his heart. He held up the scythe and roared at Kakuzu, "Kakuzu, you bastard, I'm going to cut off your head. I will dedicate you to the evil god!" Kakuzu turned around and saw that Hidan was already in a state of rage. He dodged Hidan's attack and said with a smile: "Hidan, we have made a fortune. We have made a lot of money in the past few days." Fifty million taels! You are indispensable." "Don't confuse things. I quit. Being with you is a blasphemy to the evil god. You only care about money. You are so vulgar!" Hidan's face improved slightly when he heard that he had made his first contribution. He was quite proud of it. Place the sickle on the ground. Kakuzu looked at it and said with a smile: "How about we finish the last big job and stop doing it?" "real?" "It must be true. When did I lie to you?" "You haven't lied to me yet, and I don't know how many times you've said this! Just your words caused Uncle Hidan to work hard for two weeks in vain. No, I won't do anything this time! "Hidan got angry just thinking about it. Every time he killed a big fish horn, he said he would stop after one more vote, but there was still one more vote for the last one, and it was endless! "It's really the last vote. This vote is not easy. He is one of the twelve ninjas who protect the name of the Fire Country. He is a monk of the Fire Temple of the Fire Country. He has a name called the Twelve Guardian Ninjas. He is very powerful. , called Dilu.¡± "No, please stop lying to me! Besides, killing a monk will be punished by God! "Hidan was a little moved when he heard Kakuzu introduce the next vote. Kakuzu and Hidan have been working together for so many years, so naturally he knew that he was already a little bit interested. He spread his hands and said, "So you are afraid of monks? I heard that pagans are afraid of people like monks, and so are the evil gods who have been messing with you for a long time. This kind of thing? I¡¯m so disappointed, it seems I can¡¯t get my 20 million taels!¡± "Hmph, you dare to insult Lord Evil God! Now that I have said so, I will accompany you on one more trip to let you know what the real God is! What bullshit monks, how can I take them to heart?" Two days later. "Hey, hey, Kakuzu, is this the land you are talking about? It turns out to be Xiao Xiami, and he was killed by me so easily!" "Simple, who was beaten like a pig's head just now? That Thousand Killer beat you so hard that you had no ability to fight back!" "It's a joke, I just want him to use his tricks, otherwise wouldn't it be boring to kill him directly? You said it, I won't do it after this one!" "Well, I quit!" Kakudu carried Dilu's body on his back and thought again. I won't look for anyone else, but there will be others looking for me. This land belongs to the Fire Nation and is a friend of Asuma Sarutobi, the Jounin of Konoha. There is no reason for Konoha not to take action. Once he takes action, it will definitely be that Asuma. Haha, Asma's head is also worth a lot of money! Then there¡¯s Asuma! Haha, I'm sorry Hidan, I didn't lie to you. ; Text Chapter 252 It¡¯s raining When Zakaki knew that monk Dilu was dead, he rushed towards the Kingdom of Fire. Chiriku's death was the beginning of the war between Hidan and Asuma, and was also the cause of Asuma's death. There is no need to go into details about the relationship between Asuma and Takaki. Every time Takaki sees Asma, he will feel a little guilty, maybe for Shinnosuke, maybe for Moriki, maybe for Konoha. In short, it is the inability to let go of a period of life. Humans are not grass and trees, how can they not have feelings after living in Konoha for more than ten years? Zakaki's feelings may not have risen to the level of protecting his family and country, but it can be seen that it is inevitable to have feelings for things. Asuma saw himself calling him senior brother endlessly. Even though Akai and Kakashi had changed their names, he had never changed. Perhaps Kakashi and Akai's changes were forced, but in a way, Asuma was more kind to him! It would be okay if he didn¡¯t know about this Asuma catastrophe, but Zakaki knew it! This senior brother has no reason not to save him! In his previous life, Asuma in the anime was not very popular, and the relationship between him and Kurenai was not favored by many people. Many people even said that a flower was stuck in cow dung, and they felt that Asma was not worthy of Kurenai. But as Tsubasa who knows Asuma well, he knows that Asuma is a real man, the most manly man in the Naruto world! Some people think that Akai is very masculine, but they don't know that Asma is undoubtedly better than Akai in terms of relationships, career, and treatment of others. In short, Oakwood must save Asuma! After several days of trekking, Zakmu arrived at the Land of Fire. Zakaki is a little anxious now. Although he is almost arriving at the place where they are fighting, who knows if there will be any accidents? What's more, Zakmu's eyebrows are always twitching now, and he always feels that something unexpected will happen. He had obviously set off two days in advance before Asma left Konoha, could it be that¡ª¡ªZakaki thought of this and sped up to the battlefield Shikamaru tightly restrained the weirdo in front of him with his shadow, and his mind kept thinking about this weirdo's tricks. Asuma had just exchanged blows with this man and had hit him several times, but the impact on him was almost negligible, or even no interference at all. This man kept saying that he was immortal, and that the power granted by the evil god was nothing more than writing weird ninjutsu! But this ninjutsu seems to be too abnormal, and there is almost no way to break it. Physical techniques are ineffective, and ninjutsu is also ineffective. Is it possible that this weirdo is really immortal? No, how could such a body exist in the world? There must be some way to crack it, there must be! Calm down, calm down, Teacher Asma is still waiting for you! He suddenly raised his head, and his heart tightened when he saw the weird man's eyes as he succeeded in his conspiracy, as if he had caught something, but then it slipped away again. "Hahaha, now the evil god-sama's sacrifice has begun, I decided to let you taste the delicious pain! Where to start? Let's start from here -" Hidan was already in a cursed state, his body was as black as carbon, and only A few bone-like things were traveling across the body, and the face that was originally evil could only be described as weird! Hidan pulled out a jet-black spear from behind and inserted it directly into his thigh, "Ah - it hurts - it feels good, it feels so good -" As Hidan screamed, Asuma beside him also roared loudly, a column of blood spurted out from his thigh, and large beads of sweat dripped down Kabai's face, "This-this is ¡ª¡ª¡± Hidan pulled out the jet-black spear and thrust it into his ribs again, "Wow hahaha - it feels so good, so good! This is the punishment for you atheists. Do you see it? Do you see it? This is the manifestation of Lord Evil God. Now, I decide to give you to Lord Evil God. Go to hell¡ª¡ª" Seeing Hidan's series of reactions, Shikamaru immediately understood the reason. Without thinking any more, he quickly formed a seal, "Secret Technique¡ªShadow Binding Technique¡ª¡ª" Only a few shuddering sounds were heard, and several shadows quickly emerged from the ground, directly tying up Hidan who could not react in time. Shikamaru used the seal to drag his body back and loudly said: "This strange circle should be The basis of the ritual, as long as you are dragged out of the strange circle, this technique will be invalid! Asuma-sensei, give it a try!" Asuma dragged his injured leg and took out Feiyan. The wind attribute chakra immediately attached to it, and Feiyan skyrocketed three feet. Asuma's figure moved, and Feiyan swung straight towards Hidan's ear. Sure enough, Asuma felt no pain! How could Asuma let go of this opportunity? The figure flashed again, Feiyan flashed a cold light and directly disappeared Hidan's head, and the latter's head was immediately missing! At this moment, whether it is Asuma or Shikamaru, or Kamunun and Zitie who are blocking Shikamaru, they only have one thought, that is, Hidan is dead! But the next scene shocked their eyes again. Hidan's body fell to the ground without twisting, but his head was the same as before. He was still shouting arrogantly, and even kept cursing his companions. ! Asuma and others looked at Kakuzu, another member of the Akatsuki organization who had not taken action. Kakuzu complained about Hidan for a while, but ignored Hidan's complaints.He walked toward his body holding his head, then lifted his body up and used the tentacles on his body to sew Hidan's head on. After doing everything, Kakuzu looked at Shikamaru, who was just calculating carefully, and turned to Hidan, who was shaking his head, and said: "I'll leave the guy with the bounty to you, and I'll take care of the rest. You have to be fast, don't It¡¯s a waste of time! Also, don¡¯t swing your head too much, otherwise it will fall off again after a while!¡± "I know, let me finish this unfinished ritual first then¡ª¡ª" Zakaki felt the fighting ahead, and a bad feeling spread throughout his body. The brows that were beating all the time have stopped, but my heart is feeling cold. Asuma was afraid¡ªOzaki's figure jumped up and jumped to the fighting place in several strides. He only saw a sea of ??dark crows pecking at the shirtless Hidan. Yamashiro Aoba was fighting with Kakuzu on the roof. Shikamaru, Ino and Choji were surrounding Asuma, whose life was hanging by a thread. Zakaki looked at the heavy rain that had started, and felt desolate in his heart. It was too late, Asuma could not be saved! Zakumu's nose felt sour, and a few drops of rain fell into the corners of his eyes. Zakaki knew that Asuma was still breathing, but Zakaki couldn't move to take one last look at his junior brother. Shame and self-blame immediately made Zakaki's head sink. Zakaki thought of the bearded teacher Shinnosuke who taught him, gritted his teeth and walked forward. ; Text Chapter 253 Walking around Konoha at night The sky was covered with dark clouds, and the pattering rain made people shiver. The cold wind blows, and the green grass is like a sea of ??waves, making people feel cold even in summer. Asma still died, carrying all the worries with her. Asuma¡¯s death taught Takaki a profound lesson. In the past, Takaki always relied on his familiarity with the plot and his own strength to change some endings that he didn¡¯t like. Just like Zabuza and Haku, as well as Kimimaro who should have died in the battle with Gaara, and many, many more, these all numbed the nerves that Sakuragi should have had. Shan Yin now has an excellent intelligence system, and the blindly confident Zakaki thought everything was under his control. Zakaki, who got the news at the beginning, came without any hesitation, but who knows that people are not as good as God, and a series of accidents finally led to Asma's zombie manpower! The nights in Konoha are always so peaceful. No matter how dirty the high-rises of Konoha are, it is undeniable that the atmosphere created by the people here is unmatched anywhere. The open shops, the people walking in the night market, the vendors on the ground, and the loud hawking, everything in Konoha exudes tranquility. Zakaki, who was walking in the night market, remembered Asuma's last confession, and a few drops of hot water fell from the corners of his eyes again. Ninja is a tool to cut off emotions. This sentence that was supposed to be the law of ninjas seems so ridiculous now! Who can escape from feelings? Orochimaru, Pain, Itachi Uchiha, or Fei? Although they keep talking about what they will do for their ideals, who can truly cut off the shackles of emotion without falling into emotion in the end! ¡ª¡ª "Sir, look at this mask. It's so cute. If you buy it home, your child will be very happy!" A vendor picked up a mask from the stall and approached Zakmu to sell it. Do your own business. The hawker's promotion interrupted Zakaki's thoughts. Zakaki turned his head and looked at this ordinary Konoha hawker. His face was covered with dust, his messy hair had not been washed in days, and the skirt around him was still stained with paint, which must have been from making these masks. At first glance, he was a working man at the bottom of society. But what surprised Zakaki was the look in the vendor's eyes that showed he was satisfied with life. Zakaki hadn't seen that look for a long time. It wasn't that it was rare, but it was just that Zakaki, who was already in a high position, hadn't been in the world like this for a long time. There is no real understanding of that kind of life! Zakaki suddenly felt relieved. Why bother to be persistent? As long as you keep your true heart, no matter the wind or rain! Zakaki took the mask, touched the breast pocket, and said with a smile: "It looks good, thank you, I bought it." After saying this, his oak face suddenly turned purple. It was over, and he even forgot to bring his wallet! That's right, there's no reason for Tang Ying, a dignified man of Oakwood, to go shopping with his wallet in his pocket. Whether at home or at work, Oakwood has always been money-friendly. This time when I came to Konoha alone, I naturally didn't bring my wallet as usual. It¡¯s not a big deal, but other vendors don¡¯t know about it! Zakaki was dressed in fine clothes, and he looked like he was rich. He had just agreed to buy a mask for someone else, but now he said he had no money, so how could he talk? The hawker looked at the oak tree and understood the reason. The vendor put the mask into Zakaki's hand and said with a smile: "Although you don't wear a ninja forehead protector, you look like a ninja, and you are the kind of ninja who is in a high position! Haha, it's not a good thing. If you like this thing, I¡¯ll give it to you! Konoha ninjas are all great beings. You are in danger of losing your life at any time when you defend your homeland. That¡¯s all we can do¡ª¡ª " Zakaki held the mask and walked forward, smiling bitterly in his heart. It seems that he has "defected" Konoha for a long time, and he has also "killed" many Konoha ninjas. If the vendor knew this, would he just throw the mask in his face? "Hey - Zakaki!" A voice shouted from the store opposite Zakaki. Zakaki looked forward and saw that it was Ding Zuo holding a wine glass! Zakaki raised his lips, and there were two old friends, naturally Shikaku and Haiichi! He walked into the store with steps. "If I hadn't heard my boy tell me you were here, I wouldn't have dared to call you." Dingzuo patted Zakaki on the shoulder and said carelessly. Zakaki sat down and patted the dust on his body, "It's a coincidence that I can meet you all while walking on the street!" "Isn't it? Since I beat you up, I became a soup shadow. We haven't gotten together like this for a long time. Come on, come on, don't say anything, let's have a drink!" Haiyi held the wine glass, his face flushed. "Ozaki, they drank too much!" Shikaku saw the look of Haiyi and Ding Zao and wanted to explain something. Zakaki waved his hand and interrupted Shikaku, "Don't worry about anything, I haven't reached that stage yet! Today I am Zakaki, not Tangying." "Haha, I'm down at the bottom! That's right, no matter what, we are all friends! I'll give you a penalty first?! "Shikaku raised his head and drank a glass, then put the glass on the table and said with a lonely face: "What happened to Asma is so sudden! " "Who says it's not the case? Ino is preparing at home, and seems to be ready to take revenge on the two guys from the Akatsuki organization." Haiyi shook his head and said with a bitter smile. "My Choji is here too. By the way, Shikaku, how is Shikamaru?" Shikaku heard Dingzao's words and smiled softly: "What can I do? I didn't go to Asuma's funeral, and I'm still lonely at home! But I should have recovered by now, I'll go back and do more in the evening Fire, that¡¯s about it!¡± "The three of you have given birth to good children, and Asuma has done a great job as a teacher! Oh - when I think about it, I really feel sorry for Shinnosuke-sensei -" "Zakaki, let's not talk about this anymore and drink. By the way, Shikaku, the three children are going to take revenge. What do you think?" Haiyi asked. Lu Jiu shrugged and said, "What can we do? Let them go. Besides, we can't stop them even if we want to." "But the guys in Xiao's organization, even the three of us, don't have much confidence, right?" Ding Zuo said worriedly. "Shikamaru already has a countermeasure, and with Kakashi in the mix, it probably won't be a big problem. But the Akatsuki organization may not be able to figure out the reality!" ¡°I¡¯ll go too¡ª¡± Zakaki stood up, thinking of Asuma, and suddenly felt that he should do something. Besides, it's time for Hidan to pull him over! And Kakuzu, we must kill him this time! ¡°You go¡ª¡± Lu Jiu and the other three exclaimed at the same time. "Well, I received information from the Akatsuki organization in Shanyin, so I was ready to rush to rescue Asuma, but I was too late. The Akatsuki organization has been too rampant during this time, so I will take this opportunity to suppress them. Arrogance is also necessary. Besides, I still have something to do in this incident!" "If you go, those two guys probably won't be able to make any big waves. And the Akatsuki organization, I think they have a big plan. What is their purpose?" ; Text Chapter 254: Instant Kill Kakuzu "Uncle Zakaki, do you know the identity of Kakuzu?" Shikamaru, who was running quickly, turned to look at Zakaki. Shikamaru knew that the horn was not simple, and it seemed that he had beaten Konoha Jonin Yamashiro Aoba without any effort. Shikamaru felt that he naturally knew about Zakaki who had already become famous. Zakaki smiled softly and said: "That guy is from Taki Ninja Village. Speaking of which, he should be from the time of the First Hokage. Whether in terms of strategy or strength, this person's strength is definitely comparable to the Kage level. ! You have also seen the immortal named Hidan. Kakuzu and Hidan are known as the immortal duo, and there is no doubt about his power. You must be careful when fighting them!" "Kakuzu? Sir, are you talking about the ninja who assassinated the first generation?" Kakashi next to Zakaki asked with worry. Zakaki nodded, and then said: "Although these two are powerful, it is not difficult to defeat them. Leave those horns to me. Kakashi and Shikamaru, you will deal with Hidan. With your strength, if you want to defeat them He's not a big problem. If you can, leave Hidan to me." Kakashi and the others all nodded after hearing this, only Shikamaru frowned, as if unwilling. Zakaki didn't know what Shikamaru meant. The hatred of killing a master was irreconcilable. What Shikamaru wanted to do was to get to know Hidan personally. Zakaki, who knew the plot, also knew that Shikamaru already had a way to deal with them at this moment. Although Naruto almost died in the end, they still managed to get rid of the two of them. In a way, this request of mine is very unreasonable. But Hidan must not die, because Hidan will have a huge effect on Oakwood later! This function is to control the trigger point of the next war - Kabuto! In his previous life, Tsubasagi didn't know that Uchiha Itachi finally controlled Kabuto Yakushi, but he knew that Kabuto Yakushi couldn't die. If Kabuto can't be killed, he must be controlled, and the suitable candidate for this is Hidan. Hidan's ability is very simple. After the privateering of the dirty land, his immortality basically didn't have much highlights, but his curse technique makes it easy to control Kabuto! Once Kabuto is successfully cursed, and Zakaki knows about the reincarnation of the dirty earth, he can definitely put in some effort to remove this technique! "Shikamaru, Asuma is your teacher, but he is also my junior brother. Otherwise, I wouldn't have come all the way here. His status in my heart may not be weaker than yours. But Hidan cannot die, he still has It has a great effect. This time, please treat me as your uncle!" After listening to Zakaki's words, Shikamaru's frown relaxed slightly, "Uncle Zakaki, if you say he has a great effect, it must be true. But what I don't understand is that you seem to know him?" "Shikamaru, don't be presumptuous! If you are like this, you must have your reasons. As a ninja, you can't be emotional!" Kakashi scolded. In fact, Kakashi was puzzled that Soakaki wanted to save Hidan, but as a junior of Soakaki, he believed in this legend in the ninja world from the bottom of his heart, even though some reasons during the Yamagumo War made him have a grudge. , but this does not affect the status of oak wood in his heart. Oakwood stretched out his palm to stop Kakashi's words, and said with shame, "Hidan is still my subordinate, and he is also a Yu nin. But something unexpected happened later and he was bewitched." Shikamaru glanced at Zakaki, nodded and said no more "Kakuto, some shrimps from Konoha are coming. Be careful and don't die. I don't want to change my teammates. Although you are quite annoying, you are still much better than trash like Deidara. !" Hidan and Kakudu both stood in an open space, looking at the group of people who were getting closer and closer. "I would rather team up with Deidara. At least he kills people cleanly. However, he blew up the corpse as soon as his brain got hot, and the bounty will be much smaller!" Kakuzu didn't look at Fei either. Duan, said to himself. "What did you say! Do you understand? This is called respect for the evil god. You, a heretic, will not understand! You guy, even if those guys in Konoha kill you, I won't save you!" " "Er¡ª¡ªI don't know who got his head chopped off. It's because of your procrastination that you wasted a bounty of 30 million taels, you hateful guy." "Hey, hey, look, Kakuzu, the people here this time are not simple. Isn't that the copy ninja Kakashi? Yo? The figure behind him looks so familiar. Isn't that the big brother? Isn't that the big brother Zakaki? Ah! Hahaha, I'm going to say hello to him. When you left last time, you said that big brother was here. I didn't believe it anymore. It turns out he is really here!" After Hidan said this, he stepped forward to greet Zakaki. Kakuzu hurriedly grabbed Hidan, "You idiot, he is an enemy now! He broke four hearts last time. It's time to get the situation back this time. You'll deal with those bastards in Konoha later." , I¡¯ll deal with Zakaki!¡± As soon as Kakuzu finished speaking, he suddenly noticed that the chakra around him fluctuated strangely, and the ground trembled slightly. He was startled, thinking of Zakaki's signature move, and exclaimed?: "No! Let's go quickly¡ª¡ª" ¡ª¡ª There was a loud noise, and the ground that was originally covered with flowers, grass, and trees split open instantly. Bare mountain peaks began to emerge from the cracks filled with cold air, and the surrounding rocks flew wildly as the mountain peaks with huge momentum shook them. In just a few moments, the mountain peaks were revealed, and the rather wide terrain was suddenly crowded! Looking at this miraculous move, Hidan felt a chill in his heart. With a bang, Hidan raised his scythe to block the falling boulder in front of him, inserted the scythe into the ground, and jumped to stand at the end of the scythe. Hidan finally remembered his partner Kakuzu when he got an opening. The mountain had just risen suddenly and the two of them had escaped. It was no longer known where he was. There was another bang, and Hidan quickly turned his attention to the source of the explosion, only to find that there was already thick smoke billowing there. At this moment, Hidan felt a little bit of fear in his heart, a fear he had not felt in many years. Hidan didn't think too much. He flashed and ran towards the outer space. Before he took two steps, a familiar voice sounded in his ears: "Hidan, don't run around. If you're going to be blown to pieces in a while, don't blame me for not warning you!" Who is this voice if it's not Zakaki? Hidan was overjoyed and shouted loudly: "Brother, let me tell you, only you can use this god-like trick! It's so powerful!" As soon as Hidan finished shouting, he heard a crashing sound, and the mountain that had just risen suddenly sank. If it weren't for the mess on the ground, it would have seemed like nothing had happened. Then a strong figure walked over from a distance. , the person who came was none other than Oak Tree. Seeing Hidan dancing happily at the side, Zakaki could not help but smile a little more in his heart. In fact, although Hidan is a very young person, it is undeniable that he is still a good little brother. It has been three years since we last saw each other, and he never seems to have forgotten him. No matter who is in this world, whether it is Orochimaru, Hidan, or even Deidara and Scorpion, they just lack the understanding of others! Once someone truly identifies with them, they will treat you sincerely like normal people! Zakaki threw the things in his hands to the ground and said with a smile: "Hidan, do you still remember what I told you last time?" Hidan nodded and looked at the curled figure dropped by the oak tree on the ground. That person was none other than his teammate - Kakuzu! Hidan took a closer look and realized that he was no longer alive. A chill flashed through Hidan's heart again, Kakuzu was instantly killed! ; Text Chapter 255 Stagnant Water The horns are all dead, and they die cleanly. According to the original work, Kakuzu should have died at the hands of Naruto and became a test subject for Naruto's new technique. But today, Jiaodu is hanging under the bloom of ten thousand peaks! Zakaki knew that he still found a small loophole in Kakuzu's death. Previously, Kakuzu thought that he, Kakashi and his party had not arrived yet, so even though they were on guard, they never thought that Tsubasa had already arrived. Yes, Tsukuba was here before Hidan and Kakuzu discovered Kakashi and his party. Therefore, Ten Thousand Peaks Bloom succeeded in one blow! Zakaki turned around and thought, he couldn't help but feel arrogant, what are the ten thousand peaks? So what if he had known it earlier, it would not mean that he would lose his life, it would just be a little troublesome! Not long after, Kakashi and Shikamaru arrived at the scene of the incident. On the way there, they saw the rising mountains. Then an explosion suddenly sounded, and then they looked at the disappearing mountains around them. Oak wood also knows why. [com] Seeing Kakashi and others coming, Zakaki smiled softly and lifted up the horns that fell on the ground, "I'm sorry, I'm going to let you kill this guy, but this guy has become mature, I'm afraid If something changes, just kill him directly." Shikamaru was shocked when he heard Zakaki's understatement. Older gingers are more spicy! Before even entering the battlefield, he would formulate his tactics and kill the enemy with one blow. It seems that Uncle Oak's strength is more than equal to that of Tsunade-sama! Shikamaru looked at the badly damaged body of Kakuzu, and then thought of Asuma who had closed his eyes. His heart relaxed, but then tightened again, and he asked Zakaki: "Uncle Zakaki, that Flying Dan?" After listening to Shikamaru's words, Zakaki looked at Kakashi, who nodded and then turned his attention to Kakuzu's body. Zakaki understands that Asuma's dead flying section must give an explanation, otherwise Shikamaru will not give up easily! Zakmu quickly formed seals and shouted: "Get up¡ª¡ª" As soon as the voice fell, an earthen pillar half a man's height appeared on the ground. Then the soil on the earthen pillar flowed downwards, revealing a man with a naked upper body. This man was Hidan. As soon as Hidan came out, he saw everyone's monkey-like looks. He became angry and shouted at everyone in Konoha: "You idiots, what are you looking at? Have you never seen Master Hidan? Look at me like that again, I will give you all to the evil god!¡ª¡ª" ¡°Bang¡ª¡ª¡± Before Hidan could finish cursing, he suddenly felt a pain at the corner of his mouth. Hidan looked at the green figure standing in front of him with his fist raised, and he was so angry that he actually received a punch! "You bastard, what kind of shadow did you use to pester me last time? I haven't caused you any trouble, and now you dare to attack your uncle Hidan to see if I don't skin you! Brother, let me go, I will teach this ignorant person a lesson bastard!¡ª¡ª" Shikamaru punched Hidan, ignored Hidan's insults, turned around, and walked slowly in the direction of Konoha, with an indescribable desolation in his figure. ¡°Come back, come back! Brother, let me go, I¡¯ll go and deal with that kid¡ª¡ª¡± "That's enough, Hidan, stop talking nonsense-" Zakaki suddenly scolded. Zakaki can also understand Shikamaru's mood. How can the revenge of the master's killer be settled with one punch? Recalling the time when I heard that Shinnosuke had been killed, I killed two of the Seven Ninja Swordsmen in a rage. On the other hand, Shikamaru, although he hated it in his heart, he could still take it and let it go! Hidan stopped talking after being yelled at by Uzaki. He just turned his head and stared away, with a look of dissatisfaction on his face. Zakaki ignored him, formed seals with his hands, and Hidan slowly sank into the ground and disappeared from everyone's eyes. "Chouji, Ino, you two go follow Shikamaru." Kakashi was also afraid that something would happen to Shikamaru. After all, he had just taken over the Akatsuki organization. Who knows if there are other members of the Akatsuki organization here. Choji and Ino expressed their gratitude and rushed towards Shikamaru. "Kakashi, bring this thing back, it will be useful to you Konoha!" Zakaki kicked Kakashi's body in front of Kakashi and said nonchalantly. "Sir, this seems to be your trophy. Kakuzu's body seems to be equally important to Yamagakure, right?" "When did you become such a bitch? Since I can be here, do I still care about the information given by a corpse?" Kakashi was relieved after hearing this, and that¡¯s right. The fact that Tokugawa was able to rush to the battlefield before Asuma died showed how sharp Yamagakure¡¯s intelligence was. Besides, the living Hidan seems to be much more useful than the corpse! Kakashi took out a scroll from his ninja tool bag and put Kakuzu's body in it. After everything was done, Kakashi asked Xiang Zakaki: "Sir, are you going back to Yamayaku or to Konoha?" "Well, let's go to Konoha and see Red." Zakumu came to Xiyang¡¯s house carrying two fruit baskets. After some announcement, the old housekeeper of Xiyang¡¯s family took him into the courtyard. At this moment, Zakaki was not in much mood to appreciate the beautiful scenery of the big family. With a touch of guilt, he followed the housekeeper.Arrive at Hong¡¯s courtyard. My daughter¡¯s family always likes to plant some flowers and plants in their yard, and Hong is no exception. As soon as she stepped into the small yard, she smelled a refreshing fragrance. Maybe it was the pregnancy that made Hong's reaction slower. It wasn't until Zuomu arrived in the middle of the courtyard that Hong discovered Zuomu. When Hong saw Zakaki, who was facing charity, she seemed to be seeing an elder. Her nose felt sour, and a few tears fell in her bright eyes. Then he realized his gaffe and gently wiped away his tears, "It's a shame to make adults laugh." Zakaki smiled and waved gently, "There is no need to show any pretense in front of me. Asuma calls me senior brother in front of him. He is an arrogant third-generation old man, and it seems that he has no elder relatives. Just think of me as Ah. Sima and your relatives!" "Yes." Hong smiled softly. "In the future, if there is anything you can't solve yourself, you can ask someone to take a letter to the mountain to hide." "Does this child have a name?" "Not yet. But Shikamaru said that he would be his teacher. Haha, if possible, I hope he will grow up safely in the future." Kurenai touched her belly and said lovingly. Zakaki looked at the clouds on the horizon, as if he saw Asma smoking a cigarette and giggling, "Well, no matter what, there is hope after all! Forget it, I should go back." "My lord, have you had dinner here?" "Haha, I have to rush back to Shanyin. I will have a chance to go to Shanyin in the future." Zakaki had already left Konoha. He wanted to see Anko, but he didn't know that she had already gone out to do a mission. In fact, Yumi has no objection to Zakaki and Anko being together, but Zakaki knows Anko's character, and it would be harder for her to be a peaceful wife than to kill her. There is also Tsunade. In fact, Zakaki himself knows that he and she are probably destined to have no connection. Forget it, it¡¯s useless to think too much. Instead of worrying about this kind of thing now, it¡¯s better to wait until the next war to solve it once and for all! ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????¡­ After this, the Akatsuki organization will definitely come to visit, and if one mistake is made, this stagnant place of swords and swords will be completely overturned! PS: Regarding the update, I am really helpless. I have classes every day and now I have to take exams! Text Chapter 256 The Akatsuki organization invades After a lot of slobbering, I finally managed to pull back Hidan, a bull who had accepted death as his own, and it was not unavoidable that he borrowed the name of Lord Evil God. In fact, Hidan was not as resistant to Yamagakure Village as Takashi imagined. Hidan was originally from the Country of Yu, but he defected to Yugakure Village because he couldn't stand the peace-loving people of the Country of Yu. There is no one in the world who truly does not love his hometown, and unkind people are no exception. Therefore, Tsubasa finally convinced Hidan. Speaking of which, Hidan also plays a role in the Akatsuki organization. Although he often joins the charge into battle, he doesn't know anything about the Akatsuki organization's true intentions. He only knows how to make money with Kakuzu, contribute to the Akatsuki organization, and then continue to make money and continue to contribute. The top secret that Hidan knows is nothing more than the nuclear deterrence that Pain mentioned, but this kind of thing is a joke to Takaki, because Takaki knows that the future Akatsuki organization is in the hands of Fei! At least his goal is the "Moon Plan"! In a way, Hidan's arrival in Yamagakure is just an extra helper, without any intelligence value! Although this is true, some people will never believe it, and these people are the gangsters organized by Akatsuki. Since Hidan was captured and Kakuzu was killed, the group of terrorists in Akatsuki's organization have been in trouble. Even Xiaonan, who never liked to express his attitude, became wary of Shanyin, let alone other people. At this time, all the members of the Akatsuki organization have arrived, and even a few powerful peripheral members made an exception today and sat in. It is said that the Laixiao organization rarely holds such formal meetings, but no one denies the necessity of today's meeting. During this period, the Akatsuki organization lost generals one after another, with Scorpion being killed, Kakuzu being killed, and Hidan being captured. All of this was related to the reputation of the Akatsuki organization, and several people here even heard the news that Hidan was recruited. Betrayal of the Akatsuki organization will not be tolerated, not to mention that the betrayer also knows many secrets, which has threatened the Akatsuki organization! Payne looked at the group of members directly below, and then at A Fei, who was sitting next to Deidara and playing with his treasures, and thought to himself, this old guy is really good at it. Scorpion is dead, Kakuzu is dead, and even Hidan is captured. At first glance, most of his strength has been lost! snort! Let me let you know first. High-end combat power is important, but the middle and lower-level Rain ninjas are the key to dominating the world. How can you touch the Rain Hidden Village that has been run for many years? You are still of some use now, until the tailed beast is captured, then¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª "Everyone, I believe everyone knows the theme of today's meeting, so I won't talk nonsense anymore. There is only one thing we have to do now, and that is to discuss whether Shanyin Village should be destroyed, and who should do it?" Rao was a group of terrorists walking through a mountain of swords and blood, and his heart trembled when he heard Payne's words. It is true that Shan Yin is a rising big village, but a big village is a big village. How can his strength be destroyed with just a few words? Furthermore, Shangyin is a village that has even defeated the military power Kumogakure! If you didn't know the terrifying strength of the person in front of you, you would think that this person is crazy when you hear this. "Sir, it seems that you have not considered it well, right? After all, Shanyin is a big village, so taking action rashly is not in line with our original intention!" Payne looked at the person who spoke. This person was a peripheral member of the Akatsuki organization. His name was Aoyama. He was a very good shuij¨± user. I have long heard that this person is very concerned about the things explained by the organization, and it seems that this is indeed the case. Payne secretly appreciated it. It seemed that this person was very valuable to cultivate. Not bad, not bad! "Hmph! When did it come to you, a rookie, to speak here? Do you know what it means to respect your seniors?" A cold voice suddenly sounded. Everyone looked ahead and saw that it was the ghost dragon who was attacking this person. Deidara saw the ghost dragon pretending to be a big-tailed wolf, grinned, and said mockingly: "It's a meeting now, and I'm not here to celebrate your birthday, so what qualifications do you need? Besides, although it's not the boy's turn to speak, he I don¡¯t need you to teach me a lesson!¡± "Deidara, stop talking, or you may lose your head!" The ghost dragon smiled sinisterly, and the shark on its back trembled slightly. "Really? You shark face, believe it or not, I will blow you up right now and let you see what real art is!" "Hmph, then you try -" the ghost dragon whipped the shark and directly provoked Deidara. A Fei, who was afraid that the world would be in chaos, spoke up: "Senior Deidara, you seem to be unable to defeat Senior Ghost Jiao?" "A Fei, who are you talking to? It's easy for me to slap this shark in the face!" Deidara roared in embarrassment. Payne looked at the busy conference room, and felt angry. He shouted coldly: "Enough! What a look! I have decided on this matter. It will be decided by me, Xiaonan, Guijiao, Zetsu, Deidara and Fei." Form a temporary special operations team and hide with troops!" "Lord Orochimaru, do we want to get involved in this matter?" Kabuto's mirror flashed and he asked Orochimaru who was working next to him. Orochimaru looked back at Kabuto and continued busy with the work at hand, "Yamagakure is our ally."   "But this seems to be contrary to our plan? What's more, those people from the Akatsuki organization are really going to be fierce. I'm afraid Shanyin can't stop them!" "Kabuto, the strength of that guy Uzaki is far beyond your imagination. As far as I know, that old guy suffered a lot at the hands of Uzaki. Apart from that guy Minato, it seems like only Uzaki was injured. ?¡± "You're talking about him? Master Zakaki can definitely let him get hurt?" "Haha, so I'm afraid that Takaki is now the strongest in the ninja world. Although I don't want to go against the Akatsuki organization, as Takaki's friend and Morimi's godfather, there's no reason why I shouldn't help?" "Sir, I find that you seem to have changed a lot." "Really? Let's not talk about this anymore. How is Sasuke now? Can he close the net?" "about there!" "Haha, Sharingan, I can't wait any longer -" Orochimaru stuck out his tongue and licked his lips Zakaki looked at the information from Orochimaru and felt angry. The Akatsuki organization was really lawless. Although he knew that the Akatsuki organization had that strength, he still felt that the other party was arrogant. In his previous life, Pain destroyed Konoha. Although the entire village was destroyed, the final outcome was Pain's death. Since he, Payne, has come to provoke him, he must at least keep a few of them! "Come here, call Ichii over!" Zakaki sat on a chair and shouted loudly to the door. After a while, Ichijing arrived. Looking at Zakaki with an angry face, he was shocked and asked in a low voice: "Sir, what's the matter?" "Inform the ninjas of the Ministry of War to deploy full defenses on all key routes to Shanyin. If a member of the Akatsuki organization is discovered, report it immediately, but do not alert the enemy!" "Yes! Sir, what happened?" Ichii asked in surprise. In fact, Ichii could also guess why. Zakaki brought Hidan back. As an important member of the Akatsuki organization, Hidan must know many secrets, which will inevitably lead to revenge from the Akatsuki organization. It's just that Ichii didn't expect that the Akatsuki organization would dare to attack Shangyin openly. Today, Shangyin can be said to be a truly big village. I really don¡¯t know if it¡¯s because they are talented people and are brave, or because they don¡¯t know how to live or die? Looking at Zakaki's livid face, Ichijing knew that something was going wrong! " Kazui is very satisfied with Kazui's performance. Now Kazui is already a veritable coach, "Yes, the Akatsuki organization is here to invade! It's just a bunch of arrogant people who don't know whether to live or die!" ; Text Chapter 191 Immortal vs Immortal "Oakaki, do you look down on me?" Jiraiya scolded angrily. Seeing that Zakaki appeared and did not take action, but instead allowed himself to prepare for the sage mode, a feeling of frustration flashed through Jiraiya's heart. "Jiraiya, don't you know what kind of person I am? When you say you look down on me, are you not confident in yourself or in me?" Zakaki shook his head and said. In fact, to be honest, Zakaki really wants to have a battle with Jiraiya. The power of Jiraiya's sage mode needs no elaboration. Zakaki is called Kame Sage by the world, but his name as a sage does not live up to his name. What he uses is not at all. Natural energy is simply blessed with strength and chakra, and Bobby can use the giant ax of the turtle family. Jiraiya is different, his sage mode is an authentic sage, using natural chakra, he can also feel his surroundings. The two immortal modes are naturally different. It was probably that Jiraiya was almost ready before Zaragi arrived. After a while, Jiraiya's surroundings began to react. A strong wind rose out of thin air, and the flying gravel under his feet wrapped around Jiraiya, blocking Ziraiya. wooden sight. Finally, a burst of chirping noise penetrated Zakaki's ears. "Little Jiraiya, why did you find us? I have to make dinner for the children!" The voice was obviously Shima the female toad. "Sister, this time is to save my former partner! Now he is a bit possessed! But it will be difficult for me to control him by myself, so I need the support of you and the boss!" Jiraiya said. "Your partner? Orochimaru? Haven't you given up on that guy a long time ago?" A voice rang out, it was the old toad Fukasaku. "It's not Orochimaru, it's Oakwood." Jiraiya said a little disappointed. "Oakaki? No way, I think that little guy doesn't want to be possessed by a demon? Why can't he talk about it and use this trick?" Fukasaku said with some dissatisfaction. ¡°I can¡¯t explain it clearly for a while, but I just want to knock him down and let him calm down for a while!¡±¡­ ??Oakaki looked at Jiraiya in sage mode who walked out of the gravel. He was similar to the image in the original work. There were two old toads sitting on his shoulders and his face was pitted. Although his appearance was ugly, his aura shocked people. Not far away, Zakaki could clearly feel the power of Jiraiya on the opposite side. That aura reminded him of his appearance during the battle with Pain. The sense of crisis in Zakaki's heart at this moment will definitely not allow him to face Payne! The next moment, Jiraiya's words made Zakaki even more aware of the power of Sage Mode: "Oakaki, your earth clone is useless in front of my move!" Jiraiya said, jumped up, stepped on the ground with both feet, and with a bang, a big pit suddenly appeared on the ground. With a flash of shadow, Oak suddenly appeared on the trunk of a tree, holding a kunai in his hand and looking at Jiraiya warily. The tactic was discovered! From the beginning, Zakaki stood on the earth clone to attract Jiraiya's attention. He naturally knew that the sage mode had a sensory effect, so he used the turtle breath technique to hide underground, but Zakaki still underestimated the sage's perception. So the scene above occurred. "Ozaki, these earth escapes of yours are useless! Come up with something real, otherwise you will lose ugly! I believe you know the power of Sage Mode!" Jiraiya looked at Ozaki arrogantly. "Ozaki, although I don't know why you want to fight with Jiraiya, I still believe in little Jiraiya, so we have to fight!" Fukasaku said regretfully on Jiraiya's shoulder. "Wait a minute! Boss, let Tsubasa bring out his Kame Sennin mode first. I want to see who is more powerful, Toad Sennin or Kame Sennin!" Jiraiya stretched out his hand, a glimmer of light flashing in his eyes. "Are you so confident that you can defeat me? Jiraiya, although the sage mode is powerful, I am not without my strength! However, since you want to see the turtle sage mode, I will grant your wish! Bobby ! Come here, let¡¯s meet Toad Sage!¡± What Zakaki said is right, Jiraiya¡¯s Sage Mode is indeed powerful, but if Zakaki really wants to tangle with him using earth escape, Jiraiya may not be his opponent. , after all, that move was developed by Zakaki! If Ten Thousand Peaks Blossom were to be used, Tsukuru was confident that even Jiraiya's Sage Mode could defeat it! But since Jiraiya wants to fight Kame Sennin, then he must be a man! Bobby here has already reached Togaguang, and it won't take long for Bunta to be put there. There is no doubt about Bobby's strength. It has been said long ago that ordinary tailed beasts are no match for Bobby, let alone Bunta, who is even inferior to Ichibi Shukaku. Even adding Tomahiro still can't change the situation! Bobby, who was struggling with Bunta, heard what Zakaki said, and stopped Bunta's sword with a slap. He opened his limbs and his speed suddenly increased, "Little toad, the boss yelled at me to come over. Now Jiraiya and the boss are going to fight in sage mode." ! I¡¯ll take care of you later!¡± ? ???Old guy, in this case I will let you go first! "Bunta naturally sensed Jiraiya in sage mode, and heard the conversation between Zakaki and Jiraiya just now. He put the sword into its sheath, jumped up, and came to the battlefield between Orochimaru and Tsunade. Although Oakwood's Kame Sage mode is not as powerful as Jiraiya, its combined speed is faster than Jiraiya's by more than a hair! After many years of cooperation, the original climbing action was omitted. The oak tree jumped on Bobby's back and simply made a few seals. A stream of smoke was generated around it. After the smoke dissipated, the oak tree's turtle fairy mode became Got it! Jiraiya looked at the transformed Takaki, his pupils shrank, and he said to Fukasaku and Shima beside him: "Big sister, boss! How does Takaki's move feel?" "Zakaki's speed and strength have increased a lot, but his mode doesn't seem to be a real sage mode! But looking at the chakra flashing on his body, it is clearly from the turtle clan! As far as I know, the turtle clan has not been around for a long time. Now in this world, they were active on the battlefield during the ancient monster war, and their achievements were amazing! Since Zakaki can attach their chakra to himself, he can also use the spells of the turtle family. Yes!" Fukasaku, who was well-informed, said with a frown. "Well, if that's the case, our chances of winning are 50-50. After all, you are not perfect now!" Shima nodded and said. "I have seen this move of Zakaki, and there is no doubt about its power, but I know that except for the Xuanwu bodyguard and the big ax, he doesn't know any of the magic of the turtle family at all! Even though he has grown a lot in these years , I believe that with the strength of the two of you and this state, you can always defeat him!" Jiraiya said thoughtfully. "In that case, let's go! Let's see what this Kamesennin mode you have always admired is about! Damn it, little Jiraiya, are you ready?" Fukasaku Sennin's hand seal cast the wind To escape, Shima Senshi and Jiraiya used fire escape and toad oil respectively. The effect is several times stronger than ordinary toad oil fire bullets, and Goemon, who can burn some tangible materials, swarms in the direction of Oak! The high temperature of tens of thousands of degrees roasted the ground, and the flying rocks and gravel under Goemon were instantly roasted. The high temperature that hit his face made Zakaki tremble in his heart. When I watched anime in my previous life, I thought the moves used by Jiraiya in Sage Mode were nothing, but when you really see them, you realize the aura that can burn the world. The devouring of the Hungry Ghost Path easily destroyed Goemon, but that does not mean that others can easily defeat Goemon! Takaki turned around quickly and quickly formed the seal, "Water Release¡¤Water Clear Wave!" A large amount of water poured out from the air, blocking Goemon's offensive. But Takaki was not the Second Hokage, how could he continue to summon Izuku? Seeing the water gradually evaporating by Goemon, Tsubasa stepped back and formed a seal again, spitting out a few particles of soil from his mouth, "Earth Release - Earthflow Wall!" A line of soil that was several times thicker than the one struck by Tsunade just now. The wall of flow rose into the sky from the earth, blocking Goemon's rampant offensive! com com Text Chapter 192 The Rebirth of Eight Lands The high temperature generated by the large-scale Goemon still burned through the Doryu Wall, but as a high-level earth escape technique, the Doryu Wall also achieved good results. Goemon's offensive was all blocked by the Doryu Wall. , by the time the flames reached the oak tree, they had almost disappeared! Zakaki naturally knew how powerful Goemon was, but being so strong was completely beyond his expectation. Blue water clear wave is the signature ninjutsu of the second generation. Although Takaki does not sign a contract with the sea like the second generation, Takaki clearly knows the power of this move. Goemon can easily evaporate a huge amount of water. , and it will also burn through the reinforced soil flow wall. This kind of trick may have already entered the category of ninjutsu! In fact, that's right, Goemon is not a ninjutsu at all, but a senjutsu! Thinking of Hungry Ghost Road easily devouring Goemon, Zaki couldn't help but cursed. The anime in his previous life was so fucking misleading! Seeing that Zakaki was at a disadvantage, Jiraiya was a little proud, and raised his lips, "Takaki! If you are only at this level, then I overestimate you! This is just the second move! Immortal Technique: Thousand Needles of Hair!" Jiraiya shrank, his limbs touching the ground, and the white hair on his back began to stand up, and then swished towards the direction of the oak tree. The hair-changing Senbon sprayed towards the oak tree like a line of rain continuously, but the oak tree didn't have much to worry about with this move. Although the Senbon was powerful, it had no big effect in front of the thick Earth Release. ! "Tudun-Tulu Return!" Bang bang bang, three rocks suddenly appeared in front of Zakmu, and a clanging sound was heard. As expected, all the thousands of rocks were shot onto the rocks. But how could Jiraiya do useless work? Jiraiya, who was flying in the air, spread his palms, chakra began to flow crazily, and a super-large Rasengan came out, "Senfa: Super Jade Rasengan! Zakaki, this blow will wake you up." !¡± Just now, Jiraiya used the oak tree to block Senbon's jet lag, quickly used the Rasengan, and used the speed of sage mode to quickly rush towards the oak tree. No matter how powerful the earth escape of the oak tree was, how could he block it in a short period of time? This super-large jade spiral pill? The Rasengan will hit the oak tree as expected! This is what Jiraiya is thinking at this time, and what the two immortals Shima and Fukasaku are thinking! Boom¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª The super-large jade rasengan hit the position where Takaki was, and Takashi was swallowed up by the rasengan before he even had time to react! Jiraiya looked at Takaki who was hit, his heart tightened, and he said with a worried face: "Takaki, he¡ª¡ª" Before Jiraiya could finish his words, Fukasaku Sennin's words had already rang in his ears: "Be careful, little Jiraiya! Down below!" Jiraiya in sage mode was reminded by Fukasaku Sennin, and he immediately felt a large flow of chakra coming from below the ground. His rich fighting instinct allowed Jiraiya to quickly stack his wrists to block the attack from below. With a bang, Jiraiya and the two immortals were knocked back more than ten meters by this blow! Jiraiya looked at the oak tree that appeared in the cracked ground, and was shocked. What a powerful force! I know the strength of the sage mode very well. Zakaki's punch can actually knock him back ten meters. This kind of strength is not inferior to Tsunade! "Jiraiya! Don't you know that I don't need seals to use B-level earth escape?" Zakaki looked back at the huge earth pit created by the Rasengan hit where he was before, and continued: " You might really kill me now. In this case, I have to take action seriously. Otherwise, wouldn¡¯t it be too embarrassing to be beaten by you like this? Earth Release¡ªEarth Dragon Bullet!" After Zuomu completed the hand seals, more than a dozen earth dragons protruded from Zuomu's side. With their mouths wide open, they wildly shot mud bombs at Jiraiya. In just an instant, the entire battlefield was covered with mud bombs. Sage Jiraiya could only rely on his speed to avoid the overwhelming mud bombs. "Jiraiya, I have calculated the strength of Takaki. Although it is strong, it is still not as good as you. We were just caught off guard by Takaki's sudden attack! The magic of long-range attacks is very powerful. It's full, but the amount of chakra consumed is staggering. Even if the natural energy can be replenished, it can't make up for the consumption! So, you have to try to attack at close range!" Fukasaku Sage, who was avoiding the mud bombs with Jiraiya, said again. "Well, what the boss said makes sense, so let's do it!" After saying this, Jiraiya took off the clogs he was kicking, and then his limbs transformed into toad shapes. Turning around, he used the inertia of landing to rush straight towards the oak tree. He raised his fist and hit the frontmost earth dragon. With a bang, the earth dragon immediately turned into rubble. Jiraiya, who succeeded in the attack, turned around again, exerted his strength on his limbs, and jumped to Zakaki's side again. Is Zakaki¡¯s physical skills poor? the answer is negative! Although Zakaki has focused on earth escape in recent years, that does not mean that Zakaki has not practiced physical skills. Looking at Jiraiya rushing towards him, how could Zakaki kiss him? Since we're going to have a big battle, it's better to see what the toad's sparring is like? Zakushi turned the sole of his right foot, exerted force with his left foot, and shouted angrily before making peace.Later, they became entangled. ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????¡­ Of course, you will inevitably suffer some losses, but it has nothing to do with the overall situation! "Little Jiraiya, such endless entanglement is very detrimental to you! After all, this trick has a time limit. I think my old man uses toad chanting? This trick may be useful to Zakaki who is also not very good at illusions. Unexpected effect!" Shima Sennin suggested as he looked at Zakaki who was standing with his hands behind his back and breathing heavily. "What Sister-in-law said makes sense, let's try the effect first! Boss, Sister-in-law, I'm in trouble!" Jiraiya nodded. Fukasaku Sennin and Shima Sennin nodded, their cheeks puffed up, and chirping sounds continued to come from their mouths. Zakaki in the distance saw the actions of the two immortals, and naturally knew their intentions. He slapped his palm on the ground, and the chakra in his body began to roar, forming a turtle shell around him, "Xuanwu Body Protector!" Dang Dang Dang ¡ª¡ª¡ª The surface of the protective body is like a hard hit, and Tochigi knows that Xuanwu's body has achieved effect. Toads sing through sound, and sound is nothing more than frequency. As long as this frequency is interrupted, the illusion will not work! What's more, the propagation of sound requires a medium. Although the Xuanwu bodyguard cannot be said to be completely isolated, all the earth-attribute chakras in the current bodyguard are controlled by oak wood. In other words, under the protection of the bodyguard, The singing of the toad will not pose much threat to the oak tree! Jiraiya here naturally saw the effect of this blow, and said: "Boss, big sister, let's forget it! Zakaki's body protection is just a turtle shell, so it won't be effective!" After hearing Jiraiya's words, Shima and Fukasaku saw that the oak tree inside the body was not disturbed by much, so they stopped the toad chanting. But Jiraiya's repeated blows made Zakaki angry. He always stood up and hit you, which always made you suffer, right? With a panic in his heart, he removed his body protection and quickly formed seals with his hands, "Ninja Technique-Eight Earth Rebirth!" com com Text Chapter 193 Defeat Jiraiya There is no doubt about the power of Bastu Reincarnation. Not to mention the sudden nine-fold increase in strength, even the sharing of vision is a capital worth being proud of. What's more, he also has the function of filthy soil reincarnation, which shatters his own growth! Although the resistance of illusion is the fatal weakness of this technique, the Kame Sage mode of Uzaki and Bobby solves this problem well. If you don't encounter a perverted illusion like Tsukuyomi, Uzaki basically has nothing to worry about! Even Tsukuyomi cannot be used on nine bodies at the same time. That would undoubtedly require nine Tsukuyomi uses, and even Madara's Eternal Kaleidoscope wouldn't be able to withstand it! But there are still some aspects of this move that make Zakaki extremely tangled, such as the eerie feeling. Zakaki loves the sunshine very much. Although his appearance does not match the sunshine, it does not affect his pursuit of his own sunshine image. The rebirth of the eight earth is to decompose the power of the soul. As long as it is linked to the soul, there is nothing that is not sinister, and the rebirth of the eight earth is no exception. There are not many people in this world who have seen the rebirth of Yatu, Yuu Nin and Raikage have both seen it. But most of them have never been seen before, such as Jiraiya. Jiraiya here almost trembled when he saw Zakaki performing this strange technique. Jiraiya was not the Raikage. Although it is difficult to evaluate the fighting power of the two, in terms of mentality, it is difficult for Raikage to impress Jiraiya, let alone Jiraiya in sage mode! At this moment, Jiraiya could naturally feel the extraordinaryness of the oak tree and the power of this technique. Jiraiya would not think that these were clones. Not to mention the powerful aura exuded by these nine bodies, even the sharp eyes can show the self-confidence and strength of the Kage level! "Little Jiraiya, have you seen this technique before?" Shima Sennin looked at Zakaki's momentum and asked in surprise. "I've never seen it before, but I've heard of it!" Jiraiya remembered that when Zakaki was still in Konoha, he went to the Country of Yu to perform a mission, and later defeated the Raikage with a weird trick. . If a powerful Kumo nin hadn't arrived in time, the Raikage would have been killed in Zakaki's hands! "Have you heard of it? Do you have any information about this technique? It seems to me that this technique is difficult to deal with! Did you see the look in their eyes? They are almost the same. In addition, they all have the strength of Zakaki. It is simply weird everywhere. !" Fukasaku Sennin said with a frown. "No, that seems to be the first time Zakaki used this trick. Besides, I didn't expect to actually fight with Zakaki one day, so there is no information to collect about him!" Jiraiya clasped his hands together and continued: " In this case, let¡¯s use another long-range attack. This time, I¡¯ll use toad oil on my head, my boss will use wind escape, and I¡¯ll do it!¡± Shima Sennin and Fukasaku Sennin nodded at the same time, "Immortal Technique: Giant Fire Dragon Flame Bullet!" Buzz buzz - The monstrous fire appears again. This time the giant fire dragon flame bomb is different from Goemon. The fire dragon flame bomb is the only S-level ninjutsu in Fire Release. Only the Hokage of Konoha is qualified to learn it. This is also This side illustrates the power of this move. In addition, it was a combined ninjutsu performed by Jiraiya, Fukasaku and Shima together, and it was controlled by natural energy, so one can imagine its power. As long as the sea of ??fire comes, it will basically turn into scorched earth in an instant, and the trees on both sides that are far apart will directly burn. How can the pressure that the oak wood has to bear is a big word? But how can Zakaki in this state be so easy to bully! The eight oak trees in front quickly started moving. The earth flow walls were like poplar trees planted along the road, standing one after another in front of the oak trees. Good guy, I'm afraid there are thirty earth flow walls this time! Although the fire dragon flame bombs are powerful, there is nothing they can do with so many earth flow walls. In the end, Jiraiya's immortal magic disappeared in the air, but this blow also burned five oak trees! The burn did not attract Zakaki's attention. After all, regeneration is also a major feature of Bastu's rebirth. But at this moment, how could Zakaki tolerate Jilai's endless attacks? After their bodies recovered, the Zakakis began to take action. Jiraiya, who had just finished the technique, planned to use the technique again, but then he realized that the oak tree was gone. Jiraiya hurriedly concentrated on sensing Zakaki, but now he realized that everything was too late! Two oak trees jumped out of the soil, one hit his chin, and the other's heel directly kicked Jiraiya's lower abdomen. Jiraiya was like a kicked sandbag, arching his body and flying into the sky. Things were far from that simple. Another oak tree suddenly appeared in the air and hit Jiraiya on the back with a sweeping blow. Jiraiya was kicked to the ground again like a sandbag. Oak tree appeared again where Jiraiya landed, and with a punch, Jiraiya was knocked away again! Over and over again, Jiraiya was left unable to fight back by a series of attacks by Zakaki. Finally, Jiraiya was shot to the ground. Four oak trees emerged from the soil and fixed Jiraiya's limbs, as if they were nailed to a cross. A stream of blood flowed out of Jiraiya's mouth, and the two immortals on his body were hit unknown where! At this moment, Jiraiya's face was full of decadence. Jiraiya never thought that he would be beaten in sage mode.It's so miserable, and this person is still my friend for many years. The moment he was nailed to the ground, he gave up resistance in his heart. I had long known that Zakaki was powerful, but I didn't expect that he would be so powerful. No one in the entire ninja world could be his opponent! Are you already old? Jiraiya saw the oak tree holding a chakra-wrapped fist from the sky. He closed his eyes and smiled bitterly. Forget it, just die. It is better to die in the hands of oak wood than in the hands of the enemy. good! More than ten seconds passed, but Jiraiya still hadn't felt the pain of Suito's blow. He opened his eyes in confusion, only to find a fist standing on his face. Who was the owner of this fist if it wasn't Zakaki? "What's wrong? You don't even bother to kill me? Zakaki, you are so admirable!" Jiraiya looked at Zakaki with a sarcastic face. "Why should I kill you? Although the fight was fierce, I believe you didn't have murderous intentions, right? After so many years of friendship, I still don't know you?" Zakaki put away his fist and said with a smile. "Hmph! How do you know I don't have murderous intentions? Zakaki, I don't need you to pity me. I admit that I can't beat you, but if you want me to beg for mercy don't even think about it!" "Sometimes I feel like you are a piece of shit. I really can't figure out why you are like this. I was forced out of Konoha by those old guys. When I became the leader of Yuyin Village, I was forced by the situation. That kid is just a pure tactic. I never thought about provoking a war between Konoha and Kumogakure! There is no way if I don¡¯t support Konoha. As the leader of Yugyin Village, I must be responsible for the lives of Yunin, Yun You can see Shinobu's trap! When you are with Orochimaru, it's because we are friends, and when we work together, it's because we have a common enemy! I just can't figure out why you are so stupid? Wake me up, you idiot! Ah? I am the head of a village, and I am not a Konoha ninja. I have to consider not only my personal feelings, but also the interests of the village. This has nothing to do with rights! I am surprised, why do you always use these things? What are you talking about? Well, even if I am wrong and you woke me up, what do you want me to do? Pray to those old guys to let me go back to Konoha? I have a wife and family, I am a man and a ninja, I can be considered a strong man, and I also need dignity! We are not children, why are you stalking me like this? You are one of the best friends in my life. I don¡¯t want to really fight with each other, but you have to force me. I'll fight you! Forget it, I won't say it anymore, you can think about it yourself!" After saying this, Zakaki removed the Yato Rebirth and Kame Sennin modes and rushed towards the battlefield between Orochimaru and Tsunade com com Text Chapter 193 The Turtle Clan The two immortals Fukasaku and Shima came to Jiraiya. Looking at Jiraiya with a depressed face, their hearts were full of confusion. What kind of jutsu was it just now? Why did it have such an effect? Even the Immortal Mode was beaten to the point of being helpless. Is that a trick of the turtle clan? Or was it developed by Zakmu himself? It seems that Miaomu Mountain is so isolated that it can¡¯t keep up with the rhythm of the world! "Boss, eldest sister, I'm sorry!" Jiraiya looked at the two immortals Fukasaku and Shima who were silent and felt extremely guilty. The reputation of Mt. Myoboku was ruined in his own hands. Hearing Jiraiya's words, both Fukasaku and Shima were stunned. Then Fukasaku opened his mouth and smiled and said: "Little Jiraiya, this is not your style. Why do you apologize? Victory and defeat are commonplace in military affairs. .I think this oak tree is by no means simple. As I said before, his psychic beast belongs to the turtle clan, and the turtle clan was one of the most powerful monster beast families in ancient times. They are known for their defense, especially That Xuanwu bodyguard just now is known as 'absolute defense'! In addition, the turtle has a long lifespan, and the family's various magic techniques are endless, so it doesn't matter if we lose in the hands of such an opponent!" "Boss, why have I never heard anything about the turtle clan?" Jiraiya asked curiously after hearing what Sage Doukasaku said about the turtle clan. Seeing Jiraiya's expression improve, Shima Sennin jumped to Jiraiya's shoulder, "It's normal if you haven't heard of the turtle clan. Back then, the Six Paths Sage came on the scene and swept the world. Ninjas gradually became the mainstream of the world. At that time, The turtle clan gradually retreated. With the division of the Ten-Tails, the turtle clan completely left the ninja world. In the end, the same Bobby was active in the monster battlefield, and finally disappeared for unknown reasons!" "Sister, when you said that, I remembered it. It seems that Akai's Ninja Turtle was also given by Zakaki. Is it possible that the Ninja Turtle is also a member of the spirit turtle family?" ¡°I don¡¯t know about this, but since it was given by Oakwood, it¡¯s not far away!¡± Immortal Shima nodded and said. "The Xuanwu Immortal of the Linggui Clan is an incredible existence. The old man once mentioned that the Nine-Tails were plundering, and finally went to Linggui Mountain to run wild. The Xuanwu Immortal beat the Nine-Tails half to death in a fit of anger. It seems to be that one At that time, the spirit turtle clan faded out of sight!" "Wha-what? Beat the Nine-Tails half to death? Even Madara Uchiha can only control the Nine-Tails with his pupil power. Is it possible that the turtle clan is so powerful?" Jiraiya said with sweat dripping from his head after hearing this. . "Well - little Jiraiya, although the tailed beasts are powerful, they are not the most powerful monsters. In ancient times, there were many monsters stronger than them, and most of these monsters were immortals! So, as long as you You can master the Sage Mode skillfully and use it to the extreme. I believe you can defeat Zakaki even if he just defeated you! Because what he mastered is not the real Sage Mode." "That's right! Boss, Zakaki was clearly hit by our giant fire dragon flame bullet. How can a technique of that level be left intact?" "Well, I saw five oak trees were burned! In the end, it seemed like nothing happened, and they all seemed to have recovered!" "You said recovery, and I remembered it. It seems that the reincarnation of the dirty earth also has this property. Is it possible that this trick is related to the reincarnation of the dirty earth?" Zaragi didn't feel excited about defeating Jiraiya, but rather felt a little unhappy. Zaragi basically knew everything about Jiraiya's situation, and Jiraiya's understanding of himself was still ten years ago. This was actually not a good fight. Enjoyable. Moreover, if he and Jiraiya were beaten like this, there would be a rift from now on. Zakaki doesn't have many friends who came to the world of Naruto, and he has only a handful of good friends. Jiraiya is one of them, and Zakaki still values ??this friendship very seriously. This is also the reason why Zakaki made a superfluous speech later. In just a few blinks of an eye, Zakaki arrived at the battlefield between Tsunade and Orochimaru. Zakaki stood on the tree trunk and looked at Tsunade, who was already at a disadvantage. Speaking of it, Tsunade and Orochimaru really didn't have the upper hand. Tsunade's strange power was of little use to the software-modified Orochimaru. It is no exaggeration to say that Orochimaru Maru's tricks restrain Tsunade at every turn! Even Wan She can restrain Slug! During the battle between the three ninjas, Orochimaru's hands were disabled and he couldn't use the forbidden techniques and ninjutsu he was good at, so he could only rely on taijutsu and Tsunabaku. But this is not the case now. Although Orochimaru is a bit useless in front of Itachi, in front of others, Orochimaru is still the fearful Uncle Snake! The idiot Wan She has been pinned to the ground by Bunta, but Takeru and Slug have also been beaten to the point of losing their fighting ability. Only Bunta, Tsunade and Orochimaru are left on the battlefield! Seeing that the battle had entered a fierce battle, Zakaki knew that the time was almost up. He ducked and came to Bunta's head, and said loudly to Tsunade holding the scalpel and Orochimaru holding the Sochi Sword: "Tsunade , Orochimaru, it¡¯s almost done!¡±   Tsunade looked at the understatement of Zakaki and was shocked. Could it be that Jiraiya has been defeated? How can it be? He knew Jiraiya's strength very well. Even if he couldn't defeat Takashi, both sides would suffer losses! Zakaki didn't look injured at all. What happened? Is Zakmu really so powerful? "Hehehe, Oakwood, I knew Jiraiya couldn't beat you, but I didn't expect you to win so easily!" Seeing Oakwood in front of him, Orochimaru swallowed the Sochi Sword into his mouth. "Damn it! Bastard, get off my head!" Wentai suddenly jumped up and fell suddenly, trying to knock Zakaki off his head. "What a rude guy, no wonder Bobby doesn't like you!" Zakaki kicked Bunta and ducked to Orochimaru's side. He looked at Tsunade who was kicking her hard and said, "There's no point in Tsuna going down!" "Jiraiya?" Tsunade said to Zakaki with a murderous look on her face. Tsunade's face made Tsukuba's slightly improved mood drop again. "Tsunade, I suddenly feel that you are a failure! Did Orochimaru really want to kill you and Jiraiya?" Hearing Zakaki's words, Tsunade trembled and felt a little guilty in her heart, but she still said forcefully: "I don't want to talk to you so much! Even if you hit Jiraiya, I will hit you!" "Tsunade, the war is still going on. Although we do have conflicts, I don't want both sides to suffer! Kumo Ninja's defeat this time does not mean that Kumo Ninja has lost his fighting power. Don't bring personal emotions into the battlefield now. You are Hokage and I am Yu Gin. The village chief, Orochimaru is the chief of Otogakure Village, that¡¯s it!¡± PS: I have a fever, and I wrote it in a daze. It may be a little painful about Xuanwu Immortal, but this is also an unreasonable thing. Finally, please give me a recommendation. ; com com Text Chapter 195 Big Boobs Beauty Samyi "What did you say? Bastard, do you know what you are doing now? We are fighting now, not playing house! There are enemies everywhere, and they will be killed if you are not careful! How did you become a teacher?" Tsunade asked He yelled at Kakashi, Akai and Asuma. Tsunade walked up to Choji and Tenten and yelled again: "And you two, why didn't you tell me earlier? If something happens to Naruto and the others, you two will be responsible!" Tenten and Choji lowered their heads and silently endured Tsunade's spitting. Tenten was cheerful after all. He raised his head and muttered, "Nothing will happen. Neji and the others are very strong." As soon as Tiantian said this, Akai, Kakashi and others knew it was over. Didn't this add fuel to the fire? Tsunade-sama is very angry right now, but you still dare to turn your mouth. Sure enough, Tsunade, who had her hands on her waist, was furious again, and the momentum that had just stopped was detonated again, "What is so strong? How dare the kung fu of a few brats and three-legged cats be said to be strong? Just like them, on the battlefield, they are just for the sake of Cloud Ninja." Deliver food! A bunch of bastards¡ª¡ª" "Tsunade-sama, now is not the time to be angry. Naruto and the others have already left, and you won't hear them even if you scold them. Take advantage of the time and chase them back!" Shikaku, who was standing next to him, said. "While there's time, what time? It's been three or four hours now, and they already don't know where they've gone? Shikaku, you gave birth to a good son! If you don't stop this stupid thing, you just follow it. Hearing! You are such a smart guy for trying to hide it from us!" Tsunade turned her head and shouted at Shikaku. "Hokage-sama, what Shikaku-senpai said makes sense. Now is not the time to be angry. If something happens, you will regret it! How about this? I, Kakashi and Akai rush over, maybe we can still Chase these guys back." Asma gritted his teeth and suggested as he dared. "This is the only thing we can do now, Kakashi, Asuma and Kai, you three try your best to bring them back before anything happens to them!" "yes¡ª¡ª" After Naruto panted and killed the last Kumo ninja, he rushed towards the other four. Along the way, the five of them met a lot of Cloud Ninja teams, but fortunately they were all little shrimps. With the unique abilities and cooperation of a few people, they managed to get through without any danger. "Shino, how is the situation? Is there any sign of Sasuke?" Shikamaru asked with a frown as he looked at the Kumo ninja who fell to the ground. With an expressionless face, Shino stretched out his finger and took a parasitic insect flying in the air, then showed a moment of thought, and then said: "Five o'clock direction! It seems that there is a fight, and Sasuke is at a disadvantage!" "Found it! Great! Shino, you are so awesome!" Naruto swept away his fatigue, put his arm around Shino's shoulders, and laughed. Obviously, he ignored the next sentence. "Naruto, this is not the time to be complacent, it's business to find Sasuke! Besides, the enemy may not be simple!" Seeing Naruto's appearance, Shikamaru couldn't help but feel mixed feelings in his heart. It looks like this, I really don¡¯t know if this is good or bad? The chakra consumed just now is quite a lot, will it be too much for a powerful enemy soon? "Well, Shikamaru is right. No matter how powerful the enemy is, Sasuke must be brought back this time, even if his hands and feet are broken!" The battle in the Valley of the End appeared in Naruto's eyes, and he seemed to see Sasuke again. With that confused look in his eyes, his heart skipped a beat, he wanted to bring Sasuke back even if he risked his life! The other four people seemed to feel Naruto's firm aura, and they were all shocked. This is the persevering Uzumaki Naruto. Maybe he can realize that dream in the future! A group of five people quickly headed in the direction that Shino just said. Under the leadership of Neji with Byakugan, a few people avoided obstacles and took a shortcut to Sasuke's position. It only took half an hour. , a few people arrived not far from the battlefield. "There are a total of fifteen Kumo ninjas, five jounin, and ten chuunin! With such a scale, it will be very difficult for us to win!" Neji said with a frown. "How is Sasuke? Is he injured?" Naruto asked anxiously. "The situation is not good. Sasuke looks like he is at the end of his rope. According to this progress, Sasuke will be defeated in less than five minutes!" Ningji's voice was calm, but there was a huge wave in his heart. When did Uchiha Sasuke become like this? It's amazing that one person can struggle with these cloud ninjas for so long. Seeing that there were at least ten Yun Ninjas who fell beside him, plus the Yun Ninjas who were killed before! Sasuke's strength has grown too fast, right? "Then what are you waiting for? Let's go, let's go support Sasuke!" After Naruto said this, he stood up and wanted to go, but was held back by Shikamaru: ¡°?My dear, what are you in a hurry for? Now the enemy is strong and we are weak. If we really fight, we have no chance of winning. What we have to do now is to think of a strategy and win with one blow. Otherwise, when the cloud ninjas discover us, the entire army will be annihilated! " "time does not wait!" ¡°You can do a lot of things in five minutes!¡± Zakaki arrived at the battlefield and saw six Xiaoqiang, but the whole scene could not be called "tragic". Xiao Li, Shikamaru and Shino were lying on the ground and were beaten to the point of losing their ability to fight. Only Naruto, Neji and Sasuke were left entangled with Kumo Ninja. Zakaki looked around and saw that the Kumo ninja's side was not much better. There were more than 20 corpses lying on the ground, leaving only three Kumo ninjas fighting against the three small powerful ones who were still holding on. What surprised Zakaki was that Sasuke's opponent turned out to be Kumogakure's famous cold-faced beauty Samui! When Zakaki focused on Xiao Li, the anger in his heart suddenly arose. To say that the one I feel most sorry for in this life is his brother Morimu. The deaths of Morimu and Keiko were entirely due to him. If he hadn't offended the Uchiha family when he was young and frivolous, I believe they would not have died at all! After many years of drifting away, his irresponsible uncle left Xiao Li alone in Konoha. Therefore, whenever he saw Xiao Li being bullied by others, Zakaki would always be uncontrollably angry. He was not at all what a master should be. demeanor. Samui stabbed the long knife into Sasuke's right forearm, looked at the two companions who were about to end the fight, and said angrily: "In order to kill you, you trash, there are only three people left in our entire team! This time We must capture you guys alive! Give them to Raikage-sama!" "Hmph! If you want to catch me, you seem to have overestimated yourself! Chidori-ryu-" Sasuke's body began to flash with electric flowers. Suddenly, the electric flowers that were supposed to be active dimmed at the moment! Sasuke's wound hurt, and he screamed in his heart, chakra was no longer enough! Sasuke looked at the idiot Naruto who had just yelled, and a warm feeling flashed in his heart. He then wiped out this feeling, looked at the enemies in front of him, drew his grass sword, and said loudly: "If you want to catch me, Let¡¯s do it!¡± "Then I'll cripple you first, and then capture you at the base!" Samyi pulled out a long knife from behind and stabbed Sasuke in the abdomen. With this blow, Sasuke would be disabled even if he didn't die! At this moment, a figure quickly descended from the sky. With a side kick, Samyi's whole body was like a kite with its string broken, and he plunged into the bushes not far away. Then two hands came out of the ground, grabbed the feet of the Kumo ninja who was fighting Naruto and Neji, and used force, and the two Kumo ninjas were instantly pulled underground and buried in the pit. All actions take just the blink of an eye! PS: I had some computer problems last night, so I went to the Internet cafe to post a chapter in the morning. Sorry com com Text Chapter 196: Let Sasuke go Zakumu helped Xiao Li and the other three who fell on the ground, and said with concern: "Are you three okay?" Xiao Li shook his dizzy head, and was stunned for a moment. Then he pointed at Zakmu and said with surprise on his face: "Uncle Zakmu, why are you here?" "Hahaha, I happened to pass by and saw you fighting with Kumo Ninja, so I came over and stepped in. But the Chinese website said that you are really powerful. Just a few people defeated a small team of Kumo Ninja!" Zakaki gave a thumbs up. said with appreciation. "It's all Shikamaru's credit! If he hadn't formulated a clever tactic, we would have been wiped out long ago!" Xiao Li looked at Shikamaru with admiration and said. "Well - I don't have any credit for it. If Uncle Zakaki hadn't happened to arrive, we would have stopped eating! Besides, if it weren't for you, with my little ability, I don't know how many times I would have been killed by Kumo Ninja!" Shikamaru patted his head and looked at Zakaki suspiciously. Coincidentally, this is too much of a coincidence, right? Are you lying to children like this? But some people believe it! Shikamaru looked at Naruto and Xiao Li who had such expressions, and wiped a little sweat from his forehead. "Hahaha - Lustful Immortal, thank you for arriving in time this time, otherwise I, the future Hokage, might really be in danger! Is this the luck a Hokage should have? Haha, that must be the case!" Naruto He spoke up and down with a big grin. "Naruto really has fighting spirit! Hahaha, this is the power of youth! Let's move towards the sunset together!" Xiao Li stretched out his thumb, showing his white teeth, full of fighting spirit. The others looked at the two nervous guys with sweat on their faces, feeling helpless in their hearts. How could they have such companions? what a shame. After finishing playing with the treasures, Naruto's face suddenly turned cold, and he stepped closer to Sasuke, "Sasuke, I will take you back this time, even if I risk my life!" "Hmph! Really? Then you have to pay for this life!" Sasuke looked at Naruto with disdain, pulled out the Kusanagi sword, and pointed the tip of the sword at Naruto. "Sasuke, why are you so stubborn? Orochimaru has no good intentions towards you at all. He taught you just to use him as his container. Why can't you, who has always been smart, even see this? Follow me back to Konoha, Kaka. Teacher Nishi and Sakura are waiting for you, everyone is waiting for you!" Naruto said looking at Sasuke hopefully. "Sasuke, I don't know what Orochimaru's intentions are, but he is definitely not good at heart! Naruto is right, everyone is waiting for you to return to Konoha. No matter before or now, you are ours The best among them, I believe you will not do anything stupid, come back with us!" Shikamaru looked at Sasuke with a determined look on his face, knowing that persuasion was useless, but he still tried to persuade him with a sense of luck. "Hmph! You don't need to say any more. If you want to take me back, it depends on whether you have the ability!" Sasuke opened his Sharingan and said with ridicule. "Since you are stubborn, I will hit you and take you back to Konoha!" Naruto gritted his teeth, clenched his fists, and his aura was rising steadily. "Although I don't want to get involved in such a troublesome matter, as a companion I have no reason not to do it. Sasuke, I'm sorry!" Shikamaru stood next to Naruto and said helplessly. Neji, Xiao Li, and Shino also slowly moved to several of Sasuke's escape directions to surround him. Sasuke held the Kusanagi sword and frowned. The situation was not good. In his current state, it was very difficult to deal with Naruto who could go berserk at any time. Coupled with a few strong guys, it seemed that he would really capsize this time! snort! In this case, let's just have a fight and see what your bottom line is! The Chidori-ryu that had just been defeated by the Kumo ninja on Sasuke began to beat again, and Sasuke's handsome and murderous face illuminated by the electric sparks vividly highlighted the momentum of the battlefield. When Naruto saw the electric flowers rolling on Sasuke's body, he knew that Sasuke was planning to fight quickly. In the battle with the Kumo ninja just now, Sasuke had used this new move and killed many Kumo ninjas. It was incredibly powerful. Although this move is incredibly powerful, the amount of chakra it consumes is also staggering! Naruto made two shadow clones, stretched out his right hand, and started the Rasengan. Several other Xiaoqiang also started to take action, showing off their special skills and preparing to fight again! "Rasengan¡ª¡ª" "Shadow Head Neck Binding Technique¡ª¡ª" "Bagua¡ªsixty-four palms¡ª" "The great whirlwind of Konoha¡ª¡ª" "Insect Jade¡ª¡ª" "Chidori-ryu¡ª¡ª" ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????¡­ Boom¡ª¡ª Naruto and the others who had just attacked were instantly bounced away, fell to the ground, Naruto and others looked at this scene in surprise, with incredible expressions on their faces! After the smoke, several large rocks blocked the battlefield, and Sasuke looked equally surprised! Obviously, this is the return of Zakaki from Earth! "You guys have something to talk about, why do you just take action?" Zakaki said with a smile as he stood in the distance and looked at the little heroes who fell on the ground after not speaking for a long time. "Sexy Sento, why are you blocking us? I want to bring Sasuke back! Do you want to block us?" Naruto said angrily. The other Xiaoqiang also looked at Zakaki with puzzled expressions. Zakaki did not answer Naruto, but turned to look at Sasuke and said, "Sasuke, let's go!" The latter looked at Zakaki in disbelief, said nothing, put away the Pheasant Sword, and left the scene in a single jump. "Wait a minute! Sasuke, don't think about escaping again this time, I must take you back!" Naruto saw Sasuke leaving, immediately jumped up from the ground, and chased in the direction of Sasuke. But as soon as he took two steps after him, a huge boulder stood in front of him again. Naruto looked back at Zakaki and wanted to lift his feet over the boulder, but found that his feet could no longer move. Looking down, he saw a puddle of mud sticking to the soles of his feet. Naruto raised his feet again, but still couldn't break free. Naruto looked at Sasuke's disappearing back, gritted his teeth and raised his thighs, but found that he still couldn't get out of the quagmire, "Sexy Sento, what on earth do you want to do? Are you one of Orochimaru's gang? Let me go quickly, Otherwise Sasuke will run away!" "Naruto, everyone has their own chosen path. Since Sasuke has chosen this path that you think will never return, as a friend, you have no reason to stop him!" Zakaki flashed to the boulder and looked at the ground. Naruto said. "But that is a road leading to darkness, lustful immortal. Don't you know that Orochimaru wants to harm Sasuke? Or are you really getting together with Orochimaru?" Naruto shouted at the oak tree on the boulder. road. "So what if you really capture Sasuke? He will still leave Konoha! Instead of doing this, it is better to choose to believe Sasuke. What Sasuke learned from Orochimaru cannot be taught by Konoha! You can't teach him what he did. Clearly, I believe that since Sasuke has chosen this path, he must have thought about it for a long time!" Zakaki once again left the boulder and came to the jungle. He picked up Samui who had just been knocked unconscious and walked towards the Yunin base. , "Xiao Li, take me to say hello to Uncle Yichun and Grandma Yichun! And Shikamaru, take me to say hello to your dad too!" Looking at Zakaki's disappearing back, Naruto shouted again: "Licious Sennin, I will never give up, I must bring Sasuke back!" ; com com Text Chapter 197: Passing on the Gong to Chongwu (First. hair Hearing Jie's words, Zakaki rubbed his hands, showed a row of teeth, and said with a smile on his face: "Hahaha, I must have given birth! It doesn't matter whether it's a boy or a girl, the important thing is that I can be a father when I go back! It's really hard work, Yumei, As a husband, I have failed so much!¡± "Your Excellency and Madam are the pillars of the Kingdom of Tang. Only with you and Madam, the people of the Kingdom of Tang will be protected! You have sacrificed too much for the village, and it is we who have dragged you down!" Jie lowered his head and bowed his body. His face was full of shame. "Haha, it doesn't matter. Since I have become your leader, I must take responsibility. Besides, there will be many opportunities to compensate Yumi in the future!" Zakaki patted Jie on the shoulder and said comfortingly. After listening to Zakaki's words, Jie stood up and looked at Samyi who was lying on the side, "Sir, I have something I want to say, and I don't know whether I should say it or not?" "." "My lord, my wife is working hard at home, why do you still want to do things that are sorry for her?" Jie bit her head and stammered. "Eh? What are you sorry for?" Zakaki stared wide-eyed, followed Jie's gaze to Samyi on the ground, and understood the reason. It turned out that this guy used Samyi as a prop for his promiscuity! Then he smiled bitterly and said: "What are you thinking about? What nonsense? This person is a prisoner I captured. His name is Samui. His identity is not simple. He is a disciple of the Eight-Tailed Jinchuuriki! The information she knows is very useful to us. !¡± "That's it! Let me just say, how could you be such a person?" Jie suddenly realized. No wonder Jie misunderstood. Generally speaking, prisoners captured would be sent to the interrogation department. Due to the hurry of returning, Zakaki directly dragged Samyi to the tent. He was just about to send Samyi there when this happened. "Stop talking nonsense here! Give this woman to Orochimaru, his interrogation skills are much better than ours. Send them over as soon as you get the results!" Zakaki looked at Jie who was still standing aside, feeling a little unhappy. Said patiently. "Yes!" After Jie said that, she picked up Samyi who fell on the ground and walked towards the door. In order to prevent the Kumo Ninja from sneak attacks, the bases of the two countries can quickly provide support. After all, the Sound Ninja and Tang Ninja are at a disadvantage. When talking about sound ninja, Zakaki thought of Sasuke. Sasuke is a guy who makes people feel inexplicable no matter in his previous life or now. Especially his identity. Some people say that he will eventually fight Naruto and become the biggest obstacle to Naruto's reform of the ninja world. Others say that he has another mission and is responsible for reforming the ninja world just like Naruto. No matter what, Zakaki doesn't like Sasuke. He saved Sasuke this time just because he was afraid that Sasuke would really die and would not be able to explain to Orochimaru. "Teacher, was it the Kumo ninja that Master Jie sent out just now?" Jugo and Kimimaro walked into Takashi's tent. Chongwu had studied with Zakaki before in Tangyin Village, so the title was changed. As for Kimimaro, it was entirely because Orochimaru sent him to his side in order to let him recover well and not want him to go to the battlefield again. "Haha, are they Jugo and Kimimaro? Yes, they just came back from the battlefield and captured a female prisoner. She seems to be a key figure!" Zakaki said with a smile and nodded. Now Jugo Takaki regards him as a treasure. Takaki has already mastered the rock giant he created. His talent for earth escape makes Takaki feel more respectable as a teacher! Coupled with his strong vitality, he can completely master his own moves! "I have met Mr. Takaki. Jugo and I came here to ask you about Jugo's rampage." Kimimaro bowed towards Takaki and said respectfully. "Teacher, I have indeed learned the rock giant you gave me these days, and I can use it well on the battlefield. But I find that I am more likely to go berserk than before with this move!" Chonggo said with shame, lowering his head. "Yes, I understand! Kimimaro and Jugo, have you ever heard of following destiny? It means that it is better to let some things develop naturally than to deliberately distort them! Jugo's rampage is indeed worrying, but as long as the rampage is valuable, Why should you care if you go berserk or not?" Zakaki said comfortingly. The only reason for this oak wood is that the Rock Giant and the Wandering Dragon Technique are the same. They both trap negative emotions such as murderous intent, anger, rage, etc., and concentrate them on the Rock Giant, thereby giving it the will to fight. Chongwu must be more or less affected by this move! "But teacher, once I go berserk, I can't help but kill people. I don't want that!" Chonggo shook his head quickly and said. Kimimaro seemed to sense Jugo's excitement and patted Jugo on the shoulder. "I know, don't worry, since I am your teacher, I will naturally help you! I have observed your state, and it is obvious that you cannot suppress a force. This force is also the main reason for you to go berserk! Once you can If you use that kind of power properly, I believe you can definitely break the rampage!" Zakaki walked up to Jugo, put his hands on his shoulders, and said with a smile.   "Teacher, I have no way to use that power unless I enter that state!" "Haha, you can't help it, but the teacher can! I have a special skill. This trick is my life's work. Although I don't dare to bet that it will definitely succeed, I believe that as long as you can learn it, it will definitely be useful!" ¡°Teacher, that¡¯s you¡ª¡ª¡± Chongwu saw Zakaki¡¯s face, and a wave of warmth flowed through his heart. If there are people in this world that I care about, they are Kimimaro, the teacher, and his wife! Kimimaro won't go into details. Ever since he came to Tangzhiguo, his teachers and mistresses have treated him as meticulously as they treat their own children. What's more important is the way his teachers and mistresses look at him. He feels like he is the only one there. Once given, that is Kimimaro! This time, the teacher has to hand over his most proud skill to himself again, so he has to protect them even if he puts his life at risk! "It's nothing! You are my only disciple, who will teach me if I don't teach you? But, Jugo, this move is not like ordinary ninjutsu. You are prepared to learn it for ten or eight years!" Zakaki said seriously. PS: I went back to my hometown during the Qingming Festival. There is no computer in my hometown, so I updated this chapter online. Sorry, please forgive me! ; com com Text Chapter 198 Hongdou is here Zakaki looked at the information in the book and raised his lips. It seems that this war is getting more and more interesting! I just received news from the Daimyo of Yuno Country that Iwagakure Village will intervene in the war! The reason for launching the war is as simple as it is that the Iwa ninja died in the Fire Country under attack by the Konoha ninjas. Konoha's tragic death made the entire Earth Country angry. The Iwagakure Village entrusted the country with a mission to crusade Konoha! Zakaki is very disdainful of this kind of bitch erecting a memorial arch. Seeing that Konoha is weak, it's okay to want to get involved, but this kind of inferior reason really makes people doubt the IQ of a bunch of animals in the Land of Earth. ! The grievances between Zakmu and the Kingdom of Earth are deep. Regardless of Duan's death or Senmu's death, they are more or less related to the Kingdom of Earth! If the Kingdom of Yu and the Kingdom of Earth were adjacent to each other, I would have wanted to have a good fight with Iwa Ninja! That old guy Ohnoki always likes to do such sneaky things! It is estimated that Konoha has enough headaches. First, they lost thousands of troops in the battle with Kumo ninja, and now they have to go to war with Iwagakure. Konoha, which is already weak, will become even weaker after this. , it is very likely that it will completely lose its identity as a great power! "Sir, this is the information I got from the female prisoner This is what Orochimaru-sama asked me to pass on to you." Fukiishi handed the scroll to Takaki and stood respectfully beside Takaki. Fukiishi was originally in the Kingdom of the Moon, but since a large number of Kumo ninjas moved to the Kingdom of Yu, he and Chi brought the Yu ninja to have a round with Zakaki. This trip to the Kingdom of Thunder made him grow a lot. Whether he faced several encirclements and suppressions by the Cloud Ninjas or struggled on the line of death many times, this jounin from a small country who was originally getting along had become iron-blooded. Uzaki turned over the scroll that was sent to him and saw that Fukiishi¡¯s childish face was now somewhat resolute, so he smiled and said, ¡°Our Lord Fukiishi seems to be a lot more powerful, right?¡± ¡°I¡¯m making you laugh, Chi-senpai and Chiho-senpai have given me many things. If it weren¡¯t for them, I might have been buried in the Kingdom of Thunder right now!¡± Fukiishi said with a serious face. Seeing Fukiishi¡¯s expression, Takaki was very satisfied. This is Takaki¡¯s purpose! Rather than saying that Tang Country is a peace-loving country, it is better to say that this country has no sense of crisis. Being peace-loving is worthy of praise, but blindly bowing to others because of so-called peace will only strengthen the bad nature of the people. When Zakaki first came to the Kingdom of Tang, all he saw in the eyes of the people of the Kingdom of Tang was "fear". Facing the invasion of another country, a person must have the mentality of fighting to the death, otherwise he will only become the enemy of another country. become a vassal, and eventually the entire nation will disappear in the long river of history! What's more serious is that their army is just trying to get by. How can such a country be strong if it has such an army? Now, what Zakaki has to do is to raise the patriotic awareness of the people of Tang Country and enhance the military's combat confidence. Only then will this country have hope and become truly strong! Obviously, Oakwood's goal has been achieved, and Fukiishi is a typical representative of this! "Fukiishi, do you understand my intention now?" "My subordinates understand that compared with Yun Ren, we are too immature! And our thoughts are too unrealistic. How can there be peace in troubled times? Peace is based on our own strength! Therefore, now Tangyin Village All I have to do is become stronger under your leadership!" Fukiishi looked at Zakaki with admiration. "I'm very happy that you have this realization. The strength is not only reflected in combat effectiveness. Please tell me what we have to do now. Also, Iwagakure Village is preparing to send troops to Konoha!" "Well, my subordinates know. I just got the latest situation of Kumo Ninja from Lord Orochimaru. Kumo Ninja was attacked by us and Oto Ninja in a surprise attack, and the losses were also heavy. Now plus the Kumo Ninja who came to Yuno Country earlier, about four There are more than a thousand, plus the Kumo ninja who came from the Moon Country, it's about 6,000. The three thousand warriors brought by me and Senior Chi, plus the 3,000 warriors you lead, are just over 4,000. There are two thousand Oto ninja. There are still about three or four thousand troops in Konoha, so we are still quite advantageous. But you just said that Iwagakure Village will intervene in the battle, so Konoha will withdraw about half of its troops. Konoha is a battlefield. The main force, in this case, the center of the battle will definitely shift towards us, which means that we will become the main force on the battlefield and directly confront the Kumo ninja. The individual qualities of the Tang ninja and Oto ninja are poor, and their overall quality is far behind the Kumo ninja. , this way we will still be at a disadvantage! It is obviously extremely disadvantageous to start a direct war with Yun Ninja. I personally think that what we have to do now is to just 'drag'!" "Haha, you're right! It seems that the Kingdom of Thunder's trip has not only improved your personal strength a lot, but also enhanced your overall perspective. What you said is very good, what we have to do is to delay! The battlefield is now in the Kingdom of Tang, although it will It caused a lot of losses to the Country of Yu, but it also brought us a lot of convenience and caused a lot of trouble to the Cloud Ninjas. War is a game of consuming resources, see who can fight to the end! As long as they dare to start from Thunder I will continue to harass him to replenish resources in the country to see how long his Raikage can be used up?" Zakaki pointed at a fewThe cross map continued, "These locations are the preferred routes for Yun Nin's supplies. You and Chi will lead people to ambush on these important roads. Once the Yun Nin's supplies are discovered, they will destroy them all at any cost." !¡± "Yes! I understand!" Fukiishi said and walked towards the door. He scolded his front legs to leave, and then walked in with his rear legs: "Sir, someone from Konoha is here to see you." "Oh? It seems that the people in Konoha can't wait any longer and want to fight the Kumo ninja decisively!" "Well, your Excellency is right, here are the same guys who came here when you took office this time. The heads of the Konoha Nara family, Nara Shikaku, Metkai, Hatake Kakashi, and Sarutobi Asuma .¡± " Tsunade's lips raised, Tsunade's emotional card, these people have a close relationship with him, but I have to say, Tsunade's move is really great! The resourceful Shikaku, his half-disciple Akai, Kakashi with whom he has a good relationship, and Asuma, who is older than his younger brother and younger than his younger brother, are all part of a conspiracy that got him tricked! However, I am not that easy to deal with. "Jie, go and invite Orochimaru over. Just tell him that some acquaintances are here in Konoha!" "Yes!" Jie said and turned around to leave the tent. Just when Jie had just left, a faint breath came in from outside the tent. This breath was very familiar to Oakwood: "Come in, don't be sneaking around outside, Hongdou!" "Ozaki, you are still as powerful as ever, but I found that you are not the same Ozaki you were before! You have changed!" A Hyobu Yunin walked into the tent and stared at Takaki. Then with a bang, the Hyobu ninja turned into a wisp of smoke and turned into the shape of Anko. ps: In my hometown, it caused a lot of inconvenience and it was disadvantageous to update more books. These chapters were written in a mess. Finally, I shamelessly asked everyone for a few reviews. This thing seems to cost money, but seeing that there are only four reviews, I feel really shabby. If you have extra reviews, please contribute a chapter. Thank you very much! ; com com Text Chapter 199: If you have something to say, say it well Zakaki looked at Anko, who had an angry face in a short skirt and cape, and laughed for no reason. Actually, Oak and Anko can be considered childhood sweethearts. When they were young, Anko was naughty and Zakaki was steady. In the teacher's mind, Anko was a bad girl from a big family, while Zakaki was a good student from a commoner family. Anko is worshiping Orochimaru as his teacher, and Oak is the disciple of Green Miao. Zakaki will accompany Anko when she is frustrated, and when Zakaki is sad, Anko will drive her crazy. Even the eldest elder of the Mitarai family proposed that Anko marry Takaki! It's just that events have changed recently, and various shocking encounters have made Anko and Zakmu travel further and further apart. Later, Zakuki returns to Konoha to rescue a group of Xiaoqiang, and almost becomes a couple with Anko in the forest. In short, there are many unclear entanglements between Zakaki and Hongdou. Zakaki suddenly remembered the time he teased Anko with brain teasers in his early years, and he opened his mouth and said: "Uncle Yichun has a donkey and a pig at home. Uncle Yichun wants to kill one of them, but he still can't make up his mind. Who do you think Uncle Yichun will kill first?" "Huh? Why are you asking this? When did Uncle Yichun's family have donkeys and pigs?" Hongdou looked at Zakaki who had a wicked smile on his face, and remembered the time when Zakaki made Konoha a storm with a few questions, and touched it He raised his cheeks and opened his mouth: "So you want to test me? Huh! I'm no longer the red bean I used to be! Wait, let me think about it." Zakaki looked at Hongdou with a smile, and suddenly felt that this girl was still as cute as ever. He came to me in the first place just to vent his dissatisfaction. He was full of anger just now, but now he has forgotten everything. Now the history of the Naruto world has changed. This war, which is called the Fourth Ninja War, did not exist in the previous life. This shows that this big butterfly of mine has played a role! Anko's ending was that she was caught by Kabuto. With the current situation, that kind of ending would definitely not happen. Even if there is that ending, with his own strength, it is not difficult to rescue Anko from Kabuto! After thinking about it, Hongdou frowned, gritted his teeth, and said fiercely: "The donkey must have died first, right? Because the donkeys are bigger, Uncle Yichun killed them just for their meat. Donkeys have more meat." , and donkey meat is more delicious than pork, so Mr. Yichun will definitely kill the donkey first! That must be the case!" Listening to Anko¡¯s serious explanation, Zakaki chuckled, ¡°Actually, the pig thinks so too!¡± "Why?" Hongdou looked at Zakaki in confusion, then was stunned, and then said angrily: "Asshole Zakaki, you dare to call me a pig!" "Hehehe, idiot!" Zakaki patted Anko's head and said with a smile. "Don't touch my head, I'm not a child!" Hongdou said fiercely, but did not block Zakaki's hand. This feeling reminded her of more than ten years ago, if nothing had changed. Okay, maybe now he and Zakaki are married. Bah - what were you thinking about? Why do you want to marry this bastard? Now that he has a wife, no wonder that guy Naruto wants to call him a lustful sage! It is said that this guy seems to be related to Tsunade-sama, and now he is related to himself¡ª¡ª "Anko, I understand why you are looking for me, but there are many things in this world that cannot be controlled by humans, just like me leaving Konoha. I also know about Konoha, but as the head of Yugyin Village, I must There is nothing we can do about being responsible for Tangyin Village!" Zakaki took back the hand on Anko's head and said lonely. "What can't be done? Is there nothing you can do about getting married to a girl from the Land of Earth? This is obviously your excuse!" Hongdou looked at Zakaki's lonely expression and shouted angrily. But she regretted it as soon as she said it. How could she say such a thing? What a shame! "I'm sorry¡ª¡ª" Hearing Hongdou's words, Zakaki became more and more lonely. What Hongdou said makes sense. A large part of the reason for Hongdou's current temper is because of himself. He can't give others happiness, but he has an affair with others. This is indeed too much! "Since you know you're sorry, why don't you stop? Konoha has your friends, relatives, and those ninjas who once believed in you. Do you really have the heart to watch them suffer from war and see them pass away one by one? Mu, I know you are not a cold-blooded person, nor an ambitious person. Why do you do that kind of thing against your will again and again? " "Anko, did Tsunade ask you to come?" Zakaki's face turned cold when he heard Anko's words. Although Zakaki is a person who values ??friendship, he is also a person who distinguishes between public and private matters. Zakaki has always kept aside national affairs and personal feelings. Self-denial and devotion to duty are the basic qualities that a commander and a leader should have. Hongdou's words are undoubtedly from a critical perspective! Oakwood sounded so sarcastic. Seeing Zakaki's suddenly cold expression, Anko knew that Zakaki had misunderstood, and quickly opened her mouth and said: "I didn't come with senior Shikaku and others, nor was I sent here by Tsunade-sama, I just wanted to persuade you. !¡± "Hongdou, don't interfere in national affairs. If youI'm very happy that you are here on behalf of an individual, but if you represent Konoha, I'm sorry, we can't communicate. Shikaku and the others have been here for a while, and I'm afraid it won't be good to keep them waiting. Are you interested in coming with me to see it? "Zakaki shrugged, smiled, waved to Anko, and walked out of the tent. "Zakaki, I will come back to you!" Hongdou said loudly to Zakaki's back Everyone in Konoha looked at the man in front of them warily in the temporary meeting room of the Tang ninja. Asuma put his hands into the ninja tool bag. This was clearly a precursor to sending Feiyan out. Kai's fists were already tightly squeezed. , the chakra on his body also began to jump for joy, as if he was about to fight without saying a word. Kakashi next to Akai put his right hand on Akai's shoulder, with a calm look in his eyes, but the slight shaking of his left hand still betrayed his intention to take action at this moment. After all, he was the Konoha military advisor. Shikaku's reaction was obviously stronger than the other three. Instead of being hostile, he showed a smile: "Orochimaru, long time no see." "Shikaku, you are still as powerful as ever! Seeing that I don't even have a trace of murderous aura, it seems that you have improved over the years!" Orochimaru said with a smile, his black hair flowing. "It's nothing. After all, I'm half a politician. Isn't there that saying? There are no permanent enemies, only eternal interests! Although there are indeed conflicts between us, this does not prevent us from having the talent of Kumo Ninja. The fact of a common enemy!¡± "Hmph! When did Konoha fall to this point? If you want to cooperate with your enemies, it seems that Konoha is really corrupt!" Orochimaru looked at Shikaku with a sarcastic look. "Orochimaru, don't think that just because you are powerful, you can be unscrupulous. We will definitely come to you for killing the Third Hokage! -" Akai clenched his fists and roared at Orochimaru. Kakashi hurriedly grabbed Akai who was about to step forward, "Akai, calm down, now is not the time to take action!" "What can't you say that you have to say and you have to do it? Kai, why don't we wait until after the war!" A voice of persuasion came from outside the door, and who was the owner of this voice if it wasn't Zakaki? ; com com Text Chapter 200 Gongjun is a shadow When Zakaki came to the conference room, he saw Akai looking at Orochimaru with a murderous look on his face, which made Zakaki very confused. I remember that in the previous life, it seemed that the people of Akai's generation did not particularly hate Orochimaru, but the third generation was killed by Orochimaru. Asuma, the son, never seemed to want to take revenge! It was probably due to his strength. After all, Orochimaru's influence in Konoha was quite large, and he was more of a deterrent to their generation than ordinary people. Now Akai seems to have a sworn feud with Orochimaru. If it weren't for his side now, Zakaki really doubts that Akai would fight! Seeing Zakaki coming, Akai and others put away their murderous intent and sat aside waiting for Zakaki to speak. But the hostility they occasionally showed towards Orochimaru still expressed their anger towards Orochimaru. Zakaki sat in the first seat, and Orochimaru and Shikaku sat on both sides. He really looked like a commander-in-chief of an army. Zakaki looked at Shikaku who had his eyes closed and his face was cold, and pursed his lips and smiled. It seemed that this guy was angry! I didn't bother to play the Third Hokage's trick anymore, so I said, "Shikaku, what do you want to do here?" Before Lu Jiu could say anything, Akai jumped out from behind him. He stared, put his left hand on his waist, pointed at Zakaki with his right hand and shouted loudly: "Teacher Zakaki, what the hell are you doing? I will tell you about the last rescue." Let¡¯s not talk anymore, why are you delaying now? Wouldn¡¯t it be great to directly fight the Kumo ninja for life and death? Now there are Kumo ninjas in the east of Konoha and Iwa ninjas in the north. If this continues, Konoha will be destroyed!¡± Listening to Akai¡¯s words, Kakashi put his hand on his forehead, feeling depressed. This guy Akai has always been confused about small things, but clear about big things! What the hell are you doing now? Could it be that Shikaku arranged it deliberately? Kakashi looked at Shikaku and found that he still had his eyes closed, ready to tangle with Zakaki. Simply ignore Akai and let him fend for himself. Akai saw that Zakaki didn't speak, and a group of friends around him didn't speak either. Even Orochimaru, who had just made sarcastic remarks to him, seemed to be ignoring him. His anger suddenly disappeared, and he cast a look at Kakashi for help. , but the latter¡¯s ¡°I don¡¯t know you¡± look made Akai feel even more embarrassed! Seeing Akai's appearance, the good old Asuma seemed a little unbearable. He stood up, bowed to Zakaki, and said: "Senior brother, although the village can't help you, you were once a member of Konoha after all! You also know the situation in Konoha now. It's very tiring to deal with Kumo ninja, and if Iwa ninja makes a mistake, he will be doomed! Senior brother , you are the only one who can save Konoha now!" Seeing Asuma¡¯s uncle-like appearance, Uzaki suddenly remembered his teacher Midoriya Shinnosuke. Back then, I happened to meet Shinnosuke, and was finally accepted as his disciple and taught him ninjutsu. Ninjutsu is valuable no matter which country it is in. How much a ninja is proficient in ninjutsu is also the main way to measure its value! In my previous life, I had seen all kinds of gorgeous ultimate moves in anime. Those BC-level ninjutsu seemed like nothing, but those ninjutsu were crucial to a civilian ninja! It is no exaggeration to say that the ninjutsu given by Shinnosuke played a leading role in Oakwood's achievements today! Shinnosuke's greatest wish in this life is to protect Konoha, but the student he placed high hopes on is the trigger that leads to Konoha's decline. How ironic! "Asuma, Akai, I understand what you mean! But now the Kumo ninja is powerful, and the Yunin ninja is a small village. It depends on my opportunistic efforts to survive. If we have a direct confrontation with the Kumo ninja, you know what the consequences will be. !Although I was kicked out of Konoha, I have never done anything to feel sorry for Konoha! I have never been hostile to Konoha! It¡¯s true that I was born in Konoha, but I am also the head of Yugakure Village. I can¡¯t For the sake of selfishness, Tangyin Village was set on fire!" ¡°Brother, but¡ª¡ª¡± Asuma was about to explain something but was stopped by Shikaku in front of him. "Zakaki, I understand what you mean! But as long as we win this war, all conflicts will no longer be a problem!" Lu Jiu took out a scroll from his arms and threw it to Zakaki. Zakaki opened the scroll, looked at the content on it, threw it to Orochimaru, and then said to Shikaku: "Did you come up with this battle plan?" Lu Jiu said nothing, just shrugged and smiled. After reading the plan, Orochimaru raised the corner of his mouth and said with a sinister smile: "It is indeed the brains of Konoha. The plan is good. But how do I know whether Konoha will turn against you? You know, many people are like us Sound Ninja. Dissatisfied!" "Orochimaru, what you did to Konoha is outraged by both men and gods. But now is a special period, and we don't have time to get entangled with you. Konoha and you will settle the grudges another day! Of course, according to the above plan, some people will die. , but people must die in war!" Shikaku turned around and walked towards the door, "Ozaki, Orochimaru, this plan is beneficial to all three parties. You are all heroes of the world. I will not go into details about the pros and cons. Yeah! Also, Zakaki, don¡¯t forget, Xiao Li is also from Konoha, what would he think if he knew that his uncle was the indirect murderer of his companions?" ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?After walking out, Asma and the other three also followed. Only Akai gave Orochimaru a provocative look when he left, which made Orochimaru look puzzled. "Konoha's plan is nothing more than a secret plot against Chen Cang, but the feasibility is still quite high! Orochimaru, what do you think?" "I don't care. If the old man's hard work is really ruined, it will be a sin!" "If that's the case, then let's do it! But will it be a problem for Jiraiya to deal with the Eight-Tails alone?" Zakaki said with some worry, remembering the terrifying fighting power of the Eight-Tails in later generations. "It doesn't matter. How could the Kumo ninja know that Jiraiya, who was supposed to be at the Iwa ninja battlefield, is still on the battlefield? It's not impossible to catch the Eight-Tails off guard! Besides, Ichii-kun is still idle in Yugakure Village." Zakaki was a little surprised when he saw Zuo appearing in front of him. Zuo was Danzo's person, so he naturally represented Danzo. Oakwood and Danzo had long been at odds with each other. What was Danzo's intention when he suddenly sent this future supporting actor to deliver a message? "Mr. Oakwood, this is a letter from Mr. Danzo to you!" Sai said respectfully with a confusing smile. Zakaki took the scroll and frowned, what a great move! There were only four words written in Danzo's letter: "I respect you as a shadow!" To be honest, these four words from Danzo were very tempting. Danzo's intention is very obvious, which is to let Oak help Konoha tide over the difficulties and create momentum to make the Country of Yu become the sixth largest country! The leader Zakaki turned into a shadow! If someone else said this, Zakaki would definitely be dismissive, but it would be different if it were Danzo. There is no need to go into details about Danzo's identity. His connections in the entire ninja world are also undoubted. If Konoha agrees to defeat the Kumo ninja, Sunagakure Village will agree. In addition, he can unite with Konoha to kill the Iwa ninja, as well as Yuno Kuni. This proposal of economic strength may actually succeed! At this time, Oakwood used the name of Shadow to attract the support of a large number of ninjas and various blood-stained families. Tangyin Village may really become the sixth largest village! After Zakaki thought for a moment, he smiled at Sai and said, "Tell Mr. Danzo that I accept this opinion!" ; com com Text Chapter 201 The plan begins (FirstFatIt's not so much Konoha as it is Danzo. The conditions offered by this guy are too tempting! No matter what shadow he is in the world of Naruto, he is the pinnacle of ninjas, and everyone respects him. A sign of recognition! The shadow made by Oakwood is different from the arrogant Hoshikage. If it is as Danzo said, then all the villages in the ninja world will recognize the existence of this title! Oakwood has always been a happy-go-lucky person. , he is not very keen on fame and fortune, but having this reputation is crucial to the development of Yuyin Village. Where does Konoha's strength come from? Not only relies on the strength of the past Hokages, but also relies on those big families and the huge ninja base The foundation of the foundation. Where do these big families and ninja bases come from? That is the attraction of Konoha's reputation. When Konoha is strong, those big families and capable people come to seek refuge. These big families and capable people come to seek refuge with Konoha. As the leaves become stronger and stronger, the stronger and stronger Konoha becomes more and more attractive, and more people will come to seek refuge. This virtuous cycle creates the largest village in the world! Now, unlike when the Senju Pillar established Konoha, the accumulation of time has allowed those powerful families and capable people to take root in the village, and there are few talents in the Naruto world. However, there are many powerful people among the wandering ninjas who have no fixed abode. These people have solidified into a large scattered force in the world of Naruto. If these people are gathered in Yuyin Village, then the strength of Yuyin Village will be Increased geometrically! After all, there are many people who know that the icing on the cake is not as good as providing help in times of need! Konoha's Hyuga family and the Inokacho family are typical representatives. ??Oakaki naturally knows that things are not that simple. Danzo, the old guy, is not a loser. He will not do such things that benefit others but do not benefit himself! He just wanted to get the position of Hokage. Ever since the third generation died at the hands of Orochimaru, Danzo thought he would become the fifth generation Hokage. However, who knew that Tsunade appeared halfway, and his plan was naturally ruined. This war caused by Oakwood is a good opportunity. Tsunade's previous mistakes caused the loss of a large number of Konoha elites. This is what Danzo wants! After the war, the elders will definitely hold the responsibility for this loss. She, Tsunade, will naturally bear the brunt. In the future, with the help of Danzo, it is very likely that Tsunade will be removed from the position of Hokage, and Tsunade will be removed from Danzo. Become the biggest winner! Of course, the premise is that this war is won. If the war fails, even if Danzo becomes Hokage, he will lose the essence of Hokage. This is not what he wants to see. This cooperation with Oakwood also played a key role. Even if Takaki is allowed to become Tang Ying, if Danzo gains power in the future, he will still raise an army to conquer. With the strength of Tang Country, he will still be Konoha's wedding dress in the end! Wouldn't this be more conducive to Danzo's ambition to dominate the world? But oak wood is so easy to deal with! Zakaki took a sip of the tea before the case, got rid of the messy thoughts in his mind, and studied the plan given by Konoha. The plan given by Konoha was nothing more than four words "secret attack". First, the three countries launched a general offensive at the same time to attract the main force of Kumo ninja with their superior strength, and then let Jiraiya, who was openly transferring to the Iwa ninja battlefield, sneak attack the material base guarded by the eight tails. Play the finishing touch. This plan is not a bad one! Coupled with the conditions proposed by Danzo, Oakwood has no reason to refuse this plan! "Captain, I said you are so diligent. I never knew that you would be lazy like this! Here, this is the information the daimyo gave you!" A man and a dog appeared in front of Zakaki. This man did not come from the moon. Who is the scold who came back from the country? "Stop talking nonsense to me! If you were even half serious, I could hug my wife and have a good sleep!" Zakaki took the information thrown at him, opened it, frowned and said, "This The daimyo seems to be really powerful, he already knows the proposal that old guy Danzo just sent!" "Well, there's nothing wrong with him. It's just that the intelligence organization in his hands is really frightening. Captain, find a way to get this organization in your hands. It will be a good help." He patted the white wolf on the head and said with a smile. . "Nonsense, of course I know! I'll leave this matter to you!" Zakaki rolled his eyes and acted naughty. "Hey, hey, hey - how do you hit a snake with a stick? I'm too lazy to do such a troublesome thing!" He said angrily, looking at Zakaki's almost rogue face. "You still have the nerve to say that if you don't want to be the Minister of War, and you don't want to be the Minister of the Military, I should support you, right? Don't shirk your responsibilities from me, I'll leave this matter to you. This is a super-S-level mission with no time limit. By the way, is Ichii here?" Zakaki quickly changed the subject for fear of going back on his word. "Uh¡ª¡ªit's unlucky for me to have a captain like you! He came, and when he arrived at the base, he saw a bunch of military ninjas slacking off in their work, and he was furious! Speaking of which, he really has a fighting spirit. He came here non-stop and worked hard. I'm training soldiers for you, what a fool!" Chi said, spreading his hands. "Go, go, stop chatting there, go and call Yi Jing over!" "SeeMaster Guoyijing. "The two military ninjas looked at Ichii who was wearing sunglasses and bowed quickly. "Well, how are the two prisoners doing?" Ichii adjusted his sunglasses on the bridge of his nose and asked. "My lord, they are still in prison. Do you want to see them?" "Take me there." Ichii waved his hand, motioning for the two of them to go forward and lead the way. Seeing the seriousness on the faces of the two Hyobu Yunin, Ichii smiled happily, finally living up to his master's trust. More than ten years ago, Ichii and Oakwood had been together through life and death. Whether it was the two battles with the Iwa ninja or the battle with the Sand ninja, Oakwood had saved his life. It is no exaggeration to say that without Oakwood, Ichigo would have lost his life. The well has long since turned to dust. When Tsubasa was forced to leave Konoha, Kazui wanted to die together with the Uchiha clan, but he was stopped by Tsubasa, saying that he would be asked to take care of his nephew in Konoha, so Kazui gave up and retired from hiding. Konoha. Later, Zakaki came to the Earth Kingdom with news that he had something to ask for, so he rushed to the Earth Kingdom. Who knew it was the precious Sharingan! Kazui is very talented, otherwise he would not be able to hold a high position in the Konoha ninja army. In addition, his more than ten years of seclusion in Konoha allowed him to devote himself to studying the Sharingan. He finally achieved something, and thus obtained a more powerful weapon. Power, Ichigo knew where all of this came from, so he respected Master Zakaki even more who allowed him to obtain all of this. It wasn't until Zakaki asked Ichii to come back to the world in Tangyin Village that Ichii knew that his opportunity to serve had come, and he cherished this opportunity even more! Not long after, Yi Jing came to the prison. Looking at the two captured Yun nins, he raised the corner of his mouth and murmured: "My lord's plan is about to begin, let's start with you two!" ps: Book friend Jue. It¡¯s your birthday today, I wish you a happy birthday! Thank you for your continued support! ; com com Text Chapter 202 Another fight with Kirabi A few unnamed birds were fluttering their wings in the low sky. The dark clouds connecting the corners of the sky made the entire sky look much shorter. Only a few frog calls from the distance vented the irritability of summer. Suddenly, a murderous aura enveloped the area. The murderous aura lifted up the surrounding flowers, plants, rocks and leaves, and immediately made the air feel quite chilly. A group of ninjas stood on the tall rocky ground, overlooking the crowds of people rushing towards the intersection. The weapons in their hands flashed cold light in the air, as if they were like mirrors refracting light under the scorching sun. Even though the sun was blocked by dark clouds, this cold light Still eye-catching. This group of ninjas looked at the man standing at the front with admiration. Although this man was not handsome, the masculinity of his face gave people a special feeling, like confidence, pride, easy-going and even Somewhat mysterious. In short, the biggest feeling is that this person is very strong, incredibly strong! Who is this person if he is not the one who leads the Yu ninja to fight against the Kumo ninja? Zakaki looked at the Yun Ninja coming from a distance, with a smile on his lips. He turned to look at the Yun Ninja behind him, and said loudly: "Everyone, although this is the first time we have a head-on battle with the Yun Ninja, I know that you all have something in your hands. Having passed the blood of the Kumo ninja, we all know that we will not be afraid of any Kumo ninja now. As the saying goes, the brave will win when we meet in a narrow encounter. This time our military strength is twice that of the Kumo ninja. Do you have confidence?!" "Yes! Yes! Yes! ¡ª¡ª" Hearing Zakaki's bewitching encouragement, his admiring eyes became more intense. Each of them waved the weapons in their hands up and down, screaming desperately, that The screams soared into the sky, breaking through the dark clouds in the sky, causing birds and beasts in the distant forest to flee in terror. The morale of Tang Ninja has soared again, which makes Zakaki feel more confident than ever before. There are no cowards in the world, only timidity. As long as he cultivates his confidence, no matter how poor the quality of Yun Nin's individual soldiers is, he can compete with Kumo Ninja! Zakaki stretched out his hands to signal silence, and spoke again: "Everyone, as long as this battle is won, then we will succeed in this war! Now that the people of Konoha and the Sound Ninja have separately attacked the Kumo Ninja for the final decisive battle, what we have to do What I want is to destroy this enemy force and gain this victory. Heroes, follow me and charge forward!" As soon as Zakaki finished speaking, he was the first to attack the rushing Kumo ninja. The Tang ninja behind him all followed Zakaki towards Yun ninja like a rain of arrows. The Kumo ninja over there seemed to feel the provocation of the Tang ninja. The kunai, detonating charms and other ninja tools in his hands swished towards the charging Tang ninja, and various ninjutsu also began to shine. Come on stage, the war begins again! Bang bang bang¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª As the detonating talisman exploded, causing waves of fire in the air, the battle between the two parties officially began. Zakaki jumped to avoid the incoming Senbon, and dodged again to the crowd of Kumo ninja. At some point, Zakaki changed into Kame Sennin mode like a tiger among the sheep, and kept waving the fists in his hands, like a winnowing machine. Meat machine, even dozens of Kumo ninjas were killed and injured in an instant! Zakaki once again smashed the head of a Cloud Ninja with a punch, jumped into the air, and once again ducked to the side of a Cloud Ninja leader. With the top-down momentum, Kuoyue's heel directly slammed into the leader's shoulder. How could it be easy for someone to be the leader of the Kumo ninja? The Yun Ren looked at Zakaki's disdainful face and yelled angrily: "Crazy Zakaki, don't be so arrogant! Do you really think you are invincible? Lei Dun - Lei Armor!" This leader seems to be quite confident in his own moves. Leiketu, Zakaki is famous for his earth escape. Even now, he seems to have strong physical skills, but many people know that Zakaki's body is most likely to be earth escape. Clone, so that with Rey's armor he can defeat Zakaki, so what if it's his real body? With Rey's body protection, wouldn't he feel better if he was hit by oak wood? The leader was right, but he forgot who the person in front of him was? I forgot that this person is someone who can defeat even Raikage, who is the best in the world in thunder escape! Boom¡ª¡ª The top-down Zakaki did not restrain his moves because of the sudden explosion of electric sparks. Instead, he carried out the attack with all his might. This bang was the source of Zakaki's confidence! In fact, the Iwa Ninja leader had a good idea, but he underestimated the strength of Zakaki! I think that Zakaki merged with Bobby when he was six years old. His body has been strengthened for countless years, and his strength is very powerful. Coupled with the Kame Sage mode, Zakaki's strength at this moment can only be described as terrifying, even though he is stronger than the Sage mode. The next Jiraiya is slightly inferior! As the saying goes, one force can defeat ten societies. Under absolute strength, what kind of Lei Ketu? It's all just passing smoke! The leader of the Cloud Ninja who was smashed into the ground in front of him just illustrates this point. After killing the leader of the Kumo ninja, Zakaki killed several Xiami one after another. Perhaps they felt the strength of Zakaki. The Kumo ninjas tried their best to avoid Zakaki's momentum and picked up some Tang ninjas who were equal to or worse than themselves. Take action. This gave Takaki a chance to breathe. Takaki scanned the entire battlefield and found that Yu Ninja, who was twice as many as the enemy, had a slight advantage. Takaki knew that this was actually the reason why the top combat power had the upper hand. Including top-notch combat forces like Zakgi, they will naturally defeat the enemy in terms of morale and confidence! Just when Zakaki glanced at the battlefield, a if there wasRuowu's rap reached Zakaki's ears, and the sound was like a thunder on the ground. Zakaki followed the sound and saw an uncle with a knife and sunglasses all over his body, stalking the crowd of Tang Ninjas, with something in his mouth. He kept mumbling, who is this person if he is not the Eight-Tails? Just as Zakaki was meditating, a man and a dog had already pounced on the Eight-Tails. Two spiral-shaped fighting energy directly hit the Eight-Tails, but hitting the tentacles of the Eight-Tails was like hitting a sponge. Both the man and the dog were hit by the other two tentacles. Tied up. With a bang, the seemingly incompetent man and dog suddenly turned into two streams of gas and disappeared above the eight-tailed tentacles. People and dogs naturally scold the white wolf! "Asshole, idiot, you fool! Uncle Kirabi is not that easy to deal with! You pig!" Kirabi kept gesticulating with his fingers, making a posture like a rapper. "Where did the madness come from? But the strength is good, it looks like it will take some effort! White Wolf, are you ready? Use a new move!" "Woof woof woof¡ª¡ª" Chi nodded at the white wolf and bit his finger, drawing blood on the ground, closing his eyes and preparing to perform the spell. But at this moment, a figure stood in front of Chi, and it was Zakaki: "Hey, go support other battlefields. This person is the Eight-Tails Jinchuuriki. You are no match for him!" "Well, no wonder you have such strength! Captain, I leave it to you!" Seeing Zakaki's serious look, Chi knew how troublesome the matter was. He and White Wolf once again transformed into two vortexes of fighting energy and rushed towards the other Kumo ninjas. go. "If I remember correctly, you should be guarding supplies. There is no reason to appear here!" Zakaki frowned and said to Kirabi. "Asshole, idiot! Big brother had expected you to lead troops, I'm here to stop you and kill you!" Kirabi continued to rap. "I let you run away last time, but this time it won't be so easy. Now that you're here, don't go back! I'm here to see what the Eight-Tails is! Speaking of which, I really want to see my new tricks on you. Damn it!" Zakaki said without a breath, looking at Kirabi's brainless appearance. , "Hmph! It was my eldest brother who asked me to retreat last time. This time I will avenge my eldest brother! Defeat you!" "The fight between you and me makes too much noise. In order to avoid hurting innocent people, how about we go to a place with a wide view?" "I think so too!" com com Text Chapter 203 Ultimate Earth Escape Kirabi jumped away from the battlefield, not forgetting to leave a provocative look at Zakaki as he left. To be honest, Zakaki doesn't have much confidence in the Eight-Tails. Firstly, the Eight-tails' strength and reputation are too impressive. Secondly, Zakaki doesn't know whether the Blooming of Ten Thousand Peaks, which has not yet been fully used, is really useful for this super destructive ultimate creature. , Such is the scope of this move! Time no longer allows Zakaki to think anymore. The longer the time drags on, the worse it will be for Yu Nin. After all, Yu Nin cannot afford to be hurt! Zakaki dodged and rushed in the direction of Eight-Tails. When Zakaki arrived, Kirabi was already waiting. Kirabi, with his arms folded and wearing sunglasses, looked at Zakaki solemnly. Not only Zakaki has no confidence, Kirabi also has no confidence! It's true that the Eight-Tails has a vicious reputation, but how can Kame Sennin Tsubasa's reputation in the ninja world disgrace him? Not to mention the reputation of fighting Sennin back then, even the defeat of Raikage not long ago was shocking and terrifying! Seeing the arrival of Zakaki, Kirabi stopped talking nonsense and pulled out the seven blades from behind, holding them in his mouth, clamping them under his armpits, wrists, and even knees! The whole body looks like a cactus full of thorns%%At this scene, Zakaki naturally knows the Eight-Tails Jinchuuriki's ultimate move "Thunder Release: Eight Sword Style", and can flexibly use the seven swords with various parts of the body and Taijutsu. , its unpredictable and fast sword skills are difficult to guard against and cannot be seen clearly. In addition, the supersonic thunder sword and tailed beast transformation will once again enhance its speed and power, causing Sasuke and the Snake Team to suffer a lot! But this trick is a bit petty for Zakaki. After all, Zakaki's Earth Escape is not a wasted reputation! Seeing Kirabi using his sword skills, this kind of trick has little practical effect on Zakaki! Zakaki sneered and said loudly: "Tu Escape - Tu Lu is back!" Bang bang bang - Huge rocks fell to the ground one after another, and all the sand and gravel flew up. More than a dozen huge rocks stood in front of Zakmu, blocking Qilabi's way forward. How could Zakmu give up just like that? One ducked into the ground. When Kirabi saw the boulder appearing in front of him, he did not hesitate at all. He whipped out a few tentacles from behind, and only heard a few bangs. The boulder that had just been blocked in front of him instantly turned into powder, and his spinning body also So stop. Eight-Tails put away his sword, raised his fist, and sang loudly into the distance: "Asshole, idiot, these tricks of yours are useless to me!" As soon as Kirabi finished singing, fangs-like thrusts began to protrude from the ground! But as Kirabi said, these tricks were of no use to him! Several tentacles appeared again under Kirabi's feet. The tentacles were like sharp blades cutting wheat. In just a blink of an eye, the protruding spines fell down one by one. At the end, Kirabi's arm turned into a huge tentacle and blasted towards the ground not far away. With a thud, the place where it was hit instantly shattered into pieces! "Is this all Kamesennin has to offer? It's really not that good! Yo-yo¡ª¡ª" Yabi shook his body, waggled his fingers, and sang to Zakaki who appeared on the ground. Looking at Kirabi¡¯s appearance, Zakaki suddenly felt a little pain in his balls. As we all know, Takashi is good at earth escape. In some respects, earth escape mainly relies on blunt blows. Facing the Eight-Tails, ordinary blunt blows will have no effect at all. His tentacles are the best barrier. In this way, ordinary Earth Release will be completely useless against the Eight-Tails! It may be useful to use the Eight-Tails Rebirth, but once the Eight-Tails completely transforms into a tailed beast, even relying on those clones will not have any good effect, and it will extend the entire battle infinitely! At that time, even if Yu Nin won this victory, heavy losses were inevitable. Yunren can't bear the injury. He is a big country and has quick recovery. Unexpectedly, in a small village like Yuyin Village, the number of ninjas is already small, and with the casualties, I, the leader, may become a mere commander! If that's the case, let's take action! ?????????????????? The Eight-Tailed Ushio probably had the same plan. Before he could sing another two lines, the body of the Eight-Tailed Ushio continued to be drawn out. Obviously, this state was completely transformed into a tailed beast! Seeing this scene, Zakaki didn't hesitate anymore. He kept moving back to avoid the attack of the Eight-Tails. He threw dozens of soil particles from his pockets with both hands and quickly formed seals. After his body landed on the ground, the seals were almost completed. He moved his hands again, pressed them on the ground, and shouted loudly: "Escape from Earth - Ten Thousand Peaks Bloom!" The people who were fighting hard on the Tangyun battlefield here suddenly heard a roar. After repelling the incoming enemies, they cautiously glanced at the source of the roar. It was a good thing that they didn't glance at it. Once they glanced at it, they were completely stunned! A red monster with half of its horns broken off and eight giant tails immediately came into view! The eight huge tails like octopus tentacles kept flapping, and the surrounding trees suddenly fell down. Of course, this scene was not enough to arouse the ninjas who were fighting a life and death battle, but what appeared next moment completely subverted their understanding of ninjutsu! Boom boom boom¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª The lively battlefield that had finally calmed down just now became noisy again. At this moment, both Kumo and Tang ninjas had only one thought, and that was to leave this place! But before many people left, the ground cracked open, and gullies dozens of meters wide were like spider webs on the ground, spreading all over.Countless lives were lost in an instant! Screams, cries for help, yells and the sound of the ground cracking! Coupled with the gusts of dark wind emerging from the ground, the entire battlefield felt like Shura Hell for a moment! There was another loud bang, and mountains came out of the ravine. The speed was shocking, and the scale was terrifying! These mountains are connected by roots as if they are alive, and each one exudes a soul-stirring and strange aura. Even the giant Eight-Tails just now was submerged in this mountain! There was still a roaring sound, and the mountains began to split into branches. The split mountains touched almost all the ninjas. All the ninjas who did not fall into the ravine were sucked up, followed by the sound of "chichichichi". These The mountains are constantly swallowing the ninjas next to them! Of course, there are also ninjas who have not been swallowed up. If you look closely, these ninjas who have not been swallowed up are actually Yu ninjas! The Tang ninja who was leaning against the mountain looked at the Cloud ninja who was being swallowed up but was resisting in vain. How could he dare to make the slightest move? They were all dumbfounded, staring at the birth of this miracle! At this moment, the Tang Ninjas all remembered the miracle in the Valley of the Mountains. Looking at the Tang Ninjas who were unharmed except for falling into the ravine and dying, they all understood that this was the fault of their master! Yes, this is Zakmu¡¯s ultimate earth escape, with thousands of peaks blooming! PS: There is a school basketball game today, so I don¡¯t have time to update. I just made up this chapter! I'm so sorry! Of course, this trick may be a bit abnormal, but this trick I will explain in the next few chapters is the principle of the principle! com com Text Chapter 204: Get the Eight-Tails Mountains are a gathering of soil. The Chinese word "wangshan" represents grandeur, calmness, solidity and perseverance, as well as confidence and strength! No matter how wind blows or rains, I will remain unmoved! At the moment, dozens of mountains rise straight into the sky, with mountains connected to mountains and peaks separated by peaks. The formation seems to break the dark clouds covering the sky, and also seems to crush the earth of Shen Yi! ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? The battlefield that was slightly quiet just now became loud again, and the roar that came from it was obviously the eight-tails that had just completely transformed into a tailed beast! Probably due to some stimulation, the eight tails kept roaring. This roar did not look like a roar when excited, nor did it look like the joy of victory. Instead, it looked like the struggle of a beast when it was restrained! The roar suddenly fell silent, and a ball of light shone under the dark clouds, attracting everyone's attention ever since! "Tailed Beast Cannon x Ox Cannon" With a roar, the huge white light that was originally shining became brighter and brighter. The bright light suddenly turned into a beam of light and rushed towards the mountain directly in front. There was another loud rumbling sound, and the surrounding mountains struck by the light beam fell down. The huge body of the Eight-Tails appeared between the mountains, and its tentacles that kept moving up and down whipped the mountains back and forth, but except for the Tailed Beast Cannon just now, the other physical attacks had little effect at all! At this moment, Zakaki stood on a mountain peak, overlooking the eight-tailed beasts that were struggling below. A trace of pride flashed in his heart. What about the tailed beasts? What about Sharingan and Rinnegan? With thousands of peaks blooming, why should I be afraid? Zakaki and others ducked to the highest mountain and said loudly to Yabi: "Khilabi, even if you are the most perfect human being, you are still useless in front of me! So, give up!" The Eight-Tails ignored Oakwood and fired a Tailed Beast Cannon in the direction of Oakwood, but the latter disappeared again, leaving behind a bare mountain peak. At this moment, Kirabi, who was sitting in the belly of the eight tails, stopped singing, and his face was full of solemnity: "Xiaoba, what kind of trick is this? It seems that I have never seen it before!" "I haven't seen it either! Bi, the situation is not good. I believe you have also felt it. Our chakra is gradually weakening. If this continues, we will only end up defeated! Besides, I feel that Kame Sennin Zaki has no real strength yet. work hard!" "Xiaoba, although this trick is powerful, it will also put a heavy load on himself. What we have to do now is to destroy and kill Zakaki!" "It's simple to say, but how can it be that easy? You just saw it. This inexplicable mountain seems to be able to grow and absorb chakra. More importantly, Zakaki can travel back and forth here. It's difficult to find him. Oh my god! And I always feel terrified before this technique. I¡¯m afraid I¡¯m going to end up here this time! Be, get out!¡± "Hey, hey, hey, Xiaoba, this is not your style! Now I am full of fighting spirit. I am mentally prepared for the strength of Zakaki, otherwise my eldest brother will not be killed by him! Now be serious, we are not without Chances of winning, although these look weird, so far there is no real harm! So, as long as we find Zakaki and kill him, everything will be ok!" "If you say it, you haven't said it yet!" Eight-Tails just said, looking sharply at a mountain peak not far away: "Yes! Where is it!" "Hachi, that's it! Go up! Tailed Beast Cannon x Ox Cannon!" Kirabi roared loudly. Just when the eight tails were about to fire the tailed beast cannon, something strange happened! A mountain peak rushed out directly from the belly of the Eight-Tails. The Eight-Tails' entire body was suspended. The tailed beast cannon that was aimed but had not been released also flew out in the other direction at this moment, hitting another tower with a rumble. On the mountain! Zakaki looked at the hanging eight tails, raised the corners of his mouth, and said with a smile: "The fun is yet to come!" Then he raised his two middle fingers, closed his eyes, his face darkened, and shouted angrily: "Bloom!" As soon as Zakaki finished his voice, the mountain peak that was holding the Eight-Tails exploded with a bang, and the Eight-Tails' huge body was directly lifted into the air. But this is not over yet. The place where the eight tails landed is still a mountain peak. The mountain peak did not explode, but the top of the mountain turned into a sharp spearhead. The eight tails that landed in the air had only one fate, and that was to be pierced by the spear! But as the most perfect jinch¨±riki, how can it be so easy to be tricked? The eight tails that were descending in the sky turned into a puff of smoke with a bang, and then Kirabi's almost negligible figure dodged and left the mountain. Zakaki, who was standing at the foot of a certain mountain, seemed to have expected this scene. He quickly formed a seal with his hands, "Escape from the earth, collapse of the rock!" Then all the peaks where Kirabi was located began to drop huge rocks, and then The person pulled up his legs and ran away, but how could the oak rock collapse be an ordinary rock collapse? The rock that Kirabi had just avoided suddenly exploded! The power of this explosion is comparable to that of the detonating talisman. Boom - Kirabi, who was running with his butt twisted, was blown away again! With a pop, a ball of flesh protected by brown tentacles fell to the foot of a mountain and landed on the ground.The meat ball at the back grew bigger and turned into the Eight-Tails again, appearing in the mountain peak. Oakwood looked at the appearance of the eight-tailed beast and frowned. This is the defensive power of the tailed beast. If it were placed on ordinary people, they would die countless times. After all, the tailed beast is indeed powerful! What's even more annoying is that the Eight-Tails seems to be very capable of fighting. Could it be that these few blows didn't have a big impact on him? Zakaki glanced at the surrounding battlefield and found that there were already more than a dozen bombed mountains that could not be repaired. It would be really unbearable if it continued like this! It seems that the contract that Bobby mentioned should be signed earlier. Otherwise, if he really fights Madara, his chakra will not be enough! It is too difficult to perfectly master Wanfeng Bloom under personal conditions! The eight-tails may have been angered by the oak tree. The tentacles on his body went crazy again and kept lashing around. Energy gathered in his mouth. This energy was not like the tailed beast cannon just now. Even the oak tree at the foot of the mountain in the distance could sense it. To that energy that destroys the world! If this move is used, these mountains and the Yu ninja who were just rescued by Zakaki will be destroyed! But how could Zakaki let him have his way? "Thousands of peaks are violent!" The earth shook, and the mountains that had just been connected grew bigger again, surrounding the Eight-Tails. The peaks closest to the Eight-Tails exploded with rumbles, and the heat wave caused instantly extinguished the Eight-Tails' figure, and he also put out the figure that had not yet been seen. A shocking blow! ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? The dark clouds in the sky may have been evaporated by the high temperature blasted by these mountain peaks, and raindrops fell, intertwined with the rising heat waves. The whole scene turned into a fairy mist. Together with the mountains that appeared before and have not disappeared, it said. Incredibly weird. Zakaki ducked to the top of the mountain and looked at the Eight-Tails who was lying on the ground motionless and transformed into Kirabi. It seemed that it was done this time! PS: The writing is quite painful, I didn¡¯t write that feeling, so please forgive me for any shortcomings! ; com com Text Chapter 205 Melee Zakaki looked at the Eight-Tails who fell to the ground, and couldn't help but sigh in his heart. Once upon a time, when he saw Orochimaru in Konoha, he was so frightened that he trembled, and when he saw Danzo, he was even more terrified. But now, Orochimaru has become his good friend, Danzo still wants to curry favor with him, and even the top combat power in the Naruto world, the Eight-Tails, has been beaten by him! Smoothly, he twisted the eight tails up and injected a stream of chakra into his body. When he felt two completely different but not mutually exclusive chakras, he knew that this person was Kirabi's true form! Don¡¯t blame Zakaki for being cautious, it¡¯s Zakaki who knows the true nature of the guy in front of him! When the Snake Team captured the Eight-Tails, Kirabi ran away, and finally teased all members of the Akatsuki organization, including Madara. Zakaki doesn¡¯t want to be someone else¡¯s laughing matter! "Is the battlefield almost finished?" Zakaki asked with a smile as he looked at Chi who was coming. "Well, that's almost it. Hey, hey, captain, what kind of thing is this move of yours? Last time I heard that you used the 'Ten Thousand Peaks Bloom' when you attacked the Raikage and the others. Is this the same move as that one? How perverted!" He patted the dirt on his body, looked at the tired Zakaki in front of him, and continued with a heartless smile: "By the way, you seem to be exhausted, right?" "Well, Ten Thousand Peaks Blooming is not the same as ordinary tricks. It is a trick that I have been thinking about all the time for twenty years. I have only achieved some results in the past few years. It is not considered to be a trick, but in the third battle, the whole Every day I ate those dry foods and my mouth became like a bird. So I did a little experiment and got some apples to eat. Who knows, I accidentally succeeded, and then this technique came into being!" "Uh - what does your technique have to do with apples? Also, what was the explosion just now?" "Well, actually, because I wanted to eat apples, I used chakra to conserve a batch of soil. Over the decades, these soils have had strong vitality. Then I transformed the soil escape technique based on Youwei, and this is what I got!" "Uh¡ª¡ªI still don't understand. Also, why do those mountains absorb chakra? Can they also devour the cloud ninja?" "You know that there is no such technique in the Dungeon Hall, right? In fact, the principle is similar. As for why it swallowed the cloud ninja, it is because of my mud wall technique, which you have seen! The explosion means that I still have fire attribute chakra. Besides, , Explosive Blade Spray is in my hands! His principles can also be used for reference!" "Isn't it? Isn't your ninjutsu a hodgepodge? It has everything! By the way, if you do this, who else in the entire ninja world can be your opponent? Not even the reincarnation eye you mentioned? Captain, what should I do now? I feel like you don¡¯t look like a human being, you are too powerful and perverted! What the hell are we doing?¡± He yelled as he looked at the slowly sinking mountains around him. Zakaki ignored Chi's handsome treasure, waved his hand towards Chi, and said with some difficulty: "Chi, come this way." ¡°What are you doing?¡± He looked at Zakaki in confusion and walked slowly to his side. The latter directly put his arms on Chi's shoulders, squeezed out a smile and said: "I can't do it anymore¡ª¡ª" "Huh?" Chi looked at Zakaki and felt the weight coming from his shoulders. He was shocked. The captain had lost his strength! It has been many years and I have never seen the captain like this. Is the load of this move really so heavy? It's no wonder, after all, the opponent is the most perfect Jinchuuriki, and Gyuuki is second only to the Kyuubi! Then he looked at Jie and Tang Ren who were busy around him, and felt a strange emotion in his heart. It seems that the captain believes the most in us, his old subordinates! "Don't let people see me like this, otherwise the morale of the military will be unstable. But having said that, it's been so many years since I've felt this way! It's still quite refreshing!" Zakaki and Chi said to each other, arms around their shoulders, like a pair of old friends. Rush to the Tang Ninja Base Orochimaru held the Sochi Sword and chopped off the head of a Kumo ninja. Looking at Kabuto who had just finished his report, he said in surprise: "What did you say, Zakaki killed the Eight-Tails? Oh no, Jiraiya is in trouble. Come on! It seems that the Kumo ninja's plan has changed. Let's go and support Jiraiya!" "Supporting Jiraiya-sama? This seems a little bad, right? Jiraiya-sama is very unkind to you!" Kabuto pushed his eyes on the bridge of his nose and said with doubt. "Now is not the time to worry about this. Since the Eight-Tails is at Oakwood, it means that Raikage did not go to the decisive battle with Tsunade. He wanted to use Jiraiya as a breakthrough point, and then defeat them one by one. If the Kumo ninja's supplies are not destroyed , this decisive battle will be meaningless!" "Of course I know what you mean, sir, but I'm afraid that if you start a fight as soon as you meet Jiraiya-sama, you will undoubtedly destroy yourself! Besides, with the strength of Mr. Ichii and Jiraiya-sama, if you want to defeat the Raikage Isn¡¯t that a problem?¡± "Kabuto, stop saying such idiotic things. Jiraiya and Ichii can indeed resist the Raikage, but how can the guys relying on Yu Nin and Konoha be the opponents of Kumo Ninja? Now that the Raikage appears here,So why do they have so few troops? Jiraiya and the others will be made dumplings by then! No wonder there are many fewer Kumo ninjas here than expected! "However, I always feel that it is a bit awkward to support people in Konoha, let alone your support personally!" "Haha, the same is true for me, but there is no other way. Zakaki and I can't afford to lose! Let's go, Kabuto, tell them to stop chasing the Kumo ninja, gather troops, and go to raid the Kumo ninja supply base!" "yes!" "You are Iwa ninja!" Tsunade pointed at the large range of ninjas behind the Kumo ninja in the front row and roared. "Hahaha - Hokage-sama is so insightful! Yes, Iwagakure Village's elite jounin, loess!" A big-nosed ninja pushed away the Kumo ninja who was blocking the front, took off the Kumo ninja forehead protector tied to his forehead, and was rampant said. "You are Konoha's Tsunade-hime, right? Apart from her bigger breasts, I don't think there's anything wrong with her!" A little girl with black hair and big eyes stood behind Huang Tu, pointing at Tsunade, with disdain on her face. "How dare you! How dare you be rude to Hokage-sama!" Gang Xiaote, who was behind Tsunade, roared at the little girl who was speaking. "Well - Loess, if I remember correctly, you are the immortal son of the third Tsuchikage. The little girl behind you should be Kurotsuchi, who is called a genius in Iwagakure, right? She seems to be your daughter." Tsunade stretched out her hand covered in red nail polish to stop Gang Xiaotie from questioning. "Yes, it's rare that Hokage-sama still remembers a little person like me." Huang Tu said with sarcasm. "The Third Tsuchikage is such a good calculator! When did he actually get on the line with Yun Ninja and suddenly do this to us!" At this moment, Tsunade was no longer furious, but had a calm face. "Hokage-sama is not bad either. Now it's time for the legendary Sannin Jiraiya-sama to take action. Also, the reinforcements from Sunagakure Village rushing to the battlefields of Konoha and Iwagakure Village will soon arrive, right?" "It seems you know everything!" "Haha, it's nothing. Saying that Sunagakure Village is really willing to give up, even the tailed beasts are thrown into the battlefield!" PS: I¡¯ve been very busy these days and haven¡¯t had much time to focus on astronomy, so I¡¯ll rush out a chapter after one o¡¯clock. In addition, there will be one chapter at 4 o'clock and one chapter at 11 o'clock tomorrow. Finally, I would like to ask for a recommendation, and you can also go to the book review area to make comments. I've been banned, so I can't reply to everyone's book reviews now, but I'll read them all, and if you have any ideas, you can put them forward, thank you! com com Text Chapter 206 Orochimaru! Kakashi and Akai stood back to back on guard against the surrounding Kumo ninjas. At this moment, not only the two of them, but all the ninjas in Konoha on the battlefield were at an absolute disadvantage. It was too different from the original plan! Kakashi looked over at Jiraiya who was confronting the Raikage and another ninja who surprised him. Kakashi could clearly feel the eye with the same power as his own left eye! At this moment, he doesn't have much time to think about these "irrelevant" things. The first thing to do is to minimize Konoha's losses and sit down and wait for support! "Kakashi, the situation is not good. Is there any good way? If this continues, Naruto and Xiao Li will not be able to bear it!" Akai said, leaning on Kakashi. "Not only them, but even us can't stand it! Jiraiya-sama and that man are locked in a bitter battle with the Raikage. Here we are facing twice the military strength. In addition, the individual soldiers are of high quality and we are on par with Tang Ninja." , If this continues, there will be only one outcome, and that is failure!" Kakashi, who had his Sharingan open, said with worry on his face. "No! Kakashi, this is not you. Are you giving up so quickly? As your lifelong rival, I will not allow this to happen! Look, Naruto and Xiao Li are so energetic. This is youth. The power! Kakashi, we can't lose to them, otherwise, how can we have the dignity to be their teacher?" Akai gave a thumbs up, showing his white teeth, and shouted loudly. Hearing what Akai said, the free Konoha ninjas around them all turned their attention to Akai, and they were all heartened, including Kakashi next to Akai. Kakashi looked at Akai's nervous look, and a smile appeared on his frowning face. This is a true partner. He not only gives you military support, but also gives you encouragement when you need it most. Give you a dose of confidence, even if the way is a little special! Kakashi nodded, "Well, that makes sense. We are not old yet, how could we lose to a bunch of brats?" "Hahaha, this is my lifelong rival, Kakashi, let's go! Close the door - open!" Akai folded his wrists, and the chakra on his body rose into the sky. "Raikir¡ª¡ª" Naruto looked at the numerically superior Kumo ninja, and then at his companions who were constantly being attacked and fell. He felt angry and shouted loudly: "Asshole! You have more people, don't you? Look who has more people. Shadow Clone The art!" Bang bang bang - hundreds of Narutos immediately appeared on the battlefield. These Narutos gathered together and shouted at the same time: "Everyone, it's our turn, let's go! Let the cloud ninja see Konoha Uzumaki Naruto It¡¯s so powerful! Kill it!¡± Choji, who used the Multiplication Technique, kicked away the Kumo ninja who was immobilized by Shikamaru. He walked to Shikamaru and looked at Naruto who filled the entire battlefield and said in surprise: "Shikamaru, Naruto is too messy. Right? Isn¡¯t it a waste of chakra to use shadow clones at this time?¡± "That's right, even if he has good physical strength, he doesn't have to be like this?" Ino gasped and looked at Naruto with contempt. Shikamaru first smiled mysteriously, then waved his hand and said, "No, Naruto is right!" "That's right?" Dingci and Ino asked in surprise at the same time. "Well, what we fight for on the battlefield is morale, especially when the enemy is strong and we are weak. Naruto's behavior may seem like nonsense, but it is actually necessary. I guess Jiraiya-sama originally wanted the battle here not to be too intense. Bringing us here, as for the other people who are not much stronger than us, it shows the fighting power of this team! In addition, the number of Kumo ninjas is twice that of ours, if this continues, we will definitely lose! Maybe it's different now, because there is a big variable like Naruto. Although the shadow clone does not play a big role in the battle, it can confuse the enemy's sight on a large scale. This will undoubtedly delay the war, and we can get Tsunade-sama. Or with the support of Uncle Oak and others, then we have hope of victory!" Shikamaru looked at the surrounding Konoha ninjas who started to fight back, and continued: "Besides, this will be of great benefit to improve morale!" "Oh - I didn't expect Naruto to be so powerful, it's really admirable!" Choji looked at Naruto's hidden clone and said with admiration on his face. "Uh¡ª¡ªI now doubt that Naruto knows the benefits of using shadow clones. I even wonder if Naruto sees that there are few of us. He wants to make some publicity, or wants to be in the limelight!" Ino spread out his hands. Hands, said with a suspicious look on his face. "Ino, how can you say that about Naruto? However, what you say makes sense!" Choji looked at Naruto who was yelling at Kumo Ninja and said naively. ¡°Uh¡ª¡ª¡± Shikamaru heard a row of black lines on his forehead when he heard the words of his two companions. Wearing sunglasses, Ichii cut the Kumo ninja in front of him from the waist and rushed towards the Raikage in large strides. Suddenly, orange figures appeared in his sight. Ichii put the long knife under his waist and looked at the figures in confusion. This was the shadow clone technique! Who has such stupid tricks on the battlefield? Don¡¯t you know that this is a scam?A war? Huh? It's that nine-tailed brat! Interesting, interesting! No wonder the adults say that this kid¡¯s achievements in the future are limitless. It seems that the adults have really accurate vision. This kid is not simple! Ichijing looked at the Raikage who was entangled with Jiraiya, his heart skipped a beat, and he drew out his long sword again: "Qing Dao Flow - Broken Dao!" "Despicable villain, you dare to sneak attack, I'm here to take your life! Serious storm!" Lei Ying looked at the strange man who succeeded in sneak attacking him, and felt furious in his heart. There was a flash of lightning on his body, and he rushed straight towards the man. . However, Jiraiya, who had just fought against the Raikage, would not let the Raikage get what he wanted. He quickly formed a seal and sprayed huge fire from his mouth, "Fire Release-Fire Dragon Bullet!" Although the Fire Dragon Bullet did not really block the Raikage, it still left a buffer for Ichii. The three magatama in Ichii's scarlet left eye quickly rotated as he took off his glasses, and the movement of his hand was also very fast, "Illusion - Strangulation!" The moment the man took off his sunglasses, Lei Ying knew that he had been attacked. Thousands of sharp blades came towards him crazily, seeming to be cut into pieces by a thousand cuts! "Hmph! How can I be so easy to fool? Thunder Escape Body Protector!" The thunder shadow who was hit roared loudly. The chakra in his body surged out, and he broke free from the illusion just now. Jiraiya here will naturally not let such a good opportunity go unused. He quickly formed seals with his hands, and the place where the Raikage had just landed began to fall downwards, and the Raikage himself also fell down! This is clearly Huangquannuma! "Jiraiya-sama, be careful, behind!" Ichii's Sharingan spun again and reminded Jiraiya loudly. ???????????????????? Ichii had a reminder, but how could it be so easy to dodge the Raikage at high speed? Jiraiya was directly knocked away by the Raikage's punch and fell heavily to the ground! "Haha, thanks for the reminder from Ichii! However, the Raikage's strength is really powerful. I was injured even though I was on guard!" Jiraiya got up from the ground and wiped the blood from the corner of his mouth. "I'm safe from one punch, and I'm worthy of being a legendary Sannin! But now I'm going to do something serious, Jiraiya, and that guy named Ichii, take the blow! The level of thunder abuse!" "Wait a minute! Jiraiya, Ichii-kun, you two are in a bit of a mess, aren't you?" The Leiying who was just about to take action suddenly heard a gloomy murderous intent not far away. He put away his knife and jumped away from the murderous intent. "Orochimaru!" PS: It may feel a bit like soy sauce, but it must be excessive! com com Text Chapter 207 Oak is coming "How is the Eight-Tails?" Zakaki suddenly remembered the terrifying immunity of the Eight-Tails, and asked Jie beside him with some worry. "It's okay, sir. Speaking of which, our country of Yu is famous for two things. One is the well-known hot springs, and the other is the variety of herbal medicines. Not to mention the hot springs, the herbal medicines in our country of Yu are world-famous! Like the fire of Konoha Countries with fertile soil in the country often import herbal medicines from our country of soup! Uh¡ª¡ªI'm going too far. What I want to say is that we have many herbal medicines and the pharmaceutical industry is still very developed! For example, our country's anesthetics. Haha, eight tails It's powerful, but after being injected with so much first-class anesthetic without any resistance, he won't wake up for four or five days! So, adults don't need to worry!" Jie said with some pride. "I heard that too much injection of that thing is bad for the brain. Will you become a fool in the future if you do this?" "Who cares about him, he is an enemy anyway. Sir, when you said this, I remembered it. This Eight-Tails is our enemy. Wouldn't it be good to kill him while we have the opportunity? Why go to all the trouble to trap him?" Jie He looked at Zakaki with a dark look. There is no doubt that Jie admires Zakaki, but every time Zakaki's decision makes people wonder. Now, including the guy named Xi last time, there are already three prisoners, and the identity of each one is not simple! Isn't now a good time to boost morale by killing? "Jie, look further, I have a big role for these three people!" Zakaki naturally wouldn't explain the reason to Jie, so what should he say? Are you saying that the Eight-Tails will be an important mentor for the protagonist in the future world, or are you saying that the Eight-Tails will be the main combat force in the next war? Isn¡¯t that too nonsense? But having said that, these three people are still very useful in this war! "Sir, what are we going to do now? All the Kumo ninjas here were wiped out by your mighty power. It seems we have nothing left to do. Is there something going on with Mr. Ichii?" Jie remembered. The Kumo ninja said worriedly after seeing through the plan. "Well! Let's go, it's time for us Tang Ninja to appear! Call me, take the three prisoners you were still struggling with just now, and let's go to the opera!" Zakaki stood up and said with a smile. "Going to sing an opera? Sir, where are you going to sing an opera?" "Haha, call half of the Jonin to surround and suppress the Raikage! I still don't believe in that evil, how many people do you have!" Feiyan with the wind blade slashed the necks of the two rock ninjas again, and the blood flowing from the wound made Feiyan, shining with cold light, even sharper! This also made the burly Asuma look even taller. Looking at the Iwa ninja who was fighting and retreating, Asuma asked Tsunade with a puzzled face: "Hokage-sama, the Iwa ninja seem to be stalling for time. They don't seem to want to fight us head-on?" Tsunade withdrew her iron fist and said angrily: "Well, I can see it too! That old immortal from the third generation is really good at calculating. He wants us to fight to the death with Yun Nin, so that he can take advantage! As for retreating while walking? I want to delay time and want the Raikage to deal with Jiraiya and the others!" Asuma cut the neck of an Iwa nin again, wiped the blood from his face, and said coldly: "How can we let them get what they want? Jiraiya-sama is not that easy to deal with!" "Of course I'm not worried about Jiraiya, let alone that guy! I'm worried about the disparity in their strength. There aren't many Kumo ninjas on this battlefield right now, so they can only go to three battlefields, one is Orochimaru, the other is Zakaki, The third one is Jiraiya and the others! So¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡± "Are you saying that Jiraiya-sama is in danger? Oh no, it would be bad if that were the case. Shikamaru and the others are all there!" Asuma said anxiously. "Well, this is exactly what I'm worried about! It's useless to think so much now. Kill these clingy bugs first, and then go to support Jiraiya! I hope they go back to support -" "You mean senior brother and Orochimaru? Hey - now we can only take senior brother Nozomi!" "Oakaki? Huh! I would rather believe Orochimaru!" Tsunade heard Asuma mentioning Oakwood and immediately became furious. "It's useless to say this. Let's get rid of these people in front of us first. I believe in senior brother!" Asma seemed to have remembered something and said firmly "Raikage, under the attack of the three of us, you will definitely be defeated. You have lost this war!" Orochimaru stood on the Rashomon Gate and said looking at the Raikage who was now at a disadvantage. Orochimaru still admires the Raikage's strength from the bottom of his heart. With Jiraiya and himself, and Ichii constantly performing illusions on the side, he can still resist to this point, and he still has the power to fight back! "Hmph! How could I lose to you? You three are right, but if you look at the entire battle situation, plus the reinforcements Orochimaru just brought, you are almost there!" Raikage looked at Orochimaru with disdain.Maru, the electric sparks on his body were raging again. "The light of a grain of rice dares to compete with the sun and the moon, seeking death! Qingdao style - side knife!" Ichii raised his long knife horizontally, slashed the side, and went down the neck of the cloud ninja who came to attack him. The head of the cloud ninja was right there. The ground rolled. But this sneak attack was not finished. As soon as the long sword fell, two more kunai were shot along several of his weak spots. Seeing the empty well, how could Raikage miss this good opportunity? The lightning that had just swept away crackled, and Leiying stamped his left foot, exerted force with his right foot, and rushed directly towards Ichii. Ichii, who had dodged two kunai, saw the charging Raikage and screamed in his heart. He quickly put the long knife across his chest and tried to withstand the blow. "Latent Shadow Snake Hand!" The Orochimaru on the Rashomon Gate moved, and the big snake with its bloody mouth in its hand rushed towards the direction of the Raikage's advance, trying to block the Raikage's attack. But how could the high-speed and powerful Raikage be afraid of him? Without any dodge, he smashed the big snake in front of him with his fist and continued to rush towards the well. "Fire Release - Fire Dragon Flame Bullet!" Jiraiya here also started to move. I don't know what Jiraiya was thinking. At this moment, he had not turned into the sage mode, nor had he used his special psychic skills. , instead he was just entangled with Raikage. The battle between the Lightning Stone Flower went on for dozens of rounds in the blink of an eye. At this moment, the Cloud Ninja began to free up his hands and feet to support the Raikage. Orochimaru and the three were disturbed by the Cloud Ninja from time to time. Obviously, their side was at a disadvantage under the attacks of Raikage and Kumo Ninja! "Raiying! Your brother and the other two men are in my hands! Surrender!" Just when we were in trouble here, dozens of figures stood on the rocks in the distance. "It's Uncle Zakaki!" "Oak wood!" "Landful fairy!" "My lord is finally here! It seems we are going to win this war!" com com Text Chapter 208 Raikage loses The sudden appearance of Zakaki surprised everyone, including the Raikage who had just gained the upper hand. Chinese website According to the plan, Kirabi should hold off Zakaki at this moment. With Kirabi's strength, there is no reason for him to be defeated so quickly! As for what he said about Kirabi being in his hands, it is simply a fantasy. Maybe Zakaki is stronger than Kirabi, but he wants to really catch him. Only the legendary ones have this strength in this world. The Immortal of Six Paths! "Zakaki, don't bother me. I know the strength of the competition very well. It's nonsense for you to catch him. Also, even if you are here, it has nothing to do with the overall situation, huh! Are you the only ones who can sneak attack? Are you too lazy for them? Your supplies should have been destroyed by now!" Raikage looked at the Yu ninja, who only had a few dozen people, and then at the Kumo ninja, who had more than 2,000 people, and said still arrogantly. "Destroy our supplies? Do you think that all the more than 4,000 Yu ninjas I have are living on dry food? I have already asked Kimimaro and Jugo to wait for you over there! As for the Kirabi you are talking about, isn't he? Are you here?" Zakaki picked up Kirabi from behind the Yu ninja crowd, threw him into the air, and kicked him in front of the Raikage. The Raikage, who had known Kirabi for decades, did not touch him. Even from the faint aura flowing out of him, the Raikage could tell that it was Kirabi! Looking at Kirabi who was covered in bruises, Lei Ying couldn't help but feel a surge of anger in his heart. His eyes were so wide open that they were about to burst open. I have never seen anything like this in all these years. Damn it, Zakaki, I must kill you. The body was broken into pieces! "Haha, judging by the look of the Raikage, this person is definitely the Eight-Tails. But isn't the Eight-Tails known as the strongest Jinchuuriki? How come he was so miserable by Takaki? Is it possible that Takaki's strength has really risen to that level? ? Jiraiya, I remember how you felt when you were tortured by Zakaki last time?" Orochimaru saw Raikage's heartbroken look, and then looked at Jiraiya not far away with his face twitching. , remembering that this guy was defeated miserably at Zakaki¡¯s hands not long ago, he couldn¡¯t help but joke. ??????????????????????? But in exchange for the latter¡¯s cold snorts and supercilious looks. Zakaki came to the center of the battle in a few steps and said with a smile: "Raiying, this war is almost over. Although I don't know what backup plan you have, but such a useless struggle obviously doesn't make much sense! What's more, you also If you are not my opponent, even if there are more than two thousand cloud ninjas! You should know that it is not difficult for the four of us to join forces and kill them all!" Hearing Zakaki¡¯s words, Lei Ying¡¯s body trembled, his hands kept trembling, and he suppressed all his anger: "Zakaki, what did you do to Kirabi?" "It's nothing. I was just afraid that he would wake up, so I gave him some anesthetic. It's not life-threatening! Come on, bring the other two guys over!" Zakaki waved his hand and shouted in the direction of Tang Ren. After receiving the order, Chi held Xi in his left hand and Samui in his right hand, appeared beside Zakaki, and then threw the two of them to Raikage. Seeing the unconscious Xi and Samyi, Raikage suddenly seemed to have aged more than ten years. The corners of his mouth kept twitching, as if he wanted to say something, but couldn't for a long time. "Raiying, stop. You are like this now. You can't make any big waves. The world is not peaceful now. I heard that the two-tailed Jinchuuriki was captured. You know, Zakaki and I didn't do anything. Those guys in Konoha are even more impossible! I believe that with your intelligence, you should know something!" Orochimaru said gloomily. "Orochimaru is right, Raikage, not counting this war, there will be another war in the ninja world! It was not us who killed the Kumo ninja messenger in Konoha, nor was it Oakwood and Orochimaru. This is very strange. So. , stop!" Jiraiya, who had not spoken for a long time, rarely agreed with Orochimaru's point of view. "Stop? You have killed so many Kumo ninjas, and you are asking me to stop after this bloody feud. Are our Kumo ninja lives just worthless?" After hearing what Jiraiya and Orochimaru said, the Raikage could no longer suppress the anger in his heart. Roared loudly. "Hmph! This war was started by you and Yu-nin. Konoha was just innocent and implicated! Now that Kumo-nin has lost, you are saying these things. Isn't it too worthy of the Raikage's name?" Jiraiya Looking at the Raikage who was about to go berserk again, he said with a sarcastic face. "Konoha is implicated? Jiraiya, I say you are still as stupid as ever! Kumo ninja covets Konoha, even if this matter is not there, they will still take action -" Orochimaru shook his head and said with disdain. "Orochimaru, the score between Konoha and you has not yet been settled. After this war, I will not let you go!" "Huh, let's see!" "Hehehe, I would like to thank the two adults for their help just now. I think the cooperation between the two adults just now is still very tacit-" Ichii saw that Orochimaru and Jiraiya, who were fighting side by side just now, were fighting again, and he hurriedly He persuaded others. At this time, there were only a few voices on the entire battlefield, and both Xiaoqiang and Xiaoqiang¡¯s masters were silent.Silently taking care of his injured companions, including the usually carefree and pushy Naruto! It's not that they don't want to talk, it's that this kind of atmosphere and occasion can only be reserved for the truly strong. Suddenly, a staggering figure in the distance appeared in everyone's eyes. The man wore a Konoha forehead protector on his head, a striking beard on his face, a dark green vest, and a red turban with the word "fire" printed on it around his waist. "Teacher Asma¡ª¡ª" A group of Xiaoqiang shouted at the same time. Kakashi ducked to Asuma's side and supported Asuma who was about to fall, "Asuma, why are you here? Hokage-sama?" "Quickly, take me to see Lord Jiraiya!" Asuma said with difficulty, but when he saw Zakaki and Orochimaru standing not far away, his anxious expression immediately calmed down, and he shook his head and laughed loudly. : "It seems that the situation has stabilized! Lord Jiraiya, Senior Brother, Lord Hokage and the Iwa Ninja are at war with each other. The Iwa Ninja are undoubtedly fighting to the death with us, so the situation over there is almost the same now. We have won this war!" " "Haha, Asuma, thank you for your hard work! Go and have a rest, leave this place to us." After hearing Asuma's words, Zakaki understood the reason, looked at Raikage and continued: "Raikage, I didn't expect Iwa Ninja to Come here. Haha, it seems you still don¡¯t understand Tsuchikage-sama! How can that old guy be the one who suffers the loss? He wants us to both lose and benefit, so how can he sincerely help you? Give up!" "It's been two days, Ohnoki, you despicable villain, I will never let you go!" The Raikage who had endured it for a long time finally exploded, and the fist that hit the ground directly shattered into a big pit. Seeing the performance of Raikage, Tsubasa, Orochimaru, Jiraiya and everyone on the battlefield understood that Raikage had admitted defeat! Oakwood won this war! ; com com Text Chapter 209 Six-Nation Talks Shikaku never believed that someone could influence a war with his own personal strength. Not the first generation, not the third generation, and now the ninja world's most popular Sakuragi still couldn't do it! Perhaps their powerful abilities can temporarily change the situation of a war, but they still have to rely on thousands of subordinates to win the war! Although there were three generations of Raikage who fought alone against thousands of ninjas before, and now there is Oakwood who can stand up to thousands of Iwa ninjas, they still can't change the outcome of one death and one escape! There are situations like this in the history of ninjas. Those people undoubtedly became heroes, but their endings were similar to those of Oak and Raikage. Therefore, the victory of a war is based on the blood shed by those ordinary ninjas. According to the previous battle plan, Ino Shikacho replaced Jiraiya, one of the three ninjas, and brought some of Konoha's troops to join forces with the sand ninja to fight against the Iwa ninja. However, Shikaku was surprised when he came to the battlefield. First, he concluded based on clues that Iwa Ninja was involved in the battlefield of Yuno Country. Then he saw the twelve or thirteen-year-old Suna Ninja coach, and then this young coach turned out to be the Kazekage of Sunagakure Village! Naturally, the young Kazekage Shikaku knew Gaara Gaara, the One-Tailed Jinchuuriki who killed everyone during the Chunin Exams and was finally defeated by Uchiha Assistant. Shikaku was even planning for failure in this war. It would be child's play for such an inexperienced young Kazekage to lead such a war! In addition, the exhausted Konoha ninja and the equally weak Sand ninja are facing off against the Iwa ninja who are reorganizing their armaments. How can there be hope for this war? What's worse is that the Kumo ninja have obviously discovered Konoha's intentions. Isn't the battlefield of Yuno Country in danger? But at this moment, when Lu Jiu saw the majestic young man Feng Ying, this idea became slightly loosened. This young man was so unbelievable that the large-scale sand waterfall funeral completely covered the entire battlefield. Countless Iwa ninjas were buried in the sand waterfall. It is no exaggeration to say that this war was the Kazekage versus the entire Iwa ninja! The decisive battle lasted only one day, and ended with a large-scale rout of the Iwa ninjas. Lu Jiu looked at Feng Ying, who had won a great victory but had no trace of pride on his face, and then looked at the two old guys beside him who were full of admiration. He couldn't help but feel relieved. He raised the corner of his mouth, folded his arms and said slowly: "Time flies, it seems we are really old!" "Who says it's not the case? The world is dominated by young people now. It seems that we, Ino Shiga Butterfly, have to make way for these young people! Suna Ninja has really produced a lot of talents in the past few years!" Haiyi looked at Gaara and those around him Kankuro and Temari sighed greatly. "Well, actually we in Konoha are pretty good too! The children in this group are all very good. The kid named Naruto is very interesting, as well as the kid from the Hinata family, and the nephew of Zakaki. And us The new generation of pigs, deers and butterflies!" Ding Zuo said with a smile while holding a big stick. "Hey, Dingzuo, why don't you do this with me? You praise other children and also bring your own along with them. It's really¡ª¡ª, they will be proud of you, but you can't let them develop such bad habits!" Haiyi He looked at Dingzuo with contempt. "Haha, they are not here. In fact, Ding Zuo is right. These children are good, and the children of our three families are also good! The future belongs to them, and we old guys have to lay a good foundation for them!" Lu Jiu The happy smiles of those children flashed through my mind, and they rarely showed a motivated expression. Looking at Gaara walking towards this side, he then said: "Stop talking, the Kazekage is here!" "Mr. Shikaku is worthy of being called the brain of Konoha. He should be the first to contribute to this great victory. If we hadn't taken the initiative and caught the Iwa ninja off guard, the outcome of this war would have been hard to say." Gaara He walked up to Shikaku and said. "Thank you, Kazekage-sama! I think this one-sided war is entirely your fault. Otherwise, the outcome is still unknown. Under your leadership, Sunagakure Village will definitely prosper." Shikaku said with a smile. . Shikaku, who had just finished speaking, suddenly heard an eagle cry from above. When he looked up, it turned out to be Konoha's emergency report. Shikaku's face was serious, and he stretched out his arm. The eagle hovering in the sky leaned down and flew down to Shikaku's arm. Shikaku's expression began to change dramatically as he read the information. His originally serious face slowly softened, and then his frowning eyebrows became happy, but then they frowned again, "Good news! We won the battlefield in Tang Country. This war is almost over!" "Well, how is it possible? Didn't you say that we are at an absolute disadvantage? Why did you suddenly say that we won over there? This is too unbelievable, right?" Although Hai Yi was doubtful, his dancing movements still said it The excitement inside me at this moment. "Yes, Shikaku, could this be the enemy's conspiracy?" Dingzuo said with doubt on his face. "That's not true. After all, Konoha's intelligence system is the best among the five countries! The victory story must be true. It was written by Tsunade-sama herself. It can't be wrong!" Shikaku's brows were still furrowed. "Since it's true, why are you looking like this? Didn't we win? We should be happy!" Hai Yi looked at Lu Hu in confusion.?? said. Gaara looked at Shikaku with the same confusion, looking forward to his explanation. "This is what happened. Our guess was correct. An Iwa ninja entered the battlefield of Yuno Country, and Lord Jiraiya and the others were ambushed and almost annihilated. Fortunately, Orochimaru and Zakaki arrived in time. It's worth a visit. What I mentioned is that Tsunade-sama captured the leader of the Iwa Ninja. Speaking of which, this leader is still an old acquaintance of ours. When we and Zakaki went to Earth Country as envoys, we were surrounded by an army. The person who was captured by Tsunade-sama was the one we met back then. The loess that surrounds us! Coupled with the victory here, Iwa Ninja will probably not make trouble again! So, we won this war!" Although Shikaku said he had won, the look on his face was even more disturbing. untie. "Mr. Shikaku, this doesn't seem to be a reason for you to worry, right?" Gaara said. "Well, trouble is coming! Zakaki demands that the six nations hold talks, and the leaders of each country must be there! Of course, this is understandable. The trouble is that there is news from Konoha headquarters that they will nominate Yunokuni as the sixth largest nation!" Shikaku said angrily. "What, the sixth largest country? Or is it nominated by Konoha?" Hai opened his mouth with a look of disbelief on his face. "Gaara! There is news from the Sand Country Headquarters that you are asked to go to Tang Country to attend the Six Nations Talks. This is information!" Kankuro quickly came to Gaara and handed a letter to Gaara. in hand. "Interesting, the sixth largest country! Six countries talking! How interesting!" Gaara looked at the letter in his hand and said with a sneer on his face. PS: I¡¯m asking for recommendations. I¡¯m not asking for much. I just want recommendations over 10,000. Let¡¯s see if it¡¯s as good as a fraction of the above. I feel so cold! Give me some motivation! com com Text Chapter 210 Oak and Tsunade ( ) The war is about to end, and victory has been won. Although Yu Nin has reduced its number by one-third, compared to Kumo Nin, it is still a blessing. If you don¡¯t count the terrifying resilience of several big countries and the huge economic strength of Tang Country, today¡¯s Tangyin Village can be considered a big village! Zakaki couldn't help but feel happy when he thought of the name of Tang Country. To be honest, being an ambitious daimyo has indeed benefited him a lot, first from a superior intelligence system, and then from bribing daimyo ministers and elders from all major countries. Now, except for the Kingdom of Water and the Kingdom of Thunder, the other three major countries have agreed! Let¡¯s not talk about the Kingdom of Water. Their country¡¯s policies are there, let alone the Kingdom of Thunder. It is understandable for a defeated country to accept some defeat treaties! The sound of thin footsteps approached Zakaki. Zakaki was stunned for a moment, then turned his head and looked at Tsunade with a sad face. Tsunade, who was wearing red nail polish, no longer looked as heroic as before, but the daughter's melancholy on her face became a bit more charming. The beauty is still the beauty, but Tsunade is no longer Tsunade! Tsunade, who walked to Zakaki, did not speak. She just stood side by side with Zakaki, watching this rare peaceful scene together. Perhaps affected by the atmosphere, Zakaki did not speak, even if he did, he would not speak. Know what to say. There was another gust of breeze, blowing Tsunade's hair, and also blowing up Zakaki's heart that had not rippled for a long time. It was probably due to male chauvinism. After a while, Zakaki spoke first: "Tsunade, it's been a long time since we fought side by side like this. com update" As soon as Zakaki said this, he regretted it in his heart. Isn't this just looking for trouble? It seems that I really don¡¯t have the talent to pick up girls! As expected, Tsunade glanced at Zakaki first and said sarcastically: "Fighting side by side? I think you treat us as cannon fodder? Zakaki, it is really your style to win at all costs. It seems that we have all done it before. You saw it wrong! No wonder the old guys in Konoha say you are the next Orochimaru, it seems they are absolutely right!" Seeing Tsunade's appearance, Zakaki seemed to think of the girl who was crying and crying when she died, and of Tsunade who cried and begged for relief. She couldn't help but feel relaxed again, and the corners of her mouth were raised. He smiled slightly and murmured: "How many times have you lost in these years?" Hearing Zakaki's words, the anger on Tsunade's face gradually dissipated, as if she remembered something, then sadness climbed onto her face, and then she said: "I almost never win" "Hehehe, I am very familiar with the legendary fat sheep! It's funny to say that with your strength, I don't think it's strange that you want to win all the casinos. It's really unbelievable that you lose and have people collect debts everywhere. The legend The fat sheep in the game is Konoha Princess Tsunade-hime! This fact is really hard to accept!" Zakaki seemed to be in a good mood and said jokingly. Tsunade, who had been gloomy just now, immediately blushed on her face when she heard Zakaki's words and lowered her head. Then he seemed to think of something, his face became cold again, and he said angrily: "Ozaki, I am not the Tsunade of the past, and you are not the same Tsunade of the past! Konoha was exhausted after Orochimaru's attack, and now Another war has made matters worse. Today, Konoha has completely lost its capital as a great nation! Do you know how many of those warriors who lost their lives had supported you before? Now they have sacrificed their lives for this idol of the butcher and executioner. Their own lives! They used their lives in exchange for your selfish desires as a butcher. Well, now you have succeeded. You have become Tang Ying. How great! What a lofty status! Aren't these all what you want? Congratulations !¡± Zakaki ignored the angry Tsunade, still smiling, and suddenly his heart moved, and he said: "Do you know who I envied the most back then? You won't believe it when I say it, but the one I envied the most was Dan! He was so handsome, You have the ability, but the most important thing is to have a very good girlfriend!¡± "Asshole, now is not the time to talk about this - you -" The chill that had just risen subsided again, replaced by two red clouds. Tsunade, who was about to say something just now, was interrupted by Zakaki, "Isn't it the time to say this? Then when is the time to say this? Tsunade, I don't want to escape from anything, nor do I want to retain anything, nor do I want to explain anything! I just I want to tell you that I am not only Oakwood, I am also the head of a village, and I must be responsible for this village! In addition, Oakwood is still Oakwood, and Oakwood will always be Oakwood! Moreover, I am still the one who made a bet with you of oak wood!¡± After saying this, Zakaki ignored Tsunade who was meditating on the side, turned around and walked towards the meeting center. Tsunade looked at Zakaki's figure fading away, and wave after wave arose in her heart. Zakaki is still Zakaki, the same Zakaki who made a bet with me! Am I wrong? "I really can't figure it out. How come I, Ohnoki, who has lived a wise life, gave birth to such a stupid son? Look at being captured by humans. It is a disgrace to our Iwagakure Village! Hey¡ª¡ª"??One generation is inferior to the other! "A short figure sat on the back of a naive and burly man, muttering incessantly. "Oh! Lord Tsuchikage, look how lively this country of Yu is! Haha, it looks much more fun than our Iwagakure Village!" the burly man said naively. "Akazuchi, do you still have fun? Your junior brother and Kurotsuchi were arrested, aren't you worried at all?" The third Tsuchikage looked at Akatsuki in front of him and said angrily. "No, you're not in a hurry. Why should I be? However, I'm worried that if you put your army at the border, aren't you afraid of provoking another war?" "What's there to be afraid of? Does he dare to touch the oak tree? Huh! It's just to deter him! Today's young people really don't understand what it means to respect the old and love the young. How dare a small Tangyin Village be called a big village? The country of Yu dares to be called a big country! I really can¡¯t figure it out, how could the well-fed elders in the village decide to agree to Konoha¡¯s proposal? And they are so strong, it¡¯s really a ghost!¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know that.¡± "I know you don't know! I'm not telling you!" "Then who are you talking to? No one around here knows you except me!" Chitu looked around and said in confusion. "Idiot - let's go! We're in a hurry, or we won't be able to make it to the conference soon!" Tsuchikage suddenly stood up and yelled at Akatsuki. As soon as he finished shouting, his face suddenly turned bitter, beads of sweat dripped from his forehead, and he touched Back waist, "Oh no, my waist flashed!" ps: The first update will be sent, the second update will be at 4 o'clock, and the third update will be at 11 o'clockcom com Text Chapter 211 Quarrel The Six Nations Talks are a big event for the Kingdom of Tang. As a small country, welcoming those arrogant big countries as a host and victor is something that the people of the Kingdom of Tang never dared to think about before! But now, not only have these become a reality, but the entire country's status in the world has also changed drastically! All this is thanks to the leader of the village, Oak, no, now it should be said to be Yukage Oak! It was him who made the wealthy people of Tang Country straighten their spines! The people of Tang Country are celebrating in the streets with their hats played. They are excited now. The end of the war with countless casualties is one of the reasons for the celebration. More importantly, starting from today, Tang Country will become a big country, and Tangyin Village will become a big country. It took only one year for Da Cun to be destroyed! Children were running back and forth on the street. The children were all playing war games. They were vying to be the famous clan hero Zakaki, and they were happily attacking the children who were forced to be Raikage and Tsuchikage. . The adults put up banners praising oak trees and Yu-nin, and posted them at the door and in front of the store. The Yu-nin who came in to shop received benefits and favors. No one would object to profiteers who changed their normal behavior and drastically lowered the prices of goods. Of course, there are also the admiring looks from the bosses. Therefore, the soup ninjas are also excited and proud! This is just a town on the frontier of Yuno Country, but their enthusiasm represents the thoughts of all the people in Yuno Country. What if you return to Tangyin Village? What kind of grand occasion will that be? The Tang ninjas became more and more excited and admired their leader Zakaki more and more! Everyone here was happy, but the initiator of their joy, Zakaki, was frowning at the side. Zakaki sat in a luxurious office and reviewed the mountains of documents in front of the case. Being a leader is such a fucking pain in the ass. When fighting, you have to organize military affairs, and when not fighting, you have to review government affairs. There is no fucking freedom at all! Zakaki looked at the mess in front of him, and his brows furrowed even more tightly. The stationing of troops, battle rewards, appeasement of casualties, dispatch arrangements, upgrading and downgrading, he, as the leader, had to take care of everything! Zakaki threw away the pen in his hand, stretched out two thumbs to rub his temples, then opened the drawer and took out a piece of fruit-scented letterhead, raising the corners of his mouth. Yumi gave birth to a daughter, and he was going to be a father! Yumi has not named the child yet, saying that she is waiting for her to go back and give her daughter a name. Thinking of this, Zakaki wishes he could just throw this matter away now, put on his wings and fly back to Tangyin Village to give his baby a good hug. ! Bang bang bang¡ªa knock on the door disturbed Zakaki¡¯s thoughts. Zakaki looked up and saw Jie walking in from the door. "Sir, it's almost time. Several other adults are also arriving one after another. Should we set off?" "Well, that's almost it. Did that old ghost Tsuchikage have anything to complain about?" Zakaki stood up from the chair and said slowly. "There are no complaints against us, but the Hokage received a lot of cynicism. Tsunade-sama almost fought with him. If this was not on our territory, the two of them would have started fighting!" Jie said jokingly. "Haha, that's true. How about Raikage and Kazekage?" "Raikage was beaten so badly by you, what else could you say? It's funny to say that, with such a character, he didn't say a word, he probably has no face! As for Kazekage - by the way, sir, such a young child can do it Are you going to be Kage? I really don¡¯t know what Sunagakure Village is thinking. Isn¡¯t it nonsense for a child to manage the village?" Jie said with mockery, thinking of Feng Ying's thin figure and childish face. Zakaki turned to look at Jie's face, frowned, and said with a hint of displeasure: "Jie, don't underestimate anyone, even if he is just a child! Gaara is about twelve or thirteen years old. I was When he was twelve years old, he was also the commander-in-chief of the party. He was one year older than me at that time! Besides, Gaara cannot treat him with the mentality of an ordinary child, he is not a simple person!" "My lord, I'm sorry, I don't mean any disrespect!" Jie quickly lowered her head and said. "What does this have to do with respect or disrespect? Well, don't think so much, it's time to go. It's not good to keep them waiting for too long." "yes!" "Hmph! He, Takaki, has started to act like a big star before he became Yukage? Does he really take himself seriously? One after another, Yu no Kage, even pretends to be a big country. You are really arrogant!" The third Tsuchikage sat on the chair. Grumbling. "I don't know if you are playing big or not, but I know that if Yunokuni Yororo was arrogant, Lord Tsuchikage would not be here!" Ichii sat aside and said with a sarcastic face. "Hmph! Are you that Ichii? You really have the courage! However, I am very curious, with your strength, why have you been unknown in the ninja world for more than ten years?" Tsuchikage turned to look at Ichii who just spoke, and asked doubtfully road. "I don't need to worry about this, Tsuchikage-sama!" Ichii took a look at the Third Tsuchikage and said,Then he closed his eyes and said no more words. People seem to like to be verbose as they get older. The Tsuchikage who had just finished speaking about Takashi fired at the Raikage on the opposite side again: "Raikage, I didn't expect that you would be defeated at Takaki's hands. It's really embarrassing!" "Hmph! I remember that back then, someone was playing dirty tricks, trying to trap someone else's main force with thousands of people. Instead, he was slapped hard by everyone, and the defeat was miserable. Now he is shamelessly talking about me, it seems that he is getting old. You are so thick-skinned!" Raikage, who had not spoken for a long time, said to each other. "That's wrong. It was Tsubasa who escaped our siege by luck. If not, he would have become the sword of Iwa Ninja!" Tsuchikage said with disdain. "Really? Then why are you here now, you bad old man?" Orochimaru said with a sneer. "Orochimaru, I heard that you killed your mentor and beat Konoha to pieces, but now you share the same hatred with the people of Konoha! I don't know whether it's the people of Konoha who are generous or you who are wise?" the Tsuchikage heard from Orochi. If you take the pill, you will turn an army against him. "I really don't know how you, an old man, have survived until now? You are already old, but you don't want to retire to enjoy the happiness, and you are still biting the Tsuchikage's position and refusing to let go. You are already old!" I heard the Tsuchikage mention Orochimaru and Mu. Tsunade looked unhappy about Ye's matter. Tsunade is disgusted with the Kingdom of Earth. No matter which war there is, Konoha and Iwagakure will always have a fight. Both Dan and Naoki died at the hands of the Iwa ninja back then, and coupled with the Tsuchikage's despicable style of doing things, it was strange that Tsunade had a good attitude towards him. It sounded like a conference room like a busy street, but Gaara, the young Kazekage, sat alone and silent. For such a group of masters who play with their qualifications and scheming, Gaara seems out of place. Let¡¯s not talk about whether anyone here recognizes him. Even in Sunagakure Village, there are still many Suna ninjas who are loyal to Gaara. Not speaking is the best choice in such an occasion! At this time, a voice sounded from outside the door: "I'm really sorry. I just had something to do, so I was delayed for a while. We all apologize." If the visitor is not Zakaki, who is it? com com Text Chapter 212 What to name "Zakaki, what are you talking about? You want to take over the Moon Country! Are you kidding me? Don't you know that the Moon Country has always been jointly managed by Yueyin Village and Yueyin Village? This is simply ridiculous!" Lei Ying heard this from Zuo After Mu's words, he immediately jumped up from his chair, pointed at Zakaki's nose and shouted loudly. Zakaki couldn't help but feel a bit dumbfounded when he looked at Raikage. He didn't know whether it was because he was naturally irritable or because he was pretending to be confused. Even after being beaten like that, you are still pretending to be a boss! Even if your country of thunder has amazing resilience, you are just a weakling now. Don¡¯t you have any awareness at all? Zakaki looked at Raikage, smiled contemptuously and said: "Raiying, this is the punishment of the loser and the fruit of the winner. You should have this awareness when the war starts! Now, I don't want to have these meaningless arguments with you." "Hmph! The dignity of the Kumo ninja cannot be trampled on, even if the last soldier is killed in battle!" Raikage roared loudly. As soon as Raikage finished shouting, Lazy beside him grabbed Raikage and kept winking at him. The Raikage probably remembered something, looked at the surprised people around him, and sat down with his veins exposed. Except for Oak and Raikage, everyone else sat still like an old monk and said nothing, including the Third Tsuchikage who just chattered. After Lei Ying made such a fuss, the already cold atmosphere became even colder. As Zakaki's best partner now, Orochimaru naturally would not let his aura cool down, so he said with a sinister smile: "Is Raikage really naive and thinks that failure has no price? But now is not the time to discuss this. Let's talk about other matters after the war, such as the war compensation for the Kumo ninja." "Orochimaru, are you kidding me? You want our Cloud Hidden Village to pay compensation? Do you know how much our Cloud ninjas have lost this time?" This time it was not the Raikage who stood up and yelled, but Lazy behind him. Orochimaru smiled at Lazy and said, "Then what do you think war is about? Do children play ninja games?" "You¡ª¡ª" Lazy stretched out his hand and pointed at Orochimaru tremblingly, feeling angry for a while. The Leiying next to him grabbed Lazy again just like he did last time, walked to the center of the meeting, and said: "It's true that Yunyin Village was defeated this time, and it's understandable that we will accept some terms of defeat. But I hope you won't bully others too much. Although Yunyin is weak now, it doesn't mean that Yunyin Village can be slaughtered by others! Zakaki, Orochi Maru, you should know this!¡± Seeing the Lei Ying who had regained his composure, Zakaki knew that the matter was almost over. He clapped his hands toward the door and said, "Bring the things up and give them to a few people to read." After Zakaki said this, several waiters came out of the door. He walked in, carrying six scrolls, placed the scrolls in front of the tables of the heads of the five countries, and then exited. "If there are no objections, just sign it and this war is over." Zakaki picked up a pen from the table and signed his name with a swipe. Seeing Zakaki¡¯s actions, everyone opened the scrolls in front of the case one after another, and then the expressions of the people could only be described as colorful. Orochimaru signed his name without even looking at it, with a calm expression on his face. Gaara cupped his chin with his hand, looking as if that was indeed the case. Tsunade held on to the scroll tightly, wanting to tear it to pieces immediately, with an expression as if she was the Raikage! Next, let¡¯s talk about the Raikage. This guy¡¯s facial expression is the most expressive. It turns green and white for a while, and slowly turns into a purple color. Finally, an electric arc flashed all over his body. If it weren¡¯t for the special texture of the scroll, this guy might not be able to tell. It turns into powder in no time! Although everyone's expressions were different, the final result was the same. They all picked up the pen on the table and signed their names. The signing of the name means that this war is officially over! This meeting, which was later designated as the "Six-Nation Talks", ended here "Captain, your nephew is leaving today, why don't you go and see him?" Chi asked suspiciously, stroking the down on the white wolf's neck. "Look what he is doing, saying that I am his uncle who is sorry for him? Forget it, now that things are like this with Konoha, I am really embarrassed to see those people." Zakaki thought of when the Konoha people looked at him With that disappointed look in his eyes, he said mockingly. "Uh-Captain, sometimes I feel that you are a very contradictory person. When you are ruthless, you are outrageous, when you are indecisive, you are like a woman. You are completely different now than you were before! I really don't understand what you think. of!" "With so many things weighing on my shoulders, can I remain unchanged? Do you think everyone is like you, doing nothing all day and being idle? If you are asked to do something, you will push back and forth, for fear of exhausting yourself to death!" "Are you not following your conscience when you say this? Just after the war, I have been busy for you. You can't find such a good subordinate even if you hold a lantern!" "What did I ask you to do?" Zakaki asked with a troubled expression on Chi's face, looking aggrieved. "You are too busy and confused."??? Aren¡¯t you always coveting the famous intelligence organization? You also asked me to hold this thing in my hand. Isn¡¯t that what I¡¯ve been running around for these days? Now it can be considered a small gain. " Zakaki was stunned at first, and then said with surprise: "There is indeed such a thing, how is it? Now you have found a breakthrough?" "Well, I found a breakthrough. I incited a vice-captain from that intelligence organization to rebel. Good guy, this vice-captain is not simple, he is actually a jounin! It seems that the daimyo has indeed hidden his strength!" "I guess my hidden strength is limited. After all, being the vice-captain is certainly not weak. But how did you instigate rebellion?" "Haha, this is also a coincidence. He seemed to be used as cannon fodder for some reason. In the end, he was very unwilling to accept it and actually escaped from a team of Kumo ninjas. I accidentally rescued him when he was in danger. Then you will know! "Chi said somewhat proudly. "Uh¡ª¡ªis this okay? It's true that fools are blessed!" Zakaki looked at him with contempt. "Go - why are you talking? But this guy is really interesting. Do you know his name? His name is Amaterasu! (Book friend guest appearance)" "This name is really domineering! But is it reliable?" ¡°Don¡¯t worry, no one can hide it from my nose or Zhiyun¡¯s eyes!¡± "Well. I'll go back to the village tomorrow. Things here are over, and I can finally have some leisure time!" Zakaki thought for a moment, and then was stunned. Leisure, leisure is nothing, there's more to go back. Troublesome thing! The village needs to be rebuilt! Build a village, what is the name of the village? Forget about this first, I still have a daughter! First think about your daughter¡¯s name. What should you name your daughter? ps: Is anyone interested? Choose a name for Zakaki¡¯s daughter. com com Text Chapter 213 Inviting Mizukage Zakaki held his daughter and walked around the office, feeling happy in his heart. It is said that the daughter was the lover of her father's previous life, and Zakaki felt that this was particularly appropriate. When Zakaki hugged his daughter for the first time, she showed no resistance at all and kept smiling. At that time, Zakaki was so moved that she burst into tears. She refused to let go when she hugged her. She even hugs her at work now! Having a child in middle age is the greatest joy in life. Although Zakaki in this world is only in his twenties, Zakaki is actually in his forties or fifties. Now that he has a daughter, how can Zakaki be unhappy? Xiuzi, who was helping to sort out the documents in the office, looked at Zakaki who was holding the child and walking around, and then thought about the head of the village who was very knowledgeable and strategizing, and laughed, "Sir, since you came back and held Xiaomori in your arms, Mei has almost never let go of her. Knowing that you love your daughter, there is no need to do this?" "What do you, a little girl, know about movies? I, Takaki, have been in the ninja world for so many years, and I have found stability with Yumi. Now that I have this baby, I feel that I really have a family!" Takaki teased his daughter with a smile. road. "Uh - Sir, you seem to be only twenty-seven or eighty-years-old? By the way, why did you give Komori Mei such a name?" Hideko asked doubtfully. As soon as Hideko finished speaking, she saw the face of Zakaki who had just been full of joy darken. She knew that she had said the wrong thing, so she hurriedly said: "Sir, I'm sorry, I'm not¡ª¡ª" Seeing Hideko's caring look, Zakaki smiled and said, "It's nothing, just to commemorate a deceased relative." "My lord, I'm sorry¡ª¡ª" "What are you apologizing for? It's okay!" Zakaki handed Komori Mei to Hideko, "Hideko, give Komori Mei to Madam, and ask Jie to come over, and I'll say something." "Yes!" Xiuzi took Sammi and turned around and left the office. Not long after Xiuzi left, Jie walked in: "Sir, do you have anything to do with me?" "Well, it's about changing the name of the village. How do you think? Do you have any opinions on this matter?" "I don't have any opinions, but I'm a bit complaining. After all, I have lived in the village for so many years, and I am a bit uncomfortable with changing my name. But everyone also understands that after all, the village has become a big village, and there is nothing wrong with changing the name." Jie said with a smile. . "Haha, please explain to everyone more. Do you have any opinion on what name to choose?" Zakaki walked to Jie and patted his shoulder. "But it's up to you to make the decision. The daimyo also said that such matters will be left to you." ¡°Okay, let¡¯s name the village ¡®Shanyin Village¡¯!¡± "'Hidden Mountain Village', why?" Jie said curiously. "You will know this later, I won't say it for now, just let it slip! Hahaha -" Zakaki was joking. Jie looked happy driving the oak tree, and she was also very pleased. The village was originally a nook that no one cared about. Not to mention other countries, even the wealthy princes from the Kingdom of Tang rarely approached the village to issue tasks, causing the Kingdom of Tang to issue tasks. A large amount of wealth is flowing out, and the village is becoming more and more in decline. Seeing that the village is deteriorating day by day, the ninjas in their own village are helpless. It is simply a shame for everyone! But things are different now. Ever since the adults appeared, the village has undergone earth-shaking changes. First, they uncharacteristically defeated the Cloud Ninjas who were approaching the city. Then they counterattacked the Cloud Ninjas and occupied the Kingdom of the Moon. Now it is even more powerful. Tangyin Village has directly transformed into The sixth largest ninja village after the five major villages, and it is also recognized by the entire ninja world! All this has only been about a year since your Excellency took office! Although the current foundation of Tangyin Village is not enough to compare with the five major villages, adults can do this within a year. How long will it take to catch up with the five major villages? It is no exaggeration to say that this village was established by adults. The fact that the Yu ninjas are now recognized by the wealthy princes of the country of Yu and other countries is all thanks to adults! Working day and night, toiling day and night, the adults never complained or asked for anything. Now that the village is changing its name, isn¡¯t it to make the village develop better? But what do adults get? Thinking of this, an idea flashed in Jie's mind, and she said, "My lord's ancestors seem to be civilians, and your lord doesn't seem to be a blood-stained ninja?" "Yes, why do you ask this suddenly?" Zakaki asked puzzledly. "That's right! Sir, although you are noble and upright, you must always do something for future generations, and let the village do something for you! Sir, you are blessed with a daughter, and Komori Mei is the princess of the village. Remember, my wife is Maki of the Earth Country The family is also a noble, but the princess of our village will naturally not be named Maki! In this way, Komori Mei will take your surname, but the adults seem to be from a civilian family, and most civilian families do not have surnames!" Jie was a little confused. Xiao said excitedly. "Jie, what on earth do you want to say? You don't want to ask me what Sammi's last name is?" Zakaki smiled bitterly.said. "My lord, what I mean is that you build a family!" Jie Zhengse said. Zakaki was stunned for a moment, then said: "Build a family? Family¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª" "Yes! Sir, let's not talk about your contribution to the country of Tang. These contributions are enough for the daimyo to canonize a surname himself! But with your identity and strength, even the daimyo may not have the courage to give you a family name! I will unite other ninjas in the village to ask the daimyo for orders and give you the title of noble, so that you can establish a real family, which will be of great benefit to the development of future generations!" Listening to Jie¡¯s words, Zakaki fell into deep thought. What Jie said made sense. He was alone and not very interested in these things, but he had the responsibility to make plans for his descendants. Besides, establishing a family is not without benefits to the village! The Kingdom of Water, Mizukage Office of Kirigakure Village "Mizukage-sama, do you want us to go to Yugakure Village?" A man wearing an eyepatch said to Terumi Mei at the table. "Go, why don't you go? You already recognized his title as the sixth greatest ninja village, why do you still care about this? Not only do you want to go, but I also want to go there myself this time!" Terumi Mei took over her brown shawl and smiled charmingly. said. "You want to go in person! Why?" the man said in surprise. "Qing, as you said, this oak tree is not simple. At first, I thought that Yuu Ninja would definitely lose in the battle with Kumo Ninja, but who knew that he, Oak Tree, could actually solve this situation! The fourth generation's seclusion in the country was undoubtedly a mistake Yes, we must learn to engage in diplomacy with other countries now. The country of Tang has a special geographical location, and the sea is bordering our country of water. Although Tangyin Village is not very powerful now, under the leadership of Zakaki, it will surely last for many years. We will definitely be able to catch up with other big countries in the future, and then our contacts with them will be indispensable! Besides, I am very interested in such good men!" "Well, it's good that you have this awareness! Now it seems that Kame Sennin Oak has attracted your attention, which is good! Hey - you can make such a judgment at your age, and you are indeed worthy of the name of Mizukage. , you are mature!" Qing said with great relief. "Age, maturity, marriage, I'm going to kill you, you bastard!" Terumi Mei enveloped Qing with murderous intent, clenched her fists, and gritted her teeth and said fiercely. ps: The less people support you, the less motivation you have. The less motivation you have, the worse your grades will be. The worse your grades are, the worse your writing will be. The worse your writing will be, the less people will support you. The less people will support you, the less motivation you will havea vicious cycle ¡­Why¡­¡­ ; com com Text Chapter 214: Building a Village and Hiding in the Mountains The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 215: Transferring the Country of Waves The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 216 Cooperation with Xiao Organization The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 217 Recognition of Relatives The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 218 Terumi Mei and Tsunade The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 219 Terumi Mei¡¯s Challenge The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 220 Ambiguity The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 221 Linggui Island The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 222 The Forbidden Land of the Spirit Turtle The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 223 The Giant Turtle Blocks the Road The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 224 There are two more The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 225 Mud-absorbing pillar The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 226 The turtle with its legs in the air The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 227 The Brilliant Picture Appears The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 228 Ground The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 229 White Snake Immortal The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 230 Daimyo and Zetsu The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 231: Trivial Matters Hidden in the Mountain The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 232: Master, let¡¯s go quickly The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 233 Pursuit The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 234: Kill three hearts The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 235 Write a stroke The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 236 Three Years The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 237 Return to Konoha The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 238: Coming in droves The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 239 Collecting red beans The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 240 No one can keep me The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 241 Shisui¡¯s Eyes The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 242: Little Deidara The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 243 Four-tailed Naruto The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 242: Inuzuka Grudge The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 243 The scolding captain The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 244 Asma¡¯s old acquaintance The page you visited does not exist, please go to the homepage ?? ??????????????????????????? ?? ?? ?? ??

The page cannot be found

The page you are searching for might have been removed, had its name changed, or is temporarily unavailable.
¨‘ Please try the following: Return to % homepage Recommended reading: Official Family Seeking the devil Super strong soldier
Text Chapter 245: Dawn of Organizational Opportunities The air in the morning is fresh and refreshing, the dewdrops on the flowers, plants and trees have not yet fallen, the sunlight is streaming down from the cracks in the trees, and the birds are chirping on the treetops. The forest was peaceful and peaceful. An elk stretched out its steaming tongue and licked the young leaves emerging from the grass. Then he turned his head and looked around, kicked the loose soil under his feet with his hooves, stretched out his neck and continued. Start eating. Suddenly, the elk seemed to be frightened and rushed towards the dense trees. The birds on the trees also rushed to fly up, shaking the leaves on the trees and falling. After a while, a group of ninjas came flying over the trees. This group of ninjas was none other than Takaki and his party who were driving from Konoha to Yamagakure. He scolded the oak trees flying in front of him, then looked back at the direction of Konoha. His heart was filled with mixed feelings. No one wanted to be called a traitor or a traitor. Although he was not looked at differently in Yamayaku, no matter what A few days ago, that faint sense of despicability had always lingered. This time, the captain deliberately asked him to accompany him back to Konoha to eliminate the demonic barrier in his heart, but was it really worth it for someone who had nothing to do with the overall situation? Zakaki squinted and said, "It is said that those brats from Konoha are looking for Orochimaru. What do you think about this?" Chi was slightly startled, and then said: "The spies sent news a few days ago, saying that Konoha Kakashi's group was led by Konoha Jonin Yamato to find Lord Orochimaru. It seems to be the information obtained in Sunagakure , it is said to be at Tiandi Bridge!" "Zhonggo, who was carrying Komori Mei on his back, trembled. He opened his mouth but closed it again. He looked at Zakaki complicatedly, said nothing, and continued to follow Zakaki with Komori Mei on his back. However, Komori, who was on Jugo's back, heard the news about Orochimaru. She was already drowsy but now she became energetic. She blinked her big eyes and opened her head and asked: "Dad, is there someone who wants to cause trouble for your godfather? " Yumi, who was beside Oakwood, frowned and looked at Komori displeased, "When adults speak, children should not interrupt. Haven't I taught you before?" Yumi educated Mori Mi, but Jugo and Chi naturally did not dare to open their mouths. They both looked at the scenery on the roadside absentmindedly as if they were thinking about a problem. Only Komori Mei, whose face was full of grievances, blinking and almost shed tears, looked at Takashi pitifully. Wood. When Zakaki saw Komorimi's expression, his heart softened, and he said haha: "It's nothing. Besides, Orochimaru is Morimi's godfather, so it's understandable that she's curious! Morimi, don't worry, your godfather is not an ordinary person. He It¡¯s not something that ordinary people can offend, don¡¯t worry!¡± "I just said, godfather is so powerful, who is his opponent? Dad, do we want to go to godfather's place to play? We haven't been there for a long time!" Komori said with a smile as she clapped her hands. Hearing Sammi¡¯s words, Yumi¡¯s brows furrowed even more intensely, and her voice even sounded a little angry, ¡°Semi, daddy is not allowed to cause trouble when he is working. Go back and copy the house rules a hundred times!¡± "Madam¡ª¡ª" "Yumi!" Chi, Jugo and Zaki shouted at the same time. Yumi was always known for being strict in her discipline of Mori. After all, she was the head of the Maki family, a wealthy family in Iwagakure Village. Even though Komori was loved by thousands of people, she was In front of my mother, the mouse still sees the cat! The usual strictness may be understandable, after all, most mothers of big families are like this, but this time it is a bit too much to ask Komori Mei to copy the family rules. Most of the family rules of the Takaki family are made by Mei, and Takaki is in charge of the hammer, among which Although I don¡¯t know clearly about the rules and regulations, there are still a lot of them. To ask a child to copy them a hundred times is completely overwhelming! Yumi stretched out her hand to block what Zakaki was about to say, "Semi has become so naughty now, and it has nothing to do with you as a father. How can you love your children so much? This matter is settled, and there will be no peace in the future. , maybe this child will get into trouble, so it¡¯s necessary to sound the alarm for her now!¡± Yumei said it all, and Oakwood had nothing to say. Zhongwu and Chi saw that Zakaki didn't speak, and it was hard for them to say anything. Yumi looked at Jugo who was hesitant to speak, bowed and said: "It's good that Jugo cares about Yumi, I want to thank you¡ª¡ª" "Mrs., you can't do it!" Chonggo hurriedly stepped aside to avoid Yumi's gift, "Mrs., the little princess is like my biological sister. Why don't I care about her? You're killing me by doing this!" How could Zakaki dare to look at her when she felt the look of help coming from Sammi? His body jumped forward, widening the distance between him and Sammi There is a huge statue stagnant in the rain somewhere. There is a man and a woman standing on the statue. The man is Payne, the leader of the Akatsuki organization, and the woman is Konan, the envoy of the Kingdom of Rain. Payne opened his arms to face the drizzle in the sky and said, "Are those little shrimps in place?" "Well, we're here. The original twelve guardian ninjas of the Fire Country, Hippo, have arrived in the Fire Country. We??Just light up the fire and it will probably burn! "Xiaonan said softly. "These people don't have much effect. They just make the Konoha gang feel uncomfortable and open an exit for our people! But the boy who can borrow the Nine-Tails chakra is of some value. It's a pity to be used as cannon fodder!" "It's nothing, he can't use the Nine-Tails' chakra well at all, and it won't be of much use to us!" "It's almost time for Hidan and Kakuzu to take action. Our plan will begin in full, and peace will come soon! The Akatsuki organization will truly enter the world's attention!" "Penn, will there be some trouble with the oak tree in Shanyin, and that person seems to have evil intentions towards us, I'm afraid¡ª¡ª" "Don't worry, I have my own plan for this matter! Soon, that person will go to Shanyin to test the strength of Zakaki. Although Zakaki is powerful, Shanyin's background is not enough to affect this situation. !¡± "You mean he will take action with Zakaki?" Xiaonan was a little unbelievable. He was naturally the masked man in her mouth. Although they have been working together for some years, no one has ever seen him actually take action. Now it is suddenly heard that he is going to take action with Zakaki. Xiaonan couldn't help but look forward to it. No matter who wins or loses, it will always be good for Payne! "Well, Zakaki is an unknown variable, and he doesn't want to see Zakmu's real influence being too serious. This time he takes action so that we can explore his true intentions and be prepared!" ps: Thank you Happy Fengshen Book Friends for your review vote, haha, thank you very much! Finally, please give me a recommendation! Text Chapter 246 The fisherman gets a profit Zakaki looked at the information on the table and raised the corner of his mouth. Just like in the anime of the previous life, Orochimaru and the tailed beast-turned-Naruto had a big fight, which ended hastily, but he also got relevant information about Sasuke. In fact, Zakaki has always been a little dissatisfied with the matter between Sasuke and Naruto. There is a saying that people who are different do not seek each other's will. Zakaki really can't understand the meaning of Naruto not thinking about fatigue? Of course, these are not what Zakaki cares about now. What he cares about is the action called Hippopotamus. Once this incident is over, that is when the entire battlefield is about to come, and the entire Naruto world will officially be shrouded in the Akatsuki organization. Under the shadow of Shan Yin, who knows whether Shan Yin will be the first to bear the brunt. It is always good to be prepared now. But having said that, Shanyin has nothing worth worrying about! Yi Jing walked slowly in the village of Shanyin, enjoying the charming smell coming from the bustling city. He looked at the statue standing in the center of the village through his sunglasses, and his heart was full of respect. I have known you for more than 20 years, and your growth rate is really staggering. The Konoha civilian genius back then has now managed to build such a huge family business on his own, making a little kid who was originally ranked at the bottom of the world. The village has become a powerful village that is comparable to or even stronger than the big village! Ichii pushed up the sunglasses on the bridge of his nose and sighed in his heart. How could he have reached this level without the Sharingan and how to use it given by adults? Now I have vaguely mastered that state, and I believe I will be able to help adults better in the future! When Ichii was meditating, a military ninja suddenly appeared next to him. The ninja knelt on one knee and said in a cold voice: "Master Ichii, I got information from the main city. The fish has taken the bait!" Ichii glanced at the military ninja, and a cold light flashed on his sunglasses, "Go ahead, I understand!" "Yes, sir." After saying that, the Hyobu ninja disappeared from Ichii's sight. A sneer flashed across Yi Jing's face, and his body flashed towards Tang Ying's office. Zakaki and Ichii stood side by side by the window, looking at the whole mountain view through the glass, and looking at the smiles on the faces of the villagers, "So the daimyo is planning to take action?" "Well, it's impossible that he doesn't know our actions. The group of people who suppressed him last time should have made him feel the crisis, and they also engulfed his intelligence agency. According to his character, it is impossible for us to manipulate him! This daimyo The target of this action is probably you!" "I'm curious, where did he get the confidence to defeat us? There don't seem to be many people in this world who can defeat me? Could it be the Akatsuki organization?" Zakaki said. "This is not clear. The daimyo's son took action like his father, and the daimyo also took this opportunity to take action against you. It can be seen that the gap between me and his son is not as big as usual!" "Otherwise, how can I control him? The Daimyo should be eliminated. It would be bad if he stabs us at a critical moment! Call Chirou, and the three of us will go to the main city to see what the Daimyo can do. What a trick!¡± Yunokuni is world-famous for its hot springs, superb scenery, and its special geographical location, making it the country with the most developed tourism industry in the entire Naruto world. This will greatly promote the development of the country and become one of the top economic powers! The main city of Tang Country was not spectacular three years ago, but now it is tall and majestic. You must know that not all main cities in all countries can be built like this. Only the main cities in big countries have this privilege. , now that Tang Country has become a big country, it naturally has this privilege! Today, the main city is extremely lively, with lights and banners scattered everywhere. Because Tang Ying was invited by the daimyo to come to the main city for a banquet. For Tang Ying, the people in the main city admired him very much. People in the Kingdom of Tang were rich, but they could not find pride among the people of those big countries. They even felt that they were inferior. This is how strong a country is. fundamental elements. But not anymore, because their country has become a big country. They dare to stand up in front of the people of other big countries and shout loudly, "I am from the country of Tang!" The person who gives them such pride is Tang. Kage, it is no exaggeration to say that the current status of Oak among the people of Tang Country is no worse than that of the daimyo! Oakwood brought Ichii and Tomoro to his luxurious mansion, and was personally welcomed by the daimyo. The daimyo, who was dressed in fine clothes, was as respectful as before. If it were anyone else, there would really be no doubt about the daimyo. There is no doubt that Zakaki admires the daimyo. Whether it is his political vision or strategic vision, he is much stronger than the daimyo of other big countries. In the past three years, Yamagakure and Yuno Country can truly become a big village and a big country. , is inseparable from the daimyo! If it weren't for the time to harvest the fruits, Zakaki really didn't want to do anything with him. After all, the daimyo had given him a lot of help in diplomacy. If it were his idiot son, Zakaki would really not be at ease. But it doesn't matter now, after all, Tang Zhiguo has been recognized by the world, and there is no use keeping him! What Zakaki was thinkingBy that time, several people had arrived in front of a palace. "If you have nothing to do, Mr. Ichii and Mr. Yanagawa, please leave first. Tang Ying and I have something to discuss." The daimyo waved to the waiters beside him, indicating that they would lead Kazui and Yanagawa Chiro down. Ichiro and Tomoro looked at Zakaki and found that the latter nodded, so they understood his plan and followed the waiter to retreat. Zakaki entered the palace together with the daimyo. Zakaki looked at Ichii and Tomoro Yanagawa being pushed away and chuckled in his heart. Today, he wanted to see what tricks this famous man was going to play. Thinking of this, Zakaki no longer pretended to be cowardly, and directly shrugged and said: "Everyone knows the meaning, and I am too lazy to talk more. Today your son will announce the news of your sudden death, and the Kingdom of Tang will change its owner! " "My Lord Tang Ying, to be honest, I really don't want to do anything with you. You are a talent. In just a few years, the two of us have created such a big business together. If you weren't too authoritarian, I would be fine." It would be great to listen to my words! I don't care about the traitor you mentioned at all. If you die, he will be just an ant for me to control!" The Daimyo said with a smile. "I'm very curious, what do you think? Are you sure you can kill me? Just rely on this thing? Open¡ª¡ª" Zakaki stamped his foot on the ground, and the luxurious wall collapsed, probably The material on the ground was too good, but the entire floor sank. With a few whooshing sounds, countless arrows were shot in the direction of the oak tree. The arrows stopped within a three-meter radius of the oak tree. Suddenly, green smoke rose from the stopped arrow, and the flying green smoke immediately surrounded the oak tree. There was a bang, a red light flashed, and green smoke immediately started billowing. It turned out that those arrows exploded! After a while, the smoke dissipated, the dust fell, and a turtle shell with blue chakra appeared. The oak tree in the turtle shell stood with hands behind its back, looking at the front with disdain: "Why did I say you were so bold? It turned out to be a clone! It's really amazing. I didn't expect that such a dignified name could actually know ninjutsu!" As soon as Zakaki said this, his body trembled and he looked at the midair. The air in the surrounding environment swirled, and a man wearing a mask appeared in mid-air. "That's natural. This name is not simple. He's waiting for us to lose both sides. He's a good fisherman." Text Chapter 247 The first confrontation The arrival of the masked man put unprecedented pressure on Zakaki. Maybe most people would sneer at his attitude towards Zakaki, but Zakaki clearly knew the terror of the person in front of him. Zakaki always felt that according to the plot, there was no reason for the masked man to appear at this moment, and at the same time, there was no reason to attack him at this moment. To put it simply, Zakaki is not mentally prepared to fight the masked man yet! "Master Tang Ying, to be honest, I really admire you. You have made such a large fortune single-handedly! The improvement of Yamagakure's strength is really amazing. Now I guess Konoha is not your opponent, right? I Thank you very much!" The masked man hung in mid-air, looking down at Zakaki. [com] This action of the masked man suddenly made Zakaki feel very annoyed. Zakaki has been in the ninja world for more than 20 years, and no one has dared to despise himself like this. Even if you are the number one boss, I can't be pinched by anyone. The mud, isn't it just a Sharingan? I'm really not necessarily afraid of you. Is it possible that a few broken eyes can turn the world upside down? In fact, Zakaki is a little dismissive of the eyes in the Hokage. It seems to Zakaki that no matter how powerful the blood-stained pupil technique is, it is created by humans. It is just a technique. There are three thousand avenues, and it is not a technique that can control the world. , As long as you know a Tao Xuan, there is no need to be afraid of any pupil skills! My own Earth Escape is a true portrayal! Zakaki knew about the battle between the masked man and Namikaze Minato. The masked man was not invincible. Since Minato could injure him, why were he afraid of him? After thinking about it, Zakaki relaxed his mind and body, relaxed his voice, and said loudly: "It seems a little inappropriate for your Excellency to participate in the affairs of our country of Tang, right?" "No, no, no, I don't want to get involved in your country's internal affairs. Mr. Daiming hired me to kill you and help him manage Shanyin Village. But speaking of it, Mr. Daiming's methods are really not very good. He actually used These things are the first to lead the battle, so why use a big formation to suppress your earth escape! I have long said that it is useless, but he didn't listen, saying that you suffered such a big loss when you were in Yanyin Village. Maybe it will work now." The masked man glanced at Zakaki while he was talking, still very surprised. It stands to reason that at Zakaki's level, there is absolutely no need to take such an inconspicuous character to heart, but just now I could clearly see a strong sense of caution and even a trace of fear in his attitude. Is it possible that he knows his true identity? Then something that surprised him even more appeared again. Zakaki quickly controlled that unfavorable mood and even looked confident! "In this case, there is no point in saying this. You seem to be very confident in defeating me? To be honest, I am very curious about your identity. Who are you? Also, the Nine-Tails Incident in Konoha that year It must have been your hand, right? I can even feel the power of the Sharingan in you. Speaking of which, I have a close relationship with the Uchiha clan!" It's true that Zakaki came from time travel, but where did he live in his previous life? The plot does not include the chapter about the identity of the masked man. At most, Kabuto¡¯s secret is known. He said that he was Uchiha Madara. According to the subsequent plot, this is obviously untrue! The masked man glanced at Uzaki in surprise. Although he knew that he was the operator of Kyuubi's attack on Konoha, there was no reason for these people to reveal the matter to Uzaki. It was impossible for Danzo and it was impossible for Itachi. Could it be Orochimaru? It should be right. It is said that Zakaki and Orochimaru are very close. It seems that Orochimaru is planning to form a true alliance with him! Ridiculous, could it be that Orochimaru has become stupid too? Don¡¯t overestimate your capabilities! In this case, let's take this opportunity to kill him and take over the Mountain Hidden Village. This time we will definitely not make the same mistake as the Water Kingdom! The masked man did not answer Zakaki's words. A gray chain appeared under his black sleeves. The two ends of the gray chain clasped with two hands were swaying in the air. There was a strong murderous intent in the masked man's eyes, and then he fiercely With a twist, it became the Sharingan. When Zakaki saw the black chain, he was shocked. He remembered the battle between him and Minato, as if the chain was about to be sucked into the space by him, and the outcome seemed to be determined. Minato defeated him with speed and tactics. He didn't have Minato's speed, so all he could rely on was earth escape. It seemed like this was a difficult battle! "Hmph! I still want to form a seal, but it's not that simple -" The masked man suddenly disappeared and appeared next to Zakaki. The chain attached to Zakaki's hand, preventing him from forming the seal. The masked man smiled softly, and the holes exposed in the mask stirred the air and swirled. Perhaps in the blink of an eye, Zakaki was caught off guard and was sucked in directly. The masked man was just about to be secretly proud when an unexpected surprise suddenly occurred. The masked man's feet, which were sucking oak wood, suddenly split open, and an ax penetrated directly from top to bottom with cold air, and cut into the masked man's body. What is electric light flint? It looked like this in less than a blink of an eye! The masked man stood on the collapsed roof. The chain on his hand disappeared at some point. Although he was wearing a mask, he could still see the shock in his eyes. The masked man chuckled lightly and slowly said: "I have long heard that Turtle Immortal Zakaki's earth escape is unpredictable. It is indeed well-deserved. Today I learned a lesson."Got it! " "Really? Your Excellency is really powerful. You discovered my movements so quickly. There is no reason why that move just now couldn't hit you?" Zakaki looked at the earth clone half of his body outside, frowning and secretly thinking about countermeasures. It seems that his speed is still beyond my imagination. I can't defeat him by relying on my earth escape. If I don't do it well, I will be sucked in. His virtualization is much more powerful than I imagined! That lightning-fast attack didn't even hurt him! "Use the earth clone to attract my attention, and then use the ax to attack. These tactics can be used perfectly under the Sharingan. I have to say, Zakaki, you are very powerful!" The masked man's Sharingan rotated away again. The three magatama's are connected. Obviously, at this moment, the Sharingan becomes the Mangeky¨­ Sharingan, or even the Eternal Mangeky¨­! Zakaki glanced at the masked man, and couldn't help but feel a little worried. The Earth Escape just now was very fast, and the Sharingan may not have kept up with the rhythm, but under the kaleidoscope, his Earth Escape path was clearly visible. ! The first encounter was a draw, but in the second game it seemed that only the Eight Earth Reborns could be used. This move will be used in the first confrontation. If he gets the Samsara Eye in the future, wouldn¡¯t he have no moves at all? Forget it, it¡¯s too late to think about it, take advantage of this gap to immediately get the Batu Rebirth out. The battle situation is changing rapidly, who knows what will happen! Text Chapter 248 A Fei vs Zak Mu The tornado around the fan roared and rushed towards the mountain, and the sand and gravel stirred up crackled down like hail. With the tornado and the mountain as the center, the entire battlefield was completely shrouded in dust, and could only be vaguely seen in the distance. The mountains summoned by oak trees were struck by tornadoes. With a rumble, the two connected, and countless rocks fell down the mountain, like thousands of horses galloping. The scene could only be described as Shura Hell! Although the mountains blocked a few tornadoes, there were quite a lot of them. There were always several large and small tornadoes that bypassed the mountains and came to the rear. The rotating tornado sucked up everything it could. At first glance, there were several big trees in the center of the largest tornado that crossed the mountain. The big trees were floating in the vortex, like a ship hit by a huge wave. [com] The roaring tornado did not give the oak tree a chance to breathe at all. Three or four whirlpools directly sucked up all the oak wood. At this moment, the oak tree seemed to be on a roller coaster in the previous life, spinning up and down around the gap in the tornado. , like duckweed beaten by waves. Although Zakmu was a little embarrassed in the tornado, he didn't panic. After so many years of ups and downs, he had never seen anything. Besides, this tornado couldn't do anything to him. What needs to be done now is to slowly stabilize the oak wood and find a breakthrough. "Art fire escape ho fireball!" Whoosh - a sea of ??fire blew towards several tornadoes, probably because the fire took advantage of the wind. After the original powerful fireball technique and the tornado met, a huge fire immediately broke out. In an instant, the entire main city was illuminated by the flames. . There was ashes in the sea of ????fire, and the thick black smoke rising from the top of the tornado was arrogant and domineering. Everything else seemed to surrender to this surging sea of ????fire! The eyes showing through the holes in Ah Fei's mask reflected the firelight, but the surprise in his eyes was not at all like the posture a winner should have. I don't know when a shocking wound appeared on his back. The wound occupied most of his body. Gray-white fluid continued to flow out of the wound. Even his left hand was slowly falling off. He looked very embarrassed, as if he had been injured. What a big blow. A Fei looked at the gradually fading sea of ??fire and murmured slowly: "The Turtle Immortal Zakaki lived up to his reputation. While I was using fire escape, he actually used earth dragon bullets to injure me! But you should be dead now, right? ¡ª¡ªWhat?" A Fei suddenly screamed and died. Looking at the base of the tornado. What came out of his eyes was incredulity. "Huh, you want to kill me now, don't you look down on me too much?" Zakaki looked at A Fei's wounds, feeling a little proud in his heart. Although the tornado just now was sharp, it was not a killer move. The tornado obviously came from the fan, and the fan is said to belong to Uchiha Madara, and is also related to the enhanced fire escape. Zakaki thought that A Fei must be able to use fire escape. Once he uses ninjutsu, he will definitely materialize. At that time, it is the most powerful time. Best time to attack. Sure enough, as Zuomu expected, Ah Fei immediately released Fire Release after seeing his own move, and Zuomu also looked at the opportunity, took some time out of his busy schedule, and used Earth Release. The Earth Release lived up to Zhemu's trust, and he succeeded with one hit! Although he succeeded, Oakwood also paid a heavy price. Zakushi's shirt had been burned into strips of cloth, and a hole was burnt out on his right chest, which was bleeding profusely. At this moment, there is only naked murderous intention in A Fei's eyes. He understands that Zakwood is now beyond his control, but he cannot use all his strength, otherwise it will only make the whole situation even more out of control. The current fight is beyond his control. This fight will definitely attract the attention of all countries, and then there will be trouble! A Fei looked at Zakaki, who was also injured, and thought to himself, although Zakaki is strong, it will not affect the overall situation. Once that thing comes back, he can do whatever he wants with him. Besides, wouldn't it be boring in this world without opponents? Ah Fei, who was ready to pay attention, laughed: "Master Tang Ying, your strength is beyond my imagination. You are indeed a good opponent now. Let's forget about it for today. I will come to you for advice another day! " "Really? Then you are not going to get involved in the Kingdom of Tang?" Zakaki endured the pain and said teasingly. A Fei paused, and then said: "The Kingdom of Tang is very good, but I have changed my mind now. By the way, Mr. Tang Ying, please keep things confidential about me. I don't want more people to know about me. Something about that. Orochimaru¡¯s goddaughter is very cute¡ª¡ª¡± When Zakaki heard this, his heart shrank, his body trembled suddenly, and then he was filled with anger. The murderous intention released immediately wiped away the heat left by the fire. Ah Fei actually targeted Komori Mei, damn it! There are only a few people in this world that Zakaki cares about most. It is simply unforgivable that Ah Fei wants to attack them now. If so, he will be dealt with here and now¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª "Don't worry, I'm just reminding you that I may not be able to do anything to you now, but I don't want people to know my existence now. Even though we fought like this, you are the only one who can see me, so - the reason This is also out of helplessness. As long as you agree to this small condition of mine, I will?No messing around. I don't want to even if I have to. To be honest, I despise doing such a thing. Did you say that? Lord Tang Ying. "A Fei shrugged, opened his hands, and waited for Zakaki's reply "Sir, are you okay?" Ichii asked with concern, looking at Zakaki's bandaged upper body. Although he did not participate in the battle just now, he could feel its earth-shattering momentum from a distance. In Ichii's heart, Takaki was already the number one in the ninja world. Now, there are still people who can fight him to this point. What's even more incredible is that Takaki was injured and retreated calmly! I always heard Zakaki say that the Akatsuki organization is very powerful. Although I already knew it, I never expected that they were so powerful! The way Zakaki looked at Ichii, he naturally knew what he was thinking, but did not try to explain it to him. It is always better to recognize some things early and be wary of them. Zakaki thought of the situation in Tang Country and asked, "How is the situation in the main city?" "It has basically stabilized. The daimyo was killed by Tomoro. His son is now in control of the situation. As long as the residents of the city are appeased and the buildings damaged after the war are repaired, it will be no big deal." "Very good - tell Zhirou and ask him to be careful. There will always be some people with evil intentions when changing the imperial power. Find some people to calm down the scene! Also, be careful about your name. I don't think he will die like this. It doesn't matter. , a big name can¡¯t make big waves!¡± "knew!" There was something going on yesterday, two updates today. Text Chapter 249: Can¡¯t make big waves The tornado around the fan roared and rushed towards the mountain, and the sand and gravel stirred up crackled down like hail. With the tornado and the mountain as the center, the entire battlefield was completely shrouded in dust, and could only be vaguely seen in the distance. The mountains summoned by oak trees were struck by tornadoes. With a rumble, the two connected, and countless rocks fell down the mountain, like thousands of horses galloping. The scene could only be described as Shura Hell! Although the mountains blocked a few tornadoes, there were quite a lot of them. There were always several large and small tornadoes that bypassed the mountains and came to the rear. The rotating tornado sucked up everything it could. At first glance, there were several big trees in the center of the largest tornado that crossed the mountain. The big trees were floating in the vortex, like a ship hit by a huge wave. [com] The roaring tornado did not give the oak tree a chance to breathe at all. Three or four whirlpools directly sucked up all the oak wood. At this moment, the oak tree seemed to be on a roller coaster in the previous life, spinning up and down around the gap in the tornado. , like duckweed beaten by waves. Although Zakmu was a little embarrassed in the tornado, he didn't panic. After so many years of ups and downs, he had never seen anything. Besides, this tornado couldn't do anything to him. What needs to be done now is to slowly stabilize the oak wood and find a breakthrough. "Art fire escape ho fireball!" Whoosh - a sea of ??fire blew towards several tornadoes, probably because the fire took advantage of the wind. After the original powerful fireball technique and the tornado met, a huge fire immediately broke out. In an instant, the entire main city was illuminated by the flames. . There was ashes in the sea of ????fire, and the thick black smoke rising from the top of the tornado was arrogant and domineering. Everything else seemed to surrender to this surging sea of ????fire! The eyes showing through the holes in Ah Fei's mask reflected the firelight, but the surprise in his eyes was not at all like the posture a winner should have. I don't know when a shocking wound appeared on his back. The wound occupied most of his body. Gray-white fluid continued to flow out of the wound. Even his left hand was slowly falling off. He looked very embarrassed, as if he had been injured. What a big blow. A Fei looked at the gradually fading sea of ??fire and murmured slowly: "The Turtle Immortal Zakaki lived up to his reputation. While I was using fire escape, he actually used earth dragon bullets to injure me! But you should be dead now, right? ¡ª¡ªWhat?" A Fei suddenly screamed and died. Looking at the base of the tornado. What came out of his eyes was incredulity. "Huh, you want to kill me now, don't you look down on me too much?" Zakaki looked at A Fei's wounds, feeling a little proud in his heart. Although the tornado just now was sharp, it was not a killer move. The tornado obviously came from the fan, and the fan is said to belong to Uchiha Madara, and is also related to the enhanced fire escape. Zakaki thought that A Fei must be able to use fire escape. Once he uses ninjutsu, he will definitely materialize. At that time, it is the most powerful time. Best time to attack. Sure enough, as Zuomu expected, Ah Fei immediately released Fire Release after seeing his own move, and Zuomu also looked at the opportunity, took some time out of his busy schedule, and used Earth Release. The Earth Release lived up to Zhemu's trust, and he succeeded with one hit! Although he succeeded, Oakwood also paid a heavy price. Zakushi's shirt had been burned into strips of cloth, and a hole was burnt out on his right chest, which was bleeding profusely. At this moment, there is only naked murderous intention in A Fei's eyes. He understands that Zakwood is now beyond his control, but he cannot use all his strength, otherwise it will only make the whole situation even more out of control. The current fight is beyond his control. This fight will definitely attract the attention of all countries, and then there will be trouble! A Fei looked at Zakaki, who was also injured, and thought to himself, although Zakaki is strong, it will not affect the overall situation. Once that thing comes back, he can do whatever he wants with him. Besides, wouldn't it be boring in this world without opponents? Ah Fei, who was ready to pay attention, laughed: "Master Tang Ying, your strength is beyond my imagination. You are indeed a good opponent now. Let's forget about it for today. I will come to you for advice another day! " "Really? Then you are not going to get involved in the Kingdom of Tang?" Zakaki endured the pain and said teasingly. A Fei paused, and then said: "The Kingdom of Tang is very good, but I have changed my mind now. By the way, Mr. Tang Ying, please keep things confidential about me. I don't want more people to know about me. Something about that. Orochimaru¡¯s goddaughter is very cute¡ª¡ª¡± When Zakaki heard this, his heart shrank, his body trembled suddenly, and then he was filled with anger. The murderous intention released immediately wiped away the heat left by the fire. Ah Fei actually targeted Komori Mei, damn it! There are only a few people in this world that Zakaki cares about most. It is simply unforgivable that Ah Fei wants to attack them now. If so, he will be dealt with here and now¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª "Don't worry, I'm just reminding you that I may not be able to do anything to you now, but I don't want people to know my existence now. Even though we fought like this, you are the only one who can see me, so - the reason This is also out of helplessness. As long as you agree to this small condition of mine, I will?No messing around. I don't want to even if I have to. To be honest, I despise doing such a thing. Did you say that? Lord Tang Ying. "A Fei shrugged, opened his hands, and waited for Zakaki's reply "Sir, are you okay?" Ichii asked with concern, looking at Zakaki's bandaged upper body. Although he did not participate in the battle just now, he could feel its earth-shattering momentum from a distance. In Ichii's heart, Takaki was already the number one in the ninja world. Now, there are still people who can fight him to this point. What's even more incredible is that Takaki was injured and retreated calmly! I always heard Zakaki say that the Akatsuki organization is very powerful. Although I already knew it, I never expected that they were so powerful! The way Zakaki looked at Ichii, he naturally knew what he was thinking, but did not try to explain it to him. It is always better to recognize some things early and be wary of them. Zakaki thought of the situation in Tang Country and asked, "How is the situation in the main city?" "It has basically stabilized. The daimyo was killed by Tomoro. His son is now in control of the situation. As long as the residents of the city are appeased and the buildings damaged after the war are repaired, it will be no big deal." "Very good - tell Zhirou and ask him to be careful. There will always be some people with evil intentions when changing the imperial power. Find some people to calm down the scene! Also, be careful about your name. I don't think he will die like this. It doesn't matter. , a big name can¡¯t make big waves!¡± "knew!" There was something going on yesterday, two updates today. Text Chapter 250 Oak wood, opponent Zakaki is very worried about A Fei's threat, but there is no other way. It can't be said that Yumi and Mori are locked up in the deep mountains and old forests, right? Once there is a head-on war with the Akatsuki organization, they will always find a way to find Yumi and the others. Instead of letting them hide, it is better to place them in the rear to make the Akatsuki organization afraid. As for what A Fei said about disdain to touch Yumi and the others, Zakaki would definitely not believe it! For those who dare to exterminate their own clans, where is the bottom line? He didn't extend his claws to them this time, probably because he was arrogant about his own strength. The battle with Ah Fei resulted in very little gain. Apart from the wind escape function of the fan, Ah Fei's other abilities were not exposed at all, and his identity is still unknown! Who is Ah Fei? Uchiha Madara, Uchiha Shisui, Uchiha Obito, or Uchiha Madara's younger brother? In Tsubasa's previous life, online forums were abuzz about this matter, and no one could convince anyone. Until Uchiha Madara was summoned by Kabuto, this was still a chattering topic. If you want to defeat him, his identity is that of a very A good breakthrough. If you have the chance, you must tear his face apart to see who he really is? [com] Zakaki looked at his wounds, feeling a little angry in his heart. I haven¡¯t been injured in so many years, but it happened all of a sudden and it¡¯s so heavy! But I believe that Fei is not much better. He was hit by an earth dragon bullet in the back, but he has not yet become weak. This blow is probably not much different from Minato's blow back then! We can be proud of being able to injure Ah Fei! Thinking of the oak tree here, I felt relieved. Bang bang bang - a knock on the door interrupted Zakaki's thoughts, "Come in!" After saying that, a young man wearing the official uniform of Tang Zhiguo walked in. This young man had a hat under his arm. He had short black hair and bright eyes, and he looked quite capable. After careful inspection, this young man's breathing was steady, his steps were harmonious, and his calloused hands made him look like a ninja! But his official attire revealed his identity. This man is the famous spy who was rescued by Chi Undoubtedly during the Battle of Yunshan. His name is Tian Zhao. According to Chi, he already has the strength of a jounin. Tianzhao walked in the door and couldn't help but feel a little confused when he looked at Zakmu sitting upright. Who is Zakaki? That is the number one master in the ninja world today, at least that's what Tianzhao thinks. Let's not talk about the previous reputation, just the fact that he played against the Raikage and the Eight-Tails in the past few years is enough to illustrate this! Not only is his personal strength strong, but his political vision is also extremely outstanding. In just a few years, Leng Shi built a third-rate ninja village into one of the largest ninja villages in the world. Turning one's hand to make clouds and turning one's hands to rain, just overnight, a generation of monarchs died tragically. Even if I knew the inside story, I was horrified by such methods! "Haha, you are Tianzhao, right? This time the daimyo was able to take control of the power and exorcise Xiaoxiao, and you have the greatest contribution!" Seeing Tianzhao's expression, Zakaki was quite pleased. Power is really a good thing. Not only can he make People who originally admire you will admire you even more, and it will also make people who don't know you respect you even more. However, power is based on strength. Once you die, all of this will become a cloud, right? Seeing Zakmu's majestic expression with a hint of kindness, Tianzhao calmed down, took a deep breath, and said respectfully: "Your Excellency, this is too much praise. These are my duties. This time, the daimyo is able to control the imperial power, thanks to Sir, drive Xiaoxiao away, otherwise we in Tang Country will probably fall into the hands of people with evil intentions!" "Very good, you have to publicize these things to the ears of the people and let them know the truth. Tianzhao, I am very optimistic about you. I even proposed that you be the director of the Intelligence Department the day before yesterday. How do you do?" "I'm here to serve you!" Dark clouds shone on the earth, and several huge stone statues towered into the sky, as if they were trying to break through the shackles of the dark clouds. The stone statue has a ferocious face, with a huge tongue sticking out of its dark mouth. The tongue seems to be alive in the rain, and the white rain mist shining on it is like the heat emanating from Tongue Mountain. Sitting at the tip of the tongue is a brown-haired man. There are a few black nails on the man's nose, and the fire cloud robe he is wearing fully highlights the man's mystery. The rain was dripping down, and the man's whole body was already soaked, but he ignored it and just looked at the dark clouds in the distance. Suddenly, the man spoke: "Sir, sir, how did Tang Zhiguo and his party fare?" As soon as the man finished speaking, the air behind him began to spiral, and then a masked figure appeared behind the man, and then the masked figure spoke: "A lot of harvest!" "Oh? A lot of harvest? How do you say this?" "Zakaki is an unfathomable person. Now is not the time for us to fall out with him!" the masked man said without any emotion. The man with black nails looked at the masked man thoughtfully, "So, sir, you are at a disadvantage? What a good Zakaki, you can really make your husband suffer!" "Hmph!" Masked ManHe snorted and then said: "We have to speed up. I don't want any more surprises. How are Hidan and Angle preparing? And the plan to capture Five-Tails and Six-Tails seems to have been implemented?" "Everything is under control, Hidan and Kakuzu are on their way to the Land of Fire now!" After hearing this, the masked man nodded and said nothing more. There was a vortex in front of his eyes, and then he disappeared from the man's sight. Seeing the masked man disappear, a smile appeared on the man's cold and sharp face. "Penn, it seems that this guy has suffered a lot, right? That's good, let's suppress his arrogance!" A cold-faced girl walked out from behind the man. The girl's face had a little more of a smile than the man's. This smile seemed to be gloating, but also like the naughty girl next door. Coupled with the originally stern face, it was indescribably cute at the moment. The ripples in the man's eyes spread in circles, and his eyes that were originally emotionless were now filled with a hint of doting, "Xiao Nan, judging from this, he is not as powerful as we thought. Once he has any evil intentions, I will definitely treat him¡ª¡ª" "Well, I believe this!" Xiaonan smiled softly and continued: "Tangying Zakaki's strength seems to be completely beyond our expectations. We knew he was very strong, but we didn't expect him to be this strong!" "Haha, yes, when Itachi said he was very strong, I was a bit dissatisfied. I didn't expect that he really had this ability. That's fine, wouldn't it be boring if there were no opponents in the world? He Zakaki can now be regarded as our opponent. It seems This game of chess is getting more and more interesting!" Payne stood on the huge statue, looking in the direction of Tang Country in the hazy rain, and murmured in a low voice, "Oakwood, my opponent." Text Chapter 251 Sorry, Hidan Zakaki sat on the mountain beside Shanyin Village, feeling the vigorous energy coming from the underground. Since Tao Mu signed the earth contract, he has learned to master the function of the Huangtu, and he can also control the energy of the mountains. The mountains around Shanyin are now far from what they were back then. The mountains back then were more of a symbol. Although they could shield Shanyin from wind and rain, they had no substantive function. To put it bluntly, they were like embroidery. Pillow. After Zakmu returned from Linggui Island, after three years of adaptation, he combined the underground energy of the four mountains into one place, and the four mountains already seemed to be one. Zakaki believes that even Pain's Shinra Tenzheng can't even think of destroying the four mountains. Even with Pain's power, it is undoubtedly a fool's dream to make Yamagakure like Konoha! More importantly, the energy attributed to the four mountains is in Tangying's office. This energy is like the telescope technique of the Third Hokage, which can clearly know the situation in the village. It is no exaggeration to say that Shangyin is now a real big village. Even the gangsters organized by Akatsuki must consider the consequences of truly offending Shangyin! This incident in Tang Zhiguo made Zakaki realize a lot. At the beginning, he always placed himself at the level of a weak person. Maybe it was influenced by the original work. No matter what his true strength was, he always thought of Ah Fei, and even wanted to avoid Ah Fei. Zakaki who thinks like this not only falls behind in terms of attitude towards survival, but also falls behind in fighting! In the battle with Ah Fei, although he was more injured than him, it also made him correct his attitude and face up to his position in front of Ah Fei. All in all, at this moment, Zakaki has truly regarded Ah Fei as his opponent, and truly has the mentality of being the best in the world! After thinking about this, Zakaki was no longer as timid as before, and he started to make a real plan. The origin of the plan is the next important part of Naruto, the deaths of Kakuzu and Asuma! Save Hidan, save Asuma, enhance Yamagakure's strength, and if possible, completely break this plot and truly integrate yourself into this world! Ah Fei, Payne, why should I, Zak Mu, be afraid of you! [com] Hidan and Kakuzu have been wandering around the Land of Fire for two weeks. In fact, according to common sense, Kakuzu and Hidan should not come to the Land of Fire again, because their mission has already been completed. In the battle of Yamagumo, the two of them accidentally captured the two-tailed Yukito. But who knows that Payne has assigned them another task to capture Nanao! Well, Nanao is from Kakuzu Village, and the two of them are quite familiar with each other. Although it took a lot of effort, they still caught her. But who would have expected that Kakuzu actually refused to go back, claiming that the organization's economy was in crisis and that the two of them needed to contribute and go out as bounty hunters to make extra money for the organization. How could Hidan be willing? After hearing what Kakuzu said, he almost parted ways with him, but Kakuzu took out Pain to talk things over, and finally pressured Hidan, even if he didn't do it, he had to do it! As a last resort, Hidan had no choice but to follow Kakuzu around the Land of Fire and become a bounty hunter. "Kakuzu, I told you that you were blaspheming the evil god. Are you done with it? How many times is this? Do you really think of Hidan-sama as a coolie?" Hidan once again killed a so-called The expert held his head and roared angrily at Kakuzu, who was busy with a small abacus. ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? Chengdu¡¯s eyes can no longer see at all at this moment, and the fingers moving quickly on the keyboard like running water. Kakuzu didn't seem to hear Hidan's roar, and didn't even raise his head. He kept twirling his fingers and mumbling something. Hidan looked at Kakuzu who regarded him as nothing, and could no longer bear the anger in his heart. He held up the scythe and roared at Kakuzu, "Kakuzu, you bastard, I'm going to cut off your head. I will dedicate you to the evil god!" Kakuzu turned around and saw that Hidan was already in a state of rage. He dodged Hidan's attack and said with a smile: "Hidan, we have made a fortune. We have made a lot of money in the past few days." Fifty million taels! You are indispensable." "Don't confuse things. I quit. Being with you is a blasphemy to the evil god. You only care about money. You are so vulgar!" Hidan's face improved slightly when he heard that he had made his first contribution. He was quite proud of it. Place the sickle on the ground. Kakuzu looked at it and said with a smile: "How about we finish the last big job and stop doing it?" "real?" "It must be true. When did I lie to you?" "You haven't lied to me yet, and I don't know how many times you've said this! Just your words caused Uncle Hidan to work hard for two weeks in vain. No, I won't do anything this time! "Hidan got angry just thinking about it. Every time he killed a big fish horn, he said he would stop after one more vote, but there was still one more vote for the last one, and it was endless! "It's really the last vote. This vote is not easy. He is one of the twelve ninjas who protect the name of the Fire Country. He is a monk of the Fire Temple of the Fire Country. He has a name called the Twelve Guardian Ninjas. He is very powerful. , called Dilu.¡± "Don't do it, you?Lie to me! Besides, killing a monk will be punished by God! "Hidan was a little moved when he heard Kakuzu introduce the next vote. Kakuzu and Hidan have been working together for so many years, so naturally he knew that he was already a little bit interested. He spread his hands and said, "So you are afraid of monks? I heard that pagans are afraid of people like monks, and so are the evil gods who have been messing with you for a long time. This kind of thing? I¡¯m so disappointed, it seems I can¡¯t get my 20 million taels!¡± "Hmph, you dare to insult Lord Evil God! Now that I have said so, I will accompany you on one more trip to let you know what the real God is! What bullshit monks, how can I take them to heart?" Two days later. "Hey, hey, Kakuzu, is this the land you are talking about? It turns out to be Xiao Xiami, and he was killed by me so easily!" "Simple, who was beaten like a pig's head just now? That Thousand Killer beat you so hard that you had no ability to fight back!" "It's a joke, I just want him to use his tricks, otherwise wouldn't it be boring to kill him directly? You said it, I won't do it after this one!" "Well, I quit!" Kakudu carried Dilu's body on his back and thought again. I won't look for anyone else, but there will be others looking for me. This land belongs to the Fire Nation and is a friend of Asuma Sarutobi, the Jounin of Konoha. There is no reason for Konoha not to take action. Once he takes action, it will definitely be that Asuma. Haha, Asma's head is also worth a lot of money! Then there¡¯s Asuma! Haha, I'm sorry Hidan, I didn't lie to you. Text Chapter 252 It¡¯s raining When Zakaki knew that monk Dilu was dead, he rushed towards the Kingdom of Fire. Chiriku's death was the beginning of the war between Hidan and Asuma, and was also the cause of Asuma's death. There is no need to go into details about the relationship between Asuma and Takaki. Every time Takaki sees Asma, he will feel a little guilty, maybe for Shinnosuke, maybe for Moriki, maybe for Konoha. In short, it is the inability to let go of a period of life. Humans are not grass and trees, how can they not have feelings after living in Konoha for more than ten years? Zakaki's feelings may not have risen to the level of protecting his family and country, but it can be seen that it is inevitable to have feelings for things. Asuma saw himself calling him senior brother endlessly. Even though Akai and Kakashi had changed their names, he had never changed. Perhaps Kakashi and Akai's changes were forced, but in a way, Asuma was more kind to him! It would be okay if he didn¡¯t know about this Asuma catastrophe, but Zakaki knew it! This senior brother has no reason not to save him! In his previous life, Asuma in the anime was not very popular, and the relationship between him and Kurenai was not favored by many people. Many people even said that a flower was stuck in cow dung, and they felt that Asma was not worthy of Kurenai. But as Tsubasa who knows Asuma well, he knows that Asuma is a real man, the most manly man in the Naruto world! Some people think that Akai is very masculine, but they don't know that Asma is undoubtedly better than Akai in terms of relationships, career, and treatment of others. In short, Oakwood must save Asuma! After several days of trekking, Zakmu arrived at the Land of Fire. Zakaki is a little anxious now. Although he is almost arriving at the place where they are fighting, who knows if there will be any accidents? What's more, Zakmu's eyebrows are always twitching now, and he always feels that something unexpected will happen. He had obviously set off two days in advance before Asma left Konoha, could it be that¡ª¡ªZakaki thought of this and sped up to the battlefield. [com] Shikamaru tightly restrained the weirdo in front of him with his shadow, and his mind kept thinking about this weirdo's tricks. Asuma had just exchanged blows with this man and had hit him several times, but the impact on him was almost negligible, or even no interference at all. This man kept saying that he was immortal, and that the power granted by the evil god was nothing more than writing weird ninjutsu! But this ninjutsu seems to be too abnormal, and there is almost no way to break it. Physical techniques are ineffective, and ninjutsu is also ineffective. Is it possible that this weirdo is really immortal? No, how could such a body exist in the world? There must be some way to crack it, there must be! Calm down, calm down, Teacher Asma is still waiting for you! He suddenly raised his head, and his heart tightened when he saw the weird man's eyes as he succeeded in his conspiracy, as if he had caught something, but then it slipped away again. "Hahaha, now the evil god-sama's sacrifice has begun, I decided to let you taste the delicious pain! Where to start? Let's start from here -" Hidan was already in a cursed state, his body was as black as carbon, and only A few bone-like things were traveling across the body, and the face that was originally evil could only be described as weird! Hidan pulled out a jet-black spear from behind and inserted it directly into his thigh, "Ah - it hurts - it feels good, it feels so good -" As Hidan screamed, Asuma beside him also roared loudly, a column of blood spurted out from his thigh, and large beads of sweat dripped down Kabai's face, "This-this is ¡ª¡ª¡± Hidan pulled out the jet-black spear and thrust it into his ribs again, "Wow hahaha - it feels so good, so good! This is the punishment for you atheists. Do you see it? Do you see it? This is the manifestation of Lord Evil God. Now, I decide to give you to Lord Evil God. Go to hell¡ª¡ª" Seeing Hidan's series of reactions, Shikamaru immediately understood the reason. Without thinking any more, he quickly formed a seal, "Secret Technique¡ªShadow Binding Technique¡ª¡ª" Only a few shuddering sounds were heard, and several shadows quickly emerged from the ground, directly tying up Hidan who could not react in time. Shikamaru used the seal to drag his body back and loudly said: "This strange circle should be The basis of the ritual, as long as you are dragged out of the strange circle, this technique will be invalid! Asuma-sensei, give it a try!" Asuma dragged his injured leg and took out Feiyan. The wind attribute chakra immediately attached to it, and Feiyan skyrocketed three feet. Asuma's figure moved, and Feiyan swung straight towards Hidan's ear. Sure enough, Asuma felt no pain! How could Asuma let go of this opportunity? The figure flashed again, Feiyan flashed a cold light and directly disappeared Hidan's head, and the latter's head was immediately missing! At this moment, whether it is Asuma or Shikamaru, or Kamunun and Zitie who are blocking Shikamaru, they only have one thought, that is, Hidan is dead! But the next scene shocked their eyes again. Hidan's body fell to the ground without twisting, but his head was the same as before. He was still shouting arrogantly, and even kept cursing his companions. ! Asuma and others looked at Kakuzu, another member of the Akatsuki organization who had not taken action. Kakuzu complained about Hidan for a while, ignoring Hidan'sQianwen walked towards his body carrying his head, then lifted his body up and used the tentacles on his body to sew Hidan's head on. After doing everything, Kakuzu looked at Shikamaru, who was just calculating carefully, and turned to Hidan, who was shaking his head, and said: "I'll leave the guy with the bounty to you, and I'll take care of the rest. You have to be fast, don't It¡¯s a waste of time! Also, don¡¯t swing your head too much, otherwise it will fall off again after a while!¡± "I know, let me finish this unfinished ritual first then¡ª¡ª" Zakaki felt the fighting ahead, and a bad feeling spread throughout his body. The brows that were beating all the time have stopped, but my heart is feeling cold. Asuma was afraid¡ªOzaki's figure jumped up and jumped to the fighting place in several strides. He only saw a sea of ??dark crows pecking at the shirtless Hidan. Yamashiro Aoba was fighting with Kakuzu on the roof. Shikamaru, Ino and Choji were surrounding Asuma, whose life was hanging by a thread. Zakaki looked at the heavy rain that had started, and felt desolate in his heart. It was too late, Asuma could not be saved! Zakumu's nose felt sour, and a few drops of rain fell into the corners of his eyes. Zakaki knew that Asuma was still breathing, but Zakaki couldn't move to take one last look at his junior brother. Shame and self-blame immediately made Zakaki's head sink. Zakaki thought of the bearded teacher Shinnosuke who taught him, gritted his teeth and walked forward. Text Chapter 253 Walking around Konoha at night The sky was covered with dark clouds, and the pattering rain made people shiver. The cold wind blows, and the green grass is like a sea of ??waves, making people feel cold even in summer. Asma still died, carrying all the worries with her. Asuma¡¯s death taught Takaki a profound lesson. In the past, Takaki always relied on his familiarity with the plot and his own strength to change some endings that he didn¡¯t like. Just like Zabuza and Haku, as well as Kimimaro who should have died in the battle with Gaara, and many, many more, these all numbed the nerves that Sakuragi should have had. Shan Yin now has an excellent intelligence system, and the blindly confident Zakaki thought everything was under his control. Zakaki, who got the news at the beginning, came without any hesitation, but who knows that people are not as good as God, and a series of accidents finally led to Asma's zombie manpower! [com] The nights in Konoha are always so peaceful. No matter how dirty the high-rises of Konoha are, it is undeniable that the atmosphere created by the people here is unmatched anywhere. The open shops, the people walking in the night market, the vendors on the ground, and the loud hawking, everything in Konoha exudes tranquility. Zakaki, who was walking in the night market, remembered Asuma's last confession, and a few drops of hot water fell from the corners of his eyes again. Ninja is a tool to cut off emotions. This sentence that was supposed to be the law of ninjas seems so ridiculous now! Who can escape from feelings? Orochimaru, Pain, Itachi Uchiha, or Fei? Although they keep talking about what they will do for their ideals, who can truly cut off the shackles of emotion without falling into emotion in the end! ¡ª¡ª "Sir, look at this mask. It's so cute. If you buy it home, your child will be very happy!" A vendor picked up a mask from the stall and approached Zakmu to sell it. Do your own business. The hawker's promotion interrupted Zakaki's thoughts. Zakaki turned his head and looked at this ordinary Konoha hawker. His face was covered with dust, his messy hair had not been washed in days, and the skirt around him was still stained with paint, which must have been from making these masks. At first glance, he was a working man at the bottom of society. But what surprised Zakaki was the look in the vendor's eyes that showed he was satisfied with life. Zakaki hadn't seen that look for a long time. It wasn't that it was rare, but it was just that Zakaki, who was already in a high position, hadn't been in the world like this for a long time. There is no real understanding of that kind of life! Zakaki suddenly felt relieved. Why bother to be persistent? As long as you keep your true heart, no matter the wind or rain! Zakaki took the mask, touched the breast pocket, and said with a smile: "It looks good, thank you, I bought it." After saying this, his oak face suddenly turned purple. It was over, and he even forgot to bring his wallet! That's right, there's no reason for Tang Ying, a dignified man of Oakwood, to go shopping with his wallet in his pocket. Whether at home or at work, Oakwood has always been money-friendly. This time when I came to Konoha alone, I naturally didn't bring my wallet as usual. It¡¯s not a big deal, but other vendors don¡¯t know about it! Zakaki was dressed in fine clothes, and he looked like he was rich. He had just agreed to buy a mask for someone else, but now he said he had no money, so how could he talk? The hawker looked at the oak tree and understood the reason. The vendor put the mask into Zakaki's hand and said with a smile: "Although you don't wear a ninja forehead protector, you look like a ninja, and you are the kind of ninja who is in a high position! Haha, it's not a good thing. If you like this thing, I¡¯ll give it to you! Konoha ninjas are all great beings. You are in danger of losing your life at any time when you defend your homeland. That¡¯s all we can do¡ª¡ª " Zakaki held the mask and walked forward, smiling bitterly in his heart. It seems that he has "defected" Konoha for a long time, and he has also "killed" many Konoha ninjas. If the vendor knew this, would he just throw the mask in his face? "Hey - Zakaki!" A voice shouted from the store opposite Zakaki. Zakaki looked forward and saw that it was Ding Zuo holding a wine glass! Zakaki raised his lips, and there were two old friends, naturally Shikaku and Haiichi! He walked into the store with steps. "If I hadn't heard my boy tell me you were here, I wouldn't have dared to call you." Dingzuo patted Zakaki on the shoulder and said carelessly. Zakaki sat down and patted the dust on his body, "It's a coincidence that I can meet you all while walking on the street!" "Isn't it? Since I beat you up, I became a soup shadow. We haven't gotten together like this for a long time. Come on, come on, don't say anything, let's have a drink!" Haiyi held the wine glass, his face flushed. "Ozaki, they drank too much!" Shikaku saw the look of Haiyi and Ding Zao and wanted to explain something. Zakaki waved his hand and interrupted Shikaku, "Don't worry about anything, I haven't reached that stage yet! Today I am Zakaki, not Tangying." "Haha, I have fallen behind! That's right, no matter what, we are all friends! Let me first??One cup! "Shikaku raised his head and drank a glass, then put the glass on the table and said with a lonely face: "What happened to Asma is so sudden! " "Who says it's not the case? Ino is preparing at home, and seems to be ready to take revenge on the two guys from the Akatsuki organization." Haiyi shook his head and said with a bitter smile. "My Choji is here too. By the way, Shikaku, how is Shikamaru?" Shikaku heard Dingzao's words and smiled softly: "What can I do? I didn't go to Asuma's funeral, and I'm still lonely at home! But I should have recovered by now, I'll go back and do more in the evening Fire, that¡¯s about it!¡± "The three of you have given birth to good children, and Asuma has done a great job as a teacher! Oh - when I think about it, I really feel sorry for Shinnosuke-sensei -" "Zakaki, let's not talk about this anymore and drink. By the way, Shikaku, the three children are going to take revenge. What do you think?" Haiyi asked. Lu Jiu shrugged and said, "What can we do? Let them go. Besides, we can't stop them even if we want to." "But the guys in Xiao's organization, even the three of us, don't have much confidence, right?" Ding Zuo said worriedly. "Shikamaru already has a countermeasure, and with Kakashi in the mix, it probably won't be a big problem. But the Akatsuki organization may not be able to figure out the reality!" ¡°I¡¯ll go too¡ª¡± Zakaki stood up, thinking of Asuma, and suddenly felt that he should do something. Besides, it's time for Hidan to pull him over! And Kakuzu, we must kill him this time! ¡°You go¡ª¡± Lu Jiu and the other three exclaimed at the same time. "Well, I received information from the Akatsuki organization in Shanyin, so I was ready to rush to rescue Asuma, but I was too late. The Akatsuki organization has been too rampant during this time, so I will take this opportunity to suppress them. Arrogance is also necessary. Besides, I still have something to do in this incident!" "If you go, those two guys probably won't be able to make any big waves. And the Akatsuki organization, I think they have a big plan. What is their purpose?" Text Chapter 254: Instant Kill Kakuzu "Uncle Zakaki, do you know the identity of Kakuzu?" Shikamaru, who was running quickly, turned to look at Zakaki. Shikamaru knew that the horn was not simple, and it seemed that he had beaten Konoha Jonin Yamashiro Aoba without any effort. Shikamaru felt that he naturally knew about Zakaki who had already become famous. Zakaki smiled softly and said: "That guy is from Taki Ninja Village. Speaking of which, he should be from the time of the First Hokage. Whether in terms of strategy or strength, this person's strength is definitely comparable to the Kage level. ! You have also seen the immortal named Hidan. Kakuzu and Hidan are known as the immortal duo, and there is no doubt about his power. You must be careful when fighting them!" [com] "Kakuzu? Sir, are you talking about the ninja who assassinated the first generation?" Kakashi next to Zakaki asked with worry. Zakaki nodded, and then said: "Although these two are powerful, it is not difficult to defeat them. Leave those horns to me. Kakashi and Shikamaru, you will deal with Hidan. With your strength, if you want to defeat them He's not a big problem. If you can, leave Hidan to me." Kakashi and the others all nodded after hearing this, only Shikamaru frowned, as if unwilling. Zakaki didn't know what Shikamaru meant. The hatred of killing a master was irreconcilable. What Shikamaru wanted to do was to get to know Hidan personally. Zakaki, who knew the plot, also knew that Shikamaru already had a way to deal with them at this moment. Although Naruto almost died in the end, they still managed to get rid of the two of them. In a way, this request of mine is very unreasonable. But Hidan must not die, because Hidan will have a huge effect on Oakwood later! This function is to control the trigger point of the next war - Kabuto! In his previous life, Tsubasagi didn't know that Uchiha Itachi finally controlled Kabuto Yakushi, but he knew that Kabuto Yakushi couldn't die. If Kabuto can't be killed, he must be controlled, and the suitable candidate for this is Hidan. Hidan's ability is very simple. After the privateering of the dirty land, his immortality basically didn't have much highlights, but his curse technique makes it easy to control Kabuto! Once Kabuto is successfully cursed, and Zakaki knows about the reincarnation of the dirty earth, he can definitely put in some effort to remove this technique! "Shikamaru, Asuma is your teacher, but he is also my junior brother. Otherwise, I wouldn't have come all the way here. His status in my heart may not be weaker than yours. But Hidan cannot die, he still has It has a great effect. This time, please treat me as your uncle!" After listening to Zakaki's words, Shikamaru's frown relaxed slightly, "Uncle Zakaki, if you say he has a great effect, it must be true. But what I don't understand is that you seem to know him?" "Shikamaru, don't be presumptuous! If you are like this, you must have your reasons. As a ninja, you can't be emotional!" Kakashi scolded. In fact, Kakashi was puzzled that Soakaki wanted to save Hidan, but as a junior of Soakaki, he believed in this legend in the ninja world from the bottom of his heart, even though some reasons during the Yamagumo War made him have a grudge. , but this does not affect the status of oak wood in his heart. Oakwood stretched out his palm to stop Kakashi's words, and said with shame, "Hidan is still my subordinate, and he is also a Yu nin. But something unexpected happened later and he was bewitched." Shikamaru glanced at Zakaki, nodded and said no more "Kakuto, some shrimps from Konoha are coming. Be careful and don't die. I don't want to change my teammates. Although you are quite annoying, you are still much better than trash like Deidara. !" Hidan and Kakudu both stood in an open space, looking at the group of people who were getting closer and closer. "I would rather team up with Deidara. At least he kills people cleanly. However, he blew up the corpse as soon as his brain got hot, and the bounty will be much smaller!" Kakuzu didn't look at Fei either. Duan, said to himself. "What did you say! Do you understand? This is called respect for the evil god. You, a heretic, will not understand! You guy, even if those guys in Konoha kill you, I won't save you!" " "Er¡ª¡ªI don't know who got his head chopped off. It's because of your procrastination that you wasted a bounty of 30 million taels, you hateful guy." "Hey, hey, look, Kakuzu, the people here this time are not simple. Isn't that the copy ninja Kakashi? Yo? The figure behind him looks so familiar. Isn't that the big brother? Isn't that the big brother Zakaki? Ah! Hahaha, I'm going to say hello to him. When you left last time, you said that big brother was here. I didn't believe it anymore. It turns out he is really here!" After Hidan said this, he stepped forward to greet Zakaki. Kakuzu hurriedly grabbed Hidan, "You idiot, he is an enemy now! He broke four hearts last time. It's time to get the situation back this time. You'll deal with those bastards in Konoha later." , I¡¯ll deal with Zakaki!¡± ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????]He shouted: "No! Let's go quickly¡ª¡ª" ¡ª¡ª There was a loud noise, and the ground that was originally covered with flowers, grass, and trees split open instantly. Bare mountain peaks began to emerge from the cracks filled with cold air, and the surrounding rocks flew wildly as the mountain peaks with huge momentum shook them. In just a few moments, the mountain peaks were revealed, and the rather wide terrain was suddenly crowded! Looking at this miraculous move, Hidan felt a chill in his heart. With a bang, Hidan raised his scythe to block the falling boulder in front of him, inserted the scythe into the ground, and jumped to stand at the end of the scythe. Hidan finally remembered his partner Kakuzu when he got an opening. The mountain had just risen suddenly and the two of them had escaped. It was no longer known where he was. There was another bang, and Hidan quickly turned his attention to the source of the explosion, only to find that there was already thick smoke billowing there. At this moment, Hidan felt a little bit of fear in his heart, a fear he had not felt in many years. Hidan didn't think too much. He flashed and ran towards the outer space. Before he took two steps, a familiar voice sounded in his ears: "Hidan, don't run around. If you're going to be blown to pieces in a while, don't blame me for not warning you!" Who is this voice if it's not Zakaki? Hidan was overjoyed and shouted loudly: "Brother, let me tell you, only you can use this god-like trick! It's so powerful!" As soon as Hidan finished shouting, he heard a crashing sound, and the mountain that had just risen suddenly sank. If it weren't for the mess on the ground, it would have seemed like nothing had happened. Then a strong figure walked over from a distance. , the person who came was none other than Oak Tree. Seeing Hidan dancing happily at the side, Zakaki could not help but smile a little more in his heart. In fact, although Hidan is a very young person, it is undeniable that he is still a good little brother. It has been three years since we last saw each other, and he never seems to have forgotten him. No matter who is in this world, whether it is Orochimaru, Hidan, or even Deidara and Scorpion, they just lack the understanding of others! Once someone truly identifies with them, they will treat you sincerely like normal people! Zakaki threw the things in his hands to the ground and said with a smile: "Hidan, do you still remember what I told you last time?" Hidan nodded and looked at the curled figure dropped by the oak tree on the ground. That person was none other than his teammate - Kakuzu! Hidan took a closer look and realized that he was no longer alive. A chill flashed through Hidan's heart again, Kakuzu was instantly killed! Text Chapter 255 Stagnant Water The horns are all dead, and they die cleanly. According to the original work, Kakuzu should have died at the hands of Naruto and became a test subject for Naruto's new technique. But today, Jiaodu is hanging under the bloom of ten thousand peaks! Zakaki knew that he still found a small loophole in Kakuzu's death. Previously, Kakuzu thought that he, Kakashi and his party had not arrived yet, so even though they were on guard, they never thought that Tsubasa had already arrived. Yes, Tsukuba was here before Hidan and Kakuzu discovered Kakashi and his party. Therefore, Ten Thousand Peaks Bloom succeeded in one blow! Zakaki turned around and thought, he couldn't help but feel arrogant, what are the ten thousand peaks? So what if he had known it earlier, it would not mean that he would lose his life, it would just be a little troublesome! Not long after, Kakashi and Shikamaru arrived at the scene of the incident. On the way there, they saw the rising mountains. Then an explosion suddenly sounded, and then they looked at the disappearing mountains around them. Oak wood also knows why. [com] Seeing Kakashi and others coming, Zakaki smiled softly and lifted up the horns that fell on the ground, "I'm sorry, I'm going to let you kill this guy, but this guy has become mature, I'm afraid If something changes, just kill him directly." Shikamaru was shocked when he heard Zakaki's understatement. Older gingers are more spicy! Before even entering the battlefield, he would formulate his tactics and kill the enemy with one blow. It seems that Uncle Oak's strength is more than equal to that of Tsunade-sama! Shikamaru looked at the badly damaged body of Kakuzu, and then thought of Asuma who had closed his eyes. His heart relaxed, but then tightened again, and he asked Zakaki: "Uncle Zakaki, that Flying Dan?" After listening to Shikamaru's words, Zakaki looked at Kakashi, who nodded and then turned his attention to Kakuzu's body. Zakaki understands that Asuma's dead flying section must give an explanation, otherwise Shikamaru will not give up easily! Zakmu quickly formed seals and shouted: "Get up¡ª¡ª" As soon as the voice fell, an earthen pillar half a man's height appeared on the ground. Then the soil on the earthen pillar flowed downwards, revealing a man with a naked upper body. This man was Hidan. As soon as Hidan came out, he saw everyone's monkey-like looks. He became angry and shouted at everyone in Konoha: "You idiots, what are you looking at? Have you never seen Master Hidan? Look at me like that again, I will give you all to the evil god!¡ª¡ª" ¡°Bang¡ª¡ª¡± Before Hidan could finish cursing, he suddenly felt a pain at the corner of his mouth. Hidan looked at the green figure standing in front of him with his fist raised, and he was so angry that he actually received a punch! "You bastard, what kind of shadow did you use to pester me last time? I haven't caused you any trouble, and now you dare to attack your uncle Hidan to see if I don't skin you! Brother, let me go, I will teach this ignorant person a lesson bastard!¡ª¡ª" Shikamaru punched Hidan, ignored Hidan's insults, turned around, and walked slowly in the direction of Konoha, with an indescribable desolation in his figure. ¡°Come back, come back! Brother, let me go, I¡¯ll go and deal with that kid¡ª¡ª¡± "That's enough, Hidan, stop talking nonsense-" Zakaki suddenly scolded. Zakaki can also understand Shikamaru's mood. How can the revenge of the master's killer be settled with one punch? Recalling the time when I heard that Shinnosuke had been killed, I killed two of the Seven Ninja Swordsmen in a rage. On the other hand, Shikamaru, although he hated it in his heart, he could still take it and let it go! Hidan stopped talking after being yelled at by Uzaki. He just turned his head and stared away, with a look of dissatisfaction on his face. Zakaki ignored him, formed seals with his hands, and Hidan slowly sank into the ground and disappeared from everyone's eyes. "Chouji, Ino, you two go follow Shikamaru." Kakashi was also afraid that something would happen to Shikamaru. After all, he had just taken over the Akatsuki organization. Who knows if there are other members of the Akatsuki organization here. Choji and Ino expressed their gratitude and rushed towards Shikamaru. "Kakashi, bring this thing back, it will be useful to you Konoha!" Zakaki kicked Kakashi's body in front of Kakashi and said nonchalantly. "Sir, this seems to be your trophy. Kakuzu's body seems to be equally important to Yamagakure, right?" "When did you become such a bitch? Since I can be here, do I still care about the information given by a corpse?" Kakashi was relieved after hearing this, and that¡¯s right. The fact that Tokugawa was able to rush to the battlefield before Asuma died showed how sharp Yamagakure¡¯s intelligence was. Besides, the living Hidan seems to be much more useful than the corpse! Kakashi took out a scroll from his ninja tool bag and put Kakuzu's body in it. After everything was done, Kakashi asked Xiang Zakaki: "Sir, are you going back to Yamayaku or to Konoha?" "Well, let's go to Konoha and see Red." Zakumu came to Xiyang¡¯s house carrying two fruit baskets. After some announcement, the old housekeeper of Xiyang¡¯s family took him into the courtyard. At this moment, Zakaki was not in much mood to appreciate the beautiful scenery of the big family. With a touch of guilt, he followed the housekeeper.Arrive at Hong¡¯s courtyard. My daughter¡¯s family always likes to plant some flowers and plants in their yard, and Hong is no exception. As soon as she stepped into the small yard, she smelled a refreshing fragrance. Maybe it was the pregnancy that made Hong's reaction slower. It wasn't until Zuomu arrived in the middle of the courtyard that Hong discovered Zuomu. When Hong saw Zakaki, who was facing charity, she seemed to be seeing an elder. Her nose felt sour, and a few tears fell in her bright eyes. Then he realized his gaffe and gently wiped away his tears, "It's a shame to make adults laugh." Zakaki smiled and waved gently, "There is no need to show any pretense in front of me. Asuma calls me senior brother in front of him. He is an arrogant third-generation old man, and it seems that he has no elder relatives. Just think of me as Ah. Sima and your relatives!" "Yes." Hong smiled softly. "In the future, if there is anything you can't solve yourself, you can ask someone to take a letter to the mountain to hide." "Does this child have a name?" "Not yet. But Shikamaru said that he would be his teacher. Haha, if possible, I hope he will grow up safely in the future." Kurenai touched her belly and said lovingly. Zakaki looked at the clouds on the horizon, as if he saw Asma smoking a cigarette and giggling, "Well, no matter what, there is hope after all! Forget it, I should go back." "My lord, have you had dinner here?" "Haha, I have to rush back to Shanyin. I will have a chance to go to Shanyin in the future." Zakaki had already left Konoha. He wanted to see Anko, but he didn't know that she had already gone out to do a mission. In fact, Yumi has no objection to Zakaki and Anko being together, but Zakaki knows Anko's character, and it would be harder for her to be a peaceful wife than to kill her. There is also Tsunade. In fact, Zakaki himself knows that he and she are probably destined to have no connection. Forget it, it¡¯s useless to think too much. Instead of worrying about this kind of thing now, it¡¯s better to wait until the next war to solve it once and for all! ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????¡­ After this, the Akatsuki organization will definitely come to visit, and if one mistake is made, this stagnant place of swords and swords will be completely overturned! PS: Regarding the update, I am really helpless. I have classes every day and now I have to take exams! Text Chapter 256 The Akatsuki organization invades After a lot of slobbering, I finally managed to pull back Hidan, a bull who had accepted death as his own, and it was not unavoidable that he borrowed the name of Lord Evil God. In fact, Hidan was not as resistant to Yamagakure Village as Takashi imagined. Hidan was originally from the Country of Yu, but he defected to Yugakure Village because he couldn't stand the peace-loving people of the Country of Yu. There is no one in the world who truly does not love his hometown, and unkind people are no exception. Therefore, Tsubasa finally convinced Hidan. Speaking of which, Hidan also plays a role in the Akatsuki organization. Although he often joins the charge into battle, he doesn't know anything about the Akatsuki organization's true intentions. He only knows how to make money with Kakuzu, contribute to the Akatsuki organization, and then continue to make money and continue to contribute. The top secret that Hidan knows is nothing more than the nuclear deterrence that Pain mentioned, but this kind of thing is a joke to Takaki, because Takaki knows that the future Akatsuki organization is in the hands of Fei! At least his goal is the "Moon Plan"! In a way, Hidan's arrival in Yamagakure is just an extra helper, without any intelligence value! Although this is true, some people will never believe it, and these people are the gangsters organized by Akatsuki. [com] Since Hidan was captured and Kakuzu was killed, the group of terrorists in Akatsuki's organization have been in trouble. Even Xiaonan, who never liked to express his attitude, became wary of Shanyin, let alone other people. At this time, all the members of the Akatsuki organization have arrived, and even a few powerful peripheral members%% The organization rarely holds such a formal meeting today, but no one denies the necessity of today's meeting. During this period, the Akatsuki organization lost generals one after another, with Scorpion being killed, Kakuzu being killed, and Hidan being captured. All of this was related to the reputation of the Akatsuki organization, and several people here even heard the news that Hidan was recruited. Betrayal of the Akatsuki organization will not be tolerated, not to mention that the betrayer also knows many secrets, which has threatened the Akatsuki organization! Payne looked at the group of members directly below, and then at A Fei, who was sitting next to Deidara and playing with his treasures, and thought to himself, this old guy is really good at it. Scorpion is dead, Kakuzu is dead, and even Hidan is captured. At first glance, most of his strength has been lost! snort! Let me let you know first. High-end combat power is important, but the middle and lower-level Rain ninjas are the key to dominating the world. How can you touch the Rain Hidden Village that has been run for many years? You are still of some use now, until the tailed beast is captured, then¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª "Everyone, I believe everyone knows the theme of today's meeting, so I won't talk nonsense anymore. There is only one thing we have to do now, and that is to discuss whether Shanyin Village should be destroyed, and who should do it?" Rao was a group of terrorists walking through a mountain of swords and blood, and his heart trembled when he heard Payne's words. It is true that Shan Yin is a rising big village, but a big village is a big village. How can his strength be destroyed with just a few words? Furthermore, Shangyin is a village that has even defeated the military power Kumogakure! If you didn't know the terrifying strength of the person in front of you, you would think that this person is crazy when you hear this. "Sir, it seems that you have not considered it well, right? After all, Shanyin is a big village, so taking action rashly is not in line with our original intention!" Payne looked at the person who spoke. This person was a peripheral member of the Akatsuki organization. His name was Aoyama. He was a very good shuij¨± user. I have long heard that this person is very concerned about the things explained by the organization, and it seems that this is indeed the case. Payne secretly appreciated it. It seemed that this person was very valuable to cultivate. Not bad, not bad! "Hmph! When did it come to you, a rookie, to speak here? Do you know what it means to respect your seniors?" A cold voice suddenly sounded. Everyone looked ahead and saw that it was the ghost dragon who was attacking this person. Deidara saw the ghost dragon pretending to be a big-tailed wolf, grinned, and said mockingly: "It's a meeting now, and I'm not here to celebrate your birthday, so what qualifications do you need? Besides, although it's not the boy's turn to speak, he I don¡¯t need you to teach me a lesson!¡± "Deidara, stop talking, or you may lose your head!" The ghost dragon smiled sinisterly, and the shark on its back trembled slightly. "Really? You shark face, believe it or not, I will blow you up right now and let you see what real art is!" "Hmph, then you try -" the ghost dragon whipped the shark and directly provoked Deidara. A Fei, who was afraid that the world would be in chaos, spoke up: "Senior Deidara, you seem to be unable to defeat Senior Ghost Jiao?" "A Fei, who are you talking to? It's easy for me to slap this shark in the face!" Deidara roared in embarrassment. Payne looked at the busy conference room, and felt angry. He shouted coldly: "Enough! What a look! I have decided on this matter. It will be decided by me, Xiaonan, Guijiao, Zetsu, Deidara and Fei." Form a temporary special operations team and hide with troops!" "Lord Orochimaru, do we want to get involved in this matter?" Kabuto's mirror flashed and he asked Orochimaru who was working next to him. Orochimaru looked back at Kabuto and continued busy with the work at hand, "Yamagakure is our ally." "ButDoesn't this seem to go against our plan? What's more, if those people from Akatsuki's organization are really serious, I'm afraid Shanyin won't be able to stop them! " "Kabuto, the strength of that guy Uzaki is far beyond your imagination. As far as I know, that old guy suffered a lot at the hands of Uzaki. Apart from that guy Minato, it seems like only Uzaki was injured. ?¡± "You're talking about him? Master Zakaki can definitely let him get hurt?" "Haha, so I'm afraid that Takaki is now the strongest in the ninja world. Although I don't want to go against the Akatsuki organization, as Takaki's friend and Morimi's godfather, there's no reason why I shouldn't help?" "Sir, I find that you seem to have changed a lot." "Really? Let's not talk about this anymore. How is Sasuke now? Can he close the net?" "about there!" "Haha, Sharingan, I can't wait any longer -" Orochimaru stuck out his tongue and licked his lips Zakaki looked at the information from Orochimaru and felt angry. The Akatsuki organization was really lawless. Although he knew that the Akatsuki organization had that strength, he still felt that the other party was arrogant. In his previous life, Pain destroyed Konoha. Although the entire village was destroyed, the final outcome was Pain's death. Since he, Payne, has come to provoke him, he must at least keep a few of them! "Come here, call Ichii over!" Zakaki sat on a chair and shouted loudly to the door. After a while, Ichijing arrived. Looking at Zakaki with an angry face, he was shocked and asked in a low voice: "Sir, what's the matter?" "Inform the ninjas of the Ministry of War to deploy full defenses on all key routes to Shanyin. If a member of the Akatsuki organization is discovered, report it immediately, but do not alert the enemy!" "Yes! Sir, what happened?" Ichii asked in surprise. In fact, Ichii could also guess why. Zakaki brought Hidan back. As an important member of the Akatsuki organization, Hidan must know many secrets, which will inevitably lead to revenge from the Akatsuki organization. It's just that Ichii didn't expect that the Akatsuki organization would dare to attack Shangyin openly. Today, Shangyin can be said to be a truly big village. I really don¡¯t know if it¡¯s because they are talented people and are brave, or because they don¡¯t know how to live or die? Looking at Zakaki's livid face, Ichijing knew that something was going wrong! " Kazui is very satisfied with Kazui's performance. Now Kazui is already a veritable coach, "Yes, the Akatsuki organization is here to invade! It's just a bunch of arrogant people who don't know whether to live or die!" Text Chapter 257: Secretly crossing Chencang Speaking of attacks by the Akatsuki organization, Pain's destruction of Konoha will naturally come to mind. If Pain destroys Yamagakure, I wonder if there will be another Pain attack on Konoha in the future? Of course, Oak will definitely not let Payne destroy Yamayaku. Yamayaku is different from Konoha. Konoha was destroyed because of lack of intelligence and Payne's surprise attack. But this time, Shanyin had the upper hand in some respects. After getting the news, Zakaki had already led his team to set up a dragnet on the way from the Akatsuki organization, waiting for these gangsters to get in! Back then, in the valley surrounded by mountains, Zakaki almost wiped out the entire attacking Kumo ninja army with his own strength. This battle was called a classic by the ninja world. It has been three or four years since that battle. Today, Oakwood once again led the Sannin to ambush the Akatsuki organization in the reverse forest of Yuno Country! If you could defeat Kumo Ninja back then, you can still win today! Furthermore, today is different from the past. Today's mountain ninjas can be said to be strong and powerful. Although there are only two hundred mountain ninjas, they are all at the level of jounin. Plus Kazui and others, even if they cannot destroy the Akatsuki organization, they will lose their skin! [com] Hidan was puzzled as he looked at the vigorous appearance of the Sannin behind him. It had been a few days since he came to Yamagakure. Although he knew that Yamagakure was not the Yuugakure he once was and had become a large village that did not live up to its name, the cowardice in his bones that Yugakure used to be was deeply imprinted in Hidan's heart. Therefore, Hidan always thought that the Sannin and the Tang Ninja should still be the same, but when he took a look today, he found that the current Sannin was indeed a bit interesting! "Oh my, I didn't expect that the pustules that Yu Nin had back then are completely gone! Although it's still pitifully weak, maybe this improvement is pretty good. Big brother, you are so awesome!" Hidan Yuyou said. These words did not create any big waves among the Sannin crowd. Everyone has experienced a lot in recent years, and naturally has a wide range of knowledge. Although Hidan's words were a bit hateful, he stated a fact after all. The Yu Ninja back then was too weak. If it weren't for Zakaki, this situation might have continued. Yu Ninja would always be able to pretend to be a master in front of civilians, and would always be a third-rate player in the Ninja world. Now, the Tang Ninja has become the San Ninja. As long as he walks out of the door and mentions his identity, which ninja will not be respectful? All this is the contribution of Tangying Zakaki. Hidan's words made all the mountain ninja look at Takaki with even more admiration. Hearing Hidan's murmur, Takaki's face turned serious and he said in a deep voice: "Hidan, please don't be rude! No matter what your previous status was or what the village has done to you, you are still from here. Okay. Okay, let¡¯s not talk about it anymore. You all go according to your own mission sequence. The enemy this time is not trivial. It is a big test for us mountain ninjas. Do you understand?¡± "clear!" Whoosh whoosh¡ª¡ªThe mountain ninjas in the queue immediately turned into shadows and left the place. "By the way, brother, can these people handle Pain and the others?" Hidan looked at Zakaki nervously. Although he had never seen Pain take action, he was able to control a group of gangsters with such strength. Even though he knew that Zakaki was astonishingly powerful, Hidan still felt a little guilty. It would be really embarrassing if we lost to them in the end. Seeing that Zakaki was silent, Hidan walked slowly to Ichii, patted his shoulder and said, "Four-eyes, you wear sunglasses all day long to pretend to be cool. Tell me, what are our chances of winning?" "If the Akatsuki organization were as strong as you, our chances of winning would be 100%!" Ichii turned to look at Hidan and said coldly. In fact, Ichii dislikes Hidan very much. Not only because he looks evil, but more importantly, Ichii once heard that this guy wanted to kill Yumi. He was simply lawless. If it weren't for his current attitude towards Yumi, he would be okay. Respectfully, Ichii had killed him long ago despite Zakaki's objections! "You four-eyed boy, do you really think that your uncle Hidan is easy to bully? Let me tell you, don't think that you are a big deal just because you have two eyes. Even Uchiha Itachi has to be respectful when he sees uncle Hidan? By the way, listen to me, big brother. Is it true that you also opened the Mangeky¨­ Sharingan?" Ichii rolled his eyes at Hidan and ignored him. He walked up to Zakaki and said, "Sir, will the Akatsuki organization enter our ambush?" "Yes, it will definitely happen! Arrogant people have their pride!" Zee emerged from the ground, slowly opened the pitcher plant, looked at the members of the Akatsuki organization standing around, and said: "There are nearly two hundred people ambushing the mountain ninja in front, and they are all elites." Payne was stunned for a moment, and then looked at Xiaonan. Xiaonan stretched out his palm, took the paper crane flying from a distance, and nodded to the former. "Zakaki has set up a conspiracy for us. What do you think?" Payne looked at the people around him. "What should we do? Why don't we just rush in, kill all those people, and then destroy Shanyin? How direct!" A Fei said first. Deidara looked at A Fei as if he were an idiot, "Are you stupid? Someone set a trap on you and they still preyed on you even though they knew it?" "Hmph! Deidara, are you afraid??? If you are really scared, go back as soon as possible¡ª" Kakuzu said with a grin. "Shark face, let me tell you, I am called wisdom! I am afraid that a trash like you will be caught like Hidan. What does it mean to be afraid? What a joke! Mr. Deidara has been traveling all over the country for so many years, and he still doesn't know what it is. Afraid!" "I don't know who is the trash. It seems I wasn't the one who was played with by Itachi with his bone palm, right?" "You ugly shark, what did you say?" Seeing the two of them arguing again, the eldest brother, Payne, spoke: "Stop arguing, just go and see what tricks Zakaki is playing. I still don't believe he can do anything to us people! Besides, I'll wait." We cannot lose the prestige of the Akatsuki organization!" Ah Fei glanced at Payne, his eyes under the mask showing a hint of pride. The tailed beast is almost captured, it¡¯s time to take action! Following Payne¡¯s movements, everyone else followed him and ran forward. After a while, several people arrived at the mountain ninja's ambush point. Although there was no one on the field and there were no 200 elite ninjas, the people present were all masters. Didn't they know that there were mountain ninjas ambushing from all sides? "Sir Tang Ying is also a strong man after all. Using such despicable methods is really unacceptable! You must know what I am waiting for today. Show up to meet me as soon as possible to save everyone's time!" As soon as Payne finished speaking, a person appeared on the soft ground in front of the Akatsuki organization and others. If this person wasn't Zakaki, who could he be? "Mr. Payne, although I don't know much about the strength of your organization, I have heard about it. If I come here alone, wouldn't it mean that I don't take you in my eyes?" Zakaki didn't take Payne's sarcasm to heart. Zakaki is the shadow of a village, and he is not a warrior in the world. How can he talk about the morality of the world with him? It would be great if we could really kill these people here. Of course, Zakaki knew this was impossible! "Speaking of it, this is the first time that the Akatsuki organization has touched so many people. Lord Yukage, I don't come here to provoke you. As long as you hand over Hidan to the Akatsuki organization, how about the Kakuzu incident is revealed?" Pain Naturally, he knew Zakaki's strength, and he also knew that this was someone who wanted to lose his prestige. Once he turned his back on this matter, it would be even more difficult for him to convince these people in the future. But having said that, this oak wood really needs some beating. Payne looked at the ghost dragons around him. They must have entered the mountain at this moment, right? "Stop talking nonsense! Mr. Payne, Hidan is originally from the country of Yu. I don't want to go into details about what happened back then. Don't think that you let Oni Jiao and Uchiha Itachi lead a team of people into Yamagakure. I don't know!" And the water avatar of the ghost dragon, please move away!" Zakaki had long expected Payne's secret plan, but he was just accompanying them in a show. Payne raised his eyebrows and said, "Master Tang Ying is very calculating. This seems to be your Yatu clone, right? Why didn't I feel Orochimaru? If I guessed correctly, Orochimaru and your body should have stopped them! However, you Are you really willing to use these two hundred people as cannon fodder?" ps: I drank some wine today, and when I came back, I felt dizzy while typing, and it was very painful to write. I haven¡¯t asked for recommendation votes for a long time. If you have any, please vote for me. Thank you very much! Text Chapter 258 The horns are dead! There are two groups of people facing each other at the entrance of Shanyin's village. If there are idle people here, they will definitely use this as the biggest show off capital. Without him, these people are too prominent! Close to Yamagakure are the related Tang Ninjas and Oto Ninjas headed by Yu Ying and Orochimaru, and the other group is the terrorist Akatsuki organization that everyone in the major countries wants to fight! The leader of the Akatsuki organization is the Konoha rebel ninja Uchiha Itachi, and the Kirigakure village rebel ninja Gansaki Kikyo. Behind them are a group of other ninjas. The identities of these ninjas are also mixed, but without exception, they are all Rebellious Ninja! However, the expressions of the people in the Akatsuki organization were not the usual arrogance, but surprise and confusion! The leader, Uchiha Itachi, spoke first: [com] "It seems that we have all been played by Master Tang Ying? I have long heard that Master Tang Ying is not only amazing in strength, but also in commanding ability. Now I see it, it is indeed the case! I guess that side is also in the hands of Master Tang Ying, right? ?¡± "You think too highly of me! How can you still not know the strength of your organization?" Zakaki spread his hands and smiled. Suddenly, Zakaki felt a cold murderous intent covering all directions, and when he took a closer look, it turned out that it was Orochimaru who was licking his lips and looking at Itachi with excitement on his face. Everyone knows what happened between Orochimaru and Itachi. It was nothing more than a genius with an arrogant nature who was completely defeated by another genius, so the defeated genius thought about revenge every second. Oakwood knew that people who knew the power of the Sharingan thought that only the Sharingan could defeat the Sharingan. Even the mad scientist Orochimaru was not immune to this and even gave his own life for it! Orochimaru's pupils almost popped out, and he looked at Uchiha Itachi almost crazy, "Ozaki, I'll leave the rest of the fish to you, I'll deal with Itachi!" Zakaki glanced at Orochimaru with some worry, but after seeing his immediate actions, he no longer worried, because this guy's filthy earth reincarnation has already come out! Only three bangs were heard, and three coffins emerged from the soil. Zakaki's figure flashed and walked towards Guijiao and other members of the Akatsuki organization. Zakaki no longer worried about Orochimaru. Although he knew that Orochimaru might not be Uchiha Itachi's opponent even if he had dirt, Uchiha Itachi would not kill Orochimaru at this time because he also planned to let Orochimaru become the leader. Sasuke's touchstone. But having said that, it¡¯s hard to estimate whether Orochimaru¡¯s Earth Reincarnation can defeat Uchiha Itachi. Although Orochimaru is easy to fall into Tsukuyomi, but according to Orochimaru¡¯s character, he has been fooled once, and there is no reason why he will be fooled again. If you just create an earth clone here, hide the main body somewhere else, and command the person reincarnated from the dirty earth, then Uchiha Itachi might really be in the hands of Orochimaru! Forget it, now is not the time to think about this, let¡¯s get rid of these things in front of us! Ghost Jiao, today is your day of death. If you dare to come to Shanyin to run wild, I won¡¯t be this Tang Ying if I don¡¯t keep you here! It seemed that Gui Jiao felt the murderous intention of Zakaki, so he took out Shark from behind, and said with a sinister smile: "I have long heard that Master Tang Ying is very powerful, but I haven't fought against you yet. Others say Tu Ke Shui. , I want to break this law today!¡± "The ninjutsu of you and me makes too much noise. It would be bad if it affects your subordinates. How about we go over there?" Although the ghost dragon and his ninjutsu may not necessarily affect Shanyin Village, it is not necessary. If you can avoid the trouble, you can avoid it. Furthermore, if you do it yourself here, it is easy for the ghost dragon to escape when you get the chance. Once you reach the wilderness far away¡ª¡ª "It's just as I want!" After saying that, Gui Jiao ran towards the wilderness ahead. In fact, Gui Jiao also had a plan. Although the entrance to the hidden mountain village would make Zak Mu scruple, the four mountains were very depressing no matter how they looked at them. What's more, There is no water here yet, and the necessary geographical advantage to fight against a strong man like Zakmu is fatal! Not long after, Zakaki and Gui Jiao arrived at a river. Gui Jiao didn¡¯t hesitate any longer and threw the crucian carp in his hand into the sky. He quickly formed a seal with his hands, "Water Escape - Big Explosion Water Wave!" The river water and the water spat out of the ghost dragon's mouth covered the battlefield in an instant and turned into a vast ocean! An important feature of Bastu's rebirth is visual sharing. Zakaki is also clear about the movement on Pain's side. Although multitasking is a taboo for military strategists, but for Zakaki, he can still afford this thing, let alone Payne and others have no intention of really fighting to the death! A leader must not only have strong strength, but also have excellent political ability. Ah Fei has repeatedly reduced Payne's power, how could Payne not know? Although the Akatsuki organization cannot be divided now, the necessary deterrence is indispensable. Otherwise, he, A Fei, will really evade himself step by step! The capture of the tailed beasts is coming to an end. Except for the eight-tailed and nine-tailed beasts, all the other tailed beasts are in place. Now it¡¯s time to do something. Undoubtedly, killing with a borrowed knife is the best! The ghost dragon can only be regarded as an abandoned child! At this moment, Ah Fei understood, but he was helpless. Ah Fei had always thought that everything was under his own calculation, and he had always thought that Payne was a good chess piece of his, but he did not expect that he also hadWith this method, it seemed that he had underestimated him, and his future plans were about to change. Zakaki looked at the eyes of A Fei and Payne, and his heart was shocked. It turned out that he had also been plotted by Payne! Good guy, he seems to know his plan and wants to borrow his knife! Forget it, as long as it's beneficial to you, there's nothing wrong with turning the tables. But this time Ah Fei will be unhappy. It seems that Ah Fei¡¯s calculations are unparalleled, but his political methods are far different! "Our plan has been seen through by Mr. Tangying, and it seems pointless to continue fighting. I think so, the Sannin and Akatsuki organizations each have one person, and everyone has a fight, which is an explanation of this operation, and whoever wins will be safe." Destiny." Payne raised the corner of his mouth and said slowly. Zakaki glanced at Payne thoughtfully and said with a smile: "This is a good idea, I agree!" "Okay, there is no need for Yukage-sama and I to take action. The Akatsuki organization's side is Jue, and the Sannin's side depends on Yukage-sama's wishes!" Pain glanced at Jue and said in an unquestionable tone: "Jue, do you have any opinions?" If Guijiao was treated as an outcast and A Fei had nothing to do, then this time Payne was a naked slap in the face. But what Pain wants is this effect. Aren't you causing trouble in the Akatsuki organization? Then let me tell you, these unpopular things are all false. After all, I am the boss of the Akatsuki organization, and everyone in the Akatsuki organization must listen to me! Jue and A Fei looked at each other, and the former stood up and said loudly: "I have no objection!" "Well, it's settled. Master Tangying, who is the Sannin going to fight?" Zakaki naturally knew about the affair between Payne and A Fei, but there was nothing wrong with being a good person at this time, "Okay, Ichii, you can go." A figure suddenly appeared on the top of a tree. The figure saluted the oak tree and walked slowly to the front, "Head of the Mountain Ninja War Department, Ichii!" "I've long heard that the head of the Sannin Military Department, Ichii, is Yuying's right-hand man, but I wanted to see it today!" Zetsu slowly opened the pitcher plant completely, revealing its black and white body. As soon as Jue¡¯s voice finished, the ghost dragon¡¯s clone not far away suddenly turned into a puddle of water. Everyone turned their attention to Zakaki, who spread his hands and smiled, "The corners are dead!" Text Chapter 259 The Kaleidoscope of a Well No one knows the details of the battle between Gui Jiao and Zak Mu, except those involved. The people in Shanyin who were far away had all seen a scene in the village. A hundred miles away, a cloud of water mist rose into the sky. The mist looked like a huge shark. The shark's body was covered with red bloodshot threads. It looked like It looks particularly coquettish. Just as the shark was about to wreak havoc, a loud rumbling sound was heard, and three or four hundred-meter-high pillars rose from the ground, blocking the shark's path from four directions. But the shark seemed unwilling to give up and kept swinging its body and hitting four pillars. The shark struggled to no avail, and the surrounding water mist doubled again. The shark also doubled in size. There was another loud rumbling sound, and the four pillars were finally smashed into pieces. The shark also disappeared into the water mist and disappeared into the sky. . After the shark disappeared, billowing smoke rose from the mist, and finally, everything calmed down! [com] The arrival of the Akatsuki organization caused Shanyin to seal the city gate, so the battle not far from the village entrance did not attract the attention of others like the water mist just now. But the San Nin and Oto Nin who were following Orochimaru saw an even more spectacular fight than before. The protagonists of this fight are Orochimaru and Uchiha Itachi! Three characters emerged from Orochimaru's filth, the Fourth Kazekage, Hyuga Hizashi, and an unknown ninja. Orochimaru did not participate in the fight with Uchiha Itachi, but only directed the battle from the dark. The summoned Fourth Kazekage and the unknown ninja teamed up to massacre the Akatsuki organization ninjas who followed Uchiha Itachi. Hizashi entangled Uchiha Itachi, and the two began a battle between Sharingan and Byakugan. I don't know whether Tsukuyomi was ineffective against Byakugan or Uchiha Itachi didn't take action. The two were just fighting in a basic way, and the biggest ninjutsu among them was just the powerful fire ball technique released by Itachi! After the Fourth Kazekage and the unknown ninja finished taking care of the members of the Akatsuki organization, the two of them turned around and began to siege Uchiha Itachi! Suddenly, sand, kunai, flames and various ninjutsu flew into the sky! The death of Guijiao did not affect the bet between Zakaki and Payne, and Ichijing and Zetsu also started fighting. A group of people from the Akatsuki organization stood on a tree trunk in the distance and watched coldly, but there was only Zakaki alone on the mountain ninja side, and more than 200 other elites were lying in wait, just waiting for Zakaki's order! Jue¡¯s strength has always been known for its mystery. Even Zakaki only knows about Mu Dun and his elusive detection ability, but Zakaki believes that Yi Jing¡¯s strength can completely kill them! Just when Zakaki was meditating, Jue had already released a big move, the vine entanglement technique! The vines with pink flowers grew happily around Ichijing, and in a short period of time, Ichijing was completely submerged in the vines. It seems that Yi Jing is in crisis! Ichii pulled out a long knife from his back and stared at the changes in the surrounding vines. After these vines surrounded Yijing, they did not immediately attack. However, the pink flowers on the vines continued to grow until the entire vine was covered with flowers. Suddenly, a flower fell off the vine and swayed in the surrounding space with a unique trajectory. Then the second and third flowers fell, and more and more flowers fell. After a while, the whole space was filled with flowers. With a few hissing sounds, the first flower to fall suddenly burst open as if it had been stimulated by something, and pollen drifted everywhere. The same was true for the rest of the flowers! Ichii slowly took off his sunglasses, folded them and put them into the knife bag at the back. Half of Jue's body was exposed from a big tree, with seals on his hands and a smile on his face, "It seems that Mr. Ichii has been tricked. Do you think we should avenge the ghost dragon now? Tang Ying Once you kill the ghost dragon, we will kill his right-hand man." Of course, it was Bai Jue who said this! Hei Jue seemed to be disapproving when he heard Bai Jue's wordiness, and said with disdain: "There's so much nonsense, let's kill him first and then talk!" "Oh my, you have to be more confident. No one who has been surrounded by this technique has been unharmed so far! Don't you think Ichii's body is chewy? Be careful when you explode it later, don't blow it up. Powder, otherwise it would be delicious!" Bai Jue grinned. Suddenly, his eyes bulged, he suddenly raised his two fingers and shouted loudly: "Drink¡ª¡ª" ¨D¨D The vines surrounding the well suddenly exploded, and at the same time, the flying petals and pollen also burned. In the blink of an eye, blood-red flames filled the space, and Ichii seemed to be buried in the flames before he even had time to react! Some of the mountain ninjas lurking around were already shouting Ichii¡¯s name loudly. Deidara glanced at Zetsu and crossed his arms, "I didn't expect this guy to know a little bit of art. Not bad, not bad. Unlike that guy Hidan, who believed in some evil god and ended up being captured by others? Ridiculous, everything Ah, it¡¯s good to know the art of explosion!¡± As soon as Deidara finished speaking, a figure sprang out from the jungle in the distance. Before he could reach the eyes of everyone, the shouts and curses resounded through the sky: "Deidara, you only know what's behind your back."You bad-mouthing infidel, you bastard! I want to dedicate you to the evil god! What explosion? Didn't he just kill a guy who wasn't very strong? I just don¡¯t know what to say. I think that explosion is bullshit. Look at me, Mr. Hidan, come and do this pervert who is neither human nor ghost! " "Oh, Hidan, you're not dead yet?" Deidara looked at Hidan in surprise, and a small white spider appeared in his hand at some point. Just as he was about to take action, he was blocked by Fei beside him, "Deidara, now is the battle between Zetsu and Ichii. What grudges you have with Hidan will be discussed after the fight!" Deidara seemed to be calmed down by A Fei's move. He cursed and took back the little spider. Then he looked at Ah Fei strangely and said, "Didn't that guy named Yi Jing die?" "It's not that simple, watch carefully!" A Fei's eyes shed a bright light from the hole in the mask, looking excitedly at the center of the explosion. Is this the ability of Ichii Mangekyo to bounce back all ninjutsu? ????????????????????????????????????? The bloody flames that originally surrounded Ichii suddenly disappeared, leaving only Ichii covering his right eye. With a crash, the disappearing blood-red flame suddenly appeared at the location of Jue, and the flames burst into flames. The big tree where Jue was was burned out in the blink of an eye, and then collapsed to the ground! The long knife in Yi Jing's left hand shook suddenly, and his figure flashed and appeared in an open space. He raised the long knife above his head and chopped it down with a thunderous force! The sword fell and the man rose, Yi Jing's figure flashed again and appeared next to Zakaki. But in the blink of an eye, a series of movements were as clean and neat as running water. When everyone reacted, the place where the sword was struck by a well sword appeared and the body was divided into two parts! ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?A burst of applause rang out, which brought everyone back to their thoughts. Everyone looked back and saw that it was Payne! Payne said with a smile: "Mr. Ichii's strength is really amazing. That technique just now seems to be your kaleidoscope ability, I admire you!" After Payne said that, he looked at Fei with deep meaning, but the latter was unmoved. The light still shines from the hole in the mask. The two halves of Jue that were chopped down by Yi Jing actually stood up together, and the two halves of the body slowly came together. This time, Bai Jue didn't speak anymore, but Black Jue spoke: "After so many years, there has been no such thing. People can separate us, interesting guy!" Text Chapter 260 Setting a trap for Payne The battle between Ichii and Zetsu surprised many people, and the most shocking one was Fei! Maybe others don't know the specifics of the Sharingan, but as a veteran who is familiar with the Sharingan, Fei can clearly feel the potential of the Sharingan! As we all know, different kaleidoscopes have different pupil powers and different attack and defense methods. A Fei knew the power of Zetsu's move. If the hallucination caused by falling pollen was rebounded by the Sharingan, there would be nothing surprising. But the red flame that was just generated was transferred perfectly, which is enough to make others envious! A Fei¡¯s space ninjutsu is unparalleled, and his mastery and understanding of space ninjutsu can be said to be the best in the world. The red flames just struck Yi Jing. Just when everyone thought that Zha Yi Jing would die, A Fei felt a violent spatial fluctuation! Yes, space fluctuates! Ichii used the power of the Sharingan to control the spatial transfer of the Zetsu Flame! He is familiar with space-related ninjutsu. Minato's Flying Thunder God Jutsu uses spatial coordinates, his own is to transform the body into another space or simply blur it, and Kakashi's is to blow the target into a different space. . But Yi Jing's goal is to change the position of anything in this space! This technique, Izanagi, is a technique that can connect the imaginary world and the real world. At the most critical moment, turn the world into nothingness and escape. But the price is the loss of light. Although Izanagi has endless wonderful things, it is too restrictive after all. If Ichii's ability is perfectly mastered, who in this world will still be his opponent? Ah Fei¡¯s eyes towards Yi Jing became even hotter! ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????: The fight between the two parties is coming to an end now, and it's hard to tell whether they will win or lose. The only thing that can be explained is that Zetsu was split in half by Ichii's sword, but this did not cause substantial damage to Zetsu, and Kazui also lost his combat effectiveness due to the use of Sharingan. In a way, Kazui lost. Got it! But no one dares to say that Ichijing has lost. Who knows what his other eye is capable of, and who knows if he has any other killing moves? This time Zakaki was completely tricked by Payne, and this time he was completely used as a knife by Payne! Guijiao was killed and Jue was beaten violently, and Payne also took advantage of the situation to further consolidate his prestige in the Akatsuki organization. Therefore, the biggest gain this time was Payne! Even now Zakaki is doubting whether Payne has any intention of attacking Shanyin! Zakaki calmed down and smiled at Payne: "Mr. Payne, as I said before, this battle is of little significance." "Kakuzu was killed, and Ghost Jiao was also killed. Aren't you going to give me an explanation, Master Tang Ying?" Pain had a cold face, and he had the intention of fighting over a disagreement. ¡°Perhaps a newbie in the political arena will really be scared by Payne. Although Zakmu¡¯s political methods are not clever, he has experienced big storms and has never seen anything. Payne's methods seemed extremely clumsy in front of the Third Hokage and the Daimyo of Yu no Kuni! "It's a joke. Although your organization is very powerful, it is still an organization. We, a big village hidden in the mountains, are going to kill all the enemies who come to attack us. What else do we have to explain to you? Could it be that Mr. Payne thinks that we are afraid of you, or that your organization thinks that we are afraid of you?" Can you level the mountain?" "How brave, how dare you speak to Payne like this!" Xiaonan, whose face was already as cold as ice, was afraid that it would freeze. Zakaki frowned, threw the hat with the word "Soup" printed on it on the ground, and said coldly: "In this case, let's have a fight. When did the two leaders talk and it was a woman's turn? Pointing fingers from the side? I have to re-evaluate the strength of your organization!" "You¡ª¡ª" Xiaonan spun a paper shuriken in her hand, her fair cheeks turned red with anger. When had an angel from the Land of Rain ever been insulted like this? Payne stretched out his hand to stop Xiaonan who was about to take action, "Xiaonan, please don't be rude! Lord Tang Ying, I will wait for Xiaonan to apologize to you." "It doesn't matter, it's just a child." Zakaki said with a wave of his hand. In terms of age, Xiaonan is indeed older than Zakaki, but in terms of qualifications, Xiaonan is Zakaki's junior. Oakwood is as famous as the Sannin, and Jiraiya is the teacher of Konan and Pain. Although this "child" sounds ridiculous, he actually deserves it. Zakaki ignored Xiaonan's increasingly red face and continued: "Although there are some criminals in your organization, this does not affect your status in my heart. I am extremely sorry for what happened to Kakuzu and Kijiao, but on behalf of Shan Yin, formally recognize the legal status of your organization! Including in the Kingdom of Rain!" It is said that one stone stirs up a thousand waves. After Zakaki said this, everyone present widened their eyes, and Payne's fingers even trembled slightly! Even Ah Fei, who was wearing a mask, showed shock from his holes! What is Payne's claim? That is to use strong force to carry out nuclear deterrence. The premise is to use war to obtain an identity. If he had a legal status, wouldn't his plan be a big step ahead? As for Ah Fei, what shocked him was that everything was out of his control, and things tended to develop to the other extreme!   In fact, Zakaki has long thought about this idea. Although he agrees that the Akatsuki organization will be labeled as a collusion, Zakaki doesn¡¯t care. Whether a country or a village wants to gain something or throw away something is not a matter of fact. , but powerful force! Now the whole world knows how powerful Yamagakure is. The combination of Zakaki and Orochimaru can't be said to be invincible, but it is much stronger than the old Konoha! What will happen if we win the Kingdom of Water again? Even if a war breaks out between the Akatsuki organization and the entire ninja world, it will not affect Shangakure's future! The look Payne looked at Zakaki was extremely friendly at the moment. If anyone else said this, Payne would just bark like a rabid dog, but Zakmu was different. Who is Zakaki? Kame Sennin is now recognized by various countries as the number one person in the ninja world. A person's ability is measured not only by his strength, but also by his various abilities. Zakaki has undoubtedly convinced everyone. Shanyin has developed to such an extent in just a few years, and its foundation may be insufficient, but its strong military strength is enough to make up for the shortcomings. There is no need to doubt what a person of this level says. Once he says it, he will definitely admit it! Therefore, Payne has gained a lot from Shanyin and his party this time! Payne believes that as long as he uses some more methods, he will be able to win the recognition of other small countries, and then everyone will follow his words! "If this is really the case, then on behalf of the Akatsuki organization, I would like to thank Mr. Tang Ying!" Zakaki smiled knowingly, "Tomorrow I will officially announce this matter in the country of Yu. Mr. Payne, I hope your organization can do something good. If your organization does not attack Shanyin at will like now, we will The mountain ninja will not do anything casually!" "Hahaha, good! I have long heard that Mr. Tang Ying has a unique political vision, and it is true!" Payne was happy in his heart, but he didn't know that he had been pushed into an abyss by Zakmu. If he didn't do it well, he would fall to pieces. There is another big boss in the Akatsuki organization. Will he let someone who ruined his plans lead the Akatsuki organization? Once Pain died, Oakwood had a new reason to attack the Akatsuki organization! All in all, Zakaki is setting a trap for Payne! ; Text Chapter 261 Four-Eyed Boy, Seeking Death Payne and his party still left Shanyin, but the ghost dragon was buried underground forever. In fact, in the eyes of outsiders, the Akatsuki organization's attack on Shangyin was just a bunch of arrogance, and if a group of Shanyin's elites hadn't witnessed the amazing battle between Kazui and Kazui, they might have thought so. But being able to force Yi Jing to that point and make Tang Ying compromise is enough to show their strength! But those who are familiar with the matter know that this operation of the Akatsuki organization can be described as thunderous but not rainy, and even a bit anticlimactic. Of course, these are not important. What is important is the information that Zakaki knows! Jiraiya is going to explore the Hidden Rain Village, which means that Jiraiya will die! Now, Zakaki has not worried about this matter, because this is the news that Zakaki got accidentally, and Jiraiya is still in the Bear Country at this time, so there is still some buffering time for this matter. What Zakaki has to do now is to appease people's hearts! There are many rich people in Tang Country. Although the name has been completely controlled by Zakaki, taking over the entire court does not mean that Zakaki can cover the sky with one hand! Even Yamagakure's financial assistance is subject to many restrictions. You must know that the expenses of a national ninja group cannot be self-sufficient just by relying on ninjas to perform tasks. Those rich people, princes, etc. are the main providers of the ninja economy. Although the Akatsuki organization's invasion did not damage Yamagakure or Yuno Country, this does not mean that their interests will not be harmed in the future. Insufficiency of people's hearts is a very common phenomenon. I think back when there was no Tang Ying in the country of Tang, those rich people were just a group of nouveau riche in the eyes of other countries, and even their wealth was precarious. But since the oak trees were built in Shanyin, these people The increase in status can be said to be immediate, and they also have the intention of being dissatisfied with the snake to swallow the elephant, and even now they are vaguely restricting Zakaki's rights through economic means! Although it hurts Zakmu, Zakmu has to do it, or send you to do it! Zakaki brought a large group of people back to Shanyin. At this moment, Orochimaru, Kabuto and a group of sound ninja were already waiting at Shanyin. For Orochimaru's help again and again, all Zakaki could do was thank him. Whether it was the attack by the Akatsuki organization or the Kumo ninja, or even the establishment and development of Yamagakure, without the help of Orochimaru, everything would not be so smooth, or even reach this point! Even the relationship between Orochimaru and Mori Mei, so Zakaki must save him and not let Orochimaru die! Even now, Orochimaru's status in Zakaki's heart is better than that of Jiraiya! Zakaki and Orochimaru were sitting in the office drinking tea together, discussing the operation organized by Akatsuki. "How did you feel about the battle with Uchiha Itachi?" Zakaki asked with a smile as he took a sip of tea. There was a killing intent in Orochimaru's eyes, he put the tea cup in his hand on the table, and said fiercely: "What else can we do? That guy seemed to have known our plan for a long time. After fighting for a long time, I realized that the guy was using a clone. . On the contrary, it¡¯s time for that old bastard to worry about my filthy reincarnation!¡± The old guy Orochimaru was talking about must be Fei. In fact, what Zakaki is most curious about now is Fei's identity. In his previous life, Zakaki saw many people on the forum saying that Orochimaru, Kabuto and Danzo knew Fei's identity. , Now that we have reached this time, knowing A Fei's identity will be of great benefit to dealing with him in the future. "Is the old bastard you're talking about Ah Fei?" "Yes!" Orochimaru glanced at Zakaki thoughtfully, and continued: "Are you very interested in his identity?" "Who is A Fei?" Zakaki was not as calm as usual, and looked at Orochimaru with some hope. "Back then, he told Danzo and I that he was Uchiha Madara. Naturally, Danzo and I wouldn't believe it if he lied to children. It's certain that he is not Uchiha Madara, but he does know a lot about Uchiha Madara. Even Payne is related to Uchiha Madara! In fact, we don¡¯t know who he is. Who is a person who knows all about Konoha¡¯s history?¡± Orochimaru held the tea cup and narrowed his pupils. Look into the distance. Zakaki smiled knowingly, "No matter who he is, no matter what conspiracy he has, as the saying goes, soldiers will stop him, and water will cover him, but with the strength of the two of us, we are still afraid of him!" Orochimaru stood up from his position and laughed: "Ozaki, you are really a bit of a hero. I like to hear this. Although I just want to study my own experiments, I really want to take over the world for fun. nice!" Zakaki shrugged and smiled, and Uchiha Sasuke suddenly flashed in his mind. With worry, he said: "I'm afraid that Uchiha Sasuke is difficult to deal with. Although he is just a kid, I always feel that something will happen. You have to be careful. some!" When Orochimaru heard Zakaki mentioning Sasuke, a sinister smile flashed across his lips, "Don't worry, prey can never escape the hunter's grasp!" "Yes, but a careless prey will hurt the hunter!" Orochimaru nodded, he knew the character of Zakaki, sinceMu mentioned Sasuke several times, which is enough to show that Sasuke cannot be ignored. It seems that the plan for Sasuke will be carried out in advance! Komori Mei was wandering around in the hidden mountains, still holding the gift given to her by her godfather Orochimaru. Sammi was about to go home and show off to her mother when she suddenly felt a chill! Sammy turned her little head, patted her chest and peeked quietly. A very familiar uncle with glasses was looking at her with a smile. Sam Mei frowned, walked slowly to the uncle, and said with a smile: "Uncle, have I seen you before?" "Yes, I am a subordinate of Lord Orochimaru. My name is Kabuto Yakushi." "Oh, do you have anything to do with me?" Mori Mei asked curiously. "Do you want to go out and play with me?" Kabuto said with a sweet smile and charm. Sammi was just about to agree when she suddenly heard a shout: "Four-eyed boy, what are you doing? The girl who bullied my elder brother is bullying me, Hidan. Four-eyed boy, are you looking for death?" ; Text Chapter 262: Take Chongwu with you Hidan held the scythe and looked at Yakushi Kabuto with disdain. I have heard of Kabuto Yakushi. His medical ninjutsu is pretty good and his strength is decent. However, Hidan, who has a higher eye than his head, doesn¡¯t take him seriously. In Hidan¡¯s eyes, Kabuto Yakushi is just a big deal. You can kill him with just a flick of your fingers. Of course, this was Hidan's own idea! This time Akatsuki organized an attack on Yamagakure, and Oto-nin came to help. If it were an ordinary Sannin, he would be respectful and respectful to Kabuto. After all, Otogakure has been kind to Yamagakure several times, so no Sannin would feel that way. Something is wrong. What is in front of me is Hidan. Who is Hidan? There is a sea of ??fire under the mountain of hobs. What kind of formations have I never seen before? What kind of person have I never seen before? Kabuto Yakushi just cast a vague illusion on Mori Mei. Although Hidan has never been very scheming, it doesn't mean that he has no knowledge! While everyone is letting their guard down, capture the people important to Zakaki, and then wait for the opportunity to do something! Hidan protected Sammi behind him and said fiercely: "Kid, tell you, if it weren't for my brother's sake, I wouldn't bother to care about you! Don't run around for a while, hide behind me, do you understand? I don't think that Hidan-san Actually want to protect others¡ª¡ª" Sammi tilted her head and looked at Hidan with confusion, "Aren't you the fierce uncle who followed dad? Also, what are you doing, are you going to fight?" Kabuto Yakushi looked at Hidan and shrugged, "Hidan, I don't mean any harm. I just want to say hello to the little princess. There's no need to be so nervous!" Hidan put the scythe on his shoulder and looked at Kabuto with increasing disdain: "Of course you don't have any ill intentions now, but just now you had evil intentions. Don't make any excuses, Hidan-san doesn't want to listen to your nonsense, so just surrender. , please save me, Master Hidan, for letting you taste what pain is!" Kabuto looked at Hidan, pushed up his glasses on the bridge of his nose, turned his body, and walked slowly with his back to Hidan. Perhaps Hidan sensed the slight, he shouted loudly, yanked the chain under the scythe, held the handle of the scythe with one hand, spun it around in the air a few times, and shouted loudly: "Trash, do you really want to escape that much? ?¡± ???????????????????? Hidan¡¯s scythe whizzed towards Kabuto¡¯s back, and the next moment, the scythe was about to pass through Kabuto¡¯s abdomen. But Kabuto seemed to be on guard, his body flashed slightly, and a kunai appeared in his hand at some point. With a few clanging sounds, he knocked back Hidan's scythe. Kabuto jumped up, his feet lifted off the ground, and his left hand flashed, obviously the chakra knife was ready! Seeing that his attack failed, Hidan swung his scythe and rushed towards Kabuto. Kabuto also seemed to be annoyed by Hidan's entanglement. A cold light flashed on his lenses, and the chakra in his right hand flowed towards Hidan. At this moment, a figure suddenly appeared between the two of them, holding Hidan's scythe in his left hand, and grabbing Kabuto's hand in his right hand, strangling the attacks of the two. The figure suddenly exerted force, and the two of them rushed in the opposite direction. "This is Yamagakure, Mr. Kabuto is a distinguished guest, so I can't punish you. But Hidan, as a member of Yamagakure, you should follow the rules of Yamagakure! Don't you know that free fighting is not allowed in Yamagakure? ?¡± Kabuto looked at the person who appeared in front of him in surprise. Then he thought about his identity and felt relieved, "Ichii-sama, it's my fault. Maybe Hidan misunderstood?" Hidan turned his head, looked at Ichii angrily and yelled: "Four-eyed boy, what are you doing? Wear sunglasses all day long pretending to be cool. Don't think you are Big Brother's assistant. I don't dare to kill you! Also, this The four-eyed boy wanted to capture the eldest brother¡¯s daughter, but I saved her!¡± "Uncle Evil, you seem to be no match for Uncle Ichii?" Samimi showed two small teeth and looked at Hidan as if you were bragging. "What, not his opponent? You are a child and you don't understand!¡ª¡ª" "Sir, Kabuto really has bad intentions. Although it is not appropriate to attack him now, it is necessary to give him a beating!" Ichii said with an angry look on his face as he sat opposite Zakaki. Zakaki smiled softly, "As expected, now is not the time to take action against him. Oto Ninja has been very kind to us several times, and if we really do something about Kabuto now, it will inevitably affect the exchanges between the two villages. Besides, It depends on the owner when it comes to beating a dog! That guy Kabuto has a big effect on Orochimaru." "It's okay. If he really made a move on Sammi today, he would be a dead man now!" After Zakaki said that, he released his evil aura without any scruples. Sammi is one of the few people he cares about most. , that was Zakaki's reverse scale. If everything wasn't under control, Zakaki would have killed Kabuto long ago. Even so, the anger in Zakaki's heart still couldn't be suppressed and came out. Even a person like Yi Jing can't help but speculate! Bang - the door was opened, to be precise, it was kicked open! A little girl with braids walked in from the outside. The little girl looked at Zakmu angrily, as if she wanted to eat him. Who is this little girl if she isn't Sammy?   "Dad, you don't keep your words. Didn't you say you won't follow me? Why did I feel your breath just now? Big liar!" Ichii smiled at Zakaki, patted Sami's little head, then stood up and went out. Zakaki picked up Sammi, rubbed Sammi's head with his face, and laughed loudly: "Is my daughter angry? Haha, I can find your father. It seems that you can still inherit your mother's abilities. Quite a few!¡± Sammi pouted, "That's natural, no matter who's daughter I am! Haha, dad, Brother Chongwu's moves are so powerful, can you teach me?" Zakaki gently pinched Sammi's little nose and laughed loudly: "Little girl, you can't learn that. It's been a long time since I checked your brother Zhongwu's homework. Tell him and your mother, Today I am having dinner at home with your Uncle Yijing and Uncle Chi!" "Dad is changing the subject again, I want to learn that trick!" "I told you, you can't learn. How about when you grow up, dad will teach you?" Zakaki hugged Sammi and walked towards his home. Zakaki let Mori Mei go back alone, while he came to the place where Zhonggo practiced. Zakaki still knows something about Chonggo's power. Chonggo's difficulty in controlling the killing intent in his body stems from his inability to control the huge natural force. This natural force is the foundation for achieving the immortal mode. Even in the use of Ten Thousand Peaks Bloom, the natural energy is much higher than ordinary chakra, which gives Zhongwu an excellent talent for learning Ten Thousand Peaks Bloom! If Zakmu had not signed a contract with the earth, even if he created Ten Thousand Peaks Blooming, he would not be the one suitable to use this technique! "Zhongwu's training techniques are too ostentatious, so usually Zhongwu will stay far away from Shanyin during training. Shanyin Village is surrounded by a forest. Originally, most of the oak trees were destroyed when the village was built, but there are still large areas separated by four mountains. The place where Zhongwu practiced was the junction of the woods and the mountains. ??Probably he had already sensed Zakaki. Before Zakaki could approach Zhongwu, he heard his voice: "Teacher, why are you here?" Looking at Chonggo's strong body and the smile on his face, Zakaki couldn't help but think of himself back then. Zakaki patted his shoulder and said with a smile: "Suddenly I realized that I haven't checked your homework for a long time. Today Let¡¯s see, haha, am I very incompetent as a teacher?¡± After hearing this, Jonggo hurriedly waved his hand, "What did you say, teacher? Teacher taught me Ninjutsu, and my master-mother treated me like a son. Jonggo is extremely lucky to have the care of both of you in this life! Teacher has many things to do every day, although he rarely teaches Jonggo , but I understand what the teacher means!" "Haha, okay! This time the teacher will take you out to see what a real master is. After you see the abilities of those guys, the teacher can trust your wife and Sami to you!" Zakaki He patted Jugo on the shoulder again. Zakaki planned to take Jugo with him when rescuing Jiraiya this time. Now that Jugo is able to stand alone, all he needs is an opportunity! "Well, I listen to the teacher! Now, what should we do?" "Go back, your wife has prepared a lot of delicious food today! Both Yi Jing and that guy Chi are here today!" ; Text Chapter 263 They are coming Zakaki and Jugo rushed towards Yuyin Village together. Fundamentally speaking, coming to Yuyin Village this time was not in the interest of Shangyin at all. From Yukage's point of view, this is an unreasonable decision. Whether Pain kills Jiraiya or Jiraiya kills Pain due to the butterfly effect, this is good for Yamagakure! If Oakwood suddenly intervenes, will this cause a strong rebound from Payne? After all, the Akatsuki organization does not allow anyone to ruin their good deeds over and over again! But some things must be done! Jiraiya is a friend of Takaki. We may have different positions and have various conflicting views, but this does not affect the personal relationship between the two. Maybe Jiraiya seems a little stupid to Tokaki, but no matter the Tokki in his previous life or the current one, he admires Jiraiya very much. He is uninhibited and unrestrained, willing to give up his own life for his own goals. No one will doubt that Jiraiya is a hero! Nowadays, Zakaki should be regarded as a mature politician. Whether internally or externally, Zakaki is extremely skillful in his methods and can always strive for the greatest benefit for Shanyin. No matter what the oak tree is like, there are some things that the oak tree cannot lose. That is the foundation of establishing a human being! If Oakwood gives up even this, then Oakwood will no longer be Oakwood! Jugo has always been half a body behind Takaki. Since Kimimaro's peaceful death three years ago, the most important thing in his heart has been Takaki's family. Jugo respects Zakaki from the bottom of his heart and respects this legendary man in the ninja world. In fact, sometimes Juugo felt like he was in a dream. Being called a monster, he never thought that he would have a good ending. When Orochimaru said there was a way to control his rampage, even if he knew that the person in front of him had evil intentions, But I still don't hesitate, because I just want to live a normal life and be a person who is not disliked! In the end, all this came true. He was accepted as a disciple by the legendary Kame Sennin in the ninja world, and was given the ninjutsu that he was proud of. He not only gave him the method to control his rampage, but also gave him a family. If it weren't for the muscular figure still running in front of him, Chonggo would really feel like he was in a dream! "Haha, Jugo, are you a little nervous? That's right. Although you also participated in the last ninja war, your opponent this time is very powerful!" Zakaki said with a smile. After hearing this, Zhongwu quickly waved his hand and said, "Teacher, it's not like that. I just remembered those things in the past. I feel like I am dreaming." "Hey - I couldn't save Kimimaro back then, which is a big knot in my heart. I wanted to go find Tsunade, but who knew that Kimimaro's illness suddenly broke out!" Jugo shook his head hurriedly: "No, no, no, it's not your fault, teacher. Although Kimimaro went, he went there happily. I know that teacher worked hard for Kimimaro, so teacher, please don't say that. , otherwise Kimimaro Izumi will definitely blame himself!" Zakaki stopped and patted Aizhonggo on the shoulder, and said with a smile: "Teacher, there are two things that he is most proud of in his life. One is that he formed a family with Yumi and Mori, and the other is that he created 'Wanfeng' "Blooming," the little girl Senmei has grown up in the blink of an eye, and "Wanfeng Blooming" also has a successor. The teacher has no regrets in this life!" "Aren't you proud that Teacher created a great ninja village? I think you are even comparable to the first Hokage Senju Hashira!" Jugo was puzzled in his heart. A large part of the reason why Teacher is called the best in the ninja world is One person built a big village, but in the teacher's mind, this thing, which is comparable to the first Hokage's establishment of Konoha, was not ranked in his heart! "Hahaha, Jugo, that's just an add-on product. Of course I can't compare to the first Hokage!" "No, no, whether it's Yamagakure or personal strength, I think you are even more powerful than the First Hokage. He just relied on the blood of the Sage of Six Paths, but you got to this point on your own! Others! Maybe they know the greatness of Ten Thousand Peaks Blooming, but they definitely don¡¯t know that the person who created this technique is greater!¡± Zhongwu said with some excitement, clenching his fists. Zakaki heard Jugo's words and did not refute. No one doesn't like to hear good words, let alone being compared with one of the greatest people in the Naruto world. "Let's not talk about this anymore. We have to rush to Yuyin Village as soon as possible. This time I It¡¯s two days early, there¡¯s no reason to miss it again, right?¡± "is teacher!" In Yuyin Village, the interlocking houses look even more ferocious in the absence of rain. The houses equipped with lightning rods are like sharp swords piercing the air. The dark alleys are eerily calm. Normally, at this time, every house should have been there. The lights were on, but today, not even a candle flickered in the window. Everything indicates that something will happen today! On a certain street, a loud rumble suddenly broke the eerie calm, and then a stream of fire lit up most of the street. More than a dozen earth-green giant hunting dogsThe dog bared its teeth, drooled, and stuck to several buildings with its claws and teeth. The hounds seemed to be irritated by something, roaring and rushing towards the bottom of the building. Bang bang bang, the hounds seemed to be beaten back by something, and some were even cut in half. But instead of disappearing, the chopped hounds actually split into two and turned into more hounds! A strange bird with sharp claws and a huge mouth flew out of the sky under the pressure of dark clouds. The strange bird flapped its wings and made a strange sound, like an eagle, and rushed towards the direction where the hound had just attacked. Just after the attack by the strange bird and hounds, a huge toad rose into the sky with a shield and a spear. The shield struck the strange bird's back, and the spear chopped off several hounds again. The toad is the Toad Key summoned by Jiraiya, while the hounds and strange birds are alien creatures summoned by Pain. Apparently, Jiraiya and Pain have started fighting! The boundary of Yuyin Village is a pier. The sea water is turbulent at the pier, and weird buildings stand on the seaside, so that there is not even a beach. If someone were patrolling here, they would definitely find something unusual, because two men wearing black cloaks were standing on the sea, looking at the location of the explosion in the center of Yuyin Village from a distance. These two people are Uzaki and Jugo who came to rescue Jiraiya! "Zhongwu looked at the smoke rising in Yuyin Village, but the teacher beside him remained motionless. On the way, Zhongwu knew the purpose of his teacher's visit, but seeing his expression, Zhongwu couldn't help but feel a little anxious. Seeing a sea of ??fire rising again, Zhongwu could no longer hold back, "Teacher, why don't we take action?" "Don't worry, I know Jiraiya's strength very well. They will definitely be here soon. After all, the safe transfer of intelligence is very guaranteed at sea!" As soon as Zakaki finished speaking, he saw that the Sage mode was broken. With one arm in his arms, Jiraiya arrived at the beach in embarrassment. "Teacher, they are here!" PS: There will be another chapter soon. ; Text Chapter 264: The head is funny The sun came out at some point in the sky. The northeastern part of the pier had been fought several times and many places were in dilapidated condition. Some water pipes had even burst, with bursts of water gushing out. There is a big dark hole in the wall of the pier. The big hole was obviously caused by someone's blow. Although the cracks in the wall around the hole look scary, the cold air coming out of the black hole is even more penetrating! There is a strange man standing on the sea. The strange man has a broken arm and there are drops of blood flowing from the wound. But this is not attractive. What attracts people's attention is the two toads standing on the shoulders of the strange man. The faces of the toads are very rich. , or rather surprised. Hurrah¡ª¡ªseveral figures suddenly appeared in the black hole just now. If you look closely, you can see six people. They are wearing the same Akatsuki organization uniforms and have the same eyes. Except for the tall man with a bald head, the others all have brown hair. . The six people stood on the high platform, looking down at the injured Jiraiya below, as if they were looking at a dead person. "Who are you?" Jiraiya on the sea looked angrily at Tiandao, who he first recognized as Miyan, and roared loudly. The six figures listened to Jiraiya's words, all with arrogance on their faces, and then they all said together: "The six of us will become Pain!" After saying that, no one in front of Tiandao had already rushed towards Jiraiya. "Asshole, you must be Miyan." Jiraiya seemed to have known about Payne's attack for a long time. He did not know when he got under the water, emerged from under Tiandao's feet, and attacked with a heavy punch with one arm. Is the way of heaven so easy to deal with? Tiandao grabbed Jiraiya's arm, exerted force suddenly, and threw it to the far wall, while everyone else attacked again. The missile in Shura Dao's hand appeared beside Jiraiya with black smoke! Jiraiya¡¯s name as Sannin is not for nothing. Although he fell into passive position again, he repelled Pain¡¯s attack again and disappeared into the sea. Just when Pain and Jiraiya were preparing for the final duel, an accident happened! The seawater not far away seemed to be stimulated by something, and it fell to both sides row by row. The originally calm sea surface was rippled, and even standing Payne was shaken from side to side by the dustpan. A wave of waves passed by, and even the black hole that had just been struck was filled with sea water. All the surrounding buildings were soaked by the waves, like a rising tide! Jiraiya at the bottom of the water was also tortured. He who was originally lurking below was beaten up and down like a duckweed by the sudden waves. Jiraiya opened his eyes in the waves and realized that the sea water was constantly churning up and down, like an earthquake under the sea! earthquake? Jiraiya suddenly remembered a person, that person's ultimate move Ten Thousand Peaks Bloom! The two immortals Fukasaku and Shima on Jiraiya's shoulders spoke at the same time: "Little Jiraiya, there was a natural energy fluctuation just now, and it was very wide!" "Is natural energy the ability of the Samsara Eye? No, during the battle with Payne just now, he didn't know about natural energy at all. Boss and sister, please feel carefully, where is the source of this energy?" Fukasaku and Shima nodded, then closed their eyes together. Finally, Shima Sennin said: "Little Jiraiya, I felt it, it was from the bottom of the sea! This natural energy came out from the bottom of the sea¡ª¡ª" ???????????????????????????????????????????????????:?? Mountains made of earth pillars rose from the bottom of the sea, and the rolled up seawater rushed out from the bottom of the sea together with Jiraiya! When Jiraiya came to the sea, he found a mountain peak rising on the vast sea. Although the mountain was not high, some people were just shocked when they thought that it rose from the bottom of the sea. When Jiraiya and Pain fully reacted, two people appeared on the top of the mountain. Both of them were wearing hats and cloaks, but the muscular figure among them had familiar chakra. Pain and Jiraiya were just the same. We know who is coming! One of them took off his bamboo hat, revealed his resolute face, glanced at Pain's Six Paths, then looked at Jiraiya, smiled and said, "Mr. Pain, it's not a good idea to do this to your teacher! " "Oakashi!!" Jiraiya stared, his face full of disbelief. Although he knew it was Zakaki from the chakra he sensed, he was still surprised when he saw the familiar face in front of him. Could it be that Zakaki, like himself, came to investigate the base of the Akatsuki organization? Jiraiya immediately shook his head, how could it be possible? There is now a rumor in the ninja world that the Akatsuki organization has gained Yamagakure's friendship. Although it may be a rumor, according to the reports of Konoha's spies in Yamagakure, this news is definitely not groundless. A few days ago, the Akatsuki organization was still with Shan Yin has dealt with it. In this case, there is no reason for Zakaki to come here at this moment! Could it be to save himself? Payne¡¯s words interrupted Jiraiya¡¯s thoughts, but they made Jiraiya know more! "Master Tang Ying is hereDid I have a friendly visit to Yuyin Village? After our last farewell, only half a month later, Mr. Tang Ying came to visit. It seems that my hospitality is not very good! " After hearing what Payne said, Zakaki laughed and said: "Hahaha, Mr. Payne is really humorous. This visit is really for friendly exchanges. Of course, it is necessary to take a friend with you!" "Friend, are you talking about Mr. Jiraiya? That's not possible. Mr. Jiraiya knows a lot of things. If I let him leave, there may not be any trouble. Besides, Mr. Jiraiya himself doesn't want to leave. Ah! Isn¡¯t it, Jiraiya-sensei?¡± "Miyan, I won't leave. I have to understand and make a choice here. This is my responsibility!" Jiraiya yelled at Tiandao in a loud voice. Zakaki looked at Jiraiya. Although he had some admiration, he still cursed a few times in his heart. Isn't this a typical scolding? If you can't beat me, but you still fight here, are you thinking too much? ; Text Chapter 265 Orochimaru cannot die Oakwood's sudden arrival not only surprised Jiraiya, but even Pain couldn't help but feel his heart spinning. If you think about it carefully, the several actions of Tsubasagi that disrupted the Akatsuki organization seemed to have been predicted in advance. This time, Jiraiya suddenly entered the Hidden Rain Village and even he didn't know that he, Tsubasagi, was able to stop him without even knowing it. Kill Jiraiya! Could it be that there is a traitor from Yamagakure in Amegakure Village, and this traitor is also a core member of the Akatsuki organization, otherwise it would be impossible for him to know so many things! Payne looked at the confident look of Zakaki on the mountain above the sea, and then thought about the possibility that there might be a traitor in the Akatsuki organization, and couldn't help but feel a little angry. In fact, he didn't take any advantage in every confrontation with Zakaki. Zakaki seemed to know many things very clearly, such as the battle in the Land of Rain more than ten years ago. Although Zakaki was not very old at that time, , but he has already created a huge reputation in the ninja world. He even knows the ability of the Samsara Eye, and he can know the intervals between Shinra Tianzheng. At that time, he thought that he relied on his amazing tactical skills, but after a series of messy things , Payne found that things were far from being as simple as imagined! It wasn't until today that Payne realized that there might be a traitor in the Akatsuki organization! "Sir Tang Ying always seems to be in a hurry. He can get the information from the Akatsuki organization. Shan Yin's intelligence system is really powerful!" Zakaki looked at the large number of rain ninjas coming from a distance, and then looked at Jiraiya who was bleeding profusely. He was too lazy to argue with Pain anymore, and simply said: "Akira, don't tell secrets. The purpose of my visit this time is very important." Simple, take Jiraiya away. If Mr. Pain feels that there is a need for exchanges between the two countries, I would mind Mr. Pain's invitation to go and visit." "Oakwood! Have you fallen to this point? Do you want to communicate with such terrorists who everyone shouts about? Do you know who they are? Do you know that they will destroy the world? !!" Listening to the conversation between Zakaki and Pain, Jiraiya couldn't bear it anymore and roared loudly at his former friend. Zakaki didn't have time to take care of Jiraiya, and winked at Jugo behind him. The latter nodded, quickly formed seals with his hands, and shouted loudly: "Suck!" The original sea surface turned into a reef area under the thrust of Jugo's mountain peaks. As Jugo moved, the rocks suddenly rose up and turned into several small peaks surrounding Jiraiya. Perhaps Jugo moved too fast, or Jiraiya was injured and had no time to react. Several small peaks quickly enveloped Jiraiya, and together with Shima and Fukasaku Sennin, they disappeared on the sea! Tiandao looked at Zhongwu¡¯s movements and clenched his fist under Huoyun¡¯s robe. In fact, both he and Jiraiya were careless! The appearance of the oak tree attracted everyone's attention, and the mountain that just emerged from the sea was naturally his ten thousand peaks blooming. Pain and Jiraiya were hostile, but they knew that Takashi would definitely take action, so the two of them paid attention to Takashi's movements all the time, but they never expected that this mountain peak turned out to be Jugo's masterpiece, and the blow just now would It¡¯s little Jugo who will do it! In this way, the peerless masters Jiraiya and Pain were played by Zakaki and Jugo at the same time. "Sir Tang Ying is so scheming that he took Teacher Jiraiya away without knowing it. Doesn't this seem very rude to me, the master?" Payne said under pressure, word by word. Zakaki said nothing, just nodded, then shrugged and smiled. Jugo, who was behind Zakaki, frowned and whispered: "Teacher, it seems that Pain is going to take action?¡ª¡ª" Before Chongwu could finish speaking, the mountain peak beneath his feet suddenly trembled, shaking together with the surrounding sea water. Jugo looked at the six Penns standing in the stands, and then realized that the one with the ponytail was missing! But the rest of the people did not take action and just watched indifferently. The shaking became more and more intense, and even the rocks under my feet began to fall off, falling into the sea with a crackle. Feeling that the energy of the earth veins was gradually disconnected from the mountain peak, Zhongwu was shocked and quickly formed a seal to prepare for a counterattack! At this moment, Zakaki stretched out his hand to stop Chonggo from making the seal, "Don't worry, there are a few little shrimps down there, someone will solve it!" ????????????A loud noise came from the bottom of the water, and then three corpses floated to the surface. Upon closer inspection, they turned out to be three whales. The three floating whale corpses all had the same eyes as the five people in the stands! Boom - The mountain peak that Zhongwu had just raised finally collapsed. The waves hit by the collapsed rocks were stacked three stories high. The roaring waves rushed down from left to right. A brown-red turtle shell with a size of more than ten square meters emerged from the center of the waves. It floated up, and then a rough and unusual voice was heard over the waves, as if it wanted to shatter other people's eardrums: "Boss, are you too unreasonable? You have not allowed me to come out and show off your skills for such a long time, and then you get me such a thing when you come out. I am so disappointed!" Phew¡ªthe turtle shell completely floated to the surface. A grinning red-brown turtle seemed to have grabbed something in its hand, but there was obviously nothing. The turtle raised its hand that seemed to be holding something and moved toward the opposite side. Throw it hard against the huge shore wall. BoomThere was a sound, and cracks immediately appeared on the wall after being hit. There was another bang, a burst of smoke appeared, and a man wearing a fire cloud robe slowly fell on the wall. That man was the ponytail that had just disappeared! Who is this turtle if it¡¯s not Bobby? Zakaki and Zhonggo stood on the water together, looking at Oogway's arrogant expression. Zakaki shook his head and said with a smile: "Bobby, your opponent today must be weak. Be careful. If you hang here, how can I tell your old man?" explain?" Bobby turned to look at Zakaki, "Hahaha, boss, are you too funny? Just the few small fish and reptiles that guy summoned just now? The great Bobby will tear them into pieces!" Zakaki glanced at Zhushengdao, who slowly walked to Tiandao, and smiled in his heart. It seemed that he had some fun this time! Zakaki nodded to Jugo, then jumped on Bobby's back with him, looking directly at Tiandao and the others, "Mr. Payne, coming to rescue Jiraiya this time is entirely due to personal reasons, and Yamagakure has nothing to do with it." Relationship!" In fact, Zakaki didn't want to make a move against Pain. When he met Pain this time, he found that he seemed to be better than before. There was a vague feeling that Pain seemed different from the anime in his previous life. Now he has begun to accept the tailed beast. Strength! Zakaki knows that Payne has another ultimate move - Heretic Golem, which seems to be a move that directly attacks the soul. Even Zakaki now has no absolute confidence in escaping that move! Seeing that Pain was silent, Zakaki continued: "Although Jiraiya knows some information about your organization, it seems that it is no longer important. I know that except for the eight-tailed and nine-tailed beasts, the capture of the tailed beasts has been completed. Eight-tailed me I don¡¯t know, but apart from directly declaring war on Konoha, you don¡¯t seem to have any way to capture Kyuubi directly! Furthermore, even if you kill Jiraiya, with his strength, it is not difficult to get some information out! Jiraiya I¡¯m also your teacher. Although kindness and other things don¡¯t matter, there must always be some room for things. If we fight again next time, I believe you will kill with peace of mind!" Tiandao put down the slowly stretched out arm, looked at Zakaki and said coldly: "I have to say, Mr. Tang Ying is really a good diplomat. Okay, I won't do anything today!" "Mr. Payne is a wise man. Although everyone has different positions, but personally, I still admire you very much!" With a wave of Tiandao's hand, the remaining five bodies suddenly disappeared, leaving only Payne alone to confront Zakaki, "Sir Tang Ying, please don't wear a high hat here. Your old partner is in crisis this time. As far as I know, someone is targeting Uchiha Sasuke, don¡¯t lose a die-hard ally just because you saved Jiraiya!¡± When Zakaki heard this, his body trembled slightly and his expression changed immediately. Orochimaru seemed to have died shortly after Jiraiya's death. Could it be that he really fell into Sasuke's trap? No, absolutely not, Orochimaru cannot die! ; Text Chapter 266: Stop Sasuke Zakaki and Jugo had now left the Hidden Rain Village, passed through the Country of Rain, and arrived at the border between the Country of Fire and the Country of Fields. As Zakaki expected, although Payne was very angry at Zakaki's sudden intervention, he did not fight against Zakaki. This was not because Payne was concerned about Zakaki's strength, but because the time had not come yet. Furthermore, once Zakaki and Payne start a fight in Yuyin Village, it will be fatal to the just-starting Yuyin Village! Both of them have great ninjutsu. If they cannot control it, the entire Rain Hidden Village will be destroyed! Payne is not a reckless man. He understands the pros and cons. Even in Yuyin Village, if Zakaki wants to leave, he can't stop him. In this case, why not let him leave? Payne's words surprised Zakaki. He mentioned Sasuke and Orochimaru. Coupled with the plot that Zakaki knew about in his previous life, there is only one possibility. The life-and-death duel between Sasuke and Orochimaru has begun! Running wildly all the way, Zakaki and Jugo came to the border of the Land of Fields and the Land of Fire. Now Zakaki suddenly felt like he was neglecting one thing and losing the other. He saved Jiraiya by relying on his knowledge of the plot. Unexpectedly, at this time, Orochimaru also began to move towards the river of destiny. In the plot of the previous life, Orochimaru died before Jiraiya, but Oakwood's spies in Otogakure Village clearly told Orochimaru that he would not attack Sasuke in the short term, but unexpectedly, an accident still happened. Payne said that someone noticed Sasuke, and that person was either Fei or Itachi. No matter who it is, they have explained one thing. The conflict between Orochimaru and Sasuke has completely intensified! Tsubasa stood next to Jugo, looking in the direction of Otogakure, with a serious face, "Jugo, release Jiraiya, and then rush back to Yamagakure to keep Ichii on guard!" After hearing this, Jonggo stretched out his hands and quickly made a seal, and then a half-person-high earth pillar appeared on the ground, "Teacher, did something happen to Orochimaru-sama?" "Well, Orochimaru is in trouble. If one mistake is made, Orochimaru may die. Now we can only hurry up and save Orochimaru before that battle!" Zakaki looked at Dozhu and continued: " Let Jiraiya go now and let him return to Konoha!" "Yeah. Got it!!" Zhongwu raised his index and middle fingers and shouted softly. Then the soil on the pillar fell off layer by layer, revealing the bodies of Jiraiya, Fukasaku and Shima. At this time, Jiraiya's sage mode had faded. Although Jugo's special method stopped the bleeding from the broken arm wound, Jiraiya's face was still extremely pale. Zakaki cast a small water escape, gently washing over their bodies, removing the mud stuck on them and making them slightly conscious. After a few breaths, Jiraiya woke up. With confusion and pain, he looked at Zakaki and Jugo standing in front of him. Jiraiya seemed to have spent a lot of effort, and said with difficulty: "Pain, did you kill them?" After all, he is one of the three ninjas. He is almost dead, and he still wants to kill his opponent! I really don¡¯t know whether to call him stupid or praise him for his persistence? Zakugi gently helped Jiraiya up and leaned against the tree next to him, "Jiraiya, although I don't object to your theories on fate, I hope you will be more sensible. I am in a hurry now and have no time to talk about it." I¡¯ll hang out with you here!¡± Jiraiya stretched out his palm and pressed it gently on the ground, struggling to gather the chakra in his body. With a bang, the two immortals Fukasaku and Shima turned into air and returned to Seiki Mountain. After doing this, Jiraiya breathed a sigh of relief, and then said with determination, "Ozaki, different people have different paths. When I recover from my injuries, I will go to him again! This is my destiny!" Zakaki shook his head and said helplessly: "If you really want to die, I won't tell you, but I hope you can think about Tsunade. You know the situation in Konoha yourself. Besides, Tsunade should find someone It¡¯s time to return home, so you can give me an explanation! The destiny of a ninja is indeed sacred, but on the premise that you can fulfill your destiny rationally, wouldn¡¯t it be better to shoulder more responsibilities?¡± Jiraiya opened his eyes wide and stared at Zakaki, even the remaining arm touching the ground trembled slightly, "Zakaki, you¡ª¡ª" "Actually, you are more suitable for Tsunade than me and Dan. Okay, I won't talk nonsense to you. Orochimaru may have gone wrong. I'm going to save him now. I'll go to Konoha later and have a drink!" After saying that, he waved to Jugo and rushed towards Otogakure Village. "Wait a minute, Takaki, you coward, don't you know that Tsunade likes you? Do you want to escape? Or do you think I, Jiraiya, need your mercy?" Jiraiya didn't know where he got the strength. , struggled to stand up from the ground, clenched his fists and moved towards the oak tree step by step. With a bang, Jiraiya's fist hit Takaki's face. Although Jiraiya was seriously injured, there was no doubt about the background of the Sannin. Takashi's body was like a kite with broken strings, falling more than ten meters away. ! "Teacher!!" Seeing Zakaki being attacked, Jugo rushed over, but the latter waved his hand to signal him not to move rashly. Zakaki slowly stood up from the ground and wiped the blood from the corner of his mouth.??, and said softly: "Jiraiya, I know what you mean, but as you said, this is also my fate! So, this ending is better than no ending." After saying that, Zaki no longer paid attention to Jiraiya, and his body disappeared from Jiraiya's sight in a flash, leaving only Jugo with his eyes wide open and Jiraiya with a frown. "Boy, what is your teacher doing with Orochimaru?" Jiraiya looked at Zakaki's disappearing back and asked Jugo who was not far away. Jugo bowed to Jiraiya, "Jiraiya-sama, the teacher said that Orochimaru-sama's life may be threatened, so we have to rush over now. Can you go back to Konoha alone?" "Well, it's okay. The trick just now was taught to you by Zakaki, right? It's very good. I didn't expect that Zakaki could have such a disciple. Also, did you get your natural energy from the turtle clan?" "I'm sorry, Jiraiya-sama. The teacher said that there are some things that cannot be told to outsiders." Jugo looked at Jiraiya apologetically. As Tsubasa ran on Otogakure's road, his mind was filled with the images of Jiraiya and Tsunade. In fact, with Tsunade, Zakaki knew that there would be no result between them. This time Jiraiya was injured, and Oakwood suddenly remembered the conversation between Jiraiya and Tsunade before leaving, the connection between Jiraiya's hearts when he died, and the little tenderness between Tsunade and Jiraiya. When you love someone, you want them to be better, right? Zaragi knew very well what kind of person Jiraiya was. Although he was lustful, his unswerving loyalty to his feelings could put everyone to shame. Jiraiya is also one of the few friends of Zakaki. Love is selfish, but Zakaki has neither the capital nor the qualifications to be selfish. In the previous life, I saw that the sparks between Jiraiya and Tsunade finally came to nothing, which was a fatal flaw. Therefore, if possible, Zakaki is willing to fulfill both of them! Oakwood shook off the messy things in his mind and sped up to Otogakure Village. Now he had to stop Sasuke before he made a move. PS: There will be another chapter tonight ; Text Chapter 267 Jiraiya¡¯s Waiting ps: Regarding Jiraiya and Tsunade, this is just an introduction to Oakwood and Tsunade. Don¡¯t panic. Relationships are not a fight, but a process of understanding, so don¡¯t worry! The last thing I want to ask for is a recommendation. If anyone is qualified, give me a rating vote. I want to fill up the fan list on the first page. Please help me! The history of Naruto has long been in chaos because of this big butterfly, Zakaki. The one who worries Uzaki the most is undoubtedly Payne. Although Payne was powerful in his previous life, it was easier to deal with Ah Fei, the ultimate boss. But now everything seems to be different from before! First of all, A Fei has been plotted by Payne many times, and his right to speak in the Akatsuki organization is still far behind Payne. Secondly, Payne's strength has become stronger with the enrichment of the seven tailed beasts, and he is very powerful against Payne. The use of the Samsara Eye becomes more and more skillful. Zakaki had a vague feeling that Payne now had exceeded his expectations, and also exceeded A Fei's expectations! These things are not what Zakaki has to worry about now. The task at this time is to rescue Orochimaru! Zakaki came to Otogakure alone, and his arrival quickly attracted the attention of the ninjas guarding Otogakure. I don¡¯t know whether Orochimaru and Sasuke didn¡¯t take action, or because the quality of Otogakure was high, but the tree-falling hozens that Tsubasa originally expected did not appear! The captain Oto-nin who was leading the team saw Oakwood and ran over in a hurry, without even having time to salute, "Master Yukage, Master Orochimaru was killed by Sasuke, you have to make the decision for us!" Seeing the embarrassed look of this man, Zakaki frowned and said displeasedly: "What's going on? Look at your appearance, where is the aura of a captain and the quality of a ninja?" When the captain heard what Zakaki said, he realized that he had lost his composure. He straightened his clothes and saluted Zakaki, "Yes, sir!" "How is the situation now, Yakushi Kabuto?" It seems that it was after Orochimaru's death that this guy made waves in the entire ninja world. Only he could find Orochimaru in a short time. It seems that Sasuke still has Orochimaru's host body in his body. The captain had completely calmed down now, "Sir, yesterday morning, the waiter at the base suddenly said that Orochimaru-sama was killed by Uchiha Sasuke! Otogakure Village was almost in chaos, but fortunately a few colleagues and I suppressed the matter. , in the end, there was no big trouble in Otogakure. Today, Mr. Kabuto came to Otogakure Village and said that Lord Orochimaru is really dead, let us elect a new leader by ourselves! Many people who were dissatisfied with Lord Orochimaru in the past are now thinking that they are ready to make a move. , Fortunately, Jirobo was sent to Shanyin early. If you don¡¯t come again, I¡¯m afraid I won¡¯t be able to suppress you anymore!¡± Hearing the sound ninja talking about Jirobo, Zakaki thought of the four sound ninjas who had a lucky escape. The fat man went to Yamagakure. If it weren't for Pain's reminder, he would have missed it, and then he would be drifting on the road again. , Orochimaru will definitely be sucked into the Ten Fist Sword by Uchiha Itachi, and will eventually flow into the river of destiny. "Listen, warriors of Otogakure Village, something unexpected happened to you Lord Orochimaru now. As a ninja, this is a test of your integrity! Of course, there are always some people who want to fish in troubled waters. I, Yukage Zaki, hereby promise, If someone dares to act wantonly, he will definitely be punished according to the strictest rules of Otogakure! As a loyal ally of Lord Orochimaru, I believe he will give me this right!" Zakaki shouted loudly at Otogakure. Tao, trying to make these words resound throughout Otogakure. Yin Yin cannot be confused! Zakaki patted the captain on the shoulder and said encouragingly: "It's good for Orochimaru to have a subordinate like you. Don't worry, Orochimaru will be fine. Take good care of Otogakure for him!" "Yes, Master Zakaki!" Zakaki shocked the people in Yinyin Village who had evil intentions. He knew that with his prestige, he could silence these people in a short time, but as time went by, someone would definitely come forward! Zakaki has no time to care about this. The most important thing now is to find Sasuke and get Orochimaru's host body out before he and Itachi! Oakwood ducked away from Otogakure and rushed to Orochimaru's base. Orochimaru's base, Zakaki, has been to twice, and it is not in the same place as Otogakure. Orochimaru understands the principle of the three cunning rabbit caves, so the location of the base is very secretive. If it weren't for the close relationship between Zakaki and Orochimaru, I believe Zakaki wouldn't have been able to find him! More than half an hour later, Zakaki arrived at the base. If Otogakure and Orochimaru's men maintain basic discipline, then the base here is simply a mess! The originally spectacular basement is now full of holes, and several walls have even collapsed! Oakwood slowly walked towards the basement and walked towards Orochimaru's laboratory The injured Jiraiya stood alone outside Konoha and looked at the previous Hokage on the Hokage Rock, the first generation, the second generation, Minato, and finally, Jiraiya fixed his gaze on Tsunade. Jiraiya remembered what Zakaki said: Orochimaru, Tsunade, Dan, Jiraiya and Zaki??, several people at that time were best friends. I still remember that when Zakaki was still young, Jiraiya even kidnapped and tricked him into drinking. When he returned home, he was often scolded by his nagging brother. In fact, Jiraiya did it on purpose. This kid was full of bad ideas at a young age and often used weird questions to deceive him. How could this make the famous Sannin Jiraiya feel so embarrassed? Jiraiya knew that although Takaki was young, he seemed to have wisdom and soul that even those so-called adults did not have. This was known since the unexpected conflict between Tsunade and Takaki. Since then, it seems that the little Zuaki has become interested in Tsunade, who is in his twenties, and even Tsunade is very special to Zuaki. Jiraiya understands that feelings don't make sense, and age is not a difference! After Zusuzu's death, neither he nor Orochimaru could untie Tsunade's knot, but Tsubasa did it! Jiraiya knew that Tsunade had feelings for Zakaki! It is known to everyone in Konoha that Jiraiya likes Tsunade, and he himself never hides it. He would even stay single for decades for Tsunade! But now Takashi suddenly said that he would hand over Tsunade to him. Jiraiya really didn't know what to do at that time, and he even felt scared deep in his heart, so he punched Takashi out of guilt. Jiraiya looked at Tsunade's face on the Hokage Rock, and suddenly a warm feeling spread throughout his body. That familiar feeling reminded Jiraiya of what Zakaki said before, "If you love someone, you want him to be better!" Yes, you don¡¯t need to be together to love someone, as long as you wait silently! Zakaki, I'll be waiting for you and Tsunade! ; Text Chapter 268 Sasuke¡¯s Hatred Orochimaru's base was as messy as the outside, with scrolls, medicine bottles, etc. scattered everywhere on the ground, and the originally flashing light bulbs in the corridor were weakly lit. Suddenly a gust of cold wind blew over from the bottom of the corridor, and the scattered garbage on the ground began to beat. Zakaki moved his feet slightly to avoid the debris blown to his feet, and walked towards Orochimaru's laboratory. go. After passing through several corridors, the faint smell of formalin spread into Zakaki's nose along the cold wind. Smelling the smell of the chemical reagent, Zakaki couldn't help but frown. Orochimaru Nariya's experiment failed. He devoted his whole life to experimental research and created his most proud move, Fuzhi Reincarnation. However, in the end, he lost his life because of Fuzhi Reincarnation and was forever sealed in the Ten Fist Sword! If Orochimaru doesn't study this, maybe - forget it, it's useless to think about it now, the first thing to do is to rescue Orochimaru! Oakwood walked into Orochimaru's laboratory step by step. It was the first time for him to come to this laboratory. Otherwise, he couldn't bear to see the corpses of countless children being soaked in bottles and jars. Zakaki glanced at the laboratory briefly and came out. He originally thought that Kabuto would still be here studying Orochimaru's stuff, but unexpectedly he missed it. Now I can only find a way to find Uchiha Sasuke! Just when Zakaki was about to turn around and leave, he suddenly heard rustling footsteps in the distance. The owner of the footsteps seemed to have noticed Zakaki's arrival and jumped up, preparing to leave. But how could Zakmu let him get what he wanted? Zakmu¡¯s figure flashed and appeared outside the basement, blocking the man¡¯s way. After that person appeared, Zakaki realized that it was the person he was looking for. Who could this person be if he wasn't Kabuto? "Kabuto, why did you run when you saw me?" After all, he is a character. After hearing Zakaki's words, Kabuto said calmly without changing his expression: "Sir, I was joking. I'm just afraid that if you disturb me, I will be blamed for Orochimaru-sama's affairs. A little shrimp like me can't stand up to you. toss!" Zakaki smiled in his heart, and the guy blocked his words, "It's not a good idea to belittle oneself. Don't worry, I don't plan to trouble you today. Now I just want to know the news about Sasuke!" "Sir, what will happen even if we know the news about Sasuke? Orochimaru-sama is already dead. He was killed by Sasuke. Revenge? You will definitely not do such a boring thing!" Kabuto pushed the bridge of his nose. glasses, spread his hands and said. "Hmph! Medicine Master Kabuto, don't show off your cleverness in front of me, be honest, I will let you live. You should know!" Zakaki enveloped Kabuto with murderous intent. Cold sweat ran down his forehead, and he realized that he seemed to be too presumptuous. Oakwood is not equal to Orochimaru. Maybe he is useful in Orochimaru's eyes, but he is worthless in his eyes. He even almost killed himself many years ago! Kabuto forced himself to calm down and slowly returned to his normal state, "Sir, Lord Orochimaru really lost to Sasuke!" Oakwood glanced at Kabuto impatiently, "You don't need to talk nonsense, I know this. What I'm asking is where is Sasuke now? Orochimaru is not the kind of person who doesn't leave any behind, so tell me!" "I have long heard that Orochimaru-sama said that you are the person who knows him best. It seems to be true!" After saying that, Yakushi Kabuto bit his finger and made a summoning seal. There was a bang, and there was a burst of smoke, and a small white snake as thick as a thumb appeared under Kabuto's hand, "Oakaki-sama, if I guessed correctly, there should be a host body of Lord Orochimaru in Sasuke's body. This little snake is Lord Orochimaru." A clone of the main body, there is some kind of connection between it and Lord Orochimaru, so you can rely on it to find Sasuke!" Uzaki took the little snake, glanced at Kabuto thoughtfully, and whispered: "Yakushi Kabuto, don't cause trouble in Otogakure!" "Don't worry, I'm not interested in Otoyin Village!" ¡°That¡¯s good!¡± Sasuke took the straw sword and walked step by step towards this place he had imagined for countless times, this place stained with the blood of Uchiha! Uchiha Itachi, today is the day you repay your blood debt! Sasuke looked up at the fire fan carved on the stone wall to symbolize Uchiha, and the hatred in his heart grew another foot. The revitalization of the Uchiha family began from this moment! Sasuke was just about to step into it, but suddenly felt a little palpitated. Orochimaru! His disgusting look flashed through Sasuke's mind. Sasuke knows that Orochimaru is not that easy to deal with. Although he defeated Orochimaru this time, he must have a back-up plan! But it doesn't matter. Since you can defeat him once, you can naturally defeat him a second time! You want to take my body, you are so delusional! Orochimaru is dead, Uchiha Itachi will die, who will be next? Those guys from Konoha, or Zakaki? Oak wood, yes, oak wood! My father once said that it was Kame Sennin Oak who brought shame to the Uchiha family, and Uchiha disciples have the responsibility to restore the dignity of the Uchiha family. There was also the insult he gave me during the Konoha Chuunin Exam, so I must kill Zakaki.??Zakaki and Orochimaru are allies. If Orochimaru is killed, Zakaki will definitely come to seek revenge. Kill him like this and let him know how powerful Uchiha is! Sasuke shook off the messy thoughts in his mind and focused all his attention on the person in the house, Uchiha Itachi! Sasuke wielded the awl sword and activated the chakra in his body, sparkling with lightning for a moment. With a bang, the door in front of Sasuke collapsed with a sword. Sasuke slowly stepped into the room and looked at his "missing" brother sitting on the stone bench above! At this time, Sasuke only had eyes for Uchiha Itachi. He didn't even have time to look at Itachi's unique housing style, he didn't have time to look at the dark house, he didn't have time to look at everything here! Uchiha Itachi, who was sitting on the stone seat, looked at Sasuke who broke in with an expressionless face. The same emotionless voice echoed in the dark room, "Brother, do you think you can beat me?" "Uchiha Itachi, today is the day you die!" Sasuke suddenly appeared on the stone behind Uchiha Itachi. The sharp grass-cone sword pierced the stone like cutting mud, and Uchiha Itachi was also impaled! Naruto and his party got the information and found the location of Itachi Uchiha, which means they can find Sasuke! For four years, Naruto wanted to bring Sasuke back to Konoha every moment, but everything was artificial. Naruto is confident to find Sasuke this time and replace him with the Sasuke he was before! "Hinata, Kiba, how are you?" Naruto asked the two people around him while running forward. Ya sat on Akamaru and said impatiently: "Naruto, how many times have you asked? I will tell you if there is news!" "Ya, Naruto-kun's mood is understandable, don't blame him!" Hinata said weakly. Teeth trembled suddenly on Akamaru's body, his face full of surprise, "That one is?¡ª¡ª" "What's wrong, have you found it?" Naruto asked anxiously. "No, it smells like Uncle Oak!" ; Text Chapter 269: Attack the junior! Naruto's heart suddenly tightened when he heard Ya said he smelled the smell of oak wood. Regarding Zakaki, Naruto didn't know how to express his position in his heart. If Sasuke made him understand the importance of strength in this world, then Oakwood was the one who made him understand this world clearly! If it were not for Oakwood, Naruto would still be a "Konoha Ninja" now. The Battle of Yamagumo made Naruto mature a lot. He understood that it was not just ninjutsu and power that controlled the world, but also politics. . After following Jiraiya for three years, I have traveled to too many places and seen too many things. The current Naruto is no longer the simple-minded Naruto. Compared to the original, he is much wiser! Naruto knows the relationship between Orochimaru and Oakwood, and also knows the relationship between Sasuke and Orochimaru. Now that Sasuke has killed Orochimaru, as a die-hard ally of Orochimaru, Oakwood cannot remain indifferent. If Zakaki attacks Sasuke, then conflicts with Zakaki will be inevitable! Naruto thought of this and couldn't help but ask: "Kakashi-sensei, does Yukage have anything to do with Granny Tsunade? If we have a conflict with him, what will happen to Granny Tsunade?" Kakashi was stunned for a moment, then looked at Naruto with confusion. Naruto's growth is seen by Kakashi. Although Naruto has improved now, Kakashi doesn't like this feeling. He always feels that Naruto is missing something compared to before. If possible, he hopes Naruto can always grow up normally! Wouldn't it be better if Kakashi got rid of these unrealistic thoughts in his mind? At least he would suffer less unnecessary harm. Do something with Master Zakaki? This is impossible. Maybe others don't know Zakaki, but Kakashi knows that Zakaki will never attack these brats! Kakashi smiled and said comfortingly: "Naruto, I don't know what the relationship between Yukage-sama and Hokage-sama is, but I know that he will not attack you!" "What if Orochimaru is not dead?" Naruto looked at Kakashi seriously and said suddenly. Kakashi's body trembled. He suddenly saw the shadow of Minato-sensei in Naruto, the fourth generation with superior strength and strong political ability! According to the intelligence, Orochimaru has been killed by Sasuke. If he is really dead, there is no reason for Mr. Oak to come all the way to find Sasuke. Is it possible that Orochimaru is really not dead? Kiba rode Akamaru and looked at Kakashi and Naruto in confusion, "Kakashi-sensei, Naruto, what are you talking about? Didn't you say Orochimaru is dead? Why isn't he dead?" Hinata was equally puzzled. Although she didn't ask, she looked at Kakashi and Naruto with doubts in her eyes. "Orochimaru will not die so easily! He is the legendary Sannin. Although Sasuke's strength is improving rapidly, I believe it will not be easy for Sasuke to really kill Orochimaru!" Kakashi looked at ahead. "Kakashi-sensei, I found it, Sasuke's smell!" Ya suddenly shouted loudly, and Akamaru, who sat down after him, also barked twice. After Kakashi heard this, he looked at Hinata, who nodded, "Open your eyes!" Hinata searched for a while and said, "Kakashi-sensei, four o'clock!" "Act!" Kakashi had just given the order, but an accident suddenly appeared! The air in front of everyone in Konoha suddenly fluctuated, and then a man wearing a mask and wearing Akatsuki costumes blocked the direction of everyone's progress. This man looked at the Konoha ninja below with a funny look, waved his hand and said: "Konoha ninja, Hello you all!" The fiery-tempered Ya looked at the clown-like man in front of him and shouted directly: "A member of the Akatsuki organization? Who are you and what are you doing here?" "Oh, why are you so fierce? My name is Fei, and I am from the Akatsuki organization. As for what I am here to do, it is very simple. I just want to stop you and prevent you from interfering with the duel between the two brothers Sasuke and Itachi!" Ah Fei¡¯s antics seemed to Ya to be a sign of ignoring him. There was no nonsense at all and he just started to attack, ¡°Ya Tong Ya!¡± The two high-speed rotating air streams rushed directly towards Ah Fei from up and down directions, but Ah Fei seemed to have anticipated Ya's attack, and dodged the attack. The two swirling airflows instantly penetrated the tree trunks at A Fei's feet and hit the ground, leaving two large craters. Naruto here was also prepared, and the Rasengan in his hand was already spinning. It's really Naruto's style to get into a fight over a disagreement! Naruto and Kiba moved their hands, and Kakashi was not idle either. Kakashi winked at Yamato beside him, who immediately understood the meaning and quickly formed a seal. More than a dozen logs rose up from the ground and immediately entangled A Fei. At this moment, Naruto also arrived, and the Rasengan hit A Fei directly, but Naruto forcefully passed through A Fei's body! Yamato, who thought he had succeeded, was preparing to strike further, but unexpectedly, A Fei's body turned into reality and walked out from the shackles of the wood! But at first glance, Konoha attacked several times, but it had no effect at all!   Naruto looked at Fei who was standing on the tree trunk as if nothing had happened, and said softly to Kakashi beside him: "Kakashi-sensei, the blow just now was clearly a big hit, but it had no effect. I guess the other party may have a weak point. With the ability to transform, the opponent is not easy!" Kakashi nodded, "Naruto, it seems you have really grown up! Yes, this guy must have some special ability, be careful!" "The Nine-Tailed Jinch¨±riki is not easy! Hahaha, I won't play with you this time!" A Fei laughed, took a breath, and continued in a cold voice, "In that case, I will take this opportunity to bring you Kill these little shrimps together, and then take the Nine Tails back!" "Arrogant person! Ya Tong Ya!" Ya heard A Fei's words and became furious again. He and Akamaru turned into two streams of air and rushed towards A Fei. Like the previous attack, Ya and Akamaru still penetrated A Fei's body. Just when the tooth had just passed through Ah Fei's body, Ah Fei moved, and a sharp thorn appeared in his hand and stabbed in the direction of the tooth! "No! Kiba, be careful!" Kakashi, who had his Sharingan open, could clearly see Fei's attack. Kakashi immediately activated the teleportation technique, holding a kunai in his hand, and came to Kiba's side. Beside him, he tried to block A Fei's attack. How can Ah Fei be so easy to deal with? A Fei's figure flashed, but suddenly appeared next to Naruto. The obvious target was Naruto! The attack on Ya just now was just to deceive others. While everyone is focusing on Ya, let's carry out a thunderous strike! A Fei's figure slowly disappeared, and the surrounding air began to gradually squeeze. How could Naruto react in this instant? Naruto now felt as if there were thousands of kilograms of weight pressing on him, and his ears were buzzing as he kept thinking, mixed with Sakura and Hinata's shouts, was he going to die? Kakashi, Yamato, Sakura, Hinata and even Kiba, who had just escaped from the crisis, all stared in the direction of Fei, but none of them could help Naruto! At this critical moment, dozens of thorns suddenly appeared under Ah Fei's feet. The thorns shone with cold light and stabbed Ah Fei! Although this blow did not cause Ah Fei any harm, it slowed down Ah Fei's purpose of sucking Naruto away. Ah Fei grabbed Naruto and jumped into the air. He wanted to completely bring Naruto into the different space in one go, but suddenly a strong figure appeared, and the figure's heel came up and down, hitting Ah Fei directly on the forehead. But the figure came out of A Fei's body just like Naruto just now! The visitor seemed to have known Fei's tricks for a long time, and ignored him at all. He hugged Naruto who fell from the air, dodged a few times, and came to the ground. Then an angry voice sounded: "Fei, what are you doing? Isn¡¯t it time to be so shameless? Just attack these juniors!" ps: Thank you Jack Fleet book friend for your review vote! Haha, if you read this book again, you will have no regrets! If any of you book friends would vote for one, I would be very grateful! ; Text Chapter 270 Ten Fist Sword and Eight-foot Mirror Because A Fei's space ninjutsu was suddenly interrupted, Naruto's body was torn with shocking wounds by space cracks, and he fell into a coma. As soon as Zakaki rescued Naruto, Hinata and Sakura rushed over. Hinata held her hands and put them to her lips, her white eyes full of worry. Sakura skillfully opened Naruto's shirt, frowned and performed medical ninjutsu. After feeling Naruto's normal pulse, her frown slowly relaxed. Kakashi and Yamato were guarding Naruto, looking at Fei warily. Kakashi looked at Zakaki who was standing in front of him because Naruto was scolding A Fei, as if he had returned to the moment when he was ambushed by thousands of rock ninja more than ten years ago. Although he was worried, he was not afraid. There was no one else, because there was someone in front of him who could hide him. A big tree that protects you from the wind and rain! Kakashi couldn't help but laugh at himself, he seemed to be no longer from Konoha, he was Tang Ying! So what about Tang Ying, after all, Mr. Oak is still Mr. Oak! "Oakaki, when did you have the time to take care of these shrimps? Oh, by the way, your purpose here is Orochimaru, right? I have long known that Orochimaru is useless, and it seems so! Sasuke didn't let me Disappointed!" A Fei didn't take Zakaki's blame to heart at all. Ninjas speak by their strength. In his opinion, the so-called face is just a way for a group of ignorant people to fool others. Zakaki naturally knows what kind of person this person is in front of him. He will do whatever it takes to achieve his own goals. There is no bottom line for him. "I don't know what Orochimaru is like, but I know that no matter what he is like, you are not qualified to make irresponsible remarks. I am not interested in the fight between the two brothers Uchiha Itachi and Uchiha Sasuke. Now I just want to kill Orochimaru. Bring out the fight!¡± "Hmph! It's a joke, Orochimaru is dead a long time ago. He is just a stepping stone for Sasuke." How could Afei let Zakaki succeed? Although Afei disdains Orochimaru, no one can deny Orochimaru's terror. A top scientist plays an immeasurable role in the development of a village. Now Yamagakure has long been out of Fei's control. The strong alliance between Takaki and Orochimaru has made the Akatsuki organization very upset. This time Orochimaru hangs in Sasuke's hands, which undoubtedly breaks Takaki's wing. , now that Orochimaru was released, how could A Fei do such a loss-making business? Zakaki naturally knew what A Fei meant, and was too lazy to argue with him. He said directly with a murderous look on his face: "I still value a little Sasuke, so you should understand!" After Zakaki said that, the surrounding air seemed to be affected by something, and it suddenly dropped by more than ten degrees. Zakaki's meaning is very simple. If you, Fei, dare to pester me, then I will find an opportunity to kill Sasuke! "Master Tang Ying is really fickle, isn't he?" A Fei couldn't help but sarcastically said angrily when he heard Zakmu's words. Just now, he said he wouldn't do anything to the juniors, but now he has changed his face! Ah Fei had fought with Zak Mu before, and he knew Zak Mu's ability. If he really fought without any scruples, he would have no chance of winning unless he collected them all! If Zakaki really used this as a threat, Fei could protect Sasuke for a while, but he couldn't protect Sasuke for the rest of his life! Zakaki is really a tough opponent! A Fei thought about it for a while and said: "Okay, Orochimaru, I can let him live! But I hope Master Tangying can keep his promise, otherwise! -" Zakaki ignored A Fei's threat and turned to Kakashi directly: "Be careful, this guy is not simple, his target is Naruto!" "Well, I know, Lord Jiraiya said it!" Kakashi nodded. Seeing Kakashi¡¯s solemn look, Zakaki stopped talking nonsense. He jumped to the treetops and looked towards the place where Itachi and Sasuke were fighting. Seeing the dark clouds rolling in the four o'clock direction, Zakmu knew the location, and his figure flashed and disappeared from the treetops. "Konoha ninjas, I advise you not to go looking for Sasuke again, otherwise I will be angry!" After seeing Zakaki leave, A Fei returned to his stupid look, with his hands on his hips and yelled at Kakashi and everyone. . A Fei had no choice but to let Zakaki go, but it didn't mean that he would allow Kakashi and others to interfere with the duel between Itachi and Sasuke. Of course, now he has to give up capturing the Nine-Tails. He doesn't have the confidence to catch the Nine-Tails Jinchilla that will go berserk at any time in the hands of Kakashi and Yamato, the three Konoha ninjas who are infinitely close to the Jounin. force! What's more, he hasn't recovered yet! Although Zakaki doesn't like Sasuke, it has to be said that Sasuke is an out-and-out genius. Not to mention that he turns hatred into a way of killing. His shocking thunder escape alone is enough to stand out from the crowd. Professor Cassie's Chidori slowly transformed it into the Chidori flow all over the body. The improved version of Fire Dragon, Thunder Kirin and other ultimate moves can all be defined as S-level ninjutsu. The second male protagonist has a more aura than the male protagonist. Naruto is no less impressive! When Uchiha Itachi and Sasuke arrived at the scene, they were fighting fiercely. Sakuragi did not interrupt their duel. First of all, this was Itachi's last concern for Sasuke as an older brother, and Itachi once said that it was because of himself and Moriki that he cared.?? Defines the concept of a good brother. Regardless of whether this is Itachi's plan or not, Oakwood cannot bear to ruin the familiar scene. Secondly, Orochimaru must appear when Sasuke is weak. To be honest, Zakaki doesn't want Orochimaru to occupy Sasuke's body, for many reasons! I can¡¯t say that the oak shadow¡¯s ability to hide aura is the best in the world, but at least it is among the best. Over the years, Zakaki has spent more energy on the construction of Shanyin, which more or less always takes up time for practice. However, often because he wants to avoid unnecessary troubles, he has become more and more skillful in using the Turtle Breath Technique. ! Just when the oak tree was hiding in the soil, it accidentally discovered an "acquaintance", absolutely! Zetsu was also hiding in the soil. What was different from Zakaki was that this guy was holding something that looked like a DVD and filming something. It seemed to be recording the fight between Itachi and Sasuke. Probably because Zakaki's earth escape skills were higher than those of Hei Jue, they didn't even know they were discovered by Zakaki. Zakaki is too lazy to pay attention to Zetsu. There is no need to make the relationship between the two parties unresolved. The only way is to hide the strength and completely explode in the next war! If possible, it would be a good idea to be the general leader of the coalition forces! Just like in the anime, the battle between Itachi and Sasuke was earth-shattering. In the end, Itachi sacrificed Susanoo with a ten-fist sword and a eight-foot mirror! An absolute defense and an absolute attack. Zakaki looked at these two things and felt a trace of greed in his heart. The Ten Fist Sword can seal everything. If Kabuto can really summon some messy strong man, as long as he takes out this thing, I believe he will be able to solve it quickly. There is also the eight-foot mirror, although it is not of much use with the oak wood, it can be left to Sammy in the future! In the previous life, some people said that the Ten Fist Sword and the Eight-foot Mirror were Itachi's Susano'o-specific equipment. Oakwood was very disdainful of this, because Orochimaru had mentioned these two things in front of Oakwood many times, even in the previous life anime. When Orochimaru died, he said that he had been looking for these two things for a long time, but he didn't expect them to be in Itachi's hands! But it seems a bit unethical to take these two things away from Itachi? Just when Itachi used Susanoo to sacrifice the Ten Fist Sword and the Eight-foot Mirror, Orochimaru started to stir! Even Zakaki, who was hiding far underground, could hear Orochimaru's voice tempting Sasuke. As expected, Sasuke was gradually unable to suppress Orochimaru, and a white meat ball slowly appeared from his left shoulder, and the meat ball turned into a ferocious Yamata no Orochi. , the big snake entangled Susan, but his head was chopped off by Itachi with several swords. Yamata no Orochi found that the attack had no effect, the middle head opened its bloody mouth, and a figure faintly appeared in the big mouth, Orochimaru came out! The appearance of Orochimaru naturally did not cause Itachi to panic. He didn't even listen to Orochimaru's noise and directly swung the Juken Sword and stabbed Orochimaru. Amid Orochimaru's frightened scream, Yamata no Orochi was sucked into the Ten Fist Sword. , but a small white snake fell off at the last moment when Yamato no Orochi was sealed. Obviously he was Orochimaru! Zakaki knew that now was the time for him to take action. If he didn't take action at this time, Orochimaru would only end up being burned to death by Amaterasu! Oakwood quickly formed a seal, and then a waist-thick earth pillar appeared where the little snake was, and the earth pillar directly sucked the little snake in. Suddenly, a burst of strong hostility came from behind. Without looking, Zakaki knew the owner of this hostility, Uchiha Itachi! Zakaki didn't intend to explain anything, and there was no need to explain, let alone explain! Zakaki looked back at Itachi who was still in Susana's state, then looked at the eight-foot mirror in front of him, paused, and then Zakaki left. ; Text Chapter 271 Obtaining the Eight-foot Mirror Oakwood was jumping on the big trees in the forest, and suddenly he found a little girl standing by the river not far away. The little girl wore a gray-white top and black hair shawl. She held her chin in her hands and muttered something vaguely in her mouth. Zakaki took a closer look and saw that it was Hinata, the eldest daughter of the Hyuga family. Thinking of this shy little girl, Zakaki couldn't help but become more childish. She flashed to the big tree by the river and listened carefully to Hinata's words. "Sasuke was not found again. Although Naruto didn't say anything, he must be very sad. Should I go and comfort him? Wouldn't it be too -" Hinata's pink face was touched again when she was talking about this. Blushing, Hinata shook her body slightly, and then said, "It's too reckless to go now, and Naruto has Sakura beside him. I wonder if Naruto has ever cared about me? Hey - Naruto likes it It's Sakura, he will definitely not like me!¡ª¡ª" Zakaki looked at the little girl's increasingly disappointed expression from the tree, feeling a little unbearable. He suddenly appeared not far from Hinata and smiled softly: "Hello, Hinata!" Hinata was frightened by the sudden appearance of Uzaki, and she habitually made a defensive move. She did not withdraw until she discovered that it was Uzaki. As if convinced that Zakaki heard what he was saying just now, Hinata blushed and murmured like a mosquito: "Hello, Zakaki-sama." "Haha, okay. What are you doing here alone, Naruto and the others?" When Hinata heard this, her face turned even redder, and her already low voice was almost inaudible, "I¡ª¡ªthey were discussing the next move. I came out to fetch water." "That's it. Haha, I happened to pass by and saw you here. Come and say hello." Seeing Hinata's appearance, Zakaki suddenly remembered that stubborn girl who bravely rushed out to fight with Pain for Naruto. . Zakaki smiled knowingly and continued: "Actually, I don't think it's a big deal to like someone. I still remember what happened with my wife back then. I was young and ignorant at that time, and I did whatever I wanted because I had some abilities. I didn't want to be rocked. Shinobu chased her everywhere, and then I was seriously injured and was discovered by the enemy! This enemy is not simple, her father accidentally died in my hands. It is no exaggeration to say that we are life and death enemies! " Hinata heard what Zakaki said and asked worriedly: "Then what should you do?" "The enemy of life and death is my wife!" Zakaki thought of Yumi, with a smile on his face. "Your wife? What on earth is going on¡ª¡ª" "Actually, we have known each other before, and we developed a good impression of each other after many twists and turns. However, with the great changes in her family and the recent changes, there are always unbelievable things. In the end, we fell in love and became husband and wife! I know There are many things in the world that hinder us, even mountains, but once you decide what you want to do, these will not be obstacles, or even motivation!" Zakaki paused and continued: "For a hundred years, , Ninjas have always been confused about one thing, and that is whether the ninja is a tool. I believe you all should understand by now that as long as you are a human being, you will have feelings and bonds. Therefore, you must be clear about the brave Understand these, and you will become stronger! Hinata, Naruto is an amazing guy, so I wish you all the best!" Tsubasa's words made Hinata fall into deep thought. The blush on her face gradually disappeared and was replaced by determination. Mr. Oak and his wife have even gone through that kind of difficulty. Why can't I boldly express my feelings? Hinata nodded and said vigorously: "I understand, Zakaki - um, is he human?" Hinata raised her head but found that Tsubasa had already disappeared. Hinata looked into the distance and said softly: "Thank you, Master Tsubasa!" The chance encounter with Hinata was just an episode. In the previous anime, Hinata was one of Tsubasa's favorite Naruto characters. Of course, this kind of liking is not that kind of liking. Zakaki feels a sense of intimacy towards Hinata. Even Konoha's Twelve Little Strong Oaks have a sense of intimacy. Maybe it's influenced by Xiao Li, maybe it's due to the relationship with their parents, but this sense of intimacy does exist! Zakaki quickly rushed towards Shangakure, rescued Jiraiya and Orochimaru, and Zakaki felt relieved in his heart. In fact, the deaths of Jiraiya and Orochimaru were the end of the legendary Sannin. However, since the emergence of the butterfly Takaki, and the turtle sage with the same name as the Sannin, he would not allow the name of the Sannin. The end. Be it Jirai or Orochimaru, they will continue to exert their value in the future! This Naruto world is no longer the original world. What we have to do now is to accumulate strength and take precautions before they happen! Zakaki's body suddenly trembled while he was running, his ninja bag fluctuated, and a scroll floated in the air as he was moving forward. Zakaki was a little confused at the sudden scene. When he looked carefully, he found that the scroll looked familiar. Thinking about it again, I was horrified. This was Itachi trying to stop himself.Water eyes! It turns out that Itachi can still control it, and there is such a time bomb next to him! Could it be that he came here for Orochimaru? The scroll is motionless in the air, as if waiting for something. After a while, he found that there was still no response from the scroll, so Zakaki stepped forward and grabbed the scroll. Zakaki looked at the scroll and found nothing special. Zakaki put away the scroll and was about to put it into his ninja tool bag when a yellow light suddenly emitted from the crack in the scroll. There was no malice in the light, as if it was instructing something. Zakaki thought to himself, could it be that he wanted to open it? It seems like it should be like that. Eh-he is a top-notch expert after all, but he is so suspicious of a scroll. It¡¯s really ridiculous! Thinking of this, Zakaki didn't hesitate anymore and opened the scroll directly. Wow¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª The opened scroll suddenly emitted a large ray of light, which stung Zakaki and had to cover his eyes with his palms. After three or four breaths, the light released by the scroll slowly faded away. Zakaki took away his palm and found a finger-sized sign lying on the scroll. The surface of the sign was glowing with a faint yellow light. Something suddenly flashed in Zakaki's heart, the artifact eight-foot mirror! Yes, it¡¯s the eight-foot mirror! Zakaki looked carefully at the eight-foot mirror, and then realized that this thing had no form at all. To be precise, it should have no body, like a weak energy. The Eight-foot Mirror is lying on a scroll. There are various runes painted on the scroll. These runes are very regular. It is obviously not the seal of the Eight-foot Mirror. Since it is not the seal of the Eight-foot Mirror, it is Shisui's eyes. Shisui's eyes, the eight-foot mirror, and Uchiha Itachi, Zakaki understood! In fact, it is very simple. When Uchiha Itachi was dying, he transferred the eight-foot mirror to his hand through the power of the pupils attached to Shisui's eyes. With Uchiha Itachi's intelligence, he must know that Zakaki is interested in the Ten Fist Sword and the Eight-foot Mirror. After his death, these two things are likely to disappear from the world. Instead of doing this, it is better to give them to Zakaki. It is equivalent to owing him a favor, and this favor will definitely still be with Sasuke in the future. Itachi is really good at calculating! Zakaki put away the eight-foot mirror and rushed towards Shanyin. ; Text Chapter 272: Occupying Yinyin Someone once said that people who survive disasters often change their ways of doing things. Zakaki didn't know if this sentence was applicable to Orochimaru, but from his white snake eyes, Zakaki could only see a trace of unwillingness. What did this unwillingness mean? Zakaki didn't know, but Orochimaru could see it in the short term. Absolutely no big deal! That's fine, and if possible, it's fine to live your whole life. Of course, for a guy like Orochimaru, it seems impossible. Orochimaru was handed over to the guys at Yamagakure Laboratory by Zakaki. It was up to him how to restore him. ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? Thinking about Jiraiya, he is almost sixty and still living around eating, drinking, whoring, gambling and wandering around all day long. Speaking of it, Zakaki is really old. He probably became famous too early, and he holds the power of a country. Even guys in their forties and fifties would treat Zakaki as a junior when they see him. As time goes by, no one feels it. Zakaki is only thirty years old! ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?. Looking at the floor covered with expensive wood, the sandalwood table decorated with gold and silver utensils, and the famous paintings painted by so-called masters hanging on the walls, I can't help but feel contempt for myself, what an evil privilege! But having said that, it doesn't seem to be a big deal to enjoy it even if you work hard for Shanyin. Whoosh - the bathroom door was pushed open. Yumi held a pile of clothes and walked slowly to Zakaki. Even after being married for so many years, Yumi still felt dizzy when she saw Zakaki's bare chest and back. Yumi, who was wearing a long dress at home, walked to Zakaki, put the clothes rack in her hand aside, and said softly: "Are you tired?" "Hey - how can you not be tired after running around?" Zaki held Yumi's jade hand and said with a smile. Yumi squeezed Zakaki's shoulders and said with complaint: "If you are so tired, why do you have to do that? If possible, I really just want to live the life of an ordinary family." "I'm sorry, Yumi." All Uzaki could say was sorry. Yumi gently pressed Takaki's lips and leaned her head on Takaki's head, "I don't want you to say sorry. I just want to live a good life, without fighting and without ninja life. I know it may not be possible now, But I hope you can give me a promise that one day you will lead our mother and daughter to live an ordinary life!" Zakaki hugged Yumi, and with a crash, Yumi's body tilted directly into Zakaki's arms and fell into the hot spring. Spring water rose up from all directions and splashed on Yumi's body. The thin long skirt immediately became translucent, and Yumi's bumpy body was fully visible in the oak tree's eyes. Long purple hair, red eyes, bright red lips and a powdery face will directly make Zakaki's blood boil! "Okay, let's do what an ordinary couple should do first!" Zakaki hugged Yumi's plump body and kissed her hard on her red lips. ??Yumi kept struggling in Zakaki¡¯s arms, and the spring water splashed everywhere with her two little feet, "No-don't¡ª¡ª" With a kiss from Zakaki, Yumei softened completely, closing her eyes in Zakaki's arms, as if she was ready to be harvested by you. It is said that domestic flowers are not as fragrant as wild flowers, but looking at Yumi¡¯s alluring appearance, no matter how good the wild flower oak tree is, she may not take it to heart! Zakaki gently pressed his hands on those proud breasts. Yumei's body trembled and she gasped. This is how a young woman feels in love. Mandarin ducks playing in the water? Such a word flashed through Zakaki's mind, and the desire in his body became more and more uncontrollable! Just when Zakaki was about to take further action. With a bang, the bathroom door was pushed open again. Yumi panicked, got out of Zakaki's arms, and then submerged her body in the water. Zakaki looked at the opened door and felt angry. Just as he was about to yell, he found that it was Sami, the little devil, looking at him innocently with his big eyes blinking. The anger he raised was extinguished instantly. "Who let you in? Didn't I teach you before that you have to knock before entering? Sammi, now write down the house rules for me five hundred times. I'll check it at night!" When Yumi saw it was Sammi, her face The blush disappeared, replaced by anger. As soon as he heard the family rules five hundred times, Zakaki knew that Yumi was really angry. Although Yumi listened to Zakaki's words, when it came to educating Mori, even he had to stay away from the edge. Zakaki looked at the ceiling, pretending to ignore Sammi's look for help, but when he heard Sammi sobbing slightly, Zakaki panicked. Zakaki glanced at Yumi anxiously and said weakly: "Would you like to copy a little bit?" Yumi shook her head and said firmly: "No, this child is too naughty! It's because of you. If you hadn't pampered her every day, how could she live lawless in the mountains? She doesn't knock on the door when she enters the door. This child is getting more and more unruly! Still standing?What are you doing here? Go and copy the house rules for me! " Sami held back tears and said aggrievedly: "Uncle scolded me for saying that my father and mother were busy and it was not convenient for him to come in. He also said that he had something urgent to do with his father, so I -" Old Zakaki blushed, and couldn't help cursing in his heart, he is such an idiot for scolding this guy! What brought you to this point? Zakaki casually picked up the clothes around him and said to Sami: "Daughter, go and write first. I will ask your brother Zhongwu to accompany you later. After you finish writing, dad will take you fishing, how about it?" After hearing this, Sammi glanced at Yumi secretly, wiped the tears from the corners of her eyes with her little hands, nodded, and walked out the door. What Zakaki said about asking Jugo to accompany Mori Mei was a secret message between Uzaki and Mori. To put it simply, it was to ask Jugo to help copy the family rules. In the past, Mi punished Sami, and the father and daughter used this trick frequently. Watching Sami walk out, Yumi wiped Zakaki's body and complained: "You finally have some free time, but you have to work again. Even if you are not tired, I am tired." Zakaki kissed Yumi and said: "Don't worry, I will be free after this period of time passes. Then I will take you and our daughter to travel together! If you come to me at this time, you must be in an emergency. I will go first." Got it!" "Go!" Zakaki arrived at the lobby and found this guy sitting on a chair, drinking tea, and humming a tune from time to time. How could he look like he was in a hurry? After all, it was a dog nose. As soon as Zakaki entered the hall, he spoke: ¡°Captain, something serious has happened!¡± Zakaki rolled his eyes at him and said bitterly: "What's the big deal? The sky is falling? I asked you why you are becoming more and more incompetent. Don't you know that I am on vacation today? Also, how do you know that Yumi and I are busy? Are you there? Did you, you bastard, see something you shouldn¡¯t have seen?¡± He pinched his nose, walked around the oak tree, and said proudly: "My nose is amazing. Just when I smelled it, I found that your blood pressure is too high and your heartbeat is racing. After sniffing it carefully, I discovered that my wife is smelling it again." Arrived, so¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡± Bang¡ª¡ªBefore he could finish his words, Zakaki punched him, and his whole body was pressed against the wall. "Asshole, have you often been like this before?" With snot and tears streaming down his face, he muttered, "I was wronged. I just searched you because I had something urgent to do!" Zakaki put his fist away in embarrassment, "Uh¡ª¡ªthen tell me, what's the matter?" He patted the dirt on his body and glanced at Zakaki with a resentful look, "Jirobo just came here again, saying that Oto Ninja can no longer suppress him!" Hearing what Chi said, Zakaki remembered what happened that day in Otoyin Village. Although Orochimaru is the leader of Otogakure Village and has his own group of subordinates, in the end, the majority of Otonin are from Tian Country. It was okay when Orochimaru was here, but with Orochimaru's appearance now, he can't suppress the Oto Ninja group at all! Although Tian Country is not big, Otogakure Village is very strong thanks to Orochimaru's efforts, so this piece cannot be thrown away no matter what! Zakaki thought for a while and said, "If it doesn't work, just incorporate Otogakure Village into Shangyin!" "But the daimyo of Tian Country will definitely not agree!" Chi said excitedly. Oakwood shook his head, "If he doesn't agree, then let the Daimyo of Yu no Country directly launch a war, capture the Tian no king's court, and change the dynasty! Otogakure can basically control it in a short time, so Tian no country is not a problem!" "I'm afraid those guys from the Country of Fire and Konoha will interfere. After all, the Kingdom of Tian is a vassal country of the Kingdom of Tian." "What are you afraid of? Just push it to the Kingdom of Tian. By the time Konoha reacts, the Kingdom of Tian is already in our hands. Is it possible that they will launch a war against us because of the Kingdom of Tian? Otogakure Village is originally a die-hard ally of Yamagakure , even if they merge with us, it¡¯s not a big deal. Is it possible that Konoha wants to take advantage of Orochimaru¡¯s absence? Besides, Konoha still owes me a favor. I guess, at most, they can only send an envoy or It's Tsunade and I who protest!" Zakaki said coldly. "Okay, that's it. I'll go find Ichii and Chirou to figure it out." PS: Start to stretch out your claws towards Tsunade! ; Text Chapter 273 Situation Jie stayed with Jirobo who was like an ant on a hot pot in the reception room, laughing secretly in her heart. The fat man Jirobo certainly had some talent. Back then, the four sound ninjas were so arrogant in Yamagakure. Even some jounin and they were disrespectful. Fortunately now, Orochimaru's life and death are unknown, and Sound Ninja is torn apart like a plate of loose sand. This time, some of Langfang and Orochimaru's confidants asked Shan Yin for help. I don't know how Master Zakaki will handle this matter? "Mr. Jie, why hasn't Master Tsubasa come yet? The situation over Otogakure is urgent now, and I'm afraid they won't be able to control it!" Jirobo walked around the reception room again, and couldn't help complaining to Jie. [com] "I have sent someone a long time ago. According to this point, your Excellency should have arrived a long time ago. I guess you are already working on this matter!" As soon as Jie finished speaking, Zakaki walked in from the door and said with a serious face: "What's going on?" When Jie and Jirobo saw the oak tree, they immediately saluted. Jirobo knelt down on one knee and begged, "Sir, you have to save Otogakure! Now there are some bastards in Otonin who want to overthrow Orochimaru's rule while Lord Orochimaru is away. Only you can control them now. They!" Zakaki nodded, "Well, I just went to discuss it with Orochimaru. Now he can't take care of that bad thing, so let me take over!" Jirobo raised his eyebrows and asked tremblingly: "Sir, you said Lord Orochimaru -" Looking at Jirobo's appearance, Tsuakigi then remembered that he hadn't told Jie about Orochimaru's stay in Yamagakure. Zakaki smiled softly and patted Jirobo's shoulder, "It's okay Orochimaru, your loyalty is very good. Otogakure's clown can't make any big waves. Now tell me there are Otonin who support Orochimaru like you. How many?" Jirobo's comb head was immediately filled with blood red. He thought of Orochimaru's trust in him and couldn't help but said with shame: "About 30%. Because after Orochimaru-sama's accident, Mr. Kabuto also disappeared, so¡ª¡ª" "I understand. Let's take a rest in Shanyin. I will send a team of elites to go to Otoyin with you in the evening. Then we will kill some arrogant people and control the situation in Otoyin. I will tell you the specific details when the time comes. , you and the sound ninja who are loyal to Orochimaru will cooperate with them!" "Yes, sir!" The Akatsuki organization has stirred up the entire Naruto world. I thought that except for those guys from the Akatsuki organization, nothing would disturb anyone's nerves, but something suddenly happened like a thunderbolt from the clear sky, shaking the entire ninja world with thunder. The ears will not stop for three days! The daimyo of the country of Tian surrendered to the daimyo of the country of Yu, and the country of Tian was officially a vassal state of the country of Yu! It¡¯s true that vassal states have never happened before. Many small countries rely on large countries to survive. For example, the Bear Country and the Earth Country, and the previous Moon Country and Thunder Country, they all exist dependent on those big countries, so in some respects, they are all vassal countries. Although this is true, no one will talk about these things on the table. Our ancestors overcame all obstacles and created a family fortune, but in their own hands they became the vassals of others. Isn't this a great shame and humiliation? So, although this fact exists, no one wants to admit it! Now that Tian Zhiguo has announced its surrender, it is equivalent to tearing away the last layer of fig leaf. There is only one possibility for the name of Tian Zhiguo to compromise to this point, and that is to crush Tian Zhiguo with absolute strength! No one except Konoha will care about the ownership of Tian Country, but what happened to Tian Country is a signal of Oakwood's ambition! The Kingdom of Moon has long been a vassal of the Kingdom of Tang, the Kingdom of Waves was given to the Kingdom of Tang by the Kingdom of Water, and now it is the Kingdom of Tian! A closer look shows that all the small countries around the Kingdom of Yu are in the hands of Zakaki. Who can guarantee the existence of the Kingdom of Iron and the Kingdom of Rain? If the buffer between the big powers is gone, it means that there is a possibility of war at any time. After all, it seems that Zakaki has ambitions now. This kind of thing is absolutely not allowed! So, something happened that shocked the entire ninja world. The five major villages of Konoha, Kirigakure, Sunagakure, Kumogakure and Iwagakure made serious protests to Yamagakure at the same time, demanding that Yamagakure grant Otogakure autonomy and retain the military strength of Ta Nokuni! Is this a signal? The signal for the war to begin! The person who was most affected by this incident was Tsunade. Konoha's hawks headed by Danzo are already instigating Tsunade to send troops against Yamagakure. The reason is that Tian Country has been a vassal state of Fire Country since ancient times, and even the chunin selection of Otogakure Village is completed in Konoha. Ye is obliged to solve the difficulties for Tian Zhiguo. Moreover, the geographical location of Tian Country is very important. If Yamakaku intends to do evil to Konoha, Konoha will fall into a passive situation in the war! The old guys in the elder group also expressed their intention to send troops. Some elders even thought that Konoha's dominance was being challenged, and believed that Konoha was fully capable of destroying Yamagakure. The situation of Tsunade can be imagined. She is naturally opposed to sending troops, let¡¯s not talk about it for nowDoes Konoha have the strength to launch another war? The Akatsuki organization watching eagerly from the side is a headache. Jiraiya's embarrassed return made Tsunade very clear about the ambitions of the Akatsuki organization. If Tongshan Gakuin starts a war now, It's basically playing into the hands of the Akatsuki organization, and maybe the entire ninja world will fall into their hands! Tsunade has already crushed four cups today. Shizune, who was holding a pink piglet, looked pitifully at the fifth cup in Tsunade's hand, fearing that Tsunade would crush it again. You know, this month¡¯s salary is almost the same! Snap¡ªTsunade slapped her hand on the desk in front of her, "Asshole! Do these old immortal guys understand at all? Can they beat others in the battle against Yamagakure? Finally regain a little vitality, if If we fight again, Konoha will be destroyed! There are also those bastards like Kumogakure and Iwagakure who join in the fun when they have nothing to do, causing people to panic, simply because they are just afraid that the world will not be in chaos!" Seeing Tsunade getting angry, Shizune ignored her anger and grabbed the cup directly from Tsunade's hand. Tsunade was stunned. Shizune was afraid that Tsunade would transfer her anger to herself, so she frowned and said, "Why would Master Takaki take action against Otogakure? Aren't they allies?" "Are you stupid? If Orochimaru is dead, many people will be dissatisfied with his character. How could Zakaki allow his solid ally to have problems? Zakaki is so calculating. Why didn't he see that he was like this at first? people?" "Sir, I think it's a bit too much for you to say this about Master Oakwood. Don't you know what kind of person he is?" Tsunade stared at Shizune, who immediately showed no mercy and said awkwardly: "Well - actually, I think Otogakure and Yamagakure were originally allies, and now it's just a name. There's no need -" Tsunade was already letting out a murderous aura. Shizune hurriedly waved her hands and explained: "No - no, I don't mean that. What I mean is that everyone can sit down and have a good talk. There is no need to start a war. This will make it easier for the elders to explain, right?" "Well, that makes sense, Shizune, send me an invitation immediately and ask the other five shadows to come to Konoha to discuss this matter!" "yes!" Text Chapter 374 Akai¡¯s Worries Zakaki sat on the chair and smiled secretly while looking at the information in his hand. Good guy, Tsunade sent an invitation to the Six Shadows for a meeting, but in the end, except for Gaara, the Kazekage, the other three Shadows all declined because they had something to do! Unexpected, but reasonable. It's okay, who wants to come to Konoha? If you, Konoha, were to imitate the wretchedness of a thousand ninjas and attack them, who would be able to escape? Even if you are noble in Konoha, you are going all the way back and forth, and you have nothing to do with yourself. Why are you running there? Are you sick? In fact, the Mizukage, Raikage, and Tsuchikage also thought so, especially Mei Mei. The previous Water Kingdom had no diplomacy at all. If the Sangumo War hadn't caused too much damage last time and caused an extreme reshuffle in the ninja world, I believe Akimi Mei would not have gone to any of the Six Nations for talks. Although Shan Yin's ambition is not small this time, it doesn't matter in the short term. How can a great power really hold any talks about such a bad thing? The reason why Shan Yin strongly condemns it is just to put a tight spell on them! [com] Yi Jing and Chi sat under the oak tree, looking at the smile on the corner of the oak tree's mouth and couldn't help but look at each other. They have also seen the information. Although Konoha loses face, it seems that they can't be happy, right? ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? Glanced at Zakaki strangely, and thought to himself, it was rumored that the Captain had an affair with the Fifth Hokage, it seems that is indeed the case. Could it be that this is the legendary special feeling between lovers, it feels good to see the other person make a fool of themselves. Chi glanced at Zakaki with disdain and said calmly: "Captain, the Kazekage, Raikage and Tsuchikage are not going, shall we go?" Zakaki rolled his eyes and said, "Nonsense, of course I have to go, or else I'll fight with Konoha? Ichii, what do you think about this?" Ichii, who was wearing sunglasses, stood up from his seat, walked slowly to the map in front of Zakaki, picked up the baton on the table, pointed at the territory of Yuno Country, and said: "Sir, you also have to look at it now Here we are, with the inclusion of Moon Country, Wave Country and Tian Country, the area of ??Yu Country has been greatly increased. To the north is our old enemy Kumo Ninja, to the northwest is the home of the Akatsuki organization bordering us, to the west is Konoha, and below It's Kirigakure with an ambiguous attitude. Once the war with Konoha breaks out, according to the style of Raikage and Tsuchikage, as well as the old and new grudges between the Akatsuki organization and us, one disadvantage is that we will be attacked from all sides, or even from five sides! No one can guarantee that those guys in the Mist Ninja will not do anything harmful!" Zha nodded and said: "That's very good. Now is indeed not the time to start a war with Konoha. So Konoha's trip is inevitable. But I'm worried that someone is causing trouble inside. If those old guys in Konoha are in Konoha, It would be bad if we were blocked!" "Are you talking about that old guy Danzo? It is said that in Konoha, he asked the Fifth Hokage to send troops to our face several times. If you go to Konoha, this old guy will definitely do harm! With his ability, although you will not die In Konoha, I'm afraid the people you bring will suffer a lot!" The faces of Jinchuan and Zhiyan appeared in front of Chi's eyes, and he couldn't help but feel angry in his heart. One of the comrades in arms back then was killed by this old guy and the Hyuga family elders, the other was brainwashed, and now he threatens to destroy Yamagakure, what an old bastard! Ichijing glanced at him through his sunglasses, not knowing whether to admire him or despise him. The whole Yamagakure was afraid that he was the only one who dared to speak to an adult like this, "hang in Konoha". If this word got out, he would definitely be charged with disrespect! Although he was used to the way he behaved with adults, Ichijing would feel extremely uncomfortable every time adults talked to him about having no scruples in front of him. "Although that guy Danzo is a trouble, it's easy to deal with him. Let's do this. This time, Chi and Jie are in charge of Shanyin, and Kazui and I will go there. Also, inform Tomoro and let the intelligence department keep a close eye on him these days! " "No, Captain, you won't take me with you this time?" "You, are you still allowed to fight with the Inuzuka family? The two countries are tense now. What if a fire is accidentally lit? Just stay in Yamakaku. Also, don't teach Yumi any nonsense theories. .A few days ago, the daimyo's young master came to Shanyin, and he was beaten half to death by Yumi! I asked her why she was so cruel, and she said that her uncle taught her to be cruel to the enemy! I said, why are you teaching her those things when you have nothing to do? "Zakaki couldn't help but get angry when he thought of Sammi's current appearance as a little bully. It seems that all those theories were taught by this guy. "By the way, I remembered. Hidan and I will go to the Kingdom of Water for a mission soon. Goodbye!" Chichi heard Zakaki mention this, and his figure disappeared in a flash. A few drops of sweat flowed from Yi Jing's forehead. He looked stupidly at the angry-looking Zakaki and Chi who disappeared at the speed of light. He didn't know how to express the shock in his heart Jiraiya was sitting on a big tree, holding a short branch in his mouth, his legs dangling constantly, squinting his eyes and humming a tune. From time to time, he opened his eyelids and looked into the distance. Finally, he did not forget to give instructions to Akai and Kakashi who were in high spirits under the tree. The purpose of Jiraiya's trip is very simple, to support Zakaki and his party within Danzo's sphere of influence. JiraiyaAlthough he knew the strength of Zakaki, with the strength of that old boy Danzo, he could really keep Zakaki behind. Although Zakaki is strong, Danzo also has a lot of trump cards. What if he tries to kill the entire zombie seal like the third generation? Therefore, for safety reasons, Jiraiya brought Kakashi and Akai to pick up Zakaki. Jiraiya looked at his attached arm, and the faces of Tsunade and Tsunade appeared in his mind. Tsunade used creative regeneration to save an arm, and Tsunade saved his life. Zakaki Jiraiya has never been right. No one knows what he is thinking or what he is doing! "Jiraiya-sama, Tang Ying and his party are here!" Kai put his hands on his hips, his thick eyebrows raised, and he seemed a little panicked. "Yes." Jiraiya nodded, jumped down from the tree, straightened his clothes, and waited for Zakaki's arrival. Kakashi seemed to notice something strange about Akai, patted him on the shoulder, and said with a smile: "Don't worry, nothing will happen. Mr. Zakaki is a sensible person and a good person. I believe he will not do it for his own selfishness." Let the flames of war begin!" Akai didn't recover from Kakashi's words, but his face became more and more gloomy, "Having said that, there are a lot of calls for war in the village. What if we really start a war with Shangakure? Kakashi, what if One day you compete with him, can you kill him?" Kakashi¡¯s body trembled, and he was stunned for a moment. "Don't worry, this kind of thing will never happen, even if it costs my life!" Jiraiya said suddenly. A breeze blew by, and Jiraiya's white hair was flying in the wind. His tall back was like a mountain, crushing the fear in Kakashi and Kai's hearts into pieces. Text Chapter 275 Sit down and drink Text] Chapter 275 Sit down and drink Different villages have different heroes who have made great contributions, but they will always show the highest standards for the person who is most respected by the people in the village. The Hokages of Konoha are carved on the Hokage Rock. Even if they die, they are still there looking at Konoha, and Konoha looks at them. Sunagakure's elders conference room is the center of power integration. No matter how few people in power have changed here, the Kazekages standing in front of the conference room are the objects that those in power need to look up to. Since the establishment of Shanyin, there has been only the shadow of the oak tree. In addition to the statue of the oak tree, there is also a huge open space in the center of the village, and those open spaces are left for the future shadow. In short, no matter which village they are in, they will choose the highest specification! Led by Jiraiya and others, the Oakwood and Yukage Self-Defense Forces came to Konoha. The first thing that caught their eyes when entering Konoha was the Hokage Rock. It is difficult to judge whether a film is right or wrong, but there is no doubt about his greatness. The first and second generations, the third and fourth generations, and even the "sixth generation" Danzo may have different ideas on how to govern the village, but they are all for this village after all, and none of them has spared their own money for this village. life! Jiraiya, who was walking side by side with Zakaki, seemed to see what his old friend was thinking, and said with a wry smile: "They are all great. They have sacrificed too much for the village, unlike me, a useless person. As a disciple , I failed to protect my teacher. As a master, I failed to protect my disciples. As a friend, I couldn't persuade my partner back. Even as a man, I couldn't do anything. I'm close to sixty, and I feel confused all day long. , drifting around, when you think about it carefully, I am really a failure! Unlike you, who has a wife, children, and even worked hard to create a mountain retreat. Sometimes I really envy you!" "Envy me?" Zakaki shook his head and patted Jiraiya on the shoulder, "Don't tell the truth, I actually envy you. You are unrestrained, free and comfortable. And your novel is very well written. Yes, we at Yamagakure are selling them everywhere! It seems Kakashi is watching too, right?" "Hahaha, do you want me to sign it for you?" The quarrel with Konoha started again. As usual, Zakaki usually kept silent on such occasions. In addition to saying hello to Tsunade and Gaara when entering the venue, Zakaki sat in the conference room like an old monk in meditation and listened to a bunch of people talking nonsense. The one on Oakwood's side is an eloquent civil servant, the one on Konoha's side is Mito and Koharu, and the one on Sunagakure's side is just soy sauce. During this period, except for some idiot in Konoha who clamored that Tsubasa and Ichii were both criminals of Konoha and were expelled, everything went smoothly. In the end, with the retreat of both parties, Konoha finally recognized the fact that Tianno Country was a vassal state of Yuno Country, and Yamagakure also symbolically retained the military power of Tianno Country and made relevant apologies for this matter. These deceptions of civilians may be nothing, but when placed in front of the cases of those big shots, they seem ridiculous! "Zakaki came to Konoha just with an attitude, that is, he didn't want to go to war with Konoha. These things are not important. What is important is that Zakaki and his party are in trouble in Konoha! As soon as Zakaki and others left the conference room, they were followed by people. These people seemed to want to know the whereabouts of Zakaki and others. The twin brothers Asaishi and Asai, who followed Oakwood, almost started to fight, but were stopped by Ichii. To attack in Konoha would be to create a reason for the other party to harm themselves and others! Zakaki looked at the angry-looking Tsunade not far away, and knew that Danzo was ready to take action! But the next scene made Takaki stunned. Gaara Kazekage actually asked Tsunade to change the residence of Suna Ninja to next door to San Ninja! Zakaki immediately smiled, this kid still wanted to protect the Sannin, he really meant it. At the end, Gaara walked up to Zakaki and said coolly: "Tang Ying, do you mind coming with us?" "Hahaha, the waves behind the Yangtze River push the waves ahead. I have heard that Fengying is young and talented, as expected! Okay!" Zakaki smiled heroically, ignored Ma Ji's hostile eyes, patted Gaara's shoulder and continued: "Let's go, are you interested in accompanying me? Can I have a drink?" Gaara didn't say anything, but Temari behind him said, "Master Yukage, please pay attention to your appearance!" Gaara raised his hand and stopped Temari from saying, "Tang Ying is a senior, it's okay. But I'm not twenty yet, so I can't drink!" "I'm sorry, I forgot. You seem to be seventeen this year, right? And your sister Temari. My nephew Nara Shikamaru is very good. If you don't mind, I can be a matchmaker and talk to Shikaku. Maybe it will lead to a good marriage!" Zakaki remembered that Shikamaru and Temari seemed to be a couple, and suddenly said something out of nowhere. As soon as Takaki said this, the atmosphere in the whole place became strangely quiet. Even Tsunade in the distance looked at Takaki with a sweaty face. Ichii and the Sannin behind Takaki looked even more embarrassed. The person involved, Temari, was ruthlessHe glared at Zakaki and then disappeared from behind Gaara. ?????????? Ichii looked at Gaara who showed no emotion at all, and remembered that Zakaki usually praised Gaara a lot, and then he looked squarely at the surprisingly young Kazekage. He is indeed a talent. This move not only won the favor of the mountain ninja, but also helped Tsunade solve a big trouble. According to Danzo's personality, he would definitely take action against the San Nin. Gaara triumphed in the middle. Firstly, he avoided the direct confrontation between the San Nin and Konoha. Secondly, he could clearly detect Konoha's hidden strength. No one who can be a shadow is easy to get along with! After such a small episode, the Yamanin and Suna Ninja returned to the reception room together. Seemingly because of Gaara's sudden addition, the Konoha ninjas who were monitoring Oakwood and his party did not take any action, and even withdrew their surveillance from the reception room Jiraiya and Tsunade were sitting in the tavern. Several side dishes had been served on the table at some point, and the wine bottle at the corner of the table was still steaming. Tavern waiters carrying plates occasionally passed by. There were not many people in the store, but it was quite quiet. The occasional blast of air-conditioning from outside the door sobered up the drunken guests. "You stingy man, why are you willing to treat me to a drink today?" Tsunade glanced at the door from time to time and said absentmindedly. Jiraiya rolled his eyes at Tsunade, "You have to speak with your conscience. When was it not my treat to drink? Also, how many gambling debts do you think I helped you pay off?" "Okay, okay, don't talk about these useless things. Tell me, what's the matter?" Tsunade seemed to feel guilty after being told by Jiraiya, and waved her hand impatiently. "I'm not inviting you, today I'm inviting Zakaki. That boy saved my life and saved Naruto again. I have to thank you, right?" "Uh-this is your thanks? It's only three dishes after all. You are so generous. I never thought that you and Naruto are worth three dishes!" Jiraiya blushed, "What did you say? It's all about your feelings, do you understand? Oops, Zakaki is here!" Tsunade looked outside and saw that Zakaki was walking outside with a bag of things. With a creak, the door of the tavern was opened, and Zakaki walked in. "Hi, Tsunade, Jiraiya." Jiraiya was very dissatisfied with Zakaki's lateness and muttered, "What are you doing, so late?" "You are still as graceless as ever. How can you keep a lady waiting for a long time?" Tsunade looked at Zakaki with disdain. "Ozaki didn't pay attention to Tsunade's expression. It would be weird if she had a good attitude towards him!" Zakaki shrugged and chuckled: "He's better than Kakashi, right?" "Okay, okay, no more talking. Sit down and drink!" PS: I have been having a hard time writing these past two days, and I feel like a dog or something. Firstly, the exam is interfering, and secondly, I have really been stuck in the past two days. Fortunately, the exam is over and I will make some adjustments when I get home, so please forgive me in advance. Thanks to Huang Bailan and Xiao*ping book friends around the world for their criticism! ; Text Chapter 276 Jiraiya¡¯s Materials Text] Chapter 276 Jiraiya¡¯s Materials The moonlight spread across the entire Konoha, and three or two children drooled as they watched the barbecue that had just been placed on the shelf sizzling with green smoke. Vendors selling toys, snacks, fruits, and all kinds of things screamed desperately just to get one more customer. Some women in the flesh business, wearing heavy makeup, leaned against the door of the store and flirted with the passers-by. Pedestrians come and go in the brightly lit streets, constantly shuttling through Konoha's night market, which is always so bustling. On a roof somewhere in Konoha, there was an old white man sitting. He was wearing a red coat, wearing wooden clogs, and he was holding a pipe in his mouth and taking puffs from time to time. The uncle's eyes were not on the bustling night market, but instead focused on a quiet tavern not far away. The uncle took another puff of cigarette, then knocked the cigarette bag against the bricks and tiles next to him, knocking out the ash from the cigarette bag. At the end, the uncle stood up, grinned, and said to himself: "Ozaki, Tsunade, the opportunity is left to you, I hope you can seize it!" This uncle was none other than Jiraiya who invited Takaki and Tsunade to drink. In fact, Jiraiya knows that there is no possibility for him and Tsunade. He also knows that Tsunade likes Tsunade, and he also knows that Tsunade also likes Tsunade! As Zakaki said, if you like someone, you want her to be better. Since he doesn't like restraint by nature and can't give Tsunade happiness, why not make Tsunade and Tsunade happy? What's more, isn't waiting silently better than getting it? Therefore, Jiraiya took the opportunity and left, leaving this rare opportunity to this pair of lovers who were full of setbacks. Tsunade and Oakwood were sitting in the tavern, neither of them said a word, just silently drinking the tasteless wine in front of them. It seemed that the atmosphere made the two of them feel depressed. They both sighed at the same time. Seeing each other's reaction, they spoke at the same time: "Jiraiya, this guy hasn't come back from going to the toilet?" Tsunade and Zakaki looked at each other and chuckled together. The two of them instantly understood Jiraiya's intention, and both remained silent. The deadlock that had been broken cooled down again. It was the man, or Zakaki, who spoke: "Jiraiya still likes to play tricks like this after so many years." "Haha, who says it's not the case? The last time he came back from Yuyin Village, he shocked me and ended up like that. I would like to thank you even more. If it weren't for you, I would probably be Jiraiya. It¡¯s up to you to explain it there.¡± Oakwood glanced at Tsunade and said with a smile, "Don't forget, Jiraiya is my friend." Tsunade heard Zakaki mentioning her friend, and the appearance of Orochimaru vaguely appeared in her mind. Thinking of the rumor that Orochimaru was killed by Uchiha Sasuke during this period, Tsunade had mixed feelings in her heart, so she said: "What's wrong with Orochimaru?" How about that? I heard that Uchiha Sasuke killed him, what happened?" "He originally wanted to take advantage of the fight between Uchiha Sasuke and Uchiha Itachi, but he was almost sealed by Uchiha Itachi's Ten Fist Sword. Fortunately, I arrived in time and saved him. But now He only has one clone of his body, and he doesn¡¯t know when he will be able to recover.¡± Seemingly remembering Orochimaru's misdeeds, Tsunade sneered in a deep voice: "It's really his style, no matter what means are used to achieve the goal. Now, it's so good that people are not human and ghosts are not ghosts. If Uchiha Itachi really kills him It would be better if it was sealed, so as not to harm the world!" "Ninjas use kunai to kill people and ninjutsu to kill people. Orochimaru uses experiments to kill people. What's the difference if everyone kills people? As far as I know, as long as they are enemies of Konoha, as long as it is for a mission, Konoha's ninjas will not hesitate to do so. Even Konoha's own people will be killed for offending certain people! Orochimaru, on the other hand, in some respects, most of the people he used for experiments are heinous and vicious people!" Tsunade seemed a little annoyed. She took a sip of wine and said disdainfully: "Hmph! Of course you have to speak for your die-hard allies. Who doesn't know that Yamagakure and Otogakure are in a nest of snakes and rats? Orochimaru is bewitching the daimyo of Tian Country. You'd better do that. , directly using coercion!¡± "Hokage-sama, please pay attention to your wording, this sentence can rise to political heights!" "Really? How high will it rise to, Mr. Tang Ying?" Zakaki scratched his head, shook his head, and suppressed the anger in his heart, "Tsunade, I don't want to talk about politics today, I'm just here to drink. Leave those messy things on the negotiating table, okay?" "I stayed at the negotiation table. Relying on your Shanyin's superior strength, I gave those old guys a stick and gave them a sweet date. Zakaki, I thought you had high political consciousness back then, but you turned out to be so high. It¡¯s reached this point!¡ª¡ª¡± "That's enough!" Zakaki yelled suddenly, interrupting Tsunade's words. Seeing Tsunade's burgundy eyes full of confusion, Zakaki suddenly remembered the girl with a ponytail who made a bet with him back then, and the girl standing crying beside him.?The girl who was at a loss in front of her. Zakaki felt a pain in his heart and said softly: "I know you are a considerate person. If you were me, what would you do? Tsunade, everyone has their own difficulties, why should you seize those who should not be kept in mind? Something that won¡¯t let go?¡± Tsunade ignored Oakwood, stretched out her hand with rose-colored nails, picked up a glass of wine, and poured it into her mouth. Not counting one cup, Tsunade picked up the jug and poured another cup and continued drinking. It was already five cups! Seeing Tsunade drinking to drown her sorrows, Zakaki felt like there were countless lead weights weighing on his heart. Zakaki grabbed Tsunade who was about to continue pouring wine, "Tsunade, you are fine today." Tsunade broke free from Zakaki's hand, directly picked up the wine bottle and drank it to her mouth. The lips covered with lipstick touched the wine bottle, and the wine flowed from the corner of her mouth to her cheeks. Today, Tsunade completely let go. Today, she just wanted to get drunk. I don¡¯t know how long it took, but there were already a dozen empty bottles placed in front of Zakaki, and Tsunade was already lying on the table, sleeping like a child. The curved eyebrows, the straight nose, the pink cheeks are slightly red, the lips are like dripping cherries, the flower-like melon-seed face is as crystal clear as jade, and the crystal cheeks are as ice-like as snow. Zakaki looked at Tsunade carefully and realized that he had not laid eyes on this beauty for more than ten years. "Tsunade¡ª" Tsunade shouted softly, but she didn't respond. She pushed Tsunade again, but the latter still fell asleep. It seems that he really drank too much. Zakaki smiled softly and said, "You can't sleep here all night, right?" Zakaki looked outside the dark door and realized that it was already late at night. Zakaki looked at the dozing shopkeeper, said nothing, walked gently to Tsunade, and hugged her. Tsunade was plump but not fat, and Tsunade basically didn't feel much weight. On the contrary, through her palms and clothes, she could feel the amazing elasticity of Tsunade's supple skin. A faint body fragrance spread into Zakmu's nose, and the hand with the red nails accidentally touched Zakumu's face, Zakumu suddenly felt distraught. In the distance, Jiraiya was holding a telescope and staring at Tsunade holding Tsunade. Suddenly, Jiraiya jumped up and cursed in the direction of Tsunade: "This bastard actually kissed Tsunade." ! Taking advantage of Tsunade's drunkenness to have evil intentions, no, I have to keep an eye on it, what if Tsunade is raped by Tsunade? Tsunade's figure, what a good material, must be incorporated into my masterpiece! And soup What the Kage and Hokage are doing, my God, what a great subject!¡± ; Text Chapter 278 Despicable villain ps: I have been home for the past two days and was delayed on the train. I¡¯ll make up for two chapters today, and I¡¯ll make up for whatever I owe. Please forgive me! Looking at Tsunade supported by Shizune, Zakaki couldn't help but feel sad. If you say you don't have other thoughts, it's definitely a lie. A person as charming as Tsunade, even a high-ranking monk, might break the precepts, let alone Zakaki! As the saying goes, there are times in your life that you must have, but there are no times in your life, so don¡¯t force it. Some things cannot be forced! Besides, didn't something happen with Tsunade? In fact, when Tsunade kissed Tsunade, he clearly saw the blush rising on the latter's face, so everything was okay. But someone seemed to be in bad shape. Jiraiya's face appeared in Zakaki's mind, and there was a wry smile in his heart. He wanted to understand the relationship between right and wrong, but didn't want to get deeper into it. Seeing that drunk Tsunade couldn't help but kiss him. Go up. Jiraiya, I can only say I'm sorry, feelings are something I can't force myself to do. But having said that, it seems that Jiraiya also created this opportunity! Zakumu, who was thinking wildly, walked on the already deserted street. Except for a few vendors pushing carts and staggering drunks, the original noise gradually calmed down. Feeling this strange tranquility, waves of comfort flashed through Zakaki's heart. That kind of comfort seemed to have returned to Konoha more than ten years ago, an era when there were not many "ideals". People are so strange. Who would have thought that Zakaki, who was planning to die of old age in Konoha, is now one of the people who causes Konoha the most headaches! Just when Zakaki looked back on the past, a faint murderous intention came from the roof not far away. It seemed that the owner of the murderous intention already knew that Zakaki had discovered him. Without hesitation, his figure flashed and headed directly towards Escaped in the other direction. Zakaki squinted his eyes and looked at the direction of the man's escape. He grinned and said with a contemptuous smile: "If you don't enter the tiger's den, how can you catch the tiger's cubs? Danzo, I want to see what tricks you, an old guy, can pull off. !¡± With a whoosh, the figure of Zakwood disappeared into the night. In the forest outside Konoha, a man was alone in it. This man is very weird. Half of his body is covered with bandages, including his eyes! The most surprising thing was the cold temperament radiating around him, as if the air around him was extremely cold due to his presence. The dark night seemed to blend into one with this person, regardless of you or me. This person is none other than Danzo Shimura, who represents the darkness of Konoha! Suddenly, a figure half-knelt in front of Danzo. Then a voice without any emotion sounded in the dark night, "Danzo-sama, Tang Ying is here, and the ambush has been prepared. Now we can close the net!" "Well, little Takaki, you're just as brave as a man. You're an arrogant person. I won't let you come or go today! Please inform me and everything will go according to plan!" Danzo held a wooden stick in his hand, and his left eye, which was only exposed, remained calm and composed. With his eyes closed, he didn't seem to care at all about the number one turtle in the ninja world, Uzaki Sennin. A gust of breeze blew by, and all the leaves on the top of the tree in front of Tuanzang flowed, and a few leaves slowly fell. Then, a muscular figure suddenly appeared in front of Danzo, and the strong wind it brought directly made Danzo's clothes hiss. The black hair wrapped in bandages shook like grass blown by the wind. Oakwood smiled softly and said loudly: "I wonder what Elder Danzo wants to talk to me about?" Danzo ignored the strength of the oak tree and allowed the strong wind to plunder him, as if the breeze was caressing the hills. Seeing Danzo's desperate look, Zaki couldn't help but feel disgusted, and said coldly and sarcastically: "Huh! Is Tsunade so considerate? Knowing that you are old, I let you rest at your roots. So much so that time If you have more, you can come and catch up with me at this time!" Danzo's closed left eye suddenly opened, with a trace of murderous intent, he said in a cold voice: "Ozaki, I'm here to discuss something with you. You also know that Otogakure Village has been affiliated with Konoha since ancient times. Although Orochimaru controls Otogakure Village, I believe that many Oto-nin still regard the Land of Fire as their suzerain country. Before Orochimaru died, Otogakure and Yamagakure had no problem being in the same spirit. Now that Orochimaru is dead, it seems that Guicun Otogakure¡¯s autonomy should be given to Konoha or returned to Otogakure!¡± "Elder Danzo, this matter has been decided clearly at the meeting between the two villages. I believe that Tsunade and the villagers of Konoha are sincere and honest." Zakaki was already a little impatient at this moment. Okay, I finally got into a good mood, but it was ruined by this old guy! Uzaki's impatience did not arouse Danzo's irritation. The eyes he had just opened were closed again at this moment, and the look of winning was indeed a bit strange. At the end, Danzo clapped his hands and said softly: "Give me the gift I gave Tangying!" After Danzo said that, two ninjas in weird costumes came over carrying a black sack, and then threw the black sack on the ground: "Sir Danzo, we have brought it here!" An ominous feeling instantly occupied Zakaki's heart. Sure enough, Danzo used the crutch in his hand to gently open the seal of the sack.?, and then said: "Zakaki, this person is your great benefactor. Although it is a bit disgraceful to do so, it is understandable to sacrifice some people for Konoha!" The seal of the sack was opened, and a few strands of white hair were slowly revealed inside, and then a familiar face appeared in Zakaki's sight, it was Grandma Yichun! At this moment, looking at Danzo's face with a confident look on his face, Zaki's body started to tremble. I knew Danzo was a despicable guy, but I didn't expect him to be so bad. Grandma Yichun is from Konoha. As a leader, if she is indifferent to the life and death of her people, then this person has lost the foundation of being a leader! The Yichun family is very kind to Zakaki, and now Danzo threatens him with Yichun's grandma. No matter what happens, it will become unknown according to Zakaki's personality! By this time, murderous intent had already filled the entire night sky. Except for the Uchiha clan, Zakaki has never wanted to kill anyone so much. Danzo has been included in the list of people who must be killed by Zakaki! "Oakaki, do you agree to this matter or not? You have to know, I can kill this one this time, and I can kill your nephew next time. You should believe in my strength in Konoha, let a chunin It won¡¯t be that difficult to die in an accident!¡± Bump - As soon as Danzo finished speaking, a fist shot out of the ground and hit him on the chin. Then the oak tree rushed out of the earth with huge momentum and leaped into the air. Zakaki looked around and saw Danzo walking slowly from a short distance carrying a sack. The crutch in his hand stabbed the sack directly, "Zakmu, since you are so stubborn, I will kill one of you first to teach you a lesson!" "Don't¡ª¡ª!!" Zakumu shouted desperately in mid-air. The regret in his heart was like an oil drum that was set on fire, filling his whole body instantly. If Grandma Yichun was killed, Zakumu believed that he would definitely regret it for the rest of his life. ! In mid-air, Tsubasa could only watch Danzo stabbing the crutch into the sack. It was the first time that the helpless Tsubasa felt such a great sense of frustration. No matter how powerful he is, his relatives are being killed in front of his eyes, but he can only watch helplessly! Just when Zakaki closed his eyes and gave up, something strange suddenly happened! With a bang, the sack in Danzo's hand turned into air, and then an angry voice rang in everyone's ears, "I never expected that there would be such a despicable villain in Konoha. I, Naruto Uzumaki, will represent Konoha is here to punish you!!" Text Chapter 279 The Child of Destiny The sudden appearance of Naruto stirred everyone's nerves, and the orange back instantly swept away all the panic in Zakaki's heart. At this time, Zakaki believed that Naruto was the real son of destiny, not only because he rescued Grandma Yichun, but also because of the ability to blend real sunshine into his blood! When Zakaki saw Naruto, he knew that Grandma Yichun didn't have much of a problem anymore. The anxiety in her heart gradually subsided, but her desire to kill Danzo grew stronger. Zakaki quickly formed seals with his hands, and six rock giants suddenly appeared around Danzo. The shadow of the fist moved, and the rock giant roared and rushed in the direction of Danzo. The surrounding trees fell down under the impact of the rock giant! At this moment, the Rasengan in Naruto's hand was also ready. Naruto stepped on the shoulders of the rock giant and rushed towards Danzo in a few flashes. With a bang, Naruto's Rasengan and the rock giant's fist hit Danzo's body together! Danzo vomited blood and fell to the ground. At first glance, he really lost his fighting ability. Others might have been deceived by him, but it was impossible to deceive Zakaki! Zakaki carefully looked at the chakra fluctuations around him, and sure enough, Danzo appeared. Fifty meters away in mid-air, Danzo has a mouth and seals in his hands. It is clearly a breakthrough, and the direction of the attack from the breakthrough is Naruto! "Naruto, be careful!" Zakaki roared and formed another seal, "Earth Release - Earthflow Wall!" The two air waves suddenly hit the wall of the earth flow, creating two large craters. Naruto also took advantage of this empty opportunity to climb over the earth flow wall and rushed towards Danzo with the Rasengan. But how could Danzo, who had suffered once, be fooled again? The figure flashed and disappeared within Naruto's attack range. Danzo's two men also moved at this moment. They were ANBU elites after all. The sword they drew struck in the direction that completely blocked Naruto's path. How could Naruto, who had just used up the Rasengan, escape the Jonin's precise blow? ? If it were Naruto from three years ago, he would definitely die under these two swords. But after experiencing a great war and following Jiraiya through countless ups and downs, Naruto had already grown up. Naruto tilted his body in mid-air and narrowly dodged between the two swords. At this moment, the rock giant's rescue had arrived, and the mud bombs flying in the sky directly attacked the two ninjas. Naruto also took the opportunity to jump to Zakaki's side. "What's going on? Why are these guys cheating on Grandma Yichun?" Naruto glanced at the two root ninjas and asked in a low voice: "Are these people really from Konoha?" Zakaki nodded, "You have heard it yourself just now, I don't need to say this anymore, what I have to do now is to kill these bastards in front of me!" "No! I want to hand them over to Granny Tsunade and that despicable guy just now. If you kill them now, then the truth will be buried forever, and another layer will be added between Yamagakure and Konoha. Hatred!" Naruto took a step forward and continued: "You two, come with me - eh? That despicable old guy actually escaped! Just watch these two guys, I'll chase them!" After Naruto said that, he was about to chase Danzo in the direction, but Zakaki stopped him, "Naruto, no need!" "Why?" "That person's name is Danzo, and he is an elder of Konoha. His status is even greater than that of Tsunade. He cannot be convicted based on this evidence!" Zakaki shook his head and said. In fact, what Oakwood just said about killing Danzo was just a moment of anger. He knew that, let alone Konoha, even in Yamagakure, if Danzo wanted to escape, no one could stop him. Ikinasha is a huge bug. Coupled with the eyes of Uchiha Shisui in this guy's hands, it would be almost impossible to kill him! As for Uchiha Sasuke, if Fei hadn't been there to frighten him, he wouldn't have known who would have died! It was a coincidence that Naruto couldn't sleep at night and was wandering around Konoha. Who would have thought that he overheard two ninjas cheating on Grandma Yichun. He thought they were spies from another country and had a grudge against Xiao Li, so he wanted to kill them. However, Naruto thought that this would only treat the symptoms but not the root cause, so he went to Xiao Li's house and transformed into Grandma Yichun, pretending to be captured by them. So there was the scene above. Naruto now understands what Zakaki said. The water in Konoha is very deep. There are some things that Naruto doesn't know, but that he doesn't want to know. As for this time, it completely exceeded Naruto's bottom line! The duty of a ninja is to protect the village, but now someone in Konoha wants to attack the innocent people in his own village. This is undoubtedly tarnishing Konoha's nearly century-old tradition! When he heard the almost shameless remarks of the old guy Danzo, he quickly understood the meaning, so he wanted to capture them and hand them over to Tsunade. But Naruto never imagined that this person was not something Tsunade could touch! Naruto glanced at Danzo who had gone away, raised his eyebrows, and said secretly: "We must deal with you bunch of worms!" "Ah¡ª¡ª" Two screams suddenly sounded. Naruto looked back and found that the two ninjas had been sucked into the soil.By the time Naruto reacted, the two ninjas were left with only two hands waving in the air! "Why did you kill them?" Zakaki looked at the two fallen bodies and said disdainfully: "Letting them go back and wait for Konoha to punish them is equivalent to letting him go. Danzo's strength in Konoha is definitely beyond your imagination. What they were like just now You have also seen that people who ignore ninja rules are trash, what's the use of keeping them?" Naruto wanted to retort, but couldn't say anything. Finally, he said in a deep voice: "It's always bad to kill someone for no reason!" "Naruto, I don't have any big ambitions. I just want to protect my family and friends. If someone hurts my relatives and friends, no matter who it is, I will kill him! As for Danzo, he can't run away , one day I will kill him with my own hands!" Zakaki couldn't help but get furious when he thought of Danzo's actions, but he wanted to see how many Sharingan you have! Naruto looked at the murderous Zakaki, not only was he not unhappy, he was also a little happy. The lustful immortal is still the same lustful immortal. Regardless of his alignment, he will never change his feelings towards his friends and relatives. This seems to be the reason why Grandma Tsunade and Jiraiya, the lustful immortal, have always been friendly with him! Zakaki stepped forward and patted Naruto on the shoulder, and said seriously: "Naruto, if anyone can change this hypocritical and cold-blooded world, then I believe that person is you!" Naruto looked at Zakaki's hopeful eyes and was shocked. He suddenly remembered what Jiraiya had said to him, and then nodded solemnly. ; Text Chapter 280: Working Underground ps: There is a problem with my computer at home. This chapter was coded in an Internet cafe. I will update it twice a day after the computer is repaired! After hanging out in Konoha for more than a week, everything that needs to be done is done. Today, Zakaki and his party left Konoha. This trip to Konoha was full of twists and turns. First, there was the endless quarrel between Ichii and the others and the old guys in Konoha, then the ambiguity with Tsunade, and then the nasty things done by Danzo. Fortunately, these have been solved perfectly, and Konoha has acquiesced to the facts regarding Tian Country. When Tsunade left Konoha, there was a brief silence with Tsunade. There is no need to elaborate on the meaning of that silence. The matter of Danzo's old guy has been spread among the higher-ups in Konoha, and Tsunade gave a stern warning about it. Even under the leadership of Tsunade, Jiraiya, the three families of Ino Shikacho, Kakashi, A Kai and others negotiated with Danzo for a long time, and finally forced Danzo to promise not to do these crazy things again! Whether Danzo will threaten Oakwood, Oakwood doesn't know, but he knows that there are already many Jonin in Konoha who are dissatisfied with him. According to Danzo's personality, he will not settle the matter anymore. Do something that offends the public. Of course, none of these beef woods were attentive, and what Tochigi was thinking now is the next movement of Tap and Naruto. Jiraiya told Zakaki that he would take Naruto to practice sage mode on Miaomu! It seems that Payne destroyed the entire Konoha at this time in his previous life. Now the history of the Naruto world has been changed beyond recognition by Oakwood. He himself doesn't know if Payne will attack Konoha again! However, even if Pain attacks Konoha Oak, he will not interfere again. Without him, Oak wants Naruto to be trained. This is an excellent opportunity to mature his mind and test his strength! After all, the reform of this world still depends on Naruto. Although the current Zakaki can surpass Ah Fei in terms of strength, but even if he defeats Ah Fei, the world will still be in the previous state. The war will not end, the battle will continue, and hatred will still pervade the entire world. Oakwood once guessed that it was because Naruto saved the world that he would be recognized by everyone, and he would use the sunshine melted in the bone marrow to bring reform to the world. Maybe Zakaki can save the world, but he can't really bring light to the world like Naruto. What he has to do now is to remove obstacles as much as possible, plan for Yamagakure as much as possible, and plan for his descendants as much as possible. A great future! Although Zakaki is now the pinnacle figure in the world, the mentality of the common people still runs through Zakaki's blood. Even though he has unparalleled strength, he has never thought about how to dominate the world. Just as he thought when he first came to this world, he wanted to find a beautiful wife, have two children, and live a life without being bullied. However, due to circumstances and human factors, Zakaki finally reached this point! The war is about to begin, and everything is different now. Fei, Payne and Kabuto Yakushi will bring a different world to Naruto. Therefore, it is time to accumulate strength. The first thing to do is to restore Orochimaru! Jiraiya and Seikigami, Orochimaru and White Snake Cave, Tsunade and Shigulin, all the three ninjas have sage mode. Since Kabuto Yakushi can find the White Snake Cave from Jugo, Soaki believes that Orochimaru can also find it now! Once Orochimaru masters Sage Mode, with his abilities, Yamagakure's combat power is much greater! Zakaki and his party ran quickly through the territory of the Country of Fire, passing through countless forests. Just when they had just left the territory of the Country of Fire, an unexpected appearance appeared! A familiar figure was nestled against a big tree. The man was wearing a gray cloak and a yellow skirt that covered his sleek and slender thighs. The two fleshy balls seemed to want to burst the tight mesh top. The slender figure The snow-white neck is looming in the vertical coat collar, coupled with the angelic face, this appearance alone is really tempting, but most people who know this person's character will avoid him because this person is Mitarashi Anko. ! The sudden appearance of Anko made the Tangying guards nervous, but when everyone saw the expressions of Ichii and Zakaki, they knew that this person was no longer an enemy. As expected, before Zakaki could say anything, Ichii spoke, "Everyone moved forward quickly and didn't see anything. Do you all know that?" "Yes, sir!" When everyone saw Zakaki's embarrassed face, most of them understood what was going on, and they all rushed in the direction of Shanyin with serious expressions on their faces. "Sir, you don't have to rush back!" Ichii pushed up his glasses on the bridge of his nose with a look on his face: "I understand what you mean." Before Zakmu could say anything, he disappeared directly in front of Zakmu. At first glance, there are only red beans and oak trees left here! Zakaki looked at the angry Anko, and couldn't help but feel a little confused. He hadn't seen her in Konoha three times in a row, and he thought he was avoiding her. In fact, this is a coincidence. Oak came to Konoha, and Anko left Konoha because of the mission. The same is true this time. Fortunately, this time Hongdou heard thatWhen I arrived in Konoha, I abandoned my team and rushed to Konoha, but I missed it again! After knowing that Zakaki had not been gone for long, Hongdou didn't think much and took a shortcut to the place where Zakaki must pass, and this scene happened. "Are you tired?" Zakaki heard Hongdou's gentle breathing and knew that she had arrived not long ago. This girl is really a master who dares to love and hate. Hongdou knows those bad things about Zakaki, and it would be a lie to say that he is not annoyed. Even if he missed time due to a mission, as a man, he should be responsible. At least he should go to his home to visit, or leave a message. News or something. But when she heard Zakaki's words "Aren't you tired?", all Anko's anger suddenly disappeared. Zakaki watched Anko¡¯s holding hands drop and knew that all the anger in her heart had dissipated. She was about to say something more, but Anko suddenly moved! Hong Dou¡¯s figure flashed and appeared directly in front of Zakaki. Then he raised his fist and punched Zakaki¡¯s lower abdomen. That's not all, Anko didn't know when she touched a kunai. The cold kunai was leaning on Zakaki's neck. Zakaki seemed to have been suddenly thrown into the ice cellar, and his whole body was cold. "You are such a heartless man. You took advantage of me and left me alone. What do you think you should do?" Hong Bean stuck out her pink tongue and lightly licked it on Zakaki's cheek. Zakaki smelled the aroma that hit his face, felt the coldness coming from the holy peak next to his arm, and coupled with the beautiful legs in stockings wrapped around his body, Zakaki felt his lust rising. I took a look at the kunai hanging around my neck. This is what the so-called two heavens of ice and fire look like, right? ??????????????????????????????????????????""What's the matter?" How could Zakaki still make her arrogant? He grabbed her waist with his backhand, put her on his knees, and kissed her on the lips. The beauty in her arms moaned tenderly, her jade hands tightly hugged Zakmu's neck, and her thighs were wrapped around Zakmu's waist like white snakes. Zakaki suddenly remembered that this was still in the wild. Although it was nothing to fight in the wild, how ugly would it be if someone accidentally passed by? Zakaki let Anko hang his whole body on him, and quickly formed seals with his hands, "Earth Release - Earthquake Core!" ???????????????????????????????? The land where Oak and Anko were sitting sank instantly, and a large square hole more than ten meters deep appeared out of thin air. Then there were moans, gasps and other obscene and extravagant cries that resounded throughout the forest! ; Text Chapter 281: Hidden Things in the Mountain Piao Tian Literature ps: The computer at home is not good yet, so I coded these three chapters at my aunt¡¯s house! After getting along with Hongdou, Zakaki returned to Shanyin. [] A month has passed in the blink of an eye, but the entire ninja world has been unusually quiet, so quiet that it¡¯s unbelievable! Spies came from all over to report, but there was no news about any members of the Akatsuki organization in a month. The Akatsuki organization seemed to have disappeared. Even Deidara, who usually liked to travel to small princely states to promote art, also disappeared. Zakaki knows that the Akatsuki organization is plotting an earth-shattering conspiracy, which may very well be the next world war! According to the original work, Konoha should have been destroyed at this time, and Tsunade fell into a coma due to the workload of the battle. At the same time, Rabbi Kumogakure's Eight-Tailed Jinchuuriki was also captured by Uchiha Sasuke, so the Five Shadows Conference took place. But now Konoha has not been destroyed, and Kirabi has not been captured. Since the death of Uchiha Itachi, Uchiha Sasuke seems to have disappeared. The entire Naruto world has become a mess, and Zakaki no longer has the advantage of controlling the plot! At this time, everyone relies on their own abilities and stands on the same starting line to compete in the world! On this day, Zakaki had nothing to do, so he and Sammi took their fishing rods and went fishing in a small lake not far from home. Come to the lake, prepare the fishing gear and start. After throwing the hook into the lake, wait for the fish to take the bait. The little girl Sammi watched for a while, but didn't see the fish bobber move for a long time, so she went to play aside. When she left, she didn't forget to laugh at Zakmu for not knowing how to fish! Only a depressed look on Zakaki's face was left. After a while, no fish took the bait. Zakaki became a little anxious. How ugly would it be if Sammi came back and hadn't caught any fish? Zakaki looked around and found that there was no one around. He picked up a few small stones from the ground and looked at the happy fish swimming under the water. After a few snaps, four fish floated to the surface with their bellies turned over. water surface. Zakaki smiled proudly and picked up a few fish from the water. The surface of the lake is sparkling, and a few waterbirds are swimming leisurely not far away, and from time to time they get into the water and pick up a small fish. The lakeside was covered with unnamed trees. Two old farmers, wearing bamboo hats and hoes, were chatting with smiles. Perhaps the back of Zakmu fishing was too conspicuous, so the two old farmers walked towards Zakmu. One of them He opened his mouth and said: ¡°Sir, have you been fishing here?¡± Zakaki looked back at the two old farmers, stood up quickly, put the fishing rod aside and replied: "Haha, yes, I have nothing to do, come here to kill time!" The old farmer on the left saw the dead fish in the oak fish's pocket, his face darkened, and he said displeasedly: "Mr. Ninja, this small lake is contracted by the two of us. It's fine if you fish here, I hope Don't use ninjutsu to catch fish. Our whole family is still counting on these fish!" Hearing this, Zakaki couldn't help but feel embarrassed. He scratched the back of his head, touched his pocket and said, "Well, I'm really sorry. I thought this fish was wild, so - do you think I'll pay you for it?" The old farmer on the right waved his hand and said with a smile: "Forget it, just pay attention. After all, we have to live a life, right?" When the old farmer said that, Zakmu became even more embarrassed. He hurriedly put away the fishing rod, handed a few fish to the old farmer, and said with a blushing face: "That¡ª¡ªthat's really sorry, I didn't bring any money¡ª¡ªwell, you tell me." Give me an address and I¡¯ll have someone send it to you right away!¡± The old farmer on the right didn¡¯t answer Zakaki¡¯s words and looked at him as if he were a rare object. Finally, with trembling hands, he pointed at Zakaki and said, ¡°You¡ªyou are Lord Tang Ying!!¡± At this moment, Zakaki¡¯s old red face has completely turned into a pickled eggplant. It¡¯s so ugly that someone actually recognized it! Just as Zakaki was about to explain something, the two old farmers knelt down in a hurry, and the old farmer on the left was lying on the ground shivering. Zakaki hurriedly helped up the two old farmers, waved his hands and said, "I can't do it, I can't do it! You two, get up quickly. It was my fault just now. I will ask someone from the government to send you compensation after a while. Never do this!" The old farmer on the right was still shaking his hands and stammered: "Sir, please forgive me, I-we really-we didn't realize it was you, otherwise we wouldn't dare to be arrogant to you even if I beat you to death!" The old farmer on the left had just been helped up, and he knelt on the ground again. He said in horror: "My lord, please forgive me, I really didn't know it was you!" "What's wrong with this? It's my fault. Didn't I cause you to suffer losses? I'll send someone over in a moment!" Zhakumu helped the old farmer up again, with a look of helplessness on his face. This is reality. Tang Ying doesn't care about them. People of this level are so far out of reach. There was a time when I was not like an ant in front of those in power, a vicious privilege! Zakaki smiled slightly and continued: "You two, I think you seem to be afraid of what I will do to you. Is it possible that there are some people in Shanyin who often do evil things? If you really exist, you can tell me. I will never let you down. Will severely punish those who refuse to lend money??¡± "No, no, no, our Shanyin's legal system can be said to be the best. Even Konoha can't compare to it now. There are no privileges and everyone is equal. Everyone said that we have a good soup shadow. If we put it aside, When Tangyin Village was still in the past, how could such a situation exist?" The old farmer on the right picked up the fish killed by the oak tree and continued: "Sir, when we little people have nothing to repay your kindness, these fish have the right to It¡¯s given to you, if you are willing, it doesn¡¯t matter even if all the fish in the lake are caught!¡± "It's a must¡ª¡ª" ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? Although our spirits have been somewhat waned, we are still very happy, because the people under their rule live and work in peace and contentment, and it seems that they are especially supported by the people of Shanyin! With a sense of accomplishment, Zakaki walked towards home. Just when Zakaki was humming a little tune, he suddenly felt a strange chakra approaching him. Zakaki raised his eyebrows, shook his head, and sighed secretly: "The troublesome person is back again!" As soon as Zakmu finished speaking, a bleating sound came from the distance, "Brother, I'm back!" Turning around, Tsubasa saw Hidan carrying a scythe and waving to him with excitement on his face. In the beginning, Hidan returned to Yamagakure and wandered around the village all day, getting into fights with the village ninjas at every turn. Who knew this guy was born to be a brawler! Zakaki was helpless and had no choice but to let this guy go out and do some difficult or difficult tasks. Fortunately, Hidan was not tired of it. The ninja world was so quiet this month that there were less fights in the surrounding small princely states. Hidan stayed in Yamagakure when he had no mission, and came to Takaki whenever he had nothing to do, asking Takaki to give him some evil spirits. Guidance, does Zakmu have any guidance? Deceive this guy to be a free labor force. "How did you go on this mission?" Zakaki asked with a forced smile. "Hahaha, it's too easy. You can kill them with three punches and two kicks! Brother, you didn't see those two guys. They are just bullshit ninjas. They are just garbage driving a machine. They are preaching about technology. They just don't know what is called. Just let them know. I twisted my neck!" Hidan laughed loudly and gestured in front of Zakaki's eyes. Hidan suddenly remembered something, stopped gesturing, and said in confusion: "Brother, I saw that four-eyed man wearing glasses a few days ago. Boy, you look so weird, so disgusting!" The four-eyed boy wearing glasses, could it be Kabuto? The Akatsuki organization disappeared this month, and Kabuto seems to have disappeared as well. Could it be that they are hooking up now? "Is the four-eyed boy the one named Yakushi Kabuto?" "That's right, that's Kabuto Yakushi. It's disgusting. He's transformed into a ghost, and he's dragging a long tail, making him look like a snake!" Hidan said with a look of contempt on his face. "Where did you see him?" "He was sneaky on the beach of Yuno Country. Just as I was about to kill him, that guy got naked and dragged his long tail into the bottom of the sea!" Zakaki was shocked, remembering Kabuto's sage mode, naked and dragging his tail, it seemed like that! Is it possible that Kabuto is practicing Sage Mode now? Tsubasa grabbed Hidan's hand and walked towards Yamagakure's laboratory, "I'm busy again this time, Hidan, think about that place, let's go get rid of Yakushi Kabuto!" Text Chapter 282 Strange Cave Piao Tianwen explained everything about Yamagakure, and Tsubasa took Orochimaru, who had returned to the size of a bowl, and rushed to the beach of Yunokuni together with Hidan and Chi. Fortunately, although Hidan was very nervous, his memory was not affected, and the two of them found the place where he said Kabuto haunted without much effort. There is a cliff on the left side of the seaside. The cliff is nearly a hundred meters high, with moss-covered stones protruding from it. Not even a single blade of grass has sprouted. Below the cliff is a reef. Rows of waves crash on the reef, and the water splashes are scattered in the air. When the sun shines, several rainbows hang in the sky. Zakaki carefully scanned the cliff and the rocks below, trying to find some clues, but could not see anything except sea water and stones. Just when Zhamu was about to go to the sea to take a look, a scolding voice rang out: "Captain, it smells like that medicine man's bag!" After saying this, he took out a scroll from his ninja bag and spread it horizontally in the air. Then there was a bang, and a big white dog appeared in front of several people. "White Wolf, go get that thing from me!" The white wolf that appeared scolded twice, and swooped out. The white wolf's figure flashed, and he climbed up the cliff quickly on the rocks. After a while, the white wolf suddenly stopped on a huge stone, and then barked at the oak trees below. He looked at the oak tree, pointed to the place where the white wolf stopped, and said: "Captain, there is the smell of Medicine Master's pocket under that boulder, but the smell is a bit strange!" Hidan raised the scythe in his hand, stretched out his tongue and licked the scythe, and said excitedly: "Could it be that four-eyed boy? Just in time, I didn't kill him last time, so I will sacrifice him to the evil god this time grown ups!" "No, there is no Yakushi Kabuto-" he shook his head. "Forget it, let's go and have a look first. Is it possible that a medicine man's pocket can turn the world upside down?" Zakaki said and stepped directly to the sea, stepping on the stones, and reached the huge stone in a few strides. Hidan and Chi also followed. "Eh? Isn't this just a stone? It doesn't look like a big deal. How come it smells like that four-eyed guy? Hey, hey, I'm saying, you usually have a pretty good nose, why do you lose it at the critical moment? Chain?" Hidan jumped on the boulder, turned around, and hit it twice with his sickle, but nothing came out except two clanging sounds. He gave Hidan a blank look and ignored him. He took out a detonating charm from his ninja bag and tried to stick it on the boulder. But Zakaki stretched out his hand to stop him. "Captain, you're not like this idiot, are you? There's something else going on down here! When I blow it up, we can see what's inside!" Seeing that he was blocked, Chi grinned dissatisfied. shouted. "I said you're stupid! Look at this stone. It's connected to the bottom of the sea. Who knows how big it is. Let's not talk about whether you can explode it. Even if it is exploded, the top will keep falling down. ? We don¡¯t want to think about you being buried in this salty sea water yet!¡± Hidan nearly went berserk when he heard the scolding of him being an idiot. After what Tokaki said, he couldn't help but feel happy, "That's right, kid, you don't understand such a simple truth!" He spread his hands, shrugged and said, "Okay, what should I do? This thing weighs at least 10,000 pounds, but I don't have the strength to push it away. If you two can do it, just push it away!" Hidan raised his nose, leaned the sickle to the side, rolled up his sleeves, and started to push the boulder. "Go, go, don't make trouble here. If you could push him away, you would be a god!" Zakaki opened Hidan and ignored his shouting, biting his finger and quickly forming a seal, forming a circle of ink. The spell spread along the boulder in all directions. With a bang, a turtle appeared in front of everyone. This turtle is very weird and unusual. It has a long neck and thick legs. At first glance, it doesn¡¯t look like a turtle, but it looks a bit like an elephant. "Zhaomu, long time no see, what do you want from me, Mr. Bei? Don't come to me for any trouble!" When the turtle came out, he yelled at Zhamu with a broken voice. He opened his mouth and looked at the turtle in front of him with a blank expression. Just when he was about to ask about the origin of this thing, Hidan jumped and shouted: "Isn't this Xiaobei? Ouch, I haven't seen you in many years. , you are still so coquettish!" ¡°Who is this turtle if it¡¯s not Xiaobei who followed Zakmu around all those years ago? Xiaobei is one of Bobby's many sons. He does not have the blood of the tortoise family, but his mother is originally from the elephant turtle family, plus Bobby's inheritance, so he has a lot of strength, even Bobby can't match it. he! Xiaobei twisted his neck, looked at Hidan, then squinted his eyes and said, "Hidan? Weren't you kidnapped by that guy? Why are you back?" "Fart, who was arrested? I went over to have fun¡ª¡ª"   "Okay, okay, don't reminisce about old times there! I'm not here to chat with you today, come here and push this big rock away!" Zakaki pointed to the huge rock below. Xiao Bei looked down and found that the boulder was connected to the seabed. Naturally, he knew that the weight was not light. Without thinking about it, he shook his head and refused: "This thing weighs ten thousand kilograms at least. I want to do such a disadvantageous job, so I won't do it!" "Stop talking nonsense to me, go down quickly, stand on the seabed and lean on the rocks. This thing is not difficult for you! Don't let me call Bobby here, otherwise I will beat you up again!" Zakaki I know that Xiaobei is not afraid of anything but his father, Bobby. When Xiaobei refused, he directly took out Bobby and threatened him. "Why don't I go?" Xiaobei glared at Zakmu and jumped directly from the boulder into the sea. With a bang, Xiao Bei jumped into the sea and immediately shook the surrounding sea water. After a while, one or two stones next to the boulder suddenly fell, and then the boulder trembled slightly. "Roar¡ª¡ª" Xiaobei's voice came out from the bottom of the sea, like thunder on the ground. Crash¡ª¡ªthe boulders that had just been shaking slightly were completely shaken, and the cliff seemed to be collapsing. The large and small rocks on it fell down with a crackle, and the earth shook for a moment! After a while, the boulder was pushed to the side by Xiaobei. The surrounding seawater rushed towards the place where the boulder was blocking it like crazy, but there seemed to be seawater behind the boulder. As soon as the boulder was moved away, the water inside also started to flow. He screamed and squeezed out as hard as he could. The two streams of water fought together like wild beasts, and the waves they aroused instantly covered all the rocks. Even Zakaki and the others above suffered disaster and fell into the sea water. I don¡¯t know how long it took, but the two waves of sea water finally stopped, and the sea surface became calm. Zakaki and others emerged from the sea, stood on the sea, and looked at the scene behind the boulder they had just pushed away, their faces full of shock! It turns out that the boulder blocked the entrance of a cave, but the entrance was ridiculously large. Even though the seawater flooded the center of the entrance, the entrance was still four or five meters high. At first glance, those who didn¡¯t know it thought it was a round arch stone bridge! Water is constantly flowing into the cave. No one knows how deep the cave is. Zakaki looked at the whirlpools of living water created on the sea surface, and his heart was full of doubts. What kind of hole is this hole? Text Chapter 289 Kabuto and Fei Piao Tian Literature Zakmu waved to Xiaobei, and the latter swam to his side. Zakaki's figure flashed and stood on Xiaobei's back, shouting loudly to Hidan and Chi: "Come here, both of you, let's go in and take a look!" He didn't say anything to him, Zakaki yelled at him and left. But Hidan was extremely disdainful. He carried the scythe and walked towards the cave with long strides on the water. He didn't forget to look back and sarcastically said: "Sit on Xiaobei? Damn! It's too slow, brother, I'll go first." One step away!¡± Before Zakaki could say anything, Hidan entered the cave. "Captain, is something going to happen to that guy? This hole seems to have something else going on!" Chi stood on Xiaobei's back and said with some worry. "I'm not afraid that something will happen to him. What I'm afraid of is that this guy will scare the snake. If Yakushi Kabuto is really in there, Hidan will scare him away if he doesn't do anything right!" Zakaki patted Xiaobei's neck and continued: "Xiaobei Bei, go quickly!" After a while, the two of them entered the cave. As expected, the cave was really deep. Except for the trickling water, there were solid rock walls on both sides. The rocks on the top and bottom of the rock wall are protruding in various ways. After taking a closer look, I discovered that these stones are all stalactites accumulated over the years. These stalactites are all kinds of strange, and some even penetrate directly from the top of the cave into the water below. There is only one word to describe it at this moment, and that is uncanny workmanship! Just when Zhamu was attracted by this unique scenery, Xiaobei's discordant voice rang out, "These bullshit rocks are quite beautiful, and even the water tastes sweet when you drink it. It's really weird that it's still connected to the sea. Is there such a place?" As tasteful people, Zakaki and Chigang were about to refute Xiaobei's almost insulting remarks, but they stopped together. They looked at each other and said together: "This water is fresh water!!" "No, this water is really sweet. It's much better than the water in our family's place. I'll bring my family to this place to settle down. It's not much better than there!" Xiao Bei looked around at the stone milk. , the more I looked at it, the happier I became, so I took advantage of the situation and made this idea. Zakaki ignored Xiaobei¡¯s nagging and said sternly: ¡°Stop talking nonsense and speed up!¡± Xiaobei turned around and rolled his eyes at Zakmu, but his walking speed was much faster. About ten minutes later, they saw Hidan standing in front of them. There was a ball of white stuff on the scythe blade in Hidan's hand, and even the stone milk next to him was covered with that stuff. Hidan, who accelerated at the beginning, quickly got rid of Oak and Chi. As a loyal believer of the evil god, he completely believed that these ingenious stone breasts were the root of a person's fall, because they were so firm that he was shocked! When Hidan was about to explore further, he discovered the white thing in front of him. Hidan had seen something similar in the Akatsuki organization before, that Zetsu who often appeared and disappeared, as if he was taking off some white spores without any trouble! Therefore, Hidan did not hesitate to think that this might be another secret base of the Akatsuki organization! Hidan is a master who is not afraid of anything, but he has been in the Akatsuki organization for so many years, and he clearly knows the strength of the boss Pain, so at this moment, he hesitates, because in his heart, no one can do it except Zakaki. Over Payne. Finally, Hidan was waiting here! After Zakaki saw Hidan, he was about to call him when the man next to him yelled: "Captain, that white thing is the smell of Yakushi Kabuto!" After hearing what he said, Hidan threw away the thing on the scythe. It turned out that it was not Zetsu! He put away the scythe and asked in confusion: "Brother, what on earth is this thing? It's slimy and looks disgusting!" "That thing is the skin of a snake!" In fact, Zakaki wasn't sure at first, but when he got close to the thing, he suddenly felt a weak strange energy. This kind of energy Zakaki had seen from Jiraiya. , is natural energy! Looking at the granular scales on the thing, I think that Yakushi Kabuto once appeared here. It is not difficult to guess that this thing is the snake skin shed by Yakushi Kabuto! "Oakaki's guess is completely reasonable. Once there is a problem with Jiraiya's Sage Mode operation, he will turn into a toad. In the same way, if Kabuto wants to master the sage mode perfectly, he must learn to control natural energy. Unlike Jiraiya and Naruto, he has two sages to help him. Shedding skin is a very good way to control energy! If Orochimaru emerges from the scroll at this moment, he will definitely swallow these snake skins, because there is energy in them that he has dreamed of all his life! "Captain, the shed skin must be that of Yakushi Kabuto, and it seems that the skin has not shed for a long time. I guess Yakushi Kabuto is still there. Do you want to move forward now?" "Go, of course I want to go. If I guessed correctly, that's where it is!" Zakaki smiled slightly. He was now thinking about if it was really that place, whether he should drag the Linggui clan in, like Mr. Xuanwu and The boss here has some tricks up his sleeve. oak woodAfter thinking about it, I decided to give it up. This time I came to ask for help. Maybe Orochimaru's recovery would depend on the old guy inside. If Zhen was really evil to them, wouldn't Orochimaru be hopeless? In a cave somewhere, a man carrying a huge fan and a mask looked at the man in front of him like an ant. This man wears glasses, and his face looks like he is suffering from an incurable disease, especially the pair of slender snake eyes, plus a tail twisting around in the loose robe. At first glance, it looks like he is suffering from an incurable disease. Somewhat scary. The one wearing the mask is of course Ah Fei, and the man below is the pharmacist Kabuto that Zakaki and the others are looking for at the moment! At this time, A Fei's mask has changed. There was only one hole in the mask but now it has three holes. These three holes are surrounded by a circle, just like the three magatama sharingan of the Uchiha family! Ah Fei looked at Yakushi Kabuto disdainfully, and said slowly: "Yakushi Kabuto, what qualifications do you have to dare to cooperate with me?" Kabuto chuckled and pushed up his glasses, "As far as I know, Nagato is now firmly in control of the tailed beasts. You don't seem to have a chance at all, right? I can help you get the tailed beasts, and I can also help you get rid of this." The world!" "Hahahaha¡ª¡ª" Ah Fei seemed to have heard some joke, he bent down and pointed at the pharmacist's pocket with an unscrupulous smile: "Just you? It's so funny¡ª¡ªhaha¡ª¡ª" "Is it that funny?" Kabuto shook his fingers and quickly slapped the ground with two palms, "Reincarnation in the dirt!!" There was a crash¡ª¡ªDozens of coffins stood upside down in front of Fei, and then the lid of the coffin was opened. A large number of powerful people such as Uchiha Itachi, the third generation Raikage, the fourth generation Kazekage, the second generation Tsuchikage, etc. appeared. In front of A Fei. Ah Fei's fingers moved, but he still said forcefully: "The Reincarnation of the Earth, the Orochimaru Society, the Oakwood Society, and adding you to the list doesn't seem to matter!" "No, no, no, my filthy soil reincarnation is an enhanced version. Based on Orochimaru-sama, as long as I use filthy soil to create it, others will never be able to do it, because I have added restrictions on their souls!" "But this still cannot be used as a bargaining chip for you!" "What if we add this one?" Kabuto slapped his hand on the ground again, and another coffin appeared, "This one should work, right? He is Uchiha Madara!" Ah Fei¡¯s body trembled and he pointed at his pocket with both hands. He was speechless for a moment! "Don't worry, we will be very good partners. If you and I join forces, what does Nagato mean, and who does Oakwood matter? Not to mention those guys in Konoha!"; Text Chapter 290 Nagato¡¯s Opportunity Piao Tian Literature Zakaki and others kept walking forward along the flowing water. I don¡¯t know how long it took. It seemed that this waterway had no end. Even Chi, who had always been able to keep his composure, was a little impatient! After all, being on guard for such a long time in this dark passage is a kind of mental torture! Fortunately, more than an hour later, the white wolf was released and smelled another smell besides water and stone milk! However, this taste made Chihe Bailang, who had memorized thousands of tastes, dumbfounded, because this was another thousands of tastes! At first they thought it was a stalactite cave, but now, everything seems to be beyond imagination! [] "Brother, I saw the light!" Hidan raised his scythe, jumped off Xiaobei's back, and ran straight towards the white light! "Earth Release - Mud Wall Technique!" Before Hidan could go far, a mud wall suddenly appeared on the stone wall. The mud wall came down from top to bottom, directly blocking Hidan's direction, and even his head was blocked. Encased in mud walls. Hidan kept struggling with his limbs, and the water around Yang jumped up. He shook his head and said with disdain, "Hidan, I've never seen you so stupid. Do you know what's ahead?" Where does Hidan have time to complain at this moment? He kept yelling in the direction of Zakaki: "Hey, hey, hey, brother, let me go! I'm not going -" Zakaki removed the mud wall technique, looked at the position of the white light in front, and said solemnly: "The place in front is not trivial. If you don't do anything right, we will deal with it there. Hidan, don't mess around this time!" Hidan was about to say something after being pulled out, but when he saw Zakaki with a serious expression on his face, he swallowed his words. Walking behind Chi, he followed Zakaki step by step closer to the white light. Zakaki, who was walking step by step, suddenly accelerated his speed. Perhaps because of too much force, water vortices spun under his feet. Before Chi and Hidan could ask questions, Zakaki had already rushed to the edge of the cave entrance! Just listening to the bombardment, the direction of Tochigi suddenly made a loud noise, and then a roar sounded like a ghost! Chi and Hidan were about to pounce forward, but a smell of bloody foam suddenly jumped up, like dust that had not been swept away for a thousand years, and suddenly filled every corner of the cave exit! Hidan and Chi both paused, and then they rushed out of the hole in a flash. It would have been better not to come out, but as soon as I came out, I was shocked by the sight in front of me! The two of them were at the bottom of a waterfall. This was nothing, because there was a scene even weirder than this! The trajectory that Hidan and Chi were following should be a horizontal throwing motion starting from the original entrance of the cave, but the force on their bodies made them go back in the direction of the entrance of the cave. The force that should have been downward suddenly became a backward force. No one can properly control the body due to the mutation! Chi and Hidan hurriedly used their methods after a flurry, and awkwardly avoided the suction force, dodged, and landed on two big trees respectively. At this time, Zakaki was wiping the blood from his face. As he was about to reach the entrance of the cave, Zakaki suddenly felt a gloomy and stench. It felt like the air exhaled by some giant carnivore. Zakaki suddenly thought that this might be a dragon cave, so there must be snakes, and even snakes. It's a giant python thing! So he increased his strength and rushed out of the cave. However, like Chi and Hidan, he was affected by the contrast in strength. His body was sucked backwards in the air. Fortunately, Zakaki's physical skills were good, and he was in the air. After doing a few difficult moves, he avoided the teeth of the giant python that he had just predicted, but he got into the mouth of the giant python, so there was this pool of blood on his face! Zakaki looked at this strange environment. The entrance to the cave just now was at the end of a huge waterfall. The hole seemed to be an eye hole that penetrated the center of the earth. All the water flowed down from it, while Zakaki, Hidan and the others were coming from The species flew out of the hole, but the direction it flew out was parallel to the waterfall from above. This means that the attraction of the ground here is perpendicular to the original direction! Then there is only one possibility, this seems to be a unique space! The fundamental reason for the difference in space is that the directions of the magnetic poles are different, and the different magnetic poles will cause different centripetal forces. Here, the direction of the centripetal force is perpendicular to the direction of the original centripetal force in the cave, so this place must be another space! Since this is another dimension, and Yakushi Kabuto has appeared here, then this must be Ryuji Cave! ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? Zakaki looked at the thing beside him that he had just killed. It turned out to be a big python as big as a bucket. It¡¯s also my fault that the big python was unlucky. It was playing in the water as before, but suddenly it felt the smell of blood coming out of the place where it usually sucked water. The smell made it very excited as it got closer and closer.Just when he was about to bite it hard, his head was shattered! And who was it if it wasn't Zakmu who smashed its head? Just when Zakaki was about to wipe the blood stains on his body, who would have thought that the scroll in the bag would fluctuate! Zakaki stretched out his hand, took out the scroll, and took a closer look. Isn't this the scroll containing Orochimaru's body? Zakaki looked at the snakes around him again, remembered Orochimaru's identity, and opened the scroll directly. With a bang, after the smoke passed, Orochimaru emerged from the scroll, but at this time Orochimaru turned into the appearance of the previous person. "Zakaki, let them go, my strength is about to recover! No, it should be said that it is even better than before!" Seeing the excitement on Orochimaru's face, Zakaki shuddered in his heart. Could this guy have gone crazy? Zakaki looked at Hidan and Chi and said with a smile, "I think I'll take them back together. It'll probably be fine when we get here!" Orochimaru chuckled and said: "If it were anyone else, I really wouldn't believe it, but there is no such thing as a relationship between us. Besides, I still need your help. If I go to see those guys now, maybe I can There¡¯s trouble!¡± Zakmu spread his hands, "In this case, I will accompany you for a walk!" "Nagato, I have been feeling that something is wrong with that guy these days. He seems to be planning something?" Xiaonan stood aside, looking at Nagato who was full of black thorns with a distressed face. "I know, that guy wants the chakra of those tailed beasts. His petty theft methods really make people imagine that this was done by a strong man!" "Hmph! If I could, I really want to kill him!" "No, now is not the time. Our mission is to gather the chakra of the nine tailed beasts, and then use it perfectly! That guy is still very useful, we can't kill him now!" "Having said that, now he has tampered with the tailed beast's chakra again! If you don't stop him, I'm afraid¡ª¡ª" "Don't worry, I have already controlled the tailed beast's chakra in advance. Even if he gets some, it's just a drop in the bucket. Everything is under my control!" "Well, the plan for Konoha¡ª¡ª" "I have received information. Teacher Jiraiya took the Nine-Tailed Jinchuuriki to Mt. Myoboku. We will directly destroy Konoha, and then go to where the toads live to capture the Jinchuuriki!" Text Chapter 291 The Choice of the Holy Beasts Zakaki followed Orochimaru and walked in this ghostly place for more than two hours before arriving at a canyon. The mountains on both sides of the canyon were full of snakes. Zakaki's skin couldn't help but have layers of pimples. , although they have seen enough ups and downs over the years, the formation of Snake Mountain and Snake Sea makes it seem as if just throwing anything at it can eat it up in a moment! The deeper into the snake group, the more Orochimaru became excited, so much so that he was already trembling. Suddenly, Orochimaru stretched out his hand and pointed into the distance, shouting loudly: "Ozaki, do you see that? That!" [] Zakaki looked in the direction of Orochimaru's finger in confusion, and then discovered that there was a cave at the top of the valley. When Zakaki looked carefully at the sign on the cave, he couldn't help but tremble in his heart. The sign said There are three big characters "Longdi Cave". As far as Orochimaru is concerned, finding Ryuji Cave this time means that he will practice the sage mode! There is no doubt about the power of the Sage Mode. In fact, in the anime in his previous life, Kabuto once said that his biggest trump card is not the various strong men created by the reincarnation of the dirt, but the Sage Mode that he practiced with the White Snake Sage! To put it simply, the Sage Mode is better for Orochimaru or Kabuto than the Tensei Tensei! Just when Zakaki and Orochimaru were about to walk towards the hole, a hissing sound rang in their ears. Orochimaru glanced at Zakaki and said with a chuckle: "It's not a good place for me to take action now, so please, please Yes, oak wood." "It's a small matter, you and I don't need to talk about it!" Zakaki smiled at Orochimaru, stepped forward, took two steps forward, and stood in front of Orochimaru. After a while, a group of colorful giant pythons spit out their cores and surrounded Zakaki and Orochimaru, especially the leader with four heads! Zakaki has a vague feeling that this thing may be stronger than Orochimaru's former top psychic beast, Manzi! Zakaki looked back at Orochimaru and asked with a smile: "Killing everything will have no impact on your plan, right?" "You know, sometimes, you will be looked down upon by others if you are not strong enough!" Orochimaru smiled sinisterly, and flashed to the treetops above, and began to admire the battle of Zakaki. "Hmph! Ignorant child, you really think that you have some tricks to show off your shame in Longdi Cave. Today I will eat you alive!" The four-headed snake in the lead opened its big mouth in the direction of the oak tree, and suddenly one of them A ball of red light emerged from the mouth of the head, and a drink was heard. The red light was like a laser beam, which cut down directly in the air and hit the oak tree hard! If you dodge at this time, you will be looked down upon by others! Zakaki slapped his hands directly on the ground, and with a snap, the land in front of him was immediately divided into four or five sections like broken bricks! Then, the chakra around Zakaki spun crazily and turned into a turtle shell. What is this if not a "Black Turtle Body Protector"? With a bang, the red laser beam struck the turtle shell like a giant sword. However, the turtle shell was a foot taller, so the red beam failed and dissipated in the air. It was not Zakaki¡¯s style to be beaten while sitting. Zakaki looked around at the group of snakes that were constantly spraying poison at the body. The corners of his mouth were the same and he shouted in a cold voice: "Go to hell! Magma Yellow Spring Marsh!" Only the sound of hissing was heard, and the originally uneven ground turned into mud-colored magma that was constantly rolling and emitting heat waves. The snakes that were attacking the oak trees died in large groups in an instant, and even fragrant heat emitted. ! Except for a few large pythons that used the technique of shedding their skin to leave the magma marsh, all the snakes that had just attacked were actually swallowed up in it! The four-headed giant python was very angry when it saw the same kind that had melted into the magma. It raised its four snake heads and sprayed out a stream of light or poisonous attacks in the direction of the oak tree with its big mouth, and even even Oakwood's body protection was shaken to the point of collapse! Seeing the endless attacks of the giant python, Zakaki couldn't help but feel angry. He immediately withdrew his body protection and galloped towards the left. He kept making seals in his hands, "Earth Escape - Earth Flow River!" "Earth Escape - Earth Escape - Tulong Spear. !¡± The sudden appearance of the Tuliu River directly rushed the leading four giant pythons back dozens of meters. Taking advantage of the python's instability, the Tulong Gun fixed in the air waited for the opportunity to move. With a whoosh, the Tulong Gun It directly pinned the head of one of the four giant pythons. The giant python was in pain, roared like a ghost, and its head fell to the ground. The giant python stabilized its body, raised its giant tail, and struck the oak tree in the direction it was going. With a crash, all the trees fell to the ground, and a big hole was made in the ground. But these are still in vain, the oak tree that keeps dodging has not been touched, not even the raised sand has been touched! But in the blink of an eye, Zakaki appeared in front of the giant python. Stepping on his scales, as vigorous as a leopard, he reached the giant python with one head. Zakaki raised his heels and smashed the other head of the giant python. ! "Lie down - the giant python was hit again, and the head that was hit hit the ground in an instant, and even vomited on it.The stamens on the inside were bitten off by his own teeth, which shows the strength of the blow from Oakwood! ??The giant python found that he had two heads knocked off in such a short period of time, how could he give up? Raising his head, he scraped the ground and hit the oak tree. Zakaki jumped suddenly to avoid the head that hit him, but who knew that another head also rushed over, and the body that was gradually shrinking, once it was entangled, there would be no return! In desperation, Zakaki had no choice but to use the substitute technique to leave the snake and stand far away. The giant python spit out a few chakra balls and continued to roar towards the oak wood, "Little reptile, I must eat you, you actually destroyed both of my heads, you bastard!!" "Oakaki, stop playing with this little thing, deal with it quickly, we're going to find that person!" Orochimaru looked at the rampaging four-headed snake on the treetop, and said with disdain on his face while standing on the treetop. Standing and talking didn¡¯t bother me because my back hurt. Zakaki slandered Orochimaru, but his hands were not idle. Zakaki waved his right hand, and a huge ax with purple light appeared in his palm. Zakaki suddenly swung in the direction where the giant python was charging and shouted: "Go to hell!" The giant ax whirled in the air and chopped off the third head of the oncoming giant python with a clang. That's not all, the giant ax did not stop, it continued to spin weirdly as before, and cut off several giant pythons that escaped the magma Huangquan Marsh with a few whirring sounds! This is still not over, the giant ax is like a boomerang, whizzing in the air, as if it will not stop until the giant pythons are dead! In just a few breaths, only the four-headed giant python with one head was left on the entire battlefield. Although the giant python was hateful, it had already planned to escape at this moment. It was obvious that it was no match for this man! Just when it was about to retreat, the giant ax was like a hunter's eye, locking it so tightly that its body couldn't move! Just when the remaining head of the giant python was about to be cut off, a giant tail appeared across the sky. With a snap, it knocked away the giant ax flying in the air, and then a low and hoarse voice sounded in the air: "Didn't the turtle clan make an agreement with that person not to enter the ninja world from now on? Why did they break their promise again?" When Orochimaru heard this voice, his body trembled first, then trembled again. He opened his mouth to ask something, but swallowed it back. Finally, he looked at the oak tree and said softly: "This is the White Snake Immortal!" Zakaki nodded, and then said loudly: "Senior, I once heard Mr. Xuanwu say this, but now it's not the turtles who broke their promise first, but someone who wants to release that thing, and now they have mostly succeeded. Therefore, for the sake of this world, the turtles have to do something!" The White Snake Immortal snorted coldly: "Hmph! Stop pretending there, I don't know who that old man is? For the sake of your recognition by the Earth's Veins, this section is over for today. You can go back and put this boy away." Stay here!" Zakaki looked at Orochimaru and found confusion and worry on his face, but he put that emotion out in a moment. Orochimaru gave a reassuring smile to Zakaki and nodded. Zakaki said no more, and disappeared in a flash. I don¡¯t know if the Spirit Turtle Clan is good or bad towards Orochimaru now. The Spirit Turtle Clan has a dispute with Ryujidong. If it¡¯s because of this White Snake Sage¡¯s opinion of Orochimaru, then that¡¯s a big deal! However, Zakaki believes that the White Snake Sennin will still put Ry¨±chi Cave on Orochimaru, just like the turtle clan puts the future on him! In fact, Zakaki knew a little bit about the secret of the year. After the Ten-Tails was sent to the moon, the Six Paths Sage restrained the turtle clan for some reasons. The premise was that the Ten-Tails would no longer appear in the ninja world. But now someone is planning the Ten-Tails. Once it succeeds, or even half of it succeeds, the turtle family, including all the holy beasts, will be greatly affected! Regardless of success or failure, these sacred beasts that have been passed down for thousands of years must have a way to protect their families! Xuanwu Immortal knows it, Big Toad Immortal knows it, and White Snake Immortal must also know it. Xuanwu Sage chose Oakwood, Big Toad Sage chose Jiraiya or Naruto, Slug Sage chose Tsunade or Sakura, then White Snake Sage should choose Kabuto or Orochimaru, but a character like Kabuto will never be able to win. Den Daya, so in the end, White Snake Sennin will definitely choose Orochimaru! ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? Text Chapter 292 Terumi Mei is here The smoke of the battlefield filled the air again, and two major events that shocked the ninja world were immediately announced in the streets. Konoha, one of the six great ninja villages, was attacked by the Akatsuki organization a few days ago. The entire village was destroyed. Rumor has it that the attack was caused by the leader of the Akatsuki organization. There were countless casualties in the village. Konoha did not even see anyone from the Akatsuki organization. , except for a man who is as high as a god! [] The second thing is also related to the Akatsuki organization. It is rumored that Uchiha Sasuke, who killed Uchiha Itachi some time ago, joined the Akatsuki organization and captured Kumogakure's Eight-Tailed Jinchuuriki as a certificate of submission for joining the Akatsuki organization! Whether it is the destruction of Konoha or the capture of the Eight-Tails, this all declares one thing, that is, the Akatsuki organization that has been dormant for more than a month will set off a bloody storm in the ninja world. At the same time, this also tells the world about their strength. As powerful as Konoha and Kumogakure, the Akatsuki organization can still regard them as nothing. Does this indicate a gap in strength? People were panicked for a while, and no one could be sure that he would be the next one! There is a bloody storm outside, but the mountain is still as orderly and orderly as before. Zakaki, who got up early, is currently holding Yumi¡¯s hand for a walk on the tree-lined path of Shanyin. It seems that everything outside has nothing to do with this Tang Ying! On the other hand, Yumi, who was being pulled by Zakaki, had worries in her eyes. "Zakaki, is there going to be another war?" Yumi, who had been walking with Zakaki for a long time, finally couldn't hold back and asked. Oakwood scratched the back of his head, patted Yumi's hand, and said with a chuckle: "No, it's too early! Besides, what does Konoha and Kumogakure's fight with the Akatsuki organization have to do with our Yamagakure?" Yumi gave Oak a white look and scolded: "I'm not a child. The ups and downs reported outside, what should I do if I don't want to fight? Besides, I also know a thing or two about the situation of the Akatsuki organization. With their kind of strength, I can't endure it." The world must form an alliance. By then, isn¡¯t Shanyin, one of the big villages, going to participate?¡± "I didn't expect that my wife has a good political vision. If I had known, I would have been your assistant to Tang Ying!" Zakaki pinched Yumi's nose and said teasingly. "Just an assistant? It has to be Tang Ying's consultant!" Yumi smiled and glared at Zakaki, then sighed and said: "The one in Konoha is more difficult to handle. He is supported by a woman. A piece of sky, now Konoha has become like that again, how can she live?" Hearing Yumi talking about Tsunade, Zaki's heart sank. According to the original work, Pain captured Konoha and suffered numerous casualties. Finally, under the influence of Naruto, he used the reincarnation and died in the end. But now the plot is completely different. Payne directly used Super Shinra Tenzheng to destroy Konoha and left without saying a word. Naruto did not show up, let alone be reformed! But one thing is the same, that is, Tsunade fell into a coma due to excessive use of chakra! Yumi shook Zakaki's hand, chuckled and said: "Tsunade is a strong person, I believe she can survive it! By the way, Konoha is in trouble, why didn't you go this time? They are all your friends there, go Let's see." "No, Grandma Yichun is fine, Xiao Li is fine, and the other guys are even more energetic. I sent someone to deliver a batch of supplies a few days ago. I hope it will be useful to them." Zakaki stood in Tang Ying¡¯s office, looking at the street with people coming and going through the glass. In fact, war really doesn't have that big of an impact on civilians. The world of Naruto is not like the previous life. Once a war breaks out, the people of Dawn will suffer. But the ninjas in the world of Naruto have an iron rule, which is not to attack unarmed civilians, even the powerful Hidan! Of course, this is only one-sided and has no impact. You must know that war consumes money and food, and these are not even produced by many people! At this moment, Yamagak's spies have begun to move from all directions. As Yumi said, the Akatsuki organization intends the world. Even if Yamagaku does not participate in this war, there will be a battle in the future. After all, the current Naruto world is not the same as before. There are too many variables. Who can guarantee that the five major countries can really win this war? All you can do now is to accumulate strength, and then use your power to kill them on the battlefield! A knock on the door interrupted Zakaki's thoughts. Zakaki turned around and saw Jie walking in anxiously. ¡°I¡¯ve met the adults!¡± Zakaki nodded and asked, "Why are you so anxious?" "Sir, Lord Mizukage and his escort have arrived at the entrance of the village now!" Jieping took a breath and continued: "Sir, why don't you go out to greet us now?" "Welcome, hum! What do Yamagakure's spies do? Mizukage and his entourage have arrived at the entrance of the village. You just realized it now. You won't know until the Akatsuki organization destroys this office, right? Give me a well. Call me here!" Zakaki said angrily with a sullen face. In fact, Zakaki knew that he could not blame Shanyin's spies. Terumi Mei¡¯s strength needs no elaboration, even Ao and Chojuro beside her areThey are ruthless characters. If the three of them don't want the mountain ninja to find out, it won't be a difficult thing! But what Zakaki has to do is take this opportunity to beat them hard! So as not to suffer big losses in the war! After a while, Jie and Ichijing entered the office. Looking at Zakaki's dark face, Ichijing knew that he had made a mistake, so he lowered his head and said, "Sir, I will replace those spies right now!" "No need! Just get it. You, the Minister of War, need to pay more attention and beat him from time to time! Now that Mizukage has arrived at the village gate, follow me to greet him!" Zakaki turned around, walked out of the office, and faced the mountain Rush to the entrance of the hidden village. As soon as she arrived at the entrance of the village, she found Terumi Mei, who was wearing a blue robe with half of her breasts exposed and a charming look on her face, playing with her hair in the sun. She seemed to have discovered Zakaki, pouting her red lips and giving a flirtatious look in his direction. "Shui Ying's great presence is here. It's too late to greet him from afar, and he's disrespectful!" Before the oak tree man arrived, the voice had already arrived. Terumi Mei smiled seductively, took a step forward, exposed her snow-white and smooth thighs from her skirt, pouted her lips and said: "Master Tangying, you are so polite, you won't welcome us uninvited guests, right?" "Just kidding, the Kingdom of Water and the Kingdom of Tang have always been friendly, so why shouldn't they be welcomed?" Tsukaki and Terumi Mei walked side by side on Yamagakure Avenue, heading towards the reception room. After a while, Zakaki and Terumi Mei arrived in the reception room. After the two sat down respectively as the guest of honor, Zakaki spoke: ¡°I wonder if Mizukage suddenly arrived, what¡¯s the matter?¡± Terumi Mei stretched out her slender hand and waved behind her, and Chojuro and Ao walked out. Mei Terumi smiled and said, "Master Yukage, can you make your subordinates fade away?" Zakaki looked at Ichii standing next to him and nodded. "Master Tang Ying is afraid that the little girl will eat you?" ¡°That¡¯s not true, I¡¯m just afraid that if there¡¯s no one here, I¡¯ll lose control and eat you!¡± Zakaki said jokingly, shrugging. When Terumi Mei heard this, she laughed tremblingly, "I didn't expect that Mr. Yukage, who always treats others seriously, also has this side. It's really surprising!!" "You're not here to discuss personal issues with me, are you?" "Tang Ying is still an impatient man!" Terumi Mei cast a wink at Zakaki again, crossed her legs, and exposed a piece of snowflakes. With the intention of who will go to hell if I don¡¯t, Zakaki took a hard look at Terumi Mei¡¯s thighs that reached up to her buttocks. On the contrary, the hot and coquettish Terumi Mei's cheeks turned red, "Master Yuying, I am here to discuss the alliance with you!" ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? Text Chapter 293: Expedition to Miaomu Mountain After being messed with by Terumi Mei, Zakaki suddenly realized that some of his brains were not enough. What kind of alliance? It is estimated that in a few days, there will definitely be a meeting of the five shadows, or should I say a meeting of the six shadows. Now this little girl is coming here to talk about an alliance. What is wrong with her? Takaki's expression was seen in Terumi Mei's eyes. She naturally knew what Takaki meant, but political things were far from being as simple as imagined. When it came to the possible alliance of the six major powers, it was not only the pressure from the daimyo, but also the pressure from the daimyo. The backlash from the ninjas in the village was huge! After all, the hatred of generations cannot be resolved in a few words! But Terumi Mei knows that if the alliance cannot be negotiated, then with the strength of the Akatsuki organization, the world will be over! So she found Oakwood. As far as the Kingdom of Water and Kirigakure are concerned, the Kingdom of Yuno and Yamagakure are the only countries and villages that have not conflicted with them, and their strength is also Xiao Chu among the Six Nations. Once the two countries form an alliance , the two countries may still have hope when facing attacks from the Akatsuki organization. No one can guarantee that the six major countries can really form an alliance. The country of Hidden Mist and Water is like this, and the other major countries will not be much worse. If the goal can be achieved now, even if the six major countries really form an alliance in the future, this will have a great impact on the status of the two countries in the alliance. There are great benefits. Even after the war is over, relying on the two alliances can still obtain the greatest war benefits! [] Terumi Mei was so aware that Tsubasagi didn't really react. After all, the Ninja Alliance he saw in his previous life was quite noble, and it seemed that there was basically nothing dirty in it. But now is not that time. The ninjas have not yet truly seen the terror of the Akatsuki organization, and they have not yet made full-time plans for war! Zakaki, who had no idea of ??his purpose, couldn't help but ask: "What does Mizukage-sama mean? It seems that we don't need to form an alliance!" Terumi Mei smiled and explained her thoughts, and her opinion moved Takaki quite a bit. The world of Naruto is in chaos. If Naruto fails to influence Payne, then he will not be recognized by everyone. There are many variables in the future. It is best to strive for the greatest benefits now. If we really form an alliance with the Kingdom of Water, Maybe it's a good choice. "Tang Ying, why don't you do something that benefits yourself and the other? I believe that with your strategic vision, you will be able to see the situation of the future world. Wouldn't it be great for you and me to form an alliance and take care of each other? If you agree, I will I will repay you well¡ª¡ª" Terumi Mei looked like she was ready to be harvested by you, and those who didn't know thought she was going to sacrifice herself! "This matter can't be discussed in just a few words. You should rest first. We will have a meeting tomorrow about this matter." Zakaki strode towards the door. He was really afraid that he couldn't bear it, so he just told this charming girl The Master has been rectified on the spot, is there any need to show off and show off that nothing is wrong? Terumi Mei looked at Uzaki's retreating back and chuckled: "I didn't expect Kamesento, who is rumored to be a romantic, to be a gentleman. It's rare! However, he is an interesting man. It would be great if he was not married!" On Miaomu Mountain, Naruto, Jiraiya and Fukasaku Sennin were sitting on the top of a tall tower somewhere, feeling the power of nature. Naruto and Fukasaku had already entered the state, but Jiraiya, who was already familiar with the operation, started to shake left and right. Jiraiya's mood at this time can only be described as complicated. "Konoha was destroyed, Jiraiya knew it the day before yesterday. After so many years, Konoha, which had dominated the ninja world, was destroyed by his own efforts, and it was his disciple who destroyed Konoha! Jiraiya knew that what the Great Toad Sage predicted was absolutely accurate. Just like the destruction of Konoha, this was just the beginning. Maybe the world would be destroyed now! Jiraiya also got the news. The people of the Akatsuki organization got the information from somewhere and knew that Naruto was at Mt. Myoboku. It is very likely that the people of the Akatsuki organization would go to Mt. Miaomu one day in the next day and capture Naruto. So Jiraiya resisted the urge to return to Konoha and stayed here to prevent the Akatsuki organization with evil intentions. After Konoha was destroyed, Jiraiya no longer had much confidence. In the battle with Payne, he clearly knew Payne's strength. In fact, at that time, Payne had never really used a special move at all, just like destroying wood with one move. With Ye's move, if Payne comes to Miaomu Mountain with the gang of gangsters organized by Akatsuki, what should Miaomu Mountain do? The restless Jiraiya was caught in the eyes of Fukasaku Sennin. Fukasaku Sennin raised his thick white eyebrows and said with his eyes closed: "Little Jiraiya, don't worry too much, you should consolidate your sage mode now." After a while, Naruto has almost surpassed you as a master!" "Oh? Hahaha, that's true. Naruto is really amazing. He has mastered the sage mode to this point in a short period of time. It's really amazing!" Jiraiya said shamelessly as he touched the back of his head. Naruto did not open his eyes, with a proud smile on his face, "That's natural. I am the man who will be called Hokage in the future. How can I not keep up with you, the lustful immortal?" "Really? Then let's compete to see who can practice the Sage Mode to the point of being able to send and receive freely!" Jiraiya said.??The nose looks like I am sure to win. Naruto raised his head, opened his eyes, and looked at Jiraiya thoughtfully, "Sexy Sento, if you continue to be so restless, you will definitely lose!" "Little Jiraiya, don't worry. Although Myoboku Mountain is not an Asura hell, it is not a place where people can come and go. The inheritance stone that belongs to thousands of years is not allowed to be tarnished! So, don't worry and practice hard!" Fukasaku Sage said. "Well, boss, I understand!" Naruto listened to the conversation between Fukasaku and Jiraiya and was full of tangles. Although Naruto now has an extra level of wisdom due to experiencing a war, his nerves cannot be changed by one level of wisdom. Although he feels that something is wrong, he doesn't understand what Fukasaku and Jiraiya are saying. Now he He didn't even know that Konoha had been destroyed! On the top of a mountain somewhere, there were several people standing. These people looked very strange, wearing exactly the same fire cloud robes, but each of them looked very unique. A blue-haired woman, a blond man with a ponytail, a cold brown-haired leader, and a hermaphrodite wearing a pitcher plant on his head! The breeze made their sleeves hiss, as if they were the only ones in the entire land! These people are members of the Akatsuki organization, Xiaonan, Deidara, Pain and Zetsu! The four of them stood there as if waiting for someone. After ten minutes like this, the air in front of them suddenly fluctuated, and then a man wearing a mask appeared. This man was Ah Fei! Before Payne could speak, Deidara had already roared: "Fei, what are you doing? Make everyone wait for you!" Payne stretched out his hand to stop Deidara's words, and said coldly: "It doesn't matter if you wait, after all, he is not late. Fei, can we go now?" Ah Fei shook his head, "No, we still have to wait for one more person. Payne, have you forgotten that I said a few days ago that I would bring someone in to join the organization?" Everyone was stunned for a moment, then looked at Payne, who nodded and said, "It does happen, but he is just a peripheral member and cannot participate in the cleanup of the tailed beasts!" "That's okay, as long as he can help us catch the tailed beast. After all, his strength is pretty good!" No matter it's Fei or Pain, they will not allow unknown factors to approach the tailed beast's chakra now. After all, that's the key to world domination. As soon as A Fei finished speaking, a voice came from afar, "Oh, I'm really sorry, because something happened at the moment, so I was delayed a little. Seniors, please forgive me!" Everyone looked towards the source of the sound and saw a man wearing a loose robe and dragging a long tail walking towards this side from a distance. Who is this person if he's not Kabuto Yakushi? Payne glanced at Yaoshi Kabuto, then ignored him and said directly: "Jue, have the coordinates been determined?" "Don't worry, it's been done a long time ago!" Jue said. "Okay, now that everyone is here, let's set off for Miaomu Mountain!" Payne tossed his sleeves and disappeared in a flash. PS: There will be another chapter tonight. ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? Text Chapter 294 In the stomach of the Toad Immortal What I hate most is talking nonsense with those politicians. You have to think carefully about every word they say! At the moment, Yamagakushi's Ministry of Foreign Affairs is fighting to the death with Terumi Mei and others. It is unimaginable that Terumi Mei, a person with such a distinguished status, would start a war of words with a small official of Yamagakure over a batch of war materials, and even Use yourself as a woman as an excuse for others to give in! Finally, after four hours of negotiation, Kirigakure and Yamagakure came up with the contents of the negotiation. Naturally, Zakaki would not pay attention to the rules and regulations. There was only one thing he had to do, and that was to personally approve a thousand-man team, form a coalition with the Mist Ninja's thousand-man team, and send them to the Country of Waves. [] The Kingdom of Waves is located between the Kingdom of Water and the Kingdom of Tang. Originally, the Kingdom of Waves was a vassal state of the Kingdom of Water, but it was later transferred to the Kingdom of Tang. The fundamental task of forming a coalition is that once either of the two countries is attacked by the enemy, the other country must cooperate with the coalition forces to quickly provide support, thereby seizing the initiative on the battlefield. After everything was ready, Terumi Mei and Takaki signed a contract in the Yamakaku conference room, and Terumi Mei was also invited by Takaki to spend a day in Yamagakure. I don¡¯t know whether it was because someone saw Soakaki and Terumi Mei eating together, or because Soakaki was discovered taking Terumi Mei to a hot spring. Yamagakure began to have a legend about Yuno Kage¡¯s Yukage and Water Kage¡¯s Mizukage. There is an unknown secret. At the same time, a magazine published a magazine with photos of Takaki and Terumi Mei bathing together in a hot spring. The magazine immediately sold like crazy in Yamayaku, and Takaki and Terumi Mei He was also found guilty of adultery! Magazines and newspapers seemed to have found something profitable, so various versions of "The Love of Yukage and Mizukage" and "The Legend's Most Powerful Mistress¡ªMizukage" appeared throughout the ninja world! ", "That day, Tang Ying and I were lost! ¡± and other breathtaking masterpieces. Of course, this matter has also risen to a political level. Someone made such remarks in the newspapers: Is the alliance between Tang and Shui really for the benefit of the country? Are they thinking about their own personal affairs, or are they planning a huge conspiracy for their next generation? Shan Yin's development over the years is terrifying. If Tang Ying uses a beauty trap to control Mizukage, or if Mizukage uses a beauty trap to control Tang Ying, then the world will be in danger! ¡­¡­¡­¡­ But as the parties involved, Tsubasa and Terumi Mei each embarked on their own journey. At this moment, Zakaki is shamelessly explaining to the person at home. Even Sami, who has always been angry with him, has launched a cold war against Zakaki, and threatened to sever the father-daughter relationship with him if Zakaki betrays Yumi. Among them, there are many good people who are provoking them, for example, scolding, saying in front of Sammi how much of a playboy Zakaki is! Of course, the oak tree doesn¡¯t know about it. Otherwise, I wouldn¡¯t know how many layers of skin the oak tree has peeled off? On the contrary, Terumi Mei, who was rushing to Kirigakure, looked calm and seemed not to take this matter to heart at all. So much so that Ao and Chojuro were convinced of Tang Ying's relationship with her. After Ao was threatened by Mei Terumi for repeatedly nagging about the delicate relationship between Soakaki and Kirigakure, he reluctantly admitted the fact and was even thinking about what kind of betrothal gift would be appropriate for Mizukage to marry Yukage! A group of gangsters organized by Xiao had been wandering around the old forest in front of them for more than two hours, and now they still couldn't find the exit. They even wandered for a long time and returned to the entrance to the forest. Everyone present is the ultimate boss. No one suspects that they have been affected by illusions. Not to mention Payne and Fei's ultimate eye power, Deidara has amazing immunity to illusions. Don't forget, this guy seems to be able to break through illusions. Read the month! However, walking out of this old forest for a long time made these people feel a little impatient. "Everyone, what do you think about this?" As a qualified leader, one must be able to gather combat effectiveness and find a solution when everyone is at a loss. Therefore, Payne is qualified. "What do you think? He just blew up a tunnel. I don't believe it. After blowing up all these annoying trees, he can still block my sight! What do you think, this is a good idea, right? Hahahaha¡ª¡ª" Di Darla was alone, laughing shamelessly at his own stupidity. It seems that someone doesn't understand him very well, "Senior, let's not talk about how many people you have, but there is such a big movement, are you not afraid of alerting others?" When Deidara heard this, his laughter stopped suddenly and he looked at the speaker with an annoyed look, "Four-eyed boy, what did you say? You have no place to speak here!" It was Kabuto who spoke, but he didn't pay attention to Deidara's angry rebuke. He spread his hands and smiled, "Senior, I'm just telling the truth!" Deidara looked at Kabuto disdainfully, at his long dragging tail, "Reptile, Mr. Deidara has an idea, tell me what you can do?" ¡°There are so many seniors, it seems like it¡¯s not my turn to speak, right? Mr. Payne!¡±??pushed up his glasses and said with a chuckle. "Since you have joined the Akatsuki organization, you have the obligation to solve problems for the organization!" Payne actually had an idea, but his method was almost the same as Deidara's. A Super Shinra Tensei directly knocked down these trees, and then went to look for the Nine-Tailed Jinchuuriki. "That's what I said!" Kabuto looked at Ah Fei thoughtfully, and then slowly squatted down, "Do you see the rules of these clods and trees? If I guessed correctly, this seems to be a discipline from The techniques passed down by Onmyoji, these trees and stones imply the way of the Nine Palaces and the power of the Bagua. If you want to get out, you have to break the formation!" "It's like saying nothing -" Deidara folded his arms and still looked disdainful. "Deidara, don't cause trouble, listen carefully!" Pain scolded Deidara, who still looked at Kabuto with disdain and shouted. "You all take care of yourselves. I'm going to create a gap in this formation now. The time is only twenty seconds, so hurry up!" Yakushi Kabuto took out his arm from his sleeve, with some incomprehensible marks on it, and shouted. One sound: "Lin, soldiers, fights, all, formation, row, advance, march, open!" Boom¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª There was a loud noise, and suddenly a row of big trees disappeared. At the same time, several boulders moved to both sides, and a path more than one meter wide appeared. Yakushi Kabuto suddenly turned his head and shouted to the people behind him: "Everyone, hurry up!" Everyone looked at the path that appeared and quickly walked in. Kabuto watched the big guys from the Akatsuki organization enter. He retracted his seals with his arms, and followed him in a flash. The trail quickly disappeared at the same time as Kabuto's seals faded. The big tree appeared again, and the boulders returned to their original state. land. When the Xiao organization and others reached the end of the trail, they discovered the continuous mountains in front of them with the singing of birds and the fragrance of flowers. However, the biggest highlight here was not the beautiful mountains and clear waters, but the continuous sound of frogs. "Hmph! I didn't expect this four-eyed guy to be of some use!" Deidara knew this was Miaomu Mountain when he saw this scene. Apart from this toad's nest, where else could there be such a loud sound of frogs? Zee, who had been silent all this time, suddenly spoke: "Zero, there seems to be something here, there are many strong ones!" "That's natural. Although these toads are unbearable, this place has existed for thousands of years. You should be careful. If you accidentally hang it here, it will be interesting!" Payne said thoughtfully. In fact, Payne still knew something about this place. After all, the three of them had lived together with Jiraiya for three years, and they had always heard more or less about Mt. Miaomu. "No, let's go!!" Jue suddenly shouted. Before anyone could react, red ** began to appear on the surrounding rocks. These ** grew crazily, and finally condensed into a long corridor, and Everyone in the Akatsuki organization is wrapped in it! "You people are really brave. Do you think you are really invincible?" A faint voice sounded from the bottom of the corridor, and then Jiraiya walked out with Fukasaku and Shima standing on his shoulders: "Welcome to the stomach of the Great Toad Immortal!" PS: I changed my waistcoat, and it¡¯s called Cigarette Linglang. ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? Text Chapter 295 The danger is already hidden in the rain The sudden scene caught everyone in the Akatsuki organization by surprise. Although Pain repeatedly emphasized that Mount Myoboku should not be underestimated, these guys did not take Mount Myoboku seriously at all. In their view, no matter how powerful they were, they were just a bunch of people. Just a toad. Deidara looked at Jiraiya's arrogant look, took out two lumps of clay from his pocket, and said with a sly smile: "You are the legendary Sannin Jiraiya, right? Don't think that you can make people neither human nor ghosts. It¡¯s very powerful, today I will let you know what art is!¡±[] "Wait a minute, Deidara, do you want to blow us all up?" Zetsu quickly stopped Deidara who was about to throw the bomb. He knew how powerful Jiraiya's move was. If the bomb was detonated, the one who would die first would definitely be People trapped inside! Deidara looked at the squirming flesh around him, and then thought about what Zeu had just said, he understood it instantly, took back the c3 he had just prepared, and quietly let a few little spiders crawl over. But as soon as a few little spiders landed on the meat ball on the ground, the meat ball wrapped up the little spiders, and Deidara lost his sense of them before he could detonate it. Deidara was about to curse when he saw this, but Pain spoke up: "Jiraiya-sensei, I didn't expect that we would fight again as soon as Amegakure said goodbye! If you hand over the Kyuubi, I will consider letting you go!" Jiraiya quickly formed a seal and said sarcastically: "Nagato, isn't your true self here? I just want to see where you have gotten in these years! Go -" The surrounding meatballs were accused by Jiraiya and began to squeeze towards Pain and others. The corners of Jiraiya's mouth raised. In his opinion, these guys from the Akatsuki organization would definitely hang out here! In his impression, basically no one can break this trick. Not everyone has the Mangeky¨­ Sharingan like Itachi Uchiha! But there is always a gap between reality and imagination. One second Jiraiya was full of confidence, but the next second he could only escape quickly! Payne didn¡¯t even look at Toad**, he directly stretched out his hands and shouted: "Shinra Tenzheng!!" Wow¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª I saw waves of gas forming in front of Pain, and the objects in front of him instantly collapsed, and even Jiraiya was thrown dozens of meters away like a fallen leaf blown by the wind. Although Toad Sennin's stomach is strong, Shinra Tenzheng's enemy is stronger and I am stronger. Even though this can be called a space ninjutsu, it is no different from Pain! When the dust settled, Toad Immortal¡¯s stomach completely disappeared in front of the Akatsuki organization and others. At this time, Fei fell into deep thought because of Jiraiya's words. As Jiraiya said, Pain is not Nagato, but knowing the Samsara Eye, he clearly knows that Nagato cannot leave Pain's Six Paths too far, otherwise it will not be conducive to the transmission of signals. Nagato uses Pain's Six Paths, and Konan must be there to take care of him, because his legs were disabled due to summoning the outside demon during the battle with Hanzo. Now that Konan is following Pain, does that mean Nagato's legs have recovered by now? A Fei turned his attention to Payne, but the latter still had a calm expression. Thinking about the changes in the tailed beast's chakra, A Fei expected that Nagato was no longer as easy to deal with as before! "If you can break this technique with one move, the Rinnegan is really powerful!" Kabuto followed Orochimaru. He naturally knew that Jiraiya's move was powerful, but he never expected that Payne could break this technique so easily. As soon as they entered Mt. Miaomu, they were slapped. This was a huge humiliation for a group of gangsters organized by Akatsuki. Seeing that the great Toad Sennin's stomach was broken, everyone was gearing up to make trouble in Mt. Miaomu. One game. But before they could take action, Miaomushan's next wave of attacks arrived again! Thick and long tongues suddenly appeared above everyone in the Akatsuki organization. Those tongues were covered with iron hoops and rolled towards them like mosquitoes. The sudden scene would not give them any time to react, except for A Fei who kept Instantly disappeared, and everyone else was arrested! Those tongues are grabbing tighter and tighter, constantly pulling Payne and others up into the sky. Everyone knows that once they are caught in the void, the game will definitely be over! So, the Xiao organization and others started the Eight Immortals Crossing the Sea. Payne was a direct strike from Shinra. Even though the Fire Cloud robe was covered in mucus, he still maintained his graceful aura. Konan turned into a bunch of pieces of paper and avoided the tongue. Jue turned into spores. But Kabuto and Deidara were in bad luck. They struggled like this, but they couldn't escape the shackles of the tongue. Deidara even roared in mid-air, but it was obviously a futile move. The mucus dripping from his tongue directly made him lose the chance to self-destruct! Kabuto's expression was very surprised, because he was too calm and didn't even resist. Just like that, Kabuto and Deidara were captured by the tongue! "Sure enough, it's Mt. Myoboku. The Akatsuki organization has just come out and it's like this! It seems like this is the first time that the Akatsuki organization has suffered a disastrous defeat?" Pain looked at Jiraiya in front of him and behind himThe three big toads said calmly. Fukasaku Sage on Jiraiya's shoulder seemed to remember the last disastrous defeat, and said angrily: "Penn, don't think that you are invincible with the eyes of Sage of Six Paths. You must know that there were still many masters in this world before Six Paths. The Immortal of Six Paths is just one of them! You act recklessly just because you have the Immortal of Six Paths¡¯ eyes. Today we will let you, a brat who doesn¡¯t know the heights of heaven and earth, suffer the consequences!¡± "Really? Do you believe that I can turn this place into ruins in an instant?" Payne seemed to be angered. He stretched out his hands coldly and shouted: "All things are led by heaven!" As soon as the Vientiane Sky Guide came out, sand and rocks flew around, and even several big trees not far away were sucked up. Jiraiya and the three big toads behind him also moved towards Pain with this huge suction. , he was about to reach Payne's side in the blink of an eye, and Payne shouted again, "Go!!" Jiraiya, who was still flying in the air just now, received another huge repulsive force. His chest tightened, and he was thrown nearly a hundred meters again. The three big toads also fell to the ground so hard, their faces covered with Embarrassed. When Payne was preparing for the next attack, he suddenly stopped. Payne shouted to everyone in the Akatsuki organization behind him: "Retreat immediately!!" "Retreat! Why? Pain, I have already felt the presence of the Nine-Tails. Now is a good time to capture the Nine-Tails!" Ze suddenly heard Pain say retreat and thought he heard wrongly, so he spoke without hesitation. questioned. Ah Fei and Xiao Nan both looked at Payne with puzzled expressions. "Something happened, Kyuubi will come and catch him next time!" "What's more important than catching the Nine-Tails? Payne, catch the Nine-Tails first and then talk about it!" A Fei stepped forward, ready to continue. Payne looked at Ah Fei coldly, his samsara eyes waving in circles with unscrupulous murderous intent, "I'll say it again, retreat!!!" Ah Fei was stunned for a moment, then looked at Payne, sneered and said: "Okay, I will obey the order!" After saying that, with a few swishes, Payne and others rushed towards the exit of Miaomu Mountain. Xiaonan looked at Payne with a cold face and asked in confusion: "What happened?" "The Kumo ninja are about to attack the Amegakure Village at this moment. The two nations of Yushui have formed an alliance, and each has invested a thousand troops in the Country of Waves. This means that if the organization does not go back, Amegakure will be in danger!" ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? Text Chapter 296 Commander-in-Chief of the Allied Forces The current ninja world can only be described as turbulent. Bandits, hooligans, wandering ninjas and other evil-doers take advantage of the opportunity to do evil everywhere. Xiaoren Village and the vassal states were sensitive to the smell of various fighter planes fighting. Some consortiums even directly hired murderers to rob them! For a moment, the world was in chaos. At this time, the warriors of the Kingdom of Iron did something that shocked thousands of people. They invited the six major countries to organize the Six Shadows Talks! Because the strong attack on Yugakure was counterattacked, Yugakure Village, which suffered heavy losses, first issued a statement that Raikage would definitely attend the appointment on time. [] As Konoha who was most harmed by the Akatsuki organization, although it has too much time to take care of itself at the moment, the newly appointed sixth generation Hokage Shimura Danzo also expressed his participation. Its ally Sunagakure Village expresses its deep hatred for the Akatsuki organization and approves of the Iron Country's actions this time! But the most eye-catching thing is the second village of Yamagiri. Yukage and Mizukage said that they will go to the country of waves and the country of iron together! This is undoubtedly declaring to others that the two villages of Shanwu will advance and retreat together! At this time, Takaki brought Chi and Jugo to the Country of Waves. Takashi was very confused about taking off his pants and farting. The Country of Iron is directly above the Country of Yu, but the Country of Waves is in the Country of Yu. Below, because they had to rush to the Kingdom of Iron with Terumi Mei, they had to make a big detour! But some people are happy to do this, such as Chi! Ever since he heard that Takaki and Mei Terumi were having an affair, this kid often went out to stir up trouble, saying that he had personally seen Takaki and Mei Terumi taking a hot spring bath together. This time, in front of Yumi and Morimi, she said that she should keep a good watch on Zakaki and not let him do anything inappropriate! Isn't this just causing trouble? If Yumi hadn't been kind-hearted, something might have happened! For Chi¡¯s behavior, Chongwu can only describe it as admiration. In Jugo's opinion, Zakaki is a god-like figure! The only person in this world who dares to mess around and make trouble in front of Zakaki is the person in front of me! But Zakaki still tolerated him again and again, which made Chongwu puzzled. How does Zhongwu understand that once a person stays in a high position for a long time, the people around him will gradually become alienated from him, and the final result will be that the person loses himself. What Zakaki fears most is losing himself, so he needs someone to keep telling him that he is just an ordinary person! Zakmu and Chi have been in trouble together for so many years. If you want to ask who is Zakmu's best partner in the world? Oakwood will definitely say it¡¯s a scold! Soon after the three of them arrived at the Land of Waves, Terumi Mei and others also arrived. After Mei Terumi was scolded for showing some flirtatious looks, the group of six people didn't have time to rest and rushed directly to the Kingdom of Iron. After two days of trekking, the six of them finally arrived at the Kingdom of Iron. Although Chi had a fight with Ao because he intentionally or unintentionally talked about the relationship between Terumi Mei and Tsubasa, the rest was fine. Of course, there were Even Chojuro had his glasses broken by Jugo because he helped Ao! "Teacher, this is my first time here. What are those three cat claw-like things?" Zhongwu said in surprise, holding a snowball in his hand, covering his eyes with his hands, looking at the unique Land of Iron. Zakaki chuckled, "That's the Kingdom of Iron! Legend has it that the Kingdom of Iron was built on three wolf mountains and is the strongest castle in the world!" "Kid, don't envy the Kingdom of Iron here. Those four peaks of your teacher's are the real strongest fortresses. As far as I know, the Akatsuki organization failed to attack Shanyin. It would be better to lose one of its generals, Kansaki Oni. "Same!" Terumi Mei smiled seductively and winked at Oak. "That's natural, my teacher is the most powerful in the world!" Terumi Mei looked at Jugo provocatively, "Can your teacher destroy Konoha by himself?" When Zhongwu heard this, he became anxious on the spot. He was about to speak, but was interrupted by Zakaki: "Someone is coming from the Kingdom of Iron, get ready to go in!" The six of them looked towards the direction of the castle and saw three warriors in armor rushing towards them. One of the men with a bandage on his head and a wrinkled face said: "I am a general of the Kingdom of Iron, named Mifune. I have met Tang Ying and Mizukage!" "Tang Ying Zakaki, I have met the general." Zakaki looked at Mifune. In fact, if he didn't know the plot, he would have thought that this guy was a typical villain at first glance! But this guy's willpower seems to be quite strong, and he even managed to kill Demigod Hanzo in the end! Mifune seemed to admire the oak tree quite a lot, and he was full of praises, so that the water shadow Terumi Mei around him turned into green leaves. It is not difficult to estimate that this old boy probably wants him to be the supreme commander of the Six Nations! After chatting with Mifune, the group entered the castle It is still raining heavily in Yuyin Village. It seems that no matter what happens outside, the rain here will never be disturbed. The huge buildings in Yuyin VillageThe statues seem to dislike the dark clouds on their heads. They want to drive away all those dark clouds with their ferocious faces. A statue has a scarlet tongue sticking out from its big mouth, and standing on the tongue is a man. This man is quite weird, with eye-catching red hair covering his eyes firmly. There was a sudden clattering sound next to the man, and a piece of white paper appeared and turned into a girl with blue hair and a cold face. The girl spoke softly to the man, her tone full of worry, "Nagato, your body has not recovered long enough. I¡¯m afraid the rain of time will be¡ª¡ª¡± "Xonan, it's okay. My health is very good now. If it weren't for the one hundred thousand Zetsu, I would really like to visit the Kingdom of Iron!" It was Nagato who spoke. The history of Naruto has been changed in a mess. Nagato's legs have also recovered for some reasons, and even the side effects of long-term use of the Rinnegan have been alleviated a lot. It is no exaggeration to say that Nagato is now in a truly perfect state. "Nagato, the purpose of the Akatsuki organization is now too different from before. Now that we are at war with the six major powers, will this -" Nagato patted Konan on the shoulder and said comfortingly: "Although our original plan was like that, starting a war with the six major countries is a good choice now! Use this war to consume the effective strength of the six major countries, and then bring more to the world. True peace, perhaps, is the real breaking out of the old and standing up again, right?" "Will that guy interfere with this?" "Hmph! Although his strength is good, you and I both know his weaknesses. If you really want to kill him, it is not impossible! But now is not the time. Having said that, it would be a good idea to take this opportunity to use up his trump card. Choice! However, I am afraid that this war will not be easy to fight. Once the six major countries form an alliance, Zakaki will definitely be the leader of the alliance. That guy is a difficult opponent! However, this is the only way to be challenging!" PS: I don¡¯t know if I should say it, but I think it¡¯s okay. I have written a new book, and I hope you can help me collect it and recommend it. I think the new book is quite thoughtful, so¡ª¡ª ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????Everyone knows that the little brother's book review has been blocked, so he changed his id, it is also the little brother who is cigarettes and fluttering. ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? Text Chapter 297 Meeting Zakaki entered the conference room, found his seat, and was about to sit down when suddenly there was a loud noise behind him: "Oak wood!!" You can tell who it is without looking at it. He can make a thunderous voice, he can disregard any face on such occasions, and he can shout out the word "Zakaki" with such overwhelming malice. In addition to suffering a lot at the hands of "Zakaki", Raikage also Who could it be? [] Zakaki turned his head and saw Raikage gritting his teeth and clenching his fists as if he had met the enemy who killed his father! No need to do this, isn't it just a few fights? This old boy still has a grudge! Zakaki waved his hand and chuckled: ¡°Thunder Shadow, long time no see!¡± ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? Don't hit the smiling person, Zakaki suddenly came and made the Raikage stuck there. The people sitting in the conference room were all powerful people today, and everyone looked at this small appearance with smiles on their faces. The eggplant-colored Raikage was not only embarrassed! Lazy behind Lei Ying tugged at the corner of his clothes and whispered something. Lei Ying snorted coldly, pulled out the chair and sat on it. "The friendship between Tang Ying and Raikage is still as deep as ever!" Danzo, who was sitting next to Zakaki, said gloomily. Zakaki noticed this old boy when he came in, but just didn¡¯t want to pay attention to him. Danzo is the person that Zakaki hates the most. In order to achieve his goal, he will do anything, even his own villagers. If it weren't for the special period, Zakaki had no doubt that he would immediately take action and make him disappear from the world! "Oh, isn't this Elder Danzo? Why are you here too? Are you the Hokage of Konoha?" What Zakaki said was damaging enough. If it were ten years ago, such a sentence would definitely start a war. The meaning of his words is very simple. I, Yamagakure, do not agree with your status as Hokage. This is undoubtedly a slap in the face to Danzo! Danzo didn¡¯t speak, but the mountain wind behind him spoke: "Danzo-sama is the sixth Hokage personally awarded by the daimyo! Tang Ying, please pay attention to your words!" ??Zakmu ignored Shanfeng Feng. Although Zakmu had a good relationship with the three major families of Zhuludie, Shanfeng Zakmu had nothing to do with him. Besides, this Yamafusa is just a Jonin, so where is his turn to intervene in the conversation between the Kages? But at this time, Takaki turned his attention to Aburame Torine behind Danzang, but seeing the latter's completely brainwashed look, Takaki also lost confidence. "Feng, don't be rude! Tang Ying may not know the news yet, so don't make a fuss!" Danzo squinted his exposed one eye, pretending to be quite generous. Things here have settled down, but there is a fire again over there! The Raikage and Tsuchikage didn't know why, but they were making insinuations about each other. I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s because people tend to be wordy as they get older, but not only did the Third Tsuchikage have sex with the Raikage, but Gaara, the Kazekage, also escaped! Mifune, who was sitting at the head of the table, looked at the commotion below and had to say something to stop him, "Everyone, we are here to discuss the fight against the Akatsuki organization, not to settle old scores! No matter who among us has any old or new grudges, please consider the overall situation It¡¯s important not to get into trouble!¡± ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? away and listened to what he said next. "Entrusted by the six major countries, we, the Kingdom of Iron, will host this meeting. Everyone here has been violated by the Akatsuki organization to some extent, so the meeting came into being, and the grievances between various countries and the Akatsuki organization are natural There is no need to go into details. Therefore, as a neutral country, after calm analysis and judgment, we have come up with a meaning, which is to form a ninja coalition!" Although everyone was mentally prepared, Mifune still couldn't believe it after he said it! How can the hatred between countries be explained in a few words? Yesterday we were life-and-death rivals, but today we will become life-and-death comrades! After all, he is an old man. As soon as Mifune said this, the Tsuchikage began to plan, "The matter of the coalition can be discussed, but who will give the management power?" Mifune thought for a while and slowly stood up, "Everyone knows Raikage's temper. If the power of the coalition is given to him, it will only be because of his own impulse, and eventually the coalition will be torn apart; Kirigakure is the birthplace of the Akatsuki organization; Kazekage He is too young and cannot be trusted by other countries; Tsuchikage is old and has hired the Akatsuki organization the most times, so he is the least trusted; Yamagakure's foundation is still shallow, so I think the most suitable candidate is the Hokage! " As soon as Mifune finished speaking, Ao suddenly rushed out from the banner at the back, pointed at Danzo and said: "Using Uchiha Shisui's eyes to control General Mifune, Mr. Hokage, are you too despicable?" After Qingyi finished speaking, everyone was shocked and looked at Danzo. The latter shook his head noncommittally and said: "The goal of the Akatsuki organization is nothing more than the Jinch¨±riki, and all the Jinchuriki of all countries have been captured by the Akatsuki organization, except for Konoha's Nine-Tails. As the owner of the Nine-Tails, we Konoha have the right to get it. This authority!¡± Danzo has his own characterAfter finishing speaking, Raikage was about to rush forward with his fists, but Tiegen and Shanfeng next to Danzo immediately stopped him. At this time, all the ninjas who were following Shadow from various countries were standing in front of him, and the atmosphere was tense for a moment! Seeing this farce-like scene, Zakaki suddenly remembered the Five Shadows Talk in the anime of his previous life. It seems to be similar to this, Danzo also controlled Mifune with his eyes, and was finally discovered by Ao. Just as Raikage was about to take action, Zetsu from the Akatsuki organization appeared. Yes, this is supposed to be a great show. Is it possible that they won¡¯t get involved today? Thinking of this, Zakmu secretly explored the surroundings. Sure enough, a faint breath was floating in the soil, and the smell of that breath was absolutely amazing! If Jue suddenly appeared at this moment, wouldn't that be a mockery of everyone present? There are a lot of experts here, but no one has noticed him! "Come out, how long can you hide?" Zakaki suddenly shouted angrily, and everyone looked at him in confusion. When someone was about to ask a question, a wild laughter came from the ground: "As expected of Mr. Tang Ying, he was able to discover me so early!" Then a ball of pitcher plants slowly emerged from the ground, and White Zetsu, only half of his body, appeared, "Hahaha, Sasuke is here, aren't you? If you want to find him, go find him quickly, he is in the castle!" "Idiot!" Zakaki flashed and appeared next to Bai Jue in the blink of an eye. He grabbed his neck and crushed it with a bang. "Everyone, someone from the Akatsuki organization is here now. It is inconvenient to discuss many matters. We will proceed. Let¡¯s talk about it after the people from the castle are arrested!¡± The Tsuchikage looked at Bai Zetsu, suddenly remembered his identity, and said, "This person is indeed from the Akatsuki organization. It seems that people from the Akatsuki organization are really here!" ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? Text Chapter 298 Immortal Technique¡ªSingle Peak Protrusion As soon as Raikage heard the news about Sasuke, he turned his head and shouted to Nishi beside him: "Nishi, hurry up, find out where that bitch is? I'm going to twist off his head myself!" Although Tsubasa doesn't like Sasuke very much, didn't Raikage scold Itachi as well? As far as Zakaki is concerned, he still admires Itachi quite a lot. In addition, after taking Itachi's things, he suddenly had some thoughts in his mind after hearing Raikage's scolding, so he said: "Raikage, what's going on? Stay in Germany!"[] The Raikage turned his head and snorted coldly, "The Akatsuki organization has done many evil things, and everyone has to punish them! Sasuke kidnapped my brother, what kind of reputation should I have with him?" After saying that, he turned around and rushed out of the conference room with Lazy and Xi. Zakaki slowly returned to his seat and said to Jugo and Chi next to him: "Chonggo goes and has a look, so that he can see the Raikage-dono's clever tricks. We are waiting for the rightful master here!" Chongwu nodded and followed. Actually, Takashi is a little curious. Jugo was taken away by Takashi, so there wouldn¡¯t be only three people in the Eagle team following Sasuke, right? Or did Sasuke find someone else? Of course, he also wanted to let Jugo go out for a long experience. Although Raikage's old boy was a bit grumpy, it was undeniable that he was still quite powerful! Chi quietly leaned into Zakaki's ear and whispered: "Captain, do you want to kill that old boy Danzo now, or else there will be no chance in the future?" ???????????????????????? When he said this, Oakwood's heart suddenly pounded. What he said made sense. Although it seemed that Uchiha Sasuke killed Danzo next, but now that he has a big butterfly like himself, who knows if something will go wrong? Zakaki looked around and found that Qingzheng was staring at Danzo. This was unacceptable. He couldn't fight in front of so many people, right? Hearing Zakaki¡¯s instructions, Jugo followed the Raikage to find Sasuke. Regarding Sasuke, Jugo didn't know how to express his feelings for him. Before I met Tsubasa, there were only two people in this world who could take my heart seriously, one was Kimimaro and the other was Sasuke. When he was still in Otogakure Village in his early years, Jugo and Sasuke had met several times. When he saw Sasuke for the first time, he saw Kimimaro, and he even felt like they were connected by fate. Later, Juugo followed Kimimaro to Yamagakure. Although Sasuke often appeared in his sight, after Juugo found a life that belonged to him, he no longer cared about Sasuke. He only sometimes saw his back alone and stood up for him. Feel alone. During these days, I kept hearing things about Sasuke, and I also heard that he had taken revenge. In fact, Jugo felt sad for him at that time. Taking revenge would mean losing the value of existence, which would be more painful than death! Wasn't that what Kimimaro used to be like? With these thoughts in mind, when he heard that Zakaki asked him to go and gain experience, Jugo happily went. When Jugo arrived at the scene, Raikage and Sasuke were already on fire. There were two people standing next to Sasuke, one with blue hair and a big knife, and a fat man with a smile on his face who was carrying an earth-colored gourd. Even standing far away, Zhonggo could feel the amazing chakra on that fat man! The blue-haired one is naturally Suigetsu, and the fat man with a smile on his face is a master that Sasuke accidentally discovered, his name is Teta. Before Jugo could take a closer look at Sasuke's companions, the Raikage's attack had already arrived! Seeing the Raikage's astonishing speed, Juugo couldn't help but have a few drops of cold sweat on his forehead. During the battle of Sangumo, Jugo had seen the moves used by Raikage, but looking at them from such a distance now, he could only feel terrifying. Jugo couldn't help but admire in his heart, the only person in this world who can restrain Raikage is the teacher! The Raikage is fast, and Sasuke is not bad either. He took out the Kusanagi sword and quickly dodged the Raikage's attack, slashing dozens of swords in the blink of an eye. Although he was at a disadvantage, his chic posture was better than the Raikage looked. Be relaxed! Sasuke's two men were also fighting against the Raikage at this moment, but Jugo had no time to look at them. His eyes were all fixed on the battle between Raikage and Sasuke. The chakra around Raikage's body suddenly rioted. If it was a torrent before, it is now a row of waves! The Raikage suddenly shouted, his body speed increased several times compared to the moment before. With a snap, Sasuke was knocked tens of meters away by the Raikage's fist. As the battle continued, Raikage's advantage became more and more obvious, and Sasuke was retreating steadily. Although Amaterasu hit Raikage's arm, Raikage's increasingly fierce moves were about to pronounce Sasuke's death! Sasuke was hit by another punch, and he was obviously dying as he was spitting out blood. Seeing this, Jugo felt a sudden pain in his heart, as if he saw Kimimaro spitting out blood. Jugo calmed down and said to himself, that's all, help him once, just like helping him once for Kimimaro! It's time to apologize to the teacher. Lei Ying watched as he was knocked to the ground.?Sasuke, thinking of his brother whose life and death were unknown, the hatred in his heart instantly filled his brain. Raikage raised his fist, raised the maximum speed, and roared loudly: "Go to hell!!" Just when everyone thought Sasuke was going to die, a small mountain peak quickly appeared, and the hill stood directly in front of Sasuke. With just a bang, half of the hill collapsed, but the other half was like a thick city wall, blocking the Raikage's whereabouts. After the failed attack, the thunder shadow had no choice but to retreat. He left the mountain peak dozens of meters away in a flash. As soon as he stabilized his body, he roared loudly: "Zakaki, what do you mean?!" But after taking a breath, there was no sign of Zakaki in the entire battlefield. Just as Raikage was about to curse, he found a person emerging from the top of the mountain. This person was Jugo! At this time, Chongwu¡¯s face was full of depression. He looked at the sand behind the hill, then at Feng Ying standing not far away, and smiled bitterly to himself. If he had known someone was coming, he would not have done anything, but now it was a good thing that he had caused such a big trouble to the teacher. "Lord Raikage, Sasuke is an important clue to the Akatsuki organization. It doesn't seem good if you kill him. I think it's better for the teacher and all the Kages to make a decision together!" Lei Ying didn¡¯t care about his injured arm, he pointed at me with one finger, his face full of anger: ¡°I didn¡¯t expect that a young junior would dare to point fingers in front of me, today I will teach you a lesson for that bastard Zakaki!!¡± As soon as Jugo heard that Raikage had scolded Zakaki, he immediately felt murderous intent. It would have been okay if Raikage had scolded him, but Raikage touched Jugo's back, "Huh¡ª¡ªdon't rely on your old age, Raikage-dono! If you want to ask I am asking for advice, so I am here to accompany you. But if you want to teach me a lesson for the teacher, you are not qualified to do so. The most valuable thing about a person is self-knowledge, and you are just a defeated enemy of the teacher!!" ¡°You¡¯re a sharp-tongued kid who doesn¡¯t know how to live or die!!¡± "Immortal method - single peak protrusion!" New book, please support me ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? Text Chapter 299 Declaration of War Seeing Jugo and Raikage getting into a fight in the blink of an eye, Gaara suddenly felt like he couldn't laugh or cry. Originally, the Six Nations talks were intended to deal with the Akatsuki Organization, but now, the Akatsuki Organization has failed to deal with its own side, but it has started to cause chaos! Kankuro behind Gaara spoke: "I have long heard that the Raikage has a bad temper, but now it turns out that it is true. He will beat everyone whenever he comes up. And that Jugo, even though the Raikage is wrong, he can do that. Talk about the shadow of a village!"[] "Stop nagging, try to find a way to stop the two of them. When Tang Ying comes, he will inevitably have to tangle with Raikage due to his protective personality. If this continues, we will be doomed before the Akatsuki organization is solved!! "Temari remembered the part between Gaara and Konoha Lee Rock during the chuunin exam. At that time, Xiao Lee was injured, and Oakwood was so murderous. She still remembers it fresh. When Temari spoke, Gaara moved. After a closer look, he realized that there was a thick layer of sand between Juugo and the Raikage. At this time, Gaara had a few drops of sweat on his head. After all, it was very difficult to hold down a hill and stop the Raikage who was attacking at full speed! As the saying goes, what kind of master there is, there is also what kind of apprentice there is. Let¡¯s not talk about the personality of protecting shortcomings, but let¡¯s talk about the skill of using earth to escape people without knowing it, and Chongwu has learned it very well! As soon as the Raikage was stopped by Gaara, several thorns appeared on the ground and stabbed up along the Raikage's heels. Although the Raikage's armor was shattered, the Raikage retreated in embarrassment. Count the steps! "Shameless boy, look for a fight!!" Lei Ying suffered a loss and roared loudly, intending to attack again. A ball of sand appeared in front of Raikage out of thin air, and then the sand became Gaara, and he said: "Leiying, what do you and a junior call Zhen? It's true that your brother is anxious after being caught, but can you solve the problem with you being so arrogant and unreasonable?" In fact, Raikage is also very angry. When he sees the real culprit who killed Kirabi appears in front of him, how can he not be angry? Originally, after Juugo saved Sasuke, the Raikage did have murderous intentions, but after two rounds with Juugo, he discovered that Juugo had indeed obtained the Shinden of Sakuragi. As we all know, thunder can carve the earth, but his thunder escape didn't have much impact in front of this kid! What surprised him even more was that the chakra derived from the earth escape in front of him was very different from the ordinary. It was a new energy that he had never seen before. Although Raikage is irritable, he is not stupid. His arm was burned by Uchiha Sasuke. Even if he can deal with Jugo, he himself will not be much better, not to mention he has a more difficult teacher! Gaara took action, and the Raikage also took the opportunity to use the slope to get off the donkey, but it was not like that boy Jugo made another move in the end, making him lose face. Fortunately, Gaara said something again, which made Raikage want to stop Zakaki and others were still sitting in the conference room. Although Qing and Shanfeng exchanged some words, they were still in peace. This conference room wouldn't be bad if it weren't for the old man's nagging from the Tsuchikage. Not long after, the temperature in the conference room suddenly dropped, and the cold murderous aura instantly filled every corner. With a few swishing sounds, the flag hanging behind the figures was cut in half, and then the ceiling of the conference room Sasuke stood on his head and appeared very handsome facing Danzo's face! This charming and somewhat pretentious posture made Mr. Zakaki secretly applauded in his heart. However, someone immediately couldn't stand it, probably because he thought his wrinkled face was too ugly. Mifune took up his sword and slashed at Sasuke. At this time, a discordant voice rang out, "Why are the men of the Uchiha family so handsome? As the Mizukage, I have to give you a kiss that will burn your bones and burn your heart!!" Who else can say this besides Terumi Mei, who has never seen a man in eight lifetimes? Tsubasa glanced at Terumi Mei, and then looked at the man standing by the door with his arms akimbo, calling Terumi Mei an old witch. He didn't intend to do anything. The old monk sat down and closed his eyes, and followed the crowd to make a fuss. That is to say, Sasuke, a brainless kid who dares to come here and act recklessly, is a master like a cloud. With just a few ounces of meat, if he hadn't had Fei, he would have been killed many times! As Takaki expected, within a few rounds, Sasuke was trapped by Terumi Mei and Chojuro. At this time, Danzo also took the opportunity to escape. Qing, who had been staring at him, wanted to chase him, but was stopped by Zakaki. When Qing was about to ask what happened, Zakaki spoke: "Why are you going to catch him? He is the Hokage. Even if he uses shameful means, it is not a big deal and you can't control it! Besides, your thing still belongs to them. With Danzo's Skill, if you really want to get your thing back, if it¡¯s not something great, the worst thing you can do is destroy it!¡± After Qing heard this, he wanted to refute but was speechless, so he had to stand aside and watch the battle between Mei Terumi and Sasuke with his eyes open. With a bang, the door sealed by Mei Terumi's rock shield was broken by Sasuke's Susan.?At the same time, white spores began to appear on everyone in the hall! Apparently, the big boss is coming! Sure enough, just when the Tsuchikage almost peeled off Sasuke, Fei grabbed Sasuke and appeared in front of everyone. Although he was hit by a lightning strike from Raikage, it was nothing to him. In front of everyone, he unscrupulously pulled Uchiha Sasuke back to the space, then jumped on top, looking at the people below as if looking down on all living beings. Ah Fei's move quickly attracted everyone's attention, and then he started a grand plan. As far as Zakaki was concerned, he had "heard" these words many times. Hearing them again would naturally not be like other movies. That, all the fuss. Seeing A Fei's look of despising everyone in the world, Zakaki, who had not gotten up from his chair, spoke: "It's nonsense for a long time, you just want to have a fight. You don't have to stay here, go back and tell Payne, we will follow up!!" Now Pain is not dead, he is still the nominal boss of the Akatsuki organization. It is undeniable that A Fei has a lot of power in the Akatsuki organization, but now someone who is not the boss comes here to threaten Rukage Ichitou, especially in front of Zakaki who has fought against him. Isn't this pretentious? You are nothing short of an ambassador! "Tang Ying is always quick to talk. I wonder if you can take over this war on behalf of the other five major countries?" A Fei glanced at Lei Ying provocatively, and then looked around at the other four shadows. "What you guys are trying to do with the Moon Eye Plan is just nonsense. Although I don't like Tang Ying, what he said still makes sense. If you want to fight, then fight!!" Lei Ying turned around and realized that from the beginning Until now, Zakaki has been sitting there without moving. Compared with his own irritability, he is not even smarter by one point or two. "Don't do anything to sow discord in front of us. None of us here are fools! Also, if you want to fool us into applauding, you are thinking too highly of yourself!!" Zakaki gave A Fei a cold look. , continued: "The so-called two countries are fighting without killing the envoys. Today I will not take action. Take Uchiha Sasuke and get out!" Ah Fei laughed and his body gradually faded away, "Hahaha, that's interesting. You are the first one in this world who dares to talk to me like this. Okay, very good! Mr. Tang Ying, I will definitely understand on the battlefield in the future. Your brilliant move!!" ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? Text Chapter 300: A Man¡¯s Promise The Ninja Alliance was still established. Each country sent 20,000 troops, a total of 120,000 troops, pointing the sword at the Akatsuki organization! Tochigi himself, due to the proposal of the three ships, everyone jointly recommended that they officially served as the Supreme Commander of the Allied Forces. After everyone's discussion, it was decided to locate the coalition headquarters in the Cloud Hidden Village with the Eight-Tails Jinchuuriki. The details of the ninja coalition will be discussed at the next Six Shadows Conference. After the meeting, everyone returned to the village to report the situation of the coalition to the daimyo of each country. [] "Takaki and Terumi Mei rushed back to Shanyin Village on the same road. As soon as Zakaki took Jugo, Chi, Mei Terumi and others out of the castle, they saw Kakashi, Naruto and others standing there. In his previous life, Naruto was tricked by Tsunade into doing a super S-level mission with the Eight-Tails. At this moment, Naruto is no longer the same as before. Although he is still a little nervous, he has experienced a ninja war and has more or less understood and understood some politics. If he uses that method again, it will be quite clumsy! Although Naruto now has extraordinary strength, it would not be difficult for the guys in the Akatsuki organization to catch him. If this guy is really caught, even Zakaki will have to wait for death! Kakashi saw Zakaki and his party from a distance, and was about to say hello, but he stopped when he noticed Mizukage behind him. Danzo's new Hokage is dealing with Tang Ying in front of other villages. He might be a disaster if he goes back! Naruto, who was searching for Sasuke in Sage mode, suddenly felt several powerful chakras. He opened his eyes suddenly and saw Zakaki and his party walking towards this direction. Naruto suddenly remembered that Sasuke was declared a wanted criminal, and hurried to Zakaki, without even saying hello, he said directly: "Licious Sento, help Sasuke!!" Zakaki smiled softly and patted Naruto on the shoulder, "How do you want me to help him?" When Naruto heard this, a smile immediately appeared on his face, "I was in sage mode just now, and I heard two samurai say that you are now the supreme commander of the coalition forces, as long as you cancel Sasuke's wanted order! Don't worry, I will definitely do it. Bring Sasuke back!" "Naruto, how old are you this year?" Zakaki asked Naruto without answering. Naruto was stunned for a moment, looked at Zakaki in confusion, and then answered: "Why do you ask? I am seventeen this year!" "Seventeen now? Kakashi, do you know what I was doing when I was seventeen?" Zakaki walked to Kakashi and asked with a smile. Kakashi's body shook violently, he looked up at Zakaki, and said in a deep voice: "My lord, when he was twelve years old, he joined forces with the Fourth Hokage to fight against the rock. At that time, he served as the commander-in-chief of Konoha. Because the army was fighting outside, something happened at home. Something forced you to leave Konoha. At seventeen you seemed to be wandering around." "Kakashi won't tell me, let me tell you! When I was twelve years old, the Uchiha family beat my brother to death while I was away in Konoha. My sister-in-law also committed suicide because of this. They are Xiao Li's parents! And I Because of hatred, I killed the eldest elder of the Uchiha family and destroyed the ancestral home of the Uchiha family. According to the law, I should have been imprisoned for life, but Konoha thought that I had made a small contribution and expelled me from Konoha. Later, So I fucked Tang Ying, and now I¡¯m the commander-in-chief of the coalition forces!¡± Naruto¡¯s head gradually lowered as he listened to Zakaki¡¯s self-narration. In fact, Naruto had complained about Zakaki. At that time, he thought that Zakaki had given up his ideals in pursuit of power! But now hearing what Zakaki said, Naruto suddenly felt that he was wrong. Everyone has their own difficulties. Naruto remembered what Jiraiya said, if possible, who would be willing to leave their hometown? "Lovable Immortal, I know your difficulties, but Sasuke is not like that!" "Naruto, don't you understand what I mean? Sasuke made a scene during our meeting. He is no longer the stupid boy he was before! Besides, everyone has his own way, and Sasuke has his own Road! And you have your own road to take now, and the time to take this road is very urgent!!" Naruto raised his head and looked at Zakaki with confusion on his face. "The Ninja World War is about to begin, and our opponent is the Akatsuki Organization! The Akatsuki Organization collects tailed beasts everywhere, and then borrows the power of the tailed beasts to enslave the world! ¡ª¡ª" "Master Zakaki, you¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª" Kakashi knew what Zakaki meant as soon as he heard what Zakaki said, and hurriedly spoke to try to stop Zakaki. Kakashi knew that once Naruto knew about it, he would definitely go to the battlefield in person. ! Zakaki stretched out his hand, stopped Kakashi, and continued: "Kakashi didn't let me say it, but I think I have to say it! Naruto, the purpose of the Akatsuki organization in launching this war is you and the Eight-Tails Jinchuuriki!! " "What?!" Naruto's pupils shrank sharply and he clenched his fists tightly, "In this case, let's have a showdown. I must make them look good!!" "I'm very happy that you have such fighting spirit! In you, I see the shadow of Minato. We both dealt with it together back then.He had this expression when he was an Iwa Ninja! "Zakaki patted Naruto's shoulder again and continued: "But not now! ! " "Why, don't you believe me!" Naruto pushed away Zakaki's hands and said angrily. "I'm telling you because I believe you. I'm not afraid to tell you that the coalition has decided to imprison you and the Eight-Tails. You should know the strength of the Akatsuki organization. Even I, their leader, don't have much confidence!" What Zakaki said is indeed true! The truth is, if it was Payne in the previous life, Oakwood would definitely be able to defeat him, but it is different now. Payne has gained the power of the seven tailed beasts. If he really uses the complete form of the heretic demon, even the Ten Thousand Peaks Bloom will be the same. Useless, unless the oak tree fights with its life. And that Ah Fei, until now, Zakaki doesn't know what his trump card is. Even if he really puts it together, Zakaki himself doesn't have absolute confidence. Therefore, Payne and Fei must not be allowed to obtain the Nine-Tails and Eight-Tails, and at the same time, the strength of the entire coalition must be used to deal with them. Only in this way can the final victory be achieved! "I believe I can protect myself and defeat them!!" Naruto almost roared. "It's still the same sentence. It's because I believe you that I tell you. I didn't say I wouldn't let you go to the battlefield!!" When Kakashi heard this, he popped out again, "Sir, no!" Naruto looked at Zakaki in confusion. "I can let you go to the battlefield, but you must make a promise as a man in front of me!" Zakaki looked at Naruto with a serious face and continued: "If you don't agree, I will imprison you here personally. I can't risk the entire ninja world!" "Okay, I agree!" "Follow the Eight-Tails and master the use of Nine-Tails Chakra perfectly! Then, in this battle, it is up to you to stay or go. I, Zakaki, as the supreme commander of the coalition forces, make a man's promise to you!" Zakaki stretched out his palm and waited. Looking at Naruto. Naruto looked at Zakaki, then suddenly held Zakaki's hand and nodded solemnly. "Naruto, you don't have to go back to Konoha. You can go directly to Kumogakure with the Raikage. Kakashi, you and Yamato should protect him and follow the Raikage first." Zakaki gave instructions to Naruto and Kakashi. , then turned around and walked in the direction of Chihe Zhongwu. Just when Zakaki arrived, Naruto yelled over there: "Don't worry, lustful sage, I will definitely master the Kyuubi's chakra! Just wait for me and don't go back on the promise you made to be a man! Also, I will not give up on Sasuke!" Zakaki raised the corner of his mouth, ignored Naruto, and rushed towards Shangakure with Jugo and the others. However, there were people who were looking at the oak tree with stars in their eyes at this moment, casting flirtatious glances one after another. ¡°I didn¡¯t expect that Tang Ying would have such a story, let alone deceive a difficult kid to this extent. It¡¯s really amazing!¡± "Liar? I didn't lie to him. I truly believed in him. I am quite optimistic about that boy. If anyone can bring reform to this world, I believe it is that boy! What's more, what I made was a man's promise! "Ozaki looked at Terumi Mei with a serious face. Terumi Mei smiled charmingly and ignored Zakaki. A man's promise, if only you could give me a man's promise! ps: ??Can you give me some support? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? Text Chapter 301: Dispatching Troops At the entrance of Shanyin Village, Yi Jing led the team, and twenty thousand ninjas were ready to go. Now they were all waiting for one person. Five years ago, Tangyin was still a small, low-income village. Their country had a lot of money, and their villagers were ten times richer than other villages, but these ninjas were ten times shorter than the ninjas in other villages! For this reason, their villagers were bullied by other villages, and they became vassals of others. [] But since that man came, everything has changed. With Tang Yin in danger, he defeated the arrogant Kumo Ninja, occupied the country of the moon that often provoked Tang Yin, forced the five major countries to recognize the sixth country, made the country of water willingly send it to the country of waves, and finally created four mountain peaks with miracles , build a hidden mountain village that attracts thousands of people¡¯s attention! No matter who can accomplish any of these, his name will be recorded on the monument forever. But this man has accomplished it all! Now, this man has brought another standard that no one can cross for this originally unpopular village. He will become the supreme commander of the ninjas in the entire world. He is the real god in Shan Yin's heart. He is in the ninja world. A man full of legends, he is Tang Ying - Turtle Immortal Zakaki! If it is said that Konoha has Senju Hashirama, then the people of Yamagakure will definitely raise their heads high and proudly say: "We have oak trees!!" With the vicissitudes of life, maybe one day everything will disappear in the long river of time, but the will and spirit of Zakwood will always stand in the hidden mountains! The Yamagakure ninjas outside were waiting eagerly, but the man they were looking forward to was preparing something else. Although the people of Shanyin say how noble Oakwood is, the common people's thoughts in the bones of Oakwood will never change, that is, at any time, think about yourself first before doing anything else, otherwise - ¡ª¡ª The war is about to begin, and all the hidden strength of Yamagakure has been brought back by Oakwood. Even Tomoro Yanaga and others who have been in the dark these years have been arranged by Oakwood to protect Yumi and Morimi. Of course, as shrewd as Oak, he would never risk his most precious people, so he installed another safety valve. Zakaki pulled Orochimaru back, who was training at the White Snake Sennin. Orochimaru is still very interested in this job. Firstly, he is not interested in this war, and secondly, he also values ??his daughter. Therefore, after hearing Zakaki's request, Orochimaru stayed at Zakaki's house without saying a word! After begging Yumi and Mori to tell their grandpa and grandma, and saying countless words of assurance, Zakaki rushed to the entrance of the village with Chi and Jugo. Then I saw a dense crowd of ninjas, standing at the entrance of the village with excited eyes like a group of victorious soldiers, waiting for their commander to review, and of course the countless fellow villagers around them. The arrival of Zakaki suddenly gave the already serious military formation a hint of murderous intent. When these murderous auras gathered together, even Zakaki felt flustered and distracted for an instant. This was the real power. Originally there was still some uncertainty in my heart, but after seeing these people, everything disappeared. With soldiers like this, where in the world can't be obtained? Zakaki, who was lost for a moment, straightened his throat, and then shouted with a voice filled with chakra: "Heroes, after seeing you today, I realized that I still have some value in existence, and I realized that I really let Shan Become stronger!¡ª¡ª" ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? As soon as Zakaki said something, the roar below instantly filled the sky and the earth, rushing in all directions. The energy gathered by the roars seemed to poke a hole in the sky! Zakaki stretched out his hands, and the roar suddenly stopped. This is when the orders and prohibitions of the galloping horses must be at this time! "Everyone, I have never been defeated since the establishment of Shanyin. This credit belongs to you. Now, a group of desperadoes are brazenly claiming to rule the world. This is undoubtedly trampling on our honor! So, what we have to do Just to defend your honor, do you have confidence?!!" "Have" "Have" "Have"¡ª¡ª The overwhelming roar sounded again, as if the four mountains built of oak trees towering into the sky were shaking. Zakaki threw the Tangying suit he was wearing into the sky, revealing his battle suit, strode into the air, and shouted to the people below: "Follow me!¡ª¡ª" The tide of ninjas followed their leader and embarked on a journey together! Yumi stood in a pavilion somewhere, looking at the majestic Soaki and the heroic Sannin at the swearing-in ceremony. The worry in her heart was a little less, and her frowning eyebrows also slightly opened. . Orochimaru hugged Morimi, looked at Yumi, and said with a smile: "This guy Zakaki has always been good at boosting morale. Haha, with the state of the mountain ninja and the other five countries, there will be no suspense in this war. !¡± Yumei turned around and saidThe purple hair on her lower body was pulled up to her ears, "Sir, there is no need to comfort me. All the big countries can unite to fight against them. Their strength can be imagined!" "Haha, that's true. However, no one in this world can hurt that guy Zakaki. He is well-deserved to be the best in the world!" Orochimaru looked at the backs of Zakaki and Sannin and turned around slightly. said. "Godfather, aren't you number one in the world? Why have you become a dad again?" Mori Mei asked in confusion as she touched Orochimaru's earrings in his arms. "Who said that?" Orochimaru touched Mori Mei's little head and said with a smile. "That fat man from Jirobo said it. That time I overheard him saying that you were dead. Of course I couldn't listen to that fat man's words, so I clamored for dad to take me to see you. But dad said, all the people in the world Even if everyone dies, you won¡¯t be able to die! If you are so powerful, how can you not be the best in the world?¡± Sammy tilted her little head and said every word seriously. When Orochimaru heard Mori Mei's words, he couldn't help but trembled. He didn't expect that there would be people in this world talking about him, Orochimaru! "Silly boy, your godfather, I don't have any other skills. I just have many ways to save my life." "Really? Then my godfather will teach me in the future!" PS: I read the Naruto manga today and I was so dumbfounded. Although I had already guessed that Orochimaru would not die, I didn't expect that it would appear in this way. I really don't know what to say! What makes my balls hurt even more is that his appearance disrupted all my plans, so I had to sort out my thoughts. There is only one update today! Also, from the manga, we see that Orochimaru seems to be interested in Uchiha Madara's body. How can this be written? Finally, if you have time, please go to my new book and give some support! ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? Text Chapter 302 The battle begins The ninjas of the coalition forces have been gathered, and ninjas from all countries are getting ready in Kumogakure. At this time, the Six Shadows were discussing the matter of the captains of each team. In the end, the Six Shadows decided: The first captain is Kumogakure Tarui, who is known as Raikage¡¯s right-hand man. The loess of the second captain Iwagakure. The third captain copied Ninja Kakashi for Konoha. Mifune, the leader of the Four Captains of the Iron Country. The fifth captain is Ichii, the head of the Shanyin Military Department. The sixth captain is Kazekage Gaara. At the same time, Gaara is also the captain of the frontline combat troops. [] ¡°I have to admit that whether it is Konoha¡¯s twelve little heroes or Gaara¡¯s three brothers and sisters, they all have their own unique charm. The ninjas who had been assembled and unified into divisions would always hate and distrust each other because of their previous hatred, but with a few words of incitement from Gaara, that young boy, that disharmonious atmosphere disappeared without a trace! Even Takaki, who is now appointed as the supreme commander, was filled with admiration when he saw Gaara's performance. Given time, Gaara, this young man, might really be able to carry the banner that Takaki is carrying! The other four shadows were all like Oakwood, standing on the Kumogakure stand, looking at the densely packed ninjas and listening to Gaara's impassioned words. In the end, Tsuchikage, who was "influenced" by Gaara, couldn't help but say, "Young people just have the will to fight!" Even though so many years have passed, Takashi always feels a little uncomfortable whenever he thinks of the old ghost, the Third Tsuchikage, who ambushed him. Even if it doesn't rise to the level of resentment, he still has nothing to say to ridicule the old ghost. Mu is still very happy: "Yeah, I'm getting older and I don't have the same energy as when I was young!" Tsuchikage did not sneer at Cheng, but instead let Tsunade over there glare at Zakaki, "Touying, are you sarcastic about me? I remember you are only thirty-two years old this year, you are already old, then we are Shouldn¡¯t it be time to go home and take care of yourself?¡± After Tsunade said this, the Tsuchikage and Raikage looked at Zakaki angrily. Yes, one sentence offended three people. Zakaki quickly changed the topic, "Tsuchikage, your son Huangtu is very good!" "Huh! That's natural. He was defeated miserably at the hands of Tang Ying. Over the years, he has been practicing Earth Escape so hard that he finally achieved some success!" Tu Ying said happily after hearing Zakuki's praise of Loess. "Well, look at Kakashi and Darui. I remember they were young boys back then. Now they have become commanders-in-chief. It seems that we are all old. Sometimes I just think, How carefree would it be to hand over the power of Yamayaku to Ichii, and then take his wife and children to retire to the mountains and forests?" Zakaki looked at the young man below, and suddenly remembered the time when he participated in the war twenty years ago. , and then thinking of Yumi's worried eyes, she couldn't help but sigh. "Tang Ying, now is not the time to sigh. You have to use the momentum you had when fighting our Kumo ninjas to deal with the Akatsuki organization. With just a few people, we can defeat us, and I believe you can too. Lead everyone and defeat the Akatsuki organization, right?" Although Takashi is only thirty-two years old, and saying those words made Raikage feel awkward, but having been in the ninja world for so many years, Takaki is really qualified to speak to these little devils now. . At the same time, Raikage still has great trust in Zakaki's strength, and only this kind of guy can fight against the perverts of the Akatsuki organization! Zakaki shook his sleeves, waved his hand, and said with a chuckle: "The Raikage is right. Let's go, everyone, go together and make a total, and prepare to take the big move of the Akatsuki organization!" While everyone was talking, they came to the conference room together and spread out the map on the table. "My lords, the specific battle deployment is as follows -" Seeing the five shadows in place, Shikaku, who had been waiting in the conference room, began to explain the war. Everyone listened with admiration, so much so that the Raikage gave Shikaku his final evaluation. Zakaki, who has worked with Shikaku for so many years, naturally knows what he is capable of, and there is no one more suitable for the position of military advisor than him! "What Shikaku said makes sense, but as far as I know, the new Yakushi Kabuto in the organization is a powerful character. The character reincarnated from his dirty soil may be the biggest variable in this war. So, now we must take this into consideration. .Especially Tsuchikage, you must be prepared to go to the front line. Firstly, I suspect that there will be some unfavorable person in your Iwagakure Village; secondly, Gaara is young after all, and sometimes he will always be passionate. , I need some old people to give some advice!" As the supreme commander, Zakaki has the power to transfer anyone. Oakwood was like this out of helplessness. He knew from the original work in his previous life that the second generation Tsuchikage Wu was very likely to appear, and only the third generation Tsuchikage could defeat him at that time! "Well, Konoha Nara Shikaku did have the problem that Oakwood mentioned just now. In that case, I will go there personally! If he really appears, it will be really troublesome!" The third Tsuchikage slowly rose. The body looked thoughtfully into the distance, and then slowly flew out the door. When the Raikage saw the Tsuchikage flying away, he hurriedly opened his mouth and said: "The Mizukage went to protect the daimyo, the old guys are on the battlefield, what should I do?" "What are you doing???? Sit, wait, watch, and then go on! "Zakaki sat down on the chair, looked at Raikage, and said teasingly. Tsunade looked at Raikage's anxious look, glanced at the calmness of Tsubasagi and Shikaku, and couldn't help but chuckle. "What are you laughing at?" Zakaki heard Tsunade's laughter and suddenly felt a little baffled. ¡°It¡¯s nothing, I just think we will definitely win!¡± "I hope so!" In fact, Zakaki doesn't have much confidence. Once Uchiha Madara's true form comes out, everything will be bullshit. The current Zakaki really doesn't have much confidence that he can beat Uchiha Madara. Wood Release, Rinnegan, and Complete Susana, this is basically equivalent to the Sage of Six Paths! "Report, news came from the surprise attack force. They encountered the enemy and have initially achieved victory!" "Report, news came from the third battlefield. They found many dead strong men!" "Report, a large number of enemy troops have been found on the fourth battlefield, and operations have begun!" After a while, all kinds of battlefield information were sent to the case, and at the same time, they also started their first battle! Zakaki knows that now is the time to really fight. Neither A Fei nor Payne nor Uchiha Madara can let them win this victory. Otherwise, the whole world will be slaughtered! Suddenly, the door to the conference room was opened, and Yamashiro Aoba hurriedly walked in, "Lord Hokage, Lord Yukage. Something bad has happened. Naruto was attacked by the Akatsuki organization on Turtle Island and is now unconscious!" With a bang, Tsunade smashed the table in front of her with a punch, and shouted angrily: "What did you say?" "Don't panic first, tell me slowly, what's going on?" Zakaki stopped Tsunade who was about to go crazy, and frowned and asked Yamashiro Aoba. Yamashiro Aoba hurriedly told the matter. Naruto and Kirabi originally practiced together, but Naruto seemed to have learned the method a long time ago. He was wandering around Turtle Island, but for some reason he suddenly passed out. When Yamashiro Aoba and others discovered Naruto, Yakushi Kabuto was doing something on Naruto. Streams of black mist were heading towards the big bottle in Yakushi Kabuto's hand. Yamashiro Aoba and others hurriedly stopped him, but Yakushi Kabuto's strength was too amazing and they had no choice but to let him escape. Fortunately, Naruto was not taken away, he was just unconscious. ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? Text Chapter 303 Opponent Naruto was suddenly attacked, and Takaki was initially shocked, but when he heard Yamashiro Aoba say that he was just unconscious, Takaki felt relieved. ??Although that guy Kabuto is somewhat capable, Tokugaki doesn't believe that he is interested in Kyuubi. Even if he can get the Kyuubi, he can't control it! As for giving it to Ah Fei, this is even more impossible, he is not a fool! But what does he mean? Taking such a big risk cannot be without purpose! [] Forget it, now is not the time to worry about this, the first task is to control the situation at hand and suppress the rhythm of the battlefield! "You can't eat a big fat man in one bite. This Akatsuki organization is so powerful that trying to solve it all at once is obviously a fool's errand." The first step is to deal with Shiwanjue first, the second step is to kill Yakushi Kabuto and those strong men who were born out of the dirt, and the third step is Pain and Fei! Of course, this is just what Zakaki thinks about. Any of these three steps is a big victory! Suddenly a cold feeling rose from the soles of his feet, and Zakaki thought of Anko! It seems that the information about Zetsu from the Akatsuki organization came from her, and she seemed to have been captured later! Zakaki panicked and quickly asked Tsunade beside him, "Is the leader of your Konoha team who reported the military situation of the Akatsuki organization Anko?" Tsunade was stunned for a moment, lowered her head and stopped talking. "Tsunade, Raikage, and Shikaku, I'll leave the matter here to you." Zaki shouted at the door: "Jugo, call Hidan immediately and come with me!" "Wait a minute, Takaki, you are the supreme commander. If you abandon the public service for personal reasons, how can we fight this war?" Tsunade saw Takaki about to leave, and hurriedly stepped out to block Takaki's way. Lei Ying dropped his fist on the table and shouted almost like a roar: "You have a private matter, are you going to risk thousands of lives?" "Calm down, Zakaki, now is not the time to be impulsive!" Lukaku didn't want to persuade him, but he still couldn't help but say it. Oakwood walked around Tsunade, picked up the cloak and hat from the chair, and strode towards the door. With a whoosh, Leiying suddenly appeared next to Zakaki, crossed his arms, and looked at Zakaki with gritted teeth, "Is this how you become a commander? Is this how you treat your subordinates? Zakaki, you are insulting Our intelligence, or are we trampling on everyone¡¯s trust?¡± "Raiying, do you believe that I will destroy the entire world for one person?" Zakaki smiled softly, then glared, "Get out of my way! I don't want to kill you here, so don't try to provoke me. anger!" "You¡ª¡ª" Lei Ying was already trembling all over at this time. It was hard to imagine that this was what a shadow said. Before Raikage could scold Zakaki, he turned into a puddle of dirt and left the conference room. Uzaki left with his front legs, and Tsunade followed with her hind legs, leaving only Shikaku calling Tsunade's name from behind. On a high tower somewhere in Kumogakure, there were four figures standing. Those figures were Soaki, Jugo and Hidan, and the other one was Tsunade who had just caught up. "Oakaki, you are shirking your responsibility! I know Hongdou is very important to you, but you are the supreme commander now, and any action you take will seriously affect the morale and morale of the army. Don't you even understand this? ¡ª¡ª " Zakaki ignored Tsunade, just walked slowly to her side, and then whispered softly in her ear: "Tsunade, you know very well what kind of person I am. If it were you, I would be the same !!¡± After hearing this, Tsunade's body trembled suddenly and she stood there motionless. Zakaki's body flashed and disappeared from the spot. Jugo and Hidan then disappeared, leaving only Tsunade standing on the roof. A gust of cold wind blew by, causing Tsunade's hair to fly wildly. At this time, Tsunade's heart was full of contradictions. What would be the outcome of her and Zakaki? ??Takaki is now the supreme commander of the coalition forces. It is no exaggeration to say that he is now the number one person in the ninja world. But no matter how high his status is, his thoughts of being a commoner in his blood will never change. Ordinary men in their previous lives may have given in or even compromised on many things, but when it comes to their wives and children, they will act like wild beasts and rush forward no matter what! This is what happened to Oakwood at this time! Although Hongdou is not married to Zakaki, in Zakaki's eyes, she has long been his wife. A man who can't even protect his wife, what can he do even if he gets the world? Zakaki spread out a scroll, laid it flat on the ground, and quickly made seals. Then a small white snake appeared on the scroll, "Go and ask Orochimaru, the coordinates of Anko, and ask him to tell me quickly!" After Oakwood said that, the little snake disappeared with a bang. "Brother, does Orochimaru know the whereabouts of that red bean?" Hidan looked at Zakaki suspiciously. "Yes, definitely. Now he is the only one who can find Hongdou quickly."??! "Orochimaru's deeds are now clear to Zakaki. Now Zakaki naturally knows the reason for the curse mark on Anko, which is nothing more than multiple escape routes "If you do it directly like this, Pein won't cause trouble for you, right?" Jue said worriedly as he watched A Fei control the chakra of the remaining tailed beasts. "Afraid, what am I afraid of him? In this battle, he will definitely die on the coalition side! I originally wanted him to cast the reincarnation for me, but now it seems that it is impossible." "But without his help, can we really defeat the six major countries?" "Hmph! It certainly can. Although that loser Nagato wasted some chakra, I got the evil thoughts of the Nine-Tails. As long as I use this as a medium to summon that thing, everything will crawl under our feet. As for the Moon Eyes Plans are out of the question!¡± "Oh? That's what Kabuto did a few days ago? But by the way, are you really sure you can control that thing?" "Do not worry!" "And Kabuto Yakushi doesn't seem to be an easy character to deal with. Why do I suddenly feel that many things are out of your control! Things seem to be getting worse and worse for Nagato, Kabuto Yakushi, the Six Great Nations, and Oakwood. What a disaster!" "I don't know if you are talking more and more nonsense, or if you are becoming more and more stupid!" Nagato stood on a high ground and carefully watched the battle between the ninja coalition and Zetsu. In fact, who knows, they are absolutely no match for the Ninja Alliance. The value of their existence is to continuously consume the vitality of the six major countries. But the only thing that made Nagato happy was that Kabuto Yakushi was reincarnated. He never thought that a small person could actually influence the trend of a war, and the trend was still on their side. "Nagato, can't we go to the battlefield now?" Xiaonan appeared behind Nagato and asked. "No, it's not the time for us to go to the battlefield yet. When all the damn ones are dead, then that's when we go on the battlefield! Haha, to be honest, I really want to fight him!" "Are you talking about oak wood?" "kindness!!!" PS: I have been wondering whether the existence of Dr. Kabuto gave Ah Fei the confidence to challenge the five major powers! Speaking of which, without Dr. Kabuto, A Fei wouldn't be doing much, just relying on a few eyes to fight Zetsu? Finally, I would like to add a new book to my collection. ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? Text Chapter 304: Get out of here as soon as possible Zakaki got Anko's coordinates and hurried over. Zakaki knew that Kabuto wanted to use the chakra in Anko, but no one could guarantee whether there would be an accident. If Kabuto really used Anko as a test subject, there would be no place for Zakaki to cry! "Teacher, who is my opponent here?" Chongwu saw that Zakaki's sullen face softened, and then he dared to ask. "Yakushi Kabuto! This man's strength should not be underestimated." Zakaki thought of Anko's silly appearance, and felt nervous again. Hidan, who had been holding back his words for a long time, saw Uzaki speak up and said with a smile, "Brother, it's just that four-eyed guy, what are you worried about? I'll twist his head off in a while and give it to the evil god!" !¡± "Hidan, I really want you to take action later, but you can't kill him directly. I'm still waiting to control him so that he can be reincarnated in the dirt!" Uzaki said hurriedly when he heard that Hidan wanted to kill Kabuto. "Oops, I got it. It's really troublesome. Why don't we just kill him? Why do we have to bother him so much?" Hidan couldn't help but mutter. "Hidan-senpai, the reincarnation of the dirty land is really troublesome. If you kill Yakushi Kabuto, the summoned strong men will be out of control! Then¡ª¡ª" "Jugo, don't I know? If my brother hadn't become some bullshit commander, I would have killed that four-eyed guy a long time ago. It's none of my business if everyone in the world dies?" Hidan carried the scythe and followed Behind the oak tree, I kept complaining. In fact, the Fei section thought, Tochigi understood. Although Hidan had followed him before, after all, Hidan had been with the Akatsuki organization for so long, and it was still hard for him to let go of the Akatsuki organization. After all, to a certain extent, Hidan had gained great recognition there. . Let Hidan backhand the Akatsuki organization now, to be honest, it is very unreasonable. ¡°Teacher, someone is coming towards us!¡± Zhongwu turned around suddenly, looked into the distance and continued, ¡°That person doesn¡¯t seem to be an ordinary person, it seems to be¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡± "Is it from the dirty soil?" Zakaki was not surprised. After all, it was the time when the dirty soil was reincarnated and wreaking havoc on the ninja world. It was okay to have one or two people close to Kabuto. "What should we do now? Should we kill him?" When he heard that there was an enemy, Hidan couldn't help shaking his scythe. "No, the purpose of our coming here is to save Hongdou. If we kill Dou Huitou here, we will definitely alert the snake. If he runs away again, the gain will not be worth the loss!" "Teacher, if we don't kill him, he will still find us after a while, because our direction is exactly opposite to him!" Zhongwu has mastered the natural energy well, and he can clearly feel the chakra coming from a distance. "If you don't kill him, he will be discovered. If you kill him, he will be discovered. Then kill him!" After Hidan said that, he rushed forward, leaving only Zaki and Jugo behind. Although Hidan is a bit reckless, what he said makes sense. If he kills the attacker, why not give Kabuto a warning! "Let's go and see which strongman Kabuto Yakushi created is in front of us!" After saying this, Zakaki stood up and chased after Hidan. After Uzaki and Jugo caught up, they saw Hidan and the two of them chatting there! After taking a closer look, it turned out to be Weasel and Scorpion! Although he had known for a long time that history had been messed up, Zakaki never expected that the Red Sand Scorpion and Uchiha Itachi were hanging out here. By the way, there is Deidara. It seems that Deidara has never died, so where is he now? How did Zakaki know that Deidara is currently doing a labor camp in Miaomu Mountain! "Long time no see, Master Tsuaki!" Uchiha Itachi gave Tsuki a helpless smile. The red sand scorpion over there seemed to be unhappy with Zakaki and didn't pay much attention to him. "Haha, it's been a long time, but every time I see you, I have a feeling of surprise, and it must be the same this time!" Zakaki took out a scroll from his pocket and threw it to Uchiha Itachi, "Your brother is now It¡¯s amazing, I almost killed the Eight-Tails not long ago, and a few days ago, in order to avenge you, that kid killed Danzo again, it¡¯s really weird!¡± "Sir, how is Sasuke now?" Itachi looked at the scroll and looked at Zakaki worriedly. "What can we do? If you haven't been taken advantage of by that guy, you should use this technique on yourself. I'm afraid only you can influence your brother! Isn't there a saying that the person who can untie the bell must tie the bell!" "Yes, I understand! I just heard Hidan say that the six major countries have now united together, and your Excellency seems to be the supreme commander. Why are you here?" "Haha, a person very important to me was kidnapped by Yakushi Kabuto, so I have to rescue him!" "It's really interesting!" Xie, who had been silent for the whole time, spoke with a rather disdainful tone, "I didn't expect to be called the number one ninja in the world.The one-man Kame Sennin Tsuaki turns out to be a selfish character¡ª¡ª" "Scorpion, don't think that you can just scream with a more handsome face. Let me tell you, my brother is loyal!" Before Zakaki could refute, Hidan was the first to complain. "Jugo, Hidan, let's go, we're in a hurry!" Zakaki ignored Xia's sarcasm, and just continued to rush in the direction of Yakushi Kabuto. Finally, he turned back to Itachi and said: "Use that jutsu quickly, before I can Before you deal with Yakushi Kabuto, teach your brother a lesson, you don¡¯t have much time!¡± " What Uchiha Itachi said is the truth. Even if Itachi has the ability to act alone, once this technique is broken, Uchiha Itachi will still disappear. Uchiha Itachi looked at the backs of the three of them walking further and further away, and silently said in his heart, "Mr. Tsubasa, thank you!" "Itachi, if you recover in a while, you will kill me. I don't want to be manipulated by a little person, do you understand?" Scorpion heard that it was Yakushi Kabuto who summoned him. He was a little angry at first, but then he was relieved. Why bother if he is dead? Care about this. But being manipulated is never a happy thing. "I know!" The three of them continued to move forward, but unexpectedly, something unexpected happened again. This time, someone was coming towards them again! Zakaki and others didn't want to pay attention to him, but that man came to the door! A man wearing a kimono and holding a long knife stood on the trunk of the tree, firmly blocking the direction of Zakaki and others. The murderous aura emitted by the man even seemed to be able to roll up the surrounding dead leaves. By the time Zakaki and the three of them had stabilized their figures, lightning and thunder were already rising on the man's body. You don¡¯t need to think about it to know who is coming! Isn¡¯t it the second-brained male lead, Uchiha Sasuke! "Ozaki, Danzo is dead, and you will be next!" This is the only person in the world who dares to talk to Uzaki like this. I really don't know if Sasuke is mentally retarded or has inflated self-confidence? Hidan took a few steps, brandished his scythe, and looked at Sasuke with disdain, "Young boy, your brother Uchiha Itachi doesn't even dare to talk to my elder brother like this. With your little strength, it's really a joke. You Master Hidan will dedicate you to the evil god now to make your life a little more valuable!" "Uchiha Sasuke, if you dare to attack my teacher, don't blame me for being sorry for Kimimaro!" In fact, Jugo was already furious at this time. Although Kimimaro's wish was very important, the more important teacher in his heart was He couldn't tolerate being insulted by others, otherwise he wouldn't risk the disapproval of the world and attack Raikage. "Hmph! I didn't come here to kill you two nobodies. Zakaki, you claim to be the number one in the ninja world and Kame Sennin. Are you just a shrinking turtle?" Oakwood looked at Sasuke's stupid look, and then remembered the Anko still in Kabuto's hand, and couldn't help but cursed: "I don't have time to hang around with you, so get out of here as soon as possible!" [bookid=2396385,bookname="Monument of Demons"] There are only twenty-nine collections of the new book so far, please support me! ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? Text Chapter 305 Slapping Sasuke Sasuke's idiotic behavior made Zakaki furious. He was originally trying to save Anko, but now he suddenly brought in such a pair of brothers. How could Zakaki not be angry? Forget it Itachi, after all, they are talented, but this guy in front of him! ! Zi Zizi ¡ª the words of Tochigi seem to stir up Sasuke's anger. He was holding a grassy sword in his hand, his body continued to flash electric light, and he rushed over the direction of the surrounding trees in the direction of Tochigi and others. [] "Chidori-ryu, there's some heat!" Zakaki couldn't help but admired as he looked at Sasuke who was approaching. History has changed, and Naruto's strength has improved too much compared to before, and the same is true for Sasuke. Although this guy was badly tortured at the Six Shadows Conference, if he were to fight alone, with Sasuke's current strength, half of the Six Shadows would really be no match for him! ¡°Earth Release¡ªEarth Dragon Bullet!¡± Three earth dragons suddenly appeared around Jugo and sprayed in the direction of Sasuke. ?????? Zaki winked at Hidan, and then said to Jugo next to him: "I'll leave this kid to you, Hidan and I will go rescue people first!" After saying that, Uzaki and Hidan walked around Sasuke and rushed in the direction of Yakushi Kabuto. But just after taking two steps, Sasuke actually sacrificed Susana, and he also took out a huge bow and arrow in his hand! The corner of Sasuke's mouth raised a sneer, and then he fully drew the bow string, and then with a whoosh, the purple arrows grazed the air and shot toward Uzaki and Hidan. Although part of the reason why Oakwood hates Sasuke is the Uchiha family, a bigger part of the reason is that Sasuke always likes to show off the pride of Uchiha! Sometimes Zakaki wonders, the Uchiha family is already so rotten and has disappeared long ago, why is it still like that? Just because of those two broken eyes, do you think God is first and I am second? Sharingan is just a pair of eyes! With a snap, Zakaki placed his palms on the ground, and then turtle shell-like chakra appeared around him. With a clang, the arrow shot by Sasuke hit the bodyguard directly. Zakmu quickly formed a seal, and an earth clone suddenly appeared. Then the clone led Hidan in the direction of Yakushi Kabuto. Under the huge Susanoo, the black and white body of the oak tree looked so small. Sasuke seemed to enjoy this feeling. He smiled almost maniacally in the Susanoo, "Hahaha, this is Kame Sennin, this is Ninja." The best person in the world? How he is trembling under the Sharingan!" Of course, Zakaki would not be as knowledgeable as a lunatic, so he yelled at Chongwu who was not far away, "Chongwu, see clearly how the teacher used Wanfeng today, there are not many opportunities like this!!" ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????OUTlly out of nowhere, Juugo was secretly worried about Takaki, but when he heard that Takaki was going to teach him, Juugo excitedly retreated to a distance, staring at the battle between Takaki and Sasuke. In the blink of an eye, Zakaki suddenly moved, and even the Xuanwu bodyguard was pulled aside by Zakaki. ¡°Earth Escape¡ªThousands of Peaks Bloom!¡± Hula la - a mountain suddenly appeared at the feet of Sasuke and Susan, and the hill quickly pushed upwards. After a while, the skeleton Susan left the ground, and Sasuke was also shaking and rustling in the Susan. Want to fall. Sasuke became angry, and the skeleton Susan flashed purple light and began to slowly transform into a general wearing vine armor. Susanoo stretched out his big hand and crushed the mountain that was holding him up. But what is Wanfeng? Susanugang crushed a mountain top and prepared to stabilize his body, but two more peaks appeared on the left and right sides, and that wasn't enough. Sasuke's figure tried to move backwards to avoid the attacks from the peaks on the left and right, but who would have thought that a crack like an earthquake appeared behind him at some point, and inside the black crack was a sharp stab! As a last resort, Sasuke could only jump up. But the prey can never escape the hunter's trap. The huge Susanoo suddenly rose up with Sasuke. Sasuke, who was in mid-air, thought he had escaped safely. Just when Sasuke thought that Oakwood was nothing more than that. A foot suddenly appeared in the sky, and with a bang, the foot hit Susana's head directly! Although Susana was not broken, she went straight from a rattan armor to a skeleton! And Sasuke, who was in Susanoo, could only hear the buzzing sound in his ears. Susana was hit to the ground and got stuck in the middle of a crack in the ground. At the same time, the peaks on the left and right grew rapidly, and in the blink of an eye, Susan's body was trapped in the mountain col! How could Sasuke be so embarrassed at this moment? With the help of the friction between Susan and the mountain, Sasuke happened to be above the crack in the ground. Once he removed Susan, there was only one end, and that was to be stabbed to death by the sharp thorns in the crack in the ground! Sasuke struggled hard with his Susanoo, trying to jump out from between the peaks, but every time Sasuke exerted his strength, the pressure between the peaks increased! Sasuke looked around and suddenly saw Zakaki standing on a mountain not far away. He smiled, the Mangeky¨­ Sharingan suddenly rotated, and with a bang, a black flame burned directly on Zakaki's body!   Seeing that Zakaki was hit, Sasuke laughed crazily, "Hahaha, if you get hit by Amaterasu, you will definitely die!! You humble man, you actually forced me to this point¡ª¡ª" Bang, bang, bang, before Sasuke could finish speaking, he suddenly felt a pain in his left and right ears. He suddenly felt his mind went blank. When he reacted, he realized that he had been slapped three times! ¡°Asshole, ant, humble bitch, I want to kill¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡± Slap again! "I¡ª¡ª" Snap, slap, slap, slap - now he couldn't count how many slaps he received. Sasuke could only feel countless blood flowing out of his mouth, and he could only feel the hard teeth falling out of his mouth. I feel my face getting numb! "ah¡ª¡ª" Only a scream was heard, and then the crack in the ground between the mountain peaks suddenly widened, and Sasuke and Susano fell into the crack together. The roots of the two mountain peaks gradually sealed the seam in the ground. Sasuke was buried! "You are a junior, and I have no intention of attacking you. No matter who it is, I don't want to kill you! This time, let's stop it. If you haven't learned how to behave in the future, I will kill you. ! Such scum do not deserve to stay in the world!" Zakaki stood on the top of the mountain that sealed the ground seam, and passed the words through the mountain. Chongwu stood far away, staring at Zakaki's series of actions with dumbfounded eyes. He has learned Ten Thousand Peaks Bloom and knows how difficult this move is. Being able to use Ten Thousand Peaks Bloom like this is really "Lord Oakwood, please show mercy!!" Uchiha Itachi shouted loudly to Oakwood on the top of the mountain from a long distance away. As soon as he sealed the scorpion, he saw the sudden peak rising in the distance, and felt the power of the Mangeky¨­ Sharingan. Itachi knew immediately that it was Zakaki and Sasuke who had taken action, and rushed towards them in a panic. He knew that Sasuke couldn't beat Zakaki, so he only hoped that Sasuke, who had the eternal kaleidoscope, could hold on for a while, but when he arrived, he saw Zakaki standing on the mountain with anger on his face. "Hmph, I'll teach you how to discipline your brother!" Zakaki said impatiently when he saw Itachi who was slightly murderous. It's okay for Itachi to have murderous intent. After all, burying his most important brother underground, anyone would think that even with a kaleidoscope, he would only be crushed to death under such a huge mountain! "In that case, please discipline me some more, sir!" Itachi's pupils suddenly widened, and then Susanoo holding the Ten Fist Sword attached itself to Itachi's body. "Your brother is not dead, but if you and I fight again, the landslide may cause the mountain to collapse and kill Uchiha Sasuke who is imprisoned below. Have you thought clearly?" Zakaki crossed his arms and said, Standing on the top of the mountain with your eyes closed. Itachi's body trembled slightly, he removed Susana, and bowed to Takaki, "I'm sorry, Takaki-sama, I was temporarily" "It's human nature. My brother was the same way back then. He knew he was no match for those people, but for the sake of my brother's so-called reputation, he still had a conflict with them!" Zakaki made a seal and shouted, "Let's go!" !¡± Then a black passage appeared at the base of the mountain. Zakaki slowly said, "Go and see your brother. Teach him the principles of life. I'm going to put him in solitary confinement for ten days!" "Thank you, sir!" PS: Please support me, please support me! ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? Text Chapter 306 Kabuto is dead! ! "Teacher, why did Mr. Itachi go to your dungeon without even thinking about it? Isn't he afraid that you would be bad for him?" Juugo followed Takaki and asked with confusion. Jugo knew very well about Zakaki's dungeon. Once he was imprisoned, he would be guarded by all the powers of the earth. Even an immortal would not be able to get out! "Zhonggo, there are many things in this world that cannot be analyzed with logic, just like you and that little girl Sami. If Sami is taken away, you will have to be replaced, and replacing her means death. Will you change?"[] "Yes! Definitely!" Chongwu said solemnly without even thinking about it. "That's the truth. Many things are more important than your own life." Zakaki thought for a while and said with a wry smile: "This time Hongdou was caught by Yakushi Kabuto. As soon as I left, I undoubtedly became more handsome. If the coalition forces are defeated, then I became a real sinner. But so what? In fact, I have never wanted to be a shadow, let alone a supreme commander. It seems that from the beginning to now, I have been pushed out of everything. Do you think I am a failure?" "How could it happen? Teacher is the most successful person I have ever seen! No matter what decision you make, I think you will have your own reasons!" "Haha, silly boy, let's go quickly. I'm afraid Hidan and my clone can't beat Yakushi Kabuto!" "is teacher!" Naruto and Kirabi rushed towards the battlefield. They did not encounter any obstruction, because Zakaki had made a promise with Naruto. As long as Naruto could perfectly master the power of Nine-Tails Chakra, Zakaki would allow him to participate. battlefield! At this time, Naruto has completely mastered the Kyuubi's chakra, and has also been recognized by the "transformed" Kyuubi! Naruto has always been curious about why Kyuubi changed his appearance after he fainted. Although he was still arrogant, the evil and coldness in his bones disappeared! Naruto knew that someone had tampered with him, but this tamper seemed to be very beneficial to him, so he was puzzled to understand. "Nine-tailed boy, don't worry, get strength, don't give up! -" Kirabi raped at Naruto, which shocked Naruto. "Uncle Yatsuo, what should we do next?" "Bite the toughest bones and eat the toughest meat! Let's go find the guy who changed the entire battlefield, the bastard who plays with the souls of the dead - Yakushi Kabuto!" "But we can't seem to find him? That guy is like a mouse. He will definitely find a secret place to hide, and then control the strong man emerging from the dirty soil!" "Asshole, idiot, you don't know, I know. Eight-tailed Kirabi, there's nothing he can't do! Last time, although I didn't catch him, I marked him!" "When did you mark him?" "Last time he came to Turtle Island and knocked you unconscious when you weren't paying attention. Fortunately, Uncle Curious Rabbi arrived in time, otherwise you would have been doomed! He didn't catch him, but he put the smell of octopus legs on him, so , it¡¯s not difficult to find him!¡± Tsunade and Raikage were sitting in the office, staring at each other. Now the war has entered a state of anxiety. With the emergence of strong men one after another, the nerves of everyone in the conference room have been destroyed! The information has just been sent, it appears that the Seven Ninja Swordsmen of the former Mist Ninja were killed by Kakashi and others, and now there is the Golden Horn and Silver Horn of the Kumo Ninja! ?????????? If Raikage hadn¡¯t boldly released his commander-in-chief duties to Zakaki at the beginning, he would have already rushed to the battlefield to deal with the Golden Horn and Silver Horn! Now that the battlefields were raging all over the place, he and the Hokage were the only ones hiding in the conference room and staring, and even the bullshit Supreme Commander had run away! Finally, Raikage got angry: "Asshole, I can't stand it anymore! I'm going to deal with the golden horn and the silver horn¡ª¡ª" "Wait a minute, Lord Raikage, if you leave again, what if something goes wrong here?" Shikaku saw that Raikage was about to leave, and he hurriedly tried to persuade him. "This kind of thing is what that bastard Zakaki should do, but now he runs away for a woman." Lei Ying glanced at Zakaki's position and said bitterly: "It's not that I want to leave, but that The golden horn and the silver horn are too difficult to deal with!!¡± "Did the Golden Horn and Silver Horn you are talking about force the Second Hokage to death?" Tsunade suddenly interjected and asked from the side. "Well -" Lei Ying told a story about the history of the Golden Horn and the Silver Horn, and became more determined to go to the battlefield. Just as he was about to go to the battlefield, a voice outside the door rang anxiously: "Lord Hokage, Lord Raikage, we have just received information. Uzumaki Naruto and Lord Hi went to the battlefield together, and their destination seems to be Yakushi Kabuto's location!" "What?! Bastard, what's going on? Aren't they not allowed to go to the battlefield? Who agrees???He went? " Raikage smashed the table in front of him with his fist and roared angrily. "It is said that the guards received orders from the headquarters, but the headquarters never issued an order!" "Is it a spy from the Akatsuki organization?" Tsunade said. Lu Jiu walked around the room, holding his chin, and said to Haiyi who was receiving the information: "Where is Tang Ying now?" "Well, I'll go look for it right away!" Hai nodded. "Lord Raikage, Lord Hokage, I remember Yukage once promised Naruto that if Naruto could master the nine-tailed chakra like Kirabi did, he would be allowed to go to the battlefield. I suspect that order may have come from Yukage. !¡± With a bang, Raikage smashed another table, "Asshole, he is irresponsible to the entire ninja world. I now propose to revoke Yukage from the position of supreme commander!" "It's a taboo for military officers to change commanders before battle. Raikage, now is not the time to hold people accountable. Let's go and stop Kirabi and Naruto before they get far!" As he was about to arrive at Kabuto Yakushi's location, his body suddenly trembled because he heard the news from Itachi in the dungeon that Kabuto Yakushi was dead! ! ! Even Takashi was so frightened that his face turned pale at this moment, Kabuto was actually dead! Oakwood really couldn't imagine who could kill Kabuto, Madara, Fei, Nagato or Orochimaru? It's impossible for these four people, could it be Hidan and his earth clone? This is even more impossible, Hidan and the clone don't have that strength at all! Once Kabuto dies, it means that the characters turned out of the dirt will be trapped in an endless battle! Unless those powerful men from the dirty land are sealed, there is no other way! It¡¯s not far away. Zakaki is trying his best to speed up. No matter what, he must first find out who killed Kabuto and find a way to remedy it! Finally, Zakaki saw the messy battlefield in front of him. When he saw the two familiar figures, he realized that it was the two of them! ! ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? Text Chapter 307: Scolding Thunder Shadow When Zakaki saw the two people in front of him, he just felt that he was doing his own thing! These two people are none other than Eight-Tailed Kirabi and Nine-Tailed Naruto who came from Turtle Island! And the miserable look of Kabuto Yakushi was obviously the same as Kakuzu in his previous life, he was instantly killed by Naruto's Rasen Shuriken! [] Zakaki suddenly felt the urge to scold her mother, what kind of bullshit is that? Kabuto Yakushi was actually killed by Naruto. This is totally wrong! To make matters worse, if Kabuto the Medicine Master dies, what will the summoned strong men do? When Naruto saw Zakaki coming, he grinned, "Hahaha, why are you here, the lustful sage? This is not important anymore. Let's see. I killed this bullshit Yakushi Kabuto. Is it time to resolve the reincarnation of Ashes?" "Holy shit!" Zakaki couldn't hold it back any longer, and directly cursed in Chinese that he had not used for a long time, and hit Naruto on the head, "What the hell? Do you know that you killed him, those dirty things? Will everyone fight to the death?" "Asshole, idiot, Kyuubi boy, you're in trouble!" The Eight-Tails gloated to the sidelines as they watched Zakaki hit Naruto. Naruto in Kyuubi mode is indeed very powerful. Even if Zakaki faces him now, the outcome is only a 50-50 victory. He can sense joy, anger, sorrow, and the enemy's malice. This is the real protagonist's aura. ! "Luxury Immortal, but I don't think you are particularly angry? Are there any remedial measures?" Naruto was also surprised at first, but seeing that Zakaki didn't seem to be worried, he didn't take it to heart. . "There is a remedy, that is to seal all the people who came out of the dirt, and then everything will be settled!" In fact, Zakaki was really worried at first, but he was relieved when he saw Naruto's Nine-Tails mode. Anyway, Kabuto Yakushi was also killed, so there was no point in worrying! Furthermore, although those strong men born from the dirty soil are good in strength, since they died the first time, they can also be killed the second time! Naruto and the Eight-Tails nodded as if nothing was wrong, only Jugo looked at the three in front of him with sweat on his face! Jugo scanned the surroundings, but did not find Anko and Hidan, so he said, "Teacher, there is no aura of Hidan-senpai and Anko-senpai here, are they two anymore?" "Huh? When Uncle Eight-Tails and I came here just now, we saw Anko-sensei and that guy with a stinky face. Why did they disappear so soon?" Naruto looked around and asked in confusion. "Back to the mountain to hide. Naruto, Kirabi. What are you two going to do now?" Zakaki asked. "What are you doing? Return to Turtle Island immediately and stay away from the battlefield!" As soon as Zakaki finished speaking, a thunderous roar sounded, and then Raikage and Tsunade flew over from a short distance away. Everyone was dumbfounded when they saw the sudden appearance of Raikage and Hokage. Before anyone could ask, Raikage rushed to Kirabi's side with a whoosh and punched Kirabi, and the latter was knocked away several meters. : "Asshole, who asked you to come out? Come back with me quickly!" "Idiot, bastard, I'm not going back, I'm going to the battlefield!" Kirabi made a rap gesture, and Yiyi kept shouting. Tsunade didn't yell at Naruto, she should have focused all her energy on Nine-Tails mode at the moment. However, Raikage's actions also forced her to express something, and then give a symbolic reproach. Seeing the two Jinch¨±riki arriving on the battlefield, Raikage angrily fired his cannon at Zakaki, "Tang Ying, you must take full responsibility for this!" Zakaki rolled his eyes at him, "Who are you responsible for? Did something happen? Did the Akatsuki organization get the Eight-Tails or the Nine-Tails? Or did the entire ninja fall?" "You¡ª¡ªI don't want to argue with you, the Eight-Tails and the Nine-Tails must return to Turtle Island. This war is to protect them!" Seeing the look of Zakaki, Lei Ying couldn't say anything to argue. "I don't agree!" Naruto clenched his fists, and the golden chakra on his body fluctuated up and down, which seemed to indicate his determination. "My companions fell one by one to protect me. If I sacrifice my companions in exchange for my own safety, I would rather Fight to the death!¡± "The Nine-Tailed boy is right, and the Eight-Tailed Uncle agrees very much!" Raikage strode forward, "This is not a question of who sacrifices, this is a question of the life and death of the entire ninja world! Rather than letting the Akatsuki organization capture the jinchuriki, I would rather kill you and Kyuubi here. This war buys time!¡± Tsunade's body trembled, "Why did you kill Naruto instead of the Eight-Tails?" "Don't keep nagging on such an issue. Naruto, go to the battlefield with peace of mind. Since you have done it, then I will fulfill the man's promise!" Zakaki walked to Naruto, patted him on the shoulder, and encouraged him. "Tang Ying, do you know what you are doing? I want to hold you accountable on behalf of the coalition forces.At that time, I proposed to remove you from the position of supreme commander of the coalition forces! "Leiying shouted almost like a roar. Raikage¡¯s repeated roars finally pissed off Zakaki. "What the hell are you yelling at? I am the supreme commander! I want to be deposed, and what you say doesn't count! Also, don't fucking kill this or that in front of me. If you make me anxious, I will do it to you!" After Zakaki cursed at Raikage with foul language, he continued: "Now that I am still the supreme commander, you have to listen to me! Raikage, go to the battlefield immediately, don't chatter here! And Tsuna Hands, you quickly meet up with the Kazekage and Tsuchikage and convey this news to Mei Terumi!" "Ozaki's almost naughty behavior frightened everyone. Even the scolded Raikage stood aside blankly. I really can¡¯t imagine that these words came from the mouth of a village of shadows! After four or five breaths, Naruto was the first to react, shaking his head with a look of disbelief on his face, "Oh my God, is this a lustful immortal?" Naruto's words also woke everyone up, especially the Raikage, whose lightning was already crackling, indicating that he might take action at any time. When the Eight-Tails, Nine-Tails and Tsunade saw each other, they hurriedly stood in the middle, "Thunder Shadow, Tang Shadow, now is not the time to get into trouble. Let's wait until the end of this war to discuss any grudges!" Zakaki pushed Tsunade and others away and strode to the Raikage, "I tell you, since I can defeat you twice, I can defeat you a third time. Don't show that bad temper in front of me. You haven't done it yet." That qualification! Now that you are my subordinate, you must obey my orders unconditionally. It is the duty of a ninja to obey orders. Do you want to abandon the dignity of a ninja and become a trash?" "Zakaki, don't bully others too much! This is a critical moment, and I won't show off your courage with you! The matter of the Eight-Tails and Nine-Tails is jointly decided by the six major countries. Even if you are the supreme commander, you cannot make decisions privately!" "Okay, then I will listen to your great advisor's opinion. What do you think?" In fact, to deal with a person like Raikage, you have to be more ruthless than him and crush him to death with your fists. Otherwise, any big reason you tell him will obviously be nonsense. ! "As long as that nine-tailed boy can defeat me, I will allow him to go to the battlefield. Otherwise, even if we fight to lose, I will kill him!" Raikage clenched his fists, and the lightning on his body flashed again. Zakaki nodded. It's not good to go too far when it comes to the so-called powerful bowstring. Naruto should be able to defeat the Raikage now. "Naruto, I said at that time that if you could perfectly master the use of the Nine-Tails Chakra, I would let you go to the battlefield." , now, if you can master it perfectly, then you will definitely be able to defeat Raikage, otherwise¡ª¡ª" "Don't worry, lustful immortal, I will definitely defeat Raikage!" ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? Text Chapter 308 Action At this time, Naruto has defeated Raikage in one and a half moves, and according to the agreement between Zakaki and Raikage, Naruto can go to the battlefield! Naruto looked at Zakaki with excitement, stretched out his fist suddenly, and shouted at the sky: "Akatsuki Organization, here I am, Naruto! Lustful Immortal, remember to arrange the most difficult enemy for me, now Naruto It¡¯s just a brick, you can move it wherever you need it!¡±[] The Eight-Tails over there is even more amazing, turning into a giant octopus, waving its tentacles up and down, and loudly singing: "The Eight-Tails are invincible, Kirabi is invincible!!" Although Zakaki had known for a long time that these were two problem children, he was still quite helpless when he saw such actions. Are they going to fight? This is simply pretending to be a hero! Zakaki looked at Naruto and Kirabi with a cold look on his face, and said coldly: ¡°You two can go to the battlefield, but you must accept the mission assigned by your captain or the headquarters, otherwise¡ª¡ª¡± Naruto walked up to Zakaki, put his arm around his shoulders, and said with a smile: "Okay, lustful sage, do we need to talk about anything else in our relationship? Besides, do you still know the strength of me, Naruto, hahaha ¡ª¡ª¡± When Zakaki saw Naruto like this, he knew that the barrier he had towards him had disappeared. In fact, that's right. If a person doesn't go through ups and downs, he won't be able to see through many seemingly simple truths. This is growth! Tsunade came out from the side, slapped Naruto's hand away, and punched him in the head, "No matter how big or small, Zakaki is the supreme commander now, you brat must know the superiority and inferiority!" Naruto muttered and looked at Tsunade, then looked at Zakaki longingly, "Landful Sage, where are you going to arrange for me? I'm going to deal with that masked Uchiha Madara!" "No! Leave that guy to me. Even if you have Nine-Tails mode now, you don't know his methods at all, so you have little hope of winning against him!" Zakaki shook his head and refused. Although they knew that in the previous life, Kirabi and Naruto fought against Fei and a bunch of jinchuriki, but now the situation has changed so much that no one can bet on whether Fei will come up with new methods. The Raikage, Tsunade and Kirabi on the side were all shocked. Everyone has witnessed the ability that Nine-Tails Mode has just shown, and now Zakaki directly said that Naruto and Na Fei have little hope of winning the battle. How strong is Fei? "Lustful Immortal, what should I do?" Naruto looked at Zakaki in confusion. Zakaki raised his head and looked into the distance, patted Naruto's shoulder gently, and said in a deep voice: "In the fateful duel, you will fight Payne!" "What!!" Tsunade and Raikage shouted directly. Although they knew that Fei was very powerful, in their hearts, Payne, who has the Samsara Eye, was the real boss. He could destroy Konoha by himself. What kind of strength is this? ? But now Zakaki asked Naruto to deal with such a terrifying person. Wouldn't that push Naruto into the fire bed? Tsunade stood up directly and yelled at Zakaki: "I absolutely disagree with letting Naruto fight Pain. You are giving random orders!" "Grandma Tsunade, what the lustful immortal said makes sense. A fateful showdown! When we were at Mt. Myoboku, they said that Pain is a disciple of Jiraiya-sensei, and I am also his disciple. This is a fateful duel. The battle, change or destruction! Therefore, I must kill Pain with my own hands!" Naruto clenched his fists and said with a serious look on his face. "No! We don't know any information about the Rinnegan now. It would be too risky to let Naruto rush forward directly. Zakaki, I won't object to anything this time!" Tsunade ignored Naruto, still looking determined. . The Raikage next to him also stood up at this time, and he and Tsunade opposed Zakaki. Zakaki smiled lightly and ignored them, but instead asked: "Do you know who the masked man is?" "Isn't it Uchiha Madara?" Tsunade looked at Zakaki's appearance and suddenly felt a bad feeling in her heart. Oak shook his head, "Uchiha Madara, we will fight him sooner or later, but not now, because that guy has just been captured by the pharmacist. You must also know that once you kill the evil earth reincarnation caster, then the strong man will be summoned There is only one outcome, and that is to fight to the death! I am telling you clearly that Uchiha Madara will appear soon, and his strength is far beyond your imagination!" "Wait a minute - you mean that Fei is not Uchiha Madara?" Raikage asked in confusion. "Yes, Fei is not Uchiha Madara at all, and his strength far exceeds that of Payne and the first Hokage at that time!" Tsunade stared at Zakaki in disbelief, "Why do you know?" Zakaki shrugged and smiled, "Now that the time has come, I'm not afraid to tell you that I have fought against Payne and I have fought against Fei! And there is another secret, that is, Orochimaru is not dead and has been living at my place!" "You¡ª¡ª" Gang?? and Lei Ying suddenly found that their brains were too small to tolerate the news that Zakaki said in that moment. They could only point at Zakaki, trembling and speechless. "These things are nothing, but it is normal for them to be a little hard to accept when they suddenly gather together. This is also the fundamental reason why I let Naruto and Payne fight!" "Tang Ying, supreme commander, what do you think we should do?" Kirabi asked, shaking his head. "My plan is this. First, we rush back to the battlefield quickly to help the sealing team to deal with the strong man who was exposed by the dirt. Second, once Naruto shows up, Pain will definitely show up, so this is Naruto's The mission is over. Third, I will deal with Ah Fei, to be precise, I will hold him down. After you win the battlefield, you will immediately turn around and join me to deal with him. Fourth, after we deal with Ah Fei, we will fight together. The real spots unearthed from dirty soil!" As expected of a shadow, although he lost his composure for a moment, he recovered. Lei Ying nodded and agreed: "Although the plan is good, every step is not easy. Even if the strong man emerged from the dirty soil wants to kill them, it will not be easy!" "Also, Kirabi and Naruto must not be on the same battlefield -" After listening to what Zakaki said, Tsunade repositioned the strength of the Akatsuki organization in her heart. ¡°If that¡¯s the case, then act quickly, time waits for no one!¡± After saying that, everyone rushed towards the battlefield. "Tsunade, have you seen Suan?" As he was running, Zakaki suddenly asked Tsunade beside him, thinking of the strong man born in the dirt. Tsunade's body trembled, her eyes full of confusion, and then she shook her head. "Kabuto Yakushi is really annoying. Now I have to fight against my old comrades and subordinates. I really can't bring myself to do it!" Zakaki shrugged and said helplessly. ¡°Asshole, they are already dead, all you have to do is send them back, instead of letting them harm the world here! This is our responsibility as friends!¡± "Haha, that's true, but when we suddenly have to face it, it's really¡ª¡ª" Everyone, please support me! ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? Text Chapter 309 Long live Mr. Oakwood Zakaki and others arrived at the battlefield, Naruto was sent to the Kakashi brigade, and Kirabi was sent to the Loess brigade. Originally, Zakaki wanted to go to Gaara's main battlefield with Raikage and the others, but he turned back to Darui's group, which is where the Golden Horn and Silver Horn were. When he first came to this world, Zakaki didn¡¯t have any friends. Later, because of his outstanding talents, he didn¡¯t even graduate from the ninja school and went directly to the battlefield. And that time, Zakaki met Duan, became his partner, and Duan became Zakaki's first friend in this world! [] Later, when he went to the battlefield with Suan, the naive Takaki thought he could change the fate of being killed, but he was still killed by the Iwa Ninja. At that time, Takaki was full of guilt for this! Coupled with the unclear relationship between him and Tsunade, Zakaki feels more and more sorry for him, so no matter what, Zakaki must go to see him. Zakaki, who had been walking for dozens of miles, suddenly saw a beautiful figure on the tree trunk in front of him. He had golden hair, a green cloak, and red nail polish that could be seen in the distance. This person was either Tsunade or Tsunade. who? "What? Are you surprised to see me coming?" Tsunade put her hands on her hips, showing a disdainful expression. Zakaki shook his head and continued to move forward, "I would be surprised if you didn't come! Avoiding is not Tsunade-hime's style!" "Tch - I found that you are still as stinky as ever. To a large extent, it makes sense for Naruto to call you and Jiraiya the lecherous immortals!" Tsunade shrugged and followed in Zakaki's footsteps, continuing Said: "However, the action of scolding Raikage just now was really cool!" ??Zakmu felt sweat dripping from his body. What theory is this? Is it cool to curse people? "That old boy from Raikage just needs to be scolded. When I remember the Battle of Shanwei, I almost made him vomit three liters of blood! Hahaha, so many years have passed in the blink of an eye!" "Yeah, it's been more than twenty years, and it seems like everything is still yesterday. I don't know, but he¡ª¡ª" A trace of confusion flashed in Tsunade's eyes, and her long nails dug directly into her flesh. For a moment, she couldn't tell whether the red was nail polish. Still blood. "If, I say if, if possible, you can't stay awake and live in this world, what will you do?" Zakaki turned his head and looked at Tsunade seriously. Tsunade's body trembled, and her nails dug three points deeper. She shook her head, and the corners of her eyes were already wet. Zakaki suddenly patted her shoulder, suddenly increased her speed, and said from the front: "Don't worry, I'm here!" These words seemed to be a guiding light, allowing Tsunade to find the direction instantly. Tsunade looked up at Zakaki's strong back, and her heart gradually became quiet. The corner of her bright red mouth raised an arc, and she murmured softly, "This Guy, pretending to be cool again!¡± Zakaki felt the change in Tsunade and sighed in her heart, no matter how strong a woman is, she will still be a woman. The battlefield of Darui is now in a state of anxiety. Strong men from the Akatsuki organization have appeared one after another. Among them are many old friends, including Hizu, Asuma, and Dan! On the sea over there, there were two ultimate ninjas of Kumo Ninja, Golden Horn and Silver Horn, but they were subdued by Darui. But despite this, the coalition is still at a disadvantage because there are too many strong men coming out of the dirty soil. These strong men cannot be killed. The harm to casualties and morale can be imagined! Ding Zuo, who had just used the super doubling technique, has returned to normal at this moment. After all, this technique consumes an amazing amount of energy. As an old man on the battlefield, he knows how to conserve his physical strength and how to fight optimally. His vision of the doubling technique is very amazing, so he naturally knows a thing or two about the casualties of the coalition forces. If reinforcements do not come in such a protracted battle, the coalition forces will definitely lose! Tiantian threw out countless kunai hidden weapons. She knew that her tricks were useless against those strong men born in the dirt, so she aimed the hidden weapons at Bai Jue. Although she hunted countless people, Bai Jue's successive attacks gave her a chance. A feeling of endless killing! Tiantian jumped to Ding Zuo and said anxiously: "Uncle Ding Zuo, why can't you kill all these people?" Ding Zuo killed five or six more Bai Jue with one stick, and said with a smile, "Haha, Tiantian, don't be anxious, you have to be patient on the battlefield!" ¡°But if this continues¡ª¡ª¡± Tiantian tried to say something. ¡°Don¡¯t worry, I just got the news that Shikamaru and the others will bring some people over to support us!¡ª¡ª¡± Before Ding Zuo finished speaking, the ground suddenly shook, and mountains popped up in the sea. Those mountains seemed to grow slowly, and soon even the coast turned into mountains! Both Bai Zetsu and the coalition ninjas were shocked by this sudden scene, and even forgot about the enemy in front of them! "Master Oakwood is here!!" A burst of ecstatic voice suddenly sounded throughout the battlefield, and then this ecstasy, like some kind of stimulant, spread instantly among the coalition forces! The morale of the coalition forces immediately rose.times, and even the trend of defeat turned into a sure-win situation in the blink of an eye! Bai Juejie is retreating! Tiantian looked at this scene in disbelief, "I know Uncle Zakaki is great, but why -" Ding Zao slammed the steel rod in his hand downwards and laughed loudly, "You are young and don't know the heroic deeds of that guy Zakaki. Even the mountain ninja rarely knows about it! But the older Iwa ninja here , Suna ninja, and Konoha ninjas all know it! I remember many wars. Konoha was about to lose, but Oakwood suddenly appeared, and with his weird earth escape, he abruptly reversed the situation on the battlefield. , so that later on, as long as someone shouts 'Oakaki-sama is here', Konoha's morale will rise, and then victory will be achieved!" "Is it really that powerful?" Tiantian asked blankly as he looked at the countless Bai Jue corpses that were pushed out of the mountains in the sea. "That's natural. The title of the number one person in the ninja world is not for nothing! However, I am surprised that Zakaki still has such influence now!" Ding Zuo looked at the battlefield with a smile, and then took the Picking up the stick, "Tiantian, let's work hard!" "Yes, Uncle Dingzuo!" Tiantian was preparing to fight back, but a sound suddenly spread on the battlefield. "Everyone, listen, don't move, stay where you are! Ten thousand peaks bloom - open!" ????????????????????????????????????????????????Everyone in contact with the mountain suddenly saw the enemy in front of them being swallowed inside! In the blink of an eye, nearly all Bai Jue struggled and disappeared! Everyone looked at this scene in disbelief, and all looked at the source of the sound. I saw a muscular man wearing a black cloak, standing on the highest peak of the sea like a god! This person is naturally Zakaki! Which mountain ninja saw that the soup shadow in his village was so powerful, roared at the top of his lungs: "Long live Mr. Oakwood! Long live Mr. Oakwood!" A moment later, the neat "Long live Mr. Oakwood" resounded through the sky! Please support! ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? Text Chapter 310: The Admonition of Destruction Bai Jue's numerous casualties caused the situation on the battlefield to change instantly. To be precise, the coalition forces should have won! Because under the blooming of Ten Thousand Peaks, a large number of Bai Jue were killed, and the few who survived were swarmed by the coalition forces! The injured ninjas were sent to the medical department, while the uninjured ones were led by Darui to support the next battlefield. At this time, the remaining dirty earth warriors on the battlefield were dealt with by the sealing squad and a group of warriors. [] There are four more strong men of the dirty land, Hinata Hinashi, Sarutobi Asuma, Kato Dan, including Kakuzu who was killed by Oak! Oakwood jumped down from the highest peak on the sea and strode to the rocks on the shore. At this moment, Tsunade also arrived! "If we were all like you, we wouldn't have to fight this battle. If you just go to every battlefield and do this, wouldn't everything be solved?" Tsunade said not only as a sarcasm but as a compliment. Zakaki rolled his eyes, shrugged and said: "You think I don't want to? Not to mention the astonishing amount of chakra consumed by the blooming of ten thousand peaks, even looking for and devouring Bai Zetsu makes me mentally exhausted! I'm afraid the battle is not over yet. , I¡¯m done!¡± "It's rare for the number one person in the ninja world to be humble! However, you were quite capable just now!" Tsunade said with a smile. "Let's not talk about it for now. Who is it that you see at eight o'clock? You go over first and I'll go see Asuma!" Zakaki ignored Tsunade and left Tsunade in a flash. This is not because Zakaki is escaping for anything, he just wants to give Tsunade and Suan some time to be alone. How could Tsunade not know what Zakaki meant? She pursed her lips and walked step by step in the direction of Suan. Asuma, who was holding Feiyan, used a fire escape to repel the Iwa ninja jonin who had just attacked him. He was about to attack the next one when he suddenly felt a huge and familiar force approaching him. Asuma smiled bitterly. She was beaten by him when she was a child. It seems that she will inevitably be beaten by him when she grows up. But that's fine, it's better to die in his hands than in the hands of others! "Asma, long time no see!!" Zakaki jumped onto a rock and greeted Asma with a smile. "Yes, senior brother, long time no see!" Zakaki had no intention of taking action and stood aside to chat, but Asuma moved his hand. Feiyan flashed and instantly cut Zakaki's throat, and then Zakaki turned into a puddle of mud. Oakwood appeared in another location, and Asuma's attack slowed down at this time. "Asuma, Kurenai is about to give birth. I guess she must be a big fat boy. But he was snatched as a disciple by that boy Shikamaru. Otherwise, I will take him as a disciple. In the future, my daughter will also have someone to bully. of!" Hearing Zakaki talk about Kurenai, Shikamaru and his children, a smile appeared on Asuma's face. However, Zakaki's last words made his arm tremble, and the flying swallow almost fell from his hand: ¡°Senior brother is still like this¡ª¡ª¡± "Asuma, I'm just here to talk to you. Shikamaru and the others are here, I'm leaving!" Zakaki looked at the three figures of Shikamaru walking over, smiled at them, and then went to deal with the man who had been killed once. All the corners are gone. When Zakaki saw Kakuzu, he didn¡¯t speak to him. The Ten Thousand Peaks earth veins that were still exposed outside suddenly swelled. Kakuzu tried his best to dodge the rising mountains, and took advantage of the sky to use Thunder Release and Fire Release on Zakaki. The monsters were also brought out at this moment: "Zakaki, do you think I will still be fooled by you? I must kill you now!" As soon as he said these words, the four monsters behind him sucked them in before they could make a move. Kakuzu was about to run away when he suddenly found a fist emerging from the ground, and then with a bang, he was knocked flying to the sea. On the mountain peak. A pool of soft mud emerged from the ground where Kakuzu's body came into contact! How could Kakuzu not know the tyranny of this slime? The tentacles in his body rushed around desperately, trying to grab the surrounding soil and rocks to prevent the body from sinking, but he forgot that these soil and rocks were also made of oak wood! In the end, Kakuzu¡¯s body sank, leaving only his head. Zakaki signaled to the sealing team, who quickly sealed it. This is how characters should be! After getting rid of all the horns here by three strokes, five divisions and two, Zakaki glanced at the direction where Tsunade and Dan were. It was probably due to the uniqueness of Dan Ninjutsu. At this moment, he didn't attack like ordinary dirty people! Zakaki didn't want to disturb them at the moment. Whether it was Tsunade or Dan, there would definitely be too much to say between them. "Tsunade, this trick was done by Tsubasa, right? I didn't expect that guy to have grown to this point!" Tsuna looked at the peak rising from the sea and praised with a smile. "Well, he is indeed very powerful now, and is already the well-deserved number one in the ninja world!" Tsunade showed a smile. Duan suddenly wanted to think of something and asked with a frown."I just heard that Zakaki became the supreme commander of the coalition forces, but you are the Hokage. What is going on?" Tsunade was slightly shocked, and then she remembered that Dan had been dead for more than twenty years, so she said with sadness: "More than twenty years ago, the Uchiha family killed Moriki, and Tsunade killed the elder Uchiha in a fit of anger. , and then was expelled from the village. Later, that guy became the leader of Tangyin Village, and led Tang Ninja to defeat Kumo Ninja, forcing all countries to recognize his identity as the sixth largest country, and at the same time, Tangyin Village was renamed Shanyin Village. Now, He relied on Shanyin Village to become the supreme commander!" Duan's face was full of surprise, "This guy is really as powerful as ever, haha, the old guys in the village must have green faces now, right? By the way, are you and Zakaki married?" Tsunade's pupils shrank sharply and she bit her lips desperately, blood already flowing out from under her lips. Duan scratched the back of his head and said with a smile: "Tsunade, don't be like this. If there is anyone in this world who is worthy of you, it is only that guy Zakaki! To be honest, I never regarded him as a child at that time, and even I once I suspect that someone with bad intentions has occupied the body of little Zakmu with his soul! As I expected, Zakmu is definitely not the little Zakmu from before!" Tsunade looked at Suan in disbelief, "You said Zakaki is like Orochimaru -" "No, no, no! Zakmu is not a person who likes to mess around! Although he is not the little Zakmu from before, he is indeed Zakmu. What can I say?" Duan waved his hand, thought for a while and continued: " I found that Zakaki is a good guy, especially towards Senmu and everyone. So I gave up on that idea. In fact, there is nothing wrong with this. Maybe Zakaki has his own reasons. These are not important, more The important thing is, I found out that Zakaki liked you at that time, and I remember that guy Jiraiya seemed to have said the same!" Tsunade was stunned again, what on earth is going on? Who is Zakaki? "Haha, Tsunade, this is not you! No matter who Zakaki is, as long as he is good to you, as long as you remember that he is your husband!" Broken nodded, encouraging Tsunade. When Tsunade heard that Suan said that Zakaki was her husband, she hurriedly shook her head and said, "Duan, you misunderstood. There has never been anything like this between me and Zakaki!" Tsunade was a little moved, a little sad, and a little disappointed, and then slowly said: "Zakaki is a good person, I hope you won't miss him! Tsunade, promise me, you must be with Zakaki!" ¡°Broken¡ª¡ªI¡ª¡ª¡± "Long time no see, hello!" Zakaki jumped over from a distance in a few strides. When Duan saw Zakaki, he said with joy on his face: "You¡ª¡ªyou are Zakaki? I didn't expect that you would look like this when you grow up! Hahaha¡ª¡ª" "Isn't he as handsome as you thought?" Zakaki joked and stepped forward, ready to hug him. "You guy! However, you are very manly!" Suanya wanted to go over and hug Zakaki, but then he realized his body, so he gave up the idea and took a few steps back. "Broken¡ª¡ª" "Forget it, but do you mind if I give Tsunade a hug?" He seemed to be joking, but also looked at Zakaki seriously. Zakaki didn¡¯t speak, and jumped into the distance in a flash. This person is really good. If he lives, maybe he can really become Hokage, maybe Mori will not die, and maybe Zakaki will not leave Konoha! Tsunade didn't turn around to look at Tsunade and Dan, but she shed a tear a minute later and listened to Tsunade's instructions to him: "Oakaki, you must take good care of Tsunade, I will bless you!" PS: Finally got Tsunade! ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? Text Chapter 311: Smiling when we meet and letting go of grudges The most painful thing in life is separation, let alone the kind that will never see you again! It was finally sealed by the sealing class, taking away the last trace of Tsunade's grudge. It's right to say that Tsunade likes Tsunade, even before she met Yumi! Oakwood has made his decision. After the war, it will be time for him to confess to Tsunade! [] No matter what, this relationship should have an outcome. At this time, Zakaki was rushing to the battlefield where Yi Jing was. According to the intelligence sent, the Third Raikage was plundering at this time, and his most powerful spear caused countless casualties to the coalition forces. Ichii requested the headquarters for support. Things on the battlefield are changing rapidly. One second ago, the coalition forces were retreating due to the rampage of the Third Raikage. At this moment, due to the arrival of Naruto Uzumaki's clone, their morale has greatly increased! Finally, with the help of Ichii and other ninjas, the Third Raikage was sealed! Having no choice but to get the news, Zakaki had no choice but to turn around and head back to the war where Gaara was, where there were the second generation Tsuchikage Mu and the third generation Mizukage! The soldiers in the front were exhausted, but there were people leisurely strolling behind. This man is a middle-aged uncle, wearing a coquettish red vest and a pair of high wooden clogs. His silver hair is blowing in the wind. He is really handsome! I saw that the uncle was holding a young man with a ponytail behind him. This young man was not as cool as the uncle. To be precise, he was very embarrassed! His hands were tied behind his back, and his mouth was stuffed with a torn black sock. Such a strange pairing, no matter who is walking in the land of Tang, will take a look! The middle-aged uncle is naturally the handsome man from Toad Sennin of Mt. Myoboku who has fascinated thousands of young women and wives - Jiraiya! And the person he was holding behind him was the artist Deidara who was captured alive by the Great Toad Immortal of Mt. Myoboku! "You brat, the fight was so fierce in front of me, but I, a great hero, didn't even show my face, and why did I take you, who is almost an idiot, to see Wife Zakaki?" Jiraiya turned around and glared at Deidara, and continued to yell. He said: "You promised to turn your back on Yumi when you saw her, but don't break your promise? Do you hear me?" Jiraiya was talking in front of him. Seeing that the latter didn't respond, he yanked the rope suddenly and yelled: "Did you hear that?" Seeing Jiraiya treat him like this, Deidara swayed his body left and right, chirping behind him. "Oops - I forgot that you were gagged with my socks, haha, I'm sorry!" Jiraiya scratched the back of his head, reached out and pulled off the socks wrapped in Deidara's mouth. As soon as he took off his socks, Deidara lay on the ground and vomited. After a while, he looked at Jiraiya with a ferocious face, "Is this how you promised to treat me well? Jiraiya, don't let me There is a chance, otherwise Master Deidara will blow you to pieces!!" "You young man, we made an agreement at Mt. Myoboku. I will bring you here. You listen to me. You cursed and yelled along the way. I blocked you out of desperation. It's not my fault!" Jiraiya was quite pleased! He looked at Deidara innocently and continued: "Actually, you are not bad in nature. It's just that Onoki didn't teach you well. Follow Zakaki and work hard. Look at Hidan, he was not under the Akatsuki organization before, but now he is in Yamayakubu." Are you having a good time?" "Don't talk to me about Hidan! I went to Yamagakure just for Yumi-sama's sake, what the heck is Tsubasa?" Deidara looked at Jiraiya with disdain. "Hey - I think Zakaki will be busy in the future. One Hidan is enough to give him a headache, and now here comes you!" Jiraiya smiled happily. In this way, Jiraiya and Deidara chatted one after another, and then arrived at Yamagakure. Before reaching the village, four ninjas appeared on the main road, all holding weapons and looking wary. "You guys, don't you know your handsome Jiraiya-sama?" Jiraiya tugged at Deidara who was holding his hand behind him with some annoyance. "You old man, why are you so angry at me? I tell you, Master Deidara is very angry now!" Deidara gritted his teeth and glared at Jiraiya. The four ninjas looked at each other, and the ninja who looked like the captain said, "Jiraiya-sama, we naturally know each other, but we also know Mr. Deidara, so¡ª¡ª" "I see, okay, don't worry, I brought this guy here, there is absolutely no danger!" "I'm sorry, Jiraiya-sama. Several adults have explained that during special periods, all ninjas who enter Yamagakure must be interrogated, so¡ª¡ª" Jiraiya shook his head and said helplessly: "Okay, tell me, how to conduct an interrogation?" Just as Jiraiya finished speaking, a cold voice came from the big tree opposite: "Let them in, you can't find out anything even if this guy wants to go in!" Hearing the sound, Jiraiya trembled and turned his head to look at the big tree.Who is that person if he's not Orochimaru? After two breaths, he said: "I heard in Miaomu Mountain that you were killed by that little guy Sasuke. I was very curious at the time as to why that little guy was your opponent. It seems so!" Deidara's face was full of disbelief. He knew very well that Orochimaru was killed, and Sasuke was still recovering within the Akatsuki organization. According to Orochimaru's nature, there was no reason for Sasuke to survive! "Stop talking nonsense like this, why did you bring Didara here today?" Orochimaru asked. "When the Akatsuki organization attacked Mt. Myoboku, this guy was caught! Later he said that if he was allowed to meet Yumi, he would abandon the dark side and join the bright side!" Jiraiya said with a shrug. "Are you sure this guy is okay? I promised Zakaki to protect Yumi and Morimi. If anything goes wrong with them, I won't have the shame to see Zakaki!" "Don't worry, it's absolutely fine! But by the way, Zakaki is really good at hiring a great bodyguard like you!" "Bodyguard? What a joke! Mori Mei is my goddaughter, and it is my duty to protect her." Orochimaru smiled softly and continued: "You are so eager for quick success, why didn't you go to the battlefield and take up the task of escorting prisoners? ?¡± "Hahaha, I'm old, and what I can do is limited. Besides, my apprentice Naruto is now the absolute main force on the battlefield, and having him is enough!" Jiraiya seemed to have remembered something, and then showed a hint of affection towards Orochimaru. A smile that only appeared ten years ago, "Orochimaru, you have changed!" In this world, no one wants to be isolated. Xiaonan is beside Nagato, and Zetsu is next to Fei. No matter what Orochimaru says, deep down in his heart, the bond between the three ninjas is definitely not weaker than that between Tsunade and Jiraiya, but he is so aloof and arrogant that no one will know about it. Jiraiya's smile now is undoubtedly his renewed recognition of Orochimaru. Now Orochimaru has a different feeling in his heart! Orochimaru also showed the smile he had when he was a pretty boy, and cursed lightly, "Crazy!" Then he disappeared in a flash. Jiraiya, who suddenly felt his body light up, pulled Deidara, who was still in a daze, to walk forward. ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? out of grievances and hatred when we meet and smile, this is it! ps: Everyone knows what happens when you go out with your girlfriend, and all the code words are just a cloud! ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? Volume 1 Chapter 312 Rescue Terumi Mei Terumi Mei was looking after the daimyo of the six major nations. She wanted to object to such a bad job from the beginning, but it was an order given by Soaki as the supreme commander, so she had to wait for it again. Terumi Mei is not young anymore. If she hadn¡¯t taken up the post of Mizukage, she might have had a very old child! Sometimes she is just as tired. No matter how strong she is, she is still a woman! The one Terumi Mei envies most in this world is Tsuaki's wife Yumi, because she found a husband who can treat her like that! Only when you are bored will you want to write random things. Now the daimyo from various countries are discussing in the room what medals to give to the United Ninja Army. They are no longer safe! So at this moment, Terumi Mei was holding her cheek and looking at the birds outside the window. Just when Terumi Mei was combing her hair, a sense of danger suddenly came to her heart. Terumi Mei's figure flashed and appeared directly in front of the building where the six great powers' daimyo were located. At this time, all the ninjas responsible for protecting the safety of the daimyo were also in place. Suddenly, a Sensing Mountain Ninja shouted loudly: "Mizukage-sama, Pain is here!!" After hearing this, Terumi Mei's heart tightened and she clenched her fists tightly, her beautiful eyes filled with worry. The ninjas from all over the world who were guarding the Daimyo all looked at Mizukage nervously. "Everyone, if we can kill Payne here, we will win most of this war!" Terumi Mei gently stroked her hair from her forehead and said with the slightest confidence. As soon as these words were said, the ninjas of the six major nations wiped away their nervousness, and their morale was instantly shaken! After four or five breaths, a cold murderous intent gradually spread towards this side from a distance. Then, six men wearing Akatsuki fire cloud robes walked through the surrounding trees to Terumi Mei and others. These people are Six Paths Payne! Tiandao pinched the neck of a Konoha ninja in his hand, threw him in front of Terumi Mei, and said coldly: "I didn't expect that a first-class female Mizukage would have such abilities!" Terumi Mei did not waste any time and quickly formed the seal, "Melt Escape¡¤Monster Melting Technique!" Magma flowed out of Terumi Mei's mouth in an instant and headed towards Pain's Six Paths. Seeing Mizukage move his hand, the ninjas from all countries behind her also used their own methods to attack Pain's Six Paths. Terumi Mei's sudden move was definitely not because of her recklessness, but because the six major nations had received information. Payne's Samsara Eye was too powerful. If he took action first, there might be a glimmer of hope for victory. Otherwise, based on his strength, the six major nations would definitely be defeated. side! Terumi meditates well, but she can break through ten sessions at once. In the face of Pain's absolute strength, even having a shadow is in vain! Not long after, Six Paths Pain took action together, and hundreds of troops disappeared in the blink of an eye. Except for a few jounin who were still capable of fighting, Terumi Mei was already injured at this moment! Terumi Mei looked at the man with a firearm who had been corrupted by her magic mist technique reappearing, and she knew she might die this time! Sure enough, the first Tendou hit another Shinra Tensei, and the coalition ninjas headed by Terumi Mei were knocked away again! The three rock ninjas used earth escape to block the rhino summoned by the animal path, and the remaining coalition forces of less than fifty people stood guard together back to back. Shiranui Genma, whose arms were bleeding with blood and still holding a Senbon in his mouth, walked up to Mizukage and whispered: "These people seem to be invincible. If this continues, our entire army will be annihilated!" Terumi Mei frowned, "I know it too, but the Rinnegan is too powerful, and we don't have exact information about the Rinnegan. Now we can only hold on until reinforcements arrive! The magic of melting monsters!" Terumi Mei once again used the magic of melting monsters, and the magma flowing down from the sky directly melted the hungry ghost realm that could not be swallowed into ashes, and rushed towards the hell realm with the remaining power! At this time, Tiandao seemed to have found a flaw in Terumi Mei, and suddenly flew into the air, waved his sleeves, and shouted: "All things Tenyin!" Terumi Mei, who had just controlled the magma to annihilate the hell realm, felt something bad in her heart. When she was about to escape, she found a huge suction force sucking her body upward into the sky. Terumi meditated on the few techniques Tiandao had just used, and then looked at the black broken spear exposed from Tiandao's sleeves, and knew that he was going to die. Tiandao hung in the air like a god, looking coldly at the Mizukage who was about to be killed by him, "The one who is about to die is Mizukage, one of the six Kages, and then there are the Hokage, Kazekage, Raikage, Tsuchikage and Yu Shadow! God¡¯s will is coming!¡± Terumi Mei, who was about to reach Pain's hands in the blink of an eye, heard Pain's words, and a trace of sarcasm flashed across his face, "Even if you can kill me, there are still countless ninjas coming after me. Can you kill them all? You guys?" They are always a group of rebellious ninjas who can never win!" Tiandao pinched Terumi Mei tightly, stretched out his hand to cut off the spear, shook his head slightly and said: "Rebellious ninja is nothing more than what you so-called great powers define. As long as you are all destroyed, this world will also be destroyed."There is no such title as rebel! And our Akatsuki organization will become the only force in this world. Then there will be no war and the world will be peaceful! World peace starts with you! " Terumi Mei closed her eyes, and she seemed to see the God of Death approaching her with a scythe. Terumi Mei suddenly remembered that she was not married yet, had not been in love, and had not given birth to a child yet. It seemed that she had not done anything a woman should do! At this moment, Terumi Mei's face suddenly appeared in her mind, and she said fiercely in her heart, if she doesn't die, I must find a relationship with him! With a bang, Terumi Mei suddenly felt light and her body suddenly fell! Terumi Mei dodged left and right, retreated to a place and stabilized her body. At this time, a back figure appeared in front of Terumi Mei. When she saw this back figure, she felt that she was a woman! This figure from the back is exactly Oakwood! "Penn, what are you doing here now? Naruto has already challenged you to duel again!" Zakaki said slowly. Tiandao wiped off the dirt on his face from a distance, stood up slowly, walked towards Zakaki step by step and said: "You are not the original body, are you?" "Well, I am the earth clone. I happened to pass by here and saw that you were going to kill the water shadow, so I took action!" Payne stretched out his hand and said with murderous intent: "Is Zakaki really arrogant to this extent? Do you think that an earth clone can deal with the invincible Payne? Shinra Tenzheng!!" Seeing Tiandao stretching out his sleeves, Zakaki knew that this was a sign of Shinra Tenzheng. He flashed his body, hugged the injured Terumi Mei behind him, and got into the soil. Then he emerged from outside the attack range of Shinra Tianzheng. "Mizukage, are you okay? He likes you. If you die, I won't be able to explain it to you!" "Don't worry, I'm fine! Thank you!" Terumi Mei's breasts were completely pressed on Zakaki's arms, and she broke out of Zakaki's arms uncomfortably, with a flushed face. ps: I was in a hurry, so I wrote in a mess, sorry for that! [bookid=2396385,bookname="Demon Monument"] Please support! ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? Volume 1, Chapter 313: Three Ninjas, well-deserved reputation Uzaki's words surprised Pain. He originally thought that the Nine-Tails and Eight-Tails Jinchuuriki would be hiding in a corner waiting for the Akatsuki organization to arrest him, but he didn't expect that the Nine-Tailed Uzumaki Naruto would actually go looking for him! "Now that we're here, let's kill this earthly clone of you first! Then capture the famous names of the six major countries, otherwise it will be a waste of time?" The six paths of Pain each took a step forward, preparing to fight. [] Seeing that Pain was about to take action, Zakaki's earth clone laughed with disdain, "Penn, is it fun for you to play like this now? Let's not talk about losing face as a ninja by attacking civilians. You will treat me like this? What if the clone is killed? Show off your power in front of Oak Tree? Use fair and just strength to implement the purpose of the Akatsuki organization and truly intimidate him. That is the real Pain!" "Hahaha, interesting. Although I know this is a trick you like to play, Kame Sennin, but I think it makes sense. Using true strength to overwhelm everything, that's what I like! You said that the Nine-Tailed Jinchuuriki is coming to find me As an opponent, fine, I'll capture the Kyuubi, and then go and defeat the ninja coalition!" Tiandao laughed, then turned around and left with the other bodies. Terumi Mei looked at the mess around her, fiddled with her hair, and said with surprise: "Is this the legendary strength of the Rinnegan?" Zakaki shook his head and looked at Payne's disappearing back, "No, his real strength is far more terrifying than this! But leave it to that boy!" "That boy? Are you talking about the Nine-Tailed Jinchuuriki of Konoha?" Terumi Mei trembled and said anxiously: "Aren't the Nine-Tails and Eight-Tails hidden? Why are they on the battlefield? This war was originally It¡¯s because of them, if they get caught¡ª¡± "We still have a glimmer of hope of winning when the Eight-Tails and Nine-Tails join the war, otherwise we will definitely lose!" Uzaki interrupted Terumi Mei's words and said to several intelligence ninjas not far away: "Notify the headquarters of the news here immediately, and also Yes, tell the headquarters and let Lord Mizukage go to Lord Kazekage¡¯s battlefield!¡± "yes!!" Terumi Mei walked to Tozaki with a puzzled look on her face, "What's going on? Isn't it my mission to take care of the six daimyo?" "The situation has changed. It's too late to explain to you now. Just do as I say!" After Zakaki said this, he turned into a puddle of soil There are two middle-aged uncles sitting in the tavern, one is too enthusiastic and the other is too cold! The enthusiastic uncle's eyes dropped as he looked at the beauties coming and going on the streets of Shanyin Village; the cold uncle made no one dare to sit at the tables around him! "By the way, Orochimaru, are we really just waiting here? There's a lot of fighting outside, and Tsunade and Zakaki are still outside showing off! Why don't we go join in the fun?" The middle-aged enthusiastic man is naturally Zirai. Same thing. The cold uncle is Orochimaru, "If you want to go, go, I'm too lazy to fight with such a bunch of people. Besides, if one of you dies and one of you is missing, what does it have to do with me?" Jiraiya rolled his eyes at Orochimaru, "You guys are really boring! I think we should go to the battlefield, otherwise others will forget about me as a great hero! Besides, your subordinate Yakushi Kabuto is doing mischief with your ninjutsu. Are you used to it? By the way, it is said that Kabuto Yakushi seems to have fused your cells and turned into you! How can there be two Orochimaru in this world?" Orochimaru held the drink in front of him, glanced out the window, and said hesitantly: "Why don't we go take a look?" Jiraiya curled his lips and raised his eyebrows, "Let's go, don't waste time, it is said that Danya has appeared, maybe we can meet him again!" "Ozaki asked me to watch Mori and Yumi here. What will they do if I leave?" "Don't worry, the fight is so fierce up front, how can the Akatsuki organization have time to come here? Let's go!" ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? out out to see the casualties getting heavier and heavier, Huang Tu's nose is about to fall off! "Dad, this is not the way to go. Before the reinforcements can wait, we will all be burned to death by Uchiha Itachi's Amaterasu! And that Uchiha Kisame, his water escape range is really too big!" ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????:???????????????????????????????"??"??"""" "Be careful, dad!" Kuo Tu used Earth Escape to block in front of Huang Tu, stopping a shark emerging from the puddles on the ground. Uchiha Itachi of Susanoo stood on the water created by Kisame with a calm face. "Mr. Itachi, didn't you think that we could still fight side by side after death?" Kisame showed his pointed teeth and a look of relief on his face, "But I am very curious. In that place just now, there seemed to be no one except Uchiha Madara. Others, ??Why are you here? " Itachi stretched out his ten-fist sword and sucked in another group of ninjas, "I don't know either. To my surprise, I still underestimated that guy. Even that eye has no effect! It seems that guy was on me before Yakushi Kabuto summoned me. You're using your hands and feet! Kisame, what did you just say about Uchiha Madara?" "Hahaha, the manipulator Kabuto Yakushi died, and we naturally became free men. Originally, Madara Uchiha and I were in the same group, and we were both used in the later stages. Unexpectedly, Kabuto Yakushi died, and then I came out. Yes! But the bad thing is that the restrictions that Yakushi Kabuto placed on us still exist, so we have no choice but to fight to the death with the people from the six major countries!" Itachi nodded, Amaterasu once again raided the surrounding ninja coalition, "This war is getting more and more interesting!" Hidden in the mountains, in the oak wood house. A Fei, who was wearing a mask, killed another ninja on duty and walked step by step towards the living room inside. Finally, A Fei opened the wooden door and saw Yumi and Mori Mei. "Madam, please forgive me for coming uninvited!" A Fei bowed slightly and said with regret: "As a ninja, it is really a shame to win by holding other people's family members hostage. But for this For world peace, I have to do this!" When Yumi saw Ah Fei, she hugged Sami tightly in her arms, "You are from the Akatsuki organization, right? If you can, please let my daughter go, I am willing to be your hostage!" Sami looked at Yumi in confusion, "Mom, why does he want to take us hostage? Is he threatening dad?" "I'm sorry, madam, I can't agree to your request! Your husband is a great ninja and a commendable opponent. In order to defeat him at the minimum cost, I can only increase the chips in my hand!" A Fei said again He bowed and walked towards Yumi and Mori step by step. Ah Fei¡¯s outstretched palm had almost touched their bodies, but at this moment, a golden light suddenly lit up on Sam Mei¡¯s body, and Ah Fei was ejected with a bang! At this moment, a roar came from the roof: "Rasengan!!" Wow - Ah Fei was like a kite with a broken string, spinning and hitting the surrounding wall, leaving a big vortex hole behind it! "Hey, Orochimaru, I didn't expect that this pretty boy like you is really capable. This guy actually showed up!" "Jiraiya, you idiot, your Rasengan has no effect! The effect of the Eight-foot Mirror is only two seconds, and you are one second late!" In the living room, the mist fell, and the figures of Orochimaru and Jiraiya stood in front of Yumi and Morimi. A Fei's body was dripping with sticky liquid, and he laughed coldly, "Use the eight-foot mirror to deal with me, Sannin, you really deserve your reputation!" ps: Cigarettes can¡¯t do anything about eunuchs! I have signed a new book contract in the past few days, and I am in a hurry to write it. In addition, I have been waiting for AB to give Ah Fei's tricks and flaws. So the Hokage has fallen, please forgive me! ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? Volume 1 Chapter 314 I don¡¯t like the Sharingan Orochimaru and Jiraiya worked together to trick A Fei. Although they didn't kill him, they still made him suffer a moderate loss. In fact, Orochimaru and Jiraiya knew that Fei was going to do this from the beginning, so they deliberately let it out that they were going to the battlefield, and even made two shadow clones. As expected, Fei was fooled! Although he suffered a loss from Jiraiya and Orochimaru, it was impossible for Fei to take revenge. He knew that this was not the right time to take action, especially with the two people in front of him! [] Sure enough, after hearing the noise in Yumi and Morimi's room, a large number of mountain ninjas surrounded the place. Deidara, Hidan and Jugo who had rushed back not long ago, rushed in directly. Deidara, who walked into the room, saw Ah Fei standing aside, and then looked at Sami's trembling body in Yumi's arms, and understood the reason, "A Fei, you bastard, if you dare to touch Sister Yumi, be careful I'll explode. Kill you!" "Ouch, I didn't expect Deidara to be a prisoner and switch to the enemy. It really surprised me!" When Orochimaru heard A Fei ridiculing Deidara, he said disdainfully: "Old guy, I knew you were mean, but I didn't expect you to be so mean! Forget it, go away, I don't want to listen to your chatter here!" When Jiraiya heard that Orochimaru was going to let Fei go, his long hair fluttered and he said anxiously: "Orochimaru, you're crazy. You managed to catch this guy so hard, and you actually want to let him go?" "A Fei, you bastard, did you also mean to ridicule me just now? It's unforgivable, I will send you to the evil god right now!" Hidan seemed to be concerned about the prisoners mentioned by A Fei, and threw out the sickle with a snap, but the sickle went straight It passed through A Fei's body and was nailed to the opposite wall. Orochimaru stretched out his hand to stop Jugo, Jiraiya and Hidan, "It's useless. This guy is far from as simple as you think. Let him go. Just leave such troubles to Zakaki!" "Hahaha, to be honest, I really don't want to be your opponent, Orochimaru, if I have to. But having said that, Zakaki is really powerful. He has managed to recruit such a group of masters without knowing it! The three ninjas, Jiraiya and Orochimaru, , Deidara and Hidan, the backbones of the Akatsuki organization, and the man outside who also has Sharingan, plus Jugo Tenpira, who has mastered the true teachings of Soakaki, with this kind of formation, I want to capture Soakaki's wife and children. , it is undoubtedly difficult to reach the sky!" Orochimaru shrugged and smiled, "Don't talk nonsense here, you seem to have a lot of things to do. I don't want to hear that you are here forever!" Ah Fei¡¯s figure gradually turned into nothingness, leaving only a cold laugh. As soon as Ahi left, the fat man from Jirobo came in from outside, "Lord Orochimaru, there is news from the front line. The former Konoha's strongest man Uchiha Madara has appeared and is now fighting against the five shadows of wind, fire, thunder, earth, and water. , now at an absolute disadvantage!" Yumi, who was holding Mori Mi on the side, stood up quickly and asked, "Is it Zakaki?" Jirobo bowed, "Madam, Master Tokaki is currently fighting Itachi Uchiha, and there is also the former Akatsuki organization Gigangaki Kisame!" "Don't worry, no one in this world can really hurt him with Zakaki's methods. Just stay in Shanyin with peace of mind. I believe that this war will be won soon!" Orochimaru comforted Yumi and continued: "Now there may be a crisis in the six major countries. We must rush over and help! Hidan, Tomoro and Jirobo are protecting the wife and daughter in Yamagakure. I, Jiraiya, Jugo and Hidan rush to the battlefield!" "Hey, hey, Orochimaru, why did you leave me in Yamagakure? Why can't I go to the battlefield?" Hidan said dissatisfiedly, raising his scythe. "Are those tricks of yours useful against the strong men coming out of the dirt?" Orochimaru's rhetorical question left Hidan completely speechless, and then he continued: "Uchiha Madara is too strong now, and ordinary ninjas are useless at all! If Jiraiya, me, Tsunade, and Zakaki all use that move together, we might be able to win!" Jiraiya nodded with deep approval. Seeing Orochimaru criticizing Fang Qiu, he suddenly remembered Orochimaru, the Sannin who led the team back then. He had to admit that Orochimaru, a genius, was indeed better than him! Zakaki looked at the Loess Brigade, which was almost completely wiped out, and his lungs almost exploded with anger! Qi Gui Qi, but I have to say that itachi Uchiha and Kisame Kisaki are really difficult to deal with under the dirty soil! Huangtu, who spent the last trace of chakra in his body to use the native rope, half-knelt on the ground panting, and beside him was the equally tired and half-dead Kurotsuchi. Zakaki pointed at the countless drowned mountain ninjas and those coalition ninjas, and angrily yelled at the yellow earth beside him: "How do you use your earth escape? As many as 60% of the ninjas died underwater!" " Huangtu knew he was ashamed and bowed his head in silence. butHis daughter Kurotsuchi was angry. She was already feeling aggrieved because of the numerous casualties. Now that her father was being scolded by this great enemy of Iwa Ninja, how could she not be angry? Kurotsuchi suddenly stood up from the ground, pointed at Zakaki's nose and yelled: "What qualifications do you have to accuse us, you bastard? Our family has been using earth escape for generations, and you, a guy who only knows a little bit about earth escape, dare to point fingers in front of us? Also, do you know that dried persimmon Kisame can't be killed, and water escape is unlimited?" , Chakra is unlimited?" Seeing Heitu getting angry, Huang Tu hurriedly stopped her, bowed his head and apologized, saying, "Children don't understand, I hope you'll forgive me!" Zakaki was furious. After being scolded by the girl in front of him, he was scolded and was even scolded. He was also said not to understand Earth Escape! Unexpectedly, there are still people in this world who say that he knows a little bit about earth escape! Forget it, what's the point of arguing with a child? Zakaki looked at Kurotsuchi angrily and laughed, and shook his head, "You two have a good rest aside, I will deal with Kisame and Itachi! And, little girl, keep your eyes open, what is true earth escape? !open!!" Between the oak wood seals, the battlefield full of water suddenly split open, and a bottomless crack appeared. The water flowed into the crack. After a while, the entire battlefield land appeared, and there were standing Uchiha Itachi and Kisame were on the hillside not far away. The black soil looked at the huge seam of the cold air, and her legs trembled gently. Everyone who knew the soil clearly knew the coupon of this trick! Kurotsuchi looked at the strong figure in front of him and stammered: "Dad, is this Earth Escape?" Huang Tu patted Heitu on the head, "You stinky girl, if he considers himself second in earth escape, even the Immortals of the Six Paths would not dare to recognize him as first. What you said about earth escape in front of him is really embarrassing!" "It's just that I heard before that Turtle Immortal is so good at Oakwood Escape, but I thought it was just what others say!" An injured mountain ninja next to Huang Tu's father and daughter heard their conversation. He looked at them with disdain at first, and then said with admiration: "My lord, that is not earth escape, that is a miracle! You don't know that a few days ago, a battlefield was completely wiped out. Is it about Bai Jue?¡± When Uchiha Itachi and Kisame saw Takaki appearing, they slowly approached him, and finally stopped. Uchiha Itachi said, "I'm sorry, Takaki-sama, I was controlled by that person, so -" Zakaki waved his hand, "I don't blame you!" "Haha, sir, my father once taught us that if one day we can, we must defeat you and prove the pride of the Uchiha family! Although I didn't think so at first, today I will return my father's wish! I may use that One move, so Master Zakaki, I¡¯m sorry!¡± After hearing this, Zakaki smiled arrogantly, "Hahaha, there are many tricks in the World Eye Technique, and they are really powerful, but since I debuted, I have never taken them to heart. This is true for the Byakugan, the Samsara Eye, and even more so for the Sharingan! There are also , what I dislike the most is the Sharingan!" ps: Sorry. The update is not good. If you have the conditions, please support the new book. Thank you. ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? Text Chapter 227 The Brilliant Picture Appears Bobby, who was fighting with his second uncle, heard a roar in the distance and was startled. He quickly looked towards the source of the sound and saw a family senior who was twitching on all fours and staring at the motionless one. Zakaki kept roaring, trying to stop something. The second uncle next to him who had just started fighting with him was full of surprise, and his body was even trembling. He stared at the pattern that had just appeared with his big eyes. He seemed to have forgotten his partner who was knocked to the ground opposite, and kept mumbling, " Impossible, impossible! This is simply impossible!" When Bobby fell from the ground and saw this strange space, he was already very confused. Looking at the expressions of the two old guys, he became even more confused! Dadi Contract himself had heard the old man talk about it, but he had never seen it in detail. It seemed that except for old Mr. Xuanwu, only the two old men in front of him had seen it in the entire Spirit Turtle clan! Could it be that this pattern is the Earth Contract? But that thing that looks like it doesn¡¯t know what it is, doesn¡¯t look like a contract at all? What¡¯s even weirder is that the constantly twisting and changing shapes seem to contain amazing energy! Bobby seemed to be a little impatient, and shouted directly to the second uncle beside him: "Old guy, what is that thing? It's a bit strange!" This time, Bobby's second uncle was not angry because of Bobby's disrespect. He woke up from the shock and said suddenly: "The Huangtu has appeared, and the main peak has been relocated! The main vein of the earth is about to move! Is it because of the kid in front of me? ? No, absolutely not! Hurry, go find Master Xuanwu, otherwise the consequences will be disastrous!" When Bobby heard what this old guy said was so serious, he couldn't help but wonder, is it such an exaggeration? Isn't it just a few pieces of soil that fall out and a pattern appears? At worst, just put the clods of soil on it! Still looking for the old man is just making a fuss out of a molehill. The old man is coming back more and more. When Uncle Bobby saw his disdainful expression, he naturally knew what he was thinking and ignored him. He bit his front paw and slapped it on the ground. Then a brick more than three meters long and wide sank in. Bi Erbo stretched out his nails and wrote on them quickly. Finally, he slapped it on the adobe brick again. The adobe brick turned into powder with a loud bang and disappeared before his eyes. Bobby couldn¡¯t help but feel huge waves in his heart. How could he not recognize the trick in front of him? This is the most secretive and profound communication method of the turtle clan. It uses vitality as a medium to quickly convey information to relevant personnel. The latter will receive the news as soon as possible and then take relevant measures! Obviously, the person the old ghost is talking about at this moment is Old Master Xuanwu! Is it possible that something big happened? Bobby looked at Zakaki subconsciously, only to find that his boss seemed to be in a fantasy, his eyes were full of confusion, and his chest could be seen rising and falling even in the distance. At this moment, Bobby knew that something had really happened. He had been partners with Zakaki for more than 20 years, and he had never seen his expression before! Seeing the panic on the face of the old man next to him, Bobby did not dare to act rashly at the moment. Now he could only wait for Mr. Xuanwu to arrive. Just as Bobby thought, Zakaki fell into an illusion. Zakaki found himself in a land with no end in sight. There was no grass growing on the land, and there was nothing except the occasional protruding bare mountain peaks. Zakaki ran desperately on this land, and it seemed that a year, ten years, After a hundred years, we still haven¡¯t come to the end. There are only bare mountains and mountain peaks! All kinds of negative emotions began to fill my heart, including fear, hesitation, boredom, silence, and hunger. Zakaki gave up running, closed his eyes and put his hands on his knees, breathing heavily, forcing himself to calm down. Obviously, he was trapped in some profound illusion at this time. Since there is illusion, there must be a caster. The turtle that he had just overturned was impossible, and Bobby's second uncle was even more impossible. Could it be that there was someone else? wrong! Richie said there were only two old guys here, and now that they were out, there was no reason there would be others. Got it! There is something wrong with the weird pattern I just saw, and the root cause must be in this picture! Thinking of this, Zakaki also started to think about it. Since it was an illusion, there were still two solutions, breaking through with a massive amount of chakra, or stopping the movement of chakra to disrupt the opponent's interference. Zakaki raised his index and middle fingers, trying to gather the chakra in his body, but found that he couldn't feel anything! Just like a normal person! My heart that had just calmed down became panicked again. Why is this happening? Zakaki suddenly felt someone rushing towards him quickly. When he looked up, he saw a relative whom he had dreamed of countless times¡ªSenmu! Senmu's face was covered with blood, and he held a long knife in his hand. He looked at Zakimu coldly, with fierce murderous intent in his eyes, "Zakimu, why didn't you take good care of Xiao Li? Why didn't you protect your sister-in-law? I'm going to kill you. ¡ª¡ª¡ª¡± "Brother, no! Listen to my explanation¡ª¡ª" Zakaki knew that this was a lie, but he still couldn't help but panic in his heart. But before he finished speaking, a roar sounded from behind again: "Ozaki, you despicable villain, you actually got involved with Tsunade after I died, are you sorry for me? I want to kill you, Ozaki-" A handsome man with blue hairSlowly walking towards Zakmu, the man had a big hole in his chest and was bleeding as he walked. This was the scene when Duan died. Then more and more people appeared in this space. Some of these people were teammates of Zakmu, some were subordinates, some were friends, and some were killed by themselves. In short, these people all have a relationship with Zakmu. They They all held weapons, looked at Zakmu with ferocious faces, and moved closer to Zakmu step by step! Bobby looked at Oakwood, and became more and more anxious. The mud in the mud river flowed to Oakwood from all directions, spinning along Oakwood's feet, and Oakwood's body became the center of the whirlpool. After a while, the mud unexpectedly It started to climb up and flowed along the soles of the oak wood's feet to the thighs, abdomen, chest, neck, and now it has reached the cheeks. Bobby had a feeling that once the mud covered his body, Oakwood would definitely die! Seeing that his boss, who had been with him for more than 20 years, was about to die in the blink of an eye, he didn't care so much. He strode directly towards Zakaki and roared loudly: "Boss, wake up - ¡ª¡± Bang - a wall of earth appeared in front of Bobby in the blink of an eye, stopping him from trying to rush forward. A hoarse voice rang out: "It's useless for you to rush forward like this. You might even be hit by the main pulse." Devoured by Huangfeng! What¡¯s more, no one else can save him now, so he can only rely on himself!" Xuanwu Immortal appeared on Bobby¡¯s back and said with a chuckle. When Second Uncle Bobby saw the Xuanwu Immortal appearing, he felt relieved. Immediately, the main pulse sounded, and he said anxiously: "Sir, Huangtu has appeared, will it¡ª¡ª" Immortal Xuanwu stretched out his claws to block what Uncle Bobby was about to say, "To untie the bell, you need a person to tie the bell. This guy can trigger the Huangtu, which means that his ability has been recognized. I am very surprised, what kind of trick is it?" ? The main pulse that can be induced can be moved. Little guy, do you know?" Bobby heard the old man on his back asking him, but he didn't answer him. He just looked at Zakmu anxiously, and finally yelled: "Boss, wake up!" Zha Mu in the desolate land looked at the crowd in front of him, and suddenly heard a call from outside. He was startled, and seemed to understand something. He moved his hands quickly, raised a smile at the corner of his mouth and murmured: "Brother, Senmu and those comrades, I¡¯m sorry! Ten Thousand Peaks Bloom!¡ª¡ª"